summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffhomepage
path: root/digital/io/src/asserv.h
AgeCommit message (Collapse)Author
2009-03-14 * digital/io/srcJérémy Dufour
- convert to utf8, - update a comment.
2008-04-30 * digital/io/srcJérémy Dufour
- add function into the asserv module to support the goto backward.
2008-04-30 * digital/io/srcJérémy Dufour
- integrate sharp to generate obstacle event for move FSM.
2008-04-23 * digital/io/src:Nicolas Schodet
- added scaling factor.
2008-04-23 * digital/io/src:Nicolas Schodet
- removed deleted function declaration.
2008-04-21 * digital/io/srcJérémy Dufour
- add a simple function to set the complete bot position ; - integrate its usage in the top FSM.
2008-04-20 * digital/io/srcJérémy Dufour
- add the goto an absolute position and them absolute angle to the asserv module.
2008-04-20 * digital/io/srcJérémy Dufour
- add the goto an absolute position and goto an absolute angle commands to the asserv module.
2008-04-14 * digital/io/srcJérémy Dufour
- add notifier for the desired arm position ; - integrate it in the get samples FSM.
2008-04-14 * digital/io/srcJérémy Dufour
* asserv - add an goto_angle (not implemented yet). * get sample FSM - the get sample FSM will not call any other FSM (like the move). Instead, it assumes we are already at the right place, we just ensure the angle is correct ; - update the first state in consequences ; - add an angle as parameters (maybe we can remove the X/Y). * general defines - add define to ease the opening of the input hole.
2008-04-14 * digital/io/srcJérémy Dufour
* asserv - improve the API of the arm functions to ease usage ; - add a new function to put the arm to the position to close the input hole. * get sample FSM - keep only the needed and real events ; - correctly names the states ; - improve the function to select where to put the samples ; * general - add headers for some standard configuration defines. * trap - add another entry to the enum to know its length.
2008-04-14 * digital/io/srcJérémy Dufour
- manage command retransmission (when not acknowledge by the asserv) ; - integrate retransmission and update of the asserv into the main.
2008-04-07Added the asserv_goto prototype function and the empty function in the Nélio Laranjeiro
asserv.c file.
2008-04-02Modified the asserv_go_to_gutter function name to Nélio Laranjeiro
asserv_go_to_distributor.
2008-03-28 * digital/io/srcJérémy Dufour
- fix includes (thanks to ni).
2008-03-11 * digital/io/src/asservJérémy Dufour
- use pointer for parameter in and out (thanks to ni).
2008-03-10 * digital/io/srcJérémy Dufour
* correct a few bugs in the asserv module (thanks to ni): - return a positive value; - use the LSB part for the distance and X/Y positions; - update todo.
2008-03-10 * digital/io/srcJérémy Dufour
- add ''public'' API to update and get the status of the asserv board.
2008-03-09 * digital/ioJérémy Dufour
- add asserv communication implementation (not fully completed); - correct a few English errors in asserv module (header and documentation); - add main timer to repeat the main loop every 4.444 ms; - add build system.
2008-03-09 * digital/ioJérémy Dufour
- add README for the io board; - create ''public'' API to communicate with the asserv board using TWI; - correct english error in documentation.
_hasu.c10
-rw-r--r--converter/ibm4704_usb/keymap_plain.c40
-rw-r--r--converter/ibm4704_usb/matrix.c52
-rw-r--r--converter/m0110_usb/Makefile12
-rw-r--r--converter/m0110_usb/Makefile.teensy12
-rw-r--r--converter/m0110_usb/Makefile.tmk_rev1 (renamed from converter/m0110_usb/Makefile.pjrc)51
-rw-r--r--converter/m0110_usb/Makefile.tmk_rev296
-rw-r--r--converter/m0110_usb/README.md11
-rw-r--r--converter/m0110_usb/keymap_common.h106
-rw-r--r--converter/m0110_usb/keymap_default.c72
-rw-r--r--converter/m0110_usb/keymap_for_editor.c118
-rw-r--r--converter/m0110_usb/keymap_intl.c28
-rw-r--r--converter/m0110_usb/keymap_plain.c64
-rw-r--r--converter/news_usb/Makefile.pjrc12
-rw-r--r--converter/next_usb/Makefile16
-rw-r--r--converter/next_usb/Makefile.pjrc12
-rw-r--r--converter/next_usb/config.h18
-rw-r--r--converter/next_usb/keymap.c2
-rw-r--r--converter/next_usb/led.c7
-rw-r--r--converter/next_usb/matrix.c4
-rw-r--r--converter/pc98_usb/Makefile12
-rw-r--r--converter/ps2_usb/Makefile16
-rw-r--r--converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.mbed4
-rw-r--r--converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.pjrc12
-rw-r--r--converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.tmk_rev112
-rw-r--r--converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.tmk_rev212
-rw-r--r--converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.vusb20
-rw-r--r--converter/ps2_usb/README.md2
-rw-r--r--converter/ps2_usb/config.h6
-rw-r--r--converter/serialmouse_usb/Makefile12
-rw-r--r--converter/sun_usb/Makefile12
-rw-r--r--converter/sun_usb/README11
-rw-r--r--converter/sun_usb/config.h10
-rw-r--r--converter/sun_usb/keymap_sun3.c173
-rw-r--r--converter/sun_usb/led.c2
-rw-r--r--converter/sun_usb/matrix.c44
-rw-r--r--converter/terminal_bluefruit/Makefile14
-rw-r--r--converter/terminal_usb/Makefile12
-rw-r--r--converter/terminal_usb/keymap.c60
-rw-r--r--converter/usb_usb/Makefile20
-rw-r--r--converter/usb_usb/keymap.c30
-rw-r--r--converter/usb_usb/main.cpp86
-rw-r--r--converter/x68k_usb/Makefile12
-rw-r--r--keyboard/IIgs/Makefile10
-rw-r--r--keyboard/alps64/Makefile134
-rw-r--r--keyboard/alps64/config.h70
-rw-r--r--keyboard/alps64/keymap_common.c30
-rw-r--r--keyboard/alps64/keymap_common.h70
-rw-r--r--keyboard/alps64/keymap_hasu.c151
-rw-r--r--keyboard/alps64/keymap_plain.c12
-rw-r--r--keyboard/alps64/led.c (renamed from converter/usb_usb/led.c)10
-rw-r--r--keyboard/alps64/matrix.c200
-rw-r--r--keyboard/gh60/Makefile10
-rw-r--r--keyboard/gh60/Makefile.pjrc10
-rw-r--r--keyboard/ghost_squid/Makefile.lufa10
-rw-r--r--keyboard/hbkb/Makefile.lufa10
-rw-r--r--keyboard/hhkb/Makefile14
-rw-r--r--keyboard/hhkb/Makefile.pjrc10
-rw-r--r--keyboard/hhkb/Makefile.rn4212
-rw-r--r--keyboard/hhkb/doc/HHKB.txt21
-rw-r--r--keyboard/hhkb/doc/HHKB_keycodes.txt69
-rw-r--r--keyboard/hhkb/keymap_hasu.c4
-rw-r--r--keyboard/hhkb/keymap_hhkb.c41
-rw-r--r--keyboard/hhkb/matrix.c6
-rw-r--r--keyboard/hhkb/not_supported/Makefile.iwrap12
-rw-r--r--keyboard/hhkb/not_supported/Makefile.vusb10
-rw-r--r--keyboard/hid_liber/Makefile.lufa10
-rw-r--r--keyboard/hid_liber/Makefile.pjrc10
-rw-r--r--keyboard/infinity/Makefile4
-rw-r--r--keyboard/infinity/mbed-infinity.mk34
-rw-r--r--keyboard/infinity/mbed-infinity/README44
-rw-r--r--keyboard/infinity/mbed-infinity/startup_MK20D5.s259
-rw-r--r--keyboard/infinity/tool/README82
-rw-r--r--keyboard/infinity/tool/k20dx32_flash.cfg17
-rw-r--r--keyboard/kitten_paw/Makefile.lufa10
-rw-r--r--keyboard/kmac/Makefile.lufa10
-rw-r--r--keyboard/kmac/Makefile.pjrc10
-rw-r--r--keyboard/lightpad/Makefile.lufa10
-rw-r--r--keyboard/lightsaber/Makefile.lufa10
-rw-r--r--keyboard/lightsaber/Makefile.pjrc10
-rw-r--r--keyboard/macway/Makefile.lufa10
-rw-r--r--keyboard/macway/Makefile.pjrc10
-rw-r--r--keyboard/mbed_onekey/Makefile2
-rw-r--r--keyboard/nerd/Makefile10
-rw-r--r--keyboard/onekey/Makefile12
-rw-r--r--keyboard/onekey/Makefile.pjrc12
-rw-r--r--keyboard/onekey/Makefile.vusb88
-rw-r--r--keyboard/onekey/usbconfig.h377
-rw-r--r--keyboard/phantom/Makefile.lufa10
-rw-r--r--keyboard/phantom/Makefile.pjrc10
-rw-r--r--keyboard/planck/Makefile2
-rw-r--r--keyboard/planck/__avr_gdbinit6
-rw-r--r--protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk116
-rw-r--r--protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Doxygen.conf1809
-rw-r--r--protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompileTimeTokens.txt223
-rw-r--r--protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/KnownIssues.txt44
-rw-r--r--protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LicenseInfo.txt22
-rw-r--r--protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css1123
-rw-r--r--protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/VIDAndPIDValues.txt424
-rw-r--r--protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/WritingBoardDrivers.txt27
m---------protocol/lufa/LUFA-git0
m---------protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.00
-rw-r--r--protocol/usb_hid/leonardo_led.h10
-rw-r--r--protocol/usb_hid/parser.cpp24
-rw-r--r--quantum.mk6
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/.gitignore13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/.gitmodules0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/README.md146
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common.mk (renamed from common.mk)12
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/action.c (renamed from common/action.c)9
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/action.h (renamed from common/action.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/action_code.h (renamed from common/action_code.h)16
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/action_layer.c (renamed from common/action_layer.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/action_layer.h (renamed from common/action_layer.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/action_macro.c (renamed from common/action_macro.c)2
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/action_macro.h (renamed from common/action_macro.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/action_tapping.c (renamed from common/action_tapping.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/action_tapping.h (renamed from common/action_tapping.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/action_util.c (renamed from common/action_util.c)6
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/action_util.h (renamed from common/action_util.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/avr/bootloader.c (renamed from common/avr/bootloader.c)49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/avr/eeconfig.c (renamed from common/avr/eeconfig.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/avr/suspend.c (renamed from common/avr/suspend.c)2
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/avr/suspend_avr.h (renamed from common/avr/suspend_avr.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/avr/timer.c (renamed from common/avr/timer.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/avr/timer_avr.h (renamed from common/avr/timer_avr.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/avr/xprintf.S (renamed from common/avr/xprintf.S)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/avr/xprintf.h (renamed from common/avr/xprintf.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/backlight.c (renamed from common/backlight.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/backlight.h (renamed from common/backlight.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/bootloader.h (renamed from common/bootloader.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/bootmagic.c (renamed from common/bootmagic.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/bootmagic.h (renamed from common/bootmagic.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/command.c (renamed from common/command.c)198
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/command.h (renamed from common/command.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/debug.c (renamed from common/debug.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/debug.h (renamed from common/debug.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/eeconfig.h (renamed from common/eeconfig.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/host.c (renamed from common/host.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/host.h (renamed from common/host.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/host_driver.h (renamed from common/host_driver.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/keyboard.c (renamed from common/keyboard.c)31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/keyboard.h (renamed from common/keyboard.h)8
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/keycode.h (renamed from common/keycode.h)9
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/keymap.c (renamed from common/keymap.c)10
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/keymap.h (renamed from common/keymap.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/led.h (renamed from common/led.h)9
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/matrix.h (renamed from common/matrix.h)10
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/mbed/bootloader.c (renamed from common/mbed/bootloader.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/mbed/suspend.c (renamed from common/mbed/suspend.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/mbed/timer.c (renamed from common/mbed/timer.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/mbed/xprintf.cpp (renamed from common/mbed/xprintf.cpp)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/mbed/xprintf.h (renamed from common/mbed/xprintf.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/mousekey.c (renamed from common/mousekey.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/mousekey.h (renamed from common/mousekey.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/nodebug.h (renamed from common/nodebug.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/print.c (renamed from common/print.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/print.h (renamed from common/print.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/progmem.h (renamed from common/progmem.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/report.h (renamed from common/report.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/sendchar.h (renamed from common/sendchar.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/sendchar_null.c (renamed from common/sendchar_null.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/sendchar_uart.c (renamed from common/sendchar_uart.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/sleep_led.c (renamed from common/sleep_led.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/sleep_led.h (renamed from common/sleep_led.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/suspend.h (renamed from common/suspend.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/timer.h (renamed from common/timer.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/uart.c (renamed from common/uart.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/uart.h (renamed from common/uart.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/util.c (renamed from common/util.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/util.h (renamed from common/util.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/common/wait.h (renamed from common/wait.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/doc/COPYING.GPLv2 (renamed from doc/COPYING.GPLv2)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/doc/COPYING.GPLv3 (renamed from doc/COPYING.GPLv3)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/doc/FUSE.txt (renamed from doc/FUSE.txt)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/doc/POWER.txt (renamed from doc/POWER.txt)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/doc/USB_NKRO.txt (renamed from doc/USB_NKRO.txt)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/doc/build.md (renamed from doc/build.md)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/doc/keycode.txt (renamed from doc/keycode.txt)2
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/doc/keymap.md (renamed from doc/keymap.md)2
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/doc/other_projects.md (renamed from doc/other_projects.md)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/ldscript_keymap_avr35.x268
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/ldscript_keymap_avr5.x (renamed from ldscript_keymap_avr5.x)6
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol.mk (renamed from protocol.mk)6
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/adb.c (renamed from protocol/adb.c)24
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/adb.h (renamed from protocol/adb.h)4
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/bluefruit.mk (renamed from protocol/bluefruit.mk)8
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/bluefruit/bluefruit.c (renamed from protocol/bluefruit/bluefruit.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/bluefruit/bluefruit.h (renamed from protocol/bluefruit/bluefruit.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/bluefruit/main.c (renamed from protocol/bluefruit/main.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/ibm4704.c (renamed from protocol/ibm4704.c)142
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/ibm4704.h (renamed from protocol/ibm4704.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/iwrap.mk (renamed from protocol/iwrap.mk)4
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/iWRAP4.txt (renamed from protocol/iwrap/iWRAP4.txt)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/iWRAP5.txt (renamed from protocol/iwrap/iWRAP5.txt)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/iwrap.c (renamed from protocol/iwrap/iwrap.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/iwrap.h (renamed from protocol/iwrap/iwrap.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/main.c (renamed from protocol/iwrap/main.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/mux_exit.rb (renamed from protocol/iwrap/mux_exit.rb)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/suart.S (renamed from protocol/iwrap/suart.S)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/suart.h (renamed from protocol/iwrap/suart.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/wd.h (renamed from protocol/iwrap/wd.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa.mk (renamed from protocol/lufa.mk)18
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/.gitignore14
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.c75
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.h58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPITable.S91
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.c641
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.h144
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.txt240
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/AppConfig.h50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.c244
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.h158
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/LUFA CDC Bootloader.inf66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/asf.xml161
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/doxyfile2365
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/makefile55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.c76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.h58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPITable.S91
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.c804
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.h216
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.txt233
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/AppConfig.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.c185
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.h194
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/asf.xml156
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/doxyfile2365
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/makefile55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.c190
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.h73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.txt105
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.c187
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.h80
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile39
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile.bsd21
-rw-r--r--[-rwxr-xr-x]tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/gpl3.txt (renamed from protocol/lufa/midi/bytequeue/COPYING)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/hid_bootloader_cli.c1010
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp_Python/hid_bootloader_loader.py120
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/asf.xml123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/doxyfile2367
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/makefile48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.c76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.h63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPITable.S102
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.c238
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.h99
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.txt225
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h47
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.c157
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.h88
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c294
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.c482
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.h302
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/asf.xml156
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/doxyfile2365
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/makefile68
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.c75
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.h56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPITable.S91
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.c431
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.h108
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.txt190
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.c194
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.h96
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/asf.xml159
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/doxyfile2365
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/makefile55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/makefile46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Buttons.h92
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Dataflash.h197
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Joystick.h104
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/LEDs.h132
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/BoardDeviceMap.cfg87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Test.c115
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile68
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile.test27
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/BootloaderDeviceMap.cfg167
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/makefile64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Dummy.S41
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Modules.h56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_C.c31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_CPP.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile.test88
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Dummy.S42
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Test.c32
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile.test69
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/StaticAnalysisTest/makefile47
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/makefile24
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.c274
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.h94
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt92
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Descriptors.c312
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Descriptors.h106
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/asf.xml52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c311
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt92
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c312
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h106
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/asf.xml50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Descriptors.c366
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Descriptors.h124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.c211
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.txt78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c360
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c218
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt89
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Descriptors.c220
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Descriptors.h95
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.c202
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.h87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt79
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_libusb.js143
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_libusb.py98
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_winusb.py96
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/asf.xml63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/doxyfile2365
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Descriptors.c220
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Descriptors.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.c202
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.h100
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.txt77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Descriptors.c216
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Descriptors.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.c219
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.h89
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c289
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h102
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c276
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Descriptors.c279
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Descriptors.h101
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.c237
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.h84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.txt78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/asf.xml61
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Descriptors.c314
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Descriptors.h108
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.c211
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.txt78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Descriptors.c194
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Descriptors.h98
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c534
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h89
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c349
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h89
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.c162
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.h83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt100
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/asf.xml67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Config/AppConfig.h50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Descriptors.c254
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Descriptors.h111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/DataflashManager.c534
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/DataflashManager.h87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/SCSI.c349
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/SCSI.h89
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.c270
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.h100
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.txt100
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/asf.xml70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Descriptors.c221
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Descriptors.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.c202
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.h90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.txt76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c244
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h112
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c121
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h128
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c132
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h101
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h92
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c116
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c277
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c632
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h260
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c203
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c179
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt146
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml80
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/makefile39
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c245
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h110
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c187
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Descriptors.c295
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Descriptors.h128
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/LUFA VirtualSerialMassStorage.inf66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c534
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h89
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c349
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h89
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.c241
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.h83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.txt93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/asf.xml70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Descriptors.c323
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Descriptors.h123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/LUFA VirtualSerialMouse.inf66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.c267
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.h88
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.txt79
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/asf.xml64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/makefile46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Descriptors.c205
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Descriptors.h104
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/TestAndMeasurement.c476
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/TestAndMeasurement.h150
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.c259
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.c312
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.h106
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/asf.xml52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c293
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h74
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt92
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c312
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h106
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/asf.xml51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.c136
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.h76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.txt69
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.c194
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.h96
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/HostTestApp/test_bulk_vendor.py67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/LUFA_Bulk_Vendor_Demo.infbin0 -> 8150 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dllbin0 -> 76384 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sysbin0 -> 52832 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dllbin0 -> 157792 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sysbin0 -> 110176 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exebin0 -> 25088 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exebin0 -> 23552 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt851
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sysbin0 -> 42592 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dllbin0 -> 67680 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/asf.xml61
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/doxyfile2366
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c360
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c299
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt89
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.c238
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.h99
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.c253
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.h81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt79
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid.py96
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/asf.xml63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/doxyfile2365
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.c240
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.h99
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.c217
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.h91
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.txt77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.c255
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.h98
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.c383
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.h85
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c346
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h107
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c321
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.c314
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.h108
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.c224
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.h76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.txt78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.c194
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.h98
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c530
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c344
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h150
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.c332
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.h92
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt100
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/asf.xml67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.c240
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.c311
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.h81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.txt76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/asf.xml62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c244
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h112
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c121
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h128
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c136
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h88
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c113
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h92
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c276
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.c394
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.h67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c631
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h260
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c203
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c294
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt146
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml85
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/makefile39
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c245
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h110
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c243
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/asf.xml63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/makefile46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/makefile21
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Descriptors.c221
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Descriptors.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/DeviceFunctions.c155
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/DeviceFunctions.h64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/HostFunctions.c184
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/HostFunctions.h56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.c99
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.txt80
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/asf.xml56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/makefile46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/makefile20
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.c239
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.h79
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.txt62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidHostApp/AndroidHostApp.zipbin0 -> 552813 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/asf.xml49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.c239
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.h77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.txt66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.c243
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.h87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.txt83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/Config/AppConfig.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/asf.xml52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.c286
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.h95
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.txt71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c244
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c287
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.c272
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.h81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.txt60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/asf.xml50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c311
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt68
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.c227
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt74
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c295
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h98
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.c234
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.h81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.txt66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.c253
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.h81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.txt63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c230
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt65
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.c217
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.txt66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/makefile46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.c263
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.h86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.txt62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/ConfigDescriptor.c164
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/ConfigDescriptor.h67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/DeviceDescriptor.c67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/DeviceDescriptor.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.c84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.h52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/asf.xml55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.c250
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.h79
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.txt66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/ConfigDescriptor.c220
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/ConfigDescriptor.h72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/asf.xml50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.c250
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.h88
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.txt83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/Config/AppConfig.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/ConfigDescriptor.c220
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/ConfigDescriptor.h73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/asf.xml54
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.c183
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.h69
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.c269
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.txt64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/asf.xml50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c187
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h69
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/HIDReport.c111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/HIDReport.h79
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.c273
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.h83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.txt71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/asf.xml52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.c155
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.h66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c264
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h80
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/asf.xml50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c189
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.c90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.h67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c285
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/asf.xml52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/ConfigDescriptor.c173
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/ConfigDescriptor.h69
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.c266
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.txt60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/asf.xml52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c173
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c635
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c373
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h91
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt68
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/asf.xml53
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.c159
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.h66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.c250
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt74
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/asf.xml50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c187
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.c111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c289
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/asf.xml52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/ConfigDescriptor.c177
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/ConfigDescriptor.h76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Lib/PrinterCommands.c162
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Lib/PrinterCommands.h56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.c226
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.h88
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.txt66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/asf.xml53
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/ConfigDescriptor.c235
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/ConfigDescriptor.h73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Lib/RNDISCommands.c311
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Lib/RNDISCommands.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.c249
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.h85
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISHost.txt63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/asf.xml53
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c190
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/PIMACodes.h45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.c268
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.h65
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c365
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h89
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt65
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/asf.xml54
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/ConfigDescriptor.c234
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/ConfigDescriptor.h73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.c239
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.h80
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.txt66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/asf.xml50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/makefile46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/makefile21
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/makefile22
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/HID_EEPROM_Loader/HID_EEPROM_Loader.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/HID_EEPROM_Loader/HID_EEPROM_Loader.c)122
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/HID_EEPROM_Loader/makefile (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/HID_EEPROM_Loader/makefile)6
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk)204
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk)170
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_build.mk (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_build.mk)647
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_core.mk (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_core.mk)327
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk)211
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_dfu.mk (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_dfu.mk)188
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk)181
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_hid.mk (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_hid.mk)184
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk144
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.c180
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.h59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.c106
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.h53
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/asf.xml55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Buttons.h)180
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Dataflash.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Dataflash.h)443
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Joystick.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Joystick.h)204
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/LEDs.h)260
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.c133
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.h56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/asf.xml41
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/LUFAConfig.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/CodeTemplates/LUFAConfig.h)334
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA CDC-ACM.inf64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA RNDIS.inf59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/makefile_template (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/CodeTemplates/makefile_template)74
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/ArchitectureSpecific.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Common/ArchitectureSpecific.h)362
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Architectures.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Common/Architectures.h)168
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Attributes.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Common/Attributes.h)300
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/BoardTypes.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Common/BoardTypes.h)485
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Common.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Common/Common.h)774
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/CompilerSpecific.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Common/CompilerSpecific.h)194
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Endianness.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Common/Endianness.h)982
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildSystem.txt (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildSystem.txt)215
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildingLinkableLibraries.txt (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildingLinkableLibraries.txt)46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ChangeLog.txt (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ChangeLog.txt)3041
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompileTimeTokens.txt223
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompilingApps.txt (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompilingApps.txt)96
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ConfiguringApps.txt (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ConfiguringApps.txt)261
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DevelopingWithLUFA.txt (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DevelopingWithLUFA.txt)47
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DeviceSupport.txt (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DeviceSupport.txt)854
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DirectorySummaries.txt (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DirectorySummaries.txt)160
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Donating.txt (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Donating.txt)50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ExportingLibrary.txt (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ExportingLibrary.txt)218
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/FutureChanges.txt (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/FutureChanges.txt)96
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/GettingStarted.txt (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/GettingStarted.txt)62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Groups.txt (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Groups.txt)76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step1.png (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step1.png)bin98201 -> 98201 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step2.png (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step2.png)bin100532 -> 100532 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step3.png (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step3.png)bin32987 -> 32987 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step4.png (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step4.png)bin161824 -> 161824 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_1.png (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_1.png)bin43666 -> 43666 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_2.png (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_2.png)bin28918 -> 28918 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_3.png (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_3.png)bin23561 -> 23561 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/Author.jpg (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/Author.jpg)bin28410 -> 28410 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA.png (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA.png)bin10296 -> 10296 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.png (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.png)bin3729 -> 3729 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/KnownIssues.txt170
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LUFAPoweredProjects.txt (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LUFAPoweredProjects.txt)405
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LibraryResources.txt (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LibraryResources.txt)67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LicenseInfo.txt43
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MainPage.txt (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MainPage.txt)104
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MigrationInformation.txt (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MigrationInformation.txt)1382
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/OSDrivers.txt111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ProgrammingApps.txt (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ProgrammingApps.txt)60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/SoftwareBootloaderJump.txt (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/SoftwareBootloaderJump.txt)142
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Footer.htm (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Footer.htm)68
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/VIDAndPIDValues.txt199
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/WritingBoardDrivers.txt47
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h)270
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h)206
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h)278
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h)206
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h)278
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h)322
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h)278
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h)286
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Board.h86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h)210
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h)246
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h)298
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h)206
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h)270
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h)294
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Board.h90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h)206
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h)442
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h)260
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h)286
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h)206
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h)270
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/LEDs.h169
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h)278
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/LEDs.h169
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h149
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h)413
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h)351
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h)206
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h)270
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h)206
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h)282
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h)322
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h)206
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h)270
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h)206
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h)358
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h)206
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h)286
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h)206
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h)338
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h)350
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h)270
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Buttons.h103
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/LEDs.h138
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Board.h90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h)206
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h)442
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h)260
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h)294
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Board.h90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h)206
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h)442
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h)246
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h)294
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h85
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h)352
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h)206
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h)270
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Buttons.h103
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/LEDs.h135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h)206
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h)326
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h)278
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h105
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h)233
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h)414
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h)206
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h)270
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Board.h90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h)206
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h)466
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h)260
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h)294
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h)206
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h)286
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h89
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h)488
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h)284
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/Board.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/LEDs.h169
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h167
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h)366
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h)516
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h)295
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h)572
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c)132
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h)294
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Board.h86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h)234
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h)244
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h)346
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Board.h86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h)226
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h)262
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h)312
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h)218
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h)348
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Board.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h109
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h182
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Board.h86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h)238
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h)450
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h)325
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Board.h86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h)238
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h)453
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h)365
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Board.h83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h109
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h181
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB321C.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB321C.h)200
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB642D.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB642D.h)232
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h)611
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h)462
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h)150
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h)902
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h)514
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h)408
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.c)238
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h)509
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.c)416
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h)609
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h)152
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h)152
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h)152
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h)150
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h)499
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h)415
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.c)244
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h)538
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.c185
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.h302
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h)153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h)161
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h)161
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h)257
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h)1554
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h)777
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h)1337
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c)752
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.h)728
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDReportData.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDReportData.h)252
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h)683
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h)733
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h)238
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h)825
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/StillImageClassCommon.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/StillImageClassCommon.h)322
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c)395
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h)792
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c)680
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h)704
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c)411
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h)420
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c)256
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h)350
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c)430
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h)322
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c314
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h293
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c)1010
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h)410
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h)163
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c)844
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h)628
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c)446
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h)822
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c)955
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h)702
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c)795
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h)626
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c)462
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h)380
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c)1158
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h)670
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c)800
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h)570
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c)952
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h)540
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c)872
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.h)634
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h)167
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h)161
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h)160
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h)161
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/StillImageClass.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/StillImageClass.h)151
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.c)114
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.h)533
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.c)550
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h)1306
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.c)402
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h)1638
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.c)591
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.h)744
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h)318
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.c)442
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h)884
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.c)420
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h)1843
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c)169
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c)189
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c)179
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c)177
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.c)538
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h)868
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.c)558
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h)744
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c)292
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.h)573
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Device.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Device.h)318
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c)758
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.h)316
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Endpoint.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Endpoint.h)260
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/EndpointStream.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/EndpointStream.h)248
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c)79
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.h)738
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Host.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Host.h)278
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c)644
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.h)584
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/OTG.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/OTG.h)160
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Pipe.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Pipe.h)288
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/PipeStream.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/PipeStream.h)200
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdDescriptors.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdDescriptors.h)1504
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdRequestType.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdRequestType.h)516
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.c)102
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.h)527
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.c)470
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h)872
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.c)392
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h)1589
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.c)591
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.h)726
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.c)332
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h)704
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.c)418
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.h)1848
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c)169
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c)189
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c)179
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c)177
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.c)444
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.h)718
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.c)456
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h)746
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBController.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBController.h)316
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBInterrupt.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBInterrupt.h)146
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBMode.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBMode.h)569
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c)180
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.h)404
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.c)98
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h)524
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.c)550
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h)1306
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.c)436
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h)1466
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Host_XMEGA.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Host_XMEGA.c)82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/PipeStream_XMEGA.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/PipeStream_XMEGA.c)82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Pipe_XMEGA.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Pipe_XMEGA.c)74
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c)173
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c)193
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c)179
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.c)393
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h)626
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.c)212
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h)338
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h)840
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/License.txt (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/License.txt)48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/Platform.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Platform/Platform.h)160
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h)676
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/UC3/Exception.S (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Platform/UC3/Exception.S)256
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c)130
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.h)337
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/UC3/UC3ExperimentalInfo.txt1
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/ClockManagement.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/ClockManagement.h)794
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/XMEGA/XMEGAExperimentalInfo.txt1
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/mshelp/placeholder.txt1
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/Docbook/placeholder.txt1
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/helpcontentsetup.msha27
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_docbook_transform.xslt808
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_helpcontentsetup_transform.xslt43
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_hv1_transform.xslt45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/HV1/lufa_studio_help_styling.css53
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/ProjectGenerator/placeholder.txt1
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/LUFA.dllbin0 -> 749056 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/LUFA.pkgdefbin0 -> 2242 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/[Content_Types].xml13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/asf-manifest.xml18
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/extension.vsixmanifest33
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/generate_caches.py38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/lufa_asfmanifest_transform.xslt36
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/VSIX/lufa_vsmanifest_transform.xslt33
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_extension_transform.xslt68
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_filelist_transform.xslt35
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_indent_transform.xslt23
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/XDK/lufa_module_transform.xslt66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa.xml96
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_common.xml34
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_board.xml114
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_board_names.xml853
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_misc.xml57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_peripheral.xml198
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb.xml32
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class.xml32
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_android.xml54
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_audio.xml109
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_cdc.xml99
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_hid.xml99
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_midi.xml99
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_ms.xml99
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_printer.xml99
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_rndis.xml99
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_class_si.xml56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core.xml85
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_avr8.xml43
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_uc3.xml42
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_drivers_usb_core_xmega.xml36
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform.xml60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform_uc3.xml26
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_platform_xmega.xml23
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/lufa_toolchain.xml43
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/StudioIntegration/makefile140
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Version.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Version.h)104
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/doxyfile2368
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/makefile (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/makefile)103
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Maintenance/lufa_functionlist_transform.xslt19
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Maintenance/makefile94
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.c156
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.h91
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISP-MKII.txt385
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.c302
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/AVRISPDescriptors.h128
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/AppConfig.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.c531
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPProtocol.h81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.c370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/ISP/ISPTarget.h147
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.c267
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2Protocol.h105
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolConstants.h90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.c207
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/V2ProtocolParams.h91
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.c274
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/TINYNVM.h86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.c468
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XMEGANVM.h140
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.c480
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGProtocol.h136
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.c209
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/Lib/XPROG/XPROGTarget.h136
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/asf.xml90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/AVRISP-MKII/makefile39
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Benito.c311
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Benito.h79
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Benito.txt106
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Config/AppConfig.h57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Descriptors.c244
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/Descriptors.h112
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/LUFA Benito Programmer.inf66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/asf.xml53
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Benito/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.c325
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.h87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/HIDReportViewer.txt64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/asf.xml48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/HIDReportViewer/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.Designer.cs131
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.cs115
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.csproj95
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/CPUMonitor.resx132
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Program.cs21
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs36
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Resources.resx117
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs26
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/CPUUsageApp/Properties/Settings.settings7
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.c245
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/Descriptors.h110
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.Designer.cs149
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.cs75
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.csproj95
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/LEDMixer.resx123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Program.cs21
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs36
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Resources.resx117
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs26
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDMixerApp/Properties/Settings.settings7
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.c176
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LEDNotifier.txt63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/LUFA LED Notifier.inf66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/asf.xml51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/doxyfile2366
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/LEDNotifier/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Config/AppConfig.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.c314
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/Descriptors.h110
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.c252
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.h105
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/MIDIToneGenerator.txt73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/asf.xml50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MIDIToneGenerator/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Config/AppConfig.h58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.c216
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Descriptors.h96
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.c115
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/CircularBitBuffer.h97
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Lib/MagstripeHW.h102
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.c228
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.h90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/Magstripe.txt163
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/asf.xml52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Magstripe/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/Descriptors.c234
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/Descriptors.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.c184
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.h110
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/MediaController.txt66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/asf.xml50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MediaController/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.c185
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/ConfigDescriptor.h72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.c323
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.h92
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/MissileLauncher.txt60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/asf.xml49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/MissileLauncher/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/Descriptors.c188
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/Descriptors.h84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.c145
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.h65
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/RelayBoard.txt106
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/asf.xml47
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/RelayBoard/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/Descriptors.c257
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/Descriptors.h111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/Lib/HD44780.c127
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/Lib/HD44780.h64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.c170
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.h64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/SerialToLCD.txt109
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/asf.xml50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/SerialToLCD/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/AppConfig.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.c257
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Descriptors.h87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c534
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c98
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c4139
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h337
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h191
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.c159
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/RTC.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c344
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h89
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c331
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h112
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt166
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt675
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs181
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs179
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.resx120
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Linux.dllbin0 -> 9216 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Net.dllbin0 -> 24576 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Hid.Win32.dllbin0 -> 94208 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs21
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs36
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Resources.resx117
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs26
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Properties/Settings.settings7
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt24
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/TempLoggerHostApp.csproj99
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TempLogHostApp_Python/temp_log_config.py99
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/asf.xml72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/doxyfile2366
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/TempDataLogger/makefile39
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/Descriptors.c245
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/Descriptors.h110
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/LUFA USBtoSerial.inf66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.c254
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.h77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/USBtoSerial.txt78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/asf.xml51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/USBtoSerial/makefile38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Config/AppConfig.h73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Descriptors.c295
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Descriptors.h128
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/LUFA Webserver RNDIS.inf59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.c208
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPClientApp.h69
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.c103
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPCommon.h159
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.c265
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DHCPServerApp.h64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.c534
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/DataflashManager.h87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c65
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.c4139
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ff.h337
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h190
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/FATFs/integer.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.c284
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/HTTPServerApp.h84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.c344
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/SCSI.h87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.c163
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/TELNETServerApp.h71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.c298
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uIPManagement.h69
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.c37
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/clock.h13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.c128
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/timer.h87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.c151
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip-split.h104
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.c1941
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip.h2130
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.c432
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uip_arp.h146
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Lib/uip/uipopt.h740
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/USBDeviceMode.c162
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/USBDeviceMode.h62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/USBHostMode.c172
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/USBHostMode.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.c77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.h76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/Webserver.txt126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/asf.xml96
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/doxyfile2365
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/Webserver/makefile41
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Config/AppConfig.h66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Config/LUFAConfig.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/LUFA XPLAIN Bridge.inf66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Lib/SoftUART.c156
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/Lib/SoftUART.h71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/USARTDescriptors.c245
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/USARTDescriptors.h112
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.c294
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.h104
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/XPLAINBridge.txt109
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/asf.xml57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/doxyfile2364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/XPLAINBridge/makefile51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Projects/makefile47
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/README.txt (renamed from protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/README.txt)112
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/makefile26
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/bluetooth.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/bluetooth.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/bluetooth.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/bluetooth.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/descriptor.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/descriptor.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/descriptor.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/descriptor.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/lufa.c)120
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/lufa/lufa.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/lufa.h)0
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/protocol/lufa/midi/Config/LUFAConfig.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/midi/Config/LUFAConfig.h)0
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/protocol/lufa/midi/bytequeue/COPYING674
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/protocol/lufa/midi/bytequeue/bytequeue.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/midi/bytequeue/bytequeue.c)0
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/protocol/lufa/midi/bytequeue/bytequeue.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/midi/bytequeue/bytequeue.h)0
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/protocol/lufa/midi/bytequeue/interrupt_setting.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/midi/bytequeue/interrupt_setting.c)0
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/protocol/lufa/midi/bytequeue/interrupt_setting.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/midi/bytequeue/interrupt_setting.h)0
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/protocol/lufa/midi/midi.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/midi/midi.c)0
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/protocol/lufa/midi/midi.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/midi/midi.h)0
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/protocol/lufa/midi/midi_device.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/midi/midi_device.c)0
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/protocol/lufa/midi/midi_device.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/midi/midi_device.h)0
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/protocol/lufa/midi/midi_function_types.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/midi/midi_function_types.h)0
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/protocol/lufa/midi/sysex_tools.c (renamed from protocol/lufa/midi/sysex_tools.c)0
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/protocol/lufa/midi/sysex_tools.h (renamed from protocol/lufa/midi/sysex_tools.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/m0110.c (renamed from protocol/m0110.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/m0110.h (renamed from protocol/m0110.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/mbed/HIDKeyboard.cpp (renamed from protocol/mbed/HIDKeyboard.cpp)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/mbed/HIDKeyboard.h (renamed from protocol/mbed/HIDKeyboard.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/mbed/mbed_driver.cpp (renamed from protocol/mbed/mbed_driver.cpp)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/mbed/mbed_driver.h (renamed from protocol/mbed/mbed_driver.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/news.c (renamed from protocol/news.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/news.h (renamed from protocol/news.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/next_kbd.c (renamed from protocol/next_kbd.c)16
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/next_kbd.h (renamed from protocol/next_kbd.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/pjrc.mk (renamed from protocol/pjrc.mk)6
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/pjrc/MEMO.txt (renamed from protocol/pjrc/MEMO.txt)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/pjrc/main.c (renamed from protocol/pjrc/main.c)2
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/pjrc/pjrc.c (renamed from protocol/pjrc/pjrc.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/pjrc/pjrc.h (renamed from protocol/pjrc/pjrc.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/pjrc/usb.c (renamed from protocol/pjrc/usb.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/pjrc/usb.h (renamed from protocol/pjrc/usb.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/pjrc/usb_debug.c (renamed from protocol/pjrc/usb_debug.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/pjrc/usb_debug.h (renamed from protocol/pjrc/usb_debug.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/pjrc/usb_extra.c (renamed from protocol/pjrc/usb_extra.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/pjrc/usb_extra.h (renamed from protocol/pjrc/usb_extra.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/pjrc/usb_keyboard.c (renamed from protocol/pjrc/usb_keyboard.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/pjrc/usb_keyboard.h (renamed from protocol/pjrc/usb_keyboard.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/pjrc/usb_mouse.c (renamed from protocol/pjrc/usb_mouse.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/pjrc/usb_mouse.h (renamed from protocol/pjrc/usb_mouse.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/ps2.h (renamed from protocol/ps2.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/ps2_busywait.c (renamed from protocol/ps2_busywait.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/ps2_interrupt.c (renamed from protocol/ps2_interrupt.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/ps2_io.h (renamed from protocol/ps2_io.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/ps2_io_avr.c (renamed from protocol/ps2_io_avr.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/ps2_io_mbed.c (renamed from protocol/ps2_io_mbed.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/ps2_mouse.c (renamed from protocol/ps2_mouse.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/ps2_mouse.h (renamed from protocol/ps2_mouse.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/ps2_usart.c (renamed from protocol/ps2_usart.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/serial.h (renamed from protocol/serial.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/serial_mouse.h (renamed from protocol/serial_mouse.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/serial_mouse_microsoft.c (renamed from protocol/serial_mouse_microsoft.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/serial_mouse_mousesystems.c (renamed from protocol/serial_mouse_mousesystems.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/serial_soft.c (renamed from protocol/serial_soft.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/serial_uart.c (renamed from protocol/serial_uart.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid.mk (renamed from protocol/usb_hid.mk)10
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/README (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/README)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/.gitattributes23
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/.gitignore4
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/.gitmodules12
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/BTD.cpp1364
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/BTD.h620
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/BTHID.cpp399
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/BTHID.h155
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/PS3BT.cpp634
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/PS3BT.h240
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/PS3Enums.h141
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/PS3USB.cpp572
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/PS3USB.h303
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/PS4BT.h121
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/PS4Parser.cpp116
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/PS4Parser.h407
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/PS4USB.h130
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/PSBuzz.cpp82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/PSBuzz.h185
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/README.md351
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/SPP.cpp829
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/SPP.h225
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/Usb.cpp812
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/Usb.h41
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/UsbCore.h298
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/Wii.cpp1268
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/Wii.h518
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/WiiCameraReadme.md13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/XBOXOLD.cpp337
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/XBOXOLD.h185
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/XBOXONE.cpp374
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/XBOXONE.h172
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/XBOXRECV.cpp583
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/XBOXRECV.h276
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/XBOXUSB.cpp361
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/XBOXUSB.h225
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/address.h282
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/adk.cpp371
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/adk.h140
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/avrpins.h1130
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/cdc_XR21B1411.cpp211
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/cdc_XR21B1411.h272
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/cdcacm.cpp331
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/cdcacm.h252
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/cdcftdi.cpp334
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/cdcftdi.h145
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/cdcprolific.cpp247
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/cdcprolific.h159
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/confdescparser.h213
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/controllerEnums.h204
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/Bluetooth/BTHID/BTHID.ino55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/Bluetooth/BTHID/KeyboardParser.h105
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/Bluetooth/BTHID/MouseParser.h46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/Bluetooth/PS3BT/PS3BT.ino188
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/Bluetooth/PS3Multi/PS3Multi.ino149
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/Bluetooth/PS3SPP/PS3SPP.ino162
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/Bluetooth/PS4BT/PS4BT.ino146
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/Bluetooth/SPP/SPP.ino52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/Bluetooth/SPPMulti/SPPMulti.ino67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/Bluetooth/Wii/Wii.ino118
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/Bluetooth/WiiBalanceBoard/WiiBalanceBoard.ino51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/Bluetooth/WiiIRCamera/WiiIRCamera.ino133
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/Bluetooth/WiiMulti/WiiMulti.ino132
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/Bluetooth/WiiUProController/WiiUProController.ino104
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/HID/USBHIDBootKbd/USBHIDBootKbd.ino129
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/HID/USBHIDBootKbdAndMouse/USBHIDBootKbdAndMouse.ino178
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/HID/USBHIDBootMouse/USBHIDBootMouse.ino83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/HID/USBHIDJoystick/USBHIDJoystick.ino38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/HID/USBHIDJoystick/hidjoystickrptparser.cpp84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/HID/USBHIDJoystick/hidjoystickrptparser.h33
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/HID/USBHID_desc/USBHID_desc.ino77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/HID/USBHID_desc/pgmstrings.h52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/HID/le3dp/le3dp.ino42
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/HID/le3dp/le3dp_rptparser.cpp43
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/HID/le3dp/le3dp_rptparser.h42
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/HID/scale/scale.ino51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/HID/scale/scale_rptparser.cpp150
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/HID/scale/scale_rptparser.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/PS3USB/PS3USB.ino148
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/PS4USB/PS4USB.ino133
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/PSBuzz/PSBuzz.ino49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/USB_desc/USB_desc.ino349
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/USB_desc/pgmstrings.h52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/Xbox/XBOXOLD/XBOXOLD.ino110
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/Xbox/XBOXONE/XBOXONE.ino106
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/Xbox/XBOXRECV/XBOXRECV.ino122
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/Xbox/XBOXUSB/XBOXUSB.ino113
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/acm/acm_terminal/acm_terminal.ino100
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/acm/acm_terminal/pgmstrings.h52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/adk/ArduinoBlinkLED/ArduinoBlinkLED.ino89
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/adk/adk_barcode/adk_barcode.ino91
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/adk/demokit_20/demokit_20.ino103
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/adk/term_test/term_test.ino65
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/adk/term_time/term_time.ino50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/board_qc/board_qc.ino259
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/cdc_XR21B1411/XR_terminal/XR_terminal.ino83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/ftdi/USBFTDILoopback/USBFTDILoopback.ino98
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/ftdi/USBFTDILoopback/pgmstrings.h52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/hub_demo/hub_demo.ino345
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/hub_demo/pgmstrings.h52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/max_LCD/max_LCD.ino29
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/pl2303/pl2303_gprs_terminal/pl2303_gprs_terminal.ino101
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/pl2303/pl2303_gps/pl2303_gps.ino88
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/pl2303/pl2303_tinygps/pl2303_tinygps.ino217
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/pl2303/pl2303_xbee_terminal/pl2303_xbee_terminal.ino117
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/testusbhostFAT/Makefile64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/testusbhostFAT/README.md29
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/examples/testusbhostFAT/testusbhostFAT.ino736
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/gpl2.txt340
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/hexdump.h61
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/hid.cpp112
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/hid.h188
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/hidboot.cpp201
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/hidboot.h618
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/hidescriptorparser.cpp1588
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/hidescriptorparser.h176
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/hiduniversal.cpp425
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/hiduniversal.h108
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/hidusagestr.h977
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/hidusagetitlearrays.cpp1048
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/keywords.txt371
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/library.json47
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/library.properties9
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/macros.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/masstorage.cpp1266
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/masstorage.h571
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/max3421e.h228
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/max_LCD.cpp255
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/max_LCD.h106
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/message.cpp116
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/message.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/parsetools.cpp67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/parsetools.h140
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/printhex.h84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/settings.h139
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/sink_parser.h41
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/usb_ch9.h166
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/usbhost.h529
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/usbhub.cpp425
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/usbhub.h252
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/version_helper.h194
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0/xboxEnums.h65
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/Arduino.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/Arduino.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/CDC.cpp (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/CDC.cpp)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/Client.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/Client.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/HID.cpp (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/HID.cpp)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/HardwareSerial.cpp (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/HardwareSerial.cpp)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/HardwareSerial.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/HardwareSerial.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/IPAddress.cpp (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/IPAddress.cpp)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/IPAddress.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/IPAddress.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/Platform.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/Platform.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/Print.cpp (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/Print.cpp)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/Print.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/Print.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/Printable.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/Printable.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/Server.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/Server.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/Stream.cpp (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/Stream.cpp)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/Stream.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/Stream.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/Tone.cpp (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/Tone.cpp)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/USBAPI.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/USBAPI.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/USBCore.cpp (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/USBCore.cpp)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/USBCore.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/USBCore.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/USBDesc.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/USBDesc.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/Udp.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/Udp.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/WCharacter.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/WCharacter.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/WInterrupts.c (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/WInterrupts.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/WMath.cpp (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/WMath.cpp)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/WString.cpp (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/WString.cpp)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/WString.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/WString.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/binary.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/binary.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/main.cpp (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/main.cpp)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/new.cpp (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/new.cpp)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/new.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/new.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/wiring.c (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/wiring.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/wiring_analog.c (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/wiring_analog.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/wiring_digital.c (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/wiring_digital.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/wiring_private.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/wiring_private.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/wiring_pulse.c (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/wiring_pulse.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/wiring_shift.c (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/cores/arduino/wiring_shift.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/variants/eightanaloginputs/pins_arduino.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/variants/eightanaloginputs/pins_arduino.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/variants/leonardo/pins_arduino.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/variants/leonardo/pins_arduino.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/variants/mega/pins_arduino.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/variants/mega/pins_arduino.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/variants/standard/pins_arduino.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/arduino-1.0.1/variants/standard/pins_arduino.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/override_Serial.cpp (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/override_Serial.cpp)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/override_wiring.c (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/override_wiring.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/parser.cpp33
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/parser.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/parser.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/test/Makefile (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/test/Makefile)12
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/test/config.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/test/config.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/test/test.cpp (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/test/test.cpp)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/usb_hid/usb_hid.h (renamed from protocol/usb_hid/usb_hid.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb.mk (renamed from protocol/vusb.mk)2
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/main.c (renamed from protocol/vusb/main.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/sendchar_usart.c (renamed from protocol/vusb/sendchar_usart.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbdrv/Changelog.txt (renamed from protocol/vusb/usbdrv/Changelog.txt)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbdrv/CommercialLicense.txt (renamed from protocol/vusb/usbdrv/CommercialLicense.txt)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbdrv/License.txt (renamed from protocol/vusb/usbdrv/License.txt)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbdrv/Readme.txt (renamed from protocol/vusb/usbdrv/Readme.txt)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbdrv/USB-ID-FAQ.txt (renamed from protocol/vusb/usbdrv/USB-ID-FAQ.txt)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbdrv/USB-IDs-for-free.txt (renamed from protocol/vusb/usbdrv/USB-IDs-for-free.txt)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbdrv/asmcommon.inc (renamed from protocol/vusb/usbdrv/asmcommon.inc)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbdrv/oddebug.c (renamed from protocol/vusb/usbdrv/oddebug.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbdrv/oddebug.h (renamed from protocol/vusb/usbdrv/oddebug.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbconfig-prototype.h (renamed from protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbconfig-prototype.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbdrv.c (renamed from protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbdrv.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbdrv.h (renamed from protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbdrv.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbdrvasm.S (renamed from protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbdrvasm.S)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbdrvasm.asm (renamed from protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbdrvasm.asm)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbdrvasm12.inc (renamed from protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbdrvasm12.inc)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbdrvasm128.inc (renamed from protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbdrvasm128.inc)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbdrvasm15.inc (renamed from protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbdrvasm15.inc)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbdrvasm16.inc (renamed from protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbdrvasm16.inc)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbdrvasm165.inc (renamed from protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbdrvasm165.inc)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbdrvasm18-crc.inc (renamed from protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbdrvasm18-crc.inc)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbdrvasm20.inc (renamed from protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbdrvasm20.inc)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbportability.h (renamed from protocol/vusb/usbdrv/usbportability.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/vusb.c (renamed from protocol/vusb/vusb.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/protocol/vusb/vusb.h (renamed from protocol/vusb/vusb.h)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/ring_buffer.h53
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/rules.mk (renamed from rules.mk)17
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/common.mk (renamed from tool/mbed/common.mk)2
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/gcc.mk (renamed from tool/mbed/gcc.mk)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/lpc-vector-checksum.c (renamed from tool/mbed/lpc-vector-checksum.c)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/lpc11u35_501.mk (renamed from tool/mbed/lpc11u35_501.mk)0
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/.gitattributes15
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/.gitignore75
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/.travis.yml9
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/CONTRIBUTING.md45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/LICENSE165
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/MANIFEST.in3
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/README.md115
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/docs/BUILDING.md601
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/docs/COMMITTERS.md269
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/docs/TESTING.md877
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBAudio/USBAudio.cpp618
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBAudio/USBAudio.h287
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBAudio/USBAudio_Types.h97
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/devdrv_usb_function_api.h365
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/usb_function.h143
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/usb_function_version.h32
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/inc/usb0_function.h171
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/inc/usb0_function_api.h104
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/inc/usb0_function_dmacdrv.h142
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/src/common/usb0_function_dataio.c2933
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/src/common/usb0_function_dma.c346
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/src/common/usb0_function_intrn.c249
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/src/common/usb0_function_lib.c2026
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/src/function/usb0_function_api.c441
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/src/function/usb0_function_controlrw.c142
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/src/function/usb0_function_global.c144
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/src/function/usb0_function_sig.c330
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/src/function/usb0_function_sub.c453
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/src/userdef/usb0_function_dmacdrv.c698
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/src/userdef/usb0_function_userdef.c762
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/inc/usb1_function.h171
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/inc/usb1_function_api.h104
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/inc/usb1_function_dmacdrv.h142
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/src/common/usb1_function_dataio.c2932
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/src/common/usb1_function_dma.c346
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/src/common/usb1_function_intrn.c249
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/src/common/usb1_function_lib.c2044
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/src/function/usb1_function_api.c441
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/src/function/usb1_function_controlrw.c142
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/src/function/usb1_function_global.c144
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/src/function/usb1_function_sig.c330
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/src/function/usb1_function_sub.c453
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/src/userdef/usb1_function_dmacdrv.c698
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/src/userdef/usb1_function_userdef.c762
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb_function_setting.h173
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/USBDescriptor.h74
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/USBDevice.cpp1005
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/USBDevice.h271
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/USBDevice_Types.h83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/USBEndpoints.h56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/USBEndpoints_KL25Z.h99
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/USBEndpoints_LPC11U.h71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/USBEndpoints_LPC17_LPC23.h99
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/USBEndpoints_Maxim.h90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/USBEndpoints_RZ_A1H.h85
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/USBEndpoints_STM32F4.h67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/USBHAL.h121
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/USBHAL_KL25Z.cpp551
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/USBHAL_LPC11U.cpp738
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/USBHAL_LPC17.cpp623
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/USBHAL_LPC40.cpp628
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/USBHAL_Maxim.cpp473
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/USBHAL_RZ_A1H.cpp1497
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/USBHAL_STM32F4.cpp410
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBDevice/USBRegs_STM32.h149
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBHID/USBHID.cpp276
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBHID/USBHID.h172
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBHID/USBHID_Types.h91
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBHID/USBKeyboard.cpp553
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBHID/USBKeyboard.h183
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBHID/USBMouse.cpp245
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBHID/USBMouse.h209
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBHID/USBMouseKeyboard.cpp706
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBHID/USBMouseKeyboard.h220
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBMIDI/MIDIMessage.h276
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBMIDI/USBMIDI.cpp207
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBMIDI/USBMIDI.h112
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBMSD/USBMSD.cpp655
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBMSD/USBMSD.h251
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBSerial/CircBuffer.h63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBSerial/USBCDC.cpp286
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBSerial/USBCDC.h123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBSerial/USBSerial.cpp67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBDevice/USBSerial/USBSerial.h161
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/IUSBEnumerator.h36
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/devdrv_usb_host_api.h329
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/usb_host.h201
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/usb_host_version.h32
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/ohci_wrapp_RZ_A1.c1486
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/ohci_wrapp_RZ_A1.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/ohci_wrapp_RZ_A1_local.h49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/ohci_wrapp_pipe.c190
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/inc/usb0_host.h156
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/inc/usb0_host_api.h112
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/inc/usb0_host_dmacdrv.h139
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/src/common/usb0_host_dataio.c2835
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/src/common/usb0_host_dma.c355
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/src/common/usb0_host_intrn.c285
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/src/common/usb0_host_lib.c1580
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/src/host/usb0_host_controlrw.c434
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/src/host/usb0_host_drv_api.c889
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/src/host/usb0_host_global.c137
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/src/host/usb0_host_usbint.c496
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/src/host/usb0_host_usbsig.c637
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/src/userdef/usb0_host_dmacdrv.c698
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb0/src/userdef/usb0_host_userdef.c778
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/inc/usb1_host.h156
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/inc/usb1_host_api.h112
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/inc/usb1_host_dmacdrv.h139
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/src/common/usb1_host_dataio.c2835
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/src/common/usb1_host_dma.c355
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/src/common/usb1_host_intrn.c285
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/src/common/usb1_host_lib.c1598
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/src/host/usb1_host_controlrw.c434
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/src/host/usb1_host_drv_api.c889
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/src/host/usb1_host_global.c137
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/src/host/usb1_host_usbint.c497
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/src/host/usb1_host_usbsig.c637
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/src/userdef/usb1_host_dmacdrv.c698
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb1/src/userdef/usb1_host_userdef.c778
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/usb_host_setting.h100
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/USBDeviceConnected.cpp124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/USBDeviceConnected.h185
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/USBEndpoint.cpp162
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/USBEndpoint.h171
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/USBHALHost.h169
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/USBHALHost_LPC17.cpp325
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/USBHALHost_RZ_A1.cpp292
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/USBHost.cpp1160
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/USBHost.h395
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/USBHostConf.h91
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/USBHostTypes.h226
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost/dbg.h66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost3GModule/IUSBHostSerial.h95
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost3GModule/IUSBHostSerialListener.h37
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost3GModule/WANDongle.cpp235
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost3GModule/WANDongle.h108
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost3GModule/WANDongleInitializer.h73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost3GModule/WANDongleSerialPort.cpp340
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHost3GModule/WANDongleSerialPort.h133
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHostHID/USBHostKeyboard.cpp184
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHostHID/USBHostKeyboard.h102
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHostHID/USBHostMouse.cpp153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHostHID/USBHostMouse.h139
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHostHub/USBHostHub.cpp274
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHostHub/USBHostHub.h125
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHostMIDI/USBHostMIDI.cpp362
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHostMIDI/USBHostMIDI.h353
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHostMSD/USBHostMSD.cpp366
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHostMSD/USBHostMSD.h119
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHostSerial/MtxCircBuffer.h89
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHostSerial/USBHostSerial.cpp345
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/USBHost/USBHostSerial/USBHostSerial.h231
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/doc/mbed.diabin0 -> 1506 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/doc/net/doc.txt35
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/doc/net/layers.diabin0 -> 1428 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/doc/net/source.txt32
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/doc/net/sys_arch.txt216
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/doc/net/tcp.diabin0 -> 2806 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/doc/net/udp.diabin0 -> 2228 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/doc/rtos.txt37
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/doc/style.xml166
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_abs_f32.c165
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_abs_q15.c179
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_abs_q31.c130
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_abs_q7.c157
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_add_f32.c150
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_add_q15.c140
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_add_q31.c148
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_add_q7.c134
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_dot_prod_f32.c135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_dot_prod_q15.c140
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_dot_prod_q31.c143
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_dot_prod_q7.c159
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_mult_f32.c174
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_mult_q15.c154
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_mult_q31.c145
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_mult_q7.c127
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_negate_f32.c146
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_negate_q15.c142
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_negate_q31.c129
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_negate_q7.c125
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_offset_f32.c165
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_offset_q15.c136
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_offset_q31.c140
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_offset_q7.c135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_scale_f32.c169
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_scale_q15.c162
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_scale_q31.c239
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_scale_q7.c149
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_shift_q15.c248
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_shift_q31.c203
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_shift_q7.c220
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_sub_f32.c150
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_sub_q15.c140
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_sub_q31.c146
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/BasicMathFunctions/arm_sub_q7.c131
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/CommonTables/arm_common_tables.c16065
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ComplexMathFunctions/arm_cmplx_conj_f32.c182
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ComplexMathFunctions/arm_cmplx_conj_q15.c161
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ComplexMathFunctions/arm_cmplx_conj_q31.c180
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ComplexMathFunctions/arm_cmplx_dot_prod_f32.c168
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ComplexMathFunctions/arm_cmplx_dot_prod_q15.c152
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ComplexMathFunctions/arm_cmplx_dot_prod_q31.c153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ComplexMathFunctions/arm_cmplx_mag_f32.c165
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ComplexMathFunctions/arm_cmplx_mag_q15.c153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ComplexMathFunctions/arm_cmplx_mag_q31.c185
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ComplexMathFunctions/arm_cmplx_mag_squared_f32.c215
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ComplexMathFunctions/arm_cmplx_mag_squared_q15.c148
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ComplexMathFunctions/arm_cmplx_mag_squared_q31.c161
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ComplexMathFunctions/arm_cmplx_mult_cmplx_f32.c207
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ComplexMathFunctions/arm_cmplx_mult_cmplx_q15.c193
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ComplexMathFunctions/arm_cmplx_mult_cmplx_q31.c326
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ComplexMathFunctions/arm_cmplx_mult_real_f32.c225
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ComplexMathFunctions/arm_cmplx_mult_real_q15.c203
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ComplexMathFunctions/arm_cmplx_mult_real_q31.c223
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ControllerFunctions/arm_pid_init_f32.c87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ControllerFunctions/arm_pid_init_q15.c122
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ControllerFunctions/arm_pid_init_q31.c107
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ControllerFunctions/arm_pid_reset_f32.c65
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ControllerFunctions/arm_pid_reset_q15.c64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ControllerFunctions/arm_pid_reset_q31.c65
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ControllerFunctions/arm_sin_cos_f32.c436
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/ControllerFunctions/arm_sin_cos_q31.c328
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FastMathFunctions/arm_cos_f32.c290
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FastMathFunctions/arm_cos_q15.c214
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FastMathFunctions/arm_cos_q31.c249
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FastMathFunctions/arm_sin_f32.c291
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FastMathFunctions/arm_sin_q15.c216
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FastMathFunctions/arm_sin_q31.c248
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FastMathFunctions/arm_sqrt_q15.c155
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FastMathFunctions/arm_sqrt_q31.c153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_biquad_cascade_df1_32x64_init_q31.c110
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_biquad_cascade_df1_32x64_q31.c561
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_biquad_cascade_df1_f32.c425
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_biquad_cascade_df1_fast_q15.c286
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_biquad_cascade_df1_fast_q31.c305
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_biquad_cascade_df1_init_f32.c109
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_biquad_cascade_df1_init_q15.c111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_biquad_cascade_df1_init_q31.c111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_biquad_cascade_df1_q15.c411
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_biquad_cascade_df1_q31.c402
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_biquad_cascade_df2T_f32.c359
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_biquad_cascade_df2T_init_f32.c102
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_conv_f32.c647
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_conv_fast_opt_q15.c543
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_conv_fast_q15.c1410
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_conv_fast_q31.c577
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_conv_opt_q15.c545
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_conv_opt_q7.c435
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_conv_partial_f32.c662
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_conv_partial_fast_opt_q15.c768
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_conv_partial_fast_q15.c1478
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_conv_partial_fast_q31.c604
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_conv_partial_opt_q15.c765
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_conv_partial_opt_q7.c807
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_conv_partial_q15.c779
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_conv_partial_q31.c600
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_conv_partial_q7.c734
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_conv_q15.c734
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_conv_q31.c565
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_conv_q7.c690
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_correlate_f32.c739
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_correlate_fast_opt_q15.c512
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_correlate_fast_q15.c1319
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_correlate_fast_q31.c612
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_correlate_opt_q15.c513
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_correlate_opt_q7.c464
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_correlate_q15.c719
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_correlate_q31.c665
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_correlate_q7.c790
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_decimate_f32.c524
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_decimate_fast_q15.c598
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_decimate_fast_q31.c351
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_decimate_init_f32.c117
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_decimate_init_q15.c119
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_decimate_init_q31.c117
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_decimate_q15.c696
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_decimate_q31.c311
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_f32.c651
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_fast_q15.c345
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_fast_q31.c299
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_init_f32.c96
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_init_q15.c154
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_init_q31.c96
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_init_q7.c94
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_interpolate_f32.c581
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_interpolate_init_f32.c121
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_interpolate_init_q15.c120
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_interpolate_init_q31.c121
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_interpolate_q15.c508
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_interpolate_q31.c504
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_lattice_f32.c506
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_lattice_init_f32.c83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_lattice_init_q15.c83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_lattice_init_q31.c83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_lattice_q15.c536
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_lattice_q31.c353
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_q15.c691
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_q31.c365
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_q7.c390
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_sparse_f32.c372
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_sparse_init_f32.c107
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_sparse_init_q15.c107
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_sparse_init_q31.c106
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_sparse_init_q7.c107
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_sparse_q15.c411
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_sparse_q31.c375
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_fir_sparse_q7.c403
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_iir_lattice_f32.c447
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_iir_lattice_init_f32.c91
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_iir_lattice_init_q15.c91
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_iir_lattice_init_q31.c91
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_iir_lattice_q15.c464
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_iir_lattice_q31.c350
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_lms_f32.c442
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_lms_init_f32.c95
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_lms_init_q15.c105
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_lms_init_q31.c105
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_lms_norm_f32.c466
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_lms_norm_init_f32.c105
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_lms_norm_init_q15.c112
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_lms_norm_init_q31.c111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_lms_norm_q15.c440
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_lms_norm_q31.c431
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_lms_q15.c379
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/FilteringFunctions/arm_lms_q31.c369
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/MatrixFunctions/arm_mat_add_f32.c208
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/MatrixFunctions/arm_mat_add_q15.c163
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/MatrixFunctions/arm_mat_add_q31.c207
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/MatrixFunctions/arm_mat_init_f32.c88
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/MatrixFunctions/arm_mat_init_q15.c80
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/MatrixFunctions/arm_mat_init_q31.c84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/MatrixFunctions/arm_mat_inverse_f32.c700
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/MatrixFunctions/arm_mat_mult_f32.c286
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/MatrixFunctions/arm_mat_mult_fast_q15.c369
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/MatrixFunctions/arm_mat_mult_fast_q31.c226
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/MatrixFunctions/arm_mat_mult_q15.c469
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/MatrixFunctions/arm_mat_mult_q31.c294
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/MatrixFunctions/arm_mat_scale_f32.c181
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/MatrixFunctions/arm_mat_scale_q15.c183
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/MatrixFunctions/arm_mat_scale_q31.c202
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/MatrixFunctions/arm_mat_sub_f32.c209
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/MatrixFunctions/arm_mat_sub_q15.c160
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/MatrixFunctions/arm_mat_sub_q31.c208
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/MatrixFunctions/arm_mat_trans_f32.c218
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/MatrixFunctions/arm_mat_trans_q15.c284
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/MatrixFunctions/arm_mat_trans_q31.c210
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_max_f32.c186
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_max_q15.c176
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_max_q31.c177
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_max_q7.c177
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_mean_f32.c139
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_mean_q15.c133
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_mean_q31.c136
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_mean_q7.c133
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_min_f32.c183
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_min_q15.c177
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_min_q31.c176
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_min_q7.c178
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_power_f32.c143
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_power_q15.c152
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_power_q31.c143
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_power_q7.c141
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_rms_f32.c141
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_rms_q15.c162
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_rms_q31.c154
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_std_f32.c196
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_std_q15.c205
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_std_q31.c192
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_var_f32.c192
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_var_q15.c188
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/StatisticsFunctions/arm_var_q31.c178
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/SupportFunctions/arm_copy_f32.c135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/SupportFunctions/arm_copy_q15.c114
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/SupportFunctions/arm_copy_q31.c123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/SupportFunctions/arm_copy_q7.c115
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/SupportFunctions/arm_fill_f32.c134
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/SupportFunctions/arm_fill_q15.c120
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/SupportFunctions/arm_fill_q31.c121
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/SupportFunctions/arm_fill_q7.c118
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/SupportFunctions/arm_float_to_q15.c204
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/SupportFunctions/arm_float_to_q31.c211
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/SupportFunctions/arm_float_to_q7.c203
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/SupportFunctions/arm_q15_to_float.c134
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/SupportFunctions/arm_q15_to_q31.c156
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/SupportFunctions/arm_q15_to_q7.c154
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/SupportFunctions/arm_q31_to_float.c131
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/SupportFunctions/arm_q31_to_q15.c145
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/SupportFunctions/arm_q31_to_q7.c136
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/SupportFunctions/arm_q7_to_float.c131
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/SupportFunctions/arm_q7_to_q15.c157
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/SupportFunctions/arm_q7_to_q31.c142
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/SupportFunctions/math_helper.c460
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_bitreversal.c242
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_bitreversal2.S148
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_cfft_f32.c616
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_cfft_radix2_f32.c485
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_cfft_radix2_init_f32.c205
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_cfft_radix2_init_q15.c188
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_cfft_radix2_init_q31.c186
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_cfft_radix2_q15.c741
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_cfft_radix2_q31.c350
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_cfft_radix4_f32.c1210
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_cfft_radix4_init_f32.c165
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_cfft_radix4_init_q15.c151
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_cfft_radix4_init_q31.c147
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_cfft_radix4_q15.c1917
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_cfft_radix4_q31.c911
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_cfft_radix8_f32.c384
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_dct4_f32.c461
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_dct4_init_f32.c16519
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_dct4_init_q15.c4284
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_dct4_init_q31.c8364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_dct4_q15.c394
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_dct4_q31.c395
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_rfft_f32.c329
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_rfft_fast_f32.c354
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_rfft_fast_init_f32.c139
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_rfft_init_f32.c8376
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_rfft_init_q15.c2234
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_rfft_init_q31.c4279
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_rfft_q15.c482
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/TransformFunctions/arm_rfft_q31.c349
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/arm_common_tables.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/arm_math.h7304
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/cmsis_dsp/math_helper.h73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/dsp/FIR_f32.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/dsp/Sine_f32.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/dsp/Sine_f32.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/dsp/dsp/dsp.h33
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/fs/fat/ChaN/ccsbcs.cpp540
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/fs/fat/ChaN/diskio.cpp94
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/fs/fat/ChaN/diskio.h76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/fs/fat/ChaN/ff.cpp4153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/fs/fat/ChaN/ff.h337
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/fs/fat/ChaN/ffconf.h198
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/fs/fat/ChaN/integer.h37
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/fs/fat/FATDirHandle.cpp78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/fs/fat/FATDirHandle.h45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/fs/fat/FATFileHandle.cpp90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/fs/fat/FATFileHandle.h47
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/fs/fat/FATFileSystem.cpp153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/fs/fat/FATFileSystem.h94
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/fs/fat/MemFileSystem.h77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/fs/sd/SDFileSystem.cpp498
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/fs/sd/SDFileSystem.h89
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/AnalogIn.h103
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/AnalogOut.h121
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/BusIn.h98
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/BusInOut.h117
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/BusOut.h101
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/CAN.h243
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/CallChain.h181
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/DigitalIn.h107
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/DigitalInOut.h124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/DigitalOut.h116
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/DirHandle.h104
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/Ethernet.h170
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/FileBase.h80
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/FileHandle.h119
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/FileLike.h44
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/FilePath.h46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/FileSystemLike.h104
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/FunctionPointer.h94
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/I2C.h144
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/I2CSlave.h154
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/InterruptIn.h135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/InterruptManager.h143
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/LocalFileSystem.h103
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/PortIn.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/PortInOut.h104
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/PortOut.h104
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/PwmOut.h158
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/RawSerial.h90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/SPI.h113
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/SPISlave.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/Serial.h69
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/SerialBase.h139
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/Stream.h65
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/Ticker.h122
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/Timeout.h59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/Timer.h88
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/TimerEvent.h52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/can_helper.h53
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/mbed.h66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/mbed_assert.h50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/mbed_debug.h66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/mbed_error.h66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/mbed_interface.h114
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/platform.h30
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/rtc_time.h85
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/semihost_api.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/toolchain.h35
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/api/wait_api.h66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/BusIn.cpp82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/BusInOut.cpp115
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/BusOut.cpp91
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/CAN.cpp86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/CallChain.cpp90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/Ethernet.cpp73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/FileBase.cpp82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/FileLike.cpp28
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/FilePath.cpp76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/FileSystemLike.cpp77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/FunctionPointer.cpp45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/I2C.cpp91
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/I2CSlave.cpp63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/InterruptIn.cpp85
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/InterruptManager.cpp93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/LocalFileSystem.cpp223
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/RawSerial.cpp67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/SPI.cpp63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/SPISlave.cpp58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/Serial.cpp36
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/SerialBase.cpp108
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/Stream.cpp111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/Ticker.cpp39
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/Timeout.cpp24
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/Timer.cpp68
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/TimerEvent.cpp45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/assert.c32
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/board.c59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/error.c33
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/gpio.c61
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/mbed_interface.c113
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/pinmap_common.c89
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/retarget.cpp569
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/rtc_time.c89
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/semihost_api.c162
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/us_ticker_api.c134
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/common/wait_api.c30
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/hal/analogin_api.h39
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/hal/analogout_api.h42
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/hal/can_api.h80
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/hal/ethernet_api.h63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/hal/gpio_api.h57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/hal/gpio_irq_api.h49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/hal/i2c_api.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/hal/pinmap.h45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/hal/port_api.h42
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/hal/pwmout_api.h49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/hal/rtc_api.h42
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/hal/serial_api.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/hal/sleep_api.h64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/hal/spi_api.h45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/hal/us_ticker_api.h52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_K20D50M/MK20D5.h5836
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_K20D50M/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/MK20D5.sct14
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_K20D50M/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_MK20D5.s412
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_K20D50M/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_K20D50M/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/MK20D5.ld163
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_K20D50M/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_MK20D5.s259
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_K20D50M/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/MK20D5.icf52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_K20D50M/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_MK20D5.s271
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_K20D50M/cmsis.h13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_K20D50M/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_K20D50M/cmsis_nvic.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_K20D50M/system_MK20D5.c278
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_K20D50M/system_MK20D5.h87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_TEENSY3_1/MK20DX256.h6032
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_TEENSY3_1/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/MK20DX256.sct13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_TEENSY3_1/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_MK20DX256.s559
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_TEENSY3_1/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_TEENSY3_1/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/MK20DX256.ld164
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_TEENSY3_1/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_MK20DX256.s366
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_TEENSY3_1/cmsis.h13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_TEENSY3_1/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_TEENSY3_1/cmsis_nvic.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_TEENSY3_1/system_MK20DX256.c309
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_TEENSY3_1/system_MK20DX256.h85
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K22F/MK22F51212.h10137
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K22F/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/MK22F51212.sct13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K22F/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_MK22F12.s679
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K22F/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K22F/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/K22FN512xxx12.ld164
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K22F/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_MK22F12.S369
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K22F/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/MK22F51212.icf43
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K22F/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_MK22F12.s535
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K22F/cmsis.h13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K22F/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K22F/cmsis_nvic.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K22F/system_MK22F51212.c395
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K22F/system_MK22F51212.h367
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/MKL05Z4.h3613
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/MKL05Z4.sct12
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_MKL05Z4.s348
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/MKL05Z4.sct12
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_MKL05Z4.s332
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/MKL05Z4.ld154
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_MKL05Z4.s225
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/MKL05Z4.icf43
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_MKL05Z4.s199
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/cmsis.h13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/cmsis_nvic.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/system_MKL05Z4.c256
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/system_MKL05Z4.h99
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/MKL25Z4.h4155
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/MKL25Z4.sct14
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_MKL25Z4.s353
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/MKL25Z4.sct14
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_MKL25Z4.s332
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/MKL25Z4.ld163
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_MKL25Z4.s239
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CW_EWL/MKL25Z4.ld197
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CW_EWL/startup_MKL25Z4.c147
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CW_NEWLIB/MKL25Z4.ld153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CW_NEWLIB/startup_MKL25Z4.s226
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/MKL25Z4.icf43
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_MKL25Z4.s213
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/cmsis.h13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/cmsis_nvic.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/system_MKL25Z4.c263
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/system_MKL25Z4.h84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL43Z/MKL43Z4.h8856
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL43Z/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/MKL43Z4.sct14
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL43Z/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_MKL43Z4.s362
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL43Z/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL43Z/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/MKL43Z4.ld163
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL43Z/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_MKL43Z4.S243
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL43Z/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/sys.cpp32
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL43Z/cmsis.h13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL43Z/cmsis_nvic.c30
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL43Z/cmsis_nvic.h26
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL43Z/system_MKL43Z4.c224
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL43Z/system_MKL43Z4.h335
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL46Z/MKL46Z4.h5801
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL46Z/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/MKL46Z4.sct14
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL46Z/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_MKL46Z4.s332
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL46Z/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL46Z/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/MKL46Z4.ld163
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL46Z/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_MKL46Z4.s241
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL46Z/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/MKL46Z4.icf43
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL46Z/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_MKL46Z4.s217
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL46Z/cmsis.h13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL46Z/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL46Z/cmsis_nvic.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL46Z/system_MKL46Z4.c269
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL46Z/system_MKL46Z4.h90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_MCU_K64F/MK64F12.h14420
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_MCU_K64F/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/MK64F.sct14
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_MCU_K64F/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_MK64F12.s685
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_MCU_K64F/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_MCU_K64F/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/K64FN1M0xxx12.ld164
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_MCU_K64F/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_MK64F12.S369
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_MCU_K64F/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/MK64F.icf49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_MCU_K64F/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_MK64F12.s394
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_MCU_K64F/cmsis.h13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_MCU_K64F/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_MCU_K64F/cmsis_nvic.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_MCU_K64F/system_MK64F12.c391
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_MCU_K64F/system_MK64F12.h339
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/MAX32600.sct21
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_MAX32600.s255
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/max32600.ld182
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_max32600.S262
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/MAX32600.icf29
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_MAX32600.s383
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/adc_regs.h466
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/aes_regs.h159
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/afe_regs.h626
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/clkman_regs.h493
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/cmsis.h40
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/cmsis_nvic.c65
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/cmsis_nvic.h53
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/crc_regs.h89
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/dac_regs.h180
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/flc_regs.h210
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/gpio_regs.h477
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/i2cm_regs.h192
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/icc_regs.h96
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/ioman_regs.h508
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/lcd_regs.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/maa_regs.h124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/max32600.h666
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/pmu_regs.h111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/pt_regs.h175
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/pwrman_regs.h386
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/pwrseq_regs.h299
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/rtc_regs.h246
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/spi_regs.h215
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/system_max32600.c144
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/system_max32600.h53
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/tmr_regs.h146
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/tpu_regs.h108
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/trim_regs.h92
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/uart_regs.h175
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/usb_regs.h480
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/wdt_regs.h150
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/MAX32610.sct21
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_MAX32610.s255
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/max32610.ld182
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_max32610.S262
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/MAX32610.icf29
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_MAX32610.s383
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/adc_regs.h466
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/aes_regs.h159
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/afe_regs.h626
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/clkman_regs.h493
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/cmsis.h40
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/cmsis_nvic.c65
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/cmsis_nvic.h53
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/crc_regs.h89
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/dac_regs.h180
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/flc_regs.h210
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/gpio_regs.h477
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/i2cm_regs.h192
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/icc_regs.h96
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/ioman_regs.h508
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/maa_regs.h124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/max32610.h655
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/pmu_regs.h111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/pt_regs.h175
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/pwrman_regs.h386
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/pwrseq_regs.h299
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/rtc_regs.h246
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/spi_regs.h215
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/system_max32610.c147
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/system_max32610.h53
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/tmr_regs.h146
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/tpu_regs.h108
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/trim_regs.h92
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/uart_regs.h175
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/usb_regs.h453
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/wdt_regs.h150
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_MCU_NORDIC_16K/nRF51822.sct24
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_MCU_NORDIC_16K/startup_nRF51822.s187
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_MCU_NORDIC_32K/nRF51822.sct24
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_MCU_NORDIC_32K/startup_nRF51822.s196
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/TARGET_MCU_NORDIC_16K/NRF51822.ld151
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/TARGET_MCU_NORDIC_32K/NRF51822.ld151
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_NRF51822.s262
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/TARGET_MCU_NORDIC_16K/nRF51822_QFAA.icf43
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/TARGET_MCU_NORDIC_16K/startup_NRF51822_IAR.s237
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/TARGET_MCU_NORDIC_32K/nRF51822_QFAA.icf44
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/TARGET_MCU_NORDIC_32K/startup_NRF51822_IAR.s237
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/s110_nrf51822_7.1.0_softdevice.binbin0 -> 86540 bytes-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/cmsis.h13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/cmsis_nvic.c103
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/cmsis_nvic.h53
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/compiler_abstraction.h109
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/nrf.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/nrf51.h1312
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/nrf51_bitfields.h7135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/nrf_delay.h74
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/system_nrf51.c134
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/system_nrf51.h68
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/LPC11U6x.h1247
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_LPC11U68/LPC11U68.sct13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_LPC11U68/startup_LPC11U6x.s244
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC11U68/LPC11U68.sct13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC11U68/startup_LPC11U6x.s244
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/TARGET_LPC11U68/LPC11U68.ld235
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/TARGET_LPC11U68/startup_LPC11U68.cpp181
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/TARGET_LPC11U68/LPC11U68.ld237
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/TARGET_LPC11U68/aeabi_romdiv_patch.s93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/TARGET_LPC11U68/mtb.c85
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/TARGET_LPC11U68/startup_LPC11U68.cpp201
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/TARGET_LPC11U68/LPC11U68.icf47
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/TARGET_LPC11U68/startup_LPC11U6X.s251
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/cmsis.h13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/cmsis_nvic.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/system_LPC11U6x.c574
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/system_LPC11U6x.h64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/LPC11Uxx.h670
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_APPNEARME_MICRONFCBOARD/LPC11U34.sct17
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_APPNEARME_MICRONFCBOARD/startup_LPC11xx.s325
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_LPC11U24_301/LPC11U24.sct17
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_LPC11U24_301/startup_LPC11xx.s325
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_LPC11U24_401/LPC11U24.sct17
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_LPC11U24_401/startup_LPC11xx.s325
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_LPC11U34_421/LPC11U34.sct17
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_LPC11U34_421/startup_LPC11xx.s325
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_LPC11U35_401/LPC11U35.sct17
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_LPC11U35_401/startup_LPC11xx.s325
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_LPC11U37H_401/LPC11U37.sct20
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_LPC11U37H_401/startup_LPC11xx.s325
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_LPC11U37_501/LPC11U37.sct20
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_LPC11U37_501/startup_LPC11xx.s325
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_MCU_LPC11U35_501/LPC11U35.sct20
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_MCU_LPC11U35_501/startup_LPC11xx.s325
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_OC_MBUINO/LPC11U24.sct17
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_OC_MBUINO/startup_LPC11xx.s325
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_APPNEARME_MICRONFCBOARD/LPC11U34.sct17
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_APPNEARME_MICRONFCBOARD/startup_LPC11xx.s308
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC11U24_301/LPC11U24.sct17
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC11U24_301/startup_LPC11xx.s308
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC11U24_401/LPC11U24.sct17
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC11U24_401/startup_LPC11xx.s308
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC11U34_421/LPC11U34.sct17
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC11U34_421/startup_LPC11xx.s308
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC11U35_401/LPC11U35.sct17
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC11U35_401/startup_LPC11xx.s308
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC11U35_501/LPC11U35.sct20
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC11U35_501/startup_LPC11xx.s308
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC11U37H_401/LPC11U37.sct20
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC11U37H_401/startup_LPC11xx.s308
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC11U37_501/LPC11U37.sct20
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC11U37_501/startup_LPC11xx.s308
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_OC_MBUINO/LPC11U24.sct17
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_OC_MBUINO/startup_LPC11xx.s308
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/TARGET_APPNEARME_MICRONFCBOARD/LPC11U34.ld151
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/TARGET_LPC11U24_301/LPC11U24.ld154
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/TARGET_LPC11U24_401/LPC11U24.ld154
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/TARGET_LPC11U34_421/LPC11U34.ld151
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/TARGET_LPC11U35_401/LPC11U35.ld151
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/TARGET_LPC11U35_501/LPC11U35.ld151
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/TARGET_LPC11U35_Y5_MBUG/LPC11U35.ld151
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/TARGET_LPC11U37H_401/LPC11U37.ld152
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/TARGET_LPC11U37_501/LPC11U37.ld151
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/TARGET_LPCCAPPUCCINO/LPC11U37.ld151
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/TARGET_OC_MBUINO/LPC11U24.ld154
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_LPC11xx.s218
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/TARGET_LPC11U24/LPC11U24.ld153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/TARGET_LPC11U35_401/LPC11U35.ld155
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/TARGET_LPC11U35_501/LPC11U35.ld155
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/TARGET_LPC11U37H_401/LPC11U37.ld157
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/TARGET_LPC11U37_501/LPC11U37.ld155
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/startup_LPC11xx.cpp167
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CS/LPC11U24.ld207
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CS/startup_LPC11xx.s112
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CS/sys.cpp79
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/TARGET_LPC11U24_301/LPC11U24.icf41
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/TARGET_LPC11U24_301/startup_LPC11xx.s333
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/TARGET_LPC11U24_401/LPC11U24.icf41
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/TARGET_LPC11U24_401/startup_LPC11xx.s333
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/TARGET_LPC11U35_401/LPC11U35.icf41
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/TARGET_LPC11U35_401/startup_LPC11xx.s333
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/TARGET_LPC11U35_501/LPC11U35.icf46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/TARGET_LPC11U35_501/startup_LPC11xx.s333
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/TARGET_LPC11U37_501/LPC11U37.icf46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/TARGET_LPC11U37_501/startup_LPC11xx.s333
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/TARGET_OC_MBUINO/LPC11U24.icf41
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/TARGET_OC_MBUINO/startup_LPC11xx.s333
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/cmsis.h13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/cmsis_nvic.c81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/cmsis_nvic.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/power_api.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/system_LPC11Uxx.c450
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/system_LPC11Uxx.h64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/LPC11xx.h602
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TARGET_LPC11CXX/system_LPC11xx.c367
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TARGET_LPC11XX/system_LPC11xx.c367
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_LPC11CXX/LPC11C24.sct16
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_LPC11CXX/startup_LPC11xx.s304
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_LPC11XX/LPC1114.sct16
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/TARGET_LPC11XX/startup_LPC11xx.s304
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC11CXX/LPC11C24.sct14
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC11CXX/startup_LPC11xx.s292
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC11XX/LPC1114.sct14
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC11XX/startup_LPC11xx.s292
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/TARGET_LPC11CXX/LPC11C24.ld149
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/TARGET_LPC11XX/LPC1114.ld149
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_LPC11xx.s216
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/TARGET_LPC11XX/LPC1114.ld135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/TARGET_LPC11XX/startup_LPC11xx.cpp167
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CS/startup_LPC11xx.s112
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CS/sys.cpp79
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/TARGET_LPC11CXX/LPC11C24.icf36
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/TARGET_LPC11CXX/startup_LPC11xx.s299
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/TARGET_LPC11XX/LPC1114.icf36
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/TARGET_LPC11XX/startup_LPC11xx.s299
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/bitfields.h1768
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/cmsis.h14
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/cmsis_nvic.c82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/cmsis_nvic.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/system_LPC11xx.h64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/LPC13Uxx.h776
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/LPC1347.sct19
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_LPC13xx.s231
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/LPC1347.sct19
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_LPC13xx.s215
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/LPC1347.ld149
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_LPC13xx.s213
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/LPC1347.icf47
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_LPC1347.s178
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/cmsis.h13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/cmsis_nvic.c56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/cmsis_nvic.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/system_LPC13Uxx.c437
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/system_LPC13Uxx.h64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/LPC15xx.h1725
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/LPC15xx.sct13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_LPC15xx.s317
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/LPC1549.ld154
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_LPC15xx.s247
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/LPC1549.ld214
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/startup_LPC15xx.cpp219
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/LPC15xx.icf37
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_LPC15xx.s274
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/cmsis.h13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/cmsis_nvic.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/system_LPC15xx.c517
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/system_LPC15xx.h72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/LPC17xx.h1035
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/LPC1768.sct22
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_LPC17xx.s243
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/LPC1768.sct22
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_LPC17xx.s226
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/LPC1768.ld172
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_LPC17xx.s223
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/LPC1768.ld154
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/startup_LPC17xx.cpp183
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CS/LPC1768.ld212
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CS/startup_LPC17xx.s204
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CS/sys.cpp80
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/LPC17xx.icf45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_LPC17xx.s375
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/cmsis.h13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/cmsis_nvic.c56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/cmsis_nvic.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/system_LPC17xx.c584
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/system_LPC17xx.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/LPC23xx.h864
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/LPC2368.sct24
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/vector_functions.s248
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/vector_table.s99
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/LPC2368.sct24
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/vector_functions.s248
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/vector_table.s99
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/LPC2368.ld208
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/vector_functions.s148
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/vector_table.s45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/LPC2368.ld210
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/vector_functions.s149
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/vector_table.s45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CS/LPC2368.ld207
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CS/vector_functions.s180
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CS/vector_table.s45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/cmsis.h13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/cmsis_nvic.c40
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/cmsis_nvic.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/core_arm7.c44
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/core_arm7.h276
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/system_LPC23xx.c144
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/system_LPC23xx.h44
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/vector_defns.h77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/vector_realmonitor.c22
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/LPC407x_8x_177x_8x.h1523
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/LPC407X_8X.sct31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_LPC407x_8x_177x_8x.s254
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp32
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys_helper.cpp19
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys_helper.h16
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/LPC4088.ld172
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_LPC408x.s235
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/LPC407x_8x.ld181
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/startup_lpc407x_8x.cpp438
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/LPC4088.icf42
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_LPC408x.s256
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/cmsis.h13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/cmsis_nvic.c56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/cmsis_nvic.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/system_LPC407x_8x_177x_8x.c571
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/system_LPC407x_8x_177x_8x.h89
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/LPC43xx.h2113
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/LPC43xx_spifi.ini12
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC4330/LPC43xx.sct25
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC4330/startup_LPC43xx.s294
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC4337/LPC4337.sct22
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/TARGET_LPC4337/startup_LPC4337.s291
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/LPC4330.ld174
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_LPC43xx.s260
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/LPC43xx.ld281
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/startup_LPC43xx.cpp500
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/LPC43xx.icf36
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_LPC43xx.s292
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/cmsis.h15
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/cmsis_nvic.c61
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/cmsis_nvic.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/system_LPC43xx.c373
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/system_LPC43xx.h90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/LPC8xx.h710
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/TARGET_LPC810/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/LPC810.sct14
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/TARGET_LPC810/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_LPC8xx.s211
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/TARGET_LPC810/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/LPC810.icf36
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/TARGET_LPC810/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_LPC8xx.s197
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/TARGET_LPC810/system_LPC8xx.c372
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/TARGET_LPC812/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/LPC812.sct14
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/TARGET_LPC812/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_LPC8xx.s211
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/TARGET_LPC812/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/LPC812.icf36
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/TARGET_LPC812/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_LPC8xx.s198
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/TARGET_LPC812/system_LPC8xx.c381
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/cmsis.h13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/cmsis_nvic.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/system_LPC8xx.h63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/LPC82x.h1308
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/TARGET_LPC824/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/LPC824.sct14
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/TARGET_LPC824/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_LPC8xx.s218
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/TARGET_LPC824/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/LPC824.ld152
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/TARGET_LPC824/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_LPC824.s228
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/TARGET_LPC824/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/LPC824.ld199
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/TARGET_LPC824/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_CR/startup_LPC824_CR.cpp351
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/TARGET_LPC824/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/LPC824.icf36
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/TARGET_LPC824/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_LPC8xx.s216
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/TARGET_LPC824/system_LPC8xx.c389
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/TARGET_SSCI824/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/LPC824.sct14
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/TARGET_SSCI824/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_LPC8xx.s218
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/TARGET_SSCI824/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/LPC824.ld152
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/TARGET_SSCI824/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_LPC824.s228
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/TARGET_SSCI824/system_LPC8xx.c389
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/cmsis.h13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/cmsis_nvic.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/system_LPC82x.h63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/MBRZA1H.h1057
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/RZ_A1_Init.c135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/RZ_A1_Init.h71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/MBRZA1H.sct43
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_MBRZA1H.s454
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/RZA1H.ld227
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_RZ1AH.s532
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/cmsis.h12
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/cmsis_nvic.c42
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/cmsis_nvic.h46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/dev_drv.h85
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/gic.c305
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/gic.h316
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iobitmasks/bsc_iobitmask.h357
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iobitmasks/cpg_iobitmask.h461
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iobitmasks/dmac_iobitmask.h2675
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iobitmasks/gpio_iobitmask.h5793
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iobitmasks/intc_iobitmask.h11236
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iobitmasks/mtu2_iobitmask.h462
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iobitmasks/ostm_iobitmask.h123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iobitmasks/riic_iobitmask.h231
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iobitmasks/rspi_iobitmask.h215
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iobitmasks/scif_iobitmask.h1065
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iobitmasks/usb_iobitmask.h731
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefine.h136
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/adc_iodefine.h98
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/bsc_iodefine.h99
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/ceu_iodefine.h269
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/cpg_iodefine.h239
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/disc_iodefine.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/dmac_iodefine.h733
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/dvdec_iodefine.h391
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/ether_iodefine.h427
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/flctl_iodefine.h72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/gpio_iodefine.h1074
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/ieb_iodefine.h119
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/inb_iodefine.h92
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/intc_iodefine.h1026
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/irda_iodefine.h42
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/jcu_iodefine.h169
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/l2c_iodefine.h195
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/lin_iodefine.h174
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/lvds_iodefine.h53
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/mlb_iodefine.h498
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/mmc_iodefine.h92
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/mtu2_iodefine.h217
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/ostm_iodefine.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/pfv_iodefine.h150
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/pwm_iodefine.h135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/riic_iodefine.h556
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/romdec_iodefine.h166
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/rscan0_iodefine.h9038
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/rspi_iodefine.h204
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/rtc_iodefine.h102
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/scif_iodefine.h182
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/scim_iodefine.h87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/scux_iodefine.h808
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/sdg_iodefine.h86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/spdif_iodefine.h68
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/spibsc_iodefine.h173
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/ssif_iodefine.h131
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/usb20_iodefine.h546
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/vdc5_iodefine.h1596
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/iodefines/wdt_iodefine.h46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/reg32_t.h11
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/inc/rza_io_regrw.h83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/mbed_sf_boot.c826
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/mmu_Renesas_RZ_A1.c192
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/nvic_wrapper.c229
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/nvic_wrapper.h84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/pl310.c128
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/pl310.h114
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/r_typedefs.h61
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/rza_io_regrw.c200
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/system_MBRZA1H.c384
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/system_MBRZA1H.h65
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/Release_Notes_stm32f0xx_hal.html846
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_DISCO_F051R8/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32F0xx.ld155
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_DISCO_F051R8/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32f051x8.s299
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_DISCO_F051R8/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_DISCO_F051R8/cmsis_nvic.c61
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_DISCO_F051R8/cmsis_nvic.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_DISCO_F051R8/stm32f051x8.h3815
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_DISCO_F051R8/stm32f0xx.h228
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_DISCO_F051R8/system_stm32f0xx.c435
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_DISCO_F051R8/system_stm32f0xx.h123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F030R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_stm32f030x8.s216
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F030R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/stm32f0xx.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F030R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F030R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_stm32f030x8.s189
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F030R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/stm32f0xx.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F030R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F030R8/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32F030X8.ld153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F030R8/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32f030x8.s287
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F030R8/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_stm32f030x8.s291
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F030R8/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/stm32f030x8.icf31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F030R8/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F030R8/cmsis_nvic.c61
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F030R8/cmsis_nvic.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F030R8/stm32f030x8.h3214
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F030R8/stm32f0xx.h237
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F030R8/system_stm32f0xx.c456
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F030R8/system_stm32f0xx.h123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_stm32f070xb.s239
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/stm32f070xb.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_stm32f070xb.s212
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/stm32f070xb.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32F070XB.ld153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32f070xb.s296
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_stm32f070xb.s305
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/stm32f070xb.icf31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/cmsis_nvic.c61
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/cmsis_nvic.h54
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/hal_tick.c167
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/hal_tick.h61
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/stm32f070xb.h3420
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/stm32f0xx.h237
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/system_stm32f0xx.c467
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/system_stm32f0xx.h123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_stm32f072xb.s247
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/stm32f072rb.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_stm32f072xb.s220
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/stm32f072rb.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32F072XB.ld153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32f072xb.s315
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_stm32f072xb.s325
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/stm32f072xb.icf30
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/cmsis_nvic.c61
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/cmsis_nvic.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/hal_tick.c123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/hal_tick.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f072xb.h5576
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/stm32f0xx.h237
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/system_stm32f0xx.c467
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/system_stm32f0xx.h123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_stm32f091rc.s244
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/stm32f091rc.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_stm32f091rc.s217
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/stm32f091rc.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32F091XC.ld153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32f091xc.s311
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_stm32f091xc.s319
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/stm32f091xc.icf31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/cmsis_nvic.c61
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/cmsis_nvic.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/hal_tick.c123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/hal_tick.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/stm32f091xc.h5710
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/stm32f0xx.h237
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/system_stm32f0xx.c467
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/system_stm32f0xx.h123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal.c430
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal.h697
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_adc.c1865
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_adc.h951
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_adc_ex.c265
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_adc_ex.h98
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_can.c1400
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_can.h810
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_cec.c1119
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_cec.h598
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_comp.c695
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_comp.h479
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_conf.h307
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.c342
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_cortex.h166
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_crc.c506
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_crc.h327
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.c275
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_crc_ex.h202
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_dac.c693
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_dac.h354
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.c1083
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_dac_ex.h297
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_def.h183
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_dma.c703
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_dma.h459
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_dma_ex.h783
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_flash.c722
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_flash.h515
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_flash_ex.c854
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_flash_ex.h296
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_gpio.c561
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_gpio.h318
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_gpio_ex.h810
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_i2c.c4101
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_i2c.h562
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_i2c_ex.c292
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_i2c_ex.h132
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_i2s.c1389
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_i2s.h453
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_irda.c1363
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_irda.h631
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_irda_ex.h415
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_iwdg.c415
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_iwdg.h311
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_pcd.c1360
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_pcd.h783
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_pcd_ex.c153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_pcd_ex.h103
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_pwr.c470
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_pwr.h207
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_pwr_ex.c292
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_pwr_ex.h425
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_rcc.c628
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_rcc.h1255
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_rcc_ex.c1407
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_rcc_ex.h1680
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_rtc.c1385
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_rtc.h785
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_rtc_ex.c1577
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_rtc_ex.h708
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard.c1431
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard.h818
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c197
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_smartcard_ex.h330
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_smbus.c1939
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_smbus.h617
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_spi.c2722
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_spi.h677
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_tim.c5305
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_tim.h1645
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_tim_ex.c1835
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_tim_ex.h293
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_tsc.c791
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_tsc.h724
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_uart.c1811
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_uart.h934
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_uart_ex.c708
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_uart_ex.h770
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_usart.c1831
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_usart.h595
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_usart_ex.h503
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_wwdg.c449
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/stm32f0xx_hal_wwdg.h334
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/Release_Notes_stm32f1xx_hal.html965
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_DISCO_F100RB/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32F100.ld156
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_DISCO_F100RB/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32f100xb.s423
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_DISCO_F100RB/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_DISCO_F100RB/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_DISCO_F100RB/cmsis_nvic.h54
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_DISCO_F100RB/hal_tick.c145
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_DISCO_F100RB/hal_tick.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_DISCO_F100RB/stm32f100xb.h4073
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_DISCO_F100RB/stm32f1xx.h238
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_DISCO_F100RB/system_stm32f1xx.c603
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_DISCO_F100RB/system_stm32f1xx.h116
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_stm32f103xb.s300
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/stm32f103xb.sct44
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_stm32f103xb.s273
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/stm32f103xb.sct44
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32F103XB.ld154
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32f103xb.s379
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_stm32f103xb.s410
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/stm32f103xb.icf33
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/cmsis_nvic.h54
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/hal_tick.c145
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/hal_tick.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/stm32f103xb.h5906
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/stm32f1xx.h238
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/system_stm32f1xx.c605
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/system_stm32f1xx.h116
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32_hal_legacy.h2165
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal.c526
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal.h328
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_adc.c1924
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_adc.h946
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_adc_ex.c1300
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_adc_ex.h703
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_can.c1416
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_can.h825
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_can_ex.h147
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_cec.c1034
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_cec.h411
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_conf.h367
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.c448
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_cortex.h222
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_crc.c341
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_crc.h195
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_dac.c929
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_dac.h324
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_dac_ex.c659
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_dac_ex.h398
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_def.h216
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_dma.c709
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_dma.h458
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_dma_ex.h257
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_eth.c2000
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_eth.h2135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_flash.c661
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_flash.h261
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_flash_ex.c1650
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_flash_ex.h889
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio.c596
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio.h324
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio_ex.c145
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_gpio_ex.h887
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_hcd.c1173
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_hcd.h254
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_i2c.c3829
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_i2c.h582
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_i2s.c1435
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_i2s.h475
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_irda.c1548
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_irda.h555
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_iwdg.c358
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_iwdg.h299
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_nand.c1173
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_nand.h304
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_nor.c1050
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_nor.h306
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_pccard.c742
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_pccard.h249
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd.c1410
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd.h825
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd_ex.c249
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_pcd_ex.h116
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_pwr.c636
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_pwr.h406
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc.c1085
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc.h1263
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c1946
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_rcc_ex.h1895
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_rtc.c1708
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_rtc.h570
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_rtc_ex.c576
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_rtc_ex.h430
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_sd.c3442
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_sd.h709
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_smartcard.c1305
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_smartcard.h668
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_spi.c2398
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_spi.h674
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_spi_ex.c217
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_sram.c684
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_sram.h201
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c5329
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_tim.h1771
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_tim_ex.c1848
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_tim_ex.h310
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_uart.c1905
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_uart.h748
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_usart.c1874
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_usart.h617
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_wwdg.c458
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_hal_wwdg.h332
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_ll_fsmc.c964
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_ll_fsmc.h1080
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_ll_sdmmc.c496
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_ll_sdmmc.h876
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_ll_usb.c2210
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/stm32f1xx_ll_usb.h616
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/Release_Notes_stm32f3xx_hal.html983
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F303VC/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32F303XC.ld155
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F303VC/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32f303xc.s478
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F303VC/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F303VC/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F303VC/cmsis_nvic.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F303VC/hal_tick.c120
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F303VC/hal_tick.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F303VC/stm32f302x8.h6367
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F303VC/stm32f303xc.h6991
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F303VC/stm32f3xx.h229
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F303VC/system_stm32f3xx.c459
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F303VC/system_stm32f3xx.h124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F334C8/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32F334X8.ld155
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F334C8/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32f334x8.s430
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F334C8/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F334C8/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F334C8/cmsis_nvic.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F334C8/hal_tick.c120
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F334C8/hal_tick.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F334C8/stm32f334x8.h7604
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F334C8/stm32f3xx.h238
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F334C8/system_stm32f3xx.c457
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F334C8/system_stm32f3xx.h124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_stm32f302x8.s343
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/stm32f302x8.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_stm32f302x8.s316
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/stm32f302x8.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32F302X8.ld155
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32f302x8.s430
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_stm32f302x8.s485
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/stm32f302x8.icf31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/cmsis_nvic.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/hal_tick.c120
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/hal_tick.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/stm32f302x8.h6367
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/stm32f3xx.h238
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/system_stm32f3xx.c457
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/system_stm32f3xx.h124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_stm32f303xe.s407
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/stm32f303xe.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_stm32f303xe.s380
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/stm32f303xe.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32F303XE.ld155
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32f303xe.s505
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_stm32f303xe.s610
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/stm32f303xe.icf35
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/cmsis_nvic.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/hal_tick.c120
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/hal_tick.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/stm32f303xe.h8212
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/stm32f3xx.h238
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/system_stm32f3xx.c458
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/system_stm32f3xx.h124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_stm32f334x8.s355
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/stm32f334r8.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_stm32f334x8.s328
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/stm32f334r8.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32F334x8.ld154
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32f334x8.s430
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_stm32f334x8.s485
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/stm32f334x8.icf34
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/cmsis_nvic.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/hal_tick.c120
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/hal_tick.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/stm32f334x8.h7604
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/stm32f3xx.h238
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/system_stm32f3xx.c457
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/system_stm32f3xx.h124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal.c452
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal.h901
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_adc.c725
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_adc.h217
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_adc_ex.c6281
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_adc_ex.h3662
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_can.c1390
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_can.h822
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_cec.c1105
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_cec.h593
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_comp.c709
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_comp.h275
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_comp_ex.h1493
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_conf.h331
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_cortex.c442
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_cortex.h190
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_crc.c502
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_crc.h347
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_crc_ex.c259
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_crc_ex.h165
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_dac.c713
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_dac.h397
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_dac_ex.c1067
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_dac_ex.h320
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_def.h163
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_dma.c699
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_dma.h460
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_dma_ex.h259
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_flash.c688
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_flash.h532
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_flash_ex.c852
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_flash_ex.h283
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_gpio.c542
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_gpio.h307
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_gpio_ex.h1498
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_hrtim.c7939
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_hrtim.h3589
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_i2c.c4163
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_i2c.h591
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_i2c_ex.c291
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_i2c_ex.h128
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_i2s.c1199
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_i2s.h477
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_i2s_ex.c1557
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_i2s_ex.h225
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_irda.c1326
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_irda.h626
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_irda_ex.h415
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_iwdg.c414
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_iwdg.h313
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_nand.c1069
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_nand.h286
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_nor.c838
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_nor.h300
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_opamp.c889
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_opamp.h509
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_opamp_ex.c734
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_opamp_ex.h107
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_pccard.c725
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_pccard.h219
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_pcd.c1302
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_pcd.h798
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_pcd_ex.c301
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_pcd_ex.h154
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_pwr.c445
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_pwr.h258
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_pwr_ex.c289
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_pwr_ex.h299
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_rcc.c740
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_rcc.h1102
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_rcc_ex.c1317
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_rcc_ex.h3488
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_rtc.c1556
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_rtc.h813
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_rtc_ex.c1577
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_rtc_ex.h707
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_sdadc.c2648
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_sdadc.h596
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_smartcard.c1428
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_smartcard.h817
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c196
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_smartcard_ex.h233
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_smbus.c1962
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_smbus.h645
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_spi.c2494
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_spi.h684
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_sram.c680
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_sram.h202
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_tim.c5213
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_tim.h1451
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_tim_ex.c2726
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_tim_ex.h1079
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_tsc.c766
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_tsc.h633
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_uart.c2021
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_uart.h1064
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_uart_ex.c405
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_uart_ex.h458
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_usart.c1769
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_usart.h588
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_usart_ex.h326
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_wwdg.c410
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_hal_wwdg.h311
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_ll_fmc.c920
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/stm32f3xx_ll_fmc.h956
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_stm32f302x8.s342
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/stm32f302x8.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_stm32f302x8.s315
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/stm32f302x8.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32F3XX.ld157
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_STM32F30x.s465
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/cmsis_nvic.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x.h7705
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_adc.c2411
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_adc.h830
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_can.c1639
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_can.h653
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_comp.c514
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_comp.h436
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_conf.h94
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_crc.c364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_crc.h131
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_dac.c764
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_dac.h332
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_dbgmcu.c223
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_dbgmcu.h118
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_dma.c876
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_dma.h446
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_exti.c359
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_exti.h244
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_flash.c1180
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_flash.h339
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_gpio.c545
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_gpio.h410
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_hrtim.c3968
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_hrtim.h2723
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_i2c.c1595
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_i2c.h487
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_iwdg.c298
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_iwdg.h163
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_misc.c240
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_misc.h214
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_opamp.c585
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_opamp.h287
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_pwr.c548
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_pwr.h197
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_rcc.c1961
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_rcc.h709
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_rtc.c2608
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_rtc.h862
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_spi.c1420
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_spi.h616
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_syscfg.c533
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_syscfg.h355
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_tim.c4005
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_tim.h1344
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_usart.c2094
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_usart.h617
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_wwdg.c314
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/stm32f30x_wwdg.h119
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/system_stm32f30x.c478
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/system_stm32f30x.h86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/Release_Notes_stm32f4xx_hal.html1480
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F401VC/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32F401XC.ld153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F401VC/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32f401xc.s455
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F401VC/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F401VC/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F401VC/cmsis_nvic.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F401VC/hal_tick.c123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F401VC/hal_tick.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F401VC/stm32f401xe.h4752
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F401VC/stm32f4xx.h221
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F401VC/system_stm32f4xx.c702
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F401VC/system_stm32f4xx.h124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F429ZI/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32F429ZI.ld154
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F429ZI/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32f429xx.s566
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F429ZI/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_stm32f429xx.s693
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F429ZI/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/stm32f429xx_flash.icf37
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F429ZI/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F429ZI/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F429ZI/cmsis_nvic.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F429ZI/hal_tick.c124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F429ZI/hal_tick.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F429ZI/stm32f429xx.h8922
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F429ZI/stm32f4xx.h222
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F429ZI/system_stm32f4xx.c631
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F429ZI/system_stm32f4xx.h124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_stm32f411xe.s373
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/stm32f411re.sct47
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_stm32f411xe.s346
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/stm32f411re.sct47
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/NUCLEO_F411RE.ld153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_STM32F41x.s297
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_stm32f411xe.s523
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/stm32f411xe.icf32
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/cmsis_nvic.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/hal_tick.c122
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/hal_tick.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/stm32f411xe.h4778
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/stm32f4xx.h221
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/system_stm32f4xx.c707
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/system_stm32f4xx.h124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_stm32f405xx.s413
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/stm32f405xx.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_stm32f405xx.s387
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/stm32f405xx.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32F405.ld151
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_STM32F40x.s316
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_stm32f405xx.s623
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/stm32f405xx.icf38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/cmsis_nvic.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/hal_tick.c120
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/hal_tick.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/stm32f405xx.h7349
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/stm32f4xx.h222
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/system_stm32f4xx.c572
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/system_stm32f4xx.h124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_stm32f411xe.s373
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/stm32f411re.sct47
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_stm32f411xe.s346
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/stm32f411re.sct47
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32F411XE.ld155
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32f411xe.s459
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_stm32f411xe.s523
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/stm32f411xe.icf31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/cmsis_nvic.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/hal_tick.c122
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/hal_tick.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/stm32f411xe.h4778
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/stm32f4xx.h221
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/system_stm32f4xx.c708
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/system_stm32f4xx.h124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_stm32f401xe.s368
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/stm32f401xe.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_stm32f401xe.s342
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/stm32f401xe.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32F401XE.ld153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32f401xe.s455
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_stm32f401xe.s517
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/stm32f401xe.icf33
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/cmsis_nvic.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/hal_tick.c123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/hal_tick.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/stm32f401xe.h4752
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/stm32f4xx.h221
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/system_stm32f4xx.c702
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/system_stm32f4xx.h124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_stm32f411xe.s373
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/stm32f411re.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_stm32f411xe.s346
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/stm32f411re.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32F411XE.ld153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32f411xe.s459
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_stm32f411xe.s523
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/stm32f411xe.icf31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/cmsis_nvic.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/hal_tick.c122
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/hal_tick.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/stm32f411xe.h4778
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/stm32f4xx.h221
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/system_stm32f4xx.c706
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/system_stm32f4xx.h124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_STM32F407VG/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/STM32F407.sct17
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_STM32F407VG/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_STM32F40x.s395
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_STM32F407VG/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_STM32F407VG/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/STM32F407.sct17
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_STM32F407VG/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_STM32F40x.s369
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_STM32F407VG/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_STM32F407VG/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32F407XG.ld154
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_STM32F407VG/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32f407xx.s528
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_STM32F407VG/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_STM32F407VG/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_STM32F407VG/cmsis_nvic.h61
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_STM32F407VG/hal_tick.c124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_STM32F407VG/hal_tick.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_STM32F407VG/stm32f407xx.h7953
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_STM32F407VG/stm32f4xx.h222
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_STM32F407VG/system_stm32f4xx.c704
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_STM32F407VG/system_stm32f4xx.h124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_stm32f439xx.s445
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/stm32f439xx.sct48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_stm32f439xx.s467
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/stm32f439xx.sct48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32F439ZI.ld154
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32f439xx.s570
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_stm32f439xx.s698
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/stm32f439xx_flash.icf35
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/cmsis_nvic.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/hal_tick.c124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/hal_tick.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/stm32f439xx.h9102
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/stm32f4xx.h222
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/system_stm32f4xx.c706
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/system_stm32f4xx.h124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal.c536
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal.h194
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_adc.c1289
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_adc.h745
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_adc_ex.c840
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_adc_ex.h288
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_can.c1413
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_can.h781
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_conf.h407
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.c422
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_cortex.h163
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_crc.c339
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_crc.h145
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_cryp.c3784
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_cryp.h403
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_cryp_ex.c3020
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_cryp_ex.h146
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_dac.c940
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_dac.h331
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_dac_ex.c378
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_dac_ex.h183
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi.c818
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_dcmi.h498
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_def.h198
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_dma.c910
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_dma.h697
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_dma2d.c1250
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_dma2d.h504
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.c294
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_dma_ex.h92
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_eth.c1992
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_eth.h2239
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.c749
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_flash.h363
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.c1301
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ex.h759
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c199
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.h84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.c534
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio.h271
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_gpio_ex.h826
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_hash.c1826
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_hash.h331
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_hash_ex.c1609
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_hash_ex.h105
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_hcd.c1191
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_hcd.h224
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.c3659
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c.h461
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.c205
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_i2c_ex.h112
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_i2s.c1669
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_i2s.h445
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_i2s_ex.c752
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_i2s_ex.h86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_irda.c1477
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_irda.h443
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_iwdg.c355
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_iwdg.h248
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_ltdc.c1182
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_ltdc.h582
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_nand.c1056
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_nand.h250
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_nor.c968
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_nor.h243
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_pccard.c725
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_pccard.h185
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.c1150
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd.h281
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.c154
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_pcd_ex.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.c516
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr.h337
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.c482
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_pwr_ex.h197
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.c1193
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc.h1181
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.c554
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_rcc_ex.h1165
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_rng.c431
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_rng.h222
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_rtc.c1528
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_rtc.h766
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_rtc_ex.c1708
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_rtc_ex.h691
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_sai.c1364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_sai.h767
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_sd.c3414
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_sd.h699
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_sdram.c846
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_sdram.h151
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_smartcard.c1366
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_smartcard.h493
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.c2278
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_spi.h488
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_sram.c681
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_sram.h152
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_tim.c5126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_tim.h1487
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.c1843
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_tim_ex.h233
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_uart.c1907
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_uart.h609
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_usart.c1822
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_usart.h490
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_wwdg.c449
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_hal_wwdg.h268
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_ll_fmc.c1275
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_ll_fmc.h1379
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_ll_fsmc.c857
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_ll_fsmc.h1048
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_ll_sdmmc.c514
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_ll_sdmmc.h973
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_ll_usb.c1687
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/stm32f4xx_ll_usb.h459
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/STM32F407.sct17
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_STM32F40x.s369
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32F407.ld151
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_STM32F40x.s320
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/STM32F407.icf38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_STM32F40x.s636
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/cmsis.h14
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/cmsis_nvic.c33
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/cmsis_nvic.h26
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/stm32f4xx.h7155
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/system_stm32f4xx.c573
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/system_stm32f4xx.h105
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/Release_Notes_stm32l0xx_hal.html1140
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_stm32l053xx.s242
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/stm32l053c8.sct44
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_stm32l053xx.s266
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/stm32l053c8.sct44
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32L053X8.ld153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32l053xx.s299
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_stm32l053xx.s332
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/stm32l053xx.icf30
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/cmsis_nvic.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/hal_tick.c145
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/hal_tick.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/stm32l053xx.h4189
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/stm32l0xx.h233
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/system_stm32l0xx.c469
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/system_stm32l0xx.h123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_stm32l053xx.s242
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/stm32l053r8.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_stm32l053xx.s215
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/stm32l053r8.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32L053X8.ld153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32l053xx.s299
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_stm32l053xx.s332
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/stm32l053xx.icf30
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/cmsis_nvic.h54
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/hal_tick.c145
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/hal_tick.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/stm32l053xx.h4189
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/stm32l0xx.h233
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/system_stm32l0xx.c469
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/system_stm32l0xx.h123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_stm32l073xx.s252
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/stm32l073xz.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_stm32l073xx.s225
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/stm32l073xz.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32L073XZ.ld153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32l073xx.s311
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_stm32l073xx.s354
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/stm32l073xx.icf30
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/cmsis_nvic.h54
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/hal_tick.c145
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/hal_tick.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/stm32l073xx.h4381
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/stm32l0xx.h233
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/system_stm32l0xx.c469
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/system_stm32l0xx.h123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32_hal_legacy.h2250
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal.c600
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal.h347
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_adc.c1778
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_adc.h966
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_adc_ex.c317
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_adc_ex.h129
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_comp.c674
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_comp.h557
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_comp_ex.c120
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_comp_ex.h91
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_conf.h297
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_cortex.c340
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_cortex.h161
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_crc.c515
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_crc.h346
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_crc_ex.c231
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_crc_ex.h169
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_cryp.c2164
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_cryp.h424
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_cryp_ex.c116
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_cryp_ex.h100
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_dac.c690
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_dac.h432
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_dac_ex.c1041
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_dac_ex.h176
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_def.h208
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_dma.c773
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_dma.h627
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_firewall.c311
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_firewall.h372
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_flash.c736
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_flash.h407
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_flash_ex.c1065
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_flash_ex.h692
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c472
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.h113
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_gpio.c543
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_gpio.h330
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_gpio_ex.h1912
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_i2c.c4110
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_i2c.h595
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_i2c_ex.c348
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_i2c_ex.h175
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_i2s.c1409
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_i2s.h479
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_irda.c1465
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_irda.h669
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_irda_ex.h270
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_iwdg.c409
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_iwdg.h314
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_lcd.c620
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_lcd.h762
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_lptim.c1602
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_lptim.h661
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_lptim_ex.h127
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_pcd.c1312
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_pcd.h697
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_pcd_ex.c152
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_pcd_ex.h83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_pwr.c706
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_pwr.h448
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_pwr_ex.c184
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_pwr_ex.h106
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_rcc.c1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_rcc.h1287
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_rcc_ex.c664
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_rcc_ex.h1487
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_rng.c507
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_rng.h362
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_rtc.c1568
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_rtc.h882
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_rtc_ex.c1863
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_rtc_ex.h993
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_smartcard.c1292
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_smartcard.h889
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c185
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_smartcard_ex.h179
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_smbus.c1851
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_smbus.h567
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_spi.c2389
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_spi.h661
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_tim.c5021
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_tim.h1511
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_tim_ex.c357
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_tim_ex.h248
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_tsc.c769
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_tsc.h589
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_uart.c1993
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_uart.h1189
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_uart_ex.c445
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_uart_ex.h378
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_usart.c1736
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_usart.h684
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_usart_ex.h233
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_wwdg.c411
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/stm32l0xx_hal_wwdg.h349
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/Release_Notes_stm32l1xx_hal.html972
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_stm32l152xc.s325
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/stm32l152rc.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_stm32l152xc.s298
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/stm32l152rc.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32L152XC.ld156
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32l152xc.s421
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_stm32l152xc.s536
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/stm32l152xc.icf30
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/cmsis_nvic.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/hal_tick.c121
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/hal_tick.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/stm32l152xc.h5793
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/stm32l1xx.h247
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/system_stm32l1xx.c607
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/system_stm32l1xx.h123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/startup_stm32l152xe.s325
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/stm32l152re.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_MICRO/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/startup_stm32l152xe.s298
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/stm32l152re.sct45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_ARM_STD/sys.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/STM32L152XE.ld156
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_stm32l152xe.s427
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/startup_stm32l152xe.s546
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/stm32l152xe.icf31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/cmsis.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/cmsis_nvic.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/cmsis_nvic.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/hal_tick.c121
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/hal_tick.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l152xe.h6016
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/stm32l1xx.h247
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/system_stm32l1xx.c604
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/system_stm32l1xx.h123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal.c454
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal.h955
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_adc.c1759
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_adc.h1107
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_adc_ex.c849
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_adc_ex.h693
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_comp.c810
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_comp.h520
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_comp_ex.h336
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_conf.h291
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_cortex.c441
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_cortex.h220
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_crc.c339
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_crc.h192
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_cryp.c2111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_cryp.h411
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_cryp_ex.c118
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_cryp_ex.h98
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_dac.c963
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_dac.h385
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_dac_ex.c382
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_dac_ex.h205
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_def.h195
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_dma.c707
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_dma.h444
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_dma_ex.h248
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_flash.c490
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_flash.h385
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_flash_ex.c1952
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_flash_ex.h975
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c545
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.h130
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_gpio.c540
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_gpio.h331
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_gpio_ex.h260
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_i2c.c3635
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_i2c.h538
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_i2s.c1384
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_i2s.h454
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_irda.c1571
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_irda.h535
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_iwdg.c360
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_iwdg.h291
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_lcd.c610
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_lcd.h763
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_nor.c838
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_nor.h307
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_opamp.c1004
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_opamp.h533
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_opamp_ex.c757
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_opamp_ex.h225
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_pcd.c1345
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_pcd.h833
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_pcd_ex.c147
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_pcd_ex.h89
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_pwr.c612
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_pwr.h431
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_pwr_ex.c168
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_pwr_ex.h135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_rcc.c1313
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_rcc.h1227
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c277
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_rcc_ex.h573
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_rtc.c902
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_rtc.h641
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_rtc_ex.c2482
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_rtc_ex.h973
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_sd.c3439
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_sd.h705
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_smartcard.c1411
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_smartcard.h587
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_spi.c2256
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_spi.h556
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_spi_ex.c153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_spi_ex.h106
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_sram.c681
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_sram.h202
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_tim.c5039
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_tim.h1508
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_tim_ex.c260
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_tim_ex.h212
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_uart.c1974
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_uart.h624
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_usart.c1879
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_usart.h579
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_wwdg.c444
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_hal_wwdg.h310
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_ll_fsmc.c359
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_ll_fsmc.h567
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_ll_sdmmc.c519
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/stm32l1xx_ll_sdmmc.h907
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TOOLCHAIN_GCC/TARGET_CORTEX_A/cache.s94
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/cmain.s81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/core_ca9.h271
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/core_caFunc.h1161
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/core_caInstr.h45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/core_ca_mmu.h848
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/core_cm0.h682
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/core_cm0plus.h793
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/core_cm3.h1627
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/core_cm4.h1772
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/core_cm4_simd.h673
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/core_cmFunc.h636
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/core_cmInstr.h688
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/PeripheralPins.h46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/PortNames.h35
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_K20D50M/PeripheralNames.h73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_K20D50M/PeripheralPins.c120
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_K20D50M/PinNames.h256
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_K20D50M/device.h58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_TEENSY3_1/PeripheralNames.h86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_TEENSY3_1/PeripheralPins.c137
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_TEENSY3_1/PinNames.h310
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_TEENSY3_1/device.h58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/analogin_api.c78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/analogout_api.c84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/clk_freqs.h115
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/gpio_api.c56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/gpio_irq_api.c225
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/gpio_object.h56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/i2c_api.c378
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/objects.h77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/pinmap.c38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/port_api.c72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/pwmout_api.c116
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/rtc_api.c91
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/serial_api.c301
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/sleep.c83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/spi_api.c151
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/us_ticker.c159
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/PeripheralPins.h49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/PortNames.h34
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/PeripheralNames.h85
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/PeripheralPins.c123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/PinNames.h136
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/device.h58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/gpio_irq_api.c180
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/mbed_overrides.c32
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/serial_api.c295
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL05Z/spi_api.c163
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/PeripheralNames.h119
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/PeripheralPins.c197
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/PinNames.h254
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/device.h58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/gpio_irq_api.c170
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/mbed_overrides.c32
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/serial_api.c295
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL25Z/spi_api.c142
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL43Z/PeripheralNames.h94
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL43Z/PeripheralPins.c184
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL43Z/PinNames.h258
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL43Z/device.h58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL43Z/gpio_irq_api.c191
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL43Z/mbed_overrides.c32
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL43Z/serial_api.c316
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL43Z/spi_api.c218
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL46Z/PeripheralNames.h94
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL46Z/PeripheralPins.c209
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL46Z/PinNames.h258
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL46Z/device.h58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL46Z/gpio_irq_api.c191
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL46Z/mbed_overrides.c32
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL46Z/serial_api.c295
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/TARGET_KL46Z/spi_api.c234
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/analogin_api.c87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/analogout_api.c80
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/clk_freqs.h144
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/gpio_api.c60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/gpio_object.h56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/i2c_api.c383
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/objects.h81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/pinmap.c39
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/port_api.c70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/pwmout_api.c125
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/rtc_api.c88
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/sleep.c70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KLXX/us_ticker.c204
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/PeripheralPins.h49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/PortNames.h35
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/MK22F51212/fsl_clock_K22F51212.c477
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/MK22F51212/fsl_clock_K22F51212.h1033
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/MK22F51212/fsl_sim_hal_K22F51212.c1187
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/MK22F51212/fsl_sim_hal_K22F51212.h839
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/PeripheralNames.h125
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/PeripheralPins.c179
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/PinNames.h259
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device.h58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212.h10137
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_adc.h2339
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_aips.h13604
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_cmp.h940
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_crc.h1406
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_dac.h837
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_dma.h5785
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_dmamux.h237
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_ewm.h504
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_fb.h904
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_fmc.h1979
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_ftfa.h3194
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_ftm.h5936
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_gpio.h487
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_i2c.h1724
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_i2s.h3270
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_llwu.h1950
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_lptmr.h614
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_lpuart.h2519
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_mcg.h1779
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_mcm.h713
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_nv.h869
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_osc.h378
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_pdb.h1326
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_pit.h516
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_pmc.h572
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_port.h892
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_rcm.h1154
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_rfsys.h239
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_rfvbat.h239
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_rng.h587
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_rtc.h1659
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_sim.h4023
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_smc.h597
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_spi.h2239
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_uart.h4876
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_usb.h3804
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_vref.h384
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/MK22F51212_wdog.h1153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/MK22F51212/fsl_bitaccess.h526
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/device/fsl_device_registers.h1526
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_K22F/mbed_overrides.c33
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/common/phyksz8081/fsl_phy_driver.c267
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/common/phyksz8081/fsl_phy_driver.h195
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/drivers/clock/fsl_clock_manager.c299
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/drivers/clock/fsl_clock_manager.h429
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/drivers/enet/fsl_enet_driver.h952
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/drivers/enet/fsl_enet_rtcs_adapter.h513
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/drivers/enet/src/fsl_enet_irq.c89
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/drivers/enet/subdir.mk4
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/drivers/interrupt/fsl_interrupt_features.h126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/drivers/interrupt/fsl_interrupt_manager.h142
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/drivers/pit/common/fsl_pit_common.c47
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/drivers/pit/common/fsl_pit_common.h49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/drivers/pit/fsl_pit_driver.h251
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/drivers/pit/src/fsl_pit_driver.c264
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/drivers/pit/src/fsl_pit_irq.c154
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/adc/fsl_adc_features.h220
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/adc/fsl_adc_hal.c152
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/adc/fsl_adc_hal.h906
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/can/fsl_flexcan_features.h119
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/can/fsl_flexcan_hal.c1845
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/can/fsl_flexcan_hal.h837
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/dac/fsl_dac_features.h100
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/dac/fsl_dac_hal.c105
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/dac/fsl_dac_hal.h488
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/dmamux/fsl_dmamux_features.h114
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/dmamux/fsl_dmamux_hal.c56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/dmamux/fsl_dmamux_hal.h136
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/dspi/fsl_dspi_features.h247
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/dspi/fsl_dspi_hal.c604
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/dspi/fsl_dspi_hal.h900
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/edma/fsl_edma_features.h135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/edma/fsl_edma_hal.c633
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/edma/fsl_edma_hal.h1418
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/enet/fsl_enet_features.h56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/enet/fsl_enet_hal.c557
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/enet/fsl_enet_hal.h1420
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/flextimer/fsl_ftm_features.h156
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/flextimer/fsl_ftm_hal.c186
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/flextimer/fsl_ftm_hal.h1433
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/gpio/fsl_gpio_features.h188
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/gpio/fsl_gpio_hal.c77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/gpio/fsl_gpio_hal.h406
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/i2c/fsl_i2c_features.h283
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/i2c/fsl_i2c_hal.c291
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/i2c/fsl_i2c_hal.h702
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/llwu/fsl_llwu_features.h153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/llwu/fsl_llwu_hal.c616
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/llwu/fsl_llwu_hal.h248
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/lptmr/fsl_lptmr_features.h86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/lptmr/fsl_lptmr_hal.c68
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/lptmr/fsl_lptmr_hal.h413
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/lpuart/fsl_lpuart_features.h220
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/lpuart/fsl_lpuart_hal.c782
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/lpuart/fsl_lpuart_hal.h1134
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/mcg/fsl_mcg_features.h705
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/mcg/fsl_mcg_hal.c432
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/mcg/fsl_mcg_hal.h2184
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/mcg/fsl_mcg_hal_modes.c2501
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/mcg/fsl_mcg_hal_modes.h526
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/mpu/fsl_mpu_features.h146
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/mpu/fsl_mpu_hal.c71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/mpu/fsl_mpu_hal.h1545
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/osc/fsl_osc_features.h166
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/osc/fsl_osc_hal.c192
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/osc/fsl_osc_hal.h177
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/pdb/fsl_pdb_features.h87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/pdb/fsl_pdb_hal.c232
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/pdb/fsl_pdb_hal.h631
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/pit/fsl_pit_features.h127
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/pit/fsl_pit_hal.c63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/pit/fsl_pit_hal.h336
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/pmc/fsl_pmc_features.h109
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/pmc/fsl_pmc_hal.c68
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/pmc/fsl_pmc_hal.h321
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/port/fsl_port_features.h333
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/port/fsl_port_hal.c68
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/port/fsl_port_hal.h450
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/rcm/fsl_rcm_features.h109
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/rcm/fsl_rcm_hal.c109
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/rcm/fsl_rcm_hal.h199
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/rtc/fsl_rtc_features.h144
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/rtc/fsl_rtc_hal.c381
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/rtc/fsl_rtc_hal.h1976
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/sai/fsl_sai_features.h168
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/sai/fsl_sai_hal.c835
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/sai/fsl_sai_hal.h1423
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/sdhc/fsl_sdhc_features.h84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/sdhc/fsl_sdhc_hal.c167
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/sdhc/fsl_sdhc_hal.h1236
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/sim/fsl_sim_features.h4222
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/sim/fsl_sim_hal.c1468
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/sim/fsl_sim_hal.h1620
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/smc/fsl_smc_features.h245
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/smc/fsl_smc_hal.c671
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/smc/fsl_smc_hal.h475
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/uart/fsl_uart_features.h1218
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/uart/fsl_uart_hal.c961
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/uart/fsl_uart_hal.h1333
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/wdog/fsl_wdog_features.h87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/wdog/fsl_wdog_hal.c75
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/hal/wdog/fsl_wdog_hal.h609
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/mbed KSDK readme.txt15
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/utilities/fsl_misc_utilities.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/utilities/fsl_os_abstraction.h572
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/utilities/fsl_os_abstraction_mbed.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/utilities/src/fsl_misc_utilities.c68
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/utilities/src/fsl_os_abstraction_mbed.c35
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_KPSDK_CODE/utilities/sw_timer.h191
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/MK64F12/fsl_clock_K64F12.c592
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/MK64F12/fsl_clock_K64F12.h1248
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/MK64F12/fsl_sim_hal_K64F12.c1410
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/MK64F12/fsl_sim_hal_K64F12.h1009
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/TARGET_FRDM/PeripheralNames.h131
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/TARGET_FRDM/PeripheralPins.c202
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/TARGET_FRDM/PinNames.h258
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/TARGET_FRDM/device.h58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/TARGET_FRDM/mbed_overrides.c54
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/TARGET_MTS_GAMBIT/PeripheralNames.h133
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/TARGET_MTS_GAMBIT/PeripheralPins.c112
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/TARGET_MTS_GAMBIT/PinNames.h268
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/TARGET_MTS_GAMBIT/device.h58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/TARGET_MTS_GAMBIT/mbed_overrides.c23
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/MK64F12/fsl_bitaccess.h529
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12.h14420
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_adc.h2342
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_aips.h12467
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_axbs.h1030
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_can.h3579
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_cau.h5229
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_cmp.h942
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_cmt.h1120
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_crc.h1409
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_dac.h818
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_dma.h5365
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_dmamux.h241
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_enet.h7497
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_ewm.h440
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_fb.h907
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_fmc.h1982
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_ftfe.h2344
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_ftm.h5910
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_gpio.h490
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_i2c.h1728
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_i2s.h3098
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_llwu.h2052
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_lptmr.h617
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_mcg.h1782
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_mcm.h1089
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_mpu.h1741
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_nv.h929
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_osc.h312
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_pdb.h1329
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_pit.h519
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_pmc.h575
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_port.h895
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_rcm.h722
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_rfsys.h242
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_rfvbat.h242
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_rng.h590
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_rtc.h1662
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_sdhc.h5200
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_sim.h4084
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_smc.h566
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_spi.h2243
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_uart.h4474
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_usb.h3828
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_usbdcd.h938
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_vref.h387
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/MK64F12/MK64F12_wdog.h1156
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/TARGET_MCU_K64F/device/device/fsl_device_registers.h1526
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/analogin_api.c79
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/analogout_api.c83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/gpio_api.c62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/gpio_irq_api.c215
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/gpio_object.h57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/i2c_api.c328
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/objects.h69
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/pinmap.c51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/port_api.c77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/pwmout_api.c135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/rtc_api.c60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/serial_api.c230
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/sleep.c49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/spi_api.c139
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_KPSDK_MCUS/us_ticker.c82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/PeripheralPins.c272
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/PeripheralPins.h65
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/PortNames.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/TARGET_MAX32600MBED/PeripheralNames.h86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/TARGET_MAX32600MBED/PinNames.h267
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/TARGET_MAX32600MBED/low_level_init.c88
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/analogin_api.c147
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/analogout_api.c212
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/device.h72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/gpio_api.c94
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/gpio_irq_api.c167
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/gpio_object.h71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/i2c_api.c405
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/objects.h118
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/pinmap.c105
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/port_api.c97
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/pwmout_api.c234
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/rtc_api.c190
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/serial_api.c355
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/sleep.c169
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/spi_api.c190
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32600/us_ticker.c261
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/PeripheralPins.c190
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/PeripheralPins.h65
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/PortNames.h50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/TARGET_MAXWSNENV/PeripheralNames.h86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/TARGET_MAXWSNENV/PinNames.h177
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/TARGET_MAXWSNENV/low_level_init.c48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/analogin_api.c147
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/analogout_api.c212
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/device.h72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/gpio_api.c94
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/gpio_irq_api.c168
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/gpio_object.h71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/i2c_api.c405
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/objects.h118
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/pinmap.c105
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/port_api.c97
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/pwmout_api.c234
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/rtc_api.c190
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/serial_api.c355
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/sleep.c169
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/spi_api.c190
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Maxim/TARGET_MAX32610/us_ticker.c261
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/Lib/nordic_sdk/components/libraries/crc16/crc16.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/Lib/nordic_sdk/components/libraries/scheduler/app_scheduler.h152
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/Lib/nordic_sdk/components/libraries/util/app_error.h92
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/Lib/nordic_sdk/components/libraries/util/app_util.h234
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/Lib/nrf51822_bootloader.hex920
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/Lib/s110_nrf51822_8_0_0/s110_nrf51822_8.0.0_softdevice.hex5649
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/PeripheralNames.h58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/PortNames.h30
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_ARCH_BLE/PinNames.h177
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_ARCH_BLE/device.h57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_DELTA_DFCM_NNN40/PinNames.h130
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_DELTA_DFCM_NNN40/device.h57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_DELTA_DFCM_NNN40/mbed_overrides.c123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_DELTA_DFCM_NNN40/rtc_api.c71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_HRM1017/PinNames.h153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_HRM1017/device.h57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_NRF51822_MKIT/PinNames.h153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_NRF51822_MKIT/device.h57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_NRF51822_SBKIT/PinNames.h106
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_NRF51822_SBKIT/device.h57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_NRF51822_Y5_MBUG/PinNames.h150
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_NRF51822_Y5_MBUG/device.h57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_NRF51_DK/PinNames.h178
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_NRF51_DK/device.h57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_NRF51_DONGLE/PinNames.h145
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_NRF51_DONGLE/device.h57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_RBLAB_BLENANO/PinNames.h174
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_RBLAB_BLENANO/device.h57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_RBLAB_NRF51822/PinNames.h193
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_RBLAB_NRF51822/device.h57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_SEEED_TINY_BLE/PinNames.h143
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_SEEED_TINY_BLE/device.h57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_WALLBOT_BLE/PinNames.h177
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/TARGET_WALLBOT_BLE/device.h57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/analogin_api.c75
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/gpio_api.c58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/gpio_irq_api.c127
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/gpio_object.h56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/i2c_api.c306
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/objects.h86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/pinmap.c32
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/port_api.c84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/pwmout_api.c347
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/serial_api.c298
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/sleep.c32
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/spi_api.c286
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NORDIC/TARGET_MCU_NRF51822/us_ticker.c272
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/PeripheralNames.h73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/PinNames.h181
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/PortNames.h32
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/analogin_api.c136
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/device.h57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/gpio_api.c75
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/gpio_irq_api.c143
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/gpio_object.h56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/i2c_api.c394
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/objects.h80
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/pinmap.c45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/pwmout_api.c188
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/rtc_api.c64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/serial_api.c462
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/sleep.c69
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/spi_api.c221
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11U6X/us_ticker.c62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/PeripheralPins.h43
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/PortNames.h31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_APPNEARME_MICRONFCBOARD/PeripheralNames.h71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_APPNEARME_MICRONFCBOARD/PeripheralPins.c117
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_APPNEARME_MICRONFCBOARD/PinNames.h178
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_APPNEARME_MICRONFCBOARD/device.h59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_ARCH_GPRS/PeripheralNames.h87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_ARCH_GPRS/PeripheralPins.c117
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_ARCH_GPRS/PinNames.h195
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_ARCH_GPRS/device.h59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPC11U24_301/PeripheralNames.h87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPC11U24_301/PeripheralPins.c117
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPC11U24_301/PinNames.h166
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPC11U24_301/device.h59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPC11U24_401/PeripheralNames.h87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPC11U24_401/PeripheralPins.c117
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPC11U24_401/PinNames.h195
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPC11U24_401/device.h59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPC11U34_421/PeripheralNames.h71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPC11U34_421/PeripheralPins.c117
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPC11U34_421/PinNames.h138
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPC11U34_421/device.h59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPC11U35_401/PeripheralNames.h71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPC11U35_401/PeripheralPins.c117
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPC11U35_401/PinNames.h166
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPC11U35_401/device.h59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPC11U37H_401/PeripheralNames.h71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPC11U37H_401/PeripheralPins.c117
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPC11U37H_401/PinNames.h176
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPC11U37H_401/device.h59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPCCAPPUCCINO/PeripheralNames.h71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPCCAPPUCCINO/PeripheralPins.c117
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPCCAPPUCCINO/PinNames.h139
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_LPCCAPPUCCINO/device.h59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_MCU_LPC11U35_501/PeripheralNames.h71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_MCU_LPC11U35_501/PeripheralPins.c117
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_MCU_LPC11U35_501/TARGET_LPC11U35_501/PinNames.h181
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_MCU_LPC11U35_501/TARGET_LPC11U35_501/device.h59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_MCU_LPC11U35_501/TARGET_LPC11U35_Y5_MBUG/PinNames.h140
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_MCU_LPC11U35_501/TARGET_LPC11U35_Y5_MBUG/device.h59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_MCU_LPC11U35_501/TARGET_XADOW_M0/PinNames.h184
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_MCU_LPC11U35_501/TARGET_XADOW_M0/device.h59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_OC_MBUINO/PeripheralNames.h91
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_OC_MBUINO/PeripheralPins.c106
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_OC_MBUINO/PinNames.h105
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/TARGET_OC_MBUINO/device.h59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/analogin_api.c114
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/gpio_api.c64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/gpio_irq_api.c141
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/gpio_object.h56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/i2c_api.c375
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/objects.h66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/pinmap.c56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/port_api.c67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/pwmout_api.c157
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/serial_api.c288
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/sleep.c79
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/spi_api.c185
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11UXX/us_ticker.c62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/PeripheralNames.h65
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/PortNames.h33
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/README.md4
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TARGET_LPC11CXX/PinNames.h219
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TARGET_LPC11CXX/can_api.c424
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TARGET_LPC11CXX/device.h59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TARGET_LPC11CXX/reserved_pins.h8
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TARGET_LPC11XX/PinNames.h234
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TARGET_LPC11XX/device.h59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/TARGET_LPC11XX/reserved_pins.h8
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/analogin_api.c122
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/gpio_api.c66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/gpio_irq_api.c216
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/gpio_object.h54
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/i2c_api.c387
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/objects.h74
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/pinmap.c46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/port_api.c78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/pwmout_api.c188
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/serial_api.c301
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/sleep.c49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/spi_api.c221
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC11XX_11CXX/us_ticker.c62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/PeripheralNames.h71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/PinNames.h156
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/PortNames.h31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/analogin_api.c125
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/device.h57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/gpio_api.c58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/gpio_irq_api.c142
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/gpio_object.h56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/i2c_api.c385
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/objects.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/pinmap.c56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/port_api.c67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/pwmout_api.c180
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/serial_api.c300
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/sleep.c43
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/spi_api.c213
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC13XX/us_ticker.c62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/PeripheralNames.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/PinNames.h103
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/PortNames.h32
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/analogin_api.c158
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/analogout_api.c71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/can_api.c437
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/device.h58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/gpio_api.c66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/gpio_irq_api.c139
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/gpio_object.h57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/i2c_api.c217
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/objects.h69
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/pinmap.c41
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/pwmout_api.c170
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/rtc_api.c64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/serial_api.c316
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/spi_api.c276
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC15XX/us_ticker.c73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/PeripheralNames.h111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/PortNames.h34
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TARGET_ARCH_PRO/PinNames.h139
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TARGET_ARCH_PRO/device.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TARGET_ARCH_PRO/reserved_pins.h8
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TARGET_MBED_LPC1768/PinNames.h139
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TARGET_MBED_LPC1768/device.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TARGET_MBED_LPC1768/reserved_pins.h8
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TARGET_UBLOX_C027/C027_api.c81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TARGET_UBLOX_C027/C027_api.h22
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TARGET_UBLOX_C027/PinNames.h193
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TARGET_UBLOX_C027/device.h62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TARGET_UBLOX_C027/mbed_overrides.c21
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/TARGET_UBLOX_C027/reserved_pins.h8
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/analogin_api.c125
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/analogout_api.c76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/can_api.c406
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/ethernet_api.c948
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/gpio_api.c53
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/gpio_irq_api.c161
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/gpio_object.h56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/i2c_api.c394
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/objects.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/pinmap.c49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/port_api.c71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/pwmout_api.c171
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/rtc_api.c113
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/serial_api.c443
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/sleep.c72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/spi_api.c219
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC176X/us_ticker.c64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/PeripheralNames.h110
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/PinNames.h104
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/PortNames.h34
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/analogin_api.c123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/analogout_api.c75
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/can_api.c303
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/device.h59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/ethernet_api.c935
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/gpio_api.c53
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/gpio_irq_api.c154
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/gpio_object.h56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/i2c_api.c393
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/objects.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/pinmap.c46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/port_api.c71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/pwmout_api.c171
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/rtc_api.c117
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/serial_api.c337
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/spi_api.c219
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC23XX/us_ticker.c64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/PortNames.h35
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TARGET_LPC4088/PeripheralNames.h119
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TARGET_LPC4088/PinNames.h130
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TARGET_LPC4088/analogin_api.c125
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TARGET_LPC4088/can_api.c391
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TARGET_LPC4088/ethernet_api.c1008
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TARGET_LPC4088/i2c_api.c416
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TARGET_LPC4088/pwmout_api.c189
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TARGET_LPC4088/serial_api.c330
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TARGET_LPC4088/spi_api.c226
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TARGET_LPC4088_DM/PeripheralNames.h111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TARGET_LPC4088_DM/PinNames.h106
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TARGET_LPC4088_DM/analogin_api.c119
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TARGET_LPC4088_DM/can_api.c388
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TARGET_LPC4088_DM/ethernet_api.c964
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TARGET_LPC4088_DM/i2c_api.c402
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TARGET_LPC4088_DM/pwmout_api.c163
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TARGET_LPC4088_DM/serial_api.c317
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/TARGET_LPC4088_DM/spi_api.c206
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/analogout_api.c75
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/device.h59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/gpio_api.c56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/gpio_irq_api.c174
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/gpio_object.h56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/objects.h80
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/pinmap.c45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/port_api.c71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/rtc_api.c112
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/sleep.c57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC408X/us_ticker.c64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/PeripheralNames.h135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/PortNames.h37
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/README.txt81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/TARGET_LPC4330/PinNames.h705
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/TARGET_LPC4330/device.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/TARGET_LPC4337/PinNames.h621
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/TARGET_LPC4337/device.h59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/analogin_api.c134
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/analogout_api.c86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/ethernet_api.c528
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/gpio_api.c63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/gpio_irq_api.c154
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/gpio_object.h56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/i2c_api.c395
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/objects.h79
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/pinmap.c42
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/port_api.c146
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/pwmout_api.c266
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/rtc_api.c128
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/serial_api.c410
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/sleep.c36
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/spi_api.c225
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC43XX/us_ticker.c64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/PortNames.h30
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/TARGET_LPC810/PeripheralNames.h30
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/TARGET_LPC810/PinNames.h81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/TARGET_LPC812/PeripheralNames.h37
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/TARGET_LPC812/PinNames.h109
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/device.h58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/gpio_api.c70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/gpio_irq_api.c135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/gpio_object.h56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/i2c_api.c513
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/objects.h57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/pinmap.c51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/pwmout_api.c227
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/serial_api.c320
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/sleep.c82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/spi_api.c207
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC81X/us_ticker.c121
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/PortNames.h30
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/TARGET_LPC824/PeripheralNames.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/TARGET_LPC824/PinNames.h135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/TARGET_LPC824/device.h58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/TARGET_SSCI824/PeripheralNames.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/TARGET_SSCI824/PinNames.h135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/TARGET_SSCI824/device.h58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/analogin_api.c131
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/gpio_api.c72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/gpio_irq_api.c145
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/gpio_object.h58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/i2c_api.c598
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/objects.h62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/pinmap.c46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/pwmout_api.c172
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/rom_i2c_8xx.h127
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/serial_api.c357
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/sleep.c62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/spi_api.c209
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_NXP/TARGET_LPC82X/us_ticker.c106
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/PeripheralNames.h109
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/PinNames.h110
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/PortNames.h34
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/TARGET_MBED_MBRZA1H/reserved_pins.h6
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/analogin_api.c120
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/device.h68
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/ethernet_api.c696
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/ethernetext_api.h20
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/gpio_addrdefine.h22
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/gpio_api.c57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/gpio_irq_api.c226
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/gpio_object.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/i2c_api.c732
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/objects.h79
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/pinmap.c53
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/port_api.c65
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/pwmout_api.c259
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/rtc_api.c374
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/serial_api.c636
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/spi_api.c275
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_RENESAS/TARGET_RZ_A1H/us_ticker.c135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/PeripheralPins.h66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_DISCO_F051R8/PeripheralNames.h81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_DISCO_F051R8/PeripheralPins.c151
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_DISCO_F051R8/PinNames.h241
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_DISCO_F051R8/PortNames.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_DISCO_F051R8/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_DISCO_F051R8/objects.h109
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F030R8/PeripheralNames.h76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F030R8/PeripheralPins.c151
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F030R8/PinNames.h188
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F030R8/PortNames.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F030R8/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F030R8/objects.h104
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/PeripheralNames.h77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/PeripheralPins.c184
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/PinNames.h183
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/PortNames.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F070RB/objects.h104
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/PeripheralNames.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/PeripheralPins.c198
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/PinNames.h183
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/PortNames.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F072RB/objects.h109
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/PeripheralNames.h86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/PeripheralPins.c220
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/PinNames.h184
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/PortNames.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/TARGET_NUCLEO_F091RC/objects.h109
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/analogin_api.c179
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/analogout_api.c136
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/gpio_api.c79
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/gpio_irq_api.c267
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/gpio_object.h75
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/i2c_api.c390
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/mbed_overrides.c40
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/pinmap.c139
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/port_api.c103
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/pwmout_api.c262
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/rtc_api.c201
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/serial_api.c515
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/sleep.c107
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/spi_api.c298
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F0/us_ticker.c309
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/PeripheralPins.h62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_DISCO_F100RB/PeripheralNames.h74
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_DISCO_F100RB/PeripheralPins.c165
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_DISCO_F100RB/PinNames.h203
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_DISCO_F100RB/PortNames.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_DISCO_F100RB/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_DISCO_F100RB/objects.h105
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/PeripheralNames.h74
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/PeripheralPins.c165
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/PinNames.h180
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/PortNames.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/TARGET_NUCLEO_F103RB/objects.h105
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/analogin_api.c175
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/gpio_api.c79
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/gpio_irq_api.c332
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/gpio_object.h75
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/i2c_api.c459
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/mbed_overrides.c37
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/pinmap.c202
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/port_api.c103
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/pwmout_api.c227
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/rtc_api.c189
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/serial_api.c345
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/sleep.c62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/spi_api.c321
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F1/us_ticker.c113
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/PeripheralPins.h66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F303VC/PeripheralNames.h87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F303VC/PeripheralPins.c271
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F303VC/PinNames.h235
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F303VC/PortNames.h49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F303VC/analogin_api.c187
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F303VC/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F303VC/objects.h110
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F303VC/pwmout_api.c233
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F334C8/PeripheralNames.h80
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F334C8/PeripheralPins.c213
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F334C8/PinNames.h183
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F334C8/PortNames.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F334C8/analogin_api.c187
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F334C8/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F334C8/objects.h110
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_DISCO_F334C8/pwmout_api.c234
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/PeripheralNames.h80
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/PeripheralPins.c206
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/PinNames.h183
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/PortNames.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/analogin_api.c168
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/objects.h110
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F302R8/pwmout_api.c233
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/PeripheralNames.h87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/PeripheralPins.c257
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/PinNames.h183
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/PortNames.h49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/analogin_api.c172
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/objects.h110
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F303RE/pwmout_api.c246
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/PeripheralNames.h80
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/PeripheralPins.c212
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/PinNames.h183
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/PortNames.h49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/analogin_api.c188
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/objects.h110
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/TARGET_NUCLEO_F334R8/pwmout_api.c234
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/analogout_api.c178
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/gpio_api.c79
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/gpio_irq_api.c332
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/gpio_object.h75
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/i2c_api.c450
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/mbed_overrides.c37
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/pinmap.c145
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/port_api.c103
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/rtc_api.c201
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/serial_api.c408
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/sleep.c61
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/spi_api.c385
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3/us_ticker.c70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/PeripheralNames.h79
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/PinNames.h180
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/PortNames.h49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/analogin_api.c191
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/analogout_api.c110
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/device.h71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/gpio_api.c74
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/gpio_irq_api.c255
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/gpio_object.h73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/i2c_api.c354
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/mbed_overrides.c35
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/objects.h102
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/pinmap.c135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/port_api.c97
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/pwmout_api.c274
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/rtc_api.c138
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/serial_api.c312
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/sleep.c55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/spi_api.c278
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F3XX/us_ticker.c81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/PeripheralPins.h66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_ARCH_MAX/PeripheralNames.h91
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_ARCH_MAX/PeripheralPins.c204
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_ARCH_MAX/PinNames.h286
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_ARCH_MAX/PortNames.h52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_ARCH_MAX/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_ARCH_MAX/objects.h113
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F401VC/PeripheralNames.h81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F401VC/PeripheralPins.c190
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F401VC/PinNames.h176
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F401VC/PortNames.h49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F401VC/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F401VC/objects.h108
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F407VG/PeripheralNames.h91
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F407VG/PeripheralPins.c262
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F407VG/PinNames.h261
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F407VG/PortNames.h52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F407VG/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F407VG/objects.h113
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F429ZI/PeripheralNames.h98
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F429ZI/PeripheralPins.c285
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F429ZI/PinNames.h317
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F429ZI/PortNames.h54
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F429ZI/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_DISCO_F429ZI/objects.h113
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/PeripheralNames.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/PeripheralPins.c205
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/PinNames.h198
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/PortNames.h49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/objects.h108
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/PeripheralNames.h93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/PeripheralPins.c215
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/PinNames.h160
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/PortNames.h52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F405RG/objects.h113
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/PeripheralNames.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/PeripheralPins.c205
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/PinNames.h218
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/PortNames.h49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_MTS_MDOT_F411RE/objects.h108
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/PeripheralNames.h81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/PeripheralPins.c190
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/PinNames.h186
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/PortNames.h49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F401RE/objects.h108
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/PeripheralNames.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/PeripheralPins.c205
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/PinNames.h185
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/PortNames.h49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_NUCLEO_F411RE/objects.h108
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/PeripheralNames.h97
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/PeripheralPins.c167
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/PinNames.h210
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/PortNames.h54
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/TARGET_UBLOX_C029/objects.h113
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/analogin_api.c174
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/analogout_api.c158
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/gpio_api.c77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/gpio_irq_api.c332
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/gpio_object.h75
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/i2c_api.c495
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/mbed_overrides.c37
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/pinmap.c177
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/port_api.c103
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/pwmout_api.c207
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/rtc_api.c203
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/serial_api.c471
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/sleep.c61
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/spi_api.c392
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4/us_ticker.c69
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/PeripheralNames.h88
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/PinNames.h69
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/PortNames.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/analogin_api.c96
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/device.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/gpio_api.c61
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/gpio_object.h57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/i2c_api.c294
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/objects.h81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/pinmap.c74
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/port_api.c83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/spi_api.c229
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32F4XX/us_ticker.c63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/PeripheralPins.h66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/PeripheralNames.h77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/PeripheralPins.c170
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/PinNames.h183
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/PortNames.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/objects.h109
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_DISCO_L053C8/rtc_api.c215
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/PeripheralNames.h77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/PeripheralPins.c170
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/PinNames.h183
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/PortNames.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/objects.h109
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L053R8/rtc_api.c203
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/PeripheralNames.h81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/PeripheralPins.c206
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/PinNames.h183
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/PortNames.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/objects.h109
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/TARGET_NUCLEO_L073RZ/rtc_api.c203
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/analogin_api.c176
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/analogout_api.c161
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/gpio_api.c77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/gpio_irq_api.c267
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/gpio_object.h75
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/i2c_api.c409
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/mbed_overrides.c35
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/pinmap.c143
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/port_api.c103
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/pwmout_api.c193
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/serial_api.c406
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/sleep.c61
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/spi_api.c269
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L0/us_ticker.c113
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/PeripheralPins.h66
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/PeripheralNames.h82
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/PeripheralPins.c188
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/PinNames.h183
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/PortNames.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_MOTE_L152RC/objects.h110
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/PeripheralNames.h84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/PeripheralPins.c192
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/PinNames.h183
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/PortNames.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/device.h70
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/TARGET_NUCLEO_L152RE/objects.h110
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/analogin_api.c193
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/analogout_api.c146
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/gpio_api.c77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/gpio_irq_api.c332
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/gpio_object.h79
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/i2c_api.c480
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/mbed_overrides.c35
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/pinmap.c143
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/port_api.c103
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/pwmout_api.c201
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/rtc_api.c209
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/serial_api.c396
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/sleep.c98
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/spi_api.c298
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_STM/TARGET_STM32L1/us_ticker.c69
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/CellularModem.h78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/at/ATCommandsInterface.cpp902
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/at/ATCommandsInterface.h153
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/core/IOStream.h59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/core/MtxCircBuffer.h95
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/core/config.h27
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/core/dbg.cpp127
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/core/dbg.h79
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/core/errors.h47
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/core/fwk.h61
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/ip/IPInterface.cpp81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/ip/IPInterface.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/ip/LwIPInterface.cpp52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/ip/LwIPInterface.h44
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/ip/PPPIPInterface.cpp466
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/ip/PPPIPInterface.h69
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/link/LinkMonitor.cpp175
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/link/LinkMonitor.h96
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/lwipopts_conf.h26
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/sms/CDMASMSInterface.cpp350
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/sms/CDMASMSInterface.h90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/sms/GSMSMSInterface.cpp423
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/sms/GSMSMSInterface.h97
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/sms/SMSInterface.h67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/ussd/USSDInterface.cpp196
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularModem/ussd/USSDInterface.h80
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularUSBModem/serial/io/IOSerialStream.cpp253
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularUSBModem/serial/io/IOSerialStream.h72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularUSBModem/serial/usb/USBSerialStream.cpp236
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/CellularUSBModem/serial/usb/USBSerialStream.h74
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/UbloxUSBModem/UbloxCDMAModemInitializer.cpp114
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/UbloxUSBModem/UbloxCDMAModemInitializer.h63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/UbloxUSBModem/UbloxGSMModemInitializer.cpp131
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/UbloxUSBModem/UbloxGSMModemInitializer.h63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/UbloxUSBModem/UbloxModem.cpp559
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/UbloxUSBModem/UbloxModem.h183
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/UbloxUSBModem/UbloxUSBCDMAModem.cpp398
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/UbloxUSBModem/UbloxUSBCDMAModem.h118
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/UbloxUSBModem/UbloxUSBGSMModem.cpp605
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/cellular/UbloxUSBModem/UbloxUSBGSMModem.h155
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/eth/EthernetInterface/EthernetInterface.cpp156
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/eth/EthernetInterface/EthernetInterface.h90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/eth/EthernetInterface/eth_arch.h41
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/eth/lwip-eth/arch/TARGET_Freescale/fsl_enet_driver.c469
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/eth/lwip-eth/arch/TARGET_Freescale/hardware_init_MK64F12.c93
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/eth/lwip-eth/arch/TARGET_Freescale/k64f_emac.c885
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/eth/lwip-eth/arch/TARGET_Freescale/k64f_emac_config.h58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/eth/lwip-eth/arch/TARGET_Freescale/lwipopts_conf.h29
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/eth/lwip-eth/arch/TARGET_NXP/lpc17_emac.c1046
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/eth/lwip-eth/arch/TARGET_NXP/lpc17xx_emac.h661
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/eth/lwip-eth/arch/TARGET_NXP/lpc_emac_config.h111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/eth/lwip-eth/arch/TARGET_NXP/lpc_phy.h151
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/eth/lwip-eth/arch/TARGET_NXP/lpc_phy_dp83848.c438
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/eth/lwip-eth/arch/TARGET_NXP/lwipopts_conf.h30
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/eth/lwip-eth/arch/TARGET_RZ_A1H/lwipopts_conf.h26
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/eth/lwip-eth/arch/TARGET_RZ_A1H/rza1_emac.c192
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/eth/lwip-eth/arch/TARGET_STM/lwipopts_conf.h26
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/eth/lwip-eth/arch/TARGET_STM/stm32f4_emac.c560
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/HTTPHeader.cpp24
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/HTTPHeader.h29
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/HTTPSClient.cpp163
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/HTTPSClient.h56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/crypto/aes.c460
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/crypto/bigint.c1515
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/crypto/bigint.h99
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/crypto/bigint_impl.h133
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/crypto/crypto.h229
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/crypto/crypto_misc.c375
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/crypto/hmac.c105
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/crypto/md2.c163
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/crypto/md5.c294
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/crypto/os_int.h67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/crypto/rc4.c92
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/crypto/rsa.c270
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/crypto/sha1.c249
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/ssl/asn1.c565
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/ssl/cert.h133
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/ssl/config.h62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/ssl/crypto_misc.h176
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/ssl/gen_cert.c364
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/ssl/loader.c480
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/ssl/openssl.c323
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/ssl/os_port.c280
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/ssl/os_port.h45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/ssl/os_port_old.h194
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/ssl/p12.c483
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/ssl/private_key.h54
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/ssl/ssl.h499
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/ssl/tls1.c2324
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/ssl/tls1.h304
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/ssl/tls1_clnt.c414
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/ssl/tls1_svr.c478
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/ssl/version.h1
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/https/axTLS/ssl/x509.c556
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/Socket/Endpoint.cpp73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/Socket/Endpoint.h63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/Socket/Socket.cpp91
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/Socket/Socket.h104
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/Socket/TCPSocketConnection.cpp133
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/Socket/TCPSocketConnection.h81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/Socket/TCPSocketServer.cpp78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/Socket/TCPSocketServer.h52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/Socket/UDPSocket.cpp94
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/Socket/UDPSocket.h75
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip-sys/arch/cc.h119
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip-sys/arch/checksum.c126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip-sys/arch/memcpy.c59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip-sys/arch/perf.h38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip-sys/arch/sys_arch.c463
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip-sys/arch/sys_arch.h120
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/COPYING33
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/api/api_lib.c740
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/api/api_msg.c1535
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/api/err.c75
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/api/netbuf.c245
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/api/netdb.c352
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/api/netifapi.c160
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/api/sockets.c2347
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/api/tcpip.c460
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/def.c108
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/dhcp.c1749
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/dns.c970
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/init.c306
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/ipv4/autoip.c536
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/ipv4/icmp.c335
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/ipv4/igmp.c805
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/ipv4/inet.c42
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/ipv4/inet_chksum.c450
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/ipv4/ip.c857
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/ipv4/ip_addr.c312
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/ipv4/ip_frag.c863
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/mem.c657
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/memp.c475
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/netif.c758
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/pbuf.c1158
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/raw.c354
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/snmp/asn1_dec.c657
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/snmp/asn1_enc.c611
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/snmp/mib2.c4146
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/snmp/mib_structs.c1174
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/snmp/msg_in.c1437
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/snmp/msg_out.c681
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/stats.c176
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/tcp.c1635
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/tcp_in.c1567
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/tcp_out.c1471
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/timers.c482
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/core/udp.c966
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/autoip.h119
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/icmp.h111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/igmp.h106
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/inet.h107
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/inet_chksum.h90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/ip.h213
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/ip_addr.h244
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/ipv4/lwip/ip_frag.h88
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/api.h284
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/api_msg.h174
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/arch.h238
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/debug.h98
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/def.h127
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/dhcp.h242
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/dns.h124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/err.h85
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/init.h72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/mem.h123
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/memp.h116
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/memp_std.h122
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/netbuf.h101
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/netdb.h124
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/netif.h315
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/netifapi.h108
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/opt.h2043
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/pbuf.h154
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/raw.h98
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/sio.h141
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/snmp.h367
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/snmp_asn1.h101
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/snmp_msg.h315
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/snmp_structs.h268
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/sockets.h376
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/stats.h292
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/sys.h331
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/tcp.h377
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/tcp_impl.h471
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/tcpip.h159
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/timers.h98
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/lwip/udp.h171
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/netif/etharp.h221
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/netif/ppp_oe.h190
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/include/netif/slipif.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/lwipopts.h148
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/etharp.c1318
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ethernetif.c318
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/auth.c1334
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/auth.h111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/chap.c908
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/chap.h150
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/chpms.c396
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/chpms.h64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/fsm.c890
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/fsm.h157
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/ipcp.c1415
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/ipcp.h106
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/lcp.c2066
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/lcp.h151
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/magic.c80
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/magic.h63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/md5.c320
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/md5.h55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/pap.c628
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/pap.h118
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/ppp.c2030
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/ppp.h483
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/ppp_oe.c1132
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/pppdebug.h73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/randm.c249
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/randm.h81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/vj.c652
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/ppp/vj.h156
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/net/lwip/lwip/netif/slipif.c367
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rpc/Arguments.cpp140
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rpc/Arguments.h64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rpc/RPCFunction.cpp42
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rpc/RPCFunction.h59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rpc/RPCVariable.h87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rpc/RpcClasses.h308
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rpc/mbed_rpc.h25
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rpc/parse_pins.cpp105
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rpc/parse_pins.h27
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rpc/rpc.cpp191
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rpc/rpc.h313
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtos/Mail.h109
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtos/MemoryPool.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtos/Mutex.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtos/Mutex.h65
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtos/Queue.h81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtos/RtosTimer.cpp53
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtos/RtosTimer.h71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtos/Semaphore.cpp48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtos/Semaphore.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtos/Thread.cpp100
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtos/Thread.h118
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtos/rtos.h35
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/HAL_CA.c126
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/RTX_CM_lib.h388
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/RTX_Conf_CA.c319
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/RTX_Config.h76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/TOOLCHAIN_ARM/HAL_CA9.c416
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/TOOLCHAIN_ARM/SVC_Table.s57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/TOOLCHAIN_GCC/HAL_CA9.s474
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/TOOLCHAIN_GCC/SVC_Table.s60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/cmsis_os.h803
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_CMSIS.c2089
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_Event.c194
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_Event.h46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_HAL_CA.h207
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_HAL_CM.h276
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_List.c324
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_List.h67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_Mailbox.c296
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_Mailbox.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_MemBox.c170
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_MemBox.h46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_Memory.c140
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_Memory.h44
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_Mutex.c204
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_Mutex.h44
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_Robin.c88
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_Robin.h45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_Semaphore.c191
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_Semaphore.h46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_System.c304
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_System.h52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_Task.c372
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_Task.h87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_Time.c94
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_Time.h47
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_Timer.h46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_A/rt_TypeDef.h167
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/HAL_CM.c170
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/RTX_CM_lib.h500
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/RTX_Conf.h72
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/RTX_Conf_CM.c310
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M0/TOOLCHAIN_ARM/HAL_CM0.c301
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M0/TOOLCHAIN_ARM/SVC_Table.s57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M0/TOOLCHAIN_GCC/HAL_CM0.s370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M0/TOOLCHAIN_GCC/SVC_Table.s56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M0/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/HAL_CM0.s312
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M0/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/SVC_Table.s58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M0P/TOOLCHAIN_ARM/HAL_CM0.c301
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M0P/TOOLCHAIN_ARM/SVC_Table.s57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M0P/TOOLCHAIN_GCC/HAL_CM0.s370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M0P/TOOLCHAIN_GCC/SVC_Table.s56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M0P/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/HAL_CM0.s312
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M0P/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/SVC_Table.s58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M3/TOOLCHAIN_ARM/HAL_CM3.c249
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M3/TOOLCHAIN_ARM/SVC_Table.s57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M3/TOOLCHAIN_GCC/HAL_CM3.s323
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M3/TOOLCHAIN_GCC/SVC_Table.s56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M3/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/HAL_CM3.s265
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M3/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/SVC_Table.s58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M4/TOOLCHAIN_ARM/HAL_CM4.c309
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M4/TOOLCHAIN_ARM/SVC_Table.s57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M4/TOOLCHAIN_GCC/HAL_CM4.s405
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M4/TOOLCHAIN_GCC/SVC_Table.s56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M4/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/HAL_CM4.s333
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/TARGET_M4/TOOLCHAIN_IAR/SVC_Table.s58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/cmsis_os.h774
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/os_tcb.h51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/rt_CMSIS.c1885
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/rt_Event.c190
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/rt_Event.h46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/rt_HAL_CM.h276
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/rt_List.c320
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/rt_List.h67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/rt_Mailbox.c292
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/rt_Mailbox.h48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/rt_MemBox.c166
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/rt_MemBox.h46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/rt_Mutex.c197
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/rt_Mutex.h44
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/rt_Robin.c84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/rt_Robin.h45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/rt_Semaphore.c183
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/rt_Semaphore.h46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/rt_System.c299
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/rt_System.h52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/rt_Task.c339
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/rt_Task.h73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/rt_Time.c94
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/rt_Time.h47
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/rtos/rtx/TARGET_CORTEX_M/rt_TypeDef.h128
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/KL25Z/lptmr/main.cpp48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/KL25Z/pit/main.cpp48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/KL25Z/rtc/main.cpp72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/benchmarks/all/main.cpp19
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/benchmarks/cenv/main.cpp8
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/benchmarks/float_math/main.cpp8
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/benchmarks/mbed/main.cpp16
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/benchmarks/printf/main.cpp5
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/dsp/cmsis/fir_f32/data.cpp94
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/dsp/cmsis/fir_f32/main.cpp65
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/dsp/mbed/fir_f32/main.cpp53
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/export/mcb1700/main.cpp24
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/libs/SPIHalfDuplex/SPIHalfDuplex.cpp43
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/libs/SPIHalfDuplex/SPIHalfDuplex.h85
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/libs/SerialHalfDuplex/SerialHalfDuplex.cpp52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/libs/SerialHalfDuplex/SerialHalfDuplex.h82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/analog/main.cpp82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/analog_in/main.cpp58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/analog_pot/main.cpp29
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/basic/main.cpp9
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/blinky/main.cpp12
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/bus/main.cpp19
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/bus_out/main.cpp82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/call_before_main/main.cpp21
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/can/main.cpp53
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/can_interrupt/main.cpp60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/cpp/main.cpp86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/cstring/main.cpp100
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/detect/main.cpp15
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/dev_null/main.cpp30
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/digitalin_digitalout/main.cpp74
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/digitalinout/main.cpp95
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/dir/main.cpp78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/dir_sd/main.cpp119
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/div/main.cpp44
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/echo/main.cpp26
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/echo_flow_control/main.cpp34
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/env/test_env.cpp92
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/env/test_env.h74
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/file/main.cpp78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/freopen/TextDisplay.cpp57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/freopen/TextDisplay.h52
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/freopen/TextLCD.cpp98
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/freopen/TextLCD.h30
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/freopen/main.cpp30
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/fs/main.cpp32
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/heap_and_stack/main.cpp76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/hello/main.cpp13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/i2c_MMA8451Q/main.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/i2c_SRF08/main.cpp15
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/i2c_TMP102/main.cpp51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/i2c_eeprom/main.cpp155
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/i2c_eeprom_line/main.cpp147
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/i2c_master/main.cpp45
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/i2c_master_slave/main.cpp60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/i2c_mma7660/main.cpp26
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/i2c_slave/main.cpp36
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/interrupt_chaining/main.cpp111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/interruptin/main.cpp146
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/interruptin_2/main.cpp71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/modserial/main.cpp115
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/pin_toggling/main.cpp10
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/portinout/main.cpp139
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/portout/main.cpp47
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/portout_portin/main.cpp135
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/pwm/main.cpp174
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/pwm_led/pwm.cpp54
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/reset/main.cpp17
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/rpc/main.cpp67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/rtc/main.cpp20
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/sd/main.cpp112
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/sd_perf_fatfs/main.cpp161
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/sd_perf_fhandle/main.cpp156
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/sd_perf_stdio/main.cpp156
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/semihost/main.cpp38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/serial_interrupt/main.cpp26
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/serial_interrupt_2/main.cpp42
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/sleep/main.cpp27
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/sleep_timeout/main.cpp28
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/spi/main.cpp16
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/spi_ADXL345/main.cpp62
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/spi_master/main.cpp38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/spi_slave/main.cpp29
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/spifi1/main.cpp107
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/spifi1/spifi_rom_api.h165
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/spifi2/main.cpp100
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/spifi2/spifi_rom_api.h165
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/spifi2/splashImage01.c2167
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/spifi2/splashImage02.c2167
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/spifi2/splashImage03.c2167
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/spifi2/splashImage04.c2167
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/spifi2/splashImage05.c2167
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/spifi2/splashImage06.c2167
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/spifi2/splashImage07.c2167
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/spifi2/splashImage08.c2167
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/spifi2/splashImage09.c2167
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/spifi2/splashImage10.c2167
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/spifi2/splashImage11.c2168
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/spifi2/splashImage12.c2168
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/spifi2/splashImage13.c2168
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/spifi2/splashImage14.c2168
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/spifi2/splashImage15.c2168
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/stdio/main.cpp40
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/stdio_benchmark/main.cpp35
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/stl/main.cpp121
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/ticker/main.cpp49
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/ticker_2/main.cpp38
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/ticker_3/main.cpp43
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/ticker_mfun/main.cpp41
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/time_us/main.cpp30
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/timeout/main.cpp42
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/tsi/main.cpp14
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/mbed/vtor_reloc/main.cpp76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/cellular/http/common/HTTPClient/HTTPClient.cpp649
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/cellular/http/common/HTTPClient/HTTPClient.h159
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/cellular/http/common/HTTPClient/IHTTPData.h96
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/cellular/http/common/HTTPClient/data/HTTPMap.cpp200
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/cellular/http/common/HTTPClient/data/HTTPMap.h71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/cellular/http/common/HTTPClient/data/HTTPText.cpp104
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/cellular/http/common/HTTPClient/data/HTTPText.h72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/cellular/http/common/httptest.cpp58
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/cellular/http/common/httptest.h9
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/cellular/http/ubloxusb/main.cpp35
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/cellular/sms/common/smstest.cpp41
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/cellular/sms/common/smstest.h9
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/cellular/sms/ubloxusb/main.cpp21
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/echo/tcp_client/main.cpp59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/echo/tcp_client_loop/main.cpp78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/echo/tcp_server/main.cpp47
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/echo/udp_client/main.cpp82
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/echo/udp_link_layer/main.cpp151
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/echo/udp_server/main.cpp37
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/helloworld/broadcast_receive/main.cpp23
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/helloworld/broadcast_send/main.cpp25
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/helloworld/multicast_receive/main.cpp27
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/helloworld/multicast_send/main.cpp24
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/helloworld/tcpclient/main.cpp85
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/helloworld/udpclient/main.cpp56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/protocols/HTTPClient_HelloWorld/HTTPClient/HTTPClient.cpp621
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/protocols/HTTPClient_HelloWorld/HTTPClient/HTTPClient.h138
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/protocols/HTTPClient_HelloWorld/HTTPClient/IHTTPData.h86
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/protocols/HTTPClient_HelloWorld/HTTPClient/data/HTTPMap.cpp196
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/protocols/HTTPClient_HelloWorld/HTTPClient/data/HTTPMap.h69
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/protocols/HTTPClient_HelloWorld/HTTPClient/data/HTTPText.cpp94
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/protocols/HTTPClient_HelloWorld/HTTPClient/data/HTTPText.h68
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/protocols/HTTPClient_HelloWorld/main.cpp67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/protocols/NTPClient_HelloWorld/NTPClient/NTPClient.cpp163
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/protocols/NTPClient_HelloWorld/NTPClient/NTPClient.h101
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/net/protocols/NTPClient_HelloWorld/main.cpp39
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/peripherals/ADXL345/ADXL345.cpp405
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/peripherals/ADXL345/ADXL345.h537
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/peripherals/AX12/AX12.cpp534
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/peripherals/AX12/AX12.h190
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/peripherals/MMA7660/MMA7660.cpp193
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/peripherals/MMA7660/MMA7660.h207
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/peripherals/MMA8451Q/MMA8451Q.cpp81
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/peripherals/MMA8451Q/MMA8451Q.h108
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/peripherals/SRF08/SRF08.cpp67
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/peripherals/SRF08/SRF08.h60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/peripherals/TMP102/TMP102.cpp23
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/peripherals/TMP102/TMP102.h39
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/peripherals/TSI/TSISensor.cpp231
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/peripherals/TSI/TSISensor.h73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/rtos/cmsis/basic/main.cpp22
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/rtos/cmsis/isr/main.cpp34
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/rtos/cmsis/mail/main.cpp43
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/rtos/cmsis/mutex/main.cpp33
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/rtos/cmsis/queue/main.cpp48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/rtos/cmsis/semaphore/main.cpp29
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/rtos/cmsis/signals/main.cpp23
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/rtos/cmsis/timer/main.cpp29
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/rtos/mbed/basic/main.cpp44
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/rtos/mbed/file/main.cpp100
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/rtos/mbed/isr/main.cpp69
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/rtos/mbed/mail/main.cpp75
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/rtos/mbed/mutex/main.cpp87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/rtos/mbed/queue/main.cpp77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/rtos/mbed/semaphore/main.cpp75
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/rtos/mbed/signals/main.cpp51
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/rtos/mbed/timer/main.cpp42
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/usb/device/audio/main.cpp40
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/usb/device/basic/main.cpp28
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/usb/device/keyboard/main.cpp21
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/usb/device/midi/main.cpp73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/usb/device/mouse_keyboard/main.cpp22
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/usb/device/raw_hid/main.cpp26
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/usb/device/serial/main.cpp18
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/utest/basic/basic.cpp13
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/utest/bus/busout_ut.cpp87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/utest/general/general.cpp90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/utest/semihost_fs/semihost_fs.cpp63
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/utest/testrunner/testrunner.cpp29
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/libraries/tests/utest/testrunner/testrunner.h4
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/setup.py49
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/travis/install_dependencies.sh6
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/__init__.py16
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/bootloaders/MTS_DRAGONFLY_F411RE/bootloader.binbin0 -> 54992 bytes-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/bootloaders/MTS_MDOT_F411RE/bootloader.binbin0 -> 54984 bytes-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/build.py262
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/build_api.py550
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/build_release.py166
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/build_travis.py137
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/buildbot/master.cfg406
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/ci_templates/library_build/build_report.html31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/ci_templates/library_build/build_report_table.html10
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/ci_templates/library_build/report.html11
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/ci_templates/scripts.js53
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/ci_templates/tests_build/build_report.html31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/ci_templates/tests_build/build_report_table.html12
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/ci_templates/tests_build/report.html11
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/data/__init__.py16
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/data/rpc/RPCClasses.h34
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/data/rpc/class.cpp24
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/data/support.py27
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/dev/__init__.py16
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/dev/dsp_fir.py89
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/dev/intel_hex_utils.py31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/dev/rpc_classes.py190
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/dev/syms.py75
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/.hgignore20
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/README.md1148
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/__init__.py177
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered.py57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_arch_pro_cproject.tmpl1925
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_arch_pro_project.tmpl84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpc1114_cproject.tmpl1898
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpc1114_project.tmpl84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpc11u35_401_cproject.tmpl1901
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpc11u35_401_project.tmpl84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpc11u35_501_cproject.tmpl1901
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpc11u35_501_project.tmpl84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpc11u37h_401_cproject.tmpl1901
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpc11u37h_401_project.tmpl84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpc11u68_cproject.tmpl1909
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpc11u68_project.tmpl84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpc1549_cproject.tmpl1914
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpc1549_project.tmpl84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpc1768_cproject.tmpl1925
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpc1768_project.tmpl84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpc4088_cproject.tmpl1922
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpc4088_dm_cproject.tmpl1922
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpc4088_dm_project.tmpl84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpc4088_project.tmpl84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpc4330_m4_cproject.tmpl1924
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpc4330_m4_project.tmpl83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpc824_cproject.tmpl1900
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpc824_project.tmpl83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpccappuccino_cproject.tmpl1901
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_lpccappuccino_project.tmpl84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_ublox_c027_cproject.tmpl1925
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codered_ublox_c027_project.tmpl84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codesourcery.py60
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codesourcery_arch_pro.tmpl56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codesourcery_lpc1768.tmpl56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/codesourcery_ublox_c027.tmpl56
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide.py104
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_arch_max.coproj.tmpl90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_arch_pro.coproj.tmpl88
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_disco_f051r8.coproj.tmpl168
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_disco_f100rb.coproj.tmpl168
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_disco_f303vc.coproj.tmpl90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_disco_f334c8.coproj.tmpl90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_disco_f401vc.coproj.tmpl168
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_disco_f407vg.coproj.tmpl90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_disco_f429zi.coproj.tmpl90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_disco_l053c8.coproj.tmpl168
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_kl05z.coproj.tmpl88
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_kl25z.coproj.tmpl88
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_lpc1768.coproj.tmpl88
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_mote_l152rc.coproj.tmpl90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_mts_mdot_f405rg.coproj.tmpl90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_mts_mdot_f411re.coproj.tmpl90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_nucleo_f030r8.coproj.tmpl90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_nucleo_f070rb.coproj.tmpl90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_nucleo_f072rb.coproj.tmpl90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_nucleo_f091rc.coproj.tmpl90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_nucleo_f103rb.coproj.tmpl168
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_nucleo_f302r8.coproj.tmpl90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_nucleo_f303re.coproj.tmpl90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_nucleo_f334r8.coproj.tmpl90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_nucleo_f401re.coproj.tmpl90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_nucleo_f411re.coproj.tmpl90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_nucleo_l053r8.coproj.tmpl168
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_nucleo_l152re.coproj.tmpl90
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/coide_ublox_c027.coproj.tmpl88
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/ds5_5.py66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/ds5_5_arch_pro.cproject.tmpl115
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/ds5_5_arch_pro.launch.tmpl111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/ds5_5_arch_pro.project.tmpl83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/ds5_5_lpc11u24.cproject.tmpl103
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/ds5_5_lpc11u24.launch.tmpl111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/ds5_5_lpc11u24.project.tmpl83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/ds5_5_lpc1768.cproject.tmpl115
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/ds5_5_lpc1768.launch.tmpl111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/ds5_5_lpc1768.project.tmpl83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/ds5_5_lpc812.cproject.tmpl103
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/ds5_5_lpc812.launch.tmpl111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/ds5_5_lpc812.project.tmpl83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/ds5_5_ublox_c027.cproject.tmpl115
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/ds5_5_ublox_c027.launch.tmpl111
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/ds5_5_ublox_c027.project.tmpl83
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/emblocks.eix.tmpl57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/emblocks.py78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/exporters.py134
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_arch_ble.tmpl76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_arch_max.tmpl77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_arch_pro.tmpl72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_delta_dfcm_nnn40.tmpl76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_disco_f051r8.tmpl73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_disco_f100rb.tmpl73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_disco_f303vc.tmpl78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_disco_f334c8.tmpl78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_disco_f401vc.tmpl78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_disco_f407vg.tmpl78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_disco_f429zi.tmpl78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_disco_l053c8.tmpl73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_hrm1017.tmpl76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_k20d50m.tmpl72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_k22f.tmpl72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_k64f.tmpl72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_kl05z.tmpl72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_kl25z.tmpl72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_kl43z.tmpl72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_kl46z.tmpl72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_lpc1114.tmpl78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_lpc11u24.tmpl78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_lpc11u35_401.tmpl78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_lpc11u35_501.tmpl78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_lpc11u37h_401.tmpl76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_lpc1549.tmpl77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_lpc1768.tmpl77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_lpc2368.tmpl72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_lpc4088.tmpl77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_lpc4088_dm.tmpl77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_lpc4330_m4.tmpl77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_lpc824.tmpl77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_lpccappuccino.tmpl78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_max32600mbed.tmpl72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_maxwsnenv.tmpl72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_mote_l152rc.tmpl71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_mts_gambit.tmpl78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_mts_mdot_f405rg.tmpl78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_mts_mdot_f411re.tmpl78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_nrf51822.tmpl76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_nrf51_dk.tmpl76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_nrf51_dongle.tmpl76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_nucleo_f030r8.tmpl71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_nucleo_f070rb.tmpl71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_nucleo_f072rb.tmpl71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_nucleo_f091rc.tmpl71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_nucleo_f103rb.tmpl72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_nucleo_f302r8.tmpl78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_nucleo_f303re.tmpl78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_nucleo_f334r8.tmpl78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_nucleo_f401re.tmpl78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_nucleo_f411re.tmpl78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_nucleo_l053r8.tmpl73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_nucleo_l073rz.tmpl73
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_nucleo_l152re.tmpl72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_rblab_nrf51822.tmpl76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_rz_a1h.tmpl77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_seeed_tiny_ble.tmpl76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_ssci824.tmpl77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_stm32f407.tmpl78
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gcc_arm_ublox_c027.tmpl72
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/gccarm.py119
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar.eww.tmpl8
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar.py183
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_arch_ble.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_arch_ble.ewp.tmpl956
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_arch_pro.ewd.tmpl2733
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_arch_pro.ewp.tmpl1829
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_delta_dfcm_nnn40.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_delta_dfcm_nnn40.ewp.tmpl956
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_hrm1017.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_hrm1017.ewp.tmpl956
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_k20d50m.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_k20d50m.ewp.tmpl954
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_k22f.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_k22f.ewp.tmpl954
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_k64f.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_k64f.ewp.tmpl954
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_kl05z.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_kl05z.ewp.tmpl954
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_kl25z.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_kl25z.ewp.tmpl954
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_kl46z.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_kl46z.ewp.tmpl954
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_lpc1114.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_lpc1114.ewp.tmpl954
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_lpc11u24.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_lpc11u24.ewp.tmpl954
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_lpc11u35_401.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_lpc11u35_401.ewp.tmpl954
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_lpc11u35_501.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_lpc11u35_501.ewp.tmpl954
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_lpc1347.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_lpc1347.ewp.tmpl959
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_lpc1549.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_lpc1549.ewp.tmpl954
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_lpc1768.ewd.tmpl2733
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_lpc1768.ewp.tmpl1829
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_lpc4088.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_lpc4088.ewp.tmpl954
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_lpc4088_dm.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_lpc4088_dm.ewp.tmpl954
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_lpc812.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_lpc812.ewp.tmpl954
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_lpc824.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_lpc824.ewp.tmpl954
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_lpccappuccino.ewp.tmpl954
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_max32600mbed.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_max32600mbed.ewp.tmpl957
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_maxwsnenv.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_maxwsnenv.ewp.tmpl957
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_mote_l152rc.ewp.tmpl1903
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_mts_dragonfly_f411re.ewd.tmpl2733
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_mts_dragonfly_f411re.ewp.tmpl1899
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_mts_mdot_f405rg.ewd.tmpl2733
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_mts_mdot_f405rg.ewp.tmpl1899
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_mts_mdot_f411re.ewd.tmpl2733
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_mts_mdot_f411re.ewp.tmpl1899
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nrf51822.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nrf51822.ewp.tmpl956
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nrf51_dk.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nrf51_dk.ewp.tmpl956
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nrf51_dongle.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nrf51_dongle.ewp.tmpl956
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_f030r8.ewd.tmpl2733
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_f030r8.ewp.tmpl1899
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_f070rb.ewd.tmpl2733
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_f070rb.ewp.tmpl1899
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_f072rb.ewd.tmpl2733
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_f072rb.ewp.tmpl1899
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_f091rc.ewd.tmpl2733
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_f091rc.ewp.tmpl1899
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_f103rb.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_f103rb.ewp.tmpl954
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_f302r8.ewd.tmpl2733
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_f302r8.ewp.tmpl1899
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_f303re.ewd.tmpl2733
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_f303re.ewp.tmpl1899
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_f334r8.ewd.tmpl2733
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_f334r8.ewp.tmpl1899
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_f401re.ewd.tmpl2733
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_f401re.ewp.tmpl1899
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_f411re.ewd.tmpl2733
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_f411re.ewp.tmpl1899
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_l053r8.ewd.tmpl2733
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_l053r8.ewp.tmpl1899
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_l073rz.ewd.tmpl2733
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_l073rz.ewp.tmpl1903
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_l152re.ewd.tmpl2733
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_nucleo_l152re.ewp.tmpl1899
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_seeed_tiny_ble.ewd.tmpl1370
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_seeed_tiny_ble.ewp.tmpl956
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_stm32f407.ewp.tmpl954
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_ublox_c027.ewd.tmpl2733
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/iar_ublox_c027.ewp.tmpl1829
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/kds.py46
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/kds_k22f_cproject.tmpl306
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/kds_k22f_project.tmpl27
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/kds_k64f_cproject.tmpl306
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/kds_k64f_project.tmpl27
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/kds_launch.tmpl59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4.py155
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_arch_ble.uvopt.tmpl184
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_arch_ble.uvproj.tmpl431
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_arch_max.uvopt.tmpl210
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_arch_max.uvproj.tmpl425
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_arch_pro.uvopt.tmpl201
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_arch_pro.uvproj.tmpl422
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_delta_dfcm_nnn40.uvopt.tmpl214
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_delta_dfcm_nnn40.uvproj.tmpl431
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_disco_f407vg.uvopt.tmpl210
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_disco_f407vg.uvproj.tmpl425
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_disco_l053c8.uvopt.tmpl208
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_disco_l053c8.uvproj.tmpl438
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_hrm1017.uvopt.tmpl214
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_hrm1017.uvproj.tmpl431
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_k20d50m.uvopt.tmpl204
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_k20d50m.uvproj.tmpl423
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_k22f.uvopt.tmpl187
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_k22f.uvproj.tmpl425
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_k64f.uvopt.tmpl187
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_k64f.uvproj.tmpl425
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_kl05z.uvopt.tmpl204
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_kl05z.uvproj.tmpl423
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_kl25z.uvopt.tmpl204
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_kl25z.uvproj.tmpl423
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_kl43z.uvopt.tmpl204
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_kl43z.uvproj.tmpl423
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_kl46z.uvopt.tmpl204
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_kl46z.uvproj.tmpl423
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc1114.uvopt.tmpl222
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc1114.uvproj.tmpl425
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc11c24.uvopt.tmpl227
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc11c24.uvproj.tmpl425
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc11u24.uvopt.tmpl181
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc11u24.uvproj.tmpl419
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc11u37h_401.uvopt.tmpl181
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc11u37h_401.uvproj.tmpl419
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc11u68.uvopt.tmpl181
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc11u68.uvproj.tmpl419
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc1347.uvopt.tmpl204
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc1347.uvproj.tmpl420
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc1549.uvopt.tmpl223
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc1549.uvproj.tmpl431
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc1768.uvopt.tmpl201
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc1768.uvproj.tmpl422
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc4088.uvopt.tmpl230
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc4088.uvproj.tmpl425
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc4088_dm.uvopt.tmpl230
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc4088_dm.uvproj.tmpl425
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc4330_m4.uvopt.tmpl205
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc4330_m4.uvproj.tmpl431
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc4337.uvopt.tmpl205
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc4337.uvproj.tmpl431
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc812.uvopt.tmpl198
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_lpc812.uvproj.tmpl425
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_max32600mbed.uvopt.tmpl177
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_max32600mbed.uvproj.tmpl420
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_maxwsnenv.uvopt.tmpl177
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_maxwsnenv.uvproj.tmpl420
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_mote_l152rc.uvopt.tmpl218
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_mote_l152rc.uvproj.tmpl438
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_mts_gambit.uvopt.tmpl187
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_mts_gambit.uvproj.tmpl425
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_mts_mdot_f405rg.uvopt.tmpl181
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_mts_mdot_f405rg.uvproj.tmpl445
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nrf51822.uvopt.tmpl214
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nrf51822.uvproj.tmpl431
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nrf51_dk.uvopt.tmpl214
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nrf51_dk.uvproj.tmpl431
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nrf51_dongle.uvopt.tmpl214
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nrf51_dongle.uvproj.tmpl431
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_f030r8.uvopt.tmpl218
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_f030r8.uvproj.tmpl438
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_f070rb.uvopt.tmpl218
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_f070rb.uvproj.tmpl438
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_f072rb.uvopt.tmpl218
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_f072rb.uvproj.tmpl438
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_f091rc.uvopt.tmpl211
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_f091rc.uvproj.tmpl448
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_f103rb.uvopt.tmpl218
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_f103rb.uvproj.tmpl438
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_f302r8.uvopt.tmpl208
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_f302r8.uvproj.tmpl438
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_f303re.uvopt.tmpl208
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_f303re.uvproj.tmpl438
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_f334r8.uvopt.tmpl208
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_f334r8.uvproj.tmpl438
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_f401re.uvopt.tmpl218
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_f401re.uvproj.tmpl438
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_f411re.uvopt.tmpl218
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_f411re.uvproj.tmpl438
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_l053r8.uvopt.tmpl208
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_l053r8.uvproj.tmpl438
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_l073rz.uvopt.tmpl208
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_l073rz.uvproj.tmpl438
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_l152re.uvopt.tmpl218
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_nucleo_l152re.uvproj.tmpl438
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_rblab_nrf51822.uvopt.tmpl214
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_rblab_nrf51822.uvproj.tmpl431
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_seeed_tiny_ble.uvopt.tmpl184
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_seeed_tiny_ble.uvproj.tmpl431
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_teensy3_1.uvopt.tmpl204
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_teensy3_1.uvproj.tmpl423
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_ublox_c027.uvopt.tmpl201
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/uvision4_ublox_c027.uvproj.tmpl422
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export/zip.py41
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/export_test.py213
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/hooks.py125
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/__init__.py59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/default_auto.py36
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/detect_auto.py55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/dev_null_auto.py50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/echo.py59
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/echo_flow_control.py48
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/example/BroadcastReceive.py25
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/example/BroadcastSend.py30
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/example/MulticastReceive.py31
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/example/MulticastSend.py30
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/example/TCPEchoClient.py28
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/example/TCPEchoServer.py30
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/example/UDPEchoClient.py28
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/example/UDPEchoServer.py27
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/example/__init__.py16
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/hello_auto.py34
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/host_registry.py36
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/host_test.py397
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/host_tests_plugins/__init__.py68
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/host_tests_plugins/host_test_plugins.py118
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/host_tests_plugins/host_test_registry.py89
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/host_tests_plugins/module_copy_firefox.py76
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/host_tests_plugins/module_copy_mbed.py71
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/host_tests_plugins/module_copy_mps2.py107
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/host_tests_plugins/module_copy_shell.py64
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/host_tests_plugins/module_copy_silabs.py61
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/host_tests_plugins/module_reset_mbed.py72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/host_tests_plugins/module_reset_mps2.py74
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/host_tests_plugins/module_reset_silabs.py66
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/mbedrpc.py287
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/midi.py72
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/net_test.py27
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/rpc.py56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/rtc_auto.py50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/stdio_auto.py56
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/tcpecho_client.py57
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/tcpecho_client_auto.py87
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/tcpecho_server.py50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/tcpecho_server_auto.py84
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/tcpecho_server_loop.py40
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/udp_link_layer_auto.py145
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/udpecho_client.py55
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/udpecho_client_auto.py77
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/udpecho_server.py29
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/udpecho_server_auto.py68
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/host_tests/wait_us_auto.py69
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/libraries.py121
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/make.py287
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/options.py44
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/patch.py50
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/paths.py109
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/project.py196
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/settings.py114
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/singletest.py237
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/size.py121
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/synch.py373
-rwxr-xr-xtmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/targets.py1272
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/test_api.py1841
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/test_db.py165
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/test_exporters.py235
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/test_mysql.py271
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/test_webapi.py242
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/tests.py1062
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/toolchains/__init__.py745
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/toolchains/arm.py187
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/toolchains/gcc.py257
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/toolchains/iar.py112
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk/workspace_tools/utils.py122
-rw-r--r--tmk_core/tool/mbed/mbed.mk (renamed from tool/mbed/mbed.mk)0
6120 files changed, 2442326 insertions, 64455 deletions
diff --git a/.gitmodules b/.gitmodules
index e21f44961..e69de29bb 100644
--- a/.gitmodules
+++ b/.gitmodules
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-[submodule "protocol/lufa/LUFA-git"]
- path = protocol/lufa/LUFA-git
- url = https://github.com/abcminiuser/lufa.git
-[submodule "protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0"]
- path = protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0
- url = https://github.com/felis/USB_Host_Shield_2.0.git
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
index 4e9b2907e..a6d92e006 100644
--- a/README.md
+++ b/README.md
@@ -2,6 +2,17 @@ Quantum MK Firmware
================================
This is a keyboard firmware based on the [tmk_keyboard firmware](http://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard) with some useful features for Atmel AVR controller, and more specifically, the OLKB product line.
+Updates
+-------
+#### 2015/04/22
+Core library was separated to other branch `core`. <https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/core>
+
+In `Makefile` you need to set `TMK_DIR` to indicate core library location now.
+
+ TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
+
+
+
Features
--------
These features can be used in your keyboard.
@@ -23,6 +34,7 @@ These features can be used in your keyboard.
* Backlight - Control backlight levels
+
Projects
--------
You can find some keyboard specific projects under `converter` and `keyboard` directory.
@@ -107,7 +119,8 @@ You can find some keyboard specific projects under `converter` and `keyboard` di
License
-------
**GPLv2** or later. Some protocol files are under **Modified BSD License**.
-LUFA, PJRC and V-USB stack have their own license respectively.
+
+Third party libraries like LUFA, PJRC and V-USB have their own license respectively.
@@ -127,7 +140,8 @@ Magic Commands
--------------
To see help press `Magic` + `H`.
- `Magic` key bind may be `LShift` + `RShift` in many project, but `Power` key on ADB converter. `Magic` keybind can be vary on each project, check `config.h` in project directory.
+`Magic` key combination is `LShift` + `RShift` in many project, but `Power` key on ADB converter.
+`Magic` keybind can be vary on each project, check `config.h` in project directory.
Following commands can be also executed with `Magic` + key. In console mode `Magic` keybind is not needed.
@@ -151,13 +165,14 @@ Following commands can be also executed with `Magic` + key. In console mode `Mag
Caps: Lock Keyboard(Child Proof)
Paus: jump to bootloader
-**TBD**
-### Boot Magic Configuration - Virtual DIP Switch
+
+Boot Magic Configuration - Virtual DIP Switch
+---------------------------------------------
Boot Magic are executed during boot up time. Press Magic key below then plug in keyboard cable.
Note that you must use keys of **Layer 0** as Magic keys. These settings are stored in EEPROM so that retain your configure over power cycles.
-To avoid configuring accidentally additive salt key `KC_SPACE` also needs to be pressed along with the following configuration keys. The salt key is configurable in `config.h`. See [common/bootmagic.h](common/bootmagic.h).
+To avoid configuring accidentally additive salt key `KC_SPACE` also needs to be pressed along with the following configuration keys. The salt key is configurable in `config.h`. See [tmk_core/common/bootmagic.h](tmk_core/common/bootmagic.h).
#### General
- Skip reading EEPROM to start with default configuration(`ESC`)
@@ -192,55 +207,23 @@ To avoid configuring accidentally additive salt key `KC_SPACE` also needs to be
- Set Default Layer to 6(`6`)
- Set Default Layer to 7(`7`)
-#### Caution
-Unintentional use of this feature will cause user confusion.
-
-TODO: Magic key combination to avoid unintentional press during plug in
-
-**TBD**
Mechanical Locking support
--------------------------
-This feature makes it possible for you to use mechanical switch for `CapsLock`, `NumLock` or `ScrollLock`. To enable this feature define these macros in `config.h` and use `KC_LCAP`, `KC_LNUM` or `KC_LSCR` in keymap for locking key instead of normal `KC_CAPS`, `KC_NLCK` or `KC_SLCK`. Resync option tries to keep lock switch state consistent with keyboard LED state.
+This feature makes it possible for you to use mechanical locking switch for `CapsLock`, `NumLock`
+or `ScrollLock`. To enable this feature define these macros in `config.h` and use `KC_LCAP`, `KC_LN
+UM` or `KC_LSCR` in keymap for locking key instead of normal `KC_CAPS`, `KC_NLCK` or `KC_SLCK`. Res
+ync option tries to keep switch state consistent with keyboard LED state.
#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE
#define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE
+
Start Your Own Project
-----------------------
**TBD**
-### Config.h Options
-#### 1. USB vendor/product ID and device description
- #define VENDOR_ID 0xFEED
- #define PRODUCT_ID 0xBEEF
- #define MANUFACTURER t.m.k.
- #define PRODUCT Macway mod
- #define DESCRIPTION t.m.k. keyboard firmware for Macway mod
-
-#### 2. Keyboard matrix configuration
- #define MATRIX_ROWS 8
- #define MATRIX_COLS 8
- #define MATRIX_HAS_GHOST
-
-
-
-Architecture
-------------
- Architecture Diagram
- +---------------+---------------+-------------+
- | Host | Keyboard | Matrix, LED |
- ___________ |-----------+-+ +-------------+ | +-----------|
- / /| Keys/Mouse | Protocol |d| | Action | | | Protocol |
- /__________/ |<-----------| LUFA |r| | Layer, Tap | | | Matrix |
- |.--------.| | LED | V-USB |i| |-------------| | | PS/2,IBM | __________________
- || || |----------->| PJRC |v| | Keymap | | | ADB,M0110| Keys / /_/_/_/_/_/_/_/ /|
- || Host || | Console | iWRAP(BT)|e| | Mousekey | | | SUN/NEWS |<----------/ /_/_/_/_/_/_/_/ / /
- ||________||/.<-----------| UART |r| | Report | | | X68K/PC98| Control / /_/_/_/_/_/_/_/ / /
- `_========_'/| |---------------------------------------------|-------->/___ /_______/ ___/ /
- |_o______o_|/ | Sendchar, Print, Debug, Command, ... | |_________________|/
- +---------------------------------------------+ Keyboard
@@ -248,52 +231,17 @@ Debugging
--------
Use PJRC's `hid_listen` to see debug messages. You can use the tool for debug even if firmware use LUFA stack.
-You can use xprintf() to display debug info on `hid_listen`, see `common/xprintf.h`.
+You can use xprintf() to display debug info on `hid_listen`, see `tmk_core/common/xprintf.h`.
Files and Directories
-------------------
### Top
-* common/ - common codes
-* protocol/ - keyboard protocol support
+* tmk_core/ - core library
* keyboard/ - keyboard projects
* converter/ - protocol converter projects
* doc/ - documents
-* common.mk - Makefile for common
-* protocol.mk - Makefile for protocol
-* rules.mk - Makefile for build rules
-
-### Common
-* host.h
-* host_driver.h
-* keyboard.h
-* command.h
-* keymap.h
-* action.h
-* keycode.h
-* matrix.h
-* led.h
-* mousekey.h
-* report.h
-* debug.h
-* print.h
-* bootloader.h
-* sendchar.h
-* timer.h
-* util.h
-
-### Keyboard Protocols
-* lufa/ - LUFA USB stack
-* pjrc/ - PJRC USB stack
-* vusb/ - Objective Development V-USB
-* iwrap/ - Bluetooth HID for Bluegiga iWRAP
-* ps2.c - PS/2 protocol
-* adb.c - Apple Desktop Bus protocol
-* m0110.c - Macintosh 128K/512K/Plus keyboard protocol
-* news.c - Sony NEWS keyboard protocol
-* x68k.c - Sharp X68000 keyboard protocol
-* serial_soft.c - Asynchronous Serial protocol implemented by software
diff --git a/converter/adb_usb/Makefile b/converter/adb_usb/Makefile
index bbb7810ee..2369ee70a 100644
--- a/converter/adb_usb/Makefile
+++ b/converter/adb_usb/Makefile
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
TARGET = adb_usb_lufa
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -122,6 +122,10 @@ CONSOLE_ENABLE = yes # Console for debug(+400)
COMMAND_ENABLE = yes # Commands for debug and configuration
#SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = yes # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
#NKRO_ENABLE = yes # USB Nkey Rollover
+ADB_MOUSE_ENABLE = yes
+
+# ADB Mice need acceleration for todays much bigger screens.
+OPT_DEFS += -DADB_MOUSE_MAXACC=8
# Optimize size but this may cause error "relocation truncated to fit"
@@ -129,9 +133,9 @@ COMMAND_ENABLE = yes # Commands for debug and configuration
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/converter/adb_usb/Makefile.pjrc b/converter/adb_usb/Makefile.pjrc
index 2eb41b34b..c320c09d2 100644
--- a/converter/adb_usb/Makefile.pjrc
+++ b/converter/adb_usb/Makefile.pjrc
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
TARGET = adb_usb_pjrc
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -57,13 +57,17 @@ CONSOLE_ENABLE = yes # Console for debug
COMMAND_ENABLE = yes # Commands for debug and configuration
#SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = yes # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
#NKRO_ENABLE = yes # USB Nkey Rollover(+500)
+ADB_MOUSE_ENABLE = yes
+
+# ADB Mice need acceleration for todays much bigger screens.
+OPT_DEFS += -DADB_MOUSE_MAXACC=8
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/converter/adb_usb/README.md b/converter/adb_usb/README.md
index 21ad318c1..46082ff67 100644
--- a/converter/adb_usb/README.md
+++ b/converter/adb_usb/README.md
@@ -7,70 +7,69 @@ But binary size is about 10KB or more it doesn't fit into 8K flash like ATMega8U
Discuss: http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:14290
+
+README FIRST
+------------
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/converter/adb_usb
+
+Also check these when you are in trouble.
+
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/labels/NOTE
+
+
Wiring
------
-0. Connect ADB keyboard to Teensy by 3 lines(Vcc, GND, Data). By default Data line uses port PD0.
- This converter uses AVR's internal pull-up, but it seems to be too weak, in particular when you want to use a long or coiled cable.
- The external pull-up resistor(1K-10K Ohm) on Data is strongly recommended.
-1. Define following macros for ADB connection in config.h if you use other than port PD0.
- ADB_PORT, ADB_PIN, ADB_DDR, ADB_DATA_BIT
-2. make
-3. program Teensy
+Connect ADB pins to controller just by 3 lines(Vcc, GND, Data). By default Data line uses port PD0.
+
+ADB female socket from the front:
+
+ ,--_--.
+ / o4 3o \ 1: DATA
+ | o2 1o | 2: Power SW
+ - === - 3: VCC
+ `-___-' 4: GND
+
+This converter uses AVR's internal pull-up, but it seems to be too weak, in particular when you want to use a long or coiled cable. The external pull-up resistor(1K-10K Ohm) on Data is strongly recommended.(It is almost must!)
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#pull-up-resistor
+
+Pull-up resister:
+
+ Keyboard Conveter
+ ,------.
+ 5V------+------|VCC |
+ | | |
+ [R] | |
+ | | |
+ Signal--+------|PD0 |
+ | |
+ GND------------|GND |
+ `------'
+ R: 1K Ohm resistor
+
+
+Define following macros for ADB connection in config.h if you use other than port PD0.
+
+ ADB_PORT, ADB_PIN, ADB_DDR, ADB_DATA_BIT
Build
-----
-Just make
+See doc/build.md. In short,
$ make clean
$ make
-If your keyboard is ISO layout
+You can select keymap(ansi is default) like this:
- $ make KEYMAP=iso
-
-
-LOCKING CAPSLOCK
-----------------
-Many of old ADB keyboards have mechanical push-lock switch for Capslock key and this converter supports the locking Capslock key by default. See README in top directory for more detail about this feature.
-
-Also you may want to remove locking pin from the push-lock switch to use capslock as a normal momentary switch.
-http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9wqnt2mGJ2Y
+ $ make KEYMAP=[ansi|iso|hasu]
Keymap
------
-You can change a keymap by editing code of keymap.c like following.
-This is a keymap for AEK, however, also used for other keyboards.
-How to define the keymap is probably obvious. You can find key symbols in keycode.h.
-If you want to define some keymaps than just one, see hhkb/keymap.c and
-macway/keymap.c as examples. Keymap(layer) switching may needs a bit of
-effort at this time.
-
- /* Default Layer: plain keymap
- * ,---. ,---------------. ,---------------. ,---------------. ,-----------. ,---.
- * |Esc| |F1 |F2 |F3 |F4 | |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 | |F9 |F10|F11|F12| |PrS|ScL|Pau| |Pwr|
- * `---' `---------------' `---------------' `---------------' `-----------' `---'
- * ,-----------------------------------------------------------. ,-----------. ,---------------.
- * | `| 1| 2| 3| 4| 5| 6| 7| 8| 9| 0| -| =|Backspa| |Ins|Hom|PgU| |NmL| =| /| *|
- * |-----------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------|
- * |Tab | Q| W| E| R| T| Y| U| I| O| P| [| ]| \| |Del|End|PgD| | 7| 8| 9| -|
- * |-----------------------------------------------------------| `-----------' |---------------|
- * |CapsLo| A| S| D| F| G| H| J| K| L| ;| '|Return | | 4| 5| 6| +|
- * |-----------------------------------------------------------| ,---. |---------------|
- * |Shift | Z| X| C| V| B| N| M| ,| ,| /|Shift | |Up | | 1| 2| 3| |
- * |-----------------------------------------------------------| ,-----------. |-----------|Ent|
- * |Ctrl |Alt |Gui | Space |Gui |Alt |Ctrl | |Lef|Dow|Rig| | 0| .| |
- * `-----------------------------------------------------------' `-----------' `---------------'
- */
- KEYMAP(
- ESC, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, PSCR,SLCK,BRK, PWR,
- GRV, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, MINS,EQL, BSPC, INS, HOME,PGUP, NLCK,EQL, PSLS,PAST,
- TAB, Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, O, P, LBRC,RBRC,BSLS, DEL, END, PGDN, P7, P8, P9, PMNS,
- LCAP,A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, SCLN,QUOT, ENT, P4, P5, P6, PPLS,
- LSFT,Z, X, C, V, B, N, M, COMM,DOT, SLSH, RSFT, UP, P1, P2, P3,
- LCTL,LGUI,LALT, SPC, LEFT,DOWN,RGHT, P0, PDOT,PENT
- ),
+You can change a keymap by editing code of keymap_[ansi|iso|hasu|yours].c.
+How to define the keymap is probably obvious. You can find key symbols in common/keycode.h. And see doc/keymap.md for more detail.
Magic command
@@ -78,6 +77,14 @@ Magic command
To get help press `h` holding Magic key. Magic key is `Power key`.
+Locking CapsLock
+----------------
+Many of old ADB keyboards have mechanical push-lock switch for Capslock key and this converter supports the locking Capslock key by default. See README in top directory for more detail about this feature.
+https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/blob/master/README.md#mechanical-locking-support
+
+Also you may want to remove locking pin from the push-lock switch to use capslock as a normal momentary switch.
+
+
Notes
-----
Not-extended ADB keyboards have no discrimination between right modifier and left one,
diff --git a/converter/adb_usb/keymap_ansi.c b/converter/adb_usb/keymap_ansi.c
index 0d0bae99b..4ea601be0 100644
--- a/converter/adb_usb/keymap_ansi.c
+++ b/converter/adb_usb/keymap_ansi.c
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
KEYMAP_EXT_ANSI(
- ESC, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, PSCR,SLCK,PAUS, PWR,
+ ESC, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, PSCR,SLCK,PAUS, NO,
GRV, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, MINS,EQL, BSPC, INS, HOME,PGUP, NLCK,PEQL,PSLS,PAST,
TAB, Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, O, P, LBRC,RBRC,BSLS, DEL, END, PGDN, P7, P8, P9, PMNS,
LCAP,A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, SCLN,QUOT, ENT, P4, P5, P6, PPLS,
diff --git a/converter/adb_usb/keymap_hasu.c b/converter/adb_usb/keymap_hasu.c
index f2e59b3e9..a0b3f1fc6 100644
--- a/converter/adb_usb/keymap_hasu.c
+++ b/converter/adb_usb/keymap_hasu.c
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
ESC, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, PSCR,SLCK,BRK, NO,
GRV, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, MINS,EQL, BSPC, INS, HOME,PGUP, NLCK,EQL, PSLS,PAST,
TAB, Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, O, P, LBRC,RBRC,FN0, DEL, END, PGDN, P7, P8, P9, PMNS,
- CAPS,A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, SCLN,QUOT, ENT, P4, P5, P6, PPLS,
+ LCAP,A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, SCLN,QUOT, ENT, P4, P5, P6, PPLS,
LSFT,Z, X, C, V, B, N, M, COMM,DOT, SLSH, RSFT, UP, P1, P2, P3,
LCTL,LGUI,LALT, SPC, RGUI,RCTL, LEFT,DOWN,RGHT, P0, PDOT,PENT
),
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
GRV, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, PSCR,SLCK,BRK, NO,
ESC, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, DEL, INS, HOME,PGUP, NLCK,BTN1,BTN2,BTN3,
TAB, Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, PSCR,SLCK,PAUS,UP, INS, FN0, DEL, END, PGDN, WH_D,MS_U,WH_U,WH_D,
- CAPS,VOLD,VOLU,MUTE,F, G, H, J, HOME,PGUP,LEFT,RGHT, ENT, MS_L,MS_D,MS_R,WH_U,
+ LCAP,VOLD,VOLU,MUTE,F, G, H, J, HOME,PGUP,LEFT,RGHT, ENT, MS_L,MS_D,MS_R,WH_U,
LSFT,Z, X, C, V, B, N, M, END, PGDN,DOWN, RSFT, PGUP, WH_L,MS_D,WH_R,
LCTL,LGUI,LALT, SPC, RGUI,RCTL, HOME,PGDN,END, BTN1, BTN2,BTN3
),
diff --git a/converter/adb_usb/keymap_iso.c b/converter/adb_usb/keymap_iso.c
index 451d3d2c3..a1b1a5ebd 100644
--- a/converter/adb_usb/keymap_iso.c
+++ b/converter/adb_usb/keymap_iso.c
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
KEYMAP_EXT_ISO(
- ESC, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, PSCR,SLCK,PAUS, PWR,
+ ESC, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, PSCR,SLCK,PAUS, NO,
GRV, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, MINS,EQL, BSPC, INS, HOME,PGUP, NLCK,PEQL,PSLS,PAST,
TAB, Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, O, P, LBRC,RBRC,ENT, DEL, END, PGDN, P7, P8, P9, PMNS,
LCAP,A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, SCLN,QUOT,NUHS, P4, P5, P6, PPLS,
diff --git a/converter/adb_usb/matrix.c b/converter/adb_usb/matrix.c
index 405391865..6220ee6e1 100644
--- a/converter/adb_usb/matrix.c
+++ b/converter/adb_usb/matrix.c
@@ -27,6 +27,8 @@ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include "debug.h"
#include "adb.h"
#include "matrix.h"
+#include "report.h"
+#include "host.h"
#if (MATRIX_COLS > 16)
@@ -38,6 +40,7 @@ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
static bool is_modified = false;
+static report_mouse_t mouse_report = {};
// matrix state buffer(1:on, 0:off)
#if (MATRIX_COLS <= 8)
@@ -86,6 +89,64 @@ void matrix_init(void)
return;
}
+#ifdef ADB_MOUSE_ENABLE
+
+#ifdef MAX
+#undef MAX
+#endif
+#define MAX(X, Y) ((X) > (Y) ? (X) : (Y))
+
+void adb_mouse_task(void)
+{
+ uint16_t codes;
+ int16_t x, y;
+ static int8_t mouseacc;
+ _delay_ms(12); // delay for preventing overload of poor ADB keyboard controller
+ codes = adb_host_mouse_recv();
+ // If nothing received reset mouse acceleration, and quit.
+ if (!codes) {
+ mouseacc = 1;
+ return;
+ };
+ // Bit sixteen is button.
+ if (~codes & (1 << 15))
+ mouse_report.buttons |= MOUSE_BTN1;
+ if (codes & (1 << 15))
+ mouse_report.buttons &= ~MOUSE_BTN1;
+ // lower seven bits are movement, as signed int_7.
+ // low byte is X-axis, high byte is Y.
+ y = (codes>>8 & 0x3F);
+ x = (codes>>0 & 0x3F);
+ // bit seven and fifteen is negative
+ // usb does not use int_8, but int_7 (measuring distance) with sign-bit.
+ if (codes & (1 << 6))
+ x = (x-0x40);
+ if (codes & (1 << 14))
+ y = (y-0x40);
+ // Accelerate mouse. (They weren't meant to be used on screens larger than 320x200).
+ x *= mouseacc;
+ y *= mouseacc;
+ // Cap our two bytes per axis to one byte.
+ // Easier with a MIN-function, but since -MAX(-a,-b) = MIN(a,b)...
+ // I.E. MIN(MAX(x,-127),127) = -MAX(-MAX(x, -127), -127) = MIN(-MIN(-x,127),127)
+ mouse_report.x = -MAX(-MAX(x, -127), -127);
+ mouse_report.y = -MAX(-MAX(y, -127), -127);
+ if (debug_mouse) {
+ print("adb_host_mouse_recv: "); print_bin16(codes); print("\n");
+ print("adb_mouse raw: [");
+ phex(mouseacc); print(" ");
+ phex(mouse_report.buttons); print("|");
+ print_decs(mouse_report.x); print(" ");
+ print_decs(mouse_report.y); print("]\n");
+ }
+ // Send result by usb.
+ host_mouse_send(&mouse_report);
+ // increase acceleration of mouse
+ mouseacc += ( mouseacc < ADB_MOUSE_MAXACC ? 1 : 0 );
+ return;
+}
+#endif
+
uint8_t matrix_scan(void)
{
/* extra_key is volatile and more convoluted than necessary because gcc refused
diff --git a/converter/ascii_usb/Makefile b/converter/ascii_usb/Makefile
index 408aa4237..6d977afc0 100644
--- a/converter/ascii_usb/Makefile
+++ b/converter/ascii_usb/Makefile
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
TARGET = ascii_usb
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -73,10 +73,10 @@ OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/converter/ibm4704_usb/Makefile b/converter/ibm4704_usb/Makefile
index 112b00129..b5c97d2d3 100644
--- a/converter/ibm4704_usb/Makefile
+++ b/converter/ibm4704_usb/Makefile
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
TARGET = ibm4704_usb
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -85,9 +85,9 @@ COMMAND_ENABLE = yes # Commands for debug and configuration
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/converter/ibm4704_usb/README.md b/converter/ibm4704_usb/README.md
index a3af4ab31..68db4bd05 100644
--- a/converter/ibm4704_usb/README.md
+++ b/converter/ibm4704_usb/README.md
@@ -5,13 +5,21 @@ This firmware converts IBM 4704 keyboard protocol to USB HID.
Keyboard initialization process takes a few seconds at start up. During that you will hear buzzer from the keyboard. **You need to plug USB cable after hooking up your keyboard to the converter.**
+Update
+------
+2015/09/07 Added keymap for Alps 102-key. Thanks, tai @ geekhack!
+2015/05/05 Added keymaps for 107-key, 77-key and 50-key. Thanks, orihalcon @ geekhack!
+2015/05/19 Fixed a protocol handling bug.
+
+
+
Supported Keyboard
------------------
### IBM capacitive switch models:
-- 6019273 Model 100 50-key (grid layout) http://kishy.dyndns.org/?p=977
-- 6019284 Model 200 62-key Alpha(60% layout) http://kishy.dyndns.org/?p=894
-- 6019303 Model 300 77-key Expanded Alpha http://kbtalking.cool3c.com/article/23272
-- 6020218 Model 400 107-key Full key http://kishy.dyndns.org/?p=980
+- 6019273 Model 100 50-key (grid layout) http://kishy.ca/?p=894
+- 6019284 Model 200 62-key Alpha(60% layout) http://kishy.ca/?p=894
+- 6019303 Model 300 77-key Expanded Alpha http://deskthority.net/photos-f62/ibm-6019303-t8502.html
+- 6020218 Model 400 107-key Full key http://kishy.ca/?p=894
### Alps switch(vintage Green) models:
@@ -60,3 +68,5 @@ To select keymap:
Keymap
------
Several version of keymap are available in advance but you are recommended to define your favorite layout yourself. To define your own keymap create file named `keymap_<name>.c` and see keymap document(you can find in top README.md) and existent keymap files.
+
+Use `KEYMAP_ALPS102()` to define your keymap for Alps models.
diff --git a/converter/ibm4704_usb/config.h b/converter/ibm4704_usb/config.h
index 4f82f49ad..2fee10fd6 100644
--- a/converter/ibm4704_usb/config.h
+++ b/converter/ibm4704_usb/config.h
@@ -41,9 +41,7 @@ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-/*
- * Busywait
- */
+/* Pin configuration */
#define IBM4704_CLOCK_PORT PORTD
#define IBM4704_CLOCK_PIN PIND
#define IBM4704_CLOCK_DDR DDRD
@@ -53,22 +51,11 @@ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#define IBM4704_DATA_DDR DDRD
#define IBM4704_DATA_BIT 0
-/*
- * Pin interrupt
- */
-#ifdef IBM4704_USE_INT
-#define IBM4704_INT_INIT() do { \
- EICRA |= ((1<<ISC11) | \
- (0<<ISC10)); \
-} while (0)
-#define IBM4704_INT_ON() do { \
- EIMSK |= (1<<INT1); \
-} while (0)
-#define IBM4704_INT_OFF() do { \
- EIMSK &= ~(1<<INT1); \
-} while (0)
+/* Pin interrupt on rising edge of clock */
+#define IBM4704_INT_INIT() do { EICRA |= ((1<<ISC11)|(1<<ISC10)); } while (0)
+#define IBM4704_INT_ON() do { EIFR |= (1<<INTF1); EIMSK |= (1<<INT1); } while (0)
+#define IBM4704_INT_OFF() do { EIMSK &= ~(1<<INT1); } while (0)
#define IBM4704_INT_VECT INT1_vect
-#endif
#endif
diff --git a/converter/ibm4704_usb/ibm4704.txt b/converter/ibm4704_usb/ibm4704.txt
index 877d8fdb9..e2d42f08f 100644
--- a/converter/ibm4704_usb/ibm4704.txt
+++ b/converter/ibm4704_usb/ibm4704.txt
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
IBM 4704 Keyboard
=================
IBM capacitive switch models:
- 6019273 Model 100 50-key (grid layout) http://kishy.dyndns.org/?p=977
- 6019284 Model 200 62-key Alpha(60% layout) http://kishy.dyndns.org/?p=894
- 6019303 Model 300 77-key Expanded Alpha http://kbtalking.cool3c.com/article/23272
- 6020218 Model 400 107-key Full key http://kishy.dyndns.org/?p=980
+ 6019273 Model 100 50-key (grid layout) http://kishy.ca/?p=894
+ 6019284 Model 200 62-key Alpha(60% layout) http://kishy.ca/?p=894
+ 6019303 Model 300 77-key Expanded Alpha http://deskthority.net/photos-f62/ibm-6019303-t8502.html
+ 6020218 Model 400 107-key Full key http://kishy.ca/?p=894
Alps switch(vintage Green) models:
5954339 Japanese 102-key http://deskthority.net/post87127.html#p87127
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ so that it doesn't send any scancode until you send 'FF'(End of FC command mode)
Model 100 50-key A2h
Model 200 62-key A3h
Model 300 77-key A4h
- Model 400 107-key ??
+ Model 400 107-key A5h
Japanese/Chinese 102-key A6h
@@ -57,15 +57,15 @@ Keyboard to Host
----------------
Data bits are LSB first and Pairty is odd. Clock has around 60us high and 30us low part.
- ____ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ ________
- Clock \____/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/
+ ____ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ _______
+ Clock \_____/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/
____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Data ____/ X____X____X____X____X____X____X____X____X____X________
Start 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 P Stop
Start bit: can be long as 300-350us.
Inhibit: Pull Data line down to inhibit keyboard to send.
-Timing: Host reads bit while Clock is hi.
+Timing: Host reads bit while Clock is hi.(rising edge)
Stop bit: Keyboard pulls down Data line to lo after 9th clock.
@@ -166,13 +166,14 @@ Data sent from host:
| `-----`--- scan code
`------------- enable bit(0: enable repeat, 1: enable break)
- 00-77 Enable repeat(78-7F: invalid scancode)
- 80-F7 Enable break(F8-FF: invalid scancode)
+ 00-79 Enable repeat
+ 80-F9 Enable break(FA-FF are used as other commands, see above.)
FE Resend(011ah) no need to use
FF End(0114h) exits FC command mode.
Response from keyboard:
FD Out of bound - Invalid scancode
+ -- OK - No response means that command is accepted.
Examples:
To enable break code of all keys.
diff --git a/converter/ibm4704_usb/keymap_50key.c b/converter/ibm4704_usb/keymap_50key.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..97294fb45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/converter/ibm4704_usb/keymap_50key.c
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+#include "keymap_common.h"
+
+
+const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+ KEYMAP_50(
+ F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, \
+ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, \
+ Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, O, P, \
+ A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, SCLN, \
+ Z, X, C, V, B, N, M, COMM,DOT, SLSH \
+ ),
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+};
+
+
diff --git a/converter/ibm4704_usb/keymap_alps102key.c b/converter/ibm4704_usb/keymap_alps102key.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f3dda718a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/converter/ibm4704_usb/keymap_alps102key.c
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+#include "keymap_common.h"
+
+
+const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+ /* Layer 0:
+ * ,---------------------------------------------------------------. ,-----------. ,---------------.
+ * | `| 1| 2| 3| 4| 5| 6| 7| 8| 9| 0| -| =|BS |BS |F21| |PSC|SLK|PAU| |F1 |F2 |F3 |F4 |
+ * |---------------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------|
+ * |Tab | Q| W| E| R| T| Y| U| I| O| P| [| ]| \|F22| |Ins|Hom|PgU| |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 |
+ * |---------------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------|
+ * |Ctrl | A| S| D| F| G| H| J| K| L| ;| '|Ret|Ret |F23| |Del|End|PgD| |F9 |F10|F11|F12|
+ * |---------------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------|
+ * |Shift | Z| X| C| V| B| N| M| ,| ,| /|Shf|Shift |F24| | |Up | | |F13|F14|F15|F16|
+ * |---------------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------|
+ * |Fn0 |Gui|Alt | Space |Alt* |Gui|Fn0 | |Lef|Dow|Rig| |F17|F18|F19|F20|
+ * `---------------------------------------------------------------' `-----------' `---------------'
+ */
+ KEYMAP_ALPS102(
+ ESC, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, MINS,EQL, BSPC,BSPC,F21, PSCR,SLCK,PAUS, F1, F2, F3, F4, \
+ TAB, Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, O, P, LBRC,RBRC,BSLS, F22, INS, HOME,PGUP, F5, F6, F7, F8, \
+ LCTL,A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, SCLN,QUOT,GRV, ENT, F23, DEL, END, PGDN, F9, F10, F11, F12, \
+ LSFT,Z, X, C, V, B, N, M, COMM,DOT, SLSH,RSFT,RSFT, F24, NO, UP, NO, F13, F14, F15, F16, \
+ FN0, LGUI,LALT, SPC, RALT,RGUI, FN0, LEFT,DOWN,RGHT, F17, F18, F19, F20 \
+ ),
+
+ /* Layer 1:
+ * ,---------------------------------------------------------------. ,-----------. ,---------------.
+ * | `| 1| 2| 3| 4| 5| 6| 7| 8| 9| 0| -| =|BS |BS |F21| |VoD|VoU|Mut| |F1 |F2 |F3 |F4 |
+ * |---------------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------|
+ * |Tab | Q| W| E| R| T| Y| U| I| O| P| [| ]| \|F22| |Ins|Hom|PgU| |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 |
+ * |---------------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------|
+ * |Ctrl | A| S| D| F| G| H| J| K| L| ;| '|Ret|Ret |F23| |Del|End|PgD| |F9 |F10|F11|F12|
+ * |---------------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------|
+ * |Shift | Z| X| C| V| B| N| M| ,| ,| /|Shf|Shift |F24| | |PgU| | |F13|F14|F15|F16|
+ * |---------------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------|
+ * |Fn0 |Gui|Alt | Space |Alt* |Gui|Fn0 | |Hom|PgD|End| |F17|F18|F19|F20|
+ * `---------------------------------------------------------------' `-----------' `---------------'
+ */
+ KEYMAP_ALPS102(
+ TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, VOLD,VOLU,MUTE, TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, \
+ TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, TRNS, TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, \
+ TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, TRNS, TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, \
+ TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, TRNS, TRNS,PGUP,TRNS, TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, \
+ TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, TRNS, TRNS,TRNS, TRNS, HOME,PGDN,END, TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS \
+ ),
+};
+
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+ [0] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(1),
+};
diff --git a/converter/ibm4704_usb/keymap_common.h b/converter/ibm4704_usb/keymap_common.h
index c55a81720..9cb23b0b8 100644
--- a/converter/ibm4704_usb/keymap_common.h
+++ b/converter/ibm4704_usb/keymap_common.h
@@ -34,40 +34,113 @@ extern const uint8_t keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS];
extern const uint16_t fn_actions[];
-/* Original keys */
+/* 107-key */
#define KEYMAP( \
+ K46,K64, K00,K18,K19,K1A,K10,K11,K12,K08,K09,K0A,K0F,K1F,K0D,K0C,K0E, K6A,K6B,K6C, K47,K48,K49,K4A, \
+ K56,K66, K04,K05,K06,K13,K14,K15,K16,K17,K01,K02,K03,K1B,K1C,K1D, K6D,K6E,K6F, K4B,K4C,K4D,K4E, \
+ K71,K77, K20,K21,K22,K23,K24,K25,K26,K27,K28,K29,K2A,K2B,K2C,K2D, K70,K65,K72, K50,K51,K52,K53, \
+ K44,K45, K30,K3E,K32,K33,K34,K35,K36,K37,K38,K39,K3A,K3B,K3C,K3D, K74,K75,K76, K5E,K58,K59,K5A, \
+ K54,K55, K31,K41,K3F, K40, K42,K2F, K78,K67,K79, K5B,K5C,K5D,K57 \
+) { \
+ { KC_##K00, KC_##K01, KC_##K02, KC_##K03, KC_##K04, KC_##K05, KC_##K06, KC_NO }, \
+ { KC_##K08, KC_##K09, KC_##K0A, KC_NO, KC_##K0C, KC_##K0D, KC_##K0E, KC_##K0F }, \
+ { KC_##K10, KC_##K11, KC_##K12, KC_##K13, KC_##K14, KC_##K15, KC_##K16, KC_##K17 }, \
+ { KC_##K18, KC_##K19, KC_##K1A, KC_##K1B, KC_##K1C, KC_##K1D, KC_NO, KC_##K1F }, \
+ { KC_##K20, KC_##K21, KC_##K22, KC_##K23, KC_##K24, KC_##K25, KC_##K26, KC_##K27 }, \
+ { KC_##K28, KC_##K29, KC_##K2A, KC_##K2B, KC_##K2C, KC_##K2D, KC_NO, KC_##K2F }, \
+ { KC_##K30, KC_##K31, KC_##K32, KC_##K33, KC_##K34, KC_##K35, KC_##K36, KC_##K37 }, \
+ { KC_##K38, KC_##K39, KC_##K3A, KC_##K3B, KC_##K3C, KC_##K3D, KC_##K3E, KC_##K3F }, \
+ { KC_##K40, KC_##K41, KC_##K42, KC_NO, KC_##K44, KC_##K45, KC_##K46, KC_##K47 }, \
+ { KC_##K48, KC_##K49, KC_##K4A, KC_##K4B, KC_##K4C, KC_##K4D, KC_##K4E, KC_NO }, \
+ { KC_##K50, KC_##K51, KC_##K52, KC_##K53, KC_##K54, KC_##K55, KC_##K56, KC_##K57 }, \
+ { KC_##K58, KC_##K59, KC_##K5A, KC_##K5B, KC_##K5C, KC_##K5D, KC_##K5E, KC_NO }, \
+ { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_##K64, KC_##K65, KC_##K66, KC_##K67 }, \
+ { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_##K6A, KC_##K6B, KC_##K6C, KC_##K6D, KC_##K6E, KC_##K6F }, \
+ { KC_##K70, KC_##K71, KC_##K72, KC_NO, KC_##K74, KC_##K75, KC_##K76, KC_##K77 }, \
+ { KC_##K78, KC_##K79, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO } \
+}
+
+/* 77-key */
+#define KEYMAP_77( \
+ K00,K18,K19,K1A,K10,K11,K12,K08,K09,K0A,K0F,K1F,K0D,K0C,K0E, K6A,K6B,K6C, \
+ K04,K05,K06,K13,K14,K15,K16,K17,K01,K02,K03,K1B,K1C,K1D, K6D,K6E,K6F, \
+ K20,K21,K22,K23,K24,K25,K26,K27,K28,K29,K2A,K2B,K2C,K2D, K70,K65,K72, \
+ K30,K3E,K32,K33,K34,K35,K36,K37,K38,K39,K3A,K3B,K3C,K3D, K74,K75,K76, \
+ K31,K41,K3F, K40, K42,K2F, K78,K67,K79 \
+) KEYMAP( \
+ F1, F2, K00,K18,K19,K1A,K10,K11,K12,K08,K09,K0A,K0F,K1F,K0D,K0C,K0E, K6A,K6B,K6C, NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS, \
+ F3, F4, K04,K05,K06,K13,K14,K15,K16,K17,K01,K02,K03,K1B,K1C,K1D, K6D,K6E,K6F, P7, P8, P9, PPLS, \
+ F5, F6, K20,K21,K22,K23,K24,K25,K26,K27,K28,K29,K2A,K2B,K2C,K2D, K70,K65,K72, P4, P5, P6, PPLS, \
+ F7, F8, K30,K3E,K32,K33,K34,K35,K36,K37,K38,K39,K3A,K3B,K3C,K3D, K74,K75,K76, P1, P2, P3, PENT, \
+ F9, F10, K31,K41,K3F, K40, K42,K2F, K78,K67,K79 P0, P0, PDOT,PENT \
+)
+
+/* 62-key */
+#define KEYMAP_62( \
K00,K18,K19,K1A,K10,K11,K12,K08,K09,K0A,K0F,K1F,K0D,K0C,K0E, \
K04,K05,K06,K13,K14,K15,K16,K17,K01,K02,K03,K1B,K1C,K1D, \
K20,K21,K22,K23,K24,K25,K26,K27,K28,K29,K2A,K2B,K2C,K2D, \
K30,K3E,K32,K33,K34,K35,K36,K37,K38,K39,K3A,K3B,K3C,K3D, \
- K31,K41,K3F, K40, K42,K2F \
+ K31,K41,K3F, K40, K42,K2F \
+) KEYMAP( \
+ F1, F2, K00,K18,K19,K1A,K10,K11,K12,K08,K09,K0A,K0F,K1F,K0D,K0C,K0E, INS, HOME,PGUP, NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS, \
+ F3, F4, K04,K05,K06,K13,K14,K15,K16,K17,K01,K02,K03,K1B,K1C,K1D, DEL, END, PGDN, P7, P8, P9, PPLS, \
+ F5, F6, K20,K21,K22,K23,K24,K25,K26,K27,K28,K29,K2A,K2B,K2C,K2D, PSCR,SLCK,PAUS, P4, P5, P6, PPLS, \
+ F7, F8, K30,K3E,K32,K33,K34,K35,K36,K37,K38,K39,K3A,K3B,K3C,K3D, F11, UP, F12, P1, P2, P3, PENT, \
+ F9, F10, K31,K41,K3F, K40, K42,K2F, LEFT,DOWN,RGHT, P0, P0, PDOT,PENT \
+)
+
+/* 50-key */
+#define KEYMAP_50( \
+ K00,K01,K02, K03,K04,K05, K20,K21,K22,K23, \
+ K08,K09,K0A, K0B,K0C,K0D, K28,K29,K2A,K35, \
+ K10,K11,K12, K13,K14,K15, K30,K31,K32,K36, \
+ K18,K19,K1A, K1B,K1C,K1D, K38,K39,K3A,K37, \
+ K16,K1E,K0E, K0F,K1F,K17, K33,K3B,K2B,K3F \
) { \
- { KC_##K00, KC_##K01, KC_##K02, KC_##K03, KC_##K04, KC_##K05, KC_##K06, KC_NO }, \
- { KC_##K08, KC_##K09, KC_##K0A, KC_NO, KC_##K0C, KC_##K0D, KC_##K0E, KC_##K0F }, \
+ { KC_##K00, KC_##K01, KC_##K02, KC_##K03, KC_##K04, KC_##K05, KC_NO, KC_NO, }, \
+ { KC_##K08, KC_##K09, KC_##K0A, KC_##K0B, KC_##K0C, KC_##K0D, KC_##K0E, KC_##K0F }, \
{ KC_##K10, KC_##K11, KC_##K12, KC_##K13, KC_##K14, KC_##K15, KC_##K16, KC_##K17 }, \
- { KC_##K18, KC_##K19, KC_##K1A, KC_##K1B, KC_##K1C, KC_##K1D, KC_NO, KC_##K1F }, \
+ { KC_##K18, KC_##K19, KC_##K1A, KC_##K1B, KC_##K1C, KC_##K1D, KC_##K1E, KC_##K1F }, \
+ { KC_##K20, KC_##K21, KC_##K22, KC_##K23, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, }, \
+ { KC_##K28, KC_##K29, KC_##K2A, KC_##K2B, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, }, \
+ { KC_##K30, KC_##K31, KC_##K32, KC_##K33, KC_NO, KC_##K35, KC_##K36, KC_##K37 }, \
+ { KC_##K38, KC_##K39, KC_##K3A, KC_##K3B, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_##K3F }, \
+ { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, }, \
+ { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, }, \
+ { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, }, \
+ { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, }, \
+ { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, }, \
+ { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, }, \
+ { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, }, \
+ { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, } \
+}
+
+/* Alps 102-key */
+#define KEYMAP_ALPS102( \
+ K00, K0F, K01, K02, K03, K04, K05, K06, K07, K08, K09, K0A, K0B, K0C, K0D, K0E, K44, K45, K46, K43, K41, K42, K4A, \
+ K10, K11, K12, K13, K14, K15, K16, K17, K18, K19, K1A, K1B, K1C, K1D, K1E, K54, K55, K56, K50, K51, K52, K5A, \
+ K20, K21, K22, K23, K24, K25, K26, K27, K28, K29, K2A, K2B, K2C, K2D, K2E, K64, K65, K66, K60, K61, K62, K6B, \
+ K30, K32, K33, K34, K35, K36, K37, K38, K39, K3A, K3B, K3C, K3D, K3E, K74, K75, K76, K70, K71, K72, K7B, \
+ K31, K47, K3F, K40, K4F, K48, K2F, K77, K67, K57, K73, K63, K53, K4E \
+) { \
+ { KC_##K00, KC_##K01, KC_##K02, KC_##K03, KC_##K04, KC_##K05, KC_##K06, KC_##K07 }, \
+ { KC_##K08, KC_##K09, KC_##K0A, KC_##K0B, KC_##K0C, KC_##K0D, KC_##K0E, KC_##K0F }, \
+ { KC_##K10, KC_##K11, KC_##K12, KC_##K13, KC_##K14, KC_##K15, KC_##K16, KC_##K17 }, \
+ { KC_##K18, KC_##K19, KC_##K1A, KC_##K1B, KC_##K1C, KC_##K1D, KC_##K1E, KC_NO, }, \
{ KC_##K20, KC_##K21, KC_##K22, KC_##K23, KC_##K24, KC_##K25, KC_##K26, KC_##K27 }, \
- { KC_##K28, KC_##K29, KC_##K2A, KC_##K2B, KC_##K2C, KC_##K2D, KC_NO, KC_##K2F }, \
+ { KC_##K28, KC_##K29, KC_##K2A, KC_##K2B, KC_##K2C, KC_##K2D, KC_##K2E, KC_##K2F }, \
{ KC_##K30, KC_##K31, KC_##K32, KC_##K33, KC_##K34, KC_##K35, KC_##K36, KC_##K37 }, \
{ KC_##K38, KC_##K39, KC_##K3A, KC_##K3B, KC_##K3C, KC_##K3D, KC_##K3E, KC_##K3F }, \
- { KC_##K40, KC_##K41, KC_##K42, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO }, \
- { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO }, \
- { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO }, \
- { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO }, \
- { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO }, \
- { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO }, \
- { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO }, \
- { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO }, \
+ { KC_##K40, KC_##K41, KC_##K42, KC_##K43, KC_##K44, KC_##K45, KC_##K46, KC_##K47 }, \
+ { KC_##K48, KC_NO, KC_##K4A, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_##K4E, KC_##K4F }, \
+ { KC_##K50, KC_##K51, KC_##K52, KC_##K53, KC_##K54, KC_##K55, KC_##K56, KC_##K57 }, \
+ { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_##K5A, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, }, \
+ { KC_##K60, KC_##K61, KC_##K62, KC_##K63, KC_##K64, KC_##K65, KC_##K66, KC_##K67 }, \
+ { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_##K6B, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, }, \
+ { KC_##K70, KC_##K71, KC_##K72, KC_##K73, KC_##K74, KC_##K75, KC_##K76, KC_##K77 }, \
+ { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_##K7B, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, } \
}
-#endif
-/*
- { K48, K49, K4A, K4B, K4C, K4D, K4E, K4F }, \
- { K50, K51, K52, K53, K54, K55, K56, K57 }, \
- { K58, K59, K5A, K5B, K5C, K5D, K5E, K5F }, \
- { K60, K61, K62, K63, K64, K65, K66, K67 }, \
- { K68, K69, K6A, K6B, K6C, K6D, K6E, K6F }, \
- { K70, K71, K72, K73, K74, K75, K76, K77 }, \
- { K78, K79, K7A, K7B, K7C, K7D, K7E, K7F }, \
-*/
+#endif
diff --git a/converter/ibm4704_usb/keymap_hasu.c b/converter/ibm4704_usb/keymap_hasu.c
index 7545b0923..14c171179 100644
--- a/converter/ibm4704_usb/keymap_hasu.c
+++ b/converter/ibm4704_usb/keymap_hasu.c
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
* |Ctrl |Gui|Alt | Space |Alt |Gui|Ctrl |
* `-----------------------------------------------------------'
*/
- KEYMAP(
+ KEYMAP_62(
ESC, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, MINS,EQL, BSLS,GRV, \
TAB, Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, O, P, LBRC,RBRC,BSPC, \
LCTL,A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, FN1, QUOT,NO, ENT, \
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
LCTL,LGUI,LALT, FN3, RGUI,RCTL \
),
- KEYMAP(
+ KEYMAP_62(
ESC, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, INS, DEL, \
CAPS,NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, PSCR,SLCK,PAUS, UP, NO, BSPC, \
LCTL,VOLD,VOLU,MUTE,NO, NO, PAST,PSLS,HOME,PGUP,LEFT,RGHT,NO, ENT, \
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
LCTL,LGUI,LALT, SPC, RGUI,RCTL \
),
- KEYMAP(
+ KEYMAP_62(
ESC, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, INS, DEL, \
TAB, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, WH_L,WH_D,WH_U,WH_R,WSTP,WBAK,WFWD,BSPC, \
LCTL,NO, ACL0,ACL1,ACL2,NO, MS_L,MS_D,MS_U,MS_R,TRNS,NO, NO, ENT, \
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
LCTL,LGUI,LALT, BTN1, RGUI,RCTL \
),
- KEYMAP(
+ KEYMAP_62(
ESC, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, INS, DEL, \
TAB, HOME,PGDN,UP, PGUP,END, HOME,PGDN,PGUP,END, NO, NO, NO, BSPC, \
LCTL,NO, LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,NO, LEFT,DOWN,UP, RGHT,NO, NO, NO, ENT, \
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
LCTL,LGUI,LALT, SPC, RGUI,RCTL \
),
- KEYMAP(
+ KEYMAP_62(
ESC, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, INS, DEL, \
TAB, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, WH_L,WH_D,MS_U,WH_U,WH_R,BTN4,BTN5,FN4, \
LCTL,VOLD,VOLU,MUTE,NO, NO, BTN2,MS_L,MS_D,MS_R,BTN1,NO, NO, ENT, \
diff --git a/converter/ibm4704_usb/keymap_plain.c b/converter/ibm4704_usb/keymap_plain.c
index a121634ef..4aed684e4 100644
--- a/converter/ibm4704_usb/keymap_plain.c
+++ b/converter/ibm4704_usb/keymap_plain.c
@@ -8,28 +8,40 @@ const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
* |-----------------------------------------------------------|
* |Tab | Q| W| E| R| T| Y| U| I| O| P| [| ]| \|
* |-----------------------------------------------------------|
- * |Ctrl | A| S| D| F| G| H| J| K| L| ;| '| #|Ret |
+ * |Ctrl | A| S| D| F| G| H| J| K| L| ;| '|Ret|Ret |
* |-----------------------------------------------------------|
- * |Shif| \| Z| X| C| V| B| N| M| ,| ,| /|???|Shift |
+ * |Shif|Shf| Z| X| C| V| B| N| M| ,| ,| /|???|Shift |
* |-----------------------------------------------------------|
- * |Ctrl |Gui|Alt | Space |Alt* |Gui|Ctrl |
+ * |Ctrl |Gui|Alt | Space |Alt* |Gui|Fn |
* `-----------------------------------------------------------'
*/
KEYMAP(
- GRV, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, MINS,EQL, BSLS,BSPC, \
- TAB, Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, O, P, LBRC,RBRC,BSLS, \
- LCTL,A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, SCLN,QUOT,NUHS,ENT, \
- LSFT,NUBS,Z, X, C, V, B, N, M, COMM,DOT, SLSH,NO, FN0, \
- LCTL,LGUI,LALT, SPC, RGUI,RCTL \
+ F1, F2, GRV, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, MINS,EQL, NO, BSPC, INS, HOME,PGUP, NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS, \
+ F3, F4, TAB, Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, O, P, LBRC,RBRC,BSLS, DEL, END, PGDN, P7, P8, P9, PPLS, \
+ F5, F6, LCTL,A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, SCLN,QUOT,ENT, ENT, PSCR,SLCK,PAUS, P4, P5, P6, PPLS, \
+ F7, F8, LSFT,LSFT,Z, X, C, V, B, N, M, COMM,DOT, SLSH,NO, RSFT, F11, UP, F12, P1, P2, P3, PENT, \
+ F9, F10, LCTL,LGUI,LALT, SPC, RGUI,FN0, LEFT,DOWN,RGHT, P0, P0, PDOT,PENT \
),
- /* 1: HHKB */
+ /* 1: HHKB
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |Esc| F1| F2| F3| F4| F5| F6| F7| F8| F9|F10|F11|F12|???|Del|
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Caps | | | | | | | |Psc|Slk|Pau| Up| | Ins|
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Ctrl |VoD|VoU|VoM| | | *| /|Hom|PgU|Lef|Rig|Ret|Ret |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Shif|Shi| | | | | | +| -|End|PgD|Dow|???|Shift |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Ctrl |Gui|Alt | Space |Alt* |Gui|Fn |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
KEYMAP(
- ESC, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, INS, DEL, \
- CAPS,NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, PSCR,SLCK,PAUS, UP, NO, INS, \
- LCTL,VOLD,VOLU,MUTE,NO, NO, PAST,PSLS,HOME,PGUP,LEFT,RGHT,NO, ENT, \
- LSFT,NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, PPLS,PMNS,END, PGDN,DOWN,NO, TRNS, \
- LCTL,LGUI,LALT, SPC, RGUI,RCTL \
+ F1, F2, ESC, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, NO, DEL, INS, HOME,PGUP, NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS, \
+ F3, F4, CAPS,NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, PSCR,SLCK,PAUS, UP, NO, INS, DEL, END, PGDN, P7, P8, P9, PPLS, \
+ F5, F6, TRNS,VOLD,VOLU,MUTE,NO, NO, PAST,PSLS,HOME,PGUP,LEFT,RGHT,ENT, ENT, PSCR,SLCK,PAUS, P4, P5, P6, PPLS, \
+ F7, F8, TRNS,TRNS,NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, PPLS,PMNS,END, PGDN,DOWN,NO, TRNS, F11, UP, F12, P1, P2, P3, PENT, \
+ F9, F10, TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, TRNS, TRNS,TRNS, LEFT,DOWN,RGHT, P0, P0, PDOT,PENT \
),
};
diff --git a/converter/ibm4704_usb/matrix.c b/converter/ibm4704_usb/matrix.c
index 0bfda2b15..5b91d49f8 100644
--- a/converter/ibm4704_usb/matrix.c
+++ b/converter/ibm4704_usb/matrix.c
@@ -67,43 +67,33 @@ uint8_t matrix_cols(void)
static void enable_break(void)
{
- uint8_t ret;
print("Enable break: ");
- // valid scancode: 00-77h
- for (uint8_t code = 0; code < 0x78; code++) {
- while (ibm4704_send(0x80|code) != 0) {
- print("z");
- _delay_us(500);
- }
- _delay_us(2000);
- ret = ibm4704_recv();
- if (ret != 0xff) {
- xprintf("c%02X:r%02X ", code, ret);
- }
- _delay_us(1000);
+ while (ibm4704_send(0xFC)) { _delay_ms(10); }
+ // valid scancode: 00-79h
+ for (uint8_t code = 0; code < 0x7F; code++) {
+ while (ibm4704_send(0x80|code)) _delay_ms(10);
+ _delay_ms(5); // wait for response
+ // No response(FF) when ok, FD when out of bound
+ xprintf("s%02X:r%02X ", code, ibm4704_recv());
}
- _delay_us(1000);
- while (ibm4704_send(0xFF) != 0) { _delay_us(500); } // End
+ while (ibm4704_send(0xFF)) { _delay_ms(10); } // End
print("End\n");
}
-void matrix_init(void)
-{
- uint8_t ret;
- debug_enable = true;
+void matrix_setup(void)
+{
ibm4704_init();
- matrix_clear();
+}
- // read keyboard id
- while ((ret = ibm4704_recv()) == 0xFF) {
- ibm4704_send(0xFE);
- _delay_us(100);
- }
+void matrix_init(void)
+{
+ debug_enable = true;
- _delay_ms(2000); // wait for starting up debug console
print("IBM 4704 converter\n");
- xprintf("Keyboard ID: %02X\n", ret);
+ matrix_clear();
+ _delay_ms(2000); // wait for keyboard starting up
+ xprintf("Keyboard ID: %02X\n", ibm4704_recv());
enable_break();
}
@@ -116,14 +106,16 @@ uint8_t matrix_scan(void)
if (code==0xFF) {
// Not receivd
return 0;
- } else if ((code&0x78)==0x78) {
- // 0xFF-F8 and 0x7F-78 is not scancode
- xprintf("Error: %0X\n", code);
+ } else if ((code&0x7F) >= 0x7A) {
+ // 0xFF-FA and 0x7F-7A is not scancode
+ xprintf("Error: %02X\n", code);
matrix_clear();
return 0;
} else if (code&0x80) {
+ dprintf("%02X\n", code);
matrix_make(code);
} else {
+ dprintf("%02X\n", code);
matrix_break(code);
}
return 1;
diff --git a/converter/m0110_usb/Makefile b/converter/m0110_usb/Makefile
index 6f20396f5..e83645632 100644
--- a/converter/m0110_usb/Makefile
+++ b/converter/m0110_usb/Makefile
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
TARGET = m0110_lufa
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -87,10 +87,10 @@ PROGRAM_CMD = teensy_loader_cli -mmcu=$(MCU) -w -v $(TARGET).hex
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/converter/m0110_usb/Makefile.teensy b/converter/m0110_usb/Makefile.teensy
index 9a5c41068..394b66050 100644
--- a/converter/m0110_usb/Makefile.teensy
+++ b/converter/m0110_usb/Makefile.teensy
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
TARGET = m0110_lufa
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -89,10 +89,10 @@ PROGRAM_CMD = teensy_loader_cli -mmcu=$(MCU) -w -v $(TARGET).hex
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/converter/m0110_usb/Makefile.pjrc b/converter/m0110_usb/Makefile.tmk_rev1
index 37977a384..f36fcc4b5 100644
--- a/converter/m0110_usb/Makefile.pjrc
+++ b/converter/m0110_usb/Makefile.tmk_rev1
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
# Target file name (without extension).
-TARGET = m0110_pjrc
+TARGET = m0110_lufa
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -10,13 +10,14 @@ TARGET_DIR = .
# keyboard dependent files
SRC = matrix.c \
led.c \
+ keymap_common.c \
m0110.c
# To use own keymap file run make like: make keymap=hasu
-ifdef keymap
- SRC += keymap_$(keymap).c
+ifdef KEYMAP
+ SRC += keymap_$(KEYMAP).c
else
- SRC += keymap.c
+ SRC += keymap_default.c
endif
CONFIG_H = config.h
@@ -24,10 +25,8 @@ CONFIG_H = config.h
# MCU name, you MUST set this to match the board you are using
# type "make clean" after changing this, so all files will be rebuilt
-#MCU = at90usb162 # Teensy 1.0
-MCU = atmega32u4 # Teensy 2.0
-#MCU = at90usb646 # Teensy++ 1.0
-#MCU = at90usb1286 # Teensy++ 2.0
+#MCU = atmega32u2 # TMK converter rev2
+MCU = atmega32u4 # TMK converter rev1
# Processor frequency.
@@ -38,6 +37,29 @@ MCU = atmega32u4 # Teensy 2.0
F_CPU = 16000000
+#
+# LUFA specific
+#
+# Target architecture (see library "Board Types" documentation).
+ARCH = AVR8
+
+# Input clock frequency.
+# This will define a symbol, F_USB, in all source code files equal to the
+# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
+# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
+# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
+# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
+# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
+# source code.
+#
+# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
+# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+
+# Interrupt driven control endpoint task
+OPT_DEFS += -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+
+
# Boot Section Size in bytes
# Teensy halfKay 512
# Atmel DFU loader 4096
@@ -55,6 +77,7 @@ CONSOLE_ENABLE = yes # Console for debug(+400)
COMMAND_ENABLE = yes # Commands for debug and configuration
#SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = yes # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
#NKRO_ENABLE = yes # USB Nkey Rollover - not yet supported in LUFA
+#KEYMAP_SECTION_ENABLE = yes # fixed address keymap for keymap editor
@@ -64,10 +87,10 @@ PROGRAM_CMD = teensy_loader_cli -mmcu=$(MCU) -w -v $(TARGET).hex
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/converter/m0110_usb/Makefile.tmk_rev2 b/converter/m0110_usb/Makefile.tmk_rev2
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e83645632
--- /dev/null
+++ b/converter/m0110_usb/Makefile.tmk_rev2
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+# Target file name (without extension).
+TARGET = m0110_lufa
+
+# Directory common source filess exist
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
+
+# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
+TARGET_DIR = .
+
+# keyboard dependent files
+SRC = matrix.c \
+ led.c \
+ keymap_common.c \
+ m0110.c
+
+# To use own keymap file run make like: make keymap=hasu
+ifdef KEYMAP
+ SRC += keymap_$(KEYMAP).c
+else
+ SRC += keymap_default.c
+endif
+
+CONFIG_H = config.h
+
+
+# MCU name, you MUST set this to match the board you are using
+# type "make clean" after changing this, so all files will be rebuilt
+MCU = atmega32u2 # TMK converter rev2
+#MCU = atmega32u4 # TMK converter rev1
+
+
+# Processor frequency.
+# Normally the first thing your program should do is set the clock prescaler,
+# so your program will run at the correct speed. You should also set this
+# variable to same clock speed. The _delay_ms() macro uses this, and many
+# examples use this variable to calculate timings. Do not add a "UL" here.
+F_CPU = 16000000
+
+
+#
+# LUFA specific
+#
+# Target architecture (see library "Board Types" documentation).
+ARCH = AVR8
+
+# Input clock frequency.
+# This will define a symbol, F_USB, in all source code files equal to the
+# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
+# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
+# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
+# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
+# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
+# source code.
+#
+# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
+# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+
+# Interrupt driven control endpoint task
+OPT_DEFS += -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+
+
+# Boot Section Size in bytes
+# Teensy halfKay 512
+# Atmel DFU loader 4096
+# LUFA bootloader 4096
+OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
+
+
+# Build Options
+# *Comment out* to disable the options.
+#
+#BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = yes # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes # Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes # Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE = yes # Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE = yes # Commands for debug and configuration
+#SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = yes # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+#NKRO_ENABLE = yes # USB Nkey Rollover - not yet supported in LUFA
+#KEYMAP_SECTION_ENABLE = yes # fixed address keymap for keymap editor
+
+
+
+#---------------- Programming Options --------------------------
+PROGRAM_CMD = teensy_loader_cli -mmcu=$(MCU) -w -v $(TARGET).hex
+
+
+# Search Path
+VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
+
+
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/converter/m0110_usb/README.md b/converter/m0110_usb/README.md
index c1ecb53b0..bfd3261df 100644
--- a/converter/m0110_usb/README.md
+++ b/converter/m0110_usb/README.md
@@ -59,19 +59,16 @@ To compile firmware you need AVR GCC. You can edit *Makefile* and *config.h* to
$ git clone git://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard.git (or download source)
$ cd m0110_usb
- $ make -f Makefile clean
- $ make -f Makefile [KEYMAP={default|plain|intl|spacefn|hasu}]
+ $ make -f Makefile.rev2 clean
+ $ make -f Makefile.rev2 [KEYMAP={default|intl|spacefn|hasu}]
-Use `Makefile.teensy` instead for Teensy.
+Use `Maefile.tmk_rev1` for TMK converter Rev.1, `Makefile.teensy` for Teensy instead.
Keymap
------
-To create your own keymap copy existent keymap file to `keymap_name.c` and edit it. You can build it like this.
-
- $ make -f Makefile clean
- $ make -f Makefile KEYMAP=name
+To create your own keymap copy existent keymap file to `keymap_name.c` and edit it.
diff --git a/converter/m0110_usb/keymap_common.h b/converter/m0110_usb/keymap_common.h
index 8bde7473d..925556d97 100644
--- a/converter/m0110_usb/keymap_common.h
+++ b/converter/m0110_usb/keymap_common.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
/*
-Copyright 2011,2012,2014 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+Copyright 2011,2012,2014,2015 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -24,64 +24,49 @@ extern const uint8_t keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS];
extern const uint16_t fn_actions[];
-/*
- * The keymap works with both M0110 and M0110A keyboards. As you can see, the M0110A is a superset
- * of the M0110 keyboard, with only one exception: 'Enter' in M0110 does not exist
- * on the M0110A, but since it generates a unique scan code which is not used for some other key in
- * the M0110A, they are totally interchangeable. In fact, the M0110A is functionally (almost)
- * identical to the combination of the M0110 along with the M0120 keypad. The only difference
- * (which is causing some problems as you will read below) is that the M0110+M0120 don't have
- * dedicated arrow keys, while the M0110A does. However, the M0120 did have arrow keys, which
- * doubled as the [comma], [/], [*] and [+] keys, when used with the [Shift] key. The M0110A has
- * substituted the [comma] key with the [=] key, however its scancode is the same.
+/* Common layout for M0110 and M0110A
+ * This keymap works with both keyboards. As you can see, the M0110A is
+ * a superset of M0110 keyboard, only one exception is 'Enter'(34) of M0110
+ * does not exist on the M0110A.
*
- * Physical layout:
- * M0110A
* ,---------------------------------------------------------. ,---------------.
- * | `| 1| 2| 3| 4| 5| 6| 7| 8| 9| 0| -| =|Bcksp| |Clr| =| /| *|
+ * | `| 1| 2| 3| 4| 5| 6| 7| 8| 9| 0| -| =|Backs| |Clr| =| /| *|
* |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
* |Tab | Q| W| E| R| T| Y| U| I| O| P| [| ]| | | 7| 8| 9| -|
* |-----------------------------------------------------' | |---------------|
* |Caps | A| S| D| F| G| H| J| K| L| ;| '|Return| | 4| 5| 6| +|
* |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
* |Shift | Z| X| C| V| B| N| M| ,| ,| /|Shft|Up | | 1| 2| 3| |
- * |---------------------------------------------------------' |-----------|Ent|
- * |Opt |Mac | Space | \|Lft|Rgt|Dn | | 0| .| |
+ * |---------------------------------------------------------| |-----------|Ent|
+ * |Opt |Mac | Space |Ent| \|Lft|Rgt|Dn | | 0| .| |
* `---------------------------------------------------------' `---------------'
*
- * M0110 M0120
+ * M0110A scan codes
* ,---------------------------------------------------------. ,---------------.
- * | `| 1| 2| 3| 4| 5| 6| 7| 8| 9| 0| -| =|Backs| |Clr| -| +| *|
+ * | 32| 12| 13| 14| 15| 17| 16| 1A| 1C| 19| 1D| 1B| 18| 33| | 47| 68| 6D| 62|
* |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
- * |Tab | Q| W| E| R| T| Y| U| I| O| P| [| ]| \| | 7| 8| 9| /|
- * |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
- * |Caps | A| S| D| F| G| H| J| K| L| ;| '|Return| | 4| 5| 6| ,|
+ * | 30| 0C| 0D| 0E| 0F| 10| 11| 20| 22| 1F| 23| 21| 1E| | | 59| 5B| 5C| 4E|
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------' | |---------------|
+ * | 39| 00| 01| 02| 03| 05| 04| 26| 28| 25| 29| 27| 24| | 56| 57| 58| 66|
* |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
- * |Shift | Z| X| C| V| B| N| M| ,| ,| /|Shift | | 1| 2| 3| |
- * `---------------------------------------------------------' |-----------|Ent|
- * |Opt|Mac | Space |Ent |Opt| | 0| .| |
- * `-----------------------------------------------' `---------------'
- * With Shift keys on M0120 work as curosor.(-:Left *:Right /:Up ,:Down)
+ * | 38| 06| 07| 08| 09| 0B| 2D| 2E| 2B| 2F| 2C| 38| 4D| | 53| 54| 55| |
+ * `---------------------------------------------------------' |-----------| 4C|
+ * | 3A| 37| 31 | 2A| 46| 42| 48| | 52| 41| |
+ * `---------------------------------------------------------' `---------------'
*
- * NOTE: \ is located differently.
- * NOTE: Enter on M0110 is different from Enter on keypad(M0120 and M0110A).
- * NOTE: Left Shift and right Shift are logically same key.
- * NOTE: Left Option and right Option are logically same key.
- */
-
-/* Keymap definition Macro
+ * M0110 + M0120 scan codes
* ,---------------------------------------------------------. ,---------------.
- * | `| 1| 2| 3| 4| 5| 6| 7| 8| 9| 0| -| =|Backs| |Clr| =| /| *|
+ * | 32| 12| 13| 14| 15| 17| 16| 1A| 1C| 19| 1D| 1B| 18| 33| | 47| 68| 6D| 62|
* |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
- * |Tab | Q| W| E| R| T| Y| U| I| O| P| [| ]| | | 7| 8| 9| -|
- * |-----------------------------------------------------' | |---------------|
- * |Caps | A| S| D| F| G| H| J| K| L| ;| '|Return| | 4| 5| 6| +|
+ * | 30| 0C| 0D| 0E| 0F| 10| 11| 20| 22| 1F| 23| 21| 1E| 2A| | 59| 5B| 5C| 4E|
* |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
- * |Shift | Z| X| C| V| B| N| M| ,| ,| /|Shft|Up | | 1| 2| 3| |
- * |---------------------------------------------------------| |-----------|Ent|
- * |Opt |Mac | Space |Ent| \|Lft|Rgt|Dn | | 0| .| |
- * `---------------------------------------------------------' `---------------'
- * NOTE: Ent between Space and \ means Enter on M0110.
+ * | 39| 00| 01| 02| 03| 05| 04| 26| 28| 25| 29| 27| 24| | 56| 57| 58| 66|
+ * |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
+ * | 38| 06| 07| 08| 09| 0B| 2D| 2E| 2B| 2F| 2C| 38| | 53| 54| 55| |
+ * `---------------------------------------------------------' |-----------| 4C|
+ * | 3A| 37| 31 | 34| 3A| | 52| 41| |
+ * `------------------------------------------------' `---------------'
+ * Two right and left keys of 38 and 3A are identical, you cannot discriminate those two.
*/
#define KEYMAP( \
K32,K12,K13,K14,K15,K17,K16,K1A,K1C,K19,K1D,K1B,K18,K33, K47,K68,K6D,K62, \
@@ -106,25 +91,30 @@ extern const uint16_t fn_actions[];
{ KC_##K68, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_##K6D, KC_NO, KC_NO }, \
}
-/* International keyboard
- * ,---------------------------------------------------------.
- * | 32| 12| 13| 14| 15| 17| 16| 1A| 1C| 19| 1D| 1B| 18| 33|
- * |---------------------------------------------------------|
- * | 30| 0C| 0D| 0E| 0F| 10| 11| 20| 22| 1F| 23| 21| 1E| 2A|
- * |------------------------------------------------------, |
- * | 39| 00| 01| 02| 03| 05| 04| 26| 28| 25| 29| 27| 24| |
- * |---------------------------------------------------------|
- * | 38| 06| 07| 08| 09| 0B| 2D| 2E| 2B| 2F| 2C| 0A| 38|
- * `---------------------------------------------------------'
- * | 3A| 37| 34 | 31| 3A|
- * `------------------------------------------------'
+/* International keyboard layout for M0110 + M0120
+ * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Apple_Macintosh_Plus_Keyboard.jpg
+ * Probably International keyboard layout of M0110A doesn't exist.
+ *
+ * M0110 + M0120 scan codes
+ * ,---------------------------------------------------------. ,---------------.
+ * | 32| 12| 13| 14| 15| 17| 16| 1A| 1C| 19| 1D| 1B| 18| 33| | 47| 68| 6D| 62|
+ * |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
+ * | 30| 0C| 0D| 0E| 0F| 10| 11| 20| 22| 1F| 23| 21| 1E| 2A| | 59| 5B| 5C| 4E|
+ * |------------------------------------------------------, | |---------------|
+ * | 39| 00| 01| 02| 03| 05| 04| 26| 28| 25| 29| 27| 24| | | 56| 57| 58| 66|
+ * |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
+ * | 38| 06| 07| 08| 09| 0B| 2D| 2E| 2B| 2F| 2C| 0A| 38| | 53| 54| 55| |
+ * `---------------------------------------------------------' |-----------| 4C|
+ * | 3A| 37| 34 | 31| 3A| | 52| 41| |
+ * `------------------------------------------------' `---------------'
+ * Two right and left keys of 38 and 3A are identical, you cannot discriminate those two.
*/
#define KEYMAP_INTL( \
K32,K12,K13,K14,K15,K17,K16,K1A,K1C,K19,K1D,K1B,K18,K33, K47,K68,K6D,K62, \
K30,K0C,K0D,K0E,K0F,K11,K10,K20,K22,K1F,K23,K21,K1E,K2A, K59,K5B,K5C,K4E, \
K39,K00,K01,K02,K03,K05,K04,K26,K28,K25,K29,K27,K24, K56,K57,K58,K66, \
- K38,K06,K07,K08,K09,K0B,K2D,K2E,K2B,K2F,K2C,K0A, K4D, K53,K54,K55,K4C, \
- K3A,K37, K34, K31, K46,K42,K48, K52, K41 \
+ K38,K06,K07,K08,K09,K0B,K2D,K2E,K2B,K2F,K2C,K0A, K53,K54,K55,K4C, \
+ K3A,K37, K34, K31, K52, K41 \
) { \
{ KC_##K00, KC_##K01, KC_##K02, KC_##K03, KC_##K04, KC_##K05, KC_##K06, KC_##K07 }, \
{ KC_##K08, KC_##K09, KC_##K0A, KC_##K0B, KC_##K0C, KC_##K0D, KC_##K0E, KC_##K0F }, \
@@ -134,8 +124,8 @@ extern const uint16_t fn_actions[];
{ KC_##K28, KC_##K29, KC_##K2A, KC_##K2B, KC_##K2C, KC_##K2D, KC_##K2E, KC_##K2F }, \
{ KC_##K30, KC_##K31, KC_##K32, KC_##K33, KC_##K34, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_##K37 }, \
{ KC_##K38, KC_##K39, KC_##K3A, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO }, \
- { KC_NO, KC_##K41, KC_##K42, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_##K46, KC_##K47 }, \
- { KC_##K48, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_##K4C, KC_##K4D, KC_##K4E, KC_NO }, \
+ { KC_NO, KC_##K41, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_##K47 }, \
+ { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_##K4C, KC_NO, KC_##K4E, KC_NO }, \
{ KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_##K52, KC_##K53, KC_##K54, KC_##K55, KC_##K56, KC_##K57 }, \
{ KC_##K58, KC_##K59, KC_NO, KC_##K5B, KC_##K5C, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO }, \
{ KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_##K62, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_##K66, KC_NO }, \
diff --git a/converter/m0110_usb/keymap_default.c b/converter/m0110_usb/keymap_default.c
index b0b8ee220..ff7478d1b 100644
--- a/converter/m0110_usb/keymap_default.c
+++ b/converter/m0110_usb/keymap_default.c
@@ -20,15 +20,19 @@ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#ifdef KEYMAP_SECTION_ENABLE
+const uint8_t keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] __attribute__ ((section (".keymap.keymaps"))) = {
+#else
const uint8_t keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] PROGMEM = {
+#endif
/* Default:
* M0110 M0120
* ,---------------------------------------------------------. ,---------------.
- * | `| 1| 2| 3| 4| 5| 6| 7| 8| 9| 0| -| =|Backs| |Nlk| -| +| *|
+ * | `| 1| 2| 3| 4| 5| 6| 7| 8| 9| 0| -| =|Backs| |Nlk| =| /| *|
* |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
- * |Tab | Q| W| E| R| T| Y| U| I| O| P| [| ]| \| | 7| 8| 9| /|
+ * |Tab | Q| W| E| R| T| Y| U| I| O| P| [| ]| \| | 7| 8| 9| -|
* |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
- * |Ctrl | A| S| D| F| G| H| J| K| L| ;| '|Return| | 4| 5| 6| ,|
+ * |Ctrl | A| S| D| F| G| H| J| K| L| ;| '|Return| | 4| 5| 6| +|
* |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
* |Shift | Z| X| C| V| B| N| M| ,| ,| /|Shift | | 1| 2| 3| |
* `---------------------------------------------------------' |-----------|Ent|
@@ -52,27 +56,40 @@ const uint8_t keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] PROGMEM = {
TAB, Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, O, P, LBRC,RBRC, P7, P8, P9, PMNS,
LCTL,A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, SCLN,QUOT, ENT, P4, P5, P6, PPLS,
LSFT,Z, X, C, V, B, N, M, COMM,DOT, SLSH, UP, P1, P2, P3, PENT,
- LALT,LGUI, SPC, FN0, BSLS,LEFT,RGHT,DOWN, P0, PDOT
+ LALT,LGUI, SPC, FN0, FN13,LEFT,RGHT,DOWN, P0, PDOT
),
- /* Cursor Layer
+ /* Cursor Layer:
+ * M0110 M0120
* ,---------------------------------------------------------. ,---------------.
- * |Esc| F1| F2| F3| F4| F5| F6| F7| F8| F9|F10|F11|F12|Delet| |Nlk| -| +| *|
+ * |Esc| F1| F2| F3| F4| F5| F6| F7| F8| F9|F10|F11|F12|Delet| |Nlk| =| /| *|
* |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
- * |Caps |Hom| Up|PgU| | | | |Psc|Slk|Pau|Up | |INS| | 7| 8| 9| /|
+ * |Caps |Hom| Up|PgU| | | | |Psc|Slk|Pau|Up |INS| | | 7| 8| 9| -|
* |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
- * |Ctrl |Lef|Dow|Rig| | | | |Hom|PgU|Lef|Rig|Return| | 4| 5| 6| ,|
+ * |Ctrl |Lef|Dow|Rig| | | | |Hom|PgU|Lef|Rig|Return| | 4| 5| 6| +|
* |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
* |Shift |End| |PgD| | | | |End|PgD|Dow|Shift | | 1| 2| 3| |
* `---------------------------------------------------------' |-----------|Ent|
* |Opt|Mac | Space |Fn |Opt| | 0| .| |
* `-----------------------------------------------' `---------------'
+ * M0110A
+ * ,---------------------------------------------------------. ,---------------.
+ * |Esc| F1| F2| F3| F4| F5| F6| F7| F8| F9|F10|F11|F12|Delet| |Nlk| =| /| *|
+ * |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
+ * |Caps |Hom| Up|PgU| | | | |Psc|Slk|Pau|Up |INS| | | 7| 8| 9| -|
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------' | |---------------|
+ * |Ctrl |Lef|Dow|Rig| | | | |Hom|PgU|Lef|Rig|Return| | 4| 5| 6| +|
+ * |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
+ * |Shift |End| |PgD| | | | |End|PgD|Dow|Shft|PgU| | 1| 2| 3| |
+ * |---------------------------------------------------------| |-----------|Ent|
+ * |Opt |Mac | Space | \|Hom|End|PgD| | 0| .| |
+ * `---------------------------------------------------------' `---------------'
*/
[1] = KEYMAP(
ESC, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, DEL, NLCK,EQL, PSLS,PAST,
- CAPS,HOME,UP, PGUP,NO, NO, NO, NO, PSCR,SLCK,PAUS,UP, NO, P7, P8, P9, PMNS,
+ CAPS,HOME,UP, PGUP,NO, NO, NO, NO, PSCR,SLCK,PAUS,UP, INS, P7, P8, P9, PMNS,
LCTL,LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,NO, NO, NO, NO, HOME,PGUP,LEFT,RGHT, ENT, P4, P5, P6, PPLS,
LSFT,END, NO, PGDN,NO, NO, NO, NO, END, PGDN,DOWN, PGUP, P1, P2, P3, PENT,
- LALT,LGUI, SPC, FN0, INS, HOME,END, PGDN, P0, PDOT
+ LALT,LGUI, SPC, FN0, FN13,HOME,END, PGDN, P0, PDOT
),
};
@@ -80,6 +97,41 @@ const uint8_t keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] PROGMEM = {
/*
* Fn action definition
*/
+#ifdef KEYMAP_SECTION_ENABLE
+const uint16_t fn_actions[] __attribute__ ((section (".keymap.fn_actions"))) = {
+#else
const uint16_t fn_actions[] PROGMEM = {
+#endif
[0] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(1),
+ [1] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(2),
+ [2] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(3),
+ [3] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(4),
+ [4] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(5),
+ [5] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(6),
+ [6] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(7),
+ [7] = ACTION_LAYER_TOGGLE(1),
+ [8] = ACTION_LAYER_TOGGLE(2),
+ [9] = ACTION_LAYER_TOGGLE(3),
+ [10] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_TOGGLE(1),
+ [11] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_TOGGLE(2),
+ [12] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_TOGGLE(3),
+ [13] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(1, KC_BSLASH),
+ [14] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(2, KC_TAB),
+ [15] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(3, KC_ENTER),
+ [16] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(4, KC_SPACE),
+ [17] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(5, KC_SCOLON),
+ [18] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(6, KC_QUOTE),
+ [19] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(7, KC_SLASH),
+ [20] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_LSFT, KC_SPACE),
+ [21] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_LCTL, KC_SPACE),
+ [22] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RCTL, KC_QUOTE),
+ [23] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RCTL, KC_ENTER),
+ [24] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_LCTL, KC_ESC),
+ [25] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_LCTL, KC_BSPACE),
+ [26] = ACTION_MODS_ONESHOT(MOD_LCTL),
+ [27] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_LSFT, KC_ESC),
+ [28] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_LSFT, KC_BSPACE),
+ [29] = ACTION_MODS_ONESHOT(MOD_LSFT),
+ [30] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RSFT, KC_GRAVE),
+ [31] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RALT, KC_BSLASH),
};
diff --git a/converter/m0110_usb/keymap_for_editor.c b/converter/m0110_usb/keymap_for_editor.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d20f298f8..000000000
--- a/converter/m0110_usb/keymap_for_editor.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright 2014 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
-
-This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include "keycode.h"
-#include "keymap_common.h"
-
-
-#ifdef KEYMAP_SECTION_ENABLE
-const uint8_t keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] __attribute__ ((section (".keymap.keymaps"))) = {
-#else
-const uint8_t keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] PROGMEM = {
-#endif
- /* Default:
- * ,---------------------------------------------------------. ,---------------.
- * | `| 1| 2| 3| 4| 5| 6| 7| 8| 9| 0| -| =|Backs| |Clr| =| /| *|
- * |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
- * |Tab | Q| W| E| R| T| Y| U| I| O| P| [| ]| | | 7| 8| 9| -|
- * |-----------------------------------------------------' | |---------------|
- * |Caps | A| S| D| F| G| H| J| K| L| ;| '|Enter | | 4| 5| 6| +|
- * |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
- * |Shift | Z| X| C| V| B| N| M| ,| ,| /|Shft|Up | | 1| 2| 3| |
- * |---------------------------------------------------------| |-----------|Ent|
- * |Ctl |Gui | Space |Alt| \|Lft|Rgt|Dn | | 0| .| |
- * `---------------------------------------------------------' `---------------'
- */
- [0] = KEYMAP(
- GRV, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, MINS,EQL, BSPC, CLR, EQL, PSLS,PAST,
- TAB, Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, O, P, LBRC,RBRC, P7, P8, P9, PMNS,
- LCAP,A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, SCLN,QUOT, FN15, P4, P5, P6, PPLS,
- LSFT,Z, X, C, V, B, N, M, COMM,DOT, SLSH, UP, P1, P2, P3, PENT,
- LCTL,LGUI, FN16, LALT,FN31,LEFT,RGHT,DOWN, P0, PDOT
- ),
- /* Cursor Layer(WASD, IJKL)
- * ,---------------------------------------------------------. ,---------------.
- * |Esc| F1| F2| F3| F4| F5| F6| F7| F8| F9|F10|F11|F12|Delet| |Nlk| =| /| *|
- * |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
- * |Caps |Hom| Up|PgU| | | | |Psc|Slk|Pau|Up |Ins| | | 7| 8| 9| -|
- * |-----------------------------------------------------' | |---------------|
- * |Caps |Lef|Dow|Rig| | | | |Hom|PgU|Lef|Rig|Enter | | 4| 5| 6| +|
- * |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
- * |Shift |End| |PgD| | | | |End|PgD|Dow|Shif|PgU| | 1| 2| 3| |
- * |---------------------------------------------------------| |-----------|Ent|
- * |Ctl |Gui | Space |Alt | \|Hom|End|PgD| | 0| .| |
- * `---------------------------------------------------------' `---------------'
- */
- [3] = KEYMAP(
- ESC, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, DEL, NLCK,EQL, PSLS,PAST,
- CAPS,HOME,UP, PGUP,NO, NO, NO, NO, PSCR,SLCK,PAUS,UP, INS, P7, P8, P9, PMNS,
- LCAP,LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,NO, NO, NO, NO, HOME,PGUP,LEFT,RGHT, FN15, P4, P5, P6, PPLS,
- LSFT,END, NO, PGDN,NO, NO, NO, NO, END, PGDN,DOWN, PGUP, P1, P2, P3, PENT,
- LCTL,LGUI, FN16, LALT,FN31,HOME,END, PGDN, P0, PDOT
- ),
- [4] = KEYMAP(
- ESC, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, DEL, NLCK,EQL, PSLS,PAST,
- CAPS,HOME,UP, PGUP,NO, NO, NO, NO, PSCR,SLCK,PAUS,UP, INS, P7, P8, P9, PMNS,
- LCAP,LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,NO, NO, NO, NO, HOME,PGUP,LEFT,RGHT, FN15, P4, P5, P6, PPLS,
- LSFT,END, NO, PGDN,NO, NO, NO, NO, END, PGDN,DOWN, PGUP, P1, P2, P3, PENT,
- LCTL,LGUI, FN16, LALT,FN31,HOME,END, PGDN, P0, PDOT
- ),
- [7] = {},
-};
-
-
-/*
- * Fn action definition
- */
-#ifdef KEYMAP_SECTION_ENABLE
-const uint16_t fn_actions[] __attribute__ ((section (".keymap.fn_actions"))) = {
-#else
-const uint16_t fn_actions[] PROGMEM = {
-#endif
- [0] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(1),
- [1] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(2),
- [2] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(3),
- [3] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(4),
- [4] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(5),
- [5] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(6),
- [6] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(7),
- [7] = ACTION_LAYER_TOGGLE(1),
- [8] = ACTION_LAYER_TOGGLE(2),
- [9] = ACTION_LAYER_TOGGLE(3),
- [10] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_TOGGLE(1),
- [11] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_TOGGLE(2),
- [12] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_TOGGLE(3),
- [13] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(1, KC_F),
- [14] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(2, KC_J),
- [15] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(3, KC_ENTER),
- [16] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(4, KC_SPACE),
- [17] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(5, KC_SCOLON),
- [18] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(6, KC_QUOTE),
- [19] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(7, KC_SLASH),
- [20] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_LSFT, KC_SPACE),
- [21] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_LCTL, KC_SPACE),
- [22] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RCTL, KC_QUOTE),
- [23] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RCTL, KC_ENTER),
- [24] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_LCTL, KC_ESC),
- [25] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_LCTL, KC_BSPACE),
- [26] = ACTION_MODS_ONESHOT(MOD_LCTL),
- [27] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_LSFT, KC_ESC),
- [28] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_LSFT, KC_BSPACE),
- [29] = ACTION_MODS_ONESHOT(MOD_LSFT),
- [30] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RSFT, KC_GRAVE),
- [31] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RALT, KC_BSLASH),
-};
diff --git a/converter/m0110_usb/keymap_intl.c b/converter/m0110_usb/keymap_intl.c
index 80b029305..6cc251a28 100644
--- a/converter/m0110_usb/keymap_intl.c
+++ b/converter/m0110_usb/keymap_intl.c
@@ -30,29 +30,17 @@ const uint8_t keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] PROGMEM = {
* |------------------------------------------------------, | |---------------|
* |Ctrl | A| S| D| F| G| H| J| K| L| ;| '| \| | | 4| 5| 6| ,|
* |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
- * |Shif| <| Z| X| C| V| B| N| M| ,| ,| /|Shift | | 1| 2| 3| |
+ * |Shif| <| Z| X| C| V| B| N| M| ,| ,| /| | | 1| 2| 3| |
* `---------------------------------------------------------' |-----------|Ent|
- * |Opt|Mac | Space |Fn |Opt| | 0| .| |
+ * |Opt|Mac | Space |Fn | | | 0| .| |
* `-----------------------------------------------' `---------------'
- * M0110A(not existent?)
- * ,---------------------------------------------------------. ,---------------.
- * | `| 1| 2| 3| 4| 5| 6| 7| 8| 9| 0| -| =|Backs| |Nlk| =| /| *|
- * |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
- * |Tab | Q| W| E| R| T| Y| U| I| O| P| [| ]|Ret| | 7| 8| 9| -|
- * |------------------------------------------------------, | |---------------|
- * |Ctrl | A| S| D| F| G| H| J| K| L| ;| '| \| | | 4| 5| 6| +|
- * |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
- * |Shif| <| Z| X| C| V| B| N| M| ,| ,| /|Shft|Up | | 1| 2| 3| |
- * |---------------------------------------------------------| |-----------|Ent|
- * |Opt |Mac | Space | \|Lft|Rgt|Dn | | 0| .| |
- * `---------------------------------------------------------' `---------------'
*/
[0] = KEYMAP_INTL(
GRV, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, MINS,EQL, BSPC, NLCK,EQL, PSLS,PAST,
TAB, Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, O, P, LBRC,RBRC,ENT, P7, P8, P9, PMNS,
LCTL,A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, SCLN,QUOT,BSLS, P4, P5, P6, PPLS,
- LSFT,NUBS,Z, X, C, V, B, N, M, COMM,DOT, SLSH, UP, P1, P2, P3, PENT,
- LALT,LGUI, SPC, FN0, LEFT,RGHT,DOWN, P0, PDOT
+ LSFT,NUBS,Z, X, C, V, B, N, M, COMM,DOT, SLSH, P1, P2, P3, PENT,
+ LALT,LGUI, SPC, FN0, P0, PDOT
),
/* Cursor Layer
* ,---------------------------------------------------------. ,---------------.
@@ -62,17 +50,17 @@ const uint8_t keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] PROGMEM = {
* |------------------------------------------------------, | |---------------|
* |Ctrl |Lef|Dow|Rig| | | | |Hom|PgU|Lef|Rig|Ins| | | 4| 5| 6| ,|
* |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
- * |Shif| <|End| |PgD| | | | |End|PgD|Dow|Shift | | 1| 2| 3| |
+ * |Shif| <|End| |PgD| | | | |End|PgD|Dow| | | 1| 2| 3| |
* `---------------------------------------------------------' |-----------|Ent|
- * |Opt|Mac | Space |Fn |Opt| | 0| .| |
+ * |Opt|Mac | Space |Fn | | | 0| .| |
* `-----------------------------------------------' `---------------'
*/
[1] = KEYMAP_INTL(
ESC, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, DEL, NLCK,EQL, PSLS,PAST,
CAPS,HOME,UP, PGUP,NO, NO, NO, NO, PSCR,SLCK,PAUS,UP, NO, ENT, P7, P8, P9, PMNS,
LCTL,LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,NO, NO, NO, NO, HOME,PGUP,LEFT,RGHT,INS, P4, P5, P6, PPLS,
- LSFT,NO, END, NO, PGDN,NO, NO, NO, NO, END, PGDN,DOWN, PGUP, P1, P2, P3, PENT,
- LALT,LGUI, SPC, FN0, HOME,END, PGDN, P0, PDOT
+ LSFT,NO, END, NO, PGDN,NO, NO, NO, NO, END, PGDN,DOWN, P1, P2, P3, PENT,
+ LALT,LGUI, SPC, FN0, P0, PDOT
),
};
diff --git a/converter/m0110_usb/keymap_plain.c b/converter/m0110_usb/keymap_plain.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d1507fcaa..000000000
--- a/converter/m0110_usb/keymap_plain.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-/*
-Copyright 2014 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
-
-This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
-(at your option) any later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include "keycode.h"
-#include "keymap_common.h"
-
-
-const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
- /* Default:
- * M0110 M0120
- * ,---------------------------------------------------------. ,---------------.
- * | `| 1| 2| 3| 4| 5| 6| 7| 8| 9| 0| -| =|Backs| |Nlk| -| +| *|
- * |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
- * |Tab | Q| W| E| R| T| Y| U| I| O| P| [| ]| \| | 7| 8| 9| /|
- * |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
- * |Caps | A| S| D| F| G| H| J| K| L| ;| '|Return| | 4| 5| 6| ,|
- * |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
- * |Shift | Z| X| C| V| B| N| M| ,| ,| /|Shift | | 1| 2| 3| |
- * `---------------------------------------------------------' |-----------|Ent|
- * |Opt|Mac | Space |Mac |Opt| | 0| .| |
- * `-----------------------------------------------' `---------------'
- * M0110A
- * ,---------------------------------------------------------. ,---------------.
- * | `| 1| 2| 3| 4| 5| 6| 7| 8| 9| 0| -| =|Bcksp| |Nlk| =| /| *|
- * |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
- * |Tab | Q| W| E| R| T| Y| U| I| O| P| [| ]| | | 7| 8| 9| -|
- * |-----------------------------------------------------' | |---------------|
- * |Caps | A| S| D| F| G| H| J| K| L| ;| '|Return| | 4| 5| 6| +|
- * |---------------------------------------------------------| |---------------|
- * |Shift | Z| X| C| V| B| N| M| ,| ,| /|Shft|Up | | 1| 2| 3| |
- * |---------------------------------------------------------' |-----------|Ent|
- * |Opt |Mac | Space | \|Lft|Rgt|Dn | | 0| .| |
- * `---------------------------------------------------------' `---------------'
- */
- [0] = KEYMAP(
- GRV, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, MINS,EQL, BSPC, NLCK,PEQL,PSLS,PAST,
- TAB, Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, O, P, LBRC,RBRC, P7, P8, P9, PMNS,
- LCAP,A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, SCLN,QUOT, ENT, P4, P5, P6, PPLS,
- LSFT,Z, X, C, V, B, N, M, COMM,DOT, SLSH, UP, P1, P2, P3, PENT,
- LALT,LGUI, SPC, RGUI,BSLS,LEFT,RGHT,DOWN, P0, PDOT
- ),
-};
-
-/*
- * Fn action definition
- */
-const uint16_t fn_actions[] PROGMEM = {
-};
-
-
diff --git a/converter/news_usb/Makefile.pjrc b/converter/news_usb/Makefile.pjrc
index 98f8d5769..80cadcc73 100644
--- a/converter/news_usb/Makefile.pjrc
+++ b/converter/news_usb/Makefile.pjrc
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
TARGET = news_usb_pjrc
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -65,10 +65,10 @@ PROGRAM_CMD = teensy_loader_cli -mmcu=$(MCU) -w -v $(TARGET).hex
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/converter/next_usb/Makefile b/converter/next_usb/Makefile
index fef539a14..7190f1eaf 100644
--- a/converter/next_usb/Makefile
+++ b/converter/next_usb/Makefile
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
TARGET = next_usb
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ CONFIG_H = config.h
# MCU name, you MUST set this to match the board you are using
# type "make clean" after changing this, so all files will be rebuilt
#MCU = at90usb162 # Teensy 1.0
-MCU = atmega32u4 # Teensy 2.0
+#MCU = atmega32u4 # Teensy 2.0
#MCU = at90usb646 # Teensy++ 1.0
#MCU = at90usb1286 # Teensy++ 2.0
-#MCU = atmega32u2 # TMK converter
+MCU = atmega32u2 # TMK converter
# Processor frequency.
@@ -78,10 +78,10 @@ SRC += next_kbd.c
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/converter/next_usb/Makefile.pjrc b/converter/next_usb/Makefile.pjrc
index 51d9de6b1..5813c9d6d 100644
--- a/converter/next_usb/Makefile.pjrc
+++ b/converter/next_usb/Makefile.pjrc
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
TARGET = next_usb
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -54,10 +54,10 @@ SRC += next_kbd.c
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/converter/next_usb/config.h b/converter/next_usb/config.h
index cd80b5af1..a06affc5e 100644
--- a/converter/next_usb/config.h
+++ b/converter/next_usb/config.h
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
*/
-#define VENDOR_ID 0xBCBC
+#define VENDOR_ID 0xFEED
#define PRODUCT_ID 0xBCBC
#define DEVICE_VER 0x0500
#define MANUFACTURER t.m.k.
@@ -56,14 +56,15 @@ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#define MATRIX_ROWS 12 // keycode bit: 3-0
#define MATRIX_COLS 8 // keycode bit: 6-4
-//#define DEBUG_ON_INIT 1
+#define DEBUG_ON_INIT 1
//#define TEENSY_CONFIG 1
-#define PRO_MICRO_CONFIG 1
-//#define TMK_CONFIG 1
+//#define PRO_MICRO_CONFIG 1
+#define TMK_CONFIG 1
-// comment out if you don't want the keyboard's LEDs to flash upon initialization
-#define NEXT_KBD_INIT_FLASH_LEDS
+// comment out if you don't want the keyboard's LEDs to flash upon initialization or pressing shift
+//#define NEXT_KBD_INIT_FLASH_LEDS
+//#define NEXT_KBD_SHIFT_FLASH_LEDS
//============= Start of Arduino Pro Micro Configuration ==============
#ifdef PRO_MICRO_CONFIG
@@ -183,6 +184,7 @@ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
/* key combination for command */
#define IS_COMMAND() ( \
- (keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT) | MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)))|| \
- (keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_RALT) | MOD_BIT(KC_RCTL))) \
+ (keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT) | MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT))) || \
+ (keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_RALT) | MOD_BIT(KC_RALT))) || \
+ (keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_RGUI) | MOD_BIT(KC_RGUI))) \
)
diff --git a/converter/next_usb/keymap.c b/converter/next_usb/keymap.c
index 3a5107548..0041df543 100644
--- a/converter/next_usb/keymap.c
+++ b/converter/next_usb/keymap.c
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ static const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
TRNS,PAUS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,PSCR,FN3, BSLS,TRNS, VOLD, PGDN, BTN1,MS_U,BTN2,WH_U,
TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, TRNS, MS_L,MS_D,MS_R,WH_D,
TRNS, FN4, FN5, FN6, FN7, TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, TRNS, TRNS, TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,
- TRNS,RALT, TRNS, RGUI,TRNS, TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, TRNS, TRNS,TRNS
+ TRNS,TRNS, TRNS, TRNS,TRNS, TRNS,TRNS,TRNS, TRNS, TRNS,TRNS
)
};
diff --git a/converter/next_usb/led.c b/converter/next_usb/led.c
index 24db15e16..2bd0ef6dd 100644
--- a/converter/next_usb/led.c
+++ b/converter/next_usb/led.c
@@ -47,9 +47,14 @@ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
#include "stdint.h"
#include "led.h"
+#include "next_kbd.h"
void led_set(uint8_t usb_led)
{
-
+ if (usb_led & (1<<USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK)) {
+ next_kbd_set_leds(true, true);
+ } else {
+ next_kbd_set_leds(false, false);
+ }
}
diff --git a/converter/next_usb/matrix.c b/converter/next_usb/matrix.c
index fd6eb9d64..d91cd2577 100644
--- a/converter/next_usb/matrix.c
+++ b/converter/next_usb/matrix.c
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ void matrix_init(void)
/* scan all key states on matrix */
uint8_t matrix_scan(void)
{
- _delay_ms(20);
+ _delay_ms(5);
//next_kbd_set_leds(false, false);
NEXT_KBD_LED1_OFF;
@@ -194,10 +194,12 @@ uint8_t matrix_scan(void)
NEXT_KBD_LED1_ON;
+#ifdef NEXT_KBD_SHIFT_FLASH_LEDS
next_kbd_set_leds(
NEXT_KBD_PRESSED_SHIFT_LEFT(resp) ? true : false,
NEXT_KBD_PRESSED_SHIFT_RGHT(resp) ? true : false
);
+#endif
dprintf("[ r=%04lX keycode=%02X pressed=%X CTRL=%X SHIFT_LEFT=%X SHIFT_RGHT=%X CMD_LEFT=%X CMD_RGHT=%X ALT_LEFT=%X ALT_RGHT=%X ]\n", \
resp, \
diff --git a/converter/pc98_usb/Makefile b/converter/pc98_usb/Makefile
index 71c7858f3..9892276d7 100644
--- a/converter/pc98_usb/Makefile
+++ b/converter/pc98_usb/Makefile
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
TARGET = pc98_usb
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -74,10 +74,10 @@ OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile b/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile
index 1dd23c157..51b222566 100644
--- a/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile
+++ b/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
TARGET = ps2_usb_lufa
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -87,8 +87,8 @@ NKRO_ENABLE = yes # USB Nkey Rollover - not yet supported in LUFA
# PS/2 Options
#
-PS2_USE_USART = yes # uses hardware USART engine for PS/2 signal receive(recomened)
-#PS2_USE_INT = yes # uses external interrupt for falling edge of PS/2 clock pin
+#PS2_USE_USART = yes # uses hardware USART engine for PS/2 signal receive(recomened)
+PS2_USE_INT = yes # uses external interrupt for falling edge of PS/2 clock pin
#PS2_USE_BUSYWAIT = yes # uses primitive reference code
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ PS2_USE_USART = yes # uses hardware USART engine for PS/2 signal receive(recomen
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.mbed b/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.mbed
index ff8a0de7a..a7ea5bcf2 100644
--- a/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.mbed
+++ b/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.mbed
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
PROJECT = ps2_usb
-TMK_DIR = ../..
-MBED_DIR = $(TMK_DIR)/mbed-sdk
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
+MBED_DIR = $(TMK_DIR)/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk
#VPATH += $(MBED_DIR):$(TMK_DIR)
vpath %.s .:$(MBED_DIR):$(TMK_DIR)
diff --git a/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.pjrc b/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.pjrc
index 0e175f8b4..64319aca8 100644
--- a/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.pjrc
+++ b/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.pjrc
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
TARGET = ps2_usb_pjrc
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -66,10 +66,10 @@ PS2_USE_BUSYWAIT = yes # uses primitive reference code
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.tmk_rev1 b/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.tmk_rev1
index 59c44f75f..6aaef4996 100644
--- a/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.tmk_rev1
+++ b/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.tmk_rev1
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
TARGET = ps2_usb_tmk_rev1
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -90,9 +90,9 @@ PS2_USE_USART = yes # uses hardware USART engine for PS/2 signal receive(recomen
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.tmk_rev2 b/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.tmk_rev2
index bad958c36..5049a2270 100644
--- a/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.tmk_rev2
+++ b/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.tmk_rev2
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
TARGET = ps2_usb_tmk_rev2
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -90,9 +90,9 @@ PS2_USE_INT = yes # uses external interrupt for falling edge of PS/2 clock pin
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.vusb b/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.vusb
index ddf186845..d9fa12bcd 100644
--- a/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.vusb
+++ b/converter/ps2_usb/Makefile.vusb
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
TARGET = ps2_usb_vusb
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -18,13 +18,13 @@ else
SRC := keymap_plain.c $(SRC)
endif
-# Use USART for PS/2. With V-USB INT and BUSYWAIT code is not useful.
-SRC += protocol/ps2_usart.c
-OPT_DEFS += -DPS2_USE_USART
-
CONFIG_H = config.h
+# Use USART for PS/2. With V-USB INT and BUSYWAIT code is not useful.
+PS2_USE_USART = yes
+
+
# V-USB debug level: To use ps2_usart.c level must be 0
# ps2_usart.c requires USART to receive PS/2 signal.
OPT_DEFS += -DDEBUG_LEVEL=0
@@ -98,10 +98,10 @@ OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=2048
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/vusb.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/vusb.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/converter/ps2_usb/README.md b/converter/ps2_usb/README.md
index 8a535949d..74464e264 100644
--- a/converter/ps2_usb/README.md
+++ b/converter/ps2_usb/README.md
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ In case of Teensy2.0(ATMega32U4):
- **USART**: **Clock** is on `PD5` and **Data** on `PD2`.
3. Optionally you need pull-up resistor. 1K-10K Ohm is OK.
-To change pin configuration edit config.h.
+To change pin configuration edit **config.h** and **Makefile**.
Build Firmware
diff --git a/converter/ps2_usb/config.h b/converter/ps2_usb/config.h
index c9bab1b07..c0a4fab13 100644
--- a/converter/ps2_usb/config.h
+++ b/converter/ps2_usb/config.h
@@ -50,11 +50,11 @@ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#define PS2_CLOCK_PORT PORTD
#define PS2_CLOCK_PIN PIND
#define PS2_CLOCK_DDR DDRD
-#define PS2_CLOCK_BIT 5
+#define PS2_CLOCK_BIT 1
#define PS2_DATA_PORT PORTD
#define PS2_DATA_PIN PIND
#define PS2_DATA_DDR DDRD
-#define PS2_DATA_BIT 2
+#define PS2_DATA_BIT 0
#endif
/*
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#define PS2_DATA_PORT PORTD
#define PS2_DATA_PIN PIND
#define PS2_DATA_DDR DDRD
-#define PS2_DATA_BIT 2
+#define PS2_DATA_BIT 0
#define PS2_INT_INIT() do { \
EICRA |= ((1<<ISC11) | \
(0<<ISC10)); \
diff --git a/converter/serialmouse_usb/Makefile b/converter/serialmouse_usb/Makefile
index ea0e439bd..34f550b31 100644
--- a/converter/serialmouse_usb/Makefile
+++ b/converter/serialmouse_usb/Makefile
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
TARGET = serialmouse_usb
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -98,9 +98,9 @@ SERIAL_MOUSE_USE_SOFT = yes # use software serial implementation
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/converter/sun_usb/Makefile b/converter/sun_usb/Makefile
index b32497cd9..f046bfdd3 100644
--- a/converter/sun_usb/Makefile
+++ b/converter/sun_usb/Makefile
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
TARGET = sun_usb
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -76,10 +76,10 @@ OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/converter/sun_usb/README b/converter/sun_usb/README
index 276f6bfff..98340dd31 100644
--- a/converter/sun_usb/README
+++ b/converter/sun_usb/README
@@ -1,11 +1,18 @@
Sun to USB keyboard protocol converter
======================================
Target MCU is ATMega32u4 but other USB capable AVR will also work.
-Supported keyboards: Sun Type 5 Keyboard, CTCSP SHORT TYPE KEYBOARD(CKUB)
-CTCSP SHORT TYPE KEYBOARD: http://imgur.com/a/QIv6p
+This converter will work with Sun Type 2-5 Keyboards.
+Tested on:
+Sun Type 3 Keyboard: http://blog.daveastels.com.s3-website-us-west-2.amazonaws.com/2014/12/27/type-3-keyboard.html
+CTCSP SHORT TYPE KEYBOARD(Type 5): http://imgur.com/a/QIv6p
+
+
+Keymap of Type 3(keymap_sun3.c) were impoted from dastels's repository.
+https://github.com/dastels/tmk_keyboard/tree/master/converter/sun3_usb
+
Connector
diff --git a/converter/sun_usb/config.h b/converter/sun_usb/config.h
index cfd39cd51..66036da93 100644
--- a/converter/sun_usb/config.h
+++ b/converter/sun_usb/config.h
@@ -56,12 +56,18 @@ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#define SERIAL_SOFT_RXD_BIT 2
#define SERIAL_SOFT_RXD_VECT INT2_vect
/* RXD Interupt */
+#ifdef SERIAL_SOFT_LOGIC_NEGATIVE
+/* enable interrupt: INT2(rising edge) */
+#define INTR_TRIG_EDGE ((1<<ISC21)|(1<<ISC20))
+#else
+/* enable interrupt: INT2(falling edge) */
+#define INTR_TRIG_EDGE ((1<<ISC21)|(0<<ISC20))
+#endif
#define SERIAL_SOFT_RXD_INIT() do { \
/* pin configuration: input with pull-up */ \
SERIAL_SOFT_RXD_DDR &= ~(1<<SERIAL_SOFT_RXD_BIT); \
SERIAL_SOFT_RXD_PORT |= (1<<SERIAL_SOFT_RXD_BIT); \
- /* enable interrupt: INT2(rising edge) */ \
- EICRA |= ((1<<ISC21)|(1<<ISC20)); \
+ EICRA |= INTR_TRIG_EDGE; \
EIMSK |= (1<<INT2); \
sei(); \
} while (0)
diff --git a/converter/sun_usb/keymap_sun3.c b/converter/sun_usb/keymap_sun3.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..273cd9442
--- /dev/null
+++ b/converter/sun_usb/keymap_sun3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+#include "keycode.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "keymap.h"
+
+
+/* Sun type 3 keyboard
+,-------. ,-----------------------------------------------------------. ,-----------.
+| 01| 03| | 05| 06| 08| 0A| 0C| 0E| 10| 11| 12| 2B| | 15| 16| 17|
+|-------| |-----------------------------------------------------------| |-----------|
+| 19| 1A| | 1D| 1E| 1F| 20| 21| 22| 23| 24| 25| 26| 27| 28| 29| 58| 2A| | 2D| 2E| 2F|
+|-------| |-----------------------------------------------------------| |-----------|
+| 31| 33| | 35 | 36| 37| 38| 39| 3A| 3B| 3C| 3D| 3E| 3F| 40| 41| 42 | | 44| 45| 46|
+|-------| |-----------------------------------------------------------| |-----------|
+| 48| 49| | 4C | 4D| 4E| 4F| 50| 51| 52| 53| 54| 55| 56| 57| 59 | | 5B| 5C| 5D|
+|-------| |-----------------------------------------------------------| |-----------|
+| 5F| 61| | 63 | 64| 65| 66| 67| 68| 69| 6A| 6B| 6C| 6D| 6E| 6F| | 70| 71| 72|
+`-------' |-----------------------------------------------------------| `-----------'
+ | 77 | 78 | 79 | 7A | 13 |
+ `-----------------------------------------------------------'
+*/
+
+
+#define KEYMAP( \
+ K01,K03, K05,K06, K08, K0A, K0C, K0E, K10,K11,K12,K2B, K15,K16,K17, \
+ K19,K1A, K1D,K1E,K1F,K20,K21,K22,K23,K24,K25,K26,K27,K28,K29,K58,K2A, K2D,K2E,K2F, \
+ K31,K33, K35, K36,K37,K38,K39,K3A,K3B,K3C,K3D,K3E,K3F,K40,K41, K42, K44,K45,K46, \
+ K48,K49, K4C, K4D,K4E,K4F,K50,K51,K52,K53,K54,K55,K56,K57, K59, K5B,K5C,K5D, \
+ K5F,K61, K63, K64,K65,K66,K67,K68,K69,K6A,K6B,K6C,K6D, K6E,K6F, K70,K71,K72, \
+ K77,K78, K79, K7A,K13 \
+) { \
+ { KC_NO, KC_##K01, KC_NO, KC_##K03, KC_NO, KC_##K05, KC_##K06, KC_NO }, \
+ { KC_##K08, KC_NO, KC_##K0A, KC_NO, KC_##K0C, KC_NO, KC_##K0E, KC_NO }, \
+ { KC_##K10, KC_##K11, KC_##K12, KC_##K13, KC_NO, KC_##K15, KC_##K16, KC_##K17 }, \
+ { KC_NO, KC_##K19, KC_##K1A, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_##K1D, KC_##K1E, KC_##K1F }, \
+ { KC_##K20, KC_##K21, KC_##K22, KC_##K23, KC_##K24, KC_##K25, KC_##K26, KC_##K27 }, \
+ { KC_##K28, KC_##K29, KC_##K2A, KC_##K2B, KC_NO, KC_##K2D, KC_##K2E, KC_##K2F }, \
+ { KC_NO, KC_##K31, KC_NO, KC_##K33, KC_NO, KC_##K35, KC_##K36, KC_##K37 }, \
+ { KC_##K38, KC_##K39, KC_##K3A, KC_##K3B, KC_##K3C, KC_##K3D, KC_##K3E, KC_##K3F }, \
+ { KC_##K40, KC_##K41, KC_##K42, KC_NO, KC_##K44, KC_##K45, KC_##K46, KC_NO }, \
+ { KC_##K48, KC_##K49, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_##K4C, KC_##K4D, KC_##K4E, KC_##K4F }, \
+ { KC_##K50, KC_##K51, KC_##K52, KC_##K53, KC_##K54, KC_##K55, KC_##K56, KC_##K57 }, \
+ { KC_##K58, KC_##K59, KC_NO, KC_##K5B, KC_##K5C, KC_##K5D, KC_NO, KC_##K5F }, \
+ { KC_NO, KC_##K61, KC_NO, KC_##K63, KC_##K64, KC_##K65, KC_##K66, KC_##K67 }, \
+ { KC_##K68, KC_##K69, KC_##K6A, KC_##K6B, KC_##K6C, KC_##K6D, KC_##K6E, KC_##K6F }, \
+ { KC_##K70, KC_##K71, KC_##K72, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_##K77 }, \
+ { KC_##K78, KC_##K79, KC_##K7A, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO } \
+}
+
+// Assign Fn key(0-7) to a layer to which switch with the Fn key pressed.
+static const uint8_t PROGMEM fn_layer[] = {
+ 2, // Fn0
+ 3, // Fn1
+ 4, // Fn2
+ 0, // Fn3
+ 0, // Fn4
+ 0, // Fn5
+ 0, // Fn6
+ 0 // Fn7
+};
+
+// Assign Fn key(0-7) to a keycode sent when release Fn key without use of the layer.
+// See layer.c for details.
+static const uint8_t PROGMEM fn_keycode[] = {
+ KC_NO, // Fn0
+ KC_SCLN, // Fn1
+ KC_SLSH, // Fn2
+ KC_NO, // Fn3
+ KC_NO, // Fn4
+ KC_NO, // Fn5
+ KC_NO, // Fn6
+ KC_NO // Fn7
+};
+
+
+static const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+
+ KEYMAP(
+ F10, F11, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, BSPC, VOLD, MUTE, VOLU,
+ F12, F13, ESC, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0,MINS, EQL, BSLS, GRV, MPRV, MPLY, MNXT,
+ F14, F15, TAB, Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, O, P, LBRC,RBRC, DEL, HOME, UP, PGUP,
+ F16, F17, LCTL, A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, SCLN,QUOT, ENT, LEFT, INSERT, RIGHT,
+ F18, F19, LSFT, Z, X, C, V, B, N, M, COMM,DOT,SLSH, RSFT,RCTL, END, DOWN, PGDOWN,
+ LGUI, LALT, SPC, RALT,RGUI
+ ),
+ /*
+ // 0: default
+ SHORT_TYPE(
+ STOP, F1,F2,F3,F4, F5, F6, CUT,PASTE,COPY,PWR, INS, HOME,PGUP,
+ F7,F8,F9,F10,F11,F12, DEL, END, PGDN,
+ ESC, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, MINS,EQL, BSLS,GRV,
+ TAB, Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, O, P, LBRC,RBRC, BSPC,
+ LCTL, A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, SCLN,QUOT, ENT,
+ LSFT, Z, X, C, V, B, N, M, COMM,DOT, SLSH, RALT,UP, RSFT,
+ CAPS,LALT,LGUI, SPC, RGUI,APP, NLCK,LEFT,DOWN,RGHT
+ ),
+ // 1: with layer keys
+ SHORT_TYPE(
+ ESC, F1,F2,F3,F4, F5, F6, CUT,PASTE,COPY,PWR, INS, HOME,PGUP,
+ F7,F8,F9,F10,F11,F12, DEL, END, PGDN,
+ ESC, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, MINS,EQL, BSLS,GRV,
+ TAB, Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, O, P, LBRC,RBRC, BSPC,
+ LCTL, A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, FN1, QUOT, ENT,
+ LSFT, Z, X, C, V, B, N, M, COMM,DOT, FN2, RSFT,UP, FN0,
+ CAPS,LALT,LGUI, SPC, RGUI,RALT,FN0, LEFT,DOWN,RGHT
+ ),
+ // 2: HHKB
+ SHORT_TYPE(
+ ESC, F1,F2,F3,F4, F5, F6, CUT,PASTE,COPY,PWR, INS, HOME,PGUP,
+ F7,F8,F9,F10,F11,F12, DEL, END, PGDN,
+ GRV, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, INS, DEL,
+ CAPS, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, PSCR,SLCK,PAUS,UP, NO, BSPC,
+ LCTL, VOLD,VOLU,MUTE,NO, NO, NO, NO, HOME,PGUP,LEFT,RGHT, ENT,
+ LSFT, Z, X, C, V, B, NO, NO, END, PGDN,DOWN, RSFT,PGUP,FN0,
+ CAPS,LALT,LGUI, SPC, RGUI,RALT,FN0, HOME,PGDN,END
+ ),
+ // 3: Mousekey
+ SHORT_TYPE(
+ ESC, F1,F2,F3,F4, F5, F6, CUT,PASTE,COPY,PWR, INS, HOME,PGUP,
+ F7,F8,F9,F10,F11,F12, DEL, END, PGDN,
+ GRV, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, INS, DEL,
+ CAPS, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, WH_L,WH_D,WH_U,WH_R,NO, NO, NO, BSPC,
+ LCTL, NO, ACL0,ACL1,ACL2,NO, MS_L,MS_D,MS_U,MS_R,FN1, NO, ENT,
+ LSFT, NO, NO, NO, NO, BTN3,BTN2,BTN1,NO, NO, NO, RSFT,UP, NO,
+ CAPS,LALT,LGUI, BTN1, RGUI,RALT,NO, LEFT,DOWN,RGHT
+ ),
+ // 4: Cursor
+ SHORT_TYPE(
+ ESC, F1,F2,F3,F4, F5, F6, CUT,PASTE,COPY,PWR, INS, HOME,PGUP,
+ F7,F8,F9,F10,F11,F12, DEL, END, PGDN,
+ GRV, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, INS, DEL,
+ CAPS, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, HOME,PGDN,PGUP,END, NO, NO, NO, BSPC,
+ LCTL, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, LEFT,DOWN,UP, RGHT,NO, NO, ENT,
+ LSFT, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, HOME,PGDN,PGUP,END, FN2, RSFT,UP, NO,
+ CAPS,LALT,LGUI, BTN1, RGUI,RALT,NO, LEFT,DOWN,RGHT
+ ),
+ */
+};
+
+
+uint8_t keymap_get_keycode(uint8_t layer, uint8_t row, uint8_t col)
+{
+ return pgm_read_byte(&keymaps[(layer)][(row)][(col)]);
+}
+
+uint8_t keymap_fn_layer(uint8_t index)
+{
+ return pgm_read_byte(&fn_layer[index]);
+}
+
+uint8_t keymap_fn_keycode(uint8_t index)
+{
+ return pgm_read_byte(&fn_keycode[index]);
+}
diff --git a/converter/sun_usb/led.c b/converter/sun_usb/led.c
index 48c3f1c2b..809398faa 100644
--- a/converter/sun_usb/led.c
+++ b/converter/sun_usb/led.c
@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include "stdint.h"
#include "serial.h"
#include "led.h"
+#include "debug.h"
void led_set(uint8_t usb_led)
@@ -27,6 +28,7 @@ void led_set(uint8_t usb_led)
if (usb_led & (1<<USB_LED_COMPOSE)) sun_led |= (1<<1);
if (usb_led & (1<<USB_LED_SCROLL_LOCK)) sun_led |= (1<<2);
if (usb_led & (1<<USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK)) sun_led |= (1<<3);
+ xprintf("LED: %02X\n", usb_led);
serial_send(0x0E);
serial_send(sun_led);
diff --git a/converter/sun_usb/matrix.c b/converter/sun_usb/matrix.c
index f333f542b..3126bd33c 100644
--- a/converter/sun_usb/matrix.c
+++ b/converter/sun_usb/matrix.c
@@ -72,6 +72,21 @@ void matrix_init(void)
// initialize matrix state: all keys off
for (uint8_t i=0; i < MATRIX_ROWS; i++) matrix[i] = 0x00;
+ // wait for keyboard coming up
+ // otherwise LED status update fails
+ print("Reseting ");
+ while (1) {
+ print(".");
+ while (serial_recv());
+ serial_send(0x01);
+ _delay_ms(500);
+ if (serial_recv() == 0xFF) {
+ _delay_ms(500);
+ if (serial_recv() == 0x04)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ print(" Done\n");
return;
}
@@ -86,17 +101,26 @@ uint8_t matrix_scan(void)
debug_hex(code); debug(" ");
switch (code) {
- case 0xFF: // reset success
- case 0xFE: // layout
- case 0x7E: // reset fail
- if (code == 0xFF) print("reset: 0xFF ");
- if (code == 0x7E) print("reset fail: 0x7E ");
- if (code == 0xFE) print("layout: 0xFE ");
- // response byte
+ case 0xFF: // reset success: FF 04
+ print("reset: ");
+ _delay_ms(500);
+ code = serial_recv();
+ xprintf("%02X\n", code);
+ if (code == 0x04) {
+ // LED status
+ led_set(host_keyboard_leds());
+ }
+ return 0;
+ case 0xFE: // layout: FE <layout>
+ print("layout: ");
+ _delay_ms(500);
+ xprintf("%02X\n", serial_recv());
+ return 0;
+ case 0x7E: // reset fail: 7E 01
+ print("reset fail: ");
_delay_ms(500);
- if (code = serial_recv()) print_hex8(code);
- print("\n");
- // FALL THROUGH
+ xprintf("%02X\n", serial_recv());
+ return 0;
case 0x7F:
// all keys up
for (uint8_t i=0; i < MATRIX_ROWS; i++) matrix[i] = 0x00;
diff --git a/converter/terminal_bluefruit/Makefile b/converter/terminal_bluefruit/Makefile
index 28b7397ba..dec9233ec 100644
--- a/converter/terminal_bluefruit/Makefile
+++ b/converter/terminal_bluefruit/Makefile
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
TARGET = terminal_bluefruit
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -89,11 +89,11 @@ PROGRAM_CMD = teensy_loader_cli -mmcu=$(MCU) -w -v $(TARGET).hex
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/bluefruit.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/bluefruit.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/converter/terminal_usb/Makefile b/converter/terminal_usb/Makefile
index 16df638b9..42184521d 100644
--- a/converter/terminal_usb/Makefile
+++ b/converter/terminal_usb/Makefile
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
TARGET = terminal_lufa
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -89,10 +89,10 @@ PROGRAM_CMD = teensy_loader_cli -mmcu=$(MCU) -w -v $(TARGET).hex
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/converter/terminal_usb/keymap.c b/converter/terminal_usb/keymap.c
index 73009cb47..8ca66b5e6 100644
--- a/converter/terminal_usb/keymap.c
+++ b/converter/terminal_usb/keymap.c
@@ -70,6 +70,36 @@ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
{ KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_##K83, KC_##K84, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, }, \
}
+/*
+ * IBM Terminal keyboard 1399625, 101-key
+ */
+#define KEYMAP_101( \
+ K08, K07,K0F,K17,K1F,K27,K2F,K37,K3F,K47,K4F,K56,K5E, K57,K5F,K62, \
+ \
+ K0E,K16,K1E,K26,K25,K2E,K36,K3D,K3E,K46,K45,K4E,K55,K66, K67,K6E,K6F, K76,K77,K7E,K84, \
+ K0D,K15,K1D,K24,K2D,K2C,K35,K3C,K43,K44,K4D,K54,K5B,K5C, K64,K65,K6D, K6C,K75,K7D, \
+ K14,K1C,K1B,K23,K2B,K34,K33,K3B,K42,K4B,K4C,K52, K5A, K6B,K73,K74,K7C, \
+ K12, K1A,K22,K21,K2A,K32,K31,K3A,K41,K49,K4A, K59, K63, K69,K72,K7A, \
+ K11, K19, K29, K39, K58, K61,K60,K6A, K70, K71,K79 \
+) { \
+ { KC_NO, KC_NO , KC_NO, KC_NO , KC_NO , KC_NO , KC_NO , KC_##K07 }, \
+ { KC_##K08, KC_NO , KC_NO , KC_NO , KC_NO , KC_##K0D, KC_##K0E, KC_##K0F }, \
+ { KC_NO , KC_##K11, KC_##K12, KC_NO , KC_##K14, KC_##K15, KC_##K16, KC_##K17 }, \
+ { KC_NO , KC_##K19, KC_##K1A, KC_##K1B, KC_##K1C, KC_##K1D, KC_##K1E, KC_##K1F }, \
+ { KC_NO , KC_##K21, KC_##K22, KC_##K23, KC_##K24, KC_##K25, KC_##K26, KC_##K27 }, \
+ { KC_NO , KC_##K29, KC_##K2A, KC_##K2B, KC_##K2C, KC_##K2D, KC_##K2E, KC_##K2F }, \
+ { KC_NO , KC_##K31, KC_##K32, KC_##K33, KC_##K34, KC_##K35, KC_##K36, KC_##K37 }, \
+ { KC_NO , KC_##K39, KC_##K3A, KC_##K3B, KC_##K3C, KC_##K3D, KC_##K3E, KC_##K3F }, \
+ { KC_NO , KC_##K41, KC_##K42, KC_##K43, KC_##K44, KC_##K45, KC_##K46, KC_##K47 }, \
+ { KC_NO , KC_##K49, KC_##K4A, KC_##K4B, KC_##K4C, KC_##K4D, KC_##K4E, KC_##K4F }, \
+ { KC_NO , KC_NO , KC_##K52, KC_NO , KC_##K54, KC_##K55, KC_##K56, KC_##K57 }, \
+ { KC_##K58, KC_##K59, KC_##K5A, KC_##K5B, KC_##K5C, KC_NO , KC_##K5E, KC_##K5F }, \
+ { KC_##K60, KC_##K61, KC_##K62, KC_##K63, KC_##K64, KC_##K65, KC_##K66, KC_##K67 }, \
+ { KC_NO , KC_##K69, KC_##K6A, KC_##K6B, KC_##K6C, KC_##K6D, KC_##K6E, KC_##K6F }, \
+ { KC_##K70, KC_##K71, KC_##K72, KC_##K73, KC_##K74, KC_##K75, KC_##K76, KC_##K77 }, \
+ { KC_NO , KC_##K79, KC_##K7A, KC_NO , KC_##K7C, KC_##K7D, KC_##K7E, KC_NO }, \
+ { KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO , KC_##K84, KC_NO, KC_NO, KC_NO, }, \
+}
// Assign Fn key(0-7) to a layer to which switch with the Fn key pressed.
static const uint8_t PROGMEM fn_layer[] = {
@@ -137,6 +167,36 @@ static const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
APP, INT6, LSFT,LSFT,Z, X, C, V, B, N, M, COMM,DOT, SLSH, NO, RSFT, LEFT,INT2,RGHT, P1, P2, P3, PENT,
RGUI,LGUI, LCTL, LALT, SPC, LGUI, GRV, DOWN, NO, P0, PDOT,NO
),
+
+/* 101-key keymaps
+ */
+ /* 0: default
+ * ,---. ,---------------. ,---------------. ,---------------. ,-----------.
+ * |Esc| |F1 |F2 |F3 |F4 | |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 | |F9 |F10|F11|F12| |PrS|ScL|Pau|
+ * `---' `---------------' `---------------' `---------------' `-----------'
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------. ,-----------. ,---------------.
+ * | `| 1| 2| 3| 4| 5| 6| 7| 8| 9| 0| -| =|Backspa| |Ins|Hom|PgU| |NmL| /| *| -|
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------| |-----------| |---------------|
+ * |Tab | Q| W| E| R| T| Y| U| I| O| P| [| ]| \| |Del|End|PgD| | 7| 8| 9| |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------| `-----------' |-----------| +|
+ * |CapsLo| A| S| D| F| G| H| J| K| L| ;| '|Return | | 4| 5| 6| |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------| ,---. |---------------|
+ * |Shift | Z| X| C| V| B| N| M| ,| ,| /|Shift | |Up | | 1| 2| 3| |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------| ,-----------. |-----------|Ent|
+ * |Ctrl| |Alt | Space |Alt | |Ctrl| |Lef|Dow|Rig| | 0| .| |
+ * `----' `---------------------------------------' `----' `-----------' `---------------'
+ */
+/*
+ KEYMAP_101(
+ ESC, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, PSCR,SLCK, BRK,
+
+ GRV, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0,MINS, EQL,BSPC, INS,HOME,PGUP, NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS,
+ TAB, Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, O, P,LBRC,RBRC,BSLS, DEL, END,PGDN, P7, P8, P9,
+ CAPS, A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, L,SCLN,QUOT, ENT, P4, P5, P6,PPLS,
+ LSFT, Z, X, C, V, B, N, M,COMM, DOT,SLSH, RSFT, UP, P1, P2, P3,
+ LCTL, LALT, SPC, RALT, RCTL, LEFT,DOWN,RGHT, P0, PDOT,PENT
+ ),
+*/
};
diff --git a/converter/usb_usb/Makefile b/converter/usb_usb/Makefile
index d6867bb00..0f25232b2 100644
--- a/converter/usb_usb/Makefile
+++ b/converter/usb_usb/Makefile
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
#
-# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
+# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
#
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
# Target file name (without extension).
TARGET = usb_usb
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -93,6 +93,7 @@ OPT_DEFS += -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes # Mouse keys
EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes # Media control and System control
CONSOLE_ENABLE = yes # Console for debug
+#COMMAND_ENABLE = yes # Commands for debug and configuration
#NKRO_ENABLE = yes # USB Nkey Rollover
# Boot Section Size in bytes
@@ -101,12 +102,15 @@ CONSOLE_ENABLE = yes # Console for debug
# LUFA bootloader 4096
OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
+#LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
+#OPT_DEFS += -DNO_ACTION_TAPPING
+#OPT_DEFS += -DNO_ACTION_LAYER
+#OPT_DEFS += -DNO_ACTION_MACRO
SRC = \
keymap_common.c \
matrix.c \
- led.c \
main.cpp
ifdef KEYMAP
@@ -121,7 +125,7 @@ CONFIG_H = config.h
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
@@ -130,7 +134,7 @@ PROGRAM_CMD = avrdude -p$(MCU) -cavr109 -b57600 -Uflash:w:$(TARGET).hex -P$(DEV)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/usb_hid.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/usb_hid.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/converter/usb_usb/keymap.c b/converter/usb_usb/keymap.c
index c14a8aa55..5397de519 100644
--- a/converter/usb_usb/keymap.c
+++ b/converter/usb_usb/keymap.c
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
- /* 0: default
+ /* 0: plain Qwerty without layer switching
* ,---. ,---------------. ,---------------. ,---------------. ,-----------. ,-----------.
* |Esc| |F1 |F2 |F3 |F4 | |F5 |F6 |F7 |F8 | |F9 |F10|F11|F12| |PrS|ScL|Pau| |Pwr|Slp|Wak|
* `---' `---------------' `---------------' `---------------' `-----------' `-----------'
@@ -37,28 +37,6 @@ const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
*/
KEYMAP(
ESC, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, PSCR,SLCK,PAUS,
- ESC, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, MINS,EQL, BSPC, INS, HOME,PGUP, NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS,
- TAB, Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, O, P, LBRC,RBRC,BSLS, DEL, END, PGDN, P7, P8, P9,
- CAPS,A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, SCLN,QUOT, ENT, P4, P5, P6, PPLS,
- LSFT,Z, X, C, V, B, N, M, COMM,DOT, SLSH, RSFT, UP, P1, P2, P3,
- LCTL,LGUI,LALT, SPC, RALT,RGUI,APP, GRV, LEFT,DOWN,RGHT, P0, PDOT,PENT
- ),
-
- /* 1: plain Qwerty without layer switching
- * ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
- * | `| 1| 2| 3| 4| 5| 6| 7| 8| 9| 0| -| =|Backspa|
- * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
- * |Tab | Q| W| E| R| T| Y| U| I| O| P| [| ]| \|
- * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
- * |CapsLo| A| S| D| F| G| H| J| K| L| ;| '|Return |
- * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
- * |Shift | Z| X| C| V| B| N| M| ,| ,| /|Shift |
- * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
- * |Ctrl |Gui |Alt | Space |Alt |Gui |Menu|Ctrl|
- * `-----------------------------------------------------------'
- */
- KEYMAP(
- ESC, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, PSCR,SLCK,PAUS,
GRV, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, MINS,EQL, BSPC, INS, HOME,PGUP, NLCK,PSLS,PAST,PMNS,
TAB, Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, O, P, LBRC,RBRC,BSLS, DEL, END, PGDN, P7, P8, P9,
CAPS,A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, SCLN,QUOT, ENT, P4, P5, P6, PPLS,
@@ -66,7 +44,7 @@ const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
LCTL,LGUI,LALT, SPC, RALT,RGUI,APP, RCTL, LEFT,DOWN,RGHT, P0, PDOT,PENT
),
- /* 2: Colemak http://colemak.com
+ /* 1: Colemak http://colemak.com
* ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
* | `| 1| 2| 3| 4| 5| 6| 7| 8| 9| 0| -| =|Backspa|
* |-----------------------------------------------------------|
@@ -88,7 +66,7 @@ const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
LCTL,LGUI,LALT, SPC, RALT,RGUI,APP, RCTL, LEFT,DOWN,RGHT, P0, PDOT,PENT
),
- /* 3: Dvorak http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dvorak_Simplified_Keyboard
+ /* 2: Dvorak http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dvorak_Simplified_Keyboard
* ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
* | `| 1| 2| 3| 4| 5| 6| 7| 8| 9| 0| [| ]|Backspa|
* |-----------------------------------------------------------|
@@ -110,7 +88,7 @@ const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
LCTL,LGUI,LALT, SPC, RALT,RGUI,APP, RCTL, LEFT,DOWN,RGHT, P0, PDOT,PENT
),
- /* 4: Workman http://viralintrospection.wordpress.com/2010/09/06/a-different-philosophy-in-designing-keyboard-layouts/
+ /* 3: Workman http://viralintrospection.wordpress.com/2010/09/06/a-different-philosophy-in-designing-keyboard-layouts/
* ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
* | `| 1| 2| 3| 4| 5| 6| 7| 8| 9| 0| -| =|Backspa|
* |-----------------------------------------------------------|
diff --git a/converter/usb_usb/main.cpp b/converter/usb_usb/main.cpp
index 30fd3348a..652c80573 100644
--- a/converter/usb_usb/main.cpp
+++ b/converter/usb_usb/main.cpp
@@ -5,10 +5,10 @@
// USB HID host
#include "Usb.h"
+#include "usbhub.h"
#include "hid.h"
#include "hidboot.h"
#include "parser.h"
-#include "usbhub.h"
// LUFA
#include "lufa.h"
@@ -17,22 +17,31 @@
#include "sendchar.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "keyboard.h"
+#include "led.h"
+
+
+/* LED ping configuration */
+#define TMK_LED
+//#define LEONARDO_LED
+#if defined(TMK_LED)
+// For TMK converter and Teensy
+#define LED_TX_INIT (DDRD |= (1<<6))
+#define LED_TX_ON (PORTD |= (1<<6))
+#define LED_TX_OFF (PORTD &= ~(1<<6))
+#define LED_TX_TOGGLE (PORTD ^= (1<<6))
+#elif defined(LEONARDO_LED)
+// For Leonardo(TX LED)
+#define LED_TX_INIT (DDRD |= (1<<5))
+#define LED_TX_ON (PORTD &= ~(1<<5))
+#define LED_TX_OFF (PORTD |= (1<<5))
+#define LED_TX_TOGGLE (PORTD ^= (1<<5))
+#else
+#define LED_TX_INIT
+#define LED_TX_ON
+#define LED_TX_OFF
+#define LED_TX_TOGGLE
+#endif
-#include "leonardo_led.h"
-
-
-static USB usb_host;
-static HIDBoot<HID_PROTOCOL_KEYBOARD> kbd(&usb_host);
-static KBDReportParser kbd_parser;
-static USBHub hub1(&usb_host); // one hub is enough for HHKB pro2
-/* may be needed for other device with more hub
-static USBHub hub2(&usb_host);
-static USBHub hub3(&usb_host);
-static USBHub hub4(&usb_host);
-static USBHub hub5(&usb_host);
-static USBHub hub6(&usb_host);
-static USBHub hub7(&usb_host);
-*/
static void LUFA_setup(void)
{
@@ -53,18 +62,24 @@ static void LUFA_setup(void)
print_set_sendchar(sendchar);
}
-static void HID_setup()
+
+
+/*
+ * USB Host Shield HID keyboard
+ */
+USB usb_host;
+USBHub hub1(&usb_host);
+HIDBoot<HID_PROTOCOL_KEYBOARD> kbd(&usb_host);
+KBDReportParser kbd_parser;
+
+
+void led_set(uint8_t usb_led)
{
- if (usb_host.Init() == -1) {
- debug("HID init: failed\n");
- LED_TX_OFF;
- }
-
- _delay_ms(200);
-
- kbd.SetReportParser(0, (HIDReportParser*)&kbd_parser);
+ kbd.SetReport(0, 0, 2, 0, 1, &usb_led);
}
+
+
int main(void)
{
// LED for debug
@@ -72,35 +87,32 @@ int main(void)
LED_TX_ON;
debug_enable = true;
-/*
- debug_matrix = true;
debug_keyboard = true;
- debug_mouse = true;
-*/
host_set_driver(&lufa_driver);
keyboard_init();
LUFA_setup();
+
+ // USB Host Shield setup
+ usb_host.Init();
+ kbd.SetReportParser(0, (HIDReportParser*)&kbd_parser);
+
+ /* NOTE: Don't insert time consuming job here.
+ * It'll cause unclear initialization failure when DFU reset(worm start).
+ */
sei();
-uint8_t ret;
// wait for startup of sendchar routine
while (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) ;
if (debug_enable) {
_delay_ms(1000);
}
- debug("init: start\n");
- HID_setup();
-
debug("init: done\n");
uint16_t timer;
-// to see loop pulse with oscillo scope
-DDRF = (1<<7);
for (;;) {
-PORTF ^= (1<<7);
keyboard_task();
timer = timer_read();
@@ -115,6 +127,6 @@ if (timer > 100) {
USB_USBTask();
#endif
}
-
+
return 0;
}
diff --git a/converter/x68k_usb/Makefile b/converter/x68k_usb/Makefile
index 948622c7c..60e9a5746 100644
--- a/converter/x68k_usb/Makefile
+++ b/converter/x68k_usb/Makefile
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
TARGET = x68k_usb_pjrc
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -92,10 +92,10 @@ PROGRAM_CMD = dfu-programmer atmega32u4 flash $(TARGET).hex
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/keyboard/IIgs/Makefile b/keyboard/IIgs/Makefile
index c18e9720c..3bf380e64 100644
--- a/keyboard/IIgs/Makefile
+++ b/keyboard/IIgs/Makefile
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
TARGET = IIgs_Standard
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -88,8 +88,8 @@ PROGRAM_CMD = teensy_loader_cli -mmcu=$(MCU) -w -v $(TARGET).hex
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/keyboard/alps64/Makefile b/keyboard/alps64/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e90dcedb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboard/alps64/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# On command line:
+#
+# make all = Make software.
+#
+# make clean = Clean out built project files.
+#
+# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
+#
+# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
+#
+# make program = Download the hex file to the device.
+# Please customize your programmer settings(PROGRAM_CMD)
+#
+# make teensy = Download the hex file to the device, using teensy_loader_cli.
+# (must have teensy_loader_cli installed).
+#
+# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
+# have dfu-programmer installed).
+#
+# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
+# have Atmel FLIP installed).
+#
+# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
+# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
+#
+# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
+# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
+#
+# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
+# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
+#
+# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
+#
+# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
+# bug reports to the GCC project.
+#
+# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# Target file name (without extension).
+TARGET = alps64
+
+# Directory common source filess exist
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
+
+# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
+TARGET_DIR = .
+
+# project specific files
+SRC = keymap_common.c \
+ matrix.c \
+ led.c
+
+ifdef KEYMAP
+ SRC := keymap_$(KEYMAP).c $(SRC)
+else
+ SRC := keymap_plain.c $(SRC)
+endif
+
+CONFIG_H = config.h
+
+
+# MCU name
+MCU = atmega32u2
+
+# Processor frequency.
+# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
+# processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
+# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
+# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
+#
+# This will be an integer division of F_USB below, as it is sourced by
+# F_USB after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value
+# does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to
+# reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate
+# software delays.
+F_CPU = 16000000
+
+
+#
+# LUFA specific
+#
+# Target architecture (see library "Board Types" documentation).
+ARCH = AVR8
+
+# Input clock frequency.
+# This will define a symbol, F_USB, in all source code files equal to the
+# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
+# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
+# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
+# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
+# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
+# source code.
+#
+# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
+# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+
+# Interrupt driven control endpoint task(+60)
+OPT_DEFS += -DINTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+
+
+# Boot Section Size in *bytes*
+# Teensy halfKay 512
+# Teensy++ halfKay 1024
+# Atmel DFU loader 4096
+# LUFA bootloader 4096
+# USBaspLoader 2048
+OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
+
+
+# Build Options
+# comment out to disable the options.
+#
+BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = yes # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
+MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes # Mouse keys(+4700)
+EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes # Audio control and System control(+450)
+CONSOLE_ENABLE = yes # Console for debug(+400)
+COMMAND_ENABLE = yes # Commands for debug and configuration
+#SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = yes # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
+#NKRO_ENABLE = yes # USB Nkey Rollover - not yet supported in LUFA
+
+
+# Optimize size but this may cause error "relocation truncated to fit"
+#EXTRALDFLAGS = -Wl,--relax
+
+# Search Path
+VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
+
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/keyboard/alps64/config.h b/keyboard/alps64/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..824d3e830
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboard/alps64/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2015 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef CONFIG_H
+#define CONFIG_H
+
+
+/* USB Device descriptor parameter */
+#define VENDOR_ID 0xFEED
+#define PRODUCT_ID 0x6464
+#define DEVICE_VER 0x0001
+#define MANUFACTURER TMK
+#define PRODUCT Alps64
+#define DESCRIPTION TMK keyboard firmware for Alps64
+
+/* key matrix size */
+#define MATRIX_ROWS 8
+#define MATRIX_COLS 8
+
+/* define if matrix has ghost */
+//#define MATRIX_HAS_GHOST
+
+/* Set 0 if debouncing isn't needed */
+#define DEBOUNCE 5
+
+/* Mechanical locking support. Use KC_LCAP, KC_LNUM or KC_LSCR instead in keymap */
+#define LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE
+/* Locking resynchronize hack */
+#define LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE
+
+/* key combination for command */
+#define IS_COMMAND() ( \
+ keyboard_report->mods == (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT) | MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT)) \
+)
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Feature disable options
+ * These options are also useful to firmware size reduction.
+ */
+
+/* disable debug print */
+//#define NO_DEBUG
+
+/* disable print */
+//#define NO_PRINT
+
+/* disable action features */
+//#define NO_ACTION_LAYER
+//#define NO_ACTION_TAPPING
+//#define NO_ACTION_ONESHOT
+//#define NO_ACTION_MACRO
+//#define NO_ACTION_FUNCTION
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboard/alps64/keymap_common.c b/keyboard/alps64/keymap_common.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fdb1769e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboard/alps64/keymap_common.c
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012,2013 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+#include "keymap_common.h"
+
+
+/* translates key to keycode */
+uint8_t keymap_key_to_keycode(uint8_t layer, keypos_t key)
+{
+ return pgm_read_byte(&keymaps[(layer)][(key.row)][(key.col)]);
+}
+
+/* translates Fn keycode to action */
+action_t keymap_fn_to_action(uint8_t keycode)
+{
+ return (action_t){ .code = pgm_read_word(&fn_actions[FN_INDEX(keycode)]) };
+}
diff --git a/keyboard/alps64/keymap_common.h b/keyboard/alps64/keymap_common.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..957db5792
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboard/alps64/keymap_common.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012,2013 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+#ifndef KEYMAP_COMMON_H
+#define KEYMAP_COMMON_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+#include "keycode.h"
+#include "action.h"
+#include "action_macro.h"
+#include "report.h"
+#include "host.h"
+#include "print.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "keymap.h"
+
+
+extern const uint8_t keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS];
+extern const uint16_t fn_actions[];
+
+
+/* Alps64 keymap definition macro */
+#define KEYMAP( \
+ K36, K37, K46, K47, K56, K57, K66, K67, K76, K77, K06, K07, K17, K26, K27, \
+ K34, K35, K44, K45, K54, K55, K64, K65, K75, K05, K15, K16, K25, K24, \
+ K32, K33, K43, K52, K53, K63, K73, K74, K03, K04, K13, K14, K23, \
+ K31, K41, K42, K51, K61, K62, K71, K72, K01, K02, K11, K12, K21, K22, \
+ K30, K40, K50, K60, K70, K00, K10, K20 \
+) { \
+ { KC_##K00, KC_##K01, KC_##K02, KC_##K03, KC_##K04, KC_##K05, KC_##K06, KC_##K07 }, \
+ { KC_##K10, KC_##K11, KC_##K12, KC_##K13, KC_##K14, KC_##K15, KC_##K16, KC_##K17 }, \
+ { KC_##K20, KC_##K21, KC_##K22, KC_##K23, KC_##K24, KC_##K25, KC_##K26, KC_##K27 }, \
+ { KC_##K30, KC_##K31, KC_##K32, KC_##K33, KC_##K34, KC_##K35, KC_##K36, KC_##K37 }, \
+ { KC_##K40, KC_##K41, KC_##K42, KC_##K43, KC_##K44, KC_##K45, KC_##K46, KC_##K47 }, \
+ { KC_##K50, KC_##K51, KC_##K52, KC_##K53, KC_##K54, KC_##K55, KC_##K56, KC_##K57 }, \
+ { KC_##K60, KC_##K61, KC_##K62, KC_##K63, KC_##K64, KC_##K65, KC_##K66, KC_##K67 }, \
+ { KC_##K70, KC_##K71, KC_##K72, KC_##K73, KC_##K74, KC_##K75, KC_##K76, KC_##K77 } \
+}
+
+/* AEK US */
+#define KEYMAP_AEK( \
+ K36, K37, K46, K47, K56, K57, K66, K67, K76, K77, K06, K07, K17, K27, \
+ K34, K35, K44, K45, K54, K55, K64, K65, K75, K05, K15, K16, K25, K24, \
+ K32, K33, K43, K52, K53, K63, K73, K74, K03, K04, K13, K14, K23, \
+ K31, K42, K51, K61, K62, K71, K72, K01, K02, K11, K12, K21, \
+ K30, K40, K50, K60, K00, K10, K20 \
+) KEYMAP( \
+ K36, K37, K46, K47, K56, K57, K66, K67, K76, K77, K06, K07, K17, NUHS,K27, \
+ K34, K35, K44, K45, K54, K55, K64, K65, K75, K05, K15, K16, K25, K24, \
+ K32, K33, K43, K52, K53, K63, K73, K74, K03, K04, K13, K14, K23, \
+ K31, NUBS,K42, K51, K61, K62, K71, K72, K01, K02, K11, K12, K21, ESC, \
+ K30, K40, K50, K60, APP, K00, K10, K20 \
+)
+
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboard/alps64/keymap_hasu.c b/keyboard/alps64/keymap_hasu.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d297d72fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboard/alps64/keymap_hasu.c
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+#include "keymap_common.h"
+
+/*
+ * Hasu
+ */
+const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+ /* Default Layer
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |Esc| 1| 2| 3| 4| 5| 6| 7| 8| 9| 0| -| =| \ |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Tab | Q| W| E| R| T| Y| U| I| O| P| [| ]|Bspc |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Ctrl | A| S| D| F| G| H| J| K| L|Fn3| '|FN1 |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Shift | Z| X| C| V| B| N| M| ,| .|Fn2|Shift |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Ctrl |Gui |Alt | Space |Alt |Fn5 |Ctrl |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+ [0] = KEYMAP_AEK( \
+ ESC, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, MINS,EQL, BSLS, \
+ TAB, Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, O, P, LBRC,RBRC,BSPC, \
+ LCTL,A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, FN3, QUOT,FN1, \
+ LSFT,Z, X, C, V, B, N, M, COMM,DOT, FN2, RSFT, \
+ LCTL,LGUI,LALT, FN4, RALT,FN5, FN0),
+
+ /* HHKB mode[HHKB Fn]
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |Esc| F1| F2| F3| F4| F5| F6| F7| F8| F9|F10|F11|F12| ` |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Caps | | | | | | | |Psc|Slk|Pus|Up | |Del |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Contro|VoD|VoU|Mut| | | *| /|Hom|PgU|Lef|Rig|Enter |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Shift | | | | | | +| -|End|PgD|Dow|Shift |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Ctrl |Gui |Alt | Space |Alt |Fn5 |Ctrl |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+ [1] = KEYMAP_AEK( \
+ GRV, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, GRV, \
+ CAPS,NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, PSCR,SLCK,PAUS,UP, NO, DEL, \
+ LCTL,VOLD,VOLU,MUTE,NO, NO, PAST,PSLS,HOME,PGUP,LEFT,RGHT,TRNS, \
+ LSFT,NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, PPLS,PMNS,END, PGDN,DOWN,RSFT, \
+ LCTL,LGUI,LALT, TRNS, RALT,RGUI,TRNS),
+
+ /* Vi mode[Slash]
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |Esc| F1| F2| F3| F4| F5| F6| F7| F8| F9|F10|F11|F12|Del |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Tab |Hom|PgD|Up |PgU|End|Hom|PgD|PgUlEnd| | | |Backs|
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Contro| |Lef|Dow|Rig| |Lef|Dow|Up |Rig| | |Return |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Shift | | | | | |Hom|PgD|PgUlEnd|Fn0|Shift |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Ctrl |Gui |Alt | Space |Alt |Fn5 |Ctrl |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------'
+ */
+ [2] = KEYMAP_AEK( \
+ GRV, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, GRV, \
+ TAB, HOME,PGDN,UP, PGUP,END, HOME,PGDN,PGUP,END, NO, NO, NO, DEL, \
+ LCTL,NO, LEFT,DOWN,RGHT,NO, LEFT,DOWN,UP, RGHT,NO, NO, ENT, \
+ LSFT,NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, HOME,PGDN,PGUP,END, FN2, RSFT, \
+ LCTL,LGUI,LALT, SPC, RALT,RGUI,RCTL),
+
+ /* Mouse mode(IJKL)[Semicolon]
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |Esc| F1| F2| F3| F4| F5| F6| F7| F8| F9|F10|F11|F12|Ins|Del|
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Tab | | | | | |MwL|MwD|McU|MwU|MwR|Wbk|Wfr|Alt-T|
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Contro| | | | | |Mb2|McL|McD|McR|Fn | |Return |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Shift | | | | |Mb3|Mb2|Mb1|Mb4|Mb5| |Shift | |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Ctrl |Gui |Alt | Space |Alt |Fn5 |Ctrl |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------'
+ * Mc: Mouse Cursor / Mb: Mouse Button / Mw: Mouse Wheel
+ */
+ [3] = KEYMAP_AEK( \
+ GRV, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, GRV, \
+ FN8, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, WH_D,MS_U,WH_U,RGHT,FN9, FN10,FN8, \
+ LCTL,ACL0,ACL1,ACL2,ACL2,NO, NO, MS_L,MS_D,MS_R,TRNS,NO, ENT, \
+ LSFT,NO, NO, NO, NO, BTN3,BTN2,BTN1,FN9, FN10,NO, RSFT, \
+ LCTL,LGUI,LALT, BTN1, TRNS,TRNS,TRNS),
+
+ /* Layer 4: Mouse mode(IJKL)[Space]
+ * ,-----------------------------------------------------------.
+ * |Esc| F1| F2| F3| F4| F5| F6| F7| F8| F9|F10|F11|F12|Ins|Del|
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Tab | | | | | |MwL|MwD|McU|MwU|MwR|Wbk|Wfr|Alt-T|
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Contro| | | | | |Mb2|McL|McD|McR|Mb1| |Return |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Shift | | | | |Mb3|Mb2|Mb1|Mb4|Mb5| |Shift | |
+ * |-----------------------------------------------------------|
+ * |Ctrl |Gui |Alt | Space |Alt |Fn5 |Ctrl |
+ * `-----------------------------------------------------------'
+ * Mc: Mouse Cursor / Mb: Mouse Button / Mw: Mouse Wheel
+ */
+ [4] = KEYMAP_AEK( \
+ GRV, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, GRV, \
+ FN8, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, WH_D,MS_U,WH_U,RGHT,FN9, FN10,FN8, \
+ LCTL,VOLD,VOLU,MUTE,NO, NO, NO, MS_L,MS_D,MS_R,BTN1,NO, ENT, \
+ LSFT,NO, NO, NO, NO, BTN3,BTN2,BTN1,FN9, FN10,NO, RSFT, \
+ LCTL,LGUI,LALT, TRNS, TRNS,TRNS,TRNS),
+};
+
+
+/* id for user defined function/macro */
+enum function_id {
+ NONE,
+};
+
+enum macro_id {
+ ALT_TAB,
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * Fn action definition
+ */
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {
+ [0] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(1), // HHKB layer
+ [1] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(1, KC_ENTER), // HHKB layer
+ [2] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(2, KC_SLASH), // Cursor layer with Slash*
+ [3] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(3, KC_SCLN), // Mousekey layer with Semicolon*
+ [4] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(4, KC_SPC), // Mousekey layer with Space
+ [5] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(3), // Mousekey layer(IJKL)
+ [6] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(MOD_RCTL, KC_ENT), // RControl with tap Enter
+ [7] = ACTION_MODS_ONESHOT(MOD_LSFT), // Oneshot Shift
+ [8] = ACTION_MACRO(ALT_TAB), // Application switching
+ [9] = ACTION_MODS_KEY(MOD_LALT, KC_LEFT),
+ [10] = ACTION_MODS_KEY(MOD_LALT, KC_RIGHT),
+};
+
+
+/*
+ * Macro definition
+ */
+const macro_t *action_get_macro(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt)
+{
+ switch (id) {
+ case ALT_TAB:
+ return (record->event.pressed ?
+ MACRO( D(LALT), D(TAB), END ) :
+ MACRO( U(TAB), END ));
+ }
+ return MACRO_NONE;
+}
diff --git a/keyboard/alps64/keymap_plain.c b/keyboard/alps64/keymap_plain.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a54899196
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboard/alps64/keymap_plain.c
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+#include "keymap_common.h"
+
+const uint8_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
+ /* 0: qwerty */
+ KEYMAP( \
+ GRV, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0, MINS,EQL, NUHS, BSPC, \
+ TAB, Q, W, E, R, T, Y, U, I, O, P, LBRC,RBRC,BSLS, \
+ CAPS,A, S, D, F, G, H, J, K, L, SCLN,QUOT,ENT, \
+ LSFT,NUBS,Z, X, C, V, B, N, M, COMM,DOT, SLSH,RSFT,ESC, \
+ LCTL,LGUI,LALT, SPC, APP, RALT,RGUI,RCTL),
+};
+const uint16_t PROGMEM fn_actions[] = {};
diff --git a/converter/usb_usb/led.c b/keyboard/alps64/led.c
index fc0eeb0ff..d20c51aab 100644
--- a/converter/usb_usb/led.c
+++ b/keyboard/alps64/led.c
@@ -15,10 +15,20 @@ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
+#include <avr/io.h>
#include "stdint.h"
#include "led.h"
void led_set(uint8_t usb_led)
{
+ if (usb_led & (1<<USB_LED_CAPS_LOCK)) {
+ // output high
+ DDRC |= (1<<5);
+ PORTC |= (1<<5);
+ } else {
+ // Hi-Z
+ DDRC &= ~(1<<5);
+ PORTC &= ~(1<<5);
+ }
}
diff --git a/keyboard/alps64/matrix.c b/keyboard/alps64/matrix.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5638d7f69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboard/alps64/matrix.c
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/*
+Copyright 2012 Jun Wako <wakojun@gmail.com>
+
+This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/*
+ * scan matrix
+ */
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdbool.h>
+#include <avr/io.h>
+#include <util/delay.h>
+#include "print.h"
+#include "debug.h"
+#include "util.h"
+#include "matrix.h"
+
+
+#ifndef DEBOUNCE
+# define DEBOUNCE 5
+#endif
+static uint8_t debouncing = DEBOUNCE;
+
+/* matrix state(1:on, 0:off) */
+static matrix_row_t matrix[MATRIX_ROWS];
+static matrix_row_t matrix_debouncing[MATRIX_ROWS];
+
+static matrix_row_t read_cols(void);
+static void init_cols(void);
+static void unselect_rows(void);
+static void select_row(uint8_t row);
+
+
+inline
+uint8_t matrix_rows(void)
+{
+ return MATRIX_ROWS;
+}
+
+inline
+uint8_t matrix_cols(void)
+{
+ return MATRIX_COLS;
+}
+
+#define LED_ON() do { DDRC |= (1<<5); PORTC |= (1<<5); } while (0)
+#define LED_OFF() do { DDRC &= ~(1<<5); PORTC &= ~(1<<5); } while (0)
+#define LED_TGL() do { DDRC |= (1<<5); PINC |= (1<<5); } while (0)
+
+void matrix_init(void)
+{
+ // initialize row and col
+ unselect_rows();
+ init_cols();
+
+ // initialize matrix state: all keys off
+ for (uint8_t i=0; i < MATRIX_ROWS; i++) {
+ matrix[i] = 0;
+ matrix_debouncing[i] = 0;
+ }
+
+ //debug
+ debug_matrix = true;
+ LED_ON();
+ _delay_ms(500);
+ LED_OFF();
+}
+
+uint8_t matrix_scan(void)
+{
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MATRIX_ROWS; i++) {
+ select_row(i);
+ _delay_us(30); // without this wait read unstable value.
+ matrix_row_t cols = read_cols();
+ if (matrix_debouncing[i] != cols) {
+ matrix_debouncing[i] = cols;
+ if (debouncing) {
+ debug("bounce!: "); debug_hex(debouncing); debug("\n");
+ }
+ debouncing = DEBOUNCE;
+ }
+ unselect_rows();
+ }
+
+ if (debouncing) {
+ if (--debouncing) {
+ _delay_ms(1);
+ } else {
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < MATRIX_ROWS; i++) {
+ matrix[i] = matrix_debouncing[i];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return 1;
+}
+
+inline
+bool matrix_is_on(uint8_t row, uint8_t col)
+{
+ return (matrix[row] & ((matrix_row_t)1<<col));
+}
+
+inline
+matrix_row_t matrix_get_row(uint8_t row)
+{
+ return matrix[row];
+}
+
+void matrix_print(void)
+{
+ print("\nr/c 0123456789ABCDEF\n");
+ for (uint8_t row = 0; row < MATRIX_ROWS; row++) {
+ phex(row); print(": ");
+ pbin_reverse16(matrix_get_row(row));
+ print("\n");
+ }
+}
+
+/* Column pin configuration
+ * col: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
+ * pin: B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7
+ */
+static void init_cols(void)
+{
+ // Input with pull-up(DDR:0, PORT:1)
+ DDRB &= ~0b11111111;
+ PORTB |= 0b11111111;
+}
+
+/* Returns status of switches(1:on, 0:off) */
+static matrix_row_t read_cols(void)
+{
+ // Invert because PIN indicates 'switch on' with low(0) and 'off' with high(1)
+ return ~PINB;
+}
+
+/* Row pin configuration
+ * row: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
+ * pin: D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 C2
+ */
+static void unselect_rows(void)
+{
+ // Hi-Z(DDR:0, PORT:0) to unselect
+ DDRD &= ~0b01111111;
+ PORTD &= ~0b01111111;
+ DDRC &= ~0b00000100;
+ PORTC &= ~0b00000100;
+}
+
+static void select_row(uint8_t row)
+{
+ // Output low(DDR:1, PORT:0) to select
+ switch (row) {
+ case 0:
+ DDRD |= (1<<0);
+ PORTD &= ~(1<<0);
+ break;
+ case 1:
+ DDRD |= (1<<1);
+ PORTD &= ~(1<<1);
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ DDRD |= (1<<2);
+ PORTD &= ~(1<<2);
+ break;
+ case 3:
+ DDRD |= (1<<3);
+ PORTD &= ~(1<<3);
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ DDRD |= (1<<4);
+ PORTD &= ~(1<<4);
+ break;
+ case 5:
+ DDRD |= (1<<5);
+ PORTD &= ~(1<<5);
+ break;
+ case 6:
+ DDRD |= (1<<6);
+ PORTD &= ~(1<<6);
+ break;
+ case 7:
+ DDRC |= (1<<2);
+ PORTC &= ~(1<<2);
+ break;
+ }
+}
diff --git a/keyboard/gh60/Makefile b/keyboard/gh60/Makefile
index b48ee3fde..6b0f1a0e8 100644
--- a/keyboard/gh60/Makefile
+++ b/keyboard/gh60/Makefile
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
TARGET = gh60_lufa
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -128,8 +128,8 @@ NKRO_ENABLE = yes # USB Nkey Rollover - not yet supported in LUFA
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/keyboard/gh60/Makefile.pjrc b/keyboard/gh60/Makefile.pjrc
index 9655ff65a..11bd3b784 100644
--- a/keyboard/gh60/Makefile.pjrc
+++ b/keyboard/gh60/Makefile.pjrc
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
TARGET = gh60_pjrc
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ NKRO_ENABLE = yes # USB Nkey Rollover(+500)
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
plain: OPT_DEFS += -DKEYMAP_PLAIN
plain: all
diff --git a/keyboard/ghost_squid/Makefile.lufa b/keyboard/ghost_squid/Makefile.lufa
index 61893893a..54adb1e3d 100644
--- a/keyboard/ghost_squid/Makefile.lufa
+++ b/keyboard/ghost_squid/Makefile.lufa
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
TARGET = ghostsquid_lufa
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -110,8 +110,8 @@ OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/keyboard/hbkb/Makefile.lufa b/keyboard/hbkb/Makefile.lufa
index 0d103c876..322f219d6 100644
--- a/keyboard/hbkb/Makefile.lufa
+++ b/keyboard/hbkb/Makefile.lufa
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
TARGET = hbkb_lufa
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -113,8 +113,8 @@ OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/keyboard/hhkb/Makefile b/keyboard/hhkb/Makefile
index dc5c06a94..5a179bd24 100644
--- a/keyboard/hhkb/Makefile
+++ b/keyboard/hhkb/Makefile
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
TARGET = hhkb_lufa
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -120,6 +120,10 @@ NKRO_ENABLE = yes # USB Nkey Rollover
#KEYMAP_SECTION_ENABLE = yes # fixed address keymap for keymap editor
#HHKB_JP = yes # HHKB JP support
+#OPT_DEFS += -DNO_ACTION_TAPPING
+#OPT_DEFS += -DNO_ACTION_LAYER
+#OPT_DEFS += -DNO_ACTION_MACRO
+
#
# Keymap file
@@ -142,11 +146,11 @@ endif
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
debug-on: EXTRAFLAGS += -DDEBUG -DDEBUG_ACTION
debug-on: all
diff --git a/keyboard/hhkb/Makefile.pjrc b/keyboard/hhkb/Makefile.pjrc
index b6ce9c750..7d0f8c3a9 100644
--- a/keyboard/hhkb/Makefile.pjrc
+++ b/keyboard/hhkb/Makefile.pjrc
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
TARGET = hhkb_pjrc
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ PROGRAM_CMD = teensy_loader_cli -mmcu=$(MCU) -w -v $(TARGET).hex
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/keyboard/hhkb/Makefile.rn42 b/keyboard/hhkb/Makefile.rn42
index b1eacd070..cbb2b744c 100644
--- a/keyboard/hhkb/Makefile.rn42
+++ b/keyboard/hhkb/Makefile.rn42
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
TARGET = hhkb_rn42
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -139,13 +139,13 @@ endif
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
include rn42.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
debug-on: EXTRAFLAGS += -DDEBUG -DDEBUG_ACTION
debug-on: all
diff --git a/keyboard/hhkb/doc/HHKB.txt b/keyboard/hhkb/doc/HHKB.txt
index 98397b847..3d08ceb0a 100644
--- a/keyboard/hhkb/doc/HHKB.txt
+++ b/keyboard/hhkb/doc/HHKB.txt
@@ -31,27 +31,28 @@ Two PCBs are connected by 15 lines(13 in case of Pro2).
Vcc and GND use 3(2) lines each, other lines are for keyboard signaling.
HHKB connector lines:
- JP Pro2 Pro Function Description Teensy++ pins
+ JP Pro2 Pro Function Description TMK pin usage
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Vcc(5V) 5V
1 1 2 Vcc(5V) 5V
2 2 3 Vcc(5V) 5V
- 3 3 4 TP1684 KEY: Low(0) when key pressed PE6 input(with pullup)
- 4 4 5 TP1684 KEY_PREV: make threshold PE7 output
+ 3 3 4 TP1684 ~KEY: Low(0) when key is pressed PD7 input(with pullup)
+ 4 4 5 TP1684 HYS: High(1) when key is pressed PB7 output
5 5 6 HC4051 A(bit0)\ PB0 output
6 6 7 HC4051 B(bit1) > select row 0-7 PB1 output
7 7 8 HC4051 C(bit2)/ PB2 output
8 8 9 LS145 A(bit0)\ PB3 output
9 9 10 LS145 B(bit1) > select column 0-7 PB4 output
10 10 11 LS145 C(bit2)/ PB5 output
- 11 11 12 LS145 D(enable) Low(0) enables selected column PB6 output
+ 11 11 12 LS145 ~D(enable) Low(0) enables selected column PB6 output
12 12 13 GND GND
13 13 14 GND GND
15 GND
- 14 HC4051(Z2) ~Enable of Z2 row0-7
- 15 HC4051(Z3) ~Enable of Z3 row8-15
+ 14 HC4051(Z2) ~Enable of Z2 row0-7 PC6
+ 15 HC4051(Z3) ~Enable of Z3 row8-15 PC7
- NOTE: guessing pin5(KEY_PREV) may work for hysteresis of capacitive sensing.
+ NOTE: Probably HYS changes threshold for upstroke and makes hysteresis in the result.
+ NOTE: HYS should be given High(1) when previous KEY state is Low(0).
NOTE: 1KOhm didn't work as pullup resistor on KEY. AVR internal pullup or 10KOhm resistor was OK.
NOTE: JP has two HC4051(Z2,Z3) and line 5, 6 and 7 are connected to both of them.
@@ -112,7 +113,7 @@ Matrix diagram:
| <-+ | <6-------|-|-|-|-|-|-|-|--|R|-+
| 1 4 | | | <7-------|-|-|-|-|-|-|-|--|R|-+
+---V---^-+ | +-^-^-^--+ 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 33K*8
- KEY PREV | A B C +-----------------+
+ KEY HYS | A B C +-----------------+
| | +-^----+ | | | | LS145 |
Vcc | | |BU9831| | | | +-^--^--^--^------+
--- | | +------+ | | | A B C D +-------+
@@ -138,7 +139,7 @@ Matrix diagram:
| | +----> <6-----------|-|-|-|-|----|R|-+
| | | | | A B C <7-----------|-|-|-|-|----|R|-+
+---V---^-+ | | +-^-^-^--+ | | | | | |
- KEY PREV | | | | | | | | | | |
+ KEY HYS | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | +--------+ | | | | | |
| | | | | HC4051 <8-----------|-|-|-|-|----|R|-+
| | | | | Z3 <9-----------|-|-|-|-|----|R|-+
@@ -192,7 +193,7 @@ Signals charts
0123456701234567 selected column
3) Wait 5us after column select, then set prev, strobe colD to spit out key status and read it.
- prev _~~~~_____ 20us if previous key state is low
+ hys _~~~~_____ 20us if previous key state is low
colD ~~~__~~~~~ 10us strobe
key ~~~____~~~ 22us indicates current state of the key
diff --git a/keyboard/hhkb/doc/HHKB_keycodes.txt b/keyboard/hhkb/doc/HHKB_keycodes.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9ec85901e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboard/hhkb/doc/HHKB_keycodes.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+HHKB keycodes
+=============
+2015/10/03
+Looked into unclear keycodes(usages) of Fn-chording-key on HHKB.
+Followings are usages of Keyboard/Keypad Page(0x07) that HHKB spits out when Fn key is down.
+
+## HHK mode(Off-Off)
+ Key Usage
+ ------------------------
+ ⌘ / ◇ 0x78 Stop
+
+## Lite Ext. mode(On-Off)
+
+
+## Mac mode(Off-On)
+ Key Usage
+ ------------------------
+ Esc 0x66 Power
+ A 0x81 Volume Down
+ S 0x80 Volume Up
+ D 0x7F Mute
+ F 0x6F F20
+ Delete 0x53 Num Lock and Clear
+
+
+## Secret mode(On-On)
+ Key Usage
+ ------------------------
+ Esc 0x66 Power
+ Q 0x78 Stop
+ W 0x7E Find
+ E 0x74 Execute
+ R 0x77 Select
+ T 0x76 Menu
+ Y 0x75 Help
+ Z 0x7A Undo
+ X 0x7B Cut
+ C 0x7C Copy
+ V 0x7D Paste
+ B 0x79 Again
+
+
+## Matrix Key-Mode
+
+
+ Mode
+ -------------------------------
+ Key HHK Lite Mac Secret Desc
+ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ ⌘ / ◇ 0x78 - - - Stop
+ Esc - - 0x66 0x66 Power
+ A - - 0x81 - Volume Down
+ S - - 0x80 - Volume Up
+ D - - 0x7F - Mute
+ F - - 0x6F - F20
+ Delete 0x2A 0x2A 0x53 0x2A Num Lock and Clear(0x53)/Backspace(0x2A)
+ Q - - - 0x78 Stop
+ W - - - 0x7E Find
+ E - - - 0x74 Execute
+ R - - - 0x77 Select
+ T - - - 0x76 Menu
+ Y - - - 0x75 Help
+ Z - - - 0x7A Undo
+ X - - - 0x7B Cut
+ C - - - 0x7C Copy
+ V - - - 0x7D Paste
+ B - - - 0x79 Again
+
+EOF
diff --git a/keyboard/hhkb/keymap_hasu.c b/keyboard/hhkb/keymap_hasu.c
index 433f9cb27..a5602ded3 100644
--- a/keyboard/hhkb/keymap_hasu.c
+++ b/keyboard/hhkb/keymap_hasu.c
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ const uint8_t keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] PROGMEM = {
*/
[3] = \
KEYMAP(GRV, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, INS, DEL, \
- FN8, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, WH_D,MS_U,WH_U,RGHT,FN9, FN10,FN8, \
+ FN8, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, WH_L,WH_D,MS_U,WH_U,WH_R,FN9, FN10,FN8, \
LCTL,ACL0,ACL1,ACL2,ACL2,NO, NO, MS_L,MS_D,MS_R,FN3, NO, ENT, \
LSFT,NO, NO, NO, NO, BTN3,BTN2,BTN1,FN9, FN10,NO, RSFT,TRNS, \
LGUI,LALT, BTN1, TRNS,TRNS),
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ const uint8_t keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] PROGMEM = {
*/
[4] = \
KEYMAP(GRV, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, INS, DEL, \
- FN8, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, WH_D,MS_U,WH_U,RGHT,FN9, FN10,FN8, \
+ FN8, NO, NO, NO, NO, NO, WH_L,WH_D,MS_U,WH_U,WH_R,BTN4,BTN5,FN8, \
LCTL,VOLD,VOLU,MUTE,NO, NO, NO, MS_L,MS_D,MS_R,BTN1,NO, ENT, \
LSFT,NO, NO, NO, NO, BTN3,BTN2,BTN1,FN9, FN10,NO, RSFT,TRNS, \
LGUI,LALT, TRNS, TRNS,TRNS),
diff --git a/keyboard/hhkb/keymap_hhkb.c b/keyboard/hhkb/keymap_hhkb.c
index 1fc016f8e..86ad0f5ee 100644
--- a/keyboard/hhkb/keymap_hhkb.c
+++ b/keyboard/hhkb/keymap_hhkb.c
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*
+/*
* HHKB Layout
*/
#include "keymap_common.h"
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ const uint8_t keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] PROGMEM = {
* `-----------------------------------------------------------'
* | | | | | |
* `-------------------------------------------'
- */
+ */
KEYMAP(PWR, F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F9, F10, F11, F12, INS, DEL, \
CAPS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,TRNS,PSCR,SLCK,PAUS, UP, TRNS, BSPC, \
TRNS,VOLD,VOLU,MUTE,TRNS,TRNS,PAST,PSLS,HOME,PGUP,LEFT,RGHT,PENT, \
@@ -55,8 +55,41 @@ const uint8_t keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] PROGMEM = {
*/
#ifdef KEYMAP_SECTION_ENABLE
const uint16_t fn_actions[] __attribute__ ((section (".keymap.fn_actions"))) = {
+ [0] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(1),
+ [1] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(2),
+ [2] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(3),
+ [3] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(4),
+ [4] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(5),
+ [5] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(6),
+ [6] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(7),
+ [7] = ACTION_LAYER_TOGGLE(1),
+ [8] = ACTION_LAYER_TOGGLE(2),
+ [9] = ACTION_LAYER_TOGGLE(3),
+ [10] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_TOGGLE(1),
+ [11] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_TOGGLE(2),
+ [12] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_TOGGLE(3),
+ [13] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(1, KC_A),
+ [14] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(2, KC_F),
+ [15] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(3, KC_J),
+ [16] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(4, KC_SPACE),
+ [17] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(5, KC_SCOLON),
+ [18] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(6, KC_QUOTE),
+ [19] = ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(7, KC_SLASH),
+ [20] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_LSFT, KC_SPACE),
+ [21] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_LCTL, KC_SPACE),
+ [22] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RCTL, KC_QUOTE),
+ [23] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RCTL, KC_ENTER),
+ [24] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_LCTL, KC_ESC),
+ [25] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_LCTL, KC_BSPACE),
+ [26] = ACTION_MODS_ONESHOT(MOD_LCTL),
+ [27] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_LSFT, KC_ESC),
+ [28] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_LSFT, KC_BSPACE),
+ [29] = ACTION_MODS_ONESHOT(MOD_LSFT),
+ [30] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RSFT, KC_ESC),
+ [31] = ACTION_MODS_TAP_KEY(MOD_RSFT, KC_BSPACE),
+};
#else
const uint16_t fn_actions[] PROGMEM = {
-#endif
- [0] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(1),
+ [0] = ACTION_LAYER_MOMENTARY(1),
};
+#endif
diff --git a/keyboard/hhkb/matrix.c b/keyboard/hhkb/matrix.c
index fb9699794..14fae0b82 100644
--- a/keyboard/hhkb/matrix.c
+++ b/keyboard/hhkb/matrix.c
@@ -132,7 +132,13 @@ uint8_t matrix_scan(void)
// NOTE: KEY_STATE keep its state in 20us after KEY_ENABLE.
// This takes 25us or more to make sure KEY_STATE returns to idle state.
+#ifdef HHKB_JP
+ // Looks like JP needs faster scan due to its twice larger matrix
+ // or it can drop keys in fast key typing
+ _delay_us(30);
+#else
_delay_us(75);
+#endif
}
if (matrix[row] ^ matrix_prev[row]) matrix_last_modified = timer_read32();
}
diff --git a/keyboard/hhkb/not_supported/Makefile.iwrap b/keyboard/hhkb/not_supported/Makefile.iwrap
index 2d9d82c48..1614c21d7 100644
--- a/keyboard/hhkb/not_supported/Makefile.iwrap
+++ b/keyboard/hhkb/not_supported/Makefile.iwrap
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
TARGET = hhkb_iwrap
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -94,10 +94,10 @@ PROGRAM_CMD = $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/iwrap.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/iwrap.mk
# TODO: to be selectable: V-USB, LUFA or PJRC
-#include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/vusb.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+#include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/vusb.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/keyboard/hhkb/not_supported/Makefile.vusb b/keyboard/hhkb/not_supported/Makefile.vusb
index 4343b210d..1f8d84684 100644
--- a/keyboard/hhkb/not_supported/Makefile.vusb
+++ b/keyboard/hhkb/not_supported/Makefile.vusb
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
TARGET = hhkb_vusb
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -87,11 +87,11 @@ PROGRAM_CMD = $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/vusb.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/vusb.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
debug-on: EXTRAFLAGS += -DDEBUG
debug-on: all
diff --git a/keyboard/hid_liber/Makefile.lufa b/keyboard/hid_liber/Makefile.lufa
index c99d1a32f..5fc4156a9 100644
--- a/keyboard/hid_liber/Makefile.lufa
+++ b/keyboard/hid_liber/Makefile.lufa
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
TARGET = hid_liber_lufa
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -119,11 +119,11 @@ COMMAND_ENABLE = yes # Commands for debug and configuration
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
ansi: OPT_DEFS += -DLAYOUT_ANSI
ansi: all
diff --git a/keyboard/hid_liber/Makefile.pjrc b/keyboard/hid_liber/Makefile.pjrc
index 42fb6895e..326bbe86f 100644
--- a/keyboard/hid_liber/Makefile.pjrc
+++ b/keyboard/hid_liber/Makefile.pjrc
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
TARGET = hid_liber_pjrc
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -92,11 +92,11 @@ NKRO_ENABLE = yes # USB Nkey Rollover - not yet supported in LUFA
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
ansi: OPT_DEFS += -DLAYOUT_ANSI
ansi: all
diff --git a/keyboard/infinity/Makefile b/keyboard/infinity/Makefile
index e33c239af..e740b6adb 100644
--- a/keyboard/infinity/Makefile
+++ b/keyboard/infinity/Makefile
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
PROJECT = infinity
-TMK_DIR = ../..
-MBED_DIR = $(TMK_DIR)/mbed-sdk
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
+MBED_DIR = $(TMK_DIR)/tool/mbed/mbed-sdk
#VPATH += $(MBED_DIR):$(TMK_DIR)
vpath %.s .:$(MBED_DIR):$(TMK_DIR)
diff --git a/keyboard/infinity/mbed-infinity.mk b/keyboard/infinity/mbed-infinity.mk
index f5fd2c997..2c8d2e437 100644
--- a/keyboard/infinity/mbed-infinity.mk
+++ b/keyboard/infinity/mbed-infinity.mk
@@ -19,29 +19,31 @@ OBJECTS += \
$(OBJDIR)/mbed-infinity/cmsis_nvic.o \
$(OBJDIR)/mbed-infinity/system_MK20D5.o \
$(OBJDIR)/mbed-infinity/USBHAL_KL25Z.o \
- $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20D50M/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_MK20D5.o \
- $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20D50M/analogin_api.o \
- $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20D50M/gpio_api.o \
- $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20D50M/gpio_irq_api.o \
- $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20D50M/i2c_api.o \
- $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20D50M/pinmap.o \
- $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20D50M/port_api.o \
- $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20D50M/pwmout_api.o \
- $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20D50M/rtc_api.o \
- $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20D50M/serial_api.o \
- $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20D50M/sleep.o \
- $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20D50M/spi_api.o \
- $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20D50M/us_ticker.o
+ $(OBJDIR)/mbed-infinity/startup_MK20D5.o \
+ $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/analogin_api.o \
+ $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/gpio_api.o \
+ $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/gpio_irq_api.o \
+ $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/i2c_api.o \
+ $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/pinmap.o \
+ $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/port_api.o \
+ $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/pwmout_api.o \
+ $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/rtc_api.o \
+ $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/serial_api.o \
+ $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/sleep.o \
+ $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/spi_api.o \
+ $(OBJDIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/us_ticker.o
INCLUDE_PATHS += \
-Imbed \
-I$(MBED_DIR)/libraries/mbed/targets \
-I$(MBED_DIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis \
-I$(MBED_DIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale \
- -I$(MBED_DIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20D50M \
- -I$(MBED_DIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20D50M/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM \
+ -I$(MBED_DIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX \
+ -I$(MBED_DIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_K20D50M \
+ -I$(MBED_DIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_K20D50M/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM \
-I$(MBED_DIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal \
-I$(MBED_DIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale \
- -I$(MBED_DIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20D50M
+ -I$(MBED_DIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX \
+ -I$(MBED_DIR)/libraries/mbed/targets/hal/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20XX/TARGET_K20D50M
LINKER_SCRIPT = mbed-infinity/infinity.ld
diff --git a/keyboard/infinity/mbed-infinity/README b/keyboard/infinity/mbed-infinity/README
index b0d226f79..43051c900 100644
--- a/keyboard/infinity/mbed-infinity/README
+++ b/keyboard/infinity/mbed-infinity/README
@@ -37,3 +37,47 @@ Clock enable:
SIM_SCGC4[USBOTG] = 1
+
+Infinity bootloader change
+==========================
+After @2c7542e(2015/01) Infinity bootloader doesn't disable watchdog timer and keyboard firmware has to do it itself. mbed disables watchdog in startup sequence but unfortunately timer is timed out bofore that.
+
+We have to do that in earlier phase of mbed startup sequence.
+
+
+mbed starup sequence files:
+mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20D50M/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_M20D5.s
+mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20D50M/system_MK20D5.c
+
+Infinity booloader change commit:
+https://github.com/kiibohd/controller/commit/2c7542e2e7f0b8a99edf563dc53164fe1a439483
+
+discussion:
+https://geekhack.org/index.php?topic=41989.msg1686616#msg1686616
+
+
+WORKAROUND
+----------
+Call SystemInit early in Reset_Handler.
+
+$ diff -u ../../mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20D50M/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_MK20D5.s mbed-infinity
+--- ../../mbed-sdk/libraries/mbed/targets/cmsis/TARGET_Freescale/TARGET_K20D50M/TOOLCHAIN_GCC_ARM/startup_MK20D5.s 2015-03-22 10:33:22.779866000 +0900
++++ mbed-infinity/startup_MK20D5.s 2015-03-22 10:32:56.483866000 +0900
+@@ -147,6 +147,8 @@
+ * __etext: End of code section, i.e., begin of data sections to copy from.
+ * __data_start__/__data_end__: RAM address range that data should be
+ * copied to. Both must be aligned to 4 bytes boundary. */
++ ldr r0, =SystemInit
++ blx r0
+
+ ldr r1, =__etext
+ ldr r2, =__data_start__
+@@ -161,8 +163,6 @@
+
+ .Lflash_to_ram_loop_end:
+
+- ldr r0, =SystemInit
+- blx r0
+ ldr r0, =_start
+ bx r0
+ .pool
diff --git a/keyboard/infinity/mbed-infinity/startup_MK20D5.s b/keyboard/infinity/mbed-infinity/startup_MK20D5.s
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7a8d7ba45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboard/infinity/mbed-infinity/startup_MK20D5.s
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+/* File: startup_MK20D5.s
+ * Purpose: startup file for Cortex-M4 devices. Should use with
+ * GCC for ARM Embedded Processors
+ * Version: V1.3
+ * Date: 08 Feb 2012
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2012, ARM Limited
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ * Neither the name of the ARM Limited nor the
+ names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
+ derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL ARM LIMITED BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ * (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
+ * LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
+ * ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
+ * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
+ * SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+ .syntax unified
+ .arch armv7-m
+
+ .section .stack
+ .align 3
+#ifdef __STACK_SIZE
+ .equ Stack_Size, __STACK_SIZE
+#else
+ .equ Stack_Size, 0x400
+#endif
+ .globl __StackTop
+ .globl __StackLimit
+__StackLimit:
+ .space Stack_Size
+ .size __StackLimit, . - __StackLimit
+__StackTop:
+ .size __StackTop, . - __StackTop
+
+ .section .heap
+ .align 3
+#ifdef __HEAP_SIZE
+ .equ Heap_Size, __HEAP_SIZE
+#else
+ .equ Heap_Size, 0xC00
+#endif
+ .globl __HeapBase
+ .globl __HeapLimit
+__HeapBase:
+ .if Heap_Size
+ .space Heap_Size
+ .endif
+ .size __HeapBase, . - __HeapBase
+__HeapLimit:
+ .size __HeapLimit, . - __HeapLimit
+
+ .section .isr_vector
+ .align 2
+ .globl __isr_vector
+__isr_vector:
+ .long __StackTop /* Top of Stack */
+ .long Reset_Handler /* Reset Handler */
+ .long NMI_Handler /* NMI Handler */
+ .long HardFault_Handler /* Hard Fault Handler */
+ .long MemManage_Handler /* MPU Fault Handler */
+ .long BusFault_Handler /* Bus Fault Handler */
+ .long UsageFault_Handler /* Usage Fault Handler */
+ .long 0 /* Reserved */
+ .long 0 /* Reserved */
+ .long 0 /* Reserved */
+ .long 0 /* Reserved */
+ .long SVC_Handler /* SVCall Handler */
+ .long DebugMon_Handler /* Debug Monitor Handler */
+ .long 0 /* Reserved */
+ .long PendSV_Handler /* PendSV Handler */
+ .long SysTick_Handler /* SysTick Handler */
+
+ /* External interrupts */
+ .long DMA0_IRQHandler /* 0: Watchdog Timer */
+ .long DMA1_IRQHandler /* 1: Real Time Clock */
+ .long DMA2_IRQHandler /* 2: Timer0 / Timer1 */
+ .long DMA3_IRQHandler /* 3: Timer2 / Timer3 */
+ .long DMA_Error_IRQHandler /* 4: MCIa */
+ .long 0 /* 5: MCIb */
+ .long FTFL_IRQHandler /* 6: UART0 - DUT FPGA */
+ .long Read_Collision_IRQHandler /* 7: UART1 - DUT FPGA */
+ .long LVD_LVW_IRQHandler /* 8: UART2 - DUT FPGA */
+ .long LLW_IRQHandler /* 9: UART4 - not connected */
+ .long Watchdog_IRQHandler /* 10: AACI / AC97 */
+ .long I2C0_IRQHandler /* 11: CLCD Combined Interrupt */
+ .long SPI0_IRQHandler /* 12: Ethernet */
+ .long I2S0_Tx_IRQHandler /* 13: USB Device */
+ .long I2S0_Rx_IRQHandler /* 14: USB Host Controller */
+ .long UART0_LON_IRQHandler /* 15: Character LCD */
+ .long UART0_RX_TX_IRQHandler /* 16: Flexray */
+ .long UART0_ERR_IRQHandler /* 17: CAN */
+ .long UART1_RX_TX_IRQHandler /* 18: LIN */
+ .long UART1_ERR_IRQHandler /* 19: I2C ADC/DAC */
+ .long UART2_RX_TX_IRQHandler /* 20: Reserved */
+ .long UART2_ERR_IRQHandler /* 21: Reserved */
+ .long ADC0_IRQHandler /* 22: Reserved */
+ .long CMP0_IRQHandler /* 23: Reserved */
+ .long CMP1_IRQHandler /* 24: Reserved */
+ .long FTM0_IRQHandler /* 25: Reserved */
+ .long FTM1_IRQHandler /* 26: Reserved */
+ .long CMT_IRQHandler /* 27: Reserved */
+ .long RTC_IRQHandler /* 28: Reserved - CPU FPGA CLCD */
+ .long RTC_Seconds_IRQHandler /* 29: Reserved - CPU FPGA */
+ .long PIT0_IRQHandler /* 30: UART3 - CPU FPGA */
+ .long PIT1_IRQHandler /* 31: SPI Touchscreen - CPU FPGA */
+ .long PIT2_IRQHandler
+ .long PIT3_IRQHandler
+ .long PDB0_IRQHandler
+ .long USB0_IRQHandler
+ .long USBDCD_IRQHandler
+ .long TSI0_IRQHandler
+ .long MCG_IRQHandler
+ .long LPTimer_IRQHandler
+ .long PORTA_IRQHandler
+ .long PORTB_IRQHandler
+ .long PORTC_IRQHandler
+ .long PORTD_IRQHandler
+ .long PORTE_IRQHandler
+ .long SWI_IRQHandler
+ .size __isr_vector, . - __isr_vector
+
+ .section .text.Reset_Handler
+ .thumb
+ .thumb_func
+ .align 2
+ .globl Reset_Handler
+ .type Reset_Handler, %function
+Reset_Handler:
+/* Loop to copy data from read only memory to RAM. The ranges
+ * of copy from/to are specified by following symbols evaluated in
+ * linker script.
+ * __etext: End of code section, i.e., begin of data sections to copy from.
+ * __data_start__/__data_end__: RAM address range that data should be
+ * copied to. Both must be aligned to 4 bytes boundary. */
+ ldr r0, =SystemInit
+ blx r0
+
+ ldr r1, =__etext
+ ldr r2, =__data_start__
+ ldr r3, =__data_end__
+
+.Lflash_to_ram_loop:
+ cmp r2, r3
+ ittt lt
+ ldrlt r0, [r1], #4
+ strlt r0, [r2], #4
+ blt .Lflash_to_ram_loop
+
+.Lflash_to_ram_loop_end:
+
+ ldr r0, =_start
+ bx r0
+ .pool
+ .size Reset_Handler, . - Reset_Handler
+
+ .text
+/* Macro to define default handlers. Default handler
+ * will be weak symbol and just dead loops. They can be
+ * overwritten by other handlers */
+ .macro def_default_handler handler_name
+ .align 1
+ .thumb_func
+ .weak \handler_name
+ .type \handler_name, %function
+\handler_name :
+ b .
+ .size \handler_name, . - \handler_name
+ .endm
+
+ def_default_handler NMI_Handler
+ def_default_handler HardFault_Handler
+ def_default_handler MemManage_Handler
+ def_default_handler BusFault_Handler
+ def_default_handler UsageFault_Handler
+ def_default_handler SVC_Handler
+ def_default_handler DebugMon_Handler
+ def_default_handler PendSV_Handler
+ def_default_handler SysTick_Handler
+ def_default_handler Default_Handler
+
+ .macro def_irq_default_handler handler_name
+ .weak \handler_name
+ .set \handler_name, Default_Handler
+ .endm
+
+ def_irq_default_handler DMA0_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler DMA1_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler DMA2_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler DMA3_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler DMA_Error_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler FTFL_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler Read_Collision_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler LVD_LVW_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler LLW_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler Watchdog_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler I2C0_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler SPI0_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler I2S0_Tx_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler I2S0_Rx_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler UART0_LON_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler UART0_RX_TX_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler UART0_ERR_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler UART1_RX_TX_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler UART1_ERR_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler UART2_RX_TX_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler UART2_ERR_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler ADC0_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler CMP0_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler CMP1_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler FTM0_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler FTM1_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler CMT_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler RTC_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler RTC_Seconds_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler PIT0_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler PIT1_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler PIT2_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler PIT3_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler PDB0_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler USB0_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler USBDCD_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler TSI0_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler MCG_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler LPTimer_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler PORTA_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler PORTB_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler PORTC_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler PORTD_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler PORTE_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler SWI_IRQHandler
+ def_irq_default_handler DEF_IRQHandler
+
+/* Flash protection region, placed at 0x400 */
+ .text
+ .thumb
+ .align 2
+ .section .kinetis_flash_config_field,"a",%progbits
+kinetis_flash_config:
+ .long 0xffffffff
+ .long 0xffffffff
+ .long 0xffffffff
+ .long 0xfffffffe
+
+ .end
diff --git a/keyboard/infinity/tool/README b/keyboard/infinity/tool/README
index 3dd331656..698314e25 100644
--- a/keyboard/infinity/tool/README
+++ b/keyboard/infinity/tool/README
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ OpenOCD config files for Kinetis
================================
http://nemuisan.blog.bai.ne.jp/?eid=192848#OPENOCD
-These are needed for SWD debug and programing bootloader. To flash keyboard firmware use 'dfu-util'.
+These are needed for debug and programing bootloader with SWD. To flash keyboard firmware use 'dfu-util'.
Flash security of Freescale kinetis
-----------------------------------
@@ -21,5 +21,83 @@ Flash bootloader:
Infinity SWD pinout
-------------------
-SWD pins are placed next to reset button; SWD_CLK, SWD_DIO, GND, VCC from top.
+SWD pins are placed next to reset button; SWD_CLK, SWD_DIO, GND, 5V from top.
Note that RESET is also needed to get full control with OpenOCD.
+
+ --------
+ | ___ o |CLK
+ ||RST| o |DIO
+ ||BTN| o |GND
+ | --- o |5V
+ --------
+
+
+Kinetis sercure state
+----------------------
+openocd 0.9.0
+
+Warn : *********** ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! **********
+Warn : **** ****
+Warn : **** Your Kinetis MCU is in secured state, which means that, ****
+Warn : **** with exception for very basic communication, JTAG/SWD ****
+Warn : **** interface will NOT work. In order to restore its ****
+Warn : **** functionality please issue 'kinetis mdm mass_erase' ****
+Warn : **** command, power cycle the MCU and restart OpenOCD. ****
+Warn : **** ****
+Warn : *********** ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! ATTENTION! **********
+
+
+Info : MDM: Chip is unsecured. Continuing.
+target state: halted
+target halted due to debug-request, current mode: Thread
+xPSR: 0x01000000 pc: 0xfffffffe msp: 0xfffffffc
+auto erase enabled
+Info : Probing flash info for bank 0
+Warn : flash configuration field erased, please reset the device
+wrote 4096 bytes from file kiibohd_bootloader.bin in 2.442562s (1.638 KiB/s)
+Info : MDM: Chip is unsecured. Continuing.
+
+
+
+
+Open On-Chip Debugger 0.9.0-dev-00346-g3e1dfdc-dirty (2015-03-21-20:41)
+Licensed under GNU GPL v2
+For bug reports, read
+ http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
+Info : only one transport option; autoselect 'cmsis-dap'
+Kinetis MUST need Hardware SRST Control to Recover Secure-State!
+adapter_nsrst_delay: 200
+srst_only separate srst_gates_jtag srst_open_drain connect_deassert_srst
+Info : add flash_bank kinetis k20.pflash
+cortex_m reset_config sysresetreq
+adapter speed: 1000 kHz
+srst_only separate srst_nogate srst_open_drain connect_assert_srst
+Info : CMSIS-DAP: SWD Supported
+Info : CMSIS-DAP: Interface Initialised (SWD)
+Info : CMSIS-DAP: FW Version = 1.0
+Info : SWCLK/TCK = 0 SWDIO/TMS = 1 TDI = 0 TDO = 0 nTRST = 0 nRESET = 1
+Info : Connecting under reset
+Info : DAP_SWJ Sequence (reset: 50+ '1' followed by 0)
+Info : CMSIS-DAP: Interface ready
+Info : clock speed 1000 kHz
+Info : IDCODE 0x2ba01477
+Warn : Adapter returned success despite SSTICKYERR being set.
+Warn : Adapter returned success despite SSTICKYERR being set.
+Warn : Adapter returned success despite SSTICKYERR being set.
+Warn : Adapter returned success despite SSTICKYERR being set.
+Info : k20.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
+Info : MDM: Chip is unsecured. Continuing.
+Info : MDM: Chip is unsecured. Continuing.
+target state: halted
+target halted due to debug-request, current mode: Thread
+xPSR: 0x01000000 pc: 0xfffffffe msp: 0xfffffffc
+auto erase enabled
+Info : Probing flash info for bank 0
+Warn : flash configuration field erased, please reset the device
+wrote 4096 bytes from file kiibohd_bootloader.bin in 2.446902s (1.635 KiB/s)
+Info : MDM: Chip is unsecured. Continuing.
+Info : Halt timed out, wake up GDB.
+Error: timed out while waiting for target halted
+Runtime Error: tool/k20dx32_flash.cfg:81:
+in procedure 'mt_flash'
+in procedure 'halt' called at file "tool/k20dx32_flash.cfg", line 81
diff --git a/keyboard/infinity/tool/k20dx32_flash.cfg b/keyboard/infinity/tool/k20dx32_flash.cfg
index 714d9991f..1e3deb091 100644
--- a/keyboard/infinity/tool/k20dx32_flash.cfg
+++ b/keyboard/infinity/tool/k20dx32_flash.cfg
@@ -2,6 +2,22 @@
# Nemuisan's Special for MK20DN32VFT5,MK20DX32VFT5,MK10DN32VFT5,MK10DX32VFT5
+# 0.8.0 has no these procs
+proc using_jtag {} {
+ set _TRANSPORT [ transport select ]
+ expr { [ string first "jtag" $_TRANSPORT ] != -1 }
+}
+
+proc using_swd {} {
+ set _TRANSPORT [ transport select ]
+ expr { [ string first "swd" $_TRANSPORT ] != -1 }
+}
+
+proc using_hla {} {
+ set _TRANSPORT [ transport select ]
+ expr { [ string first "hla" $_TRANSPORT ] != -1 }
+}
+
source [find target/swj-dp.tcl]
if { [info exists CHIPNAME] } {
@@ -109,7 +125,6 @@ proc eraser {} {
shutdown
}
-
#debug_level 3
# HLA doesn't have cortex_m commands
if {![using_hla]} {
diff --git a/keyboard/kitten_paw/Makefile.lufa b/keyboard/kitten_paw/Makefile.lufa
index 4a643ea79..a45a3edb9 100644
--- a/keyboard/kitten_paw/Makefile.lufa
+++ b/keyboard/kitten_paw/Makefile.lufa
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
TARGET = kittenpaw_lufa
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -110,8 +110,8 @@ OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/keyboard/kmac/Makefile.lufa b/keyboard/kmac/Makefile.lufa
index 09343d4bc..9745f43cd 100644
--- a/keyboard/kmac/Makefile.lufa
+++ b/keyboard/kmac/Makefile.lufa
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
TARGET = kmac_lufa
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -117,11 +117,11 @@ OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
winkey: OPT_DEFS += -DLAYOUT_WINKEY
winkey: all
diff --git a/keyboard/kmac/Makefile.pjrc b/keyboard/kmac/Makefile.pjrc
index 22ee8de47..b32d935bd 100644
--- a/keyboard/kmac/Makefile.pjrc
+++ b/keyboard/kmac/Makefile.pjrc
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
TARGET = kmac_pjrc
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -88,11 +88,11 @@ BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
winkey: OPT_DEFS += -DLAYOUT_WINKEY
winkey: all
diff --git a/keyboard/lightpad/Makefile.lufa b/keyboard/lightpad/Makefile.lufa
index 7bce7ebff..88fb90ec4 100644
--- a/keyboard/lightpad/Makefile.lufa
+++ b/keyboard/lightpad/Makefile.lufa
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
TARGET = lightpad_lufa
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -110,8 +110,8 @@ OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/keyboard/lightsaber/Makefile.lufa b/keyboard/lightsaber/Makefile.lufa
index b430efd22..99090c436 100644
--- a/keyboard/lightsaber/Makefile.lufa
+++ b/keyboard/lightsaber/Makefile.lufa
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
TARGET = lightsaber_lufa
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -116,11 +116,11 @@ OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=4096
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
winkey: OPT_DEFS += -DLAYOUT_WINKEY
winkey: all
diff --git a/keyboard/lightsaber/Makefile.pjrc b/keyboard/lightsaber/Makefile.pjrc
index 58735a7ef..0f6d39947 100644
--- a/keyboard/lightsaber/Makefile.pjrc
+++ b/keyboard/lightsaber/Makefile.pjrc
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
TARGET = lightsaber_pjrc
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -84,11 +84,11 @@ BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
winkey: OPT_DEFS += -DLAYOUT_WINKEY
winkey: all
diff --git a/keyboard/macway/Makefile.lufa b/keyboard/macway/Makefile.lufa
index 359a8c246..8fff93ada 100644
--- a/keyboard/macway/Makefile.lufa
+++ b/keyboard/macway/Makefile.lufa
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
TARGET = macway_lufa
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -114,8 +114,8 @@ COMMAND_ENABLE = yes # Commands for debug and configuration
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/keyboard/macway/Makefile.pjrc b/keyboard/macway/Makefile.pjrc
index 9e84a3418..6ee25b61a 100644
--- a/keyboard/macway/Makefile.pjrc
+++ b/keyboard/macway/Makefile.pjrc
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
TARGET = macway_pjrc
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -90,8 +90,8 @@ PROGRAM_CMD = teensy_loader_cli -mmcu=$(MCU) -w -v $(TARGET).hex
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/keyboard/mbed_onekey/Makefile b/keyboard/mbed_onekey/Makefile
index b1e5f5e59..b9c88fdd3 100644
--- a/keyboard/mbed_onekey/Makefile
+++ b/keyboard/mbed_onekey/Makefile
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
PROJECT = mbed_onekey
-TMK_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
MBED_DIR = $(TMK_DIR)/mbed-sdk
#VPATH += $(MBED_DIR):$(TMK_DIR)
diff --git a/keyboard/nerd/Makefile b/keyboard/nerd/Makefile
index 5fd382841..30149345c 100644
--- a/keyboard/nerd/Makefile
+++ b/keyboard/nerd/Makefile
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
TARGET = nerd_lufa
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = yes # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/keyboard/onekey/Makefile b/keyboard/onekey/Makefile
index 78732e470..0b54e7d25 100644
--- a/keyboard/onekey/Makefile
+++ b/keyboard/onekey/Makefile
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
TARGET = onekey_lufa
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -124,9 +124,9 @@ CONSOLE_ENABLE = yes # Console for debug(+400)
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/keyboard/onekey/Makefile.pjrc b/keyboard/onekey/Makefile.pjrc
index 24ade3350..ebf0710f7 100644
--- a/keyboard/onekey/Makefile.pjrc
+++ b/keyboard/onekey/Makefile.pjrc
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
TARGET = onekey_pjrc
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ PS2_USE_BUSYWAIT = yes # uses primitive reference code
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/keyboard/onekey/Makefile.vusb b/keyboard/onekey/Makefile.vusb
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fb1fbdfea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboard/onekey/Makefile.vusb
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+# Target file name (without extension).
+TARGET = onekey_vusb
+
+# Directory common source filess exist
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
+
+# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
+TARGET_DIR = .
+
+# keyboard dependent files
+SRC = keymap.c \
+ matrix.c \
+ led.c
+
+CONFIG_H = config.h
+
+
+# MCU name, you MUST set this to match the board you are using
+# type "make clean" after changing this, so all files will be rebuilt
+#MCU = atmega168p
+MCU = atmega328p
+
+
+# Processor frequency.
+# Normally the first thing your program should do is set the clock prescaler,
+# so your program will run at the correct speed. You should also set this
+# variable to same clock speed. The _delay_ms() macro uses this, and many
+# examples use this variable to calculate timings. Do not add a "UL" here.
+F_CPU = 12000000
+
+
+# Build Options
+# comment out to disable the options.
+#
+#MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes # Mouse keys
+#EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes # Audio control and System control
+#NKRO_ENABLE = yes # USB Nkey Rollover
+
+
+
+#---------------- Programming Options --------------------------
+AVRDUDE = avrdude
+# Type: avrdude -c ? to get a full listing.
+AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = usbasp
+AVRDUDE_PORT =
+AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
+#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
+
+# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
+# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
+# see avrdude manual.
+#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
+
+# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
+# performed after programming the device.
+#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
+
+# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
+# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
+# to submit bug reports.
+#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
+
+#AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
+AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
+AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
+AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
+AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
+
+PROGRAM_CMD = $(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
+
+
+# Boot Section Size in bytes
+# Teensy halfKay 512
+# Atmel DFU loader 4096
+# LUFA bootloader 4096
+# USBasp 2048
+OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=2048
+
+
+# Search Path
+VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
+
+
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/vusb.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/keyboard/onekey/usbconfig.h b/keyboard/onekey/usbconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d0ca4c717
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboard/onekey/usbconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
+/* Name: usbconfig.h
+ * Project: V-USB, virtual USB port for Atmel's(r) AVR(r) microcontrollers
+ * Author: Christian Starkjohann
+ * Creation Date: 2005-04-01
+ * Tabsize: 4
+ * Copyright: (c) 2005 by OBJECTIVE DEVELOPMENT Software GmbH
+ * License: GNU GPL v2 (see License.txt), GNU GPL v3 or proprietary (CommercialLicense.txt)
+ * This Revision: $Id: usbconfig-prototype.h 785 2010-05-30 17:57:07Z cs $
+ */
+
+#ifndef __usbconfig_h_included__
+#define __usbconfig_h_included__
+
+
+/*
+General Description:
+This file is an example configuration (with inline documentation) for the USB
+driver. It configures V-USB for USB D+ connected to Port D bit 2 (which is
+also hardware interrupt 0 on many devices) and USB D- to Port D bit 4. You may
+wire the lines to any other port, as long as D+ is also wired to INT0 (or any
+other hardware interrupt, as long as it is the highest level interrupt, see
+section at the end of this file).
+*/
+
+/* ---------------------------- Hardware Config ---------------------------- */
+
+#define USB_CFG_IOPORTNAME D
+/* This is the port where the USB bus is connected. When you configure it to
+ * "B", the registers PORTB, PINB and DDRB will be used.
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_DMINUS_BIT 3
+/* This is the bit number in USB_CFG_IOPORT where the USB D- line is connected.
+ * This may be any bit in the port.
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_DPLUS_BIT 2
+/* This is the bit number in USB_CFG_IOPORT where the USB D+ line is connected.
+ * This may be any bit in the port. Please note that D+ must also be connected
+ * to interrupt pin INT0! [You can also use other interrupts, see section
+ * "Optional MCU Description" below, or you can connect D- to the interrupt, as
+ * it is required if you use the USB_COUNT_SOF feature. If you use D- for the
+ * interrupt, the USB interrupt will also be triggered at Start-Of-Frame
+ * markers every millisecond.]
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_CLOCK_KHZ (F_CPU/1000)
+/* Clock rate of the AVR in kHz. Legal values are 12000, 12800, 15000, 16000,
+ * 16500, 18000 and 20000. The 12.8 MHz and 16.5 MHz versions of the code
+ * require no crystal, they tolerate +/- 1% deviation from the nominal
+ * frequency. All other rates require a precision of 2000 ppm and thus a
+ * crystal!
+ * Since F_CPU should be defined to your actual clock rate anyway, you should
+ * not need to modify this setting.
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_CHECK_CRC 0
+/* Define this to 1 if you want that the driver checks integrity of incoming
+ * data packets (CRC checks). CRC checks cost quite a bit of code size and are
+ * currently only available for 18 MHz crystal clock. You must choose
+ * USB_CFG_CLOCK_KHZ = 18000 if you enable this option.
+ */
+
+/* ----------------------- Optional Hardware Config ------------------------ */
+
+/* #define USB_CFG_PULLUP_IOPORTNAME D */
+/* If you connect the 1.5k pullup resistor from D- to a port pin instead of
+ * V+, you can connect and disconnect the device from firmware by calling
+ * the macros usbDeviceConnect() and usbDeviceDisconnect() (see usbdrv.h).
+ * This constant defines the port on which the pullup resistor is connected.
+ */
+/* #define USB_CFG_PULLUP_BIT 4 */
+/* This constant defines the bit number in USB_CFG_PULLUP_IOPORT (defined
+ * above) where the 1.5k pullup resistor is connected. See description
+ * above for details.
+ */
+
+/* --------------------------- Functional Range ---------------------------- */
+
+#define USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT 1
+/* Define this to 1 if you want to compile a version with two endpoints: The
+ * default control endpoint 0 and an interrupt-in endpoint (any other endpoint
+ * number).
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT3 1
+/* Define this to 1 if you want to compile a version with three endpoints: The
+ * default control endpoint 0, an interrupt-in endpoint 3 (or the number
+ * configured below) and a catch-all default interrupt-in endpoint as above.
+ * You must also define USB_CFG_HAVE_INTRIN_ENDPOINT to 1 for this feature.
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_EP3_NUMBER 3
+/* If the so-called endpoint 3 is used, it can now be configured to any other
+ * endpoint number (except 0) with this macro. Default if undefined is 3.
+ */
+/* #define USB_INITIAL_DATATOKEN USBPID_DATA1 */
+/* The above macro defines the startup condition for data toggling on the
+ * interrupt/bulk endpoints 1 and 3. Defaults to USBPID_DATA1.
+ * Since the token is toggled BEFORE sending any data, the first packet is
+ * sent with the oposite value of this configuration!
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_HALT 0
+/* Define this to 1 if you also want to implement the ENDPOINT_HALT feature
+ * for endpoint 1 (interrupt endpoint). Although you may not need this feature,
+ * it is required by the standard. We have made it a config option because it
+ * bloats the code considerably.
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_SUPPRESS_INTR_CODE 0
+/* Define this to 1 if you want to declare interrupt-in endpoints, but don't
+ * want to send any data over them. If this macro is defined to 1, functions
+ * usbSetInterrupt() and usbSetInterrupt3() are omitted. This is useful if
+ * you need the interrupt-in endpoints in order to comply to an interface
+ * (e.g. HID), but never want to send any data. This option saves a couple
+ * of bytes in flash memory and the transmit buffers in RAM.
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_INTR_POLL_INTERVAL 10
+/* If you compile a version with endpoint 1 (interrupt-in), this is the poll
+ * interval. The value is in milliseconds and must not be less than 10 ms for
+ * low speed devices.
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_IS_SELF_POWERED 0
+/* Define this to 1 if the device has its own power supply. Set it to 0 if the
+ * device is powered from the USB bus.
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_MAX_BUS_POWER 100
+/* Set this variable to the maximum USB bus power consumption of your device.
+ * The value is in milliamperes. [It will be divided by two since USB
+ * communicates power requirements in units of 2 mA.]
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_WRITE 1
+/* Set this to 1 if you want usbFunctionWrite() to be called for control-out
+ * transfers. Set it to 0 if you don't need it and want to save a couple of
+ * bytes.
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_READ 0
+/* Set this to 1 if you need to send control replies which are generated
+ * "on the fly" when usbFunctionRead() is called. If you only want to send
+ * data from a static buffer, set it to 0 and return the data from
+ * usbFunctionSetup(). This saves a couple of bytes.
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_IMPLEMENT_FN_WRITEOUT 0
+/* Define this to 1 if you want to use interrupt-out (or bulk out) endpoints.
+ * You must implement the function usbFunctionWriteOut() which receives all
+ * interrupt/bulk data sent to any endpoint other than 0. The endpoint number
+ * can be found in 'usbRxToken'.
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_HAVE_FLOWCONTROL 0
+/* Define this to 1 if you want flowcontrol over USB data. See the definition
+ * of the macros usbDisableAllRequests() and usbEnableAllRequests() in
+ * usbdrv.h.
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_DRIVER_FLASH_PAGE 0
+/* If the device has more than 64 kBytes of flash, define this to the 64 k page
+ * where the driver's constants (descriptors) are located. Or in other words:
+ * Define this to 1 for boot loaders on the ATMega128.
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_LONG_TRANSFERS 0
+/* Define this to 1 if you want to send/receive blocks of more than 254 bytes
+ * in a single control-in or control-out transfer. Note that the capability
+ * for long transfers increases the driver size.
+ */
+/* #define USB_RX_USER_HOOK(data, len) if(usbRxToken == (uchar)USBPID_SETUP) blinkLED(); */
+/* This macro is a hook if you want to do unconventional things. If it is
+ * defined, it's inserted at the beginning of received message processing.
+ * If you eat the received message and don't want default processing to
+ * proceed, do a return after doing your things. One possible application
+ * (besides debugging) is to flash a status LED on each packet.
+ */
+/* #define USB_RESET_HOOK(resetStarts) if(!resetStarts){hadUsbReset();} */
+/* This macro is a hook if you need to know when an USB RESET occurs. It has
+ * one parameter which distinguishes between the start of RESET state and its
+ * end.
+ */
+/* #define USB_SET_ADDRESS_HOOK() hadAddressAssigned(); */
+/* This macro (if defined) is executed when a USB SET_ADDRESS request was
+ * received.
+ */
+#define USB_COUNT_SOF 0
+/* define this macro to 1 if you need the global variable "usbSofCount" which
+ * counts SOF packets. This feature requires that the hardware interrupt is
+ * connected to D- instead of D+.
+ */
+/* #ifdef __ASSEMBLER__
+ * macro myAssemblerMacro
+ * in YL, TCNT0
+ * sts timer0Snapshot, YL
+ * endm
+ * #endif
+ * #define USB_SOF_HOOK myAssemblerMacro
+ * This macro (if defined) is executed in the assembler module when a
+ * Start Of Frame condition is detected. It is recommended to define it to
+ * the name of an assembler macro which is defined here as well so that more
+ * than one assembler instruction can be used. The macro may use the register
+ * YL and modify SREG. If it lasts longer than a couple of cycles, USB messages
+ * immediately after an SOF pulse may be lost and must be retried by the host.
+ * What can you do with this hook? Since the SOF signal occurs exactly every
+ * 1 ms (unless the host is in sleep mode), you can use it to tune OSCCAL in
+ * designs running on the internal RC oscillator.
+ * Please note that Start Of Frame detection works only if D- is wired to the
+ * interrupt, not D+. THIS IS DIFFERENT THAN MOST EXAMPLES!
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_CHECK_DATA_TOGGLING 0
+/* define this macro to 1 if you want to filter out duplicate data packets
+ * sent by the host. Duplicates occur only as a consequence of communication
+ * errors, when the host does not receive an ACK. Please note that you need to
+ * implement the filtering yourself in usbFunctionWriteOut() and
+ * usbFunctionWrite(). Use the global usbCurrentDataToken and a static variable
+ * for each control- and out-endpoint to check for duplicate packets.
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_HAVE_MEASURE_FRAME_LENGTH 0
+/* define this macro to 1 if you want the function usbMeasureFrameLength()
+ * compiled in. This function can be used to calibrate the AVR's RC oscillator.
+ */
+#define USB_USE_FAST_CRC 0
+/* The assembler module has two implementations for the CRC algorithm. One is
+ * faster, the other is smaller. This CRC routine is only used for transmitted
+ * messages where timing is not critical. The faster routine needs 31 cycles
+ * per byte while the smaller one needs 61 to 69 cycles. The faster routine
+ * may be worth the 32 bytes bigger code size if you transmit lots of data and
+ * run the AVR close to its limit.
+ */
+
+/* -------------------------- Device Description --------------------------- */
+
+#define USB_CFG_VENDOR_ID (VENDOR_ID & 0xFF), ((VENDOR_ID >> 8) & 0xFF)
+/* USB vendor ID for the device, low byte first. If you have registered your
+ * own Vendor ID, define it here. Otherwise you may use one of obdev's free
+ * shared VID/PID pairs. Be sure to read USB-IDs-for-free.txt for rules!
+ * *** IMPORTANT NOTE ***
+ * This template uses obdev's shared VID/PID pair for Vendor Class devices
+ * with libusb: 0x16c0/0x5dc. Use this VID/PID pair ONLY if you understand
+ * the implications!
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_DEVICE_ID (PRODUCT_ID & 0xFF), ((PRODUCT_ID >> 8) & 0xFF)
+/* This is the ID of the product, low byte first. It is interpreted in the
+ * scope of the vendor ID. If you have registered your own VID with usb.org
+ * or if you have licensed a PID from somebody else, define it here. Otherwise
+ * you may use one of obdev's free shared VID/PID pairs. See the file
+ * USB-IDs-for-free.txt for details!
+ * *** IMPORTANT NOTE ***
+ * This template uses obdev's shared VID/PID pair for Vendor Class devices
+ * with libusb: 0x16c0/0x5dc. Use this VID/PID pair ONLY if you understand
+ * the implications!
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_DEVICE_VERSION 0x00, 0x01
+/* Version number of the device: Minor number first, then major number.
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_VENDOR_NAME 't', '.', 'm', '.', 'k', '.'
+#define USB_CFG_VENDOR_NAME_LEN 6
+/* These two values define the vendor name returned by the USB device. The name
+ * must be given as a list of characters under single quotes. The characters
+ * are interpreted as Unicode (UTF-16) entities.
+ * If you don't want a vendor name string, undefine these macros.
+ * ALWAYS define a vendor name containing your Internet domain name if you use
+ * obdev's free shared VID/PID pair. See the file USB-IDs-for-free.txt for
+ * details.
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_DEVICE_NAME 'P', 'S', '/', '2', ' ', 'k', 'e', 'y', 'b', 'o', 'a', 'r', 'd', ' ', 'c', 'o', 'n', 'v', 'e', 'r', 't', 'e', 'r'
+#define USB_CFG_DEVICE_NAME_LEN 23
+/* Same as above for the device name. If you don't want a device name, undefine
+ * the macros. See the file USB-IDs-for-free.txt before you assign a name if
+ * you use a shared VID/PID.
+ */
+/*#define USB_CFG_SERIAL_NUMBER 'N', 'o', 'n', 'e' */
+/*#define USB_CFG_SERIAL_NUMBER_LEN 0 */
+/* Same as above for the serial number. If you don't want a serial number,
+ * undefine the macros.
+ * It may be useful to provide the serial number through other means than at
+ * compile time. See the section about descriptor properties below for how
+ * to fine tune control over USB descriptors such as the string descriptor
+ * for the serial number.
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_DEVICE_CLASS 0
+#define USB_CFG_DEVICE_SUBCLASS 0
+/* See USB specification if you want to conform to an existing device class.
+ * Class 0xff is "vendor specific".
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_INTERFACE_CLASS 3 /* HID */
+#define USB_CFG_INTERFACE_SUBCLASS 1 /* Boot */
+#define USB_CFG_INTERFACE_PROTOCOL 1 /* Keyboard */
+/* See USB specification if you want to conform to an existing device class or
+ * protocol. The following classes must be set at interface level:
+ * HID class is 3, no subclass and protocol required (but may be useful!)
+ * CDC class is 2, use subclass 2 and protocol 1 for ACM
+ */
+#define USB_CFG_HID_REPORT_DESCRIPTOR_LENGTH 0
+/* Define this to the length of the HID report descriptor, if you implement
+ * an HID device. Otherwise don't define it or define it to 0.
+ * If you use this define, you must add a PROGMEM character array named
+ * "usbHidReportDescriptor" to your code which contains the report descriptor.
+ * Don't forget to keep the array and this define in sync!
+ */
+
+/* #define USB_PUBLIC static */
+/* Use the define above if you #include usbdrv.c instead of linking against it.
+ * This technique saves a couple of bytes in flash memory.
+ */
+
+/* ------------------- Fine Control over USB Descriptors ------------------- */
+/* If you don't want to use the driver's default USB descriptors, you can
+ * provide our own. These can be provided as (1) fixed length static data in
+ * flash memory, (2) fixed length static data in RAM or (3) dynamically at
+ * runtime in the function usbFunctionDescriptor(). See usbdrv.h for more
+ * information about this function.
+ * Descriptor handling is configured through the descriptor's properties. If
+ * no properties are defined or if they are 0, the default descriptor is used.
+ * Possible properties are:
+ * + USB_PROP_IS_DYNAMIC: The data for the descriptor should be fetched
+ * at runtime via usbFunctionDescriptor(). If the usbMsgPtr mechanism is
+ * used, the data is in FLASH by default. Add property USB_PROP_IS_RAM if
+ * you want RAM pointers.
+ * + USB_PROP_IS_RAM: The data returned by usbFunctionDescriptor() or found
+ * in static memory is in RAM, not in flash memory.
+ * + USB_PROP_LENGTH(len): If the data is in static memory (RAM or flash),
+ * the driver must know the descriptor's length. The descriptor itself is
+ * found at the address of a well known identifier (see below).
+ * List of static descriptor names (must be declared PROGMEM if in flash):
+ * char usbDescriptorDevice[];
+ * char usbDescriptorConfiguration[];
+ * char usbDescriptorHidReport[];
+ * char usbDescriptorString0[];
+ * int usbDescriptorStringVendor[];
+ * int usbDescriptorStringDevice[];
+ * int usbDescriptorStringSerialNumber[];
+ * Other descriptors can't be provided statically, they must be provided
+ * dynamically at runtime.
+ *
+ * Descriptor properties are or-ed or added together, e.g.:
+ * #define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_DEVICE (USB_PROP_IS_RAM | USB_PROP_LENGTH(18))
+ *
+ * The following descriptors are defined:
+ * USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_DEVICE
+ * USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_CONFIGURATION
+ * USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRINGS
+ * USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_0
+ * USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_VENDOR
+ * USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_PRODUCT
+ * USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_SERIAL_NUMBER
+ * USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID
+ * USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID_REPORT
+ * USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_UNKNOWN (for all descriptors not handled by the driver)
+ *
+ * Note about string descriptors: String descriptors are not just strings, they
+ * are Unicode strings prefixed with a 2 byte header. Example:
+ * int serialNumberDescriptor[] = {
+ * USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_HEADER(6),
+ * 'S', 'e', 'r', 'i', 'a', 'l'
+ * };
+ */
+
+#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_DEVICE 0
+#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_CONFIGURATION USB_PROP_IS_DYNAMIC
+//#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_CONFIGURATION 0
+#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRINGS 0
+#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_0 0
+#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_VENDOR 0
+#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_PRODUCT 0
+#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_STRING_SERIAL_NUMBER 0
+//#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID USB_PROP_IS_DYNAMIC
+#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID 0
+#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID_REPORT USB_PROP_IS_DYNAMIC
+//#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_HID_REPORT 0
+#define USB_CFG_DESCR_PROPS_UNKNOWN 0
+
+/* ----------------------- Optional MCU Description ------------------------ */
+
+/* The following configurations have working defaults in usbdrv.h. You
+ * usually don't need to set them explicitly. Only if you want to run
+ * the driver on a device which is not yet supported or with a compiler
+ * which is not fully supported (such as IAR C) or if you use a differnt
+ * interrupt than INT0, you may have to define some of these.
+ */
+/* #define USB_INTR_CFG MCUCR */
+/* #define USB_INTR_CFG_SET ((1 << ISC00) | (1 << ISC01)) */
+/* #define USB_INTR_CFG_CLR 0 */
+/* #define USB_INTR_ENABLE GIMSK */
+/* #define USB_INTR_ENABLE_BIT INT0 */
+/* #define USB_INTR_PENDING GIFR */
+/* #define USB_INTR_PENDING_BIT INTF0 */
+/* #define USB_INTR_VECTOR INT0_vect */
+
+#endif /* __usbconfig_h_included__ */
diff --git a/keyboard/phantom/Makefile.lufa b/keyboard/phantom/Makefile.lufa
index 97756de0a..a0b3b1444 100644
--- a/keyboard/phantom/Makefile.lufa
+++ b/keyboard/phantom/Makefile.lufa
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
TARGET = phantom_lufa
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -115,11 +115,11 @@ OPT_DEFS += -DBOOTLOADER_SIZE=512
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
ansi: OPT_DEFS += -DLAYOUT_ANSI
ansi: all
diff --git a/keyboard/phantom/Makefile.pjrc b/keyboard/phantom/Makefile.pjrc
index aa01ac5ab..7bf5f80f4 100644
--- a/keyboard/phantom/Makefile.pjrc
+++ b/keyboard/phantom/Makefile.pjrc
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
TARGET = phantom_pjrc
# Directory common source filess exist
-TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -86,11 +86,11 @@ COMMAND_ENABLE = yes # Commands for debug and configuration
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/pjrc.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
ansi: OPT_DEFS += -DLAYOUT_ANSI
ansi: all
diff --git a/keyboard/planck/Makefile b/keyboard/planck/Makefile
index 643646155..fc26905d8 100644
--- a/keyboard/planck/Makefile
+++ b/keyboard/planck/Makefile
@@ -44,6 +44,7 @@ TARGET = planck
# Directory common source filess exist
TOP_DIR = ../..
+TMK_DIR = ../../tmk_core
# Directory keyboard dependent files exist
TARGET_DIR = .
@@ -133,6 +134,7 @@ BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = yes # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TARGET_DIR)
VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)
include $(TOP_DIR)/quantum.mk
diff --git a/keyboard/planck/__avr_gdbinit b/keyboard/planck/__avr_gdbinit
deleted file mode 100644
index afc51e6d1..000000000
--- a/keyboard/planck/__avr_gdbinit
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-define reset
-SIGNAL SIGHUP
-end
-file planck_lufa.elf
-target remote localhost:4242
-break main
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk
deleted file mode 100644
index 663c93024..000000000
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-#
-# LUFA Library
-# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-#
-# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-# www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-LUFA_BUILD_MODULES += SOURCES
-LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS +=
-LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += LUFA_PATH ARCH
-LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS += LUFA_SRC_USB LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE LUFA_SRC_SERIAL LUFA_SRC_TWI LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
-
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# LUFA Sources Buildsystem Makefile Module.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# DESCRIPTION:
-# Provides a set of makefile variables for the various LUFA module sources.
-# Once included, the sources required to use a given LUFA module will become
-# available using the makefile variable names listed in the LUFA project
-# documentation.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TARGETS:
-#
-# (None)
-#
-# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
-#
-# LUFA_PATH - Path to the LUFA library core
-# ARCH - Device architecture name
-#
-# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
-#
-# (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
-#
-# LUFA_SRC_USB - List of LUFA USB driver source files
-# LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS - List of LUFA USB Class driver source files
-# LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE - List of LUFA temperature sensor driver source
-# files
-# LUFA_SRC_SERIAL - List of LUFA Serial U(S)ART driver source files
-# LUFA_SRC_TWI - List of LUFA TWI driver source files
-# LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM - List of LUFA architecture specific platform
-# management source files
-#
-# PROVIDED MACROS:
-#
-# (None)
-#
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-ERROR_IF_UNSET ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
-ERROR_IF_EMPTY ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
-ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
-
-# Sanity check user supplied values
-$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, LUFA_PATH)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, ARCH)
-
-# Allow LUFA_ROOT_PATH to be overridden elsewhere to support legacy LUFA makefiles
-LUFA_ROOT_PATH ?= $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))
-
-# Construct LUFA module source variables
-LUFA_SRC_USB := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/Device_$(ARCH).c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/Endpoint_$(ARCH).c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/Host_$(ARCH).c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/Pipe_$(ARCH).c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/USBController_$(ARCH).c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/USBInterrupt_$(ARCH).c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/EndpointStream_$(ARCH).c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/PipeStream_$(ARCH).c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c
-LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c
-LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c
-LUFA_SRC_SERIAL := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/Peripheral/$(ARCH)/Serial_$(ARCH).c
-LUFA_SRC_TWI := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/Peripheral/$(ARCH)/TWI_$(ARCH).c
-
-ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
- LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Platform/UC3/Exception.S \
- $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c
-else
- LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM :=
-endif
-
-# Build a list of all available module sources
-LUFA_SRC_ALL_FILES := $(LUFA_SRC_USB) \
- $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) \
- $(LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE) \
- $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL) \
- $(LUFA_SRC_TWI) \
- $(LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Doxygen.conf b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Doxygen.conf
deleted file mode 100644
index 89b2a3327..000000000
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Doxygen.conf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1809 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.8.1.2
-
-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
-#
-# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
-# The format is:
-# TAG = value [value, ...]
-# For lists items can also be appended using:
-# TAG += value [value, ...]
-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ").
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Project related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
-# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
-# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
-# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
-
-DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or sequence of words) that should
-# identify the project. Note that if you do not use Doxywizard you need
-# to put quotes around the project name if it contains spaces.
-
-PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library"
-
-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
-# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
-# if some version control system is used.
-
-PROJECT_NUMBER = 000000
-
-# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
-# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer
-# a quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
-
-PROJECT_BRIEF =
-
-# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is
-# included in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not
-# exceed 55 pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels.
-# Doxygen will copy the logo to the output directory.
-
-PROJECT_LOGO = ./DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.png
-
-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
-# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
-# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
-
-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
-
-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
-# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
-# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
-# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
-# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
-# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
-
-CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
-
-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
-# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
-# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
-# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Farsi, Finnish, French, German,
-# Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English
-# messages), Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian,
-# Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak,
-# Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese.
-
-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
-
-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
-# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
-# Set to NO to disable this.
-
-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
-
-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
-# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
-# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
-
-REPEAT_BRIEF = NO
-
-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
-# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
-# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
-# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
-# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
-# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
-# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
-# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
-# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
-
-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
- "The $name widget" \
- "The $name file" \
- is \
- provides \
- specifies \
- contains \
- represents \
- a \
- an \
- the
-
-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
-# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
-# description.
-
-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
-
-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
-# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
-# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
-
-FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
-# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
-# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
-# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
-# path to strip.
-
-STRIP_FROM_PATH =
-
-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
-# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
-# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
-# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
-# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
-# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
-
-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
-
-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
-# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful if your file system
-# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
-
-SHORT_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
-# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
-# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
-# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
-
-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
-# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
-# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
-# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
-
-QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
-
-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
-# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
-# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
-# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
-# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
-
-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
-
-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
-# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
-# re-implements.
-
-INHERIT_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
-# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
-# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
-
-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
-
-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
-# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
-
-TAB_SIZE = 4
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
-# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
-# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
-# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
-# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
-# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
-
-ALIASES =
-
-# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
-# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding
-# "class=itcl::class" will allow you to use the command class in the
-# itcl::class meaning.
-
-TCL_SUBST =
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
-# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
-# of all members will be omitted, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
-# scopes will look different, etc.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
-# Fortran.
-
-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
-
-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
-# VHDL.
-
-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
-
-# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
-# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given extension.
-# Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it using this
-# tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and language
-# is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, CSharp, C,
-# C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, C++. For instance to make
-# doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), and .f files as C
-# (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. Note that for custom extensions
-# you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise the files are not read by doxygen.
-
-EXTENSION_MAPPING =
-
-# If MARKDOWN_SUPPORT is enabled (the default) then doxygen pre-processes all
-# comments according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
-# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
-# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you
-# can mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting.
-# Disable only in case of backward compatibilities issues.
-
-MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
-# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
-# func(std::string) {}). This also makes the inheritance and collaboration
-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
-
-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
-# enable parsing support.
-
-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
-# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
-# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
-
-SIP_SUPPORT = NO
-
-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
-# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
-# will make doxygen replace the get and set methods by a property in the
-# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
-# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
-# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
-
-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
-
-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
-
-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
-
-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
-# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
-# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
-# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
-# the \nosubgrouping command.
-
-SUBGROUPING = YES
-
-# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and
-# unions are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using
-# @ingroup) instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or
-# section (for LaTeX and RTF).
-
-INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
-
-# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and
-# unions with only public data fields will be shown inline in the documentation
-# of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, namespace, or group
-# documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set to NO (the default),
-# structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and Man
-# pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
-
-INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
-
-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
-# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
-# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
-
-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = YES
-
-# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
-# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
-# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
-# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
-# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
-# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
-# causing a significant performance penalty.
-# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
-# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
-# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will roughly double the
-# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
-# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols.
-
-SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
-
-# Similar to the SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE the size of the symbol lookup cache can be
-# set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This cache is used to resolve symbols given
-# their name and scope. Since this can be an expensive process and often the
-# same symbol appear multiple times in the code, doxygen keeps a cache of
-# pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small doxygen will become slower.
-# If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The cache size is given by this
-# formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols.
-
-LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Build related configuration options
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
-# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
-# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
-
-EXTRACT_ALL = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal scope will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
-
-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
-# will be included in the documentation.
-
-EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
-
-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
-# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
-
-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
-# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
-# the interface are included in the documentation.
-# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
-
-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
-
-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
-# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
-# anonymous namespaces are hidden.
-
-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
-# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
-# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
-# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
-# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
-# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
-# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
-# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
-# documentation.
-
-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
-# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
-# function's detailed documentation block.
-
-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
-
-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
-# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
-# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
-# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
-
-INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
-# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
-
-CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
-# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
-# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
-
-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
-
-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
-# of that file.
-
-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
-
-# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then Doxygen
-# will list include files with double quotes in the documentation
-# rather than with sharp brackets.
-
-FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
-
-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
-# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
-
-INLINE_INFO = YES
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
-# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
-# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
-# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
-# declaration order.
-
-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
-
-# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen
-# will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that
-# constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default)
-# the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by
-# SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS.
-# This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO
-# and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO.
-
-SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
-
-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
-# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
-# the group names will appear in their defined order.
-
-SORT_GROUP_NAMES = YES
-
-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
-# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
-# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
-# not including the namespace part.
-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
-# alphabetical list.
-
-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
-
-# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to
-# do proper type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a
-# match between the prototype and the implementation of a member function even
-# if there is only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose
-# by doing a simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen
-# will still accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
-
-STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
-# commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
-
-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
-# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
-# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
-
-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
-
-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
-# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
-
-ENABLED_SECTIONS =
-
-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
-# the initial value of a variable or macro consists of for it to appear in
-# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
-# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
-# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and macros in the
-# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
-# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
-
-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 15
-
-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
-# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
-
-SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
-# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
-# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_FILES = YES
-
-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
-# Namespaces page.
-# This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
-# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
-
-SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
-
-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
-# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
-# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
-# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
-# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
-
-FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
-
-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
-# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
-# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
-# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option.
-# You can optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted
-# DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name of the layout file.
-
-LAYOUT_FILE =
-
-# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files
-# containing the references data. This must be a list of .bib files. The
-# .bib extension is automatically appended if omitted. Using this command
-# requires the bibtex tool to be installed. See also
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. For LaTeX the style
-# of the bibliography can be controlled using LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this
-# feature you need bibtex and perl available in the search path.
-
-CITE_BIB_FILES =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
-# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-QUIET = YES
-
-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
-# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
-# NO is used.
-
-WARNINGS = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
-# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
-# automatically be disabled.
-
-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
-
-# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
-# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
-# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
-
-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
-
-# The WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for
-# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
-# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
-# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
-# documentation.
-
-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
-
-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
-# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
-# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
-# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
-# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
-# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
-
-WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
-
-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
-# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
-# to stderr.
-
-WARN_LOGFILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the input files
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
-# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
-# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
-# with spaces.
-
-INPUT = ./
-
-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
-# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
-# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
-# the list of possible encodings.
-
-INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank the following patterns are tested:
-# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.d *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh
-# *.hxx *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.dox *.py
-# *.f90 *.f *.for *.vhd *.vhdl
-
-FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
- *.txt
-
-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
-# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
-# If left blank NO is used.
-
-RECURSIVE = YES
-
-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
-# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
-# run.
-
-EXCLUDE = Documentation/ \
- License.txt
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
-# from the input.
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
-
-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
-# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
-# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
-# for example use the pattern */test/*
-
-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
-
-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = _* \
- __*
-
-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
-# the \include command).
-
-EXAMPLE_PATH = ./ \
- CodeTemplates/
-
-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
-# blank all files are included.
-
-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
-
-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
-# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
-# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
-
-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
-
-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
-# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
-# the \image command).
-
-IMAGE_PATH = ./
-
-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
-# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
-# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
-# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
-# to standard output.
-# If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
-# ignored.
-
-INPUT_FILTER =
-
-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
-# basis.
-# Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
-# filter if there is a match.
-# The filters are a list of the form:
-# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
-# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty or if
-# non of the patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
-
-FILTER_PATTERNS =
-
-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
-# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
-# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
-
-# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
-# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any)
-# and it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern
-# using *.ext= (so without naming a filter). This option only has effect when
-# FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is enabled.
-
-FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to source browsing
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
-# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
-# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
-
-SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
-
-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
-# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
-
-INLINE_SOURCES = NO
-
-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
-# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
-# fragments. Normal C, C++ and Fortran comments will always remain visible.
-
-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
-
-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented
-# functions referencing it will be listed.
-
-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
-# then for each documented function all documented entities
-# called/used by that function will be listed.
-
-REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
-
-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
-# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
-# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
-# link to the source code.
-# Otherwise they will link to the documentation.
-
-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
-
-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
-# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
-# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
-# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
-# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
-
-USE_HTAGS = NO
-
-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
-# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
-# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
-
-VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
-# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
-# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
-
-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
-
-# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
-# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
-# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
-
-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
-
-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
-# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
-# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
-# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
-
-IGNORE_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the HTML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate HTML output.
-
-GENERATE_HTML = YES
-
-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
-
-HTML_OUTPUT = html
-
-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
-# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
-# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
-
-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
-
-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header. Note that when using a custom header you are responsible
-# for the proper inclusion of any scripts and style sheets that doxygen
-# needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used.
-# It is advised to generate a default header using "doxygen -w html
-# header.html footer.html stylesheet.css YourConfigFile" and then modify
-# that header. Note that the header is subject to change so you typically
-# have to redo this when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen or when
-# changing the value of configuration settings such as GENERATE_TREEVIEW!
-
-HTML_HEADER =
-
-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard footer.
-
-HTML_FOOTER = ./DoxygenPages/Style/Footer.htm
-
-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
-# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
-# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
-# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
-# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
-# style sheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
-
-HTML_STYLESHEET = ./DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css
-
-# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
-# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
-# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
-# $relpath$ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
-# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that
-# the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
-
-HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output.
-# Doxygen will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images
-# according to this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel,
-# see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information.
-# For instance the value 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green,
-# 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 purple, and 360 is red again.
-# The allowed range is 0 to 359.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of
-# the colors in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use
-# grayscales only. A value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 120
-
-# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to
-# the luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below
-# 100 gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make
-# the output darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied,
-# so 80 represents a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2,
-# and 100 does not change the gamma.
-
-HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
-
-# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
-# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting
-# this to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
-
-HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
-
-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
-# page has loaded.
-
-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
-
-# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of
-# entries shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user
-# can expand and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand
-# the tree to such a level that at most the specified number of entries are
-# visible (unless a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount).
-# So setting the number of entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by
-# default. 0 is a special value representing an infinite number of entries
-# and will result in a full expanded tree by default.
-
-HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
-
-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
-# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
-# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
-# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
-# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
-# it at startup.
-# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
-# for more information.
-
-GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
-# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
-# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
-# can be grouped.
-
-DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
-
-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
-# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
-# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
-# will append .docset to the name.
-
-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# When GENERATE_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
-# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
-# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = com.lufa-lib.library.documentation
-
-# The GENERATE_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
-
-DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = DeanCamera
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
-# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
-# of the generated HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
-# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
-# written to the html output directory.
-
-CHM_FILE = ../LUFA.chm
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
-# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
-# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
-
-HHC_LOCATION =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
-# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
-# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
-
-GENERATE_CHI = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
-# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
-# content.
-
-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
-
-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
-# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
-# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
-
-BINARY_TOC = NO
-
-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
-# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
-
-TOC_EXPAND = YES
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
-# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated
-# that can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a
-# Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
-
-GENERATE_QHP = NO
-
-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
-# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
-
-QCH_FILE =
-
-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace
-
-QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
-# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders
-
-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
-
-# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to
-# add. For more information please see
-# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
-
-# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
-# custom filter to add. For more information please see
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters">
-# Qt Help Project / Custom Filters</a>.
-
-QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
-
-# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
-# project's
-# filter section matches.
-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes">
-# Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes</a>.
-
-QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
-
-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
-# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
-# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
-# .qhp file.
-
-QHG_LOCATION =
-
-# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
-# will be generated, which together with the HTML files, form an Eclipse help
-# plugin. To install this plugin and make it available under the help contents
-# menu in Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML
-# files needs to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of
-# the directory within the plugins directory should be the same as
-# the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before
-# the help appears.
-
-GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
-
-# A unique identifier for the eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
-# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have
-# this name.
-
-ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
-
-# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs)
-# at top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
-# the value YES disables it. Since the tabs have the same information as the
-# navigation tree you can set this option to NO if you already set
-# GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
-
-DISABLE_INDEX = YES
-
-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
-# If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated
-# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
-# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
-# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser).
-# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature.
-# Since the tree basically has the same information as the tab index you
-# could consider to set DISABLE_INDEX to NO when enabling this option.
-
-GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
-
-# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values
-# (range [0,1..20]) that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML
-# documentation. Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum
-# values from appearing in the overview section.
-
-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
-
-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
-# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
-# is shown.
-
-TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 300
-
-# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open
-# links to external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
-
-EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
-
-# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
-# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
-# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
-# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
-# to force them to be regenerated.
-
-FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
-# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are
-# not supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
-# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files
-# in the HTML output before the changes have effect.
-
-FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax
-# (see http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the
-# rendering instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not
-# have LaTeX installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML
-# output. When enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and
-# configure the path to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
-
-USE_MATHJAX = NO
-
-# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the
-# HTML output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination
-# directory should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax
-# directory is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
-# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to
-# the MathJax Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without
-# installing MathJax.
-# However, it is strongly recommended to install a local
-# copy of MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
-
-MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://www.mathjax.org/mathjax
-
-# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or MathJax extension
-# names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering.
-
-MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
-
-# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box
-# for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript
-# and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using
-# HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets
-# (GENERATE_DOCSET) there is already a search function so this one should
-# typically be disabled. For large projects the javascript based search engine
-# can be slow, then enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution.
-
-SEARCHENGINE = YES
-
-# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
-# implemented using a PHP enabled web server instead of at the web client
-# using Javascript. Doxygen will generate the search PHP script and index
-# file to put on the web server. The advantage of the server
-# based approach is that it scales better to large projects and allows
-# full text search. The disadvantages are that it is more difficult to setup
-# and does not have live searching capabilities.
-
-SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate Latex output.
-
-GENERATE_LATEX = NO
-
-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
-
-LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
-
-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
-# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
-# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for
-# generating bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the
-# Makefile that is written to the output directory.
-
-LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
-
-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
-# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
-# default command name.
-
-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
-
-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_LATEX = NO
-
-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
-# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, letter, legal and
-# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
-
-PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
-
-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
-# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
-
-EXTRA_PACKAGES =
-
-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
-# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
-# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
-
-LATEX_HEADER =
-
-# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for
-# the generated latex document. The footer should contain everything after
-# the last chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
-# standard footer. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
-
-LATEX_FOOTER =
-
-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
-# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
-
-PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
-
-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
-# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
-# higher quality PDF documentation.
-
-USE_PDFLATEX = YES
-
-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
-# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
-# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
-
-LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
-
-# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
-# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
-# in the output.
-
-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
-
-# If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include
-# source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
-# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings
-# such as SOURCE_BROWSER.
-
-LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
-
-# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
-# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. The default style is "plain". See
-# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
-
-LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the RTF output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
-# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
-# other RTF readers or editors.
-
-GENERATE_RTF = NO
-
-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
-
-RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
-
-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
-# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
-# save some trees in general.
-
-COMPACT_RTF = NO
-
-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
-# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
-# programs which support those fields.
-# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
-
-RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
-
-# Load style sheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
-# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
-# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
-
-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
-
-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
-# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
-
-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the man page output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate man pages
-
-GENERATE_MAN = NO
-
-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
-
-MAN_OUTPUT = man
-
-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
-# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
-
-MAN_EXTENSION = .3
-
-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
-# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
-# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
-# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
-# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
-
-MAN_LINKS = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the XML output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation.
-
-GENERATE_XML = NO
-
-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
-# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
-
-XML_OUTPUT = xml
-
-# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_SCHEMA =
-
-# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
-# syntax of the XML files.
-
-XML_DTD =
-
-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
-# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
-# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
-
-XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
-# that captures the structure of the code including all
-# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
-# and incomplete at the moment.
-
-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# configuration options related to the Perl module output
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
-# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
-# the code including all documentation. Note that this
-# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
-# moment.
-
-GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
-# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
-# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
-
-PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
-
-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
-# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.
-# This is useful
-# if you want to understand what is going on.
-# On the other hand, if this
-# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
-# and Perl will parse it just the same.
-
-PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
-
-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
-# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
-# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
-# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
-
-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
-# files.
-
-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
-# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
-# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
-# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
-
-MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
-
-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
-# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
-# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
-
-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
-
-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
-# pointed to by INCLUDE_PATH will be searched when a #include is found.
-
-SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
-
-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
-# the preprocessor.
-
-INCLUDE_PATH =
-
-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
-# be used.
-
-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
-
-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
-# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
-# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
-# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
-# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
-# instead of the = operator.
-
-PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
- PROGMEM \
- EEMEM \
- ATTR_PACKED
-
-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
-# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
-# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
-# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition that
-# overrules the definition found in the source code.
-
-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
-
-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
-# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all references to function-like macros
-# that are alone on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a
-# semicolon, because these will confuse the parser if not removed.
-
-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration::additions related to external references
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. For each
-# tag file the location of the external documentation should be added. The
-# format of a tag file without this location is as follows:
-#
-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
-#
-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
-# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths
-# or URLs. Note that each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does
-# NOT include the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which
-# doxygen is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
-
-TAGFILES =
-
-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
-# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
-
-GENERATE_TAGFILE =
-
-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
-# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
-# will be listed.
-
-ALLEXTERNALS = NO
-
-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
-# be listed.
-
-EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
-
-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
-# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
-
-PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
-
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# Configuration options related to the dot tool
-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
-# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
-# this option also works with HAVE_DOT disabled, but it is recommended to
-# install and use dot, since it yields more powerful graphs.
-
-CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
-
-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
-# default search path.
-
-MSCGEN_PATH =
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
-# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
-# or is not a class.
-
-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
-
-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
-# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
-# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
-
-HAVE_DOT = NO
-
-# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is
-# allowed to run in parallel. When set to 0 (the default) doxygen will
-# base this on the number of processors available in the system. You can set it
-# explicitly to a value larger than 0 to get control over the balance
-# between CPU load and processing speed.
-
-DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
-
-# By default doxygen will use the Helvetica font for all dot files that
-# doxygen generates. When you want a differently looking font you can specify
-# the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make sure dot is able to find
-# the font, which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting
-# the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the
-# directory containing the font.
-
-DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
-
-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
-# The default size is 10pt.
-
-DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
-
-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the Helvetica font.
-# If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can use DOT_FONTPATH to
-# set the path where dot can find it.
-
-DOT_FONTPATH =
-
-# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
-# CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
-
-CLASS_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
-# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
-# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
-
-COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
-
-GROUP_GRAPHS = YES
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
-# Language.
-
-UML_LOOK = NO
-
-# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside
-# the class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the
-# graph may become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS
-# threshold limits the number of items for each type to make the size more
-# managable. Set this to 0 for no limit. Note that the threshold may be
-# exceeded by 50% before the limit is enforced.
-
-UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
-
-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
-# relations between templates and their instances.
-
-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
-# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
-# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
-# other documented files.
-
-INCLUDE_GRAPH = YES
-
-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
-# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
-# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
-# indirectly include this file.
-
-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = YES
-
-# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
-# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
-
-CALL_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
-# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
-# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
-
-CALLER_GRAPH = NO
-
-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
-# will generate a graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
-
-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
-
-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
-# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
-# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
-# relations between the files in the directories.
-
-DIRECTORY_GRAPH = YES
-
-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
-# generated by dot. Possible values are svg, png, jpg, or gif.
-# If left blank png will be used. If you choose svg you need to set
-# HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files
-# visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this requirement).
-
-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
-
-# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
-# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
-# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer.
-# Tested and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. For IE 9+ you
-# need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files
-# visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
-
-INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
-
-# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
-
-DOT_PATH =
-
-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
-# \dotfile command).
-
-DOTFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
-# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the
-# \mscfile command).
-
-MSCFILE_DIRS =
-
-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
-# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
-# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
-# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
-# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
-# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
-
-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
-
-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
-# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
-# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
-# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
-# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
-# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
-
-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
-
-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
-# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
-# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
-# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
-
-DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
-
-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
-# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
-
-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
-
-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
-# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
-
-GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
-
-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
-# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
-# the various graphs.
-
-DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompileTimeTokens.txt b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompileTimeTokens.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 966ddd0fe..000000000
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompileTimeTokens.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \page Page_TokenSummary Summary of Compile Tokens
- *
- * The following lists all the possible tokens which can be defined in a project makefile, and passed to the
- * compiler via the -D switch, to alter the LUFA library code. These tokens may alter the library behaviour,
- * or remove features unused by a given application in order to save flash space.
- *
- * \note If the \c USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER token is defined, the library will include a header file named \c LUFAConfig.h located
- * in the user directory where the below compile time tokens may be defined. This allows for an alternative to makefile
- * defined tokens for configuring the library.
- *
- * \section Sec_SummaryNonUSBTokens Non USB Related Tokens
- * This section describes compile tokens which affect non-USB sections of the LUFA library.
- *
- * - <b>DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES</b> - (\ref Group_Terminal) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * If an application contains ANSI terminal control codes listed in TerminalCodes.h, it might be desired to remove them
- * at compile time for use with a terminal which is non-ANSI control code aware, without modifying the source code. If
- * this token is defined, all ANSI control codes in the application code from the TerminalCodes.h header are removed from
- * the source code at compile time.
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_SummaryUSBClassTokens USB Class Driver Related Tokens
- * This section describes compile tokens which affect USB class-specific drivers in the LUFA library.
- *
- * - <b>HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY</b> - (\ref Group_USBClassHIDHost) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * By default, the USB HID Host class driver is designed to work with HID devices using either the Boot or Report HID
- * communication protocols. On devices where the Report protocol is not used (i.e. in applications where only basic
- * Mouse or Keyboard operation is desired, using boot compatible devices), the code responsible for the Report protocol
- * mode can be removed to save space in the compiled application by defining this token. When defined, it is still necessary
- * to explicitly put the attached device into Boot protocol mode via a call to \ref HID_Host_SetBootProtocol().
- *
- * - <b>HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * HID reports may contain PUSH and POP elements, to store and retrieve the current HID state table onto a stack. This
- * allows for reports to save the state table before modifying it slightly for a data item, and then restore the previous
- * state table in a compact manner. This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to give the maximum depth of the state
- * table stack. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file documentation.
- *
- * - <b>HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * HID reports generally contain many USAGE elements, which are assigned to INPUT, OUTPUT and FEATURE items in succession
- * when multiple items are defined at once (via REPORT COUNT elements). This allows for several items to be defined with
- * different usages in a compact manner. This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to set the maximum depth of the
- * usage stack, indicating the maximum number of USAGE items which can be stored temporarily until the next INPUT, OUTPUT
- * and FEATURE item. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file documentation.
- *
- * - <b>HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * HID reports generally contain several COLLECTION elements, used to group related data items together. Collection information
- * is stored separately in the processed usage structure (and referred to by the data elements in the structure) to save space.
- * This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to set the maximum number of COLLECTION items which can be processed by the
- * parser into the resultant processed report structure. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file
- * documentation.
- *
- * - <b>HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * All HID reports contain one or more INPUT, OUTPUT and/or FEATURE items describing the data which can be sent to and from the HID
- * device. Each item has associated usages, bit offsets in the item reports and other associated data indicating the manner in which
- * the report data should be interpreted by the host. This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to set the maximum number of
- * data elements which can be stored in the processed HID report structure, including INPUT, OUTPUT and (if enabled) FEATURE items.
- * If a item has a multiple count (i.e. a REPORT COUNT of more than 1), each item in the report count is placed separately in the
- * processed HID report table. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file documentation.
- *
- * - <b>HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * HID reports may contain several report IDs, to logically distinguish grouped device data from one another - for example, a combination
- * keyboard and mouse might use report IDs to separate the keyboard reports from the mouse reports. In order to determine the size of each
- * report, and thus know how many bytes must be read or written, the size of each report (IN, OUT and FEATURE) must be calculated and
- * stored. This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to set the maximum number of report IDs in a device which can be processed
- * and their sizes calculated/stored into the resultant processed report structure. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in
- * the HID.h file documentation.
- *
- * - <b>NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH</b> - (\ref Group_USBClassDrivers) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * Many of the device and host mode class drivers automatically flush any data waiting to be written to an interface, when the corresponding
- * USB management task is executed. This is usually desirable to ensure that any queued data is sent as soon as possible once and new data is
- * constructed in the main program loop. However, if flushing is to be controlled manually by the user application via the *_Flush() commands,
- * the compile time token may be defined in the application's makefile to disable automatic flushing during calls to the class driver USB
- * management tasks.
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_SummaryUSBTokens General USB Driver Related Tokens
- * This section describes compile tokens which affect USB driver stack as a whole in the LUFA library.
- *
- * - <b>ORDERED_EP_CONFIG</b> - (\ref Group_EndpointManagement , \ref Group_PipeManagement) - <i>AVR8, UC3</i> \n
- * The USB AVRs do not allow for Endpoints and Pipes to be configured out of order; they <i>must</i> be configured in an ascending order to
- * prevent data corruption issues. However, by default LUFA employs a workaround to allow for unordered Endpoint/Pipe initialization. This compile
- * time token may be used to restrict the initialization order to ascending indexes only in exchange for a smaller compiled binary size. Use
- * caution when applied to applications using the library USB Class drivers; the user application must ensure that all endpoints and pipes are
- * allocated sequentially.
- *
- * - <b>USE_STATIC_OPTIONS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * By default, the USB_Init() function accepts dynamic options at runtime to alter the library behaviour, including whether the USB pad
- * voltage regulator is enabled, and the device speed when in device mode. By defining this token to a mask comprised of the USB options
- * mask defines usually passed as the Options parameter to USB_Init(), the resulting compiled binary can be decreased in size by removing
- * the dynamic options code, and replacing it with the statically set options. When defined, the USB_Init() function no longer accepts an
- * Options parameter.
- *
- * - <b>USB_DEVICE_ONLY</b> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * For the USB AVR models supporting both device and host USB modes, the USB_Init() function contains a Mode parameter which specifies the
- * mode the library should be initialized to. If only device mode is required, the code for USB host mode can be removed from the binary to
- * save space. When defined, the USB_Init() function no longer accepts a Mode parameter. This define is irrelevant on smaller USB AVRs which
- * do not support host mode.
- *
- * - <b>USB_HOST_ONLY</b> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * Same as USB_DEVICE_ONLY, except the library is fixed to USB host mode rather than USB device mode. Not available on some USB AVR models.
- *
- * - <b>USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * When endpoint and/or pipe stream functions are used, by default there is a timeout between each transfer which the connected device or host
- * must satisfy, or the stream function aborts the remaining data transfer. This token may be defined to a non-zero 16-bit value to set the timeout
- * period for stream transfers, specified in milliseconds. If not defined, the default value specified in LowLevel.h is used instead.
- *
- * - <b>NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT</b> - (\ref Group_Events) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
- * On the smaller USB AVRs, the USB controller lacks VBUS events to determine the physical connection state of the USB bus to a host. In lieu of
- * VBUS events, the library attempts to determine the connection state via the bus suspension and wake up events instead. This however may be
- * slightly inaccurate due to the possibility of the host suspending the bus while the device is still connected. If accurate connection status is
- * required, the VBUS line of the USB connector should be routed to an AVR pin to detect its level, so that the USB_DeviceState global
- * can be accurately set and the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Connect() and \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect() events manually raised by the RAISE_EVENT macro.
- * When defined, this token disables the library's auto-detection of the connection state by the aforementioned suspension and wake up events.
- *
- * - <b>NO_SOF_EVENTS</b> - (\ref Group_Events) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * By default, there exists a LUFA application event for the start of each USB frame while the USB bus is not suspended in either host or device mode.
- * This event can be selectively enabled or disabled by calling the appropriate device or host mode function. When this compile time token is defined,
- * the ability to receive USB Start of Frame events via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() or \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() events is removed,
- * reducing the compiled program's binary size.
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_SummaryUSBDeviceTokens USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens
- * This section describes compile tokens which affect USB driver stack of the LUFA library when used in Device mode.
- *
- * - <b>USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS</b> - (\ref Group_StdDescriptors) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
- * Define this token to indicate to the USB driver that all device descriptors are stored in RAM, rather than being located in any one
- * of the AVR's memory spaces. RAM descriptors may be desirable in applications where the descriptors need to be modified at runtime.
- *
- * - <b>USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS</b> - (\ref Group_StdDescriptors) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
- * Similar to USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS, but all descriptors are stored in the AVR's FLASH memory rather than RAM.
- *
- * - <b>USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS</b> - (\ref Group_StdDescriptors) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
- * Similar to USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS, but all descriptors are stored in the AVR's EEPROM memory rather than RAM.
- *
- * - <b>NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL</b> - (\ref Group_StdDescriptors) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * Some AVR models contain a unique serial number which can be used as the device serial number, while in device mode. This allows
- * the host to uniquely identify the device regardless of if it is moved between USB ports on the same computer, allowing allocated
- * resources (such as drivers, COM Port number allocations) to be preserved. This is not needed in many apps, and so the code that
- * performs this task can be disabled by defining this option and passing it to the compiler via the -D switch.
- *
- * - <b>FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_EndpointManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * By default, the library determines the size of the control endpoint (when in device mode) by reading the device descriptor.
- * Normally this reduces the amount of configuration required for the library, allows the value to change dynamically (if
- * descriptors are stored in EEPROM or RAM rather than flash memory) and reduces code maintenance. However, this token can be
- * defined to a non-zero value instead to give the size in bytes of the control endpoint, to reduce the size of the compiled
- * binary.
- *
- * - <b>DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
- * One of the most frequently used global variables in the stack is the USB_DeviceState global, which indicates the current state of
- * the Device State Machine. To reduce the amount of code and time required to access and modify this global in an application, this token
- * may be defined to a value between 0 and 2 to fix the state variable into one of the three general purpose IO registers inside the AVR
- * reserved for application use. When defined, the corresponding GPIOR register should not be used within the user application except
- * implicitly via the library APIs.
- *
- * - <b>FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * By default, the library determines the number of configurations a USB device supports by reading the device descriptor. This reduces
- * the amount of configuration required to set up the library, and allows the value to change dynamically (if descriptors are stored in
- * EEPROM or RAM rather than flash memory) and reduces code maintenance. However, this value may be fixed via this token in the project
- * makefile to reduce the compiled size of the binary at the expense of flexibility.
- *
- * - <b>CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * In some limited USB device applications, there are no device endpoints other than the control endpoint; i.e. all device communication
- * is through control endpoint requests. Defining this token will remove several features related to the selection and control of device
- * endpoints internally, saving space. Generally, this is usually only useful in (some) bootloaders and is best avoided.
- *
- * - <b>MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>XMEGA Only</i> \n
- * Defining this value to the highest index (not address - this excludes the direction flag) endpoint within the device will restrict the
- * number of FIFOs created internally for the endpoint buffers, reducing the total RAM usage.
- *
- * - <b>INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT</b> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * Some applications prefer to not call the USB_USBTask() management task regularly while in device mode, as it can complicate code significantly.
- * Instead, when device mode is used this token can be passed to the library via the -D switch to allow the library to manage the USB control
- * endpoint entirely via USB controller interrupts asynchronously to the user application. When defined, USB_USBTask() does not need to be called
- * when in USB device mode.
- *
- * - <b>NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * Many devices do not require the use of the Remote Wakeup features of USB, used to wake up the USB host when suspended. On these devices,
- * the code required to manage device Remote Wakeup can be disabled by defining this token and passing it to the library via the -D switch.
- *
- * - <b>NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * USB devices may be bus powered, self powered, or a combination of both. When a device can be both bus powered and self powered, the host may
- * query the device to determine the current power source, via \ref USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered. For solely bus powered devices, this global
- * and the code required to manage it may be disabled by passing this token to the library via the -D switch.
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_SummaryUSBHostTokens USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens
- *
- * This section describes compile tokens which affect USB driver stack of the LUFA library when used in Host mode.
- *
- * - <b>HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR</b> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
- * One of the most frequently used global variables in the stack is the USB_HostState global, which indicates the current state of
- * the Host State Machine. To reduce the amount of code and time required to access and modify this global in an application, this token
- * may be defined to a value between 0 and 2 to fix the state variable into one of the three general purpose IO registers inside the AVR
- * reserved for application use. When defined, the corresponding GPIOR register should not be used within the user application except
- * implicitly via the library APIs.
- *
- * - <b>USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * When a control transfer is initiated in host mode to an attached device, a timeout is used to abort the transfer if the attached
- * device fails to respond within the timeout period. This token may be defined to a non-zero 16-bit value to set the timeout period for
- * control transfers, specified in milliseconds. If not defined, the default value specified in Host.h is used instead.
- *
- * - <b>HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * Some devices require a delay of up to 5 seconds after they are connected to VBUS before the enumeration process can be started, or
- * they will fail to enumerate correctly. By placing a delay before the enumeration process, it can be ensured that the bus has settled
- * back to a known idle state before communications occur with the device. This token may be defined to a 16-bit value to set the device
- * settle period, specified in milliseconds. If not defined, the default value specified in Host.h is used instead.
- *
- * - <b>INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE</b> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * If enabled, this will indicate that the USB target VBUS line polarity is inverted; i.e. it should be pulled low to enable VBUS to the
- * target, and pulled high to stop the target VBUS generation.
- *
- * \attention On AVR8 architecture devices, this compile time option requires \c NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT to be set.
- *
- * - <b>NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT</b> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
- * Disables the automatic management of VBUS to the target, i.e. automatic shut down in the even of an overcurrent situation. When enabled, VBUS
- * is enabled while the USB controller is initialized in USB Host mode.
- */
-
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/KnownIssues.txt b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/KnownIssues.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d63a03d0..000000000
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/KnownIssues.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
- /** \page Page_KnownIssues Known Issues
- * The following are known issues present in each official LUFA release. This list should contain all known
- * issues in the library. Most of these issues should be corrected in the future release - see
- * \ref Page_FutureChanges for a list of planned changes in future releases.
- *
- * \section Sec_KnownIssues120730 Version 120730
- * - AVR8 Architecture
- * - No known issues.
- * - UC3 Architecture
- * \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
- *
- * - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
- * although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
- * - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
- * - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
- * altered USB controller design.
- * - The various \c CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
- * streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
- * - XMEGA Architecture
- * \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
- *
- * - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the XMEGA devices in the current release,
- * although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
- * - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
- * - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
- * cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
- * - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
- * - Early revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
- * relating to the USB controller.
- * - Architecture Independent
- * - The HID parser fails for array type elements that have a MIN and MAX usage applied; each element
- * in the array will receive a unique incrementing usage from the MIN value, up to MAX.
- * - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
- * and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
- * - Build System
- * - No known issues.
- */
-
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LicenseInfo.txt b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LicenseInfo.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 091ce9431..000000000
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LicenseInfo.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/**
- * \page Page_LicenseInfo Source Code License
- *
- * The LUFA library is currently released under the MIT license, included below.
- *
- * Commercial entities can opt out of the public disclosure clause in this license
- * for a one-time US$1500 payment. This provides a non-exclusive modified MIT licensed which
- * allows for the free use of the LUFA library, bootloaders and (where the sole copyright
- * is attributed to Dean Camera) demos without public disclosure within an organization, in
- * addition to three free hours of consultation with the library author, and priority support.
- * Please visit the Commercial License link on \ref Page_Resources for more information on
- * ordering a commercial license for your company.
- *
- * \verbinclude License.txt
- */
-
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css
deleted file mode 100644
index b0b8464be..000000000
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1123 +0,0 @@
-@media print
- {
- #top
- {
- display:none;
- }
-
- #side-nav
- {
- display:none;
- }
-
- #nav-path
- {
- display:none;
- }
-
- body
- {
- overflow:visible;
- }
-
- h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6
- {
- page-break-after:avoid;
- }
-
- .summary
- {
- display:none;
- }
-
- .memitem
- {
- page-break-inside:avoid;
- }
-
- #doc-content
- {
- display:inline;
- height:auto !important;
- margin-left:0 !important;
- overflow:inherit;
- width:auto !important;
- }
-
- .fragment
- {
- background-color: #FFFFFF !important;
- }
-}
-
-body,table,div,p,dl
-{
- font-family:Lucida Grande, Verdana, Geneva, Arial, sans-serif;
- font-size:13px;
- line-height:1.3;
-}
-
-div.contents p
-{
- padding-left:12px;
-}
-
-div.contents table.memberdecls,.paramname
-{
- font-family:Consolas, Monaco, courier, sans-serif;
- font-size:105%;
- padding-right:20px;
-}
-
-.title
-{
- font-size:150%;
- font-weight:bold;
- margin:10px 2px;
-}
-
-h1
-{
- font-size:25px;
- margin-bottom:10px;
-}
-
-h2
-{
- color:#42657B;
- font-family:Lucida Grande, Verdana, Geneva, Arial, sans-serif;
- font-size:17px;
-}
-
-h3
-{
- font-family:Lucida Grande, Verdana, Geneva, Arial, sans-serif;
- font-size:15px;
-}
-
-h4
-{
- font-family:Lucida Grande, Verdana, Geneva, Arial, sans-serif;
- font-size:13px;
-}
-
-dt
-{
- font-weight:bold;
-}
-
-div.multicol
-{
- -moz-column-count:3px;
- -moz-column-gap:1em;
- -webkit-column-count:3px;
- -webkit-column-gap:1em;
-}
-
-p.startli,p.startdd,p.starttd
-{
- margin-top:2px;
-}
-
-p.endli
-{
- margin-bottom:0;
-}
-
-p.enddd
-{
- margin-bottom:4px;
-}
-
-p.endtd
-{
- margin-bottom:2px;
-}
-
-caption
-{
- font-weight:bold;
-}
-
-span.legend
-{
- font-size:70%;
- text-align:center;
-}
-
-h3.version
-{
- font-size:90%;
- text-align:center;
-}
-
-div.qindex,div.navtab
-{
- background-color:#EAEFF7;
- border:1px solid #9EB3DC;
- text-align:center;
-}
-
-div.qindex,div.navpath
-{
- line-height:140%;
- width:100%;
-}
-
-div.navtab
-{
- margin-right:15px;
-}
-
-a
-{
- color:#355594;
- font-weight:normal;
- text-decoration:none;
-}
-
-.contents a:visited
-{
- color:#3D62AB;
-}
-
-a:hover
-{
- text-decoration:underline;
-}
-
-a.qindex
-{
- font-weight:bold;
-}
-
-a.qindexHL
-{
- background-color:#97ADD9;
- border:1px double #7F9BD1;
- color:#ffffff;
- font-weight:bold;
-}
-
-.contents a.qindexHL:visited
-{
- color:#ffffff;
-}
-
-a.el
-{
- font-weight:bold;
-}
-
-a.code,a.code:visited
-{
- color:#4665A2;
-}
-
-a.codeRef,a.codeRef:visited
-{
- color:#4665A2;
-}
-
-dl.el
-{
- margin-left:-1cm;
-}
-
-pre.fragment {
- border: 1px solid #C4CFE5;
- background-color: #FBFCFD;
- padding: 4px 6px;
- margin: 4px 8px 4px 2px;
- overflow: auto;
- word-wrap: break-word;
- font-size: 9pt;
- line-height: 125%;
- font-family: monospace, fixed;
- font-size: 105%;
-}
-
-div.fragment {
- padding: 4px;
- margin: 4px;
- background-color: #FBFCFD;
- border: 1px solid #C4CFE5;
-}
-
-div.line {
- font-family: monospace, fixed;
- font-size: 13px;
- min-height: 13px;
- line-height: 1.0;
- text-wrap: unrestricted;
- white-space: -moz-pre-wrap; /* Moz */
- white-space: -pre-wrap; /* Opera 4-6 */
- white-space: -o-pre-wrap; /* Opera 7 */
- white-space: pre-wrap; /* CSS3 */
- word-wrap: break-word; /* IE 5.5+ */
- text-indent: -53px;
- padding-left: 53px;
- padding-bottom: 0px;
- margin: 0px;
-}
-
-span.lineno {
- padding-right: 4px;
- text-align: right;
- border-right: 2px solid #0F0;
- background-color: #E8E8E8;
- white-space: pre;
-}
-span.lineno a {
- background-color: #D8D8D8;
-}
-
-span.lineno a:hover {
- background-color: #C8C8C8;
-}
-
-div.ah
-{
- -moz-border-radius:.5em;
- -moz-box-shadow:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.15) 2px 2px 2px;
- -webkit-border-radius:.5em;
- -webkit-box-shadow:2px 2px 3px #999;
- background-color:black;
- background-image:0;
- border:solid thin #333;
- border-radius:0.5em;
- box-shadow:2px 2px 3px #999;
- color:#ffffff;
- font-weight:bold;
- margin-bottom:3px;
- margin-top:3px;
- padding:0.2em;
-}
-
-div.groupHeader
-{
- font-weight:bold;
- margin-left:16px;
- margin-top:12px;
-}
-
-div.groupText
-{
- font-style:italic;
- margin-left:16px;
-}
-
-body
-{
- background-color:white;
- color:black;
- margin:0;
-}
-
-div.contents
-{
- margin-left:8px;
- margin-right:8px;
- margin-top:10px;
-}
-
-td.indexkey
-{
- background-color:#EAEFF7;
- border:1px solid #C1CEE8;
- font-weight:bold;
- margin:2px 0;
- padding:2px 10px;
- vertical-align:top;
- white-space:nowrap;
-}
-
-td.indexvalue
-{
- background-color:#EAEFF7;
- border:1px solid #C1CEE8;
- margin:2px 0;
- padding:2px 10px;
-}
-
-tr.memlist
-{
- background-color:#EDF1F8;
-}
-
-p.formulaDsp
-{
- text-align:center;
-}
-
-img.formulaInl
-{
- vertical-align:middle;
-}
-
-div.center
-{
- margin-bottom:0;
- margin-top:0;
- padding:0;
- text-align:center;
-}
-
-div.center img
-{
- border:0;
-}
-
-address.footer
-{
- padding-right:12px;
- text-align:right;
-}
-
-img.footer
-{
- border:0;
- vertical-align:middle;
-}
-
-span.keyword
-{
- color:#008000;
-}
-
-span.keywordtype
-{
- color:#604020;
-}
-
-span.keywordflow
-{
- color:#e08000;
-}
-
-span.comment
-{
- color:#008000;
-}
-
-span.preprocessor
-{
- color:#806020;
-}
-
-span.stringliteral
-{
- color:#002080;
-}
-
-span.charliteral
-{
- color:#008080;
-}
-
-span.vhdldigit
-{
- color:#ff00ff;
-}
-
-span.vhdlchar
-{
- color:#000000;
-}
-
-span.vhdlkeyword
-{
- color:#700070;
-}
-
-span.vhdllogic
-{
- color:#ff0000;
-}
-
-blockquote
-{
- background-color:#F6F8FC;
- border-left:2px solid #97ADD9;
- margin:0 24px 0 4px;
- padding:0 12px 0 16px;
-}
-
-td.tiny
-{
- font-size:75%;
-}
-
-.dirtab
-{
- border:1px solid #9EB3DC;
- border-collapse:collapse;
- padding:4px;
-}
-
-th.dirtab
-{
- background:#EAEFF7;
- font-weight:bold;
-}
-
-hr
-{
- border:none;
- border-top:1px solid #4067B4;
- height:0;
-}
-
-hr.footer
-{
- height:1px;
-}
-
-table.memberdecls
-{
- border-spacing:0;
- padding:0;
-}
-
-.mdescLeft,.mdescRight,.memItemLeft,.memItemRight,.memTemplItemLeft,.memTemplItemRight,.memTemplParams
-{
- background-color:#F9FAFC;
- border:none;
- margin:4px;
- padding:1px 0 0 8px;
-}
-
-.mdescLeft,.mdescRight
-{
- color:#555;
- padding:0 8px 4px;
-}
-
-.memItemLeft,.memItemRight,.memTemplParams
-{
- border-top:1px solid #C1CEE8;
-}
-
-.memItemLeft,.memTemplItemLeft
-{
- white-space:nowrap;
-}
-
-.memItemRight
-{
- width:100%;
-}
-
-.memTemplParams
-{
- color:#3D62AB;
- white-space:nowrap;
-}
-
-.memtemplate
-{
- color:#3D62AB;
- font-size:80%;
- font-weight:normal;
- margin-left:9px;
-}
-
-.memnav
-{
- background-color:#EAEFF7;
- border:1px solid #9EB3DC;
- margin:2px 15px 2px 2px;
- padding:2px;
- text-align:center;
-}
-
-.mempage
-{
- width:100%;
-}
-
-.memitem
-{
- margin-bottom:10px;
- margin-right:5px;
- padding:0;
-}
-
-.memname
-{
- font-weight:bold;
- margin-left:6px;
- white-space:nowrap;
-}
-
-.memproto,dl.reflist dt
-{
- -moz-border-radius-topleft:8px;
- -moz-border-radius-topright:8px;
- -moz-box-shadow:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.15) 5px 5px 5px;
- -webkit-border-top-left-radius:8px;
- -webkit-border-top-right-radius:8px;
- -webkit-box-shadow:5px 5px 5px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.15);
- background-color:#E1E7F4;
- background-image:url('nav_f.png');
- background-repeat:repeat-x;
- border-left:1px solid #A3B7DE;
- border-right:1px solid #A3B7DE;
- border-top:1px solid #A3B7DE;
- border-top-left-radius:8px;
- border-top-right-radius:8px;
- box-shadow:5px 5px 5px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.15);
- color:#20335A;
- font-weight:bold;
- padding:6px 0;
- text-shadow:0 1px 1px rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.9);
-}
-
-.memdoc,dl.reflist dd
-{
- -moz-border-radius-bottomleft:8px;
- -moz-border-radius-bottomright:8px;
- -moz-box-shadow:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.15) 5px 5px 5px;
- -webkit-border-bottom-left-radius:8px;
- -webkit-border-bottom-right-radius:8px;
- -webkit-box-shadow:5px 5px 5px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.15);
- background-color:#FBFCFD;
- background-image:0 color-stop(0.6,#FFFFFF), color-stop(0.60,#FFFFFF), color-stop(0.95,#F6F8FC), to(#EDF1F8));
- border-bottom:1px solid #A3B7DE;
- border-bottom-left-radius:8px;
- border-bottom-right-radius:8px;
- border-left:1px solid #A3B7DE;
- border-right:1px solid #A3B7DE;
- border-top-width:0;
- box-shadow:5px 5px 5px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.15);
- padding:2px 5px;
-}
-
-dl.reflist dt
-{
- padding:5px;
-}
-
-dl.reflist dd
-{
- margin:0 0 10px;
- padding:5px;
-}
-
-.paramkey
-{
- text-align:right;
-}
-
-.paramtype
-{
- white-space:nowrap;
-}
-
-.paramname
-{
- color:#602020;
- white-space:nowrap;
-}
-
-.paramname em
-{
- font-style:normal;
-}
-
-.params,.retval,.exception,.tparams
-{
- border-spacing:6px 2px;
-}
-
-.params .paramname,.retval .paramname
-{
- font-weight:bold;
- vertical-align:top;
-}
-
-.params .paramtype
-{
- font-style:italic;
- vertical-align:top;
-}
-
-.params .paramdir
-{
- font-family:"courier new",courier,monospace;
- vertical-align:top;
-}
-
-.ftvtree
-{
- font-family:sans-serif;
- margin:0;
-}
-
-.directory
-{
- font-size:9pt;
- font-weight:bold;
- margin:5px;
-}
-
-.directory h3
-{
- font-size:11pt;
- margin:1em 0 0;
-}
-
-.directory > h3
-{
- margin-top:0;
-}
-
-.directory p
-{
- margin:0;
- white-space:nowrap;
-}
-
-.directory div
-{
- display:none;
- margin:0;
-}
-
-.directory img
-{
- vertical-align:-30%;
-}
-
-.directory-alt
-{
- font-size:100%;
- font-weight:bold;
-}
-
-.directory-alt h3
-{
- font-size:11pt;
- margin:1em 0 0;
-}
-
-.directory-alt > h3
-{
- margin-top:0;
-}
-
-.directory-alt p
-{
- margin:0;
- white-space:nowrap;
-}
-
-.directory-alt div
-{
- display:none;
- margin:0;
-}
-
-.directory-alt img
-{
- vertical-align:-30%;
-}
-
-div.dynheader
-{
- margin-top:8px;
-}
-
-address
-{
- color:#253B67;
- font-style:normal;
-}
-
-table.doxtable
-{
- border-collapse:collapse;
- margin-bottom:4px;
- margin-top:4px;
-}
-
-table.doxtable td,table.doxtable th
-{
- border:1px solid #273F6D;
- padding:3px 7px 2px;
-}
-
-table.doxtable th
-{
- background-color:#304D86;
- color:#FFFFFF;
- font-size:110%;
- padding-bottom:4px;
- padding-top:5px;
-}
-
-table.fieldtable
-{
- -moz-border-radius:4px;
- -moz-box-shadow:rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.15) 2px 2px 2px;
- -webkit-border-radius:4px;
- -webkit-box-shadow:2px 2px 2px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.15);
- border:1px solid #A3B7DE;
- border-radius:4px;
- border-spacing:0;
- box-shadow:2px 2px 2px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.15);
- margin-bottom:10px;
- width:100%;
-}
-
-.fieldtable td,.fieldtable th
-{
- padding:3px 7px 2px;
-}
-
-.fieldtable td.fieldtype,.fieldtable td.fieldname
-{
- border-bottom:1px solid #A3B7DE;
- border-right:1px solid #A3B7DE;
- vertical-align:top;
- white-space:nowrap;
-}
-
-.fieldtable td.fielddoc
-{
- border-bottom:1px solid #A3B7DE;
- width:100%;
-}
-
-.fieldtable tr:last-child td
-{
- border-bottom:none;
-}
-
-.fieldtable th
-{
- -moz-border-radius-topleft:4px;
- -moz-border-radius-topright:4px;
- -webkit-border-top-left-radius:4px;
- -webkit-border-top-right-radius:4px;
- background-color:#E1E7F4;
- background-image:url('nav_f.png');
- background-repeat:repeat-x;
- border-bottom:1px solid #A3B7DE;
- border-top-left-radius:4px;
- border-top-right-radius:4px;
- color:#20335A;
- font-size:90%;
- padding-bottom:4px;
- padding-top:5px;
- text-align:left;
-}
-
-.tabsearch
-{
- background-image:url('tab_b.png');
- font-size:13px;
- height:36px;
- left:10px;
- overflow:hidden;
- top:0;
- z-index:101;
-}
-
-.navpath ul
-{
- background-image:url('tab_b.png');
- background-repeat:repeat-x;
- border:solid 1px #BFCCE8;
- color:#839ED2;
- font-size:11px;
- height:30px;
- line-height:30px;
- margin:0;
- overflow:hidden;
- padding:0;
-}
-
-.navpath li
-{
- background-image:url('bc_s.png');
- background-position:right;
- background-repeat:no-repeat;
- color:#2F4B83;
- float:left;
- list-style-type:none;
- padding-left:10px;
- padding-right:15px;
-}
-
-.navpath li.navelem a
-{
- display:block;
- height:32px;
- outline:none;
- text-decoration:none;
-}
-
-.navpath li.navelem a:hover
-{
- color:#6081C5;
-}
-
-.navpath li.footer
-{
- background-image:none;
- background-position:right;
- background-repeat:no-repeat;
- color:#2F4B83;
- float:right;
- font-size:8pt;
- list-style-type:none;
- padding-left:10px;
- padding-right:15px;
-}
-
-div.summary
-{
- float:right;
- font-size:8pt;
- padding-right:5px;
- text-align:right;
- width:50%;
-}
-
-div.summary a
-{
- white-space:nowrap;
-}
-
-div.ingroups
-{
- font-size:8pt;
- margin-left:5px;
- padding-left:5px;
- text-align:left;
- width:50%;
-}
-
-div.ingroups a
-{
- white-space:nowrap;
-}
-
-div.header
-{
- background-color:#F9FAFC;
- background-image:url('nav_h.png');
- background-repeat:repeat-x;
- border-bottom:1px solid #C1CEE8;
- margin:0;
-}
-
-div.headertitle
-{
- padding:5px 5px 5px 7px;
-}
-
-dl
-{
- padding:0 0 0 10px;
-}
-
-dl.section
-{
- border-left:4px solid;
- padding:0 0 0 6px;
-}
-
-dl.note
-{
- border-color:#D0C000;
-}
-
-dl.warning,dl.attention
-{
- border-color:#FF0000;
-}
-
-dl.pre,dl.post,dl.invariant
-{
- border-color:#00D000;
-}
-
-dl.deprecated
-{
- border-color:#505050;
-}
-
-dl.todo
-{
- border-color:#00C0E0;
-}
-
-dl.test
-{
- border-color:#3030E0;
-}
-
-dl.bug
-{
- border-color:#C08050;
-}
-
-dl.section dd
-{
- margin-bottom:6px;
-}
-
-#projectlogo
-{
- border-collapse:separate;
- text-align:center;
- vertical-align:bottom;
- padding-left: 20px;
-}
-
-#projectlogo img
-{
- border:0 none;
-}
-
-#projectname
-{
- font:280% Arial, sans-serif;
- margin:0;
- padding-left:20px;
-}
-
-#projectbrief
-{
- font:120% Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif;
- margin:0;
- padding:0;
-}
-
-#projectnumber:before
-{
- content:"Version ";
-}
-
-#projectnumber
-{
- font:50% Tahoma, Arial, sans-serif;
- margin:0;
- padding:0;
-}
-
-#titlearea
-{
- margin:0;
- padding:0;
- width:100%;
- background-color:#E1E7F4;
- background-image:url('nav_f.png');
- background-repeat:repeat-x;
- color:#20335A;
- font-weight:bold;
- text-shadow:0 1px 1px rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.9);
-}
-
-.image
-{
- text-align:center;
-}
-
-.dotgraph
-{
- text-align:center;
-}
-
-.mscgraph
-{
- text-align:center;
-}
-
-.caption
-{
- font-weight:bold;
-}
-
-div.zoom
-{
- border:1px solid #8AA3D4;
-}
-
-dl.citelist
-{
- margin-bottom:50px;
-}
-
-dl.citelist dt
-{
- color:#2C477C;
- float:left;
- font-weight:bold;
- margin-right:10px;
- padding:5px;
-}
-
-dl.citelist dd
-{
- margin:2px 0;
- padding:5px 0;
-}
-
-div.toc
-{
- background-color:#F4F6FB;
- border:1px solid #D6DFF0;
- border-radius:7px 7px 7px 7px;
- float:right;
- height:auto;
- margin:0 20px 10px 10px;
- padding:14px 25px;
- width:200px;
-}
-
-div.toc li
-{
- background:url("bdwn.png") no-repeat scroll 0 5px transparent;
- font:10px/1.2 Verdana,DejaVu Sans,Geneva,sans-serif;
- margin-top:5px;
- padding-left:10px;
- padding-top:2px;
-}
-
-div.toc h3
-{
- border-bottom:0 none;
- color:#3D62AB;
- font:bold 12px/1.2 Arial,FreeSans,sans-serif;
- margin:0;
-}
-
-div.toc ul
-{
- border:medium none;
- list-style:none outside none;
- padding:0;
-}
-
-div.toc li.level1
-{
- margin-left:0;
-}
-
-div.toc li.level2
-{
- margin-left:15px;
-}
-
-div.toc li.level3
-{
- margin-left:30px;
-}
-
-div.toc li.level4
-{
- margin-left:45px;
-}
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/VIDAndPIDValues.txt b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/VIDAndPIDValues.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index ae9c7d44b..000000000
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/VIDAndPIDValues.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,424 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \page Page_VIDPID VID and PID values
- *
- * \section Sec_VIDPID_Allocations VID and PID Allocations
- * The LUFA library uses VID/PID combinations generously donated by Atmel. The following VID/PID combinations
- * are used within the LUFA demos, and thus may be re-used by derivations of each demo. Free PID values may be
- * used by future LUFA demo projects.
- *
- * <b>These VID/PID values should not be used in commercial designs under any circumstances.</b> Private projects
- * may use the following values freely, but must accept any collisions due to other LUFA derived private projects
- * sharing identical values. It is suggested that private projects using interfaces compatible with existing
- * demos share the same VID/PID value.
- *
- * <table>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * <b>VID</b>
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * <b>PID</b>
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * <b>Usage</b>
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x2040
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * Test VID/PID (See below)
- * </td>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x2041
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * Mouse Demo Application
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x2042
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * Keyboard Demo Application
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x2043
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * Joystick Demo Application
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x2044
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * CDC Demo Application
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x2045
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * Mass Storage Demo Application
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x2046
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * Audio Output Demo Application
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x2047
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * Audio Input Demo Application
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x2048
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * MIDI Demo Application
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x2049
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * MagStripe Project
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x204A
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * CDC Bootloader
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x204B
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * USB to Serial Demo Application
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x204C
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * RNDIS Demo Application
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x204D
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * Combined Keyboard and Mouse Demo Application
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x204E
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * Dual CDC Demo Application
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x204F
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * Generic HID Demo Application
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x2060
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * Benito Programmer Project
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x2061
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * Combined Mass Storage and Keyboard Demo
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x2062
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * Combined CDC and Mouse Demo
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x2063
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * Mass Storage/HID Interface Datalogger Project
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x2064
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * Interfaceless Control-Only LUFA Devices
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x2065
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * Test and Measurement Demo
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x2066
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * Multiple Report Keyboard/Mouse HID Demo
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x2067
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * HID Class Bootloader
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x2068
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * Virtual Serial/Mass Storage Demo
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x2069
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * Webserver Project
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x206A
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * Media Control Project
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x206B
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * <i>Currently Unallocated</i>
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x206C
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * <i>Currently Unallocated</i>
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x206D
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * <i>Currently Unallocated</i>
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x206E
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * <i>Currently Unallocated</i>
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * <tr>
- * <td>
- * 0x03EB
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * 0x206F
- * </td>
- * <td>
- * <i>Currently Unallocated</i>
- * </td>
- * </tr>
- *
- * </table>
- *
- * \section Sec_Test_VIDPID The Test VID/PID Combination
- * For use in testing of LUFA powered devices during development only, by non-commercial entities.
- * All devices must accept collisions on this VID/PID range (from other in-development LUFA devices)
- * to be resolved by using a unique release number in the Device Descriptor. No devices using this
- * VID/PID combination may be released to the general public.
- */
-
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/WritingBoardDrivers.txt b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/WritingBoardDrivers.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 1b3326907..000000000
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/WritingBoardDrivers.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \page Page_WritingBoardDrivers Writing LUFA Board Drivers
- *
- * LUFA ships with several basic pre-made board drivers, to control hardware present on the supported board
- * hardware - such as Dataflash ICs, LEDs, Joysticks, or other hardware peripherals. When compiling an application
- * which makes use of one or more board drivers located in LUFA/Drivers/Board, you must also indicate what board
- * hardware you are using in your project makefile. This is done by defining the BOARD macro using the -D switch
- * passed to the compiler, with a constant of BOARD_{Name}. For example <b>-DBOARD=BOARD_USBKEY</b> instructs the
- * compiler to use the USBKEY board hardware drivers.
- *
- * If your application does not use *any* board level drivers, you can omit the definition of the BOARD macro.
- * However, some users may wish to write their own custom board hardware drivers which are to remain compatible
- * with the LUFA hardware API. To do this, the BOARD macro should be defined to the value BOARD_USER. This indicates
- * that the board level drivers should be located in a folder named "Board" located inside the application's folder.
- *
- * When used, the driver stub files located in the LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs folder should be copied to the user
- * Board/ directory, and fleshed out to include the values and code needed to control the custom board hardware. Once
- * done, the existing LUFA board level APIs (accessed in the regular LUFA/Drivers/Board/ folder) will redirect to the
- * user board drivers, maintaining code compatibility and allowing for a different board to be selected through the
- * project makefile with no code changes.
- */
-
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git b/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git
deleted file mode 160000
-Subproject b6c18b2a7c544653efbe12a1d4e8ba65e7d83c3
diff --git a/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0 b/protocol/usb_hid/USB_Host_Shield_2.0
deleted file mode 160000
-Subproject 8bb790f83af298b5f3e5516259c9d8ec27efe52
diff --git a/protocol/usb_hid/leonardo_led.h b/protocol/usb_hid/leonardo_led.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6f67a88f5..000000000
--- a/protocol/usb_hid/leonardo_led.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef LEONARDO_LED_H
-#define LEONARDO_LED_H
-
-// Leonardo "TX" LED for debug
-#define LED_TX_INIT (DDRD |= (1<<5))
-#define LED_TX_ON (PORTD &= ~(1<<5))
-#define LED_TX_OFF (PORTD |= (1<<5))
-#define LED_TX_TOGGLE (PORTD ^= (1<<5))
-
-#endif
diff --git a/protocol/usb_hid/parser.cpp b/protocol/usb_hid/parser.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 28151f9d5..000000000
--- a/protocol/usb_hid/parser.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-#include "parser.h"
-#include "usb_hid.h"
-
-#include "debug.h"
-
-
-report_keyboard_t usb_hid_keyboard_report;
-uint16_t usb_hid_time_stamp;
-
-
-void KBDReportParser::Parse(HID *hid, bool is_rpt_id, uint8_t len, uint8_t *buf)
-{
- ::memcpy(&usb_hid_keyboard_report, buf, sizeof(report_keyboard_t));
- usb_hid_time_stamp = millis();
-
- debug("KBDReport: ");
- debug_hex(usb_hid_keyboard_report.mods);
- debug(" --");
- for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 6; i++) {
- debug(" ");
- debug_hex(usb_hid_keyboard_report.keys[i]);
- }
- debug("\r\n");
-}
diff --git a/quantum.mk b/quantum.mk
index 559369413..c82e47872 100644
--- a/quantum.mk
+++ b/quantum.mk
@@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ endif
# Search Path
VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)/$(QUANTUM_DIR)
-include $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/lufa.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/common.mk
-include $(TOP_DIR)/rules.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/common.mk
+include $(TMK_DIR)/rules.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/.gitignore b/tmk_core/.gitignore
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f3f46872a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+.dep
+*.o
+*.eep
+*.elf
+*.hex
+*.lss
+*.lst
+*.map
+*.sym
+tags
+*~
+build/
+*.bak
diff --git a/tmk_core/.gitmodules b/tmk_core/.gitmodules
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e69de29bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/.gitmodules
diff --git a/tmk_core/README.md b/tmk_core/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6b6714a6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+TMK Keyboard Firmware Core Library
+==================================
+This is a keyboard firmware library with some useful features for Atmel AVR and Cortex-M.
+
+Source code is available here: <https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/tree/core>
+
+
+Features
+--------
+These features can be used in your keyboard.
+
+* Multi-layer Keymap - Multiple keyboard layouts with layer switching
+* Mouse key - Mouse control with keyboard
+* System Control Key - Power Down, Sleep, Wake Up and USB Remote Wake up
+* Media Control Key - Volume Down/Up, Mute, Next/Prev track, Play, Stop and etc
+* USB NKRO - 120 keys(+ 8 modifiers) simultaneously
+* PS/2 mouse support - PS/2 mouse(TrackPoint) as composite device
+* Keyboard protocols - PS/2, ADB, M0110, Sun and other old keyboard protocols
+* User Function - Customizable function of key with writing code
+* Macro - Very primitive at this time
+* Keyboard Tricks - Oneshot modifier and modifier with tapping feature
+* Debug Console - Messages for debug and interaction with firmware
+* Virtual DIP Switch - Configurations stored EEPROM(Boot Magic)
+* Locking CapsLock - Mechanical switch support for CapsLock
+* Breathing Sleep LED - Sleep indicator with charm during USB suspend
+* Backlight - Control backlight levels
+
+
+
+Updates
+-------
+2015/04/22 separated with TMK Keyboard Firmware Collection
+
+
+
+TMK Keyboard Firmware Collection
+--------------------------------
+Complete firmwares for various keyboards and protocol converters.
+
+<https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard>
+
+
+
+License
+-------
+**GPLv2** or later. Some protocol files are under **Modified BSD License**.
+LUFA, PJRC and V-USB stack have their own license respectively.
+
+
+
+Build Firmware and Program Controller
+-------------------------------------
+See [doc/build.md](doc/build.md).
+
+
+
+Start Your Own Project
+-----------------------
+**TBD**
+### Config.h Options
+#### 1. USB vendor/product ID and device description
+ #define VENDOR_ID 0xFEED
+ #define PRODUCT_ID 0xBEEF
+ #define MANUFACTURER t.m.k.
+ #define PRODUCT Macway mod
+ #define DESCRIPTION t.m.k. keyboard firmware for Macway mod
+
+#### 2. Keyboard matrix configuration
+ #define MATRIX_ROWS 8
+ #define MATRIX_COLS 8
+ #define MATRIX_HAS_GHOST
+
+
+
+Architecture
+------------
+ Architecture Diagram
+ +---------------+---------------+-------------+
+ | Host | Keyboard | Matrix, LED |
+ ___________ |-----------+-+ +-------------+ | +-----------|
+ / /| Keys/Mouse | Protocol |d| | Action | | | Protocol |
+ /__________/ |<-----------| LUFA |r| | Layer, Tap | | | Matrix |
+ |.--------.| | LED | V-USB |i| |-------------| | | PS/2,IBM | __________________
+ || || |----------->| PJRC |v| | Keymap | | | ADB,M0110| Keys / /_/_/_/_/_/_/_/ /|
+ || Host || | Console | iWRAP(BT)|e| | Mousekey | | | SUN/NEWS |<----------/ /_/_/_/_/_/_/_/ / /
+ ||________||/.<-----------| UART |r| | Report | | | X68K/PC98| Control / /_/_/_/_/_/_/_/ / /
+ `_========_'/| |---------------------------------------------|-------->/___ /_______/ ___/ /
+ |_o______o_|/ | Sendchar, Print, Debug, Command, ... | |_________________|/
+ +---------------------------------------------+ Keyboard
+
+
+
+Debugging
+--------
+Use PJRC's `hid_listen` to see debug messages. You can use the tool for debug even if firmware use LUFA stack.
+
+You can use xprintf() to display debug info on `hid_listen`, see `common/xprintf.h`.
+
+
+
+Files and Directories
+-------------------
+### Top
+* common/ - common codes
+* protocol/ - keyboard protocol support
+* doc/ - documents
+* common.mk - Makefile for common
+* protocol.mk - Makefile for protocol
+* rules.mk - Makefile for build rules
+
+### Common
+* host.h
+* host_driver.h
+* keyboard.h
+* command.h
+* keymap.h
+* action.h
+* keycode.h
+* matrix.h
+* led.h
+* mousekey.h
+* report.h
+* debug.h
+* print.h
+* bootloader.h
+* sendchar.h
+* timer.h
+* util.h
+
+### Keyboard Protocols
+* lufa/ - LUFA USB stack
+* pjrc/ - PJRC USB stack
+* vusb/ - Objective Development V-USB
+* iwrap/ - Bluetooth HID for Bluegiga iWRAP
+* ps2.c - PS/2 protocol
+* adb.c - Apple Desktop Bus protocol
+* m0110.c - Macintosh 128K/512K/Plus keyboard protocol
+* news.c - Sony NEWS keyboard protocol
+* x68k.c - Sharp X68000 keyboard protocol
+* serial_soft.c - Asynchronous Serial protocol implemented by software
+
+
+
+Coding Style
+-------------
+- Doesn't use Tab to indent, use 4-spaces instead.
diff --git a/common.mk b/tmk_core/common.mk
index 3237e539a..edbcc282a 100644
--- a/common.mk
+++ b/tmk_core/common.mk
@@ -53,6 +53,7 @@ ifdef MIDI_ENABLE
OPT_DEFS += -DMIDI_ENABLE
endif
+
ifdef USB_6KRO_ENABLE
OPT_DEFS += -DUSB_6KRO_ENABLE
endif
@@ -74,7 +75,14 @@ endif
ifdef KEYMAP_SECTION_ENABLE
OPT_DEFS += -DKEYMAP_SECTION_ENABLE
- EXTRALDFLAGS = -Wl,-L$(TOP_DIR),-Tldscript_keymap_avr5.x
+
+ ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)),atmega32u2)
+ EXTRALDFLAGS = -Wl,-L$(TMK_DIR),-Tldscript_keymap_avr35.x
+ else ifeq ($(strip $(MCU)),atmega32u4)
+ EXTRALDFLAGS = -Wl,-L$(TMK_DIR),-Tldscript_keymap_avr5.x
+ else
+ EXTRALDFLAGS = $(error no ldscript for keymap section)
+ endif
endif
# Version string
@@ -82,4 +90,4 @@ OPT_DEFS += -DVERSION=$(shell (git describe --always --dirty || echo 'unknown')
# Search Path
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)/common
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)/common
diff --git a/common/action.c b/tmk_core/common/action.c
index 220de0f8a..1f15bd091 100644
--- a/common/action.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/action.c
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ void register_code(uint8_t code)
return;
}
-#ifdef LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE
+#ifdef LOCKING_SUPPORT_ENABLE
else if (KC_LOCKING_CAPS == code) {
#ifdef LOCKING_RESYNC_ENABLE
// Resync: ignore if caps lock already is on
@@ -518,7 +518,12 @@ bool is_tap_key(keypos_t key)
case ACT_RMODS_TAP:
case ACT_LAYER_TAP:
case ACT_LAYER_TAP_EXT:
- return true;
+ switch (action.layer_tap.code) {
+ case 0x00 ... 0xdf:
+ case OP_TAP_TOGGLE:
+ return true;
+ }
+ return false;
case ACT_MACRO:
case ACT_FUNCTION:
if (action.func.opt & FUNC_TAP) { return true; }
diff --git a/common/action.h b/tmk_core/common/action.h
index 8a4736d7b..8a4736d7b 100644
--- a/common/action.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/action.h
diff --git a/common/action_code.h b/tmk_core/common/action_code.h
index bc40e2c6f..4fe9c1d58 100644
--- a/common/action_code.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/action_code.h
@@ -70,13 +70,13 @@ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
* 1001|oopp|BBBB BBBB 8-bit Bitwise Operation???
*
* ACT_LAYER_TAP(101x):
- * 101E|LLLL| keycode On/Off with tap key
- * 101E|LLLL|1110 mods On/Off with modifiers(0xE0-EF)
- * 101E|LLLL|1111 0000 Invert with tap toggle(0xF0)
- * 101E|LLLL|1111 0001 On/Off
- * 101E|LLLL|1111 0010 Off/On
- * 101E|LLLL|1111 0011 Set/Clear
- * 101E|LLLL|1111 xxxx Reserved(0xF4-FF)
+ * 101E|LLLL| keycode On/Off with tap key (0x00-DF)[TAP]
+ * 101E|LLLL|1110 mods On/Off with modifiers (0xE0-EF)[NOT TAP]
+ * 101E|LLLL|1111 0000 Invert with tap toggle (0xF0) [TAP]
+ * 101E|LLLL|1111 0001 On/Off (0xF1) [NOT TAP]
+ * 101E|LLLL|1111 0010 Off/On (0xF2) [NOT TAP]
+ * 101E|LLLL|1111 0011 Set/Clear (0xF3) [NOT TAP]
+ * 101E|LLLL|1111 xxxx Reserved (0xF4-FF)
* ELLLL: layer 0-31(E: extra bit for layer 16-31)
*
*
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ enum layer_pram_tap_op {
#define ACTION_LAYER_ON_OFF(layer) ACTION_LAYER_TAP((layer), OP_ON_OFF)
#define ACTION_LAYER_OFF_ON(layer) ACTION_LAYER_TAP((layer), OP_OFF_ON)
#define ACTION_LAYER_SET_CLEAR(layer) ACTION_LAYER_TAP((layer), OP_SET_CLEAR)
-#define ACTION_LAYER_MODS(layer, mods) ACTION_LAYER_TAP((layer), 0xe0 | (mods)&0x0f)
+#define ACTION_LAYER_MODS(layer, mods) ACTION_LAYER_TAP((layer), 0xe0 | ((mods)&0x0f))
/* With Tapping */
#define ACTION_LAYER_TAP_KEY(layer, key) ACTION_LAYER_TAP((layer), (key))
#define ACTION_LAYER_TAP_TOGGLE(layer) ACTION_LAYER_TAP((layer), OP_TAP_TOGGLE)
diff --git a/common/action_layer.c b/tmk_core/common/action_layer.c
index c535615f4..c535615f4 100644
--- a/common/action_layer.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/action_layer.c
diff --git a/common/action_layer.h b/tmk_core/common/action_layer.h
index b6da353cf..b6da353cf 100644
--- a/common/action_layer.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/action_layer.h
diff --git a/common/action_macro.c b/tmk_core/common/action_macro.c
index ba93fc8b2..ffaf125c0 100644
--- a/common/action_macro.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/action_macro.c
@@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ void action_macro_play(const macro_t *macro_p)
dprintf("KEY_DOWN(%02X)\n", macro);
if (IS_MOD(macro)) {
add_weak_mods(MOD_BIT(macro));
+ send_keyboard_report();
} else {
register_code(macro);
}
@@ -51,6 +52,7 @@ void action_macro_play(const macro_t *macro_p)
dprintf("KEY_UP(%02X)\n", macro);
if (IS_MOD(macro)) {
del_weak_mods(MOD_BIT(macro));
+ send_keyboard_report();
} else {
unregister_code(macro);
}
diff --git a/common/action_macro.h b/tmk_core/common/action_macro.h
index aedc32ec6..aedc32ec6 100644
--- a/common/action_macro.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/action_macro.h
diff --git a/common/action_tapping.c b/tmk_core/common/action_tapping.c
index 826c23309..826c23309 100644
--- a/common/action_tapping.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/action_tapping.c
diff --git a/common/action_tapping.h b/tmk_core/common/action_tapping.h
index 9b42d50dc..9b42d50dc 100644
--- a/common/action_tapping.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/action_tapping.h
diff --git a/common/action_util.c b/tmk_core/common/action_util.c
index dbee630d1..f81877dd9 100644
--- a/common/action_util.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/action_util.c
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ void send_keyboard_report(void) {
void add_key(uint8_t key)
{
#ifdef NKRO_ENABLE
- if (keyboard_nkro) {
+ if (keyboard_protocol && keyboard_nkro) {
add_key_bit(key);
return;
}
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ void add_key(uint8_t key)
void del_key(uint8_t key)
{
#ifdef NKRO_ENABLE
- if (keyboard_nkro) {
+ if (keyboard_protocol && keyboard_nkro) {
del_key_bit(key);
return;
}
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ uint8_t has_anymod(void)
uint8_t get_first_key(void)
{
#ifdef NKRO_ENABLE
- if (keyboard_nkro) {
+ if (keyboard_protocol && keyboard_nkro) {
uint8_t i = 0;
for (; i < KEYBOARD_REPORT_BITS && !keyboard_report->nkro.bits[i]; i++)
;
diff --git a/common/action_util.h b/tmk_core/common/action_util.h
index a955638b4..a955638b4 100644
--- a/common/action_util.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/action_util.h
diff --git a/common/avr/bootloader.c b/tmk_core/common/avr/bootloader.c
index cda295b18..7c744e8c7 100644
--- a/common/avr/bootloader.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/avr/bootloader.c
@@ -11,12 +11,49 @@
#endif
-/* Boot Section Size in *BYTEs*
- * Teensy halfKay 512
- * Teensy++ halfKay 1024
- * Atmel DFU loader 4096
- * LUFA bootloader 4096
- * USBaspLoader 2048
+/* Bootloader Size in *bytes*
+ *
+ * AVR Boot section size are defined by setting BOOTSZ fuse in fact. Consult with your MCU datasheet.
+ * Note that 'Word'(2 bytes) size and address are used in datasheet while TMK uses 'Byte'.
+ *
+ *
+ * Size of Bootloaders in bytes:
+ * Atmel DFU loader(ATmega32U4) 4096
+ * Atmel DFU loader(AT90USB128) 8192
+ * LUFA bootloader(ATmega32U4) 4096
+ * Arduino Caterina(ATmega32U4) 4096
+ * USBaspLoader(ATmega***) 2048
+ * Teensy halfKay(ATmega32U4) 512
+ * Teensy++ halfKay(AT90USB128) 1024
+ *
+ *
+ * AVR Boot section is located at the end of Flash memory like the followings.
+ *
+ *
+ * byte Atmel/LUFA(ATMega32u4) byte Atmel(AT90SUB128)
+ * 0x0000 +---------------+ 0x00000 +---------------+
+ * | | | |
+ * | | | |
+ * | Application | | Application |
+ * | | | |
+ * = = = =
+ * | | 32KB-4KB | | 128KB-8KB
+ * 0x6000 +---------------+ 0x1FC00 +---------------+
+ * | Bootloader | 4KB | Bootloader | 8KB
+ * 0x7FFF +---------------+ 0x1FFFF +---------------+
+ *
+ *
+ * byte Teensy(ATMega32u4) byte Teensy++(AT90SUB128)
+ * 0x0000 +---------------+ 0x00000 +---------------+
+ * | | | |
+ * | | | |
+ * | Application | | Application |
+ * | | | |
+ * = = = =
+ * | | 32KB-512B | | 128KB-1KB
+ * 0x7E00 +---------------+ 0x1FC00 +---------------+
+ * | Bootloader | 512B | Bootloader | 1KB
+ * 0x7FFF +---------------+ 0x1FFFF +---------------+
*/
#ifndef BOOTLOADER_SIZE
#warning To use bootloader_jump() you need to define BOOTLOADER_SIZE in config.h.
diff --git a/common/avr/eeconfig.c b/tmk_core/common/avr/eeconfig.c
index 5bd47dc6a..5bd47dc6a 100644
--- a/common/avr/eeconfig.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/avr/eeconfig.c
diff --git a/common/avr/suspend.c b/tmk_core/common/avr/suspend.c
index 80243f02b..af99f52b5 100644
--- a/common/avr/suspend.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/avr/suspend.c
@@ -85,6 +85,8 @@ void suspend_power_down(void)
power_down(WDTO_15MS);
}
+__attribute__ ((weak)) void matrix_power_up(void) {}
+__attribute__ ((weak)) void matrix_power_down(void) {}
bool suspend_wakeup_condition(void)
{
matrix_power_up();
diff --git a/common/avr/suspend_avr.h b/tmk_core/common/avr/suspend_avr.h
index 357102da4..357102da4 100644
--- a/common/avr/suspend_avr.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/avr/suspend_avr.h
diff --git a/common/avr/timer.c b/tmk_core/common/avr/timer.c
index 292b41c3a..292b41c3a 100644
--- a/common/avr/timer.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/avr/timer.c
diff --git a/common/avr/timer_avr.h b/tmk_core/common/avr/timer_avr.h
index 0e85eb101..0e85eb101 100644
--- a/common/avr/timer_avr.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/avr/timer_avr.h
diff --git a/common/avr/xprintf.S b/tmk_core/common/avr/xprintf.S
index 0cec70ce2..0cec70ce2 100644
--- a/common/avr/xprintf.S
+++ b/tmk_core/common/avr/xprintf.S
diff --git a/common/avr/xprintf.h b/tmk_core/common/avr/xprintf.h
index 59c6f2531..59c6f2531 100644
--- a/common/avr/xprintf.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/avr/xprintf.h
diff --git a/common/backlight.c b/tmk_core/common/backlight.c
index 558ad9b01..558ad9b01 100644
--- a/common/backlight.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/backlight.c
diff --git a/common/backlight.h b/tmk_core/common/backlight.h
index 525ec8bbe..525ec8bbe 100644
--- a/common/backlight.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/backlight.h
diff --git a/common/bootloader.h b/tmk_core/common/bootloader.h
index 44775039d..44775039d 100644
--- a/common/bootloader.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/bootloader.h
diff --git a/common/bootmagic.c b/tmk_core/common/bootmagic.c
index b002a5856..b002a5856 100644
--- a/common/bootmagic.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/bootmagic.c
diff --git a/common/bootmagic.h b/tmk_core/common/bootmagic.h
index 8f6618f4b..8f6618f4b 100644
--- a/common/bootmagic.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/bootmagic.h
diff --git a/common/command.c b/tmk_core/common/command.c
index fbaa9f2d7..d59bb01bb 100644
--- a/common/command.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/command.c
@@ -112,30 +112,33 @@ bool command_console_extra(uint8_t code)
***********************************************************/
static void command_common_help(void)
{
- print("\n\n----- Command Help -----\n");
- print("c: enter console mode\n");
- print("d: toggle debug enable\n");
- print("x: toggle matrix debug\n");
- print("k: toggle keyboard debug\n");
- print("m: toggle mouse debug\n");
-#ifdef SLEEP_LED_ENABLE
- print("z: toggle sleep LED test\n");
+ print("\n\t- Magic -\n"
+ "d: debug\n"
+ "x: debug matrix\n"
+ "k: debug keyboard\n"
+ "m: debug mouse\n"
+ "v: version\n"
+ "s: status\n"
+ "c: console mode\n"
+ "0-4: layer0-4(F10-F4)\n"
+ "Paus: bootloader\n"
+
+#ifdef KEYBOARD_LOCK_ENABLE
+ "Caps: Lock\n"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE
+ "e: eeprom\n"
#endif
- print("v: print device version & info\n");
- print("t: print timer count\n");
- print("s: print status\n");
- print("e: print eeprom config\n");
+
#ifdef NKRO_ENABLE
- print("n: toggle NKRO\n");
+ "n: NKRO\n"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SLEEP_LED_ENABLE
+ "z: sleep LED test\n"
#endif
- print("0/F10: switch to Layer0 \n");
- print("1/F1: switch to Layer1 \n");
- print("2/F2: switch to Layer2 \n");
- print("3/F3: switch to Layer3 \n");
- print("4/F4: switch to Layer4 \n");
- print("PScr: power down/remote wake-up\n");
- print("Caps: Lock Keyboard(Child Proof)\n");
- print("Paus: jump to bootloader\n");
+ );
}
#ifdef BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE
@@ -191,6 +194,7 @@ static bool command_common(uint8_t code)
print_eeconfig();
break;
#endif
+#ifdef KEYBOARD_LOCK_ENABLE
case KC_CAPSLOCK:
if (host_get_driver()) {
host_driver = host_get_driver();
@@ -202,6 +206,7 @@ static bool command_common(uint8_t code)
print("Unlocked.\n");
}
break;
+#endif
case KC_H:
case KC_SLASH: /* ? */
command_common_help();
@@ -212,58 +217,56 @@ static bool command_common(uint8_t code)
debug_mouse = false;
debug_enable = false;
command_console_help();
- print("\nEnter Console Mode\n");
print("C> ");
command_state = CONSOLE;
break;
case KC_PAUSE:
clear_keyboard();
- print("\n\nJump to bootloader... ");
+ print("\n\nbootloader... ");
_delay_ms(1000);
bootloader_jump(); // not return
- print("not supported.\n");
break;
case KC_D:
if (debug_enable) {
- print("\nDEBUG: disabled.\n");
+ print("\ndebug: off\n");
debug_matrix = false;
debug_keyboard = false;
debug_mouse = false;
debug_enable = false;
} else {
- print("\nDEBUG: enabled.\n");
+ print("\ndebug: on\n");
debug_enable = true;
}
break;
case KC_X: // debug matrix toggle
debug_matrix = !debug_matrix;
if (debug_matrix) {
- print("\nDEBUG: matrix enabled.\n");
+ print("\nmatrix: on\n");
debug_enable = true;
} else {
- print("\nDEBUG: matrix disabled.\n");
+ print("\nmatrix: off\n");
}
break;
case KC_K: // debug keyboard toggle
debug_keyboard = !debug_keyboard;
if (debug_keyboard) {
- print("\nDEBUG: keyboard enabled.\n");
+ print("\nkeyboard: on\n");
debug_enable = true;
} else {
- print("\nDEBUG: keyboard disabled.\n");
+ print("\nkeyboard: off\n");
}
break;
case KC_M: // debug mouse toggle
debug_mouse = !debug_mouse;
if (debug_mouse) {
- print("\nDEBUG: mouse enabled.\n");
+ print("\nmouse: on\n");
debug_enable = true;
} else {
- print("\nDEBUG: mouse disabled.\n");
+ print("\nmouse: off\n");
}
break;
case KC_V: // print version & information
- print("\n\n----- Version -----\n");
+ print("\n\t- Version -\n");
print("DESC: " STR(DESCRIPTION) "\n");
print("VID: " STR(VENDOR_ID) "(" STR(MANUFACTURER) ") "
"PID: " STR(PRODUCT_ID) "(" STR(PRODUCT) ") "
@@ -307,14 +310,16 @@ static bool command_common(uint8_t code)
" AVR-LIBC: " __AVR_LIBC_VERSION_STRING__
" AVR_ARCH: avr" STR(__AVR_ARCH__) "\n");
break;
- case KC_T: // print timer
- print_val_hex32(timer_count);
- break;
case KC_S:
- print("\n\n----- Status -----\n");
+ print("\n\t- Status -\n");
print_val_hex8(host_keyboard_leds());
print_val_hex8(keyboard_protocol);
print_val_hex8(keyboard_idle);
+#ifdef NKRO_ENABLE
+ print_val_hex8(keyboard_nkro);
+#endif
+ print_val_hex32(timer_count);
+
#ifdef PROTOCOL_PJRC
print_val_hex8(UDCON);
print_val_hex8(UDIEN);
@@ -334,39 +339,21 @@ static bool command_common(uint8_t code)
clear_keyboard(); //Prevents stuck keys.
keyboard_nkro = !keyboard_nkro;
if (keyboard_nkro)
- print("NKRO: enabled\n");
+ print("NKRO: on\n");
else
- print("NKRO: disabled\n");
- break;
-#endif
-#ifdef EXTRAKEY_ENABLE
- case KC_PSCREEN:
- // TODO: Power key should take this feature? otherwise any key during suspend.
-#ifdef PROTOCOL_PJRC
- if (suspend && remote_wakeup) {
- usb_remote_wakeup();
- } else {
- host_system_send(SYSTEM_POWER_DOWN);
- host_system_send(0);
- _delay_ms(500);
- }
-#else
- host_system_send(SYSTEM_POWER_DOWN);
- _delay_ms(100);
- host_system_send(0);
- _delay_ms(500);
-#endif
+ print("NKRO: off\n");
break;
#endif
case KC_ESC:
case KC_GRV:
case KC_0:
+ case KC_F10:
switch_default_layer(0);
break;
case KC_1 ... KC_9:
switch_default_layer((code - KC_1) + 1);
break;
- case KC_F1 ... KC_F12:
+ case KC_F1 ... KC_F9:
switch_default_layer((code - KC_F1) + 1);
break;
default:
@@ -382,11 +369,12 @@ static bool command_common(uint8_t code)
***********************************************************/
static void command_console_help(void)
{
- print("\n\n----- Console Help -----\n");
- print("ESC/q: quit\n");
+ print("\n\t- Console -\n"
+ "ESC/q: quit\n"
#ifdef MOUSEKEY_ENABLE
- print("m: mousekey\n");
+ "m: mousekey\n"
#endif
+ );
}
static bool command_console(uint8_t code)
@@ -398,14 +386,12 @@ static bool command_console(uint8_t code)
break;
case KC_Q:
case KC_ESC:
- print("\nQuit Console Mode\n");
command_state = ONESHOT;
return false;
#ifdef MOUSEKEY_ENABLE
case KC_M:
mousekey_console_help();
- print("\nEnter Mousekey Console\n");
- print("M0>");
+ print("M> ");
command_state = MOUSEKEY;
return true;
#endif
@@ -426,16 +412,17 @@ static uint8_t mousekey_param = 0;
static void mousekey_param_print(void)
{
- print("\n\n----- Mousekey Parameters -----\n");
- print("1: mk_delay(*10ms): "); pdec(mk_delay); print("\n");
- print("2: mk_interval(ms): "); pdec(mk_interval); print("\n");
- print("3: mk_max_speed: "); pdec(mk_max_speed); print("\n");
- print("4: mk_time_to_max: "); pdec(mk_time_to_max); print("\n");
- print("5: mk_wheel_max_speed: "); pdec(mk_wheel_max_speed); print("\n");
- print("6: mk_wheel_time_to_max: "); pdec(mk_wheel_time_to_max); print("\n");
+ print("\n\t- Values -\n");
+ print("1: delay(*10ms): "); pdec(mk_delay); print("\n");
+ print("2: interval(ms): "); pdec(mk_interval); print("\n");
+ print("3: max_speed: "); pdec(mk_max_speed); print("\n");
+ print("4: time_to_max: "); pdec(mk_time_to_max); print("\n");
+ print("5: wheel_max_speed: "); pdec(mk_wheel_max_speed); print("\n");
+ print("6: wheel_time_to_max: "); pdec(mk_wheel_time_to_max); print("\n");
}
-#define PRINT_SET_VAL(v) print(#v " = "); print_dec(v); print("\n");
+//#define PRINT_SET_VAL(v) print(#v " = "); print_dec(v); print("\n");
+#define PRINT_SET_VAL(v) xprintf(#v " = %d\n", (v))
static void mousekey_param_inc(uint8_t param, uint8_t inc)
{
switch (param) {
@@ -534,24 +521,25 @@ static void mousekey_param_dec(uint8_t param, uint8_t dec)
static void mousekey_console_help(void)
{
- print("\n\n----- Mousekey Parameters Help -----\n");
- print("ESC/q: quit\n");
- print("1: select mk_delay(*10ms)\n");
- print("2: select mk_interval(ms)\n");
- print("3: select mk_max_speed\n");
- print("4: select mk_time_to_max\n");
- print("5: select mk_wheel_max_speed\n");
- print("6: select mk_wheel_time_to_max\n");
- print("p: print parameters\n");
- print("d: set default values\n");
- print("up: increase parameters(+1)\n");
- print("down: decrease parameters(-1)\n");
- print("pgup: increase parameters(+10)\n");
- print("pgdown: decrease parameters(-10)\n");
- print("\nspeed = delta * max_speed * (repeat / time_to_max)\n");
- print("where delta: cursor="); pdec(MOUSEKEY_MOVE_DELTA);
- print(", wheel="); pdec(MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_DELTA); print("\n");
- print("See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mouse_keys\n");
+ print("\n\t- Mousekey -\n"
+ "ESC/q: quit\n"
+ "1: delay(*10ms)\n"
+ "2: interval(ms)\n"
+ "3: max_speed\n"
+ "4: time_to_max\n"
+ "5: wheel_max_speed\n"
+ "6: wheel_time_to_max\n"
+ "\n"
+ "p: print values\n"
+ "d: set defaults\n"
+ "up: +1\n"
+ "down: -1\n"
+ "pgup: +10\n"
+ "pgdown: -10\n"
+ "\n"
+ "speed = delta * max_speed * (repeat / time_to_max)\n");
+ xprintf("where delta: cursor=%d, wheel=%d\n"
+ "See http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mouse_keys\n", MOUSEKEY_MOVE_DELTA, MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_DELTA);
}
static bool mousekey_console(uint8_t code)
@@ -563,11 +551,14 @@ static bool mousekey_console(uint8_t code)
break;
case KC_Q:
case KC_ESC:
- mousekey_param = 0;
- print("\nQuit Mousekey Console\n");
- print("C> ");
- command_state = CONSOLE;
- return false;
+ if (mousekey_param) {
+ mousekey_param = 0;
+ } else {
+ print("C> ");
+ command_state = CONSOLE;
+ return false;
+ }
+ break;
case KC_P:
mousekey_param_print();
break;
@@ -577,12 +568,7 @@ static bool mousekey_console(uint8_t code)
case KC_4:
case KC_5:
case KC_6:
- case KC_7:
- case KC_8:
- case KC_9:
- case KC_0:
mousekey_param = numkey2num(code);
- print("selected parameter: "); pdec(mousekey_param); print("\n");
break;
case KC_UP:
mousekey_param_inc(mousekey_param, 1);
@@ -603,13 +589,16 @@ static bool mousekey_console(uint8_t code)
mk_time_to_max = MOUSEKEY_TIME_TO_MAX;
mk_wheel_max_speed = MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_MAX_SPEED;
mk_wheel_time_to_max = MOUSEKEY_WHEEL_TIME_TO_MAX;
- print("set default values.\n");
+ print("set default\n");
break;
default:
print("?");
return false;
}
- print("M"); pdec(mousekey_param); print("> ");
+ if (mousekey_param)
+ xprintf("M%d> ", mousekey_param);
+ else
+ print("M>" );
return true;
}
#endif
@@ -637,8 +626,7 @@ static uint8_t numkey2num(uint8_t code)
static void switch_default_layer(uint8_t layer)
{
- print("switch_default_layer: "); print_dec(biton32(default_layer_state));
- print(" to "); print_dec(layer); print("\n");
+ xprintf("L%d\n", layer);
default_layer_set(1UL<<layer);
clear_keyboard();
}
diff --git a/common/command.h b/tmk_core/common/command.h
index b57a6c1ce..b57a6c1ce 100644
--- a/common/command.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/command.h
diff --git a/common/debug.c b/tmk_core/common/debug.c
index 18613fc28..18613fc28 100644
--- a/common/debug.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/debug.c
diff --git a/common/debug.h b/tmk_core/common/debug.h
index 3cbe2092d..3cbe2092d 100644
--- a/common/debug.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/debug.h
diff --git a/common/eeconfig.h b/tmk_core/common/eeconfig.h
index 3cd1a174f..3cd1a174f 100644
--- a/common/eeconfig.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/eeconfig.h
diff --git a/common/host.c b/tmk_core/common/host.c
index e9b791670..e9b791670 100644
--- a/common/host.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/host.c
diff --git a/common/host.h b/tmk_core/common/host.h
index 918af69e8..918af69e8 100644
--- a/common/host.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/host.h
diff --git a/common/host_driver.h b/tmk_core/common/host_driver.h
index edb9e5dd9..edb9e5dd9 100644
--- a/common/host_driver.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/host_driver.h
diff --git a/common/keyboard.c b/tmk_core/common/keyboard.c
index 1e3fb510a..eb7b096be 100644
--- a/common/keyboard.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/keyboard.c
@@ -39,6 +39,9 @@ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#ifdef SERIAL_MOUSE_ENABLE
#include "serial_mouse.h"
#endif
+#ifdef ADB_MOUSE_ENABLE
+#include "adb.h"
+#endif
#ifdef MATRIX_HAS_GHOST
@@ -59,6 +62,12 @@ static bool has_ghost_in_row(uint8_t row)
#endif
+__attribute__ ((weak)) void matrix_setup(void) {}
+void keyboard_setup(void)
+{
+ matrix_setup();
+}
+
void keyboard_init(void)
{
timer_init();
@@ -69,6 +78,9 @@ void keyboard_init(void)
#ifdef SERIAL_MOUSE_ENABLE
serial_mouse_init();
#endif
+#ifdef ADB_MOUSE_ENABLE
+ adb_mouse_init();
+#endif
#ifdef BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE
@@ -87,6 +99,9 @@ void keyboard_init(void)
void keyboard_task(void)
{
static matrix_row_t matrix_prev[MATRIX_ROWS];
+#ifdef MATRIX_HAS_GHOST
+ static matrix_row_t matrix_ghost[MATRIX_ROWS];
+#endif
static uint8_t led_status = 0;
matrix_row_t matrix_row = 0;
matrix_row_t matrix_change = 0;
@@ -96,13 +111,21 @@ void keyboard_task(void)
matrix_row = matrix_get_row(r);
matrix_change = matrix_row ^ matrix_prev[r];
if (matrix_change) {
- if (debug_matrix) matrix_print();
#ifdef MATRIX_HAS_GHOST
if (has_ghost_in_row(r)) {
- matrix_prev[r] = matrix_row;
+ /* Keep track of whether ghosted status has changed for
+ * debugging. But don't update matrix_prev until un-ghosted, or
+ * the last key would be lost.
+ */
+ if (debug_matrix && matrix_ghost[r] != matrix_row) {
+ matrix_print();
+ }
+ matrix_ghost[r] = matrix_row;
continue;
}
+ matrix_ghost[r] = matrix_row;
#endif
+ if (debug_matrix) matrix_print();
for (uint8_t c = 0; c < MATRIX_COLS; c++) {
if (matrix_change & ((matrix_row_t)1<<c)) {
action_exec((keyevent_t){
@@ -136,6 +159,10 @@ MATRIX_LOOP_END:
serial_mouse_task();
#endif
+#ifdef ADB_MOUSE_ENABLE
+ adb_mouse_task();
+#endif
+
// update LED
if (led_status != host_keyboard_leds()) {
led_status = host_keyboard_leds();
diff --git a/common/keyboard.h b/tmk_core/common/keyboard.h
index 6442716fc..7738251b6 100644
--- a/common/keyboard.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/keyboard.h
@@ -58,13 +58,15 @@ static inline bool IS_RELEASED(keyevent_t event) { return (!IS_NOEVENT(event) &&
}
+/* it runs once at early stage of startup before keyboard_init. */
+void keyboard_setup(void);
+/* it runs once after initializing host side protocol, debug and MCU peripherals. */
void keyboard_init(void);
+/* it runs repeatedly in main loop */
void keyboard_task(void);
+/* it runs when host LED status is updated */
void keyboard_set_leds(uint8_t leds);
-__attribute__ ((weak)) void matrix_power_up(void) {}
-__attribute__ ((weak)) void matrix_power_down(void) {}
-
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
diff --git a/common/keycode.h b/tmk_core/common/keycode.h
index ac4ef00db..448195306 100644
--- a/common/keycode.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/keycode.h
@@ -156,6 +156,8 @@ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#define KC_WSTP KC_WWW_STOP
#define KC_WREF KC_WWW_REFRESH
#define KC_WFAV KC_WWW_FAVORITES
+/* Jump to bootloader */
+#define KC_BTLD KC_BOOTLOADER
/* Transparent */
#define KC_TRANSPARENT 1
#define KC_TRNS KC_TRANSPARENT
@@ -214,7 +216,7 @@ enum hid_keyboard_keypad_usage {
KC_LBRACKET,
KC_RBRACKET, /* 0x30 */
KC_BSLASH, /* \ (and |) */
- KC_NONUS_HASH, /* Non-US # and ~ */
+ KC_NONUS_HASH, /* Non-US # and ~ (Typically near the Enter key) */
KC_SCOLON, /* ; (and :) */
KC_QUOTE, /* ' and " */
KC_GRAVE, /* Grave accent and tilde */
@@ -264,7 +266,7 @@ enum hid_keyboard_keypad_usage {
KC_KP_9,
KC_KP_0,
KC_KP_DOT,
- KC_NONUS_BSLASH, /* Non-US \ and | */
+ KC_NONUS_BSLASH, /* Non-US \ and | (Typically near the Left-Shift key) */
KC_APPLICATION,
KC_POWER,
KC_KP_EQUAL,
@@ -426,6 +428,9 @@ enum internal_special_keycodes {
KC_MEDIA_FAST_FORWARD,
KC_MEDIA_REWIND, /* 0xBC */
+ /* Jump to bootloader */
+ KC_BOOTLOADER = 0xBF,
+
/* Fn key */
KC_FN0 = 0xC0,
KC_FN1,
diff --git a/common/keymap.c b/tmk_core/common/keymap.c
index 7b7797226..11f4aa8aa 100644
--- a/common/keymap.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/keymap.c
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#include "action_layer.h"
#include "action.h"
#include "action_macro.h"
+#include "wait.h"
#include "debug.h"
@@ -118,6 +119,8 @@ void action_function(keyrecord_t *record, uint8_t id, uint8_t opt)
{
}
+
+
/* translates keycode to action */
static action_t keycode_to_action(uint8_t keycode)
{
@@ -130,7 +133,7 @@ static action_t keycode_to_action(uint8_t keycode)
case KC_SYSTEM_POWER ... KC_SYSTEM_WAKE:
action.code = ACTION_USAGE_SYSTEM(KEYCODE2SYSTEM(keycode));
break;
- case KC_AUDIO_MUTE ... KC_WWW_FAVORITES:
+ case KC_AUDIO_MUTE ... KC_MEDIA_REWIND:
action.code = ACTION_USAGE_CONSUMER(KEYCODE2CONSUMER(keycode));
break;
case KC_MS_UP ... KC_MS_ACCEL2:
@@ -139,6 +142,11 @@ static action_t keycode_to_action(uint8_t keycode)
case KC_TRNS:
action.code = ACTION_TRANSPARENT;
break;
+ case KC_BOOTLOADER:
+ clear_keyboard();
+ wait_ms(50);
+ bootloader_jump(); // not return
+ break;
default:
action.code = ACTION_NO;
break;
diff --git a/common/keymap.h b/tmk_core/common/keymap.h
index e1a6f992e..e1a6f992e 100644
--- a/common/keymap.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/keymap.h
diff --git a/common/led.h b/tmk_core/common/led.h
index b84a3ff94..d5fc051bf 100644
--- a/common/led.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/led.h
@@ -26,9 +26,16 @@ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#define USB_LED_SCROLL_LOCK 2
#define USB_LED_COMPOSE 3
#define USB_LED_KANA 4
-#define USB_LED_FUNCTION 5
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
void led_set(uint8_t usb_led);
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
#endif
diff --git a/common/matrix.h b/tmk_core/common/matrix.h
index 7c133f142..85415df71 100644
--- a/common/matrix.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/matrix.h
@@ -43,7 +43,9 @@ extern "C" {
uint8_t matrix_rows(void);
/* number of matrix columns */
uint8_t matrix_cols(void);
-/* intialize matrix for scaning. should be called once. */
+/* should be called at early stage of startup before matrix_init.(optional) */
+void matrix_setup(void);
+/* intialize matrix for scaning. */
void matrix_init(void);
/* scan all key states on matrix */
uint8_t matrix_scan(void);
@@ -61,9 +63,9 @@ void matrix_print(void);
void matrix_power_up(void);
void matrix_power_down(void);
-void *matrix_init_kb(void);
-void *matrix_scan_kb(void);
-
+/* keyboard-specific setup/loop functionality */
+void * matrix_init_kb(void);
+void * matrix_scan_kb(void);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
diff --git a/common/mbed/bootloader.c b/tmk_core/common/mbed/bootloader.c
index b51e83943..b51e83943 100644
--- a/common/mbed/bootloader.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/mbed/bootloader.c
diff --git a/common/mbed/suspend.c b/tmk_core/common/mbed/suspend.c
index 32651574f..32651574f 100644
--- a/common/mbed/suspend.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/mbed/suspend.c
diff --git a/common/mbed/timer.c b/tmk_core/common/mbed/timer.c
index c357ceb78..c357ceb78 100644
--- a/common/mbed/timer.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/mbed/timer.c
diff --git a/common/mbed/xprintf.cpp b/tmk_core/common/mbed/xprintf.cpp
index 3647ece75..3647ece75 100644
--- a/common/mbed/xprintf.cpp
+++ b/tmk_core/common/mbed/xprintf.cpp
diff --git a/common/mbed/xprintf.h b/tmk_core/common/mbed/xprintf.h
index 26bc529e5..26bc529e5 100644
--- a/common/mbed/xprintf.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/mbed/xprintf.h
diff --git a/common/mousekey.c b/tmk_core/common/mousekey.c
index 23469476e..23469476e 100644
--- a/common/mousekey.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/mousekey.c
diff --git a/common/mousekey.h b/tmk_core/common/mousekey.h
index 6eede06b4..6eede06b4 100644
--- a/common/mousekey.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/mousekey.h
diff --git a/common/nodebug.h b/tmk_core/common/nodebug.h
index 93309ada4..93309ada4 100644
--- a/common/nodebug.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/nodebug.h
diff --git a/common/print.c b/tmk_core/common/print.c
index ca94e1e5d..ca94e1e5d 100644
--- a/common/print.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/print.c
diff --git a/common/print.h b/tmk_core/common/print.h
index c0e9e1430..c0e9e1430 100644
--- a/common/print.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/print.h
diff --git a/common/progmem.h b/tmk_core/common/progmem.h
index 199b1bedf..199b1bedf 100644
--- a/common/progmem.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/progmem.h
diff --git a/common/report.h b/tmk_core/common/report.h
index f6c0a315d..f6c0a315d 100644
--- a/common/report.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/report.h
diff --git a/common/sendchar.h b/tmk_core/common/sendchar.h
index 7a64d00c7..7a64d00c7 100644
--- a/common/sendchar.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/sendchar.h
diff --git a/common/sendchar_null.c b/tmk_core/common/sendchar_null.c
index 293330622..293330622 100644
--- a/common/sendchar_null.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/sendchar_null.c
diff --git a/common/sendchar_uart.c b/tmk_core/common/sendchar_uart.c
index 0241859eb..0241859eb 100644
--- a/common/sendchar_uart.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/sendchar_uart.c
diff --git a/common/sleep_led.c b/tmk_core/common/sleep_led.c
index dab3eb0f3..dab3eb0f3 100644
--- a/common/sleep_led.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/sleep_led.c
diff --git a/common/sleep_led.h b/tmk_core/common/sleep_led.h
index 6bdcf558a..6bdcf558a 100644
--- a/common/sleep_led.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/sleep_led.h
diff --git a/common/suspend.h b/tmk_core/common/suspend.h
index 80617a824..80617a824 100644
--- a/common/suspend.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/suspend.h
diff --git a/common/timer.h b/tmk_core/common/timer.h
index fe23f87ae..fe23f87ae 100644
--- a/common/timer.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/timer.h
diff --git a/common/uart.c b/tmk_core/common/uart.c
index c17649b08..c17649b08 100644
--- a/common/uart.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/uart.c
diff --git a/common/uart.h b/tmk_core/common/uart.h
index 41136a396..41136a396 100644
--- a/common/uart.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/uart.h
diff --git a/common/util.c b/tmk_core/common/util.c
index 7e0d54299..7e0d54299 100644
--- a/common/util.c
+++ b/tmk_core/common/util.c
diff --git a/common/util.h b/tmk_core/common/util.h
index 7451cc084..7451cc084 100644
--- a/common/util.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/util.h
diff --git a/common/wait.h b/tmk_core/common/wait.h
index 40d00b0c7..40d00b0c7 100644
--- a/common/wait.h
+++ b/tmk_core/common/wait.h
diff --git a/doc/COPYING.GPLv2 b/tmk_core/doc/COPYING.GPLv2
index d159169d1..d159169d1 100644
--- a/doc/COPYING.GPLv2
+++ b/tmk_core/doc/COPYING.GPLv2
diff --git a/doc/COPYING.GPLv3 b/tmk_core/doc/COPYING.GPLv3
index 94a9ed024..94a9ed024 100644
--- a/doc/COPYING.GPLv3
+++ b/tmk_core/doc/COPYING.GPLv3
diff --git a/doc/FUSE.txt b/tmk_core/doc/FUSE.txt
index 40055e5ab..40055e5ab 100644
--- a/doc/FUSE.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/doc/FUSE.txt
diff --git a/doc/POWER.txt b/tmk_core/doc/POWER.txt
index 0abbbe48e..0abbbe48e 100644
--- a/doc/POWER.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/doc/POWER.txt
diff --git a/doc/USB_NKRO.txt b/tmk_core/doc/USB_NKRO.txt
index d9f1d1229..d9f1d1229 100644
--- a/doc/USB_NKRO.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/doc/USB_NKRO.txt
diff --git a/doc/build.md b/tmk_core/doc/build.md
index 20702e94c..20702e94c 100644
--- a/doc/build.md
+++ b/tmk_core/doc/build.md
diff --git a/doc/keycode.txt b/tmk_core/doc/keycode.txt
index 760c726e3..44d7e27cd 100644
--- a/doc/keycode.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/doc/keycode.txt
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ KC_CLEAR_AGAIN A2 Keyboard Clear/Again
KC_CRSEL A3 Keyboard CrSel/Props
KC_EXSEL A4 Keyboard ExSel
/* Modifiers */
-KC_LCTRL KC_LCTRL E0 Keyboard LeftControl
+KC_LCTRL KC_LCTL E0 Keyboard LeftControl
KC_LSHIFT KC_LSFT E1 Keyboard LeftShift
KC_LALT E2 Keyboard LeftAlt
KC_LGUI E3 Keyboard Left GUI(Windows/Apple/Meta key)
diff --git a/doc/keymap.md b/tmk_core/doc/keymap.md
index 9d986a8c5..d4a129b20 100644
--- a/doc/keymap.md
+++ b/tmk_core/doc/keymap.md
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ There are 8 modifiers which has discrimination between left and right.
See keycode table in [`doc/keycode.txt`](./keycode.txt) for description of keycodes.
In regard to implementation side most of keycodes are identical with [HID usage][HID_usage](pdf) sent to host for real and some virtual keycodes are defined to support special actions.
-[HID_usage]: http://www.usb.org/developers/devclass_docs/Hut1_11.pdf
+[HID_usage]: http://www.usb.org/developers/hidpage/Hut1_12v2.pdf
diff --git a/doc/other_projects.md b/tmk_core/doc/other_projects.md
index bf980b0a9..bf980b0a9 100644
--- a/doc/other_projects.md
+++ b/tmk_core/doc/other_projects.md
diff --git a/tmk_core/ldscript_keymap_avr35.x b/tmk_core/ldscript_keymap_avr35.x
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6665020af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/ldscript_keymap_avr35.x
@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+/*
+ * linker script for configurable keymap
+ *
+ * This adds keymap section which places keymap at fixed address and
+ * is based on binutils-avr ldscripts(/usr/lib/ldscripts/avr5.x).
+ */
+OUTPUT_FORMAT("elf32-avr","elf32-avr","elf32-avr")
+OUTPUT_ARCH(avr:35)
+MEMORY
+{
+ /* With keymap section
+ *
+ * Flash Map of ATMega32U4(32KB)
+ * +------------+ 0x0000
+ * | .vectors |
+ * | .progmem |
+ * | .init0-9 | > text region
+ * | .text |
+ * | .fini9-0 |
+ * | |
+ * |------------| _etext
+ * | .data |
+ * | .bss | > data region
+ * | .noinit |
+ * | |
+ * |------------| 0x6800
+ * | .keymap | > keymap region(2KB)
+ * |------------| 0x7000
+ * | bootloader | 4KB
+ * +------------+ 0x7FFF
+ */
+ text (rx) : ORIGIN = 0, LENGTH = 64K
+ keymap (rw!x) : ORIGIN = 0x6800, LENGTH = 2K
+ data (rw!x) : ORIGIN = 0x800060, LENGTH = 0xffa0
+ eeprom (rw!x) : ORIGIN = 0x810000, LENGTH = 64K
+ fuse (rw!x) : ORIGIN = 0x820000, LENGTH = 1K
+ lock (rw!x) : ORIGIN = 0x830000, LENGTH = 1K
+ signature (rw!x) : ORIGIN = 0x840000, LENGTH = 1K
+}
+SECTIONS
+{
+ /* Read-only sections, merged into text segment: */
+ .hash : { *(.hash) }
+ .dynsym : { *(.dynsym) }
+ .dynstr : { *(.dynstr) }
+ .gnu.version : { *(.gnu.version) }
+ .gnu.version_d : { *(.gnu.version_d) }
+ .gnu.version_r : { *(.gnu.version_r) }
+ .rel.init : { *(.rel.init) }
+ .rela.init : { *(.rela.init) }
+ .rel.text :
+ {
+ *(.rel.text)
+ *(.rel.text.*)
+ *(.rel.gnu.linkonce.t*)
+ }
+ .rela.text :
+ {
+ *(.rela.text)
+ *(.rela.text.*)
+ *(.rela.gnu.linkonce.t*)
+ }
+ .rel.fini : { *(.rel.fini) }
+ .rela.fini : { *(.rela.fini) }
+ .rel.rodata :
+ {
+ *(.rel.rodata)
+ *(.rel.rodata.*)
+ *(.rel.gnu.linkonce.r*)
+ }
+ .rela.rodata :
+ {
+ *(.rela.rodata)
+ *(.rela.rodata.*)
+ *(.rela.gnu.linkonce.r*)
+ }
+ .rel.data :
+ {
+ *(.rel.data)
+ *(.rel.data.*)
+ *(.rel.gnu.linkonce.d*)
+ }
+ .rela.data :
+ {
+ *(.rela.data)
+ *(.rela.data.*)
+ *(.rela.gnu.linkonce.d*)
+ }
+ .rel.ctors : { *(.rel.ctors) }
+ .rela.ctors : { *(.rela.ctors) }
+ .rel.dtors : { *(.rel.dtors) }
+ .rela.dtors : { *(.rela.dtors) }
+ .rel.got : { *(.rel.got) }
+ .rela.got : { *(.rela.got) }
+ .rel.bss : { *(.rel.bss) }
+ .rela.bss : { *(.rela.bss) }
+ .rel.plt : { *(.rel.plt) }
+ .rela.plt : { *(.rela.plt) }
+ /* Internal text space or external memory. */
+ .text :
+ {
+ *(.vectors)
+ KEEP(*(.vectors))
+ /* For data that needs to reside in the lower 64k of progmem. */
+ *(.progmem.gcc*)
+ *(.progmem*)
+ . = ALIGN(2);
+ __trampolines_start = . ;
+ /* The jump trampolines for the 16-bit limited relocs will reside here. */
+ *(.trampolines)
+ *(.trampolines*)
+ __trampolines_end = . ;
+ /* For future tablejump instruction arrays for 3 byte pc devices.
+ We don't relax jump/call instructions within these sections. */
+ *(.jumptables)
+ *(.jumptables*)
+ /* For code that needs to reside in the lower 128k progmem. */
+ *(.lowtext)
+ *(.lowtext*)
+ __ctors_start = . ;
+ *(.ctors)
+ __ctors_end = . ;
+ __dtors_start = . ;
+ *(.dtors)
+ __dtors_end = . ;
+ KEEP(SORT(*)(.ctors))
+ KEEP(SORT(*)(.dtors))
+ /* From this point on, we don't bother about wether the insns are
+ below or above the 16 bits boundary. */
+ *(.init0) /* Start here after reset. */
+ KEEP (*(.init0))
+ *(.init1)
+ KEEP (*(.init1))
+ *(.init2) /* Clear __zero_reg__, set up stack pointer. */
+ KEEP (*(.init2))
+ *(.init3)
+ KEEP (*(.init3))
+ *(.init4) /* Initialize data and BSS. */
+ KEEP (*(.init4))
+ *(.init5)
+ KEEP (*(.init5))
+ *(.init6) /* C++ constructors. */
+ KEEP (*(.init6))
+ *(.init7)
+ KEEP (*(.init7))
+ *(.init8)
+ KEEP (*(.init8))
+ *(.init9) /* Call main(). */
+ KEEP (*(.init9))
+ *(.text)
+ . = ALIGN(2);
+ *(.text.*)
+ . = ALIGN(2);
+ *(.fini9) /* _exit() starts here. */
+ KEEP (*(.fini9))
+ *(.fini8)
+ KEEP (*(.fini8))
+ *(.fini7)
+ KEEP (*(.fini7))
+ *(.fini6) /* C++ destructors. */
+ KEEP (*(.fini6))
+ *(.fini5)
+ KEEP (*(.fini5))
+ *(.fini4)
+ KEEP (*(.fini4))
+ *(.fini3)
+ KEEP (*(.fini3))
+ *(.fini2)
+ KEEP (*(.fini2))
+ *(.fini1)
+ KEEP (*(.fini1))
+ *(.fini0) /* Infinite loop after program termination. */
+ KEEP (*(.fini0))
+ _etext = . ;
+ } > text
+ .data : AT (ADDR (.text) + SIZEOF (.text))
+ {
+ PROVIDE (__data_start = .) ;
+ *(.data)
+ *(.data*)
+ *(.rodata) /* We need to include .rodata here if gcc is used */
+ *(.rodata*) /* with -fdata-sections. */
+ *(.gnu.linkonce.d*)
+ . = ALIGN(2);
+ _edata = . ;
+ PROVIDE (__data_end = .) ;
+ } > data
+ .bss : AT (ADDR (.bss))
+ {
+ PROVIDE (__bss_start = .) ;
+ *(.bss)
+ *(.bss*)
+ *(COMMON)
+ PROVIDE (__bss_end = .) ;
+ } > data
+ __data_load_start = LOADADDR(.data);
+ __data_load_end = __data_load_start + SIZEOF(.data);
+ /* Global data not cleared after reset. */
+ .noinit :
+ {
+ PROVIDE (__noinit_start = .) ;
+ *(.noinit*)
+ PROVIDE (__noinit_end = .) ;
+ _end = . ;
+ PROVIDE (__heap_start = .) ;
+ } > data
+ /* keymap region is located at end of flash
+ * .fn_actions Fn actions definitions
+ * .keymaps Mapping layers
+ */
+ .keymap :
+ {
+ PROVIDE(__keymap_start = .) ;
+ *(.keymap.fn_actions) /* 32*actions = 64bytes */
+ . = ALIGN(0x40);
+ *(.keymap.keymaps) /* rest of .keymap section */
+ *(.keymap*)
+ /* . = ALIGN(0x800); */ /* keymap section takes 2KB- */
+ } > keymap = 0x00 /* zero fill */
+ .eeprom :
+ {
+ *(.eeprom*)
+ __eeprom_end = . ;
+ } > eeprom
+ .fuse :
+ {
+ KEEP(*(.fuse))
+ KEEP(*(.lfuse))
+ KEEP(*(.hfuse))
+ KEEP(*(.efuse))
+ } > fuse
+ .lock :
+ {
+ KEEP(*(.lock*))
+ } > lock
+ .signature :
+ {
+ KEEP(*(.signature*))
+ } > signature
+ /* Stabs debugging sections. */
+ .stab 0 : { *(.stab) }
+ .stabstr 0 : { *(.stabstr) }
+ .stab.excl 0 : { *(.stab.excl) }
+ .stab.exclstr 0 : { *(.stab.exclstr) }
+ .stab.index 0 : { *(.stab.index) }
+ .stab.indexstr 0 : { *(.stab.indexstr) }
+ .comment 0 : { *(.comment) }
+ /* DWARF debug sections.
+ Symbols in the DWARF debugging sections are relative to the beginning
+ of the section so we begin them at 0. */
+ /* DWARF 1 */
+ .debug 0 : { *(.debug) }
+ .line 0 : { *(.line) }
+ /* GNU DWARF 1 extensions */
+ .debug_srcinfo 0 : { *(.debug_srcinfo) }
+ .debug_sfnames 0 : { *(.debug_sfnames) }
+ /* DWARF 1.1 and DWARF 2 */
+ .debug_aranges 0 : { *(.debug_aranges) }
+ .debug_pubnames 0 : { *(.debug_pubnames) }
+ /* DWARF 2 */
+ .debug_info 0 : { *(.debug_info) *(.gnu.linkonce.wi.*) }
+ .debug_abbrev 0 : { *(.debug_abbrev) }
+ .debug_line 0 : { *(.debug_line) }
+ .debug_frame 0 : { *(.debug_frame) }
+ .debug_str 0 : { *(.debug_str) }
+ .debug_loc 0 : { *(.debug_loc) }
+ .debug_macinfo 0 : { *(.debug_macinfo) }
+}
diff --git a/ldscript_keymap_avr5.x b/tmk_core/ldscript_keymap_avr5.x
index c09693e51..9b46e6c36 100644
--- a/ldscript_keymap_avr5.x
+++ b/tmk_core/ldscript_keymap_avr5.x
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*
+/*
* linker script for configurable keymap
*
* This adds keymap section which places keymap at fixed address and
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ OUTPUT_FORMAT("elf32-avr","elf32-avr","elf32-avr")
OUTPUT_ARCH(avr:5)
MEMORY
{
- /* With keymap section
+ /* With keymap section
*
* Flash Map of ATMega32U4(32KB)
* +------------+ 0x0000
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ SECTIONS
{
PROVIDE(__keymap_start = .) ;
*(.keymap.fn_actions) /* 32*actions = 64bytes */
- . = ALIGN(0x40);
+ . = ALIGN(0x40);
*(.keymap.keymaps) /* rest of .keymap section */
*(.keymap*)
/* . = ALIGN(0x800); */ /* keymap section takes 2KB- */
diff --git a/protocol.mk b/tmk_core/protocol.mk
index d9194b2bf..54913329e 100644
--- a/protocol.mk
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol.mk
@@ -46,5 +46,9 @@ ifdef SERIAL_MOUSE_USE_UART
SRC += $(PROTOCOL_DIR)/serial_uart.c
endif
+ifdef ADB_MOUSE_ENABLE
+ OPT_DEFS += -DADB_MOUSE_ENABLE -DMOUSE_ENABLE
+endif
+
# Search Path
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)/protocol
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)/protocol
diff --git a/protocol/adb.c b/tmk_core/protocol/adb.c
index bbff66df0..5c6c99b4f 100644
--- a/protocol/adb.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/adb.c
@@ -60,6 +60,7 @@ static inline void place_bit1(void);
static inline void send_byte(uint8_t data);
static inline uint16_t wait_data_lo(uint16_t us);
static inline uint16_t wait_data_hi(uint16_t us);
+static inline uint16_t adb_host_dev_recv(uint8_t device);
void adb_host_init(void)
@@ -121,12 +122,33 @@ bool adb_host_psw(void)
//
// [from Apple IIgs Hardware Reference Second Edition]
+enum {
+ ADDR_KEYB = 0x20,
+ ADDR_MOUSE = 0x30
+};
+
uint16_t adb_host_kbd_recv(void)
{
+ return adb_host_dev_recv(ADDR_KEYB);
+}
+
+#ifdef ADB_MOUSE_ENABLE
+void adb_mouse_init(void) {
+ return;
+}
+
+uint16_t adb_host_mouse_recv(void)
+{
+ return adb_host_dev_recv(ADDR_MOUSE);
+}
+#endif
+
+static inline uint16_t adb_host_dev_recv(uint8_t device)
+{
uint16_t data = 0;
cli();
attention();
- send_byte(0x2C); // Addr:Keyboard(0010), Cmd:Talk(11), Register0(00)
+ send_byte(device|0x0C); // Addr:Keyboard(0010)/Mouse(0011), Cmd:Talk(11), Register0(00)
place_bit0(); // Stopbit(0)
if (!wait_data_hi(500)) { // Service Request(310us Adjustable Keyboard): just ignored
sei();
diff --git a/protocol/adb.h b/tmk_core/protocol/adb.h
index bfe598bbf..b4b3633cf 100644
--- a/protocol/adb.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/adb.h
@@ -56,7 +56,11 @@ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
void adb_host_init(void);
bool adb_host_psw(void);
uint16_t adb_host_kbd_recv(void);
+uint16_t adb_host_mouse_recv(void);
void adb_host_listen(uint8_t cmd, uint8_t data_h, uint8_t data_l);
void adb_host_kbd_led(uint8_t led);
+void adb_mouse_task(void);
+void adb_mouse_init(void);
+
#endif
diff --git a/protocol/bluefruit.mk b/tmk_core/protocol/bluefruit.mk
index 85313ba62..e1c5fff77 100644
--- a/protocol/bluefruit.mk
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/bluefruit.mk
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ PJRC_DIR = protocol/pjrc
SRC += $(BLUEFRUIT_DIR)/main.c \
$(BLUEFRUIT_DIR)/bluefruit.c \
- protocol/serial_uart.c \
+ serial_uart.c \
$(PJRC_DIR)/pjrc.c \
$(PJRC_DIR)/usb_keyboard.c \
$(PJRC_DIR)/usb_debug.c \
@@ -19,9 +19,9 @@ ifdef EXTRAKEY_ENABLE
endif
# Search Path
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)/$(BLUEFRUIT_DIR)
-#VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)/$(BLUEFRUIT_DIR)/usb_debug_only
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)/$(PJRC_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)/$(BLUEFRUIT_DIR)
+#VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)/$(BLUEFRUIT_DIR)/usb_debug_only
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)/$(PJRC_DIR)
OPT_DEFS += -DPROTOCOL_BLUEFRUIT
OPT_DEFS += -DPROTOCOL_PJRC
diff --git a/protocol/bluefruit/bluefruit.c b/tmk_core/protocol/bluefruit/bluefruit.c
index 47c63555c..47c63555c 100644
--- a/protocol/bluefruit/bluefruit.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/bluefruit/bluefruit.c
diff --git a/protocol/bluefruit/bluefruit.h b/tmk_core/protocol/bluefruit/bluefruit.h
index ceacc4a36..ceacc4a36 100644
--- a/protocol/bluefruit/bluefruit.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/bluefruit/bluefruit.h
diff --git a/protocol/bluefruit/main.c b/tmk_core/protocol/bluefruit/main.c
index 0dbb637e2..0dbb637e2 100644
--- a/protocol/bluefruit/main.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/bluefruit/main.c
diff --git a/protocol/ibm4704.c b/tmk_core/protocol/ibm4704.c
index 10e229fd1..6a03cd441 100644
--- a/protocol/ibm4704.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/ibm4704.c
@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ Copyright 2010,2011,2012,2013 Jun WAKO <wakojun@gmail.com>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <util/delay.h>
#include "debug.h"
+#include "ring_buffer.h"
#include "ibm4704.h"
@@ -20,7 +21,10 @@ uint8_t ibm4704_error = 0;
void ibm4704_init(void)
{
- inhibit();
+ inhibit(); // keep keyboard from sending
+ IBM4704_INT_INIT();
+ IBM4704_INT_ON();
+ idle(); // allow keyboard sending
}
/*
@@ -47,6 +51,8 @@ uint8_t ibm4704_send(uint8_t data)
bool parity = true; // odd parity
ibm4704_error = 0;
+ IBM4704_INT_OFF();
+
/* Request to send */
idle();
clock_lo();
@@ -57,7 +63,6 @@ uint8_t ibm4704_send(uint8_t data)
/* Data bit */
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
WAIT(clock_hi, 100, 0x40+i);
- //_delay_us(5);
if (data&(1<<i)) {
parity = !parity;
data_hi();
@@ -79,28 +84,34 @@ uint8_t ibm4704_send(uint8_t data)
/* End */
WAIT(data_lo, 100, 0x36);
- inhibit();
- _delay_us(200); // wait to recover clock to hi
+ idle();
+ IBM4704_INT_ON();
return 0;
ERROR:
- inhibit();
- if (ibm4704_error >= 0x30) {
- xprintf("x%02X ", ibm4704_error);
+ idle();
+ if (ibm4704_error > 0x30) {
+ xprintf("S:%02X ", ibm4704_error);
}
- _delay_us(200); // wait to recover clock to hi
+ IBM4704_INT_ON();
return -1;
}
-/* receive data when host want else inhibit communication */
+/* wait forever to receive data */
uint8_t ibm4704_recv_response(void)
{
- // 250 * 100us(wait start bit in ibm4704_recv)
- uint8_t data = 0;
- uint8_t try = 250;
- do {
- data = ibm4704_recv();
- } while (try-- && ibm4704_error);
- return data;
+ while (!rbuf_has_data()) {
+ _delay_ms(1);
+ }
+ return rbuf_dequeue();
+}
+
+uint8_t ibm4704_recv(void)
+{
+ if (rbuf_has_data()) {
+ return rbuf_dequeue();
+ } else {
+ return -1;
+ }
}
/*
@@ -108,62 +119,71 @@ Keyboard to Host
----------------
Data bits are LSB first and Parity is odd. Clock has around 60us high and 30us low part.
- ____ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ ________
-Clock \____/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/
+ ____ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ _______
+Clock \_____/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/ \_/
____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____ ____
Data ____/ X____X____X____X____X____X____X____X____X____X________
Start 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 P Stop
Start bit: can be long as 300-350us.
Inhibit: Pull Data line down to inhibit keyboard to send.
-Timing: Host reads bit while Clock is hi.
+Timing: Host reads bit while Clock is hi.(rising edge)
Stop bit: Keyboard pulls down Data line to lo after 9th clock.
*/
-uint8_t ibm4704_recv(void)
+ISR(IBM4704_INT_VECT)
{
- uint8_t data = 0;
- bool parity = true; // odd parity
- ibm4704_error = IBM4704_ERR_NONE;
-
- idle();
- _delay_us(5); // wait for line settles
-
- /* start bit */
- WAIT(clock_lo, 100, 0x11); // wait for keyboard to send
- WAIT(data_hi, 100, 0x12); // can be delayed that long
+ static enum {
+ BIT0, BIT1, BIT2, BIT3, BIT4, BIT5, BIT6, BIT7, PARITY, STOP
+ } state = BIT0;
+ // LSB first
+ static uint8_t data = 0;
+ // Odd parity
+ static uint8_t parity = false;
- WAIT(clock_hi, 100, 0x13); // first rising edge which can take longer
- /* data */
- for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
- WAIT(clock_hi, 100, 0x20+i);
- //_delay_us(5);
- if (data_in()) {
- parity = !parity;
- data |= (1<<i);
- }
- WAIT(clock_lo, 150, 0x28+i);
- }
+ ibm4704_error = 0;
- /* parity */
- WAIT(clock_hi, 100, 0x17);
- if (data_in() != parity) {
- ibm4704_error = IBM4704_ERR_PARITY;
- goto ERROR;
+ switch (state) {
+ case BIT0:
+ case BIT1:
+ case BIT2:
+ case BIT3:
+ case BIT4:
+ case BIT5:
+ case BIT6:
+ case BIT7:
+ data >>= 1;
+ if (data_in()) {
+ data |= 0x80;
+ parity = !parity;
+ }
+ break;
+ case PARITY:
+ if (data_in()) {
+ parity = !parity;
+ }
+ if (!parity)
+ goto ERROR;
+ break;
+ case STOP:
+ // Data:Low
+ WAIT(data_lo, 100, state);
+ rbuf_enqueue(data);
+ ibm4704_error = IBM4704_ERR_NONE;
+ goto DONE;
+ break;
+ default:
+ goto ERROR;
}
- WAIT(clock_lo, 150, 0x18);
-
- /* stop bit */
- WAIT(clock_hi, 100, 0x19);
- WAIT(data_lo, 1, 0x19);
-
- inhibit();
- _delay_us(200); // wait to recover clock to hi
- return data;
+ state++;
+ goto RETURN;
ERROR:
- if (ibm4704_error > 0x12) {
- xprintf("x%02X ", ibm4704_error);
- }
- inhibit();
- _delay_us(200); // wait to recover clock to hi
- return -1;
+ ibm4704_error = state;
+ while (ibm4704_send(0xFE)) _delay_ms(1); // resend
+ xprintf("R:%02X%02X\n", state, data);
+DONE:
+ state = BIT0;
+ data = 0;
+ parity = false;
+RETURN:
+ return;
}
diff --git a/protocol/ibm4704.h b/tmk_core/protocol/ibm4704.h
index 618cce6be..618cce6be 100644
--- a/protocol/ibm4704.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/ibm4704.h
diff --git a/protocol/iwrap.mk b/tmk_core/protocol/iwrap.mk
index 3b63efe9a..eeedd83af 100644
--- a/protocol/iwrap.mk
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/iwrap.mk
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ SRC += $(IWRAP_DIR)/main.c \
$(COMMON_DIR)/uart.c
# Search Path
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/iwrap
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/iwrap
# TODO: compatible with LUFA and PJRC
@@ -21,6 +21,6 @@ SRC += $(VUSB_DIR)/vusb.c \
$(VUSB_DIR)/usbdrv/usbdrv.c \
$(VUSB_DIR)/usbdrv/usbdrvasm.S \
$(VUSB_DIR)/usbdrv/oddebug.c
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)/protocol/vusb:$(TOP_DIR)/protocol/vusb/usbdrv
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/vusb:$(TMK_DIR)/protocol/vusb/usbdrv
diff --git a/protocol/iwrap/iWRAP4.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/iWRAP4.txt
index 2a062d9d9..2a062d9d9 100644
--- a/protocol/iwrap/iWRAP4.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/iWRAP4.txt
diff --git a/protocol/iwrap/iWRAP5.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/iWRAP5.txt
index ce3310f1b..ce3310f1b 100644
--- a/protocol/iwrap/iWRAP5.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/iWRAP5.txt
diff --git a/protocol/iwrap/iwrap.c b/tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/iwrap.c
index 6a404116a..6a404116a 100644
--- a/protocol/iwrap/iwrap.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/iwrap.c
diff --git a/protocol/iwrap/iwrap.h b/tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/iwrap.h
index ffaad9395..ffaad9395 100644
--- a/protocol/iwrap/iwrap.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/iwrap.h
diff --git a/protocol/iwrap/main.c b/tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/main.c
index 3abdce8df..3abdce8df 100644
--- a/protocol/iwrap/main.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/main.c
diff --git a/protocol/iwrap/mux_exit.rb b/tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/mux_exit.rb
index 1f6be48af..1f6be48af 100644
--- a/protocol/iwrap/mux_exit.rb
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/mux_exit.rb
diff --git a/protocol/iwrap/suart.S b/tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/suart.S
index 1b0290963..1b0290963 100644
--- a/protocol/iwrap/suart.S
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/suart.S
diff --git a/protocol/iwrap/suart.h b/tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/suart.h
index 72725b998..72725b998 100644
--- a/protocol/iwrap/suart.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/suart.h
diff --git a/protocol/iwrap/wd.h b/tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/wd.h
index 99058f033..99058f033 100644
--- a/protocol/iwrap/wd.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/iwrap/wd.h
diff --git a/protocol/lufa.mk b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa.mk
index 958c37516..4905760bb 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa.mk
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa.mk
@@ -1,20 +1,16 @@
LUFA_DIR = protocol/lufa
# Path to the LUFA library
-ifeq (, $(wildcard $(TOP_DIR)/$(LUFA_DIR)/LUFA-git/LUFA/Version.h))
- LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_DIR)/LUFA-120730
-else
- LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_DIR)/LUFA-git
-endif
+LUFA_PATH ?= $(LUFA_DIR)/LUFA-git
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA makefile
-ifneq (, $(wildcard $(TOP_DIR)/$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk))
+ifneq (, $(wildcard $(TMK_DIR)/$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk))
# New build system from 20120730
LUFA_ROOT_PATH = $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA
- include $(TOP_DIR)/$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+ include $(TMK_DIR)/$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk
else
- include $(TOP_DIR)/$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/makefile
+ include $(TMK_DIR)/$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/makefile
endif
LUFA_SRC = $(LUFA_DIR)/lufa.c \
@@ -31,14 +27,14 @@ endif
ifdef BLUETOOTH_ENABLE
LUFA_SRC += $(LUFA_DIR)/bluetooth.c \
- $(LUFA_DIR)/../serial_uart.c
+ $(TMK_DIR)/protocol/serial_uart.c
endif
SRC += $(LUFA_SRC)
# Search Path
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)/$(LUFA_DIR)
-VPATH += $(TOP_DIR)/$(LUFA_PATH)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)/$(LUFA_DIR)
+VPATH += $(TMK_DIR)/$(LUFA_PATH)
# Option modules
#ifdef $(or MOUSEKEY_ENABLE, PS2_MOUSE_ENABLE)
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/.gitignore b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/.gitignore
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..045f96980
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/.gitignore
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+*.o
+*.d
+*.elf
+*.hex
+*.eep
+*.sym
+*.bin
+*.lss
+*.map
+*.bak
+*.class
+Documentation/
+LUFA/StudioIntegration/ProjectGenerator/*
+LUFA/StudioIntegration/DocBook/*
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f7564e982
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Bootloader user application API functions.
+ */
+
+#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
+
+void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+ boot_page_erase_safe(Address);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+ boot_page_write_safe(Address);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word)
+{
+ boot_page_fill_safe(Address, Word);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+ return boot_signature_byte_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+ return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void)
+{
+ return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS);
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits)
+{
+ boot_lock_bits_set_safe(LockBits);
+}
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2462cacdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for BootloaderAPI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/boot.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address);
+ void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address);
+ void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void);
+ void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPITable.S b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPITable.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..69ebd387a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderAPITable.S
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+; Trampolines to actual API implementations if the target address is outside the
+; range of a rjmp instruction (can happen with large bootloader sections)
+.section .apitable_trampolines, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Trampolines
+BootloaderAPI_Trampolines:
+
+ BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage
+ BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage
+ BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock
+ BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5:
+ ret
+
+
+
+; API function jump table
+.section .apitable_jumptable, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_JumpTable
+BootloaderAPI_JumpTable:
+
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1 ; UNUSED ENTRY 1
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2 ; UNUSED ENTRY 2
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3 ; UNUSED ENTRY 3
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4 ; UNUSED ENTRY 4
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5 ; UNUSED ENTRY 5
+
+
+
+; Bootloader table signatures and information
+.section .apitable_signatures, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Signatures
+BootloaderAPI_Signatures:
+
+ .long BOOT_START_ADDR ; Start address of the bootloader
+ .word 0xDF00 ; Signature for the CDC class bootloader
+ .word 0xDCFB ; Signature for a LUFA class bootloader
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f66a483e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.c
@@ -0,0 +1,641 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the CDC class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADERCDC_C
+#include "BootloaderCDC.h"
+
+/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the first virtual serial port. This must be retained as some
+ * operating systems will not open the port unless the settings can be set successfully.
+ */
+static CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding = { .BaudRateBPS = 0,
+ .CharFormat = CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit,
+ .ParityType = CDC_PARITY_None,
+ .DataBits = 8 };
+
+/** Current address counter. This stores the current address of the FLASH or EEPROM as set by the host,
+ * and is used when reading or writing to the AVRs memory (either FLASH or EEPROM depending on the issued
+ * command.)
+ */
+static uint32_t CurrAddress;
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
+ * via a watchdog reset. When cleared the bootloader will exit, starting the watchdog and entering an infinite
+ * loop until the AVR restarts and the application runs.
+ */
+static bool RunBootloader = true;
+
+/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
+ * will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
+ * low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
+ * \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
+ */
+uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
+
+
+/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
+ * start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
+ * this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
+ */
+void Application_Jump_Check(void)
+{
+ bool JumpToApplication = false;
+
+ #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+ /* Disable JTAG debugging */
+ JTAG_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Enable pull-up on the JTAG TCK pin so we can use it to select the mode */
+ PORTF |= (1 << 4);
+ Delay_MS(10);
+
+ /* If the TCK pin is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
+ JumpToApplication |= ((PINF & (1 << 4)) != 0);
+
+ /* Re-enable JTAG debugging */
+ JTAG_ENABLE();
+ #endif
+
+ /* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
+ if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+ JumpToApplication |= true;
+
+ /* If a request has been made to jump to the user application, honor it */
+ if (JumpToApplication)
+ {
+ /* Turn off the watchdog */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1<<WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Clear the boot key and jump to the user application */
+ MagicBootKey = 0;
+
+ // cppcheck-suppress constStatement
+ ((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the bootloader, then continuously
+ * runs the bootloader processing routine until instructed to soft-exit, or hard-reset via the watchdog to start
+ * the loaded application code.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ /* Setup hardware required for the bootloader */
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ /* Turn on first LED on the board to indicate that the bootloader has started */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED1);
+
+ /* Enable global interrupts so that the USB stack can function */
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ while (RunBootloader)
+ {
+ CDC_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+
+ /* Disconnect from the host - USB interface will be reset later along with the AVR */
+ USB_Detach();
+
+ /* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
+ MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
+
+ /* Enable the watchdog and force a timeout to reset the AVR */
+ wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
+
+ for (;;);
+}
+
+/** Configures all hardware required for the bootloader. */
+static void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+
+ /* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
+ MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
+ MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
+
+ /* Initialize the USB and other board hardware drivers */
+ USB_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+
+ /* Bootloader active LED toggle timer initialization */
+ TIMSK1 = (1 << TOIE1);
+ TCCR1B = ((1 << CS11) | (1 << CS10));
+}
+
+/** ISR to periodically toggle the LEDs on the board to indicate that the bootloader is active. */
+ISR(TIMER1_OVF_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This configures the device's endpoints ready
+ * to relay data to and from the attached USB host.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ /* Setup CDC Notification, Rx and Tx Endpoints */
+ Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
+ CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Ignore any requests that aren't directed to the CDC interface */
+ if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & (CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE | CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT)) !=
+ (REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Activity - toggle indicator LEDs */
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+
+ /* Process CDC specific control requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case CDC_REQ_GetLineEncoding:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the line coding data to the control endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&LineEncoding, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Read the line coding data in from the host into the global struct */
+ Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(&LineEncoding, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t));
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+#if !defined(NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT)
+/** Reads or writes a block of EEPROM or FLASH memory to or from the appropriate CDC data endpoint, depending
+ * on the AVR109 protocol command issued.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Command Single character AVR109 protocol command indicating what memory operation to perform
+ */
+static void ReadWriteMemoryBlock(const uint8_t Command)
+{
+ uint16_t BlockSize;
+ char MemoryType;
+
+ uint8_t HighByte = 0;
+ uint8_t LowByte = 0;
+
+ BlockSize = (FetchNextCommandByte() << 8);
+ BlockSize |= FetchNextCommandByte();
+
+ MemoryType = FetchNextCommandByte();
+
+ if ((MemoryType != MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH) && (MemoryType != MEMORY_TYPE_EEPROM))
+ {
+ /* Send error byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('?');
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if command is to read a memory block */
+ if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_BlockRead)
+ {
+ /* Re-enable RWW section */
+ boot_rww_enable();
+
+ while (BlockSize--)
+ {
+ if (MemoryType == MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH)
+ {
+ /* Read the next FLASH byte from the current FLASH page */
+ #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+ WriteNextResponseByte(pgm_read_byte_far(CurrAddress | HighByte));
+ #else
+ WriteNextResponseByte(pgm_read_byte(CurrAddress | HighByte));
+ #endif
+
+ /* If both bytes in current word have been read, increment the address counter */
+ if (HighByte)
+ CurrAddress += 2;
+
+ HighByte = !HighByte;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Read the next EEPROM byte into the endpoint */
+ WriteNextResponseByte(eeprom_read_byte((uint8_t*)(intptr_t)(CurrAddress >> 1)));
+
+ /* Increment the address counter after use */
+ CurrAddress += 2;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ uint32_t PageStartAddress = CurrAddress;
+
+ if (MemoryType == MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH)
+ {
+ boot_page_erase(PageStartAddress);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ }
+
+ while (BlockSize--)
+ {
+ if (MemoryType == MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH)
+ {
+ /* If both bytes in current word have been written, increment the address counter */
+ if (HighByte)
+ {
+ /* Write the next FLASH word to the current FLASH page */
+ boot_page_fill(CurrAddress, ((FetchNextCommandByte() << 8) | LowByte));
+
+ /* Increment the address counter after use */
+ CurrAddress += 2;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ LowByte = FetchNextCommandByte();
+ }
+
+ HighByte = !HighByte;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Write the next EEPROM byte from the endpoint */
+ eeprom_write_byte((uint8_t*)((intptr_t)(CurrAddress >> 1)), FetchNextCommandByte());
+
+ /* Increment the address counter after use */
+ CurrAddress += 2;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If in FLASH programming mode, commit the page after writing */
+ if (MemoryType == MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH)
+ {
+ /* Commit the flash page to memory */
+ boot_page_write(PageStartAddress);
+
+ /* Wait until write operation has completed */
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ }
+
+ /* Send response byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+/** Retrieves the next byte from the host in the CDC data OUT endpoint, and clears the endpoint bank if needed
+ * to allow reception of the next data packet from the host.
+ *
+ * \return Next received byte from the host in the CDC data OUT endpoint
+ */
+static uint8_t FetchNextCommandByte(void)
+{
+ /* Select the OUT endpoint so that the next data byte can be read */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* If OUT endpoint empty, clear it and wait for the next packet from the host */
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Fetch the next byte from the OUT endpoint */
+ return Endpoint_Read_8();
+}
+
+/** Writes the next response byte to the CDC data IN endpoint, and sends the endpoint back if needed to free up the
+ * bank when full ready for the next byte in the packet to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Response Next response byte to send to the host
+ */
+static void WriteNextResponseByte(const uint8_t Response)
+{
+ /* Select the IN endpoint so that the next data byte can be written */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* If IN endpoint full, clear it and wait until ready for the next packet to the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Write the next byte to the IN endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Response);
+}
+
+/** Task to read in AVR109 commands from the CDC data OUT endpoint, process them, perform the required actions
+ * and send the appropriate response back to the host.
+ */
+static void CDC_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Select the OUT endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if endpoint has a command in it sent from the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ return;
+
+ /* Read in the bootloader command (first byte sent from host) */
+ uint8_t Command = FetchNextCommandByte();
+
+ if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ExitBootloader)
+ {
+ RunBootloader = false;
+
+ /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+ }
+ else if ((Command == AVR109_COMMAND_SetLED) || (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ClearLED) ||
+ (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_SelectDeviceType))
+ {
+ FetchNextCommandByte();
+
+ /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+ }
+ else if ((Command == AVR109_COMMAND_EnterProgrammingMode) || (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_LeaveProgrammingMode))
+ {
+ /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadPartCode)
+ {
+ /* Return ATMEGA128 part code - this is only to allow AVRProg to use the bootloader */
+ WriteNextResponseByte(0x44);
+ WriteNextResponseByte(0x00);
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadAutoAddressIncrement)
+ {
+ /* Indicate auto-address increment is supported */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('Y');
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_SetCurrentAddress)
+ {
+ /* Set the current address to that given by the host (translate 16-bit word address to byte address) */
+ CurrAddress = (FetchNextCommandByte() << 9);
+ CurrAddress |= (FetchNextCommandByte() << 1);
+
+ /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderInterface)
+ {
+ /* Indicate serial programmer back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('S');
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderIdentifier)
+ {
+ /* Write the 7-byte software identifier to the endpoint */
+ for (uint8_t CurrByte = 0; CurrByte < 7; CurrByte++)
+ WriteNextResponseByte(SOFTWARE_IDENTIFIER[CurrByte]);
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderSWVersion)
+ {
+ WriteNextResponseByte('0' + BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MAJOR);
+ WriteNextResponseByte('0' + BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MINOR);
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadSignature)
+ {
+ WriteNextResponseByte(AVR_SIGNATURE_3);
+ WriteNextResponseByte(AVR_SIGNATURE_2);
+ WriteNextResponseByte(AVR_SIGNATURE_1);
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_EraseFLASH)
+ {
+ /* Clear the application section of flash */
+ for (uint32_t CurrFlashAddress = 0; CurrFlashAddress < (uint32_t)BOOT_START_ADDR; CurrFlashAddress += SPM_PAGESIZE)
+ {
+ boot_page_erase(CurrFlashAddress);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ boot_page_write(CurrFlashAddress);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ }
+
+ /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+ }
+ #if !defined(NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT)
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_WriteLockbits)
+ {
+ /* Set the lock bits to those given by the host */
+ boot_lock_bits_set(FetchNextCommandByte());
+
+ /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+ }
+ #endif
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadLockbits)
+ {
+ WriteNextResponseByte(boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS));
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadLowFuses)
+ {
+ WriteNextResponseByte(boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOW_FUSE_BITS));
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadHighFuses)
+ {
+ WriteNextResponseByte(boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_HIGH_FUSE_BITS));
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadExtendedFuses)
+ {
+ WriteNextResponseByte(boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_EXTENDED_FUSE_BITS));
+ }
+ #if !defined(NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT)
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_GetBlockWriteSupport)
+ {
+ WriteNextResponseByte('Y');
+
+ /* Send block size to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte(SPM_PAGESIZE >> 8);
+ WriteNextResponseByte(SPM_PAGESIZE & 0xFF);
+ }
+ else if ((Command == AVR109_COMMAND_BlockWrite) || (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_BlockRead))
+ {
+ /* Delegate the block write/read to a separate function for clarity */
+ ReadWriteMemoryBlock(Command);
+ }
+ #endif
+ #if !defined(NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT)
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_FillFlashPageWordHigh)
+ {
+ /* Write the high byte to the current flash page */
+ boot_page_fill(CurrAddress, FetchNextCommandByte());
+
+ /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_FillFlashPageWordLow)
+ {
+ /* Write the low byte to the current flash page */
+ boot_page_fill(CurrAddress | 0x01, FetchNextCommandByte());
+
+ /* Increment the address */
+ CurrAddress += 2;
+
+ /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_WriteFlashPage)
+ {
+ /* Commit the flash page to memory */
+ boot_page_write(CurrAddress);
+
+ /* Wait until write operation has completed */
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+
+ /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadFLASHWord)
+ {
+ #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+ uint16_t ProgramWord = pgm_read_word_far(CurrAddress);
+ #else
+ uint16_t ProgramWord = pgm_read_word(CurrAddress);
+ #endif
+
+ WriteNextResponseByte(ProgramWord >> 8);
+ WriteNextResponseByte(ProgramWord & 0xFF);
+ }
+ #endif
+ #if !defined(NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT)
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_WriteEEPROM)
+ {
+ /* Read the byte from the endpoint and write it to the EEPROM */
+ eeprom_write_byte((uint8_t*)((intptr_t)(CurrAddress >> 1)), FetchNextCommandByte());
+
+ /* Increment the address after use */
+ CurrAddress += 2;
+
+ /* Send confirmation byte back to the host */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('\r');
+ }
+ else if (Command == AVR109_COMMAND_ReadEEPROM)
+ {
+ /* Read the EEPROM byte and write it to the endpoint */
+ WriteNextResponseByte(eeprom_read_byte((uint8_t*)((intptr_t)(CurrAddress >> 1))));
+
+ /* Increment the address after use */
+ CurrAddress += 2;
+ }
+ #endif
+ else if (Command != AVR109_COMMAND_Sync)
+ {
+ /* Unknown (non-sync) command, return fail code */
+ WriteNextResponseByte('?');
+ }
+
+ /* Select the IN endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Remember if the endpoint is completely full before clearing it */
+ bool IsEndpointFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
+
+ /* Send the endpoint data to the host */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* If a full endpoint's worth of data was sent, we need to send an empty packet afterwards to signal end of transfer */
+ if (IsEndpointFull)
+ {
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /* Wait until the data has been sent to the host */
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Select the OUT endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Acknowledge the command from the host */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9b326abc3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.h
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for BootloaderCDC.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CDC_H_
+#define _CDC_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/boot.h>
+ #include <avr/eeprom.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "BootloaderAPI.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
+ #error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Version major of the CDC bootloader. */
+ #define BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MAJOR 0x01
+
+ /** Version minor of the CDC bootloader. */
+ #define BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MINOR 0x00
+
+ /** Hardware version major of the CDC bootloader. */
+ #define BOOTLOADER_HWVERSION_MAJOR 0x01
+
+ /** Hardware version minor of the CDC bootloader. */
+ #define BOOTLOADER_HWVERSION_MINOR 0x00
+
+ /** Eight character bootloader firmware identifier reported to the host when requested. */
+ #define SOFTWARE_IDENTIFIER "LUFACDC"
+
+ /** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
+ #define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY 0xDC42
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Possible memory types that can be addressed via the bootloader. */
+ enum AVR109_Memories
+ {
+ MEMORY_TYPE_FLASH = 'F',
+ MEMORY_TYPE_EEPROM = 'E',
+ };
+
+ /** Possible commands that can be issued to the bootloader. */
+ enum AVR109_Commands
+ {
+ AVR109_COMMAND_Sync = 27,
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadEEPROM = 'd',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_WriteEEPROM = 'D',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadFLASHWord = 'R',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_WriteFlashPage = 'm',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_FillFlashPageWordLow = 'c',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_FillFlashPageWordHigh = 'C',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_GetBlockWriteSupport = 'b',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_BlockWrite = 'B',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_BlockRead = 'g',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadExtendedFuses = 'Q',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadHighFuses = 'N',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadLowFuses = 'F',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadLockbits = 'r',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_WriteLockbits = 'l',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_EraseFLASH = 'e',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadSignature = 's',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderSWVersion = 'V',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderHWVersion = 'v',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderIdentifier = 'S',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadBootloaderInterface = 'p',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_SetCurrentAddress = 'A',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadAutoAddressIncrement = 'a',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ReadPartCode = 't',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_EnterProgrammingMode = 'P',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_LeaveProgrammingMode = 'L',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_SelectDeviceType = 'T',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_SetLED = 'x',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ClearLED = 'y',
+ AVR109_COMMAND_ExitBootloader = 'E',
+ };
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a non-returning pointer to the start of the loaded application in flash memory. */
+ typedef void (*AppPtr_t)(void) ATTR_NO_RETURN;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ static void CDC_Task(void);
+ static void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void Application_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADERCDC_C) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #if !defined(NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT)
+ static void ReadWriteMemoryBlock(const uint8_t Command);
+ #endif
+ static uint8_t FetchNextCommandByte(void);
+ static void WriteNextResponseByte(const uint8_t Response);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..55e5e55a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/BootloaderCDC.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage CDC Class USB AVR Bootloader
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * This bootloader enumerates to the host as a CDC Class device (virtual serial port), allowing for AVR109
+ * protocol compatible programming software to load firmware onto the AVR.
+ *
+ * Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
+ * into 4KB of bootloader space. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to
+ * edit the MCU, FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
+ *
+ * When the bootloader is running, the board's LED(s) will flash at regular intervals to distinguish the
+ * bootloader from the normal user application.
+ *
+ * \warning <b>THIS BOOTLOADER IS NOT SECURE.</b> Malicious entities can recover written data, even if the device
+ * lockbits are set.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
+ *
+ * This bootloader is designed to be started via the HWB mechanism of the USB AVRs; ground the HWB pin (see device
+ * datasheet) then momentarily ground /RESET to start the bootloader. This assumes the HWBE fuse is set and the BOOTRST
+ * fuse is cleared.
+ *
+ * For board specific exceptions to the above, see below.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_XPLAIN Atmel Xplain Board
+ * Ground the USB AVR JTAG's \c TCK pin to ground when powering on the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the
+ * \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_Leonardo Arduino Leonardo Board
+ * Ground \c IO13 when powering the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the
+ * \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
+ *
+ * After running this bootloader for the first time on a new computer, you will need to supply the .INF
+ * file located in this bootloader project's directory as the device's driver when running under Windows.
+ * This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers, negating the need for custom drivers for the
+ * device. Other Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
+ *
+ * This bootloader is compatible with the open source application AVRDUDE, Atmel's AVRPROG, or other
+ * applications implementing the AVR109 protocol, which is documented on the Atmel website as an application
+ * note.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_AVRDude AVRDUDE (Windows, Mac, Linux)
+ *
+ * AVRDude is a free, cross-platform and open source command line programmer for Atmel and third party AVR
+ * programmers. It is available on the the Windows platform as part of the "WinAVR" package, or on other systems
+ * either from a build from the official source code, or in many distributions as a precompiled binary package.
+ *
+ * To load a new HEX file with AVRDude, specify "AVR109" as the programmer, with the allocated COM port. On Windows
+ * platforms this will be a COMx port name:
+ * \code
+ * avrdude -c AVR109 -p at90usb1287 -P COM0 -U flash:w:Mouse.hex
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * On Linux systems, this will typically be a /dev/ttyACMx port name:
+ * \code
+ * avrdude -c AVR109 -p at90usb1287 -P /dev/ttyACM0 -U flash:w:Mouse.hex
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * Refer to the AVRDude project documentation for additional usage instructions.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_API User Application API
+ *
+ * Several user application functions for FLASH and other special memory area manipulations are exposed by the bootloader,
+ * allowing the user application to call into the bootloader at runtime to read and write FLASH data.
+ *
+ * By default, the bootloader API jump table is located 32 bytes from the end of the device's FLASH memory, and follows the
+ * following layout:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE 32
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START ((FLASHEND + 1UL) - BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE)
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(Index) (void*)((BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (Index * 2)) / 2)
+ *
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_ErasePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(0);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_WritePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(1);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_FillWord)(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Word) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(2);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(3);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(4);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadLock)(void) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(5);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_WriteLock)(uint8_t LockBits) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(6);
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 2))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE 0xDCFB
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 4))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_CDC_SIGNATURE 0xDF00
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 8))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_LENGTH 4
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * From the application the API support of the bootloader can be detected by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address
+ * \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE. The class of bootloader
+ * can be determined by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address \c BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them
+ * to the value \c BOOTLOADER_CDC_SIGNATURE. The start address of the bootloader can be retrieved by reading the bytes of FLASH
+ * memory starting from address \c BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_API_MemLayout Device Memory Map
+ * The following illustration indicates the final memory map of the device when loaded with the bootloader.
+ *
+ * \verbatim
+ * +----------------------------+ 0x0000
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | User Application |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE
+ * | |
+ * | Bootloader Application |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * | |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 96
+ * | API Table Trampolines |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 32
+ * | Bootloader API Table |
+ * | (User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 8
+ * | Bootloader ID Constants |
+ * | (User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND
+ * \endverbatim
+ *
+ * \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
+ *
+ * \par On Linux machines, the CDC bootloader is unstable or inaccessible.
+ * A change to the \c ModemManager module in many Linux distributions causes
+ * this module to try to take control over inserted CDC devices, corrupting the
+ * datastream. A UDEV rule is required to prevent this.
+ * See <a href=https://groups.google.com/d/msg/lufa-support/CP9cy2bc8yo/kBqsOu-RBeMJ>here</a> for resolution steps.
+ * If the issue still persists then uninstall modemmanager by executing <tt>sudo apt-get remove modemmanager</tt>, or
+ * the equivalent using your chosen distribution's package manager.
+ *
+ * \par On Linux machines, the CDC bootloader is inaccessible.
+ * On many Linux systems, non-root users do not have automatic access to newly
+ * inserted CDC devices. Root privileges or a UDEV rule is required to gain
+ * access.
+ * See <a href=https://groups.google.com/d/msg/lufa-support/CP9cy2bc8yo/kBqsOu-RBeMJ>here</a> for resolution steps.
+ *
+ * \par After loading an application, it is not run automatically on startup.
+ * Some USB AVR boards ship with the BOOTRST fuse set, causing the bootloader
+ * to run automatically when the device is reset. In most cases, the BOOTRST
+ * fuse should be disabled and the HWBE fuse used instead to run the bootloader
+ * when needed.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Define to disable memory block read/write support in the bootloader, requiring all reads and writes to be made
+ * using the byte-level commands.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Define to disable EEPROM memory byte read/write support in the bootloader, requiring all EEPROM reads and writes
+ * to be made using the block-level commands.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Define to disable FLASH memory byte read/write support in the bootloader, requiring all FLASH reads and writes
+ * to be made using the block-level commands.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Define to disable lock byte write support in the bootloader, preventing the lock bits from being set programmatically.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bbb5cb227
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure LUFA's
+ * compile time options, as an alternative to the compile time
+ * constants supplied through a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+// #define NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT
+// #define NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT
+// #define NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT
+// #define NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT
+
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..af2dd3060
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+ #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+ #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+ #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+ #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2ff6b503b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x204A,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = 0x00,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = 0x02,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x02,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = 0x06,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA CDC");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see LUFA library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Language)
+ {
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = LanguageString.Header.Size;
+ }
+ else if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Manufacturer)
+ {
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = ManufacturerString.Header.Size;
+ }
+ else if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Product)
+ {
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = ProductString.Header.Size;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ef0437917
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__)
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x97
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__)
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x96
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__)
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x97
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__)
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x96
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__)
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x95
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x87
+ #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__)
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x94
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x88
+ #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__)
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x95
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x8A
+ #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__)
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x94
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x89
+ #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__)
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x94
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__)
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x93
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x89
+ #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__)
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x94
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #else
+ #error The selected AVR part is not currently supported by this bootloader.
+ #endif
+
+ /** Endpoint address for the CDC control interface event notification endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address for the CDC data interface TX (data IN) endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address for the CDC data interface RX (data OUT) endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size of the CDC data interface TX and RX data endpoint banks, in bytes. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
+
+ /** Size of the CDC control interface notification endpoint bank, in bytes. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // CDC Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+ // CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/LUFA CDC Bootloader.inf b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/LUFA CDC Bootloader.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..61624c731
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/LUFA CDC Bootloader.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA CDC Bootloader.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204A
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204A
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204A
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204A
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC Class Bootloader"
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..72f3ff04c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="CDC Bootloader - 128KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.cdc.avr8.128_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_cdc_128kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1F000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1F000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x1FFA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x1FFE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x1FFF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="CDC Bootloader - 64KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.cdc.avr8.64_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_cdc_64kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb647"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0xF000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0xF000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0xFFA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0xFFE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0xFFF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="CDC Bootloader - 32KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.cdc.avr8.32_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_cdc_32kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x7000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x7000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x7FA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x7FE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x7FF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="CDC Bootloader - 16KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.cdc.avr8.16_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_cdc_16kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x3000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x3000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x3FA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x3FE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x3FF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="CDC Bootloader - 8KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.cdc.avr8.8_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_cdc_8kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x1FA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x1FE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x1FF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.bootloaders.cdc" caption="CDC Bootloader">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ CDC Class Bootloader, capable of reprogramming a device using avrdude or other AVR109 protocol compliant software when plugged into a host.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Bootloaders"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value="."/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderCDC.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderCDC.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderAPI.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderAPI.h"/>
+ <build type="asm-source" value="BootloaderAPITable.S"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="BootloaderCDC.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA CDC Bootloader.inf"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2dfb2a08a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2365 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - CDC Class Bootloader"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM \
+ ATTR_NO_INIT
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..161e64c08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/CDC/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = BootloaderCDC
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c BootloaderAPI.c BootloaderAPITable.S $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
+LD_FLAGS = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET) $(BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS)
+
+# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
+# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
+# device's fuses.
+FLASH_SIZE_KB = 128
+BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB = 8
+
+# Bootloader address calculation formulas
+# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
+CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
+BOOT_START_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
+BOOT_SEC_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
+
+# Bootloader linker section flags for relocating the API table sections to
+# known FLASH addresses - these should not normally be user-edited.
+BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG = -Wl,--section-start=$(strip $(1))=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, $(3)) -Wl,--undefined=$(strip $(2))
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS = $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_trampolines, BootloaderAPI_Trampolines, 96)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_jumptable, BootloaderAPI_JumpTable, 32)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_signatures, BootloaderAPI_Signatures, 8)
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cad59c8ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Bootloader user application API functions.
+ */
+
+#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
+
+void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+ boot_page_erase_safe(Address);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+ boot_page_write_safe(Address);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word)
+{
+ boot_page_fill_safe(Address, Word);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+ return boot_signature_byte_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+ return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void)
+{
+ return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS);
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits)
+{
+ boot_lock_bits_set_safe(LockBits);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2462cacdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for BootloaderAPI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/boot.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address);
+ void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address);
+ void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void);
+ void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPITable.S b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPITable.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..101dcbd72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderAPITable.S
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+; Trampolines to actual API implementations if the target address is outside the
+; range of a rjmp instruction (can happen with large bootloader sections)
+.section .apitable_trampolines, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Trampolines
+BootloaderAPI_Trampolines:
+
+ BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage
+ BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage
+ BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock
+ BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5:
+ ret
+
+
+
+; API function jump table
+.section .apitable_jumptable, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_JumpTable
+BootloaderAPI_JumpTable:
+
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1 ; UNUSED ENTRY 1
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2 ; UNUSED ENTRY 2
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3 ; UNUSED ENTRY 3
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4 ; UNUSED ENTRY 4
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5 ; UNUSED ENTRY 5
+
+
+
+; Bootloader table signatures and information
+.section .apitable_signatures, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Signatures
+BootloaderAPI_Signatures:
+
+ .long BOOT_START_ADDR ; Start address of the bootloader
+ .word 0xDF10 ; Signature for the DFU class bootloader, V1
+ .word 0xDCFB ; Signature for a LUFA class bootloader
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0385bfc49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.c
@@ -0,0 +1,804 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the DFU class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADER_C
+#include "BootloaderDFU.h"
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader is currently running in secure mode, disallowing memory operations
+ * other than erase. This is initially set to the value set by SECURE_MODE, and cleared by the bootloader
+ * once a memory erase has completed in a bootloader session.
+ */
+static bool IsSecure = SECURE_MODE;
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
+ * via a soft reset. When cleared, the bootloader will abort, the USB interface will shut down and the application
+ * jumped to via an indirect jump to location 0x0000 (or other location specified by the host).
+ */
+static bool RunBootloader = true;
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader is waiting to exit. When the host requests the bootloader to exit and
+ * jump to the application address it specifies, it sends two sequential commands which must be properly
+ * acknowledged. Upon reception of the first the RunBootloader flag is cleared and the WaitForExit flag is set,
+ * causing the bootloader to wait for the final exit command before shutting down.
+ */
+static bool WaitForExit = false;
+
+/** Current DFU state machine state, one of the values in the DFU_State_t enum. */
+static uint8_t DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
+
+/** Status code of the last executed DFU command. This is set to one of the values in the DFU_Status_t enum after
+ * each operation, and returned to the host when a Get Status DFU request is issued.
+ */
+static uint8_t DFU_Status = OK;
+
+/** Data containing the DFU command sent from the host. */
+static DFU_Command_t SentCommand;
+
+/** Response to the last issued Read Data DFU command. Unlike other DFU commands, the read command
+ * requires a single byte response from the bootloader containing the read data when the next DFU_UPLOAD command
+ * is issued by the host.
+ */
+static uint8_t ResponseByte;
+
+/** Pointer to the start of the user application. By default this is 0x0000 (the reset vector), however the host
+ * may specify an alternate address when issuing the application soft-start command.
+ */
+static AppPtr_t AppStartPtr = (AppPtr_t)0x0000;
+
+/** 64-bit flash page number. This is concatenated with the current 16-bit address on USB AVRs containing more than
+ * 64KB of flash memory.
+ */
+static uint8_t Flash64KBPage = 0;
+
+/** Memory start address, indicating the current address in the memory being addressed (either FLASH or EEPROM
+ * depending on the issued command from the host).
+ */
+static uint16_t StartAddr = 0x0000;
+
+/** Memory end address, indicating the end address to read from/write to in the memory being addressed (either FLASH
+ * of EEPROM depending on the issued command from the host).
+ */
+static uint16_t EndAddr = 0x0000;
+
+/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
+ * will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
+ * low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
+ * \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
+ */
+uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
+
+
+/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
+ * start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
+ * this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
+ */
+void Application_Jump_Check(void)
+{
+ bool JumpToApplication = false;
+
+ #if ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+ /* Disable JTAG debugging */
+ JTAG_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Enable pull-up on the JTAG TCK pin so we can use it to select the mode */
+ PORTF |= (1 << 4);
+ Delay_MS(10);
+
+ /* If the TCK pin is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
+ JumpToApplication |= ((PINF & (1 << 4)) != 0);
+
+ /* Re-enable JTAG debugging */
+ JTAG_ENABLE();
+ #endif
+
+ /* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
+ if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+ JumpToApplication |= true;
+
+ /* If a request has been made to jump to the user application, honor it */
+ if (JumpToApplication)
+ {
+ /* Turn off the watchdog */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1<<WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Clear the boot key and jump to the user application */
+ MagicBootKey = 0;
+
+ // cppcheck-suppress constStatement
+ ((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the bootloader, then continuously
+ * runs the bootloader processing routine until instructed to soft-exit, or hard-reset via the watchdog to start
+ * the loaded application code.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ /* Configure hardware required by the bootloader */
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ /* Turn on first LED on the board to indicate that the bootloader has started */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED1);
+
+ /* Enable global interrupts so that the USB stack can function */
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ /* Run the USB management task while the bootloader is supposed to be running */
+ while (RunBootloader || WaitForExit)
+ USB_USBTask();
+
+ /* Reset configured hardware back to their original states for the user application */
+ ResetHardware();
+
+ /* Start the user application */
+ AppStartPtr();
+}
+
+/** Configures all hardware required for the bootloader. */
+static void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+
+ /* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
+ MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
+ MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
+
+ /* Initialize the USB and other board hardware drivers */
+ USB_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+
+ /* Bootloader active LED toggle timer initialization */
+ TIMSK1 = (1 << TOIE1);
+ TCCR1B = ((1 << CS11) | (1 << CS10));
+}
+
+/** Resets all configured hardware required for the bootloader back to their original states. */
+static void ResetHardware(void)
+{
+ /* Shut down the USB and other board hardware drivers */
+ USB_Disable();
+ LEDs_Disable();
+
+ /* Disable Bootloader active LED toggle timer */
+ TIMSK1 = 0;
+ TCCR1B = 0;
+
+ /* Relocate the interrupt vector table back to the application section */
+ MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
+ MCUCR = 0;
+}
+
+/** ISR to periodically toggle the LEDs on the board to indicate that the bootloader is active. */
+ISR(TIMER1_OVF_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Ignore any requests that aren't directed to the DFU interface */
+ if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & (CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE | CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT)) !=
+ (REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Activity - toggle indicator LEDs */
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+
+ /* Get the size of the command and data from the wLength value */
+ SentCommand.DataSize = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case DFU_REQ_DNLOAD:
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Check if bootloader is waiting to terminate */
+ if (WaitForExit)
+ {
+ /* Bootloader is terminating - process last received command */
+ ProcessBootloaderCommand();
+
+ /* Indicate that the last command has now been processed - free to exit bootloader */
+ WaitForExit = false;
+ }
+
+ /* If the request has a data stage, load it into the command struct */
+ if (SentCommand.DataSize)
+ {
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* First byte of the data stage is the DNLOAD request's command */
+ SentCommand.Command = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ /* One byte of the data stage is the command, so subtract it from the total data bytes */
+ SentCommand.DataSize--;
+
+ /* Load in the rest of the data stage as command parameters */
+ for (uint8_t DataByte = 0; (DataByte < sizeof(SentCommand.Data)) &&
+ Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(); DataByte++)
+ {
+ SentCommand.Data[DataByte] = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ SentCommand.DataSize--;
+ }
+
+ /* Process the command */
+ ProcessBootloaderCommand();
+ }
+
+ /* Check if currently downloading firmware */
+ if (DFU_State == dfuDNLOAD_IDLE)
+ {
+ if (!(SentCommand.DataSize))
+ {
+ DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Throw away the filler bytes before the start of the firmware */
+ DiscardFillerBytes(DFU_FILLER_BYTES_SIZE);
+
+ /* Throw away the packet alignment filler bytes before the start of the firmware */
+ DiscardFillerBytes(StartAddr % FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE);
+
+ /* Calculate the number of bytes remaining to be written */
+ uint16_t BytesRemaining = ((EndAddr - StartAddr) + 1);
+
+ if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00)) // Write flash
+ {
+ /* Calculate the number of words to be written from the number of bytes to be written */
+ uint16_t WordsRemaining = (BytesRemaining >> 1);
+
+ union
+ {
+ uint16_t Words[2];
+ uint32_t Long;
+ } CurrFlashAddress = {.Words = {StartAddr, Flash64KBPage}};
+
+ uint32_t CurrFlashPageStartAddress = CurrFlashAddress.Long;
+ uint8_t WordsInFlashPage = 0;
+
+ while (WordsRemaining--)
+ {
+ /* Check if endpoint is empty - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Write the next word into the current flash page */
+ boot_page_fill(CurrFlashAddress.Long, Endpoint_Read_16_LE());
+
+ /* Adjust counters */
+ WordsInFlashPage += 1;
+ CurrFlashAddress.Long += 2;
+
+ /* See if an entire page has been written to the flash page buffer */
+ if ((WordsInFlashPage == (SPM_PAGESIZE >> 1)) || !(WordsRemaining))
+ {
+ /* Commit the flash page to memory */
+ boot_page_write(CurrFlashPageStartAddress);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+
+ /* Check if programming incomplete */
+ if (WordsRemaining)
+ {
+ CurrFlashPageStartAddress = CurrFlashAddress.Long;
+ WordsInFlashPage = 0;
+
+ /* Erase next page's temp buffer */
+ boot_page_erase(CurrFlashAddress.Long);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Once programming complete, start address equals the end address */
+ StartAddr = EndAddr;
+
+ /* Re-enable the RWW section of flash */
+ boot_rww_enable();
+ }
+ else // Write EEPROM
+ {
+ while (BytesRemaining--)
+ {
+ /* Check if endpoint is empty - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Read the byte from the USB interface and write to to the EEPROM */
+ eeprom_write_byte((uint8_t*)StartAddr, Endpoint_Read_8());
+
+ /* Adjust counters */
+ StartAddr++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Throw away the currently unused DFU file suffix */
+ DiscardFillerBytes(DFU_FILE_SUFFIX_SIZE);
+ }
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ break;
+ case DFU_REQ_UPLOAD:
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (DFU_State != dfuUPLOAD_IDLE)
+ {
+ if ((DFU_State == dfuERROR) && IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01)) // Blank Check
+ {
+ /* Blank checking is performed in the DFU_DNLOAD request - if we get here we've told the host
+ that the memory isn't blank, and the host is requesting the first non-blank address */
+ Endpoint_Write_16_LE(StartAddr);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Idle state upload - send response to last issued command */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(ResponseByte);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Determine the number of bytes remaining in the current block */
+ uint16_t BytesRemaining = ((EndAddr - StartAddr) + 1);
+
+ if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00)) // Read FLASH
+ {
+ /* Calculate the number of words to be written from the number of bytes to be written */
+ uint16_t WordsRemaining = (BytesRemaining >> 1);
+
+ union
+ {
+ uint16_t Words[2];
+ uint32_t Long;
+ } CurrFlashAddress = {.Words = {StartAddr, Flash64KBPage}};
+
+ while (WordsRemaining--)
+ {
+ /* Check if endpoint is full - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
+ if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Read the flash word and send it via USB to the host */
+ #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+ Endpoint_Write_16_LE(pgm_read_word_far(CurrFlashAddress.Long));
+ #else
+ Endpoint_Write_16_LE(pgm_read_word(CurrFlashAddress.Long));
+ #endif
+
+ /* Adjust counters */
+ CurrFlashAddress.Long += 2;
+ }
+
+ /* Once reading is complete, start address equals the end address */
+ StartAddr = EndAddr;
+ }
+ else if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x02)) // Read EEPROM
+ {
+ while (BytesRemaining--)
+ {
+ /* Check if endpoint is full - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
+ if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Read the EEPROM byte and send it via USB to the host */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte((uint8_t*)StartAddr));
+
+ /* Adjust counters */
+ StartAddr++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Return to idle state */
+ DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ break;
+ case DFU_REQ_GETSTATUS:
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Write 8-bit status value */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(DFU_Status);
+
+ /* Write 24-bit poll timeout value */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0);
+ Endpoint_Write_16_LE(0);
+
+ /* Write 8-bit state value */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(DFU_State);
+
+ /* Write 8-bit state string ID number */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ break;
+ case DFU_REQ_CLRSTATUS:
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Reset the status value variable to the default OK status */
+ DFU_Status = OK;
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ break;
+ case DFU_REQ_GETSTATE:
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the current device state to the endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(DFU_State);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ break;
+ case DFU_REQ_ABORT:
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Reset the current state variable to the default idle state */
+ DFU_State = dfuIDLE;
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Routine to discard the specified number of bytes from the control endpoint stream. This is used to
+ * discard unused bytes in the stream from the host, including the memory program block suffix.
+ *
+ * \param[in] NumberOfBytes Number of bytes to discard from the host from the control endpoint
+ */
+static void DiscardFillerBytes(uint8_t NumberOfBytes)
+{
+ while (NumberOfBytes--)
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Wait until next data packet received */
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Endpoint_Discard_8();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Routine to process an issued command from the host, via a DFU_DNLOAD request wrapper. This routine ensures
+ * that the command is allowed based on the current secure mode flag value, and passes the command off to the
+ * appropriate handler function.
+ */
+static void ProcessBootloaderCommand(void)
+{
+ /* Check if device is in secure mode */
+ if (IsSecure)
+ {
+ /* Don't process command unless it is a READ or chip erase command */
+ if (!(((SentCommand.Command == COMMAND_WRITE) &&
+ IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00, 0xFF)) ||
+ (SentCommand.Command == COMMAND_READ)))
+ {
+ /* Set the state and status variables to indicate the error */
+ DFU_State = dfuERROR;
+ DFU_Status = errWRITE;
+
+ /* Stall command */
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+
+ /* Don't process the command */
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Dispatch the required command processing routine based on the command type */
+ switch (SentCommand.Command)
+ {
+ case COMMAND_PROG_START:
+ ProcessMemProgCommand();
+ break;
+ case COMMAND_DISP_DATA:
+ ProcessMemReadCommand();
+ break;
+ case COMMAND_WRITE:
+ ProcessWriteCommand();
+ break;
+ case COMMAND_READ:
+ ProcessReadCommand();
+ break;
+ case COMMAND_CHANGE_BASE_ADDR:
+ if (IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x03, 0x00)) // Set 64KB flash page command
+ Flash64KBPage = SentCommand.Data[2];
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Routine to concatenate the given pair of 16-bit memory start and end addresses from the host, and store them
+ * in the StartAddr and EndAddr global variables.
+ */
+static void LoadStartEndAddresses(void)
+{
+ union
+ {
+ uint8_t Bytes[2];
+ uint16_t Word;
+ } Address[2] = {{.Bytes = {SentCommand.Data[2], SentCommand.Data[1]}},
+ {.Bytes = {SentCommand.Data[4], SentCommand.Data[3]}}};
+
+ /* Load in the start and ending read addresses from the sent data packet */
+ StartAddr = Address[0].Word;
+ EndAddr = Address[1].Word;
+}
+
+/** Handler for a Memory Program command issued by the host. This routine handles the preparations needed
+ * to write subsequent data from the host into the specified memory.
+ */
+static void ProcessMemProgCommand(void)
+{
+ if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00) || // Write FLASH command
+ IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01)) // Write EEPROM command
+ {
+ /* Load in the start and ending read addresses */
+ LoadStartEndAddresses();
+
+ /* If FLASH is being written to, we need to pre-erase the first page to write to */
+ if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00))
+ {
+ union
+ {
+ uint16_t Words[2];
+ uint32_t Long;
+ } CurrFlashAddress = {.Words = {StartAddr, Flash64KBPage}};
+
+ /* Erase the current page's temp buffer */
+ boot_page_erase(CurrFlashAddress.Long);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ }
+
+ /* Set the state so that the next DNLOAD requests reads in the firmware */
+ DFU_State = dfuDNLOAD_IDLE;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Handler for a Memory Read command issued by the host. This routine handles the preparations needed
+ * to read subsequent data from the specified memory out to the host, as well as implementing the memory
+ * blank check command.
+ */
+static void ProcessMemReadCommand(void)
+{
+ if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00) || // Read FLASH command
+ IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x02)) // Read EEPROM command
+ {
+ /* Load in the start and ending read addresses */
+ LoadStartEndAddresses();
+
+ /* Set the state so that the next UPLOAD requests read out the firmware */
+ DFU_State = dfuUPLOAD_IDLE;
+ }
+ else if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01)) // Blank check FLASH command
+ {
+ uint32_t CurrFlashAddress = 0;
+
+ while (CurrFlashAddress < (uint32_t)BOOT_START_ADDR)
+ {
+ /* Check if the current byte is not blank */
+ #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+ if (pgm_read_byte_far(CurrFlashAddress) != 0xFF)
+ #else
+ if (pgm_read_byte(CurrFlashAddress) != 0xFF)
+ #endif
+ {
+ /* Save the location of the first non-blank byte for response back to the host */
+ Flash64KBPage = (CurrFlashAddress >> 16);
+ StartAddr = CurrFlashAddress;
+
+ /* Set state and status variables to the appropriate error values */
+ DFU_State = dfuERROR;
+ DFU_Status = errCHECK_ERASED;
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ CurrFlashAddress++;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Handler for a Data Write command issued by the host. This routine handles non-programming commands such as
+ * bootloader exit (both via software jumps and hardware watchdog resets) and flash memory erasure.
+ */
+static void ProcessWriteCommand(void)
+{
+ if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x03)) // Start application
+ {
+ /* Indicate that the bootloader is terminating */
+ WaitForExit = true;
+
+ /* Check if data supplied for the Start Program command - no data executes the program */
+ if (SentCommand.DataSize)
+ {
+ if (SentCommand.Data[1] == 0x01) // Start via jump
+ {
+ union
+ {
+ uint8_t Bytes[2];
+ AppPtr_t FuncPtr;
+ } Address = {.Bytes = {SentCommand.Data[4], SentCommand.Data[3]}};
+
+ /* Load in the jump address into the application start address pointer */
+ AppStartPtr = Address.FuncPtr;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (SentCommand.Data[1] == 0x00) // Start via watchdog
+ {
+ /* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
+ MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
+
+ /* Start the watchdog to reset the AVR once the communications are finalized */
+ wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
+ }
+ else // Start via jump
+ {
+ /* Set the flag to terminate the bootloader at next opportunity */
+ RunBootloader = false;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if (IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00, 0xFF)) // Erase flash
+ {
+ uint32_t CurrFlashAddress = 0;
+
+ /* Clear the application section of flash */
+ while (CurrFlashAddress < (uint32_t)BOOT_START_ADDR)
+ {
+ boot_page_erase(CurrFlashAddress);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ boot_page_write(CurrFlashAddress);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+
+ CurrFlashAddress += SPM_PAGESIZE;
+ }
+
+ /* Re-enable the RWW section of flash as writing to the flash locks it out */
+ boot_rww_enable();
+
+ /* Memory has been erased, reset the security bit so that programming/reading is allowed */
+ IsSecure = false;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Handler for a Data Read command issued by the host. This routine handles bootloader information retrieval
+ * commands such as device signature and bootloader version retrieval.
+ */
+static void ProcessReadCommand(void)
+{
+ const uint8_t BootloaderInfo[3] = {BOOTLOADER_VERSION, BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE1, BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE2};
+ const uint8_t SignatureInfo[4] = {0x58, AVR_SIGNATURE_1, AVR_SIGNATURE_2, AVR_SIGNATURE_3};
+
+ uint8_t DataIndexToRead = SentCommand.Data[1];
+
+ if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x00)) // Read bootloader info
+ {
+ ResponseByte = BootloaderInfo[DataIndexToRead];
+ }
+ else if (IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(SentCommand.Data, 0x01)) // Read signature byte
+ {
+ if (DataIndexToRead < 0x60)
+ ResponseByte = SignatureInfo[DataIndexToRead - 0x30];
+ else
+ ResponseByte = SignatureInfo[DataIndexToRead - 0x60 + 3];
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c5d812847
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.h
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for BootloaderDFU.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADER_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/boot.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/eeprom.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <util/delay.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "BootloaderAPI.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
+ #error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Major bootloader version number. */
+ #define BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MINOR 2
+
+ /** Minor bootloader version number. */
+ #define BOOTLOADER_VERSION_REV 0
+
+ /** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
+ #define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY 0xDC42
+
+ /** Complete bootloader version number expressed as a packed byte, constructed from the
+ * two individual bootloader version macros.
+ */
+ #define BOOTLOADER_VERSION ((BOOTLOADER_VERSION_MINOR << 4) | BOOTLOADER_VERSION_REV)
+
+ /** First byte of the bootloader identification bytes, used to identify a device's bootloader. */
+ #define BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE1 0xDC
+
+ /** Second byte of the bootloader identification bytes, used to identify a device's bootloader. */
+ #define BOOTLOADER_ID_BYTE2 0xFB
+
+ /** Convenience macro, used to determine if the issued command is the given one-byte long command.
+ *
+ * \param[in] dataarr Command byte array to check against
+ * \param[in] cb1 First command byte to check
+ */
+ #define IS_ONEBYTE_COMMAND(dataarr, cb1) (dataarr[0] == (cb1))
+
+ /** Convenience macro, used to determine if the issued command is the given two-byte long command.
+ *
+ * \param[in] dataarr Command byte array to check against
+ * \param[in] cb1 First command byte to check
+ * \param[in] cb2 Second command byte to check
+ */
+ #define IS_TWOBYTE_COMMAND(dataarr, cb1, cb2) ((dataarr[0] == (cb1)) && (dataarr[1] == (cb2)))
+
+ /** Length of the DFU file suffix block, appended to the end of each complete memory write command.
+ * The DFU file suffix is currently unused (but is designed to give extra file information, such as
+ * a CRC of the complete firmware for error checking) and so is discarded.
+ */
+ #define DFU_FILE_SUFFIX_SIZE 16
+
+ /** Length of the DFU file filler block, appended to the start of each complete memory write command.
+ * Filler bytes are added to the start of each complete memory write command, and must be discarded.
+ */
+ #define DFU_FILLER_BYTES_SIZE 26
+
+ /** DFU class command request to detach from the host. */
+ #define DFU_REQ_DETATCH 0x00
+
+ /** DFU class command request to send data from the host to the bootloader. */
+ #define DFU_REQ_DNLOAD 0x01
+
+ /** DFU class command request to send data from the bootloader to the host. */
+ #define DFU_REQ_UPLOAD 0x02
+
+ /** DFU class command request to get the current DFU status and state from the bootloader. */
+ #define DFU_REQ_GETSTATUS 0x03
+
+ /** DFU class command request to reset the current DFU status and state variables to their defaults. */
+ #define DFU_REQ_CLRSTATUS 0x04
+
+ /** DFU class command request to get the current DFU state of the bootloader. */
+ #define DFU_REQ_GETSTATE 0x05
+
+ /** DFU class command request to abort the current multi-request transfer and return to the dfuIDLE state. */
+ #define DFU_REQ_ABORT 0x06
+
+ /** DFU command to begin programming the device's memory. */
+ #define COMMAND_PROG_START 0x01
+
+ /** DFU command to begin reading the device's memory. */
+ #define COMMAND_DISP_DATA 0x03
+
+ /** DFU command to issue a write command. */
+ #define COMMAND_WRITE 0x04
+
+ /** DFU command to issue a read command. */
+ #define COMMAND_READ 0x05
+
+ /** DFU command to issue a memory base address change command, to set the current 64KB flash page
+ * that subsequent flash operations should use. */
+ #define COMMAND_CHANGE_BASE_ADDR 0x06
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a non-returning function pointer to the loaded application. */
+ typedef void (*AppPtr_t)(void) ATTR_NO_RETURN;
+
+ /** Type define for a structure containing a complete DFU command issued by the host. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Command; /**< Single byte command to perform, one of the \c COMMAND_* macro values */
+ uint8_t Data[5]; /**< Command parameters */
+ uint16_t DataSize; /**< Size of the command parameters */
+ } DFU_Command_t;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** DFU bootloader states. Refer to the DFU class specification for information on each state. */
+ enum DFU_State_t
+ {
+ appIDLE = 0,
+ appDETACH = 1,
+ dfuIDLE = 2,
+ dfuDNLOAD_SYNC = 3,
+ dfuDNBUSY = 4,
+ dfuDNLOAD_IDLE = 5,
+ dfuMANIFEST_SYNC = 6,
+ dfuMANIFEST = 7,
+ dfuMANIFEST_WAIT_RESET = 8,
+ dfuUPLOAD_IDLE = 9,
+ dfuERROR = 10
+ };
+
+ /** DFU command status error codes. Refer to the DFU class specification for information on each error code. */
+ enum DFU_Status_t
+ {
+ OK = 0,
+ errTARGET = 1,
+ errFILE = 2,
+ errWRITE = 3,
+ errERASE = 4,
+ errCHECK_ERASED = 5,
+ errPROG = 6,
+ errVERIFY = 7,
+ errADDRESS = 8,
+ errNOTDONE = 9,
+ errFIRMWARE = 10,
+ errVENDOR = 11,
+ errUSBR = 12,
+ errPOR = 13,
+ errUNKNOWN = 14,
+ errSTALLEDPKT = 15
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ static void SetupHardware(void);
+ static void ResetHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADER_C)
+ static void DiscardFillerBytes(uint8_t NumberOfBytes);
+ static void ProcessBootloaderCommand(void);
+ static void LoadStartEndAddresses(void);
+ static void ProcessMemProgCommand(void);
+ static void ProcessMemReadCommand(void);
+ static void ProcessWriteCommand(void);
+ static void ProcessReadCommand(void);
+ #endif
+
+ void Application_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e63bcc1f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/BootloaderDFU.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage DFU Class USB AVR Bootloader
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - <i>See \ref SSec_Aux_Space</i>
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2) - <i>See \ref SSec_Aux_Space</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device Firmware Update Class (DFU)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>None</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF DFU Class Standard, Atmel USB Bootloader Datasheet</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * This bootloader enumerates to the host as a DFU Class device, allowing for DFU-compatible programming
+ * software to load firmware onto the AVR.
+ *
+ * Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
+ * into 4KB of bootloader space. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to
+ * edit the MCU, FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
+ *
+ * When the bootloader is running, the board's LED(s) will flash at regular intervals to distinguish the
+ * bootloader from the normal user application.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
+ *
+ * This bootloader is designed to be started via the HWB mechanism of the USB AVRs; ground the HWB pin (see device
+ * datasheet) then momentarily ground /RESET to start the bootloader. This assumes the HWBE fuse is set and the BOOTRST
+ * fuse is cleared.
+ *
+ * For board specific exceptions to the above, see below.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_XPLAIN Atmel Xplain Board
+ * Ground the USB AVR JTAG's \c TCK pin to ground when powering on the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the
+ * \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_Leonardo Arduino Leonardo Board
+ * Ground \c IO13 when powering the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the
+ * \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
+ *
+ * This bootloader is designed to be compatible with Atmel's provided Windows DFU class drivers. You will need to
+ * install Atmel's DFU drivers prior to using this bootloader on Windows platforms. If you are using a 64 bit Windows
+ * OS, you will need to either disable the driver signing requirement (see online tutorials for details) or use a
+ * digitally signed version of the official Atmel driver provided by a third party AVR user at
+ * <a>http://www.avrfreaks.net/index.php?module=Freaks%20Academy&func=viewItem&item_id=2196&item_type=project</a>.
+ *
+ * \note This device spoofs Atmel's DFU Bootloader USB VID and PID so that the Atmel DFU bootloader
+ * drivers included with FLIP will work. If you do not wish to use Atmel's ID codes, please
+ * manually change them in Descriptors.c and alter your driver's INF file accordingly.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
+ *
+ * This bootloader is compatible with Atmel's FLIP utility on Windows machines, and dfu-programmer on Linux machines.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_FLIP FLIP (Windows)
+ *
+ * FLIP (Flexible In-System Programmer) is a utility written by Atmel, and distributed for free on the Atmel website.
+ * The FLIP utility is designed to assist in the bootloader programming of a range of Atmel devices, through several
+ * popular physical interfaces including USB. It is written in Java, however makes use of native extensions for USB
+ * support and thus is only offered on Windows.
+ *
+ * To program a device using FLIP, refer to the Atmel FLIP documentation.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_DFUProgrammer dfu-programmer (Linux)
+ *
+ * dfu-programmer is an open-source command line solution for the bootloader programming of Atmel devices through a
+ * USB connection, using the DFU protocol, available for download at <a>http://sourceforge.net/projects/dfu-programmer/</a>.
+ *
+ * The following example loads a HEX file into the AVR's FLASH memory using dfu-programmer:
+ * \code
+ * dfu-programmer at90usb1287 erase flash Mouse.hex
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \section Sec_API User Application API
+ *
+ * Several user application functions for FLASH and other special memory area manipulations are exposed by the bootloader,
+ * allowing the user application to call into the bootloader at runtime to read and write FLASH data.
+ *
+ * \warning The APIs exposed by the DFU class bootloader are \b NOT compatible with the API exposed by the official Atmel DFU bootloader.
+ *
+ * By default, the bootloader API jump table is located 32 bytes from the end of the device's FLASH memory, and follows the
+ * following layout:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE 32
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START ((FLASHEND + 1UL) - BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE)
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(Index) (void*)((BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (Index * 2)) / 2)
+ *
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_ErasePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(0);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_WritePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(1);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_FillWord)(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Word) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(2);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(3);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(4);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadLock)(void) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(5);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_WriteLock)(uint8_t LockBits) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(6);
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 2))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE 0xDCFB
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 4))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_DFU_SIGNATURE 0xDF10
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 8))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_LENGTH 4
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * From the application the API support of the bootloader can be detected by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address
+ * \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE. The class of bootloader
+ * can be determined by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address \c BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them
+ * to the value \c BOOTLOADER_DFU_SIGNATURE. The start address of the bootloader can be retrieved by reading the bytes of FLASH
+ * memory starting from address \c BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_API_MemLayout Device Memory Map
+ * The following illustration indicates the final memory map of the device when loaded with the bootloader.
+ *
+ * \verbatim
+ * +----------------------------+ 0x0000
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | User Application |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_AUX_SECTION_SIZE
+ * | Booloader Start Trampoline |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - (BOOT_AUX_SECTION_SIZE - 4)
+ * | |
+ * | Auxillery Bootloader |
+ * | Space for Smaller Devices |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * | |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE
+ * | |
+ * | Bootloader Application |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * | |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 96
+ * | API Table Trampolines |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 32
+ * | Bootloader API Table |
+ * | (User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 8
+ * | Bootloader ID Constants |
+ * | (User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND
+ * \endverbatim
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_Aux_Space Auxiliary Bootloader Section
+ * To make the bootloader function on smaller devices (those with a physical
+ * bootloader section of smaller than 6KB)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
+ *
+ * \par On Linux machines, the DFU bootloader is inaccessible.
+ * On many Linux systems, non-root users do not have automatic access to newly
+ * inserted DFU devices. Root privileges or a UDEV rule is required to gain
+ * access.
+ * See <a href=https://groups.google.com/d/msg/lufa-support/CP9cy2bc8yo/kBqsOu-RBeMJ>here</a> for resolution steps.
+ *
+ * \par After loading an application, it is not run automatically on startup.
+ * Some USB AVR boards ship with the BOOTRST fuse set, causing the bootloader
+ * to run automatically when the device is reset. In most cases, the BOOTRST
+ * fuse should be disabled and the HWBE fuse used instead to run the bootloader
+ * when needed.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>SECURE_MODE</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>If defined to \c true, the bootloader will not accept any memory commands other than a chip erase on start-up, until an
+ * erase has been performed. This can be used in conjunction with the AVR's lockbits to prevent the AVRs firmware from
+ * being dumped by unauthorized persons. When false, all memory operations are allowed at any time.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..260a8f4cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define SECURE_MODE false
+
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f123dd5aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+ #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 32
+ #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+ #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+ #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+ #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..922c06bcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = PRODUCT_ID_CODE,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,0),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .DFU_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_DFU,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = 0xFE,
+ .SubClass = 0x01,
+ .Protocol = 0x02,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .DFU_Functional =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_DFU_Functional_t), .Type = DTYPE_DFUFunctional},
+
+ .Attributes = (ATTR_CAN_UPLOAD | ATTR_CAN_DOWNLOAD),
+
+ .DetachTimeout = 0x0000,
+ .TransferSize = 0x0C00,
+
+ .DFUSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0)
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA DFU");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Language)
+ {
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = LanguageString.Header.Size;
+ }
+ else if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Manufacturer)
+ {
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = ManufacturerString.Header.Size;
+ }
+ else if (DescriptorNumber == STRING_ID_Product)
+ {
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = ProductString.Header.Size;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..249172b6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Descriptor type value for a DFU class functional descriptor. */
+ #define DTYPE_DFUFunctional 0x21
+
+ /** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device will detach and re-attach when a DFU_DETACH
+ * command is issued, rather than the host issuing a USB Reset.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_WILL_DETATCH (1 << 3)
+
+ /** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device can communicate during the manifestation phase
+ * (memory programming phase).
+ */
+ #define ATTR_MANEFESTATION_TOLLERANT (1 << 2)
+
+ /** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device can accept DFU_UPLOAD requests to send data from
+ * the device to the host.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_CAN_UPLOAD (1 << 1)
+
+ /** DFU attribute mask, indicating that the DFU device can accept DFU_DNLOAD requests to send data from
+ * the host to the device.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_CAN_DOWNLOAD (1 << 0)
+
+ #if defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__)
+ #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FFB
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x97
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__)
+ #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF9
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x96
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__)
+ #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FFB
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x97
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__)
+ #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF9
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x96
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__)
+ #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF4
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x95
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x87
+ #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__)
+ #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF3
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x94
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x88
+ #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__)
+ #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF0
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x95
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x8A
+ #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__)
+ #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FEF
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x94
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x89
+ #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__)
+ #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FFA
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x94
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #elif defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__)
+ #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FEE
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x93
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x89
+ #elif defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__)
+ #define PRODUCT_ID_CODE 0x2FF7
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_1 0x1E
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_2 0x94
+ #define AVR_SIGNATURE_3 0x82
+ #else
+ #error The selected AVR part is not currently supported by this bootloader.
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(PRODUCT_ID_CODE)
+ #error Current AVR model is not supported by this bootloader.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a DFU class function descriptor. This descriptor gives DFU class information
+ * to the host when read, indicating the DFU device's capabilities.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Standard descriptor header structure */
+
+ uint8_t Attributes; /**< DFU device attributes, a mask comprising of the
+ * ATTR_* macros listed in this source file
+ */
+ uint16_t DetachTimeout; /**< Timeout in milliseconds between a USB_DETACH
+ * command being issued and the device detaching
+ * from the USB bus
+ */
+ uint16_t TransferSize; /**< Maximum number of bytes the DFU device can accept
+ * from the host in a transaction
+ */
+ uint16_t DFUSpecification; /**< BCD packed DFU specification number this DFU
+ * device complies with
+ */
+ } USB_Descriptor_DFU_Functional_t;
+
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // DFU Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t DFU_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_DFU_Functional_t DFU_Functional;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_DFU = 0, /**< DFU interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6f3312b76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="DFU Bootloader - 128KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.dfu.avr8.128_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_dfu_128kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.dfu"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1F000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1F000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x1FFA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x1FFE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x1FFF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="DFU Bootloader - 64KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.dfu.avr8.64_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_dfu_64kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.dfu"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb647"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0xF000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0xF000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0xFFA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0xFFE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0xFFF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="DFU Bootloader - 32KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.dfu.avr8.32_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_dfu_32kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.dfu"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x7000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x7000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x7FA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x7FE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x7FF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="DFU Bootloader - 16KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.dfu.avr8.16_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_dfu_16kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.dfu"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x3000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x3000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x3FA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x3FE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x3FF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="DFU Bootloader - 8KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.dfu.avr8.8_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_dfu_8kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.dfu"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x1FA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x1FE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x1FF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.bootloaders.dfu" caption="DFU Bootloader">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ DFU Class Bootloader, capable of reprogramming a device using the Atmel FLIP or other AVR DFU programming software when plugged into a host.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Bootloaders"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value="."/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderDFU.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderDFU.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderAPI.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderAPI.h"/>
+ <build type="asm-source" value="BootloaderAPITable.S"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="BootloaderDFU.txt"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6cc42af79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2365 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - DFU Class Bootloader"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM \
+ ATTR_NO_INIT
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9b91cc63f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/DFU/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = BootloaderDFU
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c BootloaderAPI.c BootloaderAPITable.S $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
+LD_FLAGS = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET) $(BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS)
+
+# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
+# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
+# device's fuses.
+FLASH_SIZE_KB = 128
+BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB = 8
+
+# Bootloader address calculation formulas
+# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
+CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
+BOOT_START_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
+BOOT_SEC_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
+
+# Bootloader linker section flags for relocating the API table sections to
+# known FLASH addresses - these should not normally be user-edited.
+BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG = -Wl,--section-start=$(strip $(1))=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, $(3)) -Wl,--undefined=$(strip $(2))
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS = $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_trampolines, BootloaderAPI_Trampolines, 96)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_jumptable, BootloaderAPI_JumpTable, 32)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_signatures, BootloaderAPI_Signatures, 8)
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..518029ac4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.c
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the HID class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
+ */
+
+#include "BootloaderHID.h"
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
+ * via a soft reset. When cleared, the bootloader will abort, the USB interface will shut down and the application
+ * started via a forced watchdog reset.
+ */
+static bool RunBootloader = true;
+
+/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
+ * will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
+ * low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
+ * \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
+ */
+uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
+
+
+/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
+ * start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
+ * this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
+ */
+void Application_Jump_Check(void)
+{
+ /* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
+ if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+ {
+ MagicBootKey = 0;
+
+ // cppcheck-suppress constStatement
+ ((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the bootloader, then continuously
+ * runs the bootloader processing routine until instructed to soft-exit.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ /* Setup hardware required for the bootloader */
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ /* Enable global interrupts so that the USB stack can function */
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ while (RunBootloader)
+ USB_USBTask();
+
+ /* Disconnect from the host - USB interface will be reset later along with the AVR */
+ USB_Detach();
+
+ /* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
+ MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
+
+ /* Enable the watchdog and force a timeout to reset the AVR */
+ wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
+
+ for (;;);
+}
+
+/** Configures all hardware required for the bootloader. */
+static void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
+ MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
+ MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
+
+ /* Initialize USB subsystem */
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This configures the device's endpoints ready
+ * to relay data to and from the attached USB host.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ /* Setup HID Report Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(HID_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, HID_IN_EPSIZE, 1);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Ignore any requests that aren't directed to the HID interface */
+ if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & (CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE | CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT)) !=
+ (REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Process HID specific control requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case HID_REQ_SetReport:
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Wait until the command has been sent by the host */
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()));
+
+ /* Read in the write destination address */
+ #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+ uint32_t PageAddress = ((uint32_t)Endpoint_Read_16_LE() << 8);
+ #else
+ uint16_t PageAddress = Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
+ #endif
+
+ /* Check if the command is a program page command, or a start application command */
+ #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+ if ((uint16_t)(PageAddress >> 8) == COMMAND_STARTAPPLICATION)
+ #else
+ if (PageAddress == COMMAND_STARTAPPLICATION)
+ #endif
+ {
+ RunBootloader = false;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Erase the given FLASH page, ready to be programmed */
+ boot_page_erase(PageAddress);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+
+ /* Write each of the FLASH page's bytes in sequence */
+ for (uint8_t PageWord = 0; PageWord < (SPM_PAGESIZE / 2); PageWord++)
+ {
+ /* Check if endpoint is empty - if so clear it and wait until ready for next packet */
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()));
+ }
+
+ /* Write the next data word to the FLASH page */
+ boot_page_fill(PageAddress + ((uint16_t)PageWord << 1), Endpoint_Read_16_LE());
+ }
+
+ /* Write the filled FLASH page to memory */
+ boot_page_write(PageAddress);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+
+ /* Re-enable RWW section */
+ boot_rww_enable();
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8efd47ec2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for BootloaderHID.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADERHID_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADERHID_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/boot.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
+ #error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Bootloader special address to start the user application */
+ #define COMMAND_STARTAPPLICATION 0xFFFF
+
+ /** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
+ #define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY 0xDC42
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ static void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void Application_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..63c1505cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/BootloaderHID.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage HID Class USB AVR Bootloader
+ *
+ * \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *
+ * \section SSec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device Class (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Class Standard \n
+ * Teensy Programming Protocol Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section SSec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * This bootloader enumerates to the host as a HID Class device, allowing for device FLASH programming through
+ * the supplied command line software, which is a modified version of Paul's TeensyHID Command Line loader code
+ * from PJRC (used with permission). This bootloader is deliberately non-compatible with the proprietary PJRC
+ * HalfKay bootloader GUI; only the command line interface software accompanying this bootloader will work with it.
+ *
+ * Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
+ * into 2KB of bootloader space for the Series 2 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU2, AT90USBxx2) or 4KB of bootloader space for
+ * all other models. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to edit the MCU,
+ * FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
+ *
+ * \warning <b>THIS BOOTLOADER IS NOT SECURE.</b> Malicious entities can recover written data, even if the device
+ * lockbits are set.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
+ *
+ * This bootloader is designed to be started via the HWB mechanism of the USB AVRs; ground the HWB pin (see device
+ * datasheet) then momentarily ground /RESET to start the bootloader. This assumes the HWBE fuse is set and the BOOTRST
+ * fuse is cleared.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
+ *
+ * This bootloader uses the HID class driver inbuilt into all modern operating systems, thus no additional drivers
+ * need to be supplied for correct operation.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
+ *
+ * Due to licensing issues, the supplied bootloader is compatible with the HalfKay bootloader protocol designed
+ * by PJRC, but is non-compatible with the cross-platform loader GUI. A modified version of the open source
+ * cross-platform TeensyLoader application is supplied, which can be compiled under most operating systems. The
+ * command-line loader application should remain compatible with genuine Teensy boards in addition to boards using
+ * this custom bootloader.
+ *
+ * Once compiled, programs can be loaded into the AVR's FLASH memory through the following example command:
+ * \code
+ * hid_bootloader_cli -mmcu=at90usb1287 Mouse.hex
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
+ *
+ * \par After loading an application, it is not run automatically on startup.
+ * Some USB AVR boards ship with the BOOTRST fuse set, causing the bootloader
+ * to run automatically when the device is reset. In most cases, the BOOTRST
+ * fuse should be disabled and the HWBE fuse used instead to run the bootloader
+ * when needed.
+ *
+ * \section SSec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..af2dd3060
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+ #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+ #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+ #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+ #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3eaa19295
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t HIDReport[] =
+{
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(16, 0xFFDC), /* Vendor Page 0xDC */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0xFB), /* Vendor Usage 0xFB */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Vendor Usage 1 */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), /* Vendor Usage 2 */
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(16, (sizeof(uint16_t) + SPM_PAGESIZE)),
+ HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2067,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+ .ProductStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Printer,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_VendorHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(HIDReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = HID_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = HID_IN_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+};
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ /* If/Else If chain compiles slightly smaller than a switch case */
+ if (DescriptorType == DTYPE_Device)
+ {
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ }
+ else if (DescriptorType == DTYPE_Configuration)
+ {
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ }
+ else if (DescriptorType == HID_DTYPE_HID)
+ {
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_VendorHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Address = &HIDReport;
+ Size = sizeof(HIDReport);
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4c7d08b51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Generic HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_VendorHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Printer = 0, /**< Printer interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the HID data IN endpoint. */
+ #define HID_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define HID_IN_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7b2833e62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+OS ?= LINUX
+#OS ?= WINDOWS
+#OS ?= MACOSX
+#OS ?= BSD
+
+ifeq ($(OS), LINUX) # also works on FreeBSD
+CC ?= gcc
+CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
+hid_bootloader_cli: hid_bootloader_cli.c
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -s -DUSE_LIBUSB -o hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.c -lusb
+
+
+else ifeq ($(OS), WINDOWS)
+CC = i586-mingw32msvc-gcc
+CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
+hid_bootloader_cli.exe: hid_bootloader_cli.c
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -s -DUSE_WIN32 -o hid_bootloader_cli.exe hid_bootloader_cli.c -lhid -lsetupapi
+
+
+else ifeq ($(OS), MACOSX)
+CC ?= gcc
+SDK ?= /Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.5.sdk
+CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
+hid_bootloader_cli: hid_bootloader_cli.c
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -DUSE_APPLE_IOKIT -isysroot $(SDK) -o hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.c -Wl,-syslibroot,$(SDK) -framework IOKit -framework CoreFoundation
+
+
+else ifeq ($(OS), BSD) # works on NetBSD and OpenBSD
+CC ?= gcct
+CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
+hid_bootloader_cli: hid_bootloader_cli.c
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -s -DUSE_UHID -o hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.c
+
+
+endif
+
+
+clean:
+ rm -f hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.exe
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile.bsd b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile.bsd
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a15a66405
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/Makefile.bsd
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+OS ?= FreeBSD
+#OS ?= NetBSD
+#OS ?= OpenBSD
+
+CFLAGS ?= -O2 -Wall
+CC ?= gcc
+
+.if $(OS) == "FreeBSD"
+CFLAGS += -DUSE_LIBUSB
+LIBS = -lusb
+.elif $(OS) == "NetBSD" || $(OS) == "OpenBSD"
+CFLAGS += -DUSE_UHID
+LIBS =
+.endif
+
+
+hid_bootloader_cli: hid_bootloader_cli.c
+ $(CC) $(CFLAGS) -s -o hid_bootloader_cli hid_bootloader_cli.c $(LIBS)
+
+clean:
+ rm -f hid_bootloader_cli
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/midi/bytequeue/COPYING b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/gpl3.txt
index 94a9ed024..94a9ed024 100755..100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/midi/bytequeue/COPYING
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/gpl3.txt
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/hid_bootloader_cli.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/hid_bootloader_cli.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..058ccc63d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp/hid_bootloader_cli.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1010 @@
+/* Modified for the LUFA HID Bootloader by Dean Camera
+ * http://www.lufa-lib.org
+ *
+ * THIS MODIFIED VERSION IS UNSUPPORTED BY PJRC.
+ */
+
+/* Teensy Loader, Command Line Interface
+ * Program and Reboot Teensy Board with HalfKay Bootloader
+ * http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader_cli.html
+ * Copyright 2008-2010, PJRC.COM, LLC
+ *
+ *
+ * You may redistribute this program and/or modify it under the terms
+ * of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
+ * Foundation, version 3 of the License.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/
+ */
+
+/* Want to incorporate this code into a proprietary application??
+ * Just email paul@pjrc.com to ask. Usually it's not a problem,
+ * but you do need to ask to use this code in any way other than
+ * those permitted by the GNU General Public License, version 3 */
+
+/* For non-root permissions on ubuntu or similar udev-based linux
+ * http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/49-teensy.rules
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+void usage(void)
+{
+ fprintf(stderr, "Usage: hid_bootloader_cli -mmcu=<MCU> [-w] [-h] [-n] [-v] <file.hex>\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, "\t-w : Wait for device to appear\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, "\t-r : Use hard reboot if device not online\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, "\t-n : No reboot after programming\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, "\t-v : Verbose output\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, "\n<MCU> = atmegaXXuY or at90usbXXXY");
+
+ fprintf(stderr, "\nFor support and more information, please visit:\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, "http://www.lufa-lib.org\n");
+
+ fprintf(stderr, "\nBased on the TeensyHID command line programmer software:\n");
+ fprintf(stderr, "http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/loader_cli.html\n");
+ exit(1);
+}
+
+// USB Access Functions
+int teensy_open(void);
+int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout);
+void teensy_close(void);
+int hard_reboot(void);
+
+// Intel Hex File Functions
+int read_intel_hex(const char *filename);
+int ihex_bytes_within_range(int begin, int end);
+void ihex_get_data(int addr, int len, unsigned char *bytes);
+
+// Misc stuff
+int printf_verbose(const char *format, ...);
+void delay(double seconds);
+void die(const char *str, ...);
+void parse_options(int argc, char **argv);
+
+// options (from user via command line args)
+int wait_for_device_to_appear = 0;
+int hard_reboot_device = 0;
+int reboot_after_programming = 1;
+int verbose = 0;
+int code_size = 0, block_size = 0;
+const char *filename=NULL;
+
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Main Program */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ unsigned char buf[260];
+ int num, addr, r, first_block=1, waited=0;
+
+ // parse command line arguments
+ parse_options(argc, argv);
+ if (!filename) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "Filename must be specified\n\n");
+ usage();
+ }
+ if (!code_size) {
+ fprintf(stderr, "MCU type must be specified\n\n");
+ usage();
+ }
+ printf_verbose("Teensy Loader, Command Line, Version 2.0\n");
+
+ // read the intel hex file
+ // this is done first so any error is reported before using USB
+ num = read_intel_hex(filename);
+ if (num < 0) die("error reading intel hex file \"%s\"", filename);
+ printf_verbose("Read \"%s\": %d bytes, %.1f%% usage\n",
+ filename, num, (double)num / (double)code_size * 100.0);
+
+ // open the USB device
+ while (1) {
+ if (teensy_open()) break;
+ if (hard_reboot_device) {
+ if (!hard_reboot()) die("Unable to find rebootor\n");
+ printf_verbose("Hard Reboot performed\n");
+ hard_reboot_device = 0; // only hard reboot once
+ wait_for_device_to_appear = 1;
+ }
+ if (!wait_for_device_to_appear) die("Unable to open device\n");
+ if (!waited) {
+ printf_verbose("Waiting for Teensy device...\n");
+ printf_verbose(" (hint: press the reset button)\n");
+ waited = 1;
+ }
+ delay(0.25);
+ }
+ printf_verbose("Found HalfKay Bootloader\n");
+
+ // if we waited for the device, read the hex file again
+ // perhaps it changed while we were waiting?
+ if (waited) {
+ num = read_intel_hex(filename);
+ if (num < 0) die("error reading intel hex file \"%s\"", filename);
+ printf_verbose("Read \"%s\": %d bytes, %.1f%% usage\n",
+ filename, num, (double)num / (double)code_size * 100.0);
+ }
+
+ // program the data
+ printf_verbose("Programming");
+ fflush(stdout);
+ for (addr = 0; addr < code_size; addr += block_size) {
+ if (addr > 0 && !ihex_bytes_within_range(addr, addr + block_size - 1)) {
+ // don't waste time on blocks that are unused,
+ // but always do the first one to erase the chip
+ continue;
+ }
+ printf_verbose(".");
+ if (code_size < 0x10000) {
+ buf[0] = addr & 255;
+ buf[1] = (addr >> 8) & 255;
+ } else {
+ buf[0] = (addr >> 8) & 255;
+ buf[1] = (addr >> 16) & 255;
+ }
+ ihex_get_data(addr, block_size, buf + 2);
+ r = teensy_write(buf, block_size + 2, first_block ? 3.0 : 0.25);
+ if (!r) die("error writing to Teensy\n");
+ first_block = 0;
+ }
+ printf_verbose("\n");
+
+ // reboot to the user's new code
+ if (reboot_after_programming) {
+ printf_verbose("Booting\n");
+ buf[0] = 0xFF;
+ buf[1] = 0xFF;
+ memset(buf + 2, 0, sizeof(buf) - 2);
+ teensy_write(buf, block_size + 2, 0.25);
+ }
+ teensy_close();
+ return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* USB Access - libusb (Linux & FreeBSD) */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(USE_LIBUSB)
+
+// http://libusb.sourceforge.net/doc/index.html
+#include <usb.h>
+
+usb_dev_handle * open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
+{
+ struct usb_bus *bus;
+ struct usb_device *dev;
+ usb_dev_handle *h;
+ #ifdef LIBUSB_HAS_GET_DRIVER_NP
+ char buf[128];
+ #endif
+ int r;
+
+ usb_init();
+ usb_find_busses();
+ usb_find_devices();
+ //printf_verbose("\nSearching for USB device:\n");
+ for (bus = usb_get_busses(); bus; bus = bus->next) {
+ for (dev = bus->devices; dev; dev = dev->next) {
+ //printf_verbose("bus \"%s\", device \"%s\" vid=%04X, pid=%04X\n",
+ // bus->dirname, dev->filename,
+ // dev->descriptor.idVendor,
+ // dev->descriptor.idProduct
+ //);
+ if (dev->descriptor.idVendor != vid) continue;
+ if (dev->descriptor.idProduct != pid) continue;
+ h = usb_open(dev);
+ if (!h) {
+ printf_verbose("Found device but unable to open");
+ continue;
+ }
+ #ifdef LIBUSB_HAS_GET_DRIVER_NP
+ r = usb_get_driver_np(h, 0, buf, sizeof(buf));
+ if (r >= 0) {
+ r = usb_detach_kernel_driver_np(h, 0);
+ if (r < 0) {
+ usb_close(h);
+ printf_verbose("Device is in use by \"%s\" driver", buf);
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+ // Mac OS-X - removing this call to usb_claim_interface() might allow
+ // this to work, even though it is a clear misuse of the libusb API.
+ // normally Apple's IOKit should be used on Mac OS-X
+ r = usb_claim_interface(h, 0);
+ if (r < 0) {
+ usb_close(h);
+ printf_verbose("Unable to claim interface, check USB permissions");
+ continue;
+ }
+ return h;
+ }
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+static usb_dev_handle *libusb_teensy_handle = NULL;
+
+int teensy_open(void)
+{
+ teensy_close();
+ libusb_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0478);
+
+ if (!libusb_teensy_handle)
+ libusb_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+ if (!libusb_teensy_handle) return 0;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
+{
+ int r;
+
+ if (!libusb_teensy_handle) return 0;
+ r = usb_control_msg(libusb_teensy_handle, 0x21, 9, 0x0200, 0, (char *)buf,
+ len, (int)(timeout * 1000.0));
+ if (r < 0) return 0;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+void teensy_close(void)
+{
+ if (!libusb_teensy_handle) return;
+ usb_release_interface(libusb_teensy_handle, 0);
+ usb_close(libusb_teensy_handle);
+ libusb_teensy_handle = NULL;
+}
+
+int hard_reboot(void)
+{
+ usb_dev_handle *rebootor;
+ int r;
+
+ rebootor = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0477);
+
+ if (!rebootor)
+ rebootor = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+ if (!rebootor) return 0;
+ r = usb_control_msg(rebootor, 0x21, 9, 0x0200, 0, "reboot", 6, 100);
+ usb_release_interface(rebootor, 0);
+ usb_close(rebootor);
+ if (r < 0) return 0;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* USB Access - Microsoft WIN32 */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(USE_WIN32)
+
+// http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms790932.aspx
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <setupapi.h>
+#include <ddk/hidsdi.h>
+#include <ddk/hidclass.h>
+
+HANDLE open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
+{
+ GUID guid;
+ HDEVINFO info;
+ DWORD index, required_size;
+ SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DATA iface;
+ SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DETAIL_DATA *details;
+ HIDD_ATTRIBUTES attrib;
+ HANDLE h;
+ BOOL ret;
+
+ HidD_GetHidGuid(&guid);
+ info = SetupDiGetClassDevs(&guid, NULL, NULL, DIGCF_PRESENT | DIGCF_DEVICEINTERFACE);
+ if (info == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) return NULL;
+ for (index=0; 1 ;index++) {
+ iface.cbSize = sizeof(SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DATA);
+ ret = SetupDiEnumDeviceInterfaces(info, NULL, &guid, index, &iface);
+ if (!ret) {
+ SetupDiDestroyDeviceInfoList(info);
+ break;
+ }
+ SetupDiGetInterfaceDeviceDetail(info, &iface, NULL, 0, &required_size, NULL);
+ details = (SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DETAIL_DATA *)malloc(required_size);
+ if (details == NULL) continue;
+ memset(details, 0, required_size);
+ details->cbSize = sizeof(SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DETAIL_DATA);
+ ret = SetupDiGetDeviceInterfaceDetail(info, &iface, details,
+ required_size, NULL, NULL);
+ if (!ret) {
+ free(details);
+ continue;
+ }
+ h = CreateFile(details->DevicePath, GENERIC_READ|GENERIC_WRITE,
+ FILE_SHARE_READ|FILE_SHARE_WRITE, NULL, OPEN_EXISTING,
+ FILE_FLAG_OVERLAPPED, NULL);
+ free(details);
+ if (h == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) continue;
+ attrib.Size = sizeof(HIDD_ATTRIBUTES);
+ ret = HidD_GetAttributes(h, &attrib);
+ if (!ret) {
+ CloseHandle(h);
+ continue;
+ }
+ if (attrib.VendorID != vid || attrib.ProductID != pid) {
+ CloseHandle(h);
+ continue;
+ }
+ SetupDiDestroyDeviceInfoList(info);
+ return h;
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+int write_usb_device(HANDLE h, void *buf, int len, int timeout)
+{
+ static HANDLE event = NULL;
+ unsigned char tmpbuf[1040];
+ OVERLAPPED ov;
+ DWORD n, r;
+
+ if (len > sizeof(tmpbuf) - 1) return 0;
+ if (event == NULL) {
+ event = CreateEvent(NULL, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
+ if (!event) return 0;
+ }
+ ResetEvent(&event);
+ memset(&ov, 0, sizeof(ov));
+ ov.hEvent = event;
+ tmpbuf[0] = 0;
+ memcpy(tmpbuf + 1, buf, len);
+ if (!WriteFile(h, tmpbuf, len + 1, NULL, &ov)) {
+ if (GetLastError() != ERROR_IO_PENDING) return 0;
+ r = WaitForSingleObject(event, timeout);
+ if (r == WAIT_TIMEOUT) {
+ CancelIo(h);
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if (r != WAIT_OBJECT_0) return 0;
+ }
+ if (!GetOverlappedResult(h, &ov, &n, FALSE)) return 0;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+static HANDLE win32_teensy_handle = NULL;
+
+int teensy_open(void)
+{
+ teensy_close();
+ win32_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0478);
+
+ if (!win32_teensy_handle)
+ win32_teensy_handle = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+ if (!win32_teensy_handle) return 0;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
+{
+ int r;
+ if (!win32_teensy_handle) return 0;
+ r = write_usb_device(win32_teensy_handle, buf, len, (int)(timeout * 1000.0));
+ return r;
+}
+
+void teensy_close(void)
+{
+ if (!win32_teensy_handle) return;
+ CloseHandle(win32_teensy_handle);
+ win32_teensy_handle = NULL;
+}
+
+int hard_reboot(void)
+{
+ HANDLE rebootor;
+ int r;
+
+ rebootor = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0477);
+
+ if (!rebootor)
+ rebootor = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+ if (!rebootor) return 0;
+ r = write_usb_device(rebootor, "reboot", 6, 100);
+ CloseHandle(rebootor);
+ return r;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* USB Access - Apple's IOKit, Mac OS-X */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(USE_APPLE_IOKIT)
+
+// http://developer.apple.com/technotes/tn2007/tn2187.html
+#include <IOKit/IOKitLib.h>
+#include <IOKit/hid/IOHIDLib.h>
+#include <IOKit/hid/IOHIDDevice.h>
+
+struct usb_list_struct {
+ IOHIDDeviceRef ref;
+ int pid;
+ int vid;
+ struct usb_list_struct *next;
+};
+
+static struct usb_list_struct *usb_list=NULL;
+static IOHIDManagerRef hid_manager=NULL;
+
+void attach_callback(void *context, IOReturn r, void *hid_mgr, IOHIDDeviceRef dev)
+{
+ CFTypeRef type;
+ struct usb_list_struct *n, *p;
+ int32_t pid, vid;
+
+ if (!dev) return;
+ type = IOHIDDeviceGetProperty(dev, CFSTR(kIOHIDVendorIDKey));
+ if (!type || CFGetTypeID(type) != CFNumberGetTypeID()) return;
+ if (!CFNumberGetValue((CFNumberRef)type, kCFNumberSInt32Type, &vid)) return;
+ type = IOHIDDeviceGetProperty(dev, CFSTR(kIOHIDProductIDKey));
+ if (!type || CFGetTypeID(type) != CFNumberGetTypeID()) return;
+ if (!CFNumberGetValue((CFNumberRef)type, kCFNumberSInt32Type, &pid)) return;
+ n = (struct usb_list_struct *)malloc(sizeof(struct usb_list_struct));
+ if (!n) return;
+ //printf("attach callback: vid=%04X, pid=%04X\n", vid, pid);
+ n->ref = dev;
+ n->vid = vid;
+ n->pid = pid;
+ n->next = NULL;
+ if (usb_list == NULL) {
+ usb_list = n;
+ } else {
+ for (p = usb_list; p->next; p = p->next) ;
+ p->next = n;
+ }
+}
+
+void detach_callback(void *context, IOReturn r, void *hid_mgr, IOHIDDeviceRef dev)
+{
+ struct usb_list_struct *p, *tmp, *prev=NULL;
+
+ p = usb_list;
+ while (p) {
+ if (p->ref == dev) {
+ if (prev) {
+ prev->next = p->next;
+ } else {
+ usb_list = p->next;
+ }
+ tmp = p;
+ p = p->next;
+ free(tmp);
+ } else {
+ prev = p;
+ p = p->next;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void init_hid_manager(void)
+{
+ CFMutableDictionaryRef dict;
+ IOReturn ret;
+
+ if (hid_manager) return;
+ hid_manager = IOHIDManagerCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
+ if (hid_manager == NULL || CFGetTypeID(hid_manager) != IOHIDManagerGetTypeID()) {
+ if (hid_manager) CFRelease(hid_manager);
+ printf_verbose("no HID Manager - maybe this is a pre-Leopard (10.5) system?\n");
+ return;
+ }
+ dict = CFDictionaryCreateMutable(kCFAllocatorDefault, 0,
+ &kCFTypeDictionaryKeyCallBacks, &kCFTypeDictionaryValueCallBacks);
+ if (!dict) return;
+ IOHIDManagerSetDeviceMatching(hid_manager, dict);
+ CFRelease(dict);
+ IOHIDManagerScheduleWithRunLoop(hid_manager, CFRunLoopGetCurrent(), kCFRunLoopDefaultMode);
+ IOHIDManagerRegisterDeviceMatchingCallback(hid_manager, attach_callback, NULL);
+ IOHIDManagerRegisterDeviceRemovalCallback(hid_manager, detach_callback, NULL);
+ ret = IOHIDManagerOpen(hid_manager, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
+ if (ret != kIOReturnSuccess) {
+ IOHIDManagerUnscheduleFromRunLoop(hid_manager,
+ CFRunLoopGetCurrent(), kCFRunLoopDefaultMode);
+ CFRelease(hid_manager);
+ printf_verbose("Error opening HID Manager");
+ }
+}
+
+static void do_run_loop(void)
+{
+ while (CFRunLoopRunInMode(kCFRunLoopDefaultMode, 0, true) == kCFRunLoopRunHandledSource) ;
+}
+
+IOHIDDeviceRef open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
+{
+ struct usb_list_struct *p;
+ IOReturn ret;
+
+ init_hid_manager();
+ do_run_loop();
+ for (p = usb_list; p; p = p->next) {
+ if (p->vid == vid && p->pid == pid) {
+ ret = IOHIDDeviceOpen(p->ref, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
+ if (ret == kIOReturnSuccess) return p->ref;
+ }
+ }
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+void close_usb_device(IOHIDDeviceRef dev)
+{
+ struct usb_list_struct *p;
+
+ do_run_loop();
+ for (p = usb_list; p; p = p->next) {
+ if (p->ref == dev) {
+ IOHIDDeviceClose(dev, kIOHIDOptionsTypeNone);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static IOHIDDeviceRef iokit_teensy_reference = NULL;
+
+int teensy_open(void)
+{
+ teensy_close();
+ iokit_teensy_reference = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0478);
+
+ if (!iokit_teensy_reference)
+ iokit_teensy_reference = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+ if (!iokit_teensy_reference) return 0;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
+{
+ IOReturn ret;
+
+ // timeouts do not work on OS-X
+ // IOHIDDeviceSetReportWithCallback is not implemented
+ // even though Apple documents it with a code example!
+ // submitted to Apple on 22-sep-2009, problem ID 7245050
+ if (!iokit_teensy_reference) return 0;
+ ret = IOHIDDeviceSetReport(iokit_teensy_reference,
+ kIOHIDReportTypeOutput, 0, buf, len);
+ if (ret == kIOReturnSuccess) return 1;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void teensy_close(void)
+{
+ if (!iokit_teensy_reference) return;
+ close_usb_device(iokit_teensy_reference);
+ iokit_teensy_reference = NULL;
+}
+
+int hard_reboot(void)
+{
+ IOHIDDeviceRef rebootor;
+ IOReturn ret;
+
+ rebootor = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0477);
+
+ if (!rebootor)
+ rebootor = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+ if (!rebootor) return 0;
+ ret = IOHIDDeviceSetReport(rebootor,
+ kIOHIDReportTypeOutput, 0, (uint8_t *)("reboot"), 6);
+ close_usb_device(rebootor);
+ if (ret == kIOReturnSuccess) return 1;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* USB Access - BSD's UHID driver */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(USE_UHID)
+
+// Thanks to Todd T Fries for help getting this working on OpenBSD
+// and to Chris Kuethe for the initial patch to use UHID.
+
+#include <sys/ioctl.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <dirent.h>
+#include <dev/usb/usb.h>
+#ifndef USB_GET_DEVICEINFO
+#include <dev/usb/usb_ioctl.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef USB_GET_DEVICEINFO
+# define USB_GET_DEVICEINFO 0
+# error The USB_GET_DEVICEINFO ioctl() value is not defined for your system.
+#endif
+
+int open_usb_device(int vid, int pid)
+{
+ int r, fd;
+ DIR *dir;
+ struct dirent *d;
+ struct usb_device_info info;
+ char buf[256];
+
+ dir = opendir("/dev");
+ if (!dir) return -1;
+ while ((d = readdir(dir)) != NULL) {
+ if (strncmp(d->d_name, "uhid", 4) != 0) continue;
+ snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "/dev/%s", d->d_name);
+ fd = open(buf, O_RDWR);
+ if (fd < 0) continue;
+ r = ioctl(fd, USB_GET_DEVICEINFO, &info);
+ if (r < 0) {
+ // NetBSD: added in 2004
+ // OpenBSD: added November 23, 2009
+ // FreeBSD: missing (FreeBSD 8.0) - USE_LIBUSB works!
+ die("Error: your uhid driver does not support"
+ " USB_GET_DEVICEINFO, please upgrade!\n");
+ close(fd);
+ closedir(dir);
+ exit(1);
+ }
+ //printf("%s: v=%d, p=%d\n", buf, info.udi_vendorNo, info.udi_productNo);
+ if (info.udi_vendorNo == vid && info.udi_productNo == pid) {
+ closedir(dir);
+ return fd;
+ }
+ close(fd);
+ }
+ closedir(dir);
+ return -1;
+}
+
+static int uhid_teensy_fd = -1;
+
+int teensy_open(void)
+{
+ teensy_close();
+ uhid_teensy_fd = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0478);
+
+ if (uhid_teensy_fd < 0)
+ uhid_teensy_fd = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+ if (uhid_teensy_fd < 0) return 0;
+ return 1;
+}
+
+int teensy_write(void *buf, int len, double timeout)
+{
+ int r;
+
+ // TODO: implement timeout... how??
+ r = write(uhid_teensy_fd, buf, len);
+ if (r == len) return 1;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void teensy_close(void)
+{
+ if (uhid_teensy_fd >= 0) {
+ close(uhid_teensy_fd);
+ uhid_teensy_fd = -1;
+ }
+}
+
+int hard_reboot(void)
+{
+ int r, rebootor_fd;
+
+ rebootor_fd = open_usb_device(0x16C0, 0x0477);
+
+ if (rebootor_fd < 0)
+ rebootor_fd = open_usb_device(0x03eb, 0x2067);
+
+ if (rebootor_fd < 0) return 0;
+ r = write(rebootor_fd, "reboot", 6);
+ delay(0.1);
+ close(rebootor_fd);
+ if (r == 6) return 1;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Read Intel Hex File */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+// the maximum flash image size we can support
+// chips with larger memory may be used, but only this
+// much intel-hex data can be loaded into memory!
+#define MAX_MEMORY_SIZE 0x10000
+
+static unsigned char firmware_image[MAX_MEMORY_SIZE];
+static unsigned char firmware_mask[MAX_MEMORY_SIZE];
+static int end_record_seen=0;
+static int byte_count;
+static unsigned int extended_addr = 0;
+static int parse_hex_line(char *line);
+
+int read_intel_hex(const char *filename)
+{
+ FILE *fp;
+ int i, lineno=0;
+ char buf[1024];
+
+ byte_count = 0;
+ end_record_seen = 0;
+ for (i=0; i<MAX_MEMORY_SIZE; i++) {
+ firmware_image[i] = 0xFF;
+ firmware_mask[i] = 0;
+ }
+ extended_addr = 0;
+
+ fp = fopen(filename, "r");
+ if (fp == NULL) {
+ //printf("Unable to read file %s\n", filename);
+ return -1;
+ }
+ while (!feof(fp)) {
+ *buf = '\0';
+ if (!fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), fp)) break;
+ lineno++;
+ if (*buf) {
+ if (parse_hex_line(buf) == 0) {
+ //printf("Warning, parse error line %d\n", lineno);
+ fclose(fp);
+ return -2;
+ }
+ }
+ if (end_record_seen) break;
+ if (feof(stdin)) break;
+ }
+ fclose(fp);
+ return byte_count;
+}
+
+
+/* from ihex.c, at http://www.pjrc.com/tech/8051/pm2_docs/intel-hex.html */
+
+/* parses a line of intel hex code, stores the data in bytes[] */
+/* and the beginning address in addr, and returns a 1 if the */
+/* line was valid, or a 0 if an error occurred. The variable */
+/* num gets the number of bytes that were stored into bytes[] */
+
+
+int
+parse_hex_line(char *line)
+{
+ int addr, code, num;
+ int sum, len, cksum, i;
+ char *ptr;
+
+ num = 0;
+ if (line[0] != ':') return 0;
+ if (strlen(line) < 11) return 0;
+ ptr = line+1;
+ if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &len)) return 0;
+ ptr += 2;
+ if ((int)strlen(line) < (11 + (len * 2)) ) return 0;
+ if (!sscanf(ptr, "%04x", &addr)) return 0;
+ ptr += 4;
+ /* printf("Line: length=%d Addr=%d\n", len, addr); */
+ if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &code)) return 0;
+ if (addr + extended_addr + len >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE) return 0;
+ ptr += 2;
+ sum = (len & 255) + ((addr >> 8) & 255) + (addr & 255) + (code & 255);
+ if (code != 0) {
+ if (code == 1) {
+ end_record_seen = 1;
+ return 1;
+ }
+ if (code == 2 && len == 2) {
+ if (!sscanf(ptr, "%04x", &i)) return 1;
+ ptr += 4;
+ sum += ((i >> 8) & 255) + (i & 255);
+ if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &cksum)) return 1;
+ if (((sum & 255) + (cksum & 255)) & 255) return 1;
+ extended_addr = i << 4;
+ //printf("ext addr = %05X\n", extended_addr);
+ }
+ if (code == 4 && len == 2) {
+ if (!sscanf(ptr, "%04x", &i)) return 1;
+ ptr += 4;
+ sum += ((i >> 8) & 255) + (i & 255);
+ if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &cksum)) return 1;
+ if (((sum & 255) + (cksum & 255)) & 255) return 1;
+ extended_addr = i << 16;
+ //printf("ext addr = %08X\n", extended_addr);
+ }
+ return 1; // non-data line
+ }
+ byte_count += len;
+ while (num != len) {
+ if (sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &i) != 1) return 0;
+ i &= 255;
+ firmware_image[addr + extended_addr + num] = i;
+ firmware_mask[addr + extended_addr + num] = 1;
+ ptr += 2;
+ sum += i;
+ (num)++;
+ if (num >= 256) return 0;
+ }
+ if (!sscanf(ptr, "%02x", &cksum)) return 0;
+ if (((sum & 255) + (cksum & 255)) & 255) return 0; /* checksum error */
+ return 1;
+}
+
+int ihex_bytes_within_range(int begin, int end)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (begin < 0 || begin >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE ||
+ end < 0 || end >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ for (i=begin; i<=end; i++) {
+ if (firmware_mask[i]) return 1;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void ihex_get_data(int addr, int len, unsigned char *bytes)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ if (addr < 0 || len < 0 || addr + len >= MAX_MEMORY_SIZE) {
+ for (i=0; i<len; i++) {
+ bytes[i] = 255;
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+ for (i=0; i<len; i++) {
+ if (firmware_mask[addr]) {
+ bytes[i] = firmware_image[addr];
+ } else {
+ bytes[i] = 255;
+ }
+ addr++;
+ }
+}
+
+/****************************************************************/
+/* */
+/* Misc Functions */
+/* */
+/****************************************************************/
+
+int printf_verbose(const char *format, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+ int r;
+
+ va_start(ap, format);
+ if (verbose) {
+ r = vprintf(format, ap);
+ fflush(stdout);
+ return r;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+void delay(double seconds)
+{
+ #ifdef WIN32
+ Sleep(seconds * 1000.0);
+ #else
+ usleep(seconds * 1000000.0);
+ #endif
+}
+
+void die(const char *str, ...)
+{
+ va_list ap;
+
+ va_start(ap, str);
+ vfprintf(stderr, str, ap);
+ fprintf(stderr, "\n");
+ exit(1);
+}
+
+#if defined(WIN32)
+#define strcasecmp stricmp
+#endif
+
+void parse_options(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ int i;
+ const char *arg;
+
+ for (i=1; i<argc; i++) {
+ arg = argv[i];
+
+ if (*arg == '-') {
+ if (strcmp(arg, "-w") == 0) {
+ wait_for_device_to_appear = 1;
+ } else if (strcmp(arg, "-r") == 0) {
+ hard_reboot_device = 1;
+ } else if (strcmp(arg, "-n") == 0) {
+ reboot_after_programming = 0;
+ } else if (strcmp(arg, "-v") == 0) {
+ verbose = 1;
+ } else if (strncmp(arg, "-mmcu=", 6) == 0) {
+ arg += 6;
+
+ if (strncmp(arg, "at90usb", 7) == 0) {
+ arg += 7;
+ } else if (strncmp(arg, "atmega", 6) == 0) {
+ arg += 6;
+ } else {
+ die("Unknown MCU type\n");
+ }
+
+ if (strncmp(arg, "128", 3) == 0) {
+ code_size = 128 * 1024;
+ block_size = 256;
+ } else if (strncmp(arg, "64", 2) == 0) {
+ code_size = 64 * 1024;
+ block_size = 256;
+ } else if (strncmp(arg, "32", 2) == 0) {
+ code_size = 32 * 1024;
+ block_size = 128;
+ } else if (strncmp(arg, "16", 2) == 0) {
+ code_size = 16 * 1024;
+ block_size = 128;
+ } else if (strncmp(arg, "8", 1) == 0) {
+ code_size = 8 * 1024;
+ block_size = 128;
+ } else {
+ die("Unknown MCU type\n");
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ filename = argv[i];
+ }
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp_Python/hid_bootloader_loader.py b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp_Python/hid_bootloader_loader.py
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2598fde60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/HostLoaderApp_Python/hid_bootloader_loader.py
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+"""
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+"""
+
+"""
+ Front-end programmer for the LUFA HID class bootloader.
+
+ Usage:
+ python hid_bootloader_loader.py <Device> <Input>.hex
+
+ Example:
+ python hid_bootloader_loader.py at90usb1287 Mouse.hex
+
+ Requires the pywinusb (https://pypi.python.org/pypi/pywinusb/) and
+ IntelHex (http://bialix.com/intelhex/) libraries.
+"""
+
+import sys
+from pywinusb import hid
+from intelhex import IntelHex
+
+
+# Device information table
+device_info_map = dict()
+device_info_map['at90usb1287'] = {'page_size': 256, 'flash_kb': 128}
+device_info_map['at90usb1286'] = {'page_size': 256, 'flash_kb': 128}
+device_info_map['at90usb647'] = {'page_size': 256, 'flash_kb': 64}
+device_info_map['at90usb646'] = {'page_size': 256, 'flash_kb': 64}
+device_info_map['atmega32u4'] = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 32}
+device_info_map['atmega32u2'] = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 32}
+device_info_map['atmega16u4'] = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 16}
+device_info_map['atmega16u2'] = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 16}
+device_info_map['at90usb162'] = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 16}
+device_info_map['atmega8u2'] = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 8}
+device_info_map['at90usb82'] = {'page_size': 128, 'flash_kb': 8}
+
+
+def get_hid_device_handle():
+ hid_device_filter = hid.HidDeviceFilter(vendor_id=0x03EB,
+ product_id=0x2067)
+
+ valid_hid_devices = hid_device_filter.get_devices()
+
+ if len(valid_hid_devices) is 0:
+ return None
+ else:
+ return valid_hid_devices[0]
+
+
+def send_page_data(hid_device, address, data):
+ # Bootloader page data should be the HID Report ID (always zero) followed
+ # by the starting address to program, then one device's flash page worth
+ # of data
+ output_report_data = [0]
+ output_report_data.extend([address & 0xFF, address >> 8])
+ output_report_data.extend(data)
+
+ hid_device.send_output_report(output_report_data)
+
+
+def program_device(hex_data, device_info):
+ hid_device = get_hid_device_handle()
+
+ if hid_device is None:
+ print("No valid HID device found.")
+ sys.exit(1)
+
+ try:
+ hid_device.open()
+ print("Connected to bootloader.")
+
+ # Program in all data from the loaded HEX file, in a number of device
+ # page sized chunks
+ for addr in range(0, hex_data.maxaddr(), device_info['page_size']):
+ # Compute the address range of the current page in the device
+ current_page_range = range(addr, addr+device_info['page_size'])
+
+ # Extract the data from the hex file at the specified start page
+ # address and convert it to a regular list of bytes
+ page_data = [hex_data[i] for i in current_page_range]
+
+ print("Writing address 0x%04X-0x%04X" % (current_page_range[0], current_page_range[-1]))
+
+ # Devices with more than 64KB of flash should shift down the page
+ # address so that it is 16-bit (page size is guaranteed to be
+ # >= 256 bytes so no non-zero address bits are discarded)
+ if device_info['flash_kb'] < 64:
+ send_page_data(hid_device, addr, page_data)
+ else:
+ send_page_data(hid_device, addr >> 8, page_data)
+
+ # Once programming is complete, start the application via a dummy page
+ # program to the page address 0xFFFF
+ print("Programming complete, starting application.")
+ send_page_data(hid_device, 0xFFFF, [0] * device_info['page_size'])
+
+ finally:
+ hid_device.close()
+
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+ # Load the specified HEX file
+ try:
+ hex_data = IntelHex(sys.argv[2])
+ except:
+ print("Could not open the specified HEX file.")
+ sys.exit(1)
+
+ # Retrieve the device information entry for the specified device
+ try:
+ device_info = device_info_map[sys.argv[1]]
+ except:
+ print("Unknown device name specified.")
+ sys.exit(1)
+
+ program_device(hex_data, device_info)
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9394b1353
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="HID Bootloader - 128KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid.avr8.128_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_hid_128kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.hid"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1F000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1F000"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="HID Bootloader - 64KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid.avr8.64_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_hid_64kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.hid"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb647"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0xF000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0xF000"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="HID Bootloader - 32KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid.avr8.32_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_hid_32kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.hid"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x7000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x7000"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="HID Bootloader - 16KB FLASH / 2KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid.avr8.16_2" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_hid_16kb_2kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.hid"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x3800"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x3800"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="HID Bootloader - 8KB FLASH / 2KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid.avr8.8_2" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_hid_8kb_2kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.hid"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1800"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1800"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.bootloaders.hid" caption="HID Bootloader">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ HID Class Bootloader, capable of reprogramming a device via a custom cross-platform command line utility when plugged into a host.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Bootloaders"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value="."/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderHID.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderHID.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="BootloaderHID.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="HostLoaderApp"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="HostLoaderApp_Python"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..281792ac9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2367 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - HID Class Bootloader"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/ \
+ HostLoaderApp/ \
+ HostLoaderApp_Python/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM \
+ ATTR_NO_INIT
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6589d75aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/HID/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = BootloaderHID
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
+
+# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
+# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
+# device's fuses.
+FLASH_SIZE_KB := 128
+BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB := 8
+
+# Bootloader address calculation formulas
+# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
+CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
+BOOT_START_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
+BOOT_SEC_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cad59c8ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Bootloader user application API functions.
+ */
+
+#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
+
+void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+ boot_page_erase_safe(Address);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+ boot_page_write_safe(Address);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word)
+{
+ boot_page_fill_safe(Address, Word);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+ return boot_signature_byte_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+ return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void)
+{
+ return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS);
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits)
+{
+ boot_lock_bits_set_safe(LockBits);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0f0cd7040
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for BootloaderAPI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/boot.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE > 0
+ #define AUX_BOOT_SECTION __attribute__((section(".boot_aux")))
+ #else
+ #define AUX_BOOT_SECTION
+ #endif
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address);
+ void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address);
+ void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void);
+ void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPITable.S b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPITable.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6844d4b01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderAPITable.S
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE > 0
+#warning Using a AUX bootloader section in addition to the defined bootloader space (see documentation).
+
+; Trampoline to jump over the AUX bootloader section to the start of the bootloader,
+; on devices where an AUX bootloader section is used.
+.section .boot_aux_trampoline, "ax"
+.global Boot_AUX_Trampoline
+Boot_AUX_Trampoline:
+ jmp BOOT_START_ADDR
+#endif
+
+; Trampolines to actual API implementations if the target address is outside the
+; range of a rjmp instruction (can happen with large bootloader sections)
+.section .apitable_trampolines, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Trampolines
+BootloaderAPI_Trampolines:
+
+ BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage
+ BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage
+ BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock
+ BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5:
+ ret
+
+
+
+; API function jump table
+.section .apitable_jumptable, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_JumpTable
+BootloaderAPI_JumpTable:
+
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1 ; UNUSED ENTRY 1
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2 ; UNUSED ENTRY 2
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3 ; UNUSED ENTRY 3
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4 ; UNUSED ENTRY 4
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5 ; UNUSED ENTRY 5
+
+
+
+; Bootloader table signatures and information
+.section .apitable_signatures, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Signatures
+BootloaderAPI_Signatures:
+
+ .long BOOT_START_ADDR ; Start address of the bootloader
+ .word 0xDF30 ; Signature for the MS class bootloader, V1
+ .word 0xDCFB ; Signature for a LUFA class bootloader
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cfe0cdbf8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.c
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Mass Storage class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADER_MASSSTORAGE_C
+#include "BootloaderMassStorage.h"
+
+/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .TotalLUNs = 1,
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
+ * via a soft reset. When cleared, the bootloader will abort, the USB interface will shut down and the application
+ * started via a forced watchdog reset.
+ */
+bool RunBootloader = true;
+
+/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
+ * will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
+ * low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
+ * \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
+ */
+uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
+
+/** Indicates if the bootloader is allowed to exit immediately if \ref RunBootloader is \c false. During shutdown all
+ * pending commands must be processed before jumping to the user-application, thus this tracks the main program loop
+ * iterations since a SCSI command from the host was received.
+ */
+static uint8_t TicksSinceLastCommand = 0;
+
+
+/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
+ * start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
+ * this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
+ */
+void Application_Jump_Check(void)
+{
+ bool JumpToApplication = false;
+
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_LEONARDO)
+ /* Enable pull-up on the IO13 pin so we can use it to select the mode */
+ PORTC |= (1 << 7);
+ Delay_MS(10);
+
+ /* If IO13 is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
+ JumpToApplication |= ((PINC & (1 << 7)) != 0);
+
+ /* Disable pull-up after the check has completed */
+ PORTC &= ~(1 << 7);
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+ /* Disable JTAG debugging */
+ JTAG_DISABLE();
+
+ /* Enable pull-up on the JTAG TCK pin so we can use it to select the mode */
+ PORTF |= (1 << 4);
+ Delay_MS(10);
+
+ /* If the TCK pin is not jumpered to ground, start the user application instead */
+ JumpToApplication |= ((PINF & (1 << 4)) != 0);
+
+ /* Re-enable JTAG debugging */
+ JTAG_ENABLE();
+ #endif
+
+ /* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
+ if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+ {
+ MagicBootKey = 0;
+ JumpToApplication = true;
+ }
+
+ if (JumpToApplication)
+ {
+ // cppcheck-suppress constStatement
+ ((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ while (RunBootloader || TicksSinceLastCommand++ < 0xFF)
+ {
+ MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+
+ /* Disconnect from the host - USB interface will be reset later along with the AVR */
+ USB_Detach();
+
+ /* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
+ MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
+
+ /* Enable the watchdog and force a timeout to reset the AVR */
+ wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
+
+ for (;;);
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+static void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+
+ /* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
+ MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
+ MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Bootloader active LED toggle timer initialization */
+ TIMSK1 = (1 << TOIE1);
+ TCCR1B = ((1 << CS11) | (1 << CS10));
+}
+
+/** ISR to periodically toggle the LEDs on the board to indicate that the bootloader is active. */
+ISR(TIMER1_OVF_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs and stops the Mass Storage management task.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup Mass Storage Data Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool CommandSuccess;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+
+ /* Signal that a command was processed, must not exit bootloader yet */
+ TicksSinceLastCommand = 0;
+
+ return CommandSuccess;
+}
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c1bd00410
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for BootloaderMassStorage.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_MASS_STORAGE_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADER_MASS_STORAGE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include "Lib/SCSI.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
+ #error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
+ #define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY 0xDC42
+
+ /* Global Variables: */
+ extern bool RunBootloader;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int main(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+ void Application_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+ bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_BOOTLOADER_MASSSTORAGE_C)
+ static void SetupHardware(void) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e09484793
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/BootloaderMassStorage.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mass Storage Class USB AVR Bootloader
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4) - <i>See \ref SSec_Aux_Space</i>
+ * \li ATMEGA32U2 - <i>See \ref SSec_Aux_Space</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Bulk-Only Transport</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ * USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ * SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ * SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * This bootloader enumerates to the host as a Mass Storage device, capable of reading and writing a new binary
+ * firmware image file, to load firmware onto the AVR.
+ *
+ * Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
+ * into 6KB of bootloader space. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to
+ * edit the MCU, FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
+ *
+ * When the bootloader is running, the board's LED(s) will flash at regular intervals to distinguish the
+ * bootloader from the normal user application.
+ *
+ * \warning <b>THIS BOOTLOADER IS NOT SECURE.</b> Malicious entities can recover written data, even if the device
+ * lockbits are set.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
+ *
+ * This bootloader is designed to be started via the HWB mechanism of the USB AVRs; ground the HWB pin (see device
+ * datasheet) then momentarily ground /RESET to start the bootloader. This assumes the HWBE fuse is set and the BOOTRST
+ * fuse is cleared.
+ *
+ * For board specific exceptions to the above, see below.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_XPLAIN Atmel Xplain Board
+ * Ground the USB AVR JTAG's \c TCK pin to ground when powering on the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the
+ * \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_Leonardo Arduino Leonardo Board
+ * Ground \c IO13 when powering the board to start the bootloader. This assumes the \c HWBE fuse is cleared and the
+ * \c BOOTRST fuse is set as the HWBE pin is not user accessible on this board.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
+ *
+ * This bootloader uses the Mass Storage drivers inbuilt into all modern operating systems, thus no additional
+ * drivers need to be supplied for correct operation.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
+ *
+ * This bootloader is compatible with all operating systems that support the FAT12 file system format. To reprogram the
+ * device, overwrite a file stored on the virtual FAT filesystem with a new binary (BIN format) image. Remember to safely
+ * remove your device from the host using the host OS's ejection APIs, to ensure all data is correctly flushed to the
+ * bootloader's virtual filesystem and not cached in the OS's file system driver.
+ *
+ * The current device firmware can be read from the device by reading a file from the virtual FAT filesystem.
+ *
+ * \warning This bootloader is currently <b>incompatible with the Apple MacOS X OS Finder GUI</b>, due to the
+ * large amount of meta files this OS attempts to write to the disk along with the new binaries. On
+ * this platform, firmwares must be copied to the disk via the Terminal application only to prevent
+ * firmware corruption.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_API User Application API
+ *
+ * Several user application functions for FLASH and other special memory area manipulations are exposed by the bootloader,
+ * allowing the user application to call into the bootloader at runtime to read and write FLASH data.
+ *
+ * By default, the bootloader API jump table is located 32 bytes from the end of the device's FLASH memory, and follows the
+ * following layout:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE 32
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START ((FLASHEND + 1UL) - BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE)
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(Index) (void*)((BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (Index * 2)) / 2)
+ *
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_ErasePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(0);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_WritePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(1);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_FillWord)(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Word) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(2);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(3);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(4);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadLock)(void) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(5);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_WriteLock)(uint8_t LockBits) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(6);
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 2))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE 0xDCFB
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 4))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_MASS_STORAGE_SIGNATURE 0xDF30
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 8))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_LENGTH 4
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * From the application the API support of the bootloader can be detected by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address
+ * \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE. The class of bootloader
+ * can be determined by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address \c BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them
+ * to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MASS_STORAGE_SIGNATURE. The start address of the bootloader can be retrieved by reading the bytes
+ * of FLASH memory starting from address \c BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_Aux_Space Auxiliary Bootloader Section
+ * To make the bootloader function on smaller devices (those with a physical bootloader section of smaller than 6KB) a second
+ * section of memory (called the <i>Auxiliary Bootloader Section</i>) is added before the start of the real bootloader section,
+ * and is filled with a portion of the bootloader code. This allows smaller devices to run the bootloader, at the cost of an
+ * additional portion of the device's FLASH (the bootloader section size in KB subtracted from the 6KB total size). A small
+ * trampoline is inserted at the start of the auxiliary section so that the bootloader will run normally in the case of a blank
+ * application section.
+ *
+ * On devices supporting a 8KB bootloader section size, the AUX section is not created in the final binary.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_API_MemLayout Device Memory Map
+ * The following illustration indicates the final memory map of the device when loaded with the bootloader.
+ *
+ * \verbatim
+ * +----------------------------+ 0x0000
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | User Application |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE - BOOT_AUX_SECTION_SIZE
+ * | Booloader Start Trampoline |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE - BOOT_AUX_SECTION_SIZE + 4
+ * | |
+ * | Auxiliary Bootloader |
+ * | Space for Smaller Devices |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * | |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE
+ * | |
+ * | Bootloader Application |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * | |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 96
+ * | API Table Trampolines |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 32
+ * | Bootloader API Table |
+ * | (User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 8
+ * | Bootloader ID Constants |
+ * | (User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND
+ * \endverbatim
+ *
+ * \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
+ *
+ * \par In some cases, the application is not fully loaded into the device.
+ * Write-caching on some operating systems may interfere with the normal
+ * operation of the bootloader. Write caching should be disabled when using the
+ * Mass Storage bootloader, or the file system synced via an appropriate command
+ * (such as the OS's normal disk ejection command) before disconnecting the device.
+ *
+ * \par After loading an application, it is not run automatically on startup.
+ * Some USB AVR boards ship with the BOOTRST fuse set, causing the bootloader
+ * to run automatically when the device is reset. In most cases, the BOOTRST
+ * fuse should be disabled and the HWBE fuse used instead to run the bootloader
+ * when needed.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_APP_START_ON_EJECT</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Define to disable automatic start of the loaded application when the virtual
+ * Mass Storage disk is ejected on the host.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6745a86e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure LUFA's
+ * compile time options, as an alternative to the compile time
+ * constants supplied through a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+// #define NO_APP_START_ON_EJECT
+
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c0648160c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+ #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+ #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+ #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+ #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a1cefa351
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2045,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+ .ProductStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
+ .SubClass = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
+ .Protocol = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ /* If/Else If chain compiles slightly smaller than a switch case */
+ if (DescriptorType == DTYPE_Device)
+ {
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ }
+ else if (DescriptorType == DTYPE_Configuration)
+ {
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..31747e4c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "BootloaderAPI.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Mass Storage Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 0, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ace118a48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
+ * devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
+ * which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
+#include "SCSI.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
+ * features and capabilities.
+ */
+static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
+ {
+ .DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
+ .PeripheralQualifier = 0,
+
+ .Removable = true,
+
+ .Version = 0,
+
+ .ResponseDataFormat = 2,
+ .NormACA = false,
+ .TrmTsk = false,
+ .AERC = false,
+
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
+
+ .SoftReset = false,
+ .CmdQue = false,
+ .Linked = false,
+ .Sync = false,
+ .WideBus16Bit = false,
+ .WideBus32Bit = false,
+ .RelAddr = false,
+
+ .VendorID = "LUFA",
+ .ProductID = "Bootloader",
+ .RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
+ };
+
+/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
+ * command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
+ */
+static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
+ {
+ .ResponseCode = 0x70,
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
+ };
+
+
+/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
+ * to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
+ * a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool CommandSuccess = false;
+
+ /* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
+ switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
+ {
+ case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT:
+#if !defined(NO_APP_START_ON_EJECT)
+ /* If the user ejected the volume, signal bootloader exit at next opportunity. */
+ RunBootloader = ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4] & 0x03) != 0x02);
+#endif
+ case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
+ case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
+ case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
+ case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
+ /* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
+ CommandSuccess = true;
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if command was successfully processed */
+ if (CommandSuccess)
+ {
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
+ * and capabilities to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint16_t AllocationLength = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
+ uint16_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
+
+ /* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
+ if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
+ {
+ /* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+
+ /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
+ * including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
+ uint8_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
+ * on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ Endpoint_Write_32_BE(LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1);
+ Endpoint_Write_32_BE(SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
+ * and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
+ * reading and writing of the data.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ * \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool IsDataRead)
+{
+ uint16_t BlockAddress;
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks;
+
+ /* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+ BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
+
+ /* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+ TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
+
+ /* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
+ if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS)
+ {
+ /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
+ for (uint16_t i = 0; i < TotalBlocks; i++)
+ {
+ if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
+ VirtualFAT_ReadBlock(BlockAddress + i);
+ else
+ VirtualFAT_WriteBlock(BlockAddress + i);
+ }
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
+ * the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* Send an empty header response indicating Write Protect flag is off */
+ Endpoint_Write_32_LE(0);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3529fde60
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for SCSI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SCSI_H_
+#define _SCSI_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "../BootloaderMassStorage.h"
+ #include "../Descriptors.h"
+ #include "VirtualFAT.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
+ * is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
+ * the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
+ * \param[in] Acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
+ * \param[in] Aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
+ */
+ #define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual) do { SenseData.SenseKey = (Key); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (Acode); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0)
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_READ true
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_WRITE false
+
+ /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
+ #define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool IsDataRead) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..907b4e5ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.c
@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Virtualized FAT12 filesystem implementation, to perform self-programming
+ * in response to read and write requests to the virtual filesystem by the
+ * host PC.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_VIRTUAL_FAT_C
+#include "VirtualFAT.h"
+
+/** FAT filesystem boot sector block, must be the first sector on the physical
+ * disk so that the host can identify the presence of a FAT filesystem. This
+ * block is truncated; normally a large bootstrap section is located near the
+ * end of the block for booting purposes however as this is not meant to be a
+ * bootable disk it is omitted for space reasons.
+ *
+ * \note When returning the boot block to the host, the magic signature 0xAA55
+ * must be added to the very end of the block to identify it as a boot
+ * block.
+ */
+static const FATBootBlock_t BootBlock =
+ {
+ .Bootstrap = {0xEB, 0x3C, 0x90},
+ .Description = "mkdosfs",
+ .SectorSize = SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES,
+ .SectorsPerCluster = SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER,
+ .ReservedSectors = 1,
+ .FATCopies = 2,
+ .RootDirectoryEntries = (SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES / sizeof(FATDirectoryEntry_t)),
+ .TotalSectors16 = LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS,
+ .MediaDescriptor = 0xF8,
+ .SectorsPerFAT = 1,
+ .SectorsPerTrack = (LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS % 64),
+ .Heads = (LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS / 64),
+ .HiddenSectors = 0,
+ .TotalSectors32 = 0,
+ .PhysicalDriveNum = 0,
+ .ExtendedBootRecordSig = 0x29,
+ .VolumeSerialNumber = 0x12345678,
+ .VolumeLabel = "LUFA BOOT ",
+ .FilesystemIdentifier = "FAT12 ",
+ };
+
+/** FAT 8.3 style directory entry, for the virtual FLASH contents file. */
+static FATDirectoryEntry_t FirmwareFileEntries[] =
+ {
+ /* Root volume label entry; disk label is contained in the Filename and
+ * Extension fields (concatenated) with a special attribute flag - other
+ * fields are ignored. Should be the same as the label in the boot block.
+ */
+ [DISK_FILE_ENTRY_VolumeID] =
+ {
+ .MSDOS_Directory =
+ {
+ .Name = "LUFA BOOT ",
+ .Attributes = FAT_FLAG_VOLUME_NAME,
+ .Reserved = {0},
+ .CreationTime = 0,
+ .CreationDate = 0,
+ .StartingCluster = 0,
+ .Reserved2 = 0,
+ }
+ },
+
+ /* VFAT Long File Name entry for the virtual firmware file; required to
+ * prevent corruption from systems that are unable to detect the device
+ * as being a legacy MSDOS style FAT12 volume. */
+ [DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_LFN] =
+ {
+ .VFAT_LongFileName =
+ {
+ .Ordinal = 1 | FAT_ORDINAL_LAST_ENTRY,
+ .Attribute = FAT_FLAG_LONG_FILE_NAME,
+ .Reserved1 = 0,
+ .Reserved2 = 0,
+
+ .Checksum = FAT_CHECKSUM('F','L','A','S','H',' ',' ',' ','B','I','N'),
+
+ .Unicode1 = 'F',
+ .Unicode2 = 'L',
+ .Unicode3 = 'A',
+ .Unicode4 = 'S',
+ .Unicode5 = 'H',
+ .Unicode6 = '.',
+ .Unicode7 = 'B',
+ .Unicode8 = 'I',
+ .Unicode9 = 'N',
+ .Unicode10 = 0,
+ .Unicode11 = 0,
+ .Unicode12 = 0,
+ .Unicode13 = 0,
+ }
+ },
+
+ /* MSDOS file entry for the virtual Firmware image. */
+ [DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_MSDOS] =
+ {
+ .MSDOS_File =
+ {
+ .Filename = "FLASH ",
+ .Extension = "BIN",
+ .Attributes = 0,
+ .Reserved = {0},
+ .CreationTime = FAT_TIME(1, 1, 0),
+ .CreationDate = FAT_DATE(14, 2, 1989),
+ .StartingCluster = 2,
+ .FileSizeBytes = FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES,
+ }
+ },
+
+ [DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_LFN] =
+ {
+ .VFAT_LongFileName =
+ {
+ .Ordinal = 1 | FAT_ORDINAL_LAST_ENTRY,
+ .Attribute = FAT_FLAG_LONG_FILE_NAME,
+ .Reserved1 = 0,
+ .Reserved2 = 0,
+
+ .Checksum = FAT_CHECKSUM('E','E','P','R','O','M',' ',' ','B','I','N'),
+
+ .Unicode1 = 'E',
+ .Unicode2 = 'E',
+ .Unicode3 = 'P',
+ .Unicode4 = 'R',
+ .Unicode5 = 'O',
+ .Unicode6 = 'M',
+ .Unicode7 = '.',
+ .Unicode8 = 'B',
+ .Unicode9 = 'I',
+ .Unicode10 = 'N',
+ .Unicode11 = 0,
+ .Unicode12 = 0,
+ .Unicode13 = 0,
+ }
+ },
+
+ [DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_MSDOS] =
+ {
+ .MSDOS_File =
+ {
+ .Filename = "EEPROM ",
+ .Extension = "BIN",
+ .Attributes = 0,
+ .Reserved = {0},
+ .CreationTime = FAT_TIME(1, 1, 0),
+ .CreationDate = FAT_DATE(14, 2, 1989),
+ .StartingCluster = 2 + FILE_CLUSTERS(FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES),
+ .FileSizeBytes = EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES,
+ }
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Starting cluster of the virtual FLASH.BIN file on disk, tracked so that the
+ * offset from the start of the data sector can be determined. On Windows
+ * systems files are usually replaced using the original file's disk clusters,
+ * while Linux appears to overwrite with an offset which must be compensated for.
+ */
+static const uint16_t* FLASHFileStartCluster = &FirmwareFileEntries[DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_MSDOS].MSDOS_File.StartingCluster;
+
+/** Starting cluster of the virtual EEPROM.BIN file on disk, tracked so that the
+ * offset from the start of the data sector can be determined. On Windows
+ * systems files are usually replaced using the original file's disk clusters,
+ * while Linux appears to overwrite with an offset which must be compensated for.
+ */
+static const uint16_t* EEPROMFileStartCluster = &FirmwareFileEntries[DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_MSDOS].MSDOS_File.StartingCluster;
+
+/** Reads a byte of EEPROM out from the EEPROM memory space.
+ *
+ * \note This function is required as the avr-libc EEPROM functions do not cope
+ * with linker relaxations, and a jump longer than 4K of FLASH on the
+ * larger USB AVRs will break the linker. This function is marked as
+ * never inlinable and placed into the normal text segment so that the
+ * call to the EEPROM function will be short even if the AUX boot section
+ * is used.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Address of the EEPROM location to read from
+ *
+ * \return Read byte of EEPROM data.
+ */
+static uint8_t ReadEEPROMByte(const uint8_t* const Address)
+{
+ return eeprom_read_byte(Address);
+}
+
+/** Writes a byte of EEPROM out to the EEPROM memory space.
+ *
+ * \note This function is required as the avr-libc EEPROM functions do not cope
+ * with linker relaxations, and a jump longer than 4K of FLASH on the
+ * larger USB AVRs will break the linker. This function is marked as
+ * never inlinable and placed into the normal text segment so that the
+ * call to the EEPROM function will be short even if the AUX boot section
+ * is used.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Address of the EEPROM location to write to
+ * \param[in] Data New data to write to the EEPROM location
+ */
+static void WriteEEPROMByte(uint8_t* const Address,
+ const uint8_t Data)
+{
+ eeprom_update_byte(Address, Data);
+}
+
+/** Updates a FAT12 cluster entry in the FAT file table with the specified next
+ * chain index. If the cluster is the last in the file chain, the magic value
+ * \c 0xFFF should be used.
+ *
+ * \note FAT data cluster indexes are offset by 2, so that cluster 2 is the
+ * first file data cluster on the disk. See the FAT specification.
+ *
+ * \param[out] FATTable Pointer to the FAT12 allocation table
+ * \param[in] Index Index of the cluster entry to update
+ * \param[in] ChainEntry Next cluster index in the file chain
+ */
+static void UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(uint8_t* const FATTable,
+ const uint16_t Index,
+ const uint16_t ChainEntry)
+{
+ /* Calculate the starting offset of the cluster entry in the FAT12 table */
+ uint8_t FATOffset = (Index + (Index >> 1));
+ bool UpperNibble = ((Index & 1) != 0);
+
+ /* Check if the start of the entry is at an upper nibble of the byte, fill
+ * out FAT12 entry as required */
+ if (UpperNibble)
+ {
+ FATTable[FATOffset] = (FATTable[FATOffset] & 0x0F) | ((ChainEntry & 0x0F) << 4);
+ FATTable[FATOffset + 1] = (ChainEntry >> 4);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ FATTable[FATOffset] = ChainEntry;
+ FATTable[FATOffset + 1] = (FATTable[FATOffset] & 0xF0) | (ChainEntry >> 8);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Updates a FAT12 cluster chain in the FAT file table with a linear chain of
+ * the specified length.
+ *
+ * \note FAT data cluster indexes are offset by 2, so that cluster 2 is the
+ * first file data cluster on the disk. See the FAT specification.
+ *
+ * \param[out] FATTable Pointer to the FAT12 allocation table
+ * \param[in] Index Index of the start of the cluster chain to update
+ * \param[in] ChainLength Length of the chain to write, in clusters
+ */
+static void UpdateFAT12ClusterChain(uint8_t* const FATTable,
+ const uint16_t Index,
+ const uint8_t ChainLength)
+{
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ChainLength; i++)
+ {
+ uint16_t CurrentCluster = Index + i;
+ uint16_t NextCluster = CurrentCluster + 1;
+
+ /* Mark last cluster as end of file */
+ if (i == (ChainLength - 1))
+ NextCluster = 0xFFF;
+
+ UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(FATTable, CurrentCluster, NextCluster);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Reads or writes a block of data from/to the physical device FLASH using a
+ * block buffer stored in RAM, if the requested block is within the virtual
+ * firmware file's sector ranges in the emulated FAT file system.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockNumber Physical disk block to read from/write to
+ * \param[in,out] BlockBuffer Pointer to the start of the block buffer in RAM
+ * \param[in] Read If \c true, the requested block is read, if
+ * \c false, the requested block is written
+ */
+static void ReadWriteFLASHFileBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber,
+ uint8_t* BlockBuffer,
+ const bool Read)
+{
+ uint16_t FileStartBlock = DISK_BLOCK_DataStartBlock + (*FLASHFileStartCluster - 2) * SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER;
+ uint16_t FileEndBlock = FileStartBlock + (FILE_SECTORS(FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES) - 1);
+
+ /* Range check the write request - abort if requested block is not within the
+ * virtual firmware file sector range */
+ if (!((BlockNumber >= FileStartBlock) && (BlockNumber <= FileEndBlock)))
+ return;
+
+ #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+ uint32_t FlashAddress = (uint32_t)(BlockNumber - FileStartBlock) * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES;
+ #else
+ uint16_t FlashAddress = (uint16_t)(BlockNumber - FileStartBlock) * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES;
+ #endif
+
+ if (Read)
+ {
+ /* Read out the mapped block of data from the device's FLASH */
+ for (uint16_t i = 0; i < SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES; i++)
+ {
+ #if (FLASHEND > 0xFFFF)
+ BlockBuffer[i] = pgm_read_byte_far(FlashAddress++);
+ #else
+ BlockBuffer[i] = pgm_read_byte(FlashAddress++);
+ #endif
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Write out the mapped block of data to the device's FLASH */
+ for (uint16_t i = 0; i < SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES; i += 2)
+ {
+ if ((FlashAddress % SPM_PAGESIZE) == 0)
+ {
+ /* Erase the given FLASH page, ready to be programmed */
+ BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(FlashAddress);
+ }
+
+ /* Write the next data word to the FLASH page */
+ BootloaderAPI_FillWord(FlashAddress, (BlockBuffer[i + 1] << 8) | BlockBuffer[i]);
+ FlashAddress += 2;
+
+ if ((FlashAddress % SPM_PAGESIZE) == 0)
+ {
+ /* Write the filled FLASH page to memory */
+ BootloaderAPI_WritePage(FlashAddress - SPM_PAGESIZE);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Reads or writes a block of data from/to the physical device EEPROM using a
+ * block buffer stored in RAM, if the requested block is within the virtual
+ * firmware file's sector ranges in the emulated FAT file system.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockNumber Physical disk block to read from/write to
+ * \param[in,out] BlockBuffer Pointer to the start of the block buffer in RAM
+ * \param[in] Read If \c true, the requested block is read, if
+ * \c false, the requested block is written
+ */
+static void ReadWriteEEPROMFileBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber,
+ uint8_t* BlockBuffer,
+ const bool Read)
+{
+ uint16_t FileStartBlock = DISK_BLOCK_DataStartBlock + (*EEPROMFileStartCluster - 2) * SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER;
+ uint16_t FileEndBlock = FileStartBlock + (FILE_SECTORS(EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES) - 1);
+
+ /* Range check the write request - abort if requested block is not within the
+ * virtual firmware file sector range */
+ if (!((BlockNumber >= FileStartBlock) && (BlockNumber <= FileEndBlock)))
+ return;
+
+ uint16_t EEPROMAddress = (uint16_t)(BlockNumber - FileStartBlock) * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES;
+
+ if (Read)
+ {
+ /* Read out the mapped block of data from the device's EEPROM */
+ for (uint16_t i = 0; i < SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES; i++)
+ BlockBuffer[i] = ReadEEPROMByte((uint8_t*)EEPROMAddress++);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Write out the mapped block of data to the device's EEPROM */
+ for (uint16_t i = 0; i < SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES; i++)
+ WriteEEPROMByte((uint8_t*)EEPROMAddress++, BlockBuffer[i]);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Writes a block of data to the virtual FAT filesystem, from the USB Mass
+ * Storage interface.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockNumber Index of the block to write.
+ */
+void VirtualFAT_WriteBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber)
+{
+ uint8_t BlockBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES];
+
+ /* Buffer the entire block to be written from the host */
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(BlockBuffer, sizeof(BlockBuffer), NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ switch (BlockNumber)
+ {
+ case DISK_BLOCK_BootBlock:
+ case DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock1:
+ case DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock2:
+ /* Ignore writes to the boot and FAT blocks */
+
+ break;
+
+ case DISK_BLOCK_RootFilesBlock:
+ /* Copy over the updated directory entries */
+ memcpy(FirmwareFileEntries, BlockBuffer, sizeof(FirmwareFileEntries));
+
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ ReadWriteFLASHFileBlock(BlockNumber, BlockBuffer, false);
+ ReadWriteEEPROMFileBlock(BlockNumber, BlockBuffer, false);
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Reads a block of data from the virtual FAT filesystem, and sends it to the
+ * host via the USB Mass Storage interface.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockNumber Index of the block to read.
+ */
+void VirtualFAT_ReadBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber)
+{
+ uint8_t BlockBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES];
+ memset(BlockBuffer, 0x00, sizeof(BlockBuffer));
+
+ switch (BlockNumber)
+ {
+ case DISK_BLOCK_BootBlock:
+ memcpy(BlockBuffer, &BootBlock, sizeof(FATBootBlock_t));
+
+ /* Add the magic signature to the end of the block */
+ BlockBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES - 2] = 0x55;
+ BlockBuffer[SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES - 1] = 0xAA;
+
+ break;
+
+ case DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock1:
+ case DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock2:
+ /* Cluster 0: Media type/Reserved */
+ UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(BlockBuffer, 0, 0xF00 | BootBlock.MediaDescriptor);
+
+ /* Cluster 1: Reserved */
+ UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(BlockBuffer, 1, 0xFFF);
+
+ /* Cluster 2 onwards: Cluster chain of FLASH.BIN */
+ UpdateFAT12ClusterChain(BlockBuffer, *FLASHFileStartCluster, FILE_CLUSTERS(FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES));
+
+ /* Cluster 2+n onwards: Cluster chain of EEPROM.BIN */
+ UpdateFAT12ClusterChain(BlockBuffer, *EEPROMFileStartCluster, FILE_CLUSTERS(EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES));
+
+ break;
+
+ case DISK_BLOCK_RootFilesBlock:
+ memcpy(BlockBuffer, FirmwareFileEntries, sizeof(FirmwareFileEntries));
+
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ ReadWriteFLASHFileBlock(BlockNumber, BlockBuffer, true);
+ ReadWriteEEPROMFileBlock(BlockNumber, BlockBuffer, true);
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the entire read block Buffer to the host */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(BlockBuffer, sizeof(BlockBuffer), NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..380132c53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/Lib/VirtualFAT.h
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _VIRTUALFAT_H_
+#define _VIRTUALFAT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "../BootloaderAPI.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Size of the virtual FLASH.BIN file in bytes. */
+ #define FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES (FLASHEND - (FLASHEND - BOOT_START_ADDR) - AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE)
+
+ /** Size of the virtual EEPROM.BIN file in bytes. */
+ #define EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES E2END
+
+ /** Number of sectors that comprise a single logical disk cluster. */
+ #define SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER 4
+
+ /** Size of a single logical sector on the disk. */
+ #define SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES 512
+
+ /** Size of a logical cluster on the disk, in bytes */
+ #define CLUSTER_SIZE_BYTES (SECTOR_PER_CLUSTER * SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES)
+
+ /** Number of sectors required to store a given size in bytes.
+ *
+ * \param[in] size Size of the data that needs to be stored
+ *
+ * \return Number of sectors required to store the given data on the disk.
+ */
+ #define FILE_SECTORS(size) ((size / SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES) + ((size % SECTOR_SIZE_BYTES) ? 1 : 0))
+
+ /** Number of clusters required to store a given size in bytes.
+ *
+ * \param[in] size Size of the data that needs to be stored
+ *
+ * \return Number of clusters required to store the given data on the disk.
+ */
+ #define FILE_CLUSTERS(size) ((size / CLUSTER_SIZE_BYTES) + ((size % CLUSTER_SIZE_BYTES) ? 1 : 0))
+
+ /** Total number of logical sectors/blocks on the disk. */
+ #define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (FILE_SECTORS(FLASH_FILE_SIZE_BYTES) + FILE_SECTORS(EEPROM_FILE_SIZE_BYTES) + 32)
+
+ /** Converts a given time in HH:MM:SS format to a FAT filesystem time.
+ *
+ * \note The minimum seconds resolution of FAT is 2, thus odd seconds
+ * will be truncated to the previous integer multiple of 2 seconds.
+ *
+ * \param[in] hh Hours (0-23)
+ * \param[in] mm Minutes (0-59)
+ * \param[in] ss Seconds (0-59)
+ *
+ * \return Given time encoded as a FAT filesystem timestamp
+ */
+ #define FAT_TIME(hh, mm, ss) ((hh << 11) | (mm << 5) | (ss >> 1))
+
+ /** Converts a given date in DD/MM/YYYY format to a FAT filesystem date.
+ *
+ * \param[in] dd Days in the month (1-31)
+ * \param[in] mm Months in the year (1-12)
+ * \param[in] yyyy Year (1980 - 2107)
+ *
+ * \return Given date encoded as a FAT filesystem datestamp
+ */
+ #define FAT_DATE(dd, mm, yyyy) (((yyyy - 1980) << 9) | (mm << 5) | (dd << 0))
+
+ /** Bit-rotates a given 8-bit value once to the right.
+ *
+ * \param x Value to rotate right once
+ *
+ * \return Bit-rotated input value, rotated once to the right.
+ */
+ #define _ROT8(x) ((((x) & 0xFE) >> 1) | (((x) & 1) ? 0x80 : 0x00))
+
+ /** Computes the LFN entry checksum of a MSDOS 8.3 format file entry,
+ * to associate a LFN entry with its short file entry.
+ *
+ * \param n0 MSDOS Filename character 1
+ * \param n1 MSDOS Filename character 2
+ * \param n2 MSDOS Filename character 3
+ * \param n3 MSDOS Filename character 4
+ * \param n4 MSDOS Filename character 5
+ * \param n5 MSDOS Filename character 6
+ * \param n6 MSDOS Filename character 7
+ * \param n7 MSDOS Filename character 8
+ * \param e0 MSDOS Extension character 1
+ * \param e1 MSDOS Extension character 2
+ * \param e2 MSDOS Extension character 3
+ *
+ * \return LFN checksum of the given MSDOS 8.3 filename.
+ */
+ #define FAT_CHECKSUM(n0, n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, e0, e1, e2) \
+ (uint8_t)(_ROT8(_ROT8(_ROT8(_ROT8(_ROT8(_ROT8(_ROT8(_ROT8(_ROT8(_ROT8(n0)+n1)+n2)+n3)+n4)+n5)+n6)+n7)+e0)+e1)+e2)
+
+ /** \name FAT Filesystem Flags */
+ //@{
+ /** FAT attribute flag to indicate a read-only file. */
+ #define FAT_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0)
+
+ /** FAT attribute flag to indicate a hidden file. */
+ #define FAT_FLAG_HIDDEN (1 << 1)
+
+ /** FAT attribute flag to indicate a system file. */
+ #define FAT_FLAG_SYSTEM (1 << 2)
+
+ /** FAT attribute flag to indicate a Volume name entry. */
+ #define FAT_FLAG_VOLUME_NAME (1 << 3)
+
+ /** FAT attribute flag to indicate a directory entry. */
+ #define FAT_FLAG_DIRECTORY (1 << 4)
+
+ /** FAT attribute flag to indicate a file ready for archiving. */
+ #define FAT_FLAG_ARCHIVE (1 << 5)
+
+ /** FAT pseudo-attribute flag to indicate a Long File Name entry. */
+ #define FAT_FLAG_LONG_FILE_NAME 0x0F
+
+ /** Ordinal flag marker for FAT Long File Name entries to mark the last entry. */
+ #define FAT_ORDINAL_LAST_ENTRY (1 << 6)
+ //@}
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the Root FAT file entry indexes on the disk. This can be used
+ * to retrieve the current contents of a known directory entry.
+ */
+ enum
+ {
+ /** Volume ID directory entry, giving the name of the virtual disk. */
+ DISK_FILE_ENTRY_VolumeID = 0,
+ /** Long File Name FAT file entry of the virtual FLASH.BIN image file. */
+ DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_LFN = 1,
+ /** Legacy MSDOS FAT file entry of the virtual FLASH.BIN image file. */
+ DISK_FILE_ENTRY_FLASH_MSDOS = 2,
+ /** Long File Name FAT file entry of the virtual EEPROM.BIN image file. */
+ DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_LFN = 3,
+ /** Legacy MSDOS FAT file entry of the virtual EEPROM.BIN image file. */
+ DISK_FILE_ENTRY_EEPROM_MSDOS = 4,
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the physical disk blocks of the virtual disk. */
+ enum
+ {
+ /** Boot sector disk block. */
+ DISK_BLOCK_BootBlock = 0,
+ /** First copy of the FAT table block. */
+ DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock1 = 1,
+ /** Second copy of the FAT table block. */
+ DISK_BLOCK_FATBlock2 = 2,
+ /** Root file and directory entries block. */
+ DISK_BLOCK_RootFilesBlock = 3,
+ /** Start block of the disk data section. */
+ DISK_BLOCK_DataStartBlock = 4,
+ };
+
+ /* Type Definitions: */
+ /** FAT boot block structure definition, used to identify the core
+ * parameters of a FAT file system stored on a disk.
+ *
+ * \note This definition is truncated to save space; the magic signature
+ * \c 0xAA55 must be appended to the very end of the block for it
+ * to be detected by the host as a valid boot block.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Bootstrap[3];
+ uint8_t Description[8];
+ uint16_t SectorSize;
+ uint8_t SectorsPerCluster;
+ uint16_t ReservedSectors;
+ uint8_t FATCopies;
+ uint16_t RootDirectoryEntries;
+ uint16_t TotalSectors16;
+ uint8_t MediaDescriptor;
+ uint16_t SectorsPerFAT;
+ uint16_t SectorsPerTrack;
+ uint16_t Heads;
+ uint32_t HiddenSectors;
+ uint32_t TotalSectors32;
+ uint16_t PhysicalDriveNum;
+ uint8_t ExtendedBootRecordSig;
+ uint32_t VolumeSerialNumber;
+ uint8_t VolumeLabel[11];
+ uint8_t FilesystemIdentifier[8];
+ /* uint8_t BootstrapProgram[448]; */
+ /* uint16_t MagicSignature; */
+ } FATBootBlock_t;
+
+ /** FAT directory entry structure, for the various kinds of File and
+ * directory descriptors on a FAT disk.
+ */
+ typedef union
+ {
+ /** VFAT Long File Name file entry. */
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Ordinal;
+ uint16_t Unicode1;
+ uint16_t Unicode2;
+ uint16_t Unicode3;
+ uint16_t Unicode4;
+ uint16_t Unicode5;
+ uint8_t Attribute;
+ uint8_t Reserved1;
+ uint8_t Checksum;
+ uint16_t Unicode6;
+ uint16_t Unicode7;
+ uint16_t Unicode8;
+ uint16_t Unicode9;
+ uint16_t Unicode10;
+ uint16_t Unicode11;
+ uint16_t Reserved2;
+ uint16_t Unicode12;
+ uint16_t Unicode13;
+ } VFAT_LongFileName;
+
+ /** Legacy FAT MSDOS 8.3 file entry. */
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Filename[8];
+ uint8_t Extension[3];
+ uint8_t Attributes;
+ uint8_t Reserved[10];
+ uint16_t CreationTime;
+ uint16_t CreationDate;
+ uint16_t StartingCluster;
+ uint32_t FileSizeBytes;
+ } MSDOS_File;
+
+ /** Legacy FAT MSDOS (sub-)directory entry. */
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Name[11];
+ uint8_t Attributes;
+ uint8_t Reserved[10];
+ uint16_t CreationTime;
+ uint16_t CreationDate;
+ uint16_t StartingCluster;
+ uint32_t Reserved2;
+ } MSDOS_Directory;
+ } FATDirectoryEntry_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_VIRTUAL_FAT_C)
+ static uint8_t ReadEEPROMByte(const uint8_t* const Address) ATTR_NO_INLINE;
+
+ static void WriteEEPROMByte(uint8_t* const Address,
+ const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NO_INLINE;
+
+ static void UpdateFAT12ClusterEntry(uint8_t* const FATTable,
+ const uint16_t Index,
+ const uint16_t ChainEntry) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+ static void UpdateFAT12ClusterChain(uint8_t* const FATTable,
+ const uint16_t StartIndex,
+ const uint8_t ChainLength) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+ static void ReadWriteFLASHFileBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber,
+ uint8_t* BlockBuffer,
+ const bool Read) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+ static void ReadWriteEEPROMFileBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber,
+ uint8_t* BlockBuffer,
+ const bool Read) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+ #endif
+
+ void VirtualFAT_WriteBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+ void VirtualFAT_ReadBlock(const uint16_t BlockNumber) AUX_BOOT_SECTION;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f1d550d1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mass Storage Bootloader - 128KB FLASH / 8KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage.avr8.128_8" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_ms_128kb_8kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1E000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1E000"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE" value="0"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x1FFA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x1FFE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x1FFF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Mass Storage Bootloader - 64KB FLASH / 8KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage.avr8.64_8" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_ms_64kb_8kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb647"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0xE000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0xE000"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE" value="0"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0xFFA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0xFFE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0xFFF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Mass Storage Bootloader - 32KB FLASH / 4KB Boot (2KB AUX) - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage.avr8.32_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_ms_32kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x7000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x7000"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE" value="2048"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.boot_aux=0x6810"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.boot_aux_trampoline=0x6800"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=Boot_AUX_Trampoline"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x7FA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x7FE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x7FF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Mass Storage Bootloader - 16KB FLASH / 4KB Boot (2KB AUX) - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage.avr8.16_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_ms_16kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x3000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x3000"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE" value="2048"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.boot_aux=0x2810"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.boot_aux_trampoline=0x2800"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=Boot_AUX_Trampoline"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x3FA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x3FE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x3FF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.bootloaders.mass_storage" caption="Mass Storage Bootloader">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mass Storage Class Bootloader, capable of reprogramming a device via binary BIN files copied to the virtual FAT12 file-system it creates when plugged into a host.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Bootloaders"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value="."/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderMassStorage.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderMassStorage.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderAPI.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderAPI.h"/>
+ <build type="asm-source" value="BootloaderAPITable.S"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value="Lib"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/VirtualFAT.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/VirtualFAT.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="BootloaderMassStorage.txt"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9e816908e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2365 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mass Storage Class Bootloader"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM \
+ ATTR_NO_INIT
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..91bb4038e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/MassStorage/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = BootloaderMassStorage
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c BootloaderAPI.c BootloaderAPITable.S Lib/SCSI.c Lib/VirtualFAT.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
+LD_FLAGS = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET) $(BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS)
+
+# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
+# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
+# device's fuses.
+FLASH_SIZE_KB = 128
+BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB = 8
+
+# Bootloader address calculation formulas
+# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
+CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
+BOOT_START_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
+BOOT_SEC_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
+
+# Bootloader linker section flags for relocating the API table sections to
+# known FLASH addresses - these should not normally be user-edited.
+BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG = -Wl,--section-start=$(strip $(1))=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, $(3)) -Wl,--undefined=$(strip $(2))
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS = $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_trampolines, BootloaderAPI_Trampolines, 96)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_jumptable, BootloaderAPI_JumpTable, 32)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_signatures, BootloaderAPI_Signatures, 8)
+
+# Check if the bootloader needs an AUX section, located before the real bootloader section to store some of the
+# bootloader code. This is required for 32KB and smaller devices, where the actual bootloader is 6KB but the maximum
+# bootloader section size is 4KB. The actual usable application space will be reduced by 6KB for these devices.
+ifeq ($(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB),8)
+ CC_FLAGS += -DAUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE=0
+else
+ AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB = (6 - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB))
+
+ CC_FLAGS += -DAUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE='($(AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB) * 1024)'
+ LD_FLAGS += -Wl,--section-start=.boot_aux=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, (($(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB) + $(AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 - 16))
+ LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .boot_aux_trampoline, Boot_AUX_Trampoline, ($(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB) + $(AUX_BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024)
+endif
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f7564e982
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Bootloader user application API functions.
+ */
+
+#include "BootloaderAPI.h"
+
+void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+ boot_page_erase_safe(Address);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address)
+{
+ boot_page_write_safe(Address);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+ boot_rww_enable();
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word)
+{
+ boot_page_fill_safe(Address, Word);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+ return boot_signature_byte_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address)
+{
+ return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(Address);
+}
+
+uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void)
+{
+ return boot_lock_fuse_bits_get(GET_LOCK_BITS);
+}
+
+void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits)
+{
+ boot_lock_bits_set_safe(LockBits);
+}
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f44ab06c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for BootloaderAPI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADER_API_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/boot.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void BootloaderAPI_ErasePage(const uint32_t Address);
+ void BootloaderAPI_WritePage(const uint32_t Address);
+ void BootloaderAPI_FillWord(const uint32_t Address, const uint16_t Word);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature(const uint16_t Address);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse(const uint16_t Address);
+ uint8_t BootloaderAPI_ReadLock(void);
+ void BootloaderAPI_WriteLock(const uint8_t LockBits);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPITable.S b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPITable.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ec499b74e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderAPITable.S
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+; Trampolines to actual API implementations if the target address is outside the
+; range of a rjmp instruction (can happen with large bootloader sections)
+.section .apitable_trampolines, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Trampolines
+BootloaderAPI_Trampolines:
+
+ BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage
+ BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage
+ BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse
+ BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock
+ BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline:
+ jmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4:
+ ret
+ BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5:
+ ret
+
+
+
+; API function jump table
+.section .apitable_jumptable, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_JumpTable
+BootloaderAPI_JumpTable:
+
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ErasePage_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_WritePage_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_FillWord_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_ReadLock_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_WriteLock_Trampoline
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED1 ; UNUSED ENTRY 1
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED2 ; UNUSED ENTRY 2
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED3 ; UNUSED ENTRY 3
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED4 ; UNUSED ENTRY 4
+ rjmp BootloaderAPI_UNUSED5 ; UNUSED ENTRY 5
+
+
+
+; Bootloader table signatures and information
+.section .apitable_signatures, "ax"
+.global BootloaderAPI_Signatures
+BootloaderAPI_Signatures:
+
+ .long BOOT_START_ADDR ; Start address of the bootloader
+ .word 0xDF20 ; Signature for the Printer class bootloader
+ .word 0xDCFB ; Signature for a LUFA class bootloader
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a19cb0674
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.c
@@ -0,0 +1,431 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Printer class bootloader. This file contains the complete bootloader logic.
+ */
+
+#include "BootloaderPrinter.h"
+
+/** LUFA Printer Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Printer Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t TextOnly_Printer_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Printer,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = PRINTER_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = PRINTER_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Size = PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .IEEE1284String =
+ "MFG:Generic;"
+ "MDL:Generic_/_Text_Only;"
+ "CMD:1284.4;"
+ "CLS:PRINTER",
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Intel HEX parser state machine state information, to track the contents of
+ * a HEX file streamed in as a sequence of arbitrary bytes.
+ */
+struct
+{
+ /** Current HEX parser state machine state. */
+ uint8_t ParserState;
+ /** Previously decoded numerical byte of data. */
+ uint8_t PrevData;
+ /** Currently decoded numerical byte of data. */
+ uint8_t Data;
+ /** Indicates if both bytes that correspond to a single decoded numerical
+ * byte of data (HEX encodes values in ASCII HEX, two characters per byte)
+ * have been read.
+ */
+ bool ReadMSB;
+ /** Intel HEX record type of the current Intel HEX record. */
+ uint8_t RecordType;
+ /** Numerical bytes of data remaining to be read in the current record. */
+ uint8_t DataRem;
+ /** Checksum of the current record received so far. */
+ uint8_t Checksum;
+ /** Starting address of the last addressed FLASH page. */
+ uint32_t PageStartAddress;
+ /** Current 32-bit byte extended base address in FLASH being targeted. */
+ uint32_t CurrBaseAddress;
+ /** Current 32-bit byte address in FLASH being targeted. */
+ uint32_t CurrAddress;
+} HEXParser;
+
+/** Indicates if there is data waiting to be written to a physical page of
+ * memory in FLASH.
+ */
+static bool PageDirty = false;
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the bootloader should be running, or should exit and allow the application code to run
+ * via a soft reset. When cleared, the bootloader will abort, the USB interface will shut down and the application
+ * started via a forced watchdog reset.
+ */
+static bool RunBootloader = true;
+
+/** Magic lock for forced application start. If the HWBE fuse is programmed and BOOTRST is unprogrammed, the bootloader
+ * will start if the /HWB line of the AVR is held low and the system is reset. However, if the /HWB line is still held
+ * low when the application attempts to start via a watchdog reset, the bootloader will re-start. If set to the value
+ * \ref MAGIC_BOOT_KEY the special init function \ref Application_Jump_Check() will force the application to start.
+ */
+uint16_t MagicBootKey ATTR_NO_INIT;
+
+
+/** Special startup routine to check if the bootloader was started via a watchdog reset, and if the magic application
+ * start key has been loaded into \ref MagicBootKey. If the bootloader started via the watchdog and the key is valid,
+ * this will force the user application to start via a software jump.
+ */
+void Application_Jump_Check(void)
+{
+ /* If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the application */
+ if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (MagicBootKey == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+ {
+ MagicBootKey = 0;
+
+ // cppcheck-suppress constStatement
+ ((void (*)(void))0x0000)();
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Converts a given input byte of data from an ASCII encoded HEX value to an integer value.
+ *
+ * \note Input HEX bytes are expected to be in uppercase only.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte ASCII byte of data to convert
+ *
+ * \return Integer converted value of the input ASCII encoded HEX byte of data, or -1 if the
+ * input is not valid ASCII encoded HEX.
+ */
+static int8_t HexToDecimal(const char Byte)
+{
+ if ((Byte >= 'A') && (Byte <= 'F'))
+ return (10 + (Byte - 'A'));
+ else if ((Byte >= '0') && (Byte <= '9'))
+ return (Byte - '0');
+
+ return -1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Flushes a partially written page of data to physical FLASH, if a page
+ * boundary has been crossed.
+ *
+ * \note If a page flush occurs the global HEX parser state is updated.
+ */
+static void FlushPageIfRequired(void)
+{
+ /* Abort if no data has been buffered for writing to the current page */
+ if (!PageDirty)
+ return;
+
+ /* Flush the FLASH page to physical memory if we are crossing a page boundary */
+ uint32_t NewPageStartAddress = (HEXParser.CurrAddress & ~(SPM_PAGESIZE - 1));
+ if (HEXParser.PageStartAddress != NewPageStartAddress)
+ {
+ boot_page_write(HEXParser.PageStartAddress);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+
+ HEXParser.PageStartAddress = NewPageStartAddress;
+
+ PageDirty = false;
+ }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Parses an input Intel HEX formatted stream one character at a time, loading
+ * the data contents into the device's internal FLASH memory.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ReadCharacter Next input ASCII byte of data to parse
+ */
+static void ParseIntelHEXByte(const char ReadCharacter)
+{
+ /* Reset the line parser while waiting for a new line to start */
+ if ((HEXParser.ParserState == HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE) || (ReadCharacter == ':'))
+ {
+ HEXParser.Checksum = 0;
+ HEXParser.CurrAddress = HEXParser.CurrBaseAddress;
+ HEXParser.ReadMSB = false;
+
+ /* ASCII ':' indicates the start of a new HEX record */
+ if (ReadCharacter == ':')
+ HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_BYTE_COUNT;
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Only allow ASCII HEX encoded digits, ignore all other characters */
+ int8_t ReadCharacterDec = HexToDecimal(ReadCharacter);
+ if (ReadCharacterDec < 0)
+ return;
+
+ /* Read and convert the next nibble of data from the current character */
+ HEXParser.Data = (HEXParser.Data << 4) | ReadCharacterDec;
+ HEXParser.ReadMSB = !HEXParser.ReadMSB;
+
+ /* Only process further when a full byte (two nibbles) have been read */
+ if (HEXParser.ReadMSB)
+ return;
+
+ /* Intel HEX checksum is for all fields except starting character and the
+ * checksum itself
+ */
+ if (HEXParser.ParserState != HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM)
+ HEXParser.Checksum += HEXParser.Data;
+
+ switch (HEXParser.ParserState)
+ {
+ case HEX_PARSE_STATE_BYTE_COUNT:
+ HEXParser.DataRem = HEXParser.Data;
+ HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_HIGH;
+ break;
+
+ case HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_HIGH:
+ HEXParser.CurrAddress += ((uint16_t)HEXParser.Data << 8);
+ HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_LOW;
+ break;
+
+ case HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_LOW:
+ HEXParser.CurrAddress += HEXParser.Data;
+ HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_RECORD_TYPE;
+ break;
+
+ case HEX_PARSE_STATE_RECORD_TYPE:
+ HEXParser.RecordType = HEXParser.Data;
+ HEXParser.ParserState = (HEXParser.DataRem ? HEX_PARSE_STATE_READ_DATA : HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM);
+ break;
+
+ case HEX_PARSE_STATE_READ_DATA:
+ /* Track the number of read data bytes in the record */
+ HEXParser.DataRem--;
+
+ /* Protect the bootloader against being written to */
+ if (HEXParser.CurrAddress >= BOOT_START_ADDR)
+ {
+ HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE;
+ PageDirty = false;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Wait for a machine word (two bytes) of data to be read */
+ if (HEXParser.DataRem & 0x01)
+ {
+ HEXParser.PrevData = HEXParser.Data;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Convert the last two received data bytes into a 16-bit word */
+ uint16_t NewDataWord = ((uint16_t)HEXParser.Data << 8) | HEXParser.PrevData;
+
+ switch (HEXParser.RecordType)
+ {
+ case HEX_RECORD_TYPE_Data:
+ /* If we are writing to a new page, we need to erase it first */
+ if (!(PageDirty))
+ {
+ boot_page_erase(HEXParser.PageStartAddress);
+ boot_spm_busy_wait();
+
+ PageDirty = true;
+ }
+
+ /* Fill the FLASH memory buffer with the new word of data */
+ boot_page_fill(HEXParser.CurrAddress, NewDataWord);
+ HEXParser.CurrAddress += 2;
+
+ /* Flush the FLASH page to physical memory if we are crossing a page boundary */
+ FlushPageIfRequired();
+ break;
+
+ case HEX_RECORD_TYPE_ExtendedSegmentAddress:
+ /* Extended address data - store the upper 12-bits of the new address */
+ HEXParser.CurrBaseAddress = ((uint32_t)NewDataWord << 4);
+ break;
+
+ case HEX_RECORD_TYPE_ExtendedLinearAddress:
+ /* Extended address data - store the upper 16-bits of the new address */
+ HEXParser.CurrBaseAddress = ((uint32_t)NewDataWord << 16);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (!HEXParser.DataRem)
+ HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM;
+ break;
+
+ case HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM:
+ /* Verify checksum of the completed record */
+ if (HEXParser.Data != ((~HEXParser.Checksum + 1) & 0xFF))
+ break;
+
+ /* Flush the FLASH page to physical memory if we are crossing a page boundary */
+ FlushPageIfRequired();
+
+ /* If end of the HEX file reached, the bootloader should exit at next opportunity */
+ if (HEXParser.RecordType == HEX_RECORD_TYPE_EndOfFile)
+ RunBootloader = false;
+
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE;
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ while (RunBootloader)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesReceived = PRNT_Device_BytesReceived(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
+
+ if (BytesReceived)
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ while (BytesReceived--)
+ {
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
+
+ /* Feed the next byte of data to the HEX parser */
+ ParseIntelHEXByte(ReceivedByte);
+ }
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ }
+
+ PRNT_Device_USBTask(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+
+ /* Disconnect from the host - USB interface will be reset later along with the AVR */
+ USB_Detach();
+
+ /* Unlock the forced application start mode of the bootloader if it is restarted */
+ MagicBootKey = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
+
+ /* Enable the watchdog and force a timeout to reset the AVR */
+ wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
+
+ for (;;);
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+static void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+
+ /* Relocate the interrupt vector table to the bootloader section */
+ MCUCR = (1 << IVCE);
+ MCUCR = (1 << IVSEL);
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Bootloader active LED toggle timer initialization */
+ TIMSK1 = (1 << TOIE1);
+ TCCR1B = ((1 << CS11) | (1 << CS10));
+}
+
+/** ISR to periodically toggle the LEDs on the board to indicate that the bootloader is active. */
+ISR(TIMER1_OVF_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs and stops the Printer management task.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the Mass Storage management task started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup Printer Data Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= PRNT_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
+
+ /* Reset the HEX parser upon successful connection to a host */
+ HEXParser.ParserState = HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE;
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ PRNT_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&TextOnly_Printer_Interface);
+}
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d5cec1914
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for BootloaderPrinter.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BOOTLOADER_PRINTER_H_
+#define _BOOTLOADER_PRINTER_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__OPTIMIZE_SIZE__)
+ #error This bootloader requires that it be optimized for size, not speed, to fit into the target device. Change optimization settings and try again.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /** Magic bootloader key to unlock forced application start mode. */
+ #define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY 0xDC42
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Intel HEX parser state machine states. */
+ enum HEX_Parser_States_t
+ {
+ HEX_PARSE_STATE_WAIT_LINE, /**< Parser is waiting for a HEX Start of Line character. */
+ HEX_PARSE_STATE_BYTE_COUNT, /**< Parser is waiting for a record byte count. */
+ HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_HIGH, /**< Parser is waiting for the MSB of a record address. */
+ HEX_PARSE_STATE_ADDRESS_LOW, /**< Parser is waiting for the LSB of a record address. */
+ HEX_PARSE_STATE_RECORD_TYPE, /**< Parser is waiting for the record type. */
+ HEX_PARSE_STATE_READ_DATA, /**< Parser is waiting for more data in the current record. */
+ HEX_PARSE_STATE_CHECKSUM, /**< Parser is waiting for the checksum of the current record. */
+ };
+
+ /** Intel HEX record types, used to indicate the type of record contained in a line of a HEX file. */
+ enum HEX_Record_Types_t
+ {
+ HEX_RECORD_TYPE_Data = 0, /**< Record contains loadable data. */
+ HEX_RECORD_TYPE_EndOfFile = 1, /**< End of file record. */
+ HEX_RECORD_TYPE_ExtendedSegmentAddress = 2, /**< Extended segment start record. */
+ HEX_RECORD_TYPE_StartSegmentAddress = 3, /**< Normal segment start record. */
+ HEX_RECORD_TYPE_ExtendedLinearAddress = 4, /**< Extended linear address start record. */
+ HEX_RECORD_TYPE_StartLinearAddress = 5, /**< Linear address start record. */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ static void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cfa51d4cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/BootloaderPrinter.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Printer Class USB AVR Bootloader
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Printer Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Printer Subclass</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Printer Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * This bootloader enumerates to the host as a Generic Text Only Printer device, capable of reading and parsing
+ * "printed" plain-text Intel HEX files to load firmware onto the AVR.
+ *
+ * Out of the box this bootloader builds for the AT90USB1287 with an 8KB bootloader section size, and will fit
+ * into 4KB of bootloader space. If you wish to alter this size and/or change the AVR model, you will need to
+ * edit the MCU, FLASH_SIZE_KB and BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB values in the accompanying makefile.
+ *
+ * When the bootloader is running, the board's LED(s) will flash at regular intervals to distinguish the
+ * bootloader from the normal user application.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Running Running the Bootloader
+ *
+ * This bootloader is designed to be started via the HWB mechanism of the USB AVRs; ground the HWB pin (see device
+ * datasheet) then momentarily ground /RESET to start the bootloader. This assumes the HWBE fuse is set and the BOOTRST
+ * fuse is cleared.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Installation Driver Installation
+ *
+ * This bootloader uses the Generic Text-Only printer drivers inbuilt into all modern operating systems, thus no
+ * additional drivers need to be supplied for correct operation.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_HostApp Host Controller Application
+ *
+ * This bootloader is compatible with Notepad under Windows, and the command line \c lpr utility under Linux.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_Notepad Notepad (Windows)
+ *
+ * While most text applications under Windows will be compatible with the bootloader, the inbuilt Notepad utility
+ * is recommended as it will introduce minimal formatting changes to the output stream. To program with Notepad,
+ * open the target HEX file and print it to the Generic Text Only printer device the bootloader creates.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_LPR LPR (Linux)
+ *
+ * While the CUPS framework under Linux will enumerate the bootloader as a Generic Text-Only printer, many
+ * applications will refuse to print to the device due to the lack of rich formatting options available. As a result,
+ * under Linux HEX files must be printed via the low level \c lpr utility instead.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * cat Mouse.hex | lpr
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \section Sec_API User Application API
+ *
+ * Several user application functions for FLASH and other special memory area manipulations are exposed by the bootloader,
+ * allowing the user application to call into the bootloader at runtime to read and write FLASH data.
+ *
+ * By default, the bootloader API jump table is located 32 bytes from the end of the device's FLASH memory, and follows the
+ * following layout:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE 32
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START ((FLASHEND + 1UL) - BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE)
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(Index) (void*)((BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (Index * 2)) / 2)
+ *
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_ErasePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(0);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_WritePage)(uint32_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(1);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_FillWord)(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Word) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(2);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadSignature)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(3);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadFuse)(uint16_t Address) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(4);
+ * uint8_t (*BootloaderAPI_ReadLock)(void) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(5);
+ * void (*BootloaderAPI_WriteLock)(uint8_t LockBits) = BOOTLOADER_API_CALL(6);
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 2))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE 0xDCFB
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 4))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_PRINTER_SIGNATURE 0xDF20
+ *
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_START + (BOOTLOADER_API_TABLE_SIZE - 8))
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_LENGTH 4
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * From the application the API support of the bootloader can be detected by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address
+ * \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them to the value \c BOOTLOADER_MAGIC_SIGNATURE. The class of bootloader
+ * can be determined by reading the FLASH memory bytes located at address \c BOOTLOADER_CLASS_SIGNATURE_START and comparing them
+ * to the value \c BOOTLOADER_PRINTER_SIGNATURE. The start address of the bootloader can be retrieved by reading the bytes of FLASH
+ * memory starting from address \c BOOTLOADER_ADDRESS_START.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_API_MemLayout Device Memory Map
+ * The following illustration indicates the final memory map of the device when loaded with the bootloader.
+ *
+ * \verbatim
+ * +----------------------------+ 0x0000
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | User Application |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * | |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - BOOT_SECTION_SIZE
+ * | |
+ * | Bootloader Application |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * | |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 96
+ * | API Table Trampolines |
+ * | (Not User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 32
+ * | Bootloader API Table |
+ * | (User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND - 8
+ * | Bootloader ID Constants |
+ * | (User App. Accessible) |
+ * +----------------------------+ FLASHEND
+ * \endverbatim
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_KnownIssues Known Issues:
+ *
+ * \par On Linux machines, new firmware fails to be sent to the device via CUPS.
+ * Only a limited subset of normal printer functionality is exposed via the
+ * bootloader, causing CUPS to reject print requests from applications that
+ * are unable to handle true plain-text printing. For best results, the low
+ * level \c lpr command should be used to print new firmware to the bootloader.
+ *
+ * \par After loading an application, it is not run automatically on startup.
+ * Some USB AVR boards ship with the BOOTRST fuse set, causing the bootloader
+ * to run automatically when the device is reset. In most cases, the BOOTRST
+ * fuse should be disabled and the HWBE fuse used instead to run the bootloader
+ * when needed.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..af2dd3060
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+ #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+ #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+ #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+ #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..187f7733d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x206B,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .Printer_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Printer,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = PRNT_CSCP_PrinterClass,
+ .SubClass = PRNT_CSCP_PrinterSubclass,
+ .Protocol = PRNT_CSCP_BidirectionalProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Printer_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = PRINTER_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .Printer_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = PRINTER_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in SRAM memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Printer Bootloader");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = LanguageString.Header.Size;
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = ManufacturerString.Header.Size;
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = ProductString.Header.Size;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..144ca0660
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Printer device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define PRINTER_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Printer host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define PRINTER_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Printer data endpoints. */
+ #define PRINTER_IO_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Printer Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Printer_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Printer_DataInEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Printer_DataOutEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Printer = 0, /**< Printer interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..86a56911e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Printer Bootloader - 128KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.printer.avr8.128_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_printer_128kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.printer"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1F000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1F000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x1FFA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x1FFE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x1FFF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Printer Bootloader - 64KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.printer.avr8.64_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_printer_64kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.printer"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb647"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0xF000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0xF000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0xFFA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0xFFE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0xFFF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Printer Bootloader - 32KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.printer.avr8.32_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_printer_32kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.printer"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega32u4"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x7000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x7000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x7FA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x7FE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x7FF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Printer Bootloader - 16KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.printer.avr8.16_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_printer_16kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.printer"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega16u2"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x3000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x3000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x3FA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x3FE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x3FF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Printer Bootloader - 8KB FLASH / 4KB Boot - AVR8 Architecture" id="lufa.bootloaders.printer.avr8.8_4" force-caption="true" workspace-name="lufa_printer_8kb_4kb_">
+ <require idref="lufa.bootloaders.printer"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atmega8u2"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <config name="config.compiler.optimization.level" value="size"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="BOOT_START_ADDR" value="0x1000"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.text=0x1000"/>
+
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_trampolines=0x1FA0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Trampolines"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_jumptable=0x1FE0"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_JumpTable"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--section-start=.apitable_signatures=0x1FF8"/>
+ <build type="linker-config" subtype="flags" value="--undefined=BootloaderAPI_Signatures"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.bootloaders.printer" caption="Printer Bootloader">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Printer Class Bootloader, capable of reprogramming a device by "printing" new HEX files to the virtual Plain-Text printer it creates when plugged into a host.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Bootloaders"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="include-path" value="."/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderPrinter.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderPrinter.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="BootloaderAPI.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="BootloaderAPI.h"/>
+ <build type="asm-source" value="BootloaderAPITable.S"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="BootloaderPrinter.txt"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a81be54f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2365 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Printer Class Bootloader"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM \
+ ATTR_NO_INIT
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0716c3bbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/Printer/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = BootloaderPrinter
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c BootloaderAPI.c BootloaderAPITable.S $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/ -DBOOT_START_ADDR=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET)
+LD_FLAGS = -Wl,--section-start=.text=$(BOOT_START_OFFSET) $(BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS)
+
+# Flash size and bootloader section sizes of the target, in KB. These must
+# match the target's total FLASH size and the bootloader size set in the
+# device's fuses.
+FLASH_SIZE_KB = 128
+BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB = 8
+
+# Bootloader address calculation formulas
+# Do not modify these macros, but rather modify the dependent values above.
+CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX = $(shell printf "0x%X" $$(( $(1) )) )
+BOOT_START_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) - $(BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB)) * 1024 )
+BOOT_SEC_OFFSET = $(call CALC_ADDRESS_IN_HEX, ($(FLASH_SIZE_KB) * 1024) - ($(strip $(1))) )
+
+# Bootloader linker section flags for relocating the API table sections to
+# known FLASH addresses - these should not normally be user-edited.
+BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG = -Wl,--section-start=$(strip $(1))=$(call BOOT_SEC_OFFSET, $(3)) -Wl,--undefined=$(strip $(2))
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS = $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_trampolines, BootloaderAPI_Trampolines, 96)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_jumptable, BootloaderAPI_JumpTable, 32)
+BOOT_API_LD_FLAGS += $(call BOOT_SECTION_LD_FLAG, .apitable_signatures, BootloaderAPI_Signatures, 8)
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..885b17029
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Bootloaders/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA USB Bootloaders. Call with "make all" to
+# rebuild all bootloaders.
+
+# Bootloaders are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */)
+
+# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad
+# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if
+# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails.
+ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10)
+ $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED)
+endif
+
+# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory
+ifeq ($(OBJDIR),)
+ # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build
+ ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean all
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+
+ # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build
+ ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+endif
+
+%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
+ @echo . > /dev/null
+
+$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES):
+ @$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+
+.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2eb2c536a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Custom Board Hardware Information Driver (Template)
+ *
+ * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ * inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Board Hardware
+ * information driver.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_USER_H__
+#define __BOARD_USER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ // TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Buttons mounted if defined. */
+// #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted if defined. */
+// #define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted if defined. */
+// #define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware LEDs mounted if defined. */
+// #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b14388527
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Custom Board Button Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ * inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Buttons driver,
+ * for the control of physical board-mounted GPIO pushbuttons.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_USER_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_USER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ // TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #define BOARD_DUMMY_BUTTONS_IMPLEMENTATION
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Dataflash.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Dataflash.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f32e398ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Dataflash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Custom Board Dataflash Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ * inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Dataflash
+ * driver.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ // TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #define BOARD_DUMMY_DATAFLASH_IMPLEMENTATION
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK 0
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR 0
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT 0
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
+
+ /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP 0
+
+ /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 0
+
+ /** Mask for the second dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP2 0
+
+ /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 0
+
+ /** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+ * The microcontroller's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+ * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+ * the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+ * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+ * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+ * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+ * are deselected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+ * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+ * a new command.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+ * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+ * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+ * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress, const uint16_t BufferByte)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Joystick.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4aa45ab67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Custom Board Joystick Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ * inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Joystick
+ * driver, for a digital four-way (plus button) joystick.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ // TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #define BOARD_DUMMY_JOYSTICK_IMPLEMENTATION
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+ #define JOY_LEFT 0
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+ #define JOY_RIGHT 0
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+ #define JOY_UP 0
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+ #define JOY_DOWN 0
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+ #define JOY_PRESS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a146e99c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Board/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Custom Board LED Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ * inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA LEDs driver,
+ * for the LEDs (up to four) mounted on most development boards.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_USER_H__
+#define __LEDS_USER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ // TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #define BOARD_DUMMY_LEDS_IMPLEMENTATION
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 1)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 2)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 3)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/BoardDeviceMap.cfg b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/BoardDeviceMap.cfg
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3fee2f1e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/BoardDeviceMap.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+#
+# =============================================================================
+# Board configuration map script, processed with the "BoardDriverTest"
+# makefile. This script file maps the possible LUFA target BOARD makefile
+# values in user projects to a specific architecture and device. This mapping is
+# then used by the makefile to build all possible drivers for that board, to
+# detect any missing or erroneous functions. To add a new board mapping, use
+# the syntax:
+#
+# BOARD DEFINE = {ARCH} : {MCU} :
+#
+# And re-run the makefile. Note that each board may have only one target.
+# =============================================================================
+#
+#
+# ----------------- AVR8 Boards ------------------
+BOARD_ADAFRUITU4 = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01 = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_BENITO = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_BIGMULTIO = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+BOARD_BLACKCAT = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_BUI = AVR8 : at90usb646 :
+BOARD_BUMBLEB = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_CULV3 = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+BOARD_DUCE = AVR8 : atmega32u2 :
+BOARD_EVK527 = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+BOARD_JMDBU2 = AVR8 : atmega32u2 :
+BOARD_LEONARDO = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+BOARD_MAXIMUS = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 = AVR8 : atmega32u2 :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1 = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2 = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3 = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4 = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1 = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2 = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_MICROSIN162 = AVR8 : atmega162 :
+BOARD_MINIMUS = AVR8 : atmega32u2 :
+BOARD_MULTIO = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_NONE = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_OLIMEX162 = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_OLIMEX32U4 = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4 = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2 = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_RZUSBSTICK = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2 = AVR8 : atmega8u2 :
+BOARD_STK525 = AVR8 : at90usb647 :
+BOARD_STK526 = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_TEENSY = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_TEENSY2 = AVR8 : at90usb646 :
+BOARD_TUL = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+BOARD_UDIP = AVR8 : atmega32u2 :
+BOARD_UNO = AVR8 : atmega8u2 :
+BOARD_USB2AX = AVR8 : atmega32u2 :
+BOARD_USB2AX_V3 = AVR8 : atmega32u2 :
+BOARD_USB2AX_V31 = AVR8 : atmega32u2 :
+BOARD_USBFOO = AVR8 : atmega162 :
+BOARD_USBKEY = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_USBTINYMKII = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_USER = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_XPLAIN = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1 = AVR8 : at90usb1287 :
+BOARD_STANGE_ISP = AVR8 : at90usb162 :
+BOARD_U2S = AVR8 : atmega32u2 :
+BOARD_YUN = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+BOARD_MICRO = AVR8 : atmega32u4 :
+#
+# ----------------- XMEGA Boards -----------------
+BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED = XMEGA : atxmega256a3bu :
+BOARD_B1_XPLAINED = XMEGA : atxmega128b1 :
+BOARD_C3_XPLAINED = XMEGA : atxmega384c3 :
+#
+# ------------------ UC3 Boards ------------------
+BOARD_EVK1100 = UC3 : uc3a0512 :
+BOARD_EVK1101 = UC3 : uc3b0256 :
+BOARD_EVK1104 = UC3 : uc3a3256 :
+BOARD_UC3A3_XPLAINED = UC3 : uc3a3256 :
+#
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Test.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Test.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0105886b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/Test.c
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+
+#if defined(BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS) == defined(BOARD_DUMMY_BUTTONS_IMPLEMENTATION)
+ #error Mismatch between BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS and implementation.
+#endif
+
+#if defined(BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH) == defined(BOARD_DUMMY_DATAFLASH_IMPLEMENTATION)
+ #error Mismatch between BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH and implementation.
+#endif
+
+#if defined(BOARD_HAS_LEDS) == defined(BOARD_DUMMY_LEDS_IMPLEMENTATION)
+ #error Mismatch between BOARD_HAS_LEDS and implementation.
+#endif
+
+#if defined(BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK) == defined(BOARD_DUMMY_JOYSTICK_IMPLEMENTATION)
+ #error Mismatch between BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK and implementation.
+#endif
+
+int main(void)
+{
+ uint_reg_t Dummy;
+
+ /* =============================
+ * Buttons Compile Check
+ * ============================= */
+ // cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+ Dummy = BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ Buttons_Init();
+ // cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+ Dummy = Buttons_GetStatus();
+ Buttons_Disable();
+
+ /* =============================
+ * Dataflash Compile Check
+ * ============================= */
+ // cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+ Dummy = DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS + DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP + DATAFLASH_CHIP1 + DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE + DATAFLASH_PAGES;
+ Dataflash_Init();
+ Dataflash_TransferByte(0);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0);
+ // cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+ Dummy = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ // cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+ Dummy = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(0);
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+
+ /* =============================
+ * LEDs Compile Check
+ * ============================= */
+ // cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+ Dummy = LEDS_LED1 + LEDS_LED2 + LEDS_LED3 + LEDS_LED4;
+ LEDs_Init();
+ LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS, LEDS_NO_LEDS);
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ // cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+ Dummy = LEDs_GetLEDs();
+ LEDs_Disable();
+
+ /* =============================
+ * Joystick Compile Check
+ * ============================= */
+ // cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+ Dummy = JOY_LEFT + JOY_RIGHT + JOY_UP + JOY_DOWN + JOY_PRESS;
+ Joystick_Init();
+ // cppcheck-suppress redundantAssignment
+ Dummy = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ Joystick_Disable();
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+}
+
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cfd9da798
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile for the board driver build test. This
+# test attempts to build a dummy project with all
+# possible board targets using their respective
+# compiler.
+
+# Path to the LUFA library core
+LUFA_PATH := ../../LUFA/
+
+# Build test cannot be run with multiple parallel jobs
+.NOTPARALLEL:
+
+all: begin makeboardlist testboards clean end
+
+begin:
+ @echo Executing build test "BoardDriverTest".
+ @echo
+
+end:
+ @echo Build test "BoardDriverTest" complete.
+ @echo
+
+makeboardlist:
+ @grep "BOARD_" $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/Common/BoardTypes.h | cut -d'#' -f2 | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep "BOARD_" > BoardList.txt
+
+testboards:
+ @echo "buildtest:" > BuildMakefile
+
+ @while read line; \
+ do \
+ build_cfg=`grep "$$line " BoardDeviceMap.cfg | grep -v "#" | cut -d'=' -f2- | sed 's/ //g'`; \
+ \
+ build_board=$$line; \
+ build_arch=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f1`; \
+ build_mcu=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f2`; \
+ \
+ if ( test -z "$$build_cfg" ); then \
+ echo "No matching information set for board $$build_board"; \
+ else \
+ echo "Found board configuration for $$build_board - $$build_arch, $$build_mcu"; \
+ \
+ printf "\t@echo Building dummy project for $$build_board...\n" >> BuildMakefile; \
+ printf "\t$(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf MCU=%s ARCH=%s BOARD=%s\n\n" $$build_mcu $$build_arch $$build_board >> BuildMakefile; \
+ fi; \
+ done < BoardList.txt
+
+ $(MAKE) -f BuildMakefile buildtest
+
+clean:
+ rm -f BuildMakefile
+ rm -f BoardList.txt
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean BOARD=NONE ARCH=AVR8 MCU=at90usb1287
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean BOARD=NONE ARCH=XMEGA MCU=atxmega128a1u
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean BOARD=NONE ARCH=UC3 MCU=uc3a0256
+
+%:
+
+.PHONY: all begin end makeboardlist testboards clean
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile.test b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile.test
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7391b514a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BoardDriverTest/makefile.test
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU =
+ARCH =
+BOARD =
+F_CPU = $(F_USB)
+F_USB = 8000000
+OPTIMIZATION = 1
+TARGET = Test
+SRC = $(TARGET).c
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -Werror
+DEBUG_LEVEL = 0
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/BootloaderDeviceMap.cfg b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/BootloaderDeviceMap.cfg
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9e15c8cf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/BootloaderDeviceMap.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+#
+# =============================================================================
+# Bootloader configuration map script, processed with the "BootloaderTest"
+# makefile. This script file defines the targets for each LUFA bootloader,
+# which are then built as part of the build test to ensure that there are no
+# failures on all standard configurations. To add a new build target for a
+# bootloader to this script, use the format:
+#
+# BOOTLOADER = {ARCH} : {MCU} : {BOARD} : {FLASH SIZE KB} : {BOOT SIZE KB} : {F_USB MHZ}
+#
+# And re-run the makefile.
+# =============================================================================
+#
+#
+# ------------ CDC Bootloader --------------------
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : XPLAIN : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb647 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb646 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : atmega32u4 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : atmega16u4 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : atmega16u2 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : atmega8u2 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb82 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 8 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb647 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb646 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : atmega32u4 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : atmega16u4 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : atmega16u2 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : atmega8u2 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+CDC = AVR8 : at90usb82 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 16 :
+#
+# ------------ DFU Bootloader --------------------
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : XPLAIN : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb647 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb646 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : atmega32u4 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : atmega16u4 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : atmega16u2 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : atmega8u2 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb82 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 8 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb647 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb646 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : atmega32u4 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : atmega16u4 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : atmega16u2 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : atmega8u2 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+DFU = AVR8 : at90usb82 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 16 :
+#
+# ------------ HID Bootloader --------------------
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb647 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb646 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega32u4 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega16u4 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 2 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega16u2 : NONE : 16 : 2 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega16u2 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega8u2 : NONE : 8 : 2 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega8u2 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 2 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 2 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb647 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 8 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb646 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega32u4 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega16u4 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 2 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega16u2 : NONE : 16 : 2 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega16u2 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega8u2 : NONE : 8 : 2 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : atmega8u2 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 2 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 2 : 16 :
+HID = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+#
+# ---------- Printer Bootloader ------------------
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb647 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb646 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : atmega32u4 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : atmega16u4 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : atmega16u2 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : atmega8u2 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb82 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 8 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb647 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb646 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : atmega32u4 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : atmega16u4 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : atmega16u2 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : atmega8u2 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb162 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+Printer = AVR8 : at90usb82 : NONE : 8 : 4 : 16 :
+#
+# ---------- Mass Storage Bootloader -----------------
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : XPLAIN : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb647 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb646 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega32u4 : LEONARDO : 32 : 4 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega32u4 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega16u4 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 8 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1287 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb647 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 8 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb1286 : NONE : 128 : 4 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : at90usb646 : NONE : 64 : 4 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega32u4 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega16u4 : NONE : 16 : 4 : 16 :
+MassStorage = AVR8 : atmega32u2 : NONE : 32 : 4 : 16 :
+#
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..52ebb9cdb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/BootloaderTest/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile for the bootloader build test. This
+# test attempts to build all the bootloaders
+# with all supported device configurations.
+
+# Path to the LUFA library core
+LUFA_PATH := ../../LUFA/
+
+# Build test cannot be run with multiple parallel jobs
+.NOTPARALLEL:
+
+all: begin testbootloaders clean end
+
+begin:
+ @echo Executing build test "BootloaderTest".
+ @echo
+
+end:
+ @echo Build test "BootloaderTest" complete.
+ @echo
+
+testbootloaders:
+ @echo "buildtest:" > BuildMakefile
+
+ @while read line; \
+ do \
+ build_cfg=`echo $$line | grep -v "#" | sed 's/ //g'`; \
+ \
+ if ( test -n "$$build_cfg" ); then \
+ build_bootloader=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d'=' -f1`; \
+ build_cfg=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d'=' -f2-`; \
+ \
+ build_arch=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f1`; \
+ build_mcu=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f2`; \
+ build_board=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f3`; \
+ build_flashsize=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f4`; \
+ build_bootsize=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f5`; \
+ build_fusb=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f6`; \
+ \
+ printf "Found '%s' bootloader configuration (FLASH: %3s KB | BOOT: %3s KB | MCU: %12s / %4s | BOARD: %s | F_USB: %sMHz)\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_flashsize $$build_bootsize $$build_mcu $$build_arch $$build_board $$build_fusb; \
+ \
+ printf "\t@echo Building bootloader %s - %s - FLASH: %s KB, BOOT: %s KB, BOARD: %s, F_USB: %sMHz\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_mcu $$build_flashsize $$build_bootsize $$build_board $$build_fusb >> BuildMakefile; \
+ printf "\t$(MAKE) -C $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/../Bootloaders/%s/ clean elf ARCH=%s MCU=%s BOARD=%s FLASH_SIZE_KB=%s BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB=%s F_USB=%s000000 DEBUG_LEVEL=0\n\n" $$build_bootloader $$build_arch $$build_mcu $$build_board $$build_flashsize $$build_bootsize $$build_fusb >> BuildMakefile; \
+ fi; \
+ done < BootloaderDeviceMap.cfg
+
+ $(MAKE) -f BuildMakefile buildtest
+
+clean:
+ rm -f BuildMakefile
+
+%:
+
+.PHONY: all begin end testbootloaders clean
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Dummy.S b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Dummy.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dcfe98186
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Dummy.S
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+.section .text
+
+
+# Mandatory entry point for successful compilation and link
+.global main
+main:
+
+
+# Mandatory callback needed for base compile of the USB driver
+.global CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor
+CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor:
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Modules.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Modules.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cc16fd6b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Modules.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+
+#include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #if defined(ADC)
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
+ #endif
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h>
+
+ #if defined(TWCR)
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h>
+ #endif
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h>
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_C.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_C.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..349ac6eec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_C.c
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "Modules.h"
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_CPP.cpp b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_CPP.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..349ac6eec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/Test_CPP.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "Modules.h"
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2cd33cf87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile for the module build test. This test
+# attempts to build as many modules as possible
+# under all supported architectures, and include
+# all module headers in a simple C and C++
+# application.
+
+# Path to the LUFA library core
+LUFA_PATH := ../../LUFA/
+
+# Build test cannot be run with multiple parallel jobs
+.NOTPARALLEL:
+
+# List of device families per architecture, one device per architecture sub-family
+AVR8_FAMILIES := at90usb1287 at90usb1286 atmega16u4 atmega16u2 at90usb162
+XMEGA_FAMILIES := atxmega128a1u atxmega128a3u atxmega256a3bu atxmega128a4u atxmega128b1 atxmega128b3 atxmega128c3 atxmega32c4
+UC3_FAMILIES := uc3a0256 uc3a1256 uc3a3256 uc3a4256 uc3b0256 uc3b1256
+
+# List of all device families, with a family postfix
+DEVICE_FAMILIES := $(AVR8_FAMILIES:%=%.avr8) $(XMEGA_FAMILIES:%=%.xmega) $(UC3_FAMILIES:%=%.uc3)
+
+
+all: begin $(DEVICE_FAMILIES) clean end
+
+arch_avr8: begin $(AVR8_FAMILIES:%=%.avr8) end
+arch_xmega: begin $(XMEGA_FAMILIES:%=%.xmega) end
+arch_uc3: begin $(UC3_FAMILIES:%=%.uc3) end
+
+begin:
+ @echo Executing build test "ModuleTest".
+ @echo
+
+end:
+ @echo Build test "ModuleTest" complete.
+ @echo
+
+%.avr8:
+ @echo Building ModuleTest for ARCH=AVR8 MCU=$(@:%.avr8=%)...
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=AVR8 MCU=$(@:%.avr8=%)
+
+%.xmega:
+ @echo Building ModuleTest for ARCH=XMEGA MCU=$(@:%.xmega=%)...
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=XMEGA MCU=$(@:%.xmega=%)
+
+%.uc3:
+ @echo Building ModuleTest for ARCH=UC3 MCU=$(@:%.uc3=%)...
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=UC3 MCU=$(@:%.uc3=%)
+
+clean:
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=AVR8 MCU=$(firstword $(AVR8_FAMILIES))
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=XMEGA MCU=$(firstword $(XMEGA_FAMILIES))
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=UC3 MCU=$(firstword $(UC3_FAMILIES))
+
+%:
+
+.PHONY: all arch_avr8 arch_xmega arch_uc3 begin end
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile.test b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile.test
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1307d5e37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/ModuleTest/makefile.test
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU =
+ARCH =
+BOARD = NONE
+F_CPU = $(F_USB)
+OPTIMIZATION = 1
+TARGET = Test
+SRC = $(TARGET)_C.c $(TARGET)_CPP.cpp Dummy.S $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+DEBUG_LEVEL = 0
+
+ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
+ F_USB = 8000000
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
+ F_USB = 48000000
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+ F_USB = 48000000
+endif
+
+# Generic C/C++ compiler flags
+CC_FLAGS = -Wextra
+CC_FLAGS += -Werror
+CC_FLAGS += -Wformat=2
+CC_FLAGS += -Winit-self
+CC_FLAGS += -Wswitch-enum
+CC_FLAGS += -Wunused
+CC_FLAGS += -Wundef
+CC_FLAGS += -Wpointer-arith
+CC_FLAGS += -Wcast-align
+CC_FLAGS += -Wwrite-strings
+CC_FLAGS += -Wlogical-op
+CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-declarations
+CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-field-initializers
+CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-format-attribute
+CC_FLAGS += -Woverlength-strings
+CC_FLAGS += -Wswitch-default
+CC_FLAGS += -Wfloat-equal
+CC_FLAGS += -Waggregate-return
+CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-include-dirs
+
+# Disable warnings not supported by the version of GCC used for UC3 targets (FIXME)
+ifneq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+ CC_FLAGS += -Wdouble-promotion
+endif
+
+# Only enable redundant declaration warnings for AVR8 target (FIXME)
+ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
+ CC_FLAGS += -Wredundant-decls
+endif
+
+# C compiler only flags
+C_FLAGS += -Wmissing-parameter-type
+C_FLAGS += -Wmissing-prototypes
+C_FLAGS += -Wnested-externs
+C_FLAGS += -Wbad-function-cast
+C_FLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
+C_FLAGS += -Wold-style-definition
+
+# Disable warnings not supported by the version of GCC used for UC3 targets (FIXME)
+ifneq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+ C_FLAGS += -Wunsuffixed-float-constants
+ C_FLAGS += -Wjump-misses-init
+endif
+
+# Only check C++ compatibility on the build files, to ensure headers are C++ compatible
+Test_C.c Test_CPP.c: CC_FLAGS += -Wc++-compat
+
+# Potential additional warnings to enable in the future (FIXME)
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wcast-qual
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wconversion
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wsign-conversion
+#CC_FLAGS += -pedantic
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Dummy.S b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Dummy.S
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b5655add5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Dummy.S
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+.section .text
+
+
+# Mandatory entry point for successful compilation and link
+.global main
+main:
+ # Force code generation of the base USB stack
+ call USB_Init
+
+# Mandatory callback needed for base compile of the USB driver
+.global CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor
+CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor:
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Test.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Test.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7a83794df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/Test.c
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cd88754db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile for the single USB mode build test.
+# This test attempts to build the USB module
+# under fixed device and fixed host modes under
+# all supported architectures
+
+# Path to the LUFA library core
+LUFA_PATH := ../../LUFA/
+
+# Build test cannot be run with multiple parallel jobs
+.NOTPARALLEL:
+
+all: begin compile clean end
+
+begin:
+ @echo Executing build test "SingleUSBModeTest".
+ @echo
+
+end:
+ @echo Build test "SingleUSBModeTest" complete.
+ @echo
+
+compile:
+ @echo Building SingleUSBModeTest for ARCH=AVR8 in device only mode...
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=AVR8 MCU=at90usb1287 CC_FLAGS='-D USB_DEVICE_ONLY'
+
+ @echo Building SingleUSBModeTest for ARCH=AVR8 in host only mode...
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=AVR8 MCU=at90usb1287 CC_FLAGS='-D USB_HOST_ONLY'
+
+ @echo Building SingleUSBModeTest for ARCH=XMEGA in device only mode...
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=XMEGA MCU=atxmega128a1u CC_FLAGS='-D USB_DEVICE_ONLY'
+
+ @echo Building SingleUSBModeTest for ARCH=UC3 in device only mode...
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=UC3 MCU=uc3a0256 CC_FLAGS='-D USB_DEVICE_ONLY'
+
+ @echo Building SingleUSBModeTest for ARCH=UC3 in host only mode...
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean elf ARCH=UC3 MCU=uc3a0256 CC_FLAGS='-D USB_HOST_ONLY'
+
+clean:
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=AVR8 MCU=at90usb1287
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=XMEGA MCU=atxmega128a1u
+ $(MAKE) -f makefile.test clean ARCH=UC3 MCU=uc3a0256
+
+%:
+
+.PHONY: begin end compile clean
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile.test b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile.test
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..242e530ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/SingleUSBModeTest/makefile.test
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU =
+ARCH =
+BOARD = NONE
+F_CPU = $(F_USB)
+DEBUG_LEVEL = 0
+
+ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
+ F_USB = 8000000
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
+ F_USB = 48000000
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+ F_USB = 48000000
+endif
+
+OPTIMIZATION = 1
+TARGET = Test
+SRC = Test.c Dummy.S $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+
+# Generic C/C++ compiler flags
+CC_FLAGS = -Wextra
+CC_FLAGS += -Werror
+CC_FLAGS += -Wformat=2
+CC_FLAGS += -Winit-self
+CC_FLAGS += -Wswitch-enum
+CC_FLAGS += -Wunused
+CC_FLAGS += -Wundef
+CC_FLAGS += -Wpointer-arith
+CC_FLAGS += -Wcast-align
+CC_FLAGS += -Wwrite-strings
+CC_FLAGS += -Wlogical-op
+CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-declarations
+CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-field-initializers
+CC_FLAGS += -Wmissing-format-attribute
+CC_FLAGS += -Woverlength-strings
+
+# Only enable rendundant declaration warnings for AVR8 target (FIXME)
+ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
+ CC_FLAGS += -Wredundant-decls
+endif
+
+# C compiler only flags
+C_FLAGS += -Wmissing-parameter-type
+C_FLAGS += -Wnested-externs
+
+# Potential additional warnings to enable in the future (FIXME)
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wswitch-default
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wc++-compat
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wcast-qual
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wconversion
+#CC_FLAGS += -Wjump-misses-init
+#CC_FLAGS += -pedantic
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/StaticAnalysisTest/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/StaticAnalysisTest/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f5dc1c007
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/StaticAnalysisTest/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Static anlysis of the entire LUFA source tree, using the free cross-platform "cppcheck" tool.
+
+# Path to the LUFA library core
+LUFA_PATH := ../../LUFA/
+
+CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES := FATFs/ \
+ PetiteFATFs/ \
+ uip/
+
+CPPCHECK_INCLUDES := $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/CodeTemplates/ \
+ $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/../Projects/AVRISP-MKII/
+
+CPPCHECK_FLAGS := -U TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME -U __GNUC__ -U __DOXYGEN__
+
+CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS := variableScope missingInclude unusedFunction
+
+SRC := $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/..
+
+# Build test cannot be run with multiple parallel jobs
+.NOTPARALLEL:
+
+all: begin cppcheck end
+
+begin:
+ @echo Executing build test "StaticAnalysisTest".
+ @echo
+
+end:
+ @echo Build test "StaticAnalysisTest" complete.
+ @echo
+
+%:
+
+
+.PHONY: all begin end
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1f09b3fec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/BuildTests/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Build Tests. Build Tests are
+# used to verify the correctness of the LUFA library, and are
+# not intended to be modified or compiled by non-developers.
+
+all:
+
+%:
+ @echo Executing \"make $@\" on all LUFA build tests.
+ @echo
+ $(MAKE) -C BoardDriverTest $@
+ $(MAKE) -C BootloaderTest $@
+ $(MAKE) -C ModuleTest $@
+ $(MAKE) -C SingleUSBModeTest $@
+ $(MAKE) -C StaticAnalysisTest $@
+ @echo
+ @echo LUFA build test \"make $@\" operation complete.
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7c1cf4607
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.c
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the AudioInput demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioInput.h"
+
+/** LUFA Audio Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Audio Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t Microphone_Audio_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+ .StreamingInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR,
+ .Size = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 2,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Current audio sampling frequency of the streaming audio endpoint. */
+static uint32_t CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = 48000;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ Audio_Device_USBTask(&Microphone_Audio_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_32);
+ ADC_SetupChannel(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL);
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Start the ADC conversion in free running mode */
+ ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL));
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the data endpoint with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
+
+ /* Check that the USB bus is ready for the next sample to write */
+ if (Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample(&Microphone_Audio_Interface))
+ {
+ int16_t AudioSample;
+
+ #if defined(USE_TEST_TONE)
+ static uint8_t SquareWaveSampleCount;
+ static int16_t CurrentWaveValue;
+
+ /* In test tone mode, generate a square wave at 1/256 of the sample rate */
+ if (SquareWaveSampleCount++ == 0xFF)
+ CurrentWaveValue ^= 0x8000;
+
+ /* Only generate audio if the board button is being pressed */
+ AudioSample = (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? CurrentWaveValue : 0;
+ #else
+ /* Audio sample is ADC value scaled to fit the entire range */
+ AudioSample = ((SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / ADC_MAX_RANGE) * ADC_GetResult());
+
+ #if defined(MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL)
+ /* Microphone is biased to half rail voltage, subtract the bias from the sample value */
+ AudioSample -= (SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / 2);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ Audio_Device_WriteSample16(&Microphone_Audio_Interface, AudioSample);
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevEndpoint);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ /* Sample reload timer initialization */
+ TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+ TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
+ TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Stop the sample reload timer */
+ TCCR0B = 0;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Microphone_Audio_Interface);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Microphone_Audio_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Audio class driver callback for the setting and retrieval of streaming endpoint properties. This callback must be implemented
+ * in the user application to handle property manipulations on streaming audio endpoints.
+ *
+ * When the DataLength parameter is NULL, this callback should only indicate whether the specified operation is valid for
+ * the given endpoint index, and should return as fast as possible. When non-NULL, this value may be altered for GET operations
+ * to indicate the size of the retrieved data.
+ *
+ * \note The length of the retrieved data stored into the Data buffer on GET operations should not exceed the initial value
+ * of the \c DataLength parameter.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] EndpointProperty Property of the endpoint to get or set, a value from Audio_ClassRequests_t.
+ * \param[in] EndpointAddress Address of the streaming endpoint whose property is being referenced.
+ * \param[in] EndpointControl Parameter of the endpoint to get or set, a value from Audio_EndpointControls_t.
+ * \param[in,out] DataLength For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
+ * length of the retrieved data. When NULL, the function should return whether the given property
+ * and parameter is valid for the requested endpoint without reading or modifying the Data buffer.
+ * \param[in,out] Data Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
+ * the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the property get/set was successful, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
+ const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+ const uint8_t EndpointControl,
+ uint16_t* const DataLength,
+ uint8_t* Data)
+{
+ /* Check the requested endpoint to see if a supported endpoint is being manipulated */
+ if (EndpointAddress == Microphone_Audio_Interface.Config.DataINEndpoint.Address)
+ {
+ /* Check the requested control to see if a supported control is being manipulated */
+ if (EndpointControl == AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq)
+ {
+ switch (EndpointProperty)
+ {
+ case AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent:
+ /* Check if we are just testing for a valid property, or actually adjusting it */
+ if (DataLength != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the new sampling frequency to the value given by the host */
+ CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = (((uint32_t)Data[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t)Data[1] << 8) | (uint32_t)Data[0]);
+
+ /* Adjust sample reload timer to the new frequency */
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+ }
+
+ return true;
+ case AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent:
+ /* Check if we are just testing for a valid property, or actually reading it */
+ if (DataLength != NULL)
+ {
+ *DataLength = 3;
+
+ Data[2] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 16);
+ Data[1] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 8);
+ Data[0] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** Audio class driver callback for the setting and retrieval of streaming interface properties. This callback must be implemented
+ * in the user application to handle property manipulations on streaming audio interfaces.
+ *
+ * When the DataLength parameter is NULL, this callback should only indicate whether the specified operation is valid for
+ * the given entity and should return as fast as possible. When non-NULL, this value may be altered for GET operations
+ * to indicate the size of the retrieved data.
+ *
+ * \note The length of the retrieved data stored into the Data buffer on GET operations should not exceed the initial value
+ * of the \c DataLength parameter.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Property Property of the interface to get or set, a value from Audio_ClassRequests_t.
+ * \param[in] EntityAddress Address of the audio entity whose property is being referenced.
+ * \param[in] Parameter Parameter of the entity to get or set, specific to each type of entity (see USB Audio specification).
+ * \param[in,out] DataLength For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
+ * length of the retrieved data. When NULL, the function should return whether the given property
+ * and parameter is valid for the requested endpoint without reading or modifying the Data buffer.
+ * \param[in,out] Data Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
+ * the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the property GET/SET was successful, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Property,
+ const uint8_t EntityAddress,
+ const uint16_t Parameter,
+ uint16_t* const DataLength,
+ uint8_t* Data)
+{
+ /* No audio interface entities in the device descriptor, thus no properties to get or set. */
+ return false;
+}
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0090f2a0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AudioInput.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_INPUT_H_
+#define _AUDIO_INPUT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Maximum audio sample value for the microphone input. */
+ #define SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE 0xFFFF
+
+ /** Maximum ADC range for the microphone input. */
+ #define ADC_MAX_RANGE 0x3FF
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
+ const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+ const uint8_t EndpointControl,
+ uint16_t* const DataLength,
+ uint8_t* Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Property,
+ const uint8_t EntityAddress,
+ const uint16_t Parameter,
+ uint16_t* const DataLength,
+ uint8_t* Data);
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b0594244
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Input Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Audio demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Audio Input device using the
+ * basic USB Audio 1.0 drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
+ * required).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a
+ * USB microphone. By default, the demo will produce a square wave test tone
+ * when the board button is pressed. If USE_TEST_TONE is not defined in the
+ * project makefile, incoming audio from the ADC channel 1 will be sampled
+ * and sent to the host computer instead.
+ *
+ * When in microphone mode, connect a microphone to the ADC channel 2.
+ *
+ * Under Windows, if a driver request dialogue pops up, select the option
+ * to automatically install the appropriate drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Sets the ADC channel used by the demo for the input audio samples from an attached microphone.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>USE_TEST_TONE</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this alters the demo to produce a square wave test tone when the first board button is pressed
+ * instead of sampling the board microphone.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this alters the demo so that the half VCC bias of the microphone input is subtracted.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8360102f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL 2
+
+ #define MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL
+ #define USE_TEST_TONE
+
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..796221604
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f87ed9761
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(2,0,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2047,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,2),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+ .TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t) +
+ sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t) +
+ sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t)),
+
+ .InCollection = 1,
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ },
+
+ .Audio_InputTerminal =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .TerminalID = 0x01,
+ .TerminalType = AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_MIC,
+ .AssociatedOutputTerminal = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalChannels = 1,
+ .ChannelConfig = 0,
+
+ .ChannelStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+ .TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_OutputTerminal =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .TerminalID = 0x02,
+ .TerminalType = AUDIO_TERMINAL_STREAMING,
+ .AssociatedInputTerminal = 0x00,
+
+ .SourceID = 0x01,
+
+ .TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .AlternateSetting = 1,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
+
+ .TerminalLink = 0x02,
+
+ .FrameDelay = 1,
+ .AudioFormat = 0x0001
+ },
+
+ .Audio_AudioFormat =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t) +
+ sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates),
+ .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType,
+
+ .FormatType = 0x01,
+ .Channels = 0x01,
+
+ .SubFrameSize = 0x02,
+ .BitResolution = 16,
+
+ .TotalDiscreteSampleRates = (sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates) / sizeof(USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t))
+ },
+
+ .Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates =
+ {
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(8000),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(11025),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(22050),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(44100),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000),
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS | ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x01
+ },
+
+ .Refresh = 0,
+ .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+ .Attributes = (AUDIO_EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS | AUDIO_EP_SAMPLE_FREQ_CONTROL),
+
+ .LockDelayUnits = 0x00,
+ .LockDelay = 0x0000
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Audio In Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1cecf5d84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN endpoint. */
+ #define AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. */
+ #define AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE 256
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Audio Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t Audio_InputTerminal;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t Audio_OutputTerminal;
+
+ // Audio Streaming Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t Audio_AudioFormat;
+ USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates[5];
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t Audio_StreamEndpoint;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream = 1, /**< Audio stream interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..466de7303
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Audio Input Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.audio_input.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.audio_input"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.audio_input" caption="Audio Input Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Audio 1.0 Input device demo, implementing a basic USB microphone. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioInput.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AudioInput.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AudioInput.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a3181cf7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Audio Input Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3ad52565f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioInput/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = AudioInput
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dddcf67bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the AudioOutput demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioOutput.h"
+
+/** LUFA Audio Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Audio Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t Speaker_Audio_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+ .StreamingInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR,
+ .Size = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 2,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Current audio sampling frequency of the streaming audio endpoint. */
+static uint32_t CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = 48000;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ Audio_Device_USBTask(&Speaker_Audio_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the PWM timer with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
+
+ /* Check that the USB bus is ready for the next sample to read */
+ if (Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived(&Speaker_Audio_Interface))
+ {
+ /* Retrieve the signed 16-bit left and right audio samples, convert to 8-bit */
+ int8_t LeftSample_8Bit = (Audio_Device_ReadSample16(&Speaker_Audio_Interface) >> 8);
+ int8_t RightSample_8Bit = (Audio_Device_ReadSample16(&Speaker_Audio_Interface) >> 8);
+
+ /* Mix the two channels together to produce a mono, 8-bit sample */
+ int8_t MixedSample_8Bit = (((int16_t)LeftSample_8Bit + (int16_t)RightSample_8Bit) >> 1);
+
+ #if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
+ /* Load the sample into the PWM timer channel */
+ OCR3A = (MixedSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
+ /* Load the dual 8-bit samples into the PWM timer channels */
+ OCR3A = (LeftSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
+ OCR3B = (RightSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
+ /* Load the 8-bit mixed sample into PORTC */
+ PORTC = MixedSample_8Bit;
+ #endif
+
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ /* Turn on LEDs as the sample amplitude increases */
+ if (MixedSample_8Bit > 16)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4);
+ else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 8)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3);
+ else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 4)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+ else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 2)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevEndpoint);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ /* Sample reload timer initialization */
+ TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+ TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
+ TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
+
+ #if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
+ /* Set speaker as output */
+ DDRC |= (1 << 6);
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
+ /* Set speakers as outputs */
+ DDRC |= ((1 << 6) | (1 << 5));
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
+ /* Set PORTC as outputs */
+ DDRC |= 0xFF;
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) || defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO))
+ /* PWM speaker timer initialization */
+ TCCR3A = ((1 << WGM30) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)
+ | (1 << COM3B1) | (1 << COM3B0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP
+ TCCR3B = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30)); // Fast 8-Bit PWM, F_CPU speed
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+
+ /* Stop the sample reload timer */
+ TCCR0B = 0;
+
+ #if (defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) || defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO))
+ /* Stop the PWM generation timer */
+ TCCR3B = 0;
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
+ /* Set speaker as input to reduce current draw */
+ DDRC &= ~(1 << 6);
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
+ /* Set speakers as inputs to reduce current draw */
+ DDRC &= ~((1 << 6) | (1 << 5));
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
+ /* Set PORTC low */
+ PORTC = 0x00;
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Speaker_Audio_Interface);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Speaker_Audio_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Audio class driver callback for the setting and retrieval of streaming endpoint properties. This callback must be implemented
+ * in the user application to handle property manipulations on streaming audio endpoints.
+ *
+ * When the DataLength parameter is NULL, this callback should only indicate whether the specified operation is valid for
+ * the given endpoint index, and should return as fast as possible. When non-NULL, this value may be altered for GET operations
+ * to indicate the size of the retrieved data.
+ *
+ * \note The length of the retrieved data stored into the Data buffer on GET operations should not exceed the initial value
+ * of the \c DataLength parameter.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] EndpointProperty Property of the endpoint to get or set, a value from Audio_ClassRequests_t.
+ * \param[in] EndpointAddress Address of the streaming endpoint whose property is being referenced.
+ * \param[in] EndpointControl Parameter of the endpoint to get or set, a value from Audio_EndpointControls_t.
+ * \param[in,out] DataLength For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
+ * length of the retrieved data. When NULL, the function should return whether the given property
+ * and parameter is valid for the requested endpoint without reading or modifying the Data buffer.
+ * \param[in,out] Data Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
+ * the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the property get/set was successful, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
+ const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+ const uint8_t EndpointControl,
+ uint16_t* const DataLength,
+ uint8_t* Data)
+{
+ /* Check the requested endpoint to see if a supported endpoint is being manipulated */
+ if (EndpointAddress == Speaker_Audio_Interface.Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address)
+ {
+ /* Check the requested control to see if a supported control is being manipulated */
+ if (EndpointControl == AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq)
+ {
+ switch (EndpointProperty)
+ {
+ case AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent:
+ /* Check if we are just testing for a valid property, or actually adjusting it */
+ if (DataLength != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the new sampling frequency to the value given by the host */
+ CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = (((uint32_t)Data[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t)Data[1] << 8) | (uint32_t)Data[0]);
+
+ /* Adjust sample reload timer to the new frequency */
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+ }
+
+ return true;
+ case AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent:
+ /* Check if we are just testing for a valid property, or actually reading it */
+ if (DataLength != NULL)
+ {
+ *DataLength = 3;
+
+ Data[2] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 16);
+ Data[1] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 8);
+ Data[0] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** Audio class driver callback for the setting and retrieval of streaming interface properties. This callback must be implemented
+ * in the user application to handle property manipulations on streaming audio interfaces.
+ *
+ * When the DataLength parameter is NULL, this callback should only indicate whether the specified operation is valid for
+ * the given entity and should return as fast as possible. When non-NULL, this value may be altered for GET operations
+ * to indicate the size of the retrieved data.
+ *
+ * \note The length of the retrieved data stored into the Data buffer on GET operations should not exceed the initial value
+ * of the \c DataLength parameter.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Property Property of the interface to get or set, a value from Audio_ClassRequests_t.
+ * \param[in] EntityAddress Address of the audio entity whose property is being referenced.
+ * \param[in] Parameter Parameter of the entity to get or set, specific to each type of entity (see USB Audio specification).
+ * \param[in,out] DataLength For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
+ * length of the retrieved data. When NULL, the function should return whether the given property
+ * and parameter is valid for the requested endpoint without reading or modifying the Data buffer.
+ * \param[in,out] Data Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
+ * the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the property GET/SET was successful, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Property,
+ const uint8_t EntityAddress,
+ const uint16_t Parameter,
+ uint16_t* const DataLength,
+ uint8_t* Data)
+{
+ /* No audio interface entities in the device descriptor, thus no properties to get or set. */
+ return false;
+}
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..671552f49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AudioOutput.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
+#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdlib.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
+ const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+ const uint8_t EndpointControl,
+ uint16_t* const DataLength,
+ uint8_t* Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Property,
+ const uint8_t EntityAddress,
+ const uint16_t Parameter,
+ uint16_t* const DataLength,
+ uint8_t* Data);
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8f0c7d656
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Output Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Audio demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Audio Output device using the
+ * basic USB Audio 1.0 drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
+ * required).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
+ * as a USB speaker. Outgoing audio will output in 8-bit PWM onto
+ * the timer 3 output compare channel A for AUDIO_OUT_MONO mode, on
+ * timer 3 channels A and B for AUDIO_OUT_STEREO and on PORTC as a signed
+ * mono sample for AUDIO_OUT_PORTC. Audio output will also be indicated on
+ * the board LEDs in all modes. Decouple audio outputs with a capacitor and
+ * attach to a speaker to hear the audio.
+ *
+ * Under Windows, if a driver request dialogue pops up, select the option
+ * to automatically install the appropriate drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AUDIO_OUT_STEREO</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in stereo to the timer output pins of the microcontroller.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AUDIO_OUT_MONO</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to the timer output pin of the microcontroller.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AUDIO_OUT_PORTC</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to port C of the microcontroller, for connection to an
+ * external DAC.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e6684a611
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define AUDIO_OUT_STEREO
+// #define AUDIO_OUT_MONO
+// #define AUDIO_OUT_PORTC
+
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..796221604
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4d68e89de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(2,0,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2046,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,2),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+ .TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t) +
+ sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t) +
+ sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t)),
+
+ .InCollection = 1,
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ },
+
+ .Audio_InputTerminal =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .TerminalID = 0x01,
+ .TerminalType = AUDIO_TERMINAL_STREAMING,
+ .AssociatedOutputTerminal = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalChannels = 2,
+ .ChannelConfig = (AUDIO_CHANNEL_LEFT_FRONT | AUDIO_CHANNEL_RIGHT_FRONT),
+
+ .ChannelStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+ .TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_OutputTerminal =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .TerminalID = 0x02,
+ .TerminalType = AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_SPEAKER,
+ .AssociatedInputTerminal = 0x00,
+
+ .SourceID = 0x01,
+
+ .TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .AlternateSetting = 1,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
+
+ .TerminalLink = 0x01,
+
+ .FrameDelay = 1,
+ .AudioFormat = 0x0001
+ },
+
+ .Audio_AudioFormat =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t) +
+ sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates),
+ .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType,
+
+ .FormatType = 0x01,
+ .Channels = 0x02,
+
+ .SubFrameSize = 0x02,
+ .BitResolution = 16,
+
+ .TotalDiscreteSampleRates = (sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates) / sizeof(USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t)),
+ },
+
+ .Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates =
+ {
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(8000),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(11025),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(22050),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(44100),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000),
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS | ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x01
+ },
+
+ .Refresh = 0,
+ .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+ .Attributes = (AUDIO_EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS | AUDIO_EP_SAMPLE_FREQ_CONTROL),
+
+ .LockDelayUnits = 0x00,
+ .LockDelay = 0x0000
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Audio Out Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..58cf0c55c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Audio isochronous streaming data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. */
+ #define AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE 256
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Audio Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t Audio_InputTerminal;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t Audio_OutputTerminal;
+
+ // Audio Streaming Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t Audio_AudioFormat;
+ USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates[5];
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t Audio_StreamEndpoint;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream = 1, /**< Audio stream interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f46f3a0f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Audio Output Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.audio_output.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.audio_output"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.audio_output" caption="Audio Output Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Audio 1.0 Output device demo, implementing a basic USB speaker. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioOutput.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AudioOutput.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AudioOutput.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..03c33a2d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Audio Output Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = YES
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..32d73c9d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/AudioOutput/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = AudioOutput
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a06b60275
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 2
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..27bd67cdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x206D,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,2),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+ .TotalLength = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t),
+
+ .InCollection = 1,
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
+
+ .AudioSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+
+ .TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t) -
+ offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t, Audio_StreamInterface_SPC))
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Emb =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+ .JackID = 0x01,
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Emb2 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+ .JackID = 0x02,
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Ext =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+ .JackID = 0x03,
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Ext2 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+ .JackID = 0x04,
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+ .JackID = 0x05,
+
+ .NumberOfPins = 1,
+ .SourceJackID = {0x03},
+ .SourcePinID = {0x01},
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb2 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+ .JackID = 0x06,
+
+ .NumberOfPins = 1,
+ .SourceJackID = {0x04},
+ .SourcePinID = {0x01},
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+ .JackID = 0x07,
+
+ .NumberOfPins = 1,
+ .SourceJackID = {0x01},
+ .SourcePinID = {0x01},
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext2 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+ .JackID = 0x08,
+
+ .NumberOfPins = 1,
+ .SourceJackID = {0x02},
+ .SourcePinID = {0x01},
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .Refresh = 0,
+ .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_DualJack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+ .TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x02,
+ .AssociatedJackID = {0x01, 0x02}
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .Refresh = 0,
+ .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_DualJack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+ .TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x02,
+ .AssociatedJackID = {0x05, 0x06}
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Dual MIDI Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8164bfc93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data IN endpoint, for device-to-host data transfers. */
+ #define MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data OUT endpoint, for host-to-device data transfers. */
+ #define MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a dual jack endpoint descriptor. This is identical to the LUFA MIDI class driver's
+ * USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t, except that it contains two jack association entries.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+ uint8_t TotalEmbeddedJacks; /**< Total number of jacks inside this endpoint. */
+ uint8_t AssociatedJackID[2]; /**< IDs of each jack inside the endpoint. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_Descriptor_DualJack_Endpoint_t;
+
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // MIDI Audio Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
+
+ // MIDI Audio Streaming Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Emb;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Emb2;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Ext;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Ext2;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb2;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext2;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_DualJack_Endpoint_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_DualJack_Endpoint_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream = 1, /**< Audio streaming interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..96d5433ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Dual MIDI demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "DualMIDI.h"
+
+/** LUFA MIDI Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all MIDI Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t Keyboard_MIDI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .StreamingInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ CheckJoystickMovement();
+
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t ReceivedMIDIEvent;
+ while (MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &ReceivedMIDIEvent))
+ {
+ if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON)) && (ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data3 > 0))
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2 > 64 ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
+ else
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ MIDI_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Checks for changes in the position of the board joystick, sending MIDI events to the host upon each change. */
+void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
+{
+ static uint8_t PrevJoystickStatus;
+
+ uint8_t MIDICommand = 0;
+ uint8_t MIDIPitch;
+
+ /* Get current joystick mask, XOR with previous to detect joystick changes */
+ uint8_t JoystickStatus = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t JoystickChanges = (JoystickStatus ^ PrevJoystickStatus);
+
+ /* Get board button status - if pressed use second virtual cable, otherwise use the first */
+ uint8_t VirtualCable = (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? 1 : 0;
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_LEFT)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_LEFT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3C;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_UP)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_UP)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3D;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_RIGHT)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_RIGHT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3E;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_DOWN)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_DOWN)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3F;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_PRESS)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_PRESS)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3B;
+ }
+
+ if (MIDICommand)
+ {
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent = (MIDI_EventPacket_t)
+ {
+ .Event = MIDI_EVENT(VirtualCable, MIDICommand),
+
+ .Data1 = MIDICommand | MIDI_CHANNEL(1),
+ .Data2 = MIDIPitch,
+ .Data3 = MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY,
+ };
+
+ MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &MIDIEvent);
+ MIDI_Device_Flush(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+ }
+
+ PrevJoystickStatus = JoystickStatus;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a4a1d6221
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DualMIDI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DUAL_MIDI_H_
+#define _DUAL_MIDI_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e5d8c26be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/DualMIDI.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage MIDI Dual Input Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
+ * USB-MIDI Audio Class Extension Specification \n
+ * General MIDI Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Dual MIDI demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing the USB-MIDI class in USB devices.
+ * It is built upon the USB Audio class.
+ *
+ * Joystick movements are translated into note on/off messages and
+ * are sent to the host PC as MIDI streams which can be read by any
+ * MIDI program supporting MIDI IN devices.
+ *
+ * If the HWB is not pressed, the first virtual MIDI cable to the host is
+ * used. If the HWB is pressed, then the second virtual cable is selected.
+ *
+ * This device implements MIDI-THRU mode, with the IN MIDI data being
+ * generated by the device itself. OUT MIDI data is discarded.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ba85a3b56
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Dual MIDI Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_midi.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_midi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="MIDI Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_midi.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_midi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_midi" caption="Dual MIDI Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Dual MIDI device demo, implementing a basic USB MIDI device with two virtual cables that can send messages to the host. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="MIDI Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="DualMIDI.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="DualMIDI.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="DualMIDI.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..adf3fbd8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Dual MIDI Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c7534be4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualMIDI/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = DualMIDI
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..39b5236fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 6
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9952ed92c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x204E,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 4,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_IAD =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
+
+ .FirstInterfaceIndex = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI,
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x06,
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_ManagementEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC1_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC1_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_IAD =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
+
+ .FirstInterfaceIndex = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI,
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x06,
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_ManagementEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC2_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC2_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Dual CDC Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..53f66ae41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the first CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC1_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the first CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC1_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the first CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the second CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC2_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 4)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the second CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC2_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 5)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the second CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 6)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // First CDC Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC1_IAD;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC1_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC1_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC1_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC1_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_ManagementEndpoint;
+
+ // First CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC1_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_DataInEndpoint;
+
+ // Second CDC Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC2_IAD;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC2_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC2_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC2_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC2_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_ManagementEndpoint;
+
+ // Second CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC2_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_DataInEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI = 0, /**< CDC1 CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_DCI = 1, /**< CDC1 DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI = 2, /**< CDC2 CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_DCI = 3, /**< CDC2 DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e48653897
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the DualVirtualSerial demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "DualVirtualSerial.h"
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another. This is for the first CDC interface,
+ * which sends strings to the host for each joystick movement.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC1_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC1_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another. This is for the second CDC interface,
+ * which echos back all received data from the host.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC2_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC2_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ CheckJoystickMovement();
+
+ /* Discard all received data on the first CDC interface */
+ CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface);
+
+ /* Echo all received data on the second CDC interface */
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface);
+ if (!(ReceivedByte < 0))
+ CDC_Device_SendByte(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface, (uint8_t)ReceivedByte);
+
+ CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface);
+ CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Checks for changes in the position of the board joystick, sending strings to the host upon each change
+ * through the first of the CDC interfaces.
+ */
+void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
+{
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ char* ReportString = NULL;
+ static bool ActionSent = false;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n";
+ else
+ ActionSent = false;
+
+ if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false))
+ {
+ ActionSent = true;
+
+ CDC_Device_SendString(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface, ReportString);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface);
+ ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface);
+ CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e4f5f22b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DualVirtualSerial.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DUAL_VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+#define _DUAL_VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1e8d3c531
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Dual Communications Device Class (Dual Virtual Serial Port) Device
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Interface Association Descriptor ECN \n
+ * USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Dual Communications Device Class demonstration application.
+ * This gives a simple reference application for implementing
+ * a composite device with dual CDC functions acting as a pair
+ * of virtual serial ports. This demo uses Interface Association
+ * Descriptors to link together the pair of related CDC
+ * descriptors for each virtual serial port, which may not be
+ * supported in all OSes - Windows Vista is supported, as is
+ * XP (although the latter may need a hotfix to function).
+ *
+ * Joystick actions are transmitted to the host as strings
+ * through the first serial port. The device does not respond to
+ * serial data sent from the host in the first serial port.
+ *
+ * The second serial port echoes back data sent from the host.
+ *
+ * After running this demo for the first time on a new computer,
+ * you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo
+ * project's directory as the device's driver when running under
+ * Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
+ * negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
+ * Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
+ * CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1a0e0248a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port" \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e00f33995
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_cdc.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_cdc.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.dual_cdc" caption="Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Dual Virtual Serial (CDC) demo, implementing a pair of virtual serial port interfaces. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="DualVirtualSerial.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="DualVirtualSerial.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="DualVirtualSerial.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4ed8962f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..41da0e940
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/DualVirtualSerial/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = DualVirtualSerial
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..47b8ffef8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE 8
+
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c6542445d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 1
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b070a5db3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM GenericReport[] =
+{
+ /* Use the HID class driver's standard Vendor HID report.
+ * Vendor Usage Page: 0
+ * Vendor Collection Usage: 1
+ * Vendor Report IN Usage: 2
+ * Vendor Report OUT Usage: 3
+ * Vendor Report Size: GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE
+ */
+ HID_DESCRIPTOR_VENDOR(0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x204F,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_GenericHID,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_GenericHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(GenericReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Generic HID Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_GenericHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &GenericReport;
+ Size = sizeof(GenericReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a4426e8ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Generic HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_GenericHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_GenericHID = 0, /**< GenericHID interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Generic HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define GENERIC_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reporting endpoint. */
+ #define GENERIC_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1fb604413
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.c
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the GenericHID demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "GenericHID.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevHIDReportBuffer[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Generic_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_GenericHID,
+ .ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevHIDReportBuffer,
+ .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevHIDReportBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ HID_Device_USBTask(&Generic_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Generic_HID_Interface);
+
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Generic_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Generic_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+ uint8_t* Data = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
+ uint8_t CurrLEDMask = LEDs_GetLEDs();
+
+ Data[0] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED1) ? 1 : 0);
+ Data[1] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED2) ? 1 : 0);
+ Data[2] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED3) ? 1 : 0);
+ Data[3] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED4) ? 1 : 0);
+
+ *ReportSize = GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE;
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
+ * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+ uint8_t* Data = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
+ uint8_t NewLEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ if (Data[0])
+ NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+ if (Data[1])
+ NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED2;
+
+ if (Data[2])
+ NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+ if (Data[3])
+ NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(NewLEDMask);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8e290cd3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for GenericHID.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _GENERICHID_H_
+#define _GENERICHID_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+ void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..649fc62ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Generic HID Device
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Generic HID device demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
+ * for implementing a generic HID device, using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern
+ * OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). By default it accepts and sends up to 8 byte reports
+ * to and from a USB Host, and transmits the last sent report back to the host.
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a vendor HID device.
+ * When controlled by a custom HID class application, reports can be sent and received by
+ * both the standard data endpoint and control request methods defined in the HID specification.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>This token defines the size of the device reports, both sent and received (including report ID byte). The value
+ * must be an integer ranging from 1 to 255.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_libusb.js b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_libusb.js
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..4203a08e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_libusb.js
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env node
+
+// LUFA Library
+// Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+//
+// dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+// www.lufa-lib.org
+
+// LUFA Generic HID device demo host test script. This script will send a
+// continuous stream of generic reports to the device, to show a variable LED
+// pattern on the target board. Send and received report data is printed to
+// the terminal.
+//
+// You have to install the usb and async modules prior to executing this script:
+// apt-get install libusb-1.0-0-dev
+// npm install usb async sprintf
+
+var usb = require('usb');
+var async = require('async');
+var sprintf = require('sprintf');
+
+var deviceVid = 0x03EB;
+var devicePid = 0x204F;
+var reportLength = 8;
+
+function getAndInitHidDeviceAndInterface()
+{
+ device = usb.findByIds(deviceVid, devicePid);
+ if (!device) {
+ console.log('No device found');
+ process.exit(1);
+ }
+ device.open();
+
+ var hidInterface = device.interface(0);
+ if (hidInterface.isKernelDriverActive()) {
+ hidInterface.detachKernelDriver();
+ }
+ hidInterface.claim();
+
+ async.series([
+ function(callback) {
+ setConfiguration(0, function(error, data) {
+ callback();
+ });
+ }
+ ]);
+
+ return {hidDevice:device, hidInterface:hidInterface};
+}
+
+function read(hidInterface, callback)
+{
+ endpoint = hidInterface.endpoints[0];
+ endpoint.transfer(reportLength, function(error, data) {
+ if (error) {
+ console.log(error)
+ } else {
+ console.log("Received LED Pattern:", data.slice(0, 4));
+ }
+ callback();
+ });
+}
+
+function write(hidDevice, message, callback)
+{
+ hidDevice.controlTransfer( // Send a Set Report control request
+ parseInt('00100001', 2), // bmRequestType (constant for this control request)
+ 0x09, // bmRequest (constant for this control request)
+ 0x0809, // wValue (MSB is report type, LSB is report number)
+ 0, // wIndex (interface number)
+ message, // message to be sent
+ function(error, data) { // callback to be executed upon finishing the transfer
+ console.log("Sent LED Pattern:", message.slice(1, 5))
+ callback();
+ }
+ );
+}
+
+function setConfiguration(configurationNumber, callback)
+{
+ device.controlTransfer( // Send a Set Configuration control request
+ parseInt('00000000', 2), // bmRequestType
+ 0x09, // bmRequest
+ 0, // wValue (Configuration value)
+ 0, // wIndex
+ new Buffer(0), // message to be sent
+ callback // callback to be executed upon finishing the transfer
+ );
+}
+
+// @TODO: Fix this function because apparently it doesn't work for some reason.
+function getStringDescriptor(stringId, languageId, callback)
+{
+ var STRING_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE = 0x03;
+ var wValue = (STRING_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE << 8) | stringId;
+
+ device.controlTransfer( // Send a Get Descriptor control request
+ parseInt('10000000', 2), // bmRequestType
+ 0x06, // bmRequest
+ wValue, // wValue
+ languageId, // wIndex
+ 64, // response length
+ callback // callback to be executed upon finishing the transfer
+ );
+}
+
+function setNextPattern()
+{
+ var pattern = [
+ hidInterface.interface,
+ (p >> 3) & 1,
+ (p >> 2) & 1,
+ (p >> 1) & 1,
+ (p >> 0) & 1
+ ];
+
+ async.series([
+ function(callback) {
+ write(hidDevice, new Buffer(pattern), callback);
+ },
+ function(callback) {
+ read(hidInterface, callback);
+ },
+ function(callback) {
+ p = (p + 1) % 16
+ setTimeout(setNextPattern, 200);
+ callback();
+ }]);
+}
+
+var hidDeviceAndInterface = getAndInitHidDeviceAndInterface();
+var hidDevice = hidDeviceAndInterface.hidDevice
+var hidInterface = hidDeviceAndInterface.hidInterface;
+
+console.log(sprintf("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]",
+ hidDevice.deviceDescriptor.idVendor,
+ hidDevice.deviceDescriptor.idProduct,
+ hidDevice.deviceDescriptor.iProduct,
+ hidDevice.deviceDescriptor.iManufacturer));
+
+p = 0
+setNextPattern();
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_libusb.py b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_libusb.py
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..b61970d7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_libusb.py
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python
+
+"""
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+"""
+
+"""
+ LUFA Generic HID device demo host test script. This script will send a
+ continuous stream of generic reports to the device, to show a variable LED
+ pattern on the target board. Send and received report data is printed to
+ the terminal.
+
+ Requires the PyUSB library (http://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/pyusb/).
+"""
+
+import sys
+from time import sleep
+import usb.core
+import usb.util
+
+# Generic HID device VID, PID and report payload length (length is increased
+# by one to account for the Report ID byte that must be pre-pended)
+device_vid = 0x03EB
+device_pid = 0x204F
+
+def get_and_init_hid_device():
+ device = usb.core.find(idVendor=device_vid, idProduct=device_pid)
+
+ if device is None:
+ sys.exit("Could not find USB device.")
+
+ if device.is_kernel_driver_active(0):
+ try:
+ device.detach_kernel_driver(0)
+ except usb.core.USBError as exception:
+ sys.exit("Could not detatch kernel driver: %s" % str(exception))
+
+ try:
+ device.set_configuration()
+ except usb.core.USBError as exception:
+ sys.exit("Could not set configuration: %s" % str(exception))
+
+ return device
+
+def send_led_pattern(device, led1, led2, led3, led4):
+ # Report data for the demo is LED on/off data
+ report_data = [led1, led2, led3, led4]
+
+ # Send the generated report to the device
+ number_of_bytes_written = device.ctrl_transfer( # Set Report control request
+ 0b00100001, # bmRequestType (constant for this control request)
+ 0x09, # bmRequest (constant for this control request)
+ 0, # wValue (MSB is report type, LSB is report number)
+ 0, # wIndex (interface number)
+ report_data # report data to be sent
+ );
+ assert number_of_bytes_written == len(report_data)
+
+ print("Sent LED Pattern: {0}".format(report_data))
+
+def receive_led_pattern(hid_device):
+ endpoint = hid_device[0][(0,0)][0]
+ report_data = hid_device.read(endpoint.bEndpointAddress, endpoint.wMaxPacketSize)
+ return list(report_data)
+
+def main():
+ hid_device = get_and_init_hid_device()
+
+ print("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]" %
+ (hid_device.idVendor, hid_device.idProduct,
+ usb.util.get_string(hid_device, 256, hid_device.iProduct),
+ usb.util.get_string(hid_device, 256, hid_device.iManufacturer)))
+
+ p = 0
+ while (True):
+ # Convert the current pattern index to a bit-mask and send
+ send_led_pattern(hid_device,
+ (p >> 3) & 1,
+ (p >> 2) & 1,
+ (p >> 1) & 1,
+ (p >> 0) & 1)
+
+ # Receive and print the current LED pattern
+ led_pattern = receive_led_pattern(hid_device)[0:4]
+ print("Received LED Pattern: {0}".format(led_pattern))
+
+ # Compute next LED pattern in sequence
+ p = (p + 1) % 16
+
+ # Delay a bit for visual effect
+ sleep(.2)
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+ main()
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_winusb.py b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_winusb.py
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..286577280
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid_winusb.py
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+"""
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+"""
+
+"""
+ LUFA Generic HID device demo host test script. This script will send a
+ continuous stream of generic reports to the device, to show a variable LED
+ pattern on the target board. Send and received report data is printed to
+ the terminal.
+
+ Requires the pywinusb library (https://pypi.python.org/pypi/pywinusb/).
+"""
+
+import sys
+from time import sleep
+import pywinusb.hid as hid
+
+# Generic HID device VID, PID and report payload length (length is increased
+# by one to account for the Report ID byte that must be pre-pended)
+device_vid = 0x03EB
+device_pid = 0x204F
+report_length = 1 + 8
+
+
+def get_hid_device_handle():
+ hid_device_filter = hid.HidDeviceFilter(vendor_id=device_vid,
+ product_id=device_pid)
+
+ valid_hid_devices = hid_device_filter.get_devices()
+
+ if len(valid_hid_devices) is 0:
+ return None
+ else:
+ return valid_hid_devices[0]
+
+
+def send_led_pattern(device, led1, led2, led3, led4):
+ # Report data for the demo is the report ID (always zero) followed by the
+ # LED on/off data
+ report_data = [0, led1, led2, led3, led4]
+
+ # Zero-extend the array to the length the report should be
+ report_data.extend([0] * (report_length - len(report_data)))
+
+ # Send the generated report to the device
+ device.send_output_report(report_data)
+
+ print("Sent LED Pattern: {0}".format(report_data[1:5]))
+
+
+def received_led_pattern(report_data):
+ print("Received LED Pattern: {0}".format(report_data[1:5]))
+
+
+def main():
+ hid_device = get_hid_device_handle()
+
+ if hid_device is None:
+ print("No valid HID device found.")
+ sys.exit(1)
+
+ try:
+ hid_device.open()
+
+ print("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]" %
+ (hid_device.vendor_id, hid_device.product_id,
+ hid_device.product_name, hid_device.vendor_name))
+
+ # Set up the HID input report handler to receive reports
+ hid_device.set_raw_data_handler(received_led_pattern)
+
+ p = 0
+ while (hid_device.is_plugged()):
+ # Convert the current pattern index to a bit-mask and send
+ send_led_pattern(hid_device,
+ (p >> 3) & 1,
+ (p >> 2) & 1,
+ (p >> 1) & 1,
+ (p >> 0) & 1)
+
+ # Compute next LED pattern in sequence
+ p = (p + 1) % 16
+
+ # Delay a bit for visual effect
+ sleep(.2)
+
+ finally:
+ hid_device.close()
+
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+ main()
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..710f7c719
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Generic HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.generic_hid.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.generic_hid"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Generic HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.generic_hid.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.generic_hid"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.generic_hid" caption="Generic HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Generic HID device demo, implementing a device whose LEDs can be controlled via HID messages from the host. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="GenericHID.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="HostTestApp"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="GenericHID.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="GenericHID.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e8808812e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2365 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Generic HID Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/ \
+ HostTestApp/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..58e817644
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/GenericHID/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = GenericHID
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c6542445d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 1
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b257b7101
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM JoystickReport[] =
+{
+ /* Use the HID class driver's standard Joystick report.
+ * Min X/Y/Z Axis values: -100
+ * Max X/Y/Z Axis values: 100
+ * Min physical X/Y/Z Axis values (used to determine resolution): -1
+ * Max physical X/Y/Z Axis values (used to determine resolution): 1
+ * Buttons: 2
+ */
+ HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK(-100, 100, -1, 1, 2)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2043,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Joystick,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_JoystickHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(JoystickReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = JOYSTICK_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = JOYSTICK_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Joystick Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_JoystickHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &JoystickReport;
+ Size = sizeof(JoystickReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..47fe46c9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Joystick HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_JoystickHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Joystick = 0, /**< Joystick interface desciptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Joystick HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define JOYSTICK_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Joystick HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define JOYSTICK_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..32cd4d9bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.c
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Joystick demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Joystick.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevJoystickHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Joystick_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Joystick,
+ .ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = JOYSTICK_EPADDR,
+ .Size = JOYSTICK_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevJoystickHIDReportBuffer,
+ .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevJoystickHIDReportBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ HID_Device_USBTask(&Joystick_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Joystick_HID_Interface);
+
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Joystick_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Joystick_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+ USB_JoystickReport_Data_t* JoystickReport = (USB_JoystickReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ JoystickReport->Y = -100;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ JoystickReport->Y = 100;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ JoystickReport->X = -100;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ JoystickReport->X = 100;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ JoystickReport->Button |= (1 << 1);
+
+ if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+ JoystickReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+ *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t);
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
+ * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+ // Unused (but mandatory for the HID class driver) in this demo, since there are no Host->Device reports
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8c8b33fa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Joystick.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _JOYSTICK_H_
+#define _JOYSTICK_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the joystick HID report structure, for creating and sending HID reports to the host PC.
+ * This mirrors the layout described to the host in the HID report descriptor, in Descriptors.c.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ int8_t X; /**< Current absolute joystick X position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
+ int8_t Y; /**< Current absolute joystick Y position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
+ int8_t Z; /**< Current absolute joystick Z position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
+ uint8_t Button; /**< Bit mask of the currently pressed joystick buttons */
+ } USB_JoystickReport_Data_t;
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+ void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e3aec3d70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/Joystick.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Joystick Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Joystick demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Keyboard device, for USB Joysticks
+ * using the standard Keyboard HID profile.
+ *
+ * This device will show up as a generic joystick device, with two buttons.
+ * Pressing the joystick inwards is the first button, and the HWB button
+ * is the second.
+ *
+ * Moving the joystick on the selected board moves the joystick location on
+ * the host computer.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface joysticks are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..97d37a5aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Joystick HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.joystick.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Joystick HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.joystick.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.joystick" caption="Joystick HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Joystick HID device demo, implementing a basic USB joystick that can send movement information to the host. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Joystick.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Joystick.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Joystick.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a48265c0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Joystick Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9df157b74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Joystick/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = Joystick
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c6542445d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 1
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d45c1098f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
+{
+ /* Use the HID class driver's standard Keyboard report.
+ * Max simultaneous keys: 6
+ */
+ HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(6)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2042,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_KeyboardHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = KEYBOARD_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Keyboard Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_KeyboardHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &KeyboardReport;
+ Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8bdb50ff3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Keyboard HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_KeyboardHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard = 0, /**< Keyboard interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..df606cd25
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.c
@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Keyboard demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Keyboard.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Keyboard HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+ .ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = KEYBOARD_EPADDR,
+ .Size = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer,
+ .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ HID_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware()
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+ USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+ uint8_t UsedKeyCodes = 0;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E;
+
+ if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F;
+
+ if (UsedKeyCodes)
+ KeyboardReport->Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT;
+
+ *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t);
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
+ * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+ uint8_t* LEDReport = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9e192a665
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Keyboard.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+ void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9b4375b2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Keyboard Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Keyboard Subclass</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Keyboard demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
+ * for implementing a USB Keyboard using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern
+ * OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). It is boot protocol compatible, and thus
+ * works under compatible BIOS as if it was a native keyboard (e.g. PS/2).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a keyboard
+ * when the USB connection to a host is present. To use the keyboard example,
+ * manipulate the joystick to send the letters a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID
+ * documentation for more information on sending keyboard event and key presses. Unlike
+ * other LUFA Keyboard demos, this example shows explicitly how to send multiple key presses
+ * inside the same report to the host.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d7cdc17bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Keyboard HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Keyboard HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard" caption="Keyboard HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Keyboard HID device demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard that can send key press information to the host. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Keyboard.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Keyboard.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Keyboard.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9962d7c79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3b9365549
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Keyboard/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = Keyboard
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fa0397910
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 3
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..663e425da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ *
+ * This descriptor describes the mouse HID interface's report structure.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
+{
+ /* Use the HID class driver's standard Mouse report.
+ * Min X/Y Axis values: -1
+ * Max X/Y Axis values: 1
+ * Min physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution): -1
+ * Max physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution): 1
+ * Buttons: 3
+ * Absolute screen coordinates: false
+ */
+ HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE(-1, 1, -1, 1, 3, false)
+};
+
+/** Same as the MouseReport structure, but defines the keyboard HID interface's report structure. */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
+{
+ /* Use the HID class driver's standard Keyboard report.
+ * Max simultaneous keys: 6
+ */
+ HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(6)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x204D,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID1_KeyboardInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID1_KeyboardHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID1_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .HID2_MouseInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID2_MouseHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(MouseReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID2_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MOUSE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mouse and Keyboard Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ switch (wIndex)
+ {
+ case INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID1_KeyboardHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case INTERFACE_ID_Mouse:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID2_MouseHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ switch (wIndex)
+ {
+ case INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard:
+ Address = &KeyboardReport;
+ Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
+ break;
+ case INTERFACE_ID_Mouse:
+ Address = &MouseReport;
+ Size = sizeof(MouseReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..70ee795db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Keyboard HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID1_KeyboardInterface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID1_KeyboardHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID1_ReportINEndpoint;
+
+ // Mouse HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID2_MouseInterface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID2_MouseHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID2_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard = 0, /**< Keyboard interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_Mouse = 1, /**< Mouse interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define MOUSE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of each of the HID reporting IN endpoints. */
+ #define HID_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7dacbbbe9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the KeyboardMouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "KeyboardMouse.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Keyboard HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Mouse HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another. This is for the keyboard HID
+ * interface within the device.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+ .ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = HID_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer,
+ .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another. This is for the mouse HID
+ * interface within the device.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Mouse_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+ .ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MOUSE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = HID_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer,
+ .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ HID_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+ HID_Device_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware()
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+ ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+ HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+ HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+ /* Determine which interface must have its report generated */
+ if (HIDInterfaceInfo == &Keyboard_HID_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+ /* If first board button not being held down, no keyboard report */
+ if (!(ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1))
+ return 0;
+
+ KeyboardReport->Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E;
+
+ *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t);
+ return false;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USB_MouseReport_Data_t* MouseReport = (USB_MouseReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+ /* If first board button being held down, no mouse report */
+ if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ MouseReport->Y = -1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ MouseReport->Y = 1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ MouseReport->X = -1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ MouseReport->X = 1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+ *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t);
+ return true;
+ }
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
+ * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+ if (HIDInterfaceInfo == &Keyboard_HID_Interface)
+ {
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+ uint8_t* LEDReport = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e40d106d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+ void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..20c89cc80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Dual HID Keyboard and Mouse Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Keyboard/Mouse demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a composite device containing both USB Keyboard
+ * and USB Mouse functionality using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern OSes
+ * (i.e. no special drivers required). This example uses two separate HID
+ * interfaces for each function. It is boot protocol compatible, and thus works under
+ * compatible BIOS as if it was a native keyboard and mouse (e.g. PS/2).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
+ * as a keyboard when the USB connection to a host is present and the HWB is not
+ * pressed. When enabled, manipulate the joystick to send the letters
+ * a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID documentation for more information
+ * on sending keyboard event and key presses.
+ *
+ * When the HWB is pressed, the mouse mode is enabled. When enabled, move the
+ * joystick to move the pointer, and push the joystick inwards to simulate a
+ * left-button click.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b5ca0121
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse" caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Keyboard and Mouse HID device demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard and mouse using a pair of HID interfaces. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="KeyboardMouse.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="KeyboardMouse.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="KeyboardMouse.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7428ae1cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Combined Keyboard/Mouse Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a0805d76a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouse/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = KeyboardMouse
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c6542445d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 1
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6d9c3c250
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ *
+ * This descriptor describes the multiple possible reports of the HID interface's report structure.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM HIDReport[] =
+{
+ /* Mouse Report */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), /* Mouse */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */
+ HID_RI_REPORT_ID(8, HID_REPORTID_MouseReport),
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), /* Pointer */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00), /* Physical */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09), /* Button */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x03),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x03),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x05),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30), /* Usage X */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31), /* Usage Y */
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1),
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1),
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x02),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_RELATIVE),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+
+ /* Keyboard Report */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x06), /* Keyboard */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */
+ HID_RI_REPORT_ID(8, HID_REPORTID_KeyboardReport),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), /* Key Codes */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0xE0), /* Keyboard Left Control */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0xE7), /* Keyboard Right GUI */
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x08), /* LEDs */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01), /* Num Lock */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x05), /* Kana */
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x05),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x03),
+ HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), /* Keyboard */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), /* Reserved (no event indicated) */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65), /* Keyboard Application */
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x06),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_ARRAY | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2066,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_KeyboardAndMouse,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_HIDData =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(HIDReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = HID_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Multi HID Report Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_HIDData;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &HIDReport;
+ Size = sizeof(HIDReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..09a2b495c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Combined Keyboard/Mouse HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_HIDData;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_KeyboardAndMouse = 0, /**< Combined keyboard and mouse interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define HID_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of each of the HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define HID_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the HID report IDs used in the device. */
+ enum
+ {
+ HID_REPORTID_MouseReport = 0x01, /**< Report ID for the Mouse report within the device. */
+ HID_REPORTID_KeyboardReport = 0x02, /**< Report ID for the Keyboard report within the device. */
+ } HID_Report_IDs;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..256216c86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.c
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the KeyboardMouseMultiReport demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "KeyboardMouseMultiReport.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevHIDReportBuffer[MAX(sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t), sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t))];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Device_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_KeyboardAndMouse,
+ .ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = HID_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = HID_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevHIDReportBuffer,
+ .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevHIDReportBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ HID_Device_USBTask(&Device_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware()
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Device_HID_Interface);
+
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Device_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Device_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+ if (!(ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1))
+ {
+ USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+ KeyboardReport->Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E;
+
+ *ReportID = HID_REPORTID_KeyboardReport;
+ *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t);
+ return false;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USB_MouseReport_Data_t* MouseReport = (USB_MouseReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ MouseReport->Y = -1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ MouseReport->Y = 1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ MouseReport->X = -1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ MouseReport->X = 1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+ *ReportID = HID_REPORTID_MouseReport;
+ *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t);
+ return true;
+ }
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
+ * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+ uint8_t* LEDReport = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e40d106d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+ void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6ff910e16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/KeyboardMouseMultiReport.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Multiple Report HID Keyboard and Mouse Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Keyboard/Mouse demonstration application, using a single HID interface. This gives
+ * a simple reference application for implementing a multiple HID report device
+ * containing both USB Keyboard and USB Mouse functionality using the basic USB HID
+ * drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). This example uses a
+ * single HID interface that is shared between the two functions.
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a keyboard when
+ * the USB connection to a host is present and the HWB is not pressed. When enabled,
+ * manipulate the joystick to send the letters a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID
+ * documentation for more information on sending keyboard event and key presses.
+ *
+ * When the HWB is pressed, the mouse mode is enabled. When enabled, move the joystick
+ * to move the pointer, and push the joystick inwards to simulate a left-button click.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..39487fd8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID (Multi Report) Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse_mr.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse_mr"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID (Multi Report) Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse_mr.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse_mr"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.keyboard_mouse_mr" caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID (Multi Report) Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Keyboard and Mouse HID device demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard and mouse using a single HID interface and multiple logical reports. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="KeyboardMouseMultiReport.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="KeyboardMouseMultiReport.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="KeyboardMouseMultiReport.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..138ef6b6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Combined Keyboard/Mouse (Multiple HID Report) Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8f55b3ee7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/KeyboardMouseMultiReport/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = KeyboardMouseMultiReport
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a06b60275
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 2
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f7138ca59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2048,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+ .TotalLength = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t),
+
+ .InCollection = 1,
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
+
+ .AudioSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+
+ .TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t) -
+ offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t, Audio_StreamInterface_SPC))
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Emb =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+ .JackID = 0x01,
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Ext =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+ .JackID = 0x02,
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+ .JackID = 0x03,
+
+ .NumberOfPins = 1,
+ .SourceJackID = {0x02},
+ .SourcePinID = {0x01},
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+ .JackID = 0x04,
+
+ .NumberOfPins = 1,
+ .SourceJackID = {0x01},
+ .SourcePinID = {0x01},
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .Refresh = 0,
+ .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+ .TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
+ .AssociatedJackID = {0x01}
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .Refresh = 0,
+ .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+ .TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
+ .AssociatedJackID = {0x03}
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA MIDI Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..677b3e1ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data IN endpoint, for device-to-host data transfers. */
+ #define MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data OUT endpoint, for host-to-device data transfers. */
+ #define MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // MIDI Audio Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
+
+ // MIDI Audio Streaming Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Emb;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Ext;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream = 1, /**< Audio streaming interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..46260c090
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MIDI demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MIDI.h"
+
+/** LUFA MIDI Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all MIDI Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t Keyboard_MIDI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .StreamingInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ CheckJoystickMovement();
+
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t ReceivedMIDIEvent;
+ while (MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &ReceivedMIDIEvent))
+ {
+ if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON)) && (ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data3 > 0))
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2 > 64 ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
+ else
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ MIDI_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Checks for changes in the position of the board joystick, sending MIDI events to the host upon each change. */
+void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
+{
+ static uint8_t PrevJoystickStatus;
+
+ uint8_t MIDICommand = 0;
+ uint8_t MIDIPitch;
+
+ /* Get current joystick mask, XOR with previous to detect joystick changes */
+ uint8_t JoystickStatus = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t JoystickChanges = (JoystickStatus ^ PrevJoystickStatus);
+
+ /* Get board button status - if pressed use channel 10 (percussion), otherwise use channel 1 */
+ uint8_t Channel = ((Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? MIDI_CHANNEL(10) : MIDI_CHANNEL(1));
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_LEFT)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_LEFT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3C;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_UP)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_UP)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3D;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_RIGHT)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_RIGHT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3E;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_DOWN)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_DOWN)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3F;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_PRESS)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_PRESS)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3B;
+ }
+
+ if (MIDICommand)
+ {
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent = (MIDI_EventPacket_t)
+ {
+ .Event = MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDICommand),
+
+ .Data1 = MIDICommand | Channel,
+ .Data2 = MIDIPitch,
+ .Data3 = MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY,
+ };
+
+ MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &MIDIEvent);
+ MIDI_Device_Flush(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+ }
+
+ PrevJoystickStatus = JoystickStatus;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..93ed6b888
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MIDI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIDI_H_
+#define _MIDI_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c076be3bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/MIDI.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage MIDI Input Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
+ * USB-MIDI Audio Class Extension Specification \n
+ * General MIDI Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * MIDI demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing the USB-MIDI class in USB devices.
+ * It is built upon the USB Audio class.
+ *
+ * Joystick movements are translated into note on/off messages and
+ * are sent to the host PC as MIDI streams which can be read by any
+ * MIDI program supporting MIDI IN devices.
+ *
+ * If the HWB is not pressed, channel 1 (default piano) is used. If
+ * the HWB is pressed, then channel 10 (default percussion) is selected.
+ *
+ * This device implements MIDI-THRU mode, with the IN MIDI data being
+ * generated by the device itself. OUT MIDI data is discarded.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..33a4fd583
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="MIDI Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.midi.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.midi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="MIDI Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.midi.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.midi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.midi" caption="MIDI Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ MIDI device demo, implementing a basic USB MIDI device that can send messages to the host. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="MIDI Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MIDI.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MIDI.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MIDI.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b7b1862f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - MIDI Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4d868dcb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MIDI/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MIDI
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4be9d2b6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define TOTAL_LUNS 1
+
+ #define DISK_READ_ONLY false
+
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3c3b68bb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 4
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..598155a45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2045,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
+ .SubClass = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
+ .Protocol = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mass Storage Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..067bda8bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Mass Storage Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 0, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d28eff298
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c
@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of
+ * blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored
+ * or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such
+ * as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C
+#include "DataflashManager.h"
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ * the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes
+ * them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+ bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+ /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Clear the current endpoint bank */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Wait until the host has sent another packet */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+ if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+ if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+ /* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ * the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if the endpoint is currently full */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ }
+
+ /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ * the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the
+ * Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the
+ * Dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
+ * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the data source RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+ bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+ if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+ if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+ for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+ Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ * the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read
+ * the files stored on the Dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
+ * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ }
+
+ /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+ for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+ *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */
+void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)
+{
+ /* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+ /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+ if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+ /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+ }
+
+ /* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+ /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+ if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+ /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Deselect current Dataflash chip */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ReturnByte;
+
+ /* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+ ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+ if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+ return false;
+
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ /* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+ ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+ if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+ return false;
+ #endif
+
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9f0cc4f3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DataflashManager.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ #include "../MassStorage.h"
+ #include "../Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
+ #error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Defines: */
+ /** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
+
+ /** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
+ * storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
+ */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512
+
+ /** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
+ * change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
+ */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+
+ /** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
+ #define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+ void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+ void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
+ bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..122e38872
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
+ * devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
+ * which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
+#include "SCSI.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
+ * features and capabilities.
+ */
+static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
+ {
+ .DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
+ .PeripheralQualifier = 0,
+
+ .Removable = true,
+
+ .Version = 0,
+
+ .ResponseDataFormat = 2,
+ .NormACA = false,
+ .TrmTsk = false,
+ .AERC = false,
+
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
+
+ .SoftReset = false,
+ .CmdQue = false,
+ .Linked = false,
+ .Sync = false,
+ .WideBus16Bit = false,
+ .WideBus32Bit = false,
+ .RelAddr = false,
+
+ .VendorID = "LUFA",
+ .ProductID = "Dataflash Disk",
+ .RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
+ };
+
+/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
+ * command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
+ */
+static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
+ {
+ .ResponseCode = 0x70,
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
+ };
+
+
+/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
+ * to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
+ * a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool CommandSuccess = false;
+
+ /* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
+ switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
+ {
+ case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT:
+ case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
+ case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
+ case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
+ /* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
+ CommandSuccess = true;
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if command was successfully processed */
+ if (CommandSuccess)
+ {
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
+ * and capabilities to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint16_t AllocationLength = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
+ uint16_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
+
+ /* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
+ if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
+ {
+ /* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+
+ /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
+ * including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
+ uint8_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
+ * on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1);
+ uint32_t MediaBlockSize = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NULL);
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
+ * board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
+ * supported.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
+ if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
+ {
+ /* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
+ if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+ {
+ /* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
+ * and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
+ * reading and writing of the data.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ * \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool IsDataRead)
+{
+ uint32_t BlockAddress;
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks;
+
+ /* Check if the disk is write protected or not */
+ if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY)
+ {
+ /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+ BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
+
+ /* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+ TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
+
+ /* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
+ if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS)
+ {
+ /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ #if (TOTAL_LUNS > 1)
+ /* Adjust the given block address to the real media address based on the selected LUN */
+ BlockAddress += ((uint32_t)MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.LUN * LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
+ if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
+ DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+ else
+ DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
+ * the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f663baa5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for SCSI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SCSI_H_
+#define _SCSI_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "../MassStorage.h"
+ #include "../Descriptors.h"
+ #include "DataflashManager.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
+ * is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
+ * the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
+ * \param[in] Acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
+ * \param[in] Aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
+ */
+ #define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual) do { SenseData.SenseKey = (Key); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (Acode); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0)
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_READ true
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_WRITE false
+
+ /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
+ #define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
+
+ /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
+ #define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool IsDataRead);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..750101d88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.c
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MassStorage demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MassStorage.h"
+
+/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .TotalLUNs = TOTAL_LUNS,
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Dataflash_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Check if the Dataflash is working, abort if not */
+ if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
+ DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool CommandSuccess;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+
+ return CommandSuccess;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..76474729d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MassStorage.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MASS_STORAGE_H_
+#define _MASS_STORAGE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include "Lib/SCSI.h"
+ #include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..31779e9c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mass Storage Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Bulk-Only Transport</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ * USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ * SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ * SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Mass Storage device demonstration application. This gives a simple
+ * reference application for implementing a USB Mass Storage device using
+ * the basic USB UFI drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
+ * required).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as an
+ * external mass storage device which may be formatted and used in the same
+ * manner as commercial USB Mass Storage devices.
+ *
+ * You will need to format the mass storage drive upon first run of this
+ * demonstration - as the device acts only as a data block transport between
+ * the host and the storage media, it does not matter what file system is used,
+ * as the data interpretation is performed by the host and not the USB device.
+ *
+ * This demo is not restricted to only a single LUN (logical disk); by changing
+ * the TOTAL_LUNS value in DataflashManager.h, any number of LUNs can be used
+ * (from 1 to 255), with each LUN being allocated an equal portion of the available
+ * Dataflash memory.
+ *
+ * The USB control endpoint is managed entirely by the library using endpoint
+ * interrupts, as the INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT option is enabled. This allows for
+ * the host to reset the Mass Storage device state during long transfers without
+ * the need for complicated polling logic.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>TOTAL_LUNS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between each drive -
+ * this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>DISK_READ_ONLY</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Configuration define, indicating if the disk should be write protected or not.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6f5a8dc03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mass Storage Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Mass Storage Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage" caption="Mass Storage Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mass Storage device demo, implementing a basic USB storage disk using a Dataflash memory IC. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MassStorage.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MassStorage.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MassStorage.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9629ccb8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mass Storage Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c242c2602
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorage/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MassStorage
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/DataflashManager.c Lib/SCSI.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4be9d2b6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define TOTAL_LUNS 1
+
+ #define DISK_READ_ONLY false
+
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..58fd4bb5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 5
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..90187c1e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Matthias Hullin (lufa [at] matthias [dot] hullin [dot] net)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
+{
+ /* Use the HID class driver's standard Keyboard report.
+ * Max simultaneous keys: 6
+ */
+ HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(6)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2061,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
+ .SubClass = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
+ .Protocol = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .HID_KeyboardInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_KeyboardHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = KEYBOARD_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mass Storage and Keyboard Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_KeyboardHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &KeyboardReport;
+ Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e12dfa20d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Matthias Hullin (lufa [at] matthias [dot] hullin [dot] net)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Mass Storage Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
+
+ // Generic HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_KeyboardInterface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_KeyboardHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 0, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard = 1, /**< Keyboard interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/DataflashManager.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d28eff298
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/DataflashManager.c
@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of
+ * blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored
+ * or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such
+ * as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C
+#include "DataflashManager.h"
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ * the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes
+ * them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+ bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+ /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Clear the current endpoint bank */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Wait until the host has sent another packet */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+ if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+ if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+ /* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ * the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if the endpoint is currently full */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ }
+
+ /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ * the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the
+ * Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the
+ * Dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
+ * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the data source RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+ bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+ if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+ if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+ for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+ Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ * the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read
+ * the files stored on the Dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
+ * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ }
+
+ /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+ for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+ *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */
+void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)
+{
+ /* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+ /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+ if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+ /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+ }
+
+ /* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+ /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+ if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+ /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Deselect current Dataflash chip */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ReturnByte;
+
+ /* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+ ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+ if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+ return false;
+
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ /* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+ ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+ if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+ return false;
+ #endif
+
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/DataflashManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b48b3e851
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/DataflashManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DataflashManager.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ #include "../MassStorageKeyboard.h"
+ #include "../Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
+ #error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Defines: */
+ /** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
+
+ /** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
+ * storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size.
+ */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512
+
+ /** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+
+ /** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
+ #define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+ void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+ void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
+ bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/SCSI.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/SCSI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..122e38872
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/SCSI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
+ * devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
+ * which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
+#include "SCSI.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
+ * features and capabilities.
+ */
+static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
+ {
+ .DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
+ .PeripheralQualifier = 0,
+
+ .Removable = true,
+
+ .Version = 0,
+
+ .ResponseDataFormat = 2,
+ .NormACA = false,
+ .TrmTsk = false,
+ .AERC = false,
+
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
+
+ .SoftReset = false,
+ .CmdQue = false,
+ .Linked = false,
+ .Sync = false,
+ .WideBus16Bit = false,
+ .WideBus32Bit = false,
+ .RelAddr = false,
+
+ .VendorID = "LUFA",
+ .ProductID = "Dataflash Disk",
+ .RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
+ };
+
+/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
+ * command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
+ */
+static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
+ {
+ .ResponseCode = 0x70,
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
+ };
+
+
+/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
+ * to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
+ * a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool CommandSuccess = false;
+
+ /* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
+ switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
+ {
+ case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT:
+ case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
+ case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
+ case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
+ /* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
+ CommandSuccess = true;
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if command was successfully processed */
+ if (CommandSuccess)
+ {
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
+ * and capabilities to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint16_t AllocationLength = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
+ uint16_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
+
+ /* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
+ if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
+ {
+ /* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+
+ /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
+ * including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
+ uint8_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
+ * on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1);
+ uint32_t MediaBlockSize = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NULL);
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
+ * board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
+ * supported.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
+ if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
+ {
+ /* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
+ if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+ {
+ /* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
+ * and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
+ * reading and writing of the data.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ * \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool IsDataRead)
+{
+ uint32_t BlockAddress;
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks;
+
+ /* Check if the disk is write protected or not */
+ if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY)
+ {
+ /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+ BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
+
+ /* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+ TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
+
+ /* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
+ if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS)
+ {
+ /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ #if (TOTAL_LUNS > 1)
+ /* Adjust the given block address to the real media address based on the selected LUN */
+ BlockAddress += ((uint32_t)MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.LUN * LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
+ if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
+ DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+ else
+ DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
+ * the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/SCSI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/SCSI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8ccc146ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/Lib/SCSI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for SCSI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SCSI_H_
+#define _SCSI_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "../MassStorageKeyboard.h"
+ #include "../Descriptors.h"
+ #include "DataflashManager.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
+ * is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
+ * the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
+ * \param[in] Acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
+ * \param[in] Aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
+ */
+ #define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual) do { SenseData.SenseKey = (Key); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (Acode); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0)
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_READ true
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_WRITE false
+
+ /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
+ #define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
+
+ /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
+ #define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool IsDataRead);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a6ecb6bde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.c
@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Matthias Hullin (lufa [at] matthias [dot] hullin [dot] net)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MassStorageKeyboard demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MassStorageKeyboard.h"
+
+/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .TotalLUNs = TOTAL_LUNS,
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Keyboard HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+ .ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = KEYBOARD_EPADDR,
+ .Size = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer,
+ .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+ HID_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Joystick_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ Dataflash_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Check if the Dataflash is working, abort if not */
+ if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
+ DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+ ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+ HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool CommandSuccess;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+
+ return CommandSuccess;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+ USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+ KeyboardReport->Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E;
+
+ if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+ KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F;
+
+ *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t);
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
+ * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+ uint8_t* LEDReport = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+ if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0494b46c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Matthias Hullin (lufa [at] matthias [dot] hullin [dot] net)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MassStorageKeyboard.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MASS_STORAGE_KEYBOARD_H_
+#define _MASS_STORAGE_KEYBOARD_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include "Lib/SCSI.h"
+ #include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+ void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c84769ade
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/MassStorageKeyboard.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Combined Mass Storage and Keyboard Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Classes:</b></td>
+ * <td>Mass Storage Device \n
+ * Human Interface Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclasses:</b></td>
+ * <td>Bulk-Only Transport \n
+ * Keyboard Subclass</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ * USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ * SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ * SCSI Block Commands Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Combined Mass Storage and Keyboard demonstration application. This gives a
+ * simple reference application for implementing a dual class USB Mass Storage
+ * and USB HID Keyboard device using the basic USB UFI and HID drivers in all
+ * modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers required).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as an
+ * external mass storage device (which may be formatted and used in the same
+ * manner as commercial USB Mass Storage devices) and a USB keyboard.
+ *
+ * You will need to format the mass storage drive upon first run of this
+ * demonstration - as the device acts only as a data block transport between
+ * the host and the storage media, it does not matter what file system is used,
+ * as the data interpretation is performed by the host and not the USB device.
+ *
+ * Keys on the USB keyboard can be pressed by moving the board's Joystick.
+ *
+ * The USB control endpoint is managed entirely by the library using endpoint
+ * interrupts, as the INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT option is enabled. This allows for
+ * the host to reset the Mass Storage device state during long transfers without
+ * the need for complicated polling logic.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>TOTAL_LUNS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between each drive -
+ * this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>DISK_READ_ONLY</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Configuration define, indicating if the disk should be write protected or not.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3cdb476b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mass Storage and HID Keyboard Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage_keyboard.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage_keyboard"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Mass Storage and HID Keyboard Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage_keyboard.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage_keyboard"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mass_storage_keyboard" caption="Mass Storage and HID Keyboard Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mass Storage and Keyboard device demo, implementing a basic USB storage disk using a Dataflash memory IC, and a basic HID keyboard. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ <keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MassStorageKeyboard.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MassStorageKeyboard.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MassStorageKeyboard.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6259b2f88
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Combined Mass Storage and Keyboard Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d5885d44b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/MassStorageKeyboard/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MassStorageKeyboard
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/DataflashManager.c Lib/SCSI.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c6542445d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 1
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c810ab527
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
+{
+ /* Use the HID class driver's standard Mouse report.
+ * Min X/Y Axis values: -1
+ * Max X/Y Axis values: 1
+ * Min physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution): -1
+ * Max physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution): 1
+ * Buttons: 3
+ * Absolute screen coordinates: false
+ */
+ HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE(-1, 1, -1, 1, 3, false)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2041,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_MouseHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(MouseReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MOUSE_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mouse Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_MouseHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &MouseReport;
+ Size = sizeof(MouseReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..40646b104
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define MOUSE_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define MOUSE_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Mouse HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_MouseHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Mouse = 0, /**< Mouse interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f326423bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Mouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Mouse.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Mouse HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Mouse_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+ .ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MOUSE_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer,
+ .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ HID_Device_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+ USB_MouseReport_Data_t* MouseReport = (USB_MouseReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ MouseReport->Y = -1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ MouseReport->Y = 1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ MouseReport->X = -1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ MouseReport->X = 1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+ if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+ MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 1);
+
+ *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
+ * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+ // Unused (but mandatory for the HID class driver) in this demo, since there are no Host->Device reports
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..32fd46cd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Mouse.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_H_
+#define _MOUSE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+ void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e4673aeaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/Mouse.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mouse Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Mouse Subclass</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Mouse demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Mouse using the basic USB HID
+ * drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). It is
+ * boot protocol compatible, and thus works under compatible BIOS as if
+ * it was a native mouse (e.g. PS/2).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
+ * as a mouse when the USB connection to a host is present. To use
+ * the mouse, move the joystick to move the pointer, and push the
+ * joystick inwards to simulate a left-button click. The HWB serves as
+ * the right mouse button.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1af0d7667
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mouse.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mouse.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.mouse" caption="Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mouse device demo, implementing a basic USB mouse device that can send movement information to the host. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Mouse.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Mouse.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Mouse.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..150171c06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6d9df2a61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/Mouse/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = Mouse
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..92a4f818e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS { 10, 0, 0, 1}
+ #define SERVER_IP_ADDRESS { 10, 0, 0, 2}
+
+ #define ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}
+ #define SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01}
+
+ #define NO_DECODE_ETHERNET
+ #define NO_DECODE_ARP
+ #define NO_DECODE_IP
+ #define NO_DECODE_ICMP
+ #define NO_DECODE_TCP
+ #define NO_DECODE_UDP
+ #define NO_DECODE_DHCP
+
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fa0397910
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 3
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cab6717f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x204C,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x00,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .RNDIS_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA RNDIS CDC Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4ac270fc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // RNDIS CDC Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+ // RNDIS CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t RNDIS_DataInEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f34e55f99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+; Windows LUFA RNDIS Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA RNDIS.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Net
+ClassGuid={4d36e972-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[ControlFlags]
+ExcludeFromSelect=*
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Characteristics=0x84 ; NCF_PHYSICAL + NCF_HAS_UI
+BusType=15
+include=netrndis.inf
+needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi
+AddReg=Rndis_AddReg_Vista
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+include=netrndis.inf
+needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi.Services
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA USB RNDIS Demo"
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6aaf0edd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles the
+ * conversion of physical MAC addresses to protocol IP addresses between the host and the
+ * device.
+ */
+
+#include "ARP.h"
+
+/** Processes an ARP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if the host is requesting the IP or MAC address of the
+ * virtual server device on the network.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's ARP header
+ * \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's ARP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t ARP_ProcessARPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart)
+{
+ DecodeARPHeader(InDataStart);
+
+ ARP_Header_t* ARPHeaderIN = (ARP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+ ARP_Header_t* ARPHeaderOUT = (ARP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
+
+ /* Ensure that the ARP request is a IPv4 request packet */
+ if ((SwapEndian_16(ARPHeaderIN->ProtocolType) == ETHERTYPE_IPV4) &&
+ (SwapEndian_16(ARPHeaderIN->Operation) == ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST))
+ {
+ /* If the ARP packet is requesting the MAC or IP of the virtual webserver, return the response */
+ if (IP_COMPARE(&ARPHeaderIN->TPA, &ServerIPAddress) ||
+ MAC_COMPARE(&ARPHeaderIN->THA, &ServerMACAddress))
+ {
+ /* Fill out the ARP response header */
+ ARPHeaderOUT->HardwareType = ARPHeaderIN->HardwareType;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->ProtocolType = ARPHeaderIN->ProtocolType;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->HLEN = ARPHeaderIN->HLEN;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->PLEN = ARPHeaderIN->PLEN;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->Operation = SwapEndian_16(ARP_OPERATION_REPLY);
+
+ /* Copy over the sender MAC/IP to the target fields for the response */
+ ARPHeaderOUT->THA = ARPHeaderIN->SHA;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->TPA = ARPHeaderIN->SPA;
+
+ /* Copy over the new sender MAC/IP - MAC and IP addresses of the virtual webserver */
+ ARPHeaderOUT->SHA = ServerMACAddress;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->SPA = ServerIPAddress;
+
+ /* Return the size of the response so far */
+ return sizeof(ARP_Header_t);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8535b8545
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ARP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ARP_H_
+#define _ARP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** ARP header operation constant, indicating a request from a host for an address translation. */
+ #define ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST 1
+
+ /** ARP header operation constant, indicating a reply from a host giving an address translation. */
+ #define ARP_OPERATION_REPLY 2
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for an ARP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t HardwareType; /**< Hardware type constant, indicating the hardware used */
+ uint16_t ProtocolType; /**< Protocol being resolved, usually ETHERTYPE_IPV4 */
+
+ uint8_t HLEN; /**< Length in bytes of the source/destination hardware addresses */
+ uint8_t PLEN; /**< Length in bytes of the source/destination protocol addresses */
+ uint16_t Operation; /**< Type of operation, either ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST or ARP_OPERATION_REPLY */
+
+ MAC_Address_t SHA; /**< Sender's hardware address */
+ IP_Address_t SPA; /**< Sender's protocol address */
+ MAC_Address_t THA; /**< Target's hardware address */
+ IP_Address_t TPA; /**< Target's protocol address */
+ } ARP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int16_t ARP_ProcessARPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b3b5d6943
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) packet handling routines. This protocol
+ * handles the automatic IP negotiation to the host, so that the host will use the provided
+ * IP address given to it by the device.
+ */
+
+#include "DHCP.h"
+
+/** Processes a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if the host is requesting or accepting an IP address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] IPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ * \param[in] DHCPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's DHCP header
+ * \param[out] DHCPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's DHCP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* DHCPHeaderInStart,
+ void* DHCPHeaderOutStart)
+{
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeaderIN = (IP_Header_t*)IPHeaderInStart;
+ DHCP_Header_t* DHCPHeaderIN = (DHCP_Header_t*)DHCPHeaderInStart;
+ DHCP_Header_t* DHCPHeaderOUT = (DHCP_Header_t*)DHCPHeaderOutStart;
+
+ uint8_t* DHCPOptionsINStart = ((uint8_t*)DHCPHeaderInStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+ uint8_t* DHCPOptionsOUTStart = ((uint8_t*)DHCPHeaderOutStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+
+ DecodeDHCPHeader(DHCPHeaderInStart);
+
+ /* Zero out the response DHCP packet, as much of it is legacy and left at 0 */
+ memset(DHCPHeaderOUT, 0, sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+
+ /* Fill out the response DHCP packet */
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->HardwareType = DHCPHeaderIN->HardwareType;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->Operation = DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->HardwareAddressLength = DHCPHeaderIN->HardwareAddressLength;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->Hops = 0;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->TransactionID = DHCPHeaderIN->TransactionID;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->ElapsedSeconds = 0;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->Flags = DHCPHeaderIN->Flags;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->YourIP = ClientIPAddress;
+ memmove(&DHCPHeaderOUT->ClientHardwareAddress, &DHCPHeaderIN->ClientHardwareAddress, sizeof(MAC_Address_t));
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->Cookie = SwapEndian_32(DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE);
+
+ /* Alter the incoming IP packet header so that the corrected IP source and destinations are used - this means that
+ when the response IP header is generated, it will use the corrected addresses and not the null/broatcast addresses */
+ IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress = ClientIPAddress;
+ IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress = ServerIPAddress;
+
+ /* Process the incoming DHCP packet options */
+ while (DHCPOptionsINStart[0] != DHCP_OPTION_END)
+ {
+ /* Find the Message Type DHCP option, to determine the type of DHCP packet */
+ if (DHCPOptionsINStart[0] == DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE)
+ {
+ if ((DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER) || (DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST))
+ {
+ /* Fill out the response DHCP packet options for a DHCP OFFER or ACK response */
+
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 1;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = (DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER) ? DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_OFFER
+ : DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_ACK;
+
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_SUBNETMASK;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 4;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x00;
+
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_DHCPSERVER;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = sizeof(IP_Address_t);
+ memcpy(DHCPOptionsOUTStart, &ServerIPAddress, sizeof(IP_Address_t));
+ DHCPOptionsOUTStart += sizeof(IP_Address_t);
+
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_END;
+
+ return (sizeof(DHCP_Header_t) + 12 + sizeof(IP_Address_t));
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Go to the next DHCP option - skip one byte if option is a padding byte, else skip the complete option's size */
+ DHCPOptionsINStart += ((DHCPOptionsINStart[0] == DHCP_OPTION_PAD) ? 1 : (DHCPOptionsINStart[1] + 2));
+ }
+
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2d57397de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DHCP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DHCP_H_
+#define _DHCP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** DHCP operation constant, indicating a request from a host to a DHCP server. */
+ #define DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST 0x01
+
+ /** DHCP operation constant, indicating a reply from a DHCP server to a host. */
+ #define DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY 0x02
+
+ /** Hardware type constant, indicating Ethernet as a carrier. */
+ #define DHCP_HTYPE_ETHERNET 0x01
+
+ /** Magic boot protocol "cookie", inserted into all BOOTP packets (BOOTP is the carrier of DHCP). */
+ #define DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE 0x63825363
+
+ /** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that a subnet mask will follow. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_SUBNETMASK 1
+
+ /** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the DHCP message type constant will follow. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE 53
+
+ /** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the IP address of the DHCP server will follow. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_DHCPSERVER 54
+
+ /** DHCP option list entry header, used to pad out option data. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_PAD 0
+
+ /** DHCP option list entry header, indicating the end of option data. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_END 255
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, requesting that a DHCP server offer an IP address. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER 1
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, indicating that a DHCP server is offering an IP address. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_OFFER 2
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, requesting that a DHCP server lease a given IP address. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST 3
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, declining an offered DHCP server IP address lease. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DECLINE 4
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, ACKing a host IP lease request. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_ACK 5
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, NACKing a host IP lease request. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_NACK 6
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, indicating that a host is releasing a leased IP address. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_RELEASE 7
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Operation; /**< DHCP operation, either DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST or DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY */
+ uint8_t HardwareType; /**< Hardware carrier type constant */
+ uint8_t HardwareAddressLength; /**< Length in bytes of a hardware (MAC) address on the network */
+ uint8_t Hops; /**< Number of hops required to reach the server, unused */
+
+ uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique ID of the DHCP packet, for positive matching between sent and received packets */
+
+ uint16_t ElapsedSeconds; /**< Elapsed seconds since the request was made */
+ uint16_t Flags; /**< BOOTP packet flags */
+
+ IP_Address_t ClientIP; /**< Client IP address, if already leased an IP */
+ IP_Address_t YourIP; /**< Client IP address */
+ IP_Address_t NextServerIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+ IP_Address_t RelayAgentIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+
+ uint8_t ClientHardwareAddress[16]; /**< Hardware (MAC) address of the client making a request to the DHCP server */
+ uint8_t ServerHostnameString[64]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+ uint8_t BootFileName[128]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+
+ uint32_t Cookie; /**< Magic BOOTP protocol cookie to indicate a valid packet */
+ } DHCP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int16_t DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* DHCPHeaderInStart,
+ void* DHCPHeaderOutStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..676039537
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Ethernet frame packet handling routines. This protocol handles the processing of raw Ethernet
+ * frames sent and received, deferring the processing of sub-packet protocols to the appropriate
+ * protocol handlers, such as DHCP or ARP.
+ */
+
+#include "Ethernet.h"
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a MAC address to the virtual server MAC address. */
+const MAC_Address_t ServerMACAddress = {SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting an IP address to the virtual server IP address. */
+const IP_Address_t ServerIPAddress = {SERVER_IP_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a MAC address to the broadcast MAC address. */
+const MAC_Address_t BroadcastMACAddress = {BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a IP address to the broadcast IP address. */
+const IP_Address_t BroadcastIPAddress = {BROADCAST_IP_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting an IP address to the client (host) IP address. */
+const IP_Address_t ClientIPAddress = {CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS};
+
+
+/** Processes an incoming Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response to the output Ethernet
+ * frame buffer if the sub protocol handlers create a valid response.
+ */
+void Ethernet_ProcessPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameIN,
+ Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameOUT)
+{
+ DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(FrameIN->FrameData);
+
+ /* Cast the incoming Ethernet frame to the Ethernet header type */
+ Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameINHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameIN->FrameData;
+ Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameOUTHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameOUT->FrameData;
+
+ int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
+
+ /* Ensure frame is addressed to either all (broadcast) or the virtual webserver, and is a type II frame */
+ if ((MAC_COMPARE(&FrameINHeader->Destination, &ServerMACAddress) ||
+ MAC_COMPARE(&FrameINHeader->Destination, &BroadcastMACAddress)) &&
+ (SwapEndian_16(FrameIN->FrameLength) > ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE))
+ {
+ /* Process the packet depending on its protocol */
+ switch (SwapEndian_16(FrameINHeader->EtherType))
+ {
+ case ETHERTYPE_ARP:
+ RetSize = ARP_ProcessARPPacket(&FrameIN->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)],
+ &FrameOUT->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ case ETHERTYPE_IPV4:
+ RetSize = IP_ProcessIPPacket(FrameIN,
+ &FrameIN->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)],
+ &FrameOUT->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Protocol processing routine has filled a response, complete the ethernet frame header */
+ if (RetSize > 0)
+ {
+ /* Fill out the response Ethernet frame header */
+ FrameOUTHeader->Source = ServerMACAddress;
+ FrameOUTHeader->Destination = FrameINHeader->Source;
+ FrameOUTHeader->EtherType = FrameINHeader->EtherType;
+
+ /* Set the response length in the buffer and indicate that a response is ready to be sent */
+ FrameOUT->FrameLength = (sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) + RetSize);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the packet was processed */
+ if (RetSize != NO_PROCESS)
+ {
+ /* Clear the frame buffer */
+ FrameIN->FrameLength = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Calculates the appropriate ethernet checksum, consisting of the addition of the one's
+ * compliment of each word, complimented.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Pointer to the packet buffer data whose checksum must be calculated
+ * \param[in] Bytes Number of bytes in the data buffer to process
+ *
+ * \return A 16-bit Ethernet checksum value
+ */
+uint16_t Ethernet_Checksum16(void* Data,
+ uint16_t Bytes)
+{
+ uint16_t* Words = (uint16_t*)Data;
+ uint32_t Checksum = 0;
+
+ for (uint16_t CurrWord = 0; CurrWord < (Bytes >> 1); CurrWord++)
+ Checksum += Words[CurrWord];
+
+ while (Checksum & 0xFFFF0000)
+ Checksum = ((Checksum & 0xFFFF) + (Checksum >> 16));
+
+ return ~Checksum;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6de4a90cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Ethernet.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ETHERNET_H_
+#define _ETHERNET_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+ #include "ICMP.h"
+ #include "TCP.h"
+ #include "UDP.h"
+ #include "DHCP.h"
+ #include "ARP.h"
+ #include "IP.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Physical MAC address of the network broadcast address. */
+ #define BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}
+
+ /** Performs a comparison between two MAC addresses, indicating if they are identical.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MAC1 First MAC address
+ * \param[in] MAC2 Second MAC address
+ *
+ * \return True if the addresses match, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ #define MAC_COMPARE(MAC1, MAC2) (memcmp(MAC1, MAC2, sizeof(MAC_Address_t)) == 0)
+
+ /** Minimum size of an Ethernet packet in bytes, to conform to the Ethernet V2 packet standard. */
+ #define ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE 0x0600
+
+ /** Return value for all sub protocol handling routines, indicating that no response packet has been generated. */
+ #define NO_RESPONSE 0
+
+ /** Return value for all sub protocol handling routines, indicating that the packet has not yet been handled. */
+ #define NO_PROCESS -1
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for an Ethernet frame header. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ MAC_Address_t Destination; /**< Physical MAC address of the packet recipient */
+ MAC_Address_t Source; /**< Physics MAC address of the packet source */
+ uint16_t EtherType; /**< Ethernet packet sub-protocol type, for Ethernet V2 packets */
+ } Ethernet_Frame_Header_t;
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern const MAC_Address_t ServerMACAddress;
+ extern const IP_Address_t ServerIPAddress;
+ extern const MAC_Address_t BroadcastMACAddress;
+ extern const IP_Address_t BroadcastIPAddress;
+ extern const IP_Address_t ClientIPAddress;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void Ethernet_ProcessPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameIN,
+ Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameOUT);
+ uint16_t Ethernet_Checksum16(void* Data,
+ uint16_t Bytes);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9db58d5de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * General Ethernet protocol constants and type defines, for use by
+ * all network protocol portions of the TCP/IP stack.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ETHERNET_PROTOCOLS_H_
+#define _ETHERNET_PROTOCOLS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define ETHERTYPE_IPV4 0x0800
+ #define ETHERTYPE_ARP 0x0806
+ #define ETHERTYPE_RARP 0x8035
+ #define ETHERTYPE_APPLETALK 0x809b
+ #define ETHERTYPE_APPLETALKARP 0x80f3
+ #define ETHERTYPE_IEEE8021Q 0x8100
+ #define ETHERTYPE_NOVELLIPX 0x8137
+ #define ETHERTYPE_NOVELL 0x8138
+ #define ETHERTYPE_IPV6 0x86DD
+ #define ETHERTYPE_COBRANET 0x8819
+ #define ETHERTYPE_PROVIDERBRIDGING 0x88a8
+ #define ETHERTYPE_MPLSUNICAST 0x8847
+ #define ETHERTYPE_MPLSMULTICAST 0x8848
+ #define ETHERTYPE_PPPoEDISCOVERY 0x8863
+ #define ETHERTYPE_PPPoESESSION 0x8864
+ #define ETHERTYPE_EAPOVERLAN 0x888E
+ #define ETHERTYPE_HYPERSCSI 0x889A
+ #define ETHERTYPE_ATAOVERETHERNET 0x88A2
+ #define ETHERTYPE_ETHERCAT 0x88A4
+ #define ETHERTYPE_SERCOSIII 0x88CD
+ #define ETHERTYPE_CESoE 0x88D8
+ #define ETHERTYPE_MACSECURITY 0x88E5
+ #define ETHERTYPE_FIBRECHANNEL 0x8906
+ #define ETHERTYPE_QINQ 0x9100
+ #define ETHERTYPE_VLLT 0xCAFE
+
+ #define PROTOCOL_ICMP 1
+ #define PROTOCOL_IGMP 2
+ #define PROTOCOL_TCP 6
+ #define PROTOCOL_UDP 17
+ #define PROTOCOL_OSPF 89
+ #define PROTOCOL_SCTP 132
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for an Ethernet frame buffer data and information structure. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t FrameData[ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX]; /**< Ethernet frame contents. */
+ uint16_t FrameLength; /**< Length in bytes of the Ethernet frame stored in the buffer. */
+ } Ethernet_Frame_Info_t;
+
+ /** Type define for a protocol IP address of a device on a network. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Octets[4]; /**< Individual bytes of an IP address */
+ } IP_Address_t;
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..20a7b709d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles
+ * Echo requests from the host, to indicate a successful network connection between the host
+ * and the virtual server.
+ */
+
+#include "ICMP.h"
+
+/** Processes an ICMP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if the host is issuing a ICMP ECHO request.
+ *
+ * \param[in] FrameIN Pointer to the incoming Ethernet frame information structure
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's ICMP header
+ * \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's ICMP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameIN,
+ void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart)
+{
+ ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeaderIN = (ICMP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+ ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeaderOUT = (ICMP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
+
+ DecodeICMPHeader(InDataStart);
+
+ /* Determine if the ICMP packet is an echo request (ping) */
+ if (ICMPHeaderIN->Type == ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREQUEST)
+ {
+ /* Fill out the ICMP response packet */
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Type = ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREPLY;
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Code = 0;
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Id = ICMPHeaderIN->Id;
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Sequence = ICMPHeaderIN->Sequence;
+
+ intptr_t DataSize = FrameIN->FrameLength - ((((intptr_t)InDataStart + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)) - (intptr_t)FrameIN->FrameData));
+
+ /* Copy the remaining payload to the response - echo requests should echo back any sent data */
+ memmove(&((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)],
+ &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)],
+ DataSize);
+
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Checksum = Ethernet_Checksum16(ICMPHeaderOUT, (DataSize + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)));
+
+ /* Return the size of the response so far */
+ return (DataSize + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t));
+ }
+
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0226d35ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ICMP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ICMP_H_
+#define _ICMP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP ECHO Reply message. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREPLY 0
+
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating a packet destination is unreachable. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_DESTINATIONUNREACHABLE 3
+
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Source Quench message. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_SOURCEQUENCH 4
+
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Redirect message. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_REDIRECTMESSAGE 5
+
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP ECHO Request message. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREQUEST 8
+
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Time Exceeded message. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_TIMEEXCEEDED 11
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for an ICMP message header. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Type; /**< ICMP message type, an \c ICMP_TYPE_* constant */
+ uint8_t Code; /**< ICMP message code, indicating the message value */
+ uint16_t Checksum; /**< Ethernet checksum of the ICMP message */
+ uint16_t Id; /**< Id of the ICMP message */
+ uint16_t Sequence; /**< Sequence number of the ICMP message, to link together message responses */
+ } ICMP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int16_t ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameIN,
+ void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..15013ce9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Internet Protocol (IP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles IP packets from the
+ * host which typically encapsulate other protocols such as ICMP, UDP and TCP.
+ */
+
+#include "IP.h"
+
+/** Processes an IP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if one is created by a sub-protocol handler.
+ *
+ * \param[in] FrameIN Pointer to the incoming Ethernet frame information structure
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ * \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's IP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE if no
+ * response was generated, NO_PROCESS if the packet processing was deferred until the
+ * next Ethernet packet handler iteration
+ */
+int16_t IP_ProcessIPPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameIN,
+ void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart)
+{
+ DecodeIPHeader(InDataStart);
+
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeaderIN = (IP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeaderOUT = (IP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
+
+ /* Header length is specified in number of longs in the packet header, convert to bytes */
+ uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (IPHeaderIN->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+ int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
+
+ /* Check to ensure the IP packet is addressed to the virtual webserver's IP or the broadcast IP address */
+ if (!(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress, &ServerIPAddress)) &&
+ !(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress, &BroadcastIPAddress)))
+ {
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass off the IP payload to the appropriate protocol processing routine */
+ switch (IPHeaderIN->Protocol)
+ {
+ case PROTOCOL_ICMP:
+ RetSize = ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(FrameIN,
+ &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
+ &((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ case PROTOCOL_TCP:
+ RetSize = TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(InDataStart,
+ &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
+ &((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ case PROTOCOL_UDP:
+ RetSize = UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(InDataStart,
+ &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
+ &((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if the protocol processing routine has filled out a response */
+ if (RetSize > 0)
+ {
+ /* Fill out the response IP packet header */
+ IPHeaderOUT->TotalLength = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(IP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+ IPHeaderOUT->TypeOfService = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderLength = (sizeof(IP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+ IPHeaderOUT->Version = 4;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Flags = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->FragmentOffset = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Identification = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Protocol = IPHeaderIN->Protocol;
+ IPHeaderOUT->TTL = DEFAULT_TTL;
+ IPHeaderOUT->SourceAddress = IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress;
+ IPHeaderOUT->DestinationAddress = IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress;
+
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = Ethernet_Checksum16(IPHeaderOUT, sizeof(IP_Header_t));
+
+ /* Return the size of the response so far */
+ return (sizeof(IP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+ }
+
+ return RetSize;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..645d7a9da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for IP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _IP_H_
+#define _IP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Protocol IP address of the broadcast address. */
+ #define BROADCAST_IP_ADDRESS {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}
+
+ /** Default Time To Live (TTL) value for sent packets, indicating the maximum allowable hops until their destination
+ * is reached.
+ */
+ #define DEFAULT_TTL 128
+
+ /** Performs a comparison between two IP addresses, indicating if they are identical.
+ *
+ * \param[in] IP1 First IP address
+ * \param[in] IP2 Second IP address
+ *
+ * \return True if the addresses match, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ #define IP_COMPARE(IP1, IP2) (memcmp(IP1, IP2, sizeof(IP_Address_t)) == 0)
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define of an IP packet header. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ unsigned HeaderLength : 4; /**< Total length of the packet header, in 4-byte blocks */
+ unsigned Version : 4; /**< IP protocol version */
+ uint8_t TypeOfService; /**< Special service type identifier, indicating delay/throughput/reliability levels */
+ uint16_t TotalLength; /**< Total length of the IP packet, in bytes */
+
+ uint16_t Identification; /**< Identification value for identifying fragmented packets */
+ unsigned FragmentOffset : 13; /**< Offset of this IP fragment */
+ unsigned Flags : 3; /**< Fragment flags, to indicate if a packet is fragmented */
+
+ uint8_t TTL; /**< Maximum allowable number of hops to reach the packet destination */
+ uint8_t Protocol; /**< Encapsulated protocol type */
+ uint16_t HeaderChecksum; /**< Ethernet checksum of the IP header */
+
+ IP_Address_t SourceAddress; /**< Source protocol IP address of the packet */
+ IP_Address_t DestinationAddress; /**< Destination protocol IP address of the packet */
+ } IP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int16_t IP_ProcessIPPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameIN,
+ void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..47e00a146
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c
@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/* Protocol decoders for Ethernet, TCP, IP, ICMP and ARP. Each of these routines
+ accepts a header to the appropriate protocol and prints out pertinent information
+ on the packet through the serial port.
+
+ To disable printing of a specific protocol, define the token NO_DECODE_{Protocol}
+ in the project makefile, and pass it to the compiler using the -D switch.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Protocol decoding routines, for the plain-text decoding of Ethernet frames for debugging purposes.
+ * Enabled protocol decoders will print incoming Ethernet frame contents through the USART in a human
+ * readable format.
+ *
+ * Note that the USART is a slow transmission medium, and will slow down packet processing considerably.
+ * Packet decoding routines can be disabled by defining NO_DECODE_{Protocol Name} in the project makefile
+ * and passing it to the compiler via the -D switch.
+ */
+
+#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+/** Decodes an Ethernet frame header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an Ethernet frame of data
+ */
+void DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_ETHERNET)
+ Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" ETHERNET\r\n"));
+
+ if (!(MAC_COMPARE(&FrameHeader->Destination, &ServerMACAddress)) &&
+ !(MAC_COMPARE(&FrameHeader->Destination, &BroadcastMACAddress)))
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + MAC Source : %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), FrameHeader->Source.Octets[0],
+ FrameHeader->Source.Octets[1],
+ FrameHeader->Source.Octets[2],
+ FrameHeader->Source.Octets[3],
+ FrameHeader->Source.Octets[4],
+ FrameHeader->Source.Octets[5]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + MAC Dest: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[0],
+ FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[1],
+ FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[2],
+ FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[3],
+ FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[4],
+ FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[5]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Protocol: 0x%04x\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(FrameHeader->EtherType));
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an ARP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an ARP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeARPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_ARP)
+ ARP_Header_t* ARPHeader = (ARP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n ARP\r\n"));
+
+ if (!(IP_COMPARE(&ARPHeader->TPA, &ServerIPAddress)) &&
+ !(MAC_COMPARE(&ARPHeader->THA, &ServerMACAddress)))
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Protocol: %x\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->ProtocolType));
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Operation: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->Operation));
+
+ if (SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->ProtocolType) == ETHERTYPE_IPV4)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + SHA MAC: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[0],
+ ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[1],
+ ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[2],
+ ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[3],
+ ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[4],
+ ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[5]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + SPA IP: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[0],
+ ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[1],
+ ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[2],
+ ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[3]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + THA MAC: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), ARPHeader->THA.Octets[0],
+ ARPHeader->THA.Octets[1],
+ ARPHeader->THA.Octets[2],
+ ARPHeader->THA.Octets[3],
+ ARPHeader->THA.Octets[4],
+ ARPHeader->THA.Octets[5]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + TPA IP: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[0],
+ ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[1],
+ ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[2],
+ ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[3]);
+ }
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an IP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an IP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeIPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_IP)
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeader = (IP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (IPHeader->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n IP\r\n"));
+
+ if (!(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeader->DestinationAddress, &ServerIPAddress)))
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Header Length: %u Bytes\r\n"), HeaderLengthBytes);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Packet Version: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->Version);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Total Length: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(IPHeader->TotalLength));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Protocol: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->Protocol);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + TTL: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->TTL);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + IP Src: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[0],
+ IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[1],
+ IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[2],
+ IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[3]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + IP Dst: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[0],
+ IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[1],
+ IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[2],
+ IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[3]);
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an ICMP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an ICMP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeICMPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_ICMP)
+ ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeader = (ICMP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n ICMP\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Type: %u\r\n"), ICMPHeader->Type);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Code: %u\r\n"), ICMPHeader->Code);
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes a TCP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of a TCP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeTCPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_TCP)
+ TCP_Header_t* TCPHeader = (TCP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (TCPHeader->DataOffset * sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n TCP\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Header Length: %u Bytes\r\n"), HeaderLengthBytes);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Source Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(TCPHeader->SourcePort));
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Destination Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(TCPHeader->DestinationPort));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Sequence Number: %lu\r\n"), SwapEndian_32(TCPHeader->SequenceNumber));
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Acknowledgment Number: %lu\r\n"), SwapEndian_32(TCPHeader->AcknowledgmentNumber));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Flags: 0x%02X\r\n"), TCPHeader->Flags);
+
+ if (TCP_GetPortState(TCPHeader->DestinationPort) == TCP_Port_Closed)
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT LISTENING ON DESTINATION PORT\r\n"));
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an UDP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of a UDP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeUDPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_UDP)
+ UDP_Header_t* UDPHeader = (UDP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n UDP\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Source Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->SourcePort));
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Destination Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->DestinationPort));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Data Length: %d\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->Length));
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an DHCP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of a DHCP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeDHCPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_DHCP)
+ uint8_t* DHCPOptions = (InDataStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n DHCP\r\n"));
+
+ while (DHCPOptions[0] != DHCP_OPTION_END)
+ {
+ if (DHCPOptions[0] == DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE)
+ {
+ switch (DHCPOptions[2])
+ {
+ case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER:
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + DISCOVER\r\n"));
+ break;
+ case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST:
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + REQUEST\r\n"));
+ break;
+ case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_RELEASE:
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + RELEASE\r\n"));
+ break;
+ case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DECLINE:
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + DECLINE\r\n"));
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ DHCPOptions += ((DHCPOptions[0] == DHCP_OPTION_PAD) ? 1 : (DHCPOptions[1] + 2));
+ }
+
+ #endif
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6a7d20195
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ProtocolDecoders.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PROTOCOL_DECODERS_H_
+#define _PROTOCOL_DECODERS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeARPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeIPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeICMPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeTCPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeUDPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeDHCPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..892c5030b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,632 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles the reliable in-order transmission
+ * and reception of packets to and from devices on a network, to "ports" on the device. It is used in situations where data
+ * delivery must be reliable and correct, e.g. HTTP, TELNET and most other non-streaming protocols.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_TCP_C
+#include "TCP.h"
+
+/** Port state table array. This contains the current status of TCP ports in the device. To save on space, only open ports are
+ * stored - closed ports may be overwritten at any time, and the system will assume any ports not present in the array are closed. This
+ * allows for MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS to be less than the number of ports used by the application if desired.
+ */
+TCP_PortState_t PortStateTable[MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS];
+
+/** Connection state table array. This contains the current status of TCP connections in the device. To save on space, only active
+ * (non-closed) connections are stored - closed connections may be overwritten at any time, and the system will assume any connections
+ * not present in the array are closed.
+ */
+TCP_ConnectionState_t ConnectionStateTable[MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS];
+
+
+/** Task to handle the calling of each registered application's callback function, to process and generate TCP packets at the application
+ * level. If an application produces a response, this task constructs the appropriate Ethernet frame and places it into the Ethernet OUT
+ * buffer for later transmission.
+ */
+void TCP_TCPTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameOUT)
+{
+ /* Run each application in sequence, to process incoming and generate outgoing packets */
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find the corresponding port entry in the port table */
+ for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Run the application handler for the port */
+ if ((PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port == ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port) &&
+ (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State == TCP_Port_Open))
+ {
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].ApplicationHandler(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry],
+ &ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Bail out early if there is already a frame waiting to be sent in the Ethernet OUT buffer */
+ if (FrameOUT->FrameLength)
+ return;
+
+ /* Send response packets from each application as the TCP packet buffers are filled by the applications */
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* For each completely received packet, pass it along to the listening application */
+ if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT) &&
+ (ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Ready))
+ {
+ Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameOUTHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameOUT->FrameData;
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeaderOUT = (IP_Header_t*)&FrameOUT->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)];
+ TCP_Header_t* TCPHeaderOUT = (TCP_Header_t*)&FrameOUT->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) +
+ sizeof(IP_Header_t)];
+ void* TCPDataOUT = &FrameOUT->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) +
+ sizeof(IP_Header_t) +
+ sizeof(TCP_Header_t)];
+
+ uint16_t PacketSize = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Length;
+
+ /* Fill out the TCP data */
+ TCPHeaderOUT->SourcePort = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->DestinationPort = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->SequenceNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.SequenceNumberOut);
+ TCPHeaderOUT->AcknowledgmentNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.SequenceNumberIn);
+ TCPHeaderOUT->DataOffset = (sizeof(TCP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+ TCPHeaderOUT->WindowSize = SwapEndian_16(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->UrgentPointer = 0;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Reserved = 0;
+
+ memcpy(TCPDataOUT, ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Data, PacketSize);
+
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.SequenceNumberOut += PacketSize;
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum = TCP_Checksum16(TCPHeaderOUT, &ServerIPAddress,
+ &ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress,
+ (sizeof(TCP_Header_t) + PacketSize));
+
+ PacketSize += sizeof(TCP_Header_t);
+
+ /* Fill out the response IP header */
+ IPHeaderOUT->TotalLength = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(IP_Header_t) + PacketSize);
+ IPHeaderOUT->TypeOfService = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderLength = (sizeof(IP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+ IPHeaderOUT->Version = 4;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Flags = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->FragmentOffset = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Identification = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Protocol = PROTOCOL_TCP;
+ IPHeaderOUT->TTL = DEFAULT_TTL;
+ IPHeaderOUT->SourceAddress = ServerIPAddress;
+ IPHeaderOUT->DestinationAddress = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress;
+
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = Ethernet_Checksum16(IPHeaderOUT, sizeof(IP_Header_t));
+
+ PacketSize += sizeof(IP_Header_t);
+
+ /* Fill out the response Ethernet frame header */
+ FrameOUTHeader->Source = ServerMACAddress;
+ FrameOUTHeader->Destination = (MAC_Address_t){{0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}};
+ FrameOUTHeader->EtherType = SwapEndian_16(ETHERTYPE_IPV4);
+
+ PacketSize += sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t);
+
+ /* Set the response length in the buffer and indicate that a response is ready to be sent */
+ FrameOUT->FrameLength = PacketSize;
+
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Ready = false;
+
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Initializes the TCP protocol handler, clearing the port and connection state tables. This must be called before TCP packets are
+ * processed.
+ */
+void TCP_Init(void)
+{
+ /* Initialize the port state table with all CLOSED entries */
+ for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State = TCP_Port_Closed;
+
+ /* Initialize the connection table with all CLOSED entries */
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State = TCP_Connection_Closed;
+}
+
+/** Sets the state and callback handler of the given port, specified in big endian to the given state.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Port Port whose state and callback function to set, specified in big endian
+ * \param[in] State New state of the port, a value from the \ref TCP_PortStates_t enum
+ * \param[in] Handler Application callback handler for the port
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the port state was set, \c false otherwise (no more space in the port state table)
+ */
+bool TCP_SetPortState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const uint8_t State,
+ void (*Handler)(TCP_ConnectionState_t*, TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t*))
+{
+ /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+ /* Check to see if the port entry is already in the port state table */
+ for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find existing entry for the port in the table, update it if found */
+ if (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port == Port)
+ {
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State = State;
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].ApplicationHandler = Handler;
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check if trying to open the port -- if so we need to find an unused (closed) entry and replace it */
+ if (State == TCP_Port_Open)
+ {
+ for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find a closed port entry in the table, change it to the given port and state */
+ if (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State == TCP_Port_Closed)
+ {
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port = Port;
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State = State;
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].ApplicationHandler = Handler;
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Port not in table and no room to add it, return failure */
+ return false;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Port not in table but trying to close it, so operation successful */
+ return true;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the current state of a given TCP port, specified in big endian.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Port TCP port whose state is to be retrieved, given in big-endian
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref TCP_PortStates_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t TCP_GetPortState(const uint16_t Port)
+{
+ /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+ for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find existing entry for the port in the table, return the port status if found */
+ if (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port == Port)
+ return PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State;
+ }
+
+ /* Port not in table, assume closed */
+ return TCP_Port_Closed;
+}
+
+/** Sets the connection state of the given port, remote address and remote port to the given TCP connection state. If the
+ * connection exists in the connection state table it is updated, otherwise it is created if possible.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Port TCP port of the connection on the device, specified in big endian
+ * \param[in] RemoteAddress Remote protocol IP address of the connected device
+ * \param[in] RemotePort TCP port of the remote device in the connection, specified in big endian
+ * \param[in] State TCP connection state, a value from the \ref TCP_ConnectionStates_t enum
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the connection was updated or created, \c false otherwise (no more space in the connection state table)
+ */
+bool TCP_SetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort,
+ const uint8_t State)
+{
+ /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find port entry in the table */
+ if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port == Port) &&
+ IP_COMPARE(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress, RemoteAddress) &&
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort == RemotePort)
+ {
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State = State;
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find empty entry in the table */
+ if (ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State == TCP_Connection_Closed)
+ {
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port = Port;
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress = *RemoteAddress;
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort = RemotePort;
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State = State;
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the current state of a given TCP connection to a host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Port TCP port on the device in the connection, specified in big endian
+ * \param[in] RemoteAddress Remote protocol IP address of the connected host
+ * \param[in] RemotePort Remote TCP port of the connected host, specified in big endian
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref TCP_ConnectionStates_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t TCP_GetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort)
+{
+ /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find port entry in the table */
+ if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port == Port) &&
+ IP_COMPARE(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress, RemoteAddress) &&
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort == RemotePort)
+
+ {
+ return ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return TCP_Connection_Closed;
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the connection info structure of a given connection to a host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Port TCP port on the device in the connection, specified in big endian
+ * \param[in] RemoteAddress Remote protocol IP address of the connected host
+ * \param[in] RemotePort Remote TCP port of the connected host, specified in big endian
+ *
+ * \return ConnectionInfo structure of the connection if found, NULL otherwise
+ */
+TCP_ConnectionInfo_t* TCP_GetConnectionInfo(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort)
+{
+ /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find port entry in the table */
+ if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port == Port) &&
+ IP_COMPARE(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress, RemoteAddress) &&
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort == RemotePort)
+ {
+ return &ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/** Processes a TCP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if one is created by a application handler.
+ *
+ * \param[in] IPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ * \param[in] TCPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's TCP header
+ * \param[out] TCPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's TCP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE if no
+ * response was generated, NO_PROCESS if the packet processing was deferred until the
+ * next Ethernet packet handler iteration
+ */
+int16_t TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* TCPHeaderInStart,
+ void* TCPHeaderOutStart)
+{
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeaderIN = (IP_Header_t*)IPHeaderInStart;
+ TCP_Header_t* TCPHeaderIN = (TCP_Header_t*)TCPHeaderInStart;
+ TCP_Header_t* TCPHeaderOUT = (TCP_Header_t*)TCPHeaderOutStart;
+
+ TCP_ConnectionInfo_t* ConnectionInfo;
+
+ DecodeTCPHeader(TCPHeaderInStart);
+
+ bool PacketResponse = false;
+
+ /* Check if the destination port is open and allows incoming connections */
+ if (TCP_GetPortState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort) == TCP_Port_Open)
+ {
+ /* Detect SYN from host to start a connection */
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags & TCP_FLAG_SYN)
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Listen);
+
+ /* Detect RST from host to abort existing connection */
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags & TCP_FLAG_RST)
+ {
+ if (TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed))
+ {
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_RST | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+ PacketResponse = true;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Process the incoming TCP packet based on the current connection state for the sender and port */
+ switch (TCP_GetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort))
+ {
+ case TCP_Connection_Listen:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_SYN)
+ {
+ /* SYN connection starts a connection with a peer */
+ if (TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_SYNReceived))
+ {
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_SYN | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn = (SwapEndian_32(TCPHeaderIN->SequenceNumber) + 1);
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut = 0;
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = false;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_RST;
+ }
+
+ PacketResponse = true;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_SYNReceived:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK)
+ {
+ /* ACK during the connection process completes the connection to a peer */
+
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Established);
+
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_Established:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK))
+ {
+ /* FIN ACK when connected to a peer starts the finalization process */
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+ PacketResponse = true;
+
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_CloseWait);
+
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn++;
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+ }
+ else if ((TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK) || (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_ACK | TCP_FLAG_PSH)))
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ /* Check if the buffer is currently in use either by a buffered data to send, or receive */
+ if ((ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse == false) && (ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Ready == false))
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_IN;
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = true;
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the buffer has been claimed by us to read in data from the peer */
+ if ((ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_IN) &&
+ (ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length != TCP_WINDOW_SIZE))
+ {
+ uint16_t IPOffset = (IPHeaderIN->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t));
+ uint16_t TCPOffset = (TCPHeaderIN->DataOffset * sizeof(uint32_t));
+ uint16_t DataLength = (SwapEndian_16(IPHeaderIN->TotalLength) - IPOffset - TCPOffset);
+
+ /* Copy the packet data into the buffer */
+ memcpy(&ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Data[ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length],
+ &((uint8_t*)TCPHeaderInStart)[TCPOffset],
+ DataLength);
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn += DataLength;
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length += DataLength;
+
+ /* Check if the buffer is full or if the PSH flag is set, if so indicate buffer ready */
+ if ((!(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE - ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length)) || (TCPHeaderIN->Flags & TCP_FLAG_PSH))
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = false;
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Ready = true;
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+ PacketResponse = true;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Buffer is currently in use by the application, defer processing of the incoming packet */
+ return NO_PROCESS;
+ }
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_Closing:
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_ACK | TCP_FLAG_FIN);
+ PacketResponse = true;
+
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = false;
+
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_FINWait1);
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_FINWait1:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK))
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+ PacketResponse = true;
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn++;
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed);
+ }
+ else if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK)
+ {
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_FINWait2);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_FINWait2:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK))
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+ PacketResponse = true;
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn++;
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_CloseWait:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK)
+ {
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Port is not open, indicate via a RST/ACK response to the sender */
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_RST | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+ PacketResponse = true;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if we need to respond to the sent packet */
+ if (PacketResponse)
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->SourcePort = TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->DestinationPort = TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->SequenceNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut);
+ TCPHeaderOUT->AcknowledgmentNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn);
+ TCPHeaderOUT->DataOffset = (sizeof(TCP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+ if (!(ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse))
+ TCPHeaderOUT->WindowSize = SwapEndian_16(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE);
+ else
+ TCPHeaderOUT->WindowSize = SwapEndian_16(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE - ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->UrgentPointer = 0;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Reserved = 0;
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum = TCP_Checksum16(TCPHeaderOUT, &IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress,
+ &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, sizeof(TCP_Header_t));
+
+ return sizeof(TCP_Header_t);
+ }
+
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
+/** Calculates the appropriate TCP checksum, consisting of the addition of the one's compliment of each word,
+ * complimented.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TCPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the packet's outgoing TCP header
+ * \param[in] SourceAddress Source protocol IP address of the outgoing IP header
+ * \param[in] DestinationAddress Destination protocol IP address of the outgoing IP header
+ * \param[in] TCPOutSize Size in bytes of the TCP data header and payload
+ *
+ * \return A 16-bit TCP checksum value
+ */
+static uint16_t TCP_Checksum16(void* TCPHeaderOutStart,
+ const IP_Address_t* SourceAddress,
+ const IP_Address_t* DestinationAddress,
+ uint16_t TCPOutSize)
+{
+ uint32_t Checksum = 0;
+
+ /* TCP/IP checksums are the addition of the one's compliment of each word including the IP pseudo-header,
+ complimented */
+
+ Checksum += ((uint16_t*)SourceAddress)[0];
+ Checksum += ((uint16_t*)SourceAddress)[1];
+ Checksum += ((uint16_t*)DestinationAddress)[0];
+ Checksum += ((uint16_t*)DestinationAddress)[1];
+ Checksum += SwapEndian_16(PROTOCOL_TCP);
+ Checksum += SwapEndian_16(TCPOutSize);
+
+ for (uint16_t CurrWord = 0; CurrWord < (TCPOutSize >> 1); CurrWord++)
+ Checksum += ((uint16_t*)TCPHeaderOutStart)[CurrWord];
+
+ if (TCPOutSize & 0x01)
+ Checksum += (((uint16_t*)TCPHeaderOutStart)[TCPOutSize >> 1] & 0x00FF);
+
+ while (Checksum & 0xFFFF0000)
+ Checksum = ((Checksum & 0xFFFF) + (Checksum >> 16));
+
+ return ~Checksum;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..92fbdf362
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for TCP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TCP_H_
+#define _TCP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Maximum number of TCP ports which can be open at the one time. */
+ #define MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS 1
+
+ /** Maximum number of TCP connections which can be sustained at the one time. */
+ #define MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS 3
+
+ /** TCP window size, giving the maximum number of bytes which can be buffered at the one time. */
+ #define TCP_WINDOW_SIZE 512
+
+ /** Port number for HTTP transmissions. */
+ #define TCP_PORT_HTTP SwapEndian_16(80)
+
+ /** Data direction indicator for a TCP application buffer, indicating data from host-to-device. */
+ #define TCP_PACKETDIR_IN false
+
+ /** Data direction indicator for a TCP application buffer, indicating data from device-to-host. */
+ #define TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT true
+
+ /** Congestion Window Reduced TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_CWR (1 << 7)
+
+ /** Explicit Congestion Notification TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_ECE (1 << 6)
+
+ /** Urgent TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_URG (1 << 5)
+
+ /** Data Acknowledge TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_ACK (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Data Push TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_PSH (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Reset TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_RST (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Synchronize TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_SYN (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Connection Finalize TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_FIN (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Application macro: Determines if the given application buffer contains a packet received from the host
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to check
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the buffer contains a packet from the host, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_HAS_RECEIVED_PACKET(Buffer) (Buffer->Ready && (Buffer->Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_IN))
+
+ /** Application macro: Indicates if the application buffer is currently locked by the application for device-to-host transfers.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to check
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the buffer has been captured by the application for device-to-host transmissions, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_HAVE_CAPTURED_BUFFER(Buffer) (!(Buffer->Ready) && Buffer->InUse && (Buffer->Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT))
+
+ /** Application macro: Indicates if the application can lock the buffer for multiple continued device-to-host transmissions.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to check
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the buffer may be captured by the application for device-to-host transmissions, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_CAN_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer) Buffer->InUse
+
+ /** Application macro: Captures the application buffer, locking it for device-to-host transmissions only. This should be
+ * performed when the application needs to transmit several packets worth of data in succession with no interruptions from the host.
+ *
+ * \pre The application must check that the buffer can be locked first using TCP_APP_CAN_CAPTURE_BUFFER().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to lock
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer) do { Buffer->Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT; Buffer->InUse = true; } while (0)
+
+ /** Application macro: Releases a captured application buffer, allowing for host-to-device packets to be received.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to release
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_RELEASE_BUFFER(Buffer) do { Buffer->InUse = false; } while (0)
+
+ /** Application macro: Sends the contents of the given application buffer to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to send
+ * \param[in] Len Length of data contained in the buffer
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, Len) do { Buffer->Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT; Buffer->Length = Len; Buffer->Ready = true; } while (0)
+
+ /** Application macro: Clears the application buffer, ready for a packet to be written to it.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to clear
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_CLEAR_BUFFER(Buffer) do { Buffer->Ready = false; Buffer->Length = 0; } while (0)
+
+ /** Application macro: Closes an open connection to a host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Connection Open TCP connection to close
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(Connection) do { Connection->State = TCP_Connection_Closing; } while (0)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for possible TCP port states. */
+ enum TCP_PortStates_t
+ {
+ TCP_Port_Closed = 0, /**< TCP port closed, no connections to a host may be made on this port. */
+ TCP_Port_Open = 1, /**< TCP port open, connections to a host may be made on this port. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for possible TCP connection states. */
+ enum TCP_ConnectionStates_t
+ {
+ TCP_Connection_Listen = 0, /**< Listening for a connection from a host */
+ TCP_Connection_SYNSent = 1, /**< Unused */
+ TCP_Connection_SYNReceived = 2, /**< SYN received, waiting for ACK */
+ TCP_Connection_Established = 3, /**< Connection established in both directions */
+ TCP_Connection_FINWait1 = 4, /**< Closing, waiting for ACK */
+ TCP_Connection_FINWait2 = 5, /**< Closing, waiting for FIN ACK */
+ TCP_Connection_CloseWait = 6, /**< Closing, waiting for ACK */
+ TCP_Connection_Closing = 7, /**< Unused */
+ TCP_Connection_LastACK = 8, /**< Unused */
+ TCP_Connection_TimeWait = 9, /**< Unused */
+ TCP_Connection_Closed = 10, /**< Connection closed in both directions */
+ };
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a TCP connection buffer structure, including size, data and direction. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t Length; /**< Length of data in the TCP application buffer */
+ uint8_t Data[TCP_WINDOW_SIZE]; /**< TCP application data buffer */
+ bool Direction; /**< Buffer transmission direction, either TCP_PACKETDIR_IN or TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT */
+ bool Ready; /**< If data from host, indicates buffer ready to be read, otherwise indicates
+ * buffer ready to be sent to the host
+ */
+ bool InUse; /**< Indicates if the buffer is locked to to the current direction, and cannot be changed */
+ } TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t;
+
+ /** Type define for a TCP connection information structure. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t SequenceNumberIn; /**< Current TCP sequence number for host-to-device */
+ uint32_t SequenceNumberOut; /**< Current TCP sequence number for device-to-host */
+ TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t Buffer; /**< Connection application data buffer */
+ } TCP_ConnectionInfo_t;
+
+ /** Type define for a complete TCP connection state. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t Port; /**< Connection port number on the device */
+ uint16_t RemotePort; /**< Connection port number on the host */
+ IP_Address_t RemoteAddress; /**< Connection protocol IP address of the host */
+ TCP_ConnectionInfo_t Info; /**< Connection information, including application buffer */
+ uint8_t State; /**< Current connection state, a value from the \ref TCP_ConnectionStates_t enum */
+ } TCP_ConnectionState_t;
+
+ /** Type define for a TCP port state. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t Port; /**< TCP port number on the device */
+ uint8_t State; /**< Current port state, a value from the \ref TCP_PortStates_t enum */
+ void (*ApplicationHandler) (TCP_ConnectionState_t* ConnectionState,
+ TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t* Buffer); /**< Port application handler */
+ } TCP_PortState_t;
+
+ /** Type define for a TCP packet header. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t SourcePort; /**< Source port of the TCP packet */
+ uint16_t DestinationPort; /**< Destination port of the TCP packet */
+
+ uint32_t SequenceNumber; /**< Data sequence number of the packet */
+ uint32_t AcknowledgmentNumber; /**< Data acknowledgment number of the packet */
+
+ unsigned Reserved : 4; /**< Reserved, must be all 0 */
+ unsigned DataOffset : 4; /**< Offset of the data from the start of the header, in 4 byte chunks */
+ uint8_t Flags; /**< TCP packet flags */
+ uint16_t WindowSize; /**< Current data window size (bytes remaining in reception buffer) */
+
+ uint16_t Checksum; /**< TCP checksum */
+ uint16_t UrgentPointer; /**< Urgent data pointer */
+ } TCP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void TCP_TCPTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* const FrameOUT);
+ void TCP_Init(void);
+ bool TCP_SetPortState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const uint8_t State,
+ void (*Handler)(TCP_ConnectionState_t*, TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t*));
+ uint8_t TCP_GetPortState(const uint16_t Port);
+ bool TCP_SetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort,
+ const uint8_t State);
+ uint8_t TCP_GetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort);
+ TCP_ConnectionInfo_t* TCP_GetConnectionInfo(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort);
+ int16_t TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* TCPHeaderInStart,
+ void* TCPHeaderOutStart);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_TCP_C)
+ static uint16_t TCP_Checksum16(void* TCPHeaderOutStart,
+ const IP_Address_t* SourceAddress,
+ const IP_Address_t* DestinationAddress,
+ uint16_t TCPOutSize);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..95911fc5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles high throughput, low
+ * reliability packets which are typically used to encapsulate streaming data.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_UDP_C
+#include "UDP.h"
+
+/** Processes a UDP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if a sub-protocol handler has created a response packet.
+ *
+ * \param[in] IPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ * \param[in] UDPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's UDP header
+ * \param[out] UDPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's UDP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* UDPHeaderInStart,
+ void* UDPHeaderOutStart)
+{
+ UDP_Header_t* UDPHeaderIN = (UDP_Header_t*)UDPHeaderInStart;
+ UDP_Header_t* UDPHeaderOUT = (UDP_Header_t*)UDPHeaderOutStart;
+
+ int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
+
+ DecodeUDPHeader(UDPHeaderInStart);
+
+ switch (SwapEndian_16(UDPHeaderIN->DestinationPort))
+ {
+ case UDP_PORT_DHCP_REQUEST:
+ RetSize = DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(IPHeaderInStart,
+ &((uint8_t*)UDPHeaderInStart)[sizeof(UDP_Header_t)],
+ &((uint8_t*)UDPHeaderOutStart)[sizeof(UDP_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if the protocol processing routine has filled out a response */
+ if (RetSize > 0)
+ {
+ /* Fill out the response UDP packet header */
+ UDPHeaderOUT->SourcePort = UDPHeaderIN->DestinationPort;
+ UDPHeaderOUT->DestinationPort = UDPHeaderIN->SourcePort;
+ UDPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
+ UDPHeaderOUT->Length = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(UDP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+
+ /* Return the size of the response so far */
+ return (sizeof(UDP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+ }
+
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2a6697780
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for UDP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UDP_H_
+#define _UDP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+ #include "DHCP.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Source UDP port for a DHCP request. */
+ #define UDP_PORT_DHCP_REQUEST 67
+
+ /** Destination UDP port for a DHCP reply. */
+ #define UDP_PORT_DHCP_REPLY 68
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a UDP packet header. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t SourcePort; /**< Packet source port */
+ uint16_t DestinationPort; /**< Packet destination port */
+ uint16_t Length; /**< Total packet length, in bytes */
+ uint16_t Checksum; /**< Optional UDP packet checksum */
+ } UDP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int16_t UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* UDPHeaderInStart,
+ void* UDPHeaderOutStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..43558c2f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Simple webserver application for demonstrating the RNDIS demo and TCP/IP stack. This
+ * application will serve up a static HTTP web page when requested by the host.
+ */
+
+#include "Webserver.h"
+
+/** HTTP server response header, for transmission before the page contents. This indicates to the host that a page exists at the
+ * given location, and gives extra connection information.
+ */
+const char HTTP200Header[] PROGMEM = "HTTP/1.1 200 OK\r\n"
+ "Server: LUFA RNDIS\r\n"
+ "Content-type: text/html\r\n"
+ "Connection: close\r\n\r\n";
+
+/** HTTP server response header, for transmission before a resource not found error. This indicates to the host that the given
+ * given URL is invalid, and gives extra error information.
+ */
+const char HTTP404Header[] PROGMEM = "HTTP/1.1 404 Not Found\r\n"
+ "Server: LUFA RNDIS\r\n"
+ "Connection: close\r\n\r\n";
+
+/** HTTP page to serve to the host when a HTTP request is made. This page is too long for a single response, thus it is automatically
+ * broken up into smaller blocks and sent as a series of packets each time the webserver application callback is run.
+ */
+const char HTTPPage[] PROGMEM =
+ "<html>"
+ " <head>"
+ " <title>"
+ " LUFA Webserver Demo"
+ " </title>"
+ " </head>"
+ " <body>"
+ " <h1>Hello from your USB AVR!</h1>"
+ " <p>"
+ " Hello! Welcome to the LUFA RNDIS Demo Webserver test page, running on your USB AVR via the LUFA library. This demonstrates the HTTP webserver, TCP/IP stack and RNDIS demo all running atop the LUFA USB stack."
+ " <br /><br />"
+ " <small>Project Information: <a href=\"http://www.lufa-lib.org\">http://www.lufa-lib.org</a>.</small>"
+ " <hr />"
+ " <i>LUFA Version: </i>" LUFA_VERSION_STRING
+ " </p>"
+ " </body>"
+ "</html>";
+
+
+/** Initializes the Webserver application, opening the appropriate HTTP port in the TCP handler and registering the application
+ * callback routine for packets sent to the HTTP protocol port.
+ */
+void Webserver_Init(void)
+{
+ /* Open the HTTP port in the TCP protocol so that HTTP connections to the device can be established */
+ TCP_SetPortState(TCP_PORT_HTTP, TCP_Port_Open, Webserver_ApplicationCallback);
+}
+
+/** Indicates if a given request equals the given HTTP command.
+ *
+ * \param[in] RequestHeader HTTP request made by the host
+ * \param[in] Command HTTP command to compare the request to
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command matches the request, \c false otherwise
+ */
+static bool IsHTTPCommand(uint8_t* RequestHeader,
+ char* Command)
+{
+ /* Returns true if the non null terminated string in RequestHeader matches the null terminated string Command */
+ return (strncmp((char*)RequestHeader, Command, strlen(Command)) == 0);
+}
+
+/** Application callback routine, executed each time the TCP processing task runs. This callback determines what request
+ * has been made (if any), and serves up appropriate responses.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ConnectionState Pointer to a TCP Connection State structure giving connection information
+ * \param[in,out] Buffer Pointer to the application's send/receive packet buffer
+ */
+void Webserver_ApplicationCallback(TCP_ConnectionState_t* const ConnectionState,
+ TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+{
+ char* BufferDataStr = (char*)Buffer->Data;
+ static uint8_t PageBlock = 0;
+
+ /* Check to see if a packet has been received on the HTTP port from a remote host */
+ if (TCP_APP_HAS_RECEIVED_PACKET(Buffer))
+ {
+ if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "GET"))
+ {
+ if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "GET / "))
+ {
+ PageBlock = 0;
+
+ /* Copy the HTTP 200 response header into the packet buffer */
+ strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP200Header);
+
+ /* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+
+ /* Lock the buffer to Device->Host transmissions only while we send the page contents */
+ TCP_APP_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Copy the HTTP 404 response header into the packet buffer */
+ strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP404Header);
+
+ /* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+
+ /* All data sent, close the connection */
+ TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "HEAD"))
+ {
+ if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "HEAD / "))
+ {
+ /* Copy the HTTP response header into the packet buffer */
+ strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP200Header);
+
+ /* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Copy the HTTP response header into the packet buffer */
+ strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP404Header);
+
+ /* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+ }
+
+ /* All data sent, close the connection */
+ TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+ }
+ else if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "TRACE"))
+ {
+ /* Echo the host's query back to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, Buffer->Length);
+
+ /* All data sent, close the connection */
+ TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Unknown request, just clear the buffer (drop the packet) */
+ TCP_APP_CLEAR_BUFFER(Buffer);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (TCP_APP_HAVE_CAPTURED_BUFFER(Buffer))
+ {
+ uint16_t RemLength = strlen_P(&HTTPPage[PageBlock * HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE]);
+ uint16_t Length;
+
+ /* Determine the length of the loaded block */
+ Length = ((RemLength > HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE) ? HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE : RemLength);
+
+ /* Copy the next buffer sized block of the page to the packet buffer */
+ strncpy_P(BufferDataStr, &HTTPPage[PageBlock * HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE], Length);
+
+ /* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, Length);
+
+ /* Check to see if the entire page has been sent */
+ if (PageBlock++ == (sizeof(HTTPPage) / HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE))
+ {
+ /* Unlock the buffer so that the host can fill it with future packets */
+ TCP_APP_RELEASE_BUFFER(Buffer);
+
+ /* Close the connection to the host */
+ TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..142dc7a03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Webserver.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _WEBSERVER_H_
+#define _WEBSERVER_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Version.h>
+
+ #include "TCP.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Maximum size of a HTTP response per transmission */
+ #define HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE 128
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void Webserver_Init(void);
+ void Webserver_ApplicationCallback(TCP_ConnectionState_t* const ConnectionState,
+ TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t* const Buffer);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bdb506117
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the RNDISEthernet demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "RNDISEthernet.h"
+
+/** Message buffer for RNDIS messages processed by the RNDIS device class driver. */
+static uint8_t RNDIS_Message_Buffer[192];
+
+/** Global to store the incoming frame from the host before it is processed by the device. */
+static Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameIN;
+
+/** Global to store the outgoing frame created in the device before it is sent to the host. */
+static Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameOUT;
+
+/** LUFA RNDIS Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all RNDIS Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .AdapterVendorDescription = "LUFA RNDIS Demo Adapter",
+ .AdapterMACAddress = {ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS},
+ .MessageBuffer = RNDIS_Message_Buffer,
+ .MessageBufferLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Buffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ TCP_Init();
+ Webserver_Init();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (RNDIS_Device_IsPacketReceived(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface))
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ RNDIS_Device_ReadPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface, &FrameIN.FrameData, &FrameIN.FrameLength);
+ Ethernet_ProcessPacket(&FrameIN, &FrameOUT);
+
+ if (FrameOUT.FrameLength)
+ {
+ RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface, &FrameOUT.FrameData, FrameOUT.FrameLength);
+ FrameOUT.FrameLength = 0;
+ }
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ }
+
+ TCP_TCPTask(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface, &FrameOUT);
+
+ RNDIS_Device_USBTask(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= RNDIS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ RNDIS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..56000547f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for RNDISEthernet.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDISETHERNET_H_
+#define _RNDISETHERNET_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include "Lib/Ethernet.h"
+ #include "Lib/TCP.h"
+ #include "Lib/ARP.h"
+ #include "Lib/Webserver.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..496ab07a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage RNDIS Class Ethernet Demo (with Webserver/Telnet)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Remote NDIS (Microsoft Proprietary CDC Class Networking Standard)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>Microsoft RNDIS Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Remote Network Driver Interface demonstration application.
+ * This gives a simple reference application for implementing
+ * a CDC RNDIS device acting as a simple network interface for
+ * ethernet packet exchange. RNDIS is a proprietary Microsoft
+ * standard; this demo will only work on Windows 2000 (manually
+ * patched with the Microsoft RNDIS hotfix) and above (with no
+ * manual patches), or on the latest Linux kernels.
+ *
+ * Before running, you will need to install the INF file that
+ * is located in the RNDISEthernet project directory. This will
+ * enable Windows to use its inbuilt RNDIS drivers, negating the
+ * need for special Windows drivers for the device. To install,
+ * right-click the .INF file and choose the Install option. If
+ * Windows 2000 is used, the Microsoft INF file in the hotfix
+ * will need to be altered to use the VID/PID of the demo and
+ * then chosen instead of the LUFA RNDIS INF file when prompted.
+ *
+ * When enumerated, this demo will install as a new network
+ * adapter which ethernet packets can be sent to and received
+ * from. Running on top of the adapter is a very simple TCP/IP
+ * stack with a HTTP webserver and TELNET host which can be
+ * accessed through a web browser at IP address 10.0.0.2:80 or
+ * through a TELNET client at 10.0.0.2:25. This device also supports
+ * ping echos via the ICMP protocol.
+ *
+ * \note The TCP/IP stack in this demo has a number of limitations
+ * and should serve as an example only - it is not fully featured nor
+ * compliant to the TCP/IP specification. For complete projects, it is
+ * recommended that it be replaced with an external open source TCP/IP
+ * stack that is feature complete, such as the uIP stack.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Configures the IP address given to the client (PC) via the DHCP server.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>SERVER_IP_ADDRESS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Configures the IP address of the virtual server.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Configures the MAC address of the RNDIS adapter on the host (PC) side.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Configures the MAC address of the virtual server on the network.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_ETHERNET</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received Ethernet headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_ARP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received ARP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_IP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received IP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_ICMP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received ICMP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_TCP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received TCP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_UDP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received UDP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_DHCP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received DHCP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8a85bf948
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="RNDIS Ethernet Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.rndis.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.rndis"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="RNDIS Ethernet Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.rndis.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.rndis"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.rndis" caption="RNDIS Ethernet Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Microsoft RNDIS Ethernet networking device demo, implementing a basic HTTP webserver. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="RNDIS Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="RNDISEthernet.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/ARP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DHCP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/Ethernet.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/ICMP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/IP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/TCP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/UDP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/Webserver.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="RNDISEthernet.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/ARP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DHCP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/Ethernet.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/ICMP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/IP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/TCP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/UDP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/Webserver.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/EthernetProtocols.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9147230ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - RNDIS Ethernet Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7d16d4268
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernet/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = RNDISEthernet
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/Ethernet.c Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c Lib/ICMP.c Lib/TCP.c Lib/UDP.c Lib/DHCP.c Lib/ARP.c \
+ Lib/IP.c Lib/Webserver.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3c3b68bb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 4
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..314151226
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2044,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x06,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA CDC Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..733d08dc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // CDC Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+ // CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..21d2d12b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA VirtualSerial.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port" \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2d98df760
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the VirtualSerial demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "VirtualSerial.h"
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Standard file stream for the CDC interface when set up, so that the virtual CDC COM port can be
+ * used like any regular character stream in the C APIs.
+ */
+static FILE USBSerialStream;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ /* Create a regular character stream for the interface so that it can be used with the stdio.h functions */
+ CDC_Device_CreateStream(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, &USBSerialStream);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ CheckJoystickMovement();
+
+ /* Must throw away unused bytes from the host, or it will lock up while waiting for the device */
+ CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+ CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Checks for changes in the position of the board joystick, sending strings to the host upon each change. */
+void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
+{
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ char* ReportString = NULL;
+ static bool ActionSent = false;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n";
+ else
+ ActionSent = false;
+
+ if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false))
+ {
+ ActionSent = true;
+
+ /* Write the string to the virtual COM port via the created character stream */
+ fputs(ReportString, &USBSerialStream);
+
+ /* Alternatively, without the stream: */
+ // CDC_Device_SendString(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, ReportString);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ad4f74f31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for VirtualSerial.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+#define _VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..61b665674
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Communications Device Class (Virtual Serial Port) Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Communications Device Class demonstration application.
+ * This gives a simple reference application for implementing
+ * a CDC device acting as a virtual serial port. Joystick
+ * actions are transmitted to the host as strings. The device
+ * does not respond to serial data sent from the host.
+ *
+ * After running this demo for the first time on a new computer,
+ * you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo
+ * project's directory as the device's driver when running under
+ * Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
+ * negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
+ * Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
+ * CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4839b7c5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Virtual Serial CDC Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Virtual Serial CDC Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc" caption="Virtual Serial CDC Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Virtual Serial device demo, implementing a virtual serial channel between the host PC and the device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="VirtualSerial.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA VirtualSerial.inf"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="VirtualSerial.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="VirtualSerial.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0d0ae156c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Virtual Serial Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d476b575c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerial/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = VirtualSerial
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4be9d2b6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define TOTAL_LUNS 1
+
+ #define DISK_READ_ONLY false
+
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..58fd4bb5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 5
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..18533fda2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2068,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 3,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC_IAD =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
+
+ .FirstInterfaceIndex = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x06,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
+ .SubClass = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
+ .Protocol = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA CDC and Mass Storage Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d764bf45f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 3)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 4)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 5)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // CDC Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC_IAD;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+ // CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+
+ // Mass Storage Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 2, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/LUFA VirtualSerialMassStorage.inf b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/LUFA VirtualSerialMassStorage.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e5d8da5e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/LUFA VirtualSerialMassStorage.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA VirtualSerialMassStorage.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2068&MI_00
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2068&MI_00
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2068&MI_00
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2068&MI_00
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port" \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d28eff298
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c
@@ -0,0 +1,534 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of
+ * blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored
+ * or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such
+ * as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C
+#include "DataflashManager.h"
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ * the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes
+ * them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+ bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+ /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Clear the current endpoint bank */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Wait until the host has sent another packet */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+ if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+ if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+ /* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ * the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if the endpoint is currently full */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ }
+
+ /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ * the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the
+ * Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the
+ * Dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
+ * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the data source RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+ bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+ if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+ if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+ for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+ Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ * the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read
+ * the files stored on the Dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
+ * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ }
+
+ /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+ for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+ *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */
+void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)
+{
+ /* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+ /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+ if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+ /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+ }
+
+ /* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+ /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+ if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+ /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Deselect current Dataflash chip */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ReturnByte;
+
+ /* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+ ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+ if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+ return false;
+
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ /* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+ ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+ if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+ return false;
+ #endif
+
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4737245a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DataflashManager.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ #include "../VirtualSerialMassStorage.h"
+ #include "../Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
+ #error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Defines: */
+ /** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
+
+ /** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
+ * storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
+ */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512
+
+ /** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
+ * change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
+ */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+
+ /** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
+ #define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+ void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+ void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
+ bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..122e38872
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
+ * devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
+ * which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
+#include "SCSI.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
+ * features and capabilities.
+ */
+static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
+ {
+ .DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
+ .PeripheralQualifier = 0,
+
+ .Removable = true,
+
+ .Version = 0,
+
+ .ResponseDataFormat = 2,
+ .NormACA = false,
+ .TrmTsk = false,
+ .AERC = false,
+
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
+
+ .SoftReset = false,
+ .CmdQue = false,
+ .Linked = false,
+ .Sync = false,
+ .WideBus16Bit = false,
+ .WideBus32Bit = false,
+ .RelAddr = false,
+
+ .VendorID = "LUFA",
+ .ProductID = "Dataflash Disk",
+ .RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
+ };
+
+/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
+ * command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
+ */
+static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
+ {
+ .ResponseCode = 0x70,
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
+ };
+
+
+/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
+ * to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
+ * a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool CommandSuccess = false;
+
+ /* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
+ switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
+ {
+ case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT:
+ case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
+ case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
+ case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
+ /* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
+ CommandSuccess = true;
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if command was successfully processed */
+ if (CommandSuccess)
+ {
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
+ * and capabilities to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint16_t AllocationLength = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
+ uint16_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
+
+ /* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
+ if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
+ {
+ /* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+
+ /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
+ * including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
+ uint8_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
+ * on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1);
+ uint32_t MediaBlockSize = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NULL);
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
+ * board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
+ * supported.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
+ if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
+ {
+ /* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
+ if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+ {
+ /* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
+ * and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
+ * reading and writing of the data.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ * \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool IsDataRead)
+{
+ uint32_t BlockAddress;
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks;
+
+ /* Check if the disk is write protected or not */
+ if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY)
+ {
+ /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+ BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
+
+ /* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+ TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
+
+ /* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
+ if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS)
+ {
+ /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ #if (TOTAL_LUNS > 1)
+ /* Adjust the given block address to the real media address based on the selected LUN */
+ BlockAddress += ((uint32_t)MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.LUN * LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
+ if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
+ DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+ else
+ DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
+ * the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d26a82bde
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for SCSI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SCSI_H_
+#define _SCSI_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "../VirtualSerialMassStorage.h"
+ #include "../Descriptors.h"
+ #include "DataflashManager.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
+ * is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
+ * the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
+ * \param[in] Acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
+ * \param[in] Aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
+ */
+ #define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual) do { SenseData.SenseKey = (Key); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (Acode); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0)
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_READ true
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_WRITE false
+
+ /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
+ #define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
+
+ /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
+ #define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool IsDataRead);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1d2028316
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.c
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the VirtualSerialMassStorage demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "VirtualSerialMassStorage.h"
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .TotalLUNs = TOTAL_LUNS,
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Standard file stream for the CDC interface when set up, so that the virtual CDC COM port can be
+ * used like any regular character stream in the C APIs.
+ */
+static FILE USBSerialStream;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ /* Create a regular character stream for the interface so that it can be used with the stdio.h functions */
+ CDC_Device_CreateStream(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, &USBSerialStream);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ CheckJoystickMovement();
+
+ /* Must throw away unused bytes from the host, or it will lock up while waiting for the device */
+ CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+ CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+ MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Joystick_Init();
+ Dataflash_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Check if the Dataflash is working, abort if not */
+ if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
+ DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
+}
+
+/** Checks for changes in the position of the board joystick, sending strings to the host upon each change. */
+void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
+{
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ char* ReportString = NULL;
+ static bool ActionSent = false;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n";
+ else
+ ActionSent = false;
+
+ if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false))
+ {
+ ActionSent = true;
+
+ /* Write the string to the virtual COM port via the created character stream */
+ fputs(ReportString, &USBSerialStream);
+
+ /* Alternatively, without the stream: */
+ // CDC_Device_SendString(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, ReportString);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+ ConfigSuccess &= MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+ MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool CommandSuccess;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+
+ return CommandSuccess;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d60e8aa5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for VirtualSerial.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+#define _VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include "Lib/SCSI.h"
+ #include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..caf83e499
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/VirtualSerialMassStorage.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Communications Device Class (Virtual Serial Port) and Mass Storage Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC) \n
+ * Mass Storage Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM) \n
+ * Bulk-Only Transport</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard \n
+ * USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ * USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ * SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ * SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Combined Communications Device Class/Mass Storage demonstration application.
+ * This gives a simple reference application for implementing a combined
+ * CDC and Mass Storage device acting as a both a virtual serial port and a flash
+ * drive. Joystick actions are transmitted to the host as strings, and data can be
+ * written to or read from the exposed flash drive interface in the same manner as
+ * other USB flash drives. The device does not respond to serial data sent from the
+ * host.
+ *
+ * After running this demo for the first time on a new computer,
+ * you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo
+ * project's directory as the device's driver when running under
+ * Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
+ * negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
+ * Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
+ * CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>TOTAL_LUNS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between each drive -
+ * this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>DISK_READ_ONLY</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Configuration define, indicating if the disk should be write protected or not.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a73bcc21c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Virtual Serial CDC and Mass Storage Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_ms.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_ms"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Virtual Serial CDC and Mass Storage Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_ms.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_ms"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_ms" caption="Virtual Serial CDC and Mass Storage Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Virtual Serial and Mass Storage device demo, implementing a virtual serial channel between the host PC and the device, and a basic USB storage disk using a Dataflash memory IC. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+ <keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="VirtualSerialMassStorage.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA VirtualSerialMassStorage.inf"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="VirtualSerialMassStorage.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="VirtualSerialMassStorage.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c57c1fcae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Virtual Serial/Mass Storage Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1329aeba9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMassStorage/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = VirtualSerialMassStorage
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/DataflashManager.c Lib/SCSI.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3c3b68bb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 4
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..029c80f0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
+{
+ /* Use the HID class driver's standard Mouse report.
+ * Min X/Y Axis values: -1
+ * Max X/Y Axis values: 1
+ * Min physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution): -1
+ * Max physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution): 1
+ * Buttons: 3
+ * Absolute screen coordinates: false
+ */
+ HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE(-1, 1, -1, 1, 3, false)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2062,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 3,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC_IAD =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
+
+ .FirstInterfaceIndex = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x06,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_MouseHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(MouseReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MOUSE_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA CDC and Mouse Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_MouseHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &MouseReport;
+ Size = sizeof(MouseReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ab64f42dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define MOUSE_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define MOUSE_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // CDC Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC_IAD;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+ // CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+
+ // Mouse HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_MouseHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_Mouse = 2, /**< Mouse interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/LUFA VirtualSerialMouse.inf b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/LUFA VirtualSerialMouse.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ac47e066b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/LUFA VirtualSerialMouse.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA VirtualSerialMouse.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2062&MI_00
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2062&MI_00
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2062&MI_00
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2062&MI_00
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port" \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..02eb4875d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the VirtualSerialMouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "VirtualSerialMouse.h"
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .ControlInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .DataINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Mouse HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Mouse_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+ .ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MOUSE_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer,
+ .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ CheckJoystickMovement();
+
+ /* Must throw away unused bytes from the host, or it will lock up while waiting for the device */
+ CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+ CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+ HID_Device_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Checks for changes in the position of the board joystick, sending strings to the host upon each change. */
+void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
+{
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ char* ReportString = NULL;
+ static bool ActionSent = false;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n";
+ else
+ ActionSent = false;
+
+ if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false))
+ {
+ ActionSent = true;
+
+ CDC_Device_SendString(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface, ReportString);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ ConfigSuccess &= HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+ ConfigSuccess &= CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+ HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+ USB_MouseReport_Data_t* MouseReport = (USB_MouseReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ MouseReport->Y = -1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ MouseReport->Y = 1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ MouseReport->X = -1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ MouseReport->X = 1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+ if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+ MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 1);
+
+ *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
+ * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+ // Unused (but mandatory for the HID class driver) in this demo, since there are no Host->Device reports
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c1b9cea0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for VirtualSerialMouse.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _VIRTUALSERIAL_MOUSE_H_
+#define _VIRTUALSERIAL_MOUSE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+ void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize);
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b8b32ed73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/VirtualSerialMouse.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Combined Communications Device Class (Virtual Serial Port) and Mouse Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC) \n
+ * Human Interface Device Class (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM) \n
+ * Mouse Subclass</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Combined Communications Device Class/Mouse demonstration application.
+ * This gives a simple reference application for implementing a combined
+ * CDC and HID device acting as a both a virtual serial port and a mouse.
+ * Joystick actions are transmitted to the host as strings and as mouse
+ * movements. The device does not respond to serial data sent from the host.
+ *
+ * After running this demo for the first time on a new computer,
+ * you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo
+ * project's directory as the device's driver when running under
+ * Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
+ * negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
+ * Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
+ * CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..40d13050b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Virtual Serial CDC and Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_mouse.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Virtual Serial CDC and Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_mouse.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.class.cdc_mouse" caption="Virtual Serial CDC and Mouse HID Device Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Virtual Serial and Mouse device demo, implementing a virtual serial channel between the host PC and the device, and a USB mouse. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="VirtualSerialMouse.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA VirtualSerialMouse.inf"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="VirtualSerialMouse.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="VirtualSerialMouse.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7621a8789
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Combined Virtual Serial and Mouse Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6e861dcf6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialMouse/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = VirtualSerialMouse
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1450df5e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/ClassDriver/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Device Demos. Call with "make all" to
+# rebuild all Device demos.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */)
+
+# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad
+# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if
+# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails.
+ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10)
+ $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED)
+endif
+
+# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory
+ifeq ($(OBJDIR),)
+ # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build
+ ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean all
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+
+ # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build
+ ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+endif
+
+%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
+ @echo . > /dev/null
+
+$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES):
+ @$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+
+.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3c3b68bb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 4
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bfb0ee5f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Peter Lawrence (majbthrd [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = 0x00,
+ .SubClass = 0x00,
+ .Protocol = 0x00,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2065,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .TM_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_TestAndMeasurement,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 3,
+
+ .Class = 0xFE,
+ .SubClass = 0x03,
+ .Protocol = 0x01,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .TM_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = TMC_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = TMC_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .TM_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = TMC_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = TMC_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .TM_NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = TMC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = TMC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA TMC Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c1e668855
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Peter Lawrence (majbthrd [at] gmail [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the TMC notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define TMC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the TMC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define TMC_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the TMC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define TMC_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the TMC data endpoints. */
+ #define TMC_IO_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the TMC notification endpoint. */
+ #define TMC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Test and Measurement Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t TM_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t TM_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t TM_DataInEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t TM_NotificationEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_TestAndMeasurement = 0, /**< Test and measurement interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/TestAndMeasurement.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/TestAndMeasurement.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b0e52308c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/TestAndMeasurement.c
@@ -0,0 +1,476 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "TestAndMeasurement.h"
+
+/** Contains the (usually static) capabilities of the TMC device. This table is requested by the
+ * host upon enumeration to give it information on what features of the Test and Measurement USB
+ * Class the device supports.
+ */
+TMC_Capabilities_t Capabilities =
+ {
+ .Status = TMC_STATUS_SUCCESS,
+ .TMCVersion = VERSION_BCD(1.00),
+
+ .Interface =
+ {
+ .ListenOnly = false,
+ .TalkOnly = false,
+ .PulseIndicateSupported = false,
+ },
+
+ .Device =
+ {
+ .SupportsAbortINOnMatch = false,
+ },
+ };
+
+/** Current TMC control request that is being processed */
+static uint8_t RequestInProgress = 0;
+
+/** Stream callback abort flag for bulk IN data */
+static bool IsTMCBulkINReset = false;
+
+/** Stream callback abort flag for bulk OUT data */
+static bool IsTMCBulkOUTReset = false;
+
+/** Last used tag value for data transfers */
+static uint8_t CurrentTransferTag = 0;
+
+/** Length of last data transfer, for reporting to the host in case an in-progress transfer is aborted */
+static uint16_t LastTransferLength = 0;
+
+/** Buffer to hold the next message to sent to the TMC host */
+static uint8_t NextResponseBuffer[64];
+
+/** Indicates the length of the next response to send */
+static uint8_t NextResponseLen;
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ TMC_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs and stops the USB management and CDC management tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the CDC management task started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup TMC In, Out and Notification Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(TMC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, TMC_IO_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(TMC_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, TMC_IO_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(TMC_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, TMC_IO_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ uint8_t TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+
+ /* Process TMC specific control requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case Req_InitiateAbortBulkOut:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+ {
+ /* Check that no split transaction is already in progress and the data transfer tag is valid */
+ if (RequestInProgress != 0)
+ {
+ TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_IN_PROGRESS;
+ }
+ else if (USB_ControlRequest.wValue != CurrentTransferTag)
+ {
+ TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_TRANSFER_NOT_IN_PROGRESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Indicate that all in-progress/pending data OUT requests should be aborted */
+ IsTMCBulkOUTReset = true;
+
+ /* Save the split request for later checking when a new request is received */
+ RequestInProgress = Req_InitiateAbortBulkOut;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the request response byte */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(TMCRequestStatus);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case Req_CheckAbortBulkOutStatus:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+ {
+ /* Check that an ABORT BULK OUT transaction has been requested and that the request has completed */
+ if (RequestInProgress != Req_InitiateAbortBulkOut)
+ TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_NOT_IN_PROGRESS;
+ else if (IsTMCBulkOUTReset)
+ TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_PENDING;
+ else
+ RequestInProgress = 0;
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the request response bytes */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(TMCRequestStatus);
+ Endpoint_Write_16_LE(0);
+ Endpoint_Write_32_LE(LastTransferLength);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case Req_InitiateAbortBulkIn:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+ {
+ /* Check that no split transaction is already in progress and the data transfer tag is valid */
+ if (RequestInProgress != 0)
+ {
+ TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_IN_PROGRESS;
+ }
+ else if (USB_ControlRequest.wValue != CurrentTransferTag)
+ {
+ TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_TRANSFER_NOT_IN_PROGRESS;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Indicate that all in-progress/pending data IN requests should be aborted */
+ IsTMCBulkINReset = true;
+
+ /* Save the split request for later checking when a new request is received */
+ RequestInProgress = Req_InitiateAbortBulkIn;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the request response bytes */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(TMCRequestStatus);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(CurrentTransferTag);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case Req_CheckAbortBulkInStatus:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+ {
+ /* Check that an ABORT BULK IN transaction has been requested and that the request has completed */
+ if (RequestInProgress != Req_InitiateAbortBulkIn)
+ TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_NOT_IN_PROGRESS;
+ else if (IsTMCBulkINReset)
+ TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_PENDING;
+ else
+ RequestInProgress = 0;
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the request response bytes */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(TMCRequestStatus);
+ Endpoint_Write_16_LE(0);
+ Endpoint_Write_32_LE(LastTransferLength);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case Req_InitiateClear:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ /* Check that no split transaction is already in progress */
+ if (RequestInProgress != 0)
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_8(TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_IN_PROGRESS);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Indicate that all in-progress/pending data IN and OUT requests should be aborted */
+ IsTMCBulkINReset = true;
+ IsTMCBulkOUTReset = true;
+
+ /* Save the split request for later checking when a new request is received */
+ RequestInProgress = Req_InitiateClear;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the request response byte */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(TMCRequestStatus);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case Req_CheckClearStatus:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ /* Check that a CLEAR transaction has been requested and that the request has completed */
+ if (RequestInProgress != Req_InitiateClear)
+ TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_NOT_IN_PROGRESS;
+ else if (IsTMCBulkINReset || IsTMCBulkOUTReset)
+ TMCRequestStatus = TMC_STATUS_PENDING;
+ else
+ RequestInProgress = 0;
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the request response bytes */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(TMCRequestStatus);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case Req_GetCapabilities:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the device capabilities to the control endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&Capabilities, sizeof(TMC_Capabilities_t));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+void ProcessSentMessage(uint8_t* const Data, const uint8_t Length)
+{
+ if (strncmp((char*)Data, "*IDN?", 5) == 0)
+ strcpy((char*)NextResponseBuffer, "LUFA TMC DEMO");
+
+ NextResponseLen = strlen((char*)NextResponseBuffer);
+}
+
+uint8_t GetNextMessage(uint8_t* const Data)
+{
+ strcpy((char*)NextResponseBuffer, "LUFA TMC DEMO");
+
+ NextResponseLen = strlen((char*)NextResponseBuffer);
+// ---
+ uint8_t DataLen = MIN(NextResponseLen, 64);
+
+ strlcpy((char*)Data, (char*)NextResponseBuffer, DataLen);
+
+ return DataLen;
+}
+
+/** Function to manage TMC data transmission and reception to and from the host. */
+void TMC_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ TMC_MessageHeader_t MessageHeader;
+ uint8_t MessagePayload[128];
+
+ /* Try to read in a TMC message from the interface, process if one is available */
+ if (ReadTMCHeader(&MessageHeader))
+ {
+ /* Indicate busy */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ switch (MessageHeader.MessageID)
+ {
+ case TMC_MESSAGEID_DEV_DEP_MSG_OUT:
+ LastTransferLength = 0;
+ while (Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(MessagePayload, MIN(MessageHeader.TransferSize, sizeof(MessagePayload)), &LastTransferLength) ==
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ {
+ if (IsTMCBulkOUTReset)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ ProcessSentMessage(MessagePayload, LastTransferLength);
+ break;
+ case TMC_MESSAGEID_DEV_DEP_MSG_IN:
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ MessageHeader.TransferSize = GetNextMessage(MessagePayload);
+ MessageHeader.MessageIDSpecific.DeviceOUT.LastMessageTransaction = true;
+ WriteTMCHeader(&MessageHeader);
+
+ LastTransferLength = 0;
+ while (Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(MessagePayload, MessageHeader.TransferSize, &LastTransferLength) ==
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ {
+ if (IsTMCBulkINReset)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ break;
+ default:
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ }
+
+ /* All pending data has been processed - reset the data abort flags */
+ IsTMCBulkINReset = false;
+ IsTMCBulkOUTReset = false;
+}
+
+/** Attempts to read in the TMC message header from the TMC interface.
+ *
+ * \param[out] MessageHeader Pointer to a location where the read header (if any) should be stored
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a header was read, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool ReadTMCHeader(TMC_MessageHeader_t* const MessageHeader)
+{
+ uint16_t BytesTransferred;
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Select the Data Out endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(TMC_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Abort if no command has been sent from the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Read in the header of the command from the host */
+ BytesTransferred = 0;
+ while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(MessageHeader, sizeof(TMC_MessageHeader_t), &BytesTransferred)) ==
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ {
+ if (IsTMCBulkOUTReset)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Store the new command tag value for later use */
+ CurrentTransferTag = MessageHeader->Tag;
+
+ /* Indicate if the command has been aborted or not */
+ return (!(IsTMCBulkOUTReset) && (ErrorCode == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError));
+}
+
+bool WriteTMCHeader(TMC_MessageHeader_t* const MessageHeader)
+{
+ uint16_t BytesTransferred;
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Set the message tag of the command header */
+ MessageHeader->Tag = CurrentTransferTag;
+ MessageHeader->InverseTag = ~CurrentTransferTag;
+
+ /* Select the Data In endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(TMC_IN_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Send the command header to the host */
+ BytesTransferred = 0;
+ while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(MessageHeader, sizeof(TMC_MessageHeader_t), &BytesTransferred)) ==
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ {
+ if (IsTMCBulkINReset)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Indicate if the command has been aborted or not */
+ return (!(IsTMCBulkINReset) && (ErrorCode == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError));
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/TestAndMeasurement.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/TestAndMeasurement.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ef050bd61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/TestAndMeasurement.h
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _TESTANDMEASUREMENT_H_
+#define _TESTANDMEASUREMENT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ #define Req_InitiateAbortBulkOut 0x01
+ #define Req_CheckAbortBulkOutStatus 0x02
+ #define Req_InitiateAbortBulkIn 0x03
+ #define Req_CheckAbortBulkInStatus 0x04
+ #define Req_InitiateClear 0x05
+ #define Req_CheckClearStatus 0x06
+ #define Req_GetCapabilities 0x07
+ #define Req_IndicatorPulse 0x40
+
+ #define TMC_STATUS_SUCCESS 0x01
+ #define TMC_STATUS_PENDING 0x02
+ #define TMC_STATUS_FAILED 0x80
+ #define TMC_STATUS_TRANSFER_NOT_IN_PROGRESS 0x81
+ #define TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_NOT_IN_PROGRESS 0x82
+ #define TMC_STATUS_SPLIT_IN_PROGRESS 0x83
+
+ #define TMC_MESSAGEID_DEV_DEP_MSG_OUT 0x01
+ #define TMC_MESSAGEID_DEV_DEP_MSG_IN 0x02
+ #define TMC_MESSAGEID_DEV_VENDOR_OUT 0x7E
+ #define TMC_MESSAGEID_DEV_VENDOR_IN 0x7F
+
+ /* Type Defines */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Status;
+ uint8_t Reserved;
+
+ uint16_t TMCVersion;
+
+ struct
+ {
+ unsigned ListenOnly : 1;
+ unsigned TalkOnly : 1;
+ unsigned PulseIndicateSupported : 1;
+ unsigned Reserved : 5;
+ } Interface;
+
+ struct
+ {
+ unsigned SupportsAbortINOnMatch : 1;
+ unsigned Reserved : 7;
+ } Device;
+
+ uint8_t Reserved2[6];
+ uint8_t Reserved3[12];
+ } TMC_Capabilities_t;
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t LastMessageTransaction;
+ uint8_t TermChar;
+ uint8_t Reserved[2];
+ } TMC_DevOUTMessageHeader_t;
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t LastMessageTransaction;
+ uint8_t Reserved[3];
+ } TMC_DevINMessageHeader_t;
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t MessageID;
+ uint8_t Tag;
+ uint8_t InverseTag;
+ uint8_t Reserved;
+ uint32_t TransferSize;
+
+ union
+ {
+ TMC_DevOUTMessageHeader_t DeviceOUT;
+ TMC_DevINMessageHeader_t DeviceIN;
+ uint32_t VendorSpecific;
+ } MessageIDSpecific;
+ } TMC_MessageHeader_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void TMC_Task(void);
+ bool ReadTMCHeader(TMC_MessageHeader_t* const MessageHeader);
+ bool WriteTMCHeader(TMC_MessageHeader_t* const MessageHeader);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c7dda069d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/Incomplete/TestAndMeasurement/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = TestAndMeasurement
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2937d8f86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.c
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Audio Input demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioInput.h"
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the streaming audio alternative interface has been selected by the host. */
+static bool StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false;
+
+/** Current audio sampling frequency of the streaming audio endpoint. */
+static uint32_t CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = 48000;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_32);
+ ADC_SetupChannel(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL);
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Start the ADC conversion in free running mode */
+ ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL));
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs, and
+ * configures the sample update and PWM timers.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ /* Sample reload timer initialization */
+ TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+ TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
+ TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs, disables the sample update and PWM output timers and stops the USB and Audio management tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Stop the sample reload timer */
+ TCCR0B = 0;
+
+ /* Indicate streaming audio interface not selected */
+ StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false;
+
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup Audio Stream Endpoint */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS, AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE, 2);
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Process General and Audio specific control requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case REQ_SetInterface:
+ /* Set Interface is not handled by the library, as its function is application-specific */
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ /* Check if the host is enabling the audio interface (setting AlternateSetting to 1) */
+ StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue) != 0);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case AUDIO_REQ_GetStatus:
+ /* Get Status request can be directed at either the interface or endpoint, neither is currently used
+ * according to the latest USB Audio 1.0 standard, but must be ACKed with no data when requested */
+ if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) ||
+ (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT)))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+ {
+ /* Extract out the relevant request information to get the target Endpoint address and control being set */
+ uint8_t EndpointAddress = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex;
+ uint8_t EndpointControl = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8);
+
+ /* Only handle SET CURRENT requests to the audio endpoint's sample frequency property */
+ if ((EndpointAddress == AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR) && (EndpointControl == AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq))
+ {
+ uint8_t SampleRate[3];
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(SampleRate, sizeof(SampleRate));
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Set the new sampling frequency to the value given by the host */
+ CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = (((uint32_t)SampleRate[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t)SampleRate[1] << 8) | (uint32_t)SampleRate[0]);
+
+ /* Adjust sample reload timer to the new frequency */
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+ {
+ /* Extract out the relevant request information to get the target Endpoint address and control being retrieved */
+ uint8_t EndpointAddress = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex;
+ uint8_t EndpointControl = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8);
+
+ /* Only handle GET CURRENT requests to the audio endpoint's sample frequency property */
+ if ((EndpointAddress == AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR) && (EndpointControl == AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq))
+ {
+ uint8_t SampleRate[3];
+
+ /* Convert the sampling rate value into the 24-bit format the host expects for the property */
+ SampleRate[2] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 16);
+ SampleRate[1] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 8);
+ SampleRate[0] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency & 0xFF);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(SampleRate, sizeof(SampleRate));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the data endpoint with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
+
+ /* Select the audio stream endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if the current endpoint can be written to and that the audio interface is enabled */
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady() && StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected)
+ {
+ int16_t AudioSample;
+
+ #if defined(USE_TEST_TONE)
+ static uint8_t SquareWaveSampleCount;
+ static int16_t CurrentWaveValue;
+
+ /* In test tone mode, generate a square wave at 1/256 of the sample rate */
+ if (SquareWaveSampleCount++ == 0xFF)
+ CurrentWaveValue ^= 0x8000;
+
+ /* Only generate audio if the board button is being pressed */
+ AudioSample = (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? CurrentWaveValue : 0;
+ #else
+ /* Audio sample is ADC value scaled to fit the entire range */
+ AudioSample = ((SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / ADC_MAX_RANGE) * ADC_GetResult());
+
+ #if defined(MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL)
+ /* Microphone is biased to half rail voltage, subtract the bias from the sample value */
+ AudioSample -= (SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / 2);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Write the sample to the buffer */
+ Endpoint_Write_16_LE(AudioSample);
+
+ /* Check to see if the bank is now full */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Send the full packet to the host */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevEndpoint);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a5c5946b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AudioInput.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_INPUT_H_
+#define _AUDIO_INPUT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Maximum audio sample value for the microphone input. */
+ #define SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE 0xFFFF
+
+ /** Maximum ADC range for the microphone input. */
+ #define ADC_MAX_RANGE 0x3FF
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9dc6c36b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Input Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Audio demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Audio Input device using the
+ * basic USB Audio 1.0 drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
+ * required).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a
+ * USB microphone. By default, the demo will produce a square wave test tone
+ * when the board button is pressed. If USE_TEST_TONE is not defined in the
+ * project makefile, incoming audio from the ADC channel 1 will be sampled
+ * and sent to the host computer instead.
+ *
+ * When in microphone mode, connect a microphone to the ADC channel 2.
+ *
+ * Under Windows, if a driver request dialogue pops up, select the option
+ * to automatically install the appropriate drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>USE_TEST_TONE</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this alters the demo to produce a square wave test tone when the first board button is pressed
+ * instead of sampling the board microphone.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this alters the demo so that the half VCC bias of the microphone input is subtracted.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8360102f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL 2
+
+ #define MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL
+ #define USE_TEST_TONE
+
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..796221604
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ac84eb67e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2047,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,2),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+ .TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t) +
+ sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t) +
+ sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t)),
+
+ .InCollection = 1,
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ },
+
+ .Audio_InputTerminal =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .TerminalID = 0x01,
+ .TerminalType = AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_MIC,
+ .AssociatedOutputTerminal = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalChannels = 1,
+ .ChannelConfig = 0,
+
+ .ChannelStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+ .TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_OutputTerminal =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .TerminalID = 0x02,
+ .TerminalType = AUDIO_TERMINAL_STREAMING,
+ .AssociatedInputTerminal = 0x00,
+
+ .SourceID = 0x01,
+
+ .TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .AlternateSetting = 1,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
+
+ .TerminalLink = 0x02,
+
+ .FrameDelay = 1,
+ .AudioFormat = 0x0001
+ },
+
+ .Audio_AudioFormat =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t) +
+ sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates),
+ .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType,
+
+ .FormatType = 0x01,
+ .Channels = 0x01,
+
+ .SubFrameSize = 0x02,
+ .BitResolution = 16,
+
+ .TotalDiscreteSampleRates = (sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates) / sizeof(USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t)),
+ },
+
+ .Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates =
+ {
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(8000),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(11025),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(22050),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(44100),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000),
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS | ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x01
+ },
+
+ .Refresh = 0,
+ .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+ .Attributes = (AUDIO_EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS | AUDIO_EP_SAMPLE_FREQ_CONTROL),
+
+ .LockDelayUnits = 0x00,
+ .LockDelay = 0x0000
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Audio In Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6ab6c0e52
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN endpoint. */
+ #define AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. */
+ #define AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE 256
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Audio Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t Audio_InputTerminal;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t Audio_OutputTerminal;
+
+ // Audio Streaming Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t Audio_AudioFormat;
+ USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates[5];
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t Audio_StreamEndpoint;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream = 1, /**< Audio stream interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dab549a75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Audio Input Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_input.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_input"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_input" caption="Audio Input Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Audio 1.0 Input device demo, implementing a basic USB microphone. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioInput.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AudioInput.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AudioInput.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a3181cf7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Audio Input Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1acf3b956
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = AudioInput
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2bccfdee8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the AudioOutput demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioOutput.h"
+
+/** Flag to indicate if the streaming audio alternative interface has been selected by the host. */
+static bool StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false;
+
+/** Current audio sampling frequency of the streaming audio endpoint. */
+static uint32_t CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = 48000;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs, and
+ * configures the sample update and PWM timers.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ /* Sample reload timer initialization */
+ TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+ TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
+ TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
+
+ #if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
+ /* Set speaker as output */
+ DDRC |= (1 << 6);
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
+ /* Set speakers as outputs */
+ DDRC |= ((1 << 6) | (1 << 5));
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
+ /* Set PORTC as outputs */
+ DDRC |= 0xFF;
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) || defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO))
+ /* PWM speaker timer initialization */
+ TCCR3A = ((1 << WGM30) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)
+ | (1 << COM3B1) | (1 << COM3B0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP
+ TCCR3B = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30)); // Fast 8-Bit PWM, F_CPU speed
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs, disables the sample update and PWM output timers and stops the USB and Audio management tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Stop the timers */
+ TCCR0B = 0;
+ #if (defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) || defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO))
+ TCCR3B = 0;
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
+ /* Set speaker as input to reduce current draw */
+ DDRC &= ~(1 << 6);
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
+ /* Set speakers as inputs to reduce current draw */
+ DDRC &= ~((1 << 6) | (1 << 5));
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
+ /* Set PORTC low */
+ PORTC = 0x00;
+ #endif
+
+ /* Indicate streaming audio interface not selected */
+ StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false;
+
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup Audio Stream Endpoint */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS, AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE, 2);
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Process General and Audio specific control requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case REQ_SetInterface:
+ /* Set Interface is not handled by the library, as its function is application-specific */
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ /* Check if the host is enabling the audio interface (setting AlternateSetting to 1) */
+ StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue) != 0);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case AUDIO_REQ_GetStatus:
+ /* Get Status request can be directed at either the interface or endpoint, neither is currently used
+ * according to the latest USB Audio 1.0 standard, but must be ACKed with no data when requested */
+ if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) ||
+ (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT)))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+ {
+ /* Extract out the relevant request information to get the target Endpoint address and control being set */
+ uint8_t EndpointAddress = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex;
+ uint8_t EndpointControl = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8);
+
+ /* Only handle SET CURRENT requests to the audio endpoint's sample frequency property */
+ if ((EndpointAddress == AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR) && (EndpointControl == AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq))
+ {
+ uint8_t SampleRate[3];
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(SampleRate, sizeof(SampleRate));
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Set the new sampling frequency to the value given by the host */
+ CurrentAudioSampleFrequency = (((uint32_t)SampleRate[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t)SampleRate[1] << 8) | (uint32_t)SampleRate[0]);
+
+ /* Adjust sample reload timer to the new frequency */
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / CurrentAudioSampleFrequency) - 1);
+ }
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT))
+ {
+ /* Extract out the relevant request information to get the target Endpoint address and control being retrieved */
+ uint8_t EndpointAddress = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex;
+ uint8_t EndpointControl = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8);
+
+ /* Only handle GET CURRENT requests to the audio endpoint's sample frequency property */
+ if ((EndpointAddress == AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR) && (EndpointControl == AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq))
+ {
+ uint8_t SampleRate[3];
+
+ /* Convert the sampling rate value into the 24-bit format the host expects for the property */
+ SampleRate[2] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 16);
+ SampleRate[1] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency >> 8);
+ SampleRate[0] = (CurrentAudioSampleFrequency & 0xFF);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(SampleRate, sizeof(SampleRate));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the PWM timer with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
+
+ /* Select the audio stream endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if the current endpoint can be read from (contains a packet) and the host is sending data */
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived() && StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected)
+ {
+ /* Retrieve the signed 16-bit left and right audio samples, convert to 8-bit */
+ int8_t LeftSample_8Bit = ((int16_t)Endpoint_Read_16_LE() >> 8);
+ int8_t RightSample_8Bit = ((int16_t)Endpoint_Read_16_LE() >> 8);
+
+ /* Mix the two channels together to produce a mono, 8-bit sample */
+ int8_t MixedSample_8Bit = (((int16_t)LeftSample_8Bit + (int16_t)RightSample_8Bit) >> 1);
+
+ /* Check to see if the bank is now empty */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Acknowledge the packet, clear the bank ready for the next packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ #if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
+ /* Load the sample into the PWM timer channel */
+ OCR3A = (MixedSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
+ /* Load the dual 8-bit samples into the PWM timer channels */
+ OCR3A = (LeftSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
+ OCR3B = (RightSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
+ #elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
+ /* Load the 8-bit mixed sample into PORTC */
+ PORTC = MixedSample_8Bit;
+ #endif
+
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ /* Turn on LEDs as the sample amplitude increases */
+ if (MixedSample_8Bit > 16)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4);
+ else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 8)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3);
+ else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 4)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+ else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 2)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevEndpoint);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bbac4dff6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AudioOutput.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
+#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8f0c7d656
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Output Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Audio demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Audio Output device using the
+ * basic USB Audio 1.0 drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
+ * required).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
+ * as a USB speaker. Outgoing audio will output in 8-bit PWM onto
+ * the timer 3 output compare channel A for AUDIO_OUT_MONO mode, on
+ * timer 3 channels A and B for AUDIO_OUT_STEREO and on PORTC as a signed
+ * mono sample for AUDIO_OUT_PORTC. Audio output will also be indicated on
+ * the board LEDs in all modes. Decouple audio outputs with a capacitor and
+ * attach to a speaker to hear the audio.
+ *
+ * Under Windows, if a driver request dialogue pops up, select the option
+ * to automatically install the appropriate drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AUDIO_OUT_STEREO</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in stereo to the timer output pins of the microcontroller.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AUDIO_OUT_MONO</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to the timer output pin of the microcontroller.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AUDIO_OUT_PORTC</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to port C of the microcontroller, for connection to an
+ * external DAC.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e6684a611
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define AUDIO_OUT_STEREO
+// #define AUDIO_OUT_MONO
+// #define AUDIO_OUT_PORTC
+
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..796221604
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dc5c420a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2046,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,2),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+ .TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t) +
+ sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t) +
+ sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t)),
+
+ .InCollection = 1,
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ },
+
+ .Audio_InputTerminal =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .TerminalID = 0x01,
+ .TerminalType = AUDIO_TERMINAL_STREAMING,
+ .AssociatedOutputTerminal = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalChannels = 2,
+ .ChannelConfig = (AUDIO_CHANNEL_LEFT_FRONT | AUDIO_CHANNEL_RIGHT_FRONT),
+
+ .ChannelStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+ .TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_OutputTerminal =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .TerminalID = 0x02,
+ .TerminalType = AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_SPEAKER,
+ .AssociatedInputTerminal = 0x00,
+
+ .SourceID = 0x01,
+
+ .TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1 =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .AlternateSetting = 1,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
+
+ .TerminalLink = 0x01,
+
+ .FrameDelay = 1,
+ .AudioFormat = 0x0001
+ },
+
+ .Audio_AudioFormat =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t) +
+ sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates),
+ .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType,
+
+ .FormatType = 0x01,
+ .Channels = 0x02,
+
+ .SubFrameSize = 0x02,
+ .BitResolution = 16,
+
+ .TotalDiscreteSampleRates = (sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates) / sizeof(USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t)),
+ },
+
+ .Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates =
+ {
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(8000),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(11025),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(22050),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(44100),
+ AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000),
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS | ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x01
+ },
+
+ .Refresh = 0,
+ .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+ .Attributes = (AUDIO_EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS | AUDIO_EP_SAMPLE_FREQ_CONTROL),
+
+ .LockDelayUnits = 0x00,
+ .LockDelay = 0x0000
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Audio Out Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..821911283
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Audio isochronous streaming data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define AUDIO_STREAM_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. */
+ #define AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE 256
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Audio Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t Audio_InputTerminal;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t Audio_OutputTerminal;
+
+ // Audio Streaming Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t Audio_AudioFormat;
+ USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t Audio_AudioFormatSampleRates[5];
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t Audio_StreamEndpoint;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream = 1, /**< Audio stream interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cddfb8543
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Audio Output Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_output.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_output"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.audio_output" caption="Audio Output Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Audio 1.0 Output device demo, implementing a basic USB speaker. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioOutput.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AudioOutput.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AudioOutput.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..03c33a2d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Audio Output Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = YES
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c4c944172
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = AudioOutput
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..14d098285
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Bulk Vendor demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_BULKVENDOR_C
+#include "BulkVendor.h"
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ USB_USBTask();
+
+ uint8_t ReceivedData[VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE];
+ memset(ReceivedData, 0x00, sizeof(ReceivedData));
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(VENDOR_OUT_EPADDR);
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(ReceivedData, VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE, NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(VENDOR_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReceivedData, VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE, NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup Vendor Data Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(VENDOR_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(VENDOR_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ // Process vendor specific control requests here
+}
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3350e0e27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for BulkVendor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _BULK_VENDOR_H_
+#define _BULK_VENDOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0fe7cb950
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/BulkVendor.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Bulk Vendor Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Vendor (no official class)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Vendor (no official subclass)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>None</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Bulk Vendor demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB device that contains read/write bulk type
+ * endpoints, for implementing custom USB protocols.
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and echo back packets
+ * sent from the host.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3c3b68bb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 4
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5eaff96e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x206C,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .Vendor_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Vendor,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = 0xFF,
+ .SubClass = 0xFF,
+ .Protocol = 0xFF,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Vendor_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = VENDOR_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .Vendor_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = VENDOR_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Bulk Vendor Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6fe1d7917
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Bulk Vendor device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define VENDOR_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Bulk Vendor host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define VENDOR_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Bulk Vendor data endpoints. */
+ #define VENDOR_IO_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Vendor Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Vendor_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Vendor_DataInEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Vendor_DataOutEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Vendor = 0, /**< Vendor interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/HostTestApp/test_bulk_vendor.py b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/HostTestApp/test_bulk_vendor.py
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..882bd284d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/HostTestApp/test_bulk_vendor.py
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+"""
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+"""
+
+"""
+ LUFA Bulk Vendor device demo host test script. This script will send and
+ receive a continuous stream of packets to/from to the device, to show
+ bidirectional communications.
+
+ Requires the pyUSB library (http://sourceforge.net/projects/pyusb/).
+"""
+
+import sys
+from time import sleep
+import usb.core
+import usb.util
+
+# Bulk Vendor HID device VID and PID
+device_vid = 0x03EB
+device_pid = 0x206C
+device_in_ep = 3
+device_out_ep = 4
+
+
+def get_vendor_device_handle():
+ dev_handle = usb.core.find(idVendor=device_vid, idProduct=device_pid)
+ return dev_handle
+
+
+def write(device, packet):
+ device.write(usb.util.ENDPOINT_OUT | device_out_ep, packet, 0, 1000)
+ print("Sent Packet: {0}".format(packet))
+
+
+def read(device):
+ packet = device.read(usb.util.ENDPOINT_IN | device_in_ep, 64, 0, 1000)
+ print("Received Packet: {0}".format(''.join([chr(x) for x in packet])))
+ return packet
+
+
+def main():
+ vendor_device = get_vendor_device_handle()
+
+ if vendor_device is None:
+ print("No valid Vendor device found.")
+ sys.exit(1)
+
+ vendor_device.set_configuration()
+
+ print("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]" %
+ (vendor_device.idVendor, vendor_device.idProduct,
+ usb.util.get_string(vendor_device, 255, vendor_device.iProduct),
+ usb.util.get_string(vendor_device, 255, vendor_device.iManufacturer)))
+
+ x = 0
+ while 1:
+ x = x + 1 % 255
+ write(vendor_device, "TEST PACKET %d" % x)
+ read(vendor_device)
+ sleep(1)
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+ main()
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/LUFA_Bulk_Vendor_Demo.inf b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/LUFA_Bulk_Vendor_Demo.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..32a29fdc5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/LUFA_Bulk_Vendor_Demo.inf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f916b0898
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.dll
Binary files differ
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0718dfb7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/amd64/libusb0.sys
Binary files differ
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..292df2785
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.dll
Binary files differ
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f17914b8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/ia64/libusb0.sys
Binary files differ
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c38919ee5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x64.exe
Binary files differ
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..030ec300c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/installer_x86.exe
Binary files differ
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..56bb2cda2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/license/libusb0/installer_license.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,851 @@
+Copyright (c) 2002-2004 Stephan Meyer, <ste_meyer@web.de>
+Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Johannes Erdfelt, <johannes@erdfelt.com>
+Copyright (c) 2000-2004 Thomas Sailer, <sailer@ife.ee.ethz.ch>
+Copyright (c) 2010 Travis Robinson, <libusbdotnet@gmail.com>
+
+This software is distributed under the following licenses:
+Driver: GNU General Public License (GPL)
+Library, Test Files, Installer: GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL)
+
+***********************************************************************
+ GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+ Preamble
+
+ The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+ The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+ To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+
+ For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
+
+ Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+
+ For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+
+ Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+ Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+
+ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+ TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ 0. Definitions.
+
+ "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+ "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+ "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+ To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+ A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+ To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+ To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+ An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+ 1. Source Code.
+
+ The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+ A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+ The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+ The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+ The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+ The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+ 2. Basic Permissions.
+
+ All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+ You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+ Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+ 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+ No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+ When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+ 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+ You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+ You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+ 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+ You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+ a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+ it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+ b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+ released under this License and any conditions added under section
+ 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+ "keep intact all notices".
+
+ c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+ License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
+ License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+ additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+ regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
+ permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+ invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+ d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+ Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+ interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+ work need not make them do so.
+
+ A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+ 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+ You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+ a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+ (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+ Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+ customarily used for software interchange.
+
+ b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+ (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+ written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+ long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+ model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+ copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+ product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+ medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+ more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+ conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+ Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+ c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+ written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
+ alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+ only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+ with subsection 6b.
+
+ d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+ place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+ Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+ further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
+ Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
+ copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+ may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+ that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+ clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+ Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
+ Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+ available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+ e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+ you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+ Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+ charge under subsection 6d.
+
+ A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+ A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+ "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+ If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+ The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+ Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+ 7. Additional Terms.
+
+ "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+ When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+ Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+ a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+ terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+ b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+ author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+ Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+ c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+ requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+ reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+ d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+ authors of the material; or
+
+ e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+ trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+ f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+ material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+ it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+ any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+ those licensors and authors.
+
+ All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+ If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+ Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+ 8. Termination.
+
+ You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+ However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+ Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+ Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+ 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+ You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+ 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+ Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+ An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+ You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+ 11. Patents.
+
+ A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+ A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+ Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+ In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+ If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+ If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+ A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+ Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+ 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+ If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+ 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+ Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+
+ 14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+ The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+ Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+ Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+ 15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+ THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+ 16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+ IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+ 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+ If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+ If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+ To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+ <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+ Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+
+ This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+ If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+ <program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
+ This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+ This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+ under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+
+ You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+ The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
+<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
+
+ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+ Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+
+ This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates
+the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public
+License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.
+
+ 0. Additional Definitions.
+
+ As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU
+General Public License.
+
+ "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License,
+other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below.
+
+ An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided
+by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library.
+Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode
+of using an interface provided by the Library.
+
+ A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an
+Application with the Library. The particular version of the Library
+with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked
+Version".
+
+ The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the
+Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code
+for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are
+based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version.
+
+ The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the
+object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data
+and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the
+Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.
+
+ 1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+ You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License
+without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+ 2. Conveying Modified Versions.
+
+ If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a
+facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application
+that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the
+facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified
+version:
+
+ a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to
+ ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the
+ function or data, the facility still operates, and performs
+ whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or
+
+ b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of
+ this License applicable to that copy.
+
+ 3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.
+
+ The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from
+a header file that is part of the Library. You may convey such object
+code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated
+material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure
+layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates
+(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:
+
+ a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the
+ Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+ covered by this License.
+
+ b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+ document.
+
+ 4. Combined Works.
+
+ You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that,
+taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the
+portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of
+the following:
+
+ a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that
+ the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+ covered by this License.
+
+ b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+ document.
+
+ c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during
+ execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among
+ these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the
+ copies of the GNU GPL and this license document.
+
+ d) Do one of the following:
+
+ 0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this
+ License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form
+ suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to
+ recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of
+ the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the
+ manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying
+ Corresponding Source.
+
+ 1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+ Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time
+ a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer
+ system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version
+ of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked
+ Version.
+
+ e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise
+ be required to provide such information under section 6 of the
+ GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is
+ necessary to install and execute a modified version of the
+ Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the
+ Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If
+ you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany
+ the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application
+ Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation
+ Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL
+ for conveying Corresponding Source.)
+
+ 5. Combined Libraries.
+
+ You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side by side in a single library together with other library
+facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this
+License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your
+choice, if you do both of the following:
+
+ a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based
+ on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities,
+ conveyed under the terms of this License.
+
+ b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it
+ is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the
+ accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+ 6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
+
+ The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+ Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version"
+applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that published version or of any later version
+published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you
+received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+ If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide
+whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall
+apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is
+permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the
+Library.
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5322e5b97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0.sys
Binary files differ
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6e475b90a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/WindowsDriver/x86/libusb0_x86.dll
Binary files differ
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e87f33eb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Bulk Vendor Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.vendor.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.vendor"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Bulk Vendor Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.vendor.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.vendor"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.vendor" caption="Bulk Vendor Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Bulk Vendor Device demo, implementing a basic USB device with vendor-specific endpoints for custom protocol implementations. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="BulkVendor.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="HostTestApp"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="WindowsDriver"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="BulkVendor.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="BulkVendor.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0d711a935
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2366 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Bulk Vendor Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/ \
+ HostTestApp/ \
+ WindowsDriver/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b2ecfc9c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/BulkVendor/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = BulkVendor
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..39b5236fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 6
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9952ed92c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_IADDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x204E,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 4,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_IAD =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
+
+ .FirstInterfaceIndex = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI,
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x06,
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_ManagementEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC1_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC1_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC1_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_IAD =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
+
+ .FirstInterfaceIndex = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI,
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x06,
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_ManagementEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC2_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC2_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC2_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Dual CDC Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e0842a498
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the first CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC1_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the first CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC1_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the first CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the second CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC2_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 4)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the second CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC2_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 5)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the second CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 6)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // First CDC Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC1_IAD;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC1_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC1_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC1_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC1_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_ManagementEndpoint;
+
+ // First CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC1_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_DataInEndpoint;
+
+ // Second CDC Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC2_IAD;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC2_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC2_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC2_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC2_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_ManagementEndpoint;
+
+ // Second CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC2_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_DataInEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_CCI = 0, /**< CDC1 CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC1_DCI = 1, /**< CDC1 DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_CCI = 2, /**< CDC2 CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC2_DCI = 3, /**< CDC2 DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..233ae750e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c
@@ -0,0 +1,299 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the DualVirtualSerial demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "DualVirtualSerial.h"
+
+/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the first virtual serial port. While this demo does not use
+ * the physical USART and thus does not use these settings, they must still be retained and returned to the host
+ * upon request or the host will assume the device is non-functional.
+ *
+ * These values are set by the host via a class-specific request, however they are not required to be used accurately.
+ * It is possible to completely ignore these value or use other settings as the host is completely unaware of the physical
+ * serial link characteristics and instead sends and receives data in endpoint streams.
+ */
+static CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding1 = { .BaudRateBPS = 0,
+ .CharFormat = CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit,
+ .ParityType = CDC_PARITY_None,
+ .DataBits = 8 };
+
+/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the second virtual serial port. While this demo does not use
+ * the physical USART and thus does not use these settings, they must still be retained and returned to the host
+ * upon request or the host will assume the device is non-functional.
+ *
+ * These values are set by the host via a class-specific request, however they are not required to be used accurately.
+ * It is possible to completely ignore these value or use other settings as the host is completely unaware of the physical
+ * serial link characteristics and instead sends and receives data in endpoint streams.
+ */
+static CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding2 = { .BaudRateBPS = 0,
+ .CharFormat = CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit,
+ .ParityType = CDC_PARITY_None,
+ .DataBits = 8 };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ CDC1_Task();
+ CDC2_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs and stops the USB management and CDC management tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the CDC management tasks are started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup first CDC Interface's Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_TX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_RX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Setup second CDC Interface's Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_TX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_RX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Reset line encoding baud rates so that the host knows to send new values */
+ LineEncoding1.BaudRateBPS = 0;
+ LineEncoding2.BaudRateBPS = 0;
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Determine which interface's Line Coding data is being set from the wIndex parameter */
+ void* LineEncodingData = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex == 0) ? &LineEncoding1 : &LineEncoding2;
+
+ /* Process CDC specific control requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case CDC_REQ_GetLineEncoding:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the line coding data to the control endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(LineEncodingData, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Read the line coding data in from the host into the global struct */
+ Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(LineEncodingData, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t));
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Function to manage CDC data transmission and reception to and from the host for the first CDC interface, which sends joystick
+ * movements to the host as ASCII strings.
+ */
+void CDC1_Task(void)
+{
+ char* ReportString = NULL;
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ static bool ActionSent = false;
+
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Determine if a joystick action has occurred */
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n";
+ else
+ ActionSent = false;
+
+ /* Flag management - Only allow one string to be sent per action */
+ if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false) && LineEncoding1.BaudRateBPS)
+ {
+ ActionSent = true;
+
+ /* Select the Serial Tx Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC1_TX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Write the String to the Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReportString, strlen(ReportString), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for another packet */
+ Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+
+ /* Send an empty packet to ensure that the host does not buffer data sent to it */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /* Select the Serial Rx Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC1_RX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Throw away any received data from the host */
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+}
+
+/** Function to manage CDC data transmission and reception to and from the host for the second CDC interface, which echoes back
+ * all data sent to it from the host.
+ */
+void CDC2_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Select the Serial Rx Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC2_RX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check to see if any data has been received */
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ /* Create a temp buffer big enough to hold the incoming endpoint packet */
+ uint8_t Buffer[Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()];
+
+ /* Remember how large the incoming packet is */
+ uint16_t DataLength = Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
+
+ /* Read in the incoming packet into the buffer */
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Buffer, DataLength, NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Select the Serial Tx Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC2_TX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Write the received data to the endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Buffer, DataLength, NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for the next packet */
+ Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+
+ /* Send an empty packet to prevent host buffering */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a8bc4ec4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DualVirtualSerial.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DUAL_VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+#define _DUAL_VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void CDC1_Task(void);
+ void CDC2_Task(void);
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..af263cc75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Dual Communications Device Class (Dual Virtual Serial Port) Device
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Interface Association Descriptor ECN \n
+ * USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Dual Communications Device Class demonstration application.
+ * This gives a simple reference application for implementing
+ * a compound device with dual CDC functions acting as a pair
+ * of virtual serial ports. This demo uses Interface Association
+ * Descriptors to link together the pair of related CDC
+ * descriptors for each virtual serial port, which may not be
+ * supported in all OSes - Windows Vista is supported, as is
+ * XP (although the latter may need a hotfix to function).
+ *
+ * Joystick actions are transmitted to the host as strings
+ * through the first serial port. The device does not respond to
+ * serial data sent from the host in the first serial port.
+ *
+ * The second serial port echoes back data sent from the host.
+ *
+ * After running this demo for the first time on a new computer,
+ * you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo
+ * project's directory as the device's driver when running under
+ * Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
+ * negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
+ * Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
+ * CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1a0e0248a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port" \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..133d1b4f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.dual_cdc.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.dual_cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.dual_cdc.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.dual_cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.dual_cdc" caption="Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Dual Virtual Serial (CDC) demo, implementing a pair of virtual serial port interfaces. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="DualVirtualSerial.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="DualVirtualSerial.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="DualVirtualSerial.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4ed8962f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Dual Virtual Serial Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7b140fedb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = DualVirtualSerial
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..47b8ffef8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE 8
+
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a06b60275
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 2
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f104d1fd2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM GenericReport[] =
+{
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(16, 0xFF00), /* Vendor Page 0 */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), /* Vendor Usage 1 */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Vendor Usage 1 */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), /* Vendor Usage 2 */
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x03), /* Vendor Usage 3 */
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE),
+ HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x204F,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_GenericHID,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_GenericHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(GenericReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = GENERIC_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = GENERIC_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Generic HID Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_GenericHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &GenericReport;
+ Size = sizeof(GenericReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8e359682b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Generic HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_GenericHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportOUTEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_GenericHID = 0, /**< GenericHID interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Generic HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define GENERIC_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Generic HID reporting OUT endpoint. */
+ #define GENERIC_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reporting endpoint. */
+ #define GENERIC_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8a8f2c0f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.c
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the GenericHID demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "GenericHID.h"
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ HID_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs and stops the USB management task.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the generic HID device endpoints.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup HID Report Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(GENERIC_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, GENERIC_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(GENERIC_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, GENERIC_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Handle HID Class specific requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case HID_REQ_GetReport:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
+ CreateGenericHIDReport(GenericData);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_SetReport:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Read the report data from the control endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData));
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ ProcessGenericHIDReport(GenericData);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Function to process the last received report from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] DataArray Pointer to a buffer where the last received report has been stored
+ */
+void ProcessGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray)
+{
+ /*
+ This is where you need to process reports sent from the host to the device. This
+ function is called each time the host has sent a new report. DataArray is an array
+ holding the report sent from the host.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t NewLEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ if (DataArray[0])
+ NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+ if (DataArray[1])
+ NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED2;
+
+ if (DataArray[2])
+ NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+ if (DataArray[3])
+ NewLEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(NewLEDMask);
+}
+
+/** Function to create the next report to send back to the host at the next reporting interval.
+ *
+ * \param[out] DataArray Pointer to a buffer where the next report data should be stored
+ */
+void CreateGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray)
+{
+ /*
+ This is where you need to create reports to be sent to the host from the device. This
+ function is called each time the host is ready to accept a new report. DataArray is
+ an array to hold the report to the host.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t CurrLEDMask = LEDs_GetLEDs();
+
+ DataArray[0] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED1) ? 1 : 0);
+ DataArray[1] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED2) ? 1 : 0);
+ DataArray[2] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED3) ? 1 : 0);
+ DataArray[3] = ((CurrLEDMask & LEDS_LED4) ? 1 : 0);
+}
+
+void HID_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(GENERIC_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check to see if a packet has been sent from the host */
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ /* Check to see if the packet contains data */
+ if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ /* Create a temporary buffer to hold the read in report from the host */
+ uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
+
+ /* Read Generic Report Data */
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData), NULL);
+
+ /* Process Generic Report Data */
+ ProcessGenericHIDReport(GenericData);
+ }
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(GENERIC_IN_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check to see if the host is ready to accept another packet */
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ {
+ /* Create a temporary buffer to hold the report to send to the host */
+ uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
+
+ /* Create Generic Report Data */
+ CreateGenericHIDReport(GenericData);
+
+ /* Write Generic Report Data */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6c7664346
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for GenericHID.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _GENERICHID_H_
+#define _GENERICHID_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void HID_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ void ProcessGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray);
+ void CreateGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..649fc62ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Generic HID Device
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Generic HID device demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
+ * for implementing a generic HID device, using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern
+ * OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). By default it accepts and sends up to 8 byte reports
+ * to and from a USB Host, and transmits the last sent report back to the host.
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a vendor HID device.
+ * When controlled by a custom HID class application, reports can be sent and received by
+ * both the standard data endpoint and control request methods defined in the HID specification.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>This token defines the size of the device reports, both sent and received (including report ID byte). The value
+ * must be an integer ranging from 1 to 255.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid.py b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid.py
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..286577280
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/HostTestApp/test_generic_hid.py
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+"""
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+"""
+
+"""
+ LUFA Generic HID device demo host test script. This script will send a
+ continuous stream of generic reports to the device, to show a variable LED
+ pattern on the target board. Send and received report data is printed to
+ the terminal.
+
+ Requires the pywinusb library (https://pypi.python.org/pypi/pywinusb/).
+"""
+
+import sys
+from time import sleep
+import pywinusb.hid as hid
+
+# Generic HID device VID, PID and report payload length (length is increased
+# by one to account for the Report ID byte that must be pre-pended)
+device_vid = 0x03EB
+device_pid = 0x204F
+report_length = 1 + 8
+
+
+def get_hid_device_handle():
+ hid_device_filter = hid.HidDeviceFilter(vendor_id=device_vid,
+ product_id=device_pid)
+
+ valid_hid_devices = hid_device_filter.get_devices()
+
+ if len(valid_hid_devices) is 0:
+ return None
+ else:
+ return valid_hid_devices[0]
+
+
+def send_led_pattern(device, led1, led2, led3, led4):
+ # Report data for the demo is the report ID (always zero) followed by the
+ # LED on/off data
+ report_data = [0, led1, led2, led3, led4]
+
+ # Zero-extend the array to the length the report should be
+ report_data.extend([0] * (report_length - len(report_data)))
+
+ # Send the generated report to the device
+ device.send_output_report(report_data)
+
+ print("Sent LED Pattern: {0}".format(report_data[1:5]))
+
+
+def received_led_pattern(report_data):
+ print("Received LED Pattern: {0}".format(report_data[1:5]))
+
+
+def main():
+ hid_device = get_hid_device_handle()
+
+ if hid_device is None:
+ print("No valid HID device found.")
+ sys.exit(1)
+
+ try:
+ hid_device.open()
+
+ print("Connected to device 0x%04X/0x%04X - %s [%s]" %
+ (hid_device.vendor_id, hid_device.product_id,
+ hid_device.product_name, hid_device.vendor_name))
+
+ # Set up the HID input report handler to receive reports
+ hid_device.set_raw_data_handler(received_led_pattern)
+
+ p = 0
+ while (hid_device.is_plugged()):
+ # Convert the current pattern index to a bit-mask and send
+ send_led_pattern(hid_device,
+ (p >> 3) & 1,
+ (p >> 2) & 1,
+ (p >> 1) & 1,
+ (p >> 0) & 1)
+
+ # Compute next LED pattern in sequence
+ p = (p + 1) % 16
+
+ # Delay a bit for visual effect
+ sleep(.2)
+
+ finally:
+ hid_device.close()
+
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+ main()
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cf1fb8009
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Generic HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.generic_hid.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.generic_hid"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Generic HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.generic_hid.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.generic_hid"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.generic_hid" caption="Generic HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Generic HID device demo, implementing a device whose LEDs can be controlled via HID messages from the host. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="GenericHID.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="HostTestApp"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="GenericHID.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="GenericHID.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e8808812e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2365 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Generic HID Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/ \
+ HostTestApp/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..48c47d901
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = GenericHID
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c6542445d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 1
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ec0ef595c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM JoystickReport[] =
+{
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x04), /* Joystick */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), /* Pointer */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00), /* Physical */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30), /* Usage X */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31), /* Usage Y */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x32), /* Usage Z */
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, -100),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 100),
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1),
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x03),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09), /* Button */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x02),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x02),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x06),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2043,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Joystick,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_JoystickHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(JoystickReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = JOYSTICK_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = JOYSTICK_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Joystick Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_JoystickHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &JoystickReport;
+ Size = sizeof(JoystickReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d4d148723
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Joystick HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_JoystickHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Joystick = 0, /**< Joystick interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Joystick HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define JOYSTICK_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Joystick HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define JOYSTICK_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID descriptor. */
+ #define DTYPE_HID 0x21
+
+ /** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID report descriptor. */
+ #define DTYPE_Report 0x22
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cabb6d6a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.c
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Joystick demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Joystick.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ HID_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs and stops the USB management and joystick reporting tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the joystick reporting task started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup HID Report Endpoint */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(JOYSTICK_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, JOYSTICK_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Handle HID Class specific requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case HID_REQ_GetReport:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ USB_JoystickReport_Data_t JoystickReportData;
+
+ /* Create the next HID report to send to the host */
+ GetNextReport(&JoystickReportData);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&JoystickReportData, sizeof(JoystickReportData));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Fills the given HID report data structure with the next HID report to send to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a HID report data structure to be filled
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the new report differs from the last report, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool GetNextReport(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t* const ReportData)
+{
+ static uint8_t PrevJoyStatus = 0;
+ static uint8_t PrevButtonStatus = 0;
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+ bool InputChanged = false;
+
+ /* Clear the report contents */
+ memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t));
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ ReportData->Y = -100;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ ReportData->Y = 100;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ ReportData->X = -100;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ ReportData->X = 100;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ ReportData->Button |= (1 << 1);
+
+ if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+ ReportData->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+ /* Check if the new report is different to the previous report */
+ InputChanged = (uint8_t)(PrevJoyStatus ^ JoyStatus_LCL) | (uint8_t)(PrevButtonStatus ^ ButtonStatus_LCL);
+
+ /* Save the current joystick status for later comparison */
+ PrevJoyStatus = JoyStatus_LCL;
+ PrevButtonStatus = ButtonStatus_LCL;
+
+ /* Return whether the new report is different to the previous report or not */
+ return InputChanged;
+}
+
+/** Function to manage HID report generation and transmission to the host. */
+void HID_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Select the Joystick Report Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(JOYSTICK_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check to see if the host is ready for another packet */
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ {
+ USB_JoystickReport_Data_t JoystickReportData;
+
+ /* Create the next HID report to send to the host */
+ GetNextReport(&JoystickReportData);
+
+ /* Write Joystick Report Data */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&JoystickReportData, sizeof(JoystickReportData), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Clear the report data afterwards */
+ memset(&JoystickReportData, 0, sizeof(JoystickReportData));
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..154819801
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.h
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Joystick.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _JOYSTICK_H_
+#define _JOYSTICK_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the joystick HID report structure, for creating and sending HID reports to the host PC.
+ * This mirrors the layout described to the host in the HID report descriptor, in Descriptors.c.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ int8_t X; /**< Current absolute joystick X position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
+ int8_t Y; /**< Current absolute joystick Y position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
+ int8_t Z; /**< Current absolute joystick Z position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
+ uint8_t Button; /**< Bit mask of the currently pressed joystick buttons */
+ } USB_JoystickReport_Data_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void HID_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+ bool GetNextReport(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t* const ReportData);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e3aec3d70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Joystick Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Joystick demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Keyboard device, for USB Joysticks
+ * using the standard Keyboard HID profile.
+ *
+ * This device will show up as a generic joystick device, with two buttons.
+ * Pressing the joystick inwards is the first button, and the HWB button
+ * is the second.
+ *
+ * Moving the joystick on the selected board moves the joystick location on
+ * the host computer.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface joysticks are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d37741bac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Joystick HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.joystick.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Joystick HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.joystick.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.joystick" caption="Joystick HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Joystick HID device demo, implementing a basic USB joystick that can send movement information to the host. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Joystick.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Joystick.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Joystick.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a48265c0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Joystick Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b26b0317b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = Joystick
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a06b60275
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 2
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..23384d407
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,255 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
+{
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x06), /* Keyboard */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), /* Key Codes */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0xE0), /* Keyboard Left Control */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0xE7), /* Keyboard Right GUI */
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x08), /* LEDs */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01), /* Num Lock */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x05), /* Kana */
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x05),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x03),
+ HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), /* Keyboard */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), /* Reserved (no event indicated) */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65), /* Keyboard Application */
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x06),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_ARRAY | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2042,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_KeyboardHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Keyboard Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_KeyboardHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &KeyboardReport;
+ Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..82b316b7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Keyboard HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_KeyboardHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportOUTEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard = 0, /**< Keyboard interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting OUT endpoint. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Keyboard HID reporting IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7902493d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.c
@@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Keyboard demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Keyboard.h"
+
+/** Indicates what report mode the host has requested, true for normal HID reporting mode, \c false for special boot
+ * protocol reporting mode.
+ */
+static bool UsingReportProtocol = true;
+
+/** Current Idle period. This is set by the host via a Set Idle HID class request to silence the device's reports
+ * for either the entire idle duration, or until the report status changes (e.g. the user presses a key).
+ */
+static uint16_t IdleCount = 500;
+
+/** Current Idle period remaining. When the IdleCount value is set, this tracks the remaining number of idle
+ * milliseconds. This is separate to the IdleCount timer and is incremented and compared as the host may request
+ * the current idle period via a Get Idle HID class request, thus its value must be preserved.
+ */
+static uint16_t IdleMSRemaining = 0;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ HID_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ /* Default to report protocol on connect */
+ UsingReportProtocol = true;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the keyboard device endpoints.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup HID Report Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, KEYBOARD_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, KEYBOARD_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Turn on Start-of-Frame events for tracking HID report period expiry */
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Handle HID Class specific requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case HID_REQ_GetReport:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReportData;
+
+ /* Create the next keyboard report for transmission to the host */
+ CreateKeyboardReport(&KeyboardReportData);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReportData, sizeof(KeyboardReportData));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_SetReport:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Wait until the LED report has been sent by the host */
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Read in the LED report from the host */
+ uint8_t LEDStatus = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ /* Process the incoming LED report */
+ ProcessLEDReport(LEDStatus);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_GetProtocol:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the current protocol flag to the host */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(UsingReportProtocol);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_SetProtocol:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ /* Set or clear the flag depending on what the host indicates that the current Protocol should be */
+ UsingReportProtocol = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue != 0);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_SetIdle:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ /* Get idle period in MSB, IdleCount must be multiplied by 4 to get number of milliseconds */
+ IdleCount = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF00) >> 6);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_GetIdle:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the current idle duration to the host, must be divided by 4 before sent to host */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(IdleCount >> 2);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ /* One millisecond has elapsed, decrement the idle time remaining counter if it has not already elapsed */
+ if (IdleMSRemaining)
+ IdleMSRemaining--;
+}
+
+/** Fills the given HID report data structure with the next HID report to send to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a HID report data structure to be filled
+ */
+void CreateKeyboardReport(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* const ReportData)
+{
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+ uint8_t UsedKeyCodes = 0;
+
+ /* Clear the report contents */
+ memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t));
+
+ /* Make sent key uppercase by indicating that the left shift key is pressed */
+ ReportData->Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E;
+
+ if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+ ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F;
+}
+
+/** Processes a received LED report, and updates the board LEDs states to match.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LEDReport LED status report from the host
+ */
+void ProcessLEDReport(const uint8_t LEDReport)
+{
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_LED2;
+
+ if (LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+ if (LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+ if (LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ /* Set the status LEDs to the current Keyboard LED status */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
+/** Sends the next HID report to the host, via the keyboard data endpoint. */
+void SendNextReport(void)
+{
+ static USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t PrevKeyboardReportData;
+ USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReportData;
+ bool SendReport = false;
+
+ /* Create the next keyboard report for transmission to the host */
+ CreateKeyboardReport(&KeyboardReportData);
+
+ /* Check if the idle period is set and has elapsed */
+ if (IdleCount && (!(IdleMSRemaining)))
+ {
+ /* Reset the idle time remaining counter */
+ IdleMSRemaining = IdleCount;
+
+ /* Idle period is set and has elapsed, must send a report to the host */
+ SendReport = true;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Check to see if the report data has changed - if so a report MUST be sent */
+ SendReport = (memcmp(&PrevKeyboardReportData, &KeyboardReportData, sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)) != 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Select the Keyboard Report Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if Keyboard Endpoint Ready for Read/Write and if we should send a new report */
+ if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed() && SendReport)
+ {
+ /* Save the current report data for later comparison to check for changes */
+ PrevKeyboardReportData = KeyboardReportData;
+
+ /* Write Keyboard Report Data */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReportData, sizeof(KeyboardReportData), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Reads the next LED status report from the host from the LED data endpoint, if one has been sent. */
+void ReceiveNextReport(void)
+{
+ /* Select the Keyboard LED Report Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if Keyboard LED Endpoint contains a packet */
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ /* Check to see if the packet contains data */
+ if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ /* Read in the LED report from the host */
+ uint8_t LEDReport = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ /* Process the read LED report from the host */
+ ProcessLEDReport(LEDReport);
+ }
+
+ /* Handshake the OUT Endpoint - clear endpoint and ready for next report */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Function to manage HID report generation and transmission to the host, when in report mode. */
+void HID_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Send the next keypress report to the host */
+ SendNextReport();
+
+ /* Process the LED report sent from the host */
+ ReceiveNextReport();
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..db8def358
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Keyboard.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void HID_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ void CreateKeyboardReport(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* const ReportData);
+ void ProcessLEDReport(const uint8_t LEDReport);
+ void SendNextReport(void);
+ void ReceiveNextReport(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a1582a8f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Keyboard Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Keyboard demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
+ * for implementing a USB Keyboard using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern
+ * OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). It is boot protocol compatible, and thus
+ * works under compatible BIOS as if it was a native keyboard (e.g. PS/2).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a keyboard
+ * when the USB connection to a host is present. To use the keyboard example,
+ * manipulate the joystick to send the letters a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID
+ * documentation for more information on sending keyboard event and key presses. Unlike
+ * other LUFA Keyboard demos, this example shows explicitly how to send multiple key presses
+ * inside the same report to the host.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4d386f46f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Keyboard HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Keyboard HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard" caption="Keyboard HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Keyboard HID device demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard that can send key press information to the host. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Keyboard.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Keyboard.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Keyboard.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9962d7c79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1e54ae843
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = Keyboard
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fa0397910
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 3
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9a79cecf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,346 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ *
+ * This descriptor describes the mouse HID interface's report structure.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
+{
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), /* Mouse */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), /* Pointer */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00), /* Physical */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09), /* Button */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x03),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x03),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x05),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30), /* Usage X */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31), /* Usage Y */
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1),
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1),
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x02),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_RELATIVE),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Same as the MouseReport structure, but defines the keyboard HID interface's report structure. */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
+{
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x06), /* Keyboard */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), /* Key Codes */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0xE0), /* Keyboard Left Control */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0xE7), /* Keyboard Right GUI */
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x08), /* LEDs */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01), /* Num Lock */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x05), /* Kana */
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x05),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x03),
+ HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), /* Keyboard */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), /* Reserved (no event indicated) */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65), /* Keyboard Application */
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x06),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_ARRAY | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x204D,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID1_KeyboardInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID1_KeyboardHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID1_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .HID1_ReportOUTEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .HID2_MouseInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID2_MouseHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(MouseReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID2_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MOUSE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mouse and Keyboard Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ switch (wIndex)
+ {
+ case (INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard):
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID1_KeyboardHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case (INTERFACE_ID_Mouse):
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID2_MouseHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ switch (wIndex)
+ {
+ case INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard:
+ Address = &KeyboardReport;
+ Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
+ break;
+ case INTERFACE_ID_Mouse:
+ Address = &MouseReport;
+ Size = sizeof(MouseReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bb53313b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Keyboard HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID1_KeyboardInterface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID1_KeyboardHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID1_ReportINEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID1_ReportOUTEndpoint;
+
+ // Mouse HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID2_MouseInterface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID2_MouseHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID2_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Keyboard = 0, /**< Keyboard interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_Mouse = 1, /**< Mouse interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Keyboard HID reporting OUT endpoint. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define MOUSE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of each of the HID reporting IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define HID_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..831e49619
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the KeyboardMouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "KeyboardMouse.h"
+
+/** Global structure to hold the current keyboard interface HID report, for transmission to the host */
+static USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReportData;
+
+/** Global structure to hold the current mouse interface HID report, for transmission to the host */
+static USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReportData;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ Keyboard_HID_Task();
+ Mouse_HID_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs and stops the USB management task.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the keyboard and mouse device endpoints.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup Keyboard HID Report Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, HID_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, HID_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Setup Mouse HID Report Endpoint */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MOUSE_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, HID_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ uint8_t* ReportData;
+ uint8_t ReportSize;
+
+ /* Handle HID Class specific requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case HID_REQ_GetReport:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Determine if it is the mouse or the keyboard data that is being requested */
+ if (!(USB_ControlRequest.wIndex))
+ {
+ ReportData = (uint8_t*)&KeyboardReportData;
+ ReportSize = sizeof(KeyboardReportData);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ReportData = (uint8_t*)&MouseReportData;
+ ReportSize = sizeof(MouseReportData);
+ }
+
+ /* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(ReportData, ReportSize);
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Clear the report data afterwards */
+ memset(ReportData, 0, ReportSize);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_SetReport:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Wait until the LED report has been sent by the host */
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Read in the LED report from the host */
+ uint8_t LEDStatus = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ /* Process the incoming LED report */
+ Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(LEDStatus);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Processes a given Keyboard LED report from the host, and sets the board LEDs to match. Since the Keyboard
+ * LED report can be sent through either the control endpoint (via a HID SetReport request) or the HID OUT
+ * endpoint, the processing code is placed here to avoid duplicating it and potentially having different
+ * behavior depending on the method used to sent it.
+ */
+void Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(const uint8_t LEDStatus)
+{
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_LED2;
+
+ if (LEDStatus & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+ if (LEDStatus & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+ if (LEDStatus & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ /* Set the status LEDs to the current Keyboard LED status */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
+/** Keyboard task. This generates the next keyboard HID report for the host, and transmits it via the
+ * keyboard IN endpoint when the host is ready for more data. Additionally, it processes host LED status
+ * reports sent to the device via the keyboard OUT reporting endpoint.
+ */
+void Keyboard_HID_Task(void)
+{
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Check if board button is not pressed, if so mouse mode enabled */
+ if (!(Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1))
+ {
+ /* Make sent key uppercase by indicating that the left shift key is pressed */
+ KeyboardReportData.Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E;
+ }
+
+ /* Select the Keyboard Report Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_IN_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if Keyboard Endpoint Ready for Read/Write */
+ if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ /* Write Keyboard Report Data */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReportData, sizeof(KeyboardReportData), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Clear the report data afterwards */
+ memset(&KeyboardReportData, 0, sizeof(KeyboardReportData));
+ }
+
+ /* Select the Keyboard LED Report Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if Keyboard LED Endpoint Ready for Read/Write */
+ if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ /* Read in and process the LED report from the host */
+ Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(Endpoint_Read_8());
+
+ /* Handshake the OUT Endpoint - clear endpoint and ready for next report */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Mouse task. This generates the next mouse HID report for the host, and transmits it via the
+ * mouse IN endpoint when the host is ready for more data.
+ */
+void Mouse_HID_Task(void)
+{
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Check if board button is pressed, if so mouse mode enabled */
+ if (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+ {
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ MouseReportData.Y = 1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ MouseReportData.Y = -1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ MouseReportData.X = 1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ MouseReportData.X = -1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ MouseReportData.Button |= (1 << 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Select the Mouse Report Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MOUSE_IN_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if Mouse Endpoint Ready for Read/Write */
+ if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ /* Write Mouse Report Data */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MouseReportData, sizeof(MouseReportData), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Clear the report data afterwards */
+ memset(&MouseReportData, 0, sizeof(MouseReportData));
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d83ab7c71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+ Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(const uint8_t LEDStatus);
+ void Keyboard_HID_Task(void);
+ void Mouse_HID_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..20c89cc80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Dual HID Keyboard and Mouse Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Keyboard/Mouse demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a composite device containing both USB Keyboard
+ * and USB Mouse functionality using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern OSes
+ * (i.e. no special drivers required). This example uses two separate HID
+ * interfaces for each function. It is boot protocol compatible, and thus works under
+ * compatible BIOS as if it was a native keyboard and mouse (e.g. PS/2).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
+ * as a keyboard when the USB connection to a host is present and the HWB is not
+ * pressed. When enabled, manipulate the joystick to send the letters
+ * a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID documentation for more information
+ * on sending keyboard event and key presses.
+ *
+ * When the HWB is pressed, the mouse mode is enabled. When enabled, move the
+ * joystick to move the pointer, and push the joystick inwards to simulate a
+ * left-button click.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d44bb8043
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard_mouse.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard_mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard_mouse.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard_mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.keyboard_mouse" caption="Keyboard and Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Keyboard and Mouse HID device demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard and mouse using a pair of HID interfaces. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="KeyboardMouse.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="KeyboardMouse.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="KeyboardMouse.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7428ae1cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Combined Keyboard/Mouse Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..88539ac9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = KeyboardMouse
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a06b60275
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 2
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f7138ca59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2048,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 0,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+ .TotalLength = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t),
+
+ .InCollection = 1,
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass,
+ .SubClass = AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass,
+ .Protocol = AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General,
+
+ .AudioSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,0,0),
+
+ .TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t) -
+ offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t, Audio_StreamInterface_SPC))
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Emb =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+ .JackID = 0x01,
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Ext =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+ .JackID = 0x02,
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded,
+ .JackID = 0x03,
+
+ .NumberOfPins = 1,
+ .SourceJackID = {0x02},
+ .SourcePinID = {0x01},
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal,
+
+ .JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_External,
+ .JackID = 0x04,
+
+ .NumberOfPins = 1,
+ .SourceJackID = {0x01},
+ .SourcePinID = {0x01},
+
+ .JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .Refresh = 0,
+ .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+ .TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
+ .AssociatedJackID = {0x01}
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Endpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .Refresh = 0,
+ .SyncEndpointNumber = 0
+ },
+
+ .MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSEndpoint},
+ .Subtype = AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General,
+
+ .TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
+ .AssociatedJackID = {0x03}
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA MIDI Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..10bc43417
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data IN endpoint, for device-to-host data transfers. */
+ #define MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the MIDI streaming data OUT endpoint, for host-to-device data transfers. */
+ #define MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // MIDI Audio Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
+
+ // MIDI Audio Streaming Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Emb;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Ext;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
+ USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint;
+ USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioControl = 0, /**< Audio control interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_AudioStream = 1, /**< Audio stream interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9208b0cdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MIDI input demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MIDI.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MIDI_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs, disables the sample update and PWM output timers and stops the USB and MIDI management tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the MIDI management task started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup MIDI Data Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to handle the generation of MIDI note change events in response to presses of the board joystick, and send them
+ * to the host.
+ */
+void MIDI_Task(void)
+{
+ static uint8_t PrevJoystickStatus;
+
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPADDR);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ {
+ uint8_t MIDICommand = 0;
+ uint8_t MIDIPitch;
+
+ uint8_t JoystickStatus = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t JoystickChanges = (JoystickStatus ^ PrevJoystickStatus);
+
+ /* Get board button status - if pressed use channel 10 (percussion), otherwise use channel 1 */
+ uint8_t Channel = ((Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? MIDI_CHANNEL(10) : MIDI_CHANNEL(1));
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_LEFT)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_LEFT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3C;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_UP)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_UP)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3D;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_RIGHT)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_RIGHT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3E;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_DOWN)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_DOWN)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3F;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_PRESS)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_PRESS)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3B;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if a MIDI command is to be sent */
+ if (MIDICommand)
+ {
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent = (MIDI_EventPacket_t)
+ {
+ .Event = MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDICommand),
+
+ .Data1 = MIDICommand | Channel,
+ .Data2 = MIDIPitch,
+ .Data3 = MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY,
+ };
+
+ /* Write the MIDI event packet to the endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MIDIEvent, sizeof(MIDIEvent), NULL);
+
+ /* Send the data in the endpoint to the host */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /* Save previous joystick value for next joystick change detection */
+ PrevJoystickStatus = JoystickStatus;
+ }
+
+ /* Select the MIDI OUT stream */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if a MIDI command has been received */
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent;
+
+ /* Read the MIDI event packet from the endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&MIDIEvent, sizeof(MIDIEvent), NULL);
+
+ /* Check to see if the sent command is a note on message with a non-zero velocity */
+ if ((MIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON)) && (MIDIEvent.Data3 > 0))
+ {
+ /* Change LEDs depending on the pitch of the sent note */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(MIDIEvent.Data2 > 64 ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Turn off all LEDs in response to non Note On messages */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ /* If the endpoint is now empty, clear the bank */
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ {
+ /* Clear the endpoint ready for new packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cfaefd631
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AudioOutput.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
+#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void MIDI_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c076be3bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage MIDI Input Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
+ * USB-MIDI Audio Class Extension Specification \n
+ * General MIDI Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * MIDI demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing the USB-MIDI class in USB devices.
+ * It is built upon the USB Audio class.
+ *
+ * Joystick movements are translated into note on/off messages and
+ * are sent to the host PC as MIDI streams which can be read by any
+ * MIDI program supporting MIDI IN devices.
+ *
+ * If the HWB is not pressed, channel 1 (default piano) is used. If
+ * the HWB is pressed, then channel 10 (default percussion) is selected.
+ *
+ * This device implements MIDI-THRU mode, with the IN MIDI data being
+ * generated by the device itself. OUT MIDI data is discarded.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..477b7d749
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="MIDI Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.midi.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.midi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="MIDI Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.midi.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.midi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.midi" caption="MIDI Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ MIDI device demo, implementing a basic USB MIDI device that can send messages to the host. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="MIDI Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MIDI.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MIDI.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MIDI.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b7b1862f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - MIDI Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aeeb870b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MIDI
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4be9d2b6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define TOTAL_LUNS 1
+
+ #define DISK_READ_ONLY false
+
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3c3b68bb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 4
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..598155a45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2045,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED,
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass,
+ .SubClass = MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass,
+ .Protocol = MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .MS_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mass Storage Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..14b131d5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
+ #define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Mass Storage Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_MassStorage = 0, /**< Mass storage interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..41be81400
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c
@@ -0,0 +1,530 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Functions to manage the physical Dataflash media, including reading and writing of
+ * blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored
+ * or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such
+ * as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C
+#include "DataflashManager.h"
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ * the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes
+ * them to the Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+ bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+ /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Clear the current endpoint bank */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Wait until the host has sent another packet */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+ if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+ if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+ Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_8());
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+ /* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ * the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ /* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if the endpoint is currently full */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */
+ if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ }
+
+ /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), from
+ * the given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the
+ * Dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the
+ * Dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
+ * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the data source RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+ bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Once all the Dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+ if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+ /* If less than one Dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+ if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the Dataflash buffer */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash buffer write command */
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the Dataflash */
+ for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+ Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the Dataflash buffer contents back to the Dataflash page */
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+ Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board Dataflash IC(s), into
+ * the preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ * and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read
+ * the files stored on the Dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ * \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
+ * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+ uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+ /* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+ while (TotalBlocks)
+ {
+ uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+
+ /* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the Dataflash */
+ while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Check if end of Dataflash page reached */
+ if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+ {
+ /* Reset the Dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+ CurrDFPage++;
+
+ /* Select the next Dataflash chip based on the new Dataflash page index */
+ Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+ /* Send the Dataflash main memory page read command */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+ Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+ }
+
+ /* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the Dataflash */
+ for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+ *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+
+ /* Increment the Dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+ CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+ /* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+ BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+ }
+
+ /* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+ TotalBlocks--;
+ }
+
+ /* Deselect all Dataflash chips */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Disables the Dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */
+void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)
+{
+ /* Select first Dataflash chip, send the read status register command */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+ /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+ if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+ /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+ }
+
+ /* Select second Dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+
+ /* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+ if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+ /* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Deselect current Dataflash chip */
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if all media chips are working, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ReturnByte;
+
+ /* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+ ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+ if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+ return false;
+
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ /* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+ ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ /* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+ if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+ return false;
+ #endif
+
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3ad79b3bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DataflashManager.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ #include "../MassStorage.h"
+ #include "../Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
+ #error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Defines: */
+ /** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more Dataflash ICs. */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
+
+ /** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
+ * storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
+ */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512
+
+ /** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
+ * change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
+ */
+ #define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+
+ /** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
+ #define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+ void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+ void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+ uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
+ bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..81347fef7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
+ * devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
+ * which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
+#include "SCSI.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
+ * features and capabilities.
+ */
+static const SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
+ {
+ .DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
+ .PeripheralQualifier = 0,
+
+ .Removable = true,
+
+ .Version = 0,
+
+ .ResponseDataFormat = 2,
+ .NormACA = false,
+ .TrmTsk = false,
+ .AERC = false,
+
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
+
+ .SoftReset = false,
+ .CmdQue = false,
+ .Linked = false,
+ .Sync = false,
+ .WideBus16Bit = false,
+ .WideBus32Bit = false,
+ .RelAddr = false,
+
+ .VendorID = "LUFA",
+ .ProductID = "Dataflash Disk",
+ .RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
+ };
+
+/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
+ * command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
+ */
+static SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
+ {
+ .ResponseCode = 0x70,
+ .AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
+ };
+
+
+/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
+ * to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
+ * a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(void)
+{
+ bool CommandSuccess = false;
+
+ /* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
+ switch (CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
+ {
+ case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry();
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense();
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10();
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic();
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(DATA_WRITE);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(DATA_READ);
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6:
+ CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6();
+ break;
+ case SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT:
+ case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
+ case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
+ case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
+ /* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
+ CommandSuccess = true;
+ CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+ break;
+ default:
+ /* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if command was successfully processed */
+ if (CommandSuccess)
+ {
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
+ * and capabilities to the host.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(void)
+{
+ uint16_t AllocationLength = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3]);
+ uint16_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(InquiryData));
+
+ /* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
+ if ((CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
+ CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
+ {
+ /* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the INQUIRY data to the endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+
+ /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
+ * including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(void)
+{
+ uint8_t AllocationLength = CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
+ uint8_t BytesTransferred = MIN(AllocationLength, sizeof(SenseData));
+
+ /* Send the SENSE data - this indicates to the host the status of the last command */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NULL);
+
+ /* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+ Endpoint_Null_Stream((AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
+ * on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(void)
+{
+ /* Send the total number of logical blocks in the current LUN */
+ Endpoint_Write_32_BE(LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1);
+
+ /* Send the logical block size of the device (must be 512 bytes) */
+ Endpoint_Write_32_BE(VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (IsMassStoreReset)
+ return false;
+
+ /* Send the endpoint data packet to the host */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
+ * board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
+ * supported.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(void)
+{
+ /* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
+ if (!(CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
+ {
+ /* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
+ if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+ {
+ /* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+ CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
+ * and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level Dataflash routine to handle the actual
+ * reading and writing of the data.
+ *
+ * \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(const bool IsDataRead)
+{
+ uint32_t BlockAddress;
+ uint16_t TotalBlocks;
+
+ /* Check if the disk is write protected or not */
+ if ((IsDataRead == DATA_WRITE) && DISK_READ_ONLY)
+ {
+ /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
+ TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint16_t*)&CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
+
+ /* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
+ if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS)
+ {
+ /* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+ SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+ SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
+ SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ #if (TOTAL_LUNS > 1)
+ /* Adjust the given block address to the real media address based on the selected LUN */
+ BlockAddress += ((uint32_t)CommandBlock.LUN * LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
+ if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
+ DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+ else
+ DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI MODE SENSE (6) command. This command returns various informational pages about
+ * the SCSI device, as well as the device's Write Protect status.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command completed successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(void)
+{
+ /* Send an empty header response with the Write Protect flag status */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(DISK_READ_ONLY ? 0x80 : 0x00);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0x00);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+ CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 4;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..36553bd7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for SCSI.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SCSI_H_
+#define _SCSI_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+
+ #include "../MassStorage.h"
+ #include "../Descriptors.h"
+ #include "DataflashManager.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
+ * is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
+ * the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
+ * \param[in] Acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
+ * \param[in] Aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
+ */
+ #define SCSI_SET_SENSE(Key, Acode, Aqual) do { SenseData.SenseKey = (Key); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (Acode); \
+ SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (Aqual); } while (0)
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_READ true
+
+ /** Macro for the \ref SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
+ #define DATA_WRITE false
+
+ /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
+ #define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
+
+ /** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
+ #define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a SCSI response structure to a SCSI INQUIRY command. For details of the
+ * structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ unsigned DeviceType : 5;
+ unsigned PeripheralQualifier : 3;
+
+ unsigned Reserved : 7;
+ unsigned Removable : 1;
+
+ uint8_t Version;
+
+ unsigned ResponseDataFormat : 4;
+ unsigned Reserved2 : 1;
+ unsigned NormACA : 1;
+ unsigned TrmTsk : 1;
+ unsigned AERC : 1;
+
+ uint8_t AdditionalLength;
+ uint8_t Reserved3[2];
+
+ unsigned SoftReset : 1;
+ unsigned CmdQue : 1;
+ unsigned Reserved4 : 1;
+ unsigned Linked : 1;
+ unsigned Sync : 1;
+ unsigned WideBus16Bit : 1;
+ unsigned WideBus32Bit : 1;
+ unsigned RelAddr : 1;
+
+ uint8_t VendorID[8];
+ uint8_t ProductID[16];
+ uint8_t RevisionID[4];
+ } MS_SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t;
+
+ /** Type define for a SCSI sense structure to a SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. For details of the
+ * structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t ResponseCode;
+
+ uint8_t SegmentNumber;
+
+ unsigned SenseKey : 4;
+ unsigned Reserved : 1;
+ unsigned ILI : 1;
+ unsigned EOM : 1;
+ unsigned FileMark : 1;
+
+ uint8_t Information[4];
+ uint8_t AdditionalLength;
+ uint8_t CmdSpecificInformation[4];
+ uint8_t AdditionalSenseCode;
+ uint8_t AdditionalSenseQualifier;
+ uint8_t FieldReplaceableUnitCode;
+ uint8_t SenseKeySpecific[3];
+ } MS_SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(void);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(void);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(void);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(void);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(void);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(const bool IsDataRead);
+ static bool SCSI_Command_ModeSense_6(void);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4c274b92e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.c
@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Mass Storage demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_C
+#include "MassStorage.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the latest Command Block Wrapper issued by the host, containing a SCSI command to execute. */
+MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t CommandBlock;
+
+/** Structure to hold the latest Command Status Wrapper to return to the host, containing the status of the last issued command. */
+MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t CommandStatus = { .Signature = MS_CSW_SIGNATURE };
+
+/** Flag to asynchronously abort any in-progress data transfers upon the reception of a mass storage reset command. */
+volatile bool IsMassStoreReset = false;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MassStorage_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Dataflash_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Check if the Dataflash is working, abort if not */
+ if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
+ DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ /* Reset the MSReset flag upon connection */
+ IsMassStoreReset = false;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs and stops the Mass Storage management task.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the Mass Storage management task started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup Mass Storage Data Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Process UFI specific control requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case MS_REQ_MassStorageReset:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ /* Indicate that the current transfer should be aborted */
+ IsMassStoreReset = true;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case MS_REQ_GetMaxLUN:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Indicate to the host the number of supported LUNs (virtual disks) on the device */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(TOTAL_LUNS - 1);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Task to manage the Mass Storage interface, reading in Command Block Wrappers from the host, processing the SCSI commands they
+ * contain, and returning Command Status Wrappers back to the host to indicate the success or failure of the last issued command.
+ */
+void MassStorage_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Process sent command block from the host if one has been sent */
+ if (ReadInCommandBlock())
+ {
+ /* Indicate busy */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ /* Check direction of command, select Data IN endpoint if data is from the device */
+ if (CommandBlock.Flags & MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN)
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Decode the received SCSI command, set returned status code */
+ CommandStatus.Status = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand() ? MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Pass : MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Fail;
+
+ /* Load in the CBW tag into the CSW to link them together */
+ CommandStatus.Tag = CommandBlock.Tag;
+
+ /* Load in the data residue counter into the CSW */
+ CommandStatus.DataTransferResidue = CommandBlock.DataTransferLength;
+
+ /* Stall the selected data pipe if command failed (if data is still to be transferred) */
+ if ((CommandStatus.Status == MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Fail) && (CommandStatus.DataTransferResidue))
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+
+ /* Return command status block to the host */
+ ReturnCommandStatus();
+
+ /* Indicate ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ }
+
+ /* Check if a Mass Storage Reset occurred */
+ if (IsMassStoreReset)
+ {
+ /* Reset the data endpoint banks */
+ Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR);
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_ClearStall();
+ Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_ClearStall();
+ Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
+
+ /* Clear the abort transfer flag */
+ IsMassStoreReset = false;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Function to read in a command block from the host, via the bulk data OUT endpoint. This function reads in the next command block
+ * if one has been issued, and performs validation to ensure that the block command is valid.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a valid command block has been read in from the endpoint, \c false otherwise
+ */
+static bool ReadInCommandBlock(void)
+{
+ uint16_t BytesTransferred;
+
+ /* Select the Data Out endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Abort if no command has been sent from the host */
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ return false;
+
+ /* Read in command block header */
+ BytesTransferred = 0;
+ while (Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&CommandBlock, (sizeof(CommandBlock) - sizeof(CommandBlock.SCSICommandData)),
+ &BytesTransferred) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ {
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (IsMassStoreReset)
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Verify the command block - abort if invalid */
+ if ((CommandBlock.Signature != MS_CBW_SIGNATURE) ||
+ (CommandBlock.LUN >= TOTAL_LUNS) ||
+ (CommandBlock.Flags & 0x1F) ||
+ (CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength == 0) ||
+ (CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength > sizeof(CommandBlock.SCSICommandData)))
+ {
+ /* Stall both data pipes until reset by host */
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR);
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Read in command block command data */
+ BytesTransferred = 0;
+ while (Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&CommandBlock.SCSICommandData, CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength,
+ &BytesTransferred) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ {
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (IsMassStoreReset)
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** Returns the filled Command Status Wrapper back to the host via the bulk data IN endpoint, waiting for the host to clear any
+ * stalled data endpoints as needed.
+ */
+static void ReturnCommandStatus(void)
+{
+ uint16_t BytesTransferred;
+
+ /* Select the Data Out endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPADDR);
+
+ /* While data pipe is stalled, wait until the host issues a control request to clear the stall */
+ while (Endpoint_IsStalled())
+ {
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Select the Data In endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPADDR);
+
+ /* While data pipe is stalled, wait until the host issues a control request to clear the stall */
+ while (Endpoint_IsStalled())
+ {
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Write the CSW to the endpoint */
+ BytesTransferred = 0;
+ while (Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&CommandStatus, sizeof(CommandStatus),
+ &BytesTransferred) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ {
+ /* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+ if (IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cd2a71525
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MassStorage.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MASS_STORAGE_H_
+#define _MASS_STORAGE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include "Lib/SCSI.h"
+ #include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Global Variables: */
+ extern MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t CommandBlock;
+ extern MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t CommandStatus;
+ extern volatile bool IsMassStoreReset;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void MassStorage_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_C)
+ static bool ReadInCommandBlock(void);
+ static void ReturnCommandStatus(void);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e54463414
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mass Storage Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Bulk-Only Transport</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ * USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ * SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ * SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Mass Storage device demonstration application. This gives a simple
+ * reference application for implementing a USB Mass Storage device using
+ * the basic USB UFI drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
+ * required).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as an
+ * external mass storage device which may be formatted and used in the same
+ * manner as commercial USB Mass Storage devices.
+ *
+ * You will need to format the mass storage drive upon first run of this
+ * demonstration - as the device acts only as a data block transport between
+ * the host and the storage media, it does not matter what file system is used,
+ * as the data interpretation is performed by the host and not the USB device.
+ *
+ * This demo is not restricted to only a single LUN (logical disk); by changing
+ * the TOTAL_LUNS value in DataflashManager.h, any number of LUNs can be used
+ * (from 1 to 255), with each LUN being allocated an equal portion of the available
+ * Dataflash memory.
+ *
+ * The USB control endpoint is managed entirely by the library using endpoint
+ * interrupts, as the INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT option is enabled. This allows for
+ * the host to reset the Mass Storage device state during long transfers without
+ * the need for complicated polling logic.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>TOTAL_LUNS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between each drive
+ * - this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>DISK_READ_ONLY</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Indicates if the disk should be write protected or not.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..68ae2c28e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mass Storage Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mass_storage.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mass_storage"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Mass Storage Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mass_storage.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mass_storage"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mass_storage" caption="Mass Storage Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mass Storage device demo, implementing a basic USB storage disk using a Dataflash memory IC. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MassStorage.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MassStorage.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DataflashManager.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/SCSI.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MassStorage.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DataflashManager.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/SCSI.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.dataflash"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9629ccb8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mass Storage Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c757bb0fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MassStorage
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/DataflashManager.c Lib/SCSI.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c6542445d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 1
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c2064272b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
+{
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), /* Mouse */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), /* Application */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), /* Pointer */
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00), /* Physical */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09), /* Button */
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x03),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x03),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x05),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT),
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), /* Generic Desktop */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30), /* Usage X */
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31), /* Usage Y */
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1),
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1),
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(8, -1),
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 1),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x02),
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08),
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_RELATIVE),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0),
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2041,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_MouseHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(MouseReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MOUSE_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mouse Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_MouseHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &MouseReport;
+ Size = sizeof(MouseReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..40646b104
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define MOUSE_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define MOUSE_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Mouse HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_MouseHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Mouse = 0, /**< Mouse interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..638e5f351
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.c
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the Mouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "Mouse.h"
+
+/** Indicates what report mode the host has requested, true for normal HID reporting mode, \c false for special boot
+ * protocol reporting mode.
+ */
+static bool UsingReportProtocol = true;
+
+/** Current Idle period. This is set by the host via a Set Idle HID class request to silence the device's reports
+ * for either the entire idle duration, or until the report status changes (e.g. the user moves the mouse).
+ */
+static uint16_t IdleCount = 0;
+
+/** Current Idle period remaining. When the IdleCount value is set, this tracks the remaining number of idle
+ * milliseconds. This is separate to the IdleCount timer and is incremented and compared as the host may request
+ * the current idle period via a Get Idle HID class request, thus its value must be preserved.
+ */
+static uint16_t IdleMSRemaining = 0;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ Mouse_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ /* Default to report protocol on connect */
+ UsingReportProtocol = true;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs and stops the USB management and Mouse reporting tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the mouse reporting task started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup HID Report Endpoint */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MOUSE_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, MOUSE_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Turn on Start-of-Frame events for tracking HID report period expiry */
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Handle HID Class specific requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case HID_REQ_GetReport:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReportData;
+
+ /* Create the next mouse report for transmission to the host */
+ CreateMouseReport(&MouseReportData);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&MouseReportData, sizeof(MouseReportData));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Clear the report data afterwards */
+ memset(&MouseReportData, 0, sizeof(MouseReportData));
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_GetProtocol:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the current protocol flag to the host */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(UsingReportProtocol);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_SetProtocol:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ /* Set or clear the flag depending on what the host indicates that the current Protocol should be */
+ UsingReportProtocol = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue != 0);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_SetIdle:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ /* Get idle period in MSB, must multiply by 4 to get the duration in milliseconds */
+ IdleCount = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF00) >> 6);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_GetIdle:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the current idle duration to the host, must be divided by 4 before sent to host */
+ Endpoint_Write_8(IdleCount >> 2);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ /* One millisecond has elapsed, decrement the idle time remaining counter if it has not already elapsed */
+ if (IdleMSRemaining)
+ IdleMSRemaining--;
+}
+
+/** Fills the given HID report data structure with the next HID report to send to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a HID report data structure to be filled
+ */
+void CreateMouseReport(USB_MouseReport_Data_t* const ReportData)
+{
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+ /* Clear the report contents */
+ memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t));
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ ReportData->Y = -1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ ReportData->Y = 1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ ReportData->X = -1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ ReportData->X = 1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ ReportData->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+ if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+ ReportData->Button |= (1 << 1);
+}
+
+/** Sends the next HID report to the host, via the keyboard data endpoint. */
+void SendNextReport(void)
+{
+ static USB_MouseReport_Data_t PrevMouseReportData;
+ USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReportData;
+ bool SendReport;
+
+ /* Create the next mouse report for transmission to the host */
+ CreateMouseReport(&MouseReportData);
+
+ /* Check to see if the report data has changed - if so a report MUST be sent */
+ SendReport = (memcmp(&PrevMouseReportData, &MouseReportData, sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t)) != 0);
+
+ /* Override the check if the Y or X values are non-zero - we want continuous movement while the joystick
+ * is being held down (via continuous reports), otherwise the cursor will only move once per joystick toggle */
+ if ((MouseReportData.Y != 0) || (MouseReportData.X != 0))
+ SendReport = true;
+
+ /* Check if the idle period is set and has elapsed */
+ if (IdleCount && (!(IdleMSRemaining)))
+ {
+ /* Reset the idle time remaining counter */
+ IdleMSRemaining = IdleCount;
+
+ /* Idle period is set and has elapsed, must send a report to the host */
+ SendReport = true;
+ }
+
+ /* Select the Mouse Report Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MOUSE_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if Mouse Endpoint Ready for Read/Write and if we should send a new report */
+ if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed() && SendReport)
+ {
+ /* Save the current report data for later comparison to check for changes */
+ PrevMouseReportData = MouseReportData;
+
+ /* Write Mouse Report Data */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MouseReportData, sizeof(MouseReportData), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Task to manage HID report generation and transmission to the host, when in report mode. */
+void Mouse_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Send the next mouse report to the host */
+ SendNextReport();
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ee330feb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Mouse.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_H_
+#define _MOUSE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void Mouse_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ void CreateMouseReport(USB_MouseReport_Data_t* const ReportData);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7f1c38430
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mouse Device Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Mouse demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Mouse using the basic USB HID
+ * drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). It is
+ * boot protocol compatible, and thus works under compatible BIOS as if
+ * it was a native mouse (e.g. PS/2).
+ *
+ * On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
+ * as a mouse when the USB connection to a host is present. To use
+ * the mouse, move the joystick to move the pointer, and push the
+ * joystick inwards to simulate a left-button click. The HWB serves as
+ * the right mouse button.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ac21d0771
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mouse.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mouse.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.mouse" caption="Mouse HID Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mouse device demo, implementing a basic USB mouse device that can send movement information to the host. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="Mouse.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Mouse.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Mouse.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..150171c06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7230c176f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = Mouse
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..92a4f818e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS { 10, 0, 0, 1}
+ #define SERVER_IP_ADDRESS { 10, 0, 0, 2}
+
+ #define ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}
+ #define SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01}
+
+ #define NO_DECODE_ETHERNET
+ #define NO_DECODE_ARP
+ #define NO_DECODE_IP
+ #define NO_DECODE_ICMP
+ #define NO_DECODE_TCP
+ #define NO_DECODE_UDP
+ #define NO_DECODE_DHCP
+
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fa0397910
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 3
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cab6717f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x204C,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x00,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .RNDIS_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA RNDIS CDC Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fb345e8f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 64
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // RNDIS CDC Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+ // RNDIS CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t RNDIS_DataInEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f34e55f99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+; Windows LUFA RNDIS Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA RNDIS.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Net
+ClassGuid={4d36e972-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[ControlFlags]
+ExcludeFromSelect=*
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Characteristics=0x84 ; NCF_PHYSICAL + NCF_HAS_UI
+BusType=15
+include=netrndis.inf
+needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi
+AddReg=Rndis_AddReg_Vista
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+include=netrndis.inf
+needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi.Services
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA USB RNDIS Demo"
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..99f3487b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles the
+ * conversion of physical MAC addresses to protocol IP addresses between the host and the
+ * device.
+ */
+
+#include "ARP.h"
+
+/** Processes an ARP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if the host is requesting the IP or MAC address of the
+ * virtual server device on the network.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's ARP header
+ * \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's ARP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t ARP_ProcessARPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart)
+{
+ DecodeARPHeader(InDataStart);
+
+ ARP_Header_t* ARPHeaderIN = (ARP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+ ARP_Header_t* ARPHeaderOUT = (ARP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
+
+ /* Ensure that the ARP request is a IPv4 request packet */
+ if ((SwapEndian_16(ARPHeaderIN->ProtocolType) == ETHERTYPE_IPV4) &&
+ (SwapEndian_16(ARPHeaderIN->Operation) == ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST))
+ {
+ /* If the ARP packet is requesting the MAC or IP of the virtual webserver, return the response */
+ if (IP_COMPARE(&ARPHeaderIN->TPA, &ServerIPAddress) ||
+ MAC_COMPARE(&ARPHeaderIN->THA, &ServerMACAddress))
+ {
+ /* Fill out the ARP response header */
+ ARPHeaderOUT->HardwareType = ARPHeaderIN->HardwareType;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->ProtocolType = ARPHeaderIN->ProtocolType;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->HLEN = ARPHeaderIN->HLEN;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->PLEN = ARPHeaderIN->PLEN;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->Operation = SwapEndian_16(ARP_OPERATION_REPLY);
+
+ /* Copy over the sender MAC/IP to the target fields for the response */
+ ARPHeaderOUT->THA = ARPHeaderIN->SHA;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->TPA = ARPHeaderIN->SPA;
+
+ /* Copy over the new sender MAC/IP - MAC and IP addresses of the virtual webserver */
+ ARPHeaderOUT->SHA = ServerMACAddress;
+ ARPHeaderOUT->SPA = ServerIPAddress;
+
+ /* Return the size of the response so far */
+ return sizeof(ARP_Header_t);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..95a8f84b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ARP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ARP_H_
+#define _ARP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** ARP header operation constant, indicating a request from a host for an address translation. */
+ #define ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST 1
+
+ /** ARP header operation constant, indicating a reply from a host giving an address translation. */
+ #define ARP_OPERATION_REPLY 2
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for an ARP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t HardwareType; /**< Hardware type constant, indicating the hardware used */
+ uint16_t ProtocolType; /**< Protocol being resolved, usually ETHERTYPE_IPV4 */
+
+ uint8_t HLEN; /**< Length in bytes of the source/destination hardware addresses */
+ uint8_t PLEN; /**< Length in bytes of the source/destination protocol addresses */
+ uint16_t Operation; /**< Type of operation, either ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST or ARP_OPERATION_REPLY */
+
+ MAC_Address_t SHA; /**< Sender's hardware address */
+ IP_Address_t SPA; /**< Sender's protocol address */
+ MAC_Address_t THA; /**< Target's hardware address */
+ IP_Address_t TPA; /**< Target's protocol address */
+ } ARP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int16_t ARP_ProcessARPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3af972648
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) packet handling routines. This protocol
+ * handles the automatic IP negotiation to the host, so that the host will use the provided
+ * IP address given to it by the device.
+ */
+
+#include "DHCP.h"
+
+/** Processes a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if the host is requesting or accepting an IP address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] IPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ * \param[in] DHCPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's DHCP header
+ * \param[out] DHCPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's DHCP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* DHCPHeaderInStart,
+ void* DHCPHeaderOutStart)
+{
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeaderIN = (IP_Header_t*)IPHeaderInStart;
+ DHCP_Header_t* DHCPHeaderIN = (DHCP_Header_t*)DHCPHeaderInStart;
+ DHCP_Header_t* DHCPHeaderOUT = (DHCP_Header_t*)DHCPHeaderOutStart;
+
+ uint8_t* DHCPOptionsINStart = (uint8_t*)(DHCPHeaderInStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+ uint8_t* DHCPOptionsOUTStart = (uint8_t*)(DHCPHeaderOutStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+
+ DecodeDHCPHeader(DHCPHeaderInStart);
+
+ /* Zero out the response DHCP packet, as much of it is legacy and left at 0 */
+ memset(DHCPHeaderOUT, 0, sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+
+ /* Fill out the response DHCP packet */
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->HardwareType = DHCPHeaderIN->HardwareType;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->Operation = DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->HardwareAddressLength = DHCPHeaderIN->HardwareAddressLength;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->Hops = 0;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->TransactionID = DHCPHeaderIN->TransactionID;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->ElapsedSeconds = 0;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->Flags = DHCPHeaderIN->Flags;
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->YourIP = ClientIPAddress;
+ memmove(&DHCPHeaderOUT->ClientHardwareAddress, &DHCPHeaderIN->ClientHardwareAddress, sizeof(MAC_Address_t));
+ DHCPHeaderOUT->Cookie = SwapEndian_32(DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE);
+
+ /* Alter the incoming IP packet header so that the corrected IP source and destinations are used - this means that
+ when the response IP header is generated, it will use the corrected addresses and not the null/broatcast addresses */
+ IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress = ClientIPAddress;
+ IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress = ServerIPAddress;
+
+ /* Process the incoming DHCP packet options */
+ while (DHCPOptionsINStart[0] != DHCP_OPTION_END)
+ {
+ /* Find the Message Type DHCP option, to determine the type of DHCP packet */
+ if (DHCPOptionsINStart[0] == DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE)
+ {
+ if ((DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER) || (DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST))
+ {
+ /* Fill out the response DHCP packet options for a DHCP OFFER or ACK response */
+
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 1;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = (DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER) ? DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_OFFER
+ : DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_ACK;
+
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_SUBNETMASK;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 4;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x00;
+
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_DHCPSERVER;
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = sizeof(IP_Address_t);
+ memcpy(DHCPOptionsOUTStart, &ServerIPAddress, sizeof(IP_Address_t));
+ DHCPOptionsOUTStart += sizeof(IP_Address_t);
+
+ *(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_END;
+
+ return (sizeof(DHCP_Header_t) + 12 + sizeof(IP_Address_t));
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Go to the next DHCP option - skip one byte if option is a padding byte, else skip the complete option's size */
+ DHCPOptionsINStart += ((DHCPOptionsINStart[0] == DHCP_OPTION_PAD) ? 1 : (DHCPOptionsINStart[1] + 2));
+ }
+
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2d57397de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DHCP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DHCP_H_
+#define _DHCP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** DHCP operation constant, indicating a request from a host to a DHCP server. */
+ #define DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST 0x01
+
+ /** DHCP operation constant, indicating a reply from a DHCP server to a host. */
+ #define DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY 0x02
+
+ /** Hardware type constant, indicating Ethernet as a carrier. */
+ #define DHCP_HTYPE_ETHERNET 0x01
+
+ /** Magic boot protocol "cookie", inserted into all BOOTP packets (BOOTP is the carrier of DHCP). */
+ #define DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE 0x63825363
+
+ /** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that a subnet mask will follow. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_SUBNETMASK 1
+
+ /** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the DHCP message type constant will follow. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE 53
+
+ /** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the IP address of the DHCP server will follow. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_DHCPSERVER 54
+
+ /** DHCP option list entry header, used to pad out option data. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_PAD 0
+
+ /** DHCP option list entry header, indicating the end of option data. */
+ #define DHCP_OPTION_END 255
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, requesting that a DHCP server offer an IP address. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER 1
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, indicating that a DHCP server is offering an IP address. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_OFFER 2
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, requesting that a DHCP server lease a given IP address. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST 3
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, declining an offered DHCP server IP address lease. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DECLINE 4
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, ACKing a host IP lease request. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_ACK 5
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, NACKing a host IP lease request. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_NACK 6
+
+ /** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, indicating that a host is releasing a leased IP address. */
+ #define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_RELEASE 7
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Operation; /**< DHCP operation, either DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST or DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY */
+ uint8_t HardwareType; /**< Hardware carrier type constant */
+ uint8_t HardwareAddressLength; /**< Length in bytes of a hardware (MAC) address on the network */
+ uint8_t Hops; /**< Number of hops required to reach the server, unused */
+
+ uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique ID of the DHCP packet, for positive matching between sent and received packets */
+
+ uint16_t ElapsedSeconds; /**< Elapsed seconds since the request was made */
+ uint16_t Flags; /**< BOOTP packet flags */
+
+ IP_Address_t ClientIP; /**< Client IP address, if already leased an IP */
+ IP_Address_t YourIP; /**< Client IP address */
+ IP_Address_t NextServerIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+ IP_Address_t RelayAgentIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+
+ uint8_t ClientHardwareAddress[16]; /**< Hardware (MAC) address of the client making a request to the DHCP server */
+ uint8_t ServerHostnameString[64]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+ uint8_t BootFileName[128]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
+
+ uint32_t Cookie; /**< Magic BOOTP protocol cookie to indicate a valid packet */
+ } DHCP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int16_t DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* DHCPHeaderInStart,
+ void* DHCPHeaderOutStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..483e8bb27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Ethernet frame packet handling routines. This protocol handles the processing of raw Ethernet
+ * frames sent and received, deferring the processing of sub-packet protocols to the appropriate
+ * protocol handlers, such as DHCP or ARP.
+ */
+
+#include "Ethernet.h"
+
+/** Ethernet Frame buffer structure, to hold the incoming Ethernet frame from the host. */
+Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameIN;
+
+/** Ethernet Frame buffer structure, to hold the outgoing Ethernet frame to the host. */
+Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameOUT;
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a MAC address to the virtual server MAC address. */
+const MAC_Address_t ServerMACAddress = {SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting an IP address to the virtual server IP address. */
+const IP_Address_t ServerIPAddress = {SERVER_IP_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a MAC address to the broadcast MAC address. */
+const MAC_Address_t BroadcastMACAddress = {BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a IP address to the broadcast IP address. */
+const IP_Address_t BroadcastIPAddress = {BROADCAST_IP_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting an IP address to the client (host) IP address. */
+const IP_Address_t ClientIPAddress = {CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS};
+
+
+/** Processes an incoming Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response to the output Ethernet
+ * frame buffer if the sub protocol handlers create a valid response.
+ */
+void Ethernet_ProcessPacket(void)
+{
+ DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(FrameIN.FrameData);
+
+ /* Cast the incoming Ethernet frame to the Ethernet header type */
+ Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameINHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameIN.FrameData;
+ Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameOUTHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameOUT.FrameData;
+
+ int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
+
+ /* Ensure frame is addressed to either all (broadcast) or the virtual webserver, and is a type II frame */
+ if ((MAC_COMPARE(&FrameINHeader->Destination, &ServerMACAddress) ||
+ MAC_COMPARE(&FrameINHeader->Destination, &BroadcastMACAddress)) &&
+ (SwapEndian_16(FrameIN.FrameLength) > ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE))
+ {
+ /* Process the packet depending on its protocol */
+ switch (SwapEndian_16(FrameINHeader->EtherType))
+ {
+ case ETHERTYPE_ARP:
+ RetSize = ARP_ProcessARPPacket(&FrameIN.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)],
+ &FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ case ETHERTYPE_IPV4:
+ RetSize = IP_ProcessIPPacket(&FrameIN.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)],
+ &FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Protocol processing routine has filled a response, complete the ethernet frame header */
+ if (RetSize > 0)
+ {
+ /* Fill out the response Ethernet frame header */
+ FrameOUTHeader->Source = ServerMACAddress;
+ FrameOUTHeader->Destination = FrameINHeader->Source;
+ FrameOUTHeader->EtherType = FrameINHeader->EtherType;
+
+ /* Set the response length in the buffer and indicate that a response is ready to be sent */
+ FrameOUT.FrameLength = (sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) + RetSize);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the packet was processed */
+ if (RetSize != NO_PROCESS)
+ {
+ /* Clear the frame buffer */
+ FrameIN.FrameLength = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Calculates the appropriate ethernet checksum, consisting of the addition of the one's
+ * compliment of each word, complimented.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Pointer to the packet buffer data whose checksum must be calculated
+ * \param[in] Bytes Number of bytes in the data buffer to process
+ *
+ * \return A 16-bit Ethernet checksum value
+ */
+uint16_t Ethernet_Checksum16(void* Data,
+ uint16_t Bytes)
+{
+ uint16_t* Words = (uint16_t*)Data;
+ uint32_t Checksum = 0;
+
+ for (uint16_t CurrWord = 0; CurrWord < (Bytes >> 1); CurrWord++)
+ Checksum += Words[CurrWord];
+
+ while (Checksum & 0xFFFF0000)
+ Checksum = ((Checksum & 0xFFFF) + (Checksum >> 16));
+
+ return ~Checksum;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..93d5c4771
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Ethernet.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ETHERNET_H_
+#define _ETHERNET_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+ #include "ICMP.h"
+ #include "TCP.h"
+ #include "UDP.h"
+ #include "DHCP.h"
+ #include "ARP.h"
+ #include "IP.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Physical MAC address of the network broadcast address. */
+ #define BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}
+
+ /** Performs a comparison between two MAC addresses, indicating if they are identical.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MAC1 First MAC address
+ * \param[in] MAC2 Second MAC address
+ *
+ * \return True if the addresses match, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ #define MAC_COMPARE(MAC1, MAC2) (memcmp(MAC1, MAC2, sizeof(MAC_Address_t)) == 0)
+
+ /** Maximum size of an incoming or outgoing Ethernet frame in bytes. */
+ #define ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX 1500
+
+ /** Minimum size of an Ethernet packet in bytes, to conform to the Ethernet V2 packet standard. */
+ #define ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE 0x0600
+
+ /** Return value for all sub protocol handling routines, indicating that no response packet has been generated. */
+ #define NO_RESPONSE 0
+
+ /** Return value for all sub protocol handling routines, indicating that the packet has not yet been handled. */
+ #define NO_PROCESS -1
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for an Ethernet frame buffer data and information structure. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t FrameData[ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX]; /**< Ethernet frame contents. */
+ uint16_t FrameLength; /**< Length in bytes of the Ethernet frame stored in the buffer. */
+ } Ethernet_Frame_Info_t;
+
+ /** Type define for an Ethernet frame header. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ MAC_Address_t Destination; /**< Physical MAC address of the packet recipient */
+ MAC_Address_t Source; /**< Physics MAC address of the packet source */
+ uint16_t EtherType; /**< Ethernet packet sub-protocol type, for Ethernet V2 packets */
+ } Ethernet_Frame_Header_t;
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameIN;
+ extern Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameOUT;
+
+ extern const MAC_Address_t ServerMACAddress;
+ extern const IP_Address_t ServerIPAddress;
+ extern const MAC_Address_t BroadcastMACAddress;
+ extern const IP_Address_t BroadcastIPAddress;
+ extern const IP_Address_t ClientIPAddress;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void Ethernet_ProcessPacket(void);
+ uint16_t Ethernet_Checksum16(void* Data,
+ uint16_t Bytes);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bec6705ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * General Ethernet protocol constants and type defines, for use by
+ * all network protocol portions of the TCP/IP stack.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ETHERNET_PROTOCOLS_H_
+#define _ETHERNET_PROTOCOLS_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define ETHERTYPE_IPV4 0x0800
+ #define ETHERTYPE_ARP 0x0806
+ #define ETHERTYPE_RARP 0x8035
+ #define ETHERTYPE_APPLETALK 0x809b
+ #define ETHERTYPE_APPLETALKARP 0x80f3
+ #define ETHERTYPE_IEEE8021Q 0x8100
+ #define ETHERTYPE_NOVELLIPX 0x8137
+ #define ETHERTYPE_NOVELL 0x8138
+ #define ETHERTYPE_IPV6 0x86DD
+ #define ETHERTYPE_COBRANET 0x8819
+ #define ETHERTYPE_PROVIDERBRIDGING 0x88a8
+ #define ETHERTYPE_MPLSUNICAST 0x8847
+ #define ETHERTYPE_MPLSMULTICAST 0x8848
+ #define ETHERTYPE_PPPoEDISCOVERY 0x8863
+ #define ETHERTYPE_PPPoESESSION 0x8864
+ #define ETHERTYPE_EAPOVERLAN 0x888E
+ #define ETHERTYPE_HYPERSCSI 0x889A
+ #define ETHERTYPE_ATAOVERETHERNET 0x88A2
+ #define ETHERTYPE_ETHERCAT 0x88A4
+ #define ETHERTYPE_SERCOSIII 0x88CD
+ #define ETHERTYPE_CESoE 0x88D8
+ #define ETHERTYPE_MACSECURITY 0x88E5
+ #define ETHERTYPE_FIBRECHANNEL 0x8906
+ #define ETHERTYPE_QINQ 0x9100
+ #define ETHERTYPE_VLLT 0xCAFE
+
+ #define PROTOCOL_ICMP 1
+ #define PROTOCOL_IGMP 2
+ #define PROTOCOL_TCP 6
+ #define PROTOCOL_UDP 17
+ #define PROTOCOL_OSPF 89
+ #define PROTOCOL_SCTP 132
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a physical MAC address of a device on a network. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Octets[6]; /**< Individual bytes of a MAC address */
+ } RNDIS_MAC_Address_t;
+
+ /** Type define for a protocol IP address of a device on a network. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Octets[4]; /**< Individual bytes of an IP address */
+ } IP_Address_t;
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..90eae2c95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles
+ * Echo requests from the host, to indicate a successful network connection between the host
+ * and the virtual server.
+ */
+
+#include "ICMP.h"
+
+/** Processes an ICMP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if the host is issuing a ICMP ECHO request.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's ICMP header
+ * \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's ICMP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart)
+{
+ ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeaderIN = (ICMP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+ ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeaderOUT = (ICMP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
+
+ DecodeICMPHeader(InDataStart);
+
+ /* Determine if the ICMP packet is an echo request (ping) */
+ if (ICMPHeaderIN->Type == ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREQUEST)
+ {
+ /* Fill out the ICMP response packet */
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Type = ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREPLY;
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Code = 0;
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Id = ICMPHeaderIN->Id;
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Sequence = ICMPHeaderIN->Sequence;
+
+ intptr_t DataSize = FrameIN.FrameLength - ((((intptr_t)InDataStart + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)) - (intptr_t)FrameIN.FrameData));
+
+ /* Copy the remaining payload to the response - echo requests should echo back any sent data */
+ memmove(&((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)],
+ &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)],
+ DataSize);
+
+ ICMPHeaderOUT->Checksum = Ethernet_Checksum16(ICMPHeaderOUT, (DataSize + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)));
+
+ /* Return the size of the response so far */
+ return (DataSize + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t));
+ }
+
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..20322ad98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ICMP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ICMP_H_
+#define _ICMP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP ECHO Reply message. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREPLY 0
+
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating a packet destination is unreachable. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_DESTINATIONUNREACHABLE 3
+
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Source Quench message. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_SOURCEQUENCH 4
+
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Redirect message. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_REDIRECTMESSAGE 5
+
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP ECHO Request message. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREQUEST 8
+
+ /** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Time Exceeded message. */
+ #define ICMP_TYPE_TIMEEXCEEDED 11
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for an ICMP message header. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Type; /**< ICMP message type, an \c ICMP_TYPE_* constant */
+ uint8_t Code; /**< ICMP message code, indicating the message value */
+ uint16_t Checksum; /**< Ethernet checksum of the ICMP message */
+ uint16_t Id; /**< Id of the ICMP message */
+ uint16_t Sequence; /**< Sequence number of the ICMP message, to link together message responses */
+ } ICMP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int16_t ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..16f97d057
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Internet Protocol (IP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles IP packets from the
+ * host which typically encapsulate other protocols such as ICMP, UDP and TCP.
+ */
+
+#include "IP.h"
+
+/** Processes an IP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if one is created by a sub-protocol handler.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ * \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's IP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE if no
+ * response was generated, NO_PROCESS if the packet processing was deferred until the
+ * next Ethernet packet handler iteration
+ */
+int16_t IP_ProcessIPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart)
+{
+ DecodeIPHeader(InDataStart);
+
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeaderIN = (IP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeaderOUT = (IP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
+
+ /* Header length is specified in number of longs in the packet header, convert to bytes */
+ uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (IPHeaderIN->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+ int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
+
+ /* Check to ensure the IP packet is addressed to the virtual webserver's IP or the broadcast IP address */
+ if (!(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress, &ServerIPAddress)) &&
+ !(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress, &BroadcastIPAddress)))
+ {
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Pass off the IP payload to the appropriate protocol processing routine */
+ switch (IPHeaderIN->Protocol)
+ {
+ case PROTOCOL_ICMP:
+ RetSize = ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(&((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
+ &((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ case PROTOCOL_TCP:
+ RetSize = TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(InDataStart,
+ &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
+ &((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ case PROTOCOL_UDP:
+ RetSize = UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(InDataStart,
+ &((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
+ &((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if the protocol processing routine has filled out a response */
+ if (RetSize > 0)
+ {
+ /* Fill out the response IP packet header */
+ IPHeaderOUT->TotalLength = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(IP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+ IPHeaderOUT->TypeOfService = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderLength = (sizeof(IP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+ IPHeaderOUT->Version = 4;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Flags = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->FragmentOffset = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Identification = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Protocol = IPHeaderIN->Protocol;
+ IPHeaderOUT->TTL = DEFAULT_TTL;
+ IPHeaderOUT->SourceAddress = IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress;
+ IPHeaderOUT->DestinationAddress = IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress;
+
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = Ethernet_Checksum16(IPHeaderOUT, sizeof(IP_Header_t));
+
+ /* Return the size of the response so far */
+ return (sizeof(IP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+ }
+
+ return RetSize;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d67e1785b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for IP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _IP_H_
+#define _IP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Protocol IP address of the broadcast address. */
+ #define BROADCAST_IP_ADDRESS {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}
+
+ /** Default Time To Live (TTL) value for sent packets, indicating the maximum allowable hops until their destination
+ * is reached.
+ */
+ #define DEFAULT_TTL 128
+
+ /** Performs a comparison between two IP addresses, indicating if they are identical.
+ *
+ * \param[in] IP1 First IP address
+ * \param[in] IP2 Second IP address
+ *
+ * \return True if the addresses match, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ #define IP_COMPARE(IP1, IP2) (memcmp(IP1, IP2, sizeof(IP_Address_t)) == 0)
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define of an IP packet header. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ unsigned HeaderLength : 4; /**< Total length of the packet header, in 4-byte blocks */
+ unsigned Version : 4; /**< IP protocol version */
+ uint8_t TypeOfService; /**< Special service type identifier, indicating delay/throughput/reliability levels */
+ uint16_t TotalLength; /**< Total length of the IP packet, in bytes */
+
+ uint16_t Identification; /**< Identification value for identifying fragmented packets */
+ unsigned FragmentOffset : 13; /**< Offset of this IP fragment */
+ unsigned Flags : 3; /**< Fragment flags, to indicate if a packet is fragmented */
+
+ uint8_t TTL; /**< Maximum allowable number of hops to reach the packet destination */
+ uint8_t Protocol; /**< Encapsulated protocol type */
+ uint16_t HeaderChecksum; /**< Ethernet checksum of the IP header */
+
+ IP_Address_t SourceAddress; /**< Source protocol IP address of the packet */
+ IP_Address_t DestinationAddress; /**< Destination protocol IP address of the packet */
+ } IP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int16_t IP_ProcessIPPacket(void* InDataStart,
+ void* OutDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b297ea76f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/* Protocol decoders for Ethernet, TCP, IP, ICMP and ARP. Each of these routines
+ accepts a header to the appropriate protocol and prints out pertinent information
+ on the packet through the serial port.
+
+ To disable printing of a specific protocol, define the token NO_DECODE_{Protocol}
+ in the project makefile, and pass it to the compiler using the -D switch.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Protocol decoding routines, for the plain-text decoding of Ethernet frames for debugging purposes.
+ * Enabled protocol decoders will print incoming Ethernet frame contents through the USART in a human
+ * readable format.
+ *
+ * Note that the USART is a slow transmission medium, and will slow down packet processing considerably.
+ * Packet decoding routines can be disabled by defining NO_DECODE_{Protocol Name} in the project makefile
+ * and passing it to the compiler via the -D switch.
+ */
+
+#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+/** Decodes an Ethernet frame header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an Ethernet frame header
+ */
+void DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_ETHERNET)
+ Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" ETHERNET\r\n"));
+
+ if (!(MAC_COMPARE(&FrameHeader->Destination, &ServerMACAddress)) &&
+ !(MAC_COMPARE(&FrameHeader->Destination, &BroadcastMACAddress)))
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + MAC Source : %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), FrameHeader->Source.Octets[0],
+ FrameHeader->Source.Octets[1],
+ FrameHeader->Source.Octets[2],
+ FrameHeader->Source.Octets[3],
+ FrameHeader->Source.Octets[4],
+ FrameHeader->Source.Octets[5]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + MAC Dest: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[0],
+ FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[1],
+ FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[2],
+ FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[3],
+ FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[4],
+ FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[5]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Protocol: 0x%04x\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(FrameHeader->EtherType));
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an ARP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an ARP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeARPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_ARP)
+ ARP_Header_t* ARPHeader = (ARP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n ARP\r\n"));
+
+ if (!(IP_COMPARE(&ARPHeader->TPA, &ServerIPAddress)) &&
+ !(MAC_COMPARE(&ARPHeader->THA, &ServerMACAddress)))
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Protocol: %x\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->ProtocolType));
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Operation: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->Operation));
+
+ if (SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->ProtocolType) == ETHERTYPE_IPV4)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + SHA MAC: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[0],
+ ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[1],
+ ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[2],
+ ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[3],
+ ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[4],
+ ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[5]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + SPA IP: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[0],
+ ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[1],
+ ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[2],
+ ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[3]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + THA MAC: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), ARPHeader->THA.Octets[0],
+ ARPHeader->THA.Octets[1],
+ ARPHeader->THA.Octets[2],
+ ARPHeader->THA.Octets[3],
+ ARPHeader->THA.Octets[4],
+ ARPHeader->THA.Octets[5]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + TPA IP: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[0],
+ ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[1],
+ ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[2],
+ ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[3]);
+ }
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an IP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an IP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeIPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_IP)
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeader = (IP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (IPHeader->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n IP\r\n"));
+
+ if (!(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeader->DestinationAddress, &ServerIPAddress)))
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Header Length: %u Bytes\r\n"), HeaderLengthBytes);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Packet Version: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->Version);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Total Length: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(IPHeader->TotalLength));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Protocol: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->Protocol);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + TTL: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->TTL);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + IP Src: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[0],
+ IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[1],
+ IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[2],
+ IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[3]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + IP Dst: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[0],
+ IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[1],
+ IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[2],
+ IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[3]);
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an ICMP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an ICMP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeICMPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_ICMP)
+ ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeader = (ICMP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n ICMP\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Type: %u\r\n"), ICMPHeader->Type);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Code: %u\r\n"), ICMPHeader->Code);
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes a TCP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of a TCP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeTCPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_TCP)
+ TCP_Header_t* TCPHeader = (TCP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (TCPHeader->DataOffset * sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n TCP\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Header Length: %u Bytes\r\n"), HeaderLengthBytes);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Source Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(TCPHeader->SourcePort));
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Destination Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(TCPHeader->DestinationPort));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Sequence Number: %lu\r\n"), SwapEndian_32(TCPHeader->SequenceNumber));
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Acknowledgment Number: %lu\r\n"), SwapEndian_32(TCPHeader->AcknowledgmentNumber));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Flags: 0x%02X\r\n"), TCPHeader->Flags);
+
+ if (TCP_GetPortState(TCPHeader->DestinationPort) == TCP_Port_Closed)
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT LISTENING ON DESTINATION PORT\r\n"));
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an UDP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of a UDP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeUDPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_UDP)
+ UDP_Header_t* UDPHeader = (UDP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n UDP\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Source Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->SourcePort));
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Destination Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->DestinationPort));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + Data Length: %d\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->Length));
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Decodes an DHCP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
+ *
+ * \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of a DHCP packet header
+ */
+void DecodeDHCPHeader(void* InDataStart)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_DECODE_DHCP)
+ uint8_t* DHCPOptions = (InDataStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n DHCP\r\n"));
+
+ while (DHCPOptions[0] != DHCP_OPTION_END)
+ {
+ if (DHCPOptions[0] == DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE)
+ {
+ switch (DHCPOptions[2])
+ {
+ case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER:
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + DISCOVER\r\n"));
+ break;
+ case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST:
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + REQUEST\r\n"));
+ break;
+ case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_RELEASE:
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + RELEASE\r\n"));
+ break;
+ case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DECLINE:
+ printf_P(PSTR(" + DECLINE\r\n"));
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ DHCPOptions += ((DHCPOptions[0] == DHCP_OPTION_PAD) ? 1 : (DHCPOptions[1] + 2));
+ }
+ #endif
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6a7d20195
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ProtocolDecoders.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PROTOCOL_DECODERS_H_
+#define _PROTOCOL_DECODERS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeARPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeIPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeICMPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeTCPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeUDPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+ void DecodeDHCPHeader(void* InDataStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..751f0d9ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.c
@@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * RNDIS command handler functions. This handles RNDIS commands according to
+ * the Microsoft RNDIS specification, creating a USB Ethernet network adapter.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_C
+#include "RNDIS.h"
+
+/** Physical MAC address of the network adapter, which becomes the MAC address of the host for packets sent to the adapter. */
+static const MAC_Address_t PROGMEM AdapterMACAddress = {ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS};
+
+/** Vendor description of the adapter. This is overridden by the INF file required to install the appropriate RNDIS drivers for
+ * the device, but may still be used by the OS in some circumstances.
+ */
+static const char PROGMEM AdapterVendorDescription[] = "LUFA RNDIS Adapter";
+
+/** List of RNDIS OID commands supported by this adapter. */
+static const uint32_t PROGMEM AdapterSupportedOIDList[] =
+ {
+ OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST,
+ OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM,
+ OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS,
+ OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED,
+ OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE,
+ OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE,
+ OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE,
+ OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED,
+ OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE,
+ OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE,
+ OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID,
+ OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION,
+ OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER,
+ OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE,
+ OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS,
+ OID_GEN_XMIT_OK,
+ OID_GEN_RCV_OK,
+ OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR,
+ OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR,
+ OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER,
+ OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS,
+ OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS,
+ OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST,
+ OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE,
+ OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT,
+ OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION,
+ OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS,
+ };
+
+/** Buffer for RNDIS messages (as distinct from Ethernet frames sent through the adapter. This must be big enough to hold the entire
+ * Supported OID list, plus the response header. The buffer is half-duplex, and is written to as it is read to save on SRAM - for this
+ * reason, care must be taken when constructing RNDIS responses that unread data is not overwritten when writing in responses.
+ */
+uint8_t RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList) + sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t)];
+
+/** Pointer to the RNDIS message header at the top of the RNDIS message buffer, for convenience. */
+RNDIS_Message_Header_t* MessageHeader = (RNDIS_Message_Header_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+
+/** Indicates if a RNDIS message response is ready to be sent back to the host. */
+bool ResponseReady = false;
+
+/** Current RNDIS adapter state, a value from the \c RNDIS_States_t enum. */
+uint8_t CurrRNDISState = RNDIS_Uninitialized;
+
+/** Current Ethernet packet filter mask. This is non-zero when the adapter is initialized, or zero when disabled. */
+uint32_t CurrPacketFilter = 0;
+
+
+/** Processes the RNDIS message received by the host and stored in the RNDISMessageBuffer global buffer. If a response is
+ * created, the ResponseReady global is updated so that the response is written back to the host upon request.
+ */
+void ProcessRNDISControlMessage(void)
+{
+ /* Note: Only a single buffer is used for both the received message and its response to save SRAM. Because of
+ this, response bytes should be filled in order so that they do not clobber unread data in the buffer. */
+
+ switch (MessageHeader->MessageType)
+ {
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG:
+ /* Initialize the adapter - return information about the supported RNDIS version and buffer sizes */
+
+ ResponseReady = true;
+
+ RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t* INITIALIZE_Message = (RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+ RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t* INITIALIZE_Response = (RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_CMPLT;
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t);
+ INITIALIZE_Response->RequestId = INITIALIZE_Message->RequestId;
+ INITIALIZE_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MajorVersion = REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR;
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MinorVersion = REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR;
+ INITIALIZE_Response->DeviceFlags = REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTIONLESS;
+ INITIALIZE_Response->Medium = REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3;
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MaxPacketsPerTransfer = 1;
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MaxTransferSize = (sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
+ INITIALIZE_Response->PacketAlignmentFactor = 0;
+ INITIALIZE_Response->AFListOffset = 0;
+ INITIALIZE_Response->AFListSize = 0;
+
+ CurrRNDISState = RNDIS_Initialized;
+
+ break;
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_HALT_MSG:
+ /* Halt the adapter, reset the adapter state - note that no response should be returned when completed */
+
+ ResponseReady = false;
+ MessageHeader->MessageLength = 0;
+
+ CurrRNDISState = RNDIS_Uninitialized;
+
+ break;
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG:
+ /* Request for information about a parameter about the adapter, specified as an OID token */
+
+ ResponseReady = true;
+
+ RNDIS_Query_Message_t* QUERY_Message = (RNDIS_Query_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+ RNDIS_Query_Complete_t* QUERY_Response = (RNDIS_Query_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+ uint32_t Query_Oid = QUERY_Message->Oid;
+
+ void* QueryData = &RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t) +
+ QUERY_Message->InformationBufferOffset];
+ void* ResponseData = &RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t)];
+ uint16_t ResponseSize;
+
+ QUERY_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_CMPLT;
+ QUERY_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t);
+
+ if (ProcessNDISQuery(Query_Oid, QueryData, QUERY_Message->InformationBufferLength,
+ ResponseData, &ResponseSize))
+ {
+ QUERY_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+ QUERY_Response->MessageLength += ResponseSize;
+
+ QUERY_Response->InformationBufferLength = ResponseSize;
+ QUERY_Response->InformationBufferOffset = (sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ QUERY_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+
+ QUERY_Response->InformationBufferLength = 0;
+ QUERY_Response->InformationBufferOffset = 0;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG:
+ /* Request to set a parameter of the adapter, specified as an OID token */
+
+ ResponseReady = true;
+
+ RNDIS_Set_Message_t* SET_Message = (RNDIS_Set_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+ RNDIS_Set_Complete_t* SET_Response = (RNDIS_Set_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+ uint32_t SET_Oid = SET_Message->Oid;
+
+ SET_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_SET_CMPLT;
+ SET_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Complete_t);
+ SET_Response->RequestId = SET_Message->RequestId;
+
+ void* SetData = &RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t) +
+ SET_Message->InformationBufferOffset];
+
+ if (ProcessNDISSet(SET_Oid, SetData, SET_Message->InformationBufferLength))
+ SET_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+ else
+ SET_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+
+ break;
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_MSG:
+ /* Soft reset the adapter */
+
+ ResponseReady = true;
+
+ RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t* RESET_Response = (RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+
+ RESET_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_CMPLT;
+ RESET_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t);
+ RESET_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+ RESET_Response->AddressingReset = 0;
+
+ break;
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG:
+ /* Keep alive message sent to the adapter every 5 seconds when idle to ensure it is still responding */
+
+ ResponseReady = true;
+
+ RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t* KEEPALIVE_Message = (RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+ RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t* KEEPALIVE_Response = (RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
+
+ KEEPALIVE_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_CMPLT;
+ KEEPALIVE_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t);
+ KEEPALIVE_Response->RequestId = KEEPALIVE_Message->RequestId;
+ KEEPALIVE_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Processes RNDIS query commands, retrieving information from the adapter and reporting it back to the host. The requested
+ * parameter is given as an OID value.
+ *
+ * \param[in] OId OId value of the parameter being queried
+ * \param[in] QueryData Pointer to any extra query data being sent by the host to the device inside the RNDIS message buffer
+ * \param[in] QuerySize Size in bytes of the extra query data being sent by the host
+ * \param[out] ResponseData Pointer to the start of the query response inside the RNDIS message buffer
+ * \param[out] ResponseSize Pointer to the size in bytes of the response data being sent to the host
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the query was handled, \c false otherwise
+ */
+static bool ProcessNDISQuery(const uint32_t OId, void* QueryData, uint16_t QuerySize,
+ void* ResponseData, uint16_t* ResponseSize)
+{
+ /* Handler for REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG messages */
+
+ switch (OId)
+ {
+ case OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList);
+
+ /* Copy the list of supported NDIS OID tokens to the response buffer */
+ memcpy_P(ResponseData, AdapterSupportedOIDList, sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList));
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Indicate that the device is a true ethernet link */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 0;
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Always indicate hardware ready */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = NDIS_HardwareStatus_Ready;
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED:
+ case OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Indicate 802.3 (Ethernet) supported by the adapter */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3;
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Vendor ID 0x0xFFFFFF is reserved for vendors who have not purchased a NDIS VID */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 0x00FFFFFF;
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE:
+ case OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE:
+ case OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Indicate that the maximum frame size is the size of the ethernet frame buffer */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX;
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(AdapterVendorDescription);
+
+ /* Copy vendor description string to the response buffer */
+ memcpy_P(ResponseData, AdapterVendorDescription, sizeof(AdapterVendorDescription));
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Always indicate that the adapter is connected to a network */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_CONNECTED;
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Indicate 10Mb/s link speed */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 100000;
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS:
+ case OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(MAC_Address_t);
+
+ /* Copy over the fixed adapter MAC to the response buffer */
+ memcpy_P(ResponseData, &AdapterMACAddress, sizeof(MAC_Address_t));
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Indicate only one multicast address supported */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 1;
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Indicate the current packet filter mask */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CurrPacketFilter;
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_XMIT_OK:
+ case OID_GEN_RCV_OK:
+ case OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR:
+ case OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR:
+ case OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER:
+ case OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT:
+ case OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION:
+ case OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Unused statistic OIDs - always return 0 for each */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 0;
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Indicate maximum overall buffer (Ethernet frame and RNDIS header) the adapter can handle */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = (sizeof(RNDISMessageBuffer) + ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
+
+ return true;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Processes RNDIS set commands, setting adapter parameters to values given by the host. The requested parameter is given
+ * as an OID value.
+ *
+ * \param[in] OId OId value of the parameter being set
+ * \param[in] SetData Pointer to the parameter value in the RNDIS message buffer
+ * \param[in] SetSize Size in bytes of the parameter value being sent by the host
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the set was handled, \c false otherwise
+ */
+static bool ProcessNDISSet(uint32_t OId, void* SetData, uint16_t SetSize)
+{
+ /* Handler for REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG messages */
+
+ switch (OId)
+ {
+ case OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER:
+ /* Save the packet filter mask in case the host queries it again later */
+ CurrPacketFilter = *((uint32_t*)SetData);
+
+ /* Set the RNDIS state to initialized if the packet filter is non-zero */
+ CurrRNDISState = ((CurrPacketFilter) ? RNDIS_Data_Initialized : RNDIS_Data_Initialized);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST:
+ /* Do nothing - throw away the value from the host as it is unused */
+
+ return true;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bb54a905e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for RNDIS.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDIS_H_
+#define _RNDIS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include "../RNDISEthernet.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern uint8_t RNDISMessageBuffer[];
+ extern RNDIS_Message_Header_t* MessageHeader;
+ extern bool ResponseReady;
+ extern uint8_t CurrRNDISState;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void ProcessRNDISControlMessage(void);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_C)
+ static bool ProcessNDISQuery(const uint32_t OId,
+ void* QueryData,
+ uint16_t QuerySize,
+ void* ResponseData,
+ uint16_t* ResponseSize);
+ static bool ProcessNDISSet(const uint32_t OId,
+ void* SetData,
+ uint16_t SetSize);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d7a8e3956
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,631 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles the reliable in-order transmission
+ * and reception of packets to and from devices on a network, to "ports" on the device. It is used in situations where data
+ * delivery must be reliable and correct, e.g. HTTP, TELNET and most other non-streaming protocols.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_TCP_C
+#include "TCP.h"
+
+/** Port state table array. This contains the current status of TCP ports in the device. To save on space, only open ports are
+ * stored - closed ports may be overwritten at any time, and the system will assume any ports not present in the array are closed. This
+ * allows for MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS to be less than the number of ports used by the application if desired.
+ */
+TCP_PortState_t PortStateTable[MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS];
+
+/** Connection state table array. This contains the current status of TCP connections in the device. To save on space, only active
+ * (non-closed) connections are stored - closed connections may be overwritten at any time, and the system will assume any connections
+ * not present in the array are closed.
+ */
+TCP_ConnectionState_t ConnectionStateTable[MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS];
+
+
+/** Task to handle the calling of each registered application's callback function, to process and generate TCP packets at the application
+ * level. If an application produces a response, this task constructs the appropriate Ethernet frame and places it into the Ethernet OUT
+ * buffer for later transmission.
+ */
+void TCP_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Run each application in sequence, to process incoming and generate outgoing packets */
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find the corresponding port entry in the port table */
+ for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Run the application handler for the port */
+ if ((PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port == ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port) &&
+ (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State == TCP_Port_Open))
+ {
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].ApplicationHandler(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry],
+ &ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Bail out early if there is already a frame waiting to be sent in the Ethernet OUT buffer */
+ if (FrameOUT.FrameLength)
+ return;
+
+ /* Send response packets from each application as the TCP packet buffers are filled by the applications */
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* For each completely received packet, pass it along to the listening application */
+ if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT) &&
+ (ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Ready))
+ {
+ Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameOUTHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameOUT.FrameData;
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeaderOUT = (IP_Header_t*)&FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)];
+ TCP_Header_t* TCPHeaderOUT = (TCP_Header_t*)&FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) +
+ sizeof(IP_Header_t)];
+ void* TCPDataOUT = &FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) +
+ sizeof(IP_Header_t) +
+ sizeof(TCP_Header_t)];
+
+ uint16_t PacketSize = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Length;
+
+ /* Fill out the TCP data */
+ TCPHeaderOUT->SourcePort = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->DestinationPort = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->SequenceNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.SequenceNumberOut);
+ TCPHeaderOUT->AcknowledgmentNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.SequenceNumberIn);
+ TCPHeaderOUT->DataOffset = (sizeof(TCP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+ TCPHeaderOUT->WindowSize = SwapEndian_16(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->UrgentPointer = 0;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Reserved = 0;
+
+ memcpy(TCPDataOUT, ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Data, PacketSize);
+
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.SequenceNumberOut += PacketSize;
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum = TCP_Checksum16(TCPHeaderOUT, &ServerIPAddress,
+ &ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress,
+ (sizeof(TCP_Header_t) + PacketSize));
+
+ PacketSize += sizeof(TCP_Header_t);
+
+ /* Fill out the response IP header */
+ IPHeaderOUT->TotalLength = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(IP_Header_t) + PacketSize);
+ IPHeaderOUT->TypeOfService = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderLength = (sizeof(IP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+ IPHeaderOUT->Version = 4;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Flags = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->FragmentOffset = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Identification = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = 0;
+ IPHeaderOUT->Protocol = PROTOCOL_TCP;
+ IPHeaderOUT->TTL = DEFAULT_TTL;
+ IPHeaderOUT->SourceAddress = ServerIPAddress;
+ IPHeaderOUT->DestinationAddress = ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress;
+
+ IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = Ethernet_Checksum16(IPHeaderOUT, sizeof(IP_Header_t));
+
+ PacketSize += sizeof(IP_Header_t);
+
+ /* Fill out the response Ethernet frame header */
+ FrameOUTHeader->Source = ServerMACAddress;
+ FrameOUTHeader->Destination = (MAC_Address_t){{0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}};
+ FrameOUTHeader->EtherType = SwapEndian_16(ETHERTYPE_IPV4);
+
+ PacketSize += sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t);
+
+ /* Set the response length in the buffer and indicate that a response is ready to be sent */
+ FrameOUT.FrameLength = PacketSize;
+
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info.Buffer.Ready = false;
+
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Initializes the TCP protocol handler, clearing the port and connection state tables. This must be called before TCP packets are
+ * processed.
+ */
+void TCP_Init(void)
+{
+ /* Initialize the port state table with all CLOSED entries */
+ for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State = TCP_Port_Closed;
+
+ /* Initialize the connection table with all CLOSED entries */
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State = TCP_Connection_Closed;
+}
+
+/** Sets the state and callback handler of the given port, specified in big endian to the given state.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Port Port whose state and callback function to set, specified in big endian
+ * \param[in] State New state of the port, a value from the \ref TCP_PortStates_t enum
+ * \param[in] Handler Application callback handler for the port
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the port state was set, \c false otherwise (no more space in the port state table)
+ */
+bool TCP_SetPortState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const uint8_t State,
+ void (*Handler)(TCP_ConnectionState_t*, TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t*))
+{
+ /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+ /* Check to see if the port entry is already in the port state table */
+ for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find existing entry for the port in the table, update it if found */
+ if (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port == Port)
+ {
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State = State;
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].ApplicationHandler = Handler;
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Check if trying to open the port -- if so we need to find an unused (closed) entry and replace it */
+ if (State == TCP_Port_Open)
+ {
+ for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find a closed port entry in the table, change it to the given port and state */
+ if (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State == TCP_Port_Closed)
+ {
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port = Port;
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State = State;
+ PortStateTable[PTableEntry].ApplicationHandler = Handler;
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Port not in table and no room to add it, return failure */
+ return false;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Port not in table but trying to close it, so operation successful */
+ return true;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the current state of a given TCP port, specified in big endian.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Port TCP port whose state is to be retrieved, given in big-endian
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref TCP_PortStates_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t TCP_GetPortState(const uint16_t Port)
+{
+ /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+ for (uint8_t PTableEntry = 0; PTableEntry < MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS; PTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find existing entry for the port in the table, return the port status if found */
+ if (PortStateTable[PTableEntry].Port == Port)
+ return PortStateTable[PTableEntry].State;
+ }
+
+ /* Port not in table, assume closed */
+ return TCP_Port_Closed;
+}
+
+/** Sets the connection state of the given port, remote address and remote port to the given TCP connection state. If the
+ * connection exists in the connection state table it is updated, otherwise it is created if possible.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Port TCP port of the connection on the device, specified in big endian
+ * \param[in] RemoteAddress Remote protocol IP address of the connected device
+ * \param[in] RemotePort TCP port of the remote device in the connection, specified in big endian
+ * \param[in] State TCP connection state, a value from the \ref TCP_ConnectionStates_t enum
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the connection was updated or created, \c false otherwise (no more space in the connection state table)
+ */
+bool TCP_SetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort,
+ const uint8_t State)
+{
+ /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find port entry in the table */
+ if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port == Port) &&
+ IP_COMPARE(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress, RemoteAddress) &&
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort == RemotePort)
+ {
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State = State;
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find empty entry in the table */
+ if (ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State == TCP_Connection_Closed)
+ {
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port = Port;
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress = *RemoteAddress;
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort = RemotePort;
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State = State;
+ return true;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the current state of a given TCP connection to a host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Port TCP port on the device in the connection, specified in big endian
+ * \param[in] RemoteAddress Remote protocol IP address of the connected host
+ * \param[in] RemotePort Remote TCP port of the connected host, specified in big endian
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref TCP_ConnectionStates_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t TCP_GetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort)
+{
+ /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find port entry in the table */
+ if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port == Port) &&
+ IP_COMPARE(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress, RemoteAddress) &&
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort == RemotePort)
+
+ {
+ return ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].State;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return TCP_Connection_Closed;
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the connection info structure of a given connection to a host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Port TCP port on the device in the connection, specified in big endian
+ * \param[in] RemoteAddress Remote protocol IP address of the connected host
+ * \param[in] RemotePort Remote TCP port of the connected host, specified in big endian
+ *
+ * \return ConnectionInfo structure of the connection if found, NULL otherwise
+ */
+TCP_ConnectionInfo_t* TCP_GetConnectionInfo(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort)
+{
+ /* Note, Port number should be specified in BIG endian to simplify network code */
+
+ for (uint8_t CSTableEntry = 0; CSTableEntry < MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS; CSTableEntry++)
+ {
+ /* Find port entry in the table */
+ if ((ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Port == Port) &&
+ IP_COMPARE(&ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemoteAddress, RemoteAddress) &&
+ ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].RemotePort == RemotePort)
+ {
+ return &ConnectionStateTable[CSTableEntry].Info;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/** Processes a TCP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if one is created by a application handler.
+ *
+ * \param[in] IPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ * \param[in] TCPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's TCP header
+ * \param[out] TCPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's TCP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE if no
+ * response was generated, NO_PROCESS if the packet processing was deferred until the
+ * next Ethernet packet handler iteration
+ */
+int16_t TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* TCPHeaderInStart,
+ void* TCPHeaderOutStart)
+{
+ IP_Header_t* IPHeaderIN = (IP_Header_t*)IPHeaderInStart;
+ TCP_Header_t* TCPHeaderIN = (TCP_Header_t*)TCPHeaderInStart;
+ TCP_Header_t* TCPHeaderOUT = (TCP_Header_t*)TCPHeaderOutStart;
+
+ TCP_ConnectionInfo_t* ConnectionInfo;
+
+ DecodeTCPHeader(TCPHeaderInStart);
+
+ bool PacketResponse = false;
+
+ /* Check if the destination port is open and allows incoming connections */
+ if (TCP_GetPortState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort) == TCP_Port_Open)
+ {
+ /* Detect SYN from host to start a connection */
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags & TCP_FLAG_SYN)
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Listen);
+
+ /* Detect RST from host to abort existing connection */
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags & TCP_FLAG_RST)
+ {
+ if (TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed))
+ {
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_RST | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+ PacketResponse = true;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Process the incoming TCP packet based on the current connection state for the sender and port */
+ switch (TCP_GetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort))
+ {
+ case TCP_Connection_Listen:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_SYN)
+ {
+ /* SYN connection starts a connection with a peer */
+ if (TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_SYNReceived))
+ {
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_SYN | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn = (SwapEndian_32(TCPHeaderIN->SequenceNumber) + 1);
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut = 0;
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = false;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_RST;
+ }
+
+ PacketResponse = true;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_SYNReceived:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK)
+ {
+ /* ACK during the connection process completes the connection to a peer */
+
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Established);
+
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_Established:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK))
+ {
+ /* FIN ACK when connected to a peer starts the finalization process */
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+ PacketResponse = true;
+
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_CloseWait);
+
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn++;
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+ }
+ else if ((TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK) || (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_ACK | TCP_FLAG_PSH)))
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ /* Check if the buffer is currently in use either by a buffered data to send, or receive */
+ if ((ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse == false) && (ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Ready == false))
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_IN;
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = true;
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the buffer has been claimed by us to read in data from the peer */
+ if ((ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_IN) &&
+ (ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length != TCP_WINDOW_SIZE))
+ {
+ uint16_t IPOffset = (IPHeaderIN->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t));
+ uint16_t TCPOffset = (TCPHeaderIN->DataOffset * sizeof(uint32_t));
+ uint16_t DataLength = (SwapEndian_16(IPHeaderIN->TotalLength) - IPOffset - TCPOffset);
+
+ /* Copy the packet data into the buffer */
+ memcpy(&ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Data[ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length],
+ &((uint8_t*)TCPHeaderInStart)[TCPOffset],
+ DataLength);
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn += DataLength;
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length += DataLength;
+
+ /* Check if the buffer is full or if the PSH flag is set, if so indicate buffer ready */
+ if ((!(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE - ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length)) || (TCPHeaderIN->Flags & TCP_FLAG_PSH))
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = false;
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Ready = true;
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+ PacketResponse = true;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Buffer is currently in use by the application, defer processing of the incoming packet */
+ return NO_PROCESS;
+ }
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_Closing:
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_ACK | TCP_FLAG_FIN);
+ PacketResponse = true;
+
+ ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse = false;
+
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_FINWait1);
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_FINWait1:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK))
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+ PacketResponse = true;
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn++;
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed);
+ }
+ else if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK)
+ {
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_FINWait2);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_FINWait2:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == (TCP_FLAG_FIN | TCP_FLAG_ACK))
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = TCP_FLAG_ACK;
+ PacketResponse = true;
+
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn++;
+ ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut++;
+
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case TCP_Connection_CloseWait:
+ if (TCPHeaderIN->Flags == TCP_FLAG_ACK)
+ {
+ TCP_SetConnectionState(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort, TCP_Connection_Closed);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Port is not open, indicate via a RST/ACK response to the sender */
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Flags = (TCP_FLAG_RST | TCP_FLAG_ACK);
+ PacketResponse = true;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if we need to respond to the sent packet */
+ if (PacketResponse)
+ {
+ ConnectionInfo = TCP_GetConnectionInfo(TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort, &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress,
+ TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->SourcePort = TCPHeaderIN->DestinationPort;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->DestinationPort = TCPHeaderIN->SourcePort;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->SequenceNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberOut);
+ TCPHeaderOUT->AcknowledgmentNumber = SwapEndian_32(ConnectionInfo->SequenceNumberIn);
+ TCPHeaderOUT->DataOffset = (sizeof(TCP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
+
+ if (!(ConnectionInfo->Buffer.InUse))
+ TCPHeaderOUT->WindowSize = SwapEndian_16(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE);
+ else
+ TCPHeaderOUT->WindowSize = SwapEndian_16(TCP_WINDOW_SIZE - ConnectionInfo->Buffer.Length);
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->UrgentPointer = 0;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Reserved = 0;
+
+ TCPHeaderOUT->Checksum = TCP_Checksum16(TCPHeaderOUT, &IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress,
+ &IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress, sizeof(TCP_Header_t));
+
+ return sizeof(TCP_Header_t);
+ }
+
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
+/** Calculates the appropriate TCP checksum, consisting of the addition of the one's compliment of each word,
+ * complimented.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TCPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the packet's outgoing TCP header
+ * \param[in] SourceAddress Source protocol IP address of the outgoing IP header
+ * \param[in] DestinationAddress Destination protocol IP address of the outgoing IP header
+ * \param[in] TCPOutSize Size in bytes of the TCP data header and payload
+ *
+ * \return A 16-bit TCP checksum value
+ */
+static uint16_t TCP_Checksum16(void* TCPHeaderOutStart,
+ const IP_Address_t* SourceAddress,
+ const IP_Address_t* DestinationAddress,
+ uint16_t TCPOutSize)
+{
+ uint32_t Checksum = 0;
+
+ /* TCP/IP checksums are the addition of the one's compliment of each word including the IP pseudo-header,
+ complimented */
+
+ Checksum += ((uint16_t*)SourceAddress)[0];
+ Checksum += ((uint16_t*)SourceAddress)[1];
+ Checksum += ((uint16_t*)DestinationAddress)[0];
+ Checksum += ((uint16_t*)DestinationAddress)[1];
+ Checksum += SwapEndian_16(PROTOCOL_TCP);
+ Checksum += SwapEndian_16(TCPOutSize);
+
+ for (uint16_t CurrWord = 0; CurrWord < (TCPOutSize >> 1); CurrWord++)
+ Checksum += ((uint16_t*)TCPHeaderOutStart)[CurrWord];
+
+ if (TCPOutSize & 0x01)
+ Checksum += (((uint16_t*)TCPHeaderOutStart)[TCPOutSize >> 1] & 0x00FF);
+
+ while (Checksum & 0xFFFF0000)
+ Checksum = ((Checksum & 0xFFFF) + (Checksum >> 16));
+
+ return ~Checksum;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0d96430ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for TCP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TCP_H_
+#define _TCP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Maximum number of TCP ports which can be open at the one time. */
+ #define MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS 1
+
+ /** Maximum number of TCP connections which can be sustained at the one time. */
+ #define MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS 3
+
+ /** TCP window size, giving the maximum number of bytes which can be buffered at the one time. */
+ #define TCP_WINDOW_SIZE 512
+
+ /** Port number for HTTP transmissions. */
+ #define TCP_PORT_HTTP SwapEndian_16(80)
+
+ /** Data direction indicator for a TCP application buffer, indicating data from host-to-device. */
+ #define TCP_PACKETDIR_IN false
+
+ /** Data direction indicator for a TCP application buffer, indicating data from device-to-host. */
+ #define TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT true
+
+ /** Congestion Window Reduced TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_CWR (1 << 7)
+
+ /** Explicit Congestion Notification TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_ECE (1 << 6)
+
+ /** Urgent TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_URG (1 << 5)
+
+ /** Data Acknowledge TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_ACK (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Data Push TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_PSH (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Reset TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_RST (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Synchronize TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_SYN (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Connection Finalize TCP flag mask. */
+ #define TCP_FLAG_FIN (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Application macro: Determines if the given application buffer contains a packet received from the host
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to check
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the buffer contains a packet from the host, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_HAS_RECEIVED_PACKET(Buffer) (Buffer->Ready && (Buffer->Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_IN))
+
+ /** Application macro: Indicates if the application buffer is currently locked by the application for device-to-host transfers.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to check
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the buffer has been captured by the application for device-to-host transmissions, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_HAVE_CAPTURED_BUFFER(Buffer) (!(Buffer->Ready) && Buffer->InUse && \
+ (Buffer->Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT))
+
+ /** Application macro: Indicates if the application can lock the buffer for multiple continued device-to-host transmissions.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to check
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the buffer may be captured by the application for device-to-host transmissions, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_CAN_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer) Buffer->InUse
+
+ /** Application macro: Captures the application buffer, locking it for device-to-host transmissions only. This should be
+ * performed when the application needs to transmit several packets worth of data in succession with no interruptions from the host.
+ *
+ * \pre The application must check that the buffer can be locked first using TCP_APP_CAN_CAPTURE_BUFFER().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to lock
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer) do { Buffer->Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT; Buffer->InUse = true; } while (0)
+
+ /** Application macro: Releases a captured application buffer, allowing for host-to-device packets to be received.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to release
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_RELEASE_BUFFER(Buffer) do { Buffer->InUse = false; } while (0)
+
+ /** Application macro: Sends the contents of the given application buffer to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to send
+ * \param[in] Len Length of data contained in the buffer
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, Len) do { Buffer->Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT; Buffer->Length = Len; Buffer->Ready = true; } while (0)
+
+ /** Application macro: Clears the application buffer, ready for a packet to be written to it.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to clear
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_CLEAR_BUFFER(Buffer) do { Buffer->Ready = false; Buffer->Length = 0; } while (0)
+
+ /** Application macro: Closes an open connection to a host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Connection Open TCP connection to close
+ */
+ #define TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(Connection) do { Connection->State = TCP_Connection_Closing; } while (0)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for possible TCP port states. */
+ enum TCP_PortStates_t
+ {
+ TCP_Port_Closed = 0, /**< TCP port closed, no connections to a host may be made on this port. */
+ TCP_Port_Open = 1, /**< TCP port open, connections to a host may be made on this port. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for possible TCP connection states. */
+ enum TCP_ConnectionStates_t
+ {
+ TCP_Connection_Listen = 0, /**< Listening for a connection from a host */
+ TCP_Connection_SYNSent = 1, /**< Unused */
+ TCP_Connection_SYNReceived = 2, /**< SYN received, waiting for ACK */
+ TCP_Connection_Established = 3, /**< Connection established in both directions */
+ TCP_Connection_FINWait1 = 4, /**< Closing, waiting for ACK */
+ TCP_Connection_FINWait2 = 5, /**< Closing, waiting for FIN ACK */
+ TCP_Connection_CloseWait = 6, /**< Closing, waiting for ACK */
+ TCP_Connection_Closing = 7, /**< Unused */
+ TCP_Connection_LastACK = 8, /**< Unused */
+ TCP_Connection_TimeWait = 9, /**< Unused */
+ TCP_Connection_Closed = 10, /**< Connection closed in both directions */
+ };
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a TCP connection buffer structure, including size, data and direction. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t Length; /**< Length of data in the TCP application buffer */
+ uint8_t Data[TCP_WINDOW_SIZE]; /**< TCP application data buffer */
+ bool Direction; /**< Buffer transmission direction, either TCP_PACKETDIR_IN or TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT */
+ bool Ready; /**< If data from host, indicates buffer ready to be read, otherwise indicates
+ * buffer ready to be sent to the host
+ */
+ bool InUse; /**< Indicates if the buffer is locked to to the current direction, and cannot be changed */
+ } TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t;
+
+ /** Type define for a TCP connection information structure. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t SequenceNumberIn; /**< Current TCP sequence number for host-to-device */
+ uint32_t SequenceNumberOut; /**< Current TCP sequence number for device-to-host */
+ TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t Buffer; /**< Connection application data buffer */
+ } TCP_ConnectionInfo_t;
+
+ /** Type define for a complete TCP connection state. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t Port; /**< Connection port number on the device */
+ uint16_t RemotePort; /**< Connection port number on the host */
+ IP_Address_t RemoteAddress; /**< Connection protocol IP address of the host */
+ TCP_ConnectionInfo_t Info; /**< Connection information, including application buffer */
+ uint8_t State; /**< Current connection state, a value from the \ref TCP_ConnectionStates_t enum */
+ } TCP_ConnectionState_t;
+
+ /** Type define for a TCP port state. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t Port; /**< TCP port number on the device */
+ uint8_t State; /**< Current port state, a value from the \ref TCP_PortStates_t enum */
+ void (*ApplicationHandler) (TCP_ConnectionState_t* ConnectionState,
+ TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t* Buffer); /**< Port application handler */
+ } TCP_PortState_t;
+
+ /** Type define for a TCP packet header. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t SourcePort; /**< Source port of the TCP packet */
+ uint16_t DestinationPort; /**< Destination port of the TCP packet */
+
+ uint32_t SequenceNumber; /**< Data sequence number of the packet */
+ uint32_t AcknowledgmentNumber; /**< Data acknowledgment number of the packet */
+
+ unsigned Reserved : 4; /**< Reserved, must be all 0 */
+ unsigned DataOffset : 4; /**< Offset of the data from the start of the header, in 4 byte chunks */
+ uint8_t Flags; /**< TCP packet flags */
+ uint16_t WindowSize; /**< Current data window size (bytes remaining in reception buffer) */
+
+ uint16_t Checksum; /**< TCP checksum */
+ uint16_t UrgentPointer; /**< Urgent data pointer */
+ } TCP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void TCP_Init(void);
+ void TCP_Task(void);
+ bool TCP_SetPortState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const uint8_t State,
+ void (*Handler)(TCP_ConnectionState_t*, TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t*));
+ uint8_t TCP_GetPortState(const uint16_t Port);
+ bool TCP_SetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort,
+ const uint8_t State);
+ uint8_t TCP_GetConnectionState(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort);
+ TCP_ConnectionInfo_t* TCP_GetConnectionInfo(const uint16_t Port,
+ const IP_Address_t* RemoteAddress,
+ const uint16_t RemotePort);
+ int16_t TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* TCPHeaderInStart,
+ void* TCPHeaderOutStart);
+
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_TCP_C)
+ static uint16_t TCP_Checksum16(void* TCPHeaderOutStart,
+ const IP_Address_t* SourceAddress,
+ const IP_Address_t* DestinationAddress,
+ uint16_t TCPOutSize);
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..95911fc5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles high throughput, low
+ * reliability packets which are typically used to encapsulate streaming data.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_UDP_C
+#include "UDP.h"
+
+/** Processes a UDP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
+ * to the output Ethernet frame if a sub-protocol handler has created a response packet.
+ *
+ * \param[in] IPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
+ * \param[in] UDPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's UDP header
+ * \param[out] UDPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's UDP header
+ *
+ * \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
+ */
+int16_t UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* UDPHeaderInStart,
+ void* UDPHeaderOutStart)
+{
+ UDP_Header_t* UDPHeaderIN = (UDP_Header_t*)UDPHeaderInStart;
+ UDP_Header_t* UDPHeaderOUT = (UDP_Header_t*)UDPHeaderOutStart;
+
+ int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
+
+ DecodeUDPHeader(UDPHeaderInStart);
+
+ switch (SwapEndian_16(UDPHeaderIN->DestinationPort))
+ {
+ case UDP_PORT_DHCP_REQUEST:
+ RetSize = DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(IPHeaderInStart,
+ &((uint8_t*)UDPHeaderInStart)[sizeof(UDP_Header_t)],
+ &((uint8_t*)UDPHeaderOutStart)[sizeof(UDP_Header_t)]);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if the protocol processing routine has filled out a response */
+ if (RetSize > 0)
+ {
+ /* Fill out the response UDP packet header */
+ UDPHeaderOUT->SourcePort = UDPHeaderIN->DestinationPort;
+ UDPHeaderOUT->DestinationPort = UDPHeaderIN->SourcePort;
+ UDPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
+ UDPHeaderOUT->Length = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(UDP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+
+ /* Return the size of the response so far */
+ return (sizeof(UDP_Header_t) + RetSize);
+ }
+
+ return NO_RESPONSE;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ec191c4cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for UDP.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UDP_H_
+#define _UDP_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ #include "EthernetProtocols.h"
+ #include "Ethernet.h"
+ #include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
+ #include "DHCP.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Source UDP port for a DHCP request. */
+ #define UDP_PORT_DHCP_REQUEST 67
+
+ /** Destination UDP port for a DHCP reply. */
+ #define UDP_PORT_DHCP_REPLY 68
+
+ /** Source UDP port for a DNS request/response. */
+ #define UDP_PORT_DNS 53
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a UDP packet header. */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t SourcePort; /**< Packet source port */
+ uint16_t DestinationPort; /**< Packet destination port */
+ uint16_t Length; /**< Total packet length, in bytes */
+ uint16_t Checksum; /**< Optional UDP packet checksum */
+ } UDP_Header_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int16_t UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart,
+ void* UDPHeaderInStart,
+ void* UDPHeaderOutStart);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..925973c7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.c
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Simple webserver application for demonstrating the RNDIS demo and TCP/IP stack. This
+ * application will serve up a static HTTP webpage when requested by the host.
+ */
+
+#include "Webserver.h"
+
+/** HTTP server response header, for transmission before the page contents. This indicates to the host that a page exists at the
+ * given location, and gives extra connection information.
+ */
+const char PROGMEM HTTP200Header[] = "HTTP/1.1 200 OK\r\n"
+ "Server: LUFA RNDIS\r\n"
+ "Content-type: text/html\r\n"
+ "Connection: close\r\n\r\n";
+
+/** HTTP server response header, for transmission before a resource not found error. This indicates to the host that the given
+ * given URL is invalid, and gives extra error information.
+ */
+const char PROGMEM HTTP404Header[] = "HTTP/1.1 404 Not Found\r\n"
+ "Server: LUFA RNDIS\r\n"
+ "Connection: close\r\n\r\n";
+
+/** HTTP page to serve to the host when a HTTP request is made. This page is too long for a single response, thus it is automatically
+ * broken up into smaller blocks and sent as a series of packets each time the webserver application callback is run.
+ */
+const char PROGMEM HTTPPage[] =
+ "<html>"
+ " <head>"
+ " <title>"
+ " LUFA Webserver Demo"
+ " </title>"
+ " </head>"
+ " <body>"
+ " <h1>Hello from your USB AVR!</h1>"
+ " <p>"
+ " Hello! Welcome to the LUFA RNDIS Demo Webserver test page, running on your USB AVR via the LUFA library. This demonstrates the HTTP webserver, TCP/IP stack and RNDIS demo all running atop the LUFA USB stack."
+ " <br /><br />"
+ " <small>Project Information: <a href=\"http://www.lufa-lib.org\">http://www.lufa-lib.org</a>.</small>"
+ " <hr />"
+ " <i>LUFA Version: </i>" LUFA_VERSION_STRING
+ " </p>"
+ " </body>"
+ "</html>";
+
+
+/** Initializes the Webserver application, opening the appropriate HTTP port in the TCP handler and registering the application
+ * callback routine for packets sent to the HTTP protocol port.
+ */
+void Webserver_Init(void)
+{
+ /* Open the HTTP port in the TCP protocol so that HTTP connections to the device can be established */
+ TCP_SetPortState(TCP_PORT_HTTP, TCP_Port_Open, Webserver_ApplicationCallback);
+}
+
+/** Indicates if a given request equals the given HTTP command.
+ *
+ * \param[in] RequestHeader HTTP request made by the host
+ * \param[in] Command HTTP command to compare the request to
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the command matches the request, \c false otherwise
+ */
+static bool IsHTTPCommand(uint8_t* RequestHeader,
+ char* Command)
+{
+ /* Returns true if the non null terminated string in RequestHeader matches the null terminated string Command */
+ return (strncmp((char*)RequestHeader, Command, strlen(Command)) == 0);
+}
+
+/** Application callback routine, executed each time the TCP processing task runs. This callback determines what request
+ * has been made (if any), and serves up appropriate responses.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ConnectionState Pointer to a TCP Connection State structure giving connection information
+ * \param[in,out] Buffer Pointer to the application's send/receive packet buffer
+ */
+void Webserver_ApplicationCallback(TCP_ConnectionState_t* const ConnectionState,
+ TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+{
+ char* BufferDataStr = (char*)Buffer->Data;
+ static uint8_t PageBlock = 0;
+
+ /* Check to see if a packet has been received on the HTTP port from a remote host */
+ if (TCP_APP_HAS_RECEIVED_PACKET(Buffer))
+ {
+ if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "GET"))
+ {
+ if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "GET / "))
+ {
+ PageBlock = 0;
+
+ /* Copy the HTTP 200 response header into the packet buffer */
+ strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP200Header);
+
+ /* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+
+ /* Lock the buffer to Device->Host transmissions only while we send the page contents */
+ TCP_APP_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Copy the HTTP 404 response header into the packet buffer */
+ strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP404Header);
+
+ /* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+
+ /* All data sent, close the connection */
+ TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "HEAD"))
+ {
+ if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "HEAD / "))
+ {
+ /* Copy the HTTP response header into the packet buffer */
+ strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP200Header);
+
+ /* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Copy the HTTP response header into the packet buffer */
+ strcpy_P(BufferDataStr, HTTP404Header);
+
+ /* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, strlen(BufferDataStr));
+ }
+
+ /* All data sent, close the connection */
+ TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+ }
+ else if (IsHTTPCommand(Buffer->Data, "TRACE"))
+ {
+ /* Echo the host's query back to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, Buffer->Length);
+
+ /* All data sent, close the connection */
+ TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Unknown request, just clear the buffer (drop the packet) */
+ TCP_APP_CLEAR_BUFFER(Buffer);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (TCP_APP_HAVE_CAPTURED_BUFFER(Buffer))
+ {
+ uint16_t RemLength = strlen_P(&HTTPPage[PageBlock * HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE]);
+ uint16_t Length;
+
+ /* Determine the length of the loaded block */
+ Length = MIN(RemLength, HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+
+ /* Copy the next buffer sized block of the page to the packet buffer */
+ strncpy_P(BufferDataStr, &HTTPPage[PageBlock * HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE], Length);
+
+ /* Send the buffer contents to the host */
+ TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, Length);
+
+ /* Check to see if the entire page has been sent */
+ if (PageBlock++ == (sizeof(HTTPPage) / HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE))
+ {
+ /* Unlock the buffer so that the host can fill it with future packets */
+ TCP_APP_RELEASE_BUFFER(Buffer);
+
+ /* Close the connection to the host */
+ TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(ConnectionState);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8307d46da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Webserver.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Webserver.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _WEBSERVER_H_
+#define _WEBSERVER_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Version.h>
+
+ #include "TCP.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Maximum size of a HTTP response per transmission */
+ #define HTTP_REPLY_BLOCK_SIZE 128
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void Webserver_Init(void);
+ void Webserver_ApplicationCallback(TCP_ConnectionState_t* const ConnectionState,
+ TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t* const Buffer);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f25c4754e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.c
@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the RNDISEthernet demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "RNDISEthernet.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ /* Webserver Initialization */
+ TCP_Init();
+ Webserver_Init();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ Ethernet_Task();
+ TCP_Task();
+ RNDIS_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs and stops all the relevant tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the RNDIS device endpoints and starts the relevant tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup RNDIS Data Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Process RNDIS class commands */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case RNDIS_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Read in the RNDIS message into the message buffer */
+ Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(RNDISMessageBuffer, USB_ControlRequest.wLength);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Process the RNDIS message */
+ ProcessRNDISControlMessage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case RNDIS_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ /* Check if a response to the last message is ready */
+ if (!(MessageHeader->MessageLength))
+ {
+ /* Set the response to a single 0x00 byte to indicate that no response is ready */
+ RNDISMessageBuffer[0] = 0;
+ MessageHeader->MessageLength = 1;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the message response data to the endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(RNDISMessageBuffer, MessageHeader->MessageLength);
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Reset the message header once again after transmission */
+ MessageHeader->MessageLength = 0;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Task to manage the sending and receiving of encapsulated RNDIS data and notifications. This removes the RNDIS
+ * wrapper from received Ethernet frames and places them in the FrameIN global buffer, or adds the RNDIS wrapper
+ * to a frame in the FrameOUT global before sending the buffer contents to the host.
+ */
+void RNDIS_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Select the notification endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if a message response is ready for the host */
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady() && ResponseReady)
+ {
+ USB_Request_Header_t Notification = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = RNDIS_NOTIF_ResponseAvailable,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ /* Indicate that a message response is ready for the host */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Notification, sizeof(Notification), NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Indicate a response is no longer ready */
+ ResponseReady = false;
+ }
+
+ /* Don't process the data endpoints until the system is in the data initialized state, and the buffer is free */
+ if ((CurrRNDISState == RNDIS_Data_Initialized) && !(MessageHeader->MessageLength))
+ {
+ /* Create a new packet header for reading/writing */
+ RNDIS_Packet_Message_t RNDISPacketHeader;
+
+ /* Select the data OUT endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if the data OUT endpoint contains data, and that the IN buffer is empty */
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived() && !(FrameIN.FrameLength))
+ {
+ /* Read in the packet message header */
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&RNDISPacketHeader, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t), NULL);
+
+ /* Stall the request if the data is too large */
+ if (RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength > ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX)
+ {
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Read in the Ethernet frame into the buffer */
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(FrameIN.FrameData, RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength, NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Store the size of the Ethernet frame */
+ FrameIN.FrameLength = RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength;
+ }
+
+ /* Select the data IN endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Check if the data IN endpoint is ready for more data, and that the IN buffer is full */
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady() && FrameOUT.FrameLength)
+ {
+ /* Clear the packet header with all 0s so that the relevant fields can be filled */
+ memset(&RNDISPacketHeader, 0, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t));
+
+ /* Construct the required packet header fields in the buffer */
+ RNDISPacketHeader.MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MSG;
+ RNDISPacketHeader.MessageLength = (sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + FrameOUT.FrameLength);
+ RNDISPacketHeader.DataOffset = (sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
+ RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength = FrameOUT.FrameLength;
+
+ /* Send the packet header to the host */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&RNDISPacketHeader, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t), NULL);
+
+ /* Send the Ethernet frame data to the host */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(FrameOUT.FrameData, RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength, NULL);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Indicate Ethernet OUT buffer no longer full */
+ FrameOUT.FrameLength = 0;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Ethernet frame processing task. This task checks to see if a frame has been received, and if so hands off the processing
+ * of the frame to the Ethernet processing routines.
+ */
+void Ethernet_Task(void)
+{
+ /* Task for Ethernet processing. Incoming ethernet frames are loaded into the FrameIN structure, and
+ outgoing frames should be loaded into the FrameOUT structure. Both structures can only hold a single
+ Ethernet frame at a time, so the FrameInBuffer bool is used to indicate when the buffers contain data. */
+
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Check if a frame has been written to the IN frame buffer */
+ if (FrameIN.FrameLength)
+ {
+ /* Indicate packet processing started */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ /* Process the ethernet frame - replace this with your own Ethernet handler code as desired */
+ Ethernet_ProcessPacket();
+
+ /* Indicate packet processing complete */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..90fbae335
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for RNDISEthernet.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDISETHERNET_H_
+#define _RNDISETHERNET_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include "Lib/RNDIS.h"
+ #include "Lib/Ethernet.h"
+ #include "Lib/TCP.h"
+ #include "Lib/ARP.h"
+ #include "Lib/Webserver.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void RNDIS_Task(void);
+ void Ethernet_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..496ab07a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/RNDISEthernet.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage RNDIS Class Ethernet Demo (with Webserver/Telnet)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Remote NDIS (Microsoft Proprietary CDC Class Networking Standard)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>Microsoft RNDIS Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Remote Network Driver Interface demonstration application.
+ * This gives a simple reference application for implementing
+ * a CDC RNDIS device acting as a simple network interface for
+ * ethernet packet exchange. RNDIS is a proprietary Microsoft
+ * standard; this demo will only work on Windows 2000 (manually
+ * patched with the Microsoft RNDIS hotfix) and above (with no
+ * manual patches), or on the latest Linux kernels.
+ *
+ * Before running, you will need to install the INF file that
+ * is located in the RNDISEthernet project directory. This will
+ * enable Windows to use its inbuilt RNDIS drivers, negating the
+ * need for special Windows drivers for the device. To install,
+ * right-click the .INF file and choose the Install option. If
+ * Windows 2000 is used, the Microsoft INF file in the hotfix
+ * will need to be altered to use the VID/PID of the demo and
+ * then chosen instead of the LUFA RNDIS INF file when prompted.
+ *
+ * When enumerated, this demo will install as a new network
+ * adapter which ethernet packets can be sent to and received
+ * from. Running on top of the adapter is a very simple TCP/IP
+ * stack with a HTTP webserver and TELNET host which can be
+ * accessed through a web browser at IP address 10.0.0.2:80 or
+ * through a TELNET client at 10.0.0.2:25. This device also supports
+ * ping echos via the ICMP protocol.
+ *
+ * \note The TCP/IP stack in this demo has a number of limitations
+ * and should serve as an example only - it is not fully featured nor
+ * compliant to the TCP/IP specification. For complete projects, it is
+ * recommended that it be replaced with an external open source TCP/IP
+ * stack that is feature complete, such as the uIP stack.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Configures the IP address given to the client (PC) via the DHCP server.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>SERVER_IP_ADDRESS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Configures the IP address of the virtual server.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Configures the MAC address of the RNDIS adapter on the host (PC) side.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Configures the MAC address of the virtual server on the network.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_ETHERNET</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received Ethernet headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_ARP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received ARP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_IP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received IP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_ICMP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received ICMP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_TCP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received TCP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_UDP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received UDP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>NO_DECODE_DHCP</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, received DHCP headers will not be decoded and printed to the device serial port.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2cba10c9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="RNDIS Ethernet Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.rndis.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.rndis"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="RNDIS Ethernet Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.rndis.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.rndis"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.rndis" caption="RNDIS Ethernet Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Microsoft RNDIS Ethernet networking device demo, implementing a basic HTTP webserver. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="RNDIS Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="RNDISEthernet.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="RNDISEthernet.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/ARP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/DHCP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/Ethernet.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/ICMP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/IP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/RNDIS.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/TCP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/UDP.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/Webserver.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="RNDISEthernet.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/ARP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/DHCP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/Ethernet.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/ICMP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/IP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/RNDIS.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/TCP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/UDP.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/Webserver.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/EthernetProtocols.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9147230ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - RNDIS Ethernet Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..32e881888
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = RNDISEthernet
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c Lib/Ethernet.c Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c Lib/RNDIS.c Lib/ICMP.c Lib/TCP.c Lib/UDP.c \
+ Lib/DHCP.c Lib/ARP.c Lib/IP.c Lib/Webserver.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8d282325e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+ #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX 4
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..314151226
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2044,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,1),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 2,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .CDC_CCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Header =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
+
+ .CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_ACM =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
+
+ .Capabilities = 0x06,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_Functional_Union =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
+ .Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
+
+ .MasterInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI,
+ .SlaveInterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ },
+
+ .CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DCI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 2,
+
+ .Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
+ .SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
+ .Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ },
+
+ .CDC_DataInEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA CDC Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d0a17a18e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
+ #define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // CDC Control Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
+ USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
+
+ // CDC Data Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_CCI = 0, /**< CDC CCI interface descriptor ID */
+ INTERFACE_ID_CDC_DCI = 1, /**< CDC DCI interface descriptor ID */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..21d2d12b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/LUFA VirtualSerial.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+;************************************************************
+; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+;************************************************************
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA VirtualSerial.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port" \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cdd358571
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.c
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the VirtualSerial demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
+ * is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "VirtualSerial.h"
+
+/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the virtual serial port. While this demo does not use
+ * the physical USART and thus does not use these settings, they must still be retained and returned to the host
+ * upon request or the host will assume the device is non-functional.
+ *
+ * These values are set by the host via a class-specific request, however they are not required to be used accurately.
+ * It is possible to completely ignore these value or use other settings as the host is completely unaware of the physical
+ * serial link characteristics and instead sends and receives data in endpoint streams.
+ */
+static CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding = { .BaudRateBPS = 0,
+ .CharFormat = CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit,
+ .ParityType = CDC_PARITY_None,
+ .DataBits = 8 };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ CDC_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Joystick_Init();
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB enumerating */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
+ * the status LEDs and stops the USB management and CDC management tasks.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ /* Indicate USB not ready */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
+ * of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the CDC management task started.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ bool ConfigSuccess = true;
+
+ /* Setup CDC Data Endpoints */
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+ ConfigSuccess &= Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR, EP_TYPE_BULK, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE, 1);
+
+ /* Reset line encoding baud rate so that the host knows to send new values */
+ LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS = 0;
+
+ /* Indicate endpoint configuration success or failure */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ConfigSuccess ? LEDMASK_USB_READY : LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_ControlRequest event. This is used to catch and process control requests sent to
+ * the device from the USB host before passing along unhandled control requests to the library for processing
+ * internally.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ /* Process CDC specific control requests */
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case CDC_REQ_GetLineEncoding:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Write the line coding data to the control endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&LineEncoding, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ /* Read the line coding data in from the host into the global struct */
+ Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(&LineEncoding, sizeof(CDC_LineEncoding_t));
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ /* NOTE: Here you can read in the line state mask from the host, to get the current state of the output handshake
+ lines. The mask is read in from the wValue parameter in USB_ControlRequest, and can be masked against the
+ CONTROL_LINE_OUT_* masks to determine the RTS and DTR line states using the following code:
+ */
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Function to manage CDC data transmission and reception to and from the host. */
+void CDC_Task(void)
+{
+ char* ReportString = NULL;
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ static bool ActionSent = false;
+
+ /* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Determine if a joystick action has occurred */
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n";
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n";
+ else
+ ActionSent = false;
+
+ /* Flag management - Only allow one string to be sent per action */
+ if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false) && LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS)
+ {
+ ActionSent = true;
+
+ /* Select the Serial Tx Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_TX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Write the String to the Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReportString, strlen(ReportString), NULL);
+
+ /* Remember if the packet to send completely fills the endpoint */
+ bool IsFull = (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE);
+
+ /* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ /* If the last packet filled the endpoint, send an empty packet to release the buffer on
+ * the receiver (otherwise all data will be cached until a non-full packet is received) */
+ if (IsFull)
+ {
+ /* Wait until the endpoint is ready for another packet */
+ Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
+
+ /* Send an empty packet to ensure that the host does not buffer data sent to it */
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Select the Serial Rx Endpoint */
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC_RX_EPADDR);
+
+ /* Throw away any received data from the host */
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bdfc9f03f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for VirtualSerial.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+#define _VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void CDC_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..61b665674
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/VirtualSerial.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Communications Device Class (Virtual Serial Port) Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ * \li Series 6 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx6)
+ * \li Series 4 USB AVRs (ATMEGAxxU4)
+ * \li Series 2 USB AVRs (AT90USBxx2, ATMEGAxxU2)
+ * \li Series AU XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxAxU)
+ * \li Series B XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxBxU)
+ * \li Series C XMEGA AVRs (ATXMEGAxxxCxU)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Communications Device Class demonstration application.
+ * This gives a simple reference application for implementing
+ * a CDC device acting as a virtual serial port. Joystick
+ * actions are transmitted to the host as strings. The device
+ * does not respond to serial data sent from the host.
+ *
+ * After running this demo for the first time on a new computer,
+ * you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo
+ * project's directory as the device's driver when running under
+ * Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
+ * negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
+ * Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
+ * CDC-ACM drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1eb328b51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Virtual Serial CDC Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.cdc.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="Virtual Serial CDC Device Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.cdc.example.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega128a1u"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.device.lowlevel.cdc" caption="Virtual Serial CDC Device Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Virtual Serial device demo, implementing a virtual serial channel between the host PC and the device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="VirtualSerial.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="LUFA VirtualSerial.inf"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="VirtualSerial.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="VirtualSerial.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0d0ae156c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Virtual Serial Device Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a7bada895
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/VirtualSerial/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = VirtualSerial
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1450df5e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/LowLevel/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Device Demos. Call with "make all" to
+# rebuild all Device demos.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */)
+
+# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad
+# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if
+# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails.
+ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10)
+ $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED)
+endif
+
+# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory
+ifeq ($(OBJDIR),)
+ # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build
+ ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean all
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+
+ # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build
+ ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+endif
+
+%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
+ @echo . > /dev/null
+
+$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES):
+ @$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+
+.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3325e97d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Device/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Class Driver and Low Level Demos. Call with
+# "make all" to rebuild all demos of both types.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+all:
+
+%:
+ $(MAKE) -C ClassDriver $@
+ $(MAKE) -C LowLevel $@
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..db1d85b24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+ #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+ #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+ #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bcd5b5872
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ * USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ * descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ * the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
+{
+ /* Use the HID class driver's standard Mouse report.
+ * Min X/Y Axis values: -1
+ * Max X/Y Axis values: 1
+ * Min physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution): -1
+ * Max physical X/Y Axis values (used to determine resolution): 1
+ * Buttons: 3
+ * Absolute screen coordinates: false
+ */
+ HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE(-1, 1, -1, 1, 3, false)
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ * device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ * number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ * process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(1,1,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x03EB,
+ .ProductID = 0x2041,
+ .ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = STRING_ID_Manufacturer,
+ .ProductStrIndex = STRING_ID_Product,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 1,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+
+ .HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+ .AlternateSetting = 0x00,
+
+ .TotalEndpoints = 1,
+
+ .Class = HID_CSCP_HIDClass,
+ .SubClass = HID_CSCP_BootSubclass,
+ .Protocol = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+
+ .InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ },
+
+ .HID_MouseHID =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = HID_DTYPE_HID},
+
+ .HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(1,1,1),
+ .CountryCode = 0x00,
+ .TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+ .HIDReportType = HID_DTYPE_Report,
+ .HIDReportLength = sizeof(MouseReport)
+ },
+
+ .HID_ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+ .EndpointAddress = MOUSE_EPADDR,
+ .Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+ .EndpointSize = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
+ .PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
+ }
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(LANGUAGE_ID_ENG);
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"Dean Camera");
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString = USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(L"LUFA Mouse Demo");
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case STRING_ID_Language:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Manufacturer:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case STRING_ID_Product:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_HID:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_MouseHID;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+ break;
+ case HID_DTYPE_Report:
+ Address = &MouseReport;
+ Size = sizeof(MouseReport);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7ba3608e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+
+ // Mouse HID Interface
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t HID_MouseHID;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+ /** Enum for the device interface descriptor IDs within the device. Each interface descriptor
+ * should have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the
+ * interface from other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum InterfaceDescriptors_t
+ {
+ INTERFACE_ID_Mouse = 0, /**< Mouse interface descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the device string descriptor IDs within the device. Each string descriptor should
+ * have a unique ID index associated with it, which can be used to refer to the string from
+ * other descriptors.
+ */
+ enum StringDescriptors_t
+ {
+ STRING_ID_Language = 0, /**< Supported Languages string descriptor ID (must be zero) */
+ STRING_ID_Manufacturer = 1, /**< Manufacturer string ID */
+ STRING_ID_Product = 2, /**< Product string ID */
+ };
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint address of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define MOUSE_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+ #define MOUSE_EPSIZE 8
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/DeviceFunctions.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/DeviceFunctions.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e81cd43ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/DeviceFunctions.c
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Device Mode USB Mouse functionality for the MouseHostDevice demo. This file contains the Device mode
+ * USB Mouse related code of the demo and is responsible for all the Device mode Mouse functionality.
+ */
+
+#include "DeviceFunctions.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Mouse Device HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+static uint8_t PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t)];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Mouse_HID_Device_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .InterfaceNumber = INTERFACE_ID_Mouse,
+ .ReportINEndpoint =
+ {
+ .Address = MOUSE_EPADDR,
+ .Size = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PrevReportINBuffer = PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer,
+ .PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB WakeUp event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Suspend event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+
+ if (!(HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Mouse_HID_Device_Interface)))
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+
+ USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Mouse_HID_Device_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
+{
+ HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Mouse_HID_Device_Interface);
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent)
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report, \c false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize)
+{
+ USB_MouseReport_Data_t* MouseReport = (USB_MouseReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
+
+ uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
+ MouseReport->Y = -1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
+ MouseReport->Y = 1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
+ MouseReport->X = 1;
+ else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
+ MouseReport->X = -1;
+
+ if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
+ MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
+
+ if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
+ MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 1);
+
+ *ReportSize = sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t);
+ return true;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
+ * \param[in] ReportType The type of report that the host has sent, either HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature
+ * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received report has been stored
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+ // Unused (but mandatory for the HID class driver) in this demo, since there are no Host->Device reports
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/DeviceFunctions.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/DeviceFunctions.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..96a766598
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/DeviceFunctions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DeviceFunctions.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_DEVICE_FUNCTIONS_H_
+#define _MOUSE_DEVICE_FUNCTIONS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "MouseHostDevice.h"
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Mouse_HID_Device_Interface;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize);
+ void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/HostFunctions.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/HostFunctions.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ad0268b24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/HostFunctions.c
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Host Mode USB Mouse functionality for the MouseHostDevice demo. This file contains the Host mode
+ * USB Mouse related code of the demo and is responsible for all the Host mode Mouse functionality.
+ */
+
+#include "HostFunctions.h"
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Mouse_HID_Host_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .HIDInterfaceProtocol = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ printf("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n");
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Mouse_HID_Host_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != HID_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ printf("Attached Device Not a Valid Mouse.\r\n");
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n");
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_SetBootProtocol(&Mouse_HID_Host_Interface) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf("Could not Set Boot Protocol Mode.\r\n");
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n");
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Host USB management task. This task handles the control of USB Mice while in USB Host mode,
+ * setting up the appropriate data pipes and processing reports from the attached device.
+ */
+void MouseHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ if (HID_Host_IsReportReceived(&Mouse_HID_Host_Interface))
+ {
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReport;
+ HID_Host_ReceiveReport(&Mouse_HID_Host_Interface, &MouseReport);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("dX:%2d dY:%2d Button:%d\r\n"), MouseReport.X,
+ MouseReport.Y,
+ MouseReport.Button);
+ if (MouseReport.X > 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+ else if (MouseReport.X < 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED2;
+
+ if (MouseReport.Y > 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+ else if (MouseReport.Y < 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ if (MouseReport.Button)
+ LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/HostFunctions.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/HostFunctions.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aef2bacca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/HostFunctions.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for HostFunctions.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_FUNCTIONS_H_
+#define _MOUSE_HOST_FUNCTIONS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "MouseHostDevice.h"
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Mouse_HID_Host_Interface;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void MouseHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b8e98537d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.c
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MouseHostDevice demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the overall control flow of the demo.
+ */
+
+#include "MouseHostDevice.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Mouse Host/Device Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ /* Determine which USB mode we are currently in */
+ if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host)
+ {
+ MouseHost_Task();
+ HID_Host_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Host_Interface);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ HID_Device_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Device_Interface);
+ }
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Joystick_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ USB_Init(USB_MODE_UID);
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB mode change event. */
+void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_YELLOW "UID Change to %S mode\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE),
+ (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device) ? PSTR("Device") : PSTR("Host"));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..258c7c1e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MouseHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_DEVICE_H_
+#define _MOUSE_HOST_DEVICE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+ #include "DeviceFunctions.h"
+ #include "HostFunctions.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d3fb9a561
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/MouseHostDevice.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mouse Host/Device Dual Role Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Dual Mode Host/Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Mouse host/device dual role demonstration application. This gives a simple
+ * reference application for implementing a dual role USB Mouse, for USB mice
+ * using the standard mouse boot protocol HID profile.
+ *
+ * <b>When in host mode:</b>
+ * Mouse movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs,
+ * as well as printed out the serial terminal as formatted dY, dY and
+ * button status information.
+ *
+ * This uses a naive method where the mouse is set to Boot Protocol mode, so
+ * that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation
+ * uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across
+ * all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the
+ * MouseHostWithParser Host demo application.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface mice are supported.
+ *
+ * <b>When in device mode:</b>
+ * Upon enumeration the system will automatically enumerate and function
+ * as a mouse when the USB connection to a host is present. To use
+ * the mouse, move the joystick to move the pointer, and push the
+ * joystick inwards to simulate a left-button click. The HWB serves as
+ * the right mouse button.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7cd93babb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mouse HID Dual USB Mode Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.dualrole.class.mouse.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.dualrole.class.mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.dualrole.class.mouse" caption="Mouse HID Dual USB Mode Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mouse host and device dual role demo, implementing a basic mouse device and host. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Dual Role"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MouseHostDevice.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MouseHostDevice.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="DeviceFunctions.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="HostFunctions.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MouseHostDevice.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="DeviceFunctions.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="HostFunctions.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2c89342ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host/Device Dual Role Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..929b668f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/MouseHostDevice/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MouseHostDevice
+SRC = $(TARGET).c Descriptors.c DeviceFunctions.c HostFunctions.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..763f85090
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/ClassDriver/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Dual Role Demos. Call with "make all" to
+# rebuild all Dual Role demos.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */)
+
+# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad
+# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if
+# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails.
+ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10)
+ $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED)
+endif
+
+# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory
+ifeq ($(OBJDIR),)
+ # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build
+ ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean all
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+
+ # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build
+ ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+endif
+
+%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
+ @echo . > /dev/null
+
+$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES):
+ @$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+
+.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f282d6f55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/DualRole/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Class Driver and Low Level Demos. Call with
+# "make all" to rebuild all demos of both types.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+all:
+
+%:
+ $(MAKE) -C ClassDriver $@
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8260ba9b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the AndroidAccessoryHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AndroidAccessoryHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA Android Open Accessory Class driver interface configuration and state information. This
+ * structure is passed to all Android Open Accessory Class driver functions, so that multiple
+ * instances of the same class within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t AndroidDevice_AOA_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .PropertyStrings =
+ {
+ [AOA_STRING_Manufacturer] = "Dean Camera",
+ [AOA_STRING_Model] = "LUFA Android Demo",
+ [AOA_STRING_Description] = "LUFA Android Demo",
+ [AOA_STRING_Version] = "1.0",
+ [AOA_STRING_URI] = "http://www.lufa-lib.org",
+ [AOA_STRING_Serial] = "0000000012345678",
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Android Accessory Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ AOAHost_Task();
+
+ AOA_Host_USBTask(&AndroidDevice_AOA_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB Android Accessory device once connected, to print received data
+ * from the device to the serial port.
+ */
+void AOAHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ if (AOA_Host_BytesReceived(&AndroidDevice_AOA_Interface))
+ {
+ /* Echo received bytes from the attached device through the USART */
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = AOA_Host_ReceiveByte(&AndroidDevice_AOA_Interface);
+ if (!(ReceivedByte < 0))
+ {
+ /* Turn on and off LED1 based on the bytes received */
+ LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDS_LED1, ReceivedByte ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_NO_LEDS);
+
+ putchar(ReceivedByte);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor;
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceDescriptor(&DeviceDescriptor) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Device Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ bool NeedModeSwitch;
+ if (!(AOA_Host_ValidateAccessoryDevice(&AndroidDevice_AOA_Interface, &DeviceDescriptor, &NeedModeSwitch)))
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Not an Android device.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (NeedModeSwitch)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Not in Accessory mode, switching...\r\n"));
+ AOA_Host_StartAccessoryMode(&AndroidDevice_AOA_Interface);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (AOA_Host_ConfigurePipes(&AndroidDevice_AOA_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != AOA_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Android Accessory Class Device.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Android Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..81bbb7bae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AndroidAccessoryHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ANDROIDACCESSORY_HOST_H_
+#define _ANDROIDACCESSORY_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void AOAHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..63d192d1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Android Accessory Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Android Accessory Host Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>Android Accessory Host Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Android Accessory Host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing an Android Accessory Host device capable of hosting
+ * Android powered mobile devices to send and receive data.
+ *
+ * Data sent from the Android device will be sent out the AVR's serial port.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidHostApp/AndroidHostApp.zip b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidHostApp/AndroidHostApp.zip
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c433d79e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidHostApp/AndroidHostApp.zip
Binary files differ
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..884b50398
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+ #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS 0
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..59efae361
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Android Accessory Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.android.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.android"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.android" caption="Android Accessory Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Android Accessory Host demo, implementing a basic USB device whose LEDs can be controlled via an Android device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Android Accessory Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AndroidAccessoryHost.txt"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="directory" value="AndroidHostApp"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AndroidAccessoryHost.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AndroidAccessoryHost.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a17aa3bb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Android Accessory Mode Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..24b7a5bbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AndroidAccessoryHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = AndroidAccessoryHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ad78d2f8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the AudioInputHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioInputHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA Audio Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Audio Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t Microphone_Audio_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Audio Input Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ Audio_Host_USBTask(&Microphone_Audio_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the PWM timer with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevPipe = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
+
+ /* Check that the USB bus is ready for the next sample to read */
+ if (Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived(&Microphone_Audio_Interface))
+ {
+ /* Retrieve the signed 16-bit audio sample, convert to 8-bit */
+ int8_t Sample_8Bit = (Audio_Host_ReadSample16(&Microphone_Audio_Interface) >> 8);
+
+ /* Load the sample into the PWM timer channel */
+ OCR3A = (Sample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
+
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ /* Turn on LEDs as the sample amplitude increases */
+ if (Sample_8Bit > 16)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4);
+ else if (Sample_8Bit > 8)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3);
+ else if (Sample_8Bit > 4)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+ else if (Sample_8Bit > 2)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipe);
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Microphone_Audio_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Audio Input Device.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (Audio_Host_StartStopStreaming(&Microphone_Audio_Interface, true) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Enabling Audio Stream.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t SampleRate = AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000);
+ if (Audio_Host_GetSetEndpointProperty(&Microphone_Audio_Interface, Microphone_Audio_Interface.Config.DataINPipe.Address,
+ AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent, AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq,
+ sizeof(SampleRate), &SampleRate) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Audio Sampling Frequency.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Sample reload timer initialization */
+ TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / 48000) - 1);
+ TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
+ TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
+
+ /* Set speaker as output */
+ DDRC |= (1 << 6);
+
+ /* PWM speaker timer initialization */
+ TCCR3A = ((1 << WGM30) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP
+ TCCR3B = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30)); // Fast 8-Bit PWM, F_CPU speed
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Audio Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eb27bb572
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AudioInputHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_INPUT_HOST_H_
+#define _AUDIO_INPUT_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0736e0df4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Input Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Audio Input host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Audio host, for USB Audio devices using
+ * the USB Audio 1.0 class profile.
+ *
+ * Incoming audio will output in 8-bit PWM onto the timer 3 output compare
+ * channel A, and will also be indicated on the board LEDs. Decouple the PWM
+ * output with a capacitor and attach to a speaker to hear the audio.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c2daffbdf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Audio Input Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.audio_input.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.audio_input"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.audio_input" caption="Audio Input Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Audio Input Host demo, implementing a basic USB audio sink that can output incoming audio data to a speaker. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioInputHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AudioInputHost.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AudioInputHost.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2440541f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Audio Input Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2447c8da9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioInputHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = AudioInputHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..958d3589f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the AudioOutputHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioOutputHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA Audio Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Audio Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t Speaker_Audio_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Audio Output Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ Audio_Host_USBTask(&Speaker_Audio_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the PWM timer with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevPipe = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
+
+ /* Check that the USB bus is ready for the next sample to write */
+ if (Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample(&Speaker_Audio_Interface))
+ {
+ int16_t AudioSample;
+
+ #if defined(USE_TEST_TONE)
+ static uint8_t SquareWaveSampleCount;
+ static int16_t CurrentWaveValue;
+
+ /* In test tone mode, generate a square wave at 1/256 of the sample rate */
+ if (SquareWaveSampleCount++ == 0xFF)
+ CurrentWaveValue ^= 0x8000;
+
+ /* Only generate audio if the board button is being pressed */
+ AudioSample = (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? CurrentWaveValue : 0;
+ #else
+ /* Audio sample is ADC value scaled to fit the entire range */
+ AudioSample = ((SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / ADC_MAX_RANGE) * ADC_GetResult());
+
+ #if defined(MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL)
+ /* Microphone is biased to half rail voltage, subtract the bias from the sample value */
+ AudioSample -= (SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / 2);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ Audio_Host_WriteSample16(&Speaker_Audio_Interface, AudioSample);
+ Audio_Host_WriteSample16(&Speaker_Audio_Interface, AudioSample);
+ }
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipe);
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_32);
+ ADC_SetupChannel(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL);
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+
+ /* Start the ADC conversion in free running mode */
+ ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL));
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Speaker_Audio_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Audio Output Device.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (Audio_Host_StartStopStreaming(&Speaker_Audio_Interface, true) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Enabling Audio Stream.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t SampleRate = AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000);
+ if (Audio_Host_GetSetEndpointProperty(&Speaker_Audio_Interface, Speaker_Audio_Interface.Config.DataOUTPipe.Address,
+ AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent, AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq,
+ sizeof(SampleRate), &SampleRate) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Audio Sampling Frequency.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Sample reload timer initialization */
+ TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / 48000) - 1);
+ TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
+ TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Audio Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..677d8671e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AudioOutputHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_HOST_H_
+#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Maximum audio sample value for the microphone input. */
+ #define SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE 0xFFFF
+
+ /** Maximum ADC range for the microphone input. */
+ #define ADC_MAX_RANGE 0x3FF
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5e79a33e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Output Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Audio Output host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Audio host, for USB Audio devices using
+ * the USB Audio 1.0 class profile.
+ *
+ * By default, the demo will produce a square wave test tone when the board
+ * button is pressed. If USE_TEST_TONE is not defined in the project makefile,
+ * incoming audio from the ADC channel 1 will be sampled and sent to the attached
+ * USB audio device instead.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Sets the ADC channel used by the demo for the input audio samples from an attached microphone.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>USE_TEST_TONE</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this alters the demo to produce a square wave test tone when the first board button is pressed
+ * instead of sampling the board microphone.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this alters the demo so that the half VCC bias of the microphone input is subtracted.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8360102f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL 2
+
+ #define MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL
+ #define USE_TEST_TONE
+
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6bd97286b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Audio Output Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.audio_output.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.audio_output"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.audio_output" caption="Audio Output Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Audio Output Host demo, implementing a basic USB audio source that can output audio data to an attached device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioOutputHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AudioOutputHost.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AudioOutputHost.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..29cf0ddac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Audio Output Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..016ddf45d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/AudioOutputHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = AudioOutputHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7bae451a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.c
@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the JoystickHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "JoystickHostWithParser.h"
+
+/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
+static HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Joystick_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .HIDInterfaceProtocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+ .HIDParserData = &HIDReportInfo
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Joystick Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ JoystickHost_Task();
+
+ HID_Host_USBTask(&Joystick_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB joystick once connected, to display movement
+ * data as it is received.
+ */
+void JoystickHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ if (HID_Host_IsReportReceived(&Joystick_HID_Interface))
+ {
+ uint8_t JoystickReport[Joystick_HID_Interface.State.LargestReportSize];
+ HID_Host_ReceiveReport(&Joystick_HID_Interface, &JoystickReport);
+
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
+ {
+ HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
+
+ /* Update the report item value if it is contained within the current report */
+ if (!(USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(JoystickReport, ReportItem)))
+ continue;
+
+ /* Determine what report item is being tested, process updated value as needed */
+ if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ if (ReportItem->Value)
+ LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+ else if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+ ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X) ||
+ (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_Y)) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ int16_t DeltaMovement = HID_ALIGN_DATA(ReportItem, int16_t);
+
+ if (DeltaMovement)
+ {
+ if (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X)
+ LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
+ else
+ LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED3 : LEDS_LED4);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Joystick_HID_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != HID_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Joystick.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_SetReportProtocol(&Joystick_HID_Interface) != 0)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Report Protocol Mode or Not a Valid Joystick.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Joystick Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Callback for the HID Report Parser. This function is called each time the HID report parser is about to store
+ * an IN, OUT or FEATURE item into the HIDReportInfo structure. To save on RAM, we are able to filter out items
+ * we aren't interested in (preventing us from being able to extract them later on, but saving on the RAM they would
+ * have occupied).
+ *
+ * \param[in] CurrentItem Pointer to the item the HID report parser is currently working with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the HID report structure, \c false if it should be discarded
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem)
+{
+ bool IsJoystick = false;
+
+ /* Iterate through the item's collection path, until either the root collection node or a collection with the
+ * Joystick Usage is found - this prevents Mice, which use identical descriptors except for the Joystick usage
+ * parent node, from being erroneously treated as a joystick by the demo
+ */
+ for (HID_CollectionPath_t* CurrPath = CurrentItem->CollectionPath; CurrPath != NULL; CurrPath = CurrPath->Parent)
+ {
+ if ((CurrPath->Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+ (CurrPath->Usage.Usage == USAGE_JOYSTICK))
+ {
+ IsJoystick = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If a collection with the joystick usage was not found, indicate that we are not interested in this item */
+ if (!IsJoystick)
+ return false;
+
+ /* Check the attributes of the current item - see if we are interested in it or not;
+ * only store BUTTON and GENERIC_DESKTOP_CONTROL items into the Processed HID Report
+ * structure to save RAM and ignore the rest
+ */
+ return ((CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) ||
+ (CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL));
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a4d06e5f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for JoystickHostWithParser.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _JOYSTICK_HOST_H_
+#define _JOYSTICK_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a toggle button. */
+ #define USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON 0x09
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a Generic Desktop Control. */
+ #define USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL 0x01
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage for a Joystick. */
+ #define USAGE_JOYSTICK 0x04
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a X axis movement. */
+ #define USAGE_X 0x30
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a Y axis movement. */
+ #define USAGE_Y 0x31
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void JoystickHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9eba4ed86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Joystick Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Joystick host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Joystick host, for USB joysticks using
+ * the standard joystick HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID
+ * reports, allowing for correct operation across all USB joysticks. This
+ * demo supports joysticks with a single HID report.
+ *
+ * Joystick movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs.
+ * On connection to a USB joystick, the report items will be processed and
+ * printed as a formatted list through the USART before the joystick is
+ * fully enumerated.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface joysticks are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8899d8139
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Joystick HID (with parser) Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.joystick_parser.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.joystick_parser"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.joystick_parser" caption="Joystick HID (with parser) Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Joystick HID Host demo with HID parser, implementing a basic USB joystick host that can display movement data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="JoystickHostWithParser.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="JoystickHostWithParser.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="JoystickHostWithParser.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5af83f00d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Joystick Host Demo (Using HID Descriptor Parser)"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7b613fce6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/JoystickHostWithParser/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = JoystickHostWithParser
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..59ae85c9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the KeyboardHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "KeyboardHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .HIDInterfaceProtocol = HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol,
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Keyboard Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ KeyboardHost_Task();
+
+ HID_Host_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB keyboard once connected, to display key state
+ * data as it is received.
+ */
+void KeyboardHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ if (HID_Host_IsReportReceived(&Keyboard_HID_Interface))
+ {
+ USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReport;
+ HID_Host_ReceiveReport(&Keyboard_HID_Interface, &KeyboardReport);
+
+ LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDS_LED1, (KeyboardReport.Modifier) ? LEDS_LED1 : 0);
+
+ uint8_t KeyCode = KeyboardReport.KeyCode[0];
+
+ if (KeyCode)
+ {
+ char PressedKey = 0;
+
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
+
+ /* Retrieve pressed key character if alphanumeric */
+ if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) && (KeyCode <= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Z))
+ {
+ PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) + 'A';
+ }
+ else if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) &
+ (KeyCode < HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS))
+ {
+ PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) + '1';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS)
+ {
+ PressedKey = '0';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SPACE)
+ {
+ PressedKey = ' ';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ENTER)
+ {
+ PressedKey = '\n';
+ }
+
+ if (PressedKey)
+ putchar(PressedKey);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Keyboard_HID_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != HID_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Keyboard.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_SetBootProtocol(&Keyboard_HID_Interface) != 0)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Could not Set Boot Protocol Mode.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Keyboard Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8c8526419
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for KeyboardHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void KeyboardHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..49cc672a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Keyboard Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Keyboard host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB keyboard host, for USB keyboards using
+ * the standard keyboard HID profile.
+ *
+ * Pressed alpha-numeric, enter or space key is transmitted through the serial
+ * USART at serial settings 9600, 8, N, 1.
+ *
+ * This uses a naive method where the keyboard is set to Boot Protocol mode, so
+ * that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation
+ * uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across
+ * all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the
+ * KeyboardHostWithParser demo application.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface keyboards are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..46cd71fe7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Keyboard HID Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.keyboard.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.keyboard"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.keyboard" caption="Keyboard HID Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Keyboard HID Host demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard host that can display key press data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="KeyboardHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="KeyboardHost.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="KeyboardHost.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6ac6b0525
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..435e4942f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = KeyboardHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5864e32de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c
@@ -0,0 +1,287 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the KeyboardHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "KeyboardHostWithParser.h"
+
+/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
+static HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .HIDInterfaceProtocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+ .HIDParserData = &HIDReportInfo
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Keyboard Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ KeyboardHost_Task();
+
+ HID_Host_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB keyboard once connected, to display key state
+ * data as it is received.
+ */
+void KeyboardHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ if (HID_Host_IsReportReceived(&Keyboard_HID_Interface))
+ {
+ uint8_t KeyboardReport[Keyboard_HID_Interface.State.LargestReportSize];
+ HID_Host_ReceiveReport(&Keyboard_HID_Interface, &KeyboardReport);
+
+ for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
+ {
+ HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
+
+ /* Update the report item value if it is contained within the current report */
+ if (!(USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(KeyboardReport, ReportItem)))
+ continue;
+
+ /* Determine what report item is being tested, process updated value as needed */
+ if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD) &&
+ (ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize == 8) &&
+ (ReportItem->Attributes.Logical.Maximum > 1) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ /* Key code is an unsigned char in length, cast to the appropriate type */
+ uint8_t KeyCode = (uint8_t)ReportItem->Value;
+
+ /* If scan-code is non-zero, a key is being pressed */
+ if (KeyCode)
+ {
+ /* Toggle status LED to indicate keypress */
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
+
+ char PressedKey = 0;
+
+ /* Convert scan-code to printable character if alphanumeric */
+ if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) && (KeyCode <= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Z))
+ {
+ PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) + 'A';
+ }
+ else if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) &
+ (KeyCode < HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS))
+ {
+ PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) + '1';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS)
+ {
+ PressedKey = '0';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SPACE)
+ {
+ PressedKey = ' ';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ENTER)
+ {
+ PressedKey = '\n';
+ }
+
+ /* Print the pressed key character out through the serial port if valid */
+ if (PressedKey)
+ putchar(PressedKey);
+ }
+
+ /* Once a scan-code is found, stop scanning through the report items */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Keyboard_HID_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != HID_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Keyboard.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_SetReportProtocol(&Keyboard_HID_Interface) != 0)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Report Protocol Mode or Not a Valid Keyboard.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Keyboard Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Callback for the HID Report Parser. This function is called each time the HID report parser is about to store
+ * an IN, OUT or FEATURE item into the HIDReportInfo structure. To save on RAM, we are able to filter out items
+ * we aren't interested in (preventing us from being able to extract them later on, but saving on the RAM they would
+ * have occupied).
+ *
+ * \param[in] CurrentItem Pointer to the item the HID report parser is currently working with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the HID report structure, \c false if it should be discarded
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem)
+{
+ /* Check the attributes of the current item - see if we are interested in it or not;
+ * only store KEYBOARD usage page items into the Processed HID Report structure to
+ * save RAM and ignore the rest
+ */
+ return (CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bd0049472
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for KeyboardHostWithParser.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a desktop keyboard. */
+ #define USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD 0x07
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void KeyboardHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4c87965ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Keyboard Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Keyboard host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Keyboard host, for USB keyboards using
+ * the standard Keyboard HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID reports,
+ * allowing for correct operation across all USB keyboards. This demo supports
+ * keyboards with a single HID report.
+ *
+ * Pressed alpha-numeric, enter or space key is transmitted through the serial
+ * USART at serial settings 9600, 8, N, 1. On connection to a USB keyboard, the
+ * report items will be processed and printed as a formatted list through the
+ * USART before the keyboard is fully enumerated.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface keyboards are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..924299f2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Keyboard HID (with parser) Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.keyboard_parser.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.keyboard_parser"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.keyboard_parser" caption="Keyboard HID (with parser) Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Keyboard HID Host demo with HID parser, implementing a basic USB keyboard host that can display key press data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="KeyboardHostWithParser.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="KeyboardHostWithParser.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="KeyboardHostWithParser.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e014d3ed7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Host Demo (Using HID Descriptor Parser)"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bef6b416d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = KeyboardHostWithParser
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eb350c0e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MIDIHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MIDIHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA MIDI Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all MIDI Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t Keyboard_MIDI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "MIDI Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ JoystickHost_Task();
+
+ MIDI_Host_USBTask(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ Joystick_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB MIDI device once connected, to display received
+ * note events from the host and send note changes in response to the board's joystick.
+ */
+void JoystickHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent;
+ while (MIDI_Host_ReceiveEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &MIDIEvent))
+ {
+ bool NoteOnEvent = (MIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON));
+ bool NoteOffEvent = (MIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF));
+
+ /* Display note events from the host */
+ if (NoteOnEvent || NoteOffEvent)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR("MIDI Note %s - Channel %d, Pitch %d, Velocity %d\r\n"), NoteOnEvent ? "On" : "Off",
+ ((MIDIEvent.Data1 & 0x0F) + 1),
+ MIDIEvent.Data2, MIDIEvent.Data3);
+ }
+ }
+
+ CheckJoystickMovement();
+}
+
+/** Checks for movement of the board's joystick, and sends corresponding MIDI note on/off
+ * messages to the host.
+ */
+void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
+{
+ static uint8_t PrevJoystickStatus;
+
+ uint8_t MIDICommand = 0;
+ uint8_t MIDIPitch;
+
+ /* Get current joystick mask, XOR with previous to detect joystick changes */
+ uint8_t JoystickStatus = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t JoystickChanges = (JoystickStatus ^ PrevJoystickStatus);
+
+ /* Get board button status - if pressed use channel 10 (percussion), otherwise use channel 1 */
+ uint8_t Channel = ((Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? MIDI_CHANNEL(10) : MIDI_CHANNEL(1));
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_LEFT)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_LEFT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3C;
+ }
+ else if (JoystickChanges & JOY_UP)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_UP)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3D;
+ }
+ else if (JoystickChanges & JOY_RIGHT)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_RIGHT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3E;
+ }
+ else if (JoystickChanges & JOY_DOWN)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_DOWN)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3F;
+ }
+ else if (JoystickChanges & JOY_PRESS)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_PRESS)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3B;
+ }
+
+ if (MIDICommand)
+ {
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent = (MIDI_EventPacket_t)
+ {
+ .Event = MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDICommand),
+
+ .Data1 = MIDICommand | Channel,
+ .Data2 = MIDIPitch,
+ .Data3 = MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY,
+ };
+
+ MIDI_Host_SendEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &MIDIEvent);
+ MIDI_Host_Flush(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
+ }
+
+ PrevJoystickStatus = JoystickStatus;
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid MIDI Class Device.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("MIDI Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a50a9bb28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MIDIHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIDI_HOST_H_
+#define _MIDI_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
+ void JoystickHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..33a8319f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage MIDI Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>MIDI Subclass</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF USB MIDI Audio Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * MIDI host demonstration application. This demo will enumerate an attached USB-MIDI device, and print incoming MIDI note
+ * on and off messages on any channel to the serial port. Pressing the board joystick will send note on and off messages to
+ * the attached MIDI device, with the board HWB controlling the note channel.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..140c03ba7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="MIDI Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.midi.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.midi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.midi" caption="MIDI Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ MIDI Host demo, capable of sending and receiving MIDI messages to and from an attached device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="MIDI Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MIDIHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MIDIHost.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MIDIHost.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d675057e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - MIDI Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..11314bf1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MIDIHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MIDIHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..539b0a694
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+ #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS 5000
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4e0739a00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MassStorageHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MassStorageHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t FlashDisk_MS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Mass Storage Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MassStorageHost_Task();
+
+ MS_Host_USBTask(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB Mass Storage device once connected, to print out
+ * data from the device.
+ */
+void MassStorageHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Waiting until ready...\r\n"));
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = MS_Host_TestUnitReady(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface, 0);
+
+ if (!(ErrorCode))
+ break;
+
+ /* Check if an error other than a logical command error (device busy) received */
+ if (ErrorCode != MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error waiting for device to be ready.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Retrieving Capacity...\r\n"));
+
+ SCSI_Capacity_t DiskCapacity;
+ if (MS_Host_ReadDeviceCapacity(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface, 0, &DiskCapacity))
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error retrieving device capacity.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("%lu blocks of %lu bytes.\r\n"), DiskCapacity.Blocks, DiskCapacity.BlockSize);
+
+ uint8_t BlockBuffer[DiskCapacity.BlockSize];
+
+ if (MS_Host_ReadDeviceBlocks(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface, 0, 0x00000000, 1, DiskCapacity.BlockSize, BlockBuffer))
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error reading device block.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nContents of first block:\r\n"));
+
+ for (uint16_t Chunk = 0; Chunk < (DiskCapacity.BlockSize >> 4); Chunk++)
+ {
+ uint8_t* ChunkPtr = &BlockBuffer[Chunk << 4];
+
+ /* Print out the 16 bytes of the chunk in HEX format */
+ for (uint8_t ByteOffset = 0; ByteOffset < (1 << 4); ByteOffset++)
+ {
+ char CurrByte = *(ChunkPtr + ByteOffset);
+ printf_P(PSTR("%.2X "), CurrByte);
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" "));
+
+ /* Print out the 16 bytes of the chunk in ASCII format */
+ for (uint8_t ByteOffset = 0; ByteOffset < (1 << 4); ByteOffset++)
+ {
+ char CurrByte = *(ChunkPtr + ByteOffset);
+ putchar(isprint(CurrByte) ? CurrByte : '.');
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("\r\n"));
+ }
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (MS_Host_ConfigurePipes(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != MS_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Mass Storage Device.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ uint8_t MaxLUNIndex;
+ if (MS_Host_GetMaxLUN(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface, &MaxLUNIndex))
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error retrieving max LUN index.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Total LUNs: %d - Using first LUN in device.\r\n"), (MaxLUNIndex + 1));
+
+ if (MS_Host_ResetMSInterface(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface))
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error resetting Mass Storage interface.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData;
+ if (MS_Host_RequestSense(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface, 0, &SenseData) != 0)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error retrieving device sense.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (MS_Host_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface, 0, true))
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error setting Prevent Device Removal bit.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData;
+ if (MS_Host_GetInquiryData(&FlashDisk_MS_Interface, 0, &InquiryData))
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error retrieving device Inquiry data.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Vendor \"%.8s\", Product \"%.16s\"\r\n"), InquiryData.VendorID, InquiryData.ProductID);
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Mass Storage Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..316610e47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MassStorage.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MASS_STORAGE_HOST_H_
+#define _MASS_STORAGE_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <ctype.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void MassStorageHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b07261c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mass Storage Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Bulk Only</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ * USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ * SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ * SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Mass Storage host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Mass Storage host, for USB storage devices
+ * using the standard Mass Storage USB profile.
+ *
+ * The first 512 bytes (boot sector) of an attached disk's memory will be dumped
+ * out of the serial port in HEX and ASCII form when it is attached to the AT90USB1287
+ * AVR. The device will then wait for HWB to be pressed, whereupon the entire ASCII contents
+ * of the disk will be dumped to the serial port.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..54bfe50cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mass Storage Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.ms.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.ms"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.ms" caption="Mass Storage Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mass Storage Host demo, capable of reading and writing raw 512 byte segments to the device's serial port. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MassStorageHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MassStorageHost.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MassStorageHost.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..21c9814c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mass Storage Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..759c8b57b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MassStorageHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MassStorageHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f42fe899e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MouseHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MouseHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Mouse_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .HIDInterfaceProtocol = HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol,
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Mouse Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MouseHost_Task();
+
+ HID_Host_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB mouse once connected, to display movement
+ * data as it is received.
+ */
+void MouseHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ if (HID_Host_IsReportReceived(&Mouse_HID_Interface))
+ {
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReport;
+ HID_Host_ReceiveReport(&Mouse_HID_Interface, &MouseReport);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("dX:%2d dY:%2d Button:%d\r\n"), MouseReport.X,
+ MouseReport.Y,
+ MouseReport.Button);
+ if (MouseReport.X > 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+ else if (MouseReport.X < 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED2;
+
+ if (MouseReport.Y > 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+ else if (MouseReport.Y < 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ if (MouseReport.Button)
+ LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Mouse_HID_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != HID_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Mouse.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_SetBootProtocol(&Mouse_HID_Interface) != 0)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Could not Set Boot Protocol Mode.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0c3a8e611
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MouseHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+#define _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void MouseHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..29364537b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mouse Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Mouse host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Mouse host, for USB mice using
+ * the standard mouse HID profile.
+ *
+ * Mouse movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs,
+ * as well as printed out the serial terminal as formatted dY, dY and
+ * button status information.
+ *
+ * This uses a naive method where the mouse is set to Boot Protocol mode, so
+ * that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation
+ * uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across
+ * all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the
+ * MouseHostWithParser demo application.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface mice are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b28860771
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mouse HID Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.mouse.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.mouse" caption="Mouse HID Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mouse HID Host demo, implementing a basic USB mouse host that can display movement data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MouseHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MouseHost.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MouseHost.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..41adfaf05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aa5d69f2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MouseHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fdc4d615d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MouseHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MouseHostWithParser.h"
+
+/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
+static HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t Mouse_HID_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .HIDInterfaceProtocol = HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol,
+ .HIDParserData = &HIDReportInfo
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Mouse Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MouseHost_Task();
+
+ HID_Host_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB mouse once connected, to display movement
+ * data as it is received.
+ */
+void MouseHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ if (HID_Host_IsReportReceived(&Mouse_HID_Interface))
+ {
+ uint8_t MouseReport[Mouse_HID_Interface.State.LargestReportSize];
+ HID_Host_ReceiveReport(&Mouse_HID_Interface, &MouseReport);
+
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
+ {
+ HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
+
+ /* Update the report item value if it is contained within the current report */
+ if (!(USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(MouseReport, ReportItem)))
+ continue;
+
+ /* Determine what report item is being tested, process updated value as needed */
+ if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ if (ReportItem->Value)
+ LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+ else if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+ (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_SCROLL_WHEEL) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ int16_t WheelDelta = HID_ALIGN_DATA(ReportItem, int16_t);
+
+ if (WheelDelta)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | ((WheelDelta > 0) ? LEDS_LED3 : LEDS_LED4));
+ }
+ else if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+ ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X) ||
+ (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_Y)) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ int16_t DeltaMovement = HID_ALIGN_DATA(ReportItem, int16_t);
+
+ if (DeltaMovement)
+ {
+ if (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X)
+ LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
+ else
+ LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED3 : LEDS_LED4);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Mouse_HID_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != HID_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Mouse.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (HID_Host_SetReportProtocol(&Mouse_HID_Interface) != 0)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Report Protocol Mode or Not a Valid Mouse.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Callback for the HID Report Parser. This function is called each time the HID report parser is about to store
+ * an IN, OUT or FEATURE item into the HIDReportInfo structure. To save on RAM, we are able to filter out items
+ * we aren't interested in (preventing us from being able to extract them later on, but saving on the RAM they would
+ * have occupied).
+ *
+ * \param[in] CurrentItem Pointer to the item the HID report parser is currently working with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the HID report structure, \c false if it should be discarded
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem)
+{
+ bool IsMouse = false;
+
+ /* Iterate through the item's collection path, until either the root collection node or a collection with the
+ * Mouse Usage is found - this prevents Joysticks, which use identical descriptors except for the Joystick usage
+ * parent node, from being erroneously treated as a mouse by the demo
+ */
+ for (HID_CollectionPath_t* CurrPath = CurrentItem->CollectionPath; CurrPath != NULL; CurrPath = CurrPath->Parent)
+ {
+ if ((CurrPath->Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+ (CurrPath->Usage.Usage == USAGE_MOUSE))
+ {
+ IsMouse = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If a collection with the mouse usage was not found, indicate that we are not interested in this item */
+ if (!IsMouse)
+ return false;
+
+ /* Check the attributes of the current item - see if we are interested in it or not;
+ * only store BUTTON and GENERIC_DESKTOP_CONTROL items into the Processed HID Report
+ * structure to save RAM and ignore the rest
+ */
+ return ((CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) ||
+ (CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL));
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..064def450
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MouseHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+#define _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a toggle button. */
+ #define USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON 0x09
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a Generic Desktop Control. */
+ #define USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL 0x01
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage for a Mouse. */
+ #define USAGE_MOUSE 0x02
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a X axis movement. */
+ #define USAGE_X 0x30
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a Y axis movement. */
+ #define USAGE_Y 0x31
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a Scroll Wheel movement. */
+ #define USAGE_SCROLL_WHEEL 0x38
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void MouseHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9b1b7d055
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mouse Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Mouse host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Mouse host, for USB mice using
+ * the standard mouse HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID
+ * reports, allowing for correct operation across all USB mice. This
+ * demo supports mice with a single HID report.
+ *
+ * Mouse and scroll wheel movement and button presses are displayed
+ * on the board LEDs. On connection to a USB mouse, the report items
+ * will be processed and printed as a formatted list through the USART
+ * before the mouse is fully enumerated.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface mice are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..220eb457c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mouse HID (with parser) Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.mouse_parser.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.mouse_parser"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.mouse_parser" caption="Mouse HID (with parser) Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mouse HID Host demo with HID parser, implementing a basic USB mouse host that can display movement data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MouseHostWithParser.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MouseHostWithParser.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MouseHostWithParser.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1336d998e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host Demo (Using HID Descriptor Parser)"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a6c1628a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/MouseHostWithParser/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MouseHostWithParser
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ddc9d6fe2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the PrinterHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "PrinterHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA Printer Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Printer Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t Printer_PRNT_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Printer Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ PrinterHost_Task();
+
+ PRNT_Host_USBTask(&Printer_PRNT_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB printer once connected, to display device
+ * information and print a test PCL page.
+ */
+void PrinterHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Retrieving Device ID...\r\n"));
+
+ char DeviceIDString[300];
+ if (PRNT_Host_GetDeviceID(&Printer_PRNT_Interface, DeviceIDString,
+ sizeof(DeviceIDString)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Getting Device ID.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Device ID: %s.\r\n"), DeviceIDString);
+
+ char TestPageData[] = "\033%-12345X\033E" "LUFA PCL Test Page" "\033E\033%-12345X";
+ uint16_t TestPageLength = strlen(TestPageData);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Sending Test Page (%d bytes)...\r\n"), TestPageLength);
+
+ if (PRNT_Host_SendData(&Printer_PRNT_Interface, &TestPageData, TestPageLength) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Sending Page Data.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Test Page Sent.\r\n"));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (PRNT_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Printer_PRNT_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != PRNT_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Printer Class Device.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (PRNT_Host_SetBidirectionalMode(&Printer_PRNT_Interface) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Bidirectional Mode.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Printer Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e330c2264
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for PrinterHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTER_HOST_H_
+#define _PRINTER_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void PrinterHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e2a482058
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Printer Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Printer Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Bidirectional Protocol</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Printer Class Specification \n
+ * PCL Language Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Printer host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Printer host, for USB printers using
+ * the bidirectional data encapsulation protocol and PCL language.
+ *
+ * Upon connection of a compatible printer, the printer's device ID is sent
+ * to the AVR's serial port, and a simple test page is printed using the PCL
+ * printer language.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bd355cf35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Printer Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.printer.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.printer"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.printer" caption="Printer Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Printer Host demo, implementing a basic USB printer host that can send raw printer control data to an attached device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Printer Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="PrinterHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="PrinterHost.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="PrinterHost.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f38d9823a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Printer Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9d1264eee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/PrinterHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = PrinterHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..782c351fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the RNDISEthernetHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "RNDISEthernetHost.h"
+
+/** Buffer to hold incoming and outgoing Ethernet packets. */
+static int8_t PacketBuffer[1024];
+
+/** LUFA RNDIS Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all RNDIS Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .NotificationPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 3),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .HostMaxPacketSize = sizeof(PacketBuffer),
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "RNDIS Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ sei();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ RNDISHost_Task();
+
+ RNDIS_Host_USBTask(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB RNDIS device once connected, to display device
+ * received data packets.
+ */
+void RNDISHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ if (RNDIS_Host_IsPacketReceived(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface))
+ {
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ uint16_t PacketLength;
+ RNDIS_Host_ReadPacket(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface, &PacketBuffer, &PacketLength);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("***PACKET (Size %d)***\r\n"), PacketLength);
+
+ for (uint16_t i = 0; i < PacketLength; i++)
+ printf("0x%02x ", PacketBuffer[i]);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("\r\n\r\n"));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid RNDIS Class Device.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (RNDIS_Host_InitializeDevice(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Initializing Device.\r\n"));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Device Max Transfer Size: %lu bytes.\r\n"), Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface.State.DeviceMaxPacketSize);
+
+ uint32_t PacketFilter = (REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_DIRECTED | REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_BROADCAST | REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_MULTICAST);
+ if (RNDIS_Host_SetRNDISProperty(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface, OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER,
+ &PacketFilter, sizeof(PacketFilter)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Packet Filter.\r\n"));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ uint32_t VendorID;
+ if (RNDIS_Host_QueryRNDISProperty(&Ethernet_RNDIS_Interface, OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID,
+ &VendorID, sizeof(VendorID)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Getting Vendor ID.\r\n"));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Device Vendor ID: 0x%08lX\r\n"), VendorID);
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("RNDIS Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d2f824040
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for RNDISEthernetHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDIS_HOST_H_
+#define _RNDIS_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void RNDISHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e9edd6d66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage RNDIS Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Remote NDIS (Microsoft Proprietary CDC Class Networking Standard)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>Microsoft RNDIS Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * RNDIS host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a RNDIS Ethernet host, for USB devices such as
+ * modems.
+ *
+ * This demo will enumerate an attached USB RNDIS device, print out its vendor ID
+ * and any received packets in raw form through the serial USART.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..37cedaaa5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="RNDIS Ethernet Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.rndis.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.rndis"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.rndis" caption="RNDIS Ethernet Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Microsoft RNDIS Ethernet Host demo, implementing a RNDIS host that can send and receive Ethernet data to and from an attached device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="RNDIS Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="RNDISEthernetHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="RNDISEthernetHost.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="RNDISEthernetHost.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0d56dda37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - RNDIS Ethernet Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0a166d5be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/RNDISEthernetHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = RNDISEthernetHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6d70390cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the StillImageHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "StillImageHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA Still Image Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all Still Image Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t DigitalCamera_SI_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .EventsPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 3),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Still Image Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ StillImageHost_Task();
+
+ SI_Host_USBTask(&DigitalCamera_SI_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB Still Image device once connected, to manage a
+ * new PIMA session in order to send commands to the attached device.
+ */
+void StillImageHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Opening Session...\r\n"));
+
+ if (SI_Host_OpenSession(&DigitalCamera_SI_Interface) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Could not open PIMA session.\r\n"));
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Turning off Device...\r\n"));
+
+ SI_Host_SendCommand(&DigitalCamera_SI_Interface, 0x1013, 0, NULL);
+ if (SI_Host_ReceiveResponse(&DigitalCamera_SI_Interface))
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Could not turn off device.\r\n"));
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Off.\r\n"));
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Closing Session...\r\n"));
+
+ if (SI_Host_CloseSession(&DigitalCamera_SI_Interface) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Could not close PIMA session.\r\n"));
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (SI_Host_ConfigurePipes(&DigitalCamera_SI_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != SI_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid Still Image Class Device.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Still Image Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a1d1afea0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for StillImageHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _STILL_IMAGE_HOST_H_
+#define _STILL_IMAGE_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void StillImageHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..193228a20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Still Image Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Still Image Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Still Image Class Specification \n
+ * PIMA 15740 Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Still Image host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a Still Image host, for USB devices such as
+ * digital cameras.
+ *
+ * This demo will enumerate an attached USB Still Image device, print out its
+ * information structure, open a session with the device and finally close the
+ * session.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4a5f6bfeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Still Image Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.si.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.si"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.si" caption="Still Image Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Still Image Host demo, implementing a Still Image host that can send and receive PIMA data to and from an attached device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Still Image Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="StillImageHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="StillImageHost.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="StillImageHost.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c050dc2cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Still Image Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bf3f6ddcc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/StillImageHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = StillImageHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aa8093210
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the VirtualSerialHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "VirtualSerialHost.h"
+
+/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ * passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ * within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
+ {
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .DataINPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .DataOUTPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ .NotificationPipe =
+ {
+ .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 3),
+ .Banks = 1,
+ },
+ },
+ };
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "CDC Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ CDCHost_Task();
+
+ CDC_Host_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB CDC device once connected, to print received data
+ * from the device to the serial port.
+ */
+void CDCHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ if (CDC_Host_BytesReceived(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface))
+ {
+ /* Echo received bytes from the attached device through the USART */
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Host_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
+ if (!(ReceivedByte < 0))
+ putchar(ReceivedByte);
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Retrieving Configuration Descriptor.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (CDC_Host_ConfigurePipes(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface,
+ ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != CDC_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Attached Device Not a Valid CDC Class Device.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Configuration.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface.State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS = 9600;
+ VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface.State.LineEncoding.CharFormat = CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit;
+ VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface.State.LineEncoding.ParityType = CDC_PARITY_None;
+ VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface.State.LineEncoding.DataBits = 8;
+
+ if (CDC_Host_SetLineEncoding(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface))
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR("Error Setting Device Line Encoding.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("CDC Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..289f53a7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for VirtualSerialHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _VIRTUALSERIAL_HOST_H_
+#define _VIRTUALSERIAL_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void CDCHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1e1f9f1ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage CDC Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * CDC host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
+ * for implementing a USB CDC host, for CDC devices using the standard ACM profile.
+ *
+ * This demo prints out received CDC data through the serial port.
+ *
+ * Note that this demo is only compatible with devices which report the correct CDC
+ * and ACM class, subclass and protocol values. Most USB-Serial cables have vendor
+ * specific features, thus use vendor-specific class/subclass/protocol codes to force
+ * the user to use specialized drivers. This demo is not compatible with such devices.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e456c9295
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Virtual Serial CDC Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.class.cdc.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.class.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.class.cdc" caption="Virtual Serial CDC Host Demo (Class Driver APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Virtual Serial Host demo, implementing a CDC host that can send and receive data to and from an attached device. This demo uses the user-friendly USB Class Driver APIs to provide a simple, abstracted interface into the USB stack.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="VirtualSerialHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="VirtualSerialHost.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="VirtualSerialHost.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ac8ecfa62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Virtual Serial Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..380205bcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/VirtualSerialHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = VirtualSerialHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9e3919da4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/ClassDriver/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Host Demos. Call with "make all" to
+# rebuild all Host demos.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */)
+
+# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad
+# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if
+# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails.
+ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10)
+ $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED)
+endif
+
+# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory
+ifeq ($(OBJDIR),)
+ # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build
+ ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean all
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+
+ # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build
+ ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+endif
+
+%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
+ @echo . > /dev/null
+
+$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES):
+ @$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+
+.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9efbf37f3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the AndroidAccessoryHost demo. This file contains the main tasks
+ * of the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AndroidAccessoryHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Android Accessory Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ AndroidHost_Task();
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated. */
+void AndroidHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Select the data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(ANDROID_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ /* Re-freeze IN pipe after the packet has been received */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ /* Check if data is in the pipe */
+ if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ uint8_t NextReceivedByte = Pipe_Read_8();
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ if (NextReceivedByte & 0x01)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+
+ if (NextReceivedByte & 0x02)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED2;
+
+ if (NextReceivedByte & 0x04)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+
+ if (NextReceivedByte & 0x08)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Clear the pipe after all data in the packet has been read, ready for the next packet */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Re-freeze IN pipe after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Device Data.\r\n"));
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = ProcessDeviceDescriptor();
+
+ bool RequiresModeSwitch = (ErrorCode == NonAccessoryModeAndroidDevice);
+
+ /* Error out if the device is not an Android device or an error occurred */
+ if ((ErrorCode != AccessoryModeAndroidDevice) && (ErrorCode != NonAccessoryModeAndroidDevice))
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Device).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Android Device Detected - %sAccessory mode.\r\n"), (RequiresModeSwitch ? "Non-" : ""));
+
+ /* Check if a valid Android device was attached, but it is not current in Accessory mode */
+ if (RequiresModeSwitch)
+ {
+ uint16_t AndroidProtocol;
+
+ /* Fetch the version of the Android Accessory Protocol supported by the device */
+ if ((ErrorCode = Android_GetAccessoryProtocol(&AndroidProtocol)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Protocol).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Validate the returned protocol version */
+ if (AndroidProtocol != AOA_PROTOCOL_AccessoryV1)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Accessory Mode Not Supported."));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Send the device strings and start the Android Accessory Mode */
+ Android_SendString(AOA_STRING_Manufacturer, "Dean Camera");
+ Android_SendString(AOA_STRING_Model, "LUFA Android Demo");
+ Android_SendString(AOA_STRING_Description, "LUFA Android Demo");
+ Android_SendString(AOA_STRING_Version, "1.0");
+ Android_SendString(AOA_STRING_URI, "http://www.lufa-lib.org");
+ Android_SendString(AOA_STRING_Serial, "0000000012345678");
+
+ Android_StartAccessoryMode();
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Accessory Mode Android Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b08b245fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AndroidAccessoryHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ANDROID_ACCESSORY_HOST_H_
+#define _ANDROID_ACCESSORY_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include "DeviceDescriptor.h"
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+ #include "Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void AndroidHost_Task(void);
+
+ /* Event Handlers: */
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..70e0935c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/AndroidAccessoryHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Android Accessory Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Android Accessory Host Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>Android Accessory Host Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Android Accessory Host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing an Android Accessory Host device capable of hosting
+ * Android powered mobile devices to send and receive data.
+ *
+ * Sent data from the Android device will be indicated onto the board's LEDs.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..884b50398
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+ #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS 0
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..89302b680
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for the first interface containing bulk IN and OUT data endpoints.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref AndroidHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return DevControlError;
+ }
+
+ /* There should be only one compatible Android Accessory Mode interface in the device, attempt to find it */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DCOMP_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* Get the next Android Accessory Mode interface's data endpoint descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DCOMP_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Data endpoints not found within the first Android Accessory device interface, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the Android Accessory data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(ANDROID_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Configure the Android Accessory data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(ANDROID_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor containing the correct Android Accessory Mode Class, Subclass
+ * and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DCOMP_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == AOA_CSCP_AOADataClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == AOA_CSCP_AOADataSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == AOA_CSCP_AOADataProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next bulk Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, aborting the
+ * search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DCOMP_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+ if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) && (!(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress))))
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5b43d7049
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address of the Android Accessory data IN pipe. */
+ #define ANDROID_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Pipe address of the Android Accessory data OUT pipe. */
+ #define ANDROID_DATA_OUT_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum AndroidHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ DevControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DCOMP_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DCOMP_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/DeviceDescriptor.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/DeviceDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2e3540857
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/DeviceDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptor processing routines, to determine the overall device parameters. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine information about
+ * the attached device.
+ */
+
+#include "DeviceDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's Device Descriptor, to determine compatibility
+ *
+ * This routine checks to ensure that the attached device's VID and PID matches Google's for Android devices.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref AndroidHost_GetDeviceDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessDeviceDescriptor(void)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor;
+
+ /* Send the request to retrieve the device descriptor */
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceDescriptor(&DeviceDescriptor) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return DevControlError;
+
+ /* Validate returned data - ensure the returned data is a device descriptor */
+ if (DeviceDescriptor.Header.Type != DTYPE_Device)
+ return InvalidDeviceDataReturned;
+
+ /* Check the product ID to determine if the Android device is in accessory mode */
+ if ((DeviceDescriptor.ProductID != ANDROID_ACCESSORY_PRODUCT_ID) &&
+ (DeviceDescriptor.ProductID != ANDROID_ACCESSORY_ADB_PRODUCT_ID))
+ {
+ return NonAccessoryModeAndroidDevice;
+ }
+
+ return AccessoryModeAndroidDevice;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/DeviceDescriptor.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/DeviceDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4a75fcc1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/DeviceDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DeviceDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DEVICEDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _DEVICEDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "AndroidAccessoryHost.h"
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessDeviceDescriptor() function. */
+ enum AndroidHost_GetDeviceDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulDeviceRead = 0, /**< Device Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ InvalidDeviceDataReturned = 2, /**< The device returned an invalid Device Descriptor */
+ IncorrectAndroidDevice = 3, /**< The attached device is not an Android device */
+ NonAccessoryModeAndroidDevice = 4, /**< The attached device is an Android device in non-accessory mode */
+ AccessoryModeAndroidDevice = 5, /**< The attached device is an Android device in accessory mode */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessDeviceDescriptor(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..750f9958f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.c
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Android Accessory Mode utility functions, for the configuration of an attached
+ * Android device into Android Accessory Mode ready for general communication.
+ */
+
+#include "AndroidAccessoryCommands.h"
+
+uint8_t Android_GetAccessoryProtocol(uint16_t* const Protocol)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = AOA_REQ_GetAccessoryProtocol,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = sizeof(uint16_t),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Protocol);
+}
+
+uint8_t Android_SendString(const uint8_t StringIndex,
+ const char* const String)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = AOA_REQ_SendString,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = StringIndex,
+ .wLength = (strlen(String) + 1),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest((char*)String);
+}
+
+uint8_t Android_StartAccessoryMode(void)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = AOA_REQ_StartAccessoryMode,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..93b1b9658
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.h
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AndroidAccessoryCommands.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ANDROID_ACCESSORY_COMMANDS_H_
+#define _ANDROID_ACCESSORY_COMMANDS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <stdint.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t Android_GetAccessoryProtocol(uint16_t* const Protocol);
+ uint8_t Android_SendString(const uint8_t StringIndex,
+ const char* const String);
+ uint8_t Android_StartAccessoryMode(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..25b47661b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Android Accessory Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.android.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.android"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.android" caption="Android Accessory Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Android Accessory Host demo, implementing a basic USB device whose LEDs can be controlled via an Android device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Android Accessory Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AndroidAccessoryHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AndroidAccessoryHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="DeviceDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AndroidAccessoryHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="DeviceDescriptor.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a17aa3bb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Android Accessory Mode Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..57ccedd1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AndroidAccessoryHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = AndroidAccessoryHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c DeviceDescriptor.c Lib/AndroidAccessoryCommands.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a17648c37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the AudioInputHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioInputHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Audio Input Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(StreamingInterfaceIndex,
+ StreamingInterfaceAltSetting)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Could not set alternative streaming interface setting.\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT),
+ .bRequest = AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent,
+ .wValue = (AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq << 8),
+ .wIndex = StreamingEndpointAddress,
+ .wLength = sizeof(USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t),
+ };
+
+ USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t SampleRate = AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000);
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ /* Set the sample rate on the streaming interface endpoint */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(&SampleRate)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Could not set requested Audio sample rate.\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Sample reload timer initialization */
+ TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / 48000) - 1);
+ TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
+ TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
+
+ /* Set speaker as output */
+ DDRC |= (1 << 6);
+
+ /* PWM speaker timer initialization */
+ TCCR3A = ((1 << WGM30) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP
+ TCCR3B = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30)); // Fast 8-Bit PWM, F_CPU speed
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Microphone Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the PWM timer with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevPipe = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(AUDIO_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check if the current pipe can be read from (contains a packet) and the device is sending data */
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ /* Retrieve the signed 16-bit audio sample, convert to 8-bit */
+ int8_t Sample_8Bit = (Pipe_Read_16_LE() >> 8);
+
+ /* Check to see if the bank is now empty */
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ /* Acknowledge the packet, clear the bank ready for the next packet */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /* Load the sample into the PWM timer channel */
+ OCR3A = (Sample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
+
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ /* Turn on LEDs as the sample amplitude increases */
+ if (Sample_8Bit > 16)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4);
+ else if (Sample_8Bit > 8)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3);
+ else if (Sample_8Bit > 4)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
+ else if (Sample_8Bit > 2)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipe);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9f68c866b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AudioInputHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_INPUT_HOST_H_
+#define _AUDIO_INPUT_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0736e0df4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/AudioInputHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Input Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Audio Input host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Audio host, for USB Audio devices using
+ * the USB Audio 1.0 class profile.
+ *
+ * Incoming audio will output in 8-bit PWM onto the timer 3 output compare
+ * channel A, and will also be indicated on the board LEDs. Decouple the PWM
+ * output with a capacitor and attach to a speaker to hear the audio.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8dd724667
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Index of the currently used Audio Streaming Interface within the device. */
+uint8_t StreamingInterfaceIndex = 0;
+
+/** Alternative Setting of the currently used Audio Streaming Interface within the device. */
+uint8_t StreamingInterfaceAltSetting = 0;
+
+/** Address of the streaming audio endpoint currently in use within the device. */
+uint8_t StreamingEndpointAddress = 0;
+
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a Streaming Audio interface descriptor containing a valid Isochronous audio endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref AudioHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AudioControlInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AudioStreamingInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(AudioControlInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Check if we haven't found an Audio Control interface yet, or if we have run out of related Audio Streaming interfaces */
+ if (!(AudioControlInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Find a new Audio Control interface if the current one doesn't contain a compatible streaming interface */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextAudioControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ AudioControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Find the next Audio Streaming interface within that Audio Control interface */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ AudioStreamingInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* Save the endpoint if it is an IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ StreamingInterfaceIndex = AudioStreamingInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ StreamingInterfaceAltSetting = AudioStreamingInterface->AlternateSetting;
+ StreamingEndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+
+ /* Configure the Audio data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(AUDIO_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 2);
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Audio Control Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextAudioControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Audio Streaming Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Isochronous Endpoint descriptor within the current interface, aborting the
+ * search if another interface descriptor is found before the next endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1fd4db8a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "AudioInputHost.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the Audio data IN pipe. */
+ #define AUDIO_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum AudioHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern uint8_t StreamingInterfaceIndex;
+ extern uint8_t StreamingInterfaceAltSetting;
+ extern uint8_t StreamingEndpointAddress;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextAudioControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f6defd91d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Audio Input Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.audio_input.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.audio_input"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.audio_input" caption="Audio Input Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Audio Input Host demo, implementing a basic USB audio sink that can output incoming audio data to a speaker. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioInputHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AudioInputHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AudioInputHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2440541f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Audio Input Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..df1bd0bc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioInputHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = AudioInputHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..819c83eeb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the AudioOutputHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "AudioOutputHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Audio Output Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ Buttons_Init();
+ ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_32);
+ ADC_SetupChannel(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+
+ /* Start the ADC conversion in free running mode */
+ ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL));
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(StreamingInterfaceIndex,
+ StreamingInterfaceAltSetting)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Could not set alternative streaming interface setting.\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT),
+ .bRequest = AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent,
+ .wValue = (AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq << 8),
+ .wIndex = StreamingEndpointAddress,
+ .wLength = sizeof(USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t),
+ };
+
+ USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t SampleRate = AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(48000);
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ /* Set the sample rate on the streaming interface endpoint */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(&SampleRate)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Could not set requested Audio sample rate.\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Sample reload timer initialization */
+ TIMSK0 = (1 << OCIE0A);
+ OCR0A = ((F_CPU / 8 / 48000) - 1);
+ TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
+ TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Speaker Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** ISR to handle the reloading of the endpoint with the next sample. */
+ISR(TIMER0_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevPipe = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(AUDIO_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check if the current pipe can be written to (device ready for more data) */
+ if (Pipe_IsOUTReady())
+ {
+ int16_t AudioSample;
+
+ #if defined(USE_TEST_TONE)
+ static uint8_t SquareWaveSampleCount;
+ static int16_t CurrentWaveValue;
+
+ /* In test tone mode, generate a square wave at 1/256 of the sample rate */
+ if (SquareWaveSampleCount++ == 0xFF)
+ CurrentWaveValue ^= 0x8000;
+
+ /* Only generate audio if the board button is being pressed */
+ AudioSample = (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? CurrentWaveValue : 0;
+ #else
+ /* Audio sample is ADC value scaled to fit the entire range */
+ AudioSample = ((SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / ADC_MAX_RANGE) * ADC_GetResult());
+
+ #if defined(MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL)
+ /* Microphone is biased to half rail voltage, subtract the bias from the sample value */
+ AudioSample -= (SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / 2);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ Pipe_Write_16_LE(AudioSample);
+ Pipe_Write_16_LE(AudioSample);
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipe);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6b7ccce91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for AudioOutputHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_HOST_H_
+#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Maximum audio sample value for the microphone input. */
+ #define SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE 0xFFFF
+
+ /** Maximum ADC range for the microphone input. */
+ #define ADC_MAX_RANGE 0x3FF
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5e79a33e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/AudioOutputHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Audio Output Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Class Terminal Types Specification \n
+ * USBIF Audio 1.0 Data Formats Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Audio Output host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Audio host, for USB Audio devices using
+ * the USB Audio 1.0 class profile.
+ *
+ * By default, the demo will produce a square wave test tone when the board
+ * button is pressed. If USE_TEST_TONE is not defined in the project makefile,
+ * incoming audio from the ADC channel 1 will be sampled and sent to the attached
+ * USB audio device instead.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th><b>Define Name:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Location:</b></th>
+ * <th><b>Description:</b></th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>Sets the ADC channel used by the demo for the input audio samples from an attached microphone.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>USE_TEST_TONE</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this alters the demo to produce a square wave test tone when the first board button is pressed
+ * instead of sampling the board microphone.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL</td>
+ * <td>AppConfig.h</td>
+ * <td>When defined, this alters the demo so that the half VCC bias of the microphone input is subtracted.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/Config/AppConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/Config/AppConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8360102f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/Config/AppConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Application Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This is a header file which is be used to configure some of
+ * the application's compile time options, as an alternative to
+ * specifying the compile time constants supplied through a
+ * makefile or build system.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the
+ * \ref Sec_Options section of the application documentation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
+#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL 2
+
+ #define MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL
+ #define USE_TEST_TONE
+
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b1e675ab4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Index of the currently used Audio Streaming Interface within the device. */
+uint8_t StreamingInterfaceIndex = 0;
+
+/** Alternative Setting of the currently used Audio Streaming Interface within the device. */
+uint8_t StreamingInterfaceAltSetting = 0;
+
+/** Address of the streaming audio endpoint currently in use within the device. */
+uint8_t StreamingEndpointAddress = 0;
+
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a Streaming Audio interface descriptor containing a valid Isochronous audio endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref AudioHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AudioControlInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AudioStreamingInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(AudioControlInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Check if we haven't found an Audio Control interface yet, or if we have run out of related Audio Streaming interfaces */
+ if (!(AudioControlInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Find a new Audio Control interface if the current one doesn't contain a compatible streaming interface */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextAudioControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ AudioControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Find the next Audio Streaming interface within that Audio Control interface */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ AudioStreamingInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* Save the endpoint if it is an OUT type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT)
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ StreamingInterfaceIndex = AudioStreamingInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ StreamingInterfaceAltSetting = AudioStreamingInterface->AlternateSetting;
+ StreamingEndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+
+ /* Configure the Audio data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(AUDIO_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 2);
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Audio Control Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextAudioControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Audio Streaming Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Isochronous Endpoint descriptor within the current interface, aborting the
+ * search if another interface descriptor is found before the next endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b9ace16f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "AudioOutputHost.h"
+ #include "Config/AppConfig.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the Audio data OUT pipe. */
+ #define AUDIO_DATA_OUT_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 1)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum AudioHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern uint8_t StreamingInterfaceIndex;
+ extern uint8_t StreamingInterfaceAltSetting;
+ extern uint8_t StreamingEndpointAddress;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextAudioControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextAudioStreamInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ebc1587c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Audio Output Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.audio_output.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.audio_output"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.audio_output" caption="Audio Output Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Audio Output Host demo, implementing a basic USB audio source that can output audio data to an attached device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Audio Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="AudioOutputHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="AudioOutputHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="AudioOutputHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="required-header-file" value="AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/AppConfig.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.adc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..29cf0ddac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Audio Output Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fc3058af1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/AudioOutputHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = AudioOutputHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8efa20f12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(HIDInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextHIDInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Not all HID devices have an OUT endpoint - if we've reached the end of the HID descriptor
+ * but only found the mandatory IN endpoint, it's safe to continue with the device enumeration */
+ if (DataINEndpoint)
+ break;
+
+ /* Get the next HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextHIDInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Clear any found endpoints */
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+ Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(DataINEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+ /* Check if the HID interface contained an optional OUT data endpoint */
+ if (DataOUTEndpoint)
+ {
+ /* Configure the HID data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+ }
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct HID Class value.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ /* Determine if the current descriptor is an interface descriptor */
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the HID descriptor class, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
+ if (Interface->Class == HID_CSCP_HIDClass)
+ {
+ /* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor,
+ * aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ /* Determine the type of the current descriptor */
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ /* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ /* Indicate that the search has failed prematurely and should be aborted */
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ /* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..968e67682
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "GenericHIDHost.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the HID data IN pipe. */
+ #define HID_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Pipe address for the HID data OUT pipe. */
+ #define HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b05dfa8eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the GenericHIDHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "GenericHIDHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Generic HID Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ ReadNextReport();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("HID Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Reads in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report
+ * contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.
+ */
+void ReadNextReport(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Select and unfreeze HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(HID_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+ if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
+ {
+ /* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */
+ if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ uint8_t ReportINData[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];
+
+ /* Read in HID report data */
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&ReportINData, sizeof(ReportINData), NULL);
+
+ /* Print report data through the serial port */
+ for (uint16_t CurrByte = 0; CurrByte < sizeof(ReportINData); CurrByte++)
+ printf_P(PSTR("0x%02X "), ReportINData[CurrByte]);
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\n"));
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
+/** Writes a report to the attached device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ReportOUTData Buffer containing the report to send to the device
+ * \param[in] ReportIndex Index of the report in the device (zero if the device does not use multiple reports)
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of report to send, either REPORT_TYPE_OUT or REPORT_TYPE_FEATURE
+ * \param[in] ReportLength Length of the report to send
+ */
+void WriteNextReport(uint8_t* ReportOUTData,
+ const uint8_t ReportIndex,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ uint16_t ReportLength)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Select the HID data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+
+ /* Not all HID devices have an OUT endpoint (some require OUT reports to be sent over the
+ * control endpoint instead) - check to see if the OUT endpoint has been initialized */
+ if (Pipe_IsConfigured() && (ReportType == REPORT_TYPE_OUT))
+ {
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Ensure pipe is ready to be written to before continuing */
+ if (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()))
+ {
+ /* Refreeze the data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* If the report index is used, send it before the report data */
+ if (ReportIndex)
+ Pipe_Write_8(ReportIndex);
+
+ /* Write out HID report data */
+ Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(ReportOUTData, ReportLength, NULL);
+
+ /* Clear the OUT endpoint, send last data packet */
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Refreeze the data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Class specific request to send a HID report to the device */
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = HID_REQ_SetReport,
+ .wValue = ((ReportType << 8) | ReportIndex),
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = ReportLength,
+ };
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ /* Send the request to the device */
+ USB_Host_SendControlRequest(ReportOUTData);
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..065c7ac71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for GenericHIDHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _GENERICHID_HOST_H_
+#define _GENERICHID_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** HID Report Type to indicate an IN report. */
+ #define REPORT_TYPE_IN 1
+
+ /** HID Report Type to indicate an OUT report. */
+ #define REPORT_TYPE_OUT 2
+
+ /** HID Report Type to indicate a FEATURE report. */
+ #define REPORT_TYPE_FEATURE 3
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void ReadNextReport(void);
+ void WriteNextReport(uint8_t* ReportOUTData,
+ const uint8_t ReportIndex,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ uint16_t ReportLength);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1c9b1875a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Generic HID Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Generic HID host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a Generic HID USB host, for any device implementing
+ * the HID profile.
+ *
+ * Received reports from the attached device are printed to the serial port.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2321a8139
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Generic HID Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.generic_hid.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.generic_hid"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.generic_hid" caption="Generic HID Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Generic HID Host demo, implementing a basic USB HID device that can send and receive data to and from an attached device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="GenericHIDHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="GenericHIDHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="GenericHIDHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..21dad31cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Generic HID Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..33a8b7e36
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/GenericHIDHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = GenericHIDHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..50740e02d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint and HID descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref JoystickHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface = NULL;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t* HIDDescriptor = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(HIDInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextJoystickInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Get the next HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextJoystickInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Get the HID descriptor from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextHID) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the HID descriptor for later use */
+ HIDDescriptor = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(JOYSTICK_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+ Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(DataINEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+ /* Get the HID report size from the HID report descriptor */
+ HIDReportSize = HIDDescriptor->HIDReportLength;
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Joystick HID Class and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextJoystickInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the HID descriptor class, break out if correct class interface found */
+ if ((Interface->Class == HID_CSCP_HIDClass))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, aborting the
+ * search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextJoystickInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ else
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next HID descriptor within the current HID interface descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == HID_DTYPE_HID)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ else
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b351a9ddc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "HIDReport.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the joystick report data pipe. */
+ #define JOYSTICK_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum JoystickHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoHIDInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoHIDDescriptorFound = 5, /**< A compatible HID descriptor was not found in the device's HID interface */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextJoystickInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextJoystickInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/HIDReport.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8a5cecf4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "HIDReport.h"
+
+/** Size in bytes of the attached device's HID report descriptor */
+uint16_t HIDReportSize;
+
+/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
+HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+
+/** Function to read in the HID report descriptor from the attached device, and process it into easy-to-read
+ * structures via the HID parser routines in the LUFA library.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref JoystickHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void)
+{
+ /* Create a buffer big enough to hold the entire returned HID report */
+ uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDReportSize];
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+ .wValue = (HID_DTYPE_Report << 8),
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = HIDReportSize,
+ };
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ /* Send control request to retrieve the HID report from the attached device */
+ if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ParseControlError;
+
+ /* Send the HID report to the parser for processing */
+ if (USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDReportSize, &HIDReportInfo) != HID_PARSE_Successful)
+ return ParseError;
+
+ return ParseSuccessful;
+}
+
+/** Callback for the HID Report Parser. This function is called each time the HID report parser is about to store
+ * an IN, OUT or FEATURE item into the HIDReportInfo structure. To save on RAM, we are able to filter out items
+ * we aren't interested in (preventing us from being able to extract them later on, but saving on the RAM they would
+ * have occupied).
+ *
+ * \param[in] CurrentItem Pointer to the item the HID report parser is currently working with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the HID report structure, \c false if it should be discarded
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem)
+{
+ bool IsJoystick = false;
+
+ /* Iterate through the item's collection path, until either the root collection node or a collection with the
+ * Joystick Usage is found - this prevents Mice, which use identical descriptors except for the Mouse usage
+ * parent node, from being erroneously treated as a joystick
+ */
+ for (HID_CollectionPath_t* CurrPath = CurrentItem->CollectionPath; CurrPath != NULL; CurrPath = CurrPath->Parent)
+ {
+ if ((CurrPath->Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+ (CurrPath->Usage.Usage == USAGE_JOYSTICK))
+ {
+ IsJoystick = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If a collection with the joystick usage was not found, indicate that we are not interested in this item */
+ if (!IsJoystick)
+ return false;
+
+ /* Check the attributes of the current joystick item - see if we are interested in it or not;
+ * only store BUTTON and GENERIC_DESKTOP_CONTROL items into the Processed HID Report
+ * structure to save RAM and ignore the rest
+ */
+ return ((CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) ||
+ (CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL));
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/HIDReport.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..81c690d55
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for HIDReport.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HID_REPORT_H_
+#define _HID_REPORT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "JoystickHostWithParser.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a toggle button. */
+ #define USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON 0x09
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a Generic Desktop Control. */
+ #define USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL 0x01
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage for a Joystick. */
+ #define USAGE_JOYSTICK 0x04
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a X axis movement. */
+ #define USAGE_X 0x30
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a Y axis movement. */
+ #define USAGE_Y 0x31
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref GetHIDReportData() function. */
+ enum JoystickHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t
+ {
+ ParseSuccessful = 0, /**< HID report descriptor parsed successfully */
+ ParseError = 1, /**< Failed to fully process the HID report descriptor */
+ ParseControlError = 2, /**< Control error occurred while trying to read the device HID descriptor */
+ };
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern uint16_t HIDReportSize;
+ extern HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1425d7448
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.c
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the JoystickHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "JoystickHostWithParser.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Joystick HID Parser Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ JoystickHost_Task();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Processing HID Report (Size %d Bytes).\r\n"), HIDReportSize);
+
+ /* Get and process the device's first HID report descriptor */
+ if ((ErrorCode = GetHIDReportData()) != ParseSuccessful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Report Parse Error.\r\n"));
+
+ if (!(HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems))
+ puts_P(PSTR("Not a valid Joystick." ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ else
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Joystick Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to read and process the HID report descriptor and HID reports from the device
+ * and display the results onto the board LEDs.
+ */
+void JoystickHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Select and unfreeze joystick data pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(JOYSTICK_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ /* Check if data has been received from the attached joystick */
+ if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ /* Create buffer big enough for the report */
+ uint8_t JoystickReport[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];
+
+ /* Load in the joystick report */
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(JoystickReport, Pipe_BytesInPipe(), NULL);
+
+ /* Process the read in joystick report from the device */
+ ProcessJoystickReport(JoystickReport);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /* Freeze joystick data pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
+/** Processes a read HID report from an attached joystick, extracting out elements via the HID parser results
+ * as required and displays movement and button presses on the board LEDs.
+ *
+ * \param[in] JoystickReport Pointer to a HID report from an attached joystick device
+ */
+void ProcessJoystickReport(uint8_t* JoystickReport)
+{
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ /* Check each HID report item in turn, looking for joystick X/Y/button reports */
+ for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
+ {
+ /* Create a temporary item pointer to the next report item */
+ HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
+
+ bool FoundData;
+
+ if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ /* Get the joystick button value */
+ FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(JoystickReport, ReportItem);
+
+ /* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
+ if (!(FoundData))
+ continue;
+
+ /* If button is pressed, all LEDs are turned on */
+ if (ReportItem->Value)
+ LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+ else if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+ ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X) ||
+ (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_Y)) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ /* Get the joystick relative position value */
+ FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(JoystickReport, ReportItem);
+
+ /* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
+ if (!(FoundData))
+ continue;
+
+ int16_t DeltaMovement = HID_ALIGN_DATA(ReportItem, int16_t);
+
+ /* Check to see if a (non-zero) delta movement has been indicated */
+ if (DeltaMovement)
+ {
+ /* Determine if the report is for the X or Y delta movement, light LEDs as appropriate */
+ if (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X)
+ LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
+ else
+ LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED3 : LEDS_LED4);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Display the button information on the board LEDs */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4a01bcdfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for JoystickHostWithParser.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _JOYSTICK_HOST_H_
+#define _JOYSTICK_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+ #include "HIDReport.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void JoystickHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+ void ProcessJoystickReport(uint8_t* JoystickReport);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9eba4ed86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/JoystickHostWithParser.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Joystick Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Joystick host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Joystick host, for USB joysticks using
+ * the standard joystick HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID
+ * reports, allowing for correct operation across all USB joysticks. This
+ * demo supports joysticks with a single HID report.
+ *
+ * Joystick movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs.
+ * On connection to a USB joystick, the report items will be processed and
+ * printed as a formatted list through the USART before the joystick is
+ * fully enumerated.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface joysticks are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f2b919511
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Joystick HID (with parser) Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.joystick_parser.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.joystick_parser"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.joystick_parser" caption="Joystick HID (with parser) Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Joystick HID Host demo with HID parser, implementing a basic USB joystick host that can display movement data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="JoystickHostWithParser.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="JoystickHostWithParser.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="HIDReport.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="JoystickHostWithParser.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="HIDReport.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5af83f00d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Joystick Host Demo (Using HID Descriptor Parser)"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..11c7961e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/JoystickHostWithParser/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = JoystickHostWithParser
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c HIDReport.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bafece6ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref KeyboardHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(HIDInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextKeyboardInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Get the next HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextKeyboardInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(KEYBOARD_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+ Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(DataINEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Keyboard HID Class and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
+ if ((Interface->Class == HID_CSCP_HIDClass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, aborting the
+ * search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ else
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cc2b26f21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "KeyboardHost.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the keyboard data IN pipe. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum KeyboardHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f732b9d32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the KeyboardHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "KeyboardHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Keyboard HID Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ KeyboardHost_Task();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* HID class request to set the keyboard protocol to the Boot Protocol */
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = HID_REQ_SetProtocol,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Protocol).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Keyboard Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to read in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report
+ * contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.
+ */
+void KeyboardHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Select keyboard data pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(KEYBOARD_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+
+ /* Unfreeze keyboard data pipe */
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+ if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
+ {
+ /* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */
+ if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReport;
+
+ /* Read in keyboard report data */
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReport, sizeof(KeyboardReport), NULL);
+
+ /* Indicate if the modifier byte is non-zero (special key such as shift is being pressed) */
+ LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDS_LED1, (KeyboardReport.Modifier) ? LEDS_LED1 : 0);
+
+ uint8_t KeyCode = KeyboardReport.KeyCode[0];
+
+ /* Check if a key has been pressed */
+ if (KeyCode)
+ {
+ /* Toggle status LED to indicate keypress */
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
+
+ char PressedKey = 0;
+
+ /* Retrieve pressed key character if alphanumeric */
+ if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) && (KeyCode <= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Z))
+ {
+ PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) + 'A';
+ }
+ else if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) &
+ (KeyCode < HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS))
+ {
+ PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) + '1';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS)
+ {
+ PressedKey = '0';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SPACE)
+ {
+ PressedKey = ' ';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ENTER)
+ {
+ PressedKey = '\n';
+ }
+
+ /* Print the pressed key character out through the serial port if valid */
+ if (PressedKey)
+ putchar(PressedKey);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Refreeze keyboard data pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..74c949afd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for KeyboardHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void KeyboardHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..206ccc011
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Keyboard Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Keyboard host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB keyboard host, for USB keyboards using
+ * the standard keyboard HID profile.
+ *
+ * Pressed alpha-numeric, enter or space key is transmitted through the serial
+ * USART at serial settings 9600, 8, N, 1.
+ *
+ * This uses a naive method where the keyboard is set to Boot Protocol mode, so
+ * that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation
+ * uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across
+ * all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the
+ * KeyboardHostWithParser demo application.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface keyboards are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1256e3540
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Keyboard HID Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.keyboard.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.keyboard"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.keyboard" caption="Keyboard HID Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Keyboard HID Host demo, implementing a basic USB keyboard host that can display key press data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="KeyboardHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="KeyboardHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="KeyboardHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6ac6b0525
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2a78d1503
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = KeyboardHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..59d8ea432
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint and HID descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref KeyboardHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface = NULL;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t* HIDDescriptor = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(HIDInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextKeyboardInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Get the next HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextKeyboardInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Get the HID descriptor from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextHID) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the HID descriptor for later use */
+ HIDDescriptor = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(KEYBOARD_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+ Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(DataINEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+ /* Get the HID report size from the HID report descriptor */
+ HIDReportSize = HIDDescriptor->HIDReportLength;
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Keyboard HID Class and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the HID descriptor class, break out if correct class interface found */
+ if (Interface->Class == HID_CSCP_HIDClass)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, aborting the
+ * search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ else
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next HID descriptor within the current HID interface descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == HID_DTYPE_HID)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ else
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..20403becd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "HIDReport.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the keyboard report data IN pipe. */
+ #define KEYBOARD_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum KeyboardHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3bae3f52d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "HIDReport.h"
+
+/** Size in bytes of the attached device's HID report descriptor */
+uint16_t HIDReportSize;
+
+/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
+HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+
+/** Function to read in the HID report descriptor from the attached device, and process it into easy-to-read
+ * structures via the HID parser routines in the LUFA library.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref KeyboardHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void)
+{
+ /* Create a buffer big enough to hold the entire returned HID report */
+ uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDReportSize];
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+ .wValue = (HID_DTYPE_Report << 8),
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = HIDReportSize,
+ };
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ /* Send control request to retrieve the HID report from the attached device */
+ if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ParseControlError;
+
+ /* Send the HID report to the parser for processing */
+ if (USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDReportSize, &HIDReportInfo) != HID_PARSE_Successful)
+ return ParseError;
+
+ return ParseSuccessful;
+}
+
+/** Callback for the HID Report Parser. This function is called each time the HID report parser is about to store
+ * an IN, OUT or FEATURE item into the HIDReportInfo structure. To save on RAM, we are able to filter out items
+ * we aren't interested in (preventing us from being able to extract them later on, but saving on the RAM they would
+ * have occupied).
+ *
+ * \param[in] CurrentItem Pointer to the item the HID report parser is currently working with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the HID report structure, \c false if it should be discarded
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem)
+{
+ /* Check the attributes of the current item - see if we are interested in it or not;
+ * only store KEYBOARD usage page items into the Processed HID Report structure to
+ * save RAM and ignore the rest
+ */
+ return (CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d7c45713d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for HIDReport.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HID_REPORT_H_
+#define _HID_REPORT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "KeyboardHostWithParser.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a desktop keyboard. */
+ #define USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD 0x07
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref GetHIDReportData() function. */
+ enum KeyboardHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t
+ {
+ ParseSuccessful = 0, /**< HID report descriptor parsed successfully */
+ ParseError = 1, /**< Failed to fully process the HID report descriptor */
+ ParseControlError = 2, /**< Control error occurred while trying to read the device HID descriptor */
+ };
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern uint16_t HIDReportSize;
+ extern HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..699179235
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c
@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the KeyboardHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "KeyboardHostWithParser.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Keyboard HID Parser Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ KeyboardHost_Task();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Processing HID Report (Size %d Bytes).\r\n"), HIDReportSize);
+
+ /* Get and process the device's first HID report descriptor */
+ if ((ErrorCode = GetHIDReportData()) != ParseSuccessful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Report Parse Error.\r\n"));
+
+ if (!(HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems))
+ puts_P(PSTR("Not a valid Keyboard." ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ else
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Keyboard Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to read in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report
+ * contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.
+ */
+void KeyboardHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Select and unfreeze keyboard data pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(KEYBOARD_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ /* Check if data has been received from the attached keyboard */
+ if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ /* Create buffer big enough for the report */
+ uint8_t KeyboardReport[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];
+
+ /* Load in the keyboard report */
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(KeyboardReport, Pipe_BytesInPipe(), NULL);
+
+ /* Process the read in keyboard report from the device */
+ ProcessKeyboardReport(KeyboardReport);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /* Freeze keyboard data pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
+/** Processes a read HID report from an attached keyboard, extracting out elements via the HID parser results
+ * as required and prints pressed characters to the serial port. Each time a key is typed, a board LED is toggled.
+ *
+ * \param[in] KeyboardReport Pointer to a HID report from an attached keyboard device
+ */
+void ProcessKeyboardReport(uint8_t* KeyboardReport)
+{
+ /* Check each HID report item in turn, looking for keyboard scan code reports */
+ for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
+ {
+ /* Create a temporary item pointer to the next report item */
+ HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
+
+ /* Check if the current report item is a keyboard scan-code */
+ if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD) &&
+ (ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize == 8) &&
+ (ReportItem->Attributes.Logical.Maximum > 1) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ /* Retrieve the keyboard scan-code from the report data retrieved from the device */
+ bool FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(KeyboardReport, ReportItem);
+
+ /* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
+ if (!(FoundData))
+ continue;
+
+ /* Key code is an unsigned char in length, cast to the appropriate type */
+ uint8_t KeyCode = (uint8_t)ReportItem->Value;
+
+ /* If scan-code is non-zero, a key is being pressed */
+ if (KeyCode)
+ {
+ /* Toggle status LED to indicate keypress */
+ LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
+
+ char PressedKey = 0;
+
+ /* Retrieve pressed key character if alphanumeric */
+ if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) && (KeyCode <= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Z))
+ {
+ PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A) + 'A';
+ }
+ else if ((KeyCode >= HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) &
+ (KeyCode < HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS))
+ {
+ PressedKey = (KeyCode - HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION) + '1';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS)
+ {
+ PressedKey = '0';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SPACE)
+ {
+ PressedKey = ' ';
+ }
+ else if (KeyCode == HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ENTER)
+ {
+ PressedKey = '\n';
+ }
+
+ /* Print the pressed key character out through the serial port if valid */
+ if (PressedKey)
+ putchar(PressedKey);
+ }
+
+ /* Once a scan-code is found, stop scanning through the report items */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..00a000a92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+#define _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+ #include "HIDReport.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void KeyboardHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+ void ProcessKeyboardReport(uint8_t* KeyboardReport);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4c87965ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Keyboard Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Keyboard host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Keyboard host, for USB keyboards using
+ * the standard Keyboard HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID reports,
+ * allowing for correct operation across all USB keyboards. This demo supports
+ * keyboards with a single HID report.
+ *
+ * Pressed alpha-numeric, enter or space key is transmitted through the serial
+ * USART at serial settings 9600, 8, N, 1. On connection to a USB keyboard, the
+ * report items will be processed and printed as a formatted list through the
+ * USART before the keyboard is fully enumerated.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface keyboards are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..beeaff9b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Keyboard HID (with parser) Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.keyboard_parser.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.keyboard_parser"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.keyboard_parser" caption="Keyboard HID (with parser) Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Keyboard HID Host demo with HID parser, implementing a basic USB keyboard host that can display key press data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="KeyboardHostWithParser.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="KeyboardHostWithParser.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="HIDReport.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="KeyboardHostWithParser.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="HIDReport.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e014d3ed7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Host Demo (Using HID Descriptor Parser)"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c5b2a6674
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = KeyboardHostWithParser
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c HIDReport.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f0c93e45a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a MIDI interface descriptor pair containing bulk data IN and OUT endpoints.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref MIDIHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* MIDIInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(MIDIInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Get the next Mass Storage interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextMIDIStreamingInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ MIDIInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Clear any found endpoints */
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the MIDI data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MIDI_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Configure the MIDI data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MIDI_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct MIDI Streaming Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMIDIStreamingInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the MIDI descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct data interface found */
+ if ((Interface->Class == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next bulk IN or OUT endpoint within the current interface, aborting the search if
+ * another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* Check the endpoint type, break out if correct BULK type endpoint found */
+ if ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..25e49fbee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "MIDIHost.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the MIDI data IN pipe. */
+ #define MIDI_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Pipe address for the MIDI data OUT pipe. */
+ #define MIDI_DATA_OUT_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum MIDIHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextMIDIStreamingInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8c37403ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MIDIHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MIDIHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "MIDI Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MIDIHost_Task();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ Joystick_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("MIDI Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to read in note on/off messages from the attached MIDI device and print it to the serial port.
+ * When the board joystick or buttons are pressed, note on/off messages are sent to the attached device.
+ */
+void MIDIHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MIDI_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent;
+
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&MIDIEvent, sizeof(MIDIEvent), NULL);
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ bool NoteOnEvent = (MIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON));
+ bool NoteOffEvent = (MIDIEvent.Event == MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF));
+
+ if (NoteOnEvent || NoteOffEvent)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR("MIDI Note %s - Channel %d, Pitch %d, Velocity %d\r\n"), NoteOnEvent ? "On" : "Off",
+ ((MIDIEvent.Data1 & 0x0F) + 1),
+ MIDIEvent.Data2, MIDIEvent.Data3);
+ }
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MIDI_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsOUTReady())
+ {
+ uint8_t MIDICommand = 0;
+ uint8_t MIDIPitch;
+
+ static uint8_t PrevJoystickStatus;
+ uint8_t JoystickStatus = Joystick_GetStatus();
+ uint8_t JoystickChanges = (JoystickStatus ^ PrevJoystickStatus);
+
+ /* Get board button status - if pressed use channel 10 (percussion), otherwise use channel 1 */
+ uint8_t Channel = ((Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? MIDI_CHANNEL(10) : MIDI_CHANNEL(1));
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_LEFT)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_LEFT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3C;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_UP)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_UP)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3D;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_RIGHT)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_RIGHT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3E;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_DOWN)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_DOWN)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3F;
+ }
+
+ if (JoystickChanges & JOY_PRESS)
+ {
+ MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_PRESS)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
+ MIDIPitch = 0x3B;
+ }
+
+ /* Check if a MIDI command is to be sent */
+ if (MIDICommand)
+ {
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent = (MIDI_EventPacket_t)
+ {
+ .Event = MIDI_EVENT(0, MIDICommand),
+
+ .Data1 = MIDICommand | Channel,
+ .Data2 = MIDIPitch,
+ .Data3 = MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY,
+ };
+
+ /* Write the MIDI event packet to the pipe */
+ Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&MIDIEvent, sizeof(MIDIEvent), NULL);
+
+ /* Send the data in the pipe to the device */
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ /* Save previous joystick value for next joystick change detection */
+ PrevJoystickStatus = JoystickStatus;
+ }
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6741e7a74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MIDIHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIDI_HOST_H_
+#define _MIDI_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void MIDIHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..33a8319f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/MIDIHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage MIDI Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Audio Class Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>MIDI Subclass</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF USB MIDI Audio Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * MIDI host demonstration application. This demo will enumerate an attached USB-MIDI device, and print incoming MIDI note
+ * on and off messages on any channel to the serial port. Pressing the board joystick will send note on and off messages to
+ * the attached MIDI device, with the board HWB controlling the note channel.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0a19a117d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="MIDI Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.midi.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.midi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.midi" caption="MIDI Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ MIDI Host demo, capable of sending and receiving MIDI messages to and from an attached device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="MIDI Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MIDIHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MIDIHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MIDIHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.buttons"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.joystick"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d675057e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - MIDI Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3f4611dcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MIDIHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MIDIHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..539b0a694
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+ #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS 5000
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4eebc14b2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a MSD interface descriptor containing bulk IN and OUT data endpoints.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref MassStorageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* MSInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(MSInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextMSInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Get the next Mass Storage interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextMSInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ MSInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Clear any found endpoints */
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the Mass Storage data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Configure the Mass Storage data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Mass Storage Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMSInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
+ if ((Interface->Class == MASS_STORE_CLASS) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == MASS_STORE_SUBCLASS) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == MASS_STORE_PROTOCOL))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Bulk Endpoint descriptor of the correct MSD interface, aborting the search if
+ * another interface descriptor is found before the next endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMSInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* Check the endpoint type, break out if correct BULK type endpoint found */
+ if ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..156a23eb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "MassStorageHost.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Interface Class value for the Mass Storage Device class. */
+ #define MASS_STORE_CLASS 0x08
+
+ /** Interface Class value for the Mass Storage Device subclass. */
+ #define MASS_STORE_SUBCLASS 0x06
+
+ /** Interface Protocol value for the Bulk Only transport protocol. */
+ #define MASS_STORE_PROTOCOL 0x50
+
+ /** Pipe address of the Mass Storage data IN pipe. */
+ #define MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Pipe address of the Mass Storage data OUT pipe. */
+ #define MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum MassStorageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextMSInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextMSInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2c803eb96
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c
@@ -0,0 +1,635 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Mass Storage Device commands, to issue MSD commands to the device for
+ * reading device status, capacity, and other characteristics. This file
+ * also contains block read and write functions, so that device blocks
+ * can be read and written. In general, these functions would be chained
+ * to a FAT library to give file-level access to an attached device's contents.
+ *
+ * \note Many Mass Storage devices on the market are non-compliant to the
+ * specifications and thus can prove difficult to interface with. It
+ * may be necessary to retry the functions in the module several times
+ * after they have returned and error to successfully send the command
+ * to the device. Some devices may also need to have the stream function
+ * timeout period extended beyond 100ms (some badly designed devices exceeding
+ * 1.5 seconds occasionally) by defining USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS to a
+ * larger value in the project makefile and passing it to the compiler
+ * via the -D switch.
+ */
+
+#define INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORE_COMMANDS_C
+#include "MassStoreCommands.h"
+
+/** Current Tag value used in issued CBWs to the device. This is automatically incremented
+ * each time a command is sent, and is not externally accessible.
+ */
+static uint32_t MassStore_Tag = 1;
+
+
+/** Routine to send the current CBW to the device, and increment the Tag value as needed.
+ *
+ * \param[in] SCSICommandBlock Pointer to a SCSI command block structure to send to the attached device
+ * \param[in,out] BufferPtr Pointer to a buffer for the data to send or receive to/from the device, or NULL if no data
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+static uint8_t MassStore_SendCommand(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+ void* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+
+ /* Wrap Tag value when invalid - MS class defines tag values of 0 and 0xFFFFFFFF to be invalid */
+ if (++MassStore_Tag == 0xFFFFFFFF)
+ MassStore_Tag = 1;
+
+ /* Each transmission should have a unique tag value, increment before use */
+ SCSICommandBlock->Tag = MassStore_Tag;
+
+ /* Select the OUT data pipe for CBW transmission */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Write the CBW command to the OUT pipe */
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(SCSICommandBlock, sizeof(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t), NULL)) !=
+ PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ /* Send the data in the OUT pipe to the attached device */
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Wait until command has been sent */
+ Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+
+ /* Freeze pipe after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ if (BufferPtr != NULL)
+ {
+ /* Transfer the requested data (if any) to or from the device */
+ ErrorCode = MassStore_SendReceiveData(SCSICommandBlock, (void*)BufferPtr);
+
+ /* Only fail completely if the transfer fails without a STALL, as a logical STALL can be recovered from */
+ if ((ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) && (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled))
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the returned SCSI status from the device */
+ MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t SCSIStatusBlock;
+ return MassStore_GetReturnedStatus(&SCSIStatusBlock);
+}
+
+/** Waits until the attached device is ready to accept data following a CBW, checking
+ * to ensure that the device has not stalled the transaction.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void)
+{
+ uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ /* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Wait until data received in the IN pipe */
+ while (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
+ {
+ uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ /* Check to see if a new frame has been issued (1ms elapsed) */
+ if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+ {
+ /* Save the new frame number and decrement the timeout period */
+ PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+ TimeoutMSRem--;
+
+ /* Check to see if the timeout period for the command has elapsed */
+ if (!(TimeoutMSRem))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ {
+ /* Clear the stall condition on the OUT pipe */
+ USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ {
+ /* Clear the stall condition on the IN pipe */
+ USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if the device was disconnected, if so exit function */
+ if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/** Sends or receives the transaction's data stage to or from the attached device, reading or
+ * writing to the nominated buffer.
+ *
+ * \param[in] SCSICommandBlock Pointer to a SCSI command block structure being sent to the attached device
+ * \param[in,out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data buffer to read from or write to
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+static uint8_t MassStore_SendReceiveData(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+ void* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+ uint16_t BytesRem = SCSICommandBlock->DataTransferLength;
+
+ /* Check the direction of the SCSI command data stage */
+ if (SCSICommandBlock->Flags & MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN)
+ {
+ /* Wait until the device has replied with some data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Read in the block data from the pipe */
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Acknowledge the packet */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Select the OUT data pipe for data transmission */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Write the block data to the pipe */
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Acknowledge the packet */
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ while (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Freeze used pipe after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/** Routine to receive the current CSW from the device.
+ *
+ * \param[out] SCSICommandStatus Pointer to a destination where the returned status data should be stored
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+static uint8_t MassStore_GetReturnedStatus(MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t* const SCSICommandStatus)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+
+ /* If an error in the command occurred, abort */
+ if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Load in the CSW from the attached device */
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(SCSICommandStatus, sizeof(MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t), NULL)) !=
+ PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the data ready for next reception */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Freeze the IN pipe after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ /* Check to see if command failed */
+ if (SCSICommandStatus->Status != MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Pass)
+ ErrorCode = MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED;
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/** Issues a Mass Storage class specific request to reset the attached device's Mass Storage interface,
+ * readying the device for the next CBW. The Data endpoints are cleared of any STALL condition once this
+ * command completes successfully.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_MassStorageReset(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = MS_REQ_MassStorageReset,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Select first data pipe to clear STALL condition if one exists */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress())) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Select second data pipe to clear STALL condition if one exists */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress())) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+/** Issues a Mass Storage class specific request to determine the index of the highest numbered Logical
+ * Unit in the attached device.
+ *
+ * \note Some devices do not support this request, and will STALL it when issued. To get around this,
+ * on unsupported devices the max LUN index will be reported as zero and no error will be returned
+ * if the device STALLs the request.
+ *
+ * \param[out] MaxLUNIndex Pointer to the location that the maximum LUN index value should be stored
+ *
+ * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_GetMaxLUN(uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = MS_REQ_GetMaxLUN,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 1,
+ };
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(MaxLUNIndex)) == HOST_SENDCONTROL_SetupStalled)
+ {
+ /* Clear the pipe stall */
+ Pipe_ClearStall();
+
+ /* Some faulty Mass Storage devices don't implement the GET_MAX_LUN request, so assume a single LUN */
+ *MaxLUNIndex = 0;
+
+ /* Clear the error, and pretend the request executed correctly if the device STALLed it */
+ ErrorCode = HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+ }
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/** Issues a SCSI Inquiry command to the attached device, to determine the device's information. This
+ * gives information on the device's capabilities.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
+ * \param[out] InquiryPtr Pointer to the inquiry data structure where the inquiry data from the device is to be stored
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_Inquiry(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t* const InquiryPtr)
+{
+ /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue INQUIRY command */
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .Signature = MS_CBW_SIGNATURE,
+ .DataTransferLength = sizeof(SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 6,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY,
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ sizeof(SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t), // Allocation Length
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ /* Send the command and any data to the attached device */
+ return MassStore_SendCommand(&SCSICommandBlock, InquiryPtr);
+}
+
+/** Issues a SCSI Request Sense command to the attached device, to determine the current SCSI sense information. This
+ * gives error codes for the last issued SCSI command to the device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
+ * \param[out] SensePtr Pointer to the sense data structure where the sense data from the device is to be stored
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_RequestSense(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SensePtr)
+{
+ /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue REQUEST SENSE command */
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .Signature = MS_CBW_SIGNATURE,
+ .DataTransferLength = sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 6,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE,
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t), // Allocation Length
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ /* Send the command and any data to the attached device */
+ return MassStore_SendCommand(&SCSICommandBlock, SensePtr);
+}
+
+/** Issues a SCSI Device Block Read command to the attached device, to read in one or more data blocks from the
+ * storage medium into a buffer.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Start block address to read from
+ * \param[in] Blocks Number of blocks to read from the device
+ * \param[in] BlockSize Size in bytes of each block to read
+ * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the buffer where the read data is to be written to
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ const uint8_t Blocks,
+ const uint16_t BlockSize,
+ void* BufferPtr)
+{
+ /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to read in the given blocks from the device */
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .Signature = MS_CBW_SIGNATURE,
+ .DataTransferLength = ((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 10,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_READ_10,
+ 0x00, // Unused (control bits, all off)
+ (BlockAddress >> 24), // MSB of Block Address
+ (BlockAddress >> 16),
+ (BlockAddress >> 8),
+ (BlockAddress & 0xFF), // LSB of Block Address
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // MSB of Total Blocks to Read
+ Blocks, // LSB of Total Blocks to Read
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ /* Send the command and any data to the attached device */
+ return MassStore_SendCommand(&SCSICommandBlock, BufferPtr);
+}
+
+/** Issues a SCSI Device Block Write command to the attached device, to write one or more data blocks to the
+ * storage medium from a buffer.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Start block address to write to
+ * \param[in] Blocks Number of blocks to write to in the device
+ * \param[in] BlockSize Size in bytes of each block to write
+ * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the buffer where the write data is to be sourced from
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_WriteDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ const uint8_t Blocks,
+ const uint16_t BlockSize,
+ void* BufferPtr)
+{
+ /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to write the given blocks to the device */
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .Signature = MS_CBW_SIGNATURE,
+ .DataTransferLength = ((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_OUT,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 10,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10,
+ 0x00, // Unused (control bits, all off)
+ (BlockAddress >> 24), // MSB of Block Address
+ (BlockAddress >> 16),
+ (BlockAddress >> 8),
+ (BlockAddress & 0xFF), // LSB of Block Address
+ 0x00, // Unused (reserved)
+ 0x00, // MSB of Total Blocks to Write
+ Blocks, // LSB of Total Blocks to Write
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ /* Send the command and any data to the attached device */
+ return MassStore_SendCommand(&SCSICommandBlock, BufferPtr);
+}
+
+/** Issues a SCSI Device Test Unit Ready command to the attached device, to determine if the device is ready to accept
+ * other commands.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_TestUnitReady(const uint8_t LUNIndex)
+{
+ /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue TEST UNIT READY command */
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .Signature = MS_CBW_SIGNATURE,
+ .DataTransferLength = 0,
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 6,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY,
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ /* Send the command and any data to the attached device */
+ return MassStore_SendCommand(&SCSICommandBlock, NULL);
+}
+
+/** Issues a SCSI Device Read Capacity command to the attached device, to determine the capacity of the
+ * given Logical Unit within the device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
+ * \param[out] CapacityPtr Device capacity structure where the capacity data is to be stored
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_ReadCapacity(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Capacity_t* const CapacityPtr)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+
+ /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue READ CAPACITY command */
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .Signature = MS_CBW_SIGNATURE,
+ .DataTransferLength = sizeof(SCSI_Capacity_t),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 10,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10,
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // MSB of Logical block address
+ 0x00,
+ 0x00,
+ 0x00, // LSB of Logical block address
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Partial Medium Indicator
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ /* Send the command and any data to the attached device */
+ if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_SendCommand(&SCSICommandBlock, CapacityPtr)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Endian-correct the read data */
+ CapacityPtr->Blocks = SwapEndian_32(CapacityPtr->Blocks);
+ CapacityPtr->BlockSize = SwapEndian_32(CapacityPtr->BlockSize);
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/** Issues a SCSI Device Prevent/Allow Medium Removal command to the attached device, to lock the physical media from
+ * being removed. This is a legacy command for SCSI disks with removable storage (such as ZIP disks), but should still
+ * be issued before the first read or write command is sent.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to
+ * \param[in] PreventRemoval Whether or not the LUN media should be locked to prevent removal or not
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED if the SCSI command fails
+ */
+uint8_t MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const bool PreventRemoval)
+{
+ /* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL command */
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .Signature = MS_CBW_SIGNATURE,
+ .DataTransferLength = 0,
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_OUT,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 6,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL,
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ PreventRemoval, // Prevent flag
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ /* Send the command and any data to the attached device */
+ return MassStore_SendCommand(&SCSICommandBlock, NULL);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1d3372da5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MassStoreCommands.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MASS_STORE_COMMANDS_H_
+#define _MASS_STORE_COMMANDS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ #include "../MassStorageHost.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Timeout period between the issuing of a CBW to a device, and the reception of the first packet. */
+ #define COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 10000
+
+ /** Additional error code for Mass Storage functions when a device returns a logical command failure. */
+ #define MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED 0xC0
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORE_COMMANDS_C)
+ static uint8_t MassStore_SendCommand(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+ void* BufferPtr);
+ static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void);
+ static uint8_t MassStore_SendReceiveData(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+ void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t MassStore_GetReturnedStatus(MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t* const SCSICommandStatus) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+
+ uint8_t MassStore_MassStorageReset(void);
+ uint8_t MassStore_GetMaxLUN(uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex);
+ uint8_t MassStore_RequestSense(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SensePtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ uint8_t MassStore_Inquiry(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t* const InquiryPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ uint8_t MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ const uint8_t Blocks,
+ const uint16_t BlockSize,
+ void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5);
+ uint8_t MassStore_WriteDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ const uint8_t Blocks,
+ const uint16_t BlockSize,
+ void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5);
+ uint8_t MassStore_ReadCapacity(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Capacity_t* const CapacityPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ uint8_t MassStore_TestUnitReady(const uint8_t LUNIndex);
+ uint8_t MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const bool PreventRemoval);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2361ab561
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,373 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MassStorageHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MassStorageHost.h"
+
+/** Index of the highest available LUN (Logical Unit) in the attached Mass Storage Device */
+uint8_t MassStore_MaxLUNIndex;
+
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Mass Storage Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MassStorageHost_Task();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ Buttons_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Mass Storage Disk Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read in blocks from
+ * the device and print them to the serial port.
+ */
+void MassStorageHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Indicate device busy via the status LEDs */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
+ if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_GetMaxLUN(&MassStore_MaxLUNIndex)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Get Max LUN"), ErrorCode);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Print number of LUNs detected in the attached device */
+ printf_P(PSTR("Total LUNs: %d - Using first LUN in device.\r\n"), (MassStore_MaxLUNIndex + 1));
+
+ /* Reset the Mass Storage device interface, ready for use */
+ if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_MassStorageReset()) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Mass Storage Reset"), ErrorCode);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Get sense data from the device - many devices will not accept any other commands until the sense data
+ * is read - both on start-up and after a failed command */
+ SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData;
+ if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_RequestSense(0, &SenseData)) != 0)
+ {
+ ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Request Sense"), ErrorCode);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the prevent removal flag for the device, allowing it to be accessed */
+ if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(0, true)) != 0)
+ {
+ ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Prevent/Allow Medium Removal"), ErrorCode);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Get inquiry data from the device */
+ SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData;
+ if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_Inquiry(0, &InquiryData)) != 0)
+ {
+ ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Inquiry"), ErrorCode);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Print vendor and product names of attached device */
+ printf_P(PSTR("Vendor \"%.8s\", Product \"%.16s\"\r\n"), InquiryData.VendorID, InquiryData.ProductID);
+
+ /* Wait until disk ready */
+ puts_P(PSTR("Waiting until ready.."));
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ Serial_SendByte('.');
+
+ /* Abort if device removed */
+ if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ break;
+
+ /* Check to see if the attached device is ready for new commands */
+ ErrorCode = MassStore_TestUnitReady(0);
+
+ /* If attached device is ready, abort the loop */
+ if (!(ErrorCode))
+ break;
+
+ /* If an error other than a logical command failure (indicating device busy) returned, abort */
+ if (ErrorCode != MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED)
+ {
+ ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Test Unit Ready"), ErrorCode);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nRetrieving Capacity... "));
+
+ /* Create new structure for the disk's capacity in blocks and block size */
+ SCSI_Capacity_t DiskCapacity;
+
+ /* Retrieve disk capacity */
+ if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadCapacity(0, &DiskCapacity)) != 0)
+ {
+ ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Capacity"), ErrorCode);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Display the disk capacity in blocks * block size bytes */
+ printf_P(PSTR("%lu blocks of %lu bytes.\r\n"), DiskCapacity.Blocks, DiskCapacity.BlockSize);
+
+ /* Create a new buffer capable of holding a single block from the device */
+ uint8_t BlockBuffer[DiskCapacity.BlockSize];
+
+ /* Read in the first 512 byte block from the device */
+ if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(0, 0x00000000, 1, DiskCapacity.BlockSize, BlockBuffer)) != 0)
+ {
+ ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Device Block"), ErrorCode);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\nContents of first block:\r\n"));
+
+ /* Print out the first block in both HEX and ASCII, 16 bytes per line */
+ for (uint16_t Chunk = 0; Chunk < (DiskCapacity.BlockSize >> 4); Chunk++)
+ {
+ /* Pointer to the start of the current 16-byte chunk in the read block of data */
+ uint8_t* ChunkPtr = &BlockBuffer[Chunk << 4];
+
+ /* Print out the 16 bytes of the chunk in HEX format */
+ for (uint8_t ByteOffset = 0; ByteOffset < (1 << 4); ByteOffset++)
+ {
+ char CurrByte = *(ChunkPtr + ByteOffset);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("%.2X "), CurrByte);
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(" "));
+
+ /* Print out the 16 bytes of the chunk in ASCII format */
+ for (uint8_t ByteOffset = 0; ByteOffset < (1 << 4); ByteOffset++)
+ {
+ char CurrByte = *(ChunkPtr + ByteOffset);
+
+ putchar(isprint(CurrByte) ? CurrByte : '.');
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\n"));
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("\r\n\r\nPress board button to read entire ASCII contents of disk...\r\n\r\n"));
+
+ /* Wait for the board button to be pressed */
+ while (!(Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1))
+ {
+ /* Abort if device removed */
+ if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Print out the entire disk contents in ASCII format */
+ for (uint32_t CurrBlockAddress = 0; CurrBlockAddress < DiskCapacity.Blocks; CurrBlockAddress++)
+ {
+ /* Read in the next block of data from the device */
+ if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(0, CurrBlockAddress, 1, DiskCapacity.BlockSize, BlockBuffer)) != 0)
+ {
+ ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Device Block"), ErrorCode);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Send the ASCII data in the read in block to the serial port */
+ for (uint16_t Byte = 0; Byte < DiskCapacity.BlockSize; Byte++)
+ {
+ char CurrByte = BlockBuffer[Byte];
+
+ putchar(isprint(CurrByte) ? CurrByte : '.');
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Indicate device no longer busy */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+}
+
+/** Indicates that a communication error has occurred with the attached Mass Storage Device,
+ * printing error codes to the serial port and waiting until the device is removed before
+ * continuing.
+ *
+ * \param[in] CommandString ASCII string located in PROGMEM space indicating what operation failed
+ * \param[in] ErrorCode Error code of the function which failed to complete successfully
+ */
+void ShowDiskReadError(const char* CommandString,
+ const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ if (ErrorCode == MASS_STORE_SCSI_COMMAND_FAILED)
+ {
+ /* Display the error code */
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "SCSI command error (%S).\r\n"), CommandString);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Display the error code */
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Command error (%S).\r\n"), CommandString);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ /* Indicate device error via the status LEDs */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..58b2bf7bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MassStoreHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MASS_STORE_HOST_H_
+#define _MASS_STORE_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+ #include <ctype.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+ #include "Lib/MassStoreCommands.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void MassStorageHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+ void ShowDiskReadError(const char* CommandString,
+ const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b07261c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mass Storage Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Bulk Only</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ * USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ * SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ * SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Mass Storage host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Mass Storage host, for USB storage devices
+ * using the standard Mass Storage USB profile.
+ *
+ * The first 512 bytes (boot sector) of an attached disk's memory will be dumped
+ * out of the serial port in HEX and ASCII form when it is attached to the AT90USB1287
+ * AVR. The device will then wait for HWB to be pressed, whereupon the entire ASCII contents
+ * of the disk will be dumped to the serial port.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8f04f692e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mass Storage Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.ms.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.ms"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.ms" caption="Mass Storage Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mass Storage Host demo, capable of reading and writing raw 512 byte segments to the device's serial port. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Mass Storage Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MassStorageHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MassStorageHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MassStorageHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/MassStoreCommands.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/MassStoreCommands.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..21c9814c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mass Storage Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..32470cb46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MassStorageHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MassStorageHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c Lib/MassStoreCommands.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b6365cc99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref MouseHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(HIDInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextMouseInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Get the next HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextMouseInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MOUSE_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+ Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(DataINEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Mouse HID Class and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ /* Determine if the current descriptor is an interface descriptor */
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */
+ if ((Interface->Class == HID_CSCP_HIDClass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol))
+ {
+ /* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, aborting the
+ * search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ /* Determine the type of the current descriptor */
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ else
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fa3cafbad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "MouseHost.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the mouse data IN pipe. */
+ #define MOUSE_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum MouseHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e8685465d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MouseHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MouseHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Mouse HID Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MouseHost_Task();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* HID class request to set the mouse protocol to the Boot Protocol */
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = HID_REQ_SetProtocol,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ /* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Protocol).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Reads in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report
+ * contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.
+ */
+void MouseHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReport;
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ /* Select mouse data pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MOUSE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+
+ /* Unfreeze mouse data pipe */
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+ if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
+ {
+ /* No packet received (no movement), turn off LEDs */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
+
+ /* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */
+ if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ /* Read in mouse report data */
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&MouseReport, sizeof(MouseReport), NULL);
+
+ /* Alter status LEDs according to mouse X movement */
+ if (MouseReport.X > 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
+ else if (MouseReport.X < 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED2;
+
+ /* Alter status LEDs according to mouse Y movement */
+ if (MouseReport.Y > 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
+ else if (MouseReport.Y < 0)
+ LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
+
+ /* Alter status LEDs according to mouse button position */
+ if (MouseReport.Button)
+ LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+
+ /* Print mouse report data through the serial port */
+ printf_P(PSTR("dX:%2d dY:%2d Button:%d\r\n"), MouseReport.X,
+ MouseReport.Y,
+ MouseReport.Button);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Refreeze mouse data pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fc0ddb512
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MouseHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+#define _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void MouseHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+ void ReadNextReport(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..29364537b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mouse Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Mouse host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Mouse host, for USB mice using
+ * the standard mouse HID profile.
+ *
+ * Mouse movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs,
+ * as well as printed out the serial terminal as formatted dY, dY and
+ * button status information.
+ *
+ * This uses a naive method where the mouse is set to Boot Protocol mode, so
+ * that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation
+ * uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across
+ * all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the
+ * MouseHostWithParser demo application.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface mice are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4499986b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mouse HID Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.mouse.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.mouse"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.mouse" caption="Mouse HID Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Keyboard HID Host demo, implementing a basic USB mouse host that can display movement data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MouseHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MouseHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MouseHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..41adfaf05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a3622045e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MouseHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ef06f956b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint and HID descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref MouseHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface = NULL;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t* HIDDescriptor = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(HIDInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextMouseInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Get the next HID interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextMouseInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Get the HID descriptor from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextHID) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the HID descriptor for later use */
+ HIDDescriptor = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the HID data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MOUSE_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+ Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(DataINEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+ /* Get the HID report size from the HID report descriptor */
+ HIDReportSize = HIDDescriptor->HIDReportLength;
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Mouse HID Class and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the HID descriptor class, break out if correct class interface found */
+ if (Interface->Class == HID_CSCP_HIDClass)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor, aborting the
+ * search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ else
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next HID descriptor within the current HID interface descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == HID_DTYPE_HID)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ else
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4393c9b38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "HIDReport.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the mouse report data IN pipe. */
+ #define MOUSE_DATA_IN_PIPE (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum MouseHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0c90f7a3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "HIDReport.h"
+
+/** Size in bytes of the attached device's HID report descriptor */
+uint16_t HIDReportSize;
+
+/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */
+HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+
+/** Function to read in the HID report descriptor from the attached device, and process it into easy-to-read
+ * structures via the HID parser routines in the LUFA library.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref MouseHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void)
+{
+ /* Create a buffer big enough to hold the entire returned HID report */
+ uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDReportSize];
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+ .wValue = (HID_DTYPE_Report << 8),
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = HIDReportSize,
+ };
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ /* Send control request to retrieve the HID report from the attached device */
+ if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ParseControlError;
+
+ /* Send the HID report to the parser for processing */
+ if (USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDReportSize, &HIDReportInfo) != HID_PARSE_Successful)
+ return ParseError;
+
+ return ParseSuccessful;
+}
+
+/** Callback for the HID Report Parser. This function is called each time the HID report parser is about to store
+ * an IN, OUT or FEATURE item into the HIDReportInfo structure. To save on RAM, we are able to filter out items
+ * we aren't interested in (preventing us from being able to extract them later on, but saving on the RAM they would
+ * have occupied).
+ *
+ * \param[in] CurrentItem Pointer to the item the HID report parser is currently working with
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the HID report structure, \c false if it should be discarded
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem)
+{
+ bool IsMouse = false;
+
+ /* Iterate through the item's collection path, until either the root collection node or a collection with the
+ * Mouse Usage is found - this prevents Joysticks, which use identical descriptors except for the Joystick usage
+ * parent node, from being erroneously treated as a mouse
+ */
+ for (HID_CollectionPath_t* CurrPath = CurrentItem->CollectionPath; CurrPath != NULL; CurrPath = CurrPath->Parent)
+ {
+ if ((CurrPath->Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+ (CurrPath->Usage.Usage == USAGE_MOUSE))
+ {
+ IsMouse = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If a collection with the mouse usage was not found, indicate that we are not interested in this item */
+ if (!IsMouse)
+ return false;
+
+ /* Check the attributes of the current mouse item - see if we are interested in it or not;
+ * only store BUTTON and GENERIC_DESKTOP_CONTROL items into the Processed HID Report
+ * structure to save RAM and ignore the rest
+ */
+ return ((CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) ||
+ (CurrentItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL));
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2136a2c04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for HIDReport.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HID_REPORT_H_
+#define _HID_REPORT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "MouseHostWithParser.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage for a Mouse. */
+ #define USAGE_MOUSE 0x02
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a toggle button. */
+ #define USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON 0x09
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a Generic Desktop Control. */
+ #define USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL 0x01
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a X axis movement. */
+ #define USAGE_X 0x30
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a Y axis movement. */
+ #define USAGE_Y 0x31
+
+ /** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a Scroll Wheel movement. */
+ #define USAGE_SCROLL_WHEEL 0x38
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref GetHIDReportData() function. */
+ enum MouseHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t
+ {
+ ParseSuccessful = 0, /**< HID report descriptor parsed successfully */
+ ParseError = 1, /**< Failed to fully process the HID report descriptor */
+ ParseControlError = 2, /**< Control error occurred while trying to read the device HID descriptor */
+ };
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern uint16_t HIDReportSize;
+ extern HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void);
+
+ bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ed8c9b08b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c
@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the MouseHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "MouseHostWithParser.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Mouse HID Parser Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ MouseHost_Task();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Processing HID Report (Size %d Bytes).\r\n"), HIDReportSize);
+
+ /* Get and process the device's first HID report descriptor */
+ if ((ErrorCode = GetHIDReportData()) != ParseSuccessful)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Report Parse Error.\r\n"));
+
+ if (!(HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems))
+ puts_P(PSTR("Not a valid Mouse." ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ else
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to read and process the HID report descriptor and HID reports from the device and display the
+ * results onto the board LEDs.
+ */
+void MouseHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Select and unfreeze mouse data pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MOUSE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ /* Check if data has been received from the attached mouse */
+ if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ /* Create buffer big enough for the report */
+ uint8_t MouseReport[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];
+
+ /* Load in the mouse report */
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(MouseReport, Pipe_BytesInPipe(), NULL);
+
+ /* Process the read in mouse report from the device */
+ ProcessMouseReport(MouseReport);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /* Freeze mouse data pipe */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
+/** Processes a read HID report from an attached mouse, extracting out elements via the HID parser results
+ * as required and displays movement and button presses on the board LEDs.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MouseReport Pointer to a HID report from an attached mouse device
+ */
+void ProcessMouseReport(uint8_t* MouseReport)
+{
+ uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
+
+ /* Check each HID report item in turn, looking for mouse X/Y/button reports */
+ for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)
+ {
+ /* Create a temporary item pointer to the next report item */
+ HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];
+
+ bool FoundData;
+
+ if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ /* Get the mouse button value */
+ FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(MouseReport, ReportItem);
+
+ /* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
+ if (!(FoundData))
+ continue;
+
+ /* If button is pressed, all LEDs are turned on */
+ if (ReportItem->Value)
+ LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+ else if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+ (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_SCROLL_WHEEL) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ /* Get the mouse wheel value if it is contained within the current
+ * report, if not, skip to the next item in the parser list
+ */
+ if (!(USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(MouseReport, ReportItem)))
+ continue;
+
+ int16_t WheelDelta = HID_ALIGN_DATA(ReportItem, int16_t);
+
+ if (WheelDelta)
+ LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | ((WheelDelta > 0) ? LEDS_LED3 : LEDS_LED4));
+ }
+ else if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&
+ ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X) ||
+ (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_Y)) &&
+ (ReportItem->ItemType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_In))
+ {
+ /* Get the mouse relative position value */
+ FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(MouseReport, ReportItem);
+
+ /* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */
+ if (!(FoundData))
+ continue;
+
+ int16_t DeltaMovement = HID_ALIGN_DATA(ReportItem, int16_t);
+
+ /* Check to see if a (non-zero) delta movement has been indicated */
+ if (DeltaMovement)
+ {
+ /* Determine if the report is for the X or Y delta movement, light LEDs as appropriate */
+ if (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X)
+ LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
+ else
+ LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED3 : LEDS_LED4);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Display the button information on the board LEDs */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..89407b464
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for MouseHostWithParser.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+#define _MOUSE_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+ #include "HIDReport.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void MouseHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+ void ProcessMouseReport(uint8_t* MouseReport);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9b1b7d055
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Mouse Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
+ * USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Mouse host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Mouse host, for USB mice using
+ * the standard mouse HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID
+ * reports, allowing for correct operation across all USB mice. This
+ * demo supports mice with a single HID report.
+ *
+ * Mouse and scroll wheel movement and button presses are displayed
+ * on the board LEDs. On connection to a USB mouse, the report items
+ * will be processed and printed as a formatted list through the USART
+ * before the mouse is fully enumerated.
+ *
+ * Currently only single interface mice are supported.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e06dbea4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Mouse HID (with parser) Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.mouse_parser.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.mouse_parser"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.mouse_parser" caption="Mouse HID (with parser) Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Mouse HID Host demo with HID parser, implementing a basic USB mouse host that can display movement data on the board LEDs. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="HID Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="MouseHostWithParser.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="MouseHostWithParser.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="HIDReport.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="MouseHostWithParser.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="HIDReport.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1336d998e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host Demo (Using HID Descriptor Parser)"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..72144f189
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/MouseHostWithParser/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = MouseHostWithParser
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c HIDReport.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ce10bf839
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Interface number for the bidirectional Printer interface found within the device. */
+uint8_t PrinterInterfaceNumber;
+
+/** Interface Alternate Setting number for the bidirectional Printer interface found within the device. */
+uint8_t PrinterAltSetting;
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a bidirectional Printer interface descriptor containing bulk IN and OUT data endpoints.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref PrinterHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* PrinterInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(PrinterInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextPrinterInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Get the next Printer interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextBidirectionalPrinterInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ PrinterInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Clear any found endpoints */
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ /* Save Printer interface details for later use */
+ PrinterInterfaceNumber = PrinterInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ PrinterAltSetting = PrinterInterface->AlternateSetting;
+
+ /* Configure the Printer data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PRINTER_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Configure the Printer data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PRINTER_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Bidirectional Printer Interface descriptor of the current Printer interface,
+ * aborting the search if the end of the descriptors is found.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextBidirectionalPrinterInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct value interface found */
+ if ((Interface->Class == PRNT_CSCP_PrinterClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == PRNT_CSCP_PrinterSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == PRNT_CSCP_BidirectionalProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Bulk Endpoint descriptor of the current Printer interface, aborting the
+ * search if another interface descriptor is found before the next endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextPrinterInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* Check the endpoint type, break out if correct BULK type endpoint found */
+ if ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..68a9bbe8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "PrinterHost.h"
+ #include "Lib/PrinterCommands.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address of the Printer data IN pipe. */
+ #define PRINTER_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Pipe address of the Printer data OUT pipe. */
+ #define PRINTER_DATA_OUT_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum PrinterHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ /** Interface index of the Bidirectional Printer interface within the device, once the Configuration
+ * Descriptor has been processed.
+ */
+ extern uint8_t PrinterInterfaceNumber;
+
+ /** Interface Alternate Setting index of the Bidirectional Printer interface within the device, once
+ * the Configuration Descriptor has been processed.
+ */
+ extern uint8_t PrinterAltSetting;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextBidirectionalPrinterInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextPrinterInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Lib/PrinterCommands.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Lib/PrinterCommands.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..09af1cdf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Lib/PrinterCommands.c
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Printer Device commands, to send/receive data to and from an attached USB
+ * printer, and to send and receive Printer Class control requests.
+ */
+
+#include "PrinterCommands.h"
+
+/** Sends the given data directly to the printer via the data endpoints, for the sending of print commands in printer
+ * languages accepted by the attached printer (e.g. PCL).
+ *
+ * \param[in] PrinterCommands Pointer to the data to send to the attached printer
+ * \param[in] CommandSize Size of the data to send to the attached printer
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t Printer_SendData(const void* const PrinterCommands,
+ const uint16_t CommandSize)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PRINTER_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(PrinterCommands, CommandSize, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/** Issues a Printer class Get Device ID command to the attached device, to retrieve the device ID string (which indicates
+ * the accepted printer languages, the printer's model and other pertinent information).
+ *
+ * \param[out] DeviceIDString Pointer to the destination where the returned string should be stored
+ * \param[in] BufferSize Size in bytes of the allocated buffer for the returned Device ID string
+ *
+ * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t Printer_GetDeviceID(char* DeviceIDString,
+ const uint16_t BufferSize)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t DeviceIDStringLength = 0;
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = PRNT_REQ_GetDeviceID,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = PrinterInterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = sizeof(DeviceIDStringLength),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(&DeviceIDStringLength)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (!(DeviceIDStringLength))
+ {
+ DeviceIDString[0] = 0x00;
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+ }
+
+ DeviceIDStringLength = SwapEndian_16(DeviceIDStringLength);
+
+ if (DeviceIDStringLength > BufferSize)
+ DeviceIDStringLength = BufferSize;
+
+ USB_ControlRequest.wLength = DeviceIDStringLength;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(DeviceIDString)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Move string back two characters to remove the string length value from the start of the array */
+ memmove(&DeviceIDString[0], &DeviceIDString[2], DeviceIDStringLength - 2);
+
+ DeviceIDString[DeviceIDStringLength - 2] = 0x00;
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+/** Issues a Printer class Get Port Status command to the attached device, to retrieve the current status flags of the
+ * printer.
+ *
+ * \param[out] PortStatus Pointer to the destination where the printer's status flag values should be stored
+ *
+ * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t Printer_GetPortStatus(uint8_t* const PortStatus)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = PRNT_REQ_GetPortStatus,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = PrinterInterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = sizeof(uint8_t),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(PortStatus);
+}
+
+/** Issues a Printer class Soft Reset command to the attached device, to reset the printer ready for new input without
+ * physically cycling the printer's power.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t Printer_SoftReset(void)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = PRNT_REQ_SoftReset,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = PrinterInterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Lib/PrinterCommands.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Lib/PrinterCommands.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..dad7c4e71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/Lib/PrinterCommands.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for PrinterCommands.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTER_COMMANDS_H_
+#define _PRINTER_COMMANDS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "../PrinterHost.h"
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t Printer_SendData(const void* const PrinterCommands,
+ const uint16_t CommandSize);
+ uint8_t Printer_GetDeviceID(char* DeviceIDString,
+ const uint16_t BufferSize);
+ uint8_t Printer_GetPortStatus(uint8_t* const PortStatus);
+ uint8_t Printer_SoftReset(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f57be350a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the PrinterHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "PrinterHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Printer Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ PrinterHost_Task();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Some printers use alternate settings to determine the communication protocol used - if so, send a SetInterface
+ * request to switch to the interface alternate setting with the Bidirectional protocol */
+ if (PrinterAltSetting)
+ {
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(PrinterInterfaceNumber, PrinterAltSetting)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Interface).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Retrieving Device ID...\r\n"));
+
+ char DeviceIDString[300];
+ if ((ErrorCode = Printer_GetDeviceID(DeviceIDString, sizeof(DeviceIDString))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Device ID).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Printer Device ID: %s\r\n"), DeviceIDString);
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Printer Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to manage an enumerated USB printer once connected, to display device
+ * information and print a test PCL page.
+ */
+void PrinterHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Indicate device busy via the status LEDs */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ char TestPageData[] = "\033%-12345X\033E" "LUFA PCL Test Page" "\033E\033%-12345X";
+ uint16_t TestPageLength = strlen(TestPageData);
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Sending Test Page (%d bytes)...\r\n"), TestPageLength);
+
+ /* Send the test page to the attached printer */
+ if ((ErrorCode = Printer_SendData(&TestPageData, TestPageLength)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Error Sending Test Page.\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Test Page Sent.\r\n"));
+
+ /* Indicate device no longer busy */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..15f43629f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for PrinterHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MASS_STORE_HOST_H_
+#define _MASS_STORE_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+ #include "Lib/PrinterCommands.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern uint8_t PrinterInterfaceNumber;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void PrinterHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e2a482058
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/PrinterHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Printer Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Printer Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Bidirectional Protocol</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Printer Class Specification \n
+ * PCL Language Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Low Speed Mode \n
+ * Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Printer host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a USB Printer host, for USB printers using
+ * the bidirectional data encapsulation protocol and PCL language.
+ *
+ * Upon connection of a compatible printer, the printer's device ID is sent
+ * to the AVR's serial port, and a simple test page is printed using the PCL
+ * printer language.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7f8606360
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Printer Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.printer.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.printer"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.printer" caption="Printer Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Printer Host demo, implementing a basic USB printer host that can send raw printer control data to an attached device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Printer Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="PrinterHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="PrinterHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="PrinterHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/PrinterCommands.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/PrinterCommands.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f38d9823a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Printer Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d6393c728
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/PrinterHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = PrinterHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c Lib/PrinterCommands.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1a8bf9a6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a RNDIS interface descriptor containing bulk data IN and OUT endpoints, and an interrupt event endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref RNDISHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* RNDISControlInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint) || !(NotificationEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(RNDISControlInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextCDCDataInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Check if we have already found the control interface's notification endpoint or not */
+ if (NotificationEndpoint)
+ {
+ /* Get the next RNDIS data interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextCDCDataInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear any found endpoints */
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Get the next RNDIS control interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextCDCControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ RNDISControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Clear any found endpoints */
+ NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ {
+ /* Check if the found endpoint is a interrupt or bulk type descriptor */
+ if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
+ NotificationEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the RNDIS data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(RNDIS_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Configure the RNDIS data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(RNDIS_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Configure the RNDIS notification pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(RNDIS_NOTIFICATION_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, NotificationEndpoint->EndpointAddress, NotificationEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+ Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(NotificationEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct CDC control Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextCDCControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the CDC descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct control interface found */
+ if ((Interface->Class == CDC_CSCP_CDCClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct CDC data Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the CDC descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct data interface found */
+ if ((Interface->Class == CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next bulk IN or OUT endpoint, or interrupt IN endpoint within the current interface,
+ * aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint (so that it may be compared
+ * using a different comparator to determine if it is another CDC class interface).
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterfaceEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* Check the endpoint type, break out if correct BULK or INTERRUPT type endpoint found */
+ if (((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_BULK) ||
+ ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4b4ff6a4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "RNDISEthernetHost.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the RNDIS data IN pipe. */
+ #define RNDIS_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Pipe address for the RNDIS data OUT pipe. */
+ #define RNDIS_DATA_OUT_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Pipe address for the RNDIS notification IN pipe. */
+ #define RNDIS_NOTIFICATION_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum RNDISHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextCDCControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterfaceEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Lib/RNDISCommands.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Lib/RNDISCommands.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..347b9c1d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Lib/RNDISCommands.c
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * RNDIS Device commands, to issue RNDIS commands to the device for
+ * the control and data transfer between the host and RNDIS device.
+ */
+
+#include "RNDISCommands.h"
+
+/** Current RNDIS Request ID, for associating sent commands with received data */
+uint32_t RequestID = 0;
+
+
+/** Function to send the given encapsulated RNDIS command to the device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Source command data buffer to send to the device
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send
+ *
+ * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = RNDIS_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = Length,
+ };
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
+}
+
+/** Function to receive the given encapsulated RNDIS response from the device.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Destination command data buffer to write read data from the device to
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read
+ *
+ * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = RNDIS_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = Length,
+ };
+
+ /* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
+}
+
+/** Sends a RNDIS KEEPALIVE command to the device, to ensure that it does not enter standby mode after periods
+ * of long inactivity.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED if the device returned a
+ * logical command failure
+ */
+uint8_t RNDIS_SendKeepAlive(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t KeepAliveMessage;
+ RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t KeepAliveMessageResponse;
+
+ KeepAliveMessage.MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG;
+ KeepAliveMessage.MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t);
+ KeepAliveMessage.RequestId = RequestID++;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(&KeepAliveMessage,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(&KeepAliveMessageResponse,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+/** Initializes the attached RNDIS device's RNDIS interface.
+ *
+ * \param[in] HostMaxPacketSize Size of the packet buffer on the host
+ * \param[out] DeviceMaxPacketSize Pointer to where the packet buffer size of the device is to be stored
+ *
+ * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED if the device returned a
+ * logical command failure
+ */
+uint8_t RNDIS_InitializeDevice(const uint16_t HostMaxPacketSize,
+ uint16_t* const DeviceMaxPacketSize)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t InitMessage;
+ RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t InitMessageResponse;
+
+ InitMessage.MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG;
+ InitMessage.MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t);
+ InitMessage.RequestId = RequestID++;
+
+ InitMessage.MajorVersion = REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR;
+ InitMessage.MinorVersion = REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR;
+ InitMessage.MaxTransferSize = HostMaxPacketSize;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(&InitMessage,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(&InitMessageResponse,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if (InitMessageResponse.Status != REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS)
+ return RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED;
+
+ *DeviceMaxPacketSize = InitMessageResponse.MaxTransferSize;
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+/** Sets a given RNDIS property of an attached RNDIS device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Oid OID number of the parameter to set
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to where the property data is to be sourced from
+ * \param[in] Length Length in bytes of the property data to sent to the device
+ *
+ * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED if the device returned a
+ * logical command failure
+ */
+uint8_t RNDIS_SetRNDISProperty(const uint32_t Oid,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ struct
+ {
+ RNDIS_Set_Message_t SetMessage;
+ uint8_t ContiguousBuffer[Length];
+ } SetMessageData;
+
+ RNDIS_Set_Complete_t SetMessageResponse;
+
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG;
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Message_t) + Length;
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.RequestId = RequestID++;
+
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.Oid = Oid;
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.InformationBufferLength = Length;
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.InformationBufferOffset = (sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.DeviceVcHandle = 0;
+
+ memcpy(SetMessageData.ContiguousBuffer, Buffer, Length);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(&SetMessageData,
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.MessageLength)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(&SetMessageResponse,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if (SetMessageResponse.Status != REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS)
+ return RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED;
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+/** Gets a given RNDIS property of an attached RNDIS device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Oid OID number of the parameter to get
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to where the property data is to be written to
+ * \param[in] MaxLength Length in bytes of the destination buffer size
+ *
+ * \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED if the device returned a
+ * logical command failure
+ */
+uint8_t RNDIS_QueryRNDISProperty(const uint32_t Oid,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t MaxLength)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ RNDIS_Query_Message_t QueryMessage;
+
+ struct
+ {
+ RNDIS_Query_Complete_t QueryMessageResponse;
+ uint8_t ContiguousBuffer[MaxLength];
+ } QueryMessageResponseData;
+
+ QueryMessage.MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG;
+ QueryMessage.MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Message_t);
+ QueryMessage.RequestId = RequestID++;
+
+ QueryMessage.Oid = Oid;
+ QueryMessage.InformationBufferLength = 0;
+ QueryMessage.InformationBufferOffset = 0;
+ QueryMessage.DeviceVcHandle = 0;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(&QueryMessage,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(&QueryMessageResponseData,
+ sizeof(QueryMessageResponseData))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if (QueryMessageResponseData.QueryMessageResponse.Status != REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS)
+ return RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED;
+
+ memcpy(Buffer, &QueryMessageResponseData.ContiguousBuffer, MaxLength);
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+/** Retrieves the size of a received packet, discarding the remainder of the RNDIS packet header to leave only the
+ * packet contents for processing by the host.
+ *
+ * \param[out] PacketLength Size of the packet currently in the pipe
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t RNDIS_GetPacketLength(uint16_t* const PacketLength)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(RNDIS_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ *PacketLength = 0;
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+ }
+
+ RNDIS_Packet_Message_t DeviceMessage;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&DeviceMessage, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t), NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ *PacketLength = (uint16_t)DeviceMessage.DataLength;
+
+ Pipe_Discard_Stream(DeviceMessage.DataOffset - (sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t)),
+ NULL);
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Lib/RNDISCommands.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Lib/RNDISCommands.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c343f7cce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/Lib/RNDISCommands.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for RNDISCommands.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDIS_COMMANDS_H_
+#define _RNDIS_COMMANDS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "../RNDISEthernetHost.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Additional error code for RNDIS functions when a device returns a logical command failure. */
+ #define RNDIS_COMMAND_FAILED 0xC0
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length);
+ uint8_t RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length);
+
+ uint8_t RNDIS_SendKeepAlive(void);
+ uint8_t RNDIS_InitializeDevice(const uint16_t HostMaxPacketSize,
+ uint16_t* const DeviceMaxPacketSize);
+ uint8_t RNDIS_SetRNDISProperty(const uint32_t Oid,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length);
+ uint8_t RNDIS_QueryRNDISProperty(const uint32_t Oid,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t MaxLength);
+ uint8_t RNDIS_GetPacketLength(uint16_t* const PacketLength);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..76504f44c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the RNDISEthernetHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "RNDISEthernetHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "RNDIS Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ RNDISHost_Task();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ uint16_t DeviceMaxPacketSize;
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_InitializeDevice(1024, &DeviceMaxPacketSize)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Error Initializing Device.\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Device Max Transfer Size: %lu bytes.\r\n"), DeviceMaxPacketSize);
+
+ /* We set the default filter to only receive packets we would be interested in */
+ uint32_t PacketFilter = (REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_DIRECTED | REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_BROADCAST | REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_MULTICAST);
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SetRNDISProperty(OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER,
+ &PacketFilter, sizeof(PacketFilter))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Error Setting Device Packet Filter.\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ uint32_t VendorID;
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_QueryRNDISProperty(OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID,
+ &VendorID, sizeof(VendorID))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Error Getting Vendor ID.\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("Device Vendor ID: 0x%08lX\r\n"), VendorID);
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("RNDIS Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to read in data received from the attached RNDIS device and print it to the serial port.
+ */
+void RNDISHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ uint16_t PacketLength;
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetPacketLength(&PacketLength)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Packet Reception Error.\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (!(PacketLength))
+ return;
+
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR("***PACKET (Size %d)***\r\n"), PacketLength);
+
+ if (PacketLength > 1024)
+ {
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Packet too large.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ Pipe_Discard_Stream(PacketLength, NULL);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ uint8_t PacketBuffer[PacketLength];
+
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PacketBuffer, PacketLength, NULL);
+
+ for (uint16_t i = 0; i < PacketLength; i++)
+ printf("0x%02x ", PacketBuffer[i]);
+ }
+
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ printf("\r\n\r\n");
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..970fc35e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISEthernetHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for RNDISEthernetHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDIS_HOST_H_
+#define _RNDIS_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "Lib/RNDISCommands.h"
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void RNDISHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISHost.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e9edd6d66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/RNDISHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage RNDIS Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Remote NDIS (Microsoft Proprietary CDC Class Networking Standard)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>Microsoft RNDIS Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * RNDIS host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a RNDIS Ethernet host, for USB devices such as
+ * modems.
+ *
+ * This demo will enumerate an attached USB RNDIS device, print out its vendor ID
+ * and any received packets in raw form through the serial USART.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..38f71272e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="RNDIS Ethernet Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.rndis.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.rndis"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.rndis" caption="RNDIS Ethernet Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Microsoft RNDIS Ethernet Host demo, implementing a RNDIS host that can send and receive Ethernet data to and from an attached device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="RNDIS Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="RNDISHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="RNDISEthernetHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="RNDISEthernetHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/RNDISCommands.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/RNDISCommands.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0ece36d65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - RNDIS Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4f78b5d8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/RNDISEthernetHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = RNDISEthernetHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c Lib/RNDISCommands.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3a629e0a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a SI interface descriptor containing bulk IN and OUT data endpoints.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref StillImageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* StillImageInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EventsEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(StillImageInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextStillImageInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Get the next Still Image interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextStillImageInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ StillImageInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Clear any found endpoints */
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ EventsEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ {
+ /* Check if the found endpoint is a interrupt or bulk type descriptor */
+ if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
+ EventsEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the Still Image data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Configure the Still Image data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Configure the Still Image events pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, EventsEndpoint->EndpointAddress, EventsEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+ Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(EventsEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Still Image Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextStillImageInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct interface found */
+ if ((Interface->Class == SI_CSCP_StillImageClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == SI_CSCP_StillImageSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == SI_CSCP_BulkOnlyProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interrupt or Bulk Endpoint descriptor of the current SI interface, aborting the
+ * search if another interface descriptor is found before the next endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextStillImageInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* Check the endpoint type, break out if correct BULK or INTERRUPT type endpoint found */
+ if (((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_BULK) ||
+ ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7a00f40de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "StillImageHost.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address of the Still Image data IN pipe. */
+ #define SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Pipe address of the Still Image data OUT pipe. */
+ #define SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Pipe address of the Still Image events IN pipe. */
+ #define SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum StillImageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextStillImageInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextStillImageInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/PIMACodes.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/PIMACodes.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e8b00875f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/PIMACodes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header containing macros for possible PIMA commands. Refer to the PIMA standard
+ * documentation for more information on each PIMA command.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PIMA_CODES_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define PIMA_OPERATION_GETDEVICEINFO 0x1001
+ #define PIMA_OPERATION_OPENSESSION 0x1002
+ #define PIMA_OPERATION_CLOSESESSION 0x1003
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0d23d46f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.c
@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Still Image Device commands, to issue PIMA commands to the device for
+ * reading device status, capacity, and other characteristics as well as
+ * reading and writing of stored image data.
+ */
+
+#include "StillImageCommands.h"
+
+/** PIMA block container for the block to send to the device */
+PIMA_Container_t PIMA_SendBlock;
+
+/** PIMA block container for the last received block from the device */
+PIMA_Container_t PIMA_ReceivedBlock;
+
+/** PIMA block container for the last event block received from the device */
+PIMA_Container_t PIMA_EventBlock;
+
+
+/** Function to send the PIMA command container to the attached still image device. */
+void SImage_SendBlockHeader(void)
+{
+ /* Unfreeze the data OUT pipe ready for data transmission */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Write the PIMA block to the data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&PIMA_SendBlock, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0), NULL);
+
+ /* If the block type is a command, send its parameters (if any) */
+ if (PIMA_SendBlock.Type == PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock)
+ {
+ /* Determine the size of the parameters in the block via the data length attribute */
+ uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMA_SendBlock.DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
+
+ /* Check if any parameters in the command block */
+ if (ParamBytes)
+ {
+ /* Write the PIMA parameters to the data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&PIMA_SendBlock.Params, ParamBytes, NULL);
+ }
+
+ /* Send the PIMA command block to the attached device */
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ /* Freeze pipe after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
+/** Function to receive a PIMA event container from the attached still image device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t SImage_ReceiveEventHeader(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Unfreeze the events pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Read in the event data into the global structure */
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMA_EventBlock, sizeof(PIMA_EventBlock), NULL);
+
+ /* Clear the pipe after read complete to prepare for next event */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Freeze the event pipe again after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/** Function to receive a PIMA response container from the attached still image device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t SImage_ReceiveBlockHeader(void)
+{
+ uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ /* Unfreeze the data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Wait until data received on the IN pipe */
+ while (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
+ {
+ uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ /* Check to see if a new frame has been issued (1ms elapsed) */
+ if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+ {
+ /* Save the new frame number and decrement the timeout period */
+ PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+ TimeoutMSRem--;
+
+ /* Check to see if the timeout period for the command has elapsed */
+ if (!(TimeoutMSRem))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ {
+ /* Clear the stall condition on the OUT pipe */
+ USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+
+ /* Return error code and break out of the loop */
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ {
+ /* Clear the stall condition on the IN pipe */
+ USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+
+ /* Return error code */
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+ }
+
+ /* Check to see if the device was disconnected, if so exit function */
+ if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ }
+
+ /* Load in the response from the attached device */
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMA_ReceivedBlock, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0), NULL);
+
+ /* Check if the returned block type is a response block */
+ if (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type == PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock)
+ {
+ /* Determine the size of the parameters in the block via the data length attribute */
+ uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
+
+ /* Check if the device has returned any parameters */
+ if (ParamBytes)
+ {
+ /* Read the PIMA parameters from the data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Params, ParamBytes, NULL);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear pipe bank after use */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /* Freeze the IN pipe after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/** Function to send the given data to the device, after a command block has been issued.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Source data buffer to send to the device
+ * \param[in] Bytes Number of bytes to send
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t SImage_SendData(void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Bytes)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Unfreeze the data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Write the data contents to the pipe */
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes, NULL);
+
+ /* Send the last packet to the attached device */
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ /* Freeze the pipe again after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/** Function to receive the given data from the device, after a response block has been received.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Destination data buffer to put read bytes from the device
+ * \param[in] Bytes Number of bytes to receive
+ *
+ * \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t SImage_ReadData(void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Bytes)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Unfreeze the data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Read in the data into the buffer */
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes, NULL);
+
+ /* Freeze the pipe again after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/** Function to test if a PIMA event block is waiting to be read in from the attached device.
+ *
+ * \return True if an event is waiting to be read in from the device, \c false otherwise
+ */
+bool SImage_IsEventReceived(void)
+{
+ bool IsEventReceived = false;
+
+ /* Unfreeze the Event pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* If the pipe contains data, an event has been received */
+ if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
+ IsEventReceived = true;
+
+ /* Freeze the pipe after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return IsEventReceived;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..714a3fef7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/Lib/StillImageCommands.h
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for StillImageCommands.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _STILL_IMAGE_COMMANDS_H_
+#define _STILL_IMAGE_COMMANDS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "PIMACodes.h"
+ #include "../StillImageHost.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Timeout period between the issuing of a command to a device, and the reception of the first packet. */
+ #define COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 10000
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern PIMA_Container_t PIMA_SendBlock;
+ extern PIMA_Container_t PIMA_ReceivedBlock;
+ extern PIMA_Container_t PIMA_EventBlock;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SImage_SendBlockHeader(void);
+ uint8_t SImage_ReceiveBlockHeader(void);
+ uint8_t SImage_ReceiveEventHeader(void);
+ uint8_t SImage_SendData(void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Bytes);
+ uint8_t SImage_ReadData(void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Bytes);
+ bool SImage_IsEventReceived(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f7838cf6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,365 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the StillImageHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "StillImageHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "Still Image Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ StillImageHost_Task();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Still Image Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to print device information through the serial port, and open/close a test PIMA session with the
+ * attached Still Image device.
+ */
+void StillImageHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Indicate device busy via the status LEDs */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Retrieving Device Info...\r\n"));
+
+ PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
+ {
+ .DataLength = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0),
+ .Type = PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock,
+ .Code = PIMA_OPERATION_GETDEVICEINFO,
+ .TransactionID = 0x00000000,
+ .Params = {},
+ };
+
+ /* Send the GETDEVICEINFO block */
+ SImage_SendBlockHeader();
+
+ /* Receive the response data block */
+ if ((ErrorCode = SImage_ReceiveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Calculate the size of the returned device info data structure */
+ uint16_t DeviceInfoSize = (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
+
+ /* Create a buffer large enough to hold the entire device info */
+ uint8_t DeviceInfo[DeviceInfoSize];
+
+ /* Read in the data block data (containing device info) */
+ SImage_ReadData(DeviceInfo, DeviceInfoSize);
+
+ /* Once all the data has been read, the pipe must be cleared before the response can be sent */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ /* Create a pointer for walking through the info dataset */
+ uint8_t* DeviceInfoPos = DeviceInfo;
+
+ /* Skip over the data before the unicode device information strings */
+ DeviceInfoPos += 8; // Skip to VendorExtensionDesc String
+ DeviceInfoPos += (1 + UNICODE_STRING_LENGTH(*DeviceInfoPos)); // Skip over VendorExtensionDesc String
+ DeviceInfoPos += 2; // Skip over FunctionalMode
+ DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over Supported Operations Array
+ DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over Supported Events Array
+ DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over Supported Device Properties Array
+ DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over Capture Formats Array
+ DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over Image Formats Array
+
+ /* Extract and convert the Manufacturer Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */
+ char Manufacturer[*DeviceInfoPos];
+ UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, Manufacturer);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" Manufacturer: %s\r\n"), Manufacturer);
+
+ DeviceInfoPos += 1 + UNICODE_STRING_LENGTH(*DeviceInfoPos); // Skip over Manufacturer String
+
+ /* Extract and convert the Model Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */
+ char Model[*DeviceInfoPos];
+ UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, Model);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" Model: %s\r\n"), Model);
+
+ DeviceInfoPos += 1 + UNICODE_STRING_LENGTH(*DeviceInfoPos); // Skip over Model String
+
+ /* Extract and convert the Device Version Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */
+ char DeviceVersion[*DeviceInfoPos];
+ UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, DeviceVersion);
+ printf_P(PSTR(" Device Version: %s\r\n"), DeviceVersion);
+
+ /* Receive the final response block from the device */
+ if ((ErrorCode = SImage_ReceiveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Verify that the command completed successfully */
+ if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK))
+ {
+ ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Opening Session...\r\n"));
+
+ PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
+ {
+ .DataLength = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1),
+ .Type = PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock,
+ .Code = PIMA_OPERATION_OPENSESSION,
+ .TransactionID = 0x00000000,
+ .Params = {0x00000001},
+ };
+
+ /* Send the OPENSESSION block, open a session with an ID of 0x0001 */
+ SImage_SendBlockHeader();
+
+ /* Receive the response block from the device */
+ if ((ErrorCode = SImage_ReceiveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Verify that the command completed successfully */
+ if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK))
+ {
+ ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Closing Session...\r\n"));
+
+ PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
+ {
+ .DataLength = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1),
+ .Type = PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock,
+ .Code = PIMA_OPERATION_CLOSESESSION,
+ .TransactionID = 0x00000001,
+ .Params = {0x00000001},
+ };
+
+ /* Send the CLOSESESSION block, close the session with an ID of 0x0001 */
+ SImage_SendBlockHeader();
+
+ /* Receive the response block from the device */
+ if ((ErrorCode = SImage_ReceiveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Verify that the command completed successfully */
+ if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK))
+ {
+ ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("Done.\r\n"));
+
+ /* Indicate device no longer busy */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(0);
+}
+
+/** Function to convert a given Unicode encoded string to ASCII. This function will only work correctly on Unicode
+ * strings which contain ASCII printable characters only.
+ *
+ * \param[in] UnicodeString Pointer to a Unicode encoded input string
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the converted ASCII string should be stored
+ */
+void UnicodeToASCII(uint8_t* UnicodeString,
+ char* Buffer)
+{
+ /* Get the number of characters in the string, skip to the start of the string data */
+ uint8_t CharactersRemaining = *(UnicodeString++);
+
+ /* Loop through the entire unicode string */
+ while (CharactersRemaining--)
+ {
+ /* Load in the next unicode character (only the lower byte, as only Unicode coded ASCII is supported) */
+ *(Buffer++) = *UnicodeString;
+
+ /* Jump to the next unicode character */
+ UnicodeString += 2;
+ }
+
+ /* Null terminate the string */
+ *Buffer = 0;
+}
+
+/** Displays a PIMA command error via the device's serial port.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ErrorCode Error code of the function which failed to complete successfully
+ * \param[in] ResponseCodeError Indicates if the error is due to a command failed indication from the device, or a communication failure
+ */
+void ShowCommandError(uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ bool ResponseCodeError)
+{
+ const char* FailureType = ((ResponseCodeError) ? PSTR("Response Code != OK") : PSTR("Transaction Fail"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Command Error (%S).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), FailureType, ErrorCode);
+
+ /* Indicate error via status LEDs */
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ebceb0280
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for StillImageHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _STILL_IMAGE_HOST_H_
+#define _STILL_IMAGE_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+ #include "Lib/StillImageCommands.h"
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void StillImageHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+ void UnicodeToASCII(uint8_t* UnicodeString,
+ char* Buffer);
+ void ShowCommandError(uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ bool ResponseCodeError);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..193228a20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage Still Image Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Still Image Device</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF Still Image Class Specification \n
+ * PIMA 15740 Specification</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * Still Image host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
+ * application for implementing a Still Image host, for USB devices such as
+ * digital cameras.
+ *
+ * This demo will enumerate an attached USB Still Image device, print out its
+ * information structure, open a session with the device and finally close the
+ * session.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cbf1e2ca2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Still Image Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.si.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.si"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.si" caption="Still Image Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Still Image Host demo, implementing a Still Image host that can send and receive PIMA data to and from an attached device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Low Level APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Still Image Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="StillImageHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="StillImageHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="StillImageHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="Lib/StillImageCommands.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/StillImageCommands.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Lib/PIMACodes.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c050dc2cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Still Image Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1889fa57c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/StillImageHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = StillImageHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c Lib/StillImageCommands.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d657a214
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/Config/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
+ *
+ * This header file is used to configure LUFA's compile time options,
+ * as an alternative to the compile time constants supplied through
+ * a makefile.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+ #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..28b596bd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations
+ * needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special computer-readable structures
+ * which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This
+ * routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate
+ * with compatible devices.
+ *
+ * This routine searches for a CDC interface descriptor containing bulk data IN and OUT endpoints, and an interrupt event endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref CDCHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.
+ */
+uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ void* CurrConfigLocation = ConfigDescriptorData;
+ uint16_t CurrConfigBytesRem;
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* CDCControlInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ /* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */
+ switch (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &CurrConfigBytesRem, ConfigDescriptorData, sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)))
+ {
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful:
+ break;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData:
+ return InvalidConfigDataReturned;
+ case HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow:
+ return DescriptorTooLarge;
+ default:
+ return ControlError;
+ }
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint) || !(NotificationEndpoint))
+ {
+ /* See if we've found a likely compatible interface, and if there is an endpoint within that interface */
+ if (!(CDCControlInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextCDCDataInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Check if we have already found the control interface's notification endpoint or not */
+ if (NotificationEndpoint)
+ {
+ /* Get the next CDC data interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextCDCDataInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Clear any found endpoints */
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Get the next CDC control interface from the configuration descriptor */
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&CurrConfigBytesRem, &CurrConfigLocation,
+ DComp_NextCDCControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ /* Descriptor not found, error out */
+ return NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ /* Save the interface in case we need to refer back to it later */
+ CDCControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Clear any found endpoints */
+ NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Skip the remainder of the loop as we have not found an endpoint yet */
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrConfigLocation, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ /* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ {
+ /* Check if the found endpoint is a interrupt or bulk type descriptor */
+ if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
+ NotificationEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Configure the CDC data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(CDC_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Configure the CDC data OUT pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(CDC_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress, DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+
+ /* Configure the CDC notification pipe */
+ Pipe_ConfigurePipe(CDC_NOTIFICATION_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, NotificationEndpoint->EndpointAddress, NotificationEndpoint->EndpointSize, 1);
+ Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(NotificationEndpoint->PollingIntervalMS);
+
+ /* Valid data found, return success */
+ return SuccessfulConfigRead;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct CDC control Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextCDCControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the CDC descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct control interface found */
+ if ((Interface->Class == CDC_CSCP_CDCClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct CDC data Class, Subclass and Protocol values.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ /* Check the CDC descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct data interface found */
+ if ((Interface->Class == CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's
+ * configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration
+ * descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.
+ *
+ * This comparator searches for the next bulk IN or OUT endpoint, or interrupt IN endpoint within the current interface,
+ * aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint (so that it may be compared
+ * using a different comparator to determine if it is another CDC class interface).
+ *
+ * \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ */
+uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterfaceEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if (((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_BULK) ||
+ ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c587f3ac1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "VirtualSerialHost.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the CDC data IN pipe. */
+ #define CDC_DATA_IN_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1)
+
+ /** Pipe address for the CDC data OUT pipe. */
+ #define CDC_DATA_OUT_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2)
+
+ /** Pipe address for the CDC notification IN pipe. */
+ #define CDC_NOTIFICATION_PIPE (PIPE_DIR_IN | 3)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */
+ enum CDCHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t
+ {
+ SuccessfulConfigRead = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */
+ ControlError = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */
+ DescriptorTooLarge = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */
+ InvalidConfigDataReturned = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */
+ NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 4, /**< A compatible interface with the required endpoints was not found */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);
+
+ uint8_t DComp_NextCDCControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+ uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterfaceEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3fef27b11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.c
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the VirtualSerialHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of
+ * the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "VirtualSerialHost.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_CYAN "CDC Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ CDCHost_Task();
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+#endif
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ LEDs_Init();
+ USB_Init();
+
+ /* Create a stdio stream for the serial port for stdin and stdout */
+ Serial_CreateStream(NULL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "Device Attached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_GREEN "\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ /* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */
+ if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == ControlError)
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));
+ else
+ puts_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Invalid Device.\r\n"));
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the device configuration to the first configuration (rarely do devices use multiple configurations) */
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding = { .BaudRateBPS = 9600,
+ .CharFormat = CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit,
+ .ParityType = CDC_PARITY_None,
+ .DataBits = 8 };
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = sizeof(LineEncoding),
+ };
+
+ /* Set the Line Encoding of the CDC interface within the device, so that it is ready to accept data */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+ if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(&LineEncoding) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Control Error (Set Line Encoding).\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code: %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ puts_P(PSTR("CDC Device Enumerated.\r\n"));
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+ printf_P(PSTR(ESC_FG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"
+ " -- Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"
+ " -- In State %d\r\n" ESC_FG_WHITE), ErrorCode, SubErrorCode, USB_HostState);
+
+ LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+}
+
+/** Task to read in data received from the attached CDC device and print it to the serial port.
+ */
+void CDCHost_Task(void)
+{
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ /* Select the data IN pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_DATA_IN_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check to see if a packet has been received */
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ /* Re-freeze IN pipe after the packet has been received */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ /* Check if data is in the pipe */
+ if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ /* Get the length of the pipe data, and create a new buffer to hold it */
+ uint16_t BufferLength = Pipe_BytesInPipe();
+ uint8_t Buffer[BufferLength];
+
+ /* Read in the pipe data to the temporary buffer */
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, BufferLength, NULL);
+
+ /* Print out the buffer contents to the USART */
+ for (uint16_t BufferByte = 0; BufferByte < BufferLength; BufferByte++)
+ putchar(Buffer[BufferByte]);
+ }
+
+ /* Clear the pipe after it is read, ready for the next packet */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /* Re-freeze IN pipe after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ /* Select and unfreeze the notification pipe */
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_NOTIFICATION_PIPE);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ /* Check if a packet has been received */
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ /* Discard the unused event notification */
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /* Freeze notification IN pipe after use */
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b84e66511
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for VirtualSerialHost.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _VIRTUALSERIAL_HOST_H_
+#define _VIRTUALSERIAL_HOST_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+
+ #include "ConfigDescriptor.h"
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+ #define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+ void CDCHost_Task(void);
+
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1e1f9f1ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/VirtualSerialHost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \mainpage CDC Host Demo
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ * The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ * \li Series 7 USB AVRs (AT90USBxxx7)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ * The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ * <td>Host</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
+ * <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
+ * <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ * <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><b>Supported USB Speeds:</b></td>
+ * <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Description Project Description:
+ *
+ * CDC host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
+ * for implementing a USB CDC host, for CDC devices using the standard ACM profile.
+ *
+ * This demo prints out received CDC data through the serial port.
+ *
+ * Note that this demo is only compatible with devices which report the correct CDC
+ * and ACM class, subclass and protocol values. Most USB-Serial cables have vendor
+ * specific features, thus use vendor-specific class/subclass/protocol codes to force
+ * the user to use specialized drivers. This demo is not compatible with such devices.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ * The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>
+ * None
+ * </td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cb0d568d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="Virtual Serial CDC Host Demo (Low Level APIs)" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.cdc.example.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.cdc"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="none"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="16000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="16000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.demos.host.lowlevel.cdc" caption="Virtual Serial CDC Host Demo (Low Level APIs)">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Virtual Serial Host demo, implementing a CDC host that can send and receive data to and from an attached device. This demo uses the Low Level LUFA APIs to manually implement a USB Class for demonstration purposes without using the simpler in-built LUFA Class Driver APIs.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="Class Driver APIs"/>
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="CDC Class"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="doxyfile"/>
+ <build type="distribute" subtype="user-file" value="VirtualSerialHost.txt"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="VirtualSerialHost.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="ConfigDescriptor.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="VirtualSerialHost.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="ConfigDescriptor.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value="Config"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Config/LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.peripheral.usart"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.misc.ansi"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board.leds"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/doxyfile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/doxyfile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ac8ecfa62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/doxyfile
@@ -0,0 +1,2364 @@
+# Doxyfile 1.8.8
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
+#
+# All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in
+# front of the TAG it is preceding.
+#
+# All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
+# The format is:
+# TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists, items can also be appended using:
+# TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \").
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text
+# before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv
+# built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv
+# for the list of possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by
+# double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the
+# project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the
+# title of most generated pages and in a few other places.
+# The default value is: My Project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME = "LUFA Library - Virtual Serial Host Demo"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This
+# could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version
+# control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER =
+
+# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
+# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a
+# quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
+
+PROJECT_BRIEF =
+
+# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is included in
+# the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 pixels
+# and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy the logo
+# to the output directory.
+
+PROJECT_LOGO =
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path
+# into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is
+# entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If
+# left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 4096 sub-
+# directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and
+# will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this
+# option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where
+# putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes
+# performance problems for the file system.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
+
+# If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII
+# characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII
+# characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode
+# U+3044.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese,
+# Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States),
+# Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian,
+# Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages),
+# Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian,
+# Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian,
+# Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish,
+# Ukrainian and Vietnamese.
+# The default value is: English.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES doxygen will include brief member
+# descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class
+# documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the brief
+# description of a member or function before the detailed description
+#
+# Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is
+# used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found
+# as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text
+# and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated
+# text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the
+# following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of
+# the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides,
+# specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the.
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
+ "The $name widget" \
+ "The $name file" \
+ is \
+ provides \
+ specifies \
+ contains \
+ represents \
+ a \
+ an \
+ the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES doxygen will prepend the full path
+# before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the
+# shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path.
+# Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand
+# part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to
+# strip.
+#
+# Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which
+# will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started.
+# This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the
+# path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which
+# header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of
+# the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should
+# specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler
+# using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but
+# less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't
+# support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHORT_NAMES = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the
+# first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief
+# description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt-
+# style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief
+# description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first
+# line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If
+# set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus
+# requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a
+# multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as
+# a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is
+# to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this
+# tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead.
+#
+# Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are
+# not recognized any more.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the
+# documentation from any documented member that it re-implements.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce a
+# new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be
+# part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen
+# uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4.
+
+TAB_SIZE = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in
+# the documentation. An alias has the form:
+# name=value
+# For example adding
+# "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n"
+# will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the
+# documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading
+# "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert
+# newlines.
+
+ALIASES =
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
+# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class"
+# will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning.
+
+TCL_SUBST =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources
+# only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For
+# instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all
+# members will be omitted, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or
+# Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored
+# for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages,
+# qualified scopes will look different, etc.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
+# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given
+# extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it
+# using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and
+# language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript,
+# C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran:
+# FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran:
+# Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed
+# or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For
+# instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP),
+# and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C.
+#
+# Note For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder.
+#
+# Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise
+# the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING =
+
+# If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments
+# according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
+# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
+# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can
+# mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in
+# case of backward compatibilities issues.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented
+# classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can
+# be prevented in individual cases by by putting a % sign in front of the word
+# or globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this
+# tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string);
+# versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see:
+# http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen
+# will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead
+# of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate
+# getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make
+# doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation.
+# This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple
+# type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you
+# should set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type
+# (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that
+# type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent
+# subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the
+# \nosubgrouping command.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SUBGROUPING = YES
+
+# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions
+# are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup)
+# instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX
+# and RTF).
+#
+# Note that this feature does not work in combination with
+# SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
+
+# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions
+# with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in
+# the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file,
+# namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set
+# to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and
+# Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or
+# enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be
+# useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
+
+# The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This
+# cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be
+# an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the
+# code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small
+# doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The
+# cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range
+# is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536
+# symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest
+# the optimal cache size from a speed point of view.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0.
+
+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private
+# class members and static file members will be hidden unless the
+# EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES.
+# Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are
+# normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ALL = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class will
+# be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal
+# scope will be included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) defined
+# locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO
+# only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect
+# for Java sources.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local methods,
+# which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are
+# included in the documentation. If set to NO only methods in the interface are
+# included.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of
+# the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace
+# are hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these
+# members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation
+# section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set
+# to NO these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option has
+# no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend
+# (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO these declarations will be
+# included in the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO these
+# blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a
+# \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation
+# will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file
+# names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+# The default value is: system dependent.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with
+# their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES the
+# scope will be hidden.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of
+# the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
+
+# If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each
+# grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader
+# which file to include in order to use the member.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include
+# files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the
+# documentation for inline members.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+INLINE_INFO = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief
+# descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member
+# name. If set to NO the members will appear in declaration order. Note that
+# this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and
+# destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the
+# respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS.
+# Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief
+# member documentation.
+# Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting
+# detailed member documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy
+# of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will
+# appear in their defined order.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by
+# fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will
+# be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical
+# list.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
+
+# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper
+# type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between
+# the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is
+# only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a
+# simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still
+# accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# todo list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the
+# test list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the
+# documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO) the bug
+# list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable ( YES) or disable ( NO)
+# the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in
+# the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation
+# sections, marked by \if <section_label> ... \endif and \cond <section_label>
+# ... \endcond blocks.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the
+# initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the
+# documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here
+# it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The
+# appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be
+# controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the
+# documentation regardless of this setting.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at
+# the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the list
+# will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This
+# will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View
+# (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces
+# page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified).
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided
+# by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file
+# version. For an example see the documentation.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
+# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
+# output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file
+# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can
+# optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml
+# will be used as the name of the layout file.
+#
+# Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called
+# DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE
+# tag is left empty.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE =
+
+# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing
+# the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib
+# extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool
+# to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
+# For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using
+# LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the
+# search path. See also \cite for info how to create references.
+
+CITE_BIB_FILES =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to
+# standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the
+# messages are off.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+QUIET = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated to standard error ( stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES
+# this implies that the warnings are on.
+#
+# Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARNINGS = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES, then doxygen will generate
+# warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag
+# will automatically be disabled.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
+
+# If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters
+# in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using
+# markup commands wrongly.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that
+# are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return
+# value. If set to NO doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete parameter
+# documentation, but not about the absence of documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen
+# can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which
+# will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated
+# and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will
+# be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via
+# FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+# The default value is: $file:$line: $text.
+
+WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error
+# messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard
+# error (stderr).
+
+WARN_LOGFILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or
+# directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with
+# spaces.
+# Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched.
+
+INPUT = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses
+# libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv
+# documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of
+# possible encodings.
+# The default value is: UTF-8.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank the
+# following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, *.c++, *.java, *.ii,
+# *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp,
+# *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, *.m, *.markdown,
+# *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.f90, *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf,
+# *.qsf, *.as and *.js.
+
+FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
+ *.c \
+ *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should
+# be searched for input files as well.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+RECURSIVE = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+#
+# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
+# run.
+
+EXCLUDE = Documentation/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories.
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+#
+# Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to
+# exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
+ INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include
+# command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and
+# *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all
+# files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands
+# irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories
+# that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the
+# \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command:
+#
+# <filter> <input-file>
+#
+# where <filter> is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the
+# name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter
+# program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag
+# will be ignored.
+#
+# Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the
+# code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added
+# or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly.
+
+INPUT_FILTER =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter
+# (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how
+# filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the
+# patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER ) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for
+# producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
+
+# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
+# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and
+# it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using
+# *.ext= (so without naming a filter).
+# This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES.
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
+
+# If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that
+# is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page
+# (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub
+# and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output.
+
+USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be
+# generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+#
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that
+# also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions,
+# classes and enums directly into the documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any
+# special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and
+# Fortran comments will always remain visible.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented
+# function all documented functions referencing it will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function
+# all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set
+# to YES, then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and
+# REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will
+# link to the documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the
+# source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype,
+# brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this
+# will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you
+# can opt to disable this feature.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will
+# point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in
+# source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system
+# (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version
+# 4.8.6 or higher.
+#
+# To use it do the following:
+# - Install the latest version of global
+# - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file
+# - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree
+# - Run doxygen as normal
+#
+# Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these
+# tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path).
+#
+# The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to
+# source code will now point to the output of htags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES.
+
+USE_HTAGS = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a
+# verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is
+# specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+# See also: Section \class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
+
+# If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES, then doxygen will use the
+# clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the
+# cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template
+# rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type
+# information.
+# Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was
+# compiled with the --with-libclang option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO
+
+# If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command
+# line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that
+# the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories
+# specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH.
+# This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES.
+
+CLANG_OPTIONS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all
+# compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of
+# classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
+
+# The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in
+# which the alphabetical index list will be split.
+# Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will
+# be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag
+# can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored
+# while generating the index headers.
+# This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate HTML output
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTML = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each
+# generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp).
+# The default value is: .html.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for
+# each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+#
+# To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets
+# that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g.
+# the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a
+# default header using
+# doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css
+# YourConfigFile
+# and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage"
+# for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally
+# uses.
+# Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the
+# default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description
+# of the possible markers and block names see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_HEADER =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each
+# generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard
+# footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default
+# footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer
+# that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_FOOTER =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style
+# sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of
+# the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet.
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style
+# sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as
+# it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become
+# obsolete.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined
+# cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets
+# created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects.
+# This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the
+# standard style sheet and is therefor more robust against future updates.
+# Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory.
+# Note: The order of the extra stylesheet files is of importance (e.g. the last
+# stylesheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the
+# list). For an example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET =
+
+# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
+# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
+# $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
+# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the
+# files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen
+# will adjust the colors in the stylesheet and background images according to
+# this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value
+# 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300
+# purple, and 360 is red again.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors
+# in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A
+# value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
+
+# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the
+# luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100
+# gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output
+# darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents
+# a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not
+# change the gamma.
+# Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this
+# to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
+
+# With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries
+# shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand
+# and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to
+# such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless
+# a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of
+# entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value
+# representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded
+# tree by default.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development
+# environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with
+# OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a
+# Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in
+# that directory and running make install will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at
+# startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
+# for more information.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
+
+# This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides
+# an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider
+# (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped.
+# The default value is: Doxygen generated docs.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation
+# set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g.
+# com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
+# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
+# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
+
+# The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
+# The default value is: Publisher.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES.
+
+DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three
+# additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The
+# index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop
+# (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on
+# Windows.
+#
+# The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output
+# generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML
+# files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old
+# Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed
+# HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for
+# words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for
+# compressed HTML files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
+
+# The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm
+# file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_FILE =
+
+# The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path
+# including file name) of the HTML help compiler ( hhc.exe). If non-empty
+# doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+# The file has to be specified with full path.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+HHC_LOCATION =
+
+# The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (
+# YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file ( NO).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_CHI = NO
+
+# The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index ( hhk), content ( hhc)
+# and project file content.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
+
+# The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (
+# YES) or a normal table of contents ( NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it
+# enables the Previous and Next buttons.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+BINARY_TOC = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to
+# the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES.
+
+TOC_EXPAND = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
+# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that
+# can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help
+# (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_QHP = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify
+# the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to
+# the HTML output folder.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QCH_FILE =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help
+# Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace
+# (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace).
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt
+# Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual
+# Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual-
+# folders).
+# The default value is: doc.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
+
+# If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom
+# filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
+# custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom
+# Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom-
+# filters).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
+# project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see:
+# http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes).
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
+
+# The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's
+# qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the
+# generated .qhp file.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES.
+
+QHG_LOCATION =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be
+# generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To
+# install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in
+# Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs
+# to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory
+# within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value.
+# After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this
+# name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier.
+# The default value is: org.doxygen.Project.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might
+# be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The
+# DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top
+# of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables
+# it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation
+# tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX = YES
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag
+# value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like
+# index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this
+# to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required
+# (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the
+# HTML help feature. Via custom stylesheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can
+# further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style
+# sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at
+# the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has
+# the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting
+# DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
+
+# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that
+# doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+#
+# Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing
+# in the overview section.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used
+# to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
+
+# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open links to
+# external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in
+# the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful
+# doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML
+# output directory to force them to be regenerated.
+# Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
+# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not
+# supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
+#
+# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in
+# the HTML output directory before the changes have effect.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see
+# http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering
+# instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX
+# installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When
+# enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path
+# to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+USE_MATHJAX = NO
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for
+# the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see:
+# http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details.
+# Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best
+# compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG.
+# The default value is: HTML-CSS.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS
+
+# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML
+# output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory
+# should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory
+# is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
+# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax
+# Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing
+# MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of
+# MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
+# The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
+
+# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax
+# extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example
+# MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
+
+# The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces
+# of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site
+# (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an
+# example see the documentation.
+# This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES.
+
+MATHJAX_CODEFILE =
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for
+# the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and
+# should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help
+# (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET)
+# there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled.
+# For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then
+# enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to
+# search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use <access key> + S
+# (what the <access key> is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically
+# <CTRL>, <ALT>/<option>, or both). Inside the search box use the <cursor down
+# key> to jump into the search results window, the results can be navigated
+# using the <cursor keys>. Press <Enter> to select an item or <escape> to cancel
+# the search. The filter options can be selected when the cursor is inside the
+# search box by pressing <Shift>+<cursor down>. Also here use the <cursor keys>
+# to select a filter and <Enter> or <escape> to activate or cancel the filter
+# option.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
+# implemented using a web server instead of a web client using Javascript. There
+# are two flavors of web server based searching depending on the EXTERNAL_SEARCH
+# setting. When disabled, doxygen will generate a PHP script for searching and
+# an index file used by the script. When EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled the indexing
+# and searching needs to be provided by external tools. See the section
+# "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
+
+# When EXTERNAL_SEARCH tag is enabled doxygen will no longer generate the PHP
+# script for searching. Instead the search results are written to an XML file
+# which needs to be processed by an external indexer. Doxygen will invoke an
+# external search engine pointed to by the SEARCHENGINE_URL option to obtain the
+# search results.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/).
+#
+# See the section "External Indexing and Searching" for details.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH = NO
+
+# The SEARCHENGINE_URL should point to a search engine hosted by a web server
+# which will return the search results when EXTERNAL_SEARCH is enabled.
+#
+# Doxygen ships with an example indexer ( doxyindexer) and search engine
+# (doxysearch.cgi) which are based on the open source search engine library
+# Xapian (see: http://xapian.org/). See the section "External Indexing and
+# Searching" for details.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHENGINE_URL =
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the unindexed
+# search data is written to a file for indexing by an external tool. With the
+# SEARCHDATA_FILE tag the name of this file can be specified.
+# The default file is: searchdata.xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+SEARCHDATA_FILE = searchdata.xml
+
+# When SERVER_BASED_SEARCH and EXTERNAL_SEARCH are both enabled the
+# EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID tag can be used as an identifier for the project. This is
+# useful in combination with EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS to search through multiple
+# projects and redirect the results back to the right project.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID =
+
+# The EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS tag can be used to enable searching through doxygen
+# projects other than the one defined by this configuration file, but that are
+# all added to the same external search index. Each project needs to have a
+# unique id set via EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID. The search mapping then maps the id of
+# to a relative location where the documentation can be found. The format is:
+# EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS = tagname1=loc1 tagname2=loc2 ...
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCHENGINE is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate LaTeX output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked.
+#
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for generating
+# bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the Makefile that is
+# written to the output directory.
+# The default file is: latex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to generate
+# index for LaTeX.
+# The default file is: makeindex.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact LaTeX
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used by the
+# printer.
+# Possible values are: a4 (210 x 297 mm), letter (8.5 x 11 inches), legal (8.5 x
+# 14 inches) and executive (7.25 x 10.5 inches).
+# The default value is: a4.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be used to specify one or more LaTeX package names
+# that should be included in the LaTeX output. To get the times font for
+# instance you can specify
+# EXTRA_PACKAGES=times
+# If left blank no extra packages will be included.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The header should contain everything until the first
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard header. See
+# section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to let doxygen write the
+# default header to a separate file.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined header if you know what you are doing! The
+# following commands have a special meaning inside the header: $title,
+# $datetime, $date, $doxygenversion, $projectname, $projectnumber,
+# $projectbrief, $projectlogo. Doxygen will replace $title with the empy string,
+# for the replacement values of the other commands the user is refered to
+# HTML_HEADER.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HEADER =
+
+# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for the
+# generated LaTeX document. The footer should contain everything after the last
+# chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a standard footer. See
+# LATEX_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default footer and what
+# special commands can be used inside the footer.
+#
+# Note: Only use a user-defined footer if you know what you are doing!
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_FOOTER =
+
+# The LATEX_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
+# other source files which should be copied to the LATEX_OUTPUT output
+# directory. Note that the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or
+# markers available.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_EXTRA_FILES =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated is
+# prepared for conversion to PDF (using ps2pdf or pdflatex). The PDF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. This
+# makes the output suitable for online browsing using a PDF viewer.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, doxygen will use pdflatex to generate
+# the PDF file directly from the LaTeX files. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \batchmode
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep running
+# if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. This option is also used
+# when generating formulas in HTML.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_HIDE_INDICES tag is set to YES then doxygen will not include the
+# index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) in the output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
+
+# If the LATEX_SOURCE_CODE tag is set to YES then doxygen will include source
+# code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
+#
+# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as
+# SOURCE_BROWSER.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
+
+# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
+# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. See
+# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX and \cite for more info.
+# The default value is: plain.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_LATEX is set to YES.
+
+LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate RTF output. The
+# RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look too pretty with other RTF
+# readers/editors.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_RTF = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: rtf.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES doxygen generates more compact RTF
+# documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to save some
+# trees in general.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+COMPACT_RTF = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated will
+# contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will contain links (just like the HTML
+# output) instead of page references. This makes the output suitable for online
+# browsing using Word or some other Word compatible readers that support those
+# fields.
+#
+# Note: WordPad (write) and others do not support links.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's config
+# file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide replacements,
+# missing definitions are set to their default value.
+#
+# See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the
+# default style sheet that doxygen normally uses.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an RTF document. Syntax is
+# similar to doxygen's config file. A template extensions file can be generated
+# using doxygen -e rtf extensionFile.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_RTF is set to YES.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES doxygen will generate man pages for
+# classes and files.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_MAN = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it. A directory man3 will be created inside the directory specified by
+# MAN_OUTPUT.
+# The default directory is: man.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to the generated
+# man pages. In case the manual section does not start with a number, the number
+# 3 is prepended. The dot (.) at the beginning of the MAN_EXTENSION tag is
+# optional.
+# The default value is: .3.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_EXTENSION = .3
+
+# The MAN_SUBDIR tag determines the name of the directory created within
+# MAN_OUTPUT in which the man pages are placed. If defaults to man followed by
+# MAN_EXTENSION with the initial . removed.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_SUBDIR =
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and doxygen generates man output, then it
+# will generate one additional man file for each entity documented in the real
+# man page(s). These additional files only source the real man page, but without
+# them the man command would be unable to find the correct page.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_MAN is set to YES.
+
+MAN_LINKS = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an XML file that
+# captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_XML = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. If a
+# relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of
+# it.
+# The default directory is: xml.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_OUTPUT = xml
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will dump the program
+# listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing information) to
+# the XML output. Note that enabling this will significantly increase the size
+# of the XML output.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_XML is set to YES.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the DOCBOOK output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCBOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate Docbook files
+# that can be used to generate PDF.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_DOCBOOK = NO
+
+# The DOCBOOK_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the Docbook pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in
+# front of it.
+# The default directory is: docbook.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_OUTPUT = docbook
+
+# If the DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES doxygen will include the
+# program listings (including syntax highlighting and cross-referencing
+# information) to the DOCBOOK output. Note that enabling this will significantly
+# increase the size of the DOCBOOK output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCBOOK is set to YES.
+
+DOCBOOK_PROGRAMLISTING = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES doxygen will generate an AutoGen
+# Definitions (see http://autogen.sf.net) file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this feature is still
+# experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a Perl module
+# file that captures the structure of the code including all documentation.
+#
+# Note that this feature is still experimental and incomplete at the moment.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES doxygen will generate the necessary
+# Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able to generate PDF and DVI
+# output from the Perl module output.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be nicely
+# formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader. This is useful if you want to
+# understand what is going on. On the other hand, if this tag is set to NO the
+# size of the Perl module output will be much smaller and Perl will parse it
+# just the same.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file are
+# prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. This is useful
+# so different doxyrules.make files included by the same Makefile don't
+# overwrite each other's variables.
+# This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_PERLMOD is set to YES.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES doxygen will evaluate all
+# C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES doxygen will expand all macro names
+# in the source code. If set to NO only conditional compilation will be
+# performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled way by setting
+# EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES then
+# the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the PREDEFINED and
+# EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES the includes files in the
+# INCLUDE_PATH will be searched if a #include is found.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by the
+# preprocessor.
+# This tag requires that the tag SEARCH_INCLUDES is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will be
+# used.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that are
+# defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of e.g.
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name or
+# name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the "=" are omitted, "=1"
+# is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being undefined via #undef or
+# recursively expanded use the := operator instead of the = operator.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
+ PROGMEM
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then this
+# tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. The
+# macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. Use the PREDEFINED
+# tag if you want to use a different macro definition that overrules the
+# definition found in the source code.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES then doxygen's preprocessor will
+# remove all references to function-like macros that are alone on a line, have
+# an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such function macros
+# are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse the parser if not
+# removed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag ENABLE_PREPROCESSING is set to YES.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES tag can be used to specify one or more tag files. For each tag
+# file the location of the external documentation should be added. The format of
+# a tag file without this location is as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where loc1 and loc2 can be relative or absolute paths or URLs. See the
+# section "Linking to external documentation" for more information about the use
+# of tag files.
+# Note: Each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does NOT include
+# the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen is
+# run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create a
+# tag file that is based on the input files it reads. See section "Linking to
+# external documentation" for more information about the usage of tag files.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external class will be listed in the
+# class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes will be listed.
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed in
+# the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will be
+# listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_PAGES tag is set to YES all external pages will be listed in
+# the related pages index. If set to NO, only the current project's pages will
+# be listed.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+EXTERNAL_PAGES = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of 'which perl').
+# The default file (with absolute path) is: /usr/bin/perl.
+
+PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a class diagram
+# (in HTML and LaTeX) for classes with base or super classes. Setting the tag to
+# NO turns the diagrams off. Note that this option also works with HAVE_DOT
+# disabled, but it is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see:
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/)) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH =
+
+# You can include diagrams made with dia in doxygen documentation. Doxygen will
+# then run dia to produce the diagram and insert it in the documentation. The
+# DIA_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where the dia binary resides.
+# If left empty dia is assumed to be found in the default search path.
+
+DIA_PATH =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide inheritance
+# and usage relations if the target is undocumented or is not a class.
+# The default value is: YES.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz (see:
+# http://www.graphviz.org/), a graph visualization toolkit from AT&T and Lucent
+# Bell Labs. The other options in this section have no effect if this option is
+# set to NO
+# The default value is: NO.
+
+HAVE_DOT = NO
+
+# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is allowed
+# to run in parallel. When set to 0 doxygen will base this on the number of
+# processors available in the system. You can set it explicitly to a value
+# larger than 0 to get control over the balance between CPU load and processing
+# speed.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 32, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
+
+# When you want a differently looking font in the dot files that doxygen
+# generates you can specify the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make
+# sure dot is able to find the font, which can be done by putting it in a
+# standard location or by setting the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by
+# setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory containing the font.
+# The default value is: Helvetica.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME =
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size (in points) of the font of
+# dot graphs.
+# Minimum value: 4, maximum value: 24, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the default font as specified with
+# DOT_FONTNAME. If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set
+# the path where dot can find it using this tag.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# each documented class showing the direct and indirect inheritance relations.
+# Setting this tag to YES will force the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a
+# graph for each documented class showing the direct and indirect implementation
+# dependencies (inheritance, containment, and class references variables) of the
+# class with other documented classes.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for
+# groups, showing the direct groups dependencies.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LOOK = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside the
+# class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the graph may
+# become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS threshold limits the
+# number of items for each type to make the size more manageable. Set this to 0
+# for no limit. Note that the threshold may be exceeded by 50% before the limit
+# is enforced. So when you set the threshold to 10, up to 15 fields may appear,
+# but if the number exceeds 15, the total amount of fields shown is limited to
+# 10.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 100, default value: 10.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
+
+# If the TEMPLATE_RELATIONS tag is set to YES then the inheritance and
+# collaboration graphs will show the relations between templates and their
+# instances.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDE_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are set to
+# YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing the
+# direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, ENABLE_PREPROCESSING and SEARCH_INCLUDES tags are
+# set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented file showing
+# the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with other documented
+# files.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a call
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callgraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALL_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate a caller
+# dependency graph for every global function or class method.
+#
+# Note that enabling this option will significantly increase the time of a run.
+# So in most cases it will be better to enable caller graphs for selected
+# functions only using the \callergraph command.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY tag is set to YES then doxygen will graphical
+# hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH tag is set to YES then doxygen will show the
+# dependencies a directory has on other directories in a graphical way. The
+# dependency relations are determined by the #include relations between the
+# files in the directories.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot.
+# Note: If you choose svg you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order
+# to make the SVG files visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this
+# requirement).
+# Possible values are: png, jpg, gif and svg.
+# The default value is: png.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
+
+# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
+# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
+#
+# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer. Tested
+# and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera.
+# Note: For IE 9+ you need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make
+# the SVG files visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
+
+# The DOT_PATH tag can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_PATH =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the \dotfile
+# command).
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the \mscfile
+# command).
+
+MSCFILE_DIRS =
+
+# The DIAFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dia files that are included in the documentation (see the \diafile
+# command).
+
+DIAFILE_DIRS =
+
+# When using plantuml, the PLANTUML_JAR_PATH tag should be used to specify the
+# path where java can find the plantuml.jar file. If left blank, it is assumed
+# PlantUML is not used or called during a preprocessing step. Doxygen will
+# generate a warning when it encounters a \startuml command in this case and
+# will not generate output for the diagram.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+PLANTUML_JAR_PATH =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of nodes
+# that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph becomes
+# larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is visualized
+# by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the number of direct
+# children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note that
+# the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 50.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the graphs
+# generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable from the
+# root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes that lay
+# further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this option to 1
+# or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large code bases. Also
+# note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+# Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1000, default value: 0.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not seem
+# to support this out of the box.
+#
+# Warning: Depending on the platform used, enabling this option may lead to
+# badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of a graph (i.e. they become hard to
+# read).
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) support
+# this, this feature is disabled by default.
+# The default value is: NO.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES doxygen will generate a legend page
+# explaining the meaning of the various boxes and arrows in the dot generated
+# graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES doxygen will remove the intermediate dot
+# files that are used to generate the various graphs.
+# The default value is: YES.
+# This tag requires that the tag HAVE_DOT is set to YES.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP = YES
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0ac79fdd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/VirtualSerialHost/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = VirtualSerialHost
+SRC = $(TARGET).c ConfigDescriptor.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9e3919da4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/LowLevel/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Host Demos. Call with "make all" to
+# rebuild all Host demos.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+PROJECT_DIRECTORIES := $(shell ls -d */)
+
+# This makefile is potentially infinitely recursive if something really bad
+# happens when determining the set of project directories - hard-abort if
+# more than 10 levels deep to avoid angry emails.
+ifeq ($(MAKELEVEL), 10)
+ $(error EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED)
+endif
+
+# Need to special-case building without a per-project object directory
+ifeq ($(OBJDIR),)
+ # If no target specified, force "clean all" and disallow parallel build
+ ifeq ($(MAKECMDGOALS),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean all
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+
+ # If one of the targets is to build, force "clean" beforehand and disallow parallel build
+ ifneq ($(findstring all, $(MAKECMDGOALS)),)
+ MAKECMDGOALS := clean $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+ .NOTPARALLEL:
+ endif
+endif
+
+%: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
+ @echo . > /dev/null
+
+$(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES):
+ @$(MAKE) -C $@ $(MAKECMDGOALS)
+
+.PHONY: $(PROJECT_DIRECTORIES)
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3325e97d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/Host/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Class Driver and Low Level Demos. Call with
+# "make all" to rebuild all demos of both types.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+all:
+
+%:
+ $(MAKE) -C ClassDriver $@
+ $(MAKE) -C LowLevel $@
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/makefile
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..752f64ab1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/Demos/makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+# Makefile to build all the LUFA Demos. Call with "make all" to
+# rebuild all demos.
+
+# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
+# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
+# code.
+
+all:
+
+%:
+ $(MAKE) -C Device $@
+ $(MAKE) -C Host $@
+ $(MAKE) -C DualRole $@
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/HID_EEPROM_Loader/HID_EEPROM_Loader.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/HID_EEPROM_Loader/HID_EEPROM_Loader.c
index 600469fa1..7ee46b4db 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/HID_EEPROM_Loader/HID_EEPROM_Loader.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/HID_EEPROM_Loader/HID_EEPROM_Loader.c
@@ -1,61 +1,61 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- *
- * Special application to extract an EEPROM image stored in FLASH memory, and
- * copy it to the device EEPROM. This application is designed to be used with
- * the HID build system module of LUFA to program the EEPROM of a target device
- * that uses the HID bootloader protocol, which does not have native EEPROM
- * programming support.
- */
-
-#include <avr/io.h>
-#include <avr/eeprom.h>
-#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
-
-/* References to the binary EEPROM data linked in the AVR's FLASH memory space */
-extern const char _binary_InputEEData_bin_start[];
-extern const char _binary_InputEEData_bin_end[];
-extern const char _binary_InputEEData_bin_size[];
-
-/* Friendly names for the embedded binary data stored in FLASH memory space */
-#define InputEEData _binary_InputEEData_bin_start
-#define InputEEData_size ((int)_binary_InputEEData_bin_size)
-
-int main(void)
-{
- /* Copy out the embedded EEPROM data from FLASH to EEPROM memory space */
- for (uint16_t i = 0; i < InputEEData_size; i++)
- eeprom_update_byte((uint8_t*)i, pgm_read_byte(&InputEEData[i]));
-
- /* Infinite loop once complete */
- for (;;);
-}
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Special application to extract an EEPROM image stored in FLASH memory, and
+ * copy it to the device EEPROM. This application is designed to be used with
+ * the HID build system module of LUFA to program the EEPROM of a target device
+ * that uses the HID bootloader protocol, which does not have native EEPROM
+ * programming support.
+ */
+
+#include <avr/io.h>
+#include <avr/eeprom.h>
+#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+/* References to the binary EEPROM data linked in the AVR's FLASH memory space */
+extern const char _binary_InputEEData_bin_start[];
+extern const char _binary_InputEEData_bin_end[];
+extern const char _binary_InputEEData_bin_size[];
+
+/* Friendly names for the embedded binary data stored in FLASH memory space */
+#define InputEEData _binary_InputEEData_bin_start
+#define InputEEData_size ((int)_binary_InputEEData_bin_size)
+
+int main(void)
+{
+ /* Copy out the embedded EEPROM data from FLASH to EEPROM memory space */
+ for (uint16_t i = 0; i < InputEEData_size; i++)
+ eeprom_update_byte((uint8_t*)i, pgm_read_byte(&InputEEData[i]));
+
+ /* Infinite loop once complete */
+ for (;;);
+}
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/HID_EEPROM_Loader/makefile b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/HID_EEPROM_Loader/makefile
index f6dcbea67..9fd188c93 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/HID_EEPROM_Loader/makefile
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/HID_EEPROM_Loader/makefile
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
#
# LUFA Library
-# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
#
# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
# www.lufa-lib.org
@@ -9,6 +9,8 @@
# LUFA Project Makefile.
# --------------------------------------
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
MCU = at90usb1287
ARCH = AVR8
F_CPU = 1000000
@@ -17,7 +19,7 @@ OPTIMIZATION = s
TARGET = HID_EEPROM_Loader
SRC = $(TARGET).c
LUFA_PATH = ../../../LUFA
-CC_FLAGS =
+CC_FLAGS =
LD_FLAGS =
OBJECT_FILES = InputEEData.o
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
index 4e15e3997..943383418 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
@@ -1,101 +1,103 @@
-#
-# LUFA Library
-# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-#
-# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-# www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-LUFA_BUILD_MODULES += ATPROGRAM
-LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS += atprogram atprogram-ee
-LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += MCU TARGET
-LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS += ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE ATPROGRAM_PORT
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
-
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# LUFA ATPROGRAM Programmer Buildsystem Makefile Module.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# DESCRIPTION:
-# Provides a set of targets to re-program a device using the Atmel atprogram
-# utility in AVR Studio 5.x and Atmel Studio 6.0 onwards.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TARGETS:
-#
-# atprogram - Program target FLASH with application using
-# atprogram
-# atprogram-ee - Program target EEPROM with application data
-# using atprogram
-#
-# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
-#
-# MCU - Microcontroller device model name
-# TARGET - Application name
-#
-# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
-#
-# ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER - Name of programming hardware to use
-# ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE - Name of programming interface to use
-# ATPROGRAM_PORT - Name of communication port to use
-#
-# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
-#
-# (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED MACROS:
-#
-# (None)
-#
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-ERROR_IF_UNSET ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
-ERROR_IF_EMPTY ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
-ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
-
-# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
-ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER ?= jtagice3
-ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE ?= jtag
-ATPROGRAM_PORT ?=
-
-# Sanity check user supplied values
-$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE)
-
-# Output Messages
-MSG_ATPROGRAM_CMD := ' [ATPRGRM] :'
-
-# Construct base atprogram command flags
-BASE_ATPROGRAM_FLAGS := --tool $(ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER) --interface $(ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE) --device $(MCU)
-ifneq ($(ATPROGRAM_PORT),)
- BASE_ATPROGRAM_FLAGS += --port $(ATPROGRAM_PORT)
-endif
-
-# Construct the flags to use for the various memory spaces
-ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
- ATPROGRAM_FLASH_FLAGS := --chiperase --flash
- ATPROGRAM_EEPROM_FLAGS := --eeprom
-else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
- ATPROGRAM_FLASH_FLAGS := --erase --flash
- ATPROGRAM_EEPROM_FLAGS := --eeprom
-else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
- ATPROGRAM_FLASH_FLAGS := --erase
- ATPROGRAM_EEPROM_FLAGS := --eeprom
-else
- $(error Unsupported architecture "$(ARCH)")
-endif
-
-atprogram: $(TARGET).elf $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
- @echo $(MSG_ATPROGRAM_CMD) Programming device \"$(MCU)\" FLASH using \"$(ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER)\"
- atprogram $(BASE_ATPROGRAM_FLAGS) program $(ATPROGRAM_FLASH_FLAGS) --file $<
-
-atprogram-ee: $(TARGET).elf $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
- @echo $(MSG_ATPROGRAM_CMD) Programming device \"$(MCU)\" EEPROM using \"$(ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER)\"
- atprogram $(BASE_ATPROGRAM_FLAGS) program $(ATPROGRAM_EEPROM_FLAGS) --file $<
-
-# Phony build targets for this module
-.PHONY: atprogram atprogram-ee
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+LUFA_BUILD_MODULES += ATPROGRAM
+LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS += atprogram atprogram-ee
+LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += MCU TARGET
+LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS += ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE ATPROGRAM_PORT
+LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
+LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# LUFA ATPROGRAM Programmer Buildsystem Makefile Module.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# DESCRIPTION:
+# Provides a set of targets to re-program a device using the Atmel atprogram
+# utility in AVR Studio 5.x and Atmel Studio 6.0 onwards.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TARGETS:
+#
+# atprogram - Program target FLASH with application using
+# atprogram
+# atprogram-ee - Program target EEPROM with application data
+# using atprogram
+#
+# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
+#
+# MCU - Microcontroller device model name
+# TARGET - Application name
+#
+# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
+#
+# ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER - Name of programming hardware to use
+# ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE - Name of programming interface to use
+# ATPROGRAM_PORT - Name of communication port to use
+#
+# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
+#
+# (None)
+#
+# PROVIDED MACROS:
+#
+# (None)
+#
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+ERROR_IF_UNSET ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
+ERROR_IF_EMPTY ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
+ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
+
+# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
+ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER ?= jtagice3
+ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE ?= jtag
+ATPROGRAM_PORT ?=
+
+# Sanity check user supplied values
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE)
+
+# Output Messages
+MSG_ATPROGRAM_CMD := ' [ATPRGRM] :'
+
+# Construct base atprogram command flags
+BASE_ATPROGRAM_FLAGS := --tool $(ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER) --interface $(ATPROGRAM_INTERFACE) --device $(MCU)
+ifneq ($(ATPROGRAM_PORT),)
+ BASE_ATPROGRAM_FLAGS += --port $(ATPROGRAM_PORT)
+endif
+
+# Construct the flags to use for the various memory spaces
+ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
+ ATPROGRAM_FLASH_FLAGS := --chiperase --flash
+ ATPROGRAM_EEPROM_FLAGS := --eeprom
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
+ ATPROGRAM_FLASH_FLAGS := --erase --flash
+ ATPROGRAM_EEPROM_FLAGS := --eeprom
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+ ATPROGRAM_FLASH_FLAGS := --erase
+ ATPROGRAM_EEPROM_FLAGS := --eeprom
+else
+ $(error Unsupported architecture "$(ARCH)")
+endif
+
+# Programs in the target FLASH memory using ATPROGRAM
+atprogram: $(TARGET).elf $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_ATPROGRAM_CMD) Programming device \"$(MCU)\" FLASH using \"$(ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER)\"
+ atprogram $(BASE_ATPROGRAM_FLAGS) program $(ATPROGRAM_FLASH_FLAGS) --file $<
+
+# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using ATPROGRAM
+atprogram-ee: $(TARGET).elf $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_ATPROGRAM_CMD) Programming device \"$(MCU)\" EEPROM using \"$(ATPROGRAM_PROGRAMMER)\"
+ atprogram $(BASE_ATPROGRAM_FLAGS) program $(ATPROGRAM_EEPROM_FLAGS) --file $<
+
+# Phony build targets for this module
+.PHONY: atprogram atprogram-ee
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
index 839362528..4eff4181c 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
@@ -1,84 +1,86 @@
-#
-# LUFA Library
-# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-#
-# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-# www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-LUFA_BUILD_MODULES += AVRDUDE
-LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS += avrdude avrdude-ee
-LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += MCU TARGET
-LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS += AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER AVRDUDE_PORT AVRDUDE_FLAGS
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
-
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# LUFA AVRDUDE Programmer Buildsystem Makefile Module.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# DESCRIPTION:
-# Provides a set of targets to re-program a device using the open source
-# avr-dude utility.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TARGETS:
-#
-# avrdude - Program target FLASH with application using
-# avrdude
-# avrdude-ee - Program target EEPROM with application data
-# using avrdude
-#
-# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
-#
-# MCU - Microcontroller device model name
-# TARGET - Application name
-#
-# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
-#
-# AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER - Name of programming hardware to use
-# AVRDUDE_PORT - Name of communication port to use
-# AVRDUDE_FLAGS - Flags to pass to avr-dude
-#
-# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
-#
-# (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED MACROS:
-#
-# (None)
-#
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-ERROR_IF_UNSET ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
-ERROR_IF_EMPTY ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
-ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
-
-# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
-AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER ?= jtagicemkii
-AVRDUDE_PORT ?= usb
-AVRDUDE_FLAGS ?=
-
-# Sanity check user supplied values
-$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, AVRDUDE_PORT)
-
-# Output Messages
-MSG_AVRDUDE_CMD := ' [AVRDUDE] :'
-
-# Construct base avrdude command flags
-BASE_AVRDUDE_FLAGS := -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
-
-avrdude: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
- @echo $(MSG_AVRDUDE_CMD) Programming device \"$(MCU)\" FLASH with settings \"$(AVRDUDE_FLASH_FLAGS)\" using \"$(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)\" on port \"$(AVRDUDE_PORT)\"
- avrdude $(BASE_AVRDUDE_FLAGS) -U flash:w:$< $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS)
-
-avrdude-ee: $(TARGET).eep $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
- @echo $(MSG_AVRDUDE_CMD) Programming device \"$(MCU)\" EEPROM with settings \"$(AVRDUDE_EEP_FLAGS)\" using \"$(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)\" on port \"$(AVRDUDE_PORT)\"
- avrdude $(BASE_AVRDUDE_FLAGS) -U eeprom:w:$< $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS)
-
-# Phony build targets for this module
-.PHONY: avrdude avrdude-ee
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+LUFA_BUILD_MODULES += AVRDUDE
+LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS += avrdude avrdude-ee
+LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += MCU TARGET
+LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS += AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER AVRDUDE_PORT AVRDUDE_FLAGS
+LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
+LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# LUFA AVRDUDE Programmer Buildsystem Makefile Module.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# DESCRIPTION:
+# Provides a set of targets to re-program a device using the open source
+# avr-dude utility.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TARGETS:
+#
+# avrdude - Program target FLASH with application using
+# avrdude
+# avrdude-ee - Program target EEPROM with application data
+# using avrdude
+#
+# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
+#
+# MCU - Microcontroller device model name
+# TARGET - Application name
+#
+# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
+#
+# AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER - Name of programming hardware to use
+# AVRDUDE_PORT - Name of communication port to use
+# AVRDUDE_FLAGS - Flags to pass to avr-dude
+#
+# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
+#
+# (None)
+#
+# PROVIDED MACROS:
+#
+# (None)
+#
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+ERROR_IF_UNSET ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
+ERROR_IF_EMPTY ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
+ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
+
+# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
+AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER ?= jtagicemkii
+AVRDUDE_PORT ?= usb
+AVRDUDE_FLAGS ?=
+
+# Sanity check user supplied values
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, AVRDUDE_PORT)
+
+# Output Messages
+MSG_AVRDUDE_CMD := ' [AVRDUDE] :'
+
+# Construct base avrdude command flags
+BASE_AVRDUDE_FLAGS := -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
+
+# Programs in the target FLASH memory using AVRDUDE
+avrdude: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_AVRDUDE_CMD) Programming device \"$(MCU)\" FLASH using \"$(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)\" on port \"$(AVRDUDE_PORT)\"
+ avrdude $(BASE_AVRDUDE_FLAGS) -U flash:w:$< $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS)
+
+# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using AVRDUDE
+avrdude-ee: $(TARGET).eep $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_AVRDUDE_CMD) Programming device \"$(MCU)\" EEPROM using \"$(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)\" on port \"$(AVRDUDE_PORT)\"
+ avrdude $(BASE_AVRDUDE_FLAGS) -U eeprom:w:$< $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS)
+
+# Phony build targets for this module
+.PHONY: avrdude avrdude-ee
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_build.mk b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_build.mk
index 878860627..b9b144aee 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_build.mk
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_build.mk
@@ -1,296 +1,351 @@
-#
-# LUFA Library
-# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-#
-# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-# www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-LUFA_BUILD_MODULES += BUILD
-LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS += size check-source symbol-sizes all lib elf hex lss clean mostlyclean
-LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += TARGET ARCH MCU SRC F_USB LUFA_PATH
-LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS += BOARD OPTIMIZATION C_STANDARD CPP_STANDARD F_CPU C_FLAGS CPP_FLAGS ASM_FLAGS CC_FLAGS LD_FLAGS OBJDIR OBJECT_FILES DEBUG_TYPE DEBUG_LEVEL
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
-
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# LUFA GCC Compiler Buildsystem Makefile Module.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# DESCRIPTION:
-# Provides a set of targets to build a C, C++ and/or Assembly application
-# via the AVR-GCC compiler.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TARGETS:
-#
-# size - List built application size
-# symbol-sizes - Print application symbols from the binary ELF
-# file as a list sorted by size in bytes
-# check-source - Print a list of SRC source files that cannot
-# be found
-# all - Build application and list size
-# lib - Build and archive source files into a library
-# elf - Build application ELF debug object file
-# hex - Build application HEX object files
-# lss - Build application LSS assembly listing file
-# clean - Remove all project intermediatary and binary
-# output files
-# mostlyclean - Remove intermediatary output files, but
-# preserve binaries
-#
-# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
-#
-# TARGET - Application name
-# ARCH - Device architecture name
-# MCU - Microcontroller device model name
-# SRC - List of input source files (*.c, *.cpp, *.S)
-# F_USB - Speed of the input clock of the USB controller
-# in Hz
-# LUFA_PATH - Path to the LUFA library core
-#
-# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
-#
-# BOARD - LUFA board hardware
-# OPTIMIZATION - Optimization level
-# C_STANDARD - C Language Standard to use
-# CPP_STANDARD - C++ Language Standard to use
-# F_CPU - Speed of the CPU, in Hz
-# C_FLAGS - Flags to pass to the C compiler only
-# CPP_FLAGS - Flags to pass to the C++ compiler only
-# ASM_FLAGS - Flags to pass to the assembler only
-# CC_FLAGS - Common flags to pass to the C/C++ compiler and
-# assembler
-# LD_FLAGS - Flags to pass to the linker
-# OBJDIR - Directory for the output object and dependency
-# files; if equal to ".", the output files will
-# be generated in the same folder as the sources
-# OBJECT_FILES - Extra object files to link in to the binaries
-# DEBUG_FORMAT - Format of the debugging information to
-# generate in the compiled object files
-# DEBUG_LEVEL - Level the debugging information to generate in
-# the compiled object files
-#
-# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
-#
-# (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED MACROS:
-#
-# (None)
-#
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-ERROR_IF_UNSET ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
-ERROR_IF_EMPTY ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
-ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
-
-# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
-BOARD ?= NONE
-OPTIMIZATION ?= s
-F_CPU ?=
-C_STANDARD ?= gnu99
-CPP_STANDARD ?= gnu++98
-C_FLAGS ?=
-CPP_FLAGS ?=
-ASM_FLAGS ?=
-CC_FLAGS ?=
-OBJDIR ?= .
-OBJECT_FILES ?=
-DEBUG_FORMAT ?= dwarf-2
-DEBUG_LEVEL ?= 3
-
-# Sanity check user supplied values
-$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, ARCH)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, F_USB)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, LUFA_PATH)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, BOARD)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, OPTIMIZATION)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, C_STANDARD)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, CPP_STANDARD)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, OBJDIR)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, DEBUG_FORMAT)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, DEBUG_LEVEL)
-
-# Determine the utility prefix to use for the selected architecture
-ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
- CROSS := avr
-else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
- CROSS := avr
- $(warning The XMEGA device support is currently EXPERIMENTAL (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.)
-else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
- CROSS := avr32
- $(warning The UC3 device support is currently EXPERIMENTAL (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.)
-else
- $(error Unsupported architecture "$(ARCH)")
-endif
-
-# Output Messages
-MSG_COMPILE_CMD := ' [GCC] :'
-MSG_ASSEMBLE_CMD := ' [GAS] :'
-MSG_NM_CMD := ' [NM] :'
-MSG_REMOVE_CMD := ' [RM] :'
-MSG_LINK_CMD := ' [LNK] :'
-MSG_ARCHIVE_CMD := ' [AR] :'
-MSG_SIZE_CMD := ' [SIZE] :'
-MSG_OBJCPY_CMD := ' [OBJCPY] :'
-MSG_OBJDMP_CMD := ' [OBJDMP] :'
-
-# Convert input source file list to differentiate them by type
-C_SOURCE := $(filter %.c, $(SRC))
-CPP_SOURCE := $(filter %.cpp, $(SRC))
-ASM_SOURCE := $(filter %.S, $(SRC))
-
-# Create a list of unknown source file types, if any are found throw an error
-UNKNOWN_SOURCE := $(filter-out $(C_SOURCE) $(CPP_SOURCE) $(ASM_SOURCE), $(SRC))
-ifneq ($(UNKNOWN_SOURCE),)
- $(error Unknown input source file formats: $(UNKNOWN_SOURCE))
-endif
-
-# Convert input source filenames into a list of required output object files
-OBJECT_FILES += $(addsuffix .o, $(basename $(SRC)))
-ifneq ($(OBJDIR),.)
- $(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2> /dev/null)
- VPATH += $(dir $(SRC))
- OBJECT_FILES := $(addprefix $(patsubst %/,%,$(OBJDIR))/, $(notdir $(OBJECT_FILES)))
-
- # Check if any object file (without path) appears more than once in the object file list
- ifneq ($(words $(sort $(OBJECT_FILES))), $(words $(OBJECT_FILES)))
- $(error Cannot build with OBJDIR parameter set - one or more object file name is not unique)
- endif
-endif
-
-# Create a list of dependency files from the list of object files
-DEPENDENCY_FILES := $(OBJECT_FILES:%.o=%.d)
-
-# Create a list of common flags to pass to the compiler/linker/assembler
-BASE_CC_FLAGS := -pipe -g$(DEBUG_FORMAT) -g$(DEBUG_LEVEL)
-ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
- BASE_CC_FLAGS += -mmcu=$(MCU) -fshort-enums -fno-inline-small-functions -fpack-struct
-else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
- BASE_CC_FLAGS += -mmcu=$(MCU) -fshort-enums -fno-inline-small-functions -fpack-struct
-else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
- BASE_CC_FLAGS += -mpart=$(MCU:at32%=%) -masm-addr-pseudos
-endif
-BASE_CC_FLAGS += -Wall -fno-strict-aliasing -funsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields -ffunction-sections
-BASE_CC_FLAGS += -I. -I$(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/..
-BASE_CC_FLAGS += -DARCH=ARCH_$(ARCH) -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) -DF_USB=$(F_USB)UL
-ifneq ($(F_CPU),)
- BASE_CC_FLAGS += -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
-endif
-
-# Additional language specific compiler flags
-BASE_C_FLAGS := -x c -O$(OPTIMIZATION) -std=$(C_STANDARD) -Wstrict-prototypes
-BASE_CPP_FLAGS := -x c++ -O$(OPTIMIZATION) -std=$(CPP_STANDARD)
-BASE_ASM_FLAGS := -x assembler-with-cpp
-
-# Create a list of flags to pass to the linker
-BASE_LD_FLAGS := -lm -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref -Wl,--gc-sections -Wl,--relax
-ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
- BASE_LD_FLAGS += -mmcu=$(MCU)
-else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
- BASE_LD_FLAGS += -mmcu=$(MCU)
-else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
- BASE_LD_FLAGS += -mpart=$(MCU:at32%=%) --rodata-writable --direct-data
-endif
-
-# Determine flags to pass to the size utility based on its reported features (only invoke if size target required)
-size: SIZE_MCU_FLAG := $(shell $(CROSS)-size --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
-size: SIZE_FORMAT_FLAG := $(shell $(CROSS)-size --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
-
-
-build_begin:
- @echo ""
- @echo Begin compilation of project \"$(TARGET)\"...
- @echo ""
-
-build_end:
- @echo Finished building project \"$(TARGET)\".
- @echo ""
-
-gcc-version:
- @$(CROSS)-gcc --version
-
-check-source:
- @for f in $(SRC); do \
- if [ ! -f $$f ]; then \
- echo "Error: Source file not found: $$f"; \
- exit 1; \
- fi; \
- done
-
-size: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo $(MSG_SIZE_CMD) Determining size of \"$<\"
- @echo ""
- $(CROSS)-size $(SIZE_MCU_FLAG) $(SIZE_FORMAT_FLAG) $< ; 2>/dev/null;
-
-symbol-sizes: $(TARGET).elf
- @echo $(MSG_NM_CMD) Extracting \"$<\" symbols with decimal byte sizes
- $(CROSS)-nm --size-sort --demangle --radix=d $<
-
-mostlyclean:
- @echo $(MSG_REMOVE_CMD) Removing object files of \"$(TARGET)\"
- rm -f $(OBJECT_FILES)
- @echo $(MSG_REMOVE_CMD) Removing dependency files of \"$(TARGET)\"
- rm -f $(DEPENDENCY_FILES)
-
-clean: mostlyclean
- @echo $(MSG_REMOVE_CMD) Removing output files of \"$(TARGET)\"
- rm -f $(TARGET).elf $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET).map $(TARGET).lss $(TARGET).sym $(TARGET).a
-
-all: build_begin check-source gcc-version elf hex lss sym size build_end
-
-lib: lib$(TARGET).a
-elf: $(TARGET).elf
-hex: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
-lss: $(TARGET).lss
-sym: $(TARGET).sym
-
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o: %.c $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILE_CMD) Compiling C file \"$(notdir $<)\"
- $(CROSS)-gcc -c $(BASE_CC_FLAGS) $(BASE_C_FLAGS) $(CC_FLAGS) $(C_FLAGS) -MMD -MP -MF $(@:%.o=%.d) $< -o $@
-
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o: %.cpp $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
- @echo $(MSG_COMPILE_CMD) Compiling C++ file \"$(notdir $<)\"
- $(CROSS)-gcc -c $(BASE_CC_FLAGS) $(BASE_CPP_FLAGS) $(CC_FLAGS) $(CPP_FLAGS) -MMD -MP -MF $(@:%.o=%.d) $< -o $@
-
-$(OBJDIR)/%.o: %.S $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
- @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLE_CMD) Assembling \"$(notdir $<)\"
- $(CROSS)-gcc -c $(BASE_CC_FLAGS) $(BASE_ASM_FLAGS) $(CC_FLAGS) $(ASM_FLAGS) -MMD -MP -MF $(@:%.o=%.d) $< -o $@
-
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJECT_FILES)
-.SECONDARY : %.a
-%.a: $(OBJECT_FILES)
- @echo $(MSG_ARCHIVE_CMD) Archiving object files into \"$@\"
- $(CROSS)-ar rcs $@ $(OBJECT_FILES)
-
-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJECT_FILES)
-.SECONDARY : %.elf
-%.elf: $(OBJECT_FILES)
- @echo $(MSG_LINK_CMD) Linking object files into \"$@\"
- $(CROSS)-gcc $(BASE_LD_FLAGS) $(LD_FLAGS) $^ -o $@
-
-%.hex: %.elf
- @echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Extracting HEX file data from \"$<\"
- $(CROSS)-objcopy -O ihex -R .eeprom -R .fuse -R .lock -R .signature $< $@
-
-%.eep: %.elf
- @echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Extracting EEP file data from \"$<\"
- $(CROSS)-objcopy -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O ihex $< $@ || exit 0
-
-%.lss: %.elf
- @echo $(MSG_OBJDMP_CMD) Extracting LSS file data from \"$<\"
- $(CROSS)-objdump -h -S -z $< > $@
-
-%.sym: %.elf
- @echo $(MSG_NM_CMD) Extracting SYM file data from \"$<\"
- $(CROSS)-nm -n $< > $@
-
-# Include build dependency files
--include $(DEPENDENCY_FILES)
-
-# Phony build targets for this module
-.PHONY: build_begin build_end gcc-version check-source size symbol-sizes lib elf hex lss clean mostlyclean
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+LUFA_BUILD_MODULES += BUILD
+LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS += size symbol-sizes all lib elf bin hex lss clean mostlyclean
+LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += TARGET ARCH MCU SRC F_USB LUFA_PATH
+LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS += BOARD OPTIMIZATION C_STANDARD CPP_STANDARD F_CPU C_FLAGS CPP_FLAGS ASM_FLAGS CC_FLAGS LD_FLAGS OBJDIR OBJECT_FILES DEBUG_TYPE DEBUG_LEVEL LINKER_RELAXATIONS COMPILER_PATH
+LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
+LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# LUFA GCC Compiler Buildsystem Makefile Module.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# DESCRIPTION:
+# Provides a set of targets to build a C, C++ and/or Assembly application
+# via the AVR-GCC compiler.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TARGETS:
+#
+# size - List built application size
+# symbol-sizes - Print application symbols from the binary ELF
+# file as a list sorted by size in bytes
+# all - Build application and list size
+# lib - Build and archive source files into a library
+# elf - Build application ELF debug object file
+# bin - Build application BIN binary object file
+# hex - Build application HEX object file
+# lss - Build application LSS assembly listing file
+# clean - Remove all project intermediary and binary
+# output files
+# mostlyclean - Remove intermediary output files, but
+# preserve binaries
+# <filename>.s - Compile C/C++ source file into an assembly file
+# for manual code inspection
+#
+# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
+#
+# TARGET - Application name
+# ARCH - Device architecture name
+# MCU - Microcontroller device model name
+# SRC - List of input source files (*.c, *.cpp, *.S)
+# F_USB - Speed of the input clock of the USB controller
+# in Hz
+# LUFA_PATH - Path to the LUFA library core
+#
+# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
+#
+# BOARD - LUFA board hardware
+# OPTIMIZATION - Optimization level
+# C_STANDARD - C Language Standard to use
+# CPP_STANDARD - C++ Language Standard to use
+# F_CPU - Speed of the CPU, in Hz
+# C_FLAGS - Flags to pass to the C compiler only
+# CPP_FLAGS - Flags to pass to the C++ compiler only
+# ASM_FLAGS - Flags to pass to the assembler only
+# CC_FLAGS - Common flags to pass to the C/C++ compiler and
+# assembler
+# LD_FLAGS - Flags to pass to the linker
+# LINKER_RELAXATIONS - Enable or disable linker relaxations to
+# decrease binary size (note: can cause link
+# failures on systems with an unpatched binutils)
+# OBJDIR - Directory for the output object and dependency
+# files; if equal to ".", the output files will
+# be generated in the same folder as the sources
+# OBJECT_FILES - Extra object files to link in to the binaries
+# DEBUG_FORMAT - Format of the debugging information to
+# generate in the compiled object files
+# DEBUG_LEVEL - Level the debugging information to generate in
+# the compiled object files
+# COMPILER_PATH - Location of the GCC toolchain to use
+#
+# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
+#
+# (None)
+#
+# PROVIDED MACROS:
+#
+# (None)
+#
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+ERROR_IF_UNSET ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
+ERROR_IF_EMPTY ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
+ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
+
+# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
+COMPILER_PATH ?=
+BOARD ?= NONE
+OPTIMIZATION ?= s
+F_CPU ?=
+C_STANDARD ?= gnu99
+CPP_STANDARD ?= gnu++98
+C_FLAGS ?=
+CPP_FLAGS ?=
+ASM_FLAGS ?=
+CC_FLAGS ?=
+OBJDIR ?= .
+OBJECT_FILES ?=
+DEBUG_FORMAT ?= dwarf-2
+DEBUG_LEVEL ?= 2
+LINKER_RELAXATIONS ?= Y
+
+# Sanity check user supplied values
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, ARCH)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, F_USB)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, LUFA_PATH)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, BOARD)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, OPTIMIZATION)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, C_STANDARD)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, CPP_STANDARD)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, OBJDIR)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, DEBUG_FORMAT)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, DEBUG_LEVEL)
+$(call ERROR_IF_NONBOOL, LINKER_RELAXATIONS)
+
+# Determine the utility prefix to use for the selected architecture
+ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
+ CROSS := $(COMPILER_PATH)avr
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
+ CROSS := $(COMPILER_PATH)avr
+ $(warning The XMEGA device support is currently EXPERIMENTAL (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.)
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+ CROSS := $(COMPILER_PATH)avr32
+ $(warning The UC3 device support is currently EXPERIMENTAL (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.)
+else
+ $(error Unsupported architecture "$(ARCH)")
+endif
+
+# Output Messages
+MSG_INFO_MESSAGE := ' [INFO] :'
+MSG_COMPILE_CMD := ' [GCC] :'
+MSG_ASSEMBLE_CMD := ' [GAS] :'
+MSG_NM_CMD := ' [NM] :'
+MSG_REMOVE_CMD := ' [RM] :'
+MSG_LINK_CMD := ' [LNK] :'
+MSG_ARCHIVE_CMD := ' [AR] :'
+MSG_SIZE_CMD := ' [SIZE] :'
+MSG_OBJCPY_CMD := ' [OBJCPY] :'
+MSG_OBJDMP_CMD := ' [OBJDMP] :'
+
+# Convert input source file list to differentiate them by type
+C_SOURCE := $(filter %.c, $(SRC))
+CPP_SOURCE := $(filter %.cpp, $(SRC))
+ASM_SOURCE := $(filter %.S, $(SRC))
+
+# Create a list of unknown source file types, if any are found throw an error
+UNKNOWN_SOURCE := $(filter-out $(C_SOURCE) $(CPP_SOURCE) $(ASM_SOURCE), $(SRC))
+ifneq ($(UNKNOWN_SOURCE),)
+ $(error Unknown input source file formats: $(UNKNOWN_SOURCE))
+endif
+
+# Convert input source filenames into a list of required output object files
+OBJECT_FILES += $(addsuffix .o, $(basename $(SRC)))
+
+# Check if an output object file directory was specified instead of the input file location
+ifneq ($(OBJDIR),.)
+ # Prefix all the object filenames with the output object file directory path
+ OBJECT_FILES := $(addprefix $(patsubst %/,%,$(OBJDIR))/, $(notdir $(OBJECT_FILES)))
+
+ # Check if any object file (without path) appears more than once in the object file list
+ ifneq ($(words $(sort $(OBJECT_FILES))), $(words $(OBJECT_FILES)))
+ $(error Cannot build with OBJDIR parameter set - one or more object file name is not unique)
+ endif
+
+ # Create the output object file directory if it does not exist and add it to the virtual path list
+ $(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2> /dev/null)
+ VPATH += $(dir $(SRC))
+endif
+
+# Create a list of dependency files from the list of object files
+DEPENDENCY_FILES := $(OBJECT_FILES:%.o=%.d)
+
+# Create a list of common flags to pass to the compiler/linker/assembler
+BASE_CC_FLAGS := -pipe -g$(DEBUG_FORMAT) -g$(DEBUG_LEVEL)
+ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
+ BASE_CC_FLAGS += -mmcu=$(MCU) -fshort-enums -fno-inline-small-functions -fpack-struct
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
+ BASE_CC_FLAGS += -mmcu=$(MCU) -fshort-enums -fno-inline-small-functions -fpack-struct
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+ BASE_CC_FLAGS += -mpart=$(MCU:at32%=%) -masm-addr-pseudos
+endif
+BASE_CC_FLAGS += -Wall -fno-strict-aliasing -funsigned-char -funsigned-bitfields -ffunction-sections
+BASE_CC_FLAGS += -I. -I$(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/..
+BASE_CC_FLAGS += -DARCH=ARCH_$(ARCH) -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) -DF_USB=$(F_USB)UL
+ifneq ($(F_CPU),)
+ BASE_CC_FLAGS += -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
+endif
+ifeq ($(LINKER_RELAXATIONS), Y)
+BASE_CC_FLAGS += -mrelax
+endif
+
+# This flag is required for bootloaders as GCC will emit invalid jump table
+# assembly code for devices with large amounts of flash; the jump table target
+# is extracted from FLASH without using the correct ELPM instruction, resulting
+# in a pseudo-random jump target.
+BASE_CC_FLAGS += -fno-jump-tables
+
+# Additional language specific compiler flags
+BASE_C_FLAGS := -x c -O$(OPTIMIZATION) -std=$(C_STANDARD) -Wstrict-prototypes
+BASE_CPP_FLAGS := -x c++ -O$(OPTIMIZATION) -std=$(CPP_STANDARD)
+BASE_ASM_FLAGS := -x assembler-with-cpp
+
+# Create a list of flags to pass to the linker
+BASE_LD_FLAGS := -lm -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref -Wl,--gc-sections
+ifeq ($(LINKER_RELAXATIONS), Y)
+ BASE_LD_FLAGS += -Wl,--relax
+endif
+ifeq ($(ARCH), AVR8)
+ BASE_LD_FLAGS += -mmcu=$(MCU)
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), XMEGA)
+ BASE_LD_FLAGS += -mmcu=$(MCU)
+else ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+ BASE_LD_FLAGS += -mpart=$(MCU:at32%=%) --rodata-writable --direct-data
+endif
+
+# Determine flags to pass to the size utility based on its reported features (only invoke if size target required)
+# and on an architecture where this non-standard patch is available
+ifneq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+size: SIZE_MCU_FLAG := $(shell $(CROSS)-size --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
+size: SIZE_FORMAT_FLAG := $(shell $(CROSS)-size --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
+endif
+
+# Pre-build informational target, to give compiler and project name information when building
+build_begin:
+ @echo $(MSG_INFO_MESSAGE) Begin compilation of project \"$(TARGET)\"...
+ @echo ""
+ @$(CROSS)-gcc --version
+
+# Post-build informational target, to project name information when building has completed
+build_end:
+ @echo $(MSG_INFO_MESSAGE) Finished building project \"$(TARGET)\".
+
+# Prints size information of a compiled application (FLASH, RAM and EEPROM usages)
+size: $(TARGET).elf
+ @echo $(MSG_SIZE_CMD) Determining size of \"$<\"
+ @echo ""
+ $(CROSS)-size $(SIZE_MCU_FLAG) $(SIZE_FORMAT_FLAG) $<
+
+# Prints size information on the symbols within a compiled application in decimal bytes
+symbol-sizes: $(TARGET).elf
+ @echo $(MSG_NM_CMD) Extracting \"$<\" symbols with decimal byte sizes
+ $(CROSS)-nm --size-sort --demangle --radix=d $<
+
+# Cleans intermediary build files, leaving only the compiled application files
+mostlyclean:
+ @echo $(MSG_REMOVE_CMD) Removing object files of \"$(TARGET)\"
+ rm -f $(OBJECT_FILES)
+ @echo $(MSG_REMOVE_CMD) Removing dependency files of \"$(TARGET)\"
+ rm -f $(DEPENDENCY_FILES)
+
+# Cleans all build files, leaving only the original source code
+clean: mostlyclean
+ @echo $(MSG_REMOVE_CMD) Removing output files of \"$(TARGET)\"
+ rm -f $(TARGET).elf $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).bin $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET).map $(TARGET).lss $(TARGET).sym lib$(TARGET).a
+
+# Performs a complete build of the user application and prints size information afterwards
+all: build_begin elf hex bin lss sym size build_end
+
+# Helper targets, to build a specific type of output file without having to know the project target name
+lib: lib$(TARGET).a
+elf: $(TARGET).elf
+hex: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
+bin: $(TARGET).bin
+lss: $(TARGET).lss
+sym: $(TARGET).sym
+
+# Default target to *create* the user application's specified source files; if this rule is executed by
+# make, the input source file doesn't exist and an error needs to be presented to the user
+$(SRC):
+ $(error Source file does not exist: $@)
+
+# Compiles an input C source file and generates an assembly listing for it
+%.s: %.c $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_COMPILE_CMD) Generating assembly from C file \"$(notdir $<)\"
+ $(CROSS)-gcc -S $(BASE_CC_FLAGS) $(BASE_C_FLAGS) $(CC_FLAGS) $(C_FLAGS) $< -o $@
+
+# Compiles an input C++ source file and generates an assembly listing for it
+%.s: %.cpp $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_COMPILE_CMD) Generating assembly from C++ file \"$(notdir $<)\"
+ $(CROSS)-gcc -S $(BASE_CC_FLAGS) $(BASE_CPP_FLAGS) $(CC_FLAGS) $(CPP_FLAGS) $< -o $@
+
+# Compiles an input C source file and generates a linkable object file for it
+$(OBJDIR)/%.o: %.c $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_COMPILE_CMD) Compiling C file \"$(notdir $<)\"
+ $(CROSS)-gcc -c $(BASE_CC_FLAGS) $(BASE_C_FLAGS) $(CC_FLAGS) $(C_FLAGS) -MMD -MP -MF $(@:%.o=%.d) $< -o $@
+
+# Compiles an input C++ source file and generates a linkable object file for it
+$(OBJDIR)/%.o: %.cpp $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_COMPILE_CMD) Compiling C++ file \"$(notdir $<)\"
+ $(CROSS)-gcc -c $(BASE_CC_FLAGS) $(BASE_CPP_FLAGS) $(CC_FLAGS) $(CPP_FLAGS) -MMD -MP -MF $(@:%.o=%.d) $< -o $@
+
+# Assembles an input ASM source file and generates a linkable object file for it
+$(OBJDIR)/%.o: %.S $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLE_CMD) Assembling \"$(notdir $<)\"
+ $(CROSS)-gcc -c $(BASE_CC_FLAGS) $(BASE_ASM_FLAGS) $(CC_FLAGS) $(ASM_FLAGS) -MMD -MP -MF $(@:%.o=%.d) $< -o $@
+
+# Generates a library archive file from the user application, which can be linked into other applications
+.PRECIOUS : $(OBJECT_FILES)
+.SECONDARY : %.a
+%.a: $(OBJECT_FILES)
+ @echo $(MSG_ARCHIVE_CMD) Archiving object files into \"$@\"
+ $(CROSS)-ar rcs $@ $(OBJECT_FILES)
+
+# Generates an ELF debug file from the user application, which can be further processed for FLASH and EEPROM data
+# files, or used for programming and debugging directly
+.PRECIOUS : $(OBJECT_FILES)
+.SECONDARY : %.elf
+%.elf: $(OBJECT_FILES)
+ @echo $(MSG_LINK_CMD) Linking object files into \"$@\"
+ $(CROSS)-gcc $^ -o $@ $(BASE_LD_FLAGS) $(LD_FLAGS)
+
+# Extracts out the loadable FLASH memory data from the project ELF file, and creates an Intel HEX format file of it
+%.hex: %.elf
+ @echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Extracting HEX file data from \"$<\"
+ $(CROSS)-objcopy -O ihex -R .eeprom -R .fuse -R .lock -R .signature $< $@
+
+# Extracts out the loadable FLASH memory data from the project ELF file, and creates an Binary format file of it
+%.bin: %.elf
+ @echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Extracting BIN file data from \"$<\"
+ $(CROSS)-objcopy -O binary -R .eeprom -R .fuse -R .lock -R .signature $< $@
+
+# Extracts out the loadable EEPROM memory data from the project ELF file, and creates an Intel HEX format file of it
+%.eep: %.elf
+ @echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Extracting EEP file data from \"$<\"
+ $(CROSS)-objcopy -O ihex -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" --change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings $< $@ || exit 0
+
+# Creates an assembly listing file from an input project ELF file, containing interleaved assembly and source data
+%.lss: %.elf
+ @echo $(MSG_OBJDMP_CMD) Extracting LSS file data from \"$<\"
+ $(CROSS)-objdump -h -d -S -z $< > $@
+
+# Creates a symbol file listing the loadable and discarded symbols from an input project ELF file
+%.sym: %.elf
+ @echo $(MSG_NM_CMD) Extracting SYM file data from \"$<\"
+ $(CROSS)-nm -n $< > $@
+
+# Include build dependency files
+-include $(DEPENDENCY_FILES)
+
+# Phony build targets for this module
+.PHONY: build_begin build_end size symbol-sizes lib elf hex lss clean mostlyclean
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_core.mk b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_core.mk
index bde1e11c9..7d974664b 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_core.mk
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_core.mk
@@ -1,152 +1,175 @@
-#
-# LUFA Library
-# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-#
-# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-# www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-LUFA_BUILD_MODULES += CORE
-LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS += help list_targets list_modules list_mandatory list_optional list_provided list_macros
-LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS +=
-LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
-
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# LUFA Core Build System Makefile Module.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# DESCRIPTION:
-# Provides a set of core build targets for the LUFA build system
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TARGETS:
-#
-# help - Build system help
-# list_targets - List all build targets
-# list_modules - List all build modules
-# list_mandatory - List all mandatory make variables required by
-# the included build modules of the application
-# list_optional - List all optional make variables required by
-# the included build modules of the application
-# list_provided - List all provided make variables from the
-# included build modules of the application
-# list_macros - List all provided make macros from the
-# included build modules of the application
-#
-# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
-#
-# (None)
-#
-# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
-#
-# (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
-#
-# (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED MACROS:
-#
-# (None)
-#
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-# Build sorted and filtered lists of the included build module data
-SORTED_LUFA_BUILD_MODULES = $(sort $(LUFA_BUILD_MODULES))
-SORTED_LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS = $(sort $(LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS))
-SORTED_LUFA_MANDATORY_VARS = $(sort $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS))
-SORTED_LUFA_OPTIONAL_VARS = $(filter-out $(SORTED_LUFA_MANDATORY_VARS), $(sort $(LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS)))
-SORTED_LUFA_PROVIDED_VARS = $(sort $(LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS))
-SORTED_LUFA_PROVIDED_MACROS = $(sort $(LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS))
-
-# Create printable versions of the sorted build module data (use "(None)" when no data is available)
-PRINTABLE_LUFA_BUILD_MODULES = $(if $(strip $(SORTED_LUFA_BUILD_MODULES)), $(SORTED_LUFA_BUILD_MODULES), (None))
-PRINTABLE_LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS = $(if $(strip $(SORTED_LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS)), $(SORTED_LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS), (None))
-PRINTABLE_LUFA_MANDATORY_VARS = $(if $(strip $(SORTED_LUFA_MANDATORY_VARS)), $(SORTED_LUFA_MANDATORY_VARS), (None))
-PRINTABLE_LUFA_OPTIONAL_VARS = $(if $(strip $(SORTED_LUFA_OPTIONAL_VARS)), $(SORTED_LUFA_OPTIONAL_VARS), (None))
-PRINTABLE_LUFA_PROVIDED_VARS = $(if $(strip $(SORTED_LUFA_PROVIDED_VARS)), $(SORTED_LUFA_PROVIDED_VARS), (None))
-PRINTABLE_LUFA_PROVIDED_MACROS = $(if $(strip $(SORTED_LUFA_PROVIDED_MACROS)), $(SORTED_LUFA_PROVIDED_MACROS), (None))
-
-help:
- @echo "==================================================================="
- @echo " LUFA Build System 2.0 "
- @echo " (C) Dean Camera, 2012 { dean @ fourwalledcubicle . com } "
- @echo "==================================================================="
- @echo "DESCRIPTION: "
- @echo " This build system is a set of makefile modules for (GNU) Make, to "
- @echo " provide a simple system for building LUFA powered applications. "
- @echo " Each makefile module can be included from within a user makefile, "
- @echo " to expose the build rules documented in the comments at the top of"
- @echo " each build module. "
- @echo " "
- @echo "USAGE: "
- @echo " To execute a rule, define all variables indicated in the desired "
- @echo " module as a required parameter before including the build module "
- @echo " in your project makefile. Parameters marked as optional will "
- @echo " assume a default value in the modules if not user-assigned. "
- @echo " "
- @echo " By default the target output shows both a friendly summary, as "
- @echo " well as the actual invoked command. To suppress the output of the "
- @echo " invoked commands and show only the friendly command output, run "
- @echo " make with the \"-s\" switch added before the target(s). "
- @echo "==================================================================="
- @echo " "
- @echo " Currently used build system modules in this application: "
- @echo " "
- @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_BUILD_MODULES:%= - %\n)"
- @echo " "
- @echo " "
- @echo " Currently available build targets in this application: "
- @echo " "
- @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS:%= - %\n)"
- @echo " "
- @echo " "
- @echo " Mandatory variables required by the selected build Modules: "
- @echo " "
- @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_MANDATORY_VARS:%= - %\n)"
- @echo " "
- @echo " "
- @echo " Optional variables required by the selected build Modules: "
- @echo " "
- @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_OPTIONAL_VARS:%= - %\n)"
- @echo " "
- @echo " "
- @echo " Variables provided by the selected build Modules: "
- @echo " "
- @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_PROVIDED_VARS:%= - %\n)"
- @echo " "
- @echo " "
- @echo " Macros provided by the selected build Modules: "
- @echo " "
- @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_PROVIDED_MACROS:%= - %\n)"
- @echo " "
- @echo "==================================================================="
- @echo " The LUFA BuildSystem 2.0 - Powered By Unicorns (tm) "
- @echo "==================================================================="
-
-list_modules:
- @echo Currently Used Build System Modules: $(PRINTABLE_LUFA_BUILD_MODULES)
-
-list_targets:
- @echo Currently Available Build Targets: $(PRINTABLE_LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS)
-
-list_mandatory:
- @echo Mandatory Variables for Included Modules: $(PRINTABLE_LUFA_MANDATORY_VARS)
-
-list_optional:
- @echo Optional Variables for Included Modules: $(PRINTABLE_LUFA_OPTIONAL_VARS)
-
-list_provided:
- @echo Variables Provided by the Included Modules: $(PRINTABLE_LUFA_PROVIDED_VARS)
-
-list_macros:
- @echo Macros Provided by the Included Modules: $(PRINTABLE_LUFA_PROVIDED_MACROS)
-
-# Disable default in-built make rules (those that are needed are explicitly
-# defined, and doing so has performance benefits when recursively building)
-.SUFFIXES:
-
-# Phony build targets for this module
-.PHONY: help list_modules list_targets list_mandatory list_optional list_provided list_macros
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+LUFA_BUILD_MODULES += CORE
+LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS += help list_targets list_modules list_mandatory list_optional list_provided list_macros
+LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS +=
+LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS +=
+LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
+LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# LUFA Core Build System Makefile Module.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# DESCRIPTION:
+# Provides a set of core build targets for the LUFA build system
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TARGETS:
+#
+# help - Build system help
+# list_targets - List all build targets
+# list_modules - List all build modules
+# list_mandatory - List all mandatory make variables required by
+# the included build modules of the application
+# list_optional - List all optional make variables required by
+# the included build modules of the application
+# list_provided - List all provided make variables from the
+# included build modules of the application
+# list_macros - List all provided make macros from the
+# included build modules of the application
+#
+# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
+#
+# (None)
+#
+# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
+#
+# (None)
+#
+# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
+#
+# (None)
+#
+# PROVIDED MACROS:
+#
+# (None)
+#
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+# Converts a given input to a printable output using "(None)" if no items are in the list
+CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE = $(if $(strip $(1)), $(1), (None))
+
+
+# Build sorted and filtered lists of the included build module data
+SORTED_LUFA_BUILD_MODULES = $(sort $(LUFA_BUILD_MODULES))
+SORTED_LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS = $(sort $(LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS))
+SORTED_LUFA_MANDATORY_VARS = $(sort $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS))
+SORTED_LUFA_OPTIONAL_VARS = $(filter-out $(SORTED_LUFA_MANDATORY_VARS), $(sort $(LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS)))
+SORTED_LUFA_PROVIDED_VARS = $(sort $(LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS))
+SORTED_LUFA_PROVIDED_MACROS = $(sort $(LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS))
+
+# Create printable versions of the sorted build module data (use "(None)" when no data is available)
+PRINTABLE_LUFA_BUILD_MODULES = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_LUFA_BUILD_MODULES))
+PRINTABLE_LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS))
+PRINTABLE_LUFA_MANDATORY_VARS = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_LUFA_MANDATORY_VARS))
+PRINTABLE_LUFA_OPTIONAL_VARS = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_LUFA_OPTIONAL_VARS))
+PRINTABLE_LUFA_PROVIDED_VARS = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_LUFA_PROVIDED_VARS))
+PRINTABLE_LUFA_PROVIDED_MACROS = $(call CONVERT_TO_PRINTABLE, $(SORTED_LUFA_PROVIDED_MACROS))
+
+help:
+ @echo "==================================================================="
+ @echo " LUFA Build System 2.0 "
+ @echo " (C) Dean Camera, 2014 { dean @ fourwalledcubicle . com } "
+ @echo "==================================================================="
+ @echo "DESCRIPTION: "
+ @echo " This build system is a set of makefile modules for (GNU) Make, to "
+ @echo " provide a simple system for building LUFA powered applications. "
+ @echo " Each makefile module can be included from within a user makefile, "
+ @echo " to expose the build rules documented in the comments at the top of"
+ @echo " each build module. "
+ @echo " "
+ @echo "USAGE: "
+ @echo " To execute a rule, define all variables indicated in the desired "
+ @echo " module as a required parameter before including the build module "
+ @echo " in your project makefile. Parameters marked as optional will "
+ @echo " assume a default value in the modules if not user-assigned. "
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " By default the target output shows both a friendly summary, as "
+ @echo " well as the actual invoked command. To suppress the output of the "
+ @echo " invoked commands and show only the friendly command output, run "
+ @echo " make with the \"-s\" switch added before the target(s). "
+ @echo " "
+ @echo "SEE ALSO: "
+ @echo " For more information, see the 'Build System' chapter of the LUFA "
+ @echo " project documentation. "
+ @echo "==================================================================="
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " Currently used build system modules in this application: "
+ @echo " "
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_BUILD_MODULES:%= - %\n)"
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " Currently available build targets in this application: "
+ @echo " "
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS:%= - %\n)"
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " Mandatory variables required by the selected build Modules: "
+ @echo " "
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_MANDATORY_VARS:%= - %\n)"
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " Optional variables required by the selected build Modules: "
+ @echo " "
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_OPTIONAL_VARS:%= - %\n)"
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " Variables provided by the selected build Modules: "
+ @echo " "
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_PROVIDED_VARS:%= - %\n)"
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " "
+ @echo " Macros provided by the selected build Modules: "
+ @echo " "
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_PROVIDED_MACROS:%= - %\n)"
+ @echo " "
+ @echo "==================================================================="
+ @echo " The LUFA BuildSystem 2.0 - Powered By Positive Thinking (tm) "
+ @echo "==================================================================="
+
+# Lists build modules included by the project makefile, in alphabetical order
+list_modules:
+ @echo Currently Used Build System Modules:
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_BUILD_MODULES:%= - %\n)"
+
+# Lists build targets included by the project makefile, in alphabetical order
+list_targets:
+ @echo Currently Available Build Targets:
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS:%= - %\n)"
+
+# Lists mandatory variables that must be set by the project makefile, in alphabetical order
+list_mandatory:
+ @echo Mandatory Variables for Included Modules:
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_MANDATORY_VARS:%= - %\n)"
+
+# Lists optional variables that must be set by the project makefile, in alphabetical order
+list_optional:
+ @echo Optional Variables for Included Modules:
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_OPTIONAL_VARS:%= - %\n)"
+
+# Lists variables provided by the included build modules, in alphabetical order
+list_provided:
+ @echo Variables Provided by the Included Modules:
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_PROVIDED_VARS:%= - %\n)"
+
+# Lists macros provided by the included build modules, in alphabetical order
+list_macros:
+ @echo Macros Provided by the Included Modules:
+ @printf " %b" "$(PRINTABLE_LUFA_PROVIDED_MACROS:%= - %\n)"
+
+# Disable default in-built make rules (those that are needed are explicitly
+# defined, and doing so has performance benefits when recursively building)
+ifeq ($(filter -r,$(MAKEFLAGS)),)
+ MAKEFLAGS += -r
+endif
+.SUFFIXES:
+
+# Phony build targets for this module
+.PHONY: help list_modules list_targets list_mandatory list_optional list_provided list_macros
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
index 1e3604c7d..0b9b61164 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
@@ -1,104 +1,107 @@
-#
-# LUFA Library
-# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-#
-# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-# www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-LUFA_BUILD_MODULES += CPPCHECK
-LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS += cppcheck cppcheck-config
-LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += SRC
-LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS += CPPCHECK_INCLUDES CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE CPPCHECK_ENABLE \
- CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING CPPCHECK_QUIET CPPCHECK_FLAGS
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
-
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# LUFA CPPCheck Buildsystem Makefile Module.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# DESCRIPTION:
-# Provides a set of targets to scan a project with the free "cppcheck" static
-# analysis tool, to check for code errors at runtime (see http://cppcheck.sourceforge.net).
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TARGETS:
-#
-# cppcheck - Scan the project with CPPCheck
-# cppcheck-config - Use CPPCheck to look for missing include files
-#
-# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
-#
-# SRC - List of source files to statically analyze
-#
-# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
-#
-# CPPCHECK_INCLUDES - Extra include paths to search for missing
-# header files
-# CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES - Source file paths to exclude checking (can be
-# a path fragment if desired)
-# CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE - Template for cppcheck error and warning output
-# CPPCHECK_ENABLE - General cppcheck category checks to enable
-# CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS - Specific cppcheck warnings to disable by ID
-# CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING - Set to Y to fail the build on cppcheck
-# warnings, N to continue even if warnings occur
-# CPPCHECK_QUIET - Enable cppcheck verbose or quiet output mode
-# CPPCHECK_FLAGS - Additional flags to pass to cppcheck
-#
-# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
-#
-# (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED MACROS:
-#
-# (None)
-#
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-ERROR_IF_UNSET ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
-ERROR_IF_EMPTY ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
-ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
-
-# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
-CPPCHECK_INCLUDES ?=
-CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES ?=
-CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE ?= {file}:{line}: {severity} ({id}): {message}
-CPPCHECK_ENABLE ?= all
-CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS ?= variableScope missingInclude
-CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING ?= Y
-CPPCHECK_QUIET ?= Y
-CPPCHECK_FLAGS ?=
-
-# Sanity check user supplied values
-$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, SRC)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, CPPCHECK_ENABLE)
-$(call ERROR_IF_NONBOOL, CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING)
-$(call ERROR_IF_NONBOOL, CPPCHECK_QUIET)
-
-# Build a default argument list for cppcheck
-BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS := --template="$(CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE)" $(CPPCHECK_INCLUDES:%=-I%) $(CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES:%=-i%) --inline-suppr --force --std=c99
-
-# Sanity check parameters and construct additional command line arguments to cppcheck
-ifeq ($(CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING), Y)
- BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS += --error-exitcode=1
-endif
-ifeq ($(CPPCHECK_QUIET), Y)
- BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS += --quiet
-endif
-
-# Output Messages
-MSG_CPPCHECK_CMD := ' [CPPCHECK]:'
-
-cppcheck-config:
- @echo $(MSG_CPPCHECK_CMD) Checking cppcheck configuration check on source files
- cppcheck $(BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS) --check-config $(CPPCHECK_FLAGS) $(SRC)
-
-cppcheck:
- @echo $(MSG_CPPCHECK_CMD) Performing static analysis on source files
- cppcheck $(BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS) --enable=$(CPPCHECK_ENABLE) $(CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS:%=--suppress=%) $(CPPCHECK_FLAGS) $(SRC)
-
-# Phony build targets for this module
-.PHONY: cppcheck-config cppcheck
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+LUFA_BUILD_MODULES += CPPCHECK
+LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS += cppcheck cppcheck-config
+LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += SRC
+LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS += CPPCHECK_INCLUDES CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE CPPCHECK_ENABLE \
+ CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING CPPCHECK_QUIET CPPCHECK_FLAGS
+LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
+LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# LUFA CPPCheck Buildsystem Makefile Module.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# DESCRIPTION:
+# Provides a set of targets to scan a project with the free "cppcheck" static
+# analysis tool, to check for code errors at runtime
+# (see http://cppcheck.sourceforge.net).
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TARGETS:
+#
+# cppcheck - Scan the project with CPPCheck
+# cppcheck-config - Use CPPCheck to look for missing include files
+#
+# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
+#
+# SRC - List of source files to statically analyze
+#
+# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
+#
+# CPPCHECK_INCLUDES - Extra include paths to search for missing
+# header files
+# CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES - Source file paths to exclude checking (can be
+# a path fragment if desired)
+# CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE - Template for cppcheck error and warning output
+# CPPCHECK_ENABLE - General cppcheck category checks to enable
+# CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS - Specific cppcheck warnings to disable by ID
+# CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING - Set to Y to fail the build on cppcheck
+# warnings, N to continue even if warnings occur
+# CPPCHECK_QUIET - Enable cppcheck verbose or quiet output mode
+# CPPCHECK_FLAGS - Additional flags to pass to cppcheck
+#
+# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
+#
+# (None)
+#
+# PROVIDED MACROS:
+#
+# (None)
+#
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+ERROR_IF_UNSET ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
+ERROR_IF_EMPTY ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
+ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
+
+# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
+CPPCHECK_INCLUDES ?=
+CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES ?=
+CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE ?= {file}:{line}: {severity} ({id}): {message}
+CPPCHECK_ENABLE ?= all
+CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS ?= variableScope missingInclude
+CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING ?= Y
+CPPCHECK_QUIET ?= Y
+CPPCHECK_FLAGS ?=
+
+# Sanity check user supplied values
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, SRC)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, CPPCHECK_ENABLE)
+$(call ERROR_IF_NONBOOL, CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING)
+$(call ERROR_IF_NONBOOL, CPPCHECK_QUIET)
+
+# Build a default argument list for cppcheck
+BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS := --template="$(CPPCHECK_MSG_TEMPLATE)" $(CPPCHECK_INCLUDES:%=-I%) $(CPPCHECK_EXCLUDES:%=-i%) --inline-suppr --force --std=c99
+
+# Sanity check parameters and construct additional command line arguments to cppcheck
+ifeq ($(CPPCHECK_FAIL_ON_WARNING), Y)
+ BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS += --error-exitcode=1
+endif
+ifeq ($(CPPCHECK_QUIET), Y)
+ BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS += --quiet
+endif
+
+# Output Messages
+MSG_CPPCHECK_CMD := ' [CPPCHECK]:'
+
+# Checks the CPPCheck configuration as used in the user project, to determine if any paths are missing or invalid
+cppcheck-config: $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_CPPCHECK_CMD) Checking cppcheck configuration check on source files
+ cppcheck $(BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS) --check-config $(CPPCHECK_FLAGS) $(SRC)
+
+# Runs a static analysis using CPPCheck to determine if there are any issues
+cppcheck: $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_CPPCHECK_CMD) Performing static analysis on source files
+ cppcheck $(BASE_CPPCHECK_FLAGS) --enable=$(CPPCHECK_ENABLE) $(CPPCHECK_SUPPRESS:%=--suppress=%) $(CPPCHECK_FLAGS) $(SRC)
+
+# Phony build targets for this module
+.PHONY: cppcheck-config cppcheck
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_dfu.mk b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
index 6bfe97942..956adc8ba 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
@@ -1,93 +1,95 @@
-#
-# LUFA Library
-# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-#
-# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-# www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-LUFA_BUILD_MODULES += DFU
-LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS += flip flip-ee dfu dfu-ee
-LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += MCU TARGET
-LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
-
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# LUFA DFU Bootloader Buildsystem Makefile Module.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# DESCRIPTION:
-# Provides a set of targets to re-program a device currently running a DFU
-# class bootloader with a project's FLASH and EEPROM files.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TARGETS:
-#
-# flip - Program FLASH into target via Atmel FLIP
-# flip-ee - Program EEPROM into target via Atmel FLIP
-# dfu - Program FLASH into target via dfu-programmer
-# dfu-ee - Program EEPROM into target via dfu-programmer
-#
-# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
-#
-# MCU - Microcontroller device model name
-# TARGET - Application name
-#
-# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
-#
-# (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
-#
-# (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED MACROS:
-#
-# (None)
-#
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-ERROR_IF_UNSET ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
-ERROR_IF_EMPTY ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
-ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
-
-# Sanity-check values of mandatory user-supplied variables
-$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
-
-# Output Messages
-MSG_COPY_CMD := ' [CP] :'
-MSG_REMOVE_CMD := ' [RM] :'
-MSG_DFU_CMD := ' [DFU] :'
-
-flip: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
- @echo $(MSG_DFU_CMD) Programming FLASH with batchisp using \"$<\"
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $< program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
-
-flip-ee: $(TARGET).eep $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
- @echo $(MSG_DFU_CMD) Copying EEP file to temporary file \"$<.hex\"
- cp $< $<.hex
- @echo $(MSG_DFU_CMD) Programming EEPROM with batchisp using \"$<.hex\"
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $<.hex program
- batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
- @echo $(MSG_DFU_CMD) Removing temporary file \"$<.hex\"
- rm $<.hex
-
-dfu: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
- @echo $(MSG_DFU_CMD) Programming FLASH with dfu-programmer using \"$<\"
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash $<
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-dfu-ee: $(TARGET).eep $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
- @echo $(MSG_DFU_CMD) Programming EEPROM with dfu-programmer using \"$<\"
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) eeprom-flash $<
- dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
-
-# Phony build targets for this module
-.PHONY: flip flip-ee dfu dfu-ee
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+LUFA_BUILD_MODULES += DFU
+LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS += flip flip-ee dfu dfu-ee
+LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += MCU TARGET
+LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS +=
+LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
+LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# LUFA DFU Bootloader Buildsystem Makefile Module.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# DESCRIPTION:
+# Provides a set of targets to re-program a device currently running a DFU
+# class bootloader with a project's FLASH and EEPROM files.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TARGETS:
+#
+# flip - Program FLASH into target via Atmel FLIP
+# flip-ee - Program EEPROM into target via Atmel FLIP
+# dfu - Program FLASH into target via dfu-programmer
+# dfu-ee - Program EEPROM into target via dfu-programmer
+#
+# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
+#
+# MCU - Microcontroller device model name
+# TARGET - Application name
+#
+# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
+#
+# (None)
+#
+# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
+#
+# (None)
+#
+# PROVIDED MACROS:
+#
+# (None)
+#
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+ERROR_IF_UNSET ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
+ERROR_IF_EMPTY ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
+ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
+
+# Sanity-check values of mandatory user-supplied variables
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
+
+# Output Messages
+MSG_COPY_CMD := ' [CP] :'
+MSG_REMOVE_CMD := ' [RM] :'
+MSG_DFU_CMD := ' [DFU] :'
+
+# Programs in the target FLASH memory using BATCHISP, the command line tool used by FLIP
+flip: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_DFU_CMD) Programming FLASH with batchisp using \"$<\"
+ batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f loadbuffer $< program
+ batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
+
+# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using BATCHISP, the command line tool used by FLIP
+flip-ee: $(TARGET).eep $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_COPY_CMD) Copying EEP file to temporary file \"$<.hex\"
+ cp $< $<.hex
+ @echo $(MSG_DFU_CMD) Programming EEPROM with batchisp using \"$<.hex\"
+ batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $<.hex program
+ batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
+ @echo $(MSG_REMOVE_CMD) Removing temporary file \"$<.hex\"
+ rm $<.hex
+
+# Programs in the target FLASH memory using DFU-PROGRAMMER
+dfu: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_DFU_CMD) Programming FLASH with dfu-programmer using \"$<\"
+ dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
+ dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash $<
+ dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
+
+# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using DFU-PROGRAMMER
+dfu-ee: $(TARGET).eep $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_DFU_CMD) Programming EEPROM with dfu-programmer using \"$<\"
+ dfu-programmer $(MCU) eeprom-flash $<
+ dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
+
+# Phony build targets for this module
+.PHONY: flip flip-ee dfu dfu-ee
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
index 87427fd27..babf28798 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
@@ -1,81 +1,100 @@
-#
-# LUFA Library
-# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-#
-# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-# www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-LUFA_BUILD_MODULES += DOXYGEN
-LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS += doxygen
-LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += LUFA_PATH
-LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS += DOXYGEN_CONF DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
-
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# LUFA Doxygen Buildsystem Makefile Module.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# DESCRIPTION:
-# Provides a set of targets to automatically build Doxygen documentation for
-# a project (see www.doxygen.org).
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TARGETS:
-#
-# doxygen - Build Doxygen Documentation
-#
-# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
-#
-# LUFA_PATH - Path to the LUFA library core
-#
-# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
-#
-# DOXYGEN_CONF - Doxygen configuration filename
-# DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING - Set to Y to fail the build on Doxygen warnings,
-# N to continue even if warnings occur
-# DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS - Parameters to override in the doxygen
-# configuration file
-# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
-#
-# (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED MACROS:
-#
-# (None)
-#
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-ERROR_IF_UNSET ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
-ERROR_IF_EMPTY ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
-ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
-
-# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
-DOXYGEN_CONF ?= Doxygen.conf
-DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING ?= Y
-DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS ?= QUIET=YES HTML_STYLESHEET=$(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css
-
-# Sanity check user supplied values
-$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, DOXYGEN_CONF)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, LUFA_PATH)
-$(call ERROR_IF_NONBOOL, DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING)
-
-# Output Messages
-MSG_DOXYGEN_CMD := ' [DOXYGEN] :'
-
-# Determine Doxygen invocation command
-BASE_DOXYGEN_CMD := ( cat $(DOXYGEN_CONF) $(DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS:%=; echo "%") ) | doxygen -
-ifeq ($(DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING), Y)
- DOXYGEN_CMD := if ( $(BASE_DOXYGEN_CMD) 2>&1 | grep -v "warning: ignoring unsupported tag" ;); then exit 1; fi;
-else
- DOXYGEN_CMD := $(BASE_DOXYGEN_CMD)
-endif
-
-doxygen:
- @echo $(MSG_DOXYGEN_CMD) Configuration file \"$(DOXYGEN_CONF)\" with parameters \"$(DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS)\"
- $(DOXYGEN_CMD)
-
-# Phony build targets for this module
-.PHONY: doxygen
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+LUFA_BUILD_MODULES += DOXYGEN
+LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS += doxygen doxygen_upgrade doxygen_create
+LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += LUFA_PATH
+LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS += DOXYGEN_CONF DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS
+LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
+LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# LUFA Doxygen Buildsystem Makefile Module.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# DESCRIPTION:
+# Provides a set of targets to automatically build Doxygen documentation for
+# a project (see www.doxygen.org).
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TARGETS:
+#
+# doxygen - Build Doxygen Documentation
+# doxygen_create - Create a new Doxygen configuration file using
+# the latest template
+# doxygen_upgrade - Upgrade an existing Doxygen configuration file
+# to the latest template
+#
+# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
+#
+# LUFA_PATH - Path to the LUFA library core
+#
+# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
+#
+# DOXYGEN_CONF - Doxygen configuration filename
+# DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING - Set to Y to fail the build on Doxygen warnings,
+# N to continue even if warnings occur
+# DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS - Parameters to override in the doxygen
+# configuration file
+# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
+#
+# (None)
+#
+# PROVIDED MACROS:
+#
+# (None)
+#
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+ERROR_IF_UNSET ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
+ERROR_IF_EMPTY ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
+ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
+
+# Default values of optionally user-supplied variables
+DOXYGEN_CONF ?= doxyfile
+DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING ?= Y
+DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS ?= QUIET=YES HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET=$(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css
+
+# Sanity check user supplied values
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, DOXYGEN_CONF)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, LUFA_PATH)
+$(call ERROR_IF_NONBOOL, DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING)
+
+# Output Messages
+MSG_DOXYGEN_CMD := ' [DOXYGEN] :'
+
+# Determine Doxygen invocation command
+BASE_DOXYGEN_CMD := ( cat $(DOXYGEN_CONF) $(DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS:%=; echo "%") ) | doxygen -
+ifeq ($(DOXYGEN_FAIL_ON_WARNING), Y)
+ DOXYGEN_CMD := if ( $(BASE_DOXYGEN_CMD) 2>&1 | grep -v "warning: ignoring unsupported tag" ;); then exit 1; fi;
+else
+ DOXYGEN_CMD := $(BASE_DOXYGEN_CMD)
+endif
+
+# Error if the specified Doxygen configuration file does not exist
+$(DOXYGEN_CONF):
+ $(error Doxygen configuration file $@ does not exist)
+
+# Builds the project documentation using the specified configuration file and the DOXYGEN tool
+doxygen: $(DOXYGEN_CONF) $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_DOXYGEN_CMD) Configuration file \"$(DOXYGEN_CONF)\" with parameters \"$(DOXYGEN_OVERRIDE_PARAMS)\"
+ $(DOXYGEN_CMD)
+
+# Upgrades an existing Doxygen configuration file to the latest Doxygen template, preserving settings
+doxygen_upgrade: $(DOXYGEN_CONF) $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_DOXYGEN_CMD) Upgrading configuration file \"$(DOXYGEN_CONF)\" with latest template
+ doxygen -u $(DOXYGEN_CONF) > /dev/null
+
+# Creates a new Doxygen configuration file with the set file name
+doxygen_create: $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_DOXYGEN_CMD) Creating new configuration file \"$(DOXYGEN_CONF)\" with latest template
+ doxygen -g $(DOXYGEN_CONF) > /dev/null
+
+# Phony build targets for this module
+.PHONY: doxygen doxygen_upgrade doxygen_create
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_hid.mk b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_hid.mk
index b8f6f2682..e79b7bf4d 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_hid.mk
@@ -1,88 +1,96 @@
-#
-# LUFA Library
-# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-#
-# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-# www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-
-LUFA_BUILD_MODULES += HID
-LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS += hid hid-ee teensy teensy-ee
-LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += MCU TARGET
-LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
-LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
-
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# LUFA HID Bootloader Buildsystem Makefile Module.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# DESCRIPTION:
-# Provides a set of targets to re-program a device currently running a HID
-# class bootloader with a project's FLASH files.
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-# TARGETS:
-#
-# hid - Program FLASH into target via
-# hid_bootloader_cli
-# hid-ee - Program EEPROM into target via a temporary
-# AVR application and hid_bootloader_cli
-# teensy - Program FLASH into target via
-# teensy_loader_cli
-# teensy-ee - Program EEPROM into target via a temporary
-# AVR application and teensy_loader_cli
-#
-# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
-#
-# MCU - Microcontroller device model name
-# TARGET - Application name
-#
-# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
-#
-# (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
-#
-# (None)
-#
-# PROVIDED MACROS:
-#
-# (None)
-#
-# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-ERROR_IF_UNSET ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
-ERROR_IF_EMPTY ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
-ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
-
-# Sanity-check values of mandatory user-supplied variables
-$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
-$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
-
-# Output Messages
-MSG_HID_BOOTLOADER_CMD := ' [HID] :'
-MSG_OBJCPY_CMD := ' [OBJCPY] :'
-MSG_MAKE_CMD := ' [MAKE] :'
-
-hid: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
- @echo $(MSG_HID_BOOTLOADER_CMD) Programming FLASH with hid_bootloader_cli using \"$<\"
- hid_bootloader_cli -mmcu=$(MCU) -v $<
-
-hid-ee: $(TARGET).eep $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
- @echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Converting \"$<\" to a binary file \"InputEEData.bin\"
- avr-objcopy -I ihex -O binary $< $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/Build/HID_EEPROM_Loader/InputEEData.bin
- @echo $(MSG_MAKE_CMD) Making EEPROM loader application for \"$<\"
- make -C $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/Build/HID_EEPROM_Loader/ MCU=$(MCU) clean hid
-
-teensy: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
- @echo $(MSG_HID_BOOTLOADER_CMD) Programming FLASH with teensy_loader_cli using \"$<\"
- teensy_loader_cli -mmcu=$(MCU) -v $<
-
-teensy-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
- @echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Converting \"$<\" to a binary file \"InputEEData.bin\"
- avr-objcopy -I ihex -O binary $< $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/Build/HID_EEPROM_Loader/InputEEData.bin
- @echo $(MSG_MAKE_CMD) Making EEPROM loader application for \"$<\"
- make -s -C $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))/Build/HID_EEPROM_Loader/ MCU=$(MCU) clean hid-teensy
-
-# Phony build targets for this module
-.PHONY: hid hid-ee teensy teensy-ee
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+LUFA_BUILD_MODULES += HID
+LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS += hid hid-ee teensy teensy-ee
+LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += MCU TARGET
+LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS +=
+LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS +=
+LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# LUFA HID Bootloader Buildsystem Makefile Module.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# DESCRIPTION:
+# Provides a set of targets to re-program a device currently running a HID
+# class bootloader with a project's FLASH files.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TARGETS:
+#
+# hid - Program FLASH into target via
+# hid_bootloader_cli
+# hid-ee - Program EEPROM into target via a temporary
+# AVR application and hid_bootloader_cli
+# teensy - Program FLASH into target via
+# teensy_loader_cli
+# teensy-ee - Program EEPROM into target via a temporary
+# AVR application and teensy_loader_cli
+#
+# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
+#
+# MCU - Microcontroller device model name
+# TARGET - Application name
+#
+# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
+#
+# (None)
+#
+# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
+#
+# (None)
+#
+# PROVIDED MACROS:
+#
+# (None)
+#
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+LUFA_MODULE_PATH := $(patsubst %/,%,$(dir $(lastword $(MAKEFILE_LIST))))
+
+ERROR_IF_UNSET ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
+ERROR_IF_EMPTY ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
+ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
+
+# Sanity-check values of mandatory user-supplied variables
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, MCU)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, TARGET)
+
+# Output Messages
+MSG_HID_BOOTLOADER_CMD := ' [HID] :'
+MSG_OBJCPY_CMD := ' [OBJCPY] :'
+MSG_MAKE_CMD := ' [MAKE] :'
+
+# Programs in the target FLASH memory using the HID_BOOTLOADER_CLI tool
+hid: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_HID_BOOTLOADER_CMD) Programming FLASH with hid_bootloader_cli using \"$<\"
+ hid_bootloader_cli -mmcu=$(MCU) -v $<
+
+# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using the HID_BOOTLOADER_CLI tool (note: clears target FLASH memory)
+hid-ee: $(TARGET).eep $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Converting \"$<\" to a binary file \"InputEEData.bin\"
+ avr-objcopy -I ihex -O binary $< $(LUFA_MODULE_PATH)/HID_EEPROM_Loader/InputEEData.bin
+ @echo $(MSG_MAKE_CMD) Making EEPROM loader application for \"$<\"
+ $(MAKE) -C $(LUFA_MODULE_PATH)/HID_EEPROM_Loader/ MCU=$(MCU) clean hid
+
+# Programs in the target FLASH memory using the TEENSY_BOOTLOADER_CLI tool
+teensy: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_HID_BOOTLOADER_CMD) Programming FLASH with teensy_loader_cli using \"$<\"
+ teensy_loader_cli -mmcu=$(MCU) -v $<
+
+# Programs in the target EEPROM memory using the TEENSY_BOOTLOADER_CLI tool (note: clears target FLASH memory)
+teensy-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(MAKEFILE_LIST)
+ @echo $(MSG_OBJCPY_CMD) Converting \"$<\" to a binary file \"InputEEData.bin\"
+ avr-objcopy -I ihex -O binary $< $(LUFA_MODULE_PATH)/HID_EEPROM_Loader/InputEEData.bin
+ @echo $(MSG_MAKE_CMD) Making EEPROM loader application for \"$<\"
+ $(MAKE) -s -C $(LUFA_MODULE_PATH)/HID_EEPROM_Loader/ MCU=$(MCU) clean teensy
+
+# Phony build targets for this module
+.PHONY: hid hid-ee teensy teensy-ee
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cc3492ecc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Build/lufa_sources.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+
+LUFA_BUILD_MODULES += SOURCES
+LUFA_BUILD_TARGETS +=
+LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS += LUFA_PATH ARCH
+LUFA_BUILD_OPTIONAL_VARS +=
+LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_VARS += LUFA_SRC_USB_DEVICE LUFA_SRC_USB_HOST \
+ LUFA_SRC_USB LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_DEVICE \
+ LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_HOST LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS \
+ LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE LUFA_SRC_SERIAL \
+ LUFA_SRC_TWI LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM
+LUFA_BUILD_PROVIDED_MACROS +=
+
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# LUFA Sources Buildsystem Makefile Module.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# DESCRIPTION:
+# Provides a set of makefile variables for the various LUFA module sources.
+# Once included, the sources required to use a given LUFA module will become
+# available using the makefile variable names listed in the LUFA project
+# documentation.
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# TARGETS:
+#
+# (None)
+#
+# MANDATORY PARAMETERS:
+#
+# LUFA_PATH - Path to the LUFA library core
+# ARCH - Device architecture name
+#
+# OPTIONAL PARAMETERS:
+#
+# (None)
+#
+# PROVIDED VARIABLES:
+#
+# LUFA_SRC_USB_DEVICE - List of LUFA USB driver source files required
+# for USB Device mode only
+# LUFA_SRC_USB_HOST - List of LUFA USB driver source files required
+# for USB Host mode only
+# LUFA_SRC_USB - List of LUFA USB driver source files for all
+# USB modes
+# LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_DEVICE - List of LUFA USB Class driver source files for
+# USB Device mode only
+# LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_HOST - List of LUFA USB Class driver source files for
+# USB Host mode only
+# LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS - List of LUFA USB Class driver source files for
+# all USB modes
+# LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE - List of LUFA temperature sensor driver source
+# files
+# LUFA_SRC_SERIAL - List of LUFA Serial U(S)ART driver source files
+# LUFA_SRC_TWI - List of LUFA TWI driver source files
+# LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM - List of LUFA architecture specific platform
+# management source files
+#
+# PROVIDED MACROS:
+#
+# (None)
+#
+# -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+ERROR_IF_UNSET ?= $(if $(filter undefined, $(origin $(strip $(1)))), $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) value not set))
+ERROR_IF_EMPTY ?= $(if $(strip $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option cannot be blank))
+ERROR_IF_NONBOOL ?= $(if $(filter Y N, $($(strip $(1)))), , $(error Makefile $(strip $(1)) option must be Y or N))
+
+# Sanity check user supplied values
+$(foreach MANDATORY_VAR, $(LUFA_BUILD_MANDATORY_VARS), $(call ERROR_IF_UNSET, $(MANDATORY_VAR)))
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, LUFA_PATH)
+$(call ERROR_IF_EMPTY, ARCH)
+
+# Allow LUFA_ROOT_PATH to be overridden elsewhere to support legacy LUFA makefiles
+LUFA_ROOT_PATH ?= $(patsubst %/,%,$(LUFA_PATH))
+
+# Construct LUFA module source variables
+LUFA_SRC_USB_COMMON := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/USBController_$(ARCH).c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/USBInterrupt_$(ARCH).c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c \
+
+LUFA_SRC_USB_HOST := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/Host_$(ARCH).c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/Pipe_$(ARCH).c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/PipeStream_$(ARCH).c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c \
+ $(LUFA_SRC_USB_COMMON)
+
+LUFA_SRC_USB_DEVICE := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/Device_$(ARCH).c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/Endpoint_$(ARCH).c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/$(ARCH)/EndpointStream_$(ARCH).c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c \
+ $(LUFA_SRC_USB_COMMON)
+
+LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_DEVICE := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c \
+
+LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_HOST := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c
+
+LUFA_SRC_USB := $(sort $(LUFA_SRC_USB_COMMON) $(LUFA_SRC_USB_HOST) $(LUFA_SRC_USB_DEVICE))
+
+LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS := $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_DEVICE) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS_HOST)
+
+LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c
+
+LUFA_SRC_SERIAL := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/Peripheral/$(ARCH)/Serial_$(ARCH).c
+
+LUFA_SRC_TWI := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Drivers/Peripheral/$(ARCH)/TWI_$(ARCH).c
+
+ifeq ($(ARCH), UC3)
+ LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM := $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Platform/UC3/Exception.S \
+ $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c
+else
+ LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM :=
+endif
+
+# Build a list of all available module sources
+LUFA_SRC_ALL_FILES := $(LUFA_SRC_USB) \
+ $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) \
+ $(LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE) \
+ $(LUFA_SRC_SERIAL) \
+ $(LUFA_SRC_TWI) \
+ $(LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..71cebe891
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.c
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
+ * computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ * the device's capabilities and functions.
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor describes the overall device
+ * characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size
+ * and the number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the
+ * USB host when the enumeration process begins.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Device_t DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+
+ .USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(2,0,0),
+ .Class = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass,
+ .SubClass = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass,
+ .Protocol = USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol,
+
+ .Endpoint0Size = 64,
+
+ .VendorID = 0x0000,
+ .ProductID = 0x0000,
+ .ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(0,0,2),
+
+ .ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
+ .ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
+ .SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .NumberOfConfigurations = 1
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ * of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ * and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ * a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+ .Config =
+ {
+ .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+ .TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+ .TotalInterfaces = 0,
+
+ .ConfigurationNumber = 1,
+ .ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+
+ .ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
+
+ .MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+ },
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ * the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ * via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t LanguageString =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
+
+ .UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
+};
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ * form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ManufacturerString =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(14), .Type = DTYPE_String},
+
+ .UnicodeString = L"Your Name Here"
+};
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ * and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ * Descriptor.
+ */
+const USB_Descriptor_String_t ProductString =
+{
+ .Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(15), .Type = DTYPE_String},
+
+ .UnicodeString = L"LUFA USB Device"
+};
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ * documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ * to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ * is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ * USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress
+ #if defined(HAS_MULTIPLE_DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS_SPACES)
+ , uint8_t* const DescriptorMemorySpace
+ #endif
+ )
+{
+ const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
+ const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+ const void* Address = NULL;
+ uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+ switch (DescriptorType)
+ {
+ case DTYPE_Device:
+ Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_Configuration:
+ Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
+ Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+ break;
+ case DTYPE_String:
+ switch (DescriptorNumber)
+ {
+ case 0x00:
+ Address = &LanguageString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case 0x01:
+ Address = &ManufacturerString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ case 0x02:
+ Address = &ProductString;
+ Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ #if defined(HAS_MULTIPLE_DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS_SPACES)
+ *DescriptorMemorySpace = MEMSPACE_RAM;
+ #endif
+
+ *DescriptorAddress = Address;
+ return Size;
+}
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6d8145d0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/Descriptors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for Descriptors.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if (defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
+ !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)))
+ #define HAS_MULTIPLE_DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS_SPACES
+ #endif
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+ * application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+ * vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+ } USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ddaa9d089
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.c
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the USB device application. This file contains the
+ * main tasks of the application and is responsible for the initial
+ * application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "DeviceApplication.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ * setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ USB_Init(USB_MODE_Device, USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL);
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ /* Start the PLL to multiply the 2MHz RC oscillator to 32MHz and switch the CPU core to run from it */
+ XMEGACLK_StartPLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC2MHZ, 2000000, F_CPU);
+ XMEGACLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL);
+
+ /* Start the 32MHz internal RC oscillator and start the DFLL to increase it to 48MHz using the USB SOF as a reference */
+ XMEGACLK_StartInternalOscillator(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ);
+ XMEGACLK_StartDFLL(CLOCK_SRC_INT_RC32MHZ, DFLL_REF_INT_USBSOF, F_USB);
+
+ PMIC.CTRL = PMIC_LOLVLEN_bm | PMIC_MEDLVLEN_bm | PMIC_HILVLEN_bm;
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ USB_Init(USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC | USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH);
+ #endif
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+{
+
+}
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..325176c53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/DeviceApplication.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for DeviceApplication.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _USB_DEVICE_APPLICATION_H_
+#define _USB_DEVICE_APPLICATION_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Platform/Platform.h>
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ #include "Descriptors.h"
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fd65db283
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DeviceTemplate/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="USB Device Template" id="lufa.templates.device.project.avr8">
+ <require idref="lufa.templates.device"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8_template"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <project caption="USB Device Template" id="lufa.templates.device.project.xmega">
+ <require idref="lufa.templates.device"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.xmega"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8_template"/>
+
+ <device-support value="atxmega256a3bu"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="a3bu_xplained"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="32000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="48000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.templates.device" caption="USB Device Template">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Template for a LUFA USB device mode application.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="USB Device"/>
+ <keyword value="Template Projects"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="DeviceApplication.c"/>
+ <build type="c-source" value="Descriptors.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="DeviceApplication.h"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="Descriptors.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="../LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5a1e58364
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Custom Board Hardware Information Driver (Template)
+ *
+ * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ * inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Board Hardware
+ * information driver.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_USER_H__
+#define __BOARD_USER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ // TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted if defined. */
+// #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted if defined. */
+// #define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted if defined. */
+// #define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted if defined. */
+// #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Buttons.h
index ca4c7a5eb..b3c2f2b42 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Buttons.h
@@ -1,90 +1,90 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief LUFA Custom Board Button Hardware Driver (Template)
- *
- * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
- * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
- * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
- * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
- * inside the application's folder.
- *
- * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Buttons driver,
- * for the control of physical board-mounted GPIO pushbuttons.
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_USER_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_USER_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- // TODO: Add any required includes here
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 // TODO: Add mask for first board button here
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- // TODO: Initialize the appropriate port pins as an inputs here, with pull-ups
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- // TODO: Clear the appropriate port pins as high impedance inputs here
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- // TODO: Return current button status here, debounced if required
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Custom Board Button Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ * inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Buttons driver,
+ * for the control of physical board-mounted GPIO pushbuttons.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_USER_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_USER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ // TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 // TODO: Add mask for first board button here
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ // TODO: Initialize the appropriate port pins as an inputs here, with pull-ups
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ // TODO: Clear the appropriate port pins as high impedance inputs here
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ // TODO: Return current button status here, debounced if required
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Dataflash.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Dataflash.h
index d397f77ed..83acb2f12 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Dataflash.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Dataflash.h
@@ -1,220 +1,223 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief LUFA Custom Board Dataflash Hardware Driver (Template)
- *
- * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
- * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
- * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
- * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
- * inside the application's folder.
- *
- * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Dataflash
- * driver.
-*/
-
-#ifndef __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
-#define __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- // TODO: Add any required includes here
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK // TODO: Replace this with a mask of all the /CS pins of all Dataflashes
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR // TODO: Replace with the DDR register name for the board's Dataflash ICs
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT // TODO: Replace with the PORT register name for the board's Dataflash ICs
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
- #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1 // TODO: Replace with the number of Dataflashes on the board, max 2
-
- /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
- #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK
-
- /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 // TODO: Replace with mask to hold /CS of first Dataflash low, and all others high
-
- /** Mask for the second dataflash chip selected. */
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIP2 // TODO: Replace with mask to hold /CS of second Dataflash low, and all others high
-
- /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
- #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE // TODO: Replace with the page size for the Dataflash ICs
-
- /** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
- #define DATAFLASH_PAGES // TODO: Replace with the total number of pages inside one of the Dataflash ICs
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
- * The microcontroller's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
- {
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
- }
-
- /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
- *
- * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
- {
- // TODO
- }
-
- /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
- {
- // TODO
- }
-
- /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
- {
- // TODO
- }
-
- /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
- *
- * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
- * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
- {
- return (DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
- }
-
- /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
- *
- * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
- * the chip number).
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
- {
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & ~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) | ChipMask);
- }
-
- /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
- static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
- {
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
- }
-
- /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
- * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
- * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
- * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
- * are deselected.
- *
- * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
- * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
- {
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-
- if (PageAddress >= (DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
- return;
-
- #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
- if (PageAddress & 0x01)
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
- else
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
- #else
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
- #endif
- }
-
- /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
- * a new command.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
- {
- uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
-
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
- Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
- }
-
- /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
- * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
- {
- Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
- while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
- Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
- }
-
- /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
- * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
- *
- * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
- * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress, const uint16_t BufferByte)
- {
- #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
- PageAddress >>= 1;
- #endif
-
- Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
- Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
- Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
- }
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Custom Board Dataflash Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ * inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Dataflash
+ * driver.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ // TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK // TODO: Replace this with a mask of all the /CS pins of all Dataflashes
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR // TODO: Replace with the DDR register name for the board's Dataflash ICs
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT // TODO: Replace with the PORT register name for the board's Dataflash ICs
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1 // TODO: Replace with the number of Dataflashes on the board, max 2
+
+ /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP 0
+
+ /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 // TODO: Replace with mask with the pin attached to the first Dataflash /CS set
+
+ /** Mask for the second dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP2 // TODO: Replace with mask with the pin attached to the second Dataflash /CS set
+
+ /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE // TODO: Replace with the page size for the Dataflash ICs
+
+ /** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGES // TODO: Replace with the total number of pages inside one of the Dataflash ICs
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+ * The microcontroller's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ // TODO
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ // TODO
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ // TODO
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+ * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+ {
+ return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+ * the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+ * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+ * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+ * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+ * are deselected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+ * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+ {
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ if (PageAddress >= (DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ return;
+
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ if (PageAddress & 0x01)
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ else
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ #else
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+ * a new command.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+ * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+ while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+ * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+ * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+ const uint16_t BufferByte)
+ {
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ PageAddress >>= 1;
+ #endif
+
+ Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
+ Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+ Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Joystick.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Joystick.h
index 31c79d9eb..07542ab72 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Joystick.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/Joystick.h
@@ -1,102 +1,102 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief LUFA Custom Board Joystick Hardware Driver (Template)
- *
- * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
- * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
- * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
- * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
- * inside the application's folder.
- *
- * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Joystick
- * driver, for a digital four-way (plus button) joystick.
-*/
-
-#ifndef __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
-#define __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- // TODO: Add any required includes here
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
- #define JOY_LEFT // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick left position here
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
- #define JOY_RIGHT // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick right position here
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
- #define JOY_UP // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick up position here
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
- #define JOY_DOWN // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick down position here
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
- #define JOY_PRESS // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick pressed position here
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
- {
- // TODO: Initialize joystick port pins as inputs with pull-ups
- }
-
- static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
- {
- // TODO: Clear the joystick pins as high impedance inputs here
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
- {
- // TODO: Return current joystick position data which can be obtained by masking against the JOY_* macros
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Custom Board Joystick Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ * inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Joystick
+ * driver, for a digital four-way (plus button) joystick.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ // TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+ #define JOY_LEFT // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick left position here
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+ #define JOY_RIGHT // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick right position here
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+ #define JOY_UP // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick up position here
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+ #define JOY_DOWN // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick down position here
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+ #define JOY_PRESS // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick pressed position here
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+ {
+ // TODO: Initialize joystick port pins as inputs with pull-ups
+ }
+
+ static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+ {
+ // TODO: Clear the joystick pins as high impedance inputs here
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ // TODO: Return current joystick position data which can be obtained by masking against the JOY_* macros
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/LEDs.h
index d48534632..437397279 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/LEDs.h
@@ -1,130 +1,130 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief LUFA Custom Board LED Hardware Driver (Template)
- *
- * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
- * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
- * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
- * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
- * inside the application's folder.
- *
- * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA LEDs driver,
- * for the LEDs (up to four) mounted on most development boards.
-*/
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_USER_H__
-#define __LEDS_USER_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- // TODO: Add any required includes here
-
-/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 // TODO: Add mask for first board LED here
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 // TODO: Add mask for second board LED here
-
- /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED3 // TODO: Add mask for third board LED here
-
- /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED4 // TODO: Add mask for fourth board LED here
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- // TODO: Add code to initialize LED port pins as outputs here
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- // TODO: Clear the LED port pins as high impedance inputs here
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- // TODO: Add code to turn on LEDs given in the LEDMask mask here, leave others as-is
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- // TODO: Add code to turn off LEDs given in the LEDMask mask here, leave others as-is
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- // TODO: Add code to turn on only LEDs given in the LEDMask mask here, all others off
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- // TODO: Add code to set the Leds in the given LEDMask to the status given in ActiveMask here
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- // TODO: Add code to toggle the Leds in the given LEDMask, ignoring all others
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- // TODO: Add code to return the current LEDs status' here which can be masked against LED_LED* macros
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Custom Board LED Hardware Driver (Template)
+ *
+ * This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
+ * layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
+ * the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
+ * driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
+ * inside the application's folder.
+ *
+ * This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA LEDs driver,
+ * for the LEDs (up to four) mounted on most development boards.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_USER_H__
+#define __LEDS_USER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ // TODO: Add any required includes here
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 // TODO: Add mask for first board LED here
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 // TODO: Add mask for second board LED here
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 // TODO: Add mask for third board LED here
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 // TODO: Add mask for fourth board LED here
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ // TODO: Add code to initialize LED port pins as outputs here
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ // TODO: Clear the LED port pins as high impedance inputs here
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ // TODO: Add code to turn on LEDs given in the LEDMask mask here, leave others as-is
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ // TODO: Add code to turn off LEDs given in the LEDMask mask here, leave others as-is
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ // TODO: Add code to turn on only LEDs given in the LEDMask mask here, all others off
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ // TODO: Add code to set the Leds in the given LEDMask to the status given in ActiveMask here
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ // TODO: Add code to toggle the Leds in the given LEDMask, ignoring all others
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ // TODO: Add code to return the current LEDs status' here which can be masked against LED_LED* macros
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1ac03788d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.c
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Main source file for the USB host application. This file contains the
+ * main tasks of the application and is responsible for the initial
+ * application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "HostApplication.h"
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
+ * enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+ SetupHardware();
+
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+ /* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+ MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+ wdt_disable();
+
+ /* Disable clock division */
+ clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+
+ /* Hardware Initialization */
+ USB_Init(USB_MODE_Host, USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and
+ * starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and
+ * stops the library USB task management process.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully
+ * enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+{
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+
+ if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)
+{
+ USB_Disable();
+ for(;;);
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while
+ * enumerating an attached USB device.
+ */
+void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+{
+
+}
+
+/* Required callback for retrieving descriptors from a LUFA device - unless the USB_HOST_ONLY configuration
+ * option is set, this is still required even in an application that uses host mode only.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress
+#if defined(HAS_MULTIPLE_DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS_SPACES)
+ , uint8_t* const DescriptorMemorySpace
+#endif
+)
+{
+ return 0;
+}
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..16dbb535a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/HostApplication.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ * Header file for HostApplication.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _USB_HOST_APPLICATION_H_
+#define _USB_HOST_APPLICATION_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ #include <avr/power.h>
+
+ #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if (defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
+ !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)))
+ #define HAS_MULTIPLE_DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS_SPACES
+ #endif
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void SetupHardware(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/asf.xml b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/asf.xml
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c1996ec71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/HostTemplate/asf.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<asf xmlversion="1.0">
+ <project caption="USB Host Template" id="lufa.templates.host.project">
+ <require idref="lufa.templates.host"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.boards.dummy.avr8"/>
+ <generator value="as5_8_template"/>
+
+ <device-support value="at90usb1287"/>
+ <config name="lufa.drivers.board.name" value="usbkey"/>
+
+ <build type="define" name="F_CPU" value="8000000UL"/>
+ <build type="define" name="F_USB" value="8000000UL"/>
+ </project>
+
+ <module type="application" id="lufa.templates.host" caption="USB Host Template">
+ <info type="description" value="summary">
+ Template for a LUFA USB host mode application.
+ </info>
+
+ <info type="gui-flag" value="move-to-root"/>
+
+ <info type="keyword" value="Technology">
+ <keyword value="USB Host"/>
+ <keyword value="Template Projects"/>
+ </info>
+
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_avr8"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_xmega"/>
+ <device-support-alias value="lufa_uc3"/>
+
+ <build type="c-source" value="HostApplication.c"/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="HostApplication.h"/>
+
+ <build type="module-config" subtype="path" value=".."/>
+ <build type="header-file" value="../LUFAConfig.h"/>
+
+ <require idref="lufa.common"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.platform"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.usb"/>
+ <require idref="lufa.drivers.board"/>
+ </module>
+</asf>
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/CodeTemplates/LUFAConfig.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/LUFAConfig.h
index 6c98d03a4..ab7fc7520 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/CodeTemplates/LUFAConfig.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/LUFAConfig.h
@@ -1,167 +1,167 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File (Template)
- *
- * This is a header file which can be used to configure LUFA's
- * compile time options, as an alternative to the compile time
- * constants supplied through a makefile. To use this configuration
- * header, copy this into your project's root directory and supply
- * the \c USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER token to the compiler so that it is
- * defined in all compiled source files.
- *
- * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
- * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
- */
-
-#ifndef __LUFA_CONFIG_H__
-#define __LUFA_CONFIG_H__
-
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
- /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
-// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
-
- /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
-// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
-
- /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
-// #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
-// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
-// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
-// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
-
- /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
-// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
-// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
-// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
-// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
-// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
-// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
-// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
-// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
-// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
-
- /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
-// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
-// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
-
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-
- /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
-// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
-
- /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
-// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
-
- /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
-// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
-
- /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
-// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
-// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
-// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
-// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
-// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
-// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
-// #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
-// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
-
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-
- /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
-// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
-
- /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
-// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
-
- /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
-// #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
-// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
-// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
-
- /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
-// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
-// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
-// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
-// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
-// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
-
- /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
-// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
-// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
-// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
-
- #else
-
- #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
-
- #endif
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File (Template)
+ *
+ * This is a header file which can be used to configure LUFA's
+ * compile time options, as an alternative to the compile time
+ * constants supplied through a makefile. To use this configuration
+ * header, copy this into your project's root directory and supply
+ * the \c USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER token to the compiler so that it is
+ * defined in all compiled source files.
+ *
+ * For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
+ * manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_CONFIG_H__
+#define __LUFA_CONFIG_H__
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+// #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+ /* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
+// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
+
+ /* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
+// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
+
+ /* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
+// #define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
+// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_SOF_EVENTS
+
+ /* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
+// #define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE {Insert Value Here}
+// #define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
+// #define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+// #define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
+
+ /* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
+// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
+// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
+// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
+
+ #else
+
+ #error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
+
+ #endif
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA CDC-ACM.inf b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA CDC-ACM.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..212b5bbcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA CDC-ACM.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+; Windows LUFA CDC ACM Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA CDC-ACM.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Ports
+ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[SourceDisksNames]
+
+[SourceDisksFiles]
+
+[DestinationDirs]
+DefaultDestDir=12
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+CopyFiles=FakeModemCopyFileSection
+AddReg=DriverInstall.AddReg
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+Include=mdmcpq.inf
+AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, LowerFilter_Service_Inst
+
+[DriverInstall.AddReg]
+HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"msports.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_2044
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA CDC-ACM Virtual Serial Port"
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA RNDIS.inf b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA RNDIS.inf
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..73ca50e68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/WindowsINF/LUFA RNDIS.inf
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+; Windows LUFA RNDIS Setup File
+; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
+
+[DefaultInstall]
+CopyINF="LUFA RNDIS.inf"
+
+[Version]
+Signature="$Windows NT$"
+Class=Net
+ClassGuid={4d36e972-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318}
+Provider=%MFGNAME%
+DriverVer=7/1/2012,10.0.0.0
+
+[Manufacturer]
+%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTx86, NTamd64, NTia64
+
+[ControlFlags]
+ExcludeFromSelect=*
+
+[DriverInstall]
+Characteristics=0x84 ; NCF_PHYSICAL + NCF_HAS_UI
+BusType=15
+include=netrndis.inf
+needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi
+AddReg=Rndis_AddReg_Vista
+
+[DriverInstall.Services]
+include=netrndis.inf
+needs=Usb_Rndis.ndi.Services
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
+; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
+; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
+; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
+; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[DeviceList]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTx86]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTamd64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+[DeviceList.NTia64]
+%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; String Definitions
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;Modify these strings to customize your device
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+[Strings]
+MFGNAME="http://www.lufa-lib.org"
+DESCRIPTION="LUFA RNDIS USB Ethernet Adapter"
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/CodeTemplates/makefile_template b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/makefile_template
index ae6cfd3e2..efb6aa76f 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/CodeTemplates/makefile_template
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/CodeTemplates/makefile_template
@@ -1,36 +1,38 @@
-#
-# LUFA Library
-# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-#
-# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-# www.lufa-lib.org
-#
-# --------------------------------------
-# LUFA Project Makefile.
-# --------------------------------------
-
-MCU = at90usb1287
-ARCH = AVR8
-BOARD = USBKEY
-F_CPU = 8000000
-F_USB = $(F_CPU)
-OPTIMIZATION = s
-TARGET = Target
-SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)
-LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
-CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig
-LD_FLAGS =
-
-# Default target
-all:
-
-# Include LUFA build script makefiles
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
-include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
+#
+# LUFA Library
+# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+#
+# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+# www.lufa-lib.org
+#
+# --------------------------------------
+# LUFA Project Makefile.
+# --------------------------------------
+
+# Run "make help" for target help.
+
+MCU = at90usb1287
+ARCH = AVR8
+BOARD = USBKEY
+F_CPU = 8000000
+F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+OPTIMIZATION = s
+TARGET = Target
+SRC = $(TARGET).c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS) $(LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)
+LUFA_PATH = ../../LUFA
+CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig
+LD_FLAGS =
+
+# Default target
+all:
+
+# Include LUFA build script makefiles
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_sources.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_build.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_cppcheck.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_doxygen.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_dfu.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_hid.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_avrdude.mk
+include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_atprogram.mk
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Common/ArchitectureSpecific.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/ArchitectureSpecific.h
index 1e09edf29..292e27b37 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Common/ArchitectureSpecific.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/ArchitectureSpecific.h
@@ -1,177 +1,185 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Architecture specific definitions relating to specific processor architectures.
- *
- * \copydetails Group_ArchitectureSpecific
- *
- * \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
- * functionality.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Common
- * \defgroup Group_ArchitectureSpecific Architecture Specific Definitions
- * \brief Architecture specific definitions relating to specific processor architectures.
- *
- * Architecture specific macros, functions and other definitions, which relate to specific architectures. This
- * definitions may or may not be available in some form on other architectures, and thus should be protected by
- * preprocessor checks in portable code to prevent compile errors.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LUFA_ARCHSPEC_H__
-#define __LUFA_ARCHSPEC_H__
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
- #endif
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) || (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Re-enables the AVR's JTAG bus in software, until a system reset. This will re-enable JTAG debugging
- * interface after is has been disabled in software via \ref JTAG_DISABLE().
- *
- * \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
- */
- #define JTAG_ENABLE() MACROS{ \
- __asm__ __volatile__ ( \
- "in __tmp_reg__,__SREG__" "\n\t" \
- "cli" "\n\t" \
- "out %1, %0" "\n\t" \
- "out __SREG__, __tmp_reg__" "\n\t" \
- "out %1, %0" "\n\t" \
- : \
- : "r" (MCUCR & ~(1 << JTD)), \
- "M" (_SFR_IO_ADDR(MCUCR)) \
- : "r0"); \
- }MACROE
-
- /** Disables the AVR's JTAG bus in software, until a system reset. This will override the current JTAG
- * status as set by the JTAGEN fuse, disabling JTAG debugging and reverting the JTAG pins back to GPIO
- * mode.
- *
- * \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
- */
- #define JTAG_DISABLE() MACROS{ \
- __asm__ __volatile__ ( \
- "in __tmp_reg__,__SREG__" "\n\t" \
- "cli" "\n\t" \
- "out %1, %0" "\n\t" \
- "out __SREG__, __tmp_reg__" "\n\t" \
- "out %1, %0" "\n\t" \
- : \
- : "r" (MCUCR | (1 << JTD)), \
- "M" (_SFR_IO_ADDR(MCUCR)) \
- : "r0"); \
- }MACROE
- #endif
-
- /** Defines a volatile \c NOP statement which cannot be optimized out by the compiler, and thus can always
- * be set as a breakpoint in the resulting code. Useful for debugging purposes, where the optimizer
- * removes/reorders code to the point where break points cannot reliably be set.
- *
- * \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
- */
- #define JTAG_DEBUG_POINT() __asm__ __volatile__ ("nop" ::)
-
- /** Defines an explicit JTAG break point in the resulting binary via the assembly \c BREAK statement. When
- * a JTAG is used, this causes the program execution to halt when reached until manually resumed.
- *
- * \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
- */
- #define JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ __volatile__ ("break" ::)
-
- /** Macro for testing condition "x" and breaking via \ref JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK() if the condition is false.
- *
- * \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
- *
- * \param[in] Condition Condition that will be evaluated.
- */
- #define JTAG_ASSERT(Condition) MACROS{ if (!(Condition)) { JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK(); } }MACROE
-
- /** Macro for testing condition \c "x" and writing debug data to the stdout stream if \c false. The stdout stream
- * must be pre-initialized before this macro is run and linked to an output device, such as the microcontroller's
- * USART peripheral.
- *
- * The output takes the form "{FILENAME}: Function {FUNCTION NAME}, Line {LINE NUMBER}: Assertion {Condition} failed."
- *
- * \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
- *
- * \param[in] Condition Condition that will be evaluated,
- */
- #define STDOUT_ASSERT(Condition) MACROS{ if (!(x)) { \
- printf_P(PSTR("%s: Function \"%s\", Line %d: " \
- "Assertion \"%s\" failed.\r\n"), \
- __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__, #Condition); } }MACROE
-
- #if !defined(pgm_read_ptr) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Reads a pointer out of PROGMEM space on the AVR8 architecture. This is currently a wrapper for the
- * avr-libc \c pgm_read_ptr() macro with a \c void* cast, so that its value can be assigned directly
- * to a pointer variable or used in pointer arithmetic without further casting in C. In a future
- * avr-libc distribution this will be part of the standard API and will be implemented in a more formal
- * manner.
- *
- * \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
- *
- * \param[in] Address Address of the pointer to read.
- *
- * \return Pointer retrieved from PROGMEM space.
- */
- #define pgm_read_ptr(Address) (void*)pgm_read_word(Address)
- #endif
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
- #define JTAG_DEBUG_POINT() __asm__ __volatile__ ("nop" ::)
- #define JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ __volatile__ ("breakpoint" ::)
- #define JTAG_ASSERT(Condition) MACROS{ if (!(Condition)) { JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK(); } }MACROE
- #define STDOUT_ASSERT(Condition) MACROS{ if (!(x)) { \
- printf("%s: Function \"%s\", Line %d: " \
- "Assertion \"%s\" failed.\r\n"), \
- __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__, #Condition); } }MACROE
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Architecture specific definitions relating to specific processor architectures.
+ *
+ * \copydetails Group_ArchitectureSpecific
+ *
+ * \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
+ * functionality.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Common
+ * \defgroup Group_ArchitectureSpecific Architecture Specific Definitions
+ * \brief Architecture specific definitions relating to specific processor architectures.
+ *
+ * Architecture specific macros, functions and other definitions, which relate to specific architectures. This
+ * definitions may or may not be available in some form on other architectures, and thus should be protected by
+ * preprocessor checks in portable code to prevent compile errors.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_ARCHSPEC_H__
+#define __LUFA_ARCHSPEC_H__
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) || (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Re-enables the AVR's JTAG bus in software, until a system reset. This will re-enable JTAG debugging
+ * interface after is has been disabled in software via \ref JTAG_DISABLE().
+ *
+ * \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
+ */
+ #define JTAG_ENABLE() do { \
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ( \
+ "in __tmp_reg__,__SREG__" "\n\t" \
+ "cli" "\n\t" \
+ "out %1, %0" "\n\t" \
+ "out __SREG__, __tmp_reg__" "\n\t" \
+ "out %1, %0" "\n\t" \
+ : \
+ : "r" (MCUCR & ~(1 << JTD)), \
+ "M" (_SFR_IO_ADDR(MCUCR)) \
+ : "r0"); \
+ } while (0)
+
+ /** Disables the AVR's JTAG bus in software, until a system reset. This will override the current JTAG
+ * status as set by the JTAGEN fuse, disabling JTAG debugging and reverting the JTAG pins back to GPIO
+ * mode.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
+ */
+ #define JTAG_DISABLE() do { \
+ __asm__ __volatile__ ( \
+ "in __tmp_reg__,__SREG__" "\n\t" \
+ "cli" "\n\t" \
+ "out %1, %0" "\n\t" \
+ "out __SREG__, __tmp_reg__" "\n\t" \
+ "out %1, %0" "\n\t" \
+ : \
+ : "r" (MCUCR | (1 << JTD)), \
+ "M" (_SFR_IO_ADDR(MCUCR)) \
+ : "r0"); \
+ } while (0)
+ #endif
+
+ /** Defines a volatile \c NOP statement which cannot be optimized out by the compiler, and thus can always
+ * be set as a breakpoint in the resulting code. Useful for debugging purposes, where the optimizer
+ * removes/reorders code to the point where break points cannot reliably be set.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
+ */
+ #define JTAG_DEBUG_POINT() __asm__ __volatile__ ("nop" ::)
+
+ /** Defines an explicit JTAG break point in the resulting binary via the assembly \c BREAK statement. When
+ * a JTAG is used, this causes the program execution to halt when reached until manually resumed.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
+ */
+ #define JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ __volatile__ ("break" ::)
+
+ /** Macro for testing condition "x" and breaking via \ref JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK() if the condition is false.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Condition Condition that will be evaluated.
+ */
+ #define JTAG_ASSERT(Condition) do { \
+ if (!(Condition)) \
+ JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK(); \
+ } while (0)
+
+ /** Macro for testing condition \c "x" and writing debug data to the stdout stream if \c false. The stdout stream
+ * must be pre-initialized before this macro is run and linked to an output device, such as the microcontroller's
+ * USART peripheral.
+ *
+ * The output takes the form "{FILENAME}: Function {FUNCTION NAME}, Line {LINE NUMBER}: Assertion {Condition} failed."
+ *
+ * \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Condition Condition that will be evaluated,
+ */
+ #define STDOUT_ASSERT(Condition) do { \
+ if (!(Condition)) \
+ printf_P(PSTR("%s: Function \"%s\", Line %d: " \
+ "Assertion \"%s\" failed.\r\n"), \
+ __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__, #Condition); \
+ } while (0)
+
+ #if !defined(pgm_read_ptr) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Reads a pointer out of PROGMEM space on the AVR8 architecture. This is a wrapper for the avr-libc
+ * \c pgm_read_word() macro with a \c void* cast, so that its value can be assigned directly to a
+ * pointer variable or used in pointer arithmetic without further casting in C.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is not available for all architectures.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Address of the pointer to read.
+ *
+ * \return Pointer retrieved from PROGMEM space.
+ */
+ #define pgm_read_ptr(Address) (void*)pgm_read_word(Address)
+ #endif
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ #define JTAG_DEBUG_POINT() __asm__ __volatile__ ("nop" ::)
+ #define JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK() __asm__ __volatile__ ("breakpoint" ::)
+ #define JTAG_ASSERT(Condition) do { \
+ if (!(Condition)) \
+ JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK(); \
+ } while (0)
+ #define STDOUT_ASSERT(Condition) do { \
+ if (!(Condition)) \
+ printf("%s: Function \"%s\", Line %d: " \
+ "Assertion \"%s\" failed.\r\n", \
+ __FILE__, __func__, __LINE__, #Condition); \
+ } while (0)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Common/Architectures.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Architectures.h
index 8941f7c0c..265b41244 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Common/Architectures.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Architectures.h
@@ -1,84 +1,84 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Supported library architecture defines.
- *
- * \copydetails Group_Architectures
- *
- * \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
- * functionality.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Common
- * \defgroup Group_Architectures Hardware Architectures
- * \brief Supported library architecture defines.
- *
- * Architecture macros for selecting the desired target microcontroller architecture. One of these values should be
- * defined as the value of \c ARCH in the user project makefile via the \c -D compiler switch to GCC, to select the
- * target architecture.
- *
- * The selected architecture should remain consistent with the makefile \c ARCH value, which is used to select the
- * underlying driver source files for each architecture.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LUFA_ARCHITECTURES_H__
-#define __LUFA_ARCHITECTURES_H__
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Selects the Atmel 8-bit AVR (AT90USB* and ATMEGA*U* chips) architecture. */
- #define ARCH_AVR8 0
-
- /** Selects the Atmel 32-bit UC3 AVR (AT32UC3* chips) architecture. */
- #define ARCH_UC3 1
-
- /** Selects the Atmel XMEGA AVR (ATXMEGA*U chips) architecture. */
- #define ARCH_XMEGA 2
-
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #define ARCH_ ARCH_AVR8
-
- #if !defined(ARCH)
- #define ARCH ARCH_AVR8
- #endif
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Supported library architecture defines.
+ *
+ * \copydetails Group_Architectures
+ *
+ * \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
+ * functionality.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Common
+ * \defgroup Group_Architectures Hardware Architectures
+ * \brief Supported library architecture defines.
+ *
+ * Architecture macros for selecting the desired target microcontroller architecture. One of these values should be
+ * defined as the value of \c ARCH in the user project makefile via the \c -D compiler switch to GCC, to select the
+ * target architecture.
+ *
+ * The selected architecture should remain consistent with the makefile \c ARCH value, which is used to select the
+ * underlying driver source files for each architecture.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_ARCHITECTURES_H__
+#define __LUFA_ARCHITECTURES_H__
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Selects the Atmel 8-bit AVR (AT90USB* and ATMEGA*U* chips) architecture. */
+ #define ARCH_AVR8 0
+
+ /** Selects the Atmel 32-bit UC3 AVR (AT32UC3* chips) architecture. */
+ #define ARCH_UC3 1
+
+ /** Selects the Atmel XMEGA AVR (ATXMEGA* chips) architecture. */
+ #define ARCH_XMEGA 2
+
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #define ARCH_ ARCH_AVR8
+
+ #if !defined(ARCH)
+ #define ARCH ARCH_AVR8
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Common/Attributes.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Attributes.h
index fce75d0ed..dc5c6be4c 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Common/Attributes.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Attributes.h
@@ -1,150 +1,150 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Special function/variable attribute macros.
- *
- * \copydetails Group_FuncVarAttributes
- *
- * \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
- * functionality.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Common
- * \defgroup Group_FuncVarAttributes Function/Variable Attributes
- * \brief Special function/variable attribute macros.
- *
- * This module contains macros for applying specific attributes to functions and variables to control various
- * optimizer and code generation features of the compiler. Attributes may be placed in the function prototype
- * or variable declaration in any order, and multiple attributes can be specified for a single item via a space
- * separated list.
- *
- * On incompatible versions of GCC or on other compilers, these macros evaluate to nothing unless they are
- * critical to the code's function and thus must throw a compile error when used.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LUFA_ATTR_H__
-#define __LUFA_ATTR_H__
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- #if (__GNUC__ >= 3) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Indicates to the compiler that the function can not ever return, so that any stack restoring or
- * return code may be omitted by the compiler in the resulting binary.
- */
- #define ATTR_NO_RETURN __attribute__ ((noreturn))
-
- /** Indicates that the function returns a value which should not be ignored by the user code. When
- * applied, any ignored return value from calling the function will produce a compiler warning.
- */
- #define ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT __attribute__ ((warn_unused_result))
-
- /** Indicates that the specified parameters of the function are pointers which should never be \c NULL.
- * When applied as a 1-based comma separated list the compiler will emit a warning if the specified
- * parameters are known at compiler time to be \c NULL at the point of calling the function.
- */
- #define ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(...) __attribute__ ((nonnull (__VA_ARGS__)))
-
- /** Removes any preamble or postamble from the function. When used, the function will not have any
- * register or stack saving code. This should be used with caution, and when used the programmer
- * is responsible for maintaining stack and register integrity.
- */
- #define ATTR_NAKED __attribute__ ((naked))
-
- /** Prevents the compiler from considering a specified function for in-lining. When applied, the given
- * function will not be in-lined under any circumstances.
- */
- #define ATTR_NO_INLINE __attribute__ ((noinline))
-
- /** Forces the compiler to inline the specified function. When applied, the given function will be
- * in-lined under all circumstances.
- */
- #define ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE __attribute__ ((always_inline))
-
- /** Indicates that the specified function is pure, in that it has no side-effects other than global
- * or parameter variable access.
- */
- #define ATTR_PURE __attribute__ ((pure))
-
- /** Indicates that the specified function is constant, in that it has no side effects other than
- * parameter access.
- */
- #define ATTR_CONST __attribute__ ((const))
-
- /** Marks a given function as deprecated, which produces a warning if the function is called. */
- #define ATTR_DEPRECATED __attribute__ ((deprecated))
-
- /** Marks a function as a weak reference, which can be overridden by other functions with an
- * identical name (in which case the weak reference is discarded at link time).
- */
- #define ATTR_WEAK __attribute__ ((weak))
- #endif
-
- /** Forces the compiler to not automatically zero the given global variable on startup, so that the
- * current RAM contents is retained. Under most conditions this value will be random due to the
- * behavior of volatile memory once power is removed, but may be used in some specific circumstances,
- * like the passing of values back after a system watchdog reset.
- */
- #define ATTR_NO_INIT __attribute__ ((section (".noinit")))
-
- /** Places the function in one of the initialization sections, which execute before the main function
- * of the application. Refer to the avr-libc manual for more information on the initialization sections.
- *
- * \param[in] SectionIndex Initialization section number where the function should be placed.
- */
- #define ATTR_INIT_SECTION(SectionIndex) __attribute__ ((used, naked, section (".init" #SectionIndex )))
-
- /** Marks a function as an alias for another function.
- *
- * \param[in] Func Name of the function which the given function name should alias.
- */
- #define ATTR_ALIAS(Func) __attribute__ ((alias( #Func )))
-
- /** Marks a variable or struct element for packing into the smallest space available, omitting any
- * alignment bytes usually added between fields to optimize field accesses.
- */
- #define ATTR_PACKED __attribute__ ((packed))
-
- /** Indicates the minimum alignment in bytes for a variable or struct element.
- *
- * \param[in] Bytes Minimum number of bytes the item should be aligned to.
- */
- #define ATTR_ALIGNED(Bytes) __attribute__ ((aligned(Bytes)))
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Special function/variable attribute macros.
+ *
+ * \copydetails Group_FuncVarAttributes
+ *
+ * \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
+ * functionality.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Common
+ * \defgroup Group_FuncVarAttributes Function/Variable Attributes
+ * \brief Special function/variable attribute macros.
+ *
+ * This module contains macros for applying specific attributes to functions and variables to control various
+ * optimizer and code generation features of the compiler. Attributes may be placed in the function prototype
+ * or variable declaration in any order, and multiple attributes can be specified for a single item via a space
+ * separated list.
+ *
+ * On incompatible versions of GCC or on other compilers, these macros evaluate to nothing unless they are
+ * critical to the code's function and thus must throw a compile error when used.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_ATTR_H__
+#define __LUFA_ATTR_H__
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if (__GNUC__ >= 3) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Indicates to the compiler that the function can not ever return, so that any stack restoring or
+ * return code may be omitted by the compiler in the resulting binary.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_NO_RETURN __attribute__ ((noreturn))
+
+ /** Indicates that the function returns a value which should not be ignored by the user code. When
+ * applied, any ignored return value from calling the function will produce a compiler warning.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT __attribute__ ((warn_unused_result))
+
+ /** Indicates that the specified parameters of the function are pointers which should never be \c NULL.
+ * When applied as a 1-based comma separated list the compiler will emit a warning if the specified
+ * parameters are known at compiler time to be \c NULL at the point of calling the function.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(...) __attribute__ ((nonnull (__VA_ARGS__)))
+
+ /** Removes any preamble or postamble from the function. When used, the function will not have any
+ * register or stack saving code. This should be used with caution, and when used the programmer
+ * is responsible for maintaining stack and register integrity.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_NAKED __attribute__ ((naked))
+
+ /** Prevents the compiler from considering a specified function for in-lining. When applied, the given
+ * function will not be in-lined under any circumstances.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_NO_INLINE __attribute__ ((noinline))
+
+ /** Forces the compiler to inline the specified function. When applied, the given function will be
+ * in-lined under all circumstances.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE __attribute__ ((always_inline))
+
+ /** Indicates that the specified function is pure, in that it has no side-effects other than global
+ * or parameter variable access.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_PURE __attribute__ ((pure))
+
+ /** Indicates that the specified function is constant, in that it has no side effects other than
+ * parameter access.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_CONST __attribute__ ((const))
+
+ /** Marks a given function as deprecated, which produces a warning if the function is called. */
+ #define ATTR_DEPRECATED __attribute__ ((deprecated))
+
+ /** Marks a function as a weak reference, which can be overridden by other functions with an
+ * identical name (in which case the weak reference is discarded at link time).
+ */
+ #define ATTR_WEAK __attribute__ ((weak))
+ #endif
+
+ /** Forces the compiler to not automatically zero the given global variable on startup, so that the
+ * current RAM contents is retained. Under most conditions this value will be random due to the
+ * behavior of volatile memory once power is removed, but may be used in some specific circumstances,
+ * like the passing of values back after a system watchdog reset.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_NO_INIT __attribute__ ((section (".noinit")))
+
+ /** Places the function in one of the initialization sections, which execute before the main function
+ * of the application. Refer to the avr-libc manual for more information on the initialization sections.
+ *
+ * \param[in] SectionIndex Initialization section number where the function should be placed.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_INIT_SECTION(SectionIndex) __attribute__ ((used, naked, section (".init" #SectionIndex )))
+
+ /** Marks a function as an alias for another function.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Func Name of the function which the given function name should alias.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_ALIAS(Func) __attribute__ ((alias( #Func )))
+
+ /** Marks a variable or struct element for packing into the smallest space available, omitting any
+ * alignment bytes usually added between fields to optimize field accesses.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_PACKED __attribute__ ((packed))
+
+ /** Indicates the minimum alignment in bytes for a variable or struct element.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Bytes Minimum number of bytes the item should be aligned to.
+ */
+ #define ATTR_ALIGNED(Bytes) __attribute__ ((aligned(Bytes)))
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Common/BoardTypes.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/BoardTypes.h
index 4c152dab2..06ff4ddb4 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Common/BoardTypes.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/BoardTypes.h
@@ -1,231 +1,254 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Supported pre-made board hardware defines.
- *
- * \copydetails Group_BoardTypes
- *
- * \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
- * functionality.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Common
- * \defgroup Group_BoardTypes Board Types
- * \brief Supported pre-made board hardware defines.
- *
- * Board macros for indicating the chosen physical board hardware to the library. These macros should be used when
- * defining the \c BOARD token to the chosen hardware via the \c -D switch in the project makefile. If a custom
- * board is used, the \ref BOARD_NONE or \ref BOARD_USER values should be selected.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LUFA_BOARDTYPES_H__
-#define __LUFA_BOARDTYPES_H__
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Selects the user-defined board drivers, which should be placed in the user project's folder
- * under a directory named \c /Board/. Each board driver should be named identically to the LUFA
- * master board driver (i.e., driver in the \c LUFA/Drivers/Board directory) so that the library
- * can correctly identify it.
- */
- #define BOARD_USER 0
-
- /** Disables board drivers when operation will not be adversely affected (e.g. LEDs) - use of board drivers
- * such as the Joystick driver, where the removal would adversely affect the code's operation is still disallowed. */
- #define BOARD_NONE 1
-
- /** Selects the USBKEY specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
- #define BOARD_USBKEY 2
-
- /** Selects the STK525 specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
- #define BOARD_STK525 3
-
- /** Selects the STK526 specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
- #define BOARD_STK526 4
-
- /** Selects the RZUSBSTICK specific board drivers, including the driver for the boards LEDs. */
- #define BOARD_RZUSBSTICK 5
-
- /** Selects the ATAVRUSBRF01 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
- #define BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01 6
-
- /** Selects the BUMBLEB specific board drivers, using the officially recommended peripheral layout. */
- #define BOARD_BUMBLEB 7
-
- /** Selects the XPLAIN (Revision 2 or newer) specific board drivers, including LED and Dataflash drivers. */
- #define BOARD_XPLAIN 8
-
- /** Selects the XPLAIN (Revision 1) specific board drivers, including LED and Dataflash drivers. */
- #define BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1 9
-
- /** Selects the EVK527 specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
- #define BOARD_EVK527 10
-
- /** Selects the Teensy version 1.x specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
- #define BOARD_TEENSY 11
-
- /** Selects the USBTINY MKII specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
- #define BOARD_USBTINYMKII 12
-
- /** Selects the Benito specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
- #define BOARD_BENITO 13
-
- /** Selects the JM-DB-U2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
- #define BOARD_JMDBU2 14
-
- /** Selects the Olimex AVR-USB-162 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
- #define BOARD_OLIMEX162 15
-
- /** Selects the UDIP specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
- #define BOARD_UDIP 16
-
- /** Selects the BUI specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
- #define BOARD_BUI 17
-
- /** Selects the Arduino Uno specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
- #define BOARD_UNO 18
-
- /** Selects the Busware CUL V3 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
- #define BOARD_CULV3 19
-
- /** Selects the Blackcat USB JTAG specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
- #define BOARD_BLACKCAT 20
-
- /** Selects the Maximus specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
- #define BOARD_MAXIMUS 21
-
- /** Selects the Minimus specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
- #define BOARD_MINIMUS 22
-
- /** Selects the Adafruit U4 specific board drivers, including the Button driver. */
- #define BOARD_ADAFRUITU4 23
-
- /** Selects the Microsin AVR-USB162 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
- #define BOARD_MICROSIN162 24
-
- /** Selects the Kernel Concepts USBFOO specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
- #define BOARD_USBFOO 25
-
- /** Selects the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
- #define BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2 26
-
- /** Selects the Atmel EVK1101 specific board drivers, including the Button, Joystick and LED drivers. */
- #define BOARD_EVK1101 27
-
- /** Selects the Busware TUL specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
- #define BOARD_TUL 28
-
- /** Selects the Atmel EVK1100 specific board drivers, including the Button, Joystick and LED drivers. */
- #define BOARD_EVK1100 29
-
- /** Selects the Atmel EVK1104 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
- #define BOARD_EVK1104 30
-
- /** Selects the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained specific board drivers, including Dataflash, Button and LED drivers. */
- #define BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED 31
-
- /** Selects the Teensy version 2.x specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
- #define BOARD_TEENSY2 32
-
- /** Selects the USB2AX version 1 and 2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
- #define BOARD_USB2AX 33
-
- /** Selects the USB2AX version 3 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
- #define BOARD_USB2AX_V3 34
-
- /** Selects the Micropendous 32U2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
- #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 35
-
- /** Selects the Micropendous A specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
- #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A 36
-
- /** Selects the Micropendous 1 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
- #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1 37
-
- /** Selects the Micropendous 2 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
- #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2 38
-
- /** Selects the Micropendous 3 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
- #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3 39
-
- /** Selects the Micropendous 4 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
- #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4 40
-
- /** Selects the Micropendous DIP specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
- #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP 41
-
- /** Selects the Micropendous (Arduino-like) revision 1 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
- #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1 42
-
- /** Selects the Micropendous (Arduino-like) revision 2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
- #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2 43
-
- /** Selects the XMEGA B1 Xplained specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
- #define BOARD_B1_XPLAINED 44
-
- /** Selects the Bitwizard Multio specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
- #define BOARD_MULTIO 45
-
- /** Selects the Bitwizard Big-Multio specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
- #define BOARD_BIGMULTIO 46
-
- /** Selects the DorkbotPDX Duce specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
- #define BOARD_DUCE 47
-
- /** Selects the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
- #define BOARD_OLIMEX32U4 48
-
- /** Selects the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
- #define BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4 49
-
- /** Selects the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
- #define BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2 50
-
-
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #define BOARD_ BOARD_NONE
-
- #if !defined(BOARD)
- #define BOARD BOARD_NONE
- #endif
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Supported pre-made board hardware defines.
+ *
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardTypes
+ *
+ * \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
+ * functionality.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Common
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardTypes Board Types
+ * \brief Supported pre-made board hardware defines.
+ *
+ * Board macros for indicating the chosen physical board hardware to the library. These macros should be used when
+ * defining the \c BOARD token to the chosen hardware via the \c -D switch in the project makefile. If a custom
+ * board is used, the \ref BOARD_NONE or \ref BOARD_USER values should be selected.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_BOARDTYPES_H__
+#define __LUFA_BOARDTYPES_H__
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Selects the user-defined board drivers, which should be placed in the user project's folder
+ * under a directory named \c /Board/. Each board driver should be named identically to the LUFA
+ * master board driver (i.e., driver in the \c LUFA/Drivers/Board directory) so that the library
+ * can correctly identify it.
+ */
+ #define BOARD_USER 0
+
+ /** Disables board drivers when operation will not be adversely affected (e.g. LEDs) - use of board drivers
+ * such as the Joystick driver, where the removal would adversely affect the code's operation is still disallowed. */
+ #define BOARD_NONE 1
+
+ /** Selects the USBKEY specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_USBKEY 2
+
+ /** Selects the STK525 specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_STK525 3
+
+ /** Selects the STK526 specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_STK526 4
+
+ /** Selects the RZUSBSTICK specific board drivers, including the driver for the boards LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_RZUSBSTICK 5
+
+ /** Selects the ATAVRUSBRF01 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01 6
+
+ /** Selects the BUMBLEB specific board drivers, using the officially recommended peripheral layout. */
+ #define BOARD_BUMBLEB 7
+
+ /** Selects the XPLAIN (Revision 2 or newer) specific board drivers, including LED and Dataflash drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_XPLAIN 8
+
+ /** Selects the XPLAIN (Revision 1) specific board drivers, including LED and Dataflash drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1 9
+
+ /** Selects the EVK527 specific board drivers, including Temperature, Button, Dataflash, Joystick and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_EVK527 10
+
+ /** Selects the Teensy version 1.x specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_TEENSY 11
+
+ /** Selects the USBTINY MKII specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_USBTINYMKII 12
+
+ /** Selects the Benito specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_BENITO 13
+
+ /** Selects the JM-DB-U2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_JMDBU2 14
+
+ /** Selects the Olimex AVR-USB-162 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_OLIMEX162 15
+
+ /** Selects the UDIP specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_UDIP 16
+
+ /** Selects the BUI specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_BUI 17
+
+ /** Selects the Arduino Uno specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_UNO 18
+
+ /** Selects the Busware CUL V3 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_CULV3 19
+
+ /** Selects the Blackcat USB JTAG specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_BLACKCAT 20
+
+ /** Selects the Maximus specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_MAXIMUS 21
+
+ /** Selects the Minimus specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_MINIMUS 22
+
+ /** Selects the Adafruit U4 specific board drivers, including the Button driver. */
+ #define BOARD_ADAFRUITU4 23
+
+ /** Selects the Microsin AVR-USB162 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_MICROSIN162 24
+
+ /** Selects the Kernel Concepts USBFOO specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_USBFOO 25
+
+ /** Selects the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2 26
+
+ /** Selects the Atmel EVK1101 specific board drivers, including the Button, Joystick and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_EVK1101 27
+
+ /** Selects the Busware TUL specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_TUL 28
+
+ /** Selects the Atmel EVK1100 specific board drivers, including the Button, Joystick and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_EVK1100 29
+
+ /** Selects the Atmel EVK1104 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_EVK1104 30
+
+ /** Selects the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained specific board drivers, including Dataflash, Button and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED 31
+
+ /** Selects the Teensy version 2.x specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_TEENSY2 32
+
+ /** Selects the USB2AX version 1 and 2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_USB2AX 33
+
+ /** Selects the USB2AX version 3 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_USB2AX_V3 34
+
+ /** Selects the Micropendous 32U2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 35
+
+ /** Selects the Micropendous A specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
+ #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A 36
+
+ /** Selects the Micropendous 1 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
+ #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1 37
+
+ /** Selects the Micropendous 2 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
+ #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2 38
+
+ /** Selects the Micropendous 3 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
+ #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3 39
+
+ /** Selects the Micropendous 4 specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
+ #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4 40
+
+ /** Selects the Micropendous DIP specific board drivers, including the driver for the board Button. */
+ #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP 41
+
+ /** Selects the Micropendous (Arduino-like) revision 1 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1 42
+
+ /** Selects the Micropendous (Arduino-like) revision 2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2 43
+
+ /** Selects the XMEGA B1 Xplained specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_B1_XPLAINED 44
+
+ /** Selects the Bitwizard Multio specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_MULTIO 45
+
+ /** Selects the Bitwizard Big-Multio specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_BIGMULTIO 46
+
+ /** Selects the DorkbotPDX Duce specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_DUCE 47
+
+ /** Selects the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_OLIMEX32U4 48
+
+ /** Selects the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4 49
+
+ /** Selects the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2 50
+
+ /** Selects the Arduino Leonardo specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_LEONARDO 51
+
+ /** Selects the UC3-A3 Xplained specific board drivers, including the Button and LED drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_UC3A3_XPLAINED 52
+
+ /** Selects the USB2AX version 3.1 specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_USB2AX_V31 53
+
+ /** Selects the Stange-ISP specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_STANGE_ISP 54
+
+ /** Selects the XMEGA C3 XPLAINED specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_C3_XPLAINED 55
+
+ /** Selects the U2S specific board drivers, including the Button and LEDs drivers. */
+ #define BOARD_U2S 56
+
+ /** Selects the Arduino YUN specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_YUN 57
+
+ /** Selects the Arduino Micro specific board drivers, including the driver for the board LEDs. */
+ #define BOARD_MICRO 58
+
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #define BOARD_ BOARD_NONE
+
+ #if !defined(BOARD)
+ #define BOARD BOARD_NONE
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Common/Common.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Common.h
index cf1f49b9d..3e12e4f33 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Common/Common.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Common.h
@@ -1,381 +1,393 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \dir
- * \brief Common library header files.
- *
- * This folder contains header files which are common to all parts of the LUFA library. They may be used freely in
- * user applications.
- */
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Common library convenience headers, macros and functions.
- *
- * \copydetails Group_Common
- */
-
-/** \defgroup Group_Common Common Utility Headers - LUFA/Drivers/Common/Common.h
- * \brief Common library convenience headers, macros and functions.
- *
- * Common utility headers containing macros, functions, enums and types which are common to all
- * aspects of the library.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-/** \defgroup Group_GlobalInt Global Interrupt Macros
- * \brief Convenience macros for the management of interrupts globally within the device.
- *
- * Macros and functions to create and control global interrupts within the device.
- */
-
-#ifndef __LUFA_COMMON_H__
-#define __LUFA_COMMON_H__
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <stdint.h>
- #include <stdbool.h>
- #include <string.h>
- #include <stddef.h>
-
- #include "Architectures.h"
- #include "BoardTypes.h"
- #include "ArchitectureSpecific.h"
- #include "CompilerSpecific.h"
- #include "Attributes.h"
-
- #if defined(USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER)
- #include "LUFAConfig.h"
- #endif
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Architecture specific utility includes: */
- #if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Type define for an unsigned integer the same width as the selected architecture's machine register.
- * This is distinct from the non-specific standard int data type, whose width is machine dependant but
- * which may not reflect the actual machine register width on some targets (e.g. AVR8).
- */
- typedef MACHINE_REG_t uint_reg_t;
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/interrupt.h>
- #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
- #include <avr/eeprom.h>
- #include <avr/boot.h>
- #include <math.h>
- #include <util/delay.h>
-
- typedef uint8_t uint_reg_t;
-
- #define ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE
- #define ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE
- #define ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE
- #define ARCH_LITTLE_ENDIAN
-
- #include "Endianness.h"
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
- #include <avr32/io.h>
- #include <math.h>
-
- // === TODO: Find abstracted way to handle these ===
- #define PROGMEM
- #define pgm_read_byte(x) *x
- #define memcmp_P(...) memcmp(__VA_ARGS__)
- #define memcpy_P(...) memcpy(__VA_ARGS__)
- // =================================================
-
- typedef uint32_t uint_reg_t;
-
- #define ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN
-
- #include "Endianness.h"
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
- #include <avr/io.h>
- #include <avr/interrupt.h>
- #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
- #include <avr/eeprom.h>
- #include <math.h>
- #include <util/delay.h>
-
- typedef uint8_t uint_reg_t;
-
- #define ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE
- #define ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE
- #define ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE
- #define ARCH_LITTLE_ENDIAN
-
- #include "Endianness.h"
- #else
- #error Unknown device architecture specified.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Macro for encasing other multi-statement macros. This should be used along with an opening brace
- * before the start of any multi-statement macro, so that the macros contents as a whole are treated
- * as a discrete block and not as a list of separate statements which may cause problems when used as
- * a block (such as inline \c if statements).
- */
- #define MACROS do
-
- /** Macro for encasing other multi-statement macros. This should be used along with a preceding closing
- * brace at the end of any multi-statement macro, so that the macros contents as a whole are treated
- * as a discrete block and not as a list of separate statements which may cause problems when used as
- * a block (such as inline \c if statements).
- */
- #define MACROE while (0)
-
- /** Convenience macro to determine the larger of two values.
- *
- * \attention This macro should only be used with operands that do not have side effects from being evaluated
- * multiple times.
- *
- * \param[in] x First value to compare
- * \param[in] y First value to compare
- *
- * \return The larger of the two input parameters
- */
- #if !defined(MAX) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #define MAX(x, y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))
- #endif
-
- /** Convenience macro to determine the smaller of two values.
- *
- * \attention This macro should only be used with operands that do not have side effects from being evaluated
- * multiple times.
- *
- * \param[in] x First value to compare
- * \param[in] y First value to compare
- *
- * \return The smaller of the two input parameters
- */
- #if !defined(MIN) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #define MIN(x, y) (((x) < (y)) ? (x) : (y))
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(STRINGIFY) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Converts the given input into a string, via the C Preprocessor. This macro puts literal quotation
- * marks around the input, converting the source into a string literal.
- *
- * \param[in] x Input to convert into a string literal.
- *
- * \return String version of the input.
- */
- #define STRINGIFY(x) #x
-
- /** Converts the given input into a string after macro expansion, via the C Preprocessor. This macro puts
- * literal quotation marks around the expanded input, converting the source into a string literal.
- *
- * \param[in] x Input to expand and convert into a string literal.
- *
- * \return String version of the expanded input.
- */
- #define STRINGIFY_EXPANDED(x) STRINGIFY(x)
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(ISR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Macro for the definition of interrupt service routines, so that the compiler can insert the required
- * prologue and epilogue code to properly manage the interrupt routine without affecting the main thread's
- * state with unintentional side-effects.
- *
- * Interrupt handlers written using this macro may still need to be registered with the microcontroller's
- * Interrupt Controller (if present) before they will properly handle incoming interrupt events.
- *
- * \note This macro is only supplied on some architectures, where the standard library does not include a valid
- * definition. If an existing definition exists, the alternative definition here will be ignored.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
- *
- * \param[in] Name Unique name of the interrupt service routine.
- */
- #define ISR(Name, ...) void Name (void) __attribute__((__interrupt__)) __VA_ARGS__; void Name (void)
- #endif
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Function to reverse the individual bits in a byte - i.e. bit 7 is moved to bit 0, bit 6 to bit 1,
- * etc.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Byte of data whose bits are to be reversed.
- *
- * \return Input data with the individual bits reversed (mirrored).
- */
- static inline uint8_t BitReverse(uint8_t Byte) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST;
- static inline uint8_t BitReverse(uint8_t Byte)
- {
- Byte = (((Byte & 0xF0) >> 4) | ((Byte & 0x0F) << 4));
- Byte = (((Byte & 0xCC) >> 2) | ((Byte & 0x33) << 2));
- Byte = (((Byte & 0xAA) >> 1) | ((Byte & 0x55) << 1));
-
- return Byte;
- }
-
- /** Function to perform a blocking delay for a specified number of milliseconds. The actual delay will be
- * at a minimum the specified number of milliseconds, however due to loop overhead and internal calculations
- * may be slightly higher.
- *
- * \param[in] Milliseconds Number of milliseconds to delay
- */
- static inline void Delay_MS(uint16_t Milliseconds) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Delay_MS(uint16_t Milliseconds)
- {
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
- if (GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(Milliseconds))
- {
- _delay_ms(Milliseconds);
- }
- else
- {
- while (Milliseconds--)
- _delay_ms(1);
- }
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
- while (Milliseconds--)
- {
- __builtin_mtsr(AVR32_COUNT, 0);
- while ((uint32_t)__builtin_mfsr(AVR32_COUNT) < (F_CPU / 1000));
- }
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
- if (GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(Milliseconds))
- {
- _delay_ms(Milliseconds);
- }
- else
- {
- while (Milliseconds--)
- _delay_ms(1);
- }
- #endif
- }
-
- /** Retrieves a mask which contains the current state of the global interrupts for the device. This
- * value can be stored before altering the global interrupt enable state, before restoring the
- * flag(s) back to their previous values after a critical section using \ref SetGlobalInterruptMask().
- *
- * \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
- *
- * \return Mask containing the current Global Interrupt Enable Mask bit(s).
- */
- static inline uint_reg_t GetGlobalInterruptMask(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint_reg_t GetGlobalInterruptMask(void)
- {
- GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
-
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
- return SREG;
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
- return __builtin_mfsr(AVR32_SR);
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
- return SREG;
- #endif
- }
-
- /** Sets the global interrupt enable state of the microcontroller to the mask passed into the function.
- * This can be combined with \ref GetGlobalInterruptMask() to save and restore the Global Interrupt Enable
- * Mask bit(s) of the device after a critical section has completed.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
- *
- * \param[in] GlobalIntState Global Interrupt Enable Mask value to use
- */
- static inline void SetGlobalInterruptMask(const uint_reg_t GlobalIntState) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void SetGlobalInterruptMask(const uint_reg_t GlobalIntState)
- {
- GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
-
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
- SREG = GlobalIntState;
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
- if (GlobalIntState & AVR32_SR_GM)
- __builtin_ssrf(AVR32_SR_GM_OFFSET);
- else
- __builtin_csrf(AVR32_SR_GM_OFFSET);
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
- SREG = GlobalIntState;
- #endif
-
- GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
- }
-
- /** Enables global interrupt handling for the device, allowing interrupts to be handled.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
- */
- static inline void GlobalInterruptEnable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void GlobalInterruptEnable(void)
- {
- GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
-
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
- sei();
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
- __builtin_csrf(AVR32_SR_GM_OFFSET);
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
- sei();
- #endif
-
- GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
- }
-
- /** Disabled global interrupt handling for the device, preventing interrupts from being handled.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
- */
- static inline void GlobalInterruptDisable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void GlobalInterruptDisable(void)
- {
- GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
-
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
- cli();
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
- __builtin_ssrf(AVR32_SR_GM_OFFSET);
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
- cli();
- #endif
-
- GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
- }
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \dir
+ * \brief Common library header files.
+ *
+ * This folder contains header files which are common to all parts of the LUFA library. They may be used freely in
+ * user applications.
+ */
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common library convenience headers, macros and functions.
+ *
+ * \copydetails Group_Common
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_Common Common Utility Headers - LUFA/Drivers/Common/Common.h
+ * \brief Common library convenience headers, macros and functions.
+ *
+ * Common utility headers containing macros, functions, enums and types which are common to all
+ * aspects of the library.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_GlobalInt Global Interrupt Macros
+ * \brief Convenience macros for the management of interrupts globally within the device.
+ *
+ * Macros and functions to create and control global interrupts within the device.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_COMMON_H__
+#define __LUFA_COMMON_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <stdint.h>
+ #include <stdbool.h>
+ #include <string.h>
+ #include <stddef.h>
+
+ #include "Architectures.h"
+ #include "BoardTypes.h"
+ #include "ArchitectureSpecific.h"
+ #include "CompilerSpecific.h"
+ #include "Attributes.h"
+
+ #if defined(USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER)
+ #include "LUFAConfig.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Architecture specific utility includes: */
+ #if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Type define for an unsigned integer the same width as the selected architecture's machine register.
+ * This is distinct from the non-specific standard int data type, whose width is machine dependant but
+ * which may not reflect the actual machine register width on some targets (e.g. AVR8).
+ */
+ typedef MACHINE_REG_t uint_reg_t;
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/eeprom.h>
+ #include <avr/boot.h>
+ #include <math.h>
+ #include <util/delay.h>
+
+ typedef uint8_t uint_reg_t;
+
+ #define ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE
+ #define ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE
+ #define ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE
+ #define ARCH_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+
+ #include "Endianness.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ #include <avr32/io.h>
+ #include <math.h>
+
+ // === TODO: Find abstracted way to handle these ===
+ #define PROGMEM
+ #define pgm_read_byte(x) *x
+ #define memcmp_P(...) memcmp(__VA_ARGS__)
+ #define memcpy_P(...) memcpy(__VA_ARGS__)
+ // =================================================
+
+ typedef uint32_t uint_reg_t;
+
+ #define ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN
+
+ #include "Endianness.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+ #include <avr/interrupt.h>
+ #include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+ #include <avr/eeprom.h>
+ #include <math.h>
+ #include <util/delay.h>
+
+ typedef uint8_t uint_reg_t;
+
+ #define ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE
+ #define ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE
+ #define ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE
+ #define ARCH_LITTLE_ENDIAN
+
+ #include "Endianness.h"
+ #else
+ #error Unknown device architecture specified.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ // Obsolete, retained for compatibility with user code
+ #define MACROS do
+ #define MACROE while (0)
+ #endif
+
+ /** Convenience macro to determine the larger of two values.
+ *
+ * \attention This macro should only be used with operands that do not have side effects from being evaluated
+ * multiple times.
+ *
+ * \param[in] x First value to compare
+ * \param[in] y First value to compare
+ *
+ * \return The larger of the two input parameters
+ */
+ #if !defined(MAX) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #define MAX(x, y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))
+ #endif
+
+ /** Convenience macro to determine the smaller of two values.
+ *
+ * \attention This macro should only be used with operands that do not have side effects from being evaluated
+ * multiple times.
+ *
+ * \param[in] x First value to compare.
+ * \param[in] y First value to compare.
+ *
+ * \return The smaller of the two input parameters
+ */
+ #if !defined(MIN) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #define MIN(x, y) (((x) < (y)) ? (x) : (y))
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(STRINGIFY) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Converts the given input into a string, via the C Preprocessor. This macro puts literal quotation
+ * marks around the input, converting the source into a string literal.
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Input to convert into a string literal.
+ *
+ * \return String version of the input.
+ */
+ #define STRINGIFY(x) #x
+
+ /** Converts the given input into a string after macro expansion, via the C Preprocessor. This macro puts
+ * literal quotation marks around the expanded input, converting the source into a string literal.
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Input to expand and convert into a string literal.
+ *
+ * \return String version of the expanded input.
+ */
+ #define STRINGIFY_EXPANDED(x) STRINGIFY(x)
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(CONCAT) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Concatenates the given input into a single token, via the C Preprocessor.
+ *
+ * \param[in] x First item to concatenate.
+ * \param[in] y Second item to concatenate.
+ *
+ * \return Concatenated version of the input.
+ */
+ #define CONCAT(x, y) x ## y
+
+ /** CConcatenates the given input into a single token after macro expansion, via the C Preprocessor.
+ *
+ * \param[in] x First item to concatenate.
+ * \param[in] y Second item to concatenate.
+ *
+ * \return Concatenated version of the expanded input.
+ */
+ #define CONCAT_EXPANDED(x, y) CONCAT(x, y)
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(ISR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Macro for the definition of interrupt service routines, so that the compiler can insert the required
+ * prologue and epilogue code to properly manage the interrupt routine without affecting the main thread's
+ * state with unintentional side-effects.
+ *
+ * Interrupt handlers written using this macro may still need to be registered with the microcontroller's
+ * Interrupt Controller (if present) before they will properly handle incoming interrupt events.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is only supplied on some architectures, where the standard library does not include a valid
+ * definition. If an existing definition exists, the alternative definition here will be ignored.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
+ *
+ * \param[in] Name Unique name of the interrupt service routine.
+ */
+ #define ISR(Name, ...) void Name (void) __attribute__((__interrupt__)) __VA_ARGS__; void Name (void)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Function to reverse the individual bits in a byte - i.e. bit 7 is moved to bit 0, bit 6 to bit 1,
+ * etc.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data whose bits are to be reversed.
+ *
+ * \return Input data with the individual bits reversed (mirrored).
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t BitReverse(uint8_t Byte) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST;
+ static inline uint8_t BitReverse(uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ Byte = (((Byte & 0xF0) >> 4) | ((Byte & 0x0F) << 4));
+ Byte = (((Byte & 0xCC) >> 2) | ((Byte & 0x33) << 2));
+ Byte = (((Byte & 0xAA) >> 1) | ((Byte & 0x55) << 1));
+
+ return Byte;
+ }
+
+ /** Function to perform a blocking delay for a specified number of milliseconds. The actual delay will be
+ * at a minimum the specified number of milliseconds, however due to loop overhead and internal calculations
+ * may be slightly higher.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Milliseconds Number of milliseconds to delay
+ */
+ static inline void Delay_MS(uint16_t Milliseconds) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Delay_MS(uint16_t Milliseconds)
+ {
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ if (GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(Milliseconds))
+ {
+ _delay_ms(Milliseconds);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while (Milliseconds--)
+ _delay_ms(1);
+ }
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ while (Milliseconds--)
+ {
+ __builtin_mtsr(AVR32_COUNT, 0);
+ while ((uint32_t)__builtin_mfsr(AVR32_COUNT) < (F_CPU / 1000));
+ }
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ if (GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(Milliseconds))
+ {
+ _delay_ms(Milliseconds);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while (Milliseconds--)
+ _delay_ms(1);
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves a mask which contains the current state of the global interrupts for the device. This
+ * value can be stored before altering the global interrupt enable state, before restoring the
+ * flag(s) back to their previous values after a critical section using \ref SetGlobalInterruptMask().
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
+ *
+ * \return Mask containing the current Global Interrupt Enable Mask bit(s).
+ */
+ static inline uint_reg_t GetGlobalInterruptMask(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint_reg_t GetGlobalInterruptMask(void)
+ {
+ GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ return SREG;
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ return __builtin_mfsr(AVR32_SR);
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ return SREG;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /** Sets the global interrupt enable state of the microcontroller to the mask passed into the function.
+ * This can be combined with \ref GetGlobalInterruptMask() to save and restore the Global Interrupt Enable
+ * Mask bit(s) of the device after a critical section has completed.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
+ *
+ * \param[in] GlobalIntState Global Interrupt Enable Mask value to use
+ */
+ static inline void SetGlobalInterruptMask(const uint_reg_t GlobalIntState) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void SetGlobalInterruptMask(const uint_reg_t GlobalIntState)
+ {
+ GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ SREG = GlobalIntState;
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ if (GlobalIntState & AVR32_SR_GM)
+ __builtin_ssrf(AVR32_SR_GM_OFFSET);
+ else
+ __builtin_csrf(AVR32_SR_GM_OFFSET);
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ SREG = GlobalIntState;
+ #endif
+
+ GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
+ }
+
+ /** Enables global interrupt handling for the device, allowing interrupts to be handled.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
+ */
+ static inline void GlobalInterruptEnable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void GlobalInterruptEnable(void)
+ {
+ GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ sei();
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ __builtin_csrf(AVR32_SR_GM_OFFSET);
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ sei();
+ #endif
+
+ GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
+ }
+
+ /** Disabled global interrupt handling for the device, preventing interrupts from being handled.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_GlobalInt
+ */
+ static inline void GlobalInterruptDisable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void GlobalInterruptDisable(void)
+ {
+ GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
+
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ cli();
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ __builtin_ssrf(AVR32_SR_GM_OFFSET);
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ cli();
+ #endif
+
+ GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER();
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Common/CompilerSpecific.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/CompilerSpecific.h
index 22afe940b..9979fffbb 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Common/CompilerSpecific.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/CompilerSpecific.h
@@ -1,97 +1,97 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Compiler specific definitions for code optimization and correctness.
- *
- * \copydetails Group_CompilerSpecific
- *
- * \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
- * functionality.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Common
- * \defgroup Group_CompilerSpecific Compiler Specific Definitions
- * \brief Compiler specific definitions for code optimization and correctness.
- *
- * Compiler specific definitions to expose certain compiler features which may increase the level of code optimization
- * for a specific compiler, or correct certain issues that may be present such as memory barriers for use in conjunction
- * with atomic variable access.
- *
- * Where possible, on alternative compilers, these macros will either have no effect, or default to returning a sane value
- * so that they can be used in existing code without the need for extra compiler checks in the user application code.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LUFA_COMPILERSPEC_H__
-#define __LUFA_COMPILERSPEC_H__
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- #if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Forces GCC to use pointer indirection (via the device's pointer register pairs) when accessing the given
- * struct pointer. In some cases GCC will emit non-optimal assembly code when accessing a structure through
- * a pointer, resulting in a larger binary. When this macro is used on a (non \c const) structure pointer before
- * use, it will force GCC to use pointer indirection on the elements rather than direct store and load
- * instructions.
- *
- * \param[in, out] StructPtr Pointer to a structure which is to be forced into indirect access mode.
- */
- #define GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(StructPtr) __asm__ __volatile__("" : "=b" (StructPtr) : "0" (StructPtr))
-
- /** Forces GCC to create a memory barrier, ensuring that memory accesses are not reordered past the barrier point.
- * This can be used before ordering-critical operations, to ensure that the compiler does not re-order the resulting
- * assembly output in an unexpected manner on sections of code that are ordering-specific.
- */
- #define GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER() __asm__ __volatile__("" ::: "memory");
-
- /** Determines if the specified value can be determined at compile-time to be a constant value when compiling under GCC.
- *
- * \param[in] x Value to check compile-time constantness of.
- *
- * \return Boolean true if the given value is known to be a compile time constant, false otherwise.
- */
- #define GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(x) __builtin_constant_p(x)
- #else
- #define GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(StructPtr)
- #define GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER()
- #define GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(x) 0
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Compiler specific definitions for code optimization and correctness.
+ *
+ * \copydetails Group_CompilerSpecific
+ *
+ * \note Do not include this file directly, rather include the Common.h header file instead to gain this file's
+ * functionality.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Common
+ * \defgroup Group_CompilerSpecific Compiler Specific Definitions
+ * \brief Compiler specific definitions for code optimization and correctness.
+ *
+ * Compiler specific definitions to expose certain compiler features which may increase the level of code optimization
+ * for a specific compiler, or correct certain issues that may be present such as memory barriers for use in conjunction
+ * with atomic variable access.
+ *
+ * Where possible, on alternative compilers, these macros will either have no effect, or default to returning a sane value
+ * so that they can be used in existing code without the need for extra compiler checks in the user application code.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_COMPILERSPEC_H__
+#define __LUFA_COMPILERSPEC_H__
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Forces GCC to use pointer indirection (via the device's pointer register pairs) when accessing the given
+ * struct pointer. In some cases GCC will emit non-optimal assembly code when accessing a structure through
+ * a pointer, resulting in a larger binary. When this macro is used on a (non \c const) structure pointer before
+ * use, it will force GCC to use pointer indirection on the elements rather than direct store and load
+ * instructions.
+ *
+ * \param[in, out] StructPtr Pointer to a structure which is to be forced into indirect access mode.
+ */
+ #define GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(StructPtr) __asm__ __volatile__("" : "=b" (StructPtr) : "0" (StructPtr))
+
+ /** Forces GCC to create a memory barrier, ensuring that memory accesses are not reordered past the barrier point.
+ * This can be used before ordering-critical operations, to ensure that the compiler does not re-order the resulting
+ * assembly output in an unexpected manner on sections of code that are ordering-specific.
+ */
+ #define GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER() __asm__ __volatile__("" ::: "memory");
+
+ /** Determines if the specified value can be determined at compile-time to be a constant value when compiling under GCC.
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Value to check compile-time constantness of.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the given value is known to be a compile time constant, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ #define GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(x) __builtin_constant_p(x)
+ #else
+ #define GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(StructPtr)
+ #define GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER()
+ #define GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(x) 0
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Common/Endianness.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Endianness.h
index d0812e4e3..2eb3ad094 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Common/Endianness.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Common/Endianness.h
@@ -1,489 +1,493 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Endianness and Byte Ordering macros and functions.
- *
- * \copydetails Group_Endianness
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Endianness
- * \defgroup Group_ByteSwapping Byte Reordering
- * \brief Macros and functions for forced byte reordering.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Endianness
- * \defgroup Group_EndianConversion Endianness Conversion
- * \brief Macros and functions for automatic endianness conversion.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Common
- * \defgroup Group_Endianness Endianness and Byte Ordering
- * \brief Convenience macros and functions relating to byte (re-)ordering
- *
- * Common library convenience macros and functions relating to byte (re-)ordering.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LUFA_ENDIANNESS_H__
-#define __LUFA_ENDIANNESS_H__
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
- #endif
-
- #if !(defined(ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN) || defined(ARCH_LITTLE_ENDIAN))
- #error ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN or ARCH_LITTLE_ENDIAN not set for the specified architecture.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Swaps the byte ordering of a 16-bit value at compile-time. Do not use this macro for swapping byte orderings
- * of dynamic values computed at runtime, use \ref SwapEndian_16() instead. The result of this macro can be used
- * inside struct or other variable initializers outside of a function, something that is not possible with the
- * inline function variant.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
- *
- * \param[in] x 16-bit value whose byte ordering is to be swapped.
- *
- * \return Input value with the byte ordering reversed.
- */
- #define SWAPENDIAN_16(x) (uint16_t)((((x) & 0xFF00) >> 8) | (((x) & 0x00FF) << 8))
-
- /** Swaps the byte ordering of a 32-bit value at compile-time. Do not use this macro for swapping byte orderings
- * of dynamic values computed at runtime- use \ref SwapEndian_32() instead. The result of this macro can be used
- * inside struct or other variable initializers outside of a function, something that is not possible with the
- * inline function variant.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
- *
- * \param[in] x 32-bit value whose byte ordering is to be swapped.
- *
- * \return Input value with the byte ordering reversed.
- */
- #define SWAPENDIAN_32(x) (uint32_t)((((x) & 0xFF000000UL) >> 24UL) | (((x) & 0x00FF0000UL) >> 8UL) | \
- (((x) & 0x0000FF00UL) << 8UL) | (((x) & 0x000000FFUL) << 24UL))
-
- #if defined(ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN) && !defined(le16_to_cpu)
- #define le16_to_cpu(x) SwapEndian_16(x)
- #define le32_to_cpu(x) SwapEndian_32(x)
- #define be16_to_cpu(x) (x)
- #define be32_to_cpu(x) (x)
- #define cpu_to_le16(x) SwapEndian_16(x)
- #define cpu_to_le32(x) SwapEndian_32(x)
- #define cpu_to_be16(x) (x)
- #define cpu_to_be32(x) (x)
- #define LE16_TO_CPU(x) SWAPENDIAN_16(x)
- #define LE32_TO_CPU(x) SWAPENDIAN_32(x)
- #define BE16_TO_CPU(x) (x)
- #define BE32_TO_CPU(x) (x)
- #define CPU_TO_LE16(x) SWAPENDIAN_16(x)
- #define CPU_TO_LE32(x) SWAPENDIAN_32(x)
- #define CPU_TO_BE16(x) (x)
- #define CPU_TO_BE32(x) (x)
- #elif !defined(le16_to_cpu)
- /** \name Run-time endianness conversion */
- //@{
-
- /** Performs a conversion between a Little Endian encoded 16-bit piece of data and the
- * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
- *
- * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
- *
- * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
- * conversion, use \ref LE16_TO_CPU instead.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
- *
- * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
- *
- * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
- */
- #define le16_to_cpu(x) (x)
-
- /** Performs a conversion between a Little Endian encoded 32-bit piece of data and the
- * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
- *
- * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
- *
- * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
- * conversion, use \ref LE32_TO_CPU instead.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
- *
- * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
- *
- * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
- */
- #define le32_to_cpu(x) (x)
-
- /** Performs a conversion between a Big Endian encoded 16-bit piece of data and the
- * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
- *
- * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
- *
- * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
- * conversion, use \ref BE16_TO_CPU instead.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
- *
- * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
- *
- * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
- */
- #define be16_to_cpu(x) SwapEndian_16(x)
-
- /** Performs a conversion between a Big Endian encoded 32-bit piece of data and the
- * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
- *
- * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
- *
- * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
- * conversion, use \ref BE32_TO_CPU instead.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
- *
- * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
- *
- * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
- */
- #define be32_to_cpu(x) SwapEndian_32(x)
-
- /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 16-bit piece of data to ensure that it
- * is in Little Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
- *
- * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
- *
- * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
- * conversion, use \ref CPU_TO_LE16 instead.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
- *
- * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
- *
- * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
- */
- #define cpu_to_le16(x) (x)
-
- /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 32-bit piece of data to ensure that it
- * is in Little Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
- *
- * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
- *
- * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
- * conversion, use \ref CPU_TO_LE32 instead.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
- *
- * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
- *
- * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
- */
- #define cpu_to_le32(x) (x)
-
- /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 16-bit piece of data to ensure that it
- * is in Big Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
- *
- * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
- *
- * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
- * conversion, use \ref CPU_TO_BE16 instead.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
- *
- * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
- *
- * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
- */
- #define cpu_to_be16(x) SwapEndian_16(x)
-
- /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 32-bit piece of data to ensure that it
- * is in Big Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
- *
- * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
- *
- * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
- * conversion, use \ref CPU_TO_BE32 instead.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
- *
- * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
- *
- * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
- */
- #define cpu_to_be32(x) SwapEndian_32(x)
-
- //@}
-
- /** \name Compile-time endianness conversion */
- //@{
-
- /** Performs a conversion between a Little Endian encoded 16-bit piece of data and the
- * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
- *
- * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
- *
- * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run time endianness
- * conversion, use \ref le16_to_cpu instead.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
- *
- * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
- *
- * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
- */
- #define LE16_TO_CPU(x) (x)
-
- /** Performs a conversion between a Little Endian encoded 32-bit piece of data and the
- * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
- *
- * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
- *
- * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run time endianness
- * conversion, use \ref le32_to_cpu instead.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
- *
- * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
- *
- * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
- */
- #define LE32_TO_CPU(x) (x)
-
- /** Performs a conversion between a Big Endian encoded 16-bit piece of data and the
- * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
- *
- * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
- *
- * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
- * conversion, use \ref be16_to_cpu instead.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
- *
- * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
- *
- * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
- */
- #define BE16_TO_CPU(x) SWAPENDIAN_16(x)
-
- /** Performs a conversion between a Big Endian encoded 32-bit piece of data and the
- * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
- *
- * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
- *
- * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
- * conversion, use \ref be32_to_cpu instead.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
- *
- * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
- *
- * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
- */
- #define BE32_TO_CPU(x) SWAPENDIAN_32(x)
-
- /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 16-bit piece of data to ensure that it
- * is in Little Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
- *
- * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
- *
- * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
- * conversion, use \ref cpu_to_le16 instead.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
- *
- * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
- *
- * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
- */
- #define CPU_TO_LE16(x) (x)
-
- /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 32-bit piece of data to ensure that it
- * is in Little Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
- *
- * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
- *
- * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
- * conversion, use \ref cpu_to_le32 instead.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
- *
- * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
- *
- * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
- */
- #define CPU_TO_LE32(x) (x)
-
- /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 16-bit piece of data to ensure that it
- * is in Big Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
- *
- * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
- *
- * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
- * conversion, use \ref cpu_to_be16 instead.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
- *
- * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
- *
- * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
- */
- #define CPU_TO_BE16(x) SWAPENDIAN_16(x)
-
- /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 32-bit piece of data to ensure that it
- * is in Big Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
- *
- * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
- *
- * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
- * conversion, use \ref cpu_to_be32 instead.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
- *
- * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
- *
- * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
- */
- #define CPU_TO_BE32(x) SWAPENDIAN_32(x)
-
- //! @}
- #endif
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Function to reverse the byte ordering of the individual bytes in a 16 bit value.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
- *
- * \param[in] Word Word of data whose bytes are to be swapped.
- *
- * \return Input data with the individual bytes reversed.
- */
- static inline uint16_t SwapEndian_16(const uint16_t Word) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST;
- static inline uint16_t SwapEndian_16(const uint16_t Word)
- {
- if (GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(Word))
- return SWAPENDIAN_16(Word);
-
- uint8_t Temp;
-
- union
- {
- uint16_t Word;
- uint8_t Bytes[2];
- } Data;
-
- Data.Word = Word;
-
- Temp = Data.Bytes[0];
- Data.Bytes[0] = Data.Bytes[1];
- Data.Bytes[1] = Temp;
-
- return Data.Word;
- }
-
- /** Function to reverse the byte ordering of the individual bytes in a 32 bit value.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
- *
- * \param[in] DWord Double word of data whose bytes are to be swapped.
- *
- * \return Input data with the individual bytes reversed.
- */
- static inline uint32_t SwapEndian_32(const uint32_t DWord) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST;
- static inline uint32_t SwapEndian_32(const uint32_t DWord)
- {
- if (GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(DWord))
- return SWAPENDIAN_32(DWord);
-
- uint8_t Temp;
-
- union
- {
- uint32_t DWord;
- uint8_t Bytes[4];
- } Data;
-
- Data.DWord = DWord;
-
- Temp = Data.Bytes[0];
- Data.Bytes[0] = Data.Bytes[3];
- Data.Bytes[3] = Temp;
-
- Temp = Data.Bytes[1];
- Data.Bytes[1] = Data.Bytes[2];
- Data.Bytes[2] = Temp;
-
- return Data.DWord;
- }
-
- /** Function to reverse the byte ordering of the individual bytes in a n byte value.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
- *
- * \param[in,out] Data Pointer to a number containing an even number of bytes to be reversed.
- * \param[in] Length Length of the data in bytes.
- *
- * \return Input data with the individual bytes reversed.
- */
- static inline void SwapEndian_n(void* const Data,
- uint8_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static inline void SwapEndian_n(void* const Data,
- uint8_t Length)
- {
- uint8_t* CurrDataPos = (uint8_t*)Data;
-
- while (Length > 1)
- {
- uint8_t Temp = *CurrDataPos;
- *CurrDataPos = *(CurrDataPos + Length - 1);
- *(CurrDataPos + Length - 1) = Temp;
-
- CurrDataPos++;
- Length -= 2;
- }
- }
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Endianness and Byte Ordering macros and functions.
+ *
+ * \copydetails Group_Endianness
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Endianness
+ * \defgroup Group_ByteSwapping Byte Reordering
+ * \brief Macros and functions for forced byte reordering.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Endianness
+ * \defgroup Group_EndianConversion Endianness Conversion
+ * \brief Macros and functions for automatic endianness conversion.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Common
+ * \defgroup Group_Endianness Endianness and Byte Ordering
+ * \brief Convenience macros and functions relating to byte (re-)ordering
+ *
+ * Common library convenience macros and functions relating to byte (re-)ordering.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_ENDIANNESS_H__
+#define __LUFA_ENDIANNESS_H__
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_COMMON_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Common/Common.h instead to gain this functionality.
+ #endif
+
+ #if !(defined(ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN) || defined(ARCH_LITTLE_ENDIAN))
+ #error ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN or ARCH_LITTLE_ENDIAN not set for the specified architecture.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Swaps the byte ordering of a 16-bit value at compile-time. Do not use this macro for swapping byte orderings
+ * of dynamic values computed at runtime, use \ref SwapEndian_16() instead. The result of this macro can be used
+ * inside struct or other variable initializers outside of a function, something that is not possible with the
+ * inline function variant.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
+ *
+ * \param[in] x 16-bit value whose byte ordering is to be swapped.
+ *
+ * \return Input value with the byte ordering reversed.
+ */
+ #define SWAPENDIAN_16(x) (uint16_t)((((x) & 0xFF00) >> 8) | (((x) & 0x00FF) << 8))
+
+ /** Swaps the byte ordering of a 32-bit value at compile-time. Do not use this macro for swapping byte orderings
+ * of dynamic values computed at runtime- use \ref SwapEndian_32() instead. The result of this macro can be used
+ * inside struct or other variable initializers outside of a function, something that is not possible with the
+ * inline function variant.
+ *
+ * \hideinitializer
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
+ *
+ * \param[in] x 32-bit value whose byte ordering is to be swapped.
+ *
+ * \return Input value with the byte ordering reversed.
+ */
+ #define SWAPENDIAN_32(x) (uint32_t)((((x) & 0xFF000000UL) >> 24UL) | (((x) & 0x00FF0000UL) >> 8UL) | \
+ (((x) & 0x0000FF00UL) << 8UL) | (((x) & 0x000000FFUL) << 24UL))
+
+ #if defined(ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN) && !defined(le16_to_cpu)
+ #define le16_to_cpu(x) SwapEndian_16(x)
+ #define le32_to_cpu(x) SwapEndian_32(x)
+ #define be16_to_cpu(x) (x)
+ #define be32_to_cpu(x) (x)
+ #define cpu_to_le16(x) SwapEndian_16(x)
+ #define cpu_to_le32(x) SwapEndian_32(x)
+ #define cpu_to_be16(x) (x)
+ #define cpu_to_be32(x) (x)
+ #define LE16_TO_CPU(x) SWAPENDIAN_16(x)
+ #define LE32_TO_CPU(x) SWAPENDIAN_32(x)
+ #define BE16_TO_CPU(x) (x)
+ #define BE32_TO_CPU(x) (x)
+ #define CPU_TO_LE16(x) SWAPENDIAN_16(x)
+ #define CPU_TO_LE32(x) SWAPENDIAN_32(x)
+ #define CPU_TO_BE16(x) (x)
+ #define CPU_TO_BE32(x) (x)
+ #elif !defined(le16_to_cpu)
+ /** \name Run-time endianness conversion */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Performs a conversion between a Little Endian encoded 16-bit piece of data and the
+ * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref LE16_TO_CPU instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define le16_to_cpu(x) (x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion between a Little Endian encoded 32-bit piece of data and the
+ * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref LE32_TO_CPU instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define le32_to_cpu(x) (x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion between a Big Endian encoded 16-bit piece of data and the
+ * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref BE16_TO_CPU instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define be16_to_cpu(x) SwapEndian_16(x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion between a Big Endian encoded 32-bit piece of data and the
+ * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref BE32_TO_CPU instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define be32_to_cpu(x) SwapEndian_32(x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 16-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+ * is in Little Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref CPU_TO_LE16 instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define cpu_to_le16(x) (x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 32-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+ * is in Little Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref CPU_TO_LE32 instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define cpu_to_le32(x) (x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 16-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+ * is in Big Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref CPU_TO_BE16 instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define cpu_to_be16(x) SwapEndian_16(x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 32-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+ * is in Big Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for run-time conversion of data - for compile-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref CPU_TO_BE32 instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define cpu_to_be32(x) SwapEndian_32(x)
+
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Compile-time endianness conversion */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Performs a conversion between a Little Endian encoded 16-bit piece of data and the
+ * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref le16_to_cpu instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define LE16_TO_CPU(x) (x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion between a Little Endian encoded 32-bit piece of data and the
+ * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref le32_to_cpu instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define LE32_TO_CPU(x) (x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion between a Big Endian encoded 16-bit piece of data and the
+ * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref be16_to_cpu instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define BE16_TO_CPU(x) SWAPENDIAN_16(x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion between a Big Endian encoded 32-bit piece of data and the
+ * Endianness of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref be32_to_cpu instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define BE32_TO_CPU(x) SWAPENDIAN_32(x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 16-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+ * is in Little Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref cpu_to_le16 instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define CPU_TO_LE16(x) (x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 32-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+ * is in Little Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On little endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref cpu_to_le32 instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define CPU_TO_LE32(x) (x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 16-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+ * is in Big Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref cpu_to_be16 instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define CPU_TO_BE16(x) SWAPENDIAN_16(x)
+
+ /** Performs a conversion on a natively encoded 32-bit piece of data to ensure that it
+ * is in Big Endian format regardless of the currently selected CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * On big endian architectures, this macro does nothing.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is designed for compile-time conversion of data - for run-time endianness
+ * conversion, use \ref cpu_to_be32 instead.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndianConversion
+ *
+ * \param[in] x Data to perform the endianness conversion on.
+ *
+ * \return Endian corrected version of the input value.
+ */
+ #define CPU_TO_BE32(x) SWAPENDIAN_32(x)
+
+ //! @}
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Function to reverse the byte ordering of the individual bytes in a 16 bit value.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
+ *
+ * \param[in] Word Word of data whose bytes are to be swapped.
+ *
+ * \return Input data with the individual bytes reversed.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t SwapEndian_16(const uint16_t Word) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST;
+ static inline uint16_t SwapEndian_16(const uint16_t Word)
+ {
+ if (GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(Word))
+ return SWAPENDIAN_16(Word);
+
+ uint8_t Temp;
+
+ union
+ {
+ uint16_t Word;
+ uint8_t Bytes[2];
+ } Data;
+
+ Data.Word = Word;
+
+ Temp = Data.Bytes[0];
+ Data.Bytes[0] = Data.Bytes[1];
+ Data.Bytes[1] = Temp;
+
+ return Data.Word;
+ }
+
+ /** Function to reverse the byte ordering of the individual bytes in a 32 bit value.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
+ *
+ * \param[in] DWord Double word of data whose bytes are to be swapped.
+ *
+ * \return Input data with the individual bytes reversed.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t SwapEndian_32(const uint32_t DWord) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST;
+ static inline uint32_t SwapEndian_32(const uint32_t DWord)
+ {
+ if (GCC_IS_COMPILE_CONST(DWord))
+ return SWAPENDIAN_32(DWord);
+
+ uint8_t Temp;
+
+ union
+ {
+ uint32_t DWord;
+ uint8_t Bytes[4];
+ } Data;
+
+ Data.DWord = DWord;
+
+ Temp = Data.Bytes[0];
+ Data.Bytes[0] = Data.Bytes[3];
+ Data.Bytes[3] = Temp;
+
+ Temp = Data.Bytes[1];
+ Data.Bytes[1] = Data.Bytes[2];
+ Data.Bytes[2] = Temp;
+
+ return Data.DWord;
+ }
+
+ /** Function to reverse the byte ordering of the individual bytes in a n byte value.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_ByteSwapping
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] Data Pointer to a number containing an even number of bytes to be reversed.
+ * \param[in] Length Length of the data in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return Input data with the individual bytes reversed.
+ */
+ static inline void SwapEndian_n(void* const Data,
+ uint8_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void SwapEndian_n(void* const Data,
+ uint8_t Length)
+ {
+ uint8_t* CurrDataPos = (uint8_t*)Data;
+
+ while (Length > 1)
+ {
+ uint8_t Temp = *CurrDataPos;
+ *CurrDataPos = *(CurrDataPos + Length - 1);
+ *(CurrDataPos + Length - 1) = Temp;
+
+ CurrDataPos++;
+ Length -= 2;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildSystem.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildSystem.txt
index c30a88bb4..7ddfa1be3 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildSystem.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildSystem.txt
@@ -6,31 +6,32 @@
/** \page Page_BuildSystem The LUFA Build System
*
- * \section Sec_BuildSystemOverview Overview of the LUFA Build System
+ * \section Sec_BuildSystem_Overview Overview of the LUFA Build System
* The LUFA build system is an attempt at making a set of re-usable, modular build make files which
- * can be referenced in a LUFA powered project, to minimise the amount of code required in an
- * application makefile. The system is written in GNU Make, and each module is independant of
+ * can be referenced in a LUFA powered project, to minimize the amount of code required in an
+ * application makefile. The system is written in GNU Make, and each module is independent of
* one-another.
*
* For details on the prerequisites needed for Linux and Windows machines to be able to use the LUFA
- * build system, see \ref Sec_Prerequisites.
+ * build system, see \ref Sec_CompilingApps_Prerequisites.
*
- * To use a LUFA build system module, simply add an include to your project makefile:
+ * To use a LUFA build system module, simply add an include to your project makefile. All user projects
+ * should at a minimum include \ref Page_BuildModule_CORE for base functionality:
* \code
* include $(LUFA_PATH)/Build/lufa_core.mk
* \endcode
*
- * And the associated build module targets will be added to your project's build makefile automatically.
- * To call a build target, run <tt>make {TARGET_NAME}</tt> from the command line, substituting in
- * the appropriate target name.
+ * Once included in your project makefile, the associated build module targets will be added to your
+ * project's build makefile targets automatically. To call a build target, run <tt>make {TARGET_NAME}</tt>
+ * from the command line, substituting in the appropriate target name.
*
- * \see \ref Sec_AppConfigParams for a copy of the sample LUFA project makefile.
+ * \see \ref Sec_ConfiguringApps_AppMakefileParams for a copy of the sample LUFA project makefile.
*
* Each build module may have one or more mandatory parameters (GNU Make variables) which <i>must</i>
* be supplied in the project makefile for the module to work, and one or more optional parameters which
* may be defined and which will assume a sensible default if not.
*
- * \section SSec_BuildSystemModules Available Modules
+ * \section SSec_BuildSystem_Modules Available Modules
*
* The following modules are included in this LUFA release:
*
@@ -43,13 +44,15 @@
* \li \subpage Page_BuildModule_DOXYGEN - Automated Source Code Documentation
* \li \subpage Page_BuildModule_HID - Device Programming
* \li \subpage Page_BuildModule_SOURCES - LUFA Module Source Code Variables
+ *
+ * If you have problems building using the LUFA build system, see \subpage Page_BuildTroubleshooting for resolution steps.
*/
-
+
/** \page Page_BuildModule_BUILD The BUILD build module
*
* The BUILD LUFA build system module, providing targets for the compilation,
* assembling and linking of an application from source code into binary files
- * suitable for programming into a target device.
+ * suitable for programming into a target device, using the GCC compiler.
*
* To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code:
* \code
@@ -57,7 +60,7 @@
* \endcode
*
* \section SSec_BuildModule_BUILD_Requirements Requirements
- * This module requires the the architecture appropriate binaries of the GCC compiler are available in your
+ * This module requires the the architecture appropriate binaries of the GCC compiler are available in your
* system's <b>PATH</b> variable. The GCC compiler and associated toolchain is distributed in Atmel AVR Studio
* 5.x and Atmel Studio 6.x installation directories, as well as in many third party distribution packages.
*
@@ -73,10 +76,6 @@
* <td>Display a size-sorted list of symbols from the compiled application, in decimal bytes.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
- * <td><tt>check-source</tt></td>
- * <td>Display a list of input SRC source files which cannot be found (if any).</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
* <td><tt>lib</tt></td>
* <td>Build and archive all source files into a library A binary file.</td>
* </tr>
@@ -89,6 +88,10 @@
* <td>Build and link the application into an ELF debug file.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
+ * <td><tt>bin</tt></td>
+ * <td>Build and link the application and produce a BIN binary file.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
* <td><tt>hex</tt></td>
* <td>Build and link the application and produce HEX and EEP binary files.</td>
* </tr>
@@ -98,11 +101,15 @@
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><tt>clean</tt></td>
- * <td>Remove all intermediatary files and binary output files.</td>
+ * <td>Remove all intermediary files and binary output files.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><tt>mostlyclean</tt></td>
- * <td>Remove all intermediatary files but preserve any binary output files.</td>
+ * <td>Remove all intermediary files but preserve any binary output files.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><tt><i>&lt;filename&gt;</i>.s</tt></td>
+ * <td>Create an assembly listing of a given input C/C++ source file.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
@@ -183,10 +190,21 @@
* <td>Common flags to pass to the C/C++ compiler and assembler, after the automatically generated flags.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
+ * <td><tt>COMPILER_PATH</tt></td>
+ * <td>Directory where the C/C++ toolchain is located, if not available in the system <tt>PATH</tt>.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
* <td><tt>LD_FLAGS</tt></td>
* <td>Flags to pass to the linker, after the automatically generated flags.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
+ * <td><tt>LINKER_RELAXATIONS</tt></td>
+ * <td>Enables or disables linker relaxations when linking the application binary. This can reduce the total size
+ * of the application by replacing full \c CALL instructions with smaller \c RCALL instructions where possible.
+ * \note On some unpatched versions of binutils, this can cause link failures in some circumstances. If you
+ * receive a link error <tt>relocation truncated to fit: R_AVR_13_PCREL</tt>, disable this setting.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
* <td><tt>OBJDIR</tt></td>
* <td>Directory to place the generated object and dependency files. If set to "." the same folder as the source file will be used.
* \note When this option is enabled, all source filenames <b>must</b> be unique.</td>
@@ -203,7 +221,7 @@
* <tr>
* <td><i>None</i></td>
* </tr>
- * </table>
+ * </table>
*
* \section SSec_BuildModule_BUILD_ProvidedMacros Module Provided Macros
*
@@ -282,7 +300,7 @@
* <tr>
* <td><i>None</i></td>
* </tr>
- * </table>
+ * </table>
*
* \section SSec_BuildModule_CORE_ProvidedMacros Module Provided Macros
*
@@ -306,7 +324,7 @@
* \section SSec_BuildModule_ATPROGRAM_Requirements Requirements
* This module requires the <tt>atprogram.exe</tt> utility to be available in your system's <b>PATH</b>
* variable. The <tt>atprogram.exe</tt> utility is distributed in Atmel AVR Studio 5.x and Atmel Studio 6.x
- * inside the application install folder's "\avrdbg" subdirectory.
+ * inside the application install folder's "\atbackend" subdirectory.
*
* \section SSec_BuildModule_ATPROGRAM_Targets Targets
*
@@ -357,7 +375,7 @@
* <tr>
* <td><i>None</i></td>
* </tr>
- * </table>
+ * </table>
*
* \section SSec_BuildModule_ATPROGRAM_ProvidedMacros Module Provided Macros
*
@@ -381,7 +399,7 @@
* \section SSec_BuildModule_AVRDUDE_Requirements Requirements
* This module requires the <tt>avrdude</tt> utility to be available in your system's <b>PATH</b>
* variable. The <tt>avrdude</tt> utility is distributed in the old WinAVR project releases for
- * Windows (<a>winavr.sourceforge.net</a>) or can be installed on *nix systems via the project's
+ * Windows (<a>http://winavr.sourceforge.net</a>) or can be installed on *nix systems via the project's
* source code (<a>https://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude</a>) or through the package manager.
*
* \section SSec_BuildModule_AVRDUDE_Targets Targets
@@ -392,7 +410,7 @@
* <td>Program the device FLASH memory with the application's executable data.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
- * <td><tt>avrdude</tt></td>
+ * <td><tt>avrdude-ee</tt></td>
* <td>Program the device EEPROM memory with the application's EEPROM data.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
@@ -418,11 +436,11 @@
* <td>Name of the programmer or debugger tool to communicate with (e.g. <tt>jtagicemkii</tt>).</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
- * <td><tt>ATPROGRAM_PORT</tt></td>
+ * <td><tt>AVRDUDE_PORT</tt></td>
* <td>Name of the communication port to use when when programming with the connected tool (e.g. <tt>COM2</tt>, <tt>/dev/ttyUSB0</tt> or <tt>usb</tt>).</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
- * <td><tt>ATPROGRAM_FLAGS</tt></td>
+ * <td><tt>AVRDUDE_FLAGS</tt></td>
* <td>Additional flags to pass to avrdude when programming, applied after the automatically generated flags.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
@@ -433,7 +451,7 @@
* <tr>
* <td><i>None</i></td>
* </tr>
- * </table>
+ * </table>
*
* \section SSec_BuildModule_AVRDUDE_ProvidedMacros Module Provided Macros
*
@@ -443,7 +461,7 @@
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
-
+
/** \page Page_BuildModule_CPPCHECK The CPPCHECK build module
*
* The CPPCHECK programming utility LUFA build system module, providing targets to statically
@@ -525,7 +543,7 @@
* <tr>
* <td><i>None</i></td>
* </tr>
- * </table>
+ * </table>
*
* \section SSec_BuildModule_CPPCHECK_ProvidedMacros Module Provided Macros
*
@@ -535,7 +553,7 @@
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
-
+
/** \page Page_BuildModule_DFU The DFU build module
*
* The DFU programming utility LUFA build system module, providing targets to reprogram an
@@ -602,7 +620,7 @@
* <tr>
* <td><i>None</i></td>
* </tr>
- * </table>
+ * </table>
*
* \section SSec_BuildModule_DFU_ProvidedMacros Module Provided Macros
*
@@ -612,7 +630,7 @@
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
-
+
/** \page Page_BuildModule_DOXYGEN The DOXYGEN build module
*
* The DOXYGEN code documentation utility LUFA build system module, providing targets to generate
@@ -626,9 +644,9 @@
*
* \section SSec_BuildModule_DOXYGEN_Requirements Requirements
* This module requires the <tt>doxygen</tt> utility from the Doxygen website
- * (<a>http://www.stack.nl/~dimitri/doxygen/</a>) to be available in your system's <b>PATH</b>
- * variable. On *nix systems the <tt>doxygen</tt> utility can be installed via the project's source
- * code or through the package manager.
+ * (<a>http://www.doxygen.org/</a>) to be available in your system's <b>PATH</b> variable. On *nix
+ * systems the <tt>doxygen</tt> utility can be installed via the project's source code or through
+ * the package manager.
*
* \section SSec_BuildModule_DOXYGEN_Targets Targets
*
@@ -637,6 +655,14 @@
* <td><tt>doxygen</tt></td>
* <td>Generate project documentation.</td>
* </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><tt>doxygen_create</tt></td>
+ * <td>Create a new Doxygen configuration file using the latest template.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td><tt>doxygen_upgrade</tt></td>
+ * <td>Upgrade an existing Doxygen configuration file to the latest template</td>
+ * </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_BuildModule_DOXYGEN_MandatoryParams Mandatory Parameters
@@ -671,7 +697,7 @@
* <tr>
* <td><i>None</i></td>
* </tr>
- * </table>
+ * </table>
*
* \section SSec_BuildModule_DOXYGEN_ProvidedMacros Module Provided Macros
*
@@ -681,7 +707,7 @@
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
-
+
/** \page Page_BuildModule_HID The HID build module
*
* The HID programming utility LUFA build system module, providing targets to reprogram an
@@ -752,7 +778,7 @@
* <tr>
* <td><i>None</i></td>
* </tr>
- * </table>
+ * </table>
*
* \section SSec_BuildModule_HID_ProvidedMacros Module Provided Macros
*
@@ -762,12 +788,12 @@
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
-
+
/** \page Page_BuildModule_SOURCES The SOURCES build module
*
* The SOURCES LUFA build system module, providing variables listing the various LUFA source files
* required to be build by a project for a given LUFA module. This module gives a way to reference
- * LUFA source files symbollically, so that changes to the library structure do not break the library
+ * LUFA source files symbolically, so that changes to the library structure do not break the library
* makefile.
*
* To use this module in your application makefile, add the following code:
@@ -833,8 +859,8 @@
* <tr>
* <td><tt>LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM</tt></td>
* <td>List of LUFA architecture specific platform management source files.</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
*
* \section SSec_BuildModule_SOURCES_ProvidedMacros Module Provided Macros
*
@@ -844,3 +870,106 @@
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
+
+/** \page Page_BuildTroubleshooting Troubleshooting Information
+ *
+ * LUFA uses a lot of advanced features of the AVR-GCC compiler, linker, and surrounding binaries. This can sometimes lead to problems compiling applications if one of these
+ * features is buggy in the version of the tools used in a build environment. Missing utilities and incorrectly set makefile configuration options can also result in different
+ * errors being produced when compilation or other operations are attempted. The table below lists a set of commonly encountered errors and their resolutions.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th>Problem</th>
+ * <th>Resolution</th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>relocation truncated to fit: R_AVR_13_PCREL against symbol <i>{X}</i></tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>Try compiling with the setting <tt>LINKER_RELAXATIONS=N</tt> in your LUFA Build System 2.0 makefile, or remove the line <tt>-Wl,--relax</tt>
+ * from other makefiles. Alternatively, make sure you have the latest version of the Atmel Toolchain installed for your system.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>error: ld terminated with signal 11 [Segmentation fault]</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>Try compiling with the setting <tt>DEBUG_LEVEL=2</tt> in your LUFA Build System 2.0 makefile, or make sure you are using <tt>binutils</tt> version 2.22 or later.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>EMERGENCY ABORT: INFINITE RECURSION DETECTED</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>Make sure you are using an up to date version of GNU Make when compiling. This error is a safety system added to the mid-level makefiles, to prevent an issue with
+ * GNU make or other variants of Make causing an infinitely recursive build.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Unsupported architecture &quot;<i>{X}</i>&quot;</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>Ensure your makefile's <tt>ARCH</tt> setting is set to one of the architecture names (case-sensitive) supported by the version of LUFA you are compiling against.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Makefile <i>{X}</i> value not set</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>The specified Makefile value was not configured in your project's makefile or on the command line, and the nominated setting is required by one or more LUFA
+ * build system modules. Define the value in your project makefile and try again.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Makefile <i>{X}</i> option cannot be blank</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>The specified Makefile value was configured in your project's makefile or on the command line, but was set to an empty value. For the nominated configuration
+ * option, an empty value is not allowed. Define the nominated setting to a correct non-blank value and try again.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Makefile <i>{X}</i> option must be Y or N</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>The specified Makefile value was configured in your project's makefile or on the command line, but was set to a value other than a Y (for "Yes") or "N" (for "No").
+ * This configuration option is required to be one of the aforementioned boolean values, and other values are invalid. Set this option to either Y or N and try again.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Unknown input source file formats: <i>{X}</i></tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>The nominated source files, specified in your project's makefile in the <tt>SRC</tt> configuration option, has an extension that the LUFA build system does not
+ * recognise. The file extensions are case sensitive, and must be one of the supported formats (<tt>*.c</tt>, <tt>*.cpp</tt> or <tt>*.S</tt>).</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Cannot build with OBJDIR parameter set - one or more object file name is not unique</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>When a project is built with a non-empty <tt>OBJDIR</tt> object directory name set, all input source files must have unique names, excluding extension and path.
+ * This means that input files that are named identically and differ only by their path or extension are invalid when this mode is used.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Source file does not exist: <i>{X}</i></tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>The nominated input source file, specified in the user project's <tt>SRC</tt> parameter, could not be found. Ensure the source file exists and the absolute or
+ * relative path given in the user project makefile is correct and try again.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>Doxygen configuration file <i>{X}</i> does not exist</tt></b>&quot; shown when upgrading a Doxygen configuration file.</td>
+ * <td>The nominated Doxygen configuration file, specified in the user project's <tt>DOXYGEN_CONF</tt> parameter, could not be found. Ensure the configuration file exists
+ * and the absolute or relative path given in the user project makefile is correct and try again, or run the appropriate makefile target to generate a new configuration
+ * file.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>avr-gcc: error: unrecognized option '<i>{X}</i>'</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>An unrecognised option was supplied to the compiler, usually in the <tt>C_FLAGS</tt>, <tt>CPP_FLAGS</tt>, <tt>ASM_FLAGS</tt> or <tt>CC_FLAGS</tt> configuration
+ * options. The nominated compiler switch may be invalid, or unsupported by the version of AVR-GCC on the host system. Remove the unrecognised flag if invalid, or
+ * upgrade to the latest AVR-GCC. If the option is a valid linker option, use the prefix "-Wl," to ensure it is passed to the linker correctly.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>makefile:{X}: {Y}.mk: No such file or directory</tt></b>&quot; shown when make is invoked.</td>
+ * <td>The path to the nominated makefile module was incorrect. This usually indicates that the makefile <tt>LUFA_PATH</tt> option is not set to a valid relative or
+ * absolute path to the LUFA library core.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>fatal error: LUFAConfig.h: No such file or directory</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>The <tt>USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER</tt> compile time option was set in the user project makefile, but the user supplied <tt>LUFAConfig.h</tt> header could not be
+ * found. Ensure that the directory that contains this configuration file is correctly passed to the compiler via the -I switch in the makefile <tt>CC_FLAGS</tt>
+ * parameter.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>ld.exe: section .apitable_trampolines loaded at <i>{X}</i> overlaps section .text</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling a bootloader.</td>
+ * <td>The bootloader is compiling too large for the given <tt>FLASH_SIZE_KB</tt> and <tt>BOOT_SECTION_SIZE_KB</tt> parameters set in the bootloader makefile. This
+ * usually indicates that these values are incorrect for the specified device the bootloader is targeting. If these values are correct, a newer version of the
+ * compiler may need to be used to ensure that the bootloader is built within the section size constraints of the target device.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>unknown MCU '<i>{X}</i>' specified</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>The specified microcontroller device model name set in the user application's makefile as the <tt>MCU</tt> parameter is incorrect, or unsupported by the
+ * version of the compiler being used. Make sure the model name is correct, or upgrade to the latest Atmel Toolchain to obtain newer device support.</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Error &quot;<b><tt>undefined reference to `<i>{X}</i>'</tt></b>&quot; shown when compiling.</td>
+ * <td>This is usually caused by a missing source file in the user application's <tt>SRC</tt> configuration parameter. If the indicated symbol is one from the LUFA
+ * library, you may be missing a LUFA source makefile module (see \ref Page_BuildModule_SOURCES).</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * For troubleshooting other errors you encounter, please see \ref Sec_ProjectHelp.
+ */
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildingLinkableLibraries.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildingLinkableLibraries.txt
index ff5fdc523..cbbae4b8e 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildingLinkableLibraries.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/BuildingLinkableLibraries.txt
@@ -1,23 +1,23 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \page Page_BuildLibrary Building as a Linkable Library
- *
- * The LUFA library can be built as a proper linkable library (with the extention .a) under AVR-GCC, so that
- * the library does not need to be recompiled with each revision of a user project. Instructions for creating
- * a library from a given source tree can be found in the AVR-GCC user manual included in the WinAVR install
- * /Docs/ directory.
- *
- * However, building the library is <b>not recommended</b>, as the static (compile-time) options will be
- * unable to be changed without a recompilation of the LUFA code. Therefore, if the library is to be built
- * from the LUFA source, it should be made to be application-specific and compiled with the static options
- * that are required for each project (which should be recorded along with the library).
- *
- * Normal library use has the library components compiled in at the same point as the application code, as
- * demonstrated in the library demos and applications. This is the preferred method, as the library is recompiled
- * each time to ensure that all static options for a particular application are applied.
- */
-
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_BuildLibrary Building as a Linkable Library
+ *
+ * The LUFA library can be built as a proper linkable library (with the extension .a) under AVR-GCC, so that
+ * the library does not need to be recompiled with each revision of a user project. Instructions for creating
+ * a library from a given source tree can be found in the AVR-GCC user manual included in the WinAVR install
+ * /Docs/ directory.
+ *
+ * However, building the library is <b>not recommended</b>, as the static (compile-time) options will be
+ * unable to be changed without a recompilation of the LUFA code. Therefore, if the library is to be built
+ * from the LUFA source, it should be made to be application-specific and compiled with the static options
+ * that are required for each project (which should be recorded along with the library).
+ *
+ * Normal library use has the library components compiled in at the same point as the application code, as
+ * demonstrated in the library demos and applications. This is the preferred method, as the library is recompiled
+ * each time to ensure that all static options for a particular application are applied.
+ */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ChangeLog.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ChangeLog.txt
index 51786b9be..482c8868e 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ChangeLog.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ChangeLog.txt
@@ -1,1444 +1,1597 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
- /** \page Page_ChangeLog Project Changelog
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog120730 Version 120730
- * <b>New:</b>
- * - Core:
- * - Added new, revamped modular build system with new makefile templates
- * - Added support for the BitWizard Multio and Big-Multio boards
- * - Added support for the DorkbotPDX Duce board
- * - Added support for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 board
- * - Added support for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 board
- * - Added support for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 board
- * - Added new Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable() function
- * - Added new Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable() function
- * - Added build test to verify correct compilation of all board drivers using all driver APIs
- * - Added build test to verify correct compilation of all bootloaders using all supported devices
- * - Added build test to verify that there are no detectable errors in the codebase via static analysis
- * - Added new JTAG_ENABLE() macro for the AVR8 architecture
- * - Library Applications:
- * - Modified the CDC Host demos to set a default CDC Line Encoding on enumerated devices
- * - Added Dataflash operational checks and aborts to all projects using the Dataflash to ensure it is working correctly before use
- * - Added new SerialToLCD user project contributed by Simon Foster
- * - Added new RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT compile time option to the AVRISP-MKII clone programmer project (thanks to Robert Spitzenpfeil)
- *
- * <b>Changed:</b>
- * - Core:
- * - Android Accessory Host property strings changed from a struct of pointer to an array to prevent unaligned access on greater than 8-bit architectures
- * - Audio Device Class driver changed to also require the index of the Audio Control interface within the device, for SET/GET/CUR/MIN/MAX/RES property adjustments
- * - Removed variable axis support from the HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() macro due to OS incompatibilities, replaced with fixed 3-axis joystick report structure
- * - Removed the old pseudo-scheduler from the library as it was unused and deprecated since the 090810 release
- * - Endpoint indexes are now specified as full endpoint addresses within the device in device mode, rather than a logical index
- * - The Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() function no longer takes an endpoint direction as a parameter, as this is now deduced from the specified full endpoint
- * address and type
- * - The Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() function no longer takes a number of banks as a special mask; the number of banks is now specified as an integer parameter
- * - Endpoints are now configured via instances of a new struct USB_Endpoint_Table_t in all device mode class drivers, rather than a list of endpoint parameters
- * - Pipe indexes are now specified as full pipe addresses within the host in host mode, rather than a logical index
- * - The Pipe_ConfigurePipe() function no longer takes an pipe token as a parameter, as this is now deduced from the specified full pipe address and type
- * - The Pipe_ConfigurePipe() function no longer takes a number of banks as a special mask; the number of banks is now specified as an integer parameter
- * - Pipes are now configured via instances of a new struct USB_Pipe_Table_t in all host mode class drivers, rather than a list of pipe parameters
- * - Added support for various assert and debugging macros for the UC3 devices
- * - Changed MIDI event structure MIDI_EventPacket_t to use a single field for the combined virtual cable index and command ID, to prevent bitfield packing issues
- * on some architectures (thanks to Darren Gibbs)
- * - Changed board LED driver implementations of LEDs_ToggleLEDs() for the AVR8 architecture to use the fast PIN register toggle alternative function for speed
- * - Library Applications:
- * - Raised the guard bits in the AVRISP-MKII clone project when in PDI and TPI to 32, to prevent communication errors on low quality connections to a target
- * - Added additional bootloader API data to expose the bootloader start address and class to the DFU and CDC class bootloaders
- * - Reverted AVRISP-MKII clone project watchdog based command timeout patch in favour of a hardware timer, to allow for use in devices with WDTRST fuse programmed
- * - The library bootloaders will now correctly start the user application after a watchdog-based application start, even if the /HWB line is held low externally
- * during the reset phase
- * - Increased endpoint polling interval for all demos and projects to 5ms, as 1ms was causing some enumeration issues on some machines (thanks to Riku Salminen)
- *
- * <b>Fixed:</b>
- * - Core:
- * - Fixed possible enumeration error if the user application selects a pipe other than the default Control pipe between the Powered and Default states of
- * the host state machine
- * - Fixed incorrect call to the user callback CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty() in the Audio Class device driver (thanks to Tiit Ratsep)
- * - Fixed compile error for the UC3 architecture when INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT is specified (thanks to Andrus Aaslaid)
- * - Fixed compile error if LEDs_Disable() is called and BOARD=NONE is set (thanks to Sam Lin)
- * - Fixed inverted LED logic in the OLIMEX162 board LED driver
- * - Fixed incorrect reponse to GET STATUS requests in device mode if NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER or NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP tokens are defined (thanks to Georg Glock)
- * - Fixed inverted LED logic in the USB2AX board LED driver
- * - Fixed possible deadlock in the CDC device driver if the USB connection is dropped while the CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding control request is being processed by
- * the stack (thanks to Jonathan Hudgins)
- * - Fixed broken MIDI host driver MIDI_Host_ReceiveEventPacket() function due to not unfreezing the MIDI data IN pipe before use (thanks to Michael Brown)
- * - Fixed swapped Little Endian/Big Endian endpoint and pipe write code for the UC3 devices (thanks to Andrew Chu)
- * - Fixed the JTAG_DISABLE() macro clearing all other bits in MCUSR when called
- * - Fixed incorrect Micropendous board LED driver LEDs_SetAllLEDs() and LEDs_ChangeLEDs() function implementations (thanks to MitchJS)
- * - Fixed endianess issues in the RNDIS host class driver for UC3 devices (thanks to Andrew Chu)
- * - Library Applications:
- * - Fixed error in the AVRISP-MKII programmer when ISP mode is used at 64KHz (thanks to Ben R. Porter)
- * - Fixed AVRISP-MKII programmer project failing to compile for the U4 chips when VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL is defined to an invalid channel and NO_VTARGET_DETECT is
- * defined (thanks to Steven Morehouse)
- * - Fixed AVRISP-MKII programmer project reset line polarity inverted when the generated EEP file is loaded into the USB AVR's EEPROM and avr-dude is used
- * - Fixed CDC and DFU bootloaders failing to compile when the bootloader section size is 8KB or more (thanks to Georg Glock)
- * - Fixed CDC and DFU bootloaders API function offsets incorrect on some devices (thanks to Rod DeMay)
- * - Fixed incorrect DFU version number reported to the host in the DFU bootloader descriptors (thanks to Georg Glock)
- * - Fixed incorrect version hundredths value encoding in VERSION_BCD() macro (thanks to Georg Glock)
- * - Fixed invalid configuration descriptor in the low level KeyboardMouse device demo (thanks to Jun Wako)
- * - Fixed CDC and DFU bootloaders API page erase and write function failures (thanks to Martin Lambert)
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog120219 Version 120219
- * <b>New:</b>
- * - Core:
- * - Added support for the XMEGA A3BU Xplained board
- * - Added support for the new B series XMEGA devices
- * - Added support for version 2 of the Teensy boards (thanks to Christoph Redecker)
- * - Added support for the USB2AX boards, hardware revision 1-3
- * - Added new Android Accessory Host class driver
- * - Added new USB_Host_GetDescriptor(), USB_Host_GetDeviceConfiguration() and USB_Host_GetInterfaceAltSetting() functions
- * - Added new CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty() callback to the Audio Device Class driver
- * - Added new LEDs_Disable(), Buttons_Disable() and Joystick_Disable() functions to the board hardware drivers
- * - Added support for the Micropendous family of boards (Arduino-like revisions 1 and 2, DIP, 32U2, A, 1, 2, 3 and 4)
- * - Added INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE and NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT compile time options (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
- * - Added support for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained board
- * - Added Serial USART peripheral driver for the XMEGA architecture
- * - Added Master Mode SPI USART peripheral driver for the XMEGA and AVR8 architectures
- * - Added build test to verify correct compilation of as many modules as possible under as many architectures as possible under the C and C++ languages
- * - Added build test to verify correct compilation of the USB driver when forced into single USB mode under as many architectures as possible
- * - Library Applications:
- * - Added User Application APIs to the CDC and DFU class bootloaders
- * - Added INVERTED_ISP_MISO compile time option to the AVRISP-MKII clone project (thanks to Chuck Rohs)
- * - Added new Android Accessory Host demo (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
- *
- * <b>Changed:</b>
- * - Core:
- * - When automatic PLL management mode is enabled on the U4 series AVR8 chips, the PLL is now configured for 48MHz and not
- * a divided 96MHz, to lower power consumption and to keep the system within the datasheet specs for 3.3V operation (thanks to Scott Vitale)
- * - Added Class, ClassDevice, ClassHost and ClassCommon to the internal class driver source filenames to prevent ambiguities
- * - Altered the Mass Storage Host class driver so that SCSI data STALLs from the attached device can be recovered from automatically without
- * having to reset the Mass Storage interface
- * - USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED constant renamed to USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED, as this was misnamed (thanks to NXP Semiconductors)
- * - Reordered board name definition indexes so that a mispelled BOARD compile option will default to BOARD_USER rather than BOARD_USBKEY
- * - Altered the HID class driver to only try to construct at maximum one packet per USB frame, to reduce CPU usage
- * - All USB Class Driver configuration struct values are now non-const, to allow for run-time modifications if required before configuring an instance
- * - Library Applications:
- * - Altered the Mass Storage Host LowLevel demo so that SCSI data STALLs from the attached device can be recovered from automatically without
- * having to reset the Mass Storage interface
- * - Updated the AVRISP-MKII Clone programmer project to be compatible with the latest version of AVR Studio (version 5.1)
- * - Changed the AVRISP-MKII Clone programmer project to report a fixed 3.3V VTARGET voltage on USB AVRs lacking an ADC instead of 5V to prevent
- * warnings in AVR Studio 5.1 when programming XMEGA devices
- * - Allow serial strings to be generated on the older AVR8 devices which do not explicitly state they contain unique values in the datasheet,
- * as this appears to be implemented in hardware
- *
- * <b>Fixed:</b>
- * - Core:
- * - Fixed ring buffer size limited to 255 elements, instead of the intended 65535 elements.
- * - Fixed CDC class drivers not saving and sending all 16-bits of the control line states (thanks to Matthew Swabey)
- * - Fixed race conditions in the CDC, HID and Mass Storage class drivers when processing some control requests
- * - Fixed misspelled HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_* macros in the HID class driver (thanks to Laszlo Monda)
- * - Fixed broken AVR32 endpoint/pipe communications when ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is not enabled (thanks to Matthias Jahr)
- * - Fixed broken compilation for the AVR32 devices if the NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time option was not enabled (thanks to Matthias Jahr)
- * - Fixed compiler warning on GCC with \c -wundef compile flag is used (thanks to Georg Glock)
- * - Fixed incorrect implementation of LEDs_ToggleLEDs() for the Adafruit-U4 board (thanks to Caroline Saliman)
- * - Fixed broken compilation of LUFA under C++ compilers when the Serial peripheral module header file is included in a C++ source file
- * - Fixed missing semicolon in the UC3 architecture host pipe functions
- * - Fixed failed compilation for the XMEGA architecture if USB_DEVICE_ONLY us not specified
- * - Fixed UC3 architecture ignoring the pipe size when Pipe_ConfigurePipe() is called
- * - Library Applications:
- * - Added reliability patches to the AVRISP-MKII Clone project's PDI/TPI protocols (thanks to Justin Mattair)
- * - Fixed AVRISP-MKII Clone compile warning on AVR8 U4 targets even when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is enabled
- * - Fixed AVRISP-MKII Clone failing to start application firmware once a TPI programming session is exited
- * - Fixed DFU class bootloader not resetting the LED pins as high impedance inputs when a software jump to the user applications is requested
- * - Fixed AVRISP-MKII Clone timing out on long programming commands such as programming the EEPROM on an ATMEGA8 (thanks to Martin Kelling)
- * - Fixed invalid PID value used in the TempDataLogger project host application (thanks to Anupam Pathak)
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog111009 Version 111009
- * <b>New:</b>
- * - Core:
- * - Added USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER compile time option to include a LUFAConfig.h header in the user director for LUFA configuration
- * tokens as an alternative to tokens defined in the project makefile
- * - Added new USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting() convenience function for the selection of an interface's alternative setting
- * - Added Audio class control request definitions
- * - Added new CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty() callback to the Audio Device Class driver to allow for endpoint control manipulations
- * such as data sample rates
- * - Added support for the Audio class GET STATUS request in the Audio Device Class driver so that it is correctly ACKed when sent by the host
- * - Added new EVENT_Audio_Device_StreamStartStop() event to the Audio Device Class driver to detect stream start/stop events
- * - Added board driver support for the Busware TUL board
- * - Added board hardware driver support for the EVK1100 board
- * - Added board hardware driver support for the EVK1104 board
- * - Added new Host mode Audio Class driver
- * - Added new SPI_GetCurrentMode() function to the SPI peripheral driver
- * - Added RingBuffer_GetFreeCount() function to the Ring Buffer driver
- * - Added new HID_Host_SetIdlePeriod() function to the HID Host Class driver
- * - Added new USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber global variable to indicate the selected configuration in an attached device
- * - Added new USB_Host_GetDeviceStatus() function to the host standard request function set
- * - Added AVR USB XMEGA architecture port (currently incomplete/experimental)
- * - Added new STRINGIFY() and STRINGIFY_EXPANDED() convenience macros
- * - Added new JTAG_DISABLE() macro for the AVR8 architecture
- * - Added Device Qualifier standard descriptor structure definitions USB_StdDescriptor_DeviceQualifier_t and USB_Descriptor_DeviceQualifier_t
- * - Library Applications:
- * - Added RNDIS device mode to the Webserver project
- * - Added new incomplete AndroidAccessoryHost Host LowLevel demo
- * - Added new HIDReportViewer project
- * - Added new MediaControl project
- * - Added new AudioInputHost Host ClassDriver demo
- * - Added new AudioOutputHost Host ClassDriver demo
- * - Added new AudioInputHost Host LowLevel demo
- * - Added new AudioOutputHost Host LowLevel demo
- * - Added new "checksource" target to all library project makefiles
- * - Added new VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF configuration option to the AVRISP-MKII clone project (thanks to Volker Bosch)
- *
- * <b>Changed:</b>
- * - Core:
- * - Altered the definition of the USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t descriptor so that the user is now responsible for supplying
- * the supported audio sampling rates, to allow for multiple audio interfaces with different numbers of supported rates and/or
- * continuous sample rates
- * - Pipe_BoundEndpointNumber() has been renamed to Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(), and now returns the correct endpoint direction
- * as part of the endpoint address
- * - Renamed global state variables that are specific to a certain USB mode to clearly indicate which mode the variable relates to,
- * by changing the USB_* prefix to USB_Device_* or USB_Host_*
- * - Removed the HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval and HOST_STATE_Suspended host state machine states, as these are no longer required
- * - Altered the USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration() function to update the global Host state machine state and the new
- * USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber global as required
- * - Added endian correcting code to the library USB class drivers for multiple architecture support
- * - Removed the ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_* macros, replaced by ENDPOINT_DIR_* instead
- * - Renamed the JTAG_DEBUG_ASSERT() macro to JTAG_ASSERT()
- * - Added variable number of axis to HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() for multi-axis joysticks above just X and Y
- * - Renamed USB_Host_ClearPipeStall() to USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall() as the function works on an endpoint address within the attached device,
- * and not a Pipe within the host
- * - The MS_Host_ResetMSInterface() now performs a full Mass Storage reset sequence to prevent data corruption in the event of a device
- * lock up or timeout (thanks to David Lyons)
- * - Added endian-correction to the CDC driver's Line Encoding control request handlers.
- * - Library Applications:
- * - Modified the Low Level and Class Driver AudioInput and AudioOutput demos to support multiple audio sample rates
- * - Updated all host mode demos and projects to use the EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete() event callback for device configuration
- * instead of manual host state machine manipulations in the main application task
- * - Changed the reports in the GenericHID device demos to control the board LEDs, to reduce user confusion over the callback routines
- * - Added reliability patches to the AVRISP-MKII Clone project's ISP and PDI/TPI protocols (thanks to Justin Mattair)
- *
- * <b>Fixed:</b>
- * - Core:
- * - Large number of documentation and code comment corrections (thanks to Andrey from Microsin.ru)
- * - Fixed possibility of the AVR's SPI interface being pulled out of master mode if the /SS pin is a input and pulled low (thanks
- * to Andrey from Microsin.ru)
- * - Fixed compile error when FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE compile time option was disabled, and a USE_*_DESCRIPTORS compile time
- * option was not enabled on the AVR8s
- * - Fixed lack of C++ compatibility in some internal header files causing compile errors when using LUFA in C++ projects
- * - Fixed error in the pipe unordered allocation algorithm for the AVR8 devices breaking compatibility with some devices
- * - Fixed USB_USBTask not being called internally in stream transfers between packets when Partial Stream Transfers are used
- * - Fixed swapped TWI_ADDRESS_READ and TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE values
- * - Fixed TWI_ReadPacket() not releasing the TWI bus on read completion
- * - Fixed optimization error in the HID Parser item value USB_SetHIDReportItemInfo() and USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo() routines if the report item was
- * \c NULL (which should be allowable according to the API)
- * - Fixed HID Parser CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem() callback function not being passed a cacheable report item pointer
- * - Fixed HID Parser's largest report size bit count not including the size of the last parsed report item
- * - Fixed HID host driver's largest HID report size count corrupt when the number of report bits exceeds 255
- * - Library Applications:
- * - Fixed incorrect signature in the CDC and DFU class bootloaders for the ATMEGA8U2
- * - Fixed KeyboardHost and KeyboardHostWithParser demos displaying incorrect values when numerical keys were pressed
- * - Fixed compile errors in the incomplete BluetoothHost demo application (thanks to Timo Lindfors)
- * - Fixed incorrect Dataflash buffer use in the DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM() function of several demos/projects (thanks to Jeremy Willden)
- * - Fixed incorrect logging interval (always 500ms longer than requested) in the TempDataLogger project
- * - Fixed incorrect buffer size check in the USBtoSerial project (thanks to Yuri A Nikiforov)
- * - Fixed port state table corruption in the TCP layer of the RNDIS Ethernet device demos
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog110528 Version 110528
- * <b>New:</b>
- * - Core:
- * - Added new ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option to restrict endpoint/pipe configuration to ascending order
- * in exchange for a smaller compiled program binary size
- * - Added a new general RingBuff.h miscellaneous ring buffer library driver header
- * - Added new GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS() macro to correct GCC's mishandling of struct pointer accesses
- * - Added new GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER() macro to prevent instruction reordering across boundaries
- * - Added basic driver example use code to the library documentation
- * - Added new Endpoint_Null_Stream() and Pipe_Null_Stream() functions
- * - Added new ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK() convenience macro
- * - Added new HID report item macros (with HID_RI_ prefix) to allow for easy creation and editing of HID report descriptors
- * - Added new HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE(), HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(), HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() and HID_DESCRIPTOR_VENDOR() macros
- * for easy automatic creation of basic USB HID device reports
- * - Added new MAX() and MIN() convenience macros
- * - Added new Serial_SendData() function to the Serial driver
- * - Added board driver support for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board
- * - Added TWI baud rate prescaler and bit length parameters to the TWI_Init() function (thanks to Thomas Herlinghaus)
- * - Internal restructuring for eventual multiple architecture ports
- * - Added AVR32 UC3 architecture port (currently incomplete/experimental)
- * - Added new architecture independent functions to enable, disable, save and restore the Global Interrupt Enable flags
- * - Added new RNDIS Device Class Driver packet send and receive functions
- * - Library Applications:
- * - Added ability to write protect Mass Storage disk write operations from the host OS
- * - Added new MIDIToneGenerator project
- * - Added new KeyboardMouseMultiReport Device ClassDriver demo
- * - Added new VirtualSerialMassStorage Device ClassDriver demo
- * - Added HID class bootloader, compatible with a modified version of the command line Teensy loader from PJRC.com
- * - Added LED flashing to the CDC and DFU class bootloaders to indicate when they are running
- *
- * <b>Changed:</b>
- * - Core:
- * - Unordered Endpoint/Pipe configuration is now allowed once again by default via the previous reconfig workaround
- * - Refactored Host mode Class Driver *_Host_ConfigurePipes() routines to be more space efficient when compiled
- * - Added new *_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed error codes for the *_Host_ConfigurePipes() routines
- * - The USARTStream global is now public and documented in the SerialStream module, allowing for the serial USART
- * stream to be accessed via its handle rather than via the implicit stdout and stdin streams
- * - The FAST_STREAM_TRANSFERS compile time option has been removed due to lack of use and low cost/benefit ratio
- * - Altered all endpoint/pipe stream transfers so that the new BytesProcessed parameter now points to a location
- * where the number of bytes in the transfer that have been completed can be stored (or NULL if entire transaction
- * should be performed in one chunk)
- * - The NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS compile time option has now been removed due to the new partial stream transfer feature
- * - Changed over all project and demo HID report descriptors to use the new HID report item macros
- * - Moved the HIDParser.c source file to the LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/ directory from the LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/
- * - Added support to the HID parser for extended USAGE items that contain the usage page as well as the usage index
- * - Removed the SerialStream driver, rolled functionality into the regular Serial peripheral driver via the new
- * Serial_CreateStream() and Serial_CreateBlockingStream() functions
- * - Renamed the low level Serial byte send/receive functions, to be consistent with the CDC class driver byte functions
- * - Altered the behaviour of the serial byte reception function so that is is non-blocking, and now returns a negative
- * value if no character is received (to remain consistent with the CDC class driver byte reception routines)
- * - Renamed the PRNT_Host_SendString(), CDC_Host_SendString() and CDC_Device_SendString() functions to *_SendData(), and
- * added new versions of the *_SendString() routines that expect a null terminated string instead
- * - Renamed all driver termination *_ShutDown() functions to the more logical name *_Disable()
- * - Reduced latency for executing the Start-Of-Frame events (if enabled in the user application)
- * - Removed Pipe_ClearErrorFlags(), pipe error flags are now automatically cleared when Pipe_ClearError() is called
- * - Endpoint_ResetFIFO() renamed to Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(), to be consistent with the Pipe_ResetPipe() function name
- * - Implemented on-demand PLL clock generation for the U4, U6 and U7 series USB AVRs when automatic PLL mode is specified
- * - F_CLOCK changed to F_USB to be more descriptive, and applicable on future architecture ports
- * - Renamed all low level Endpoint_Read_*, Endpoint_Write_* and Endpoint_Discard_* functions to use the number of bits instead of
- * a symbolic size (Byte, Word, DWord) so that the function names are applicable and correct across all architectures
- * - Renamed all low level Pipe_Read_*, Pipe_Write_* and Pipe_Discard_* functions to use the number of bits instead of
- * a symbolic size (Byte, Word, DWord) so that the function names are applicable and correct across all architectures
- * - Separated out board drivers by architecture in the library internals for better organisation
- * - Library Applications:
- * - Changed the XPLAINBridge software UART to use the regular timer CTC mode instead of the alternative CTC mode
- * via the Input Capture register, to reduce user confusion
- * - Combined page and word ISP programming mode code in the AVRISP-MKII clone project to reduce compiled size and
- * increase maintainability of the code
- * - Changed over library projects to use the new general ring buffer library driver module
- * - Added new high level TWI packet read/write commands, altered behaviour of the TWI_StartTransmission() function
- * - Changed TempDataLogger project's DS1307 driver to simplify the function interface and prevent a possible race condition
- * - Changed AVRISP-MKII project to use the Watchdog interrupt for command timeouts, to reduce CPU usage and free timer 0
- * for other uses
- * - Updated the software USART code in the XPLAIN Bridge application so that the incoming bits are sampled at their mid-point
- * instead of starting point, to give maximum reliability (thanks to Anton Staaf)
- *
- * <b>Fixed:</b>
- * - Core:
- * - Fixed broken USBFOO board drivers due to missing BOARD_USBFOO define
- * - Fixed HID host class driver incorrectly binding to HID devices that do not have an OUT endpoint
- * - Fixed incorrect definition of the HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D constant in the HID class driver (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
- * - Fixed incorrect definition of the HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_ARROW constant in the HID class driver (thanks to Joby Taffey)
- * - Fixed incorrect endpoint initialisation order in the several device demos (thanks to Rick Drolet)
- * - Fixed inverted Minimus board LEDs
- * - Fixed incorrect byte ordering in the Audio_Device_WriteSample24 function (thanks to WZab)
- * - Fixed several functions in the Host mode Still Image Class driver returning an error code from the incorrect
- * error code enum (thanks to Daniel Seibert)
- * - Fixed ReportID not being removed from the feature/out report data array in the HID class driver when Report IDs are used
- * - Fixed incorrect BUTTONS_BUTTON1 definition for the Minimus board
- * - Fixed Still Image Host class driver exiting the descriptor search routine prematurely if the data pipes (but not event pipe)
- * is found
- * - Fixed missing call to Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests() in the Pipe_ConfigurePipe() routine
- * - Fixed Remote Wakeup broken on the AVRs due to the mechanism only operating when the SUSPI bit is set (thanks to Holger Steinhaus)
- * - Fixed possible invalid program execution when in host mode if corrupt descriptor lengths are supplied by the attached device
- * - Library Applications:
- * - Fixed Benito project discarding incoming data from the USB virtual serial port when the USART is busy
- * - Fixed broken DFU bootloader, added XPLAIN support for bootloader start when XCK jumpered to ground
- * - Fixed broken HID_REQ_GetReport request handler in the Low Level GenericHID demo
- * - Fixed possible lost data in the XPLAINBridge, USBtoSerial and Benito projects when the host exceeds the packet
- * timeout period on received packets as set by USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS (thanks to Justin Rajewski)
- * - Fixed possible programming problem in the AVRISP-MKII clone project when programming specific patterns into a target
- * memory space that is only byte (not page) addressable
- * - Fixed errors in the incomplete Test and Measurement device demo preventing proper operation (thanks to Pavel Plotnikov)
- * - Fixed programming errors in the AVRISP-MKII project when the programming packet is a round multiple of the endpoint bank
- * size under avrdude (thanks to Steffan Woltjer)
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog101122 Version 101122
- * <b>New:</b>
- * - Core:
- * - Added new SCSI_ASENSE_NOT_READY_TO_READY_CHANGE constant to the Mass Storage class driver, to indicate when a previously
- * not ready removable medium has now become ready for the host's use (thanks to Martin Degelsegger)
- * - Moved the Pipe and Endpoint stream related code to two new USB library core source files EndpointStream.c and PipeStream.c
- * - Added new USB_Device_GetFrameNumber() and USB_Host_GetFrameNumber() functions to retrieve the current USB frame number
- * - Added new USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(), USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents() and EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() for the user application
- * handling of USB Start of Frame events while in USB Host mode
- * - Added new PRNT_Host_BytesReceived(), PRNT_Host_ReceiveByte(), PRNT_Host_SendByte() and PRNT_Host_Flush() functions to the
- * Print Host Class driver
- * - Added class specific descriptor alternative struct type defines with standard USB-IF element naming
- * - Added new project makefile template to the library and moved board driver stub files into in a new "CodeTemplates" directory
- * - Added board hardware driver support for the Adafruit U4 breakout board
- * - Added board hardware driver support for the Arduino Uno development board
- * - Added board hardware driver support for the Blackcat USB JTAG board (thanks to the PSGroove team)
- * - Added board hardware driver support for the Busware BUI development board
- * - Added board hardware driver support for the Busware CUL V3 868MHZ radio board (thanks to Dirk Tostmann)
- * - Added board hardware driver support for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO development board
- * - Added board hardware driver support for the Linnix UDIP development board
- * - Added board hardware driver support for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 development board (thanks to Steve Fawcett)
- * - Added board hardware driver support for the Maximus board (thanks to the PSGroove team)
- * - Added board hardware driver support for the Microsin AVR-USB162 breakout board
- * - Added board hardware driver support for the Minimus board (thanks to the PSGroove team)
- * - Added new NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH compile time option to disable automatic flushing of interfaces when the USB management
- * tasks for each driver is called
- * - Added standard keyboard HID report scan-code defines (thanks to Laszlo Monda)
- * - Added new Pipe_GetBusyBanks(), Endpoint_GetBusyBanks() and Endpoint_AbortPendingIN() functions
- * - Library Applications:
- * - Added default test tone generation mode to the Device mode AudioInput demos
- * - Added new NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT, NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT, NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT and NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT compile time options to the
- * CDC class bootloader
- * - Added new XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE compile time option to the AVRISP-MKII clone programmer project (thanks to Tom Light)
- *
- * <b>Changed:</b>
- * - Core:
- * - Removed complicated logic for the Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() function to use inlined or function called versions
- * depending of if the given bank size is a compile time constant, as the compiler does a better job of optimizing
- * with basic code
- * - Changed the signature of the CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() callback function so that the descriptor pointer is const, to remove
- * the need for extra casting inside the callback (thanks to Jonathan Kollasch)
- * - Reduced HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS to 1000ms down from 1500ms to improve device compatibility while in USB Host mode
- * - Removed the EVENT_USB_InitFailure() event, not specifying a USB mode correctly now defaults to UID selection mode
- * - Renamed and moved class driver common constant definitions to make the naming scheme more uniform
- * - Moved the USB mode specifier constants into a new enum, so that they are semantically related to one another
- * - Renamed ENDPOINT_DOUBLEBANK_SUPPORTED() to ENDPOINT_BANKS_SUPPORTED() and changed it to return the maximum number of supported banks for
- * the given endpoint
- * - Better algorithm to extract and convert the internal device serial number into a string descriptor (if present)
- * - All USB class drivers are now automatically included when LUFA/Drivers/USB.h is included, and no longer need to be separately included
- * - The MIDI class drivers now automatically flushes the MIDI interface when the MIDI class driver's USBTask() function is called
- * - Renamed the EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest() event to EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() as it is now fired before the library
- * request handlers, not afterwards
- * - Library Applications:
- * - Changed over all device demos to use a clearer algorithm for the configuring of the application's endpoints
- * - Added missing DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation() function to the MassStorageKeyboard demo, removed redundant
- * SCSI_Codes.h file as these values are part of the MassStorage Class Driver
- * - Added compile time error to the AVRISP-MKII project when built for the U4 chips, as the default VTARGET detection ADC channel
- * does not exist on these chips (thanks to Marco)
- * - Changed all Device mode LowLevel demos and Device Class drivers so that the control request is acknowledged and any data
- * transferred as quickly as possible without any processing in between sections, so that long callbacks or event handlers will
- * not break communications with the host by exceeding the maximum control request stage timeout period
- * - Changed over all demos, drivers and internal functions to use the current frame number over the Start of Frame flag where possible
- * to free up the Start of Frame flag for interrupt use in the user application
- * - All project makefiles now correctly clean intermediate build files from assembly and C++ sources (thanks to Daniel Czigany)
- * - Changed default value for the reset polarity parameter in the AVRISP-MKII project so that it defaults to active low drive
- * - Changed configuration descriptor parser for all host mode projects and class drivers to ensure better compatibility with devices
- * - All LowLevel demos changed to use the constants and types defined in the USB class drivers
- * - Changed AudioInput and AudioOutput demos to reload the next sample via an interrupt rather than polling the sample timer
- * - Rescue clock of the AVRISP-MKII moved to the AVR's OCR1A pin, so that the clock can be generated at all times
- * - Changed ClassDriver MIDI demos to process all incoming events in a loop until the bank becomes empty rather than one at a time
- * - Changed LowLevel MIDI demos to only clear the incoming event bank once it has become empty to support packed event packets
- *
- * <b>Fixed:</b>
- * - Core:
- * - Fixed USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo() function modifying the given report item's data when the report item does not exist
- * within the supplied report of a multiple report HID device
- * - Fixed critical pipe/endpoint memory allocation issue where the bank memory address space could be silently overlapped
- * in the USB controller if the endpoints or pipes were allocated in anything other than ascending order (thanks to Martin Degelsegger)
- * - Added LEDs_ToggleLEDs() function to several board LED drivers which were missing it (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
- * - Fixed SET FEATURE and CLEAR FEATURE control requests directed at an unconfigured endpoint causing request timeouts
- * - Fixed USB_Host_ClearPipeStall() incorrectly determining the endpoint direction from the currently selected pipe
- * - Fixed JTAG_DEBUG_POINT() and JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK() macros not compiling under pure C99 standards mode
- * - Fixed endpoint selection within the CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport() callback function causing broken GET REPORT requests
- * - Fixed incorrect command name for EEPROM memory programming in the makefile dfu-ee target
- * - Fixed incorrect LEDs_ChangeLEDs() function in the Benito board LED driver
- * - Fixed incorrect USB_DeviceState value when unconfiguring the device without an address set
- * - Fixed SPI driver not explicitly setting /SS and MISO pins as inputs when SPI_Init() is called
- * - Fixed random enumeration failure while in device mode due to interrupts causing the Set Address request to exceed maximum timings
- * - Fixed MIDI_Host_Flush() not aborting early when the specified MIDI host interface was not configured
- * - Fixed MIDI class driver send routines silently discarding packets if the endpoint or pipe is busy (thanks to Robin Green)
- * - Library Applications:
- * - Fixed MassStorage based demos and projects resetting the SCSI sense values before the command is executed, leading to
- * missed SCSI sense values when the host retrieves the sense key (thanks to Martin Degelsegger)
- * - Fixed USBtoSerial and Benito project SetLineEncoding calls failing if the USART is busy, due to the RX ISR delaying the control
- * request handler
- * - Fixed LowLevel PrinterHost demo not sending control requests to the attached printer with the correct printer interface wIndex value
- * - Fixed incorrect signature reported in the CDC class bootloader for the ATMEGA32U2
- * - Fixed BootloaderCDC project failing on some operating systems due to removed Line Encoding options (thanks to Alexey Belyaev)
- * - Fixed broken FLASH/EEPROM programming in the AVRISP-MKII clone project when writing in non-paged mode and the polling byte cannot be used
- * - Fixed ISR definition conflict in the XPLAIN bridge between the software UART and the AVRISP-MKII ISP modules
- * - Fixed USBtoSerial and XPLAINBridge demos discarding data from the PC if the send buffer becomes full
- * - Fixed broken input in the MagStripe reader project due to an incorrect HID report descriptor
- * - Fixed incorrect PollingIntervalMS values in the demo/project/bootloader endpoint descriptors (thanks to MCS Electronics)
- * - Fixed AVRISP-MKII clone project not starting the target's program automatically after exiting TPI programming mode
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog100807 Version 100807
- * <b>New:</b>
- * - Added new ADC_DisableChannel() function (thanks to Mich Davis)
- * - Added new VTARGET_REF_VOLTS and VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR compile time defines to the AVRISP-MKII programmer project to set
- * the VTARGET reference voltage and scale factor
- * - Added new pgm_read_ptr() macro to Common.h for reading of pointers out of flash memory space
- * - Added new SWAPENDIAN_16() and SWAPENDIAN_32() macros to Common.h for statically initialized variables at compile time
- * - Added new Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Device.c file to house Device mode specific functions that are more complicated than simple macros
- * - Added new AVRStudio 4 project files for all library demos, projects and bootloaders
- * - Added ability to set the serial baud rate via the user's terminal in the XPLAINBridge project
- * - Added new LUFA module variables for the different source modules in the core library makefile to simplify project makefiles
- * - Added start of a new Test and Measurement class demo (thanks to Peter Lawrence)
- * - Added new SPI_ORDER_* data order masks to the SPI peripheral driver
- * - Added support to the AVRISP-MKII project for ISP speeds slower than 125KHz via a new software SPI driver
- * - Added support for the new button/LED on the latest model USBTINY-MKII
- *
- * <b>Changed:</b>
- * - The RingBuff library code has been replaced in the XPLAINBridge, Benito and USBtoSerial projects with an ultra lightweight
- * ring buffer to help improve the reliability of the projects
- * - The EEPROM stream read/write functions now use eeprom_update_byte() instead of eeprom_write_byte(), so that only
- * changed bytes are written to EEPROM to preserve its lifespan
- * - Changed over the AVRISP-MKII and TemperatureDataLogger projects to use eeprom_update_byte() when writing non-volatile
- * parameters to EEPROM to preserve its lifespan
- * - Removed unused line encoding data and control requests from the CDC Bootloader code, to save space
- * - Renamed SERIAL_STREAM_ASSERT() macro to STDOUT_ASSERT()
- * - The USB_Device_IsRemoteWakeupSent() and USB_Device_IsUSBSuspended() macros have been deleted, as they are now obsolete
- * - Rewrote the implementation of the SwapEndian_16() and SwapEndian_32() functions so that they compile down in most instances to
- * minimal loads and stores rather than complicated shifts
- * - The software UART in the XPLAINBridge has been largely altered to try to improve upon its performance and reliability
- * - The USBtoSerial and Benito projects now flushes received data via a flush timer, so that several bytes can be transmitted at once
- * - Removed the automated checking of event names in the demo, project and bootloader makefiles due to inconsistencies between the
- * behaviour of the command line tools used to perform the check on each platform
- * - Internal USB driver source files renamed and moved to ease future possible architecture ports
- * - All internal pseudo-function macros have been converted to true inline functions for type-safety and readability
- * - Changed LED indicator masks for the AVRISP-MKII project, so that there are defined roles for each LED
- * - Altered the CDC Device and Host Class drivers' receive byte routines, so that no data is indicated by the function returning a
- * negative value (thanks to Andreas Paulin)
- * - Added auto flushing of OUT data to the CDC Host Class driver's USBTask function to automatically flush the send pipe buffer
- *
- * <b>Fixed:</b>
- * - Fixed AVRISP project sending a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to 128KB AVRs after programming or reading from
- * the last page of FLASH (thanks to Gerard Sexton)
- * - Fixed AVRISP project not sending a full erase-and-write EEPROM command to XMEGA targets when writing to the EEPROM
- * instead of the split write-only command (thanks to Tim Margush)
- * - Fixed RNDISEthernet demos crashing when calculating checksums for Ethernet/TCP packets of more than ~500 bytes due to
- * an overflow in the checksum calculation loop (thanks to Kevin Malec)
- * - Fixed XPLAINBridge project not correctly reading the XMEGA's supply voltage when reporting back to the host
- * - Fixed incorrect signature for the ATMEGA32U2 in the DFU bootloader (thanks to Axel Rohde)
- * - Fixed internal device serial not being accessible on the ATMEGAXXU2 AVRs (thanks to Axel Rohde)
- * - Fixed void pointer arithmetic in ConfigDescriptor.h breaking C++ compatibility (thanks to Michael Hennebry)
- * - Fixed broken PDI EEPROM Section Erase functionality in the AVRISP-MKII project
- * - Fixed USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup() not working when the USB clock was frozen during USB bus suspend (thanks to Brian Dickman)
- * - Fixed occasional lockup of the AVRISP project due to the timeout extension code incorrectly extending the timeout in
- * PDI and TPI programming modes infinitely
- * - Fixed HID device class driver still using PrevReportINBuffer for GetReport control requests even when it has been
- * set to NULL by the user application (thanks to Axel Rohde)
- * - Fixed MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket() not correctly waiting for the endpoint to become ready (thanks to Robin Green)
- * - Fixed Benito and USBtoSerial projects not turning off the USART before reconfiguring it, which could cause incorrect
- * operation to occur (thanks to Bob Paddock)
- * - Fixed Serial peripheral driver not turning off the USART before reconfiguring it, which would cause incorrect operation
- * to occur (thanks to Bob Paddock)
- * - Fixed software application start command broken in the DFU class bootloader when dfu-programmer is used due to application
- * start address corruption
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog100513 Version 100513
- * <b>New:</b>
- * - Added incomplete MIDIToneGenerator project
- * - Added new Relay Controller Board project (thanks to OBinou)
- * - Added board hardware driver support for the Teensy, USBTINY MKII, Benito and JM-DB-U2 lines of third party USB AVR boards
- * - Added new ATTR_NO_INIT variable attribute for global variables that should not be automatically cleared on startup
- * - Added new ENDPOINT_*_BusSuspended error code to the Endpoint function, so that the stream functions early-abort if the bus
- * is suspended before or during a transfer
- * - Added new EVENT_CDC_Device_BreakSent() event and CDC_Host_SendBreak() function to the Device and Host CDC Class drivers
- * - Added ReportType parameter to the HID device class driver CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport() function so that FEATURE
- * reports from the host to the device can be correctly processed
- * - Added ReportType parameter to the HID host class driver HID_Host_SendReportByID() function so that FEATURE reports can be
- * issued to the attached device
- *
- * <b>Changed:</b>
- * - AVRISP programmer project now has a more robust timeout system
- * - Added a timeout value to the TWI_StartTransmission() function, within which the addressed device must respond
- * - Webserver project now uses the board LEDs to indicate the current IP configuration state
- * - Added ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER compile time option to the Webserver project to disable the TELNET server if desired
- * - Increased throughput of the USBtoSerial demo on systems that send multiple bytes per packet (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
- * - Double bank CDC endpoints in the XPLAIN Bridge project, re-enable JTAG once the mode selection pin has been sampled.
- * - Standardized the naming scheme given to configuration descriptor sub-elements in the Device mode demos, bootloaders
- * and projects
- * - All Class Driver Host mode demos now correctly set the board LEDs to READY once the enumeration process has completed
- * - Added LIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT compile time option to the AVRISP programmer project to make the code compatible with Windows
- * builds of avrdude at the expense of AVRStudio compatibility
- * - Removed two-step endpoint/pipe bank clear and switch sequence for smaller, faster endpoint/pipe code
- * - The USB_Init() function no longer calls sei() - the user is now responsible for enabling interrupts when they are ready
- * for them to be enabled (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
- * - The Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived() and Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample() functions are now inline, to reduce overhead
- * - Removed the cast to uint16_t on the set baud rate in the USBtoSerial project, so that the higher >1M baud rates can be
- * selected (thanks to Steffan Woltjer)
- * - Removed software PDI and TPI emulation from the AVRISP-MKII clone project as it was very buggy and slow - PDI and TPI must
- * now be implemented via separate programming headers
- * - The CDC class bootloader now uses a watchdog reset rather than a soft-reset when exited to ensure that all hardware is
- * properly reset to their defaults
- * - Device mode class driver callbacks are now fired before the control request status stage is sent to prevent the host from
- * timing out if another request is immediately fired and the device has a lengthy callback routine
- * - The TeensyHID bootloader has been removed, per request from Paul at PJRC
- * - The LIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT compile time option in the XPLAINBridge and AVRISP-MKII projects has been renamed
- * LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT, as it applies to all software on all platforms using the libUSB driver
- *
- * <b>Fixed:</b>
- * - Fixed possible device lockup when INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT is enabled and the control endpoint is not properly
- * selected when the ISR completes
- * - Fixed AVRISP-MKII clone project not correctly issuing LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS commands when the extended address
- * boundary is crossed during programming or read back (thanks to Gerard Sexton)
- * - Fixed warnings when building the AVRISP-MKII clone project with the ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL compile time option disabled
- * - Fixed software PDI/TPI programming mode in the AVRISP project not correctly toggling just the clock pin
- * - Fixed TWI_StartTransmission() corrupting the contents of the GPIOR0 register
- * - Fixed TWI driver not aborting when faced with no response after attempting to address a device on the bus
- * - Fixed ADC routines not correctly returning the last result when multiple channels were read
- * - Fixed ADC routines failing to read the extended channels (Channels 8 to 13, Internal Temperature Sensor) on the
- * U4 series USB AVR parts
- * - Fixed LowLevel MassStorage demo broken on the U2 series USB AVRs due to unsupported double-banked endpoint modes used
- * - Fixed compilation error in the AudioInput demos when MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL is defined (thanks to C. Scott Ananian)
- * - Fixed incorrect definition of HID_ALIGN_DATA() causing incorrect HID report item data alignment
- * - Fixed Still Image Host class driver not resetting the transaction ID when a new session is opened, fixed driver not sending
- * a valid session ID to the device
- * - Removed invalid dfu and flip related targets from the bootloaders - bootloaders can only be replaced with an external programmer
- * - Fixed Set/Clear Feature requests directed to a non-configured endpoint not returning a stall to the host
- * - Fixed HID Device Class Driver not allocating a temporary buffer when the host requests a report via the control endpoint and the
- * user has set the PrevReportINBuffer driver configuration element to NULL (thanks to Lars Noschinski)
- * - Fixed device state not being reset to DEVICE_STATE_Default if the host sets a 0x00 device address
- * - Fixed device not stalling configuration requests before the device's address has been set
- * - Fixed possibility of internal signature retrieval being corrupted if an interrupt occurs during a signature byte
- * read (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
- * - Fixed device state not being reset back to the default state if the host sets the address to 0
- * - Fixed Set Configuration requests not being stalled until the host has set the device's address
- * - Fixed Host mode HID class driver not sending the correct report type when HID_Host_SendReportByID() was called and the
- * HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time option is set
- * - Fixed INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT compile time option preventing other interrupts from occurring while the control endpoint
- * request is being processed, causing possible lockups if a USB interrupt occurs during a transfer
- * - Remove incorrect Abstract Call Management class specific descriptor from the CDC demos, bootloaders and projects
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog100219 Version 100219
- *
- * <b>New:</b>
- * - Added TPI programming support for 6-pin ATTINY devices to the AVRISP programmer project (thanks to Tom Light)
- * - Added command timeout counter to the AVRISP project so that the device no longer freezes when incorrectly connected
- * to a target
- * - Added new TemperatureDataLogger application, a USB data logger which writes to the device's dataflash and appears to
- * the host as a standard Mass Storage device when inserted
- * - Added MIDI event packing support to the MIDI Device and Host mode Class drivers, allowing for multiple MIDI events to
- * sent or received in packed form in a single USB packet
- * - Added new MIDI send buffer flush routines to the MIDI Device and Host mode Class drivers, to flush packed events
- * - Added master mode hardware TWI driver for easy TWI peripheral control
- * - Added ADC MUX masks for the standard ADC input channels on all AVR models with an ADC, altered demos to use these masks
- * as on some models, the channel number is not identical to its single-ended ADC MUX mask
- * - New Webserver project, a RNDIS host USB webserver using the open source uIP TCP/IP network stack and FatFS library
- * - New BOARD value option BOARD_NONE (equivalent to not specifying BOARD) which will remove all board hardware drivers which
- * do not adversely affect the code operation (currently only the LEDs driver)
- * - Added keyboard modifier masks (HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_*) and LED report masks (KEYBOARD_LED_*) to the HID class driver and
- * Keyboard demos
- * - Added .5MHz recovery clock to the AVRISP programmer project when in ISP programming mode to correct mis-set fuses
- *
- * <b>Changed:</b>
- * - Slowed down software USART carried PDI programming in the AVRISP project to prevent transmission errors
- * - Renamed the AVRISP project folder to AVRISP-MKII to reduce confusion
- * - Renamed the RESET_LINE_* makefile tokens in the AVRISP MKII Project to AUX_LINE_*, as they are not always used for target
- * reset
- * - Changed over the MassStorageKeyboard Class driver device demo to use Start of Frame events rather than a timer to keep track
- * of elapsed milliseconds
- * - Inlined currently unused (but standardized) maintenance functions in the Device and Host Class drivers to save space
- * - The XPLAINBridge project now selects between a USB to Serial bridge and a PDI programmer on startup, reading the JTAG port's
- * TDI pin to determine which mode to use
- * - Removed the stream example code from the Low Level VirtualSerial demos, as they were buggy and only served to add clutter
- *
- * <b>Fixed:</b>
- * - Fixed AVRISP project not able to enter programming mode when ISP protocol is used
- * - Fixed AVRISP PDI race condition where the guard time between direction changes could be interpreted as a start bit
- * - Fixed ADC_IsReadingComplete() returning an inverted result
- * - Fixed blocking CDC streams not aborting when the host is disconnected
- * - Fixed XPLAIN board Dataflash driver broken due to incorrect preprocessor commands
- * - Fixed inverted XPLAIN LED driver output (LED turned on when it was supposed to be turned off, and vice-versa)
- * - Fixed Class Driver struct interface numbers in the KeyboardMouse and VirtualSerialMouse demos (thanks to Renaud Cerrato)
- * - Fixed invalid USB controller PLL prescaler values for the ATMEGAxxU2 controllers
- * - Fixed lack of support for the ATMEGA32U2 in the DFU and CDC class bootloaders
- * - Fixed Benito project not resetting the target AVR automatically when programming has completed
- * - Fixed DFU bootloader programming not discarding the correct number of filler bytes from the host when non-aligned programming
- * ranges are specified (thanks to Thomas Bleeker)
- * - Fixed CDC and RNDIS host demos and class drivers - bidirectional endpoints should use two separate pipes, not one half-duplex pipe
- * - Fixed Pipe_IsEndpointBound() not taking the endpoint's direction into account
- * - Fixed EEPROM and FLASH ISP programming in the AVRISP project
- * - Fixed incorrect values of USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED and USB_CONFIG_ATTR_REMOTEWAKEUP tokens (thanks to Claus Christensen)
- * - Fixed SerialStream driver blocking while waiting for characters to be received instead of returning EOF
- * - Fixed SerialStream driver not setting stdin to the created serial stream (thanks to Mike Alexander)
- * - Fixed USB_GetHIDReportSize() returning the number of bits in the specified report instead of bytes
- * - Fixed AVRISP project not extending the command delay after each successful page/word/byte program
- * - Fixed accuracy of the SERIAL_UBBRVAL() and SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL() macros for higher baud rates (thanks to Renaud Cerrato)
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog091223 Version 091223
- *
- * <b>New:</b>
- * - Added activity LED indicators to the AVRISP project to indicate when the device is busy processing a command
- * - The USB target family and allowable USB mode tokens are now public and documented (USB_CAN_BE_*, USB_SERIES_*_AVR)
- * - Added new XPLAIN USB to Serial Bridge project (thanks to John Steggall for initial proof-of-concept, David Prentice
- * and Peter Danneger for revised software USART code)
- * - Added new RNDIS Ethernet Host LowLevel demo
- * - Added new RNDIS Ethernet Host Class Driver
- * - Added new RNDIS Ethernet Host ClassDriver demo
- * - Added CDC_Host_Flush() function to the CDC Host Class driver to flush sent data to the attached device
- * - Added PDI programming support for XMEGA devices to the AVRISP programmer project (thanks to Justin Mattair)
- * - Added support for the XPLAIN board Dataflash, with new XPLAIN_REV1 board target for the different dataflash used
- * on the first revision boards compared to the one mounted on later revisions
- * - Added new HID_ALIGN_DATA() macro to return the pre-retrieved value of a HID report item, left-aligned to a given datatype
- * - Added new PreviousValue to the HID Report Parser report item structure, for easy monitoring of previous report item values
- * - Added new EVK527 board target
- * - Added new USB_Host_GetDeviceStringDescriptor() convenience function
- * - Added new LEDNotification project to the library, to give a visual LED notification on new events from the host
- * - Added new NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP and NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER compile time options
- *
- * <b>Changed:</b>
- * - Removed code in the Keyboard demos to send zeroed reports between two reports with differing numbers of key codes
- * as this relied on non-standard OS driver behaviour to repeat key groups
- * - The SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t and SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t type defines are now part of the Mass Storage Class
- * driver common defines, rather than being defined in the Host mode Class driver section only
- * - The USB_MODE_HOST token is now defined even when host mode is not available
- * - The CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport() HID Device Class driver callback now has a new ReportType parameter to
- * indicate the report type to generate
- * - All Class Drivers now return false or the "DeviceDisconnected" error code of their respective error enums when a function
- * is called when no host/device is connected where possible
- * - The HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnect enum value has been renamed to HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected to be in line
- * with the rest of the library error codes
- * - Make MIDI device demos also turn off the on board LEDs if MIDI Note On messages are sent with a velocity of zero,
- * which some devices use instead of Note Off messages (thanks to Robin Green)
- * - The CDC demos are now named "VirtualSerial" instead to indicate the demos' function rather than its implemented USB class,
- * to reduce confusion and to be in line with the rest of the LUFA demos
- * - The SImage_Host_SendBlockHeader() and SImage_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader() Still Image Host Class driver functions are now public
- *
- * <b>Fixed:</b>
- * - Added missing CDC_Host_CreateBlockingStream() function code to the CDC Host Class driver
- * - Fixed incorrect values for REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_* enum values causing corrupt data in the HID Host Parser
- * - Fixed misnamed SI_Host_USBTask() and SI_Host_ConfigurePipes() functions
- * - Fixed broken USB_GetNextDescriptor() function causing the descriptor to jump ahead double the expected amount
- * - Fixed Pipe_IsEndpointBound() not masking the given Endpoint Address against PIPE_EPNUM_MASK
- * - Fixed host state machine not enabling Auto VBUS mode when HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS is set to zero
- * - Fixed misnamed Pipe_SetPipeToken() macro for setting a pipe's direction
- * - Fixed CDCHost failing on devices with bidirectional endpoints
- * - Fixed USB driver failing to define the PLL prescaler mask for the ATMEGA8U2 and ATMEGA16U2
- * - Fixed HID Parser not distributing the Usage Min and Usage Max values across an array of report items
- * - Fixed Mass Storage Host Class driver and Low Level demo not clearing the error condition if an attached device returns a
- * STALL to a GET MAX LUN request (thanks to Martin Luxen)
- * - Fixed TeensyHID bootloader not properly shutting down the USB interface to trigger a disconnection on the host before resetting
- * - Fixed MassStorageHost Class driver demo not having USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS compile time option set properly to prevent slow
- * devices from timing out the data pipes
- * - Fixed the definition of the Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() macro for the U4 series AVR parts
- * - Fixed MIDI host Class driver MIDI_Host_SendEventPacket() routine not properly checking for Pipe ready before writing
- * - Fixed use of deprecated struct initializers, removed library unused parameter warnings when compiled with -Wextra enabled
- * - Fixed Still Image Host Class driver truncating the PIMA response code (thanks to Daniel Seibert)
- * - Fixed USB_CurrentMode not being reset to USB_MODE_NONE when the USB interface is shut down and both Host and Device modes can be
- * used (thanks to Daniel Levy)
- * - Fixed TeensyHID bootloader not enumerating to the host correctly (thanks to Clint Fisher)
- * - Fixed AVRISP project timeouts not checking for the correct timeout period (thanks to Carl Ott)
- * - Fixed STK525 Dataflash driver using incorrect bit-shifting for Dataflash addresses (thanks to Tim Mitchell)
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog091122 Version 091122
- *
- * <b>New:</b>
- * - Added new Dual Role Keyboard/Mouse demo
- * - Added new HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token to reduce the size of the HID Host Class driver when
- * Report protocol is not needed
- * - Added new MIDI LowLevel and ClassDriver Host demo, add new MIDI Host Class driver
- * - Added new CDC/Mouse ClassDriver device demo
- * - Added new Joystick Host ClassDriver and LowLevel demos
- * - Added new Printer Host mode Class driver
- * - Added new Printer Host mode ClassDriver demo
- * - Added optional support for double banked endpoints and pipes in the Device and Host mode Class drivers
- * - Added new stream creation function to the CDC Class drivers, to easily make standard I/O streams from CDC Class driver instances
- *
- * <b>Changed:</b>
- * - Removed mostly useless "TestApp" demo, as it was mainly useful only for checking for syntax errors in the library
- * - MIDI device demos now receive MIDI events from the host and display note ON messages via the board LEDs
- * - Cleanups to the Device mode Mass Storage demo application SCSI routines
- * - Changed Audio Class driver sample read/write functions to be inline, to reduce the number of cycles needed to transfer
- * samples to and from the device (allowing more time for sample processing and output)
- * - Audio class Device mode demos now work at both 16MHz and 8MHz, rather than just at 8MHz
- * - The previous USBtoSerial demo has been moved into the projects directory, as it was just a modified CDC demo
- * - The Endpoint/Pipe functions now use the const qualifier on the input buffer
- * - Changed the CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem() callback to pass a HID_ReportItem_t rather than just the current
- * item's attributes, to expose more information on the item (including it's type, collection path, etc.)
- * - Changed MouseHostWithParser demos to check that the report items have a Mouse usage collection as a parent at some point,
- * to prevent Joysticks from enumerating with the demo
- * - Corrected the name of the misnamed USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function to USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor().
- * - Keyboard LowLevel/ClassDriver demos now support multiple simultaneous key presses (up to 6) per report
- *
- * <b>Fixed:</b>
- * - Fixed PrinterHost demo returning invalid Device ID data when the attached device does not have a
- * device ID (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
- * - Changed LUFA_VERSION_INTEGER define to use BCD values, to make comparisons easier
- * - Fixed issue in the HID Host class driver's HID_Host_SendReportByID() routine using the incorrect mode (control/pipe)
- * to send report to the attached device
- * - Fixed ClassDriver AudioOutput device demo not selecting an audio output mode
- * - Fixed incorrect SampleFrequencyType value in the AudioInput and AudioOutput ClassDriver demos' descriptors
- * - Fixed incorrect event name rule in demo/project/bootloader makefiles
- * - Fixed HID device class driver not reselecting the correct endpoint once the user callback routines have been called
- * - Corrected HID descriptor in the Joystick Device demos - buttons should be placed outside the pointer collection
- * - Fixed HID report parser collection paths invalid due to misplaced semicolon in the free path item search loop
- * - Fixed HID host Class driver report send/receive report broken when issued through the control pipe
- * - Fixed HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR compile time option being ignored when in host mode (thanks to David Lyons)
- * - Fixed LowLevel Keyboard demo not saving the issues report only after it has been sent to the host
- * - Fixed Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_* functions not sending a terminating IN when given data Length is zero
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog090924 Version 090924
- *
- * <b>New:</b>
- * - Added new host mode class drivers and matching demos to the library for rapid application development
- * - Added flag to the HID report parser to indicate if a device has multiple reports
- * - Added new EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event, controlled by the new USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents() and
- * USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents() macros to give bus-synchronized millisecond interrupts when in USB device mode
- * - Added new Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection() macro for bidirectional endpoints
- * - Added new AVRISP project, a LUFA powered clone of the Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer
- * - Added ShutDown() functions for all hardware peripheral drivers, so that peripherals can be turned off after use
- * - Added new CDC_Device_Flush() command to the device mode CDC Class driver to flush Device->Host data
- * - Added extra masks to the SPI driver, changed SPI_Init() so that the clock polarity and sample modes can be set
- * - Added new callback to the HID report parser, so that the user application can filter only the items it is interested
- * in to be stored into the HIDReportInfo structure to save RAM
- * - Added support for the officially recommended external peripheral layout for the BUMBLEB board (thanks to Dave Fletcher)
- * - Added new Pipe_IsFrozen() macro to determine if the currently selected pipe is frozen
- * - Added new USB_GetHIDReportSize() function to the HID report parser to retrieve the size of a given report by its ID
- * - Added new combined Mass Storage and Keyboard demo (thanks to Matthias Hullin)
- *
- * <b>Changed:</b>
- * - SetIdle requests to the HID device driver with a 0 idle period (send changes only) now only affect the requested
- * HID interface within the device, not all HID interfaces
- * - Added explicit attribute masks to the device mode demos' descriptors
- * - Added return values to the CDC and MIDI class driver transmit functions
- * - Optimized Endpoint_Read_Word_* and Pipe_Read_Word_* macros to reduce compiled size
- * - Added non-null function parameter pointer restrictions to USB Class drivers to improve user code reliability
- * - Added new "Common" section to the class drivers, to hold all mode-independent definitions for clarity
- * - Moved SCSI command/sense constants into the Mass Storage Class driver, instead of the user-code
- * - Altered the SCSI commands in the LowLevel Mass Storage Host to save on FLASH space by reducing function calls
- * - Changed the parameters and behaviour of the USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function so that it now performs size checks
- * and data validations internally, to simplify user code
- * - Changed HIDParser to only zero out important values in the Parsed HID Report Item Information structure to save cycles
- * - The HID report parser now always processed FEATURE items - HID_ENABLE_FEATURE_PROCESSING token now has no effect
- * - The HID report parser now always ignores constant-data items, HID_INCLUDE_CONSTANT_DATA_ITEMS token now has no effect
- * - The Benito Programmer project now has its own unique VID/PID pair allocated from the Atmel donated LUFA VID/PID pool
- * - Add in new invalid event hook check targets to project makefiles to produce compilation errors when invalid event names
- * are used in a project
- * - The HID Report Parser now gives information on the total length of each report within a HID interface
- * - The USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES compile time token has been removed - there are now separate USB_Descriptor_* and
- * USB_StdDescriptor_* structures for both the LUFA and standardized element naming conventions so both may be used
- *
- * <b>Fixed:</b>
- * - Fixed possible lockup in the CDC device class driver, when the host sends data that is a multiple of the
- * endpoint's bank
- * - Fixed swapped parameters in the HID state memory copy call while processing a HID PUSH item in the HID report parser
- * - Fixed memory corruption HID report parser when too many COLLECTION or PUSH items were processed
- * - Fixed HID report parser not resetting the FEATURE item count when a REPORT ID item is encountered
- * - Fixed USBtoSerial demos not reading in UDR1 when the USART receives data but the USB interface is not enumerated,
- * causing continuous USART receive interrupts
- * - Fixed misspelled event name in the Class driver USBtoSerial demo, preventing correct operation
- * - Fixed invalid data being returned when a GetStatus request is issued in Device mode with an unhandled data recipient
- * - Added hardware USART receive interrupt and software buffering to the Benito project to ensure received data is not
- * missed or corrupted
- * - Fixed Device mode HID Class driver always sending IN packets, even when nothing to report
- * - Fixed Device mode HID Class driver not explicitly initializing the ReportSize parameter to zero before calling callback
- * routine, so that ignored callbacks don't cause incorrect data to be sent
- * - Fixed StillImageHost not correctly freezing and unfreezing data pipes while waiting for a response block header
- * - Fixed error in the PrinterHost demo preventing the full page data from being sent to the attached device (thanks to John Andrews)
- * - Fixed CDC based demos and projects' INF driver files under 64 bit versions of Windows (thanks to Ronny Hanson, Thomas Bleeker)
- * - Re-add in missing flip, flip-ee, dfu and dfu-ee targets to project makefiles (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
- * - Fix allowable F_CPU values comment in project makefiles to more accurately reflect the allowable values on the USB AVRs
- * - Fixed DFU and CDC class bootloaders on the series 2 USB AVRs, corrected invalid signatures, added support for the new
- * ATMEGAxx2 series 2 variant AVRs to the DFU bootloader
- * - Fixed Low Level USBtoSerial demo not storing received characters (thanks to Michael Cooper)
- * - Fixed MIDI Device Class driver not sending/receiving MIDI packets of the correct size (thanks to Thomas Bleeker)
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog090810 Version 090810
- *
- * <b>New:</b>
- * - Added new device class drivers and matching demos to the library for rapid application development
- * - Added new PrinterHost demo (thanks to John Andrews)
- * - Added USB Missile Launcher project, submitted by Dave Fletcher
- * - Added new Benito Arduino Programmer project
- * - Added incomplete device and host mode demos for later enhancement
- * - Updated MassStorage device block write routines to use ping-pong Dataflash buffering to increase throughput by around 30%
- * - Error status LEDs shown when device endpoint configuration fails to complete in all demos and projects
- * - Added new USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration() convenience function for easy configuration selection of devices while in USB
- * host mode
- * - Added new USB_Host_ClearPipeStall() convenience function to clear a stall condition on an attached device's endpoint
- * - Added new USB_Host_GetDeviceDescriptor() convenience function to retrieve the attached device's Device descriptor
- * - Added new Endpoint_ClearStatusStage() convenience function to assist with the status stages of control transfers
- * - Added new USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL define for using the unique serial numbers in some AVR models as the USB device's serial number,
- * added NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL compile time option to turn off new serial number reading code
- * - Added new DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK() macro to the Dataflash driver, which returns the Dataflash select mask for the given chip index
- * - Added new HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval host state machine state for non-blocking disabling of device communications until the
- * device has been removed (for use when an error occurs or communications with the device have completed)
- * - Added new FAST_STREAM_TRANSFERS compile time option for faster stream transfers via multiple bytes copied per stream loop
- * - Added stdio stream demo code to the CDC device demos, to show how to create standard streams out of the virtual serial ports
- * - Added new EEPROM and FLASH buffer versions of the Endpoint and Pipe stream functions
- * - Added new USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS compile time options
- * - Added support for the new ATMEGA32U2, ATMEGA16U2 and ATMEGA8U2 AVR models
- * - Added new USB_DeviceState variable to keep track of the current Device mode USB state
- * - Added new LEDs_ToggleLEDs() function to the LEDs driver
- * - Added new Pipe_BoundEndpointNumber() and Pipe_IsEndpointBound() functions
- * - Added new DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR and HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR compile time options
- * - Added 404 Not Found errors to the webserver in the RNDIS demos to indicate invalid URLs
- *
- * <b>Changed:</b>
- * - Deprecated pseudo-scheduler and removed dynamic memory allocator from the library (first no longer needed and second unused)
- * - The device-mode CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() function now has an extra parameter so that the memory space in which the requested
- * descriptor is located can be specified. This means that descriptors can now be located in multiple memory spaces within a device.
- * - Removed vague USB_IsConnected global - test USB_DeviceState or USB_HostState explicitly to gain previous functionality
- * - Removed USB_IsSuspended global - test USB_DeviceState against DEVICE_STATE_Suspended instead
- * - Extended USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() routine to require the configuration number within the device to fetch
- * - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy() now always ensures that the dataflash is ready for the next command immediately after returning,
- * no need to call Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS() afterwards
- * - Low level API MIDI device demo no longer blocks if a note change event is sent while the endpoint is not ready
- * - Pipe_GetErrorFlags() now returns additional error flags for overflow and underflow errors
- * - Pipe stream functions now automatically set the correct pipe token, so that bidirectional pipes can be used
- * - Pipe_ConfigurePipe() now automatically defaults IN pipes to accepting infinite IN requests, this can still be changed by calling
- * the existing Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests() function
- * - Changed F_USB entries in project makefiles to alias to F_CPU by default, as this is the most common case
- * - Host mode demos now use sane terminal escape codes, so that text is always readable and events/program output is visually distinguished
- * from one another using foreground colours
- * - Internal per-device preprocessing conditions changed to per-device series rather than per-controller group for finer-grain
- * internal control
- * - Interrupts are no longer disabled during the processing of Control Requests on the default endpoint while in device mode
- * - AudioOutput demos now always output to board LEDs, regardless of output mode (removed AUDIO_OUT_LEDS project option)
- * - Removed SINGLE_DEVICE_CONFIGURATION compile time option in favor of the new FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS option so that the exact number
- * of device configurations can be defined statically
- * - Removed VBUS events, as they are already exposed to the user application via the regular device connection and disconnection events
- * - Renamed and altered existing events to properly separate out Host and Device mode events
- * - All demos switched over from GNU99 standards mode to C99 standards mode, to reduce the dependencies on GCC-only language extensions
- *
- * <b>Fixed:</b>
- * - Changed bootloaders to use FLASHEND rather than the existence of RAMPZ to determine if far FLASH pointers are needed to fix
- * bootloaders on some of the USB AVR devices where avr-libc erroneously defines RAMPZ
- * - Fixes to MassStorageHost for better device compatibility (increase command timeout, change MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()
- * to only unfreeze and check one data pipe at a time) to prevent incorrect device enumerations and freezes while transferring data
- * - Make Pipe_ConfigurePipe() mask the given endpoint number against PIPE_EPNUM_MASK to ensure the endpoint IN direction bit is
- * cleared to prevent endpoint type corruption
- * - Fixed issue opening CDC-ACM ports on hosts when the CDC device tries to send data before the host has set the line encoding
- * - Fixed USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL option being ignored during device disconnects on some models (thanks to Brian Dickman)
- * - Fixed documentation mentioning Pipe_GetCurrentToken() function when correct function name is Pipe_GetPipeToken()
- * - Fixed ADC driver for the ATMEGA32U4 and ATMEGA16U4 (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
- * - Fixed CDCHost demo unfreezing the pipes at the point of configuration, rather than use
- * - Fixed MassStorage demo not clearing the reset flag when a Mass Storage Reset is issued while not processing a command
- * - Fixed USB_Host_SendControlRequest() not re-suspending the USB bus when initial device ready-wait fails
- * - Fixed USB Pad regulator not being disabled on some AVR models when the USB_OPT_REG_DISABLED option is used
- * - Fixed Host mode to Device mode UID change not causing a USB Disconnect event when a device was connected
- * - Fixed Mouse/Keyboard demos not performing the correct arithmetic on the Idle period at the right times (thanks to Brian Dickman)
- * - Fixed GenericHID failing HID class tests due to incorrect Logical Minimum and Logical Maximum values (thanks to Soren Greiner)
- * - Fixed incorrect PIPE_EPNUM_MASK mask causing pipe failures on devices with endpoint addresses of 8 and above (thanks to John Andrews)
- * - Fixed report data alignment issues in the MouseHostWithParser demo when X and Y movement data size is not a multiple of 8 bits
- * - Fixed HID Report Descriptor Parser not correctly resetting internal states when a REPORT ID element is encountered
- * - Fixed incorrect BUTTONS_BUTTON1 for the STK526 target
- * - Fixed RNDIS demos freezing when more than one connection was attempted simultaneously, causing memory corruption
- * - Fixed USBtoSerial demo receiving noise from the USART due to pull-up not being enabled
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog090605 Version 090605
- *
- * - Fixed bug in RNDISEthernet and DualCDC demos not using the correct USB_ControlRequest structure for control request data
- * - Fixed documentation showing incorrect USB mode support on the supported AVRs list
- * - Fixed RNDISEthernet not working under Linux due to Linux requiring an "optional" RNDIS request which was unhandled
- * - Fixed Mouse and Keyboard device demos not acting in accordance with the HID specification for idle periods (thanks to Brian Dickman)
- * - Removed support for endpoint/pipe non-control interrupts; these did not act in the way users expected, and had many subtle issues
- * - Fixed Device Mode not handling Set Feature and Clear Feature Chapter 9 requests that are addressed to the device (thanks to Brian Dickman)
- * - Moved control endpoint interrupt handling into the library itself, enable via the new INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT token
- * - Fixed CDCHost not clearing configured pipes and resetting configured pipes mask when a partially enumerated invalid CDC
- * interface is skipped
- * - Clarified the size of library tokens which accept integer values in the Compile Time Tokens page, values now use the smallest datatype
- * inside the library that is able to hold their defined value to save space
- * - Removed DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS() macro as it was largely superfluous and only served to obfuscate code
- * - Rewritten event system to remove all macros, to make user code clearer
- * - Fixed incorrect ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK mask preventing endpoints above EP3 from being selected (thanks to Jonathan Oakley)
- * - Removed STREAM_CALLBACK() macro - callbacks now use regular function definitions to clarify user code
- * - Removed DESCRIPTOR_COMPARATOR() macro - comparators should now use regular function definitions to clarify user code
- * - USB_IsConnected is now cleared before the USB_Disconnect() event is fired in response to VBUS being removed
- * - Fixed incorrect PID value being used in the USBtoSerial project (thanks to Phill)
- * - Deleted StdDescriptors.c, renamed USB_GetDescriptor() to CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor, moved ConfigDescriptor.c/.h from the
- * LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/ directory to LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ in preparation for the new USB class APIs
- * - Moved out each demos' functionality library files (e.g. Ring Buffer library) to /Lib directories for a better directory structure
- * - Removed Tx interrupt from the USBtoSerial demo; now sends characters via polling to ensure more time for the Rx interrupt
- * - Fixed possible enumeration errors from spin-loops which may fail to exit if the USB connection is severed before the exit condition
- * becomes true
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog090510 Version 090510
- *
- * - Added new GenericHIDHost demo
- * - Corrections to the KeyboardHost and MouseHost demos' pipe handling to freeze and unfreeze the data pipes at the point of use
- * - KeyboardHost, MouseHost and GenericHIDHost demos now save and restore the currently selected pipe inside the pipe ISR
- * - Changed GenericHID device demo to use the LUFA scheduler, added INTERRUPT_DATA_ENDPOINT and INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT compile
- * time options
- * - All comments in the library, bootloaders, demos and projects have now been spell-checked and spelling mistakes/typos corrected
- * - Added new PIMA_DATA_SIZE() define to the Still Image Host demo
- * - Add call to MassStore_WaitForDataReceived() in MassStore_GetReturnedStatus() to ensure that the CSW has been received in the
- * extended MSC timeout period before continuing, to prevent long processing delays from causing the MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()
- * to early-abort (thanks to Dmitry Maksimov)
- * - Move StdRequestType.h, StreamCallbacks.h, USBMode.h from the LowLevel USB driver directory to the HighLevel USB driver directory,
- * where they are more suited
- * - Removed all binary constants and replaced with decimal or hexadecimal constants so that unpatched GCC compilers can still build the
- * code without having to be itself patched and recompiled first
- * - Added preprocessor checks and documentation to the bootloaders giving information about missing SIGNATURE_x defines due to
- * outdated avr-libc versions.
- * - Added support to the CDCHost demo for devices with multiple CDC interfaces which are not the correct ACM type preceding the desired
- * ACM CDC interface
- * - Fixed GenericHID demo not starting USB and HID management tasks when not using interrupt driven modes (thanks to Carl Kjeldsen)
- * - Fixed RNDISEthenet demo checking the incorrect message field for packet size constraints (thanks to Jonathan Oakley)
- * - Fixed WriteNextReport code in the GenericHIDHost demo using incorrect parameter types and not selecting the correct endpoint
- * - Adjusted sample CTC timer calculations in the AudioOutput and AudioInput demos to match the CTC calculations in the AVR datasheet,
- * and to fix instances where rounding caused the endpoint to underflow (thanks to Robin Theunis)
- * - The USB_Host_SendControlRequest() function no longer automatically selects the Control pipe (pipe 0), so that other control type
- * pipes can be used with the function
- * - The USB Host management task now saves and restores the currently selected pipe before and after the task completes
- * - Fixed GenericHIDHost demo report write routine incorrect for control type requests (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
- * - Removed Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank() and Pipe_ClearCurrentBank() in favor of new Endpoint_ClearIN(), Endpoint_ClearOUT(),
- * Pipe_ClearIN() and Pipe_ClearOUT() macros (done to allow for the detection of packets of zero length)
- * - Renamed *_ReadWriteAllowed() macros to *_IsReadWriteAllowed() to remain consistent with the rest of the LUFA API
- * - Endpoint_IsSetupReceived() macro has been renamed to Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(), Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived() macro has been
- * renamed to Endpoint_ClearSETUP(), the Pipe_IsSetupSent() macro has been renamed to Pipe_IsSETUPSent() and the
- * Pipe_ClearSetupSent() macro is no longer applicable and should be removed - changes made to compliment the new endpoint and pipe
- * bank management API
- * - Updated all demos, bootloaders and projects to use the new endpoint and pipe management APIs (thanks to Roman Thiel from Curetis AG)
- * - Updated library doxygen documentation, added groups, changed documentation macro functions to real functions for clarity
- * - Removed old endpoint and pipe aliased read/write/discard routines which did not have an explicit endian specifier for clarity
- * - Removed the ButtLoadTag.h header file, as no one used for its intended purpose anyway
- * - Renamed the main Drivers/AT90USBXXX directory to Drivers/Peripheral, renamed the Serial_Stream driver to SerialStream
- * - Fixed CDC and USBtoSerial demos freezing where buffers were full while still transmitting or receiving (thanks to Peter Hand)
- * - Removed "Host_" section of the function names in ConfigDescriptor.h, as most of the routines can now be used in device mode on the
- * device descriptor
- * - Renamed functions in the HID parser to have a "USB_" prefix and the acronym "HID" in the name
- * - Fixed incorrect HID interface class and subclass values in the Mouse and KeyboardMouse demos (thanks to Brian Dickman)
- * - Capitalized the "Descriptor_Search" and "Descriptor_Search_Comp" prefixes of the values in the DSearch_Return_ErrorCodes_t and
- * DSearch_Comp_Return_ErrorCodes_t enums
- * - Removed "ERROR" from the enum names in the endpoint and pipe stream error code enums
- * - Renamed the USB_PowerOnErrorCodes_t enum to USB_InitErrorCodes_t, renamed the POWERON_ERROR_NoUSBModeSpecified enum value to
- * USB_INITERROR_NoUSBModeSpecified
- * - Renamed USB_PowerOnFail event to USB_InitFailure
- * - Renamed OTG.h header functions to be more consistent with the rest of the library API
- * - Changed over all deprecated GCC structure tag initializers to the standardized C99 format (thanks to Mike Alexander)
- * - USB_HostRequest renamed to USB_ControlRequest, entire control request header is now read into USB_ControlRequest in Device mode
- * rather than having the library pass only partially read header data to the application
- * - The USB_UnhandledControlPacket event has had its parameters removed, in favor of accessing the new USB_ControlRequest structure
- * - The Endpoint control stream functions now correctly send a ZLP to the host when less data than requested is sent
- * - Fixed USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled flag never being set (the REMOTE WAKEUP Set Feature request was not being handled)
- * - Renamed the FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE compile-time token to CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
- * - Endpoint configuration is now refined to give better output when all configurations have static inputs - removed the now useless
- * STATIC_ENDPOINT_CONFIGURATION compile time token
- * - Fixed SPI driver init function not clearing SPI2X bit when not needed
- * - Fixed PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL command issuing in the MassStorageHost demo using incorrect parameters (thanks to Mike Alex)
- * - Fixed MassStorageHost demo broken due to an incorrect if statement test in MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()
- * - Fixed reversed signature byte ordering in the CDC bootloader (thanks to Johannes Raschke)
- * - Changed PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE from 8 to 64 to try to prevent problems with faulty devices which do not respect the given
- * wLength value when reading in the device descriptor
- * - Fixed missing semicolon in the ATAVRUSBRF01 LED board driver code (thanks to Morten Lund)
- * - Changed LED board driver code to define dummy LED masks for the first four board LEDs, so that user code can be compiled for boards
- * with less than four LEDs without code modifications (thanks to Morten Lund)
- * - Changed HWB board driver to Buttons driver, to allow for the support of future boards with more than one mounted GPIO button
- * - Serial driver now correctly calculates the baud register value when in double speed mode
- * - Init function of the Serial driver is now static inline to product smaller code for the common-case of static init values
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog090401 Version 090401
- *
- * - Fixed MagStripe project configuration descriptor containing an unused (blank) endpoint descriptor
- * - Incorporated makefile changes by Denver Gingerich to retain compatibility with stock (non-WinAVR) AVR-GCC installations
- * - Fixed makefile EEPROM programming targets programming FLASH data in addition to EEPROM data
- * - LUFA devices now enumerate correctly with LUFA hosts
- * - Fixed Configuration Descriptor search routine freezing when a comparator returned a failure
- * - Removed HID report item serial dump in the MouseHostWithParser and KeyboardHostWithParser - useful only for debugging, and
- * slowed down the enumeration of HID devices too much
- * - Increased the number of bits per track which can be read in the MagStripe project to 8192 when compiled for the AT90USBXXX6/7
- * - Fixed KeyboardMouse demo discarding the wIndex value in the REQ_GetReport request
- * - USBtoSerial demo now discards all Rx data when not connected to a USB host, rather than buffering characters for transmission
- * next time the device is attached to a host.
- * - Added new F_USB compile time constant to the library and makefiles, to give the raw input clock (used to feed the PLL before any
- * clock prescaling is performed) frequency, so that the PLL prescale mask can be determined
- * - Changed stream wait timeout counter to be 16-bit, so that very long timeout periods can be set for correct communications with
- * badly designed hosts or devices which greatly exceed the USB specification limits
- * - Mass Storage Host demo now uses a USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS of two seconds to maintain compatibility with poorly designed devices
- * - Function attribute ATTR_ALWAYSINLINE renamed to ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE to match other function attribute macro naming conventions
- * - Added ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE attribute to several key inlined library components, to ensure they are inlined in all circumstances
- * - Removed SetSystemClockPrescaler() macro, the clock_prescale_set() avr-libc macro has been corrected in recent avr-libc versions
- * - Fixed incorrect/missing control status stage transfers on demos, bootloaders and applications (thanks to Nate Lawson)
- * - The NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST compile time token has been renamed to FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE, and its function expanded
- * to also remove parts of the Get Status chapter 9 request to further reduce code usage
- * - Makefile updated to include output giving the currently selected BOARD parameter value
- * - Board Dataflash driver now allows for dataflash ICs which use different shifts for setting the current page/byte address (thanks
- * to Kenneth Clubb)
- * - Added DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM() and DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM() functions to the MassStorage demo, to allow for easy
- * interfacing with a FAT library for dataflash file level access
- * - Corrected CDC class bootloader to fix a few bugs, changed address counter to store x2 addresses for convenience
- * - Fixed typos in the SPI driver SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64 and SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128 masks (thanks to Markus Zocholl)
- * - Keyboard and Mouse device demos (normal, data interrupt and fully interrupt driven) combined into unified keyboard and mouse demos
- * - Keyboard and Mouse host demos (normal and data interrupt driven) combined into unified keyboard and mouse demos
- * - Removed AVRISP_Programmer project due to code quality concerns
- * - Fixed CDC demo not sending an empty packet after each transfer to prevent the host from buffering incoming data
- * - Fixed documentation typos and preprocessor checks relating to misspellings of the USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS token (thanks to Ian Gregg)
- * - Fixed USBTask.h not conditionally including HostChapter9.h only when USB_CAN_BE_HOST is defined (thanks to Ian Gregg)
- * - Fixed incorrect ADC driver init register manipulation (thanks to Tobias)
- * - Added new GenericHID device demo application
- * - Fixed Still Image Host SImage_SendData() function not clearing the pipe bank after sending data
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog090209 Version 090209
- *
- * - PWM timer mode in AudioOut demo changed to Fast PWM for speed
- * - Updated Magstripe project to work with the latest hardware revision
- * - Fixed library not responding to the BCERRI flag correctly in host mode, leading to device lockups
- * - Fixed library handling Get Descriptor requests when not addressed as standard requests to the device or interface (thanks to
- * Nate Lawson)
- * - Fixed serious data corruption issue in MassStorage demo dataflash write routine
- * - Added new NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST compile time token
- * - USB task now restores previous global interrupt state after execution, rather than forcing global interrupts to be enabled
- * - Fixed USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event firing after each configuration change, rather than once after the initial configuration
- * - Added ENDPOINT_DOUBLEBANK_SUPPORTED() macros to Endpoint.h, altered ENDPOINT_MAX_SIZE() to allow user to specify endpoint
- * - ENDPOINT_MAX_ENDPOINTS changed to ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS, PIPE_MAX_PIPES changed to PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES
- * - Endpoint and Pipe non-control stream functions now ensure endpoint or pipe is ready before reading or writing
- * - Changed Teensy bootloader to use a watchdog reset when exiting rather than a software jump
- * - Fixed integer promotion error in MassStorage and MassStorageHost demos, corrupting read/write transfers
- * - SPI_SendByte is now SPI_TransferByte, added new SPI_SendByte and SPI_ReceiveByte functions for fast one-way transfer
- * - MassStorage demo changed to use new fast one-way SPI transfers to increase throughput
- * - MassStorage handling of Mass Storage Reset class request improved
- * - Altered MassStorage demo dataflash block read code for speed
- * - Added USB_IsSuspended global flag
- * - Simplified internal Dual Mode (OTG) USB library code to reduce code size
- * - Extended stream timeout period to 100ms from 50ms
- * - Mass Storage Host demo commands now all return an error code from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
- * - Added SubErrorCode parameter to the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event
- * - VBUS drop interrupt now disabled during the manual-to-auto VBUS delivery handoff
- * - Simplified low level backend so that device/host mode initialization uses the same code paths
- * - Added workaround for faulty Mass Storage devices which do not implement the required GET_MAX_LUN request
- * - Removed buggy Telnet application from the RNDIS demo
- * - Moved Mass Storage class requests in the Mass Storage Host demo to wrapper functions in MassStoreCommands.c
- * - Fixed incorrect SCSI command size value in the Request Sense command in MassStoreCommands.c
- * - Added SetProtocol request to HID class non-parser Mouse and Keyboard demos to force devices to use the correct Boot Protocol
- * - Added new "dfu" and "flip" programming targets to project makefiles
- * - HID_PARSE_Sucessful enum member typo corrected to HID_PARSE_Successful
- * - Changed COLLECTION item structures in the HID descriptor parser to include the collection's Usage Page value
- * - Serial driver now sets Tx line as output, enables pull-up on Rx line
- * - Fixed smaller USB AVRs raising multiple connection and disconnection events when NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT is disabled
- * - Added HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS to give the host delay after a device is connected before it is enumerated
- * - Fixed KeyboardHostWithParser demo linking against the wrong global variables
- * - Completed doxygen documentation of remaining library bootloaders, demos and projects
- * - Fixed incorrect bootloader start address in the TeensyHID bootloader
- * - Added HWB button whole-disk ASCII dump functionality to MassStoreHost demo
- * - Replaced printf_P(PSTR("%c"), {Variable}) calls with putchar(<Variable>) for speed and size savings
- * - Serial driver now accepts baud rates over 16-bits in size, added double speed flag option
- * - Fixed incorrect callback abort return value in Pipe.c
- * - Added new flip-ee and dfu-ee makefile targets (courtesy of Opendous Inc.)
- * - Removed reboot-on-disconnect code from the TeensyHID bootloader, caused problems on some systems
- * - Fixed AudioOutput and AudioInput demos looping on the endpoint data, rather than processing a sample at a time and returning
- * each time the task runs to allow for other tasks to execute
- * - Added support for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01 board
- * - Added AVRISP Programmer Project, courtesy of Opendous Inc.
- * - Fixed CDC Host demo not searching through both CDC interfaces for endpoints
- * - Fixed incorrect Product String descriptor length in the DFU class bootloader
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog081224 Version 081224
- *
- * - MyUSB name changed to LUFA, the Lightweight USB Framework for AVRs
- * - Fixed Mass Storage Host demo's MassStore_SendCommand() delay in the incorrect place
- * - Fixed USBtoSerial demo not calling ReconfigureUSART() after a change in the line encoding
- * - Fixed infinite loop in host mode Host-to-Device control transfers with data stages
- * - HID report parser now supports devices with multiple reports in one interface via Report IDs
- * - Fixed RZUSBSTICK board LED driver header incorrect macro definition order causing compile errors
- * - Calling USB_Init() when the USB interface is already configured now forces a complete interface reset
- * and re-enumeration - fixes MyUSB DFU bootloader not switching to app code correctly when soft reset used
- * - Fixed "No newline at end of file" warning when stream callbacks are enabled
- * - DFU bootloader now uses fixed signature bytes per device, rather than reading them out dynamically for size
- * - Added new FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE and USE_SINGLE_DEVICE_CONFIGURATION switches to statically define certain values to
- * reduce compiled binary size
- * - Added new NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT switch to prevent the library from trying to determine bus connection
- * state from the suspension and wake up events on the smaller USB AVRs
- * - Added summary of all library compile time tokens to the documentation
- * - Added overview of the LUFA scheduler to the documentation
- * - Removed MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time token, replaced with a mask for the USB_Init() Options parameter
- * - CDC bootloader now uses the correct non-far or far versions of the pgm_* functions depending on if RAMPZ is defined
- * - Doxygen documentation now contains documentation on all the projects, bootloaders and most demos included with the library
- * - CDC bootloader now runs user application when USB disconnected rather than waiting for a hard reset
- * - MouseHostWithParser and KeyboardHostWithParser now support multiple-report devices
- * - RNDIS demo can now close connections correctly using the new TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION() macro - used in Webserver
- * - Fixed the DFU bootloader, no longer freezes up when certain files are programmed into an AVR, made reading/writing faster
- * - Fixed mouse/joystick up/down movements reversed - HID mouse X/Y coordinates use a left-handed coordinate system, not a normal
- * right-handed system
- * - Added stub code to the CDC and USBtoSerial demos showing how to read and set the RS-232 handshake lines - not currently used in
- * the demos, but the example code and supporting defines are now in place
- * - Interrupts are now disabled when processing a control request in device mode, to avoid exceeding the strict control request
- * timing requirements.
- * - All demos now use a central StatusUpdate() function rather than direct calls to the board LED functions, so that the demos can
- * easily be altered to show different LED combinations (or do something else entirely) as the demo's status changes
- * - Removed LED commands from the CDC bootloader, unused by most AVR910 programming software
- * - Fixed RNDIS demo ICMP ping requests echoing back incorrect data
- * - Added DHCP server code to RNDIS demo, allowing for hands-free auto configuration on any PC
- * - Fixed DFU bootloader PID value for the ATMEGA16U4 AVR
- * - Endpoint and Pipe configuration functions now return an error code indicating success or failure
- * - USB Reset in device mode now resets and disables all device endpoints
- * - Added intermediate states to the host mode state machine, reducing the USB task blocking time to no more than 1ms explicitly per
- * invocation when in host mode
- * - Added support for the ATMEGA32U6 microcontroller
- * - Added STATIC_ENDPOINT_CONFIGURATION compile time option, enabled in the bootloaders to minimize space usage
- * - Removed redundant code from the USB device GetStatus() chapter 9 processing routine
- * - Added new TeensyHID bootloader, compatible with the Teensy HID protocol (http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/)
- * - Versions are now numbered by release dates, rather than arbitrary major/minor revision numbers
- * - USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled is now correctly set and cleared by SetFeature and ClearFeature requests from the host
- * - Changed prototype of GetDescriptor, so that it now returns the descriptor size (or zero if the descriptor doesn't exist)
- * rather than passing the size back to the caller through a parameter and returning a boolean
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog153 Version 1.5.3 (081002)
- *
- * - Fixed CDC bootloader using pgmspace macros for some descriptors inappropriately
- * - Updated all Mouse and Keyboard device demos to include boot protocol support (now works in BIOS)
- * - Renamed bootloader directories to remove spaces, which were causing build problems on several OSes
- * - Removed serial number strings from all but the MassStore demo where it is required - users were not
- * modifying the code to either omit the descriptor or use a unique serial per device causing problems
- * when multiple units of the same device were plugged in at the same time
- * - AudioOutput and AudioInput demos now correctly silence endpoints when not enabled by the host
- * - Added KeyboardMouse demo (Keyboard and Mouse functionality combined into a single demo)
- * - Added DriverStubs directory to house board level driver templates, to make MyUSB compatible custom board
- * driver creation easier
- * - Extended MassStorage demo to support multiple LUNs, 2 by default
- * - Fixed incorrect device address mask, preventing the device from enumerating with addresses larger than 63
- * - Fixed incorrect data direction mask in the GetStatus standard request, preventing it from being handled
- * - Fixed incorrect GetStatus standard request for endpoints, now returns the endpoint STALL status correctly
- * - Added in new USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled and USB_CurrentlySelfPowered flags rather than using fixed values
- * - Added DualCDC demo to demonstrate the use of Interface Association Descriptors
- * - Added pipe NAK detection and clearing API
- * - Added pipe status change (NAK, STALL, etc.) interrupt API
- * - Fixed MassStorageHost demo so that it no longer freezes randomly when issuing several commands in a row
- * - Host demos configuration descriptor routines now return a unique error code when the returned data does
- * not have a valid configuration descriptor header
- * - Added Endpoint_WaitUntilReady() and Pipe_WaitUntilReady() functions
- * - Stream functions now have software timeouts, timeout period can be set by the USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS token
- * - All demos now pass the USB.org automated Chapter 9 device compliance tests
- * - All HID demos now pass the USB.org automated HID compliance tests
- * - Polling interval of the interrupt endpoint in the CDC based demos changed to 0xFF to fix problems on Linux systems
- * - Changed stream functions to accept a new callback function, with NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS used to disable all callbacks
- * - Mass Storage demo dataflash management routines changed to use the endpoint stream functions
- * - Added AVRStudio project files for each demo in addition to the existing Programmer's Notepad master project file
- * - Re-added call to ReconfigureUSART() in USBtoSerial SetLineCoding request, so that baud rate changes
- * are reflected in the hardware (change was previously lost)
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog152 Version 1.5.2 (080731)
- *
- * - Fixed SwapEndian_32() function in Common.h so that it now works correctly (wrong parameter types)
- * - Updated RNDIS demo - notification endpoint is no longer blocking so that it works with faulty Linux RNDIS
- * implementations (where the notification endpoint is ignored in favor of polling the control endpoint)
- * - Fixed incorrect Vendor Description string return size in RNDIS demo for the OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION OID token
- * - Added very basic TCP/IP stack and HTTP/TELNET servers to RNDIS demo
- * - Fixed DFU bootloader exit causing programming software to complain about failed writes
- * - Fixed DFU bootloader EEPROM programming mode wiping first flash page
- * - Fixed Clear/Set Feature device standard request processing code (fixing MassStorage demo in the process)
- * - Added support for the ATMEGA16U4 AVR microcontroller
- * - Library license changed from LGPLv3 to MIT license
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog151 Version 1.5.1 (080707)
- *
- * - Changed host demos to enable the host function task on the firing of the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event
- * rather than the USB_DeviceAttached event
- * - HID Usage Stack now forcefully cleared after an IN/OUT/FEATURE item has been completely processed to remove
- * any referenced but not created usages
- * - Changed USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts() and USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(), USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfType(),
- * USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore(), USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter() to normal functions (from inline)
- * - Fixed USBtoSerial demo not sending data, only receiving
- * - Fixed main makefile to make all by default, fixed MagStripe directory case to prevent case-sensitive path problems
- * - ConfigDescriptor functions made normal, instead of static inline
- * - Pipe/Endpoint *_Ignore_* functions changed to *_Discard_*, old names still present as aliases
- * - Fixed ENDPOINT_MAX_SIZE define to be correct on limited USB controller AVRs
- * - Changed endpoint and pipe size translation routines to use previous IF/ELSE IF cascade code, new algorithmic
- * approach was buggy and caused problems
- * - Bootloaders now compile with -fno-inline-small-functions option to reduce code size
- * - Audio demos now use correct endpoint sizes for full and limited controller USB AVRs, double banking in all cases
- * to be in line with the specification (isochronous endpoints MUST be double banked)
- * - Added Interface Association descriptor to StdDescriptors.h, based on the relevant USB2.0 ECN
- * - Fixed MIDI demo, corrected Audio Streaming descriptor to follow the MIDI-specific AS structure
- * - Fixed HID class demo descriptors so that the HID interface's protocol is 0x00 (required for non-boot protocol HID
- * devices) to prevent problems on hosts expecting the boot protocol functions to be supported
- * - Added read/write control stream functions to Endpoint.h
- * - Fixed AudioOut demo not setting port pins to inputs on USB disconnect properly
- * - Added RNDISEthernet demo application
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog150 Version 1.5.0 (080610)
- *
- * - Fixed MIDI demo, now correctly waits for the endpoint to be ready between multiple note messages
- * - Added CDC Host demo application
- * - Added KeyboardFullInt demo application
- * - Endpoint and Pipe creation routines now mask endpoint/pipe size with the size mask, to remove transaction
- * size bits not required for the routines (improves compatibility with devices)
- * - Fixed AudioInput demo - now correctly sends sampled audio to the host PC
- * - Fixed AudioOutput demo once more -- apparently Windows requires endpoint packets to be >=192 bytes
- * - Shrunk round-robbin scheduler code slightly via the use of struct pointers rather than array indexes
- * - Fixed off-by-one error when determining if the Usage Stack is full inside the HID Report parser
- * - Renamed Magstripe.h to MagstripeHW.h and moved driver out of the library and into the MagStripe demo folder
- * - Added preprocessor checks to enable C linkage on the library components when used with a C++ compiler
- * - Added Still Image Host demo application
- * - The USB device task now restores the previously selected endpoint, allowing control requests to be transparently
- * handled via interrupts while other endpoints are serviced through polling
- * - Fixed device signature being sent in reverse order in the CDC bootloader
- * - Host demos now have a separate ConfigDescriptor.c/.h file for configuration descriptor processing
- * - HostWithParser demos now have a separate HIDReport.c/.h file for HID report processing and dumping
- * - Removed non-mandatory commands from MassStorage demo to save space, fixed SENSE ResponseCode value
- * - CDC demos now send empty packets after sending a full one to prevent buffering issues on the host
- * - Updated demo descriptors to use VID/PID values donated by Atmel
- * - Added DoxyGen documentation to the source files
- * - Fixed Serial_IsCharReceived() definition, was previously reversed
- * - Removed separate USB_Descriptor_Language_t descriptor, USB_Descriptor_String_t is used instead
- * - Removed unused Device Qualifier descriptor structure
- * - Renamed the USB_CreateEndpoints event to the more appropriate USB_ConfigurationChanged
- * - Fixed MassStorageHost demo reading in the block data in reverse
- * - Removed outdated typedefs in StdRequestType.h, superseded by the macro masks
- * - Corrected OTG.h is now included when the AVR supports both Host and Device modes, for creating OTG products
- * - USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event is now also fired when in device mode and the host has finished its enumeration
- * - Interrupt driven demos now properly restore previously selected endpoint when ISR is complete
- * - The value of USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS can now be overridden in the user project makefile to a custom fixed timeout value
- * - Renamed USB_Host_SOFGeneration_* macros to more friendly USB_Host_SuspendBus(), USB_Host_ResumeBus()
- * and USB_Host_IsBusSuspended()
- * - Renamed *_*_Is* macros to *_Is* to make all flag checking macros consistent, Pipe_SetInterruptFreq() is now
- * Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod() to use the correct terminology
- * - UnicodeString member of USB_Descriptor_String_t struct changed to an ordinary int array type, so that the GCC
- * Unicode strings (prefixed with an L before the opening quotation mark) can be used instead of explicit arrays
- * of ASCII characters
- * - Fixed Endpoint/Pipes being configured incorrectly if the maximum endpoint/pipe size for the selected USB AVR
- * model was given as the bank size
- * - HID device demos now use a true raw array for the HID report descriptor rather than a struct wrapped array
- * - Added VERSION_BCD() macro, fixed reported HID and USB version numbers in demo descriptors
- * - Cleaned up GetDescriptor device chapter 9 handler function
- * - Added GET_REPORT class specific request to HID demos to make them complaint to the HID class
- * - Cleaned up setting of USB_IsInitialized and USB_IsConnected values to only when needed
- * - Removed Atomic.c and ISRMacro.h; the library was already only compatible with recent avr-lib-c for other reasons
- * - All demos and library functions now use USB standardized names for the USB data (bRequest, wLength, etc.)
- * - Added USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES token to switch back to the non-standard descriptor element names
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog141 Version 1.4.1 (090519)
- *
- * - Enhanced KeyboardWithParser demo, now prints out pressed alphanumeric characters like the standard demo
- * - Fixed MassStorage demo, read/writes using non mode-10 commands now work correctly
- * - Corrected version number in Version.h
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog140 Version 1.4.0 (090505)
- *
- * - Added HID Report Parser API to the library
- * - Added Mouse and Keyboard host demo applications, using the new HID report parser engine
- * - Added MouseFullInt demo, which demonstrates a fully interrupt (including control requests) mouse device
- * - Fixed incorrect length value in the audio control descriptor of the AudioOutput and AudioInput demos
- * - Added MIDI device demo application to the library
- * - Fixed problem preventing USB devices from being resumed from a suspended state
- * - Added new CDC class bootloader to the library, based on the AVR109 bootloader protocol
- * - Added header to each demo application indicating the mode, class, subclass, standards used and supported speed
- * - Functions expecting endpoint/pipe numbers are no longer automatically masked against ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK or
- * PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK - this should be manually added to code which requires it
- * - Fixed DFU class bootloader - corrected frequency of flash page writes, greatly reducing programming time
- * - Renamed AVR_HOST_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() to USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() and AVR_HOST_GetNextDescriptor()
- * to USB_Host_GetNextDescriptor()
- * - Added new USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore() and USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter() routines
- * - Moved configuration descriptor routines to MyUSB/Drivers/USB/Class/, new accompanying ConfigDescriptors.c file
- * - Added new configuration descriptor comparator API for more powerful descriptor parsing, updated host demos to use the
- * new comparator API
- * - Fixed MassStorageHost demo capacity printout, and changed data read/write mode from little-endian to the correct
- * big-endian for SCSI devices
- * - Fixed macro/function naming consistency; USB_HOST is now USB_Host, USB_DEV is now USB_Device
- * - Added better error reporting to host demos
- * - Added 10 microsecond delay after addressing devices in host mode, to prevent control stalls
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog132 Version 1.3.2 (080401)
- *
- * - Added call to ReconfigureUSART() in USBtoSerial SetLineCoding request, so that baud rate changes
- * are reflected in the hardware
- * - Fixed CDC and USBtoSerial demos - Stream commands do not work for control endpoints, and the
- * GetLineCoding request had an incorrect RequestType mask preventing it from being processed
- * - Improved reliability of the USBtoSerial demo, adding a busy wait while the buffer is full
- * - Device control endpoint size is now determined from the device's descriptors rather than being fixed
- * - Separated out SPI code into new SPI driver in AT90USBXXX driver directory
- * - Bootloader now returns correct PID for the selected USB AVR model, not just the AT90USB128X PID
- * - Added support for the RZUSBSTICK board
- * - Bicolour driver removed in favor of generic LEDs driver
- * - Added support for the ATMEGA32U4 AVR
- * - Added MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time option to prevent the USB library from manipulating the PLL
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog131 Version 1.3.1 (080319)
- *
- * - Fixed USB to Serial demo - class value in the descriptors was incorrect
- * - Control endpoint size changed from 64 bytes to 8 bytes to save on USB FIFO RAM and to allow low
- * speed mode devices to enumerate properly
- * - USB to Serial demo data endpoints changed to dual-banked 16 byte to allow the demo to work
- * on USB AVRs with limited USB FIFO RAM
- * - Changed demo endpoint numbers to use endpoints 3 and 4 for double banking, to allow limited
- * USB device controller AVRs (AT90USB162, AT90USB82) to function correctly
- * - Updated Audio Out demo to use timer 1 for AVRs lacking a timer 3 for the PWM output
- * - Fixed incorrect USB_DEV_OPT_HIGHSPEED entry in the Mass Storage device demo makefile
- * - Optimized Mass Storage demo for a little extra transfer speed
- * - Added LED indicators to the Keyboard demo for Caps Lock, Num Lock and Scroll Lock
- * - Added Endpoint_Read_Stream, Endpoint_Write_Stream, Pipe_Read_Stream and Pipe_Write_Stream functions
- * (including Big and Little Endian variants)
- * - Made Dataflash functions inline for speed, removed now empty Dataflash.c driver file
- * - Added new SetSystemClockPrescaler() macro (thanks to Joerg Wunsch)
- * - Fixed Endpoint_ClearStall() to function correctly on full USB controller AVRs (AT90USBXXX6/7)
- * - Endpoint_Setup_In_Clear() and Endpoint_Setup_Out_Clear() no longer set FIFOCON, in line with the
- * directives in the datasheet
- * - Fixed PLL prescaler defines for all AVR models and frequencies
- * - Fixed ENDPOINT_INT_IN and ENDPOINT_INT_OUT definitions
- * - Added interrupt driven keyboard and mouse device demos
- * - Combined USB_Device_ClearFeature and USB_Device_SetFeature requests into a single routine for code
- * size savings
- * - Added missing Pipe_GetCurrentPipe() macro to Pipe.h
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog130 Version 1.3.0 (080307)
- *
- * - Unnecessary control endpoint config removed from device mode
- * - Fixed device standard request interpreter accidentally processing some class-specific requests
- * - Added USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS compile time options to instruct the library
- * to use descriptors stored in RAM or EEPROM rather than flash memory
- * - All demos now disable watchdog on startup, in case it has been enabled by fuses or the bootloader
- * - USB_DEV_OPT_LOWSPEED option now works correctly
- * - Added ability to set the USB options statically for a binary size reduction via the USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
- * compile time define
- * - USB_Init no longer takes a Mode parameter if compiled for a USB device with no host mode option, or
- * if forced to a particular mode via the USB_HOST_ONLY or USB_DEVICE_ONLY compile time options
- * - USB_Init no longer takes an Options parameter if options statically configured by USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
- * - Endpoint_Ignore_* and Pipe_Ignore_* made smaller by making the dummy variable non-volatile so that the
- * compiler can throw away the result more efficiently
- * - Added in an optional GroupID value to each scheduler entry, so that groups of tasks can once again be
- * controlled by the new Scheduler_SetGroupTaskMode() routine
- * - Added support for AT90USB162 and AT90USB82 AVR models
- * - Added support for the STK525 and STK526 boards
- * - Added support for custom board drivers to be supplied by selecting the board type as BOARD_USER, and
- * placing board drivers in {Application Directory}/Board/
- * - PLL is now stopped and USB clock is frozen when detached from host in device mode, to save power
- * - Joystick defines are now in synch with the schematics - orientation will be rotated for the USBKEY
- * - Fixed USB_DEV_IsUSBSuspended() - now checks the correct register
- * - Fixed data transfers to devices when in host mode
- * - Renamed USB_DEV_OPT_HIGHSPEED to USB_DEV_OPT_FULLSPEED and USB_HOST_IsDeviceHighSpeed() to
- * USB_HOST_IsDeviceFullSpeed() to be in line with the official USB speed names (to avoid confusion with
- * the real high speed mode, which is unavailable on the USB AVRs)
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog120 Version 1.2.0 (080204)
- *
- * - Added USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event for host mode
- * - Added new Scheduler_Init routine to prepare the scheduler, so that tasks can be started and
- * stopped before the scheduler has been started (via Scheduler_Start)
- * - Connection events in both Device and Host mode are now interrupt-driven, allowing the USB management
- * task to be stopped when the USB is not connected to a host or device
- * - All demos updated to stop the USB task when not in use via the appropriate USB events
- * - Mass Storage Host demo application updated to function correctly with all USB flash disks
- * - Mass Storage Host demo application now prints out the capacity and number of LUNs in the attached
- * device, and prints the first block as hexadecimal numbers rather than ASCII characters
- * - Endpoint and Pipe clearing routines now clear the Endpoint/Pipe interrupt and status flags
- * - Shifted error handling code in the host enum state machine to a single block, to reduce code complexity
- * - Added in DESCRIPTOR_TYPE, DESCRIPTOR_SIZE and DESCRIPTOR_CAST macros to make config descriptor processing
- * clearer in USB hosts and DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS for convenience in USB devices
- * - Added in alloca macro to common.h, in case the user is using an old version of avr-lib-c missing the macro
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_ChangeLog110 Version 1.1.0 (080125)
- *
- * - Fixed DCONNI interrupt being enabled accidentally after a USB reset
- * - Fixed DDISCI interrupt not being disabled when a device is not connected
- * - Added workaround for powerless pull-up devices causing false disconnect interrupts
- * - Added USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event for Host mode
- * - AVR_HOST_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor routine no longer modifies ConfigSizePtr if a valid buffer
- * pointer is passed
- * - Added ALLOCABLE_BYTES to DynAlloc, and added code to make the size of key storage variables
- * dependant on size of memory parameters passed in via the user project's makefile
- * - Fixed incorrect device reset routine being called in USBTask
- * - Devices which do not connect within the standard 300mS are now supported
- * - Removed incorrect ATTR_PURE from Scheduler_SetTaskMode(), which was preventing tasks from being
- * started/stopped, as well as USB_InitTaskPointer(), which was breaking dual device/host USB projects
- * - Changed scheduler to use the task name rather than IDs for setting the task mode, eliminating the
- * need to have a task ID list
- * - ID transition interrupt now raises the appropriate device/host disconnect event if device attached
- * - Fixed double VBUS change (and VBUS -) event when detaching in device mode
- * - Added ability to disable ANSI terminal codes by the defining of DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES in makefile
- * - Removed return from ConfigurePipe and ConfigureEndpoint functions - use Pipe_IsConfigured() and
- * Endpoint_IsConfigured() after calling the config functions to determine success
- */
-
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+ /** \page Page_ChangeLog Project Changelog
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog140928 Version 140928
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Updated the BUILD build system module to add a new COMPILER_PATH optional variable
+ * - Added Serial_IsSendReady() and Serial_IsSendComplete() functions to the Serial hardware peripheral driver
+ * - Added support for the Arduino Yun board (ATMEGA32U4 co-processor)
+ * - Added support for the Arduino Micro board (thanks to Zoltán Szőke)
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Added new Dual MIDI class driver device demo
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - The RNDIS device class driver now takes a user-supplied buffer and buffer length for the internal RNDIS
+ * message management (thanks to Peter Mc Shane)
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Fixed device class driver pipe configuration routines returning success with a partially constructed instance
+ * when a pipe configuration failed (thanks to Helge Suess)
+ * - Fixed incorrect XMEGA DFLL reference frequency (thanks to Martin Aakerberg)
+ * - Fixed possible infinite loop in the control endpoint stream write function (thanks to Clayton Knight)
+ * - Fixed missing HID report ID prefix on HID class driver GetReport request responses (thanks to Bert van Hall)
+ * - Fixed incorrect XMEGA USB controller clock division factory for non-Full Speed operation (thanks to Bert van Hall)
+ * - Fixed the LUFA build system to prevent incorrect code from being generated in newer toolchains when building for larger
+ * FLASH memory devices (thanks to demultiplexer)
+ * - Fixed missing parenthesis in the MIDI_EVENT() macro which could cause incorrect results (thanks to hexwab)
+ * - Fixed mixed capitalization of TWI in the XMEGA TWI driver causing compilation failures (thanks to Jacob Schloss)
+ * - Fixed broken AVR8 USART-SPI peripheral driver (thanks to Phil Zakielarz)
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Fixed spurious 0xFE USART byte sent in the USBtoSerial project when the baud rate is changed (thanks to Carl Kjeldsen)
+ * - Fixed blocking USART reads causing low throughput on slow baud rates in the USBtoSerial project (thanks to Nevada Smith)
+ * - Fixed USART reception overrun corrupting the internal buffers in the USBtoSerial project (thanks to Nevada Smith)
+ * - Fixed broken LowLevel Audio Out demo sampling frequency configuration (thanks to Torsten Duwe)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog140302 Version 140302
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Added new Bulk Vendor low level device demo
+ * - Added new libUSB host Python and NodeJS application examples for the Class driver GenericHID demo (thanks to Laszlo Monda)
+ * - Added new AVR8 USB option to keep 3.3V regulator enabled (thanks to Michael Hanselmann)
+ * - Added new USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR() and USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY() convenience macros (thanks to Laszlo Monda)
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Refactored out USB interface IDs in the demo applications into enums (thanks to Laszlo Monda)
+ * - AVRISP-MKII Clone Project PDI/TPI frequency increased from 250KHz to 2MHz as it is now stable
+ * - Increased TPI/PDI handshake delay to 100us from 1us to support targets with high amounts of capacitance on their
+ * /RESET lines (thanks to Paul Duke)
+ * - Changed the VERSION_BCD() macro to accept the major/minor/revision values as separate parameters
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Fixed MIDI device class driver MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket() for the XMEGA architecture
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Fixed incorrect signature bytes returned in the DFU bootloader
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog130901 Version 130901
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Added additional MIDI command definitions to the MIDI class driver (thanks to Daniel Dreibrodt)
+ * - Added new CONCAT() and CONCAT_EXPANDED() convenience macros
+ * - Added new Printer Device Class driver
+ * - Added support for the XMEGA C3 Xplained board
+ * - Added support for the U2S board (thanks to megal0maniac)
+ * - Added TWI Master driver for the XMEGA architecture (thanks to Michael Janssen)
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Added new Printer class bootloader
+ * - Added new Mass Storage class bootloader
+ * - Added XMEGA support for class driver device demos (where applicable)
+ * - Added Python host application example for the Generic HID class driver device demo
+ * - Added Python alternative host application for the HID class bootloader
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Updated the BUILD build system module to produce binary BIN files in addition to Intel HEX files
+ * - Updated the Android Accessory Class to accept version 2 protocol devices (with version 1 functionality)
+ * - All board drivers now implement dummy functions and constants when BOARD is set to NONE
+ * - Added missing LEDs to the XMEGA A3BU Xplained board LED driver (thanks to Michael Janssen)
+ * - Changed board Dataflash drivers to automatically configure the appropriate SPI interface for the selected board
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Re-added Set Control Line State request handling to the CDC class bootloader to prevent issues with the .NET serial
+ * class (thanks to Erik Lins)
+ * - TemperatureDataLogger project dummy RTC mode now tracks real time (thanks to David Lazarus)
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Fixed Low Speed USB devices broken when using the library HID Class driver (thanks to Michael)
+ * - Fixed possible register corruption in USB Host mode on AVR8 devices when ORDERED_EP_CONFIG is used (thanks to Martin Aakerberg)
+ * - Fixed Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress() returning invalid endpoint directions on AVR8 architecture devices (thanks to decerri)
+ * under some circumstances
+ * - Fixed incorrect USB device state set when a suspended LUFA device is woken while addressed but not configured (thanks to Balaji Krishnan)
+ * - Fixed broken USART SPI driver for the AVR8 architecture due to incorrect initialization
+ * - Fixed re-enumeration issue of XMEGA architecture targets (thanks to Jaroslav Jedlinsky)
+ * - Fixed error receiving PIMA events via the Still Image Host class driver
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Added handler for SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT in demos using the Mass Storage class, to prevent ejection errors on *nix systems due to an
+ * unknown SCSI command
+ * - Fixed incorrect HID report descriptor generated for 16-bit axis ranges by the HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE() and HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK()
+ * macros (thanks to Armory)
+ * - Fixed incorrect HID report descriptor generated for button multiples of 8 by the HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE() and HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK()
+ * macros
+ * - Fixed race condition in the DFU class bootloader causing failed device reprogramming in some circumstances (thanks to Luis Mendes)
+ * - Fixed incorrect time/date configuration data order in the TempDataLogger host application (thanks to David Lazarus)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog130303 Version 130303
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Added support for the Arduino Leonardo board
+ * - Added support for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained board
+ * - Added support for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.1 board
+ * - Added support for the Dimex Stange-ISP board (thanks to Gerhard Wesser)
+ * - Added new \c doxygen_upgrade and \c doxygen_create targets to the DOXYGEN build system module
+ * - Added new Board Hardware Information board driver
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Added a different device serial number when the AVRISP-MKII Clone project is in libUSB compatibility mode, so that
+ * both the libUSB and Jungo drivers can be installed at the same time without having to use a filter driver
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Added workaround for broken VBUS detection on AVR8 devices when a bootloader starts the application
+ * via a software jump without first turning off the OTG pad (thanks to Simon Inns)
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Increased throughput in the USBtoSerial project now that data transmission is non-blocking (thanks to Joseph Lacerte)
+ * - Updated bootloader makefiles to remove dependency on the \c bc command line calculator tool
+ * - Updated AVRISP-MKII Clone Programmer project so that the SCK clock period is saved in EEPROM (thanks to Gerhard Wesser)
+ * - Changed all *_SendByte() function prototypes to accept a void pointer for the input buffer (thanks to Simon Kuppers)
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Fixed incorrectly issuing STALL response to unsupported control request SETUP packets, rather than in the data/status stage
+ * - Fixed inverted LEDs_GetLEDs() function implementation for the Benito, Minimus and Arduino UNO boards
+ * - Fixed missing Windows 32-bit compatibility sections in the LUFA INF driver files (thanks to Christan Beharrell)
+ * - Fixed logic hole breaking USB operations on a USB controller with only one supported USB mode and no USB_DEVICE_ONLY or USB_HOST_ONLY
+ * configuration token set
+ * - Fixed possible rounding in the VERSION_BCD() macros for some 0.01 step increments (thanks to Oliver Zander)
+ * - Fixed incorrect Dataflash functionality in the USBKEY board if the driver is modified for a single Dataflash chip (thanks to Jonathan Oakley)
+ * - Fixed incorrect definitions of \c HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KANA, \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN and \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN_AS400
+ * and added a missing definition for \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_APPLICATION (thanks to David Monro)
+ * - Fixed maximum allowed keyboard key code usage of \c 0x65 rather than \c 0xFF for the \c HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD() macro (thanks to David Monro)
+ * - Fixed hardware race condition that could cause failed device enumerations for AVR8 and UC3 architectures (thanks to Mike Beyhs)
+ * - Fixed incorrect Minimus board LED definitions (thanks to Joonas Lahtinen)
+ * - Fixed incorrect ordering of the linker options in the build system causing link failures in some cases
+ * - Fixed bug in the TWI peripheral driver for the AVR8 devices causing incorrect failure codes to be returned in some cases (thanks to Peter K)
+ * - Fixed swapped LED3 and LED4 masks for the Olimex-32U4 development board LED driver
+ * - Fixed potential NULL pointer dereference in the HID Host mode Class Driver (thanks to Pavel Kuzmin)
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Fixed broken RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT compile time option in the AVRISP-MKII project
+ * - Fixed incompatibility in the CDC class bootloader on some systems (thanks to Sylvain Munaut)
+ * - Fixed lengthy timeouts in the USBtoSerial project if no application on the host is consuming data (thanks to Nicolas Saugnier)
+ * - Fixed lengthy automatic data flushing in the CDC and MIDI device class drivers
+ * - Fixed incorrect LED masks for received data display in the Device GenericHID demos (thanks to Denys Berkovskyy)
+ * - Fixed incorrect output in the HIDReportViewer project when no device is connected (thanks to Pavel Kuzmin)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog120730 Version 120730
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Added new, revamped modular build system with new makefile templates
+ * - Added support for the BitWizard Multio and Big-Multio boards
+ * - Added support for the DorkbotPDX Duce board
+ * - Added support for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 board
+ * - Added support for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 board
+ * - Added support for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 board
+ * - Added new Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable() function
+ * - Added new Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable() function
+ * - Added build test to verify correct compilation of all board drivers using all driver APIs
+ * - Added build test to verify correct compilation of all bootloaders using all supported devices
+ * - Added build test to verify that there are no detectable errors in the codebase via static analysis
+ * - Added new JTAG_ENABLE() macro for the AVR8 architecture
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Modified the CDC Host demos to set a default CDC Line Encoding on enumerated devices
+ * - Added Dataflash operational checks and aborts to all projects using the Dataflash to ensure it is working correctly before use
+ * - Added new SerialToLCD user project contributed by Simon Foster
+ * - Added new RESET_TOGGLES_LIBUSB_COMPAT compile time option to the AVRISP-MKII clone programmer project (thanks to Robert Spitzenpfeil)
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Android Accessory Host property strings changed from a struct of pointer to an array to prevent unaligned access on greater than 8-bit architectures
+ * - Audio Device Class driver changed to also require the index of the Audio Control interface within the device, for SET/GET/CUR/MIN/MAX/RES property adjustments
+ * - Removed variable axis support from the HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() macro due to OS incompatibilities, replaced with fixed 3-axis joystick report structure
+ * - Removed the old pseudo-scheduler from the library as it was unused and deprecated since the 090810 release
+ * - Endpoint indexes are now specified as full endpoint addresses within the device in device mode, rather than a logical index
+ * - The Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() function no longer takes an endpoint direction as a parameter, as this is now deduced from the specified full endpoint
+ * address and type
+ * - The Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() function no longer takes a number of banks as a special mask; the number of banks is now specified as an integer parameter
+ * - Endpoints are now configured via instances of a new struct USB_Endpoint_Table_t in all device mode class drivers, rather than a list of endpoint parameters
+ * - Pipe indexes are now specified as full pipe addresses within the host in host mode, rather than a logical index
+ * - The Pipe_ConfigurePipe() function no longer takes an pipe token as a parameter, as this is now deduced from the specified full pipe address and type
+ * - The Pipe_ConfigurePipe() function no longer takes a number of banks as a special mask; the number of banks is now specified as an integer parameter
+ * - Pipes are now configured via instances of a new struct USB_Pipe_Table_t in all host mode class drivers, rather than a list of pipe parameters
+ * - Added support for various assert and debugging macros for the UC3 devices
+ * - Changed MIDI event structure MIDI_EventPacket_t to use a single field for the combined virtual cable index and command ID, to prevent bitfield packing issues
+ * on some architectures (thanks to Darren Gibbs)
+ * - Changed board LED driver implementations of LEDs_ToggleLEDs() for the AVR8 architecture to use the fast PIN register toggle alternative function for speed
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Raised the guard bits in the AVRISP-MKII clone project when in PDI and TPI to 32, to prevent communication errors on low quality connections to a target
+ * - Added additional bootloader API data to expose the bootloader start address and class to the DFU and CDC class bootloaders
+ * - Reverted AVRISP-MKII clone project watchdog based command timeout patch in favour of a hardware timer, to allow for use in devices with WDTRST fuse programmed
+ * - The library bootloaders will now correctly start the user application after a watchdog-based application start, even if the /HWB line is held low externally
+ * during the reset phase
+ * - Increased endpoint polling interval for all demos and projects to 5ms, as 1ms was causing some enumeration issues on some machines (thanks to Riku Salminen)
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Fixed possible enumeration error if the user application selects a pipe other than the default Control pipe between the Powered and Default states of
+ * the host state machine
+ * - Fixed incorrect call to the user callback CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty() in the Audio Class device driver (thanks to Tiit Ratsep)
+ * - Fixed compile error for the UC3 architecture when INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT is specified (thanks to Andrus Aaslaid)
+ * - Fixed compile error if LEDs_Disable() is called and BOARD=NONE is set (thanks to Sam Lin)
+ * - Fixed inverted LED logic in the OLIMEX162 board LED driver
+ * - Fixed incorrect response to GET STATUS requests in device mode if NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER or NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP tokens are defined (thanks to Georg Glock)
+ * - Fixed inverted LED logic in the USB2AX board LED driver
+ * - Fixed possible deadlock in the CDC device driver if the USB connection is dropped while the CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding control request is being processed by
+ * the stack (thanks to Jonathan Hudgins)
+ * - Fixed broken MIDI host driver MIDI_Host_ReceiveEventPacket() function due to not unfreezing the MIDI data IN pipe before use (thanks to Michael Brown)
+ * - Fixed swapped Little Endian/Big Endian endpoint and pipe write code for the UC3 devices (thanks to Andrew Chu)
+ * - Fixed the JTAG_DISABLE() macro clearing all other bits in MCUSR when called
+ * - Fixed incorrect Micropendous board LED driver LEDs_SetAllLEDs() and LEDs_ChangeLEDs() function implementations (thanks to MitchJS)
+ * - Fixed endianess issues in the RNDIS host class driver for UC3 devices (thanks to Andrew Chu)
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Fixed error in the AVRISP-MKII programmer when ISP mode is used at 64KHz (thanks to Ben R. Porter)
+ * - Fixed AVRISP-MKII programmer project failing to compile for the U4 chips when VTARGET_ADC_CHANNEL is defined to an invalid channel and NO_VTARGET_DETECT is
+ * defined (thanks to Steven Morehouse)
+ * - Fixed AVRISP-MKII programmer project reset line polarity inverted when the generated EEP file is loaded into the USB AVR's EEPROM and avr-dude is used
+ * - Fixed CDC and DFU bootloaders failing to compile when the bootloader section size is 8KB or more (thanks to Georg Glock)
+ * - Fixed CDC and DFU bootloaders API function offsets incorrect on some devices (thanks to Rod DeMay)
+ * - Fixed incorrect DFU version number reported to the host in the DFU bootloader descriptors (thanks to Georg Glock)
+ * - Fixed incorrect version hundredths value encoding in VERSION_BCD() macro (thanks to Georg Glock)
+ * - Fixed invalid configuration descriptor in the low level KeyboardMouse device demo (thanks to Jun Wako)
+ * - Fixed CDC and DFU bootloaders API page erase and write function failures (thanks to Martin Lambert)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog120219 Version 120219
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Added support for the XMEGA A3BU Xplained board
+ * - Added support for the new B series XMEGA devices
+ * - Added support for version 2 of the Teensy boards (thanks to Christoph Redecker)
+ * - Added support for the USB2AX boards, hardware revision 1-3
+ * - Added new Android Accessory Host class driver
+ * - Added new USB_Host_GetDescriptor(), USB_Host_GetDeviceConfiguration() and USB_Host_GetInterfaceAltSetting() functions
+ * - Added new CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty() callback to the Audio Device Class driver
+ * - Added new LEDs_Disable(), Buttons_Disable() and Joystick_Disable() functions to the board hardware drivers
+ * - Added support for the Micropendous family of boards (Arduino-like revisions 1 and 2, DIP, 32U2, A, 1, 2, 3 and 4)
+ * - Added INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE and NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT compile time options (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
+ * - Added support for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained board
+ * - Added Serial USART peripheral driver for the XMEGA architecture
+ * - Added Master Mode SPI USART peripheral driver for the XMEGA and AVR8 architectures
+ * - Added build test to verify correct compilation of as many modules as possible under as many architectures as possible under the C and C++ languages
+ * - Added build test to verify correct compilation of the USB driver when forced into single USB mode under as many architectures as possible
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Added User Application APIs to the CDC and DFU class bootloaders
+ * - Added INVERTED_ISP_MISO compile time option to the AVRISP-MKII clone project (thanks to Chuck Rohs)
+ * - Added new Android Accessory Host demo (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - When automatic PLL management mode is enabled on the U4 series AVR8 chips, the PLL is now configured for 48MHz and not
+ * a divided 96MHz, to lower power consumption and to keep the system within the datasheet specs for 3.3V operation (thanks to Scott Vitale)
+ * - Added Class, ClassDevice, ClassHost and ClassCommon to the internal class driver source filenames to prevent ambiguities
+ * - Altered the Mass Storage Host class driver so that SCSI data STALLs from the attached device can be recovered from automatically without
+ * having to reset the Mass Storage interface
+ * - USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED constant renamed to USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED, as this was misnamed (thanks to NXP Semiconductors)
+ * - Reordered board name definition indexes so that a misspelled BOARD compile option will default to BOARD_USER rather than BOARD_USBKEY
+ * - Altered the HID class driver to only try to construct at maximum one packet per USB frame, to reduce CPU usage
+ * - All USB Class Driver configuration struct values are now non-const, to allow for run-time modifications if required before configuring an instance
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Altered the Mass Storage Host LowLevel demo so that SCSI data STALLs from the attached device can be recovered from automatically without
+ * having to reset the Mass Storage interface
+ * - Updated the AVRISP-MKII Clone programmer project to be compatible with the latest version of AVR Studio (version 5.1)
+ * - Changed the AVRISP-MKII Clone programmer project to report a fixed 3.3V VTARGET voltage on USB AVRs lacking an ADC instead of 5V to prevent
+ * warnings in AVR Studio 5.1 when programming XMEGA devices
+ * - Allow serial strings to be generated on the older AVR8 devices which do not explicitly state they contain unique values in the datasheet,
+ * as this appears to be implemented in hardware
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Fixed ring buffer size limited to 255 elements, instead of the intended 65535 elements.
+ * - Fixed CDC class drivers not saving and sending all 16-bits of the control line states (thanks to Matthew Swabey)
+ * - Fixed race conditions in the CDC, HID and Mass Storage class drivers when processing some control requests
+ * - Fixed misspelled HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_* macros in the HID class driver (thanks to Laszlo Monda)
+ * - Fixed broken AVR32 endpoint/pipe communications when ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is not enabled (thanks to Matthias Jahr)
+ * - Fixed broken compilation for the AVR32 devices if the NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time option was not enabled (thanks to Matthias Jahr)
+ * - Fixed compiler warning on GCC with \c -wundef compile flag is used (thanks to Georg Glock)
+ * - Fixed incorrect implementation of LEDs_ToggleLEDs() for the Adafruit-U4 board (thanks to Caroline Saliman)
+ * - Fixed broken compilation of LUFA under C++ compilers when the Serial peripheral module header file is included in a C++ source file
+ * - Fixed missing semicolon in the UC3 architecture host pipe functions
+ * - Fixed failed compilation for the XMEGA architecture if USB_DEVICE_ONLY us not specified
+ * - Fixed UC3 architecture ignoring the pipe size when Pipe_ConfigurePipe() is called
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Added reliability patches to the AVRISP-MKII Clone project's PDI/TPI protocols (thanks to Justin Mattair)
+ * - Fixed AVRISP-MKII Clone compile warning on AVR8 U4 targets even when NO_VTARGET_DETECT is enabled
+ * - Fixed AVRISP-MKII Clone failing to start application firmware once a TPI programming session is exited
+ * - Fixed DFU class bootloader not resetting the LED pins as high impedance inputs when a software jump to the user applications is requested
+ * - Fixed AVRISP-MKII Clone timing out on long programming commands such as programming the EEPROM on an ATMEGA8 (thanks to Martin Kelling)
+ * - Fixed invalid PID value used in the TempDataLogger project host application (thanks to Anupam Pathak)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog111009 Version 111009
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Added USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER compile time option to include a LUFAConfig.h header in the user director for LUFA configuration
+ * tokens as an alternative to tokens defined in the project makefile
+ * - Added new USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting() convenience function for the selection of an interface's alternative setting
+ * - Added Audio class control request definitions
+ * - Added new CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty() callback to the Audio Device Class driver to allow for endpoint control manipulations
+ * such as data sample rates
+ * - Added support for the Audio class GET STATUS request in the Audio Device Class driver so that it is correctly ACKed when sent by the host
+ * - Added new EVENT_Audio_Device_StreamStartStop() event to the Audio Device Class driver to detect stream start/stop events
+ * - Added board driver support for the Busware TUL board
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the EVK1100 board
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the EVK1104 board
+ * - Added new Host mode Audio Class driver
+ * - Added new SPI_GetCurrentMode() function to the SPI peripheral driver
+ * - Added RingBuffer_GetFreeCount() function to the Ring Buffer driver
+ * - Added new HID_Host_SetIdlePeriod() function to the HID Host Class driver
+ * - Added new USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber global variable to indicate the selected configuration in an attached device
+ * - Added new USB_Host_GetDeviceStatus() function to the host standard request function set
+ * - Added AVR USB XMEGA architecture port (currently incomplete/experimental)
+ * - Added new STRINGIFY() and STRINGIFY_EXPANDED() convenience macros
+ * - Added new JTAG_DISABLE() macro for the AVR8 architecture
+ * - Added Device Qualifier standard descriptor structure definitions USB_StdDescriptor_DeviceQualifier_t and USB_Descriptor_DeviceQualifier_t
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Added RNDIS device mode to the Webserver project
+ * - Added new incomplete AndroidAccessoryHost Host LowLevel demo
+ * - Added new HIDReportViewer project
+ * - Added new MediaControl project
+ * - Added new AudioInputHost Host ClassDriver demo
+ * - Added new AudioOutputHost Host ClassDriver demo
+ * - Added new AudioInputHost Host LowLevel demo
+ * - Added new AudioOutputHost Host LowLevel demo
+ * - Added new "checksource" target to all library project makefiles
+ * - Added new VTARGET_USE_INTERNAL_REF configuration option to the AVRISP-MKII clone project (thanks to Volker Bosch)
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Altered the definition of the USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t descriptor so that the user is now responsible for supplying
+ * the supported audio sampling rates, to allow for multiple audio interfaces with different numbers of supported rates and/or
+ * continuous sample rates
+ * - Pipe_BoundEndpointNumber() has been renamed to Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(), and now returns the correct endpoint direction
+ * as part of the endpoint address
+ * - Renamed global state variables that are specific to a certain USB mode to clearly indicate which mode the variable relates to,
+ * by changing the USB_* prefix to USB_Device_* or USB_Host_*
+ * - Removed the HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval and HOST_STATE_Suspended host state machine states, as these are no longer required
+ * - Altered the USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration() function to update the global Host state machine state and the new
+ * USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber global as required
+ * - Added endian correcting code to the library USB class drivers for multiple architecture support
+ * - Removed the ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_* macros, replaced by ENDPOINT_DIR_* instead
+ * - Renamed the JTAG_DEBUG_ASSERT() macro to JTAG_ASSERT()
+ * - Added variable number of axis to HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() for multi-axis joysticks above just X and Y
+ * - Renamed USB_Host_ClearPipeStall() to USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall() as the function works on an endpoint address within the attached device,
+ * and not a Pipe within the host
+ * - The MS_Host_ResetMSInterface() now performs a full Mass Storage reset sequence to prevent data corruption in the event of a device
+ * lock up or timeout (thanks to David Lyons)
+ * - Added endian-correction to the CDC driver's Line Encoding control request handlers.
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Modified the Low Level and Class Driver AudioInput and AudioOutput demos to support multiple audio sample rates
+ * - Updated all host mode demos and projects to use the EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete() event callback for device configuration
+ * instead of manual host state machine manipulations in the main application task
+ * - Changed the reports in the GenericHID device demos to control the board LEDs, to reduce user confusion over the callback routines
+ * - Added reliability patches to the AVRISP-MKII Clone project's ISP and PDI/TPI protocols (thanks to Justin Mattair)
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Large number of documentation and code comment corrections (thanks to Andrey from Microsin.ru)
+ * - Fixed possibility of the AVR's SPI interface being pulled out of master mode if the /SS pin is a input and pulled low (thanks
+ * to Andrey from Microsin.ru)
+ * - Fixed compile error when FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE compile time option was disabled, and a USE_*_DESCRIPTORS compile time
+ * option was not enabled on the AVR8s
+ * - Fixed lack of C++ compatibility in some internal header files causing compile errors when using LUFA in C++ projects
+ * - Fixed error in the pipe unordered allocation algorithm for the AVR8 devices breaking compatibility with some devices
+ * - Fixed USB_USBTask not being called internally in stream transfers between packets when Partial Stream Transfers are used
+ * - Fixed swapped TWI_ADDRESS_READ and TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE values
+ * - Fixed TWI_ReadPacket() not releasing the TWI bus on read completion
+ * - Fixed optimization error in the HID Parser item value USB_SetHIDReportItemInfo() and USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo() routines if the report item was
+ * \c NULL (which should be allowable according to the API)
+ * - Fixed HID Parser CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem() callback function not being passed a cacheable report item pointer
+ * - Fixed HID Parser's largest report size bit count not including the size of the last parsed report item
+ * - Fixed HID host driver's largest HID report size count corrupt when the number of report bits exceeds 255
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Fixed incorrect signature in the CDC and DFU class bootloaders for the ATMEGA8U2
+ * - Fixed KeyboardHost and KeyboardHostWithParser demos displaying incorrect values when numerical keys were pressed
+ * - Fixed compile errors in the incomplete BluetoothHost demo application (thanks to Timo Lindfors)
+ * - Fixed incorrect Dataflash buffer use in the DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM() function of several demos/projects (thanks to Jeremy Willden)
+ * - Fixed incorrect logging interval (always 500ms longer than requested) in the TempDataLogger project
+ * - Fixed incorrect buffer size check in the USBtoSerial project (thanks to Yuri A Nikiforov)
+ * - Fixed port state table corruption in the TCP layer of the RNDIS Ethernet device demos
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog110528 Version 110528
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Added new ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option to restrict endpoint/pipe configuration to ascending order
+ * in exchange for a smaller compiled program binary size
+ * - Added a new general RingBuff.h miscellaneous ring buffer library driver header
+ * - Added new GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS() macro to correct GCC's mishandling of struct pointer accesses
+ * - Added new GCC_MEMORY_BARRIER() macro to prevent instruction reordering across boundaries
+ * - Added basic driver example use code to the library documentation
+ * - Added new Endpoint_Null_Stream() and Pipe_Null_Stream() functions
+ * - Added new ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK() convenience macro
+ * - Added new HID report item macros (with HID_RI_ prefix) to allow for easy creation and editing of HID report descriptors
+ * - Added new HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE(), HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(), HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() and HID_DESCRIPTOR_VENDOR() macros
+ * for easy automatic creation of basic USB HID device reports
+ * - Added new MAX() and MIN() convenience macros
+ * - Added new Serial_SendData() function to the Serial driver
+ * - Added board driver support for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board
+ * - Added TWI baud rate prescaler and bit length parameters to the TWI_Init() function (thanks to Thomas Herlinghaus)
+ * - Internal restructuring for eventual multiple architecture ports
+ * - Added AVR32 UC3 architecture port (currently incomplete/experimental)
+ * - Added new architecture independent functions to enable, disable, save and restore the Global Interrupt Enable flags
+ * - Added new RNDIS Device Class Driver packet send and receive functions
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Added ability to write protect Mass Storage disk write operations from the host OS
+ * - Added new MIDIToneGenerator project
+ * - Added new KeyboardMouseMultiReport Device ClassDriver demo
+ * - Added new VirtualSerialMassStorage Device ClassDriver demo
+ * - Added HID class bootloader, compatible with a modified version of the command line Teensy loader from PJRC.com
+ * - Added LED flashing to the CDC and DFU class bootloaders to indicate when they are running
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Unordered Endpoint/Pipe configuration is now allowed once again by default via the previous reconfig workaround
+ * - Refactored Host mode Class Driver *_Host_ConfigurePipes() routines to be more space efficient when compiled
+ * - Added new *_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed error codes for the *_Host_ConfigurePipes() routines
+ * - The USARTStream global is now public and documented in the SerialStream module, allowing for the serial USART
+ * stream to be accessed via its handle rather than via the implicit stdout and stdin streams
+ * - The FAST_STREAM_TRANSFERS compile time option has been removed due to lack of use and low cost/benefit ratio
+ * - Altered all endpoint/pipe stream transfers so that the new BytesProcessed parameter now points to a location
+ * where the number of bytes in the transfer that have been completed can be stored (or NULL if entire transaction
+ * should be performed in one chunk)
+ * - The NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS compile time option has now been removed due to the new partial stream transfer feature
+ * - Changed over all project and demo HID report descriptors to use the new HID report item macros
+ * - Moved the HIDParser.c source file to the LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/ directory from the LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/
+ * - Added support to the HID parser for extended USAGE items that contain the usage page as well as the usage index
+ * - Removed the SerialStream driver, rolled functionality into the regular Serial peripheral driver via the new
+ * Serial_CreateStream() and Serial_CreateBlockingStream() functions
+ * - Renamed the low level Serial byte send/receive functions, to be consistent with the CDC class driver byte functions
+ * - Altered the behaviour of the serial byte reception function so that is is non-blocking, and now returns a negative
+ * value if no character is received (to remain consistent with the CDC class driver byte reception routines)
+ * - Renamed the PRNT_Host_SendString(), CDC_Host_SendString() and CDC_Device_SendString() functions to *_SendData(), and
+ * added new versions of the *_SendString() routines that expect a null terminated string instead
+ * - Renamed all driver termination *_ShutDown() functions to the more logical name *_Disable()
+ * - Reduced latency for executing the Start-Of-Frame events (if enabled in the user application)
+ * - Removed Pipe_ClearErrorFlags(), pipe error flags are now automatically cleared when Pipe_ClearError() is called
+ * - Endpoint_ResetFIFO() renamed to Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(), to be consistent with the Pipe_ResetPipe() function name
+ * - Implemented on-demand PLL clock generation for the U4, U6 and U7 series USB AVRs when automatic PLL mode is specified
+ * - F_CLOCK changed to F_USB to be more descriptive, and applicable on future architecture ports
+ * - Renamed all low level Endpoint_Read_*, Endpoint_Write_* and Endpoint_Discard_* functions to use the number of bits instead of
+ * a symbolic size (Byte, Word, DWord) so that the function names are applicable and correct across all architectures
+ * - Renamed all low level Pipe_Read_*, Pipe_Write_* and Pipe_Discard_* functions to use the number of bits instead of
+ * a symbolic size (Byte, Word, DWord) so that the function names are applicable and correct across all architectures
+ * - Separated out board drivers by architecture in the library internals for better organisation
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Changed the XPLAINBridge software UART to use the regular timer CTC mode instead of the alternative CTC mode
+ * via the Input Capture register, to reduce user confusion
+ * - Combined page and word ISP programming mode code in the AVRISP-MKII clone project to reduce compiled size and
+ * increase maintainability of the code
+ * - Changed over library projects to use the new general ring buffer library driver module
+ * - Added new high level TWI packet read/write commands, altered behaviour of the TWI_StartTransmission() function
+ * - Changed TempDataLogger project's DS1307 driver to simplify the function interface and prevent a possible race condition
+ * - Changed AVRISP-MKII project to use the Watchdog interrupt for command timeouts, to reduce CPU usage and free timer 0
+ * for other uses
+ * - Updated the software USART code in the XPLAIN Bridge application so that the incoming bits are sampled at their mid-point
+ * instead of starting point, to give maximum reliability (thanks to Anton Staaf)
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Fixed broken USBFOO board drivers due to missing BOARD_USBFOO define
+ * - Fixed HID host class driver incorrectly binding to HID devices that do not have an OUT endpoint
+ * - Fixed incorrect definition of the HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D constant in the HID class driver (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
+ * - Fixed incorrect definition of the HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_ARROW constant in the HID class driver (thanks to Joby Taffey)
+ * - Fixed incorrect endpoint initialisation order in the several device demos (thanks to Rick Drolet)
+ * - Fixed inverted Minimus board LEDs
+ * - Fixed incorrect byte ordering in the Audio_Device_WriteSample24 function (thanks to WZab)
+ * - Fixed several functions in the Host mode Still Image Class driver returning an error code from the incorrect
+ * error code enum (thanks to Daniel Seibert)
+ * - Fixed ReportID not being removed from the feature/out report data array in the HID class driver when Report IDs are used
+ * - Fixed incorrect BUTTONS_BUTTON1 definition for the Minimus board
+ * - Fixed Still Image Host class driver exiting the descriptor search routine prematurely if the data pipes (but not event pipe)
+ * is found
+ * - Fixed missing call to Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests() in the Pipe_ConfigurePipe() routine
+ * - Fixed Remote Wakeup broken on the AVRs due to the mechanism only operating when the SUSPI bit is set (thanks to Holger Steinhaus)
+ * - Fixed possible invalid program execution when in host mode if corrupt descriptor lengths are supplied by the attached device
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Fixed Benito project discarding incoming data from the USB virtual serial port when the USART is busy
+ * - Fixed broken DFU bootloader, added XPLAIN support for bootloader start when XCK jumpered to ground
+ * - Fixed broken HID_REQ_GetReport request handler in the Low Level GenericHID demo
+ * - Fixed possible lost data in the XPLAINBridge, USBtoSerial and Benito projects when the host exceeds the packet
+ * timeout period on received packets as set by USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS (thanks to Justin Rajewski)
+ * - Fixed possible programming problem in the AVRISP-MKII clone project when programming specific patterns into a target
+ * memory space that is only byte (not page) addressable
+ * - Fixed errors in the incomplete Test and Measurement device demo preventing proper operation (thanks to Pavel Plotnikov)
+ * - Fixed programming errors in the AVRISP-MKII project when the programming packet is a round multiple of the endpoint bank
+ * size under avrdude (thanks to Steffan Woltjer)
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog101122 Version 101122
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Added new SCSI_ASENSE_NOT_READY_TO_READY_CHANGE constant to the Mass Storage class driver, to indicate when a previously
+ * not ready removable medium has now become ready for the host's use (thanks to Martin Degelsegger)
+ * - Moved the Pipe and Endpoint stream related code to two new USB library core source files EndpointStream.c and PipeStream.c
+ * - Added new USB_Device_GetFrameNumber() and USB_Host_GetFrameNumber() functions to retrieve the current USB frame number
+ * - Added new USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(), USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents() and EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() for the user application
+ * handling of USB Start of Frame events while in USB Host mode
+ * - Added new PRNT_Host_BytesReceived(), PRNT_Host_ReceiveByte(), PRNT_Host_SendByte() and PRNT_Host_Flush() functions to the
+ * Print Host Class driver
+ * - Added class specific descriptor alternative struct type defines with standard USB-IF element naming
+ * - Added new project makefile template to the library and moved board driver stub files into in a new "CodeTemplates" directory
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Adafruit U4 breakout board
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Arduino Uno development board
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Blackcat USB JTAG board (thanks to the PSGroove team)
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Busware BUI development board
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Busware CUL V3 868MHZ radio board (thanks to Dirk Tostmann)
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO development board
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Linnix UDIP development board
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 development board (thanks to Steve Fawcett)
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Maximus board (thanks to the PSGroove team)
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Microsin AVR-USB162 breakout board
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Minimus board (thanks to the PSGroove team)
+ * - Added new NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH compile time option to disable automatic flushing of interfaces when the USB management
+ * tasks for each driver is called
+ * - Added standard keyboard HID report scan-code defines (thanks to Laszlo Monda)
+ * - Added new Pipe_GetBusyBanks(), Endpoint_GetBusyBanks() and Endpoint_AbortPendingIN() functions
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Added default test tone generation mode to the Device mode AudioInput demos
+ * - Added new NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT, NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT, NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT and NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT compile time options to the
+ * CDC class bootloader
+ * - Added new XCK_RESCUE_CLOCK_ENABLE compile time option to the AVRISP-MKII clone programmer project (thanks to Tom Light)
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Removed complicated logic for the Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() function to use inlined or function called versions
+ * depending of if the given bank size is a compile time constant, as the compiler does a better job of optimizing
+ * with basic code
+ * - Changed the signature of the CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() callback function so that the descriptor pointer is const, to remove
+ * the need for extra casting inside the callback (thanks to Jonathan Kollasch)
+ * - Reduced HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS to 1000ms down from 1500ms to improve device compatibility while in USB Host mode
+ * - Removed the EVENT_USB_InitFailure() event, not specifying a USB mode correctly now defaults to UID selection mode
+ * - Renamed and moved class driver common constant definitions to make the naming scheme more uniform
+ * - Moved the USB mode specifier constants into a new enum, so that they are semantically related to one another
+ * - Renamed ENDPOINT_DOUBLEBANK_SUPPORTED() to ENDPOINT_BANKS_SUPPORTED() and changed it to return the maximum number of supported banks for
+ * the given endpoint
+ * - Better algorithm to extract and convert the internal device serial number into a string descriptor (if present)
+ * - All USB class drivers are now automatically included when LUFA/Drivers/USB.h is included, and no longer need to be separately included
+ * - The MIDI class drivers now automatically flushes the MIDI interface when the MIDI class driver's USBTask() function is called
+ * - Renamed the EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest() event to EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() as it is now fired before the library
+ * request handlers, not afterwards
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Changed over all device demos to use a clearer algorithm for the configuring of the application's endpoints
+ * - Added missing DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation() function to the MassStorageKeyboard demo, removed redundant
+ * SCSI_Codes.h file as these values are part of the MassStorage Class Driver
+ * - Added compile time error to the AVRISP-MKII project when built for the U4 chips, as the default VTARGET detection ADC channel
+ * does not exist on these chips (thanks to Marco)
+ * - Changed all Device mode LowLevel demos and Device Class drivers so that the control request is acknowledged and any data
+ * transferred as quickly as possible without any processing in between sections, so that long callbacks or event handlers will
+ * not break communications with the host by exceeding the maximum control request stage timeout period
+ * - Changed over all demos, drivers and internal functions to use the current frame number over the Start of Frame flag where possible
+ * to free up the Start of Frame flag for interrupt use in the user application
+ * - All project makefiles now correctly clean intermediate build files from assembly and C++ sources (thanks to Daniel Czigany)
+ * - Changed default value for the reset polarity parameter in the AVRISP-MKII project so that it defaults to active low drive
+ * - Changed configuration descriptor parser for all host mode projects and class drivers to ensure better compatibility with devices
+ * - All LowLevel demos changed to use the constants and types defined in the USB class drivers
+ * - Changed AudioInput and AudioOutput demos to reload the next sample via an interrupt rather than polling the sample timer
+ * - Rescue clock of the AVRISP-MKII moved to the AVR's OCR1A pin, so that the clock can be generated at all times
+ * - Changed ClassDriver MIDI demos to process all incoming events in a loop until the bank becomes empty rather than one at a time
+ * - Changed LowLevel MIDI demos to only clear the incoming event bank once it has become empty to support packed event packets
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Core:
+ * - Fixed USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo() function modifying the given report item's data when the report item does not exist
+ * within the supplied report of a multiple report HID device
+ * - Fixed critical pipe/endpoint memory allocation issue where the bank memory address space could be silently overlapped
+ * in the USB controller if the endpoints or pipes were allocated in anything other than ascending order (thanks to Martin Degelsegger)
+ * - Added LEDs_ToggleLEDs() function to several board LED drivers which were missing it (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
+ * - Fixed SET FEATURE and CLEAR FEATURE control requests directed at an unconfigured endpoint causing request timeouts
+ * - Fixed USB_Host_ClearPipeStall() incorrectly determining the endpoint direction from the currently selected pipe
+ * - Fixed JTAG_DEBUG_POINT() and JTAG_DEBUG_BREAK() macros not compiling under pure C99 standards mode
+ * - Fixed endpoint selection within the CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport() callback function causing broken GET REPORT requests
+ * - Fixed incorrect command name for EEPROM memory programming in the makefile dfu-ee target
+ * - Fixed incorrect LEDs_ChangeLEDs() function in the Benito board LED driver
+ * - Fixed incorrect USB_DeviceState value when unconfiguring the device without an address set
+ * - Fixed SPI driver not explicitly setting /SS and MISO pins as inputs when SPI_Init() is called
+ * - Fixed random enumeration failure while in device mode due to interrupts causing the Set Address request to exceed maximum timings
+ * - Fixed MIDI_Host_Flush() not aborting early when the specified MIDI host interface was not configured
+ * - Fixed MIDI class driver send routines silently discarding packets if the endpoint or pipe is busy (thanks to Robin Green)
+ * - Library Applications:
+ * - Fixed MassStorage based demos and projects resetting the SCSI sense values before the command is executed, leading to
+ * missed SCSI sense values when the host retrieves the sense key (thanks to Martin Degelsegger)
+ * - Fixed USBtoSerial and Benito project SetLineEncoding calls failing if the USART is busy, due to the RX ISR delaying the control
+ * request handler
+ * - Fixed LowLevel PrinterHost demo not sending control requests to the attached printer with the correct printer interface wIndex value
+ * - Fixed incorrect signature reported in the CDC class bootloader for the ATMEGA32U2
+ * - Fixed BootloaderCDC project failing on some operating systems due to removed Line Encoding options (thanks to Alexey Belyaev)
+ * - Fixed broken FLASH/EEPROM programming in the AVRISP-MKII clone project when writing in non-paged mode and the polling byte cannot be used
+ * - Fixed ISR definition conflict in the XPLAIN bridge between the software UART and the AVRISP-MKII ISP modules
+ * - Fixed USBtoSerial and XPLAINBridge demos discarding data from the PC if the send buffer becomes full
+ * - Fixed broken input in the MagStripe reader project due to an incorrect HID report descriptor
+ * - Fixed incorrect PollingIntervalMS values in the demo/project/bootloader endpoint descriptors (thanks to MCS Electronics)
+ * - Fixed AVRISP-MKII clone project not starting the target's program automatically after exiting TPI programming mode
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog100807 Version 100807
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Added new ADC_DisableChannel() function (thanks to Mich Davis)
+ * - Added new VTARGET_REF_VOLTS and VTARGET_SCALE_FACTOR compile time defines to the AVRISP-MKII programmer project to set
+ * the VTARGET reference voltage and scale factor
+ * - Added new pgm_read_ptr() macro to Common.h for reading of pointers out of flash memory space
+ * - Added new SWAPENDIAN_16() and SWAPENDIAN_32() macros to Common.h for statically initialized variables at compile time
+ * - Added new Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Device.c file to house Device mode specific functions that are more complicated than simple macros
+ * - Added new AVRStudio 4 project files for all library demos, projects and bootloaders
+ * - Added ability to set the serial baud rate via the user's terminal in the XPLAINBridge project
+ * - Added new LUFA module variables for the different source modules in the core library makefile to simplify project makefiles
+ * - Added start of a new Test and Measurement class demo (thanks to Peter Lawrence)
+ * - Added new SPI_ORDER_* data order masks to the SPI peripheral driver
+ * - Added support to the AVRISP-MKII project for ISP speeds slower than 125KHz via a new software SPI driver
+ * - Added support for the new button/LED on the latest model USBTINY-MKII
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - The RingBuff library code has been replaced in the XPLAINBridge, Benito and USBtoSerial projects with an ultra lightweight
+ * ring buffer to help improve the reliability of the projects
+ * - The EEPROM stream read/write functions now use eeprom_update_byte() instead of eeprom_write_byte(), so that only
+ * changed bytes are written to EEPROM to preserve its lifespan
+ * - Changed over the AVRISP-MKII and TemperatureDataLogger projects to use eeprom_update_byte() when writing non-volatile
+ * parameters to EEPROM to preserve its lifespan
+ * - Removed unused line encoding data and control requests from the CDC Bootloader code, to save space
+ * - Renamed SERIAL_STREAM_ASSERT() macro to STDOUT_ASSERT()
+ * - The USB_Device_IsRemoteWakeupSent() and USB_Device_IsUSBSuspended() macros have been deleted, as they are now obsolete
+ * - Rewrote the implementation of the SwapEndian_16() and SwapEndian_32() functions so that they compile down in most instances to
+ * minimal loads and stores rather than complicated shifts
+ * - The software UART in the XPLAINBridge has been largely altered to try to improve upon its performance and reliability
+ * - The USBtoSerial and Benito projects now flushes received data via a flush timer, so that several bytes can be transmitted at once
+ * - Removed the automated checking of event names in the demo, project and bootloader makefiles due to inconsistencies between the
+ * behaviour of the command line tools used to perform the check on each platform
+ * - Internal USB driver source files renamed and moved to ease future possible architecture ports
+ * - All internal pseudo-function macros have been converted to true inline functions for type-safety and readability
+ * - Changed LED indicator masks for the AVRISP-MKII project, so that there are defined roles for each LED
+ * - Altered the CDC Device and Host Class drivers' receive byte routines, so that no data is indicated by the function returning a
+ * negative value (thanks to Andreas Paulin)
+ * - Added auto flushing of OUT data to the CDC Host Class driver's USBTask function to automatically flush the send pipe buffer
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Fixed AVRISP project sending a LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS command to 128KB AVRs after programming or reading from
+ * the last page of FLASH (thanks to Gerard Sexton)
+ * - Fixed AVRISP project not sending a full erase-and-write EEPROM command to XMEGA targets when writing to the EEPROM
+ * instead of the split write-only command (thanks to Tim Margush)
+ * - Fixed RNDISEthernet demos crashing when calculating checksums for Ethernet/TCP packets of more than ~500 bytes due to
+ * an overflow in the checksum calculation loop (thanks to Kevin Malec)
+ * - Fixed XPLAINBridge project not correctly reading the XMEGA's supply voltage when reporting back to the host
+ * - Fixed incorrect signature for the ATMEGA32U2 in the DFU bootloader (thanks to Axel Rohde)
+ * - Fixed internal device serial not being accessible on the ATMEGAXXU2 AVRs (thanks to Axel Rohde)
+ * - Fixed void pointer arithmetic in ConfigDescriptor.h breaking C++ compatibility (thanks to Michael Hennebry)
+ * - Fixed broken PDI EEPROM Section Erase functionality in the AVRISP-MKII project
+ * - Fixed USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup() not working when the USB clock was frozen during USB bus suspend (thanks to Brian Dickman)
+ * - Fixed occasional lockup of the AVRISP project due to the timeout extension code incorrectly extending the timeout in
+ * PDI and TPI programming modes infinitely
+ * - Fixed HID device class driver still using PrevReportINBuffer for GetReport control requests even when it has been
+ * set to NULL by the user application (thanks to Axel Rohde)
+ * - Fixed MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket() not correctly waiting for the endpoint to become ready (thanks to Robin Green)
+ * - Fixed Benito and USBtoSerial projects not turning off the USART before reconfiguring it, which could cause incorrect
+ * operation to occur (thanks to Bob Paddock)
+ * - Fixed Serial peripheral driver not turning off the USART before reconfiguring it, which would cause incorrect operation
+ * to occur (thanks to Bob Paddock)
+ * - Fixed software application start command broken in the DFU class bootloader when dfu-programmer is used due to application
+ * start address corruption
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog100513 Version 100513
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Added incomplete MIDIToneGenerator project
+ * - Added new Relay Controller Board project (thanks to OBinou)
+ * - Added board hardware driver support for the Teensy, USBTINY MKII, Benito and JM-DB-U2 lines of third party USB AVR boards
+ * - Added new ATTR_NO_INIT variable attribute for global variables that should not be automatically cleared on startup
+ * - Added new ENDPOINT_*_BusSuspended error code to the Endpoint function, so that the stream functions early-abort if the bus
+ * is suspended before or during a transfer
+ * - Added new EVENT_CDC_Device_BreakSent() event and CDC_Host_SendBreak() function to the Device and Host CDC Class drivers
+ * - Added ReportType parameter to the HID device class driver CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport() function so that FEATURE
+ * reports from the host to the device can be correctly processed
+ * - Added ReportType parameter to the HID host class driver HID_Host_SendReportByID() function so that FEATURE reports can be
+ * issued to the attached device
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - AVRISP programmer project now has a more robust timeout system
+ * - Added a timeout value to the TWI_StartTransmission() function, within which the addressed device must respond
+ * - Webserver project now uses the board LEDs to indicate the current IP configuration state
+ * - Added ENABLE_TELNET_SERVER compile time option to the Webserver project to disable the TELNET server if desired
+ * - Increased throughput of the USBtoSerial demo on systems that send multiple bytes per packet (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
+ * - Double bank CDC endpoints in the XPLAIN Bridge project, re-enable JTAG once the mode selection pin has been sampled.
+ * - Standardized the naming scheme given to configuration descriptor sub-elements in the Device mode demos, bootloaders
+ * and projects
+ * - All Class Driver Host mode demos now correctly set the board LEDs to READY once the enumeration process has completed
+ * - Added LIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT compile time option to the AVRISP programmer project to make the code compatible with Windows
+ * builds of avrdude at the expense of AVRStudio compatibility
+ * - Removed two-step endpoint/pipe bank clear and switch sequence for smaller, faster endpoint/pipe code
+ * - The USB_Init() function no longer calls sei() - the user is now responsible for enabling interrupts when they are ready
+ * for them to be enabled (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
+ * - The Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived() and Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample() functions are now inline, to reduce overhead
+ * - Removed the cast to uint16_t on the set baud rate in the USBtoSerial project, so that the higher >1M baud rates can be
+ * selected (thanks to Steffan Woltjer)
+ * - Removed software PDI and TPI emulation from the AVRISP-MKII clone project as it was very buggy and slow - PDI and TPI must
+ * now be implemented via separate programming headers
+ * - The CDC class bootloader now uses a watchdog reset rather than a soft-reset when exited to ensure that all hardware is
+ * properly reset to their defaults
+ * - Device mode class driver callbacks are now fired before the control request status stage is sent to prevent the host from
+ * timing out if another request is immediately fired and the device has a lengthy callback routine
+ * - The TeensyHID bootloader has been removed, per request from Paul at PJRC
+ * - The LIBUSB_FILTERDRV_COMPAT compile time option in the XPLAINBridge and AVRISP-MKII projects has been renamed
+ * LIBUSB_DRIVER_COMPAT, as it applies to all software on all platforms using the libUSB driver
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Fixed possible device lockup when INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT is enabled and the control endpoint is not properly
+ * selected when the ISR completes
+ * - Fixed AVRISP-MKII clone project not correctly issuing LOAD EXTENDED ADDRESS commands when the extended address
+ * boundary is crossed during programming or read back (thanks to Gerard Sexton)
+ * - Fixed warnings when building the AVRISP-MKII clone project with the ENABLE_XPROG_PROTOCOL compile time option disabled
+ * - Fixed software PDI/TPI programming mode in the AVRISP project not correctly toggling just the clock pin
+ * - Fixed TWI_StartTransmission() corrupting the contents of the GPIOR0 register
+ * - Fixed TWI driver not aborting when faced with no response after attempting to address a device on the bus
+ * - Fixed ADC routines not correctly returning the last result when multiple channels were read
+ * - Fixed ADC routines failing to read the extended channels (Channels 8 to 13, Internal Temperature Sensor) on the
+ * U4 series USB AVR parts
+ * - Fixed LowLevel MassStorage demo broken on the U2 series USB AVRs due to unsupported double-banked endpoint modes used
+ * - Fixed compilation error in the AudioInput demos when MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL is defined (thanks to C. Scott Ananian)
+ * - Fixed incorrect definition of HID_ALIGN_DATA() causing incorrect HID report item data alignment
+ * - Fixed Still Image Host class driver not resetting the transaction ID when a new session is opened, fixed driver not sending
+ * a valid session ID to the device
+ * - Removed invalid dfu and flip related targets from the bootloaders - bootloaders can only be replaced with an external programmer
+ * - Fixed Set/Clear Feature requests directed to a non-configured endpoint not returning a stall to the host
+ * - Fixed HID Device Class Driver not allocating a temporary buffer when the host requests a report via the control endpoint and the
+ * user has set the PrevReportINBuffer driver configuration element to NULL (thanks to Lars Noschinski)
+ * - Fixed device state not being reset to DEVICE_STATE_Default if the host sets a 0x00 device address
+ * - Fixed device not stalling configuration requests before the device's address has been set
+ * - Fixed possibility of internal signature retrieval being corrupted if an interrupt occurs during a signature byte
+ * read (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
+ * - Fixed device state not being reset back to the default state if the host sets the address to 0
+ * - Fixed Set Configuration requests not being stalled until the host has set the device's address
+ * - Fixed Host mode HID class driver not sending the correct report type when HID_Host_SendReportByID() was called and the
+ * HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time option is set
+ * - Fixed INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT compile time option preventing other interrupts from occurring while the control endpoint
+ * request is being processed, causing possible lockups if a USB interrupt occurs during a transfer
+ * - Remove incorrect Abstract Call Management class specific descriptor from the CDC demos, bootloaders and projects
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog100219 Version 100219
+ *
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Added TPI programming support for 6-pin ATTINY devices to the AVRISP programmer project (thanks to Tom Light)
+ * - Added command timeout counter to the AVRISP project so that the device no longer freezes when incorrectly connected
+ * to a target
+ * - Added new TemperatureDataLogger application, a USB data logger which writes to the device's dataflash and appears to
+ * the host as a standard Mass Storage device when inserted
+ * - Added MIDI event packing support to the MIDI Device and Host mode Class drivers, allowing for multiple MIDI events to
+ * sent or received in packed form in a single USB packet
+ * - Added new MIDI send buffer flush routines to the MIDI Device and Host mode Class drivers, to flush packed events
+ * - Added master mode hardware TWI driver for easy TWI peripheral control
+ * - Added ADC MUX masks for the standard ADC input channels on all AVR models with an ADC, altered demos to use these masks
+ * as on some models, the channel number is not identical to its single-ended ADC MUX mask
+ * - New Webserver project, a RNDIS host USB webserver using the open source uIP TCP/IP network stack and FatFS library
+ * - New BOARD value option BOARD_NONE (equivalent to not specifying BOARD) which will remove all board hardware drivers which
+ * do not adversely affect the code operation (currently only the LEDs driver)
+ * - Added keyboard modifier masks (HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_*) and LED report masks (KEYBOARD_LED_*) to the HID class driver and
+ * Keyboard demos
+ * - Added .5MHz recovery clock to the AVRISP programmer project when in ISP programming mode to correct mis-set fuses
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Slowed down software USART carried PDI programming in the AVRISP project to prevent transmission errors
+ * - Renamed the AVRISP project folder to AVRISP-MKII to reduce confusion
+ * - Renamed the RESET_LINE_* makefile tokens in the AVRISP MKII Project to AUX_LINE_*, as they are not always used for target
+ * reset
+ * - Changed over the MassStorageKeyboard Class driver device demo to use Start of Frame events rather than a timer to keep track
+ * of elapsed milliseconds
+ * - Inlined currently unused (but standardized) maintenance functions in the Device and Host Class drivers to save space
+ * - The XPLAINBridge project now selects between a USB to Serial bridge and a PDI programmer on startup, reading the JTAG port's
+ * TDI pin to determine which mode to use
+ * - Removed the stream example code from the Low Level VirtualSerial demos, as they were buggy and only served to add clutter
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Fixed AVRISP project not able to enter programming mode when ISP protocol is used
+ * - Fixed AVRISP PDI race condition where the guard time between direction changes could be interpreted as a start bit
+ * - Fixed ADC_IsReadingComplete() returning an inverted result
+ * - Fixed blocking CDC streams not aborting when the host is disconnected
+ * - Fixed XPLAIN board Dataflash driver broken due to incorrect preprocessor commands
+ * - Fixed inverted XPLAIN LED driver output (LED turned on when it was supposed to be turned off, and vice-versa)
+ * - Fixed Class Driver struct interface numbers in the KeyboardMouse and VirtualSerialMouse demos (thanks to Renaud Cerrato)
+ * - Fixed invalid USB controller PLL prescaler values for the ATMEGAxxU2 controllers
+ * - Fixed lack of support for the ATMEGA32U2 in the DFU and CDC class bootloaders
+ * - Fixed Benito project not resetting the target AVR automatically when programming has completed
+ * - Fixed DFU bootloader programming not discarding the correct number of filler bytes from the host when non-aligned programming
+ * ranges are specified (thanks to Thomas Bleeker)
+ * - Fixed CDC and RNDIS host demos and class drivers - bidirectional endpoints should use two separate pipes, not one half-duplex pipe
+ * - Fixed Pipe_IsEndpointBound() not taking the endpoint's direction into account
+ * - Fixed EEPROM and FLASH ISP programming in the AVRISP project
+ * - Fixed incorrect values of USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED and USB_CONFIG_ATTR_REMOTEWAKEUP tokens (thanks to Claus Christensen)
+ * - Fixed SerialStream driver blocking while waiting for characters to be received instead of returning EOF
+ * - Fixed SerialStream driver not setting stdin to the created serial stream (thanks to Mike Alexander)
+ * - Fixed USB_GetHIDReportSize() returning the number of bits in the specified report instead of bytes
+ * - Fixed AVRISP project not extending the command delay after each successful page/word/byte program
+ * - Fixed accuracy of the SERIAL_UBBRVAL() and SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL() macros for higher baud rates (thanks to Renaud Cerrato)
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog091223 Version 091223
+ *
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Added activity LED indicators to the AVRISP project to indicate when the device is busy processing a command
+ * - The USB target family and allowable USB mode tokens are now public and documented (USB_CAN_BE_*, USB_SERIES_*_AVR)
+ * - Added new XPLAIN USB to Serial Bridge project (thanks to John Steggall for initial proof-of-concept, David Prentice
+ * and Peter Danneger for revised software USART code)
+ * - Added new RNDIS Ethernet Host LowLevel demo
+ * - Added new RNDIS Ethernet Host Class Driver
+ * - Added new RNDIS Ethernet Host ClassDriver demo
+ * - Added CDC_Host_Flush() function to the CDC Host Class driver to flush sent data to the attached device
+ * - Added PDI programming support for XMEGA devices to the AVRISP programmer project (thanks to Justin Mattair)
+ * - Added support for the XPLAIN board Dataflash, with new XPLAIN_REV1 board target for the different Dataflash used
+ * on the first revision boards compared to the one mounted on later revisions
+ * - Added new HID_ALIGN_DATA() macro to return the pre-retrieved value of a HID report item, left-aligned to a given datatype
+ * - Added new PreviousValue to the HID Report Parser report item structure, for easy monitoring of previous report item values
+ * - Added new EVK527 board target
+ * - Added new USB_Host_GetDeviceStringDescriptor() convenience function
+ * - Added new LEDNotification project to the library, to give a visual LED notification on new events from the host
+ * - Added new NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP and NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER compile time options
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Removed code in the Keyboard demos to send zeroed reports between two reports with differing numbers of key codes
+ * as this relied on non-standard OS driver behaviour to repeat key groups
+ * - The SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t and SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t type defines are now part of the Mass Storage Class
+ * driver common defines, rather than being defined in the Host mode Class driver section only
+ * - The USB_MODE_HOST token is now defined even when host mode is not available
+ * - The CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport() HID Device Class driver callback now has a new ReportType parameter to
+ * indicate the report type to generate
+ * - All Class Drivers now return false or the "DeviceDisconnected" error code of their respective error enums when a function
+ * is called when no host/device is connected where possible
+ * - The HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnect enum value has been renamed to HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected to be in line
+ * with the rest of the library error codes
+ * - Make MIDI device demos also turn off the on board LEDs if MIDI Note On messages are sent with a velocity of zero,
+ * which some devices use instead of Note Off messages (thanks to Robin Green)
+ * - The CDC demos are now named "VirtualSerial" instead to indicate the demos' function rather than its implemented USB class,
+ * to reduce confusion and to be in line with the rest of the LUFA demos
+ * - The SImage_Host_SendBlockHeader() and SImage_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader() Still Image Host Class driver functions are now public
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Added missing CDC_Host_CreateBlockingStream() function code to the CDC Host Class driver
+ * - Fixed incorrect values for REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_* enum values causing corrupt data in the HID Host Parser
+ * - Fixed misnamed SI_Host_USBTask() and SI_Host_ConfigurePipes() functions
+ * - Fixed broken USB_GetNextDescriptor() function causing the descriptor to jump ahead double the expected amount
+ * - Fixed Pipe_IsEndpointBound() not masking the given Endpoint Address against PIPE_EPNUM_MASK
+ * - Fixed host state machine not enabling Auto VBUS mode when HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS is set to zero
+ * - Fixed misnamed Pipe_SetPipeToken() macro for setting a pipe's direction
+ * - Fixed CDCHost failing on devices with bidirectional endpoints
+ * - Fixed USB driver failing to define the PLL prescaler mask for the ATMEGA8U2 and ATMEGA16U2
+ * - Fixed HID Parser not distributing the Usage Min and Usage Max values across an array of report items
+ * - Fixed Mass Storage Host Class driver and Low Level demo not clearing the error condition if an attached device returns a
+ * STALL to a GET MAX LUN request (thanks to Martin Luxen)
+ * - Fixed TeensyHID bootloader not properly shutting down the USB interface to trigger a disconnection on the host before resetting
+ * - Fixed MassStorageHost Class driver demo not having USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS compile time option set properly to prevent slow
+ * devices from timing out the data pipes
+ * - Fixed the definition of the Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() macro for the U4 series AVR parts
+ * - Fixed MIDI host Class driver MIDI_Host_SendEventPacket() routine not properly checking for Pipe ready before writing
+ * - Fixed use of deprecated struct initializers, removed library unused parameter warnings when compiled with -Wextra enabled
+ * - Fixed Still Image Host Class driver truncating the PIMA response code (thanks to Daniel Seibert)
+ * - Fixed USB_CurrentMode not being reset to USB_MODE_NONE when the USB interface is shut down and both Host and Device modes can be
+ * used (thanks to Daniel Levy)
+ * - Fixed TeensyHID bootloader not enumerating to the host correctly (thanks to Clint Fisher)
+ * - Fixed AVRISP project timeouts not checking for the correct timeout period (thanks to Carl Ott)
+ * - Fixed STK525 Dataflash driver using incorrect bit-shifting for Dataflash addresses (thanks to Tim Mitchell)
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog091122 Version 091122
+ *
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Added new Dual Role Keyboard/Mouse demo
+ * - Added new HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token to reduce the size of the HID Host Class driver when
+ * Report protocol is not needed
+ * - Added new MIDI LowLevel and ClassDriver Host demo, add new MIDI Host Class driver
+ * - Added new CDC/Mouse ClassDriver device demo
+ * - Added new Joystick Host ClassDriver and LowLevel demos
+ * - Added new Printer Host mode Class driver
+ * - Added new Printer Host mode ClassDriver demo
+ * - Added optional support for double banked endpoints and pipes in the Device and Host mode Class drivers
+ * - Added new stream creation function to the CDC Class drivers, to easily make standard I/O streams from CDC Class driver instances
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Removed mostly useless "TestApp" demo, as it was mainly useful only for checking for syntax errors in the library
+ * - MIDI device demos now receive MIDI events from the host and display note ON messages via the board LEDs
+ * - Cleanups to the Device mode Mass Storage demo application SCSI routines
+ * - Changed Audio Class driver sample read/write functions to be inline, to reduce the number of cycles needed to transfer
+ * samples to and from the device (allowing more time for sample processing and output)
+ * - Audio class Device mode demos now work at both 16MHz and 8MHz, rather than just at 8MHz
+ * - The previous USBtoSerial demo has been moved into the projects directory, as it was just a modified CDC demo
+ * - The Endpoint/Pipe functions now use the const qualifier on the input buffer
+ * - Changed the CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem() callback to pass a HID_ReportItem_t rather than just the current
+ * item's attributes, to expose more information on the item (including it's type, collection path, etc.)
+ * - Changed MouseHostWithParser demos to check that the report items have a Mouse usage collection as a parent at some point,
+ * to prevent Joysticks from enumerating with the demo
+ * - Corrected the name of the misnamed USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function to USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor().
+ * - Keyboard LowLevel/ClassDriver demos now support multiple simultaneous key presses (up to 6) per report
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Fixed PrinterHost demo returning invalid Device ID data when the attached device does not have a
+ * device ID (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
+ * - Changed LUFA_VERSION_INTEGER define to use BCD values, to make comparisons easier
+ * - Fixed issue in the HID Host class driver's HID_Host_SendReportByID() routine using the incorrect mode (control/pipe)
+ * to send report to the attached device
+ * - Fixed ClassDriver AudioOutput device demo not selecting an audio output mode
+ * - Fixed incorrect SampleFrequencyType value in the AudioInput and AudioOutput ClassDriver demos' descriptors
+ * - Fixed incorrect event name rule in demo/project/bootloader makefiles
+ * - Fixed HID device class driver not reselecting the correct endpoint once the user callback routines have been called
+ * - Corrected HID descriptor in the Joystick Device demos - buttons should be placed outside the pointer collection
+ * - Fixed HID report parser collection paths invalid due to misplaced semicolon in the free path item search loop
+ * - Fixed HID host Class driver report send/receive report broken when issued through the control pipe
+ * - Fixed HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR compile time option being ignored when in host mode (thanks to David Lyons)
+ * - Fixed LowLevel Keyboard demo not saving the issues report only after it has been sent to the host
+ * - Fixed Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_* functions not sending a terminating IN when given data Length is zero
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog090924 Version 090924
+ *
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Added new host mode class drivers and matching demos to the library for rapid application development
+ * - Added flag to the HID report parser to indicate if a device has multiple reports
+ * - Added new EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event, controlled by the new USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents() and
+ * USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents() macros to give bus-synchronized millisecond interrupts when in USB device mode
+ * - Added new Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection() macro for bidirectional endpoints
+ * - Added new AVRISP project, a LUFA powered clone of the Atmel AVRISP-MKII programmer
+ * - Added ShutDown() functions for all hardware peripheral drivers, so that peripherals can be turned off after use
+ * - Added new CDC_Device_Flush() command to the device mode CDC Class driver to flush Device->Host data
+ * - Added extra masks to the SPI driver, changed SPI_Init() so that the clock polarity and sample modes can be set
+ * - Added new callback to the HID report parser, so that the user application can filter only the items it is interested
+ * in to be stored into the HIDReportInfo structure to save RAM
+ * - Added support for the officially recommended external peripheral layout for the BUMBLEB board (thanks to Dave Fletcher)
+ * - Added new Pipe_IsFrozen() macro to determine if the currently selected pipe is frozen
+ * - Added new USB_GetHIDReportSize() function to the HID report parser to retrieve the size of a given report by its ID
+ * - Added new combined Mass Storage and Keyboard demo (thanks to Matthias Hullin)
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - SetIdle requests to the HID device driver with a 0 idle period (send changes only) now only affect the requested
+ * HID interface within the device, not all HID interfaces
+ * - Added explicit attribute masks to the device mode demos' descriptors
+ * - Added return values to the CDC and MIDI class driver transmit functions
+ * - Optimized Endpoint_Read_Word_* and Pipe_Read_Word_* macros to reduce compiled size
+ * - Added non-null function parameter pointer restrictions to USB Class drivers to improve user code reliability
+ * - Added new "Common" section to the class drivers, to hold all mode-independent definitions for clarity
+ * - Moved SCSI command/sense constants into the Mass Storage Class driver, instead of the user-code
+ * - Altered the SCSI commands in the LowLevel Mass Storage Host to save on FLASH space by reducing function calls
+ * - Changed the parameters and behaviour of the USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function so that it now performs size checks
+ * and data validations internally, to simplify user code
+ * - Changed HIDParser to only zero out important values in the Parsed HID Report Item Information structure to save cycles
+ * - The HID report parser now always processed FEATURE items - HID_ENABLE_FEATURE_PROCESSING token now has no effect
+ * - The HID report parser now always ignores constant-data items, HID_INCLUDE_CONSTANT_DATA_ITEMS token now has no effect
+ * - The Benito Programmer project now has its own unique VID/PID pair allocated from the Atmel donated LUFA VID/PID pool
+ * - Add in new invalid event hook check targets to project makefiles to produce compilation errors when invalid event names
+ * are used in a project
+ * - The HID Report Parser now gives information on the total length of each report within a HID interface
+ * - The USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES compile time token has been removed - there are now separate USB_Descriptor_* and
+ * USB_StdDescriptor_* structures for both the LUFA and standardized element naming conventions so both may be used
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Fixed possible lockup in the CDC device class driver, when the host sends data that is a multiple of the
+ * endpoint's bank
+ * - Fixed swapped parameters in the HID state memory copy call while processing a HID PUSH item in the HID report parser
+ * - Fixed memory corruption HID report parser when too many COLLECTION or PUSH items were processed
+ * - Fixed HID report parser not resetting the FEATURE item count when a REPORT ID item is encountered
+ * - Fixed USBtoSerial demos not reading in UDR1 when the USART receives data but the USB interface is not enumerated,
+ * causing continuous USART receive interrupts
+ * - Fixed misspelled event name in the Class driver USBtoSerial demo, preventing correct operation
+ * - Fixed invalid data being returned when a GetStatus request is issued in Device mode with an unhandled data recipient
+ * - Added hardware USART receive interrupt and software buffering to the Benito project to ensure received data is not
+ * missed or corrupted
+ * - Fixed Device mode HID Class driver always sending IN packets, even when nothing to report
+ * - Fixed Device mode HID Class driver not explicitly initializing the ReportSize parameter to zero before calling callback
+ * routine, so that ignored callbacks don't cause incorrect data to be sent
+ * - Fixed StillImageHost not correctly freezing and unfreezing data pipes while waiting for a response block header
+ * - Fixed error in the PrinterHost demo preventing the full page data from being sent to the attached device (thanks to John Andrews)
+ * - Fixed CDC based demos and projects' INF driver files under 64 bit versions of Windows (thanks to Ronny Hanson, Thomas Bleeker)
+ * - Re-add in missing flip, flip-ee, dfu and dfu-ee targets to project makefiles (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
+ * - Fix allowable F_CPU values comment in project makefiles to more accurately reflect the allowable values on the USB AVRs
+ * - Fixed DFU and CDC class bootloaders on the series 2 USB AVRs, corrected invalid signatures, added support for the new
+ * ATMEGAxx2 series 2 variant AVRs to the DFU bootloader
+ * - Fixed Low Level USBtoSerial demo not storing received characters (thanks to Michael Cooper)
+ * - Fixed MIDI Device Class driver not sending/receiving MIDI packets of the correct size (thanks to Thomas Bleeker)
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog090810 Version 090810
+ *
+ * <b>New:</b>
+ * - Added new device class drivers and matching demos to the library for rapid application development
+ * - Added new PrinterHost demo (thanks to John Andrews)
+ * - Added USB Missile Launcher project, submitted by Dave Fletcher
+ * - Added new Benito Arduino Programmer project
+ * - Added incomplete device and host mode demos for later enhancement
+ * - Updated MassStorage device block write routines to use ping-pong Dataflash buffering to increase throughput by around 30%
+ * - Error status LEDs shown when device endpoint configuration fails to complete in all demos and projects
+ * - Added new USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration() convenience function for easy configuration selection of devices while in USB
+ * host mode
+ * - Added new USB_Host_ClearPipeStall() convenience function to clear a stall condition on an attached device's endpoint
+ * - Added new USB_Host_GetDeviceDescriptor() convenience function to retrieve the attached device's Device descriptor
+ * - Added new Endpoint_ClearStatusStage() convenience function to assist with the status stages of control transfers
+ * - Added new USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL define for using the unique serial numbers in some AVR models as the USB device's serial number,
+ * added NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL compile time option to turn off new serial number reading code
+ * - Added new DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK() macro to the Dataflash driver, which returns the Dataflash select mask for the given chip index
+ * - Added new HOST_STATE_WaitForDeviceRemoval host state machine state for non-blocking disabling of device communications until the
+ * device has been removed (for use when an error occurs or communications with the device have completed)
+ * - Added new FAST_STREAM_TRANSFERS compile time option for faster stream transfers via multiple bytes copied per stream loop
+ * - Added stdio stream demo code to the CDC device demos, to show how to create standard streams out of the virtual serial ports
+ * - Added new EEPROM and FLASH buffer versions of the Endpoint and Pipe stream functions
+ * - Added new USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS compile time options
+ * - Added support for the new ATMEGA32U2, ATMEGA16U2 and ATMEGA8U2 AVR models
+ * - Added new USB_DeviceState variable to keep track of the current Device mode USB state
+ * - Added new LEDs_ToggleLEDs() function to the LEDs driver
+ * - Added new Pipe_BoundEndpointNumber() and Pipe_IsEndpointBound() functions
+ * - Added new DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR and HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR compile time options
+ * - Added 404 Not Found errors to the webserver in the RNDIS demos to indicate invalid URLs
+ *
+ * <b>Changed:</b>
+ * - Deprecated pseudo-scheduler and removed dynamic memory allocator from the library (first no longer needed and second unused)
+ * - The device-mode CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() function now has an extra parameter so that the memory space in which the requested
+ * descriptor is located can be specified. This means that descriptors can now be located in multiple memory spaces within a device.
+ * - Removed vague USB_IsConnected global - test USB_DeviceState or USB_HostState explicitly to gain previous functionality
+ * - Removed USB_IsSuspended global - test USB_DeviceState against DEVICE_STATE_Suspended instead
+ * - Extended USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() routine to require the configuration number within the device to fetch
+ * - Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy() now always ensures that the dataflash is ready for the next command immediately after returning,
+ * no need to call Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS() afterwards
+ * - Low level API MIDI device demo no longer blocks if a note change event is sent while the endpoint is not ready
+ * - Pipe_GetErrorFlags() now returns additional error flags for overflow and underflow errors
+ * - Pipe stream functions now automatically set the correct pipe token, so that bidirectional pipes can be used
+ * - Pipe_ConfigurePipe() now automatically defaults IN pipes to accepting infinite IN requests, this can still be changed by calling
+ * the existing Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests() function
+ * - Changed F_USB entries in project makefiles to alias to F_CPU by default, as this is the most common case
+ * - Host mode demos now use sane terminal escape codes, so that text is always readable and events/program output is visually distinguished
+ * from one another using foreground colours
+ * - Internal per-device preprocessing conditions changed to per-device series rather than per-controller group for finer-grain
+ * internal control
+ * - Interrupts are no longer disabled during the processing of Control Requests on the default endpoint while in device mode
+ * - AudioOutput demos now always output to board LEDs, regardless of output mode (removed AUDIO_OUT_LEDS project option)
+ * - Removed SINGLE_DEVICE_CONFIGURATION compile time option in favor of the new FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS option so that the exact number
+ * of device configurations can be defined statically
+ * - Removed VBUS events, as they are already exposed to the user application via the regular device connection and disconnection events
+ * - Renamed and altered existing events to properly separate out Host and Device mode events
+ * - All demos switched over from GNU99 standards mode to C99 standards mode, to reduce the dependencies on GCC-only language extensions
+ *
+ * <b>Fixed:</b>
+ * - Changed bootloaders to use FLASHEND rather than the existence of RAMPZ to determine if far FLASH pointers are needed to fix
+ * bootloaders on some of the USB AVR devices where avr-libc erroneously defines RAMPZ
+ * - Fixes to MassStorageHost for better device compatibility (increase command timeout, change MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()
+ * to only unfreeze and check one data pipe at a time) to prevent incorrect device enumerations and freezes while transferring data
+ * - Make Pipe_ConfigurePipe() mask the given endpoint number against PIPE_EPNUM_MASK to ensure the endpoint IN direction bit is
+ * cleared to prevent endpoint type corruption
+ * - Fixed issue opening CDC-ACM ports on hosts when the CDC device tries to send data before the host has set the line encoding
+ * - Fixed USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL option being ignored during device disconnects on some models (thanks to Brian Dickman)
+ * - Fixed documentation mentioning Pipe_GetCurrentToken() function when correct function name is Pipe_GetPipeToken()
+ * - Fixed ADC driver for the ATMEGA32U4 and ATMEGA16U4 (thanks to Opendous Inc.)
+ * - Fixed CDCHost demo unfreezing the pipes at the point of configuration, rather than use
+ * - Fixed MassStorage demo not clearing the reset flag when a Mass Storage Reset is issued while not processing a command
+ * - Fixed USB_Host_SendControlRequest() not re-suspending the USB bus when initial device ready-wait fails
+ * - Fixed USB Pad regulator not being disabled on some AVR models when the USB_OPT_REG_DISABLED option is used
+ * - Fixed Host mode to Device mode UID change not causing a USB Disconnect event when a device was connected
+ * - Fixed Mouse/Keyboard demos not performing the correct arithmetic on the Idle period at the right times (thanks to Brian Dickman)
+ * - Fixed GenericHID failing HID class tests due to incorrect Logical Minimum and Logical Maximum values (thanks to Soren Greiner)
+ * - Fixed incorrect PIPE_EPNUM_MASK mask causing pipe failures on devices with endpoint addresses of 8 and above (thanks to John Andrews)
+ * - Fixed report data alignment issues in the MouseHostWithParser demo when X and Y movement data size is not a multiple of 8 bits
+ * - Fixed HID Report Descriptor Parser not correctly resetting internal states when a REPORT ID element is encountered
+ * - Fixed incorrect BUTTONS_BUTTON1 for the STK526 target
+ * - Fixed RNDIS demos freezing when more than one connection was attempted simultaneously, causing memory corruption
+ * - Fixed USBtoSerial demo receiving noise from the USART due to pull-up not being enabled
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog090605 Version 090605
+ *
+ * - Fixed bug in RNDISEthernet and DualCDC demos not using the correct USB_ControlRequest structure for control request data
+ * - Fixed documentation showing incorrect USB mode support on the supported AVRs list
+ * - Fixed RNDISEthernet not working under Linux due to Linux requiring an "optional" RNDIS request which was unhandled
+ * - Fixed Mouse and Keyboard device demos not acting in accordance with the HID specification for idle periods (thanks to Brian Dickman)
+ * - Removed support for endpoint/pipe non-control interrupts; these did not act in the way users expected, and had many subtle issues
+ * - Fixed Device Mode not handling Set Feature and Clear Feature Chapter 9 requests that are addressed to the device (thanks to Brian Dickman)
+ * - Moved control endpoint interrupt handling into the library itself, enable via the new INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT token
+ * - Fixed CDCHost not clearing configured pipes and resetting configured pipes mask when a partially enumerated invalid CDC
+ * interface is skipped
+ * - Clarified the size of library tokens which accept integer values in the Compile Time Tokens page, values now use the smallest datatype
+ * inside the library that is able to hold their defined value to save space
+ * - Removed DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS() macro as it was largely superfluous and only served to obfuscate code
+ * - Rewritten event system to remove all macros, to make user code clearer
+ * - Fixed incorrect ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK mask preventing endpoints above EP3 from being selected (thanks to Jonathan Oakley)
+ * - Removed STREAM_CALLBACK() macro - callbacks now use regular function definitions to clarify user code
+ * - Removed DESCRIPTOR_COMPARATOR() macro - comparators should now use regular function definitions to clarify user code
+ * - USB_IsConnected is now cleared before the USB_Disconnect() event is fired in response to VBUS being removed
+ * - Fixed incorrect PID value being used in the USBtoSerial project (thanks to Phill)
+ * - Deleted StdDescriptors.c, renamed USB_GetDescriptor() to CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor, moved ConfigDescriptor.c/.h from the
+ * LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/ directory to LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ in preparation for the new USB class APIs
+ * - Moved out each demos' functionality library files (e.g. Ring Buffer library) to /Lib directories for a better directory structure
+ * - Removed Tx interrupt from the USBtoSerial demo; now sends characters via polling to ensure more time for the Rx interrupt
+ * - Fixed possible enumeration errors from spin-loops which may fail to exit if the USB connection is severed before the exit condition
+ * becomes true
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog090510 Version 090510
+ *
+ * - Added new GenericHIDHost demo
+ * - Corrections to the KeyboardHost and MouseHost demos' pipe handling to freeze and unfreeze the data pipes at the point of use
+ * - KeyboardHost, MouseHost and GenericHIDHost demos now save and restore the currently selected pipe inside the pipe ISR
+ * - Changed GenericHID device demo to use the LUFA scheduler, added INTERRUPT_DATA_ENDPOINT and INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT compile
+ * time options
+ * - All comments in the library, bootloaders, demos and projects have now been spell-checked and spelling mistakes/typos corrected
+ * - Added new PIMA_DATA_SIZE() define to the Still Image Host demo
+ * - Add call to MassStore_WaitForDataReceived() in MassStore_GetReturnedStatus() to ensure that the CSW has been received in the
+ * extended MSC timeout period before continuing, to prevent long processing delays from causing the MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()
+ * to early-abort (thanks to Dmitry Maksimov)
+ * - Move StdRequestType.h, StreamCallbacks.h, USBMode.h from the LowLevel USB driver directory to the HighLevel USB driver directory,
+ * where they are more suited
+ * - Removed all binary constants and replaced with decimal or hexadecimal constants so that unpatched GCC compilers can still build the
+ * code without having to be itself patched and recompiled first
+ * - Added preprocessor checks and documentation to the bootloaders giving information about missing SIGNATURE_x defines due to
+ * outdated avr-libc versions.
+ * - Added support to the CDCHost demo for devices with multiple CDC interfaces which are not the correct ACM type preceding the desired
+ * ACM CDC interface
+ * - Fixed GenericHID demo not starting USB and HID management tasks when not using interrupt driven modes (thanks to Carl Kjeldsen)
+ * - Fixed RNDISEthenet demo checking the incorrect message field for packet size constraints (thanks to Jonathan Oakley)
+ * - Fixed WriteNextReport code in the GenericHIDHost demo using incorrect parameter types and not selecting the correct endpoint
+ * - Adjusted sample CTC timer calculations in the AudioOutput and AudioInput demos to match the CTC calculations in the AVR datasheet,
+ * and to fix instances where rounding caused the endpoint to underflow (thanks to Robin Theunis)
+ * - The USB_Host_SendControlRequest() function no longer automatically selects the Control pipe (pipe 0), so that other control type
+ * pipes can be used with the function
+ * - The USB Host management task now saves and restores the currently selected pipe before and after the task completes
+ * - Fixed GenericHIDHost demo report write routine incorrect for control type requests (thanks to Andrei Krainev)
+ * - Removed Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank() and Pipe_ClearCurrentBank() in favor of new Endpoint_ClearIN(), Endpoint_ClearOUT(),
+ * Pipe_ClearIN() and Pipe_ClearOUT() macros (done to allow for the detection of packets of zero length)
+ * - Renamed *_ReadWriteAllowed() macros to *_IsReadWriteAllowed() to remain consistent with the rest of the LUFA API
+ * - Endpoint_IsSetupReceived() macro has been renamed to Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(), Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived() macro has been
+ * renamed to Endpoint_ClearSETUP(), the Pipe_IsSetupSent() macro has been renamed to Pipe_IsSETUPSent() and the
+ * Pipe_ClearSetupSent() macro is no longer applicable and should be removed - changes made to compliment the new endpoint and pipe
+ * bank management API
+ * - Updated all demos, bootloaders and projects to use the new endpoint and pipe management APIs (thanks to Roman Thiel from Curetis AG)
+ * - Updated library Doxygen documentation, added groups, changed documentation macro functions to real functions for clarity
+ * - Removed old endpoint and pipe aliased read/write/discard routines which did not have an explicit endian specifier for clarity
+ * - Removed the ButtLoadTag.h header file, as no one used for its intended purpose anyway
+ * - Renamed the main Drivers/AT90USBXXX directory to Drivers/Peripheral, renamed the Serial_Stream driver to SerialStream
+ * - Fixed CDC and USBtoSerial demos freezing where buffers were full while still transmitting or receiving (thanks to Peter Hand)
+ * - Removed "Host_" section of the function names in ConfigDescriptor.h, as most of the routines can now be used in device mode on the
+ * device descriptor
+ * - Renamed functions in the HID parser to have a "USB_" prefix and the acronym "HID" in the name
+ * - Fixed incorrect HID interface class and subclass values in the Mouse and KeyboardMouse demos (thanks to Brian Dickman)
+ * - Capitalized the "Descriptor_Search" and "Descriptor_Search_Comp" prefixes of the values in the DSearch_Return_ErrorCodes_t and
+ * DSearch_Comp_Return_ErrorCodes_t enums
+ * - Removed "ERROR" from the enum names in the endpoint and pipe stream error code enums
+ * - Renamed the USB_PowerOnErrorCodes_t enum to USB_InitErrorCodes_t, renamed the POWERON_ERROR_NoUSBModeSpecified enum value to
+ * USB_INITERROR_NoUSBModeSpecified
+ * - Renamed USB_PowerOnFail event to USB_InitFailure
+ * - Renamed OTG.h header functions to be more consistent with the rest of the library API
+ * - Changed over all deprecated GCC structure tag initializers to the standardized C99 format (thanks to Mike Alexander)
+ * - USB_HostRequest renamed to USB_ControlRequest, entire control request header is now read into USB_ControlRequest in Device mode
+ * rather than having the library pass only partially read header data to the application
+ * - The USB_UnhandledControlPacket event has had its parameters removed, in favor of accessing the new USB_ControlRequest structure
+ * - The Endpoint control stream functions now correctly send a ZLP to the host when less data than requested is sent
+ * - Fixed USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled flag never being set (the REMOTE WAKEUP Set Feature request was not being handled)
+ * - Renamed the FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE compile-time token to CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
+ * - Endpoint configuration is now refined to give better output when all configurations have static inputs - removed the now useless
+ * STATIC_ENDPOINT_CONFIGURATION compile time token
+ * - Fixed SPI driver init function not clearing SPI2X bit when not needed
+ * - Fixed PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL command issuing in the MassStorageHost demo using incorrect parameters (thanks to Mike Alex)
+ * - Fixed MassStorageHost demo broken due to an incorrect if statement test in MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()
+ * - Fixed reversed signature byte ordering in the CDC bootloader (thanks to Johannes Raschke)
+ * - Changed PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE from 8 to 64 to try to prevent problems with faulty devices which do not respect the given
+ * wLength value when reading in the device descriptor
+ * - Fixed missing semicolon in the ATAVRUSBRF01 LED board driver code (thanks to Morten Lund)
+ * - Changed LED board driver code to define dummy LED masks for the first four board LEDs, so that user code can be compiled for boards
+ * with less than four LEDs without code modifications (thanks to Morten Lund)
+ * - Changed HWB board driver to Buttons driver, to allow for the support of future boards with more than one mounted GPIO button
+ * - Serial driver now correctly calculates the baud register value when in double speed mode
+ * - Init function of the Serial driver is now static inline to product smaller code for the common-case of static init values
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog090401 Version 090401
+ *
+ * - Fixed MagStripe project configuration descriptor containing an unused (blank) endpoint descriptor
+ * - Incorporated makefile changes by Denver Gingerich to retain compatibility with stock (non-WinAVR) AVR-GCC installations
+ * - Fixed makefile EEPROM programming targets programming FLASH data in addition to EEPROM data
+ * - LUFA devices now enumerate correctly with LUFA hosts
+ * - Fixed Configuration Descriptor search routine freezing when a comparator returned a failure
+ * - Removed HID report item serial dump in the MouseHostWithParser and KeyboardHostWithParser - useful only for debugging, and
+ * slowed down the enumeration of HID devices too much
+ * - Increased the number of bits per track which can be read in the MagStripe project to 8192 when compiled for the AT90USBXXX6/7
+ * - Fixed KeyboardMouse demo discarding the wIndex value in the REQ_GetReport request
+ * - USBtoSerial demo now discards all Rx data when not connected to a USB host, rather than buffering characters for transmission
+ * next time the device is attached to a host.
+ * - Added new F_USB compile time constant to the library and makefiles, to give the raw input clock (used to feed the PLL before any
+ * clock prescaling is performed) frequency, so that the PLL prescale mask can be determined
+ * - Changed stream wait timeout counter to be 16-bit, so that very long timeout periods can be set for correct communications with
+ * badly designed hosts or devices which greatly exceed the USB specification limits
+ * - Mass Storage Host demo now uses a USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS of two seconds to maintain compatibility with poorly designed devices
+ * - Function attribute ATTR_ALWAYSINLINE renamed to ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE to match other function attribute macro naming conventions
+ * - Added ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE attribute to several key inlined library components, to ensure they are inlined in all circumstances
+ * - Removed SetSystemClockPrescaler() macro, the clock_prescale_set() avr-libc macro has been corrected in recent avr-libc versions
+ * - Fixed incorrect/missing control status stage transfers on demos, bootloaders and applications (thanks to Nate Lawson)
+ * - The NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST compile time token has been renamed to FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE, and its function expanded
+ * to also remove parts of the Get Status chapter 9 request to further reduce code usage
+ * - Makefile updated to include output giving the currently selected BOARD parameter value
+ * - Board Dataflash driver now allows for dataflash ICs which use different shifts for setting the current page/byte address (thanks
+ * to Kenneth Clubb)
+ * - Added DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM() and DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM() functions to the MassStorage demo, to allow for easy
+ * interfacing with a FAT library for dataflash file level access
+ * - Corrected CDC class bootloader to fix a few bugs, changed address counter to store x2 addresses for convenience
+ * - Fixed typos in the SPI driver SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64 and SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128 masks (thanks to Markus Zocholl)
+ * - Keyboard and Mouse device demos (normal, data interrupt and fully interrupt driven) combined into unified keyboard and mouse demos
+ * - Keyboard and Mouse host demos (normal and data interrupt driven) combined into unified keyboard and mouse demos
+ * - Removed AVRISP_Programmer project due to code quality concerns
+ * - Fixed CDC demo not sending an empty packet after each transfer to prevent the host from buffering incoming data
+ * - Fixed documentation typos and preprocessor checks relating to misspellings of the USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS token (thanks to Ian Gregg)
+ * - Fixed USBTask.h not conditionally including HostChapter9.h only when USB_CAN_BE_HOST is defined (thanks to Ian Gregg)
+ * - Fixed incorrect ADC driver init register manipulation (thanks to Tobias)
+ * - Added new GenericHID device demo application
+ * - Fixed Still Image Host SImage_SendData() function not clearing the pipe bank after sending data
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog090209 Version 090209
+ *
+ * - PWM timer mode in AudioOut demo changed to Fast PWM for speed
+ * - Updated Magstripe project to work with the latest hardware revision
+ * - Fixed library not responding to the BCERRI flag correctly in host mode, leading to device lockups
+ * - Fixed library handling Get Descriptor requests when not addressed as standard requests to the device or interface (thanks to
+ * Nate Lawson)
+ * - Fixed serious data corruption issue in MassStorage demo dataflash write routine
+ * - Added new NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST compile time token
+ * - USB task now restores previous global interrupt state after execution, rather than forcing global interrupts to be enabled
+ * - Fixed USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event firing after each configuration change, rather than once after the initial configuration
+ * - Added ENDPOINT_DOUBLEBANK_SUPPORTED() macros to Endpoint.h, altered ENDPOINT_MAX_SIZE() to allow user to specify endpoint
+ * - ENDPOINT_MAX_ENDPOINTS changed to ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS, PIPE_MAX_PIPES changed to PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES
+ * - Endpoint and Pipe non-control stream functions now ensure endpoint or pipe is ready before reading or writing
+ * - Changed Teensy bootloader to use a watchdog reset when exiting rather than a software jump
+ * - Fixed integer promotion error in MassStorage and MassStorageHost demos, corrupting read/write transfers
+ * - SPI_SendByte is now SPI_TransferByte, added new SPI_SendByte and SPI_ReceiveByte functions for fast one-way transfer
+ * - MassStorage demo changed to use new fast one-way SPI transfers to increase throughput
+ * - MassStorage handling of Mass Storage Reset class request improved
+ * - Altered MassStorage demo dataflash block read code for speed
+ * - Added USB_IsSuspended global flag
+ * - Simplified internal Dual Mode (OTG) USB library code to reduce code size
+ * - Extended stream timeout period to 100ms from 50ms
+ * - Mass Storage Host demo commands now all return an error code from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum
+ * - Added SubErrorCode parameter to the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event
+ * - VBUS drop interrupt now disabled during the manual-to-auto VBUS delivery handoff
+ * - Simplified low level backend so that device/host mode initialization uses the same code paths
+ * - Added workaround for faulty Mass Storage devices which do not implement the required GET_MAX_LUN request
+ * - Removed buggy Telnet application from the RNDIS demo
+ * - Moved Mass Storage class requests in the Mass Storage Host demo to wrapper functions in MassStoreCommands.c
+ * - Fixed incorrect SCSI command size value in the Request Sense command in MassStoreCommands.c
+ * - Added SetProtocol request to HID class non-parser Mouse and Keyboard demos to force devices to use the correct Boot Protocol
+ * - Added new "dfu" and "flip" programming targets to project makefiles
+ * - HID_PARSE_Sucessful enum member typo corrected to HID_PARSE_Successful
+ * - Changed COLLECTION item structures in the HID descriptor parser to include the collection's Usage Page value
+ * - Serial driver now sets Tx line as output, enables pull-up on Rx line
+ * - Fixed smaller USB AVRs raising multiple connection and disconnection events when NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT is disabled
+ * - Added HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS to give the host delay after a device is connected before it is enumerated
+ * - Fixed KeyboardHostWithParser demo linking against the wrong global variables
+ * - Completed doxygen documentation of remaining library bootloaders, demos and projects
+ * - Fixed incorrect bootloader start address in the TeensyHID bootloader
+ * - Added HWB button whole-disk ASCII dump functionality to MassStoreHost demo
+ * - Replaced printf_P(PSTR("%c"), {Variable}) calls with putchar(<Variable>) for speed and size savings
+ * - Serial driver now accepts baud rates over 16-bits in size, added double speed flag option
+ * - Fixed incorrect callback abort return value in Pipe.c
+ * - Added new flip-ee and dfu-ee makefile targets (courtesy of Opendous Inc.)
+ * - Removed reboot-on-disconnect code from the TeensyHID bootloader, caused problems on some systems
+ * - Fixed AudioOutput and AudioInput demos looping on the endpoint data, rather than processing a sample at a time and returning
+ * each time the task runs to allow for other tasks to execute
+ * - Added support for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01 board
+ * - Added AVRISP Programmer Project, courtesy of Opendous Inc.
+ * - Fixed CDC Host demo not searching through both CDC interfaces for endpoints
+ * - Fixed incorrect Product String descriptor length in the DFU class bootloader
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog081224 Version 081224
+ *
+ * - MyUSB name changed to LUFA, the Lightweight USB Framework for AVRs
+ * - Fixed Mass Storage Host demo's MassStore_SendCommand() delay in the incorrect place
+ * - Fixed USBtoSerial demo not calling ReconfigureUSART() after a change in the line encoding
+ * - Fixed infinite loop in host mode Host-to-Device control transfers with data stages
+ * - HID report parser now supports devices with multiple reports in one interface via Report IDs
+ * - Fixed RZUSBSTICK board LED driver header incorrect macro definition order causing compile errors
+ * - Calling USB_Init() when the USB interface is already configured now forces a complete interface reset
+ * and re-enumeration - fixes MyUSB DFU bootloader not switching to app code correctly when soft reset used
+ * - Fixed "No newline at end of file" warning when stream callbacks are enabled
+ * - DFU bootloader now uses fixed signature bytes per device, rather than reading them out dynamically for size
+ * - Added new FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE and USE_SINGLE_DEVICE_CONFIGURATION switches to statically define certain values to
+ * reduce compiled binary size
+ * - Added new NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT switch to prevent the library from trying to determine bus connection
+ * state from the suspension and wake up events on the smaller USB AVRs
+ * - Added summary of all library compile time tokens to the documentation
+ * - Added overview of the LUFA scheduler to the documentation
+ * - Removed MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time token, replaced with a mask for the USB_Init() Options parameter
+ * - CDC bootloader now uses the correct non-far or far versions of the pgm_* functions depending on if RAMPZ is defined
+ * - Doxygen documentation now contains documentation on all the projects, bootloaders and most demos included with the library
+ * - CDC bootloader now runs user application when USB disconnected rather than waiting for a hard reset
+ * - MouseHostWithParser and KeyboardHostWithParser now support multiple-report devices
+ * - RNDIS demo can now close connections correctly using the new TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION() macro - used in Webserver
+ * - Fixed the DFU bootloader, no longer freezes up when certain files are programmed into an AVR, made reading/writing faster
+ * - Fixed mouse/joystick up/down movements reversed - HID mouse X/Y coordinates use a left-handed coordinate system, not a normal
+ * right-handed system
+ * - Added stub code to the CDC and USBtoSerial demos showing how to read and set the RS-232 handshake lines - not currently used in
+ * the demos, but the example code and supporting defines are now in place
+ * - Interrupts are now disabled when processing a control request in device mode, to avoid exceeding the strict control request
+ * timing requirements.
+ * - All demos now use a central StatusUpdate() function rather than direct calls to the board LED functions, so that the demos can
+ * easily be altered to show different LED combinations (or do something else entirely) as the demo's status changes
+ * - Removed LED commands from the CDC bootloader, unused by most AVR910 programming software
+ * - Fixed RNDIS demo ICMP ping requests echoing back incorrect data
+ * - Added DHCP server code to RNDIS demo, allowing for hands-free auto configuration on any PC
+ * - Fixed DFU bootloader PID value for the ATMEGA16U4 AVR
+ * - Endpoint and Pipe configuration functions now return an error code indicating success or failure
+ * - USB Reset in device mode now resets and disables all device endpoints
+ * - Added intermediate states to the host mode state machine, reducing the USB task blocking time to no more than 1ms explicitly per
+ * invocation when in host mode
+ * - Added support for the ATMEGA32U6 microcontroller
+ * - Added STATIC_ENDPOINT_CONFIGURATION compile time option, enabled in the bootloaders to minimize space usage
+ * - Removed redundant code from the USB device GetStatus() chapter 9 processing routine
+ * - Added new TeensyHID bootloader, compatible with the Teensy HID protocol (http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/)
+ * - Versions are now numbered by release dates, rather than arbitrary major/minor revision numbers
+ * - USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled is now correctly set and cleared by SetFeature and ClearFeature requests from the host
+ * - Changed prototype of GetDescriptor, so that it now returns the descriptor size (or zero if the descriptor doesn't exist)
+ * rather than passing the size back to the caller through a parameter and returning a boolean
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog153 Version 1.5.3 (081002)
+ *
+ * - Fixed CDC bootloader using pgmspace macros for some descriptors inappropriately
+ * - Updated all Mouse and Keyboard device demos to include boot protocol support (now works in BIOS)
+ * - Renamed bootloader directories to remove spaces, which were causing build problems on several OSes
+ * - Removed serial number strings from all but the MassStore demo where it is required - users were not
+ * modifying the code to either omit the descriptor or use a unique serial per device causing problems
+ * when multiple units of the same device were plugged in at the same time
+ * - AudioOutput and AudioInput demos now correctly silence endpoints when not enabled by the host
+ * - Added KeyboardMouse demo (Keyboard and Mouse functionality combined into a single demo)
+ * - Added DriverStubs directory to house board level driver templates, to make MyUSB compatible custom board
+ * driver creation easier
+ * - Extended MassStorage demo to support multiple LUNs, 2 by default
+ * - Fixed incorrect device address mask, preventing the device from enumerating with addresses larger than 63
+ * - Fixed incorrect data direction mask in the GetStatus standard request, preventing it from being handled
+ * - Fixed incorrect GetStatus standard request for endpoints, now returns the endpoint STALL status correctly
+ * - Added in new USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled and USB_CurrentlySelfPowered flags rather than using fixed values
+ * - Added DualCDC demo to demonstrate the use of Interface Association Descriptors
+ * - Added pipe NAK detection and clearing API
+ * - Added pipe status change (NAK, STALL, etc.) interrupt API
+ * - Fixed MassStorageHost demo so that it no longer freezes randomly when issuing several commands in a row
+ * - Host demos configuration descriptor routines now return a unique error code when the returned data does
+ * not have a valid configuration descriptor header
+ * - Added Endpoint_WaitUntilReady() and Pipe_WaitUntilReady() functions
+ * - Stream functions now have software timeouts, timeout period can be set by the USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS token
+ * - All demos now pass the USB.org automated Chapter 9 device compliance tests
+ * - All HID demos now pass the USB.org automated HID compliance tests
+ * - Polling interval of the interrupt endpoint in the CDC based demos changed to 0xFF to fix problems on Linux systems
+ * - Changed stream functions to accept a new callback function, with NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS used to disable all callbacks
+ * - Mass Storage demo Dataflash management routines changed to use the endpoint stream functions
+ * - Added AVRStudio project files for each demo in addition to the existing Programmer's Notepad master project file
+ * - Re-added call to ReconfigureUSART() in USBtoSerial SetLineCoding request, so that baud rate changes
+ * are reflected in the hardware (change was previously lost)
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog152 Version 1.5.2 (080731)
+ *
+ * - Fixed SwapEndian_32() function in Common.h so that it now works correctly (wrong parameter types)
+ * - Updated RNDIS demo - notification endpoint is no longer blocking so that it works with faulty Linux RNDIS
+ * implementations (where the notification endpoint is ignored in favor of polling the control endpoint)
+ * - Fixed incorrect Vendor Description string return size in RNDIS demo for the OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION OID token
+ * - Added very basic TCP/IP stack and HTTP/TELNET servers to RNDIS demo
+ * - Fixed DFU bootloader exit causing programming software to complain about failed writes
+ * - Fixed DFU bootloader EEPROM programming mode wiping first flash page
+ * - Fixed Clear/Set Feature device standard request processing code (fixing MassStorage demo in the process)
+ * - Added support for the ATMEGA16U4 AVR microcontroller
+ * - Library license changed from LGPLv3 to MIT license
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog151 Version 1.5.1 (080707)
+ *
+ * - Changed host demos to enable the host function task on the firing of the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event
+ * rather than the USB_DeviceAttached event
+ * - HID Usage Stack now forcefully cleared after an IN/OUT/FEATURE item has been completely processed to remove
+ * any referenced but not created usages
+ * - Changed USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts() and USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(), USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfType(),
+ * USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore(), USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter() to normal functions (from inline)
+ * - Fixed USBtoSerial demo not sending data, only receiving
+ * - Fixed main makefile to make all by default, fixed MagStripe directory case to prevent case-sensitive path problems
+ * - ConfigDescriptor functions made normal, instead of static inline
+ * - Pipe/Endpoint *_Ignore_* functions changed to *_Discard_*, old names still present as aliases
+ * - Fixed ENDPOINT_MAX_SIZE define to be correct on limited USB controller AVRs
+ * - Changed endpoint and pipe size translation routines to use previous IF/ELSE IF cascade code, new algorithmic
+ * approach was buggy and caused problems
+ * - Bootloaders now compile with -fno-inline-small-functions option to reduce code size
+ * - Audio demos now use correct endpoint sizes for full and limited controller USB AVRs, double banking in all cases
+ * to be in line with the specification (isochronous endpoints MUST be double banked)
+ * - Added Interface Association descriptor to StdDescriptors.h, based on the relevant USB2.0 ECN
+ * - Fixed MIDI demo, corrected Audio Streaming descriptor to follow the MIDI-specific AS structure
+ * - Fixed HID class demo descriptors so that the HID interface's protocol is 0x00 (required for non-boot protocol HID
+ * devices) to prevent problems on hosts expecting the boot protocol functions to be supported
+ * - Added read/write control stream functions to Endpoint.h
+ * - Fixed AudioOut demo not setting port pins to inputs on USB disconnect properly
+ * - Added RNDISEthernet demo application
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog150 Version 1.5.0 (080610)
+ *
+ * - Fixed MIDI demo, now correctly waits for the endpoint to be ready between multiple note messages
+ * - Added CDC Host demo application
+ * - Added KeyboardFullInt demo application
+ * - Endpoint and Pipe creation routines now mask endpoint/pipe size with the size mask, to remove transaction
+ * size bits not required for the routines (improves compatibility with devices)
+ * - Fixed AudioInput demo - now correctly sends sampled audio to the host PC
+ * - Fixed AudioOutput demo once more -- apparently Windows requires endpoint packets to be >=192 bytes
+ * - Shrunk round-robin scheduler code slightly via the use of struct pointers rather than array indexes
+ * - Fixed off-by-one error when determining if the Usage Stack is full inside the HID Report parser
+ * - Renamed Magstripe.h to MagstripeHW.h and moved driver out of the library and into the MagStripe demo folder
+ * - Added preprocessor checks to enable C linkage on the library components when used with a C++ compiler
+ * - Added Still Image Host demo application
+ * - The USB device task now restores the previously selected endpoint, allowing control requests to be transparently
+ * handled via interrupts while other endpoints are serviced through polling
+ * - Fixed device signature being sent in reverse order in the CDC bootloader
+ * - Host demos now have a separate ConfigDescriptor.c/.h file for configuration descriptor processing
+ * - HostWithParser demos now have a separate HIDReport.c/.h file for HID report processing and dumping
+ * - Removed non-mandatory commands from MassStorage demo to save space, fixed SENSE ResponseCode value
+ * - CDC demos now send empty packets after sending a full one to prevent buffering issues on the host
+ * - Updated demo descriptors to use VID/PID values donated by Atmel
+ * - Added DoxyGen documentation to the source files
+ * - Fixed Serial_IsCharReceived() definition, was previously reversed
+ * - Removed separate USB_Descriptor_Language_t descriptor, USB_Descriptor_String_t is used instead
+ * - Removed unused Device Qualifier descriptor structure
+ * - Renamed the USB_CreateEndpoints event to the more appropriate USB_ConfigurationChanged
+ * - Fixed MassStorageHost demo reading in the block data in reverse
+ * - Removed outdated typedefs in StdRequestType.h, superseded by the macro masks
+ * - Corrected OTG.h is now included when the AVR supports both Host and Device modes, for creating OTG products
+ * - USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event is now also fired when in device mode and the host has finished its enumeration
+ * - Interrupt driven demos now properly restore previously selected endpoint when ISR is complete
+ * - The value of USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS can now be overridden in the user project makefile to a custom fixed timeout value
+ * - Renamed USB_Host_SOFGeneration_* macros to more friendly USB_Host_SuspendBus(), USB_Host_ResumeBus()
+ * and USB_Host_IsBusSuspended()
+ * - Renamed *_*_Is* macros to *_Is* to make all flag checking macros consistent, Pipe_SetInterruptFreq() is now
+ * Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod() to use the correct terminology
+ * - UnicodeString member of USB_Descriptor_String_t struct changed to an ordinary int array type, so that the GCC
+ * Unicode strings (prefixed with an L before the opening quotation mark) can be used instead of explicit arrays
+ * of ASCII characters
+ * - Fixed Endpoint/Pipes being configured incorrectly if the maximum endpoint/pipe size for the selected USB AVR
+ * model was given as the bank size
+ * - HID device demos now use a true raw array for the HID report descriptor rather than a struct wrapped array
+ * - Added VERSION_BCD() macro, fixed reported HID and USB version numbers in demo descriptors
+ * - Cleaned up GetDescriptor device chapter 9 handler function
+ * - Added GET_REPORT class specific request to HID demos to make them complaint to the HID class
+ * - Cleaned up setting of USB_IsInitialized and USB_IsConnected values to only when needed
+ * - Removed Atomic.c and ISRMacro.h; the library was already only compatible with recent avr-lib-c for other reasons
+ * - All demos and library functions now use USB standardized names for the USB data (bRequest, wLength, etc.)
+ * - Added USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES token to switch back to the non-standard descriptor element names
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog141 Version 1.4.1 (090519)
+ *
+ * - Enhanced KeyboardWithParser demo, now prints out pressed alphanumeric characters like the standard demo
+ * - Fixed MassStorage demo, read/writes using non mode-10 commands now work correctly
+ * - Corrected version number in Version.h
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog140 Version 1.4.0 (090505)
+ *
+ * - Added HID Report Parser API to the library
+ * - Added Mouse and Keyboard host demo applications, using the new HID report parser engine
+ * - Added MouseFullInt demo, which demonstrates a fully interrupt (including control requests) mouse device
+ * - Fixed incorrect length value in the audio control descriptor of the AudioOutput and AudioInput demos
+ * - Added MIDI device demo application to the library
+ * - Fixed problem preventing USB devices from being resumed from a suspended state
+ * - Added new CDC class bootloader to the library, based on the AVR109 bootloader protocol
+ * - Added header to each demo application indicating the mode, class, subclass, standards used and supported speed
+ * - Functions expecting endpoint/pipe numbers are no longer automatically masked against ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK or
+ * PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK - this should be manually added to code which requires it
+ * - Fixed DFU class bootloader - corrected frequency of flash page writes, greatly reducing programming time
+ * - Renamed AVR_HOST_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() to USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() and AVR_HOST_GetNextDescriptor()
+ * to USB_Host_GetNextDescriptor()
+ * - Added new USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore() and USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter() routines
+ * - Moved configuration descriptor routines to MyUSB/Drivers/USB/Class/, new accompanying ConfigDescriptors.c file
+ * - Added new configuration descriptor comparator API for more powerful descriptor parsing, updated host demos to use the
+ * new comparator API
+ * - Fixed MassStorageHost demo capacity printout, and changed data read/write mode from little-endian to the correct
+ * big-endian for SCSI devices
+ * - Fixed macro/function naming consistency; USB_HOST is now USB_Host, USB_DEV is now USB_Device
+ * - Added better error reporting to host demos
+ * - Added 10 microsecond delay after addressing devices in host mode, to prevent control stalls
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog132 Version 1.3.2 (080401)
+ *
+ * - Added call to ReconfigureUSART() in USBtoSerial SetLineCoding request, so that baud rate changes
+ * are reflected in the hardware
+ * - Fixed CDC and USBtoSerial demos - Stream commands do not work for control endpoints, and the
+ * GetLineCoding request had an incorrect RequestType mask preventing it from being processed
+ * - Improved reliability of the USBtoSerial demo, adding a busy wait while the buffer is full
+ * - Device control endpoint size is now determined from the device's descriptors rather than being fixed
+ * - Separated out SPI code into new SPI driver in AT90USBXXX driver directory
+ * - Bootloader now returns correct PID for the selected USB AVR model, not just the AT90USB128X PID
+ * - Added support for the RZUSBSTICK board
+ * - Bicolour driver removed in favor of generic LEDs driver
+ * - Added support for the ATMEGA32U4 AVR
+ * - Added MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time option to prevent the USB library from manipulating the PLL
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog131 Version 1.3.1 (080319)
+ *
+ * - Fixed USB to Serial demo - class value in the descriptors was incorrect
+ * - Control endpoint size changed from 64 bytes to 8 bytes to save on USB FIFO RAM and to allow low
+ * speed mode devices to enumerate properly
+ * - USB to Serial demo data endpoints changed to dual-banked 16 byte to allow the demo to work
+ * on USB AVRs with limited USB FIFO RAM
+ * - Changed demo endpoint numbers to use endpoints 3 and 4 for double banking, to allow limited
+ * USB device controller AVRs (AT90USB162, AT90USB82) to function correctly
+ * - Updated Audio Out demo to use timer 1 for AVRs lacking a timer 3 for the PWM output
+ * - Fixed incorrect USB_DEV_OPT_HIGHSPEED entry in the Mass Storage device demo makefile
+ * - Optimized Mass Storage demo for a little extra transfer speed
+ * - Added LED indicators to the Keyboard demo for Caps Lock, Num Lock and Scroll Lock
+ * - Added Endpoint_Read_Stream, Endpoint_Write_Stream, Pipe_Read_Stream and Pipe_Write_Stream functions
+ * (including Big and Little Endian variants)
+ * - Made Dataflash functions inline for speed, removed now empty Dataflash.c driver file
+ * - Added new SetSystemClockPrescaler() macro (thanks to Joerg Wunsch)
+ * - Fixed Endpoint_ClearStall() to function correctly on full USB controller AVRs (AT90USBXXX6/7)
+ * - Endpoint_Setup_In_Clear() and Endpoint_Setup_Out_Clear() no longer set FIFOCON, in line with the
+ * directives in the datasheet
+ * - Fixed PLL prescaler defines for all AVR models and frequencies
+ * - Fixed ENDPOINT_INT_IN and ENDPOINT_INT_OUT definitions
+ * - Added interrupt driven keyboard and mouse device demos
+ * - Combined USB_Device_ClearFeature and USB_Device_SetFeature requests into a single routine for code
+ * size savings
+ * - Added missing Pipe_GetCurrentPipe() macro to Pipe.h
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog130 Version 1.3.0 (080307)
+ *
+ * - Unnecessary control endpoint config removed from device mode
+ * - Fixed device standard request interpreter accidentally processing some class-specific requests
+ * - Added USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS compile time options to instruct the library
+ * to use descriptors stored in RAM or EEPROM rather than flash memory
+ * - All demos now disable watchdog on startup, in case it has been enabled by fuses or the bootloader
+ * - USB_DEV_OPT_LOWSPEED option now works correctly
+ * - Added ability to set the USB options statically for a binary size reduction via the USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
+ * compile time define
+ * - USB_Init no longer takes a Mode parameter if compiled for a USB device with no host mode option, or
+ * if forced to a particular mode via the USB_HOST_ONLY or USB_DEVICE_ONLY compile time options
+ * - USB_Init no longer takes an Options parameter if options statically configured by USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
+ * - Endpoint_Ignore_* and Pipe_Ignore_* made smaller by making the dummy variable non-volatile so that the
+ * compiler can throw away the result more efficiently
+ * - Added in an optional GroupID value to each scheduler entry, so that groups of tasks can once again be
+ * controlled by the new Scheduler_SetGroupTaskMode() routine
+ * - Added support for AT90USB162 and AT90USB82 AVR models
+ * - Added support for the STK525 and STK526 boards
+ * - Added support for custom board drivers to be supplied by selecting the board type as BOARD_USER, and
+ * placing board drivers in {Application Directory}/Board/
+ * - PLL is now stopped and USB clock is frozen when detached from host in device mode, to save power
+ * - Joystick defines are now in sync with the schematics - orientation will be rotated for the USBKEY
+ * - Fixed USB_DEV_IsUSBSuspended() - now checks the correct register
+ * - Fixed data transfers to devices when in host mode
+ * - Renamed USB_DEV_OPT_HIGHSPEED to USB_DEV_OPT_FULLSPEED and USB_HOST_IsDeviceHighSpeed() to
+ * USB_HOST_IsDeviceFullSpeed() to be in line with the official USB speed names (to avoid confusion with
+ * the real high speed mode, which is unavailable on the USB AVRs)
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog120 Version 1.2.0 (080204)
+ *
+ * - Added USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event for host mode
+ * - Added new Scheduler_Init routine to prepare the scheduler, so that tasks can be started and
+ * stopped before the scheduler has been started (via Scheduler_Start)
+ * - Connection events in both Device and Host mode are now interrupt-driven, allowing the USB management
+ * task to be stopped when the USB is not connected to a host or device
+ * - All demos updated to stop the USB task when not in use via the appropriate USB events
+ * - Mass Storage Host demo application updated to function correctly with all USB flash disks
+ * - Mass Storage Host demo application now prints out the capacity and number of LUNs in the attached
+ * device, and prints the first block as hexadecimal numbers rather than ASCII characters
+ * - Endpoint and Pipe clearing routines now clear the Endpoint/Pipe interrupt and status flags
+ * - Shifted error handling code in the host enum state machine to a single block, to reduce code complexity
+ * - Added in DESCRIPTOR_TYPE, DESCRIPTOR_SIZE and DESCRIPTOR_CAST macros to make config descriptor processing
+ * clearer in USB hosts and DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS for convenience in USB devices
+ * - Added in alloca macro to common.h, in case the user is using an old version of avr-lib-c missing the macro
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ChangeLog110 Version 1.1.0 (080125)
+ *
+ * - Fixed DCONNI interrupt being enabled accidentally after a USB reset
+ * - Fixed DDISCI interrupt not being disabled when a device is not connected
+ * - Added workaround for powerless pull-up devices causing false disconnect interrupts
+ * - Added USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event for Host mode
+ * - AVR_HOST_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor routine no longer modifies ConfigSizePtr if a valid buffer
+ * pointer is passed
+ * - Added ALLOCABLE_BYTES to DynAlloc, and added code to make the size of key storage variables
+ * dependent on size of memory parameters passed in via the user project's makefile
+ * - Fixed incorrect device reset routine being called in USBTask
+ * - Devices which do not connect within the standard 300mS are now supported
+ * - Removed incorrect ATTR_PURE from Scheduler_SetTaskMode(), which was preventing tasks from being
+ * started/stopped, as well as USB_InitTaskPointer(), which was breaking dual device/host USB projects
+ * - Changed scheduler to use the task name rather than IDs for setting the task mode, eliminating the
+ * need to have a task ID list
+ * - ID transition interrupt now raises the appropriate device/host disconnect event if device attached
+ * - Fixed double VBUS change (and VBUS -) event when detaching in device mode
+ * - Added ability to disable ANSI terminal codes by the defining of DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES in makefile
+ * - Removed return from ConfigurePipe and ConfigureEndpoint functions - use Pipe_IsConfigured() and
+ * Endpoint_IsConfigured() after calling the config functions to determine success
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompileTimeTokens.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompileTimeTokens.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ab075cff7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompileTimeTokens.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_TokenSummary Summary of Compile Tokens
+ *
+ * The following lists all the possible tokens which can be defined in a project makefile, and passed to the
+ * compiler via the -D switch, to alter the LUFA library code. These tokens may alter the library behaviour,
+ * or remove features unused by a given application in order to save flash space.
+ *
+ * \note If the \c USE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER token is defined, the library will include a header file named \c LUFAConfig.h located
+ * in the user directory where the below compile time tokens may be defined. This allows for an alternative to makefile
+ * defined tokens for configuring the library.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_TokenSummary_NonUSBTokens Non USB Related Tokens
+ * This section describes compile tokens which affect non-USB sections of the LUFA library.
+ *
+ * \li <b>DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES</b> - (\ref Group_Terminal) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * If an application contains ANSI terminal control codes listed in TerminalCodes.h, it might be desired to remove them
+ * at compile time for use with a terminal which is non-ANSI control code aware, without modifying the source code. If
+ * this token is defined, all ANSI control codes in the application code from the TerminalCodes.h header are removed from
+ * the source code at compile time.
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_TokenSummary_USBClassTokens USB Class Driver Related Tokens
+ * This section describes compile tokens which affect USB class-specific drivers in the LUFA library.
+ *
+ * \li <b>HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY</b> - (\ref Group_USBClassHIDHost) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * By default, the USB HID Host class driver is designed to work with HID devices using either the Boot or Report HID
+ * communication protocols. On devices where the Report protocol is not used (i.e. in applications where only basic
+ * Mouse or Keyboard operation is desired, using boot compatible devices), the code responsible for the Report protocol
+ * mode can be removed to save space in the compiled application by defining this token. When defined, it is still necessary
+ * to explicitly put the attached device into Boot protocol mode via a call to \ref HID_Host_SetBootProtocol().
+ *
+ * \li <b>HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * HID reports may contain PUSH and POP elements, to store and retrieve the current HID state table onto a stack. This
+ * allows for reports to save the state table before modifying it slightly for a data item, and then restore the previous
+ * state table in a compact manner. This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to give the maximum depth of the state
+ * table stack. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file documentation.
+ *
+ * \li <b>HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * HID reports generally contain many USAGE elements, which are assigned to INPUT, OUTPUT and FEATURE items in succession
+ * when multiple items are defined at once (via REPORT COUNT elements). This allows for several items to be defined with
+ * different usages in a compact manner. This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to set the maximum depth of the
+ * usage stack, indicating the maximum number of USAGE items which can be stored temporarily until the next INPUT, OUTPUT
+ * and FEATURE item. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file documentation.
+ *
+ * \li <b>HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * HID reports generally contain several COLLECTION elements, used to group related data items together. Collection information
+ * is stored separately in the processed usage structure (and referred to by the data elements in the structure) to save space.
+ * This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to set the maximum number of COLLECTION items which can be processed by the
+ * parser into the resultant processed report structure. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file
+ * documentation.
+ *
+ * \li <b>HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * All HID reports contain one or more INPUT, OUTPUT and/or FEATURE items describing the data which can be sent to and from the HID
+ * device. Each item has associated usages, bit offsets in the item reports and other associated data indicating the manner in which
+ * the report data should be interpreted by the host. This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to set the maximum number of
+ * data elements which can be stored in the processed HID report structure, including INPUT, OUTPUT and (if enabled) FEATURE items.
+ * If a item has a multiple count (i.e. a REPORT COUNT of more than 1), each item in the report count is placed separately in the
+ * processed HID report table. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in the HID.h file documentation.
+ *
+ * \li <b>HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_HIDParser) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * HID reports may contain several report IDs, to logically distinguish grouped device data from one another - for example, a combination
+ * keyboard and mouse might use report IDs to separate the keyboard reports from the mouse reports. In order to determine the size of each
+ * report, and thus know how many bytes must be read or written, the size of each report (IN, OUT and FEATURE) must be calculated and
+ * stored. This token may be defined to a non-zero 8-bit value to set the maximum number of report IDs in a device which can be processed
+ * and their sizes calculated/stored into the resultant processed report structure. If not defined, this defaults to the value indicated in
+ * the HID.h file documentation.
+ *
+ * \li <b>NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH</b> - (\ref Group_USBClassDrivers) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * Many of the device and host mode class drivers automatically flush any data waiting to be written to an interface, when the corresponding
+ * USB management task is executed. This is usually desirable to ensure that any queued data is sent as soon as possible once and new data is
+ * constructed in the main program loop. However, if flushing is to be controlled manually by the user application via the *_Flush() commands,
+ * the compile time token may be defined in the application's makefile to disable automatic flushing during calls to the class driver USB
+ * management tasks.
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_TokenSummary_USBTokens General USB Driver Related Tokens
+ * This section describes compile tokens which affect USB driver stack as a whole in the LUFA library.
+ *
+ * \li <b>ORDERED_EP_CONFIG</b> - (\ref Group_EndpointManagement , \ref Group_PipeManagement) - <i>AVR8, UC3</i> \n
+ * The USB AVRs do not allow for Endpoints and Pipes to be configured out of order; they <i>must</i> be configured in an ascending order to
+ * prevent data corruption issues. However, by default LUFA employs a workaround to allow for unordered Endpoint/Pipe initialization. This compile
+ * time token may be used to restrict the initialization order to ascending indexes only in exchange for a smaller compiled binary size. Use
+ * caution when applied to applications using the library USB Class drivers; the user application must ensure that all endpoints and pipes are
+ * allocated sequentially.
+ *
+ * \li <b>USE_STATIC_OPTIONS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * By default, the USB_Init() function accepts dynamic options at runtime to alter the library behaviour, including whether the USB pad
+ * voltage regulator is enabled, and the device speed when in device mode. By defining this token to a mask comprised of the USB options
+ * mask defines usually passed as the Options parameter to USB_Init(), the resulting compiled binary can be decreased in size by removing
+ * the dynamic options code, and replacing it with the statically set options. When defined, the USB_Init() function no longer accepts an
+ * Options parameter.
+ *
+ * \li <b>USB_DEVICE_ONLY</b> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * For the USB AVR models supporting both device and host USB modes, the USB_Init() function contains a Mode parameter which specifies the
+ * mode the library should be initialized to. If only device mode is required, the code for USB host mode can be removed from the binary to
+ * save space. When defined, the USB_Init() function no longer accepts a Mode parameter. This define is irrelevant on smaller USB AVRs which
+ * do not support host mode.
+ *
+ * \li <b>USB_HOST_ONLY</b> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * Same as USB_DEVICE_ONLY, except the library is fixed to USB host mode rather than USB device mode. Not available on some USB AVR models.
+ *
+ * \li <b>USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * When endpoint and/or pipe stream functions are used, by default there is a timeout between each transfer which the connected device or host
+ * must satisfy, or the stream function aborts the remaining data transfer. This token may be defined to a non-zero 16-bit value to set the timeout
+ * period for stream transfers, specified in milliseconds. If not defined, the default value specified in LowLevel.h is used instead.
+ *
+ * \li <b>NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT</b> - (\ref Group_Events) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
+ * On the smaller USB AVRs, the USB controller lacks VBUS events to determine the physical connection state of the USB bus to a host. In lieu of
+ * VBUS events, the library attempts to determine the connection state via the bus suspension and wake up events instead. This however may be
+ * slightly inaccurate due to the possibility of the host suspending the bus while the device is still connected. If accurate connection status is
+ * required, the VBUS line of the USB connector should be routed to an AVR pin to detect its level, so that the USB_DeviceState global
+ * can be accurately set and the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Connect() and \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect() events manually raised by the RAISE_EVENT macro.
+ * When defined, this token disables the library's auto-detection of the connection state by the aforementioned suspension and wake up events.
+ *
+ * \li <b>NO_SOF_EVENTS</b> - (\ref Group_Events) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * By default, there exists a LUFA application event for the start of each USB frame while the USB bus is not suspended in either host or device mode.
+ * This event can be selectively enabled or disabled by calling the appropriate device or host mode function. When this compile time token is defined,
+ * the ability to receive USB Start of Frame events via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() or \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() events is removed,
+ * reducing the compiled program's binary size.
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_TokenSummary_USBDeviceTokens USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens
+ * This section describes compile tokens which affect USB driver stack of the LUFA library when used in Device mode.
+ *
+ * \li <b>USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS</b> - (\ref Group_StdDescriptors) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
+ * Define this token to indicate to the USB driver that all device descriptors are stored in RAM, rather than being located in any one
+ * of the AVR's memory spaces. RAM descriptors may be desirable in applications where the descriptors need to be modified at runtime.
+ *
+ * \li <b>USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS</b> - (\ref Group_StdDescriptors) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
+ * Similar to USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS, but all descriptors are stored in the AVR's FLASH memory rather than RAM.
+ *
+ * \li <b>USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS</b> - (\ref Group_StdDescriptors) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
+ * Similar to USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS, but all descriptors are stored in the AVR's EEPROM memory rather than RAM.
+ *
+ * \li <b>NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL</b> - (\ref Group_StdDescriptors) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * Some AVR models contain a unique serial number which can be used as the device serial number, while in device mode. This allows
+ * the host to uniquely identify the device regardless of if it is moved between USB ports on the same computer, allowing allocated
+ * resources (such as drivers, COM Port number allocations) to be preserved. This is not needed in many apps, and so the code that
+ * performs this task can be disabled by defining this option and passing it to the compiler via the -D switch.
+ *
+ * \li <b>FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_EndpointManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * By default, the library determines the size of the control endpoint (when in device mode) by reading the device descriptor.
+ * Normally this reduces the amount of configuration required for the library, allows the value to change dynamically (if
+ * descriptors are stored in EEPROM or RAM rather than flash memory) and reduces code maintenance. However, this token can be
+ * defined to a non-zero value instead to give the size in bytes of the control endpoint, to reduce the size of the compiled
+ * binary.
+ *
+ * \li <b>DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
+ * One of the most frequently used global variables in the stack is the USB_DeviceState global, which indicates the current state of
+ * the Device State Machine. To reduce the amount of code and time required to access and modify this global in an application, this token
+ * may be defined to a value between 0 and 2 to fix the state variable into one of the three general purpose IO registers inside the AVR
+ * reserved for application use. When defined, the corresponding GPIOR register should not be used within the user application except
+ * implicitly via the library APIs.
+ *
+ * \li <b>FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * By default, the library determines the number of configurations a USB device supports by reading the device descriptor. This reduces
+ * the amount of configuration required to set up the library, and allows the value to change dynamically (if descriptors are stored in
+ * EEPROM or RAM rather than flash memory) and reduces code maintenance. However, this value may be fixed via this token in the project
+ * makefile to reduce the compiled size of the binary at the expense of flexibility.
+ *
+ * \li <b>CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * In some limited USB device applications, there are no device endpoints other than the control endpoint; i.e. all device communication
+ * is through control endpoint requests. Defining this token will remove several features related to the selection and control of device
+ * endpoints internally, saving space. Generally, this is usually only useful in (some) bootloaders and is best avoided.
+ *
+ * \li <b>MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>XMEGA Only</i> \n
+ * Defining this value to the highest index (not address - this excludes the direction flag) endpoint within the device will restrict the
+ * number of FIFOs created internally for the endpoint buffers, reducing the total RAM usage.
+ *
+ * \li <b>INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT</b> - (\ref Group_USBManagement) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * Some applications prefer to not call the USB_USBTask() management task regularly while in device mode, as it can complicate code significantly.
+ * Instead, when device mode is used this token can be passed to the library via the -D switch to allow the library to manage the USB control
+ * endpoint entirely via USB controller interrupts asynchronously to the user application. When defined, USB_USBTask() does not need to be called
+ * when in USB device mode.
+ *
+ * \li <b>NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * Many devices do not require the use of the Remote Wakeup features of USB, used to wake up the USB host when suspended. On these devices,
+ * the code required to manage device Remote Wakeup can be disabled by defining this token and passing it to the library via the -D switch.
+ *
+ * \li <b>NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER</b> - (\ref Group_Device) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * USB devices may be bus powered, self powered, or a combination of both. When a device can be both bus powered and self powered, the host may
+ * query the device to determine the current power source, via \ref USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered. For solely bus powered devices, this global
+ * and the code required to manage it may be disabled by passing this token to the library via the -D switch.
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_TokenSummary_USBHostTokens USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens
+ *
+ * This section describes compile tokens which affect USB driver stack of the LUFA library when used in Host mode.
+ *
+ * \li <b>HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR</b> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>AVR8 Only</i> \n
+ * One of the most frequently used global variables in the stack is the USB_HostState global, which indicates the current state of
+ * the Host State Machine. To reduce the amount of code and time required to access and modify this global in an application, this token
+ * may be defined to a value between 0 and 2 to fix the state variable into one of the three general purpose IO registers inside the AVR
+ * reserved for application use. When defined, the corresponding GPIOR register should not be used within the user application except
+ * implicitly via the library APIs.
+ *
+ * \li <b>USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * When a control transfer is initiated in host mode to an attached device, a timeout is used to abort the transfer if the attached
+ * device fails to respond within the timeout period. This token may be defined to a non-zero 16-bit value to set the timeout period for
+ * control transfers, specified in milliseconds. If not defined, the default value specified in Host.h is used instead.
+ *
+ * \li <b>HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS</b>=<i>x</i> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * Some devices require a delay of up to 5 seconds after they are connected to VBUS before the enumeration process can be started, or
+ * they will fail to enumerate correctly. By placing a delay before the enumeration process, it can be ensured that the bus has settled
+ * back to a known idle state before communications occur with the device. This token may be defined to a 16-bit value to set the device
+ * settle period, specified in milliseconds. If not defined, the default value specified in Host.h is used instead.
+ *
+ * \li <b>INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE</b> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * If enabled, this will indicate that the USB target VBUS line polarity is inverted; i.e. it should be pulled low to enable VBUS to the
+ * target, and pulled high to stop the target VBUS generation.
+ * \n
+ * \attention On AVR8 architecture devices, this compile time option requires \c NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT to be set.
+ *
+ * \li <b>NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT</b> - (\ref Group_Host) - <i>All Architectures</i> \n
+ * Disables the automatic management of VBUS to the target, i.e. automatic shut down in the even of an overcurrent situation. When enabled, VBUS
+ * is enabled while the USB controller is initialized in USB Host mode.
+ */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompilingApps.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompilingApps.txt
index 85912b56e..08f81d2ba 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompilingApps.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/CompilingApps.txt
@@ -1,50 +1,46 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \page Page_CompilingApps Compiling the Demos, Bootloaders and Projects
- *
- * The following details how to compile the included LUFA demos, applications and bootloaders using AVR-GCC.
- *
- * \section Sec_Prerequisites Prerequisites
- * Before you can compile any of the LUFA library code or demos, you will need a recent distribution of avr-libc (1.6.2+)
- * and the AVR-GCC (4.2+) compiler. A standard "coreutils" package for your system is also required for command line
- * compilation of LUFA based applications.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_PreqWindows Windows Prerequisites
- * On Windows, you will need a copy of the latest Atmel Toolchain, either downloaded and installed as a standalone
- * package, or installed as part of Atmel Studio. You will need to ensure that the "bin" directory of the toolchain
- * is available in your system's <b>PATH</b> environment variable.
- *
- * In addition, you will need to install a ported version of the ZSH or BASH *nix shells, and a standard set of *nix
- * utilities such as <i>cut</i>, <i>find</i> and <i>sed</i>. These can be found in the "basic" system package of the
- * of the MinGW installer (<a>http://www.mingw.org</a>). Once installed, add the "msys\1.0\bin" of the MinGW installation
- * folder is added to your system's <b>PATH</b> environment variable.
- *
- * The bootloaders currently also require the "bc" application, which can be installed from
- * <a>http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/downlinks/bc.php</a>. Once installed add the "GnuWin32\bin" path of the GnuWin32
- * installation folder to your system's <b>PATH</b> environment variable.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_PreqLinux Linux Prerequisites
- * On Linux systems you will need to install the latest Linux distribution of the standalone Atmel Toolchain from the
- * Atmel website for general development, or use the latest avr-libc and avr-gcc packages for your chosen distribution's
- * package manager. For full device support, the Atmel standalone package is recommended.
- *
- * \section Sec_Compiling Compiling a LUFA Application
- * Compiling the LUFA demos, applications and/or bootloaders is very simple. LUFA comes with makefile scripts for
- * each individual demo, bootloader and project folder, as well as scripts in the Demos/, Bootloaders/, Projects/
- * and the LUFA root directory. Compilation of projects can be started from any of the above directories, with a build
- * started from an upper directory in the directory structure executing build of all child directories under it. This
- * means that while a build inside a particular demo directory will build only that particular demo, a build started from
- * the /Demos/ directory will build all LUFA demo projects sequentially.
- *
- * To build a project from the source via the command line, the command <b>"make all"</b> should be executed from the command
- * line in the directory of interest. To remove compiled files (including the binary output, all intermediately files and all
- * diagnostic output files), execute <b>"make clean"</b>. Once a "make all" has been run and no errors were encountered, the
- * resulting binary will be located in the generated ".HEX" file. If your project makes use of pre-initialized EEPROM
- * variables, the generated ".EEP" file will contain the project's EEPROM data.
- *
- * \see \ref Page_BuildSystem for information on the LUFA build system.
- */
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_CompilingApps Compiling the Demos, Bootloaders and Projects
+ *
+ * The following details how to compile the included LUFA demos, applications and bootloaders using AVR-GCC.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_CompilingApps_Prerequisites Prerequisites
+ * Before you can compile any of the LUFA library code or demos, you will need a recent distribution of avr-libc (1.6.2+)
+ * and the AVR-GCC (4.2+) compiler. A standard "coreutils" package for your system is also required for command line
+ * compilation of LUFA based applications.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_CompilingApps_PreqWindows Windows Prerequisites
+ * On Windows, you will need a copy of the latest Atmel Toolchain (<a>http://www.atmel.com/tools/ATMELAVRTOOLCHAINFORWINDOWS.aspx</a>),
+ * either downloaded and installed as a standalone package, or installed as part of Atmel Studio. You will need to ensure
+ * that the "bin" directory of the toolchain is available in your system's <b>PATH</b> environment variable.
+ *
+ * In addition, you will need to install a ported version of the ZSH or BASH *nix shells, and a standard set of *nix
+ * utilities such as <i>cut</i>, <i>find</i> and <i>sed</i>. These can be found in the "basic" system package of the
+ * of the MinGW installer (<a>http://www.mingw.org</a>). Once installed, add the "msys\1.0\bin" of the MinGW installation
+ * folder is added to your system's <b>PATH</b> environment variable.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_CompilingApps_PreqLinux Linux Prerequisites
+ * On Linux systems you will need to install the latest Linux distribution of the standalone Atmel Toolchain from the
+ * Atmel website (<a>http://www.atmel.com/tools/ATMELAVRTOOLCHAINFORLINUX.aspx</a>), or use the latest avr-libc and avr-gcc packages
+ * for your chosen distribution's package manager. For full device support, the Atmel standalone Toolchain package is recommended.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_CompilingApps_Compiling Compiling a LUFA Application
+ * Compiling the LUFA demos, applications and/or bootloaders is very simple. LUFA comes with makefile scripts for
+ * each individual demo, bootloader and project folder, as well as scripts in the Demos/, Bootloaders/, Projects/
+ * and the LUFA root directory. Compilation of projects can be started from any of the above directories, with a build
+ * started from an upper directory in the directory structure executing build of all child directories under it. This
+ * means that while a build inside a particular demo directory will build only that particular demo, a build started from
+ * the /Demos/ directory will build all LUFA demo projects sequentially.
+ *
+ * To build a project from the source via the command line, the command <b>"make all"</b> should be executed from the command
+ * line in the directory of interest. To remove compiled files (including the binary output, all intermediately files and all
+ * diagnostic output files), execute <b>"make clean"</b>. Once a "make all" has been run and no errors were encountered, the
+ * resulting binary will be located in the generated ".HEX" file. If your project makes use of pre-initialized EEPROM
+ * variables, the generated ".EEP" file will contain the project's EEPROM data.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Page_BuildSystem for information on the LUFA build system.
+ */
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ConfiguringApps.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ConfiguringApps.txt
index f126e69bb..15b660e92 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ConfiguringApps.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ConfiguringApps.txt
@@ -1,104 +1,157 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \page Page_ConfiguringApps Configuring the Demos, Bootloaders and Projects
- *
- * If the target microcontroller model, architecture, clock speed, board or other settings are different from the current
- * settings, they must be changed and the project recompiled from the source code before being programmed into the microcontroller.
- * Most project configuration options are located in the <tt>makefile</tt> build script inside each LUFA application's folder,
- * however some demo or application-specific configuration settings are located in one or more of the source files of the project.
- * See each project's individual documentation for application-specific configuration values.
- *
- * Each project "makefile" contains all the script and configuration data required to compile each project. When opened with
- * any regular basic text editor such as Notepad or WordPad (ensure that the save format is a pure ASCII text format) the
- * build configuration settings may be altered.
- *
- * \see \ref Page_BuildSystem for information on the LUFA build system.
- *
- * \section Sec_AppConfigParams The Default Application Template
- *
- * Below is a copy of the default LUFA application makefile, which can be used as a template for each application.
- *
- * \verbinclude makefile_template
- *
- * Inside each makefile, a number of configuration variables are listed with the syntax "<VARIABLE NAME> = <VALUE>". For
- * each application, the important standard variables which should be altered are:
- *
- * - <b>MCU</b>, the target processor model
- * - <b>ARCH</b>, the target microcontroller architecture
- * - <b>BOARD</b>, the target board hardware
- * - <b>F_CPU</b>, the target CPU master clock frequency, after any prescaling
- * - <b>F_USB</b>, the target raw input clock to the USB module of the processor
- * - <b>OPTIMIZATION</b>, the level of optimization to compile with
- * - <b>TARGET</b>, the name of the target output binary and other files
- * - <b>SRC</b>, the list of source files to compile/assemble/link
- * - <b>LUFA_PATH</b>, the path to the LUFA library core source code
- * - <b>CC_FLAGS</b>, the common command line flags to pass to the C/C++ compiler, assembler and linker
- * - <b>LD_FLAGS</b>, the command line flags to pass to the linker
- *
- * These values should be changed to reflect the build hardware.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_MCU The MCU Parameter
- * This parameter indicates the target microcontroller model for the compiled application. This should be set to the model of the target
- * microcontroller (such as the AT90USB1287, or the ATMEGA32U4), in all lower-case (e.g. "at90usb1287"). Note that not all demos support all the
- * microcontroller models and architectures, as they may make use of peripherals or modes only present in some devices.
- *
- * For supported processor models, see \ref Page_DeviceSupport.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_ARCH The ARCH Parameter
- * This parameter indicates the target microcontroller architecture the library is to be compiled for. Different microcontroller
- * architectures require different source files to be compiled into the final binary, and so this option must be set to the correct
- * architecture for the selected platform.
- *
- * For supported processor architectures, see \ref Page_DeviceSupport.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_BOARD The BOARD Parameter
- * This parameter indicates the target board hardware for the compiled application. Some LUFA library drivers are board-specific,
- * such as the LED driver, and the library needs to know the layout of the target board. If you are using one of the board models listed
- * on the main library page, change this parameter to the board name in all UPPER-case.
- *
- * If you are not using any board-specific drivers in the LUFA library, or you are using a custom board layout, change this to read
- * "USER" (no quotes) instead of a standard board name. If the USER board type is selected and the application makes use of one or more
- * board-specific hardware drivers inside the LUFA library, then the appropriate stub drives files should be copied from the \c /CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/
- * directory into a /Board/ folder inside the application directory, and the stub driver completed with the appropriate code to drive the
- * custom board's hardware.
- *
- * For boards with built in hardware driver support within the LUFA library, see \ref Page_DeviceSupport.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_F_CPU The F_CPU Parameter
- * This parameter indicates the target microcontroller's main CPU clock frequency, in Hz. This is used by many libraries (and applications) for
- * timing related purposes, and should reflect the actual CPU speed after any prescaling or adjustments are performed.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_F_USB The F_USB Parameter
- * This parameter indicates the raw input clock frequency to the USB module within the microcontroller in Hz. This may be very different on some platforms
- * to the main CPU clock or other peripheral/bus clocks.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_OPTIMIZATION The OPTIMIZATION Parameter
- * This parameter indicates the level of optimization to use when compiling the application. This will allow you to compile with an optimization level
- * supported by GCC, from <tt>0</tt> (no optimization) to <tt>3</tt> (fastest runtime optimization) or <tt>s</tt> (smallest size).
- *
- * \subsection SSec_TARGET The TARGET Parameter
- * This parameter indicates the application target name, which is used as the base filename for the build binary and debugging files. This will be the
- * name of the output files once linked together into the final application, ready to load into the target.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_SRC The SRC Parameter
- * This parameter indicates the source files used to compile the application, as a list of C (<tt>*.c</tt>), C++ (<tt>*.cpp</tt>) and Assembly (<tt>*.S</tt>) files. Note that
- * all assembly files must end in a <b>capital</b> .S extension, as lowercase .s files are reserved for GCC intermediate files.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_LUFA_PATH The LUFA_PATH Parameter
- * As each LUFA program requires the LUFA library source code to compile correctly, the application must know where the LUFA library is located. This
- * value specifies the path to the LUFA library core. This path may be relative or absolute, however note than even under Windows based systems the
- * forward-slash (/) path seperator must be used.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_CC_FLAGS The CC_FLAGS Parameter
- * This parameter lists the compiler flags passed to the C/C++ compiler, the assembler and the linker. These are used as-is directly to GCC and thus
- * must match GCC's command line options as given in the GCC manual. This variable may be used to define tokens directly on the command line, enable or
- * disable warnings, adjust the target-specific tuning parameters or other options.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_LD_FLAGS The LD_FLAGS Parameter
- * This parameter lists the linker flags passed exclusively to the linker. These are used as-is directly to GCC and thus must match GCC's command line
- * linker options as given in the GCC manual. This variable may be used to create or relocate custom data sections, or enable linker specific behaviors.
- */
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_ConfiguringApps Configuring the Demos, Bootloaders and Projects
+ *
+ * If the target microcontroller model, architecture, clock speed, board or other settings are different from the current
+ * settings, they must be changed and the project recompiled from the source code before being programmed into the microcontroller.
+ * Most project configuration options are located in the <tt>makefile</tt> build script inside each LUFA application's folder,
+ * however some demo or application-specific configuration settings are located in one or more of the source files of the project.
+ * See each project's individual documentation for application-specific configuration values.
+ *
+ * Each project "makefile" contains all the script and configuration data required to compile each project. When opened with
+ * any regular basic text editor such as Notepad or WordPad (ensure that the save format is a pure ASCII text format) the
+ * build configuration settings may be altered.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Page_BuildSystem for information on the LUFA build system.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ConfiguringApps_AppMakefileParams The Default Application Makefile Template
+ *
+ * Below is a copy of the default LUFA application makefile, which can be used as a template for each application.
+ *
+ * \verbinclude makefile_template
+ *
+ * Inside each makefile, a number of configuration variables are listed with the syntax "<VARIABLE NAME> = <VALUE>". For
+ * each application, the important standard variables which should be altered are:
+ *
+ * - <b>MCU</b>, the target processor model
+ * - <b>ARCH</b>, the target microcontroller architecture
+ * - <b>BOARD</b>, the target board hardware
+ * - <b>F_CPU</b>, the target CPU master clock frequency, after any prescaling
+ * - <b>F_USB</b>, the target raw input clock to the USB module of the processor
+ * - <b>OPTIMIZATION</b>, the level of optimization to compile with
+ * - <b>TARGET</b>, the name of the target output binary and other files
+ * - <b>SRC</b>, the list of source files to compile/assemble/link
+ * - <b>LUFA_PATH</b>, the path to the LUFA library core source code
+ * - <b>CC_FLAGS</b>, the common command line flags to pass to the C/C++ compiler, assembler and linker
+ * - <b>LD_FLAGS</b>, the command line flags to pass to the linker
+ *
+ * These values should be changed to reflect the build hardware.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_ConfiguringApps_MCU The MCU Parameter
+ * This parameter indicates the target microcontroller model for the compiled application. This should be set to the model of the target
+ * microcontroller (such as the AT90USB1287, or the ATMEGA32U4), in all lower-case (e.g. "at90usb1287"). Note that not all demos support all the
+ * microcontroller models and architectures, as they may make use of peripherals or modes only present in some devices.
+ *
+ * For supported processor models, see \ref Page_DeviceSupport.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_ConfiguringApps_ARCH The ARCH Parameter
+ * This parameter indicates the target microcontroller architecture the library is to be compiled for. Different microcontroller
+ * architectures require different source files to be compiled into the final binary, and so this option must be set to the correct
+ * architecture for the selected platform.
+ *
+ * For supported processor architectures, see \ref Page_DeviceSupport.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_ConfiguringApps_BOARD The BOARD Parameter
+ * This parameter indicates the target board hardware for the compiled application. Some LUFA library drivers are board-specific,
+ * such as the LED driver, and the library needs to know the layout of the target board. If you are using one of the board models listed
+ * on the main library page, change this parameter to the board name in all UPPER-case.
+ *
+ * If you are not using any board-specific drivers in the LUFA library, or you are using a custom board layout, change this to read
+ * "USER" (no quotes) instead of a standard board name. If the USER board type is selected and the application makes use of one or more
+ * board-specific hardware drivers inside the LUFA library, then the appropriate stub drives files should be copied from the \c /CodeTemplates/DriverStubs/
+ * directory into a /Board/ folder inside the application directory, and the stub driver completed with the appropriate code to drive the
+ * custom board's hardware.
+ *
+ * For boards with built in hardware driver support within the LUFA library, see \ref Page_DeviceSupport.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_ConfiguringApps_F_CPU The F_CPU Parameter
+ * This parameter indicates the target microcontroller's main CPU clock frequency, in Hz. This is used by many libraries (and applications) for
+ * timing related purposes, and should reflect the actual CPU speed after any prescaling or adjustments are performed.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_ConfiguringApps_F_USB The F_USB Parameter
+ * This parameter indicates the raw input clock frequency to the USB module within the microcontroller in Hz. This may be very different on some platforms
+ * to the main CPU clock or other peripheral/bus clocks.
+ *
+ * \note On AVR8 platforms, this must be equal to \c 8000000 or \c 16000000.
+ *
+ * \note On XMEGA platforms, this must be equal to a multiple of 6000000 from \c 6000000 to \c 48000000.
+ *
+ * \note On UC3 platforms, this must be equal to a multiple of 12000000 from \c 12000000 to \c 48000000.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_ConfiguringApps_OPTIMIZATION The OPTIMIZATION Parameter
+ * This parameter indicates the level of optimization to use when compiling the application. This will allow you to compile with an optimization level
+ * supported by GCC, from <tt>0</tt> (no optimization) to <tt>3</tt> (fastest runtime optimization) or <tt>s</tt> (smallest size).
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_ConfiguringApps_TARGET The TARGET Parameter
+ * This parameter indicates the application target name, which is used as the base filename for the build binary and debugging files. This will be the
+ * name of the output files once linked together into the final application, ready to load into the target.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_ConfiguringApps_SRC The SRC Parameter
+ * This parameter indicates the source files used to compile the application, as a list of C (<tt>*.c</tt>), C++ (<tt>*.cpp</tt>) and Assembly (<tt>*.S</tt>) files. Note that
+ * all assembly files must end in a <b>capital</b> .S extension, as lowercase .s files are reserved for GCC intermediate files.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_ConfiguringApps_LUFA_PATH The LUFA_PATH Parameter
+ * As each LUFA program requires the LUFA library source code to compile correctly, the application must know where the LUFA library is located. This
+ * value specifies the path to the LUFA library core. This path may be relative or absolute, however note than even under Windows based systems the
+ * forward-slash (/) path separator must be used.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_ConfiguringApps_CC_FLAGS The CC_FLAGS Parameter
+ * This parameter lists the compiler flags passed to the C/C++ compiler, the assembler and the linker. These are used as-is directly to GCC and thus
+ * must match GCC's command line options as given in the GCC manual. This variable may be used to define tokens directly on the command line, enable or
+ * disable warnings, adjust the target-specific tuning parameters or other options.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_ConfiguringApps_LD_FLAGS The LD_FLAGS Parameter
+ * This parameter lists the linker flags passed exclusively to the linker. These are used as-is directly to GCC and thus must match GCC's command line
+ * linker options as given in the GCC manual. This variable may be used to create or relocate custom data sections, or enable linker specific behaviors.
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ExampleAppConfig Example Application Makefile Configurations
+ * Below is an example makefile for an AVR8 based AT90USB1287 running at 8MHz, to compile a program called "MyApplication":
+ * \verbatim
+ MCU = at90usb1287
+ ARCH = AVR8
+ BOARD = NONE
+ F_CPU = 8000000
+ F_USB = $(F_CPU)
+ OPTIMIZATION = s
+ TARGET = MyApplication
+ SRC = MyApplication.c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+ LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+ CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+ LD_FLAGS =
+ \endverbatim
+ *
+ * Below is an example makefile for an XMEGA based ATXMEGA128A1U running at 32MHz, to compile a program called "MyApplication":
+ * \verbatim
+ MCU = atxmega128a1u
+ ARCH = XMEGA
+ BOARD = NONE
+ F_CPU = 32000000
+ F_USB = 48000000
+ OPTIMIZATION = s
+ TARGET = MyApplication
+ SRC = MyApplication.c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+ LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+ CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+ LD_FLAGS =
+ \endverbatim
+ *
+ * Below is an example makefile for a UC3 based AT32UC3A0512 running at 50MHz, to compile a program called "MyApplication":
+ * \verbatim
+ MCU = uc3a0512
+ ARCH = UC3
+ BOARD = NONE
+ F_CPU = 50000000
+ F_USB = 48000000
+ OPTIMIZATION = s
+ TARGET = MyApplication
+ SRC = MyApplication.c Descriptors.c $(LUFA_SRC_USB) $(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
+ LUFA_PATH = ../../../../LUFA
+ CC_FLAGS = -DUSE_LUFA_CONFIG_HEADER -IConfig/
+ LD_FLAGS =
+ \endverbatim
+ */
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DevelopingWithLUFA.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DevelopingWithLUFA.txt
index becd58e54..9a02f95b9 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DevelopingWithLUFA.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DevelopingWithLUFA.txt
@@ -1,23 +1,24 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/**
- * \page Page_DevelopingWithLUFA Developing With LUFA
- *
- * This section of the manual contains information on LUFA development, such as Getting Started information,
- * information on compile-time tuning of the library and other developer-related sections.
- *
- * <b>Subsections:</b>
- * \li \subpage Page_BuildSystem - The LUFA Buildsystem
- * \li \subpage Page_TokenSummary - Summary of Compile Time Tokens
- * \li \subpage Page_Migration - Migrating from an Older LUFA Version
- * \li \subpage Page_VIDPID - Allocated USB VID and PID Values
- * \li \subpage Page_BuildLibrary - Building as a Linkable Library
- * \li \subpage Page_ExportingLibrary - Exporting LUFA for IDE Use
- * \li \subpage Page_WritingBoardDrivers - How to Write Custom Board Drivers
- * \li \subpage Page_SoftwareBootloaderStart - How to jump to the bootloader in software
- */
-
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \page Page_DevelopingWithLUFA Developing With LUFA
+ *
+ * This section of the manual contains information on LUFA development, such as Getting Started information,
+ * information on compile-time tuning of the library and other developer-related sections.
+ *
+ * <b>Subsections:</b>
+ * \li \subpage Page_BuildSystem - The LUFA Buildsystem
+ * \li \subpage Page_TokenSummary - Summary of Compile Time Tokens
+ * \li \subpage Page_Migration - Migrating from an Older LUFA Version
+ * \li \subpage Page_VIDPID - Allocated USB VID and PID Values
+ * \li \subpage Page_OSDrivers - Operating System Driver Information
+ * \li \subpage Page_BuildLibrary - Building as a Linkable Library
+ * \li \subpage Page_ExportingLibrary - Exporting LUFA for IDE Use
+ * \li \subpage Page_WritingBoardDrivers - How to Write Custom Board Drivers
+ * \li \subpage Page_SoftwareBootloaderStart - How to jump to the bootloader in software
+ */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DeviceSupport.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DeviceSupport.txt
index 18e808f4d..2a4b9c335 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DeviceSupport.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DeviceSupport.txt
@@ -1,432 +1,422 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/**
- * \page Page_DeviceSupport Device and Hardware Support
- *
- * <b>Atmel Microcontrollers:</b>
- * \li \subpage Page_AVR8Support - Atmel AVR8 Support
- * \li \subpage Page_UC3Support - Atmel AVR32 UC3 Support
- * \li \subpage Page_XMEGASupport - Atmel XMEGA Support
- */
-
-/**
- * \page Page_AVR8Support Atmel 8-Bit AVR (AVR8) Support
- *
- * \section Sec_AVR8Support_Devices Supported Microcontroller Models
- *
- * Currently supported AVR8 models:
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <th width="150px">Part</th>
- * <th width="150px">USB Device Mode</th>
- * <th width="150px">USB Host Mode</th>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT90USB82</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATMEGA8U2</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT90USB162</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATMEGA16U2</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATMEGA16U4</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATMEGA32U2</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATMEGA32U4</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATMEGA32U6</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT90USB646</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT90USB647</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT90USB1286</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT90USB1287</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * \section Sec_AVR8Support_Boards Supported Atmel Boards
- * Currently supported Atmel AVR8 boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes):
- * - AT90USBKEY
- * - ATAVRUSBRF01
- * - EVK527
- * - RZUSBSTICK
- * - STK525
- * - STK526
- * - XPLAIN (Original green board, <i>not</i> the newer blue XPLAINED family boards)
- *
- * \section Sec_AVR8Support_ThirdParty Supported Third Party Models
- * Currently supported third-party boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes for makefile \c BOARD constant names):
- * - Adafruit U4 Breakout Board
- * - Arduino Uno
- * - Bitwizard Multio and Big-Multio
- * - Busware BUI
- * - Busware CUL V3
- * - Busware TUL
- * - DorkbotPDX Duce
- * - Fletchtronics Bumble-B (using manufacturer recommended peripheral layout)
- * - Kernel Concepts USBFOO
- * - Linnix UDIP
- * - MattairTech JM-DB-U2
- * - Maximus USB
- * - Micropendous Boards (Micropendous-32U2, Micropendous-1, Micropendous-2)
- * - Microsin AVR-USB162
- * - Minimus USB
- * - Olimex AVR-USB-162
- * - Olimex AVR-USB-32U4
- * - Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4
- * - Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2
- * - Paranoid Studio's US2AX (V1, V2 and V3 hardware revisions)
- * - PJRC Teensy (1.x and 2.x versions)
- * - Sparkfun U2 Breakout Board
- * - TCNISO Blackcat USB JTAG
- * - Tempusdictum Benito
- * - Tom's USBTINY-MKII (all revisions and versions)
- * - Custom User Boards (with Board Drivers if desired, see \ref Page_WritingBoardDrivers)
- */
-
-/**
- * \page Page_UC3Support Atmel 32-Bit UC3 AVR (UC3)
- *
- * \warning The AVR32 UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b>, and is included for preview purposes only.
- *
- * \section Sec_UC3Support_Devices Supported Microcontroller Models
- *
- * Currently supported UC3 models:
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <th width="150px">Part</th>
- * <th width="150px">USB Device Mode</th>
- * <th width="150px">USB Host Mode</th>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3A064</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3A164</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3A364</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3A364S</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3A464</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3A464S</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3B064</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3B164</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3A0128</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3A1128</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3A3128</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3A3128S</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3A4128</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3A4128S</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3B0128</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3B1128</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3A0256</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3A1256</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3A3256</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3A3256S</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3A4256</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3A4256S</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3B0256</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3B1256</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3A0512</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3A1512</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3B0512</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>AT32UC3B1512</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * \section Sec_UC3Support_Boards Supported Atmel Boards
- *
- * Currently supported Atmel UC3 boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes):
- * - EVK1100
- * - EVK1101
- * - EVK1104
- *
- * \section Sec_UC3Support_ThirdParty Supported Third Party Models
- *
- * Currently supported third-party boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes for makefile \c BOARD constant names):
- * - Custom User Boards (with Board Drivers if desired, see \ref Page_WritingBoardDrivers)
- */
-
-/**
- * \page Page_XMEGASupport Atmel USB XMEGA AVR (XMEGA)
- *
- * \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
- *
- * \section Sec_XMEGASupport_Devices Supported Microcontroller Models
- *
- * Currently supported XMEGA models:
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <th width="150px">Part</th>
- * <th width="150px">USB Device Mode</th>
- * <th width="150px">USB Host Mode</th>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATXMEGA16A4U</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATXMEGA32A4U</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATXMEGA64A4U</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATXMEGA128A4U</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATXMEGA64A3U</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATXMEGA128A3U</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATXMEGA192A3U</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATXMEGA256A3U</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATXMEGA256A3BU</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATXMEGA128A1U</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATXMEGA64B3</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATXMEGA128B3</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATXMEGA64B1</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATXMEGA128B1</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATXMEGA64C3</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATXMEGA128C3</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATXMEGA192C3</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATXMEGA256C3</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATXMEGA384C3</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATXMEGA16C4</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>ATXMEGA32C4</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * \section Sec_XMEGASupport_Boards Supported Atmel Boards
- * Currently supported Atmel XMEGA boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes):
- * - XMEGA A3BU Xplained
- * - XMEGA B1 Xplained
- *
- * \section Sec_XMEGASupport_ThirdParty Supported Third Party Models
- * Currently supported third-party boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes for makefile \c BOARD constant names):
- * - Custom User Boards (with Board Drivers if desired, see \ref Page_WritingBoardDrivers)
- */
-
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \page Page_DeviceSupport Device and Hardware Support
+ *
+ * <b>Atmel Microcontrollers:</b>
+ * \li \subpage Page_AVR8Support - Atmel AVR8 Support
+ * \li \subpage Page_UC3Support - Atmel AVR32 UC3 Support
+ * \li \subpage Page_XMEGASupport - Atmel XMEGA Support
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \page Page_AVR8Support Atmel 8-Bit AVR (AVR8) Support
+ *
+ * \section Sec_AVR8Support_Devices Supported Microcontroller Models
+ *
+ * Currently supported AVR8 models:
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th width="150px">Part</th>
+ * <th width="150px">USB Device Mode</th>
+ * <th width="150px">USB Host Mode</th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT90USB82</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATMEGA8U2</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT90USB162</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATMEGA16U2</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATMEGA16U4</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATMEGA32U2</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATMEGA32U4</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT90USB646</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT90USB647</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT90USB1286</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT90USB1287</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_AVR8Support_Boards Supported Atmel Boards
+ * Currently supported Atmel AVR8 boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes):
+ * - AT90USBKEY
+ * - ATAVRUSBRF01
+ * - EVK527
+ * - RZUSBSTICK
+ * - STK525
+ * - STK526
+ * - XPLAIN (Original green board, <i>not</i> the newer blue XPLAINED family boards)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_AVR8Support_ThirdParty Supported Third Party Boards
+ * Currently supported third-party boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes for makefile \c BOARD constant names):
+ * - Adafruit U4 Breakout Board
+ * - Arduino Leonardo
+ * - Arduino Micro
+ * - Arduino Uno
+ * - Arduino Yun
+ * - Bitwizard Multio and Big-Multio
+ * - Busware BUI
+ * - Busware CUL V3
+ * - Busware TUL
+ * - DorkbotPDX Duce
+ * - Fletchtronics Bumble-B (using manufacturer recommended peripheral layout)
+ * - Kernel Concepts USBFOO
+ * - Linnix UDIP
+ * - MattairTech JM-DB-U2
+ * - Maximus USB
+ * - Micropendous Boards (Micropendous-32U2, Micropendous-1, Micropendous-2)
+ * - Microsin AVR-USB162
+ * - Minimus USB
+ * - Olimex AVR-USB-162, AVR-USB-32U4 and AVR-USB-T32U4 Boards
+ * - Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2
+ * - Paranoid Studio's US2AX (V1, V2 and V3 hardware revisions)
+ * - PJRC Teensy (1.x and 2.x versions)
+ * - Rikus' U2S
+ * - Sparkfun U2 Breakout Board
+ * - Stange ISP Programmer Board
+ * - TCNISO Blackcat USB JTAG
+ * - Tempusdictum Benito
+ * - Tom's USBTINY-MKII (all revisions and versions)
+ * - Custom User Boards (with Board Drivers if desired, see \ref Page_WritingBoardDrivers)
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \page Page_UC3Support Atmel 32-Bit UC3 AVR (UC3)
+ *
+ * \warning The AVR32 UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b>, and is included for preview purposes only.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_UC3Support_Devices Supported Microcontroller Models
+ *
+ * Currently supported UC3 models:
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th width="150px">Part</th>
+ * <th width="150px">USB Device Mode</th>
+ * <th width="150px">USB Host Mode</th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A364</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A364S</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A464</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A464S</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3B064</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3B164</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A0128</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A1128</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A3128</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A3128S</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A4128</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A4128S</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3B0128</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3B1128</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A0256</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A1256</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A3256</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A3256S</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A4256</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A4256S</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3B0256</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3B1256</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A0512</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3A1512</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3B0512</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>AT32UC3B1512</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_UC3Support_Boards Supported Atmel Boards
+ *
+ * Currently supported Atmel UC3 boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes):
+ * - EVK1100
+ * - EVK1101
+ * - EVK1104
+ * - UC3-A3 Xplained
+ *
+ * \section Sec_UC3Support_ThirdParty Supported Third Party Boards
+ *
+ * Currently supported third-party boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes for makefile \c BOARD constant names):
+ * - Custom User Boards (with Board Drivers if desired, see \ref Page_WritingBoardDrivers)
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \page Page_XMEGASupport Atmel USB XMEGA AVR (XMEGA)
+ *
+ * \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_XMEGASupport_Devices Supported Microcontroller Models
+ *
+ * Currently supported XMEGA models:
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th width="150px">Part</th>
+ * <th width="150px">USB Device Mode</th>
+ * <th width="150px">USB Host Mode</th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA16A4U</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA32A4U</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA64A4U</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA128A4U</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA64A3U</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA128A3U</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA192A3U</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA256A3U</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA256A3BU</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA128A1U</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA64B3</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA128B3</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA64B1</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA128B1</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA64C3</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA128C3</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA192C3</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA256C3</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA384C3</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA16C4</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>ATXMEGA32C4</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_XMEGASupport_Boards Supported Atmel Boards
+ * Currently supported Atmel XMEGA boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes):
+ * - XMEGA A3BU Xplained
+ * - XMEGA B1 Xplained
+ * - XMEGA C3 Xplained
+ *
+ * \section Sec_XMEGASupport_ThirdParty Supported Third Party Boards
+ * Currently supported third-party boards (see \ref Group_BoardTypes for makefile \c BOARD constant names):
+ * - Custom User Boards (with Board Drivers if desired, see \ref Page_WritingBoardDrivers)
+ */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DirectorySummaries.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DirectorySummaries.txt
index b04224677..87b863c28 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DirectorySummaries.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/DirectorySummaries.txt
@@ -1,80 +1,80 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \dir Platform
- * \brief Platform specific drivers.
- *
- * This folder contains platform specific drivers and defines for various supported architectures. These may or may
- * not be used in a LUFA application, and are provided for convenience purposes.
- *
- * \dir Drivers
- * \brief Library hardware and software drivers.
- *
- * This folder contains all the library hardware and software drivers for each supported board, architecture and
- * microcontroller model.
- *
- * \dir Drivers/Misc
- * \brief Miscellaneous driver files.
- *
- * This folder contains drivers for aspects other than the USB interface, board hardware or microcontroller peripherals.
- *
- * \dir Drivers/Peripheral
- * \brief Microcontroller peripheral driver files.
- *
- * This folder contains drivers for various low level microcontroller peripherals, usually located on the microcontroller
- * die within the same physical chip.
- *
- * \dir Drivers/USB
- * \brief USB controller peripheral driver files.
- *
- * This folder contains the complete LUFA USB stack and controller files, including the core driver and stack, as well
- * as the USB class driver implementations.
- *
- * \dir Drivers/USB/Core
- * \brief Core USB driver files.
- *
- * This folder contains the core USB stack and controller driver files, to correctly implement USB functionality on the
- * target architecture and microcontroller model. This
- *
- * \dir Drivers/USB/Class
- * \brief USB Class helper driver files.
- *
- * This folder contains drivers for implementing functionality of standardized USB classes. These are not used directly by the library,
- * but provide a standard and library-maintained way of implementing functionality from some of the defined USB classes without extensive
- * development effort. Is is recommended that these drivers be used where possible to reduce maintenance of user applications.
- *
- * \dir Drivers/USB/Class/Device
- * \brief USB Device Class helper driver files.
- *
- * Device mode drivers for the standard USB classes.
- *
- * \dir Drivers/USB/Class/Host
- * \brief USB Host Class helper driver files.
- *
- * Host mode drivers for the standard USB classes.
- *
- * \dir Drivers/Board
- * \brief Board hardware driver files.
- *
- * This folder contains drivers for interfacing with the physical hardware on supported commercial boards, primarily from
- * the Atmel corporation. Header files in this folder should be included in user applications requiring the functionality of
- * hardware placed on supported boards.
- *
- * \dir CodeTemplates
- * \brief Code templates for use in LUFA powered applications.
- *
- * This contains code templates for board drivers, sample LUFA project makefiles and other similar templates that can be copied into
- * a LUFA powered application and modified to speed up development.
- *
- * \dir CodeTemplates/DriverStubs
- * \brief Driver stub header files for custom boards, to allow the LUFA board drivers to operate.
- *
- * This contains stub files for the LUFA board drivers. If the LUFA board drivers are used with board hardware other than those
- * directly supported by the library, the BOARD parameter of the application's makefile can be set to "USER", and these stub files
- * copied to the "/Board/" directory of the application's folder. When fleshed out with working driver code for the custom board,
- * the corresponding LUFA board APIs will work correctly with the non-standard board hardware.
- */
-
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \dir Platform
+ * \brief Platform specific drivers.
+ *
+ * This folder contains platform specific drivers and defines for various supported architectures. These may or may
+ * not be used in a LUFA application, and are provided for convenience purposes.
+ *
+ * \dir Drivers
+ * \brief Library hardware and software drivers.
+ *
+ * This folder contains all the library hardware and software drivers for each supported board, architecture and
+ * microcontroller model.
+ *
+ * \dir Drivers/Misc
+ * \brief Miscellaneous driver files.
+ *
+ * This folder contains drivers for aspects other than the USB interface, board hardware or microcontroller peripherals.
+ *
+ * \dir Drivers/Peripheral
+ * \brief Microcontroller peripheral driver files.
+ *
+ * This folder contains drivers for various low level microcontroller peripherals, usually located on the microcontroller
+ * die within the same physical chip.
+ *
+ * \dir Drivers/USB
+ * \brief USB controller peripheral driver files.
+ *
+ * This folder contains the complete LUFA USB stack and controller files, including the core driver and stack, as well
+ * as the USB class driver implementations.
+ *
+ * \dir Drivers/USB/Core
+ * \brief Core USB driver files.
+ *
+ * This folder contains the core USB stack and controller driver files, to correctly implement USB functionality on the
+ * target architecture and microcontroller model. This
+ *
+ * \dir Drivers/USB/Class
+ * \brief USB Class helper driver files.
+ *
+ * This folder contains drivers for implementing functionality of standardized USB classes. These are not used directly by the library,
+ * but provide a standard and library-maintained way of implementing functionality from some of the defined USB classes without extensive
+ * development effort. Is is recommended that these drivers be used where possible to reduce maintenance of user applications.
+ *
+ * \dir Drivers/USB/Class/Device
+ * \brief USB Device Class helper driver files.
+ *
+ * Device mode drivers for the standard USB classes.
+ *
+ * \dir Drivers/USB/Class/Host
+ * \brief USB Host Class helper driver files.
+ *
+ * Host mode drivers for the standard USB classes.
+ *
+ * \dir Drivers/Board
+ * \brief Board hardware driver files.
+ *
+ * This folder contains drivers for interfacing with the physical hardware on supported commercial boards, primarily from
+ * the Atmel corporation. Header files in this folder should be included in user applications requiring the functionality of
+ * hardware placed on supported boards.
+ *
+ * \dir CodeTemplates
+ * \brief Code templates for use in LUFA powered applications.
+ *
+ * This contains code templates for board drivers, sample LUFA project makefiles and other similar templates that can be copied into
+ * a LUFA powered application and modified to speed up development.
+ *
+ * \dir CodeTemplates/DriverStubs
+ * \brief Driver stub header files for custom boards, to allow the LUFA board drivers to operate.
+ *
+ * This contains stub files for the LUFA board drivers. If the LUFA board drivers are used with board hardware other than those
+ * directly supported by the library, the BOARD parameter of the application's makefile can be set to "USER", and these stub files
+ * copied to the "/Board/" directory of the application's folder. When fleshed out with working driver code for the custom board,
+ * the corresponding LUFA board APIs will work correctly with the non-standard board hardware.
+ */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Donating.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Donating.txt
index 7e947c2a2..4a4b6aa72 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Donating.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Donating.txt
@@ -1,24 +1,26 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/**
- * \page Page_Donating Donating to Support This Project
- *
- * \image html Images/Author.jpg "Dean Camera, LUFA Developer"
- *
- * I am a 23 year old Atmel Applications Engineer, living in Trondheim, Norway and working on LUFA in my spare time.
- * The development and support of this library requires much effort from myself, as I am the sole developer, maintainer
- * and supporter. Please consider donating a small amount to support this and my future Open Source projects - All
- * donations are <i>greatly</i> appreciated.
- *
- * Note that commercial entities can remove the attribution portion of the LUFA license by a one-time fee - see
- * \ref Page_LicenseInfo for more details (<b>Note: Please do NOT pay this in advance through the donation link below -
- * contact author for payment details.</b>).
- *
- * \image html "http://www.pledgie.com/campaigns/6927.png?skin_name=chrome"
- * <a href='http://www.lufa-lib.org/donate'>Donate to this project via PayPal</a> - Thanks in Advance!
- */
-
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \page Page_Donating Donating to Support This Project
+ *
+ * \image html Images/Author.jpg "Dean Camera, LUFA Developer"
+ *
+ * I am a 24 year old Atmel Applications Engineer, living in Trondheim, Norway and working on LUFA in my spare time.
+ * The development and support of this library requires much effort from myself, as I am the sole developer, maintainer
+ * and supporter. Please consider donating a small amount to support this and my future Open Source projects - All
+ * donations are <i>greatly</i> appreciated.
+ *
+ * Note that commercial entities can remove the attribution portion of the LUFA license by a one-time fee - see
+ * \ref Page_LicenseInfo for more details (<b>Note: Please do NOT pay this in advance through the donation link below -
+ * contact author for payment details.</b>).
+ *
+ * \htmlonly
+ * \image html "http://www.pledgie.com/campaigns/6927.png"
+ * \endhtmlonly
+ * <a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org/donate">Donate to this project via PayPal</a> - Thanks in Advance!
+ */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ExportingLibrary.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ExportingLibrary.txt
index 65d7fc923..095184862 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ExportingLibrary.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ExportingLibrary.txt
@@ -1,106 +1,112 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \page Page_ExportingLibrary Exporting the Library for IDE Use
- *
- * While LUFA was designed to allow for easy compilation in a makefile driven environment,
- * it is possible to export the library into a form suitable for drop-in use inside of an
- * IDE.
- *
- * \section Sec_LibraryExport Exporting the Library
- * An export of the library is at its most basic, a direct copy of the main "LUFA" source folder from the
- * root download folder; this contains the library core which can be re-used within external projects.
- * However, as many IDEs attempt to automatically compile all included source files, it is neccesary to
- * exclude some directories and files from the library core export to allow for easier integration into
- * an IDE project.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_ManualExport Manual Export
- * To manually export the library core, copy over the main LUFA library folder from the LUFA root directory,
- * renaming as desired. Within the library core folder, the following directories should be removed or
- * excluded from your IDE import:
- * - Documentation/
- * - DoxygenPages/
- * - CodeTemplates/
- *
- * If required, files from the CodeTemplates/ subdirectory may be copied to your IDE project as needed.
- *
- * The resulting copy of the library may then be imported into your chosen IDE according to the instructions
- * shown in \ref Sec_LibraryImport.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_AutomaticExport Automatic Export
- * If desired, the steps indicated in \ref SSec_ManualExport may be automatically performed, by running the
- * command <b><code>make export_tar</code></b> from the command line. This will generate two .tar files in the
- * current directory, named <code>LUFA_YYMMDD.tar</code> and <code>LUFA_YYMMDD_Code_Templates.tar</code> (where
- * "YYMMDD" is the version of the library being exported). The first archive contains the exported LUFA core
- * with the non-required files removed, while the second contains an archived copy of the code template files
- * for the current LUFA version.
- *
- * The resulting archived copy of the library may then be extracted to your chosen IDE project source directory
- * and imported according to the instructions shown in \ref Sec_LibraryImport.
- *
- * \section Sec_LibraryImport Importing the Library
- * An exported copy of the library may be imported wholesale into an IDE project, if the instructions detailed
- * in \ref Sec_LibraryExport are followed.
- *
- * Specific instructions for importing an exported version of LUFA into various IDEs are listed below.
- *
- * \subsection SSec_AS56_Import Importing into AVRStudio 5/Atmel Studio 6
- * To import LUFA into a new or existing project, the following steps must be followed.
- *
- * \subsubsection SSSec_AS56_Import_Step1 Copy over the exported library
- * Copy over the exported library archive created via the steps listed in \ref Sec_LibraryExport to your AS5/AS6
- * project directory.
- *
- * \image html Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step1.png
- *
- * \subsubsection SSSec_AS56_Import_Step2 Extract exported library
- * Extract out the contents of the archive to a new folder. This may be any name you wish, however keep in mind
- * that this name will need to be referenced within your user application under most circumstances. It is
- * suggested that this folder be named "LUFA", or "LUFA" followed by the version string for easy reference.
- *
- * \image html Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step2.png
- *
- * \subsubsection SSSec_AS56_Import_Step3 Add the library files
- * Open your AVRStudio 5/Atmel Studio 6 project. From the "Solution Explorer" pane, click the "Show All Files"
- * button on the toolbar to display ghosted icons of files and folders located in the project source directory
- * that are not currently added to the project.
- *
- * \image html Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step3.png
- *
- * Right-click the ghosted version of the extracted LUFA export folder in the Solution Explorer pane, and
- * choose the "Add to Project" option from the context menu. This will add the entire LUFA source tree to the
- * current project.
- *
- * \subsubsection SSSec_AS56_Import_Step4 Open Project Toolchain Properties
- * In the Solution Explorer pane, click the project node, and press the "Properties" button in the toolbar to
- * open the Project Properties window. This window allows you to configure the various project global compiler,
- * assembler and linker options.
- *
- * \image html Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step4.png
- *
- * Click the "Toolchain" tab on the left side of the Project Properties window.
- *
- * \subsubsection SSSec_AS56_Import_Step5 Configure Project Toolchain Properties
- *
- * In the GNU C Compiler section, open the "Symbols" page. Click the "Add Item" button to the top-right of the
- * "Defined Symbols" section to add new symbols.
- *
- * At a minimum, you will need to define the following symbols (for more information on these symbols, see
- * \ref Page_ConfiguringApps):
- * - ARCH
- * - F_CPU
- * - F_USB
- * - BOARD
- * \image html Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_1.png
- *
- * Next, open the GNU C Compiler section's "Optimization" page. Ensure that the option to prepare functions for
- * garbage collection is enabled.
- * \image html Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_2.png
- *
- * Finally, in the GNU C Linker section, open the "Optimization" page. Ensure that the option to garbage collect
- * unused sections is selected.
- * \image html Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_3.png
- */
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_ExportingLibrary Exporting the Library for IDE Use
+ *
+ * While LUFA was designed to allow for easy compilation in a makefile driven environment,
+ * it is possible to export the library into a form suitable for drop-in use inside of an
+ * IDE.
+ *
+ * \note <b>LUFA is also available as a native Atmel Studio 6.1 extension</b>, which integrates LUFA into
+ * Atmel Studio including all demos and projects. If you are running Atmel Studio 6.1 or later, the
+ * below instructions are not required; download and install the native LUFA extension from the
+ * <a href="http://gallery.atmel.com">Atmel Gallery</a> instead.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_LibraryExport Exporting the Library
+ * An export of the library is at its most basic, a direct copy of the main "LUFA" source folder from the
+ * root download folder; this contains the library core which can be re-used within external projects.
+ * However, as many IDEs attempt to automatically compile all included source files, it is necessary to
+ * exclude some directories and files from the library core export to allow for easier integration into
+ * an IDE project.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_ManualExport Manual Export
+ * To manually export the library core, copy over the main LUFA library folder from the LUFA root directory,
+ * renaming as desired. Within the library core folder, the following directories should be removed or
+ * excluded from your IDE import:
+ * - Documentation/
+ * - DoxygenPages/
+ * - CodeTemplates/
+ * - StudioIntegration/
+ *
+ * If required, files from the CodeTemplates/ subdirectory may be copied to your IDE project as needed.
+ *
+ * The resulting copy of the library may then be imported into your chosen IDE according to the instructions
+ * shown in \ref Sec_LibraryImport.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_AutomaticExport Automatic Export
+ * If desired, the steps indicated in \ref SSec_ManualExport may be automatically performed, by running the
+ * command <b><code>make export_tar</code></b> from the command line. This will generate two .tar files in the
+ * current directory, named <code>LUFA_YYMMDD.tar</code> and <code>LUFA_YYMMDD_Code_Templates.tar</code> (where
+ * "YYMMDD" is the version of the library being exported). The first archive contains the exported LUFA core
+ * with the non-required files removed, while the second contains an archived copy of the code template files
+ * for the current LUFA version.
+ *
+ * The resulting archived copy of the library may then be extracted to your chosen IDE project source directory
+ * and imported according to the instructions shown in \ref Sec_LibraryImport.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_LibraryImport Importing the Library
+ * An exported copy of the library may be imported wholesale into an IDE project, if the instructions detailed
+ * in \ref Sec_LibraryExport are followed.
+ *
+ * Specific instructions for importing an exported version of LUFA into various IDEs are listed below.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_AS56_Import Importing into AVRStudio 5.x/Atmel Studio 6.0
+ * To import LUFA into a new or existing project, the following steps must be followed.
+ *
+ * \subsubsection SSSec_AS56_Import_Step1 Copy over the exported library
+ * Copy over the exported library archive created via the steps listed in \ref Sec_LibraryExport to your AS5/AS6
+ * project directory.
+ *
+ * \image html Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step1.png
+ *
+ * \subsubsection SSSec_AS56_Import_Step2 Extract exported library
+ * Extract out the contents of the archive to a new folder. This may be any name you wish, however keep in mind
+ * that this name will need to be referenced within your user application under most circumstances. It is
+ * suggested that this folder be named "LUFA", or "LUFA" followed by the version string for easy reference.
+ *
+ * \image html Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step2.png
+ *
+ * \subsubsection SSSec_AS56_Import_Step3 Add the library files
+ * Open your AVRStudio 5/Atmel Studio 6 project. From the "Solution Explorer" pane, click the "Show All Files"
+ * button on the toolbar to display ghosted icons of files and folders located in the project source directory
+ * that are not currently added to the project.
+ *
+ * \image html Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step3.png
+ *
+ * Right-click the ghosted version of the extracted LUFA export folder in the Solution Explorer pane, and
+ * choose the "Add to Project" option from the context menu. This will add the entire LUFA source tree to the
+ * current project.
+ *
+ * \subsubsection SSSec_AS56_Import_Step4 Open Project Toolchain Properties
+ * In the Solution Explorer pane, click the project node, and press the "Properties" button in the toolbar to
+ * open the Project Properties window. This window allows you to configure the various project global compiler,
+ * assembler and linker options.
+ *
+ * \image html Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step4.png
+ *
+ * Click the "Toolchain" tab on the left side of the Project Properties window.
+ *
+ * \subsubsection SSSec_AS56_Import_Step5 Configure Project Toolchain Properties
+ *
+ * In the GNU C Compiler section, open the "Symbols" page. Click the "Add Item" button to the top-right of the
+ * "Defined Symbols" section to add new symbols.
+ *
+ * At a minimum, you will need to define the following symbols (for more information on these symbols, see
+ * \ref Page_ConfiguringApps):
+ * - ARCH
+ * - F_CPU
+ * - F_USB
+ * - BOARD
+ * \image html Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_1.png
+ *
+ * Next, open the GNU C Compiler section's "Optimization" page. Ensure that the option to prepare functions for
+ * garbage collection is enabled.
+ * \image html Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_2.png
+ *
+ * Finally, in the GNU C Linker section, open the "Optimization" page. Ensure that the option to garbage collect
+ * unused sections is selected.
+ * \image html Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_3.png
+ */
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/FutureChanges.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/FutureChanges.txt
index 9660a473a..af1186374 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/FutureChanges.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/FutureChanges.txt
@@ -1,49 +1,47 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
- /** \page Page_FutureChanges Future Changes
- *
- * Below is a list of future changes which are proposed for the LUFA library, but not yet started/complete.
- * This gives an unordered list of future changes which may be available in future releases of the library.
- * If you have an item to add to this list, please contact the library author via email, the LUFA mailing list,
- * or post your suggestion as an enhancement request to the project bug tracker.
- *
- * <b>Targeted for Future Releases:</b>
- * - Code Features
- * -# Add hub support when in Host mode for multiple devices
- * -# Investigate virtual hubs when in device mode instead of composite devices
- * -# Re-add interrupt Pipe/Endpoint support
- * -# Update stream APIs to use DMA transfers on supported architectures
- * -# Pull out third party libraries into a separate folder and reference them as required
- * -# Add a LUFA_YIELD macro for integration into a third-party RTOS
- * -# Abstract out Mass Storage byte send/receive to prevent low level API use in projects
- * -# Fix HID report parser usage support for array types
- * -# Make HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS a global variable that can be changed
- * -# Add MANDATORY_EVENT_FUNCTIONS compile time option
- * -# Add watchdog support to the library and apps/bootloaders
- * - Testing/Verification
- * -# Re-run USBIF test suite on all classes to formally verify operation
- * -# Implement automated functional testing of all demos
- * - Documentation/Support
- * -# Add detailed overviews of how each demo works
- * -# Add board overviews
- * -# Write LUFA tutorials
- * - Demos/Projects
- * -# Device/Host USB bridge
- * -# Finish incomplete demos and projects
- * -# Add class driver support for Test and Measurement class
- * -# Add class driver support for EEM class
- * -# Add class driver support for ECM class
- * -# Add class driver generic HID report host demo
- * -# Implement flow control for USB to Serial project
- * - Ports
- * -# Port all demos to multiple architectures
- * -# Finish USB XMEGA port
- * -# Add AVR32 UC3C, UC3D and UC3L support
- * -# Atmel ARM7 series microcontrollers
- * -# Other (commercial) C compilers
- */
-
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+ /** \page Page_FutureChanges Future Changes
+ *
+ * Below is a list of future changes which are proposed for the LUFA library, but not yet started/complete.
+ * This gives an unordered list of future changes which may be available in future releases of the library.
+ * If you have an item to add to this list, please contact the library author via email, the LUFA mailing list,
+ * or post your suggestion as an enhancement request to the project bug tracker.
+ *
+ * <b>Targeted for Future Releases:</b>
+ * - Code Features
+ * -# Add hub support when in Host mode for multiple devices
+ * -# Investigate virtual hubs when in device mode instead of composite devices
+ * -# Re-add interrupt Pipe/Endpoint support
+ * -# Update stream APIs to use DMA transfers on supported architectures
+ * -# Pull out third party libraries into a separate folder and reference them as required
+ * -# Add a LUFA_YIELD macro for integration into a third-party RTOS
+ * -# Abstract out Mass Storage byte send/receive to prevent low level API use in projects
+ * -# Fix HID report parser usage support for array types
+ * -# Make HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS a global variable that can be changed
+ * -# Add MANDATORY_EVENT_FUNCTIONS compile time option
+ * -# Add watchdog support to the library and apps/bootloaders
+ * -# Limit the maximum size of control transfers
+ * - Testing/Verification
+ * -# Re-run USBIF test suite on all classes to formally verify operation
+ * -# Implement automated functional testing of all demos
+ * - Documentation/Support
+ * -# Add detailed overviews of how each demo works
+ * -# Add board overviews
+ * -# Write LUFA tutorials
+ * - Demos/Projects
+ * -# Add class driver support for Test and Measurement class
+ * -# Add class driver support for EEM class
+ * -# Add class driver support for ECM class
+ * -# Add class driver generic HID report host demo
+ * -# Implement flow control for USB to Serial project
+ * - Ports
+ * -# Port all demos to multiple architectures
+ * -# Finish USB XMEGA port
+ * -# Add AVR32 UC3C, UC3D and UC3L support
+ * -# Other (commercial) C compilers
+ */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/GettingStarted.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/GettingStarted.txt
index b62a7cae1..9ceec1e04 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/GettingStarted.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/GettingStarted.txt
@@ -1,25 +1,37 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \page Page_GettingStarted Getting Started
- *
- * Out of the box, LUFA contains a large number of pre-made class demos for you to test, experiment with and
- * ultimately build upon for your own projects. All the demos (where possible) come pre-configured to build and
- * run correctly on the AT90USB1287 AVR microcontroller, mounted on the Atmel USBKEY board and running at an 8MHz
- * master clock. This is due to two reasons; one, it is the hardware the author possesses, and two, it is the most
- * popular Atmel USB demonstration board to date. To learn how to reconfigure, recompile and program the included
- * LUFA applications using different settings, see the subsections below.
- *
- * Most of the included demos in the /Demos/ folder come in both ClassDriver and LowLevel varieties. If you are new
- * to LUFA, it is highly recommended that you look at the ClassDriver versions first, which use the pre-made USB
- * Class Drivers (\ref Group_USBClassDrivers) to simplify the use of the standard USB classes in user applications.
- *
- * <b>Subsections:</b>
- * \li \subpage Page_ConfiguringApps - How to Configure the Included Demos, Projects and Bootloaders
- * \li \subpage Page_CompilingApps - How to Compile the Included Demos, Projects and Bootloaders
- * \li \subpage Page_ProgrammingApps - How to Program an AVR with the Included Demos, Projects and Bootloaders
- */
-
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_GettingStarted Getting Started
+ *
+ * Getting started with LUFA is easy; read the content below to get on your way to your first LUFA powered application.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_DemosOverview The LUFA Demo Applications
+ *
+ * Out of the box, LUFA contains a large number of pre-made class demos for you to test, experiment with and
+ * ultimately build upon for your own projects. All the demos (where possible) come pre-configured to build and
+ * run correctly on the AT90USB1287 AVR microcontroller, mounted on the Atmel USBKEY board and running at an 8MHz
+ * master clock. This is due to two reasons; one, it is the hardware the author possesses, and two, it is the most
+ * popular Atmel USB demonstration board to date. To learn how to reconfigure, recompile and program the included
+ * LUFA applications using different settings, see the subsections below.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ClassOrLowLevel Class Driver and Low Level Demos
+ *
+ * Most of the included demos in the /Demos/ folder come in both ClassDriver and LowLevel varieties. If you are new
+ * to LUFA, it is highly recommended that you look at the ClassDriver versions first, which use the pre-made USB
+ * Class Drivers (\ref Group_USBClassDrivers) to simplify the use of the standard USB classes in user applications.
+ * These demos give a basic but easy to use interface to the USB class used in the demo application, such as HID or
+ * CDC.
+ *
+ * Those needing absolute control over the class implementation can look at the LowLevel demos, which implement the
+ * required USB class directly in the demo application using the lowest level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ *
+ * <b>Subsections:</b>
+ * \li \subpage Page_ConfiguringApps - How to Configure the Included Demos, Projects and Bootloaders
+ * \li \subpage Page_CompilingApps - How to Compile the Included Demos, Projects and Bootloaders
+ * \li \subpage Page_ProgrammingApps - How to Program an AVR with the Included Demos, Projects and Bootloaders
+ */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Groups.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Groups.txt
index 3a3509d3f..2dfa4209d 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Groups.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Groups.txt
@@ -1,38 +1,38 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \defgroup Group_BoardDrivers Board Drivers
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the control of physical board hardware.
- */
-
-/** \defgroup Group_PeripheralDrivers On-chip Peripheral Drivers
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the control of AVR subsystems.
- */
-
-/** \defgroup Group_MiscDrivers Miscellaneous Drivers
- *
- * Miscellaneous driver Functions, macros, variables, enums and types.
- */
-
-/** \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers_AVR8 AVR8
- * \ingroup Group_PlatformDrivers
- *
- * Drivers relating to the AVR8 architecture platform, such as clock setup and interrupt management.
- */
-
-/** \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers_XMEGA XMEGA
- * \ingroup Group_PlatformDrivers
- *
- * Drivers relating to the XMEGA architecture platform, such as clock setup and interrupt management.
- */
-
-/** \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers_UC3 UC3
- * \ingroup Group_PlatformDrivers
- *
- * Drivers relating to the UC3 architecture platform, such as clock setup and interrupt management.
- */
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_BoardDrivers Board Drivers
+ *
+ * \brief Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the control of physical board hardware.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_PeripheralDrivers On-chip Peripheral Drivers
+ *
+ * \brief Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the control of AVR subsystems.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_MiscDrivers Miscellaneous Drivers
+ *
+ * \brief Miscellaneous driver Functions, macros, variables, enums and types.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers_AVR8 AVR8
+ * \ingroup Group_PlatformDrivers
+ *
+ * \brief Drivers relating to the AVR8 architecture platform, such as clock setup and interrupt management.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers_XMEGA XMEGA
+ * \ingroup Group_PlatformDrivers
+ *
+ * \brief Drivers relating to the XMEGA architecture platform, such as clock setup and interrupt management.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers_UC3 UC3
+ * \ingroup Group_PlatformDrivers
+ *
+ * \brief Drivers relating to the UC3 architecture platform, such as clock setup and interrupt management.
+ */
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step1.png b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step1.png
index 4f0c26f37..4f0c26f37 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step1.png
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step1.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step2.png b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step2.png
index 6e309ae41..6e309ae41 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step2.png
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step2.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step3.png b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step3.png
index 8192c9ae8..8192c9ae8 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step3.png
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step3.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step4.png b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step4.png
index 2bb8f5fc8..2bb8f5fc8 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step4.png
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step4.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_1.png b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_1.png
index f3a49ba9c..f3a49ba9c 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_1.png
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_1.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_2.png b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_2.png
index 078f4ec8d..078f4ec8d 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_2.png
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_2.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_3.png b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_3.png
index 8a8571bd8..8a8571bd8 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_3.png
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/AS5_AS6_Import/AS5_AS6_Import_Step5_3.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/Author.jpg b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/Author.jpg
index e8f5541a0..e8f5541a0 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/Author.jpg
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/Author.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA.png b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA.png
index 54fa1a664..54fa1a664 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA.png
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.png b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.png
index efa538677..efa538677 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.png
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Images/LUFA_thumb.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/KnownIssues.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/KnownIssues.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7018fec4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/KnownIssues.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+ /** \page Page_KnownIssues Known Issues
+ * The following are known issues present in each official LUFA release. This list should contain all known
+ * issues in the library. Most of these issues should be corrected in the future release - see
+ * \ref Page_FutureChanges for a list of planned changes in future releases.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_KnownIssues140928 Version 140928
+ * - AVR8 Architecture
+ * - No known issues.
+ * - UC3 Architecture
+ * \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
+ *
+ * - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
+ * although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+ * - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
+ * - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
+ * altered USB controller design.
+ * - The various \c *_CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
+ * streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
+ * - XMEGA Architecture
+ * \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
+ *
+ * - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
+ * cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
+ * - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Early silicon revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
+ * relating to the USB controller.
+ * - Architecture Independent
+ * - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
+ * and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
+ * - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8).
+ * - Build System
+ * - No known issues.
+ * - Atmel Studio Integration
+ * - Not all devices are listed in the "Supported Parts" screen when selecting a device. To select an alternative device, change the "Show Device" drop-down to "All Parts".
+ * - When switching boards after changing the device selection, a second conflicting \c BOARD symbol definition can be created that prevents successful compilation. To fix, open the project properties window (<i>Project->Project {name} Properties...</i> menu item), click the "Toolchain" tab, click "Symbols" under the "AVR/GNU C Compiler" section and remove the incorrect definition.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_KnownIssues140302 Version 140302
+ * - AVR8 Architecture
+ * - No known issues.
+ * - UC3 Architecture
+ * \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
+ *
+ * - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
+ * although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+ * - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
+ * - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
+ * altered USB controller design.
+ * - The various \c *_CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
+ * streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
+ * - XMEGA Architecture
+ * \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
+ *
+ * - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
+ * cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
+ * - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Early silicon revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
+ * relating to the USB controller.
+ * - Architecture Independent
+ * - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
+ * and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
+ * - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8).
+ * - Build System
+ * - No known issues.
+ * - Atmel Studio Integration
+ * - Not all devices are listed in the "Supported Parts" screen when selecting a device. To select an alternative device, change the "Show Device" drop-down to "All Parts".
+ * - When switching boards after changing the device selection, a second conflicting BOARD symbol definition can be created that prevents successful compilation. To fix, open the project properties window (<i>Project->Project {name} Properties...</i> menu item), click the Toolchain tab, click "Symbols" under the "AVR/GNU C Compiler" section and remove the incorrect definition.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_KnownIssues130901 Version 130901
+ * - AVR8 Architecture
+ * - No known issues.
+ * - UC3 Architecture
+ * \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
+ *
+ * - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
+ * although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+ * - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
+ * - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
+ * altered USB controller design.
+ * - The various \c *_CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
+ * streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
+ * - XMEGA Architecture
+ * \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
+ *
+ * - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
+ * cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
+ * - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Early silicon revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
+ * relating to the USB controller.
+ * - Architecture Independent
+ * - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
+ * and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
+ * - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8).
+ * - Build System
+ * - No known issues.
+ * - Atmel Studio Integration
+ * - Not all devices are listed in the "Supported Parts" screen when selecting a device. To select an alternative device, change the "Show Device" drop-down to "All Parts".
+ * - When switching boards after changing the device selection, a second conflicting BOARD symbol definition can be created that prevents successful compilation. To fix, open the project properties window (<i>Project->Project {name} Properties...</i> menu item), click the Toolchain tab, click "Symbols" under the "AVR/GNU C Compiler" section and remove the incorrect definition.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_KnownIssues130303 Version 130303
+ * - AVR8 Architecture
+ * - No known issues.
+ * - UC3 Architecture
+ * \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
+ *
+ * - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
+ * although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+ * - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
+ * - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
+ * altered USB controller design.
+ * - The various \c CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
+ * streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
+ * - XMEGA Architecture
+ * \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
+ *
+ * - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the XMEGA devices in the current release,
+ * although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+ * - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
+ * cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
+ * - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Early revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
+ * relating to the USB controller.
+ * - Architecture Independent
+ * - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
+ * and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
+ * - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8).
+ * - Build System
+ * - No known issues.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_KnownIssues120730 Version 120730
+ * - AVR8 Architecture
+ * - No known issues.
+ * - UC3 Architecture
+ * \warning The UC3 device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only. \n
+ *
+ * - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
+ * although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+ * - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
+ * - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
+ * altered USB controller design.
+ * - The various \c CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
+ * streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
+ * - XMEGA Architecture
+ * \warning The XMEGA device support is currently <b>experimental</b> (incomplete and/or non-functional), and is included for preview purposes only.
+ *
+ * - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the XMEGA devices in the current release,
+ * although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
+ * - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
+ * cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
+ * - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
+ * - Early revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
+ * relating to the USB controller.
+ * - Architecture Independent
+ * - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
+ * and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
+ * - No LUFA provided driver INF files for Windows are signed, and thus may fail to install on systems where driver signing is enforced (e.g. Windows 8).
+ * - Build System
+ * - No known issues.
+ */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LUFAPoweredProjects.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LUFAPoweredProjects.txt
index c3bf3db9d..b1816d061 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LUFAPoweredProjects.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LUFAPoweredProjects.txt
@@ -1,181 +1,224 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \page Page_LUFAPoweredProjects User Projects Powered by LUFA
- *
- * LUFA is currently in use all around the world, in many applications both commercial and non-commercial. Below is a
- * list of known public LUFA powered projects, which all use the LUFA library in some way. Feel free to visit each project's
- * home page for more information on each project.
- *
- * If you have a project that you would like to add to this list, please contact me via the details on the main page of this
- * documentation.
- *
- * \section Sec_BoardsUsingLUFA AVR-USB Development Boards Using LUFA
- *
- * The following is a list of known AVR USB development boards, which recommend using LUFA for the USB stack. Some of these
- * are open design, and all are available for purchase as completed development boards suitable for project development.
- *
- * \li AVR-USB-162, a USBKEY-like development board for the AT90USB162: http://olimex.com/dev/avr-usb-162.html
- * \li Benito #7, a no-frills USB board: http://www.dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/benito
- * \li Duce, the sucessor to the Benito #7: http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/duce
- * \li JM-DB-U2, an ATMEGA32U2 development board: http://u2.mattair.net/index.html
- * \li Micropendous, an open design/source set of AVR USB development boards: http://micropendous.org/
- * \li Microsin AVR-USB162 breakout board, a DIY AT90USB162 development board: http://microsin.ru/content/view/685/44/
- * \li Minimus USB, a board specially designed for PSGroove: http://www.minimususb.com/
- * \li Nanduino, a do-it-yourself AT90USB162 board: http://www.makestuff.eu/wordpress/?page_id=569
- * \li Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board: http://www.sparkfun.com/products/10277
- * \li Teensy and Teensy++, two other AVR USB development boards: http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/index.html
- * \li U2DIL/U4DIL, a set of DIP layout USB AVR boards: http://www.reworld.eu/re/en/products/u2dil/
- * \li USB2AX, a tiny USB to serial converter board: http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX
- * \li USBFOO 2, AT90USB162 based development board: http://shop.kernelconcepts.de/product_info.php?products_id=102
- *
- * \section Sec_LUFAProjects Projects Using LUFA (Hobbyist)
- *
- * The following are known hobbyist projects using LUFA. Most are open source, and show off interesting ways that the LUFA library
- * can be incorporated into many different applications.
- *
- * \li Accelerometer Game Joystick: http://www.crictor.co.il/he/episodes/joystick/
- * \li Arcade Controller: http://fletchtronics.net/arcade-controller-made-petunia
- * \li Arcade Joystick: http://jamie.lentin.co.uk/embedded/arcade-joystick/
- * \li AttoBasic AVR BASIC interpreter: http://www.cappels.org/dproj/AttoBasic2_1/AttoBasic_2.1_with_USB_and_Arduino_support.html
- * \li AVR USB Modem, a 3G Wireless Modem host: http://code.google.com/p/avrusbmodem/
- * \li Bicycle POV: http://www.code.google.com/p/bicycleledpov/
- * \li Bluetooth Explorerbot: http://code.google.com/p/bluetooth-explorerbot/
- * \li Bus Ninja, an AVR clone of the popular BusPirate project: http://blog.hodgepig.org/busninja/
- * \li CAMTRIG, a remote Camera Trigger device: http://code.astraw.com/projects/motmot/camtrig
- * \li CD Driver Emulator Dongle for ISO Files: http://cdemu.blogspot.com/
- * \li ClockTamer, a configurable clock generator: http://code.google.com/p/clock-tamer/
- * \li Collection of alternative Arduino Uno firmwares: http://hunt.net.nz/users/darran/
- * \li Computer controlled LED matrix (Russian): http://we.easyelectronics.ru/AVR/nebolshoy-primer-s-lufa-hidapi.html
- * \li CULFW, a 868MHz RF packet encoder/decoder: http://www.koeniglich.de/culfw/culfw.html
- * \li Dashkey, a custom PC keyboard controller: http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:19096
- * \li DIY PS3 controller emulator: https://code.google.com/p/diyps3controller/
- * \li EMuSer, a USB-RS422 adapter for E-Mu samplers: http://www.emxp.net/EMuSer.htm
- * \li Estick JTAG, an ARM JTAG debugger: http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/
- * \li "Fingerlicking Wingdinger" (WARNING: Bad language if no Javascript), a MIDI controller: http://noisybox.net/electronics/wingdinger/
- * \li Flyatar, a real-time fly tracking system: https://github.com/peterpolidoro/Flyatar
- * \li FootJoy, a 22 button, 6-axis josystick with keyboard and mouse modes: https://bitbucket.org/sirbrialliance/foot-joy/
- * \li Gamecube controller to USB adapter: https://www.facebook.com/media/set/?set=a.10150202447076304.310536.688776303&l=df53851c50
- * \li Garmin GPS USB to NMEA standard serial sentence translator: http://github.com/nall/garmin-transmogrifier/tree/master
- * \li Generic HID Device Creator: http://generichid.sourceforge.net/
- * \li Generic HID Open Source Framework: http://www.waitingforfriday.com/index.php/USB_Generic_HID_Open_Source_Framework_for_Atmel_AVR_and_Windows
- * \li Ghetto Drum, a MIDI drum controller: http://noisybox.net/art/gdrum/
- * \li GPS enabled lap timer for vehicles: http://www.assembla.com/code/ironlung/subversion/nodes/trunk/LapTimer
- * \li Hardware Volume Control: https://github.com/davidk/hw-volume-control
- * \li Hiduino, a USB-MIDI replacement firmware for the Arduino Uno: http://code.google.com/p/hiduino/
- * \li Ikea RGB LED USB modification: http://slashhome.se/p/projects/id/ikea_dioder_usb/#project
- * \li IR Remote to Keyboard decoder: http://netzhansa.blogspot.com/2010/04/our-living-room-hi-fi-setup-needs-mp3.html
- * \li Jukebox panic button: http://thinkl33t.co.uk/the-panic-button
- * \li LED Panel controller: http://projects.peterpolidoro.net/caltech/panelscontroller/panelscontroller.htm
- * \li Linux Secure Storage Dongle: http://github.com/TomMD/teensy
- * \li LUFA powered DDR dance mat (French): http://logicien-parfait.fr/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=projet:ddr_repair
- * \li MakeTV Episode Dispenser: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BkWUi18hl3g
- * \li MidiMonster, a USB-to-MIDI gateway board: http://www.dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/midimonster
- * \li MIDI Theremin: http://baldwisdom.com/usb-midi-controller-theremin-style-on-arduino-uno/
- * \li MIDI interface hack of a toy Guitar: http://blog.x37v.info/2011/06/26/toy-guitar-hacked-midi-conroller
- * \li MiniBloq, a graphical Ardunio programming environment : http://minibloq.org/
- * \li MiXley, a port of the Teacup 3D printer firmware for the USB AVRs: http://codaset.com/michielh/mixley
- * \li Mobo 4.3, a USB controlled all band (160-10m) HF SDR transceiver: http://sites.google.com/site/lofturj/mobo4_3
- * \li Moco, a native Arduino Uno MIDI replacement firmware: http://web.mac.com/kuwatay/morecat_lab./MocoLUFA.html
- * \li Motherboard BIOS flasher: http://www.coreboot.org/InSystemFlasher
- * \li Multi-button Joystick (French): http://logicien-parfait.fr/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=projet:joystick
- * \li Music Playing Alarm Clock (Tutorial): http://www.instructables.com/id/Music-Playing-Alarm-Clock/
- * \li Nehebkau, Laptop Controlled Keyboard and Mouse: http://www.frank-zhao.com/cache/nehebkau.php
- * \li NeroJTAG, a JTAG dongle: https://github.com/makestuff/neroJtag
- * \li NES Controller USB modification: http://projects.peterpolidoro.net/video/NESUSB.htm
- * \li Nikon wireless camera remote control (Norwegian): http://hekta.org/~hpe1119/
- * \li Opendous-JTAG, an open source ARM JTAG debugger: http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/
- * \li Openkubus, an open source hardware-based authentication dongle: http://code.google.com/p/openkubus/
- * \li Orbee, a USB connected RGB Orb for notifications: http://www.franksworkshop.com.au/Electronics/Orbee/Orbee.htm
- * \li PPM signal generator over USB: https://github.com/G33KatWork/USBPPM
- * \li Programmable keyboard controller: http://41j.com/blog/2011/10/a-programmable-keyboard-controller/
- * \li Programmable XBOX controller: http://richard-burke.dyndns.org/wordpress/pan-galactic-gargantuan-gargle-brain-aka-xbox-360-usb-controller/
- * \li PSGroove, a Playstation 3 Homebrew dongle: http://github.com/psgroove
- * \li PS/2 to USB adapter: https://github.com/makestuff/p2ukbd
- * \li Reprap with LUFA, a LUFA powered 3D printer: http://code.google.com/p/at90usb1287-code-for-arduino-and-eclipse/
- * \li RFPirate, a RF experimentation platform: https://github.com/ebuller/RF-Pirate
- * \li RF Transciever using the MRF49XA: http://alternet.us.com/?page_id=1494
- * \li SD Card reader: http://elasticsheep.com/2010/04/teensy2-usb-mass-storage-with-an-sd-card/
- * \li SDR1, a Software Defined Radio firmware: https://code.google.com/p/sdr-mk1/
- * \li SEGA Megadrive/Genesis Development Cartridge: http://www.makestuff.eu/wordpress/?page_id=398
- * \li Serial Line bus analyser: http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/projects/SerialAnalyzer.html
- * \li SNES custom FLASH ROM: http://electrifiedfoolingmachine.co/?page_id=633
- * \li Smartcard Detective: https://code.google.com/p/smartcarddetective/
- * \li SmartportVHD Apple II Mass Storage adapter: http://pcedric3.free.fr/SmartportVHD/
- * \li Single LED Matrix Display: http://guysoft.wordpress.com/2009/10/08/bumble-b/
- * \li Simple USB LED Controller: https://github.com/scottbez1/sulc
- * \li Stripe Snoop, a Magnetic Card reader: http://www.ossguy.com/ss_usb/
- * \li Stylophone, with USB MIDI connectivity: http://www.waitingforfriday.com/index.php/Stylophone_Studio_5
- * \li Teensy SD Card .WAV file player: http://elasticsheep.com/2010/04/teensy2-usb-wav-player-part-1/
- * \li Touchscreen Input Device: http://capnstech.blogspot.com/2010/07/touchscreen-update.html
- * \li UDFS, a BBC Micro USB disk filing system: https://github.com/makestuff/udfs
- * \li Universal USB AVR Module: http://usbavr.bplaced.net/
- * \li USB2AX, a USB to Dynamixel network adapter: http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX
- * \li USB Infrared Receiver/Transmitter: http://vaton4.web2001.cz/
- * \li USB Interface for Playstation Portable Devices: http://forums.ps2dev.org/viewtopic.php?t=11001
- * \li USB MIDI to DMX controller: http://github.com/hanshuebner/miDiMX
- * \li USB powered Geiger Counter: http://uhrheber.wordpress.com/2011/04/28/a-usb-powered-geiger-counter-for-the-z2-and-other-computers/
- * \li Userial, a USB to Serial converter with SPI, I2C and other protocols: http://www.tty1.net/userial/
- * \li Wireless MIDI Guitar system: http://www.ise.pw.edu.pl/~wzab/wireless_guitar_system/
- * \li Xnormidi, a C MIDI library: http://x37v.info/projects/xnormidi
- * \li XUM1541, a Commodore 64 floppy drive to USB adapter: http://www.root.org/~nate/c64/xum1541/
- * \li Zeus, a touch screen computer for music manipulation: http://www.benbengler.com/developments_zeus.html
- *
- * \section Sec_LUFACommercialProjects Projects Using LUFA (Commercial)
- *
- * The following is a list of known commercial products using LUFA. Some of these are open source, although many are "black-box"
- * solutions with no source code given. Those companies which have purchased a Commercial License to LUFA (see \ref Page_LicenseInfo)
- * are not listed here unless specifically requested.
- *
- * \li Arduino Uno, the official Arduino board: http://www.arduino.cc
- * \li ARPS Locator: http://la3t.hamradio.no/lab//?id=tracker_en
- * \li AsTeRICS assistive technologies project, HID actuator: http://www.asterics.eu
- * \li Ceberus, a MadCatz Xbox 360 arcade stick modifier: http://www.phreakmods.com/products/cerberus
- * \li CFFA3000, a CompactFlash interface for the Apple II: http://www.dreher.net/CFforAppleII
- * \li Digital Survey Instruments Magnetometer and Pointer: http://www.digitalsurveyinstruments.com/
- * \li FinchRobot, a robot designed for educational use: http://www.finchrobot.com/
- * \li HummingBird Kit, a robotics learning platform: http://www.hummingbirdkit.com/
- * \li Penguino, an Arduino Board With On-Board LUFA Powered Debugger/Programmer: http://wiki.icy.com.au/PenguinoAVR
- * \li PIR-1, an IR control interface for consumer electronics: http://www.promixis.com/pir-1.php
- * \li PIR-4, a USB Connected 4 port IR transmitter: http://promixis.com/pir-4.php
- * \li KeyGlove, an alternative input system: http://www.keyglove.net/
- * \li Many of Busware's Products: http://www.busware.de/
- * \li MIDIFighter, a USB-MIDI controller: http://www.midifighter.com/
- * \li Norduino, a wireless Arduino: http://norduino.robomotic.com/norduino-is-now-usb-hid/
- * \li Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2, an AVRISP-MKII Clone AVR Programmer: https://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-isp-mk2.html
- * \li Retrode, a USB Games Console Cartridge Reader: http://www.retrode.org
- * \li RFI21.1EU UHF RFID reader: http://www.metra.cz/rfid/uhf-rfid-ctecky/rfi21-1eu-uhf-rfid-ctecka.htm
- * \li SmartCardDetective, a Smart Card analysis tool: http://www.smartcarddetective.com/
- * \li USBTINY-MKII, an AVRISP-MKII Clone AVR Programmer: http://tom-itx.dyndns.org:81/~webpage/boards/USBTiny_Mkii/USBTiny_Mkii_index.php
- * \li UDS18B20 USB Temperature sensor: http://toughlog.org/uds18b20/
- * \li VMeter, a USB MIDI touch strip controller: http://www.vmeter.net/
- * \li XMEGA Development Board, using LUFA as an On-Board Programmer: http://xmega.mattair.net/
- * \li Zeptoprog, a multifunction AVR programmer: http://www.mattairtech.com/index.php/featured/zeptoprog.html
- *
- * \section Sec_LUFAPublications Publications Mentioning LUFA
- * The following are published magazines which have either mentioned or featured the LUFA library.
- *
- * \li Elektor Magazine, "My First AVR-USB" by Antoine Authier (feature), January 2010 Issue
- * \li Elektor Magazine, "USB is Cool/Sucks" by Jerry Jacobs and Chris Vossen (minor mention), January 2010 Issue
- * \li Elektor Magazine, "20 x Open Source" by Jens Nickel, March 2010 Issue
- * \li Circuit Cellar Magazine, "Advanced USB Design Debugging" by Collin O'Flynn, August 2010 Issue
- *
- * \section Sec_LUFANotableMentions Other Notable Mentions of LUFA
- * The following are non-magazine but notable mentions of the LUFA library.
- *
- * \li Adafruit "Ask an Engineer", 7th November 2010
- * \li Arduino 2010 Keynote speech
- * \li The Amp Hour podcast blog #11
- * \li Blackhat 2011 conference, "Exploiting USB Devices with Arduino"
- *
- * \section Sec_PortsAndForks Non-Official LUFA Ports and Forks
- * The following are unofficial forks of the LUFA codebase, which implement different features such as support for
- * additional architectures.
- *
- * \li NXP's official "nxpusblib" LUFA fork, for LPC devices: http://www.lpcware.com/content/project/nxpusblib
- * \li Kevin Mehall's LUFA port to the NXP LPC13xx: https://github.com/kevinmehall/LUFA-LPC13xx
- *
- */
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_LUFAPoweredProjects User Projects Powered by LUFA
+ *
+ * LUFA is currently in use all around the world, in many applications both commercial and non-commercial. Below is a
+ * list of known public LUFA powered projects, which all use the LUFA library in some way. Feel free to visit each project's
+ * home page for more information on each project.
+ *
+ * If you have a project that you would like to add to this list, please contact me via the details on the main page of this
+ * documentation.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_BoardsUsingLUFA AVR-USB Development Boards Using LUFA
+ *
+ * The following is a list of known AVR USB development boards, which recommend using LUFA for the USB stack. Some of these
+ * are open design, and all are available for purchase as completed development boards suitable for project development.
+ *
+ * \li AVR-USB-162, a USBKEY-like development board for the AT90USB162: http://olimex.com/dev/avr-usb-162.html
+ * \li Benito #7, a no-frills USB board: http://www.dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/benito
+ * \li Duce, the successor to the Benito #7: http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/duce
+ * \li JM-DB-U2, an ATMEGA32U2 development board: http://u2.mattair.net/index.html
+ * \li Micropendous, an open design/source set of AVR USB development boards: http://micropendous.org/
+ * \li Microsin AVR-USB162 breakout board, a DIY AT90USB162 development board: http://microsin.ru/content/view/685/44/
+ * \li Minimus USB, a board specially designed for PSGroove: http://www.minimususb.com/
+ * \li Nanduino, a do-it-yourself AT90USB162 board: http://www.makestuff.eu/wordpress/?page_id=569
+ * \li Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board: http://www.sparkfun.com/products/10277
+ * \li Teensy and Teensy++, two other AVR USB development boards: http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/index.html
+ * \li U2DIL/U4DIL, a set of DIP layout USB AVR boards: http://www.reworld.eu/re/en/products/u2dil/
+ * \li USB2AX, a tiny USB to serial converter board: http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX
+ * \li USBFOO 2, AT90USB162 based development board: http://shop.kernelconcepts.de/product_info.php?products_id=102
+ *
+ * \section Sec_LUFAProjects Projects Using LUFA (Hobbyist)
+ *
+ * The following are known hobbyist projects using LUFA. Most are open source, and show off interesting ways that the LUFA library
+ * can be incorporated into many different applications.
+ *
+ * \li Accelerometer Game Joystick: http://www.crictor.co.il/he/episodes/joystick/
+ * \li Adjacent Reality Motion Tracker: http://www.adjacentreality.org/
+ * \li AD9833 based USB Function Generator: http://tuomasnylund.fi/drupal6/content/ad9833-based-usb-function-generator
+ * \li AERY development platform for the AVR32 devices: http://www.aery32.com/
+ * \li AM Radio transmitter: http://amcinnes.info/2012/uc_am_xmit/
+ * \li Arcade Controller: http://fletchtronics.net/arcade-controller-made-petunia
+ * \li Arcade Joystick: http://jamie.lentin.co.uk/embedded/arcade-joystick/
+ * \li AttoBasic AVR BASIC interpreter: http://cappels.org/dproj/AttoBasic_Home/AttoBasic_Home.html
+ * \li AVR USB Modem, a 3G Wireless Modem host: http://code.google.com/p/avrusbmodem/
+ * \li Bicycle POV: http://www.code.google.com/p/bicycleledpov/
+ * \li Bluetooth Explorerbot: http://code.google.com/p/bluetooth-explorerbot/
+ * \li Bus Ninja, an AVR clone of the popular BusPirate project: http://blog.hodgepig.org/busninja/
+ * \li CAMTRIG, a remote Camera Trigger device: http://code.astraw.com/projects/motmot/camtrig
+ * \li ChameleonMini, a smart card emulator: https://github.com/skuep/ChameleonMini
+ * \li CD Driver Emulator Dongle for ISO Files: http://cdemu.blogspot.com/
+ * \li ChipWhisperer, a signal capture device: https://www.assembla.com/spaces/chipwhisperer/wiki/ChipWhisperer_Rev2_Capture_Hardware
+ * \li ClockTamer, a configurable clock generator: http://code.google.com/p/clock-tamer/
+ * \li Collection of alternative Arduino Uno firmwares: http://hunt.net.nz/users/darran/
+ * \li Computer controlled LED matrix (Russian): http://we.easyelectronics.ru/AVR/nebolshoy-primer-s-lufa-hidapi.html
+ * \li CULFW, a 868MHz RF packet encoder/decoder: http://www.koeniglich.de/culfw/culfw.html
+ * \li Dashkey, a custom PC keyboard controller: http://geekhack.org/showwiki.php?title=Island:19096
+ * \li DIY PS3 controller emulator: https://code.google.com/p/diyps3controller/
+ * \li EMuSer, a USB-RS422 adapter for E-Mu samplers: http://www.emxp.net/EMuSer.htm
+ * \li EQ Track, a telescope mount controller: http://sourceforge.net/projects/eqtrack/
+ * \li Estick JTAG, an ARM JTAG debugger: http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/
+ * \li "Fingerlicking Wingdinger" (WARNING: Bad language if no Javascript), a MIDI controller: http://noisybox.net/electronics/wingdinger/
+ * \li Flyatar, a real-time fly tracking system: https://github.com/peterpolidoro/Flyatar
+ * \li FootJoy, a 22 button, 6-axis josystick with keyboard and mouse modes: https://bitbucket.org/sirbrialliance/foot-joy/
+ * \li Gamecube controller to USB adapter: https://www.facebook.com/media/set/?set=a.10150202447076304.310536.688776303&l=df53851c50
+ * \li Garmin GPS USB to NMEA standard serial sentence translator: http://github.com/nall/garmin-transmogrifier/tree/master
+ * \li Geiger Counter with USB interface: http://www.hforsten.com/i-made-a-geiger-counter.html
+ * \li Generic HID Device Creator: http://generichid.sourceforge.net/
+ * \li Generic HID Open Source Framework: http://www.waitingforfriday.com/index.php/USB_Generic_HID_Open_Source_Framework_for_Atmel_AVR_and_Windows
+ * \li Ghetto Drum, a MIDI drum controller: http://noisybox.net/art/gdrum/
+ * \li GPS enabled lap timer for vehicles: http://www.assembla.com/code/ironlung/subversion/nodes/trunk/LapTimer
+ * \li GSynth, an 8-bit sound synthesizer: https://github.com/gcielniak/GSynth
+ * \li Gumbi, a Python library and USB GPIO controller: https://code.google.com/p/gumbi/
+ * \li Hardware Volume Control: https://github.com/davidk/hw-volume-control
+ * \li Hiduino, a USB-MIDI replacement firmware for the Arduino Uno: http://code.google.com/p/hiduino/
+ * \li IBM capacitive keybord replacement controller: http://downloads.cornall.co/ibm-capsense-usb-web/ibm-capsense-usb.html
+ * \li Ikea RGB LED USB modification: http://slashhome.se/p/projects/id/ikea_dioder_usb/#project
+ * \li IR electricity meter monitor: http://sourceforge.net/projects/irmetermon/
+ * \li IR Remote to Keyboard decoder: http://netzhansa.blogspot.com/2010/04/our-living-room-hi-fi-setup-needs-mp3.html
+ * \li Jukebox panic button: http://thinkl33t.co.uk/the-panic-button
+ * \li Kinesis replacement firmware: https://github.com/chrisandreae/kinesis-firmware
+ * \li LED Panel controller: http://projects.peterpolidoro.net/caltech/panelscontroller/panelscontroller.htm
+ * \li Linux Secure Storage Dongle: http://github.com/TomMD/teensy
+ * \li LUFA powered DDR dance mat (French): http://logicien-parfait.fr/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=projet:ddr_repair
+ * \li Macintosh SIMM ROM Programmer: https://code.google.com/p/mac-rom-simm-programmer/
+ * \li MakeTV Episode Dispenser: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BkWUi18hl3g
+ * \li Mec64,a Commodore 64 keyboard: http://deskthority.net/workshop-f7/mec64-keyboard-t4522.html
+ * \li MidiMonster, a USB-to-MIDI gateway board: http://www.dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/midimonster
+ * \li MIDI Theremin: http://baldwisdom.com/usb-midi-controller-theremin-style-on-arduino-uno/
+ * \li MIDI interface hack of a toy Guitar: http://blog.x37v.info/2011/06/26/toy-guitar-hacked-midi-conroller
+ * \li MiniBloq, a graphical Ardunio programming environment : http://minibloq.org/
+ * \li MiXley, a port of the Teacup 3D printer firmware for the USB AVRs: http://codaset.com/michielh/mixley
+ * \li Mobo 4.3, a USB controlled all band (160-10m) HF SDR transceiver: http://sites.google.com/site/lofturj/mobo4_3
+ * \li Moco, a native Arduino Uno MIDI replacement firmware: http://web.mac.com/kuwatay/morecat_lab./MocoLUFA.html
+ * \li Monash ECSE Smart Packet Radio Testbed: http://www.ecse.monash.edu.au/twiki/bin/view/WSRNLab/SmartPacketRadio
+ * \li Motherboard BIOS flasher: http://www.coreboot.org/InSystemFlasher
+ * \li Multi-button Joystick (French): http://logicien-parfait.fr/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=projet:joystick
+ * \li Music Playing Alarm Clock (Tutorial): http://www.instructables.com/id/Music-Playing-Alarm-Clock/
+ * \li Nehebkau, Laptop Controlled Keyboard and Mouse: http://www.frank-zhao.com/cache/nehebkau.php
+ * \li NeroJTAG, a JTAG dongle: https://github.com/makestuff/neroJtag
+ * \li NES Controller USB modification: https://github.com/nfd/nes_adapter
+ * \li Nikon wireless camera remote control (Norwegian): http://hekta.org/~hpe1119/
+ * \li Nintendo Four-Score, USB NES 4-player controller adapter: http://www.waitingforfriday.com/index.php/Nintendo_Four_Score_USB
+ * \li Numpad keyboard: http://tuomasnylund.fi/drupal6/content/usb-cherry-mx-numpad
+ * \li Opendous-JTAG, an open source ARM JTAG debugger: http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/
+ * \li Openkubus, an open source hardware-based authentication dongle: http://code.google.com/p/openkubus/
+ * \li Orbee, a USB connected RGB Orb for notifications: http://www.franksworkshop.com.au/Electronics/Orbee/Orbee.htm
+ * \li Password keyring: http://owlsan.blogspot.no/2014/06/keyring-project-version-10.html
+ * \li Picade alternative firmware, a retro Arcade controller/cabinet: https://github.com/rktrlng/picade_lufa
+ * \li PPM signal generator over USB: https://github.com/G33KatWork/USBPPM
+ * \li Programmable keyboard controller: http://41j.com/blog/2011/10/a-programmable-keyboard-controller/
+ * \li Programmable XBOX controller: http://richard-burke.dyndns.org/wordpress/pan-galactic-gargantuan-gargle-brain-aka-xbox-360-usb-controller/
+ * \li Project Surface, a touch interface controller for Windows 8: https://code.google.com/p/project-surface/
+ * \li PSGroove, a Playstation 3 Homebrew dongle: http://github.com/psgroove
+ * \li PS/2 to USB adapter: https://github.com/makestuff/p2ukbd
+ * \li RaspiFace, an Arduino platform bridge for the Raspberry Pi: http://www.raspiface.com/
+ * \li Reflow oven controller: http://danstrother.com/2011/01/15/reflow-oven-controller/
+ * \li RFPirate, a RF experimentation platform: https://github.com/ebuller/RF-Pirate
+ * \li RF Power Meter, based on the AD8307 log amp: https://sites.google.com/site/lofturj/ad8307-power-meter
+ * \li RF Transceiver using the MRF49XA: http://alternet.us.com/?page_id=1494
+ * \li SD Card reader: http://elasticsheep.com/2010/04/teensy2-usb-mass-storage-with-an-sd-card/
+ * \li SDR1, a Software Defined Radio firmware: https://code.google.com/p/sdr-mk1/
+ * \li SEGA Megadrive/Genesis Development Cartridge: http://www.makestuff.eu/wordpress/?page_id=398
+ * \li Serial Line bus analyser: http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/projects/SerialAnalyzer.html
+ * \li Simple USB LED Controller (SULC): https://github.com/scottbez1/sulc
+ * \li SNES custom FLASH ROM: http://electrifiedfoolingmachine.co/?page_id=633
+ * \li Smartcard Detective: https://code.google.com/p/smartcarddetective/
+ * \li SmartportVHD Apple II Mass Storage adapter: http://pcedric3.free.fr/SmartportVHD/
+ * \li Single LED Matrix Display: http://guysoft.wordpress.com/2009/10/08/bumble-b/
+ * \li Simple USB LED Controller: https://github.com/scottbez1/sulc
+ * \li Stripe Snoop, a Magnetic Card reader: http://www.ossguy.com/ss_usb/
+ * \li Stylophone, with USB MIDI connectivity: http://www.waitingforfriday.com/index.php/Stylophone_Studio_5
+ * \li Teensy SD Card .WAV file player: http://elasticsheep.com/2010/04/teensy2-usb-wav-player-part-1/
+ * \li Touch It (Fabulously), presumably art: http://touch.it.fa.bulo.us/ly/
+ * \li Touchscreen Input Device: http://capnstech.blogspot.com/2010/07/touchscreen-update.html
+ * \li UDFS, a BBC Micro USB disk filing system: https://github.com/makestuff/udfs
+ * \li Universal USB AVR Module: http://usbavr.bplaced.net/
+ * \li USB2AX, a USB to Dynamixel network adapter: http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX
+ * \li USBPass, a USB password keeper: http://sroz.net/projects/usbpass/
+ * \li USB Business Card: http://www.limpkin.fr/index.php?post/2012/09/15/My-new-business-card
+ * \li USB Function Generator: http://tuomasnylund.fi/drupal6/content/ad9833-based-usb-function-generator
+ * \li USB Infrared Receiver/Transmitter: http://vaton4.web2001.cz/
+ * \li USB Interface for Playstation Portable Devices: http://forums.ps2dev.org/viewtopic.php?t=11001
+ * \li USB MIDI to DMX controller: http://github.com/hanshuebner/miDiMX
+ * \li USB Mood Light: https://github.com/hsbp/usb_moodlight
+ * \li USB powered Geiger Counter: http://uhrheber.wordpress.com/2011/04/28/a-usb-powered-geiger-counter-for-the-z2-and-other-computers/
+ * \li Userial, a USB to Serial converter with SPI, I2C and other protocols: http://www.tty1.net/userial/
+ * \li Wii Classic Controller to USB converter: https://github.com/crazyiop/wii-classic-2-usb
+ * \li Wireless MIDI Guitar system: http://www.ise.pw.edu.pl/~wzab/wireless_guitar_system/
+ * \li XBOX 360 Startup Sound Changer: http://www.homebrew-connection.org/change-your-xbox-360-startup-sounds-yourself/
+ * \li Xnormidi, a C MIDI library: http://x37v.info/projects/xnormidi
+ * \li XUM1541, a Commodore 64 floppy drive to USB adapter: http://www.root.org/~nate/c64/xum1541/
+ * \li Zeus, a touch screen computer for music manipulation: http://www.benbengler.com/developments_zeus.html
+ *
+ * \section Sec_LUFACommercialProjects Projects Using LUFA (Commercial)
+ *
+ * The following is a list of known commercial products using LUFA. Some of these are open source, although many are "black-box"
+ * solutions with no source code given. Those companies which have purchased a Commercial License to LUFA (see \ref Page_LicenseInfo)
+ * are not listed here unless specifically requested.
+ *
+ * \li Alphasphere, a MIDI input sphere device for music creation: http://www.alphasphere.com/
+ * \li Arduino Uno and Leonardo, official Arduino boards: http://www.arduino.cc
+ * \li ARPS Locator: http://la3t.hamradio.no/lab//?id=tracker_en
+ * \li AsTeRICS assistive technologies project, HID actuator: http://www.asterics.eu
+ * \li BitFury, a Bitcoin ASIC miner: https://github.com/aauer1/LUFA-BitFury/tree/master/Projects/BitfuryBTC
+ * \li Ceberus, a MadCatz Xbox 360 arcade stick modifier: http://www.phreakmods.com/products/cerberus
+ * \li CFFA3000, a CompactFlash interface for the Apple II: http://www.dreher.net/CFforAppleII
+ * \li Digital Survey Instruments Magnetometer and Pointer: http://www.digitalsurveyinstruments.com/
+ * \li FinchRobot, a robot designed for educational use: http://www.finchrobot.com/
+ * \li Flysight, a GPS logger for wingsuit pilots: http://flysight.ca/
+ * \li Goldilocks, an Arduino compatible clone: http://feilipu.me/2014/03/08/goldilocks-1284p-arduino-uno-clone/
+ * \li HummingBird Kit, a robotics learning platform: http://www.hummingbirdkit.com/
+ * \li LP1, an AVRISP-MKII Clone AVR Programmer: http://embeddedglow.com/items/LP1/LP1.php
+ * \li Penguino, an Arduino Board With On-Board LUFA Powered Debugger/Programmer: http://wiki.icy.com.au/PenguinoAVR
+ * \li PhatIO, a filesystem based I/O interface: http://www.phatio.com/
+ * \li PIR-1, an IR control interface for consumer electronics: http://www.promixis.com/pir-1.php
+ * \li PIR-4, a USB Connected 4 port IR transmitter: http://promixis.com/pir-4.php
+ * \li PortPilot, a USB device charger with power meter: http://portpilot.net/
+ * \li KeyGlove, an alternative input system: http://www.keyglove.net/
+ * \li Many of Busware's Products: http://www.busware.de/
+ * \li MIDIFighter, a USB-MIDI controller: http://www.midifighter.com/
+ * \li MIDI USB Arduino Shield: http://openpipe.cc/products/midi-usb-shield/
+ * \li Norduino, a wireless Arduino: http://norduino.robomotic.com/norduino-is-now-usb-hid/
+ * \li Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2, an AVRISP-MKII Clone AVR Programmer: https://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-isp-mk2.html
+ * \li Retrode, a USB Games Console Cartridge Reader: http://www.retrode.org
+ * \li RFI21.1EU UHF RFID reader: http://www.metra.cz/rfid/uhf-rfid-ctecky/rfi21-1eu-uhf-rfid-ctecka.htm
+ * \li SmartCardDetective, a Smart Card analysis tool: http://www.smartcarddetective.com/
+ * \li TimelapsePlus, a digital camera time lapse tool: https://github.com/timelapseplus/TimelapsePlus-Firmware
+ * \li USBTINY-MKII, an AVRISP-MKII Clone AVR Programmer: http://tom-itx.no-ip.biz:81/~webpage/boards/USBTiny_Mkii/USBTiny_Mkii_index.php
+ * \li UDS18B20 USB Temperature sensor: http://toughlog.org/uds18b20/
+ * \li VMeter, a USB MIDI touch strip controller: http://www.vmeter.net/
+ * \li XMEGA Development Board, using LUFA as an On-Board Programmer: http://xmega.mattair.net/
+ * \li Zeptoprog, a multifunction AVR programmer: http://www.mattairtech.com/index.php/featured/zeptoprog.html
+ *
+ * \section Sec_LUFAPublications Publications Mentioning LUFA
+ * The following are published magazines which have either mentioned or featured the LUFA library.
+ *
+ * \li Elektor Magazine, "My First AVR-USB" by Antoine Authier (feature), January 2010 Issue
+ * \li Elektor Magazine, "USB is Cool/Sucks" by Jerry Jacobs and Chris Vossen (minor mention), January 2010 Issue
+ * \li Elektor Magazine, "20 x Open Source" by Jens Nickel, March 2010 Issue
+ * \li Circuit Cellar Magazine, "Advanced USB Design Debugging" by Collin O'Flynn, August 2010 Issue
+ * \li "Some Assembly Required: Assembly Language Programming with the AVR Microcontroller" by Timothy S. Margush
+ * \li Elektor Magazine, "Taming the Beast (2)" by Clemens Valens/Raymond Vermeulen, January 2014 Issue
+ *
+ * \section Sec_LUFANotableMentions Other Notable Mentions of LUFA
+ * The following are non-print but notable mentions of the LUFA library.
+ *
+ * \li Adafruit "Ask an Engineer", 7th November 2010
+ * \li Arduino 2010 Keynote speech
+ * \li The Amp Hour podcast blog #11
+ * \li Blackhat 2011 conference, "Exploiting USB Devices with Arduino"
+ *
+ * \section Sec_PortsAndForks Non-Official LUFA Ports and Forks
+ * The following are unofficial forks of the LUFA codebase, which implement different features such as support for
+ * additional architectures.
+ *
+ * \li NXP's official LPCOpen "LPCUSBLib" LUFA fork, for LPC devices: http://www.lpcware.com/
+ * \li Kevin Mehall's LUFA port to the NXP LPC13xx: https://github.com/kevinmehall/LUFA-LPC13xx
+ * \li Mark Ding's port for the Silicon Labs SiM3U1xx: https://www.github.com/MarkDing/USB_CDC
+ * \li Mark Ding's port for the Silicon Labs EFM32 Giant Gecko: https://github.com/MarkDing/lufa-efm32
+ */
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LibraryResources.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LibraryResources.txt
index a85d59c16..f69d4344c 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LibraryResources.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LibraryResources.txt
@@ -1,34 +1,33 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/**
- * \page Page_Resources Library Resources
- *
- * \section Sec_UnofficialResources Unofficial Resources
- * Unofficial Russian LUFA documentation translation: http://microsin.ru/Download.cnt/doc/LUFA/ \n
- * Tutorial for LUFA USB Control Transfers: http://www.avrbeginners.net/new/tutorials/usb-control-transfers-with-lufa/
- *
- * \section Sec_ProjectPages LUFA Related Webpages
- * Project Homepage: http://www.lufa-lib.org \n
- * Commercial Licenses: http://www.lufa-lib.org/license \n
- * Author's Website: http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com \n
- * Development Blog: http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com/blog \n
- *
- * \section Sec_ProjectHelp Assistance With LUFA
- * Support Mailing List: http://www.lufa-lib.org/support \n
- * Author's Email: dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com \n
- *
- * \section Sec_InDevelopment Latest In-Development Source Code
- * Issue Tracker: http://www.lufa-lib.org/tracker \n
- * Public SVN Repository: http://www.lufa-lib.org/svn \n
- * Public GIT Repository: http://www.lufa-lib.org/git \n
- * Latest Repository Source Archive: http://www.lufa-lib.org/latest-archive \n
- * Commit RSS Feed: http://www.lufa-lib.org/rss \n
- *
- * \section Sec_USBResources USB Resources
- * USB-IF Website: http://www.usb.org \n
- */
-
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \page Page_Resources Library Resources
+ *
+ * \section Sec_UnofficialResources Unofficial Resources
+ * Unofficial Russian LUFA documentation translation: http://microsin.ru/Download.cnt/doc/LUFA/ \n
+ * Tutorial for LUFA USB Control Transfers: http://www.avrbeginners.net/new/tutorials/usb-control-transfers-with-lufa/
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ProjectPages LUFA Related Webpages
+ * Project Homepage: http://www.lufa-lib.org \n
+ * Commercial Licenses: http://www.lufa-lib.org/license \n
+ * Author's Website: http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com \n
+ * Development Blog: http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com/blog \n
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ProjectHelp Assistance With LUFA
+ * Support Mailing List: http://www.lufa-lib.org/support \n
+ * Author's Email: dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com \n
+ *
+ * \section Sec_InDevelopment Latest In-Development Source Code
+ * Issue Tracker: http://www.lufa-lib.org/tracker \n
+ * Public GIT Repository: http://www.lufa-lib.org/git \n
+ * Latest Repository Source Archive: http://www.lufa-lib.org/latest-archive \n
+ * Commit RSS Feed: http://www.lufa-lib.org/rss \n
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBResources USB Resources
+ * USB-IF Website: http://www.usb.org \n
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LicenseInfo.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LicenseInfo.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..86ed124bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/LicenseInfo.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \page Page_LicenseInfo Source Code License
+ *
+ * The LUFA library is currently released under the MIT license, included below.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_LicenseForHumans License Summary for Human Beings
+ * Everyone is free to use LUFA without payment - even in commercial applications
+ * where the product source code is not publicly disclosed. However, use of the
+ * library must be in accordance with the library license conditions.
+ *
+ * If you wish to use LUFA without payment, you <b>must</b> include a copy of the
+ * full license text below with your product or project - on your website, and in
+ * an accompanying manual or other materials for the product. As long as the entire
+ * license text is made available and obvious to the users of your product, you
+ * are free to incorporate the LUFA library into your product without special
+ * additional licensing.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_CommercialLicenses Commercial Licensing
+ * In some instances the small requirement for public disclosure of LUFA within a
+ * product is unwanted; in these instances a commercial license is offered up as an
+ * alternative to the standard LUFA license.
+ *
+ * Commercial entities can opt out of the public disclosure clause in this license
+ * for a one-time US$1500 payment. This provides a non-exclusive modified MIT
+ * licensed which allows for the free use of the LUFA library, bootloaders and
+ * (where the sole copyright is attributed to Dean Camera) demos without public
+ * disclosure within an organization, in addition to three free hours of consultation
+ * with the library author, and priority support.
+ *
+ * Please visit the Commercial License link on \ref Page_Resources for more information on
+ * ordering a commercial license for your company.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_LicenseText LUFA License Text
+ *
+ * \verbinclude License.txt
+ */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MainPage.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MainPage.txt
index ce351ad3e..e737c39b5 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MainPage.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MainPage.txt
@@ -1,52 +1,52 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/**
- * \mainpage
- *
- * \image html Images/LUFA.png
- * <div align="center"><small><i>Logo design by <a href="http://www.studiomonsoon.com">Studio Monsoon Photography</a></i></small></div>
- * \n
- * <div align="center"><a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org">http://www.lufa-lib.org</a></div>
- * \n
- *
- * <b>LUFA is donationware. For author and donation information, see \ref Page_Donating.</b>
- *
- * LUFA is an open-source USB library for the USB-enabled AVR microcontrollers, released under the MIT license (see \ref Page_LicenseInfo).
- * It supports a large number of USB AVR models and boards (see \ref Page_DeviceSupport). It is designed to provide an easy to use,
- * feature rich framework for the development of USB peripherals and hosts.
- *
- * LUFA focuses on the microcontroller side of USB development only; it includes no PC host USB driver development facilities - other projects
- * such as the Windows Driver Development Kit, Windows USB Device Mode Framework and libusb may be of interest for developing custom OS drivers.
- * While custom USB devices can be made with LUFA using such tools, the included demos all use the inbuilt OS drivers for each USB class for
- * simplicity.
- *
- * The library is currently in a stable release, suitable for download and incorporation into user projects for
- * both host and device modes. For information about the project progression, see the blog link at \ref Page_Resources.
- *
- * LUFA is written specifically for the free AVR-GCC compiler, and uses several GCC-only extensions to make the
- * library API more streamlined and robust. You can download AVR-GCC for free in a convenient windows package,
- * from the the WinAVR website (see \ref Page_Resources).
- *
- * The only required AVR peripherals for LUFA is the USB controller itself and interrupts - LUFA does not require the use of the
- * microcontroller's timers or other hardware, leaving more hardware to the application developer.
- *
- * Accompanying LUFA in the download package is a set of example demo applications, plus several Bootloaders of different classes
- * and open source LUFA powered projects.
- *
- * <b>Subsections:</b>
- * \li \subpage Page_LicenseInfo - Project source license and commercial use information
- * \li \subpage Page_Donating - Donating to support this project
- * \li \subpage Page_DeviceSupport - Current Device and Hardware Support
- * \li \subpage Page_ChangeLog - Project Changelog
- * \li \subpage Page_KnownIssues - Known Issues
- * \li \subpage Page_FutureChanges - Planned Changes to the Library
- * \li \subpage Page_GettingStarted - Getting started with LUFA
- * \li \subpage Page_DevelopingWithLUFA - Developing with LUFA
- * \li \subpage Page_LUFAPoweredProjects - Other Projects Using LUFA
- * \li \subpage Page_Resources - LUFA and USB Related Resources
- */
-
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \mainpage
+ *
+ * \image html Images/LUFA.png
+ * <div align="center"><small><i>Logo design by <a href="http://www.studiomonsoon.com">Studio Monsoon Photography</a></i></small></div>
+ * \n
+ * <div align="center"><a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org">http://www.lufa-lib.org</a></div>
+ * \n
+ *
+ * <b>LUFA is donationware. For author and donation information, see \ref Page_Donating.</b>
+ *
+ * LUFA is an open-source USB library for the USB-enabled AVR microcontrollers, released under the MIT license (see \ref Page_LicenseInfo).
+ * It supports a large number of USB AVR models and boards (see \ref Page_DeviceSupport). It is designed to provide an easy to use,
+ * feature rich framework for the development of USB peripherals and hosts.
+ *
+ * LUFA focuses on the microcontroller side of USB development only; it includes no PC host USB driver development facilities - other projects
+ * such as the Windows Driver Development Kit, Windows USB Device Mode Framework and libusb may be of interest for developing custom OS drivers.
+ * While custom USB devices can be made with LUFA using such tools, the included demos all use the inbuilt OS drivers for each USB class for
+ * simplicity.
+ *
+ * The library is currently in a stable release, suitable for download and incorporation into user projects for
+ * both host and device modes. For information about the project progression, see the blog link at \ref Page_Resources.
+ *
+ * LUFA is written specifically for the free AVR-GCC compiler, and uses several GCC-only extensions to make the
+ * library API more streamlined and robust. You can download AVR-GCC for free in a convenient windows package,
+ * from the the WinAVR website (see \ref Page_Resources).
+ *
+ * The only required AVR peripherals for LUFA is the USB controller itself and interrupts - LUFA does not require the use of the
+ * microcontroller's timers or other hardware, leaving more hardware to the application developer.
+ *
+ * Accompanying LUFA in the download package is a set of example demo applications, plus several Bootloaders of different classes
+ * and open source LUFA powered projects.
+ *
+ * <b>Subsections:</b>
+ * \li \subpage Page_LicenseInfo - Project source license and commercial use information
+ * \li \subpage Page_Donating - Donating to support this project
+ * \li \subpage Page_DeviceSupport - Current Device and Hardware Support
+ * \li \subpage Page_ChangeLog - Project Changelog
+ * \li \subpage Page_KnownIssues - Known Issues
+ * \li \subpage Page_FutureChanges - Planned Changes to the Library
+ * \li \subpage Page_GettingStarted - Getting started with LUFA
+ * \li \subpage Page_DevelopingWithLUFA - Developing with LUFA
+ * \li \subpage Page_LUFAPoweredProjects - Other Projects Using LUFA
+ * \li \subpage Page_Resources - LUFA and USB Related Resources
+ */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MigrationInformation.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MigrationInformation.txt
index 7a08ad23c..bc47d1475 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MigrationInformation.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/MigrationInformation.txt
@@ -1,674 +1,708 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \page Page_Migration Migrating from Older Versions
- *
- * Below is migration information for updating existing projects based on previous versions of the LUFA library
- * to the next version released. It does not indicate all new additions to the library in each version change, only
- * areas relevant to making older projects compatible with the API changes of each new release.
- *
- * \section Sec_Migration120730 Migrating from 120219 to 120730
- * <b>Device Mode</b>
- * - The device mode Audio Class driver now requires an additional configuration parameter, the Audio Control interface index. Existing applications should
- * be adjusted to specify the additional configuration parameter.
- * - The HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() macro no longer takes a variable number of axis as a parameter, due to OS incompatibilities; this macro now uses a fixed
- * 3 axis of data. User applications should update their calls to this macro and their report structures to suit a fixed 3-axis joystick report. If a user
- * application requires more than 3 axis' of data, a custom report descriptor will need to be constructed by hand.
- * - The \ref Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() function no longer takes in masks for the banks and direction; the number of banks is now an integer argument, and
- * the direction is obtained from the full endpoint address within the device. Applications calling Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() should update their API
- * call to use a full endpoint address (including ENDPOINT_DIR_IN or ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT direction in the MSB of the endpoint address) and an integer number
- * of banks.
- * - All endpoint functions now operate on full endpoint addresses within the device, rather than a directionless endpoint index. Applications should update
- * their API calls to use full endpoint addresses when required within the device.
- * - All device mode class drivers have been updated to use a new unified endpoint description structure for all endpoints; existing applications will need
- * to update their class driver struct instantiation to match the new scheme (see \ref USB_Endpoint_Table_t).
- * - The \c ENDPOINT_BANKS_SUPPORTED() and \c ENDPOINT_MAX_ENDPOINT_SIZE() macros have been removed, as these do not function correctly with the new addressing
- * scheme for the endpoint APIs. Please refer to the target device's datasheet for the maximum bank size of each endpoint.
- * - The MIDI class driver \ref MIDI_EventPacket_t event packet no longer contains seperate \c CableIndex and \c Command entries; these have been combined
- * into a single \c Event element which can be contructed using the new macro \ref MIDI_EVENT(). Existing applications should use the new macro and structure
- * element name.
- *
- * <b>Host Mode</b>
- * - The Android Accessory Host class driver property strings are now a array of \c char* rather than a struct of named pointers. Existing applications
- * should use C99 Designated Initializers with the property string indexes located in \ref AOA_Strings_t instead.
- * - The \ref Pipe_ConfigurePipe() function no longer takes in masks for the banks and token; the number of banks is now an integer argument, and the token
- * is now inferred from the full pipe address within the device, and the pipe type. Applications calling Pipe_ConfigurePipe() should update their API
- * call to use a full pipe address (including PIPE_DIR_IN or PIPE_DIR_OUT direction in the MSB of the pipe address) and an integer number of banks.
- * - All pipe functions now operate on full pipe addresses within the device, rather than a directionless pipe index. Applications should update their API
- * calls to use full pipe addresses when required within the device.
- * - All host mode class drivers have been updated to use a new unified pipe description structure for all pipes; existing applications will need to update
- * their class driver struct instantiation to match the new scheme (see \ref USB_Pipe_Table_t).
- * - The MIDI class driver \ref MIDI_EventPacket_t event packet no longer contains seperate \c CableIndex and \c Command entries; these have been combined
- * into a single \c Event element which can be contructed using the new macro \ref MIDI_EVENT(). Existing applications should use the new macro and structure
- * element name.
- * - The library "LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptor.c" source file has been renamed "LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c" as this was clashing with
- * files in some low level host mode demo applications, preventing parallel project builds. If you are referencing the project source files directly instead
- * of using the makefile module names, you will need to adjust your project makefile.
- *
- * \section Sec_Migration120219 Migrating from 111009 to 120219
- * <b>USB Core</b>
- * - The HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_* macros in the HID class driver have been corrected to HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_* (note the spelling of "modifier").
- * Existing applications should switch over to the correctly spelled macro names.
- * - The names of the USB Device and USB Host class driver files have changed; a new "ClassDevice" and "ClassHost" postfix has been added to the
- * respective class driver files. Projects referencing the class driver source files by filename rather than the LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS makefile
- * variable should append these postfixes to the source file names. Projects including the USB class driver dispatch headers directly should either
- * switch to including the main USB driver header instead, or use the updated header filenames.
- * - The USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED constant has been renamed to USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED, as this was misnamed. All devices must set this bit in
- * the Configuration descriptor's attributes field. As all devices are assumed to be bus-powered unless stated otherwise with the
- * USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED flag a replacement constant for bus powered devices is not provided.
- *
- * <b>Device Mode</b>
- * - The device mode Audio class driver now requires a new user application callback, \ref CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty().
- * Existing applications must implement this new callback, however if no audio entities are defined in the audio device's descriptors,
- * this function may be hard-coded to always return false for previous behaviour to be retained.
- *
- * \section Sec_Migration111009 Migrating from 110528 to 111009
- * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
- * - The \c JTAG_DEBUG_ASSERT() macro has been renamed \ref JTAG_ASSERT() to be consistent with \ref STDOUT_ASSERT().
- *
- * <b>USB Core</b>
- * - By default, unordered Endpoint and Pipe configuration is now allowed once again, via the previous workaround of
- * reconfiguring all Endpoints/Pipes in order each time a new Endpoint/Pipe is created. To minimize the compiled program
- * size, the new \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option may be defined in the project makefile to restrict the ordering
- * in exchange for a smaller compiled binary size.
- * - The previous \c F_CLOCK symbol, required in the project makefile, has been renamed to \c F_USB. This is due to the previous name
- * being far too generic for use in future architecture ports, where multiple clock domains are used.
- *
- * <b>Device Mode</b>
- * - The Endpoint stream functions now all require a \c BytesProcessed parameter instead of the previous callback parameter.
- * This should be set to \c NULL to retain previous behaviour of the functions, or point to a location where the number of bytes
- * processed in the current transaction can be stored. If the \c BytesProcessed parameter is non \c NULL, each time the endpoint
- * bank becomes full and the packet is sent, the routine will exit with the new \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer
- * error code to allow the user application to determine when to send the next chunk of data.
- * - The \ref CDC_Device_SendString() function now expects a null terminated string instead of an explicit length. Existing code
- * should use the new \ref CDC_Device_SendData() function, or remove the length parameter from the function call.
- * - The \c Endpoint_ResetFIFO() function has been renamed to \ref Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(), to make the API function names more
- * consistent. Existing applications using the old function name should simply replace it with a call to the new function name.
- * - The \c Endpoint_*_Byte() functions have been renamed Endpoint_*_8() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing
- * code using these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
- * - The \c Endpoint_*_Word() functions have been renamed Endpoint_*_16() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing
- * code using these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
- * - The \c Endpoint_*_DWord() functions have been renamed Endpoint_*_32() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing
- * code using these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
- * - The Device mode RNDIS class driver no longer stores the incoming and outgoing packets in the class driver instance; the user is
- * now expected to manually define a storage location for the packet data. Packets must now be sent and received manually via a call
- * to \ref RNDIS_Device_ReadPacket() and/or \ref RNDIS_Device_SendPacket().
- * - The definition of the Audio class \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t has been altered, to remove the fixed singular
- * audio sample rate in the descriptor definition, and to rename the \c SampleFrequencyType to the more appropriate
- * \c TotalDiscreteSampleRates. Existing applications will need to add an array of \ref USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t elements
- * immediately following any \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t descriptors, and insert the appropriate sampling rates
- * supported by the device, as well as rename the descriptor elements to match the updated element names.
- * - The device mode Audio class driver now requires a new user application callback, \ref CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty().
- * Existing applications must implement this new callback, however if multiple sample rates or pitch control is not used,
- * this function may be hard-coded to always return false for previous behaviour to be retained.
- * - The \c USB_ConfigurationNumber, \c USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled and \c USB_CurrentlySelfPowered globals have been renamed to
- * \ref USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber, \ref USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled and \ref USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered to clearly indicate
- * the USB mode they relate to. Existing applications using these variables should rename all references to the previous names.
- * - The \c ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN and \c ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT macros have now been replaced by \ref ENDPOINT_DIR_IN and
- * \ref ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT to improve code clarity.
- * - The \ref HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() macro now takes an additional (first) parameter indicating the number of axis in the joystick.
- *
- * <b>Host Mode</b>
- * - The Pipe stream functions now all require a \c BytesProcessed parameter instead of the previous callback parameter.
- * This should be set to \c NULL to retain previous behaviour of the functions, or point to a location where the number of bytes
- * processed in the current transaction can be stored. If the BytesProcessed parameter is non \c NULL, each time the pipe
- * bank becomes full and the packet is sent, the routine will exit with the new \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer
- * error code to allow the user application to determine when to send the next chunk of data.
- * - The \ref PRNT_Host_SendString() and \ref CDC_Host_SendString() functions now expect a null terminated string instead of an explicit
- * length. Existing code should use the new \ref PRNT_Host_SendData() and \ref CDC_Host_SendData() functions, or remove the
- * length parameter from the function call.
- * - The \c Pipe_ClearErrorFlags() function has been removed, as the pipe error flags are now automatically cleared when the
- * \ref Pipe_ClearError() function is called.
- * - The \c Pipe_*_Byte() functions have been renamed Pipe_*_8() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing code using
- * these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
- * - The \c Pipe_*_Word() functions have been renamed Pipe_*_16() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing code using
- * these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
- * - The \c Pipe_*_DWord() functions have been renamed Pipe_*_32() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing code using
- * these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
- * - The \c USB_Host_ClearPipeStall() function has been renamed to USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(), as it operates on a full endpoing address
- * within the attached device and not a pipe within the host. Existing code using the old function name should update the function calls and
- * check for correct usage.
- *
- * \section Sec_Migration101122 Migrating from 100807 to 101122
- * <b>USB Core</b>
- * - A new USB driver source file, \c Drivers/USB/HighLevel/EndpointStream.c now exists. This source file should be added
- * to all project makefiles using the USB driver of LUFA, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source
- * variables.
- * - A new USB driver source file, \c Drivers/USB/HighLevel/PipeStream.c now exists. This source file should be added to all
- * project makefiles using the USB driver of LUFA, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
- * - The \c EVENT_USB_InitFailure() event has been removed, as the \ref USB_Init() function will no longer fail; if not USB mode is
- * specified, the controller will default to UID selection mode.
- * - The USB mode specifier constants have been moved into a new enum and renamed. Existing projects should use the equivalent
- * value in the new \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
- * - All class driver headers are now included as part of the standard \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h master dispatch header, and should
- * no longer be included separately. Class driver module source files must still be added as a separate module in the project's
- * makefile if used.
- *
- * <b>Device Mode</b>
- * - Endpoints MUST be allocated in ascending order to ensure that bank corruption does not occur. Ensure that your user application
- * allocated endpoints in ascending order - or if your application uses the USB device mode class drivers, ensure that each instance's
- * endpoint indexes are not overlapped with other interface's endpoints.
- * - The signature for the \ref CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() callback has changed, the \c void** \c const \c DescriptorAddress parameter is
- * now \c const \c void** \c const \c DescriptorAddress. Existing applications should update their callback signatures to match this, and
- * eliminate any casting of descriptor pointers to a non \c const pointer.
- * - The names of the class specific descriptor type defines in the USB Class drivers have changed - refer to the driver documentation
- * for each class driver for the new class specific descriptor type names.
- * - The \c ENDPOINT_DOUBLEBANK_SUPPORTED() macro is has been renamed \c ENDPOINT_BANKS_SUPPORTED() and now returns the total number of
- * banks supported by the given endpoint. Existing code should switch to the new naming scheme, and test that the return value of the
- * macro is equal to or greater than 2 to regain the previous functionality.
- * - The \c EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest() event is now named \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() and fires before (not after)
- * the internal library event handlers. Existing code should rename the event handlers in the user application to match the new event
- * name, and should ensure that the new execution order does not affect the application's operation.
- *
- * <b>Host Mode</b>
- * - Pipes MUST be allocated in ascending order to ensure that bank corruption does not occur. Ensure that your user application
- * allocated pipes in ascending order - or if your application uses the USB host mode class drivers, ensure that each instance's
- * pipe indexes are not overlapped with other interface's pipes.
- * - The \c PRNT_Host_SendData() function has been renamed to \ref PRNT_Host_SendString(). Existing applications should simply
- * replace all references to the obsolete function name with the new function name.
- * - The names of the class specific descriptor type defines in the USB Class drivers have changed - refer to the driver documentation
- * for each class driver for the new class specific descriptor type names.
- * - The Still Image Host class' function prefix has been changed from \c SImage_ to \c SI_, to remain consistent with the rest of the
- * driver's enums, type defines and constants.
- *
- * \section Sec_Migration100807 Migrating from 100513 to 100807
- *
- * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
- * - The Dataflash board driver stub file has changed, as dataflash functions previously located in the internal
- * Dataflash driver of the library have now been moved to the individual board files. Existing drivers can
- * copy-paste the new functions from the board Dataflash stub driver.
- *
- * <b>USB Core</b>
- * - A new USB driver source file, \c Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Device.c now exists. This source file should be added to all project
- * makefiles using the USB driver of LUFA, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
- * - The \c Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c source file has moved to \c Drivers/USB/HighLevel/DeviceStandardReq.c - this should
- * be updated in all project makefiles, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
- * - The \c Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.h source file has moved to \c Drivers/USB/HighLevel/HostStandardReq.c - this should
- * be updated in all project makefiles, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
- * - The \c Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c source file has moved to \c Drivers/LowLevel/USBController.c - this should be updated
- * in all project makefiles, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
- *
- * <b>Device Mode</b>
- * - The \c USB_Device_IsRemoteWakeupSent() macro has been removed, as the remote wakeup request is now fully handled by the
- * enhanced \ref USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup() function. Existing code may now discard any checks to \c USB_Device_IsRemoteWakeupSent().
- * - The \c USB_Device_IsUSBSuspended() macro has been removed, as it is obsolete. Existing code should compare \ref USB_DeviceState
- * to see if it the device is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Suspended state instead.
- * - The \ref CDC_Device_ReceiveByte() function has changed, and now returns a signed 16-bit integer, with -1 indicating no data was
- * received. This allows for more efficient coding, as a call to \ref CDC_Device_BytesReceived() is no longer needed if the exact
- * number of queued bytes received is not needed.
- *
- * <b>Host Mode</b>
- * - The \ref CDC_Host_ReceiveByte() function has changed, and now returns a signed 16-bit integer, with -1 indicating no data was
- * received. This allows for more efficient coding, as a call to \ref CDC_Host_BytesReceived() is no longer needed if the exact
- * number of queued bytes received is not needed.
- * - The \ref CDC_Host_USBTask() now calls \ref CDC_Host_Flush() automatically, flushing any queued data to the attached device. Manual
- * flushing of the interface is no longer needed if the flushes should be in sync with calls to \ref CDC_Host_USBTask().
- *
- * \section Sec_Migration100513 Migrating from 100219 to 100513
- *
- * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
- * - The \ref TWI_StartTransmission() function now takes in a timeout period, expressed in milliseconds, within which the addressed
- * device must respond or the function will abort.
- *
- * <b>Device Mode</b>
- * - The \ref USB_Init() function no longer calls \c sei() to enable global interrupts, as the user application may need
- * to perform other initialization before it is ready to handle global interrupts. The user application is now responsible
- * for enabling global interrupts before or shortly after calling \ref USB_Init() to ensure that the enumeration process
- * functions correctly.
- * - The \c USBInterrupt.c USB driver source file has been relocated from \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ to \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel.
- * Projects must update their makefile SRC values accordingly.
- * - The HID Device Class driver's function signature for the \ref CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport() function has been changed, to
- * allow for a new \c ReportType parameter. This new parameter must be added in all user applications using the Device mode HID Class
- * Driver, but may be ignored unless Host-to-Device FEATURE HID reports are used.
- *
- * <b>Host Mode</b>
- * - The \ref USB_Init() function no longer calls \c sei() to enable global interrupts, as the user application may need
- * to perform other initialization before it is ready to handle global interrupts. The user application is now responsible
- * for enabling global interrupts before or shortly after calling \ref USB_Init() to ensure that the enumeration process
- * functions correctly.
- * - The \c USBInterrupt.c USB driver source file has been relocated from \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ to \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel.
- * Projects must update their makefile \c SRC values accordingly.
- * - The HID Host Class driver's function signature for the \ref HID_Host_SendReportByID() function has been changed, to allow for a new
- * ReportType parameter. Existing calls to this function should substitute \c REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Out as this parameter's value.
- *
- * \section Sec_Migration100219 Migrating from 091223 to 100219
- *
- * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
- * - Due to some ADC channels not being identical to their ADC MUX selection masks for single-ended conversions on some AVR models,
- * the ADC driver now has explicit masks for each of the standard ADC channels (see \ref Group_ADC). These masks should be used
- * when calling the ADC functions to ensure proper operation across all AVR models. Note that the \ref ADC_SetupChannel() function
- * is an exception, and should always be called with a channel number rather than a channel mask.
- *
- * <b>Host Mode</b>
- * - The MIDI Host Class driver send and receive routines now operate on packed events, where multiple MIDI events may be
- * packed into a single USB packet. This means that the sending of MIDI events will now be delayed until the MIDI send
- * pipe bank is full. To override this new behaviour and revert to the previous behaviour, the user application may manually
- * flush the queued event(s) to the device by calling \ref MIDI_Host_Flush().
- * - The \ref Pipe_IsEndpointBound() function now takes the endpoint's direction into account, by checking if the MSB of the endpoint's address
- * is set to denote IN endpoints. If the previous functionality where the direction is to be discounted is required, mask the endpoint
- * address against the \ref PIPE_EPNUM_MASK token before calling \ref Pipe_IsEndpointBound().
- *
- * <b>Device Mode</b>
- * - The MIDI Device Class driver send and receive routines now operate on packed events, where multiple MIDI events may be
- * packed into a single USB packet. This means that the sending of MIDI events will now be delayed until the MIDI send
- * endpoint bank is full. To override this new behaviour and revert to the previous behaviour, the user application may manually
- * flush the queued event(s) to the host by calling \ref MIDI_Device_Flush().
- *
- * \section Sec_Migration091223 Migrating from 091122 to 091223
- *
- * <b>Host Mode</b>
- * - The Still Image Host Class driver \ref SI_Host_USBTask() and \ref SI_Host_ConfigurePipes() functions were misnamed, and are
- * now named \c SImage_Host_USBTask() and \c SImage_Host_ConfigurePipes() respectively.
- * - The \c HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnect enum value has been renamed to \ref HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected to be in
- * line with the rest of the library error codes.
- * - The HID Parser item usages no longer contain separate minimum and maximum values, as this was a violation of the HID
- * specification. Instead, the values are distributed evenly across each item as its usage value, to ensure that all items
- * can be distinguished from one-another.
- *
- * <b>Device Mode</b>
- * - The \ref CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport() HID Device Class driver callback now has a new \c ReportType parameter to
- * indicate the report type to generate. Existing applications may simply add and ignore this additional parameter.
- *
- * \section Sec_Migration091122 Migrating from 090924 to 091122
- *
- * <b>Host Mode</b>
- * - The \c HID_PARSE_UsageStackOverflow HID parser error constant is now named \ref HID_PARSE_UsageListOverflow
- * - The \ref CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem() HID Parser callback now passes a complete \ref HID_ReportItem_t to the
- * user application, instead of just its attributes.
- * - The \c USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function was incorrectly named and is now called \ref USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor().
- *
- * \section Sec_Migration090924 Migrating from 090810 to 090924
- *
- * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
- * - The \c ADC_Off() function has been renamed to \c ADC_ShutDown() to be consistent with the rest of the library.
- * - The \ref SPI_Init() routine's parameters have changed, so that the clock polarity and data sampling modes can be set. See
- * the \ref SPI_Init() function documentation for more details
- * - The \ref Dataflash_Init() routine no longer initializes the SPI bus - the SPI bus should be initialized manually via a
- * call to \ref SPI_Init() before using the Dataflash driver
- *
- * <b>Host Mode</b>
- * - The \c USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function's parameters and behaviour has changed; the user is required to
- * preallocate the largest allowable buffer, and pass the size of the buffer to the function. This allows for a single
- * call to the function to retrieve, size check and validate the Configuration Descriptor rather than having the user
- * application perform these intermediary steps.
- * - The HID report parser now requires a mandatory callback in the user code, to filter only the items the application
- * is interested in into the processed HID report item structure to save RAM. See \ref CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem().
- * - The HID report parser now always parses FEATURE and always ignores constant-data items - the \c HID_ENABLE_FEATURE_PROCESSING
- * and \c HID_INCLUDE_CONSTANT_DATA_ITEMS compile time tokens now have no effect.
- * - The \c USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES compile time token has been removed - there are now separate \c USB_Descriptor_*
- * and \c USB_StdDescriptor_* structures for both the LUFA and standardized element naming conventions so that both may be used in
- * the one project. For existing projects using the standardized names, change all code to use the \c USB_StdDescriptor_* variants.
- *
- * <b>Device Mode</b>
- * - The \c USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES compile time token has been removed - there are now separate \c USB_Descriptor_*
- * and \c USB_StdDescriptor_* structures for both the LUFA and standardized element naming conventions so that both may be used in
- * the one project. For existing projects using the standardized names, change all code to use the \c USB_StdDescriptor_* variants.
- *
- * \section Sec_Migration090810 Migrating from 090605 to 090810
- *
- * <b>All</b>
- * - The "Simple Scheduler" has been <i>deprecated</i>, as it was little more than an abstracted loop and caused much confusion.
- * User applications using the scheduler should switch to regular loops instead. The scheduler code will be removed in a future
- * release.
- * - The "Dynamic Memory Block Allocator" has been removed, as it was unused in (and unrelated to) the LUFA library and never
- * used in user applications.
- *
- * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
- * - The \c ATTR_NOINLINE function attribute macro has been renamed to \ref ATTR_NO_INLINE to be in line with the rest of the function attribute
- * macro names.
- *
- * <b>Library Demos</b>
- * - Most demos now have a corresponding Class Driver implementation, which uses the new internal library class drivers for the standard
- * USB classes. This allows for more rapid device and host development, and so should be used in preference to the low level APIs where
- * possible so that fixes to the class drivers propagate to all applications which use them automatically with each new LUFA release.
- *
- * <b>Host Mode</b>
- * - The \c HIDParser.c module has moved from \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/ to \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/.
- * - The \c USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function now requires the desired configuration index within the device as its first
- * parameter, to add support for multi-configuration devices. Existing code should use a configuration index of 1 to indicate the
- * first configuration descriptor within the device.
- * - The non-standard "Ready" host state has been removed. Existing \ref HOST_STATE_Configured code should be moved to the end of
- * the existing \ref HOST_STATE_Addressed state, and the existing HOST_STATE_Ready state code should be moved to the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured
- * state.
- * - The \c USB_IsConnected global has been removed, as it is too vague for general use. Test \ref USB_HostState explicitly to ensure the host is
- * in the desired state instead.
- * - The USB event names have been changed and their firing conditions changed to properly separate out Host mode events from Device mode
- * events. See the \ref Group_Events page for details on the new event names and firing conditions.
- *
- * <b>Device Mode</b>
- * - The \ref CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() function now takes an extra parameter to specify the descriptor's memory space so that
- * descriptors in mixed memory spaces can be used. The previous functionality can be returned by defining the \c USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
- * token in the project makefile to fix all descriptors into FLASH space and remove the extra function parameter.
- * - The \c USB_IsSuspended global has been removed - test \ref USB_DeviceState against \ref DEVICE_STATE_Suspended instead.
- * - The \c USB_IsConnected global has been removed, as it is too vague for general use. Test \ref USB_DeviceState explicitly to ensure the device
- * is in the desired state instead.
- * - The VBUS events have been removed, as they are already exposed to the user via the \c USB_Connect and \c USB_Disconnect events.
- * - The USB event names have been changed and their firing conditions changed to properly separate out Host mode events from Device mode
- * events. See the \ref Group_Events page for details on the new event names and firing conditions.
- *
- * \section Sec_Migration090605 Migrating from 090510 to 090605
- *
- * <b>Device Mode</b>
- * - Support for non-control data endpoint interrupts has been dropped due to many issues in the implementation. All existing
- * projects using interrupts on non-control endpoints should switch to polling. For control interrupts, the library can
- * manage the control endpoint via interrupts automatically by compiling with the \c INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT token defined.
- * - The \c DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS() macro has been removed. User applications should use normal casts to obtain a descriptor's memory
- * address.
- * - The library events system has been rewritten, so that all macros have been removed to allow for clearer user code. See
- * \ref Group_Events for new API details.
- * - The \c STREAM_CALLBACK() macro has been removed. User applications should replace all instances of the macro with regular
- * function signatures of a function accepting no arguments and returning a \c uint8_t value.
- * - The \c Event_DeviceError() event no longer exists, as its sole caller (unlinked \c USB_GetDescriptor() function) now produces a
- * compilation error rather than a runtime error. The \c StdDescriptors.c file no longer exists as a result, and should be removed
- * from project makefiles.
- * - The \c USB_GetDescriptor() function has been renamed to \ref CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() to be in line with the new \c CALLBACK_
- * function prefixes for functions which <i>must</i> be implemented in the user application.
- *
- * <b>Host Mode</b>
- * - Support for non-control data pipe interrupts has been dropped due to many issues in the implementation. All existing
- * projects using interrupts on non-control pipes should switch to polling.
- * - The library events system has been rewritten, so that all macros have been removed to allow for clearer user code. See
- * \ref Group_Events for new API details.
- * - The \c STREAM_CALLBACK() macro has been removed. User applications should replace all instances of the macro with regular
- * function signatures of a function accepting no arguments and returning a \c uint8_t value.
- * - The \c DESCRIPTOR_COMPARATOR() macro has been removed. User applications should replace all instances of the macro with
- * regular function signatures of a function accepting a void pointer to the descriptor to test, and returning a \c uint8_t value.
- *
- * \section Sec_Migration090510 Migrating from 090401 to 090510
- *
- * <b>All</b>
- * - The \c ButtLoadTag.h header has been removed, as it was never used for its intended purpose. Projects should either remove all
- * \c BUTTLOADTAG() elements, or download and extract \c ButtLoadTag.h header from the ButtLoad project.
- * - The \c Drivers/AT90USBXXX/ directory has been renamed to \c Drivers/Peripheral/.
- * - The \c Serial_Stream driver has been renamed to \c SerialStream to remain consistent with the rest of the library naming scheme.
- * - The HWB driver has changed to the \c Buttons driver. See the board Buttons driver documentation for the new API.
- *
- * <b>Dual Role Mode</b>
- * - The \c USB_PowerOnFail event has been renamed to \c USB_InitFailure.
- * - The functions in \c OTG.h have been renamed to remain more consistent with the library API. See the functions in \c OTG.h for more
- * details.
- *
- * <b>Device Mode</b>
- * - The \c Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank() macro has been removed, and is now replaced with the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN(), \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT()
- * macros. See \c Endpoint.h documentation for more details on the new endpoint management macros.
- * - The \c Endpoint_ReadWriteAllowed() macro has been renamed to \ref Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed() to be more consistent with the rest of
- * the API naming scheme.
- * - The \c Endpoint_IsSetupINReady() and \c Endpoint_IsSetupOUTReceived() macros have been renamed to \ref Endpoint_IsINReady() and
- * \ref Endpoint_IsOUTReceived() respectively.
- * - The \c Endpoint_IsSetupReceived() macro has been renamed to \ref Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived().
- * - The \c Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived() macro has been renamed to \ref Endpoint_ClearSETUP().
- * - All endpoint read/write/discard aliases which did not have an explicitly endianness specifier (such as \c Endpoint_Read_Word()) have
- * been removed for clarity. Existing projects should use the \c _LE suffix on such calls to use the explicit Little Endian versions.
- * - The \c USB_UnhandledControlPacket event no longer has any parameters. User code should no longer attempt to read in the remainder of
- * the Control Request header as all Control Request header data is now preloaded by the library and made available in the
- * USB_ControlRequest structure.
- * - The \c FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE token has been renamed to \c CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE.
- * - The \c STATIC_ENDPOINT_CONFIGURATION is no longer applicable as the library will apply this optimization when appropriate automatically.
- * - The values of the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t and \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enums have had the \c ERROR_ portion
- * of their names removed.
- *
- * <b>Host Mode</b>
- * - The \ref USB_Host_SendControlRequest() function no longer automatically selects the Control pipe (pipe 0) to allow it to be used on
- * other control type pipes. Care should be taken to ensure that the Control pipe is always selected before the function is called
- * in existing projects where the Control pipe is to be operated on.
- * - The USB Host management task now saves and restores the currently selected pipe before and after the task runs. Projects no longer
- * need to manage this manually when calling the USB management task.
- * - The \c Pipe_ClearCurrentBank() macro has been removed, and is now replaced with the Pipe_ClearIN(), Pipe_ClearOUT() macros. See
- * Pipe.h documentation for more details on the new pipe management macros.
- * - The \c Pipe_ReadWriteAllowed() macro has been renamed to \ref Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed() to be more consistent with the rest of the API
- * naming scheme.
- * - The \c Pipe_IsSetupINReceived() and \c Pipe_IsOutReady() macros have been renamed to \ref Pipe_IsINReceived() and \ref Pipe_IsOUTReady()
- * respectively.
- * - The new \ref Pipe_ClearSETUP() macro should be used to send SETUP transactions, rather than the previous \c Pipe_ClearSetupOUT() macro.
- * - The \c Pipe_IsSetupSent() macro has been renamed to \ref Pipe_IsSETUPSent().
- * - The \c Pipe_ClearSetupSent() macro is no longer applicable and should be removed.
- * - All pipe read/write/discard aliases which did not have an explicitly endianness specifier (such as \c Pipe_Read_Word()) have
- * been removed for clarity. Existing projects should use the \c _LE suffix on such calls to use the explicit Little Endian versions.
- * - The \c Host_IsResetBusDone() macro has been renamed to \c Host_IsBusResetComplete().
- * - The \c Pipe_Ignore_Word() and \c Pipe_Ignore_DWord() functions have been renamed to \c Pipe_Discard_Word() and \c Pipe_Discard_DWord()
- * to remain consistent with the rest of the pipe API.
- * - It is no longer needed to manually include the headers from \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class, as they are now included along with the rest
- * of the USB headers when \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h is included.
- * - Functions in the \c ConfigDescriptor.h header file no longer have \c Host_ as part of their names.
- * - The \c ProcessHIDReport() has been renamed to \ref USB_ProcessHIDReport(), \c GetReportItemInfo() has been renamed to \ref USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo()
- * and \c SetReportItemInfo() has been renamed to \ref USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo().
- * - The values of the \ref DSearch_Return_ErrorCodes_t and \ref DSearch_Comp_Return_ErrorCodes_t enums have had their respective \c Descriptor_Search
- * and \c Descriptor_Search_Comp prefixes changed to all caps.
- * - The \c USB_HostRequest global has been renamed to \ref USB_ControlRequest, and is used in Device mode also. The \c USB_Host_Request_Header_t
- * structure type has been renamed to \ref USB_Request_Header_t.
- * - The values of the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum have had the \c ERROR_ portion of their names removed.
- *
- * \section Sec_Migration090401 Migrating from 090209 to 090401
- *
- * <b>All</b>
- * - LUFA projects must now give the raw input clock frequency (before any prescaling) as a compile time constant \c F_USB,
- * defined in the project makefile and passed to the compiler via the -D switch.
- * - The makefile EEPROM programming targets for FLIP and dfu-programmer no longer program in the FLASH data in addition to the
- * EEPROM data into the device. If both are to be programmed, both the EEPROM and FLASH programming targets must be called.
- * - As the avr-libc macro has been corrected in recent avr-libc distributions, the \c SetSystemClockPrescaler() macro has been removed.
- * Include \c <avr/power.h> and call \c clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); instead on recent avr-libc distributions.
- *
- * <b>Library Demos</b>
- * - The USBtoSerial demo now discards all data when not connected to a host, rather than buffering it for later transmission.
- *
- * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
- * - The \c ATTR_ALWAYSINLINE function attribute macro has been renamed to \ref ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE.
- * - Custom board Dataflash drivers now require the implementation of \ref Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage() and \ref Dataflash_SendAddressBytes().
- *
- * <b>Device Mode</b>
- * - The \c NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST compile time token has been renamed to \c FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE, and its function expanded
- * to also remove parts of the Get Status chapter 9 request to further reduce code usage. On all applications currently using the
- * \c NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST compile time token, it can be replaced with the \c FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE token with no further
- * modifications required.
- *
- * \section Sec_Migration090209 Migrating from 081217 to 090209
- *
- * <b>Device Mode</b>
- * - The \c ENDPOINT_MAX_ENDPOINTS constant has been renamed to the more appropriate name of \c ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS.
- * - The \c USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS stream timeout default period has been extended to 100ms. This can be overridden in the user
- * makefile if desired to restore the previous 50ms timeout.
- *
- * <b>Host Mode</b>
- * - The \c PIPE_MAX_ENDPOINTS constant has been renamed to the more appropriate name of \c PIPE_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS.
- * - The \c USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS stream timeout default period has been extended to 100ms. This can be overridden in the user
- * makefile if desired to restore the previous 50ms timeout.
- * - The \c USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event now contains a second \c SubErrorCode parameter, giving the error code of the function
- * which failed.
- * - The \c HID_PARSE_Sucessful enum member constant name has been corrected to \ref HID_PARSE_Successful.
- *
- * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
- * - The previous \c SPI_SendByte() functionality is now located in \ref SPI_TransferByte(). \ref SPI_SendByte() now discards the return byte
- * for speed, to compliment the new \ref SPI_ReceiveByte() function. If bidirectional SPI transfers are required, calls to \ref SPI_SendByte()
- * should be changed to \ref SPI_TransferByte().
- * - The serial driver now sets the Tx line as an output explicitly, and enables the pull-up of the Rx line.
- * - The \ref Serial_Init() and \c SerialStream_Init() functions now take a second \c DoubleSpeed parameter, which indicates if the USART
- * should be initialized in double speed mode - useful in some circumstances for attaining baud rates not usually possible at the given AVR
- * clock speed.
- *
- * \section Sec_Migration171208 Migrating from V1.5.3 to 081217
- *
- * <b>All</b>
- * - The MyUSB project name has been changed to LUFA (Lightweight Framework for USB AVRs). All references to MyUSB, including macro names,
- * have been changed to LUFA.
- *
- * <b>Library Demos</b>
- * - The ReconfigureUSART() routine in the USBtoSerial demo was not being called after new line encoding
- * parameters were set by the host. Projects built on the USBtoSerial code should update to the latest version.
- * - The HID Parser now supports multiple report (on a single endpoint) HID devices. The MouseHostWithParser and
- * KeyboardHostWithPaser demos use the updated API functions to function correctly on such devices. Projects
- * built on either "WithParser" demo should update to the latest code.
- * - The RNDIS demo TCP stack has been modified so that connections can be properly closed. It is still not
- * recommended that the MyUSB RNDIS demo TCP/IP stack be used for anything other than demonstration purposes,
- * as it is neither a full nor a standards compliant implementation.
- *
- * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
- * - The Serial_IsCharReceived() macro has been changed to the correct spelling of Serial_IsCharReceived() in Serial.h.
- *
- * <b>Device Mode</b>
- * - The MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time token has been removed, and replaced with a USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL mask
- * to be used in the Options parameter of the USB_Init() function.
- * - Calling USB_Init() now forces a complete USB interface reset and enumeration, even if the USB interface is
- * currently initialized.
- * - Interrupts are now disabled when processing control requests, to avoid problems with interrupts causing the library
- * or user request processing code to exceed the strict USB timing requirements on control transfers.
- * - The USB Reset event now resets and disables all device endpoints. If user code depends on endpoints remaining configured
- * after a Reset event, it should be altered to explicitly re-initialize all user endpoints.
- * - The prototype for the GetDescriptor function has been changed, as the return value was redundant. The function now
- * returns the size of the descriptor, rather than passing it back via a parameter, or returns NO_DESCRIPTOR if the specified
- * descriptor does not exist.
- * - The NO_DESCRIPTOR_STRING macro has been renamed NO_DESCRIPTOR, and is now also used as a possible return value for the
- * GetDescriptor function.
- *
- * <b>Host Mode</b>
- * - The MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time token has been removed, and replaced with a USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL mask
- * to be used in the Options parameter of the USB_Init() function.
- * - The HID report parser now supports multiple Report IDs. The HID report parser GetReportItemInfo() and
- * SetReportItemInfo() routines now return a boolean, set if the requested report item was located in the
- * current report. If sending a report to a multi-report device, the first byte of the report is automatically
- * set to the report ID of the given report item.
- * - Calling USB_Init() now forces a complete USB interface reset and enumeration, even if the USB interface is
- * currently initialized.
- *
- * \section Sec_Migration152 Migrating from V1.5.2 to V1.5.3
- *
- * <b>Library Demos</b>
- * - Previously, all demos contained a serial number string descriptor, filled with all zeros. A serial number
- * string is required in Mass Storage devices, or devices which are to retain settings when moved between
- * ports on a machine. As people were not changing the serial number value, this was causing conflicts and so
- * the serial number descriptor has been removed from all but the Mass Storage demo, which requires it.
- * - The AudioOut and AudioIn demos did not previously silence their endpoints when the host has deactivated
- * them. Projects built upon either demo should upgrade to the latest code.
- * - The FEATURE_ENDPOINT macro has been renamed FEATURE_ENDPOINT_HALT, and is now correctly documented.
- * - The MassStoreHost demo contained errors which caused it to lock up randomly on certain devices. Projects built
- * on the MassStoreDemo code should update to the latest version.
- * - The Interrupt type endpoint in the CDC based demos previously had a polling interval of 0x02, which caused
- * problems on some Linux systems. This has been changed to 0xFF, projects built on the CDC demos should upgrade
- * to the latest code.
- * - The HID keyboard and mouse demos were not previously boot mode compatible. To enable boot mode support, projects
- * built on the keyboard or mouse demos (or derivatives) should upgrade to the latest code.
- * - The Mass Storage demo was not previously standards compliant. Projects built on the Mass Storage demo should
- * upgrade to the latest code.
- * - The USART was not being reconfigured after the host sent new encoding settings in the USBtoSerial demo. This was
- * previously discovered and fixed, but the change was lost. Projects built on the USBtoSerial demo should update
- * to the latest code.
- *
- * <b>Device Mode</b>
- * - The endpoint non-control stream functions now have a default timeout of 50ms between packets in the stream.
- * If this timeout is exceeded, the function returns the new ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_ERROR_Timeout error value. The
- * timeout value can be overridden by defining the USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS in the project makefile to the desired
- * timeout duration in ms.
- * - Rather than returning fixed values, the flags indicating if the device has Remote Wakeup currently enabled
- * and/or is self-powered are now accessed and set through the new USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled and
- * USB_CurrentlySelfPowered macros. See the DevChapter9.h documentation for more details.
- * - All endpoint stream functions now require an extra Callback function parameter. Existing code may be updated
- * to either supply NO_STREAM_CALLBACK as the extra parameter, or disable stream callbacks altogether by passing
- * the token NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS to the compiler using the -D switch.
- *
- * <b>Host Mode</b>
- * - The pipe non-control stream functions now have a default timeout of 50ms between packets in the stream.
- * If this timeout is exceeded, the function returns the new PIPE_RWSTREAM_ERROR_Timeout error value. The
- * timeout value can be overridden by defining the USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS in the project makefile to the desired
- * timeout duration in ms.
- * - CollectionPath_t has been renamed to HID_CollectionPath_t to be more in line with the other HID parser structures.
- * - All pipe stream functions now require an extra Callback function parameter. Existing code may be updated
- * to either supply NO_STREAM_CALLBACK as the extra parameter, or disable stream callbacks altogether by passing
- * the token NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS to the compiler using the -D switch.
- *
- * \section Sec_Migration151 Migrating from V1.5.1 to V1.5.2
- *
- * <b>Library Demos</b>
- * - The RNDIS demo application has been updated so that it is functional on Linux under earlier implementations
- * of the RNDIS specification, which had non-standard behaviour. Projects built upon the demo should upgrade
- * to the latest code.
- * - The DFU class bootloader has had several bugs corrected in this release. It is recommended that where
- * possible any existing devices upgrade to the latest bootloader code.
- *
- * \section Sec_Migration150 Migrating from V1.5.0 to V1.5.1
- *
- * <b>Library Demos</b>
- * - The USBtoSerial demo was broken in the 1.5.0 release, due to incorrect register polling in place of the
- * global "Transmitting" flag. The change has been reverted in this release. Projects built upon the demo
- * should upgrade to the latest code.
- * - The HID class demos did not implement the mandatory GetReport HID class request. Projects built upon the HID
- * demos should upgrade to the latest code.
- * - The HID class demos incorrectly reported themselves as boot-protocol enabled HID devices in their descriptors.
- * Projects built upon the HID demos should upgrade to the latest code.
- * - The MIDI device demo had incorrect AudioStreaming interface descriptors. Projects built upon the MIDI demo
- * should upgrade to the latest code.
- * - The AudioOut demo did not correctly tristate the speaker pins when USB was disconnected, wasting power.
- * Projects built upon the AudioOut demo should upgrade to the latest code.
- *
- * \section Sec_Migration141 Migrating from V1.4.1 to V1.5.0
- *
- * <b>Library Demos</b>
- * - Previous versions of the library demos had incorrectly encoded BCD version numbers in the descriptors. To
- * avoid such mistakes in the future, the VERSION_BCD macro has been added to StdDescriptors.h. Existing
- * projects should at least manually correct the BCD version numbers, or preferably update the descriptors to
- * encode the version number in BCD format using the new macro.
- * - The mandatory GetReport class-specific request was accidentally omitted from previous versions of the demos
- * based on the Human Interface Device (HID) class. This has been corrected, and any user projects based on the
- * HID demos should also be updated accordingly.
- * - The CDC demos now correctly send an empty packet directly after a full packet, to end the transmission.
- * Failure to do this on projects which always or frequently send full packets will cause buffering issues on
- * the host OS. All CDC user projects are advised to update their transmission routines in the same manner as
- * the library CDC demos.
- * - The previous interrupt-driven Endpoint/Pipe demos did not properly save and restore the currently selected
- * Endpoint/Pipe when the ISR fired. This has been corrected - user projects based on the interrupt driven
- * demos should also update to properly save and restore the selected Endpoint/Pipe.
- *
- * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
- * - The Atomic.h and ISRMacro.h header files in MyUSB/Common have been removed, as the library is now only
- * compatible with avr-libc library versions newer than the time before the functionality of the deleted
- * headers was available.
- *
- * <b>Device Mode</b>
- * - The GetDescriptor function (see StdDescriptors.h) now has a new prototype, with altered parameter names and
- * functions. Existing projects will need to update the GetDescriptor implementation to reflect the new API.
- * The previously split Type and Index parameters are now passed as the original wValue parameter to the
- * function, to make way for the USB specification wIndex parameter which is <i>not</i> the same as the
- * previous Index parameter.
- * - The USB_UnhandledControlPacket event (see Events.h) now has new parameter names, to be in line with the
- * official USB specification. Existing code will need to be altered to use the new parameter names.
- * - The USB_CreateEndpoints event (see Events.h) has been renamed to USB_ConfigurationChanged, which is more
- * appropriate. It fires in an identical manner to the previously named event, thus the only change to be made
- * is the event name itself in the user project.
- * - The USB_Descriptor_Language_t structure no longer exists in StdDescriptors.h, as this was a
- * pseudo-descriptor modeled on the string descriptor. It is replaced by the true USB_Descriptor_String_t type
- * descriptor as indicated in the USB specification, thus all device code must be updated accordingly.
- * - The names of several Endpoint macros have been changed to be more consistent with the rest of the library,
- * with no implementation changes. This means that existing code can be altered to use the new macro names
- * with no other considerations required. See Endpoint.h for the new macro names.
- * - The previous version of the MassStorage demo had an incorrect value in the SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t
- * structure named SenseData in SCSI.c which caused some problems with some hosts. User projects based on this
- * demo should correct the structure value to maintain compatibility across multiple OS platforms.
- * - By default, the descriptor structures use the official USB specification names for the elements. Previous
- * versions of the library used non-standard (but more verbose) names, which are still usable in the current
- * and future releases when the correct compile time option is enabled. See the StdDescriptors.h file
- * documentation for more details.
- *
- * <b>Host Mode</b>
- * - The USB_Host_Request_Header_t structure in HostChapter9.h (used for issuing control requests) has had its
- * members renamed to the official USB specification names for requests. Existing code will need to be updated
- * to use the new names.
- * - The names of several Pipe macros have been changed to be more consistent with the rest of the library,
- * with no implementation changes. This means that existing code can be altered to use the new macro names
- * with no other considerations required. See Pipe.h for the new macro names.
- * - By default, the descriptor structures use the official USB specification names for the elements. Previous
- * versions of the library used non-standard (but more verbose) names, which are still usable in the current
- * and future releases when the correct compile time option is enabled. See the StdDescriptors.h file
- * documentation for more details.
- * - The names of the macros in Host.h for controlling the SOF generation have been renamed, see the Host.h
- * module documentation for the new macro names.
- *
- * <b>Dual Role Mode</b>
- * - The OTG.h header file has been corrected so that the macros now perform their stated functions. Any existing
- * projects using custom headers to fix the broken OTG header should now be altered to once again use the OTG
- * header inside the library.
- * - The USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event (see Events.h) now also fires in Device mode, when the host has
- * finished enumerating the device. Projects relying on the event only firing in Host mode should be updated
- * so that the event action only occurs when the USB_Mode global is set to USB_MODE_HOST.
- */
-
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_Migration Migrating from Older Versions
+ *
+ * Below is migration information for updating existing projects based on previous versions of the LUFA library
+ * to the next version released. It does not indicate all new additions to the library in each version change, only
+ * areas relevant to making older projects compatible with the API changes of each new release.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration140928 Migrating from 140302 to 140928
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The device mode RNDIS class driver now requires a user-supplied buffer and buffer length to operate, rather
+ * than allocating this buffer internally.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration140302 Migrating from 130901 to 140302
+ * <b>USB Core</b>
+ * - The \c VERSION_BCD() macro has changed from accepting one floating point parameter to taking three distinct major/minor/revision integer parameters, as
+ * some edge cases caused incorrect parsing of the input float into the final integer BCD encoded value.
+ *
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - The \c ATTR_NEVER_INLINE macro, erroneously introduced in a previous release has been removed, as it duplicates the existing \c ATTR_NO_INLINE macro.
+ *
+ * <b>Build System</b>
+ * - The default configuration file for Doxygen is now "doxyfile" rather than "Doxygen.conf", to conform to the Doxygen project's own default file name.
+ * Set \c DOXYGEN_CONF to override the new default file name.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration130901 Migrating from 130303 to 130901
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - The Board Dataflash \c Dataflash_Init() function now automatically configures the appropriate communication interface.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration130303 Migrating from 120730 to 130303
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The \ref HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KANA macro was previously misspelled as \c HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KATANA, and had an incorrect value. User applications requiring this
+ * constant should use the new name, and remove any workarounds for the previously incorrect macro definition.
+ * - The \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EQUAL_SIGN macro has been renamed to \ref HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN, and the previous definition of
+ * \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN has been renamed \ref HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN_AS400 to conform to the definitions in the HID specification.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The \ref HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KANA macro was previously misspelled as \c HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KATANA, and had an incorrect value. User applications requiring this
+ * constant should use the new name, and remove any workarounds for the previously incorrect macro definition.
+ * - The \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EQUAL_SIGN macro has been renamed to \ref HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN, and the previous definition of
+ * \c HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN has been renamed \ref HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN_AS400 to conform to the definitions in the HID specification.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration120730 Migrating from 120219 to 120730
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The device mode Audio Class driver now requires an additional configuration parameter, the Audio Control interface index. Existing applications should
+ * be adjusted to specify the additional configuration parameter.
+ * - The HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() macro no longer takes a variable number of axis as a parameter, due to OS incompatibilities; this macro now uses a fixed
+ * 3 axis of data. User applications should update their calls to this macro and their report structures to suit a fixed 3-axis joystick report. If a user
+ * application requires more than 3 axis' of data, a custom report descriptor will need to be constructed by hand.
+ * - The \ref Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() function no longer takes in masks for the banks and direction; the number of banks is now an integer argument, and
+ * the direction is obtained from the full endpoint address within the device. Applications calling Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint() should update their API
+ * call to use a full endpoint address (including ENDPOINT_DIR_IN or ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT direction in the MSB of the endpoint address) and an integer number
+ * of banks.
+ * - All endpoint functions now operate on full endpoint addresses within the device, rather than a directionless endpoint index. Applications should update
+ * their API calls to use full endpoint addresses when required within the device.
+ * - All device mode class drivers have been updated to use a new unified endpoint description structure for all endpoints; existing applications will need
+ * to update their class driver struct instantiation to match the new scheme (see \ref USB_Endpoint_Table_t).
+ * - The \c ENDPOINT_BANKS_SUPPORTED() and \c ENDPOINT_MAX_ENDPOINT_SIZE() macros have been removed, as these do not function correctly with the new addressing
+ * scheme for the endpoint APIs. Please refer to the target device's datasheet for the maximum bank size of each endpoint.
+ * - The MIDI class driver \ref MIDI_EventPacket_t event packet no longer contains separate \c CableIndex and \c Command entries; these have been combined
+ * into a single \c Event element which can be constructed using the new macro \ref MIDI_EVENT(). Existing applications should use the new macro and structure
+ * element name.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The Android Accessory Host class driver property strings are now a array of \c char* rather than a struct of named pointers. Existing applications
+ * should use C99 Designated Initializers with the property string indexes located in \ref AOA_Strings_t instead.
+ * - The \ref Pipe_ConfigurePipe() function no longer takes in masks for the banks and token; the number of banks is now an integer argument, and the token
+ * is now inferred from the full pipe address within the device, and the pipe type. Applications calling Pipe_ConfigurePipe() should update their API
+ * call to use a full pipe address (including PIPE_DIR_IN or PIPE_DIR_OUT direction in the MSB of the pipe address) and an integer number of banks.
+ * - All pipe functions now operate on full pipe addresses within the device, rather than a directionless pipe index. Applications should update their API
+ * calls to use full pipe addresses when required within the device.
+ * - All host mode class drivers have been updated to use a new unified pipe description structure for all pipes; existing applications will need to update
+ * their class driver struct instantiation to match the new scheme (see \ref USB_Pipe_Table_t).
+ * - The MIDI class driver \ref MIDI_EventPacket_t event packet no longer contains seperate \c CableIndex and \c Command entries; these have been combined
+ * into a single \c Event element which can be constructed using the new macro \ref MIDI_EVENT(). Existing applications should use the new macro and structure
+ * element name.
+ * - The library "LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptor.c" source file has been renamed "LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c" as this was clashing with
+ * files in some low level host mode demo applications, preventing parallel project builds. If you are referencing the project source files directly instead
+ * of using the makefile module names, you will need to adjust your project makefile.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration120219 Migrating from 111009 to 120219
+ * <b>USB Core</b>
+ * - The HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_* macros in the HID class driver have been corrected to HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_* (note the spelling of "modifier").
+ * Existing applications should switch over to the correctly spelled macro names.
+ * - The names of the USB Device and USB Host class driver files have changed; a new "ClassDevice" and "ClassHost" postfix has been added to the
+ * respective class driver files. Projects referencing the class driver source files by filename rather than the LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS makefile
+ * variable should append these postfixes to the source file names. Projects including the USB class driver dispatch headers directly should either
+ * switch to including the main USB driver header instead, or use the updated header filenames.
+ * - The USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED constant has been renamed to USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED, as this was misnamed. All devices must set this bit in
+ * the Configuration descriptor's attributes field. As all devices are assumed to be bus-powered unless stated otherwise with the
+ * USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED flag a replacement constant for bus powered devices is not provided.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The device mode Audio class driver now requires a new user application callback, \ref CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty().
+ * Existing applications must implement this new callback, however if no audio entities are defined in the audio device's descriptors,
+ * this function may be hard-coded to always return false for previous behaviour to be retained.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration111009 Migrating from 110528 to 111009
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - The \c JTAG_DEBUG_ASSERT() macro has been renamed \ref JTAG_ASSERT() to be consistent with \ref STDOUT_ASSERT().
+ *
+ * <b>USB Core</b>
+ * - By default, unordered Endpoint and Pipe configuration is now allowed once again, via the previous workaround of
+ * reconfiguring all Endpoints/Pipes in order each time a new Endpoint/Pipe is created. To minimize the compiled program
+ * size, the new \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option may be defined in the project makefile to restrict the ordering
+ * in exchange for a smaller compiled binary size.
+ * - The previous \c F_CLOCK symbol, required in the project makefile, has been renamed to \c F_USB. This is due to the previous name
+ * being far too generic for use in future architecture ports, where multiple clock domains are used.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The Endpoint stream functions now all require a \c BytesProcessed parameter instead of the previous callback parameter.
+ * This should be set to \c NULL to retain previous behaviour of the functions, or point to a location where the number of bytes
+ * processed in the current transaction can be stored. If the \c BytesProcessed parameter is non \c NULL, each time the endpoint
+ * bank becomes full and the packet is sent, the routine will exit with the new \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer
+ * error code to allow the user application to determine when to send the next chunk of data.
+ * - The \ref CDC_Device_SendString() function now expects a null terminated string instead of an explicit length. Existing code
+ * should use the new \ref CDC_Device_SendData() function, or remove the length parameter from the function call.
+ * - The \c Endpoint_ResetFIFO() function has been renamed to \ref Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(), to make the API function names more
+ * consistent. Existing applications using the old function name should simply replace it with a call to the new function name.
+ * - The \c Endpoint_*_Byte() functions have been renamed Endpoint_*_8() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing
+ * code using these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
+ * - The \c Endpoint_*_Word() functions have been renamed Endpoint_*_16() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing
+ * code using these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
+ * - The \c Endpoint_*_DWord() functions have been renamed Endpoint_*_32() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing
+ * code using these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
+ * - The Device mode RNDIS class driver no longer stores the incoming and outgoing packets in the class driver instance; the user is
+ * now expected to manually define a storage location for the packet data. Packets must now be sent and received manually via a call
+ * to \ref RNDIS_Device_ReadPacket() and/or \ref RNDIS_Device_SendPacket().
+ * - The definition of the Audio class \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t has been altered, to remove the fixed singular
+ * audio sample rate in the descriptor definition, and to rename the \c SampleFrequencyType to the more appropriate
+ * \c TotalDiscreteSampleRates. Existing applications will need to add an array of \ref USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t elements
+ * immediately following any \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t descriptors, and insert the appropriate sampling rates
+ * supported by the device, as well as rename the descriptor elements to match the updated element names.
+ * - The device mode Audio class driver now requires a new user application callback, \ref CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty().
+ * Existing applications must implement this new callback, however if multiple sample rates or pitch control is not used,
+ * this function may be hard-coded to always return false for previous behaviour to be retained.
+ * - The \c USB_ConfigurationNumber, \c USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled and \c USB_CurrentlySelfPowered globals have been renamed to
+ * \ref USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber, \ref USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled and \ref USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered to clearly indicate
+ * the USB mode they relate to. Existing applications using these variables should rename all references to the previous names.
+ * - The \c ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN and \c ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT macros have now been replaced by \ref ENDPOINT_DIR_IN and
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT to improve code clarity.
+ * - The \ref HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK() macro now takes an additional (first) parameter indicating the number of axis in the joystick.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The Pipe stream functions now all require a \c BytesProcessed parameter instead of the previous callback parameter.
+ * This should be set to \c NULL to retain previous behaviour of the functions, or point to a location where the number of bytes
+ * processed in the current transaction can be stored. If the BytesProcessed parameter is non \c NULL, each time the pipe
+ * bank becomes full and the packet is sent, the routine will exit with the new \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer
+ * error code to allow the user application to determine when to send the next chunk of data.
+ * - The \ref PRNT_Host_SendString() and \ref CDC_Host_SendString() functions now expect a null terminated string instead of an explicit
+ * length. Existing code should use the new \ref PRNT_Host_SendData() and \ref CDC_Host_SendData() functions, or remove the
+ * length parameter from the function call.
+ * - The \c Pipe_ClearErrorFlags() function has been removed, as the pipe error flags are now automatically cleared when the
+ * \ref Pipe_ClearError() function is called.
+ * - The \c Pipe_*_Byte() functions have been renamed Pipe_*_8() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing code using
+ * these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
+ * - The \c Pipe_*_Word() functions have been renamed Pipe_*_16() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing code using
+ * these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
+ * - The \c Pipe_*_DWord() functions have been renamed Pipe_*_32() to ensure they are correct across all architectures. Existing code using
+ * these functions should replace the previous function names with the new function names.
+ * - The \c USB_Host_ClearPipeStall() function has been renamed to USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(), as it operates on a full endpoint address
+ * within the attached device and not a pipe within the host. Existing code using the old function name should update the function calls and
+ * check for correct usage.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration101122 Migrating from 100807 to 101122
+ * <b>USB Core</b>
+ * - A new USB driver source file, \c Drivers/USB/HighLevel/EndpointStream.c now exists. This source file should be added
+ * to all project makefiles using the USB driver of LUFA, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source
+ * variables.
+ * - A new USB driver source file, \c Drivers/USB/HighLevel/PipeStream.c now exists. This source file should be added to all
+ * project makefiles using the USB driver of LUFA, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
+ * - The \c EVENT_USB_InitFailure() event has been removed, as the \ref USB_Init() function will no longer fail; if not USB mode is
+ * specified, the controller will default to UID selection mode.
+ * - The USB mode specifier constants have been moved into a new enum and renamed. Existing projects should use the equivalent
+ * value in the new \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
+ * - All class driver headers are now included as part of the standard \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h master dispatch header, and should
+ * no longer be included separately. Class driver module source files must still be added as a separate module in the project's
+ * makefile if used.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - Endpoints MUST be allocated in ascending order to ensure that bank corruption does not occur. Ensure that your user application
+ * allocated endpoints in ascending order - or if your application uses the USB device mode class drivers, ensure that each instance's
+ * endpoint indexes are not overlapped with other interface's endpoints.
+ * - The signature for the \ref CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() callback has changed, the \c void** \c const \c DescriptorAddress parameter is
+ * now \c const \c void** \c const \c DescriptorAddress. Existing applications should update their callback signatures to match this, and
+ * eliminate any casting of descriptor pointers to a non \c const pointer.
+ * - The names of the class specific descriptor type defines in the USB Class drivers have changed - refer to the driver documentation
+ * for each class driver for the new class specific descriptor type names.
+ * - The \c ENDPOINT_DOUBLEBANK_SUPPORTED() macro is has been renamed \c ENDPOINT_BANKS_SUPPORTED() and now returns the total number of
+ * banks supported by the given endpoint. Existing code should switch to the new naming scheme, and test that the return value of the
+ * macro is equal to or greater than 2 to regain the previous functionality.
+ * - The \c EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest() event is now named \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() and fires before (not after)
+ * the internal library event handlers. Existing code should rename the event handlers in the user application to match the new event
+ * name, and should ensure that the new execution order does not affect the application's operation.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - Pipes MUST be allocated in ascending order to ensure that bank corruption does not occur. Ensure that your user application
+ * allocated pipes in ascending order - or if your application uses the USB host mode class drivers, ensure that each instance's
+ * pipe indexes are not overlapped with other interface's pipes.
+ * - The \c PRNT_Host_SendData() function has been renamed to \ref PRNT_Host_SendString(). Existing applications should simply
+ * replace all references to the obsolete function name with the new function name.
+ * - The names of the class specific descriptor type defines in the USB Class drivers have changed - refer to the driver documentation
+ * for each class driver for the new class specific descriptor type names.
+ * - The Still Image Host class' function prefix has been changed from \c SImage_ to \c SI_, to remain consistent with the rest of the
+ * driver's enums, type defines and constants.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration100807 Migrating from 100513 to 100807
+ *
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - The Dataflash board driver stub file has changed, as dataflash functions previously located in the internal
+ * Dataflash driver of the library have now been moved to the individual board files. Existing drivers can
+ * copy-paste the new functions from the board Dataflash stub driver.
+ *
+ * <b>USB Core</b>
+ * - A new USB driver source file, \c Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Device.c now exists. This source file should be added to all project
+ * makefiles using the USB driver of LUFA, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
+ * - The \c Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c source file has moved to \c Drivers/USB/HighLevel/DeviceStandardReq.c - this should
+ * be updated in all project makefiles, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
+ * - The \c Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.h source file has moved to \c Drivers/USB/HighLevel/HostStandardReq.c - this should
+ * be updated in all project makefiles, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
+ * - The \c Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c source file has moved to \c Drivers/LowLevel/USBController.c - this should be updated
+ * in all project makefiles, or the makefile should be updated to use the new module source variables.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The \c USB_Device_IsRemoteWakeupSent() macro has been removed, as the remote wakeup request is now fully handled by the
+ * enhanced \ref USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup() function. Existing code may now discard any checks to \c USB_Device_IsRemoteWakeupSent().
+ * - The \c USB_Device_IsUSBSuspended() macro has been removed, as it is obsolete. Existing code should compare \ref USB_DeviceState
+ * to see if it the device is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Suspended state instead.
+ * - The \ref CDC_Device_ReceiveByte() function has changed, and now returns a signed 16-bit integer, with -1 indicating no data was
+ * received. This allows for more efficient coding, as a call to \ref CDC_Device_BytesReceived() is no longer needed if the exact
+ * number of queued bytes received is not needed.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The \ref CDC_Host_ReceiveByte() function has changed, and now returns a signed 16-bit integer, with -1 indicating no data was
+ * received. This allows for more efficient coding, as a call to \ref CDC_Host_BytesReceived() is no longer needed if the exact
+ * number of queued bytes received is not needed.
+ * - The \ref CDC_Host_USBTask() now calls \ref CDC_Host_Flush() automatically, flushing any queued data to the attached device. Manual
+ * flushing of the interface is no longer needed if the flushes should be in sync with calls to \ref CDC_Host_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration100513 Migrating from 100219 to 100513
+ *
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - The \ref TWI_StartTransmission() function now takes in a timeout period, expressed in milliseconds, within which the addressed
+ * device must respond or the function will abort.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The \ref USB_Init() function no longer calls \c sei() to enable global interrupts, as the user application may need
+ * to perform other initialization before it is ready to handle global interrupts. The user application is now responsible
+ * for enabling global interrupts before or shortly after calling \ref USB_Init() to ensure that the enumeration process
+ * functions correctly.
+ * - The \c USBInterrupt.c USB driver source file has been relocated from \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ to \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel.
+ * Projects must update their makefile SRC values accordingly.
+ * - The HID Device Class driver's function signature for the \ref CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport() function has been changed, to
+ * allow for a new \c ReportType parameter. This new parameter must be added in all user applications using the Device mode HID Class
+ * Driver, but may be ignored unless Host-to-Device FEATURE HID reports are used.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The \ref USB_Init() function no longer calls \c sei() to enable global interrupts, as the user application may need
+ * to perform other initialization before it is ready to handle global interrupts. The user application is now responsible
+ * for enabling global interrupts before or shortly after calling \ref USB_Init() to ensure that the enumeration process
+ * functions correctly.
+ * - The \c USBInterrupt.c USB driver source file has been relocated from \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ to \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel.
+ * Projects must update their makefile \c SRC values accordingly.
+ * - The HID Host Class driver's function signature for the \ref HID_Host_SendReportByID() function has been changed, to allow for a new
+ * ReportType parameter. Existing calls to this function should substitute \c REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Out as this parameter's value.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration100219 Migrating from 091223 to 100219
+ *
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - Due to some ADC channels not being identical to their ADC MUX selection masks for single-ended conversions on some AVR models,
+ * the ADC driver now has explicit masks for each of the standard ADC channels (see \ref Group_ADC). These masks should be used
+ * when calling the ADC functions to ensure proper operation across all AVR models. Note that the \ref ADC_SetupChannel() function
+ * is an exception, and should always be called with a channel number rather than a channel mask.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The MIDI Host Class driver send and receive routines now operate on packed events, where multiple MIDI events may be
+ * packed into a single USB packet. This means that the sending of MIDI events will now be delayed until the MIDI send
+ * pipe bank is full. To override this new behaviour and revert to the previous behaviour, the user application may manually
+ * flush the queued event(s) to the device by calling \ref MIDI_Host_Flush().
+ * - The \ref Pipe_IsEndpointBound() function now takes the endpoint's direction into account, by checking if the MSB of the endpoint's address
+ * is set to denote IN endpoints. If the previous functionality where the direction is to be discounted is required, mask the endpoint
+ * address against the \ref PIPE_EPNUM_MASK token before calling \ref Pipe_IsEndpointBound().
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The MIDI Device Class driver send and receive routines now operate on packed events, where multiple MIDI events may be
+ * packed into a single USB packet. This means that the sending of MIDI events will now be delayed until the MIDI send
+ * endpoint bank is full. To override this new behaviour and revert to the previous behaviour, the user application may manually
+ * flush the queued event(s) to the host by calling \ref MIDI_Device_Flush().
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration091223 Migrating from 091122 to 091223
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The Still Image Host Class driver \ref SI_Host_USBTask() and \ref SI_Host_ConfigurePipes() functions were misnamed, and are
+ * now named \c SImage_Host_USBTask() and \c SImage_Host_ConfigurePipes() respectively.
+ * - The \c HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnect enum value has been renamed to \ref HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected to be in
+ * line with the rest of the library error codes.
+ * - The HID Parser item usages no longer contain separate minimum and maximum values, as this was a violation of the HID
+ * specification. Instead, the values are distributed evenly across each item as its usage value, to ensure that all items
+ * can be distinguished from one-another.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The \ref CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport() HID Device Class driver callback now has a new \c ReportType parameter to
+ * indicate the report type to generate. Existing applications may simply add and ignore this additional parameter.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration091122 Migrating from 090924 to 091122
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The \c HID_PARSE_UsageStackOverflow HID parser error constant is now named \ref HID_PARSE_UsageListOverflow
+ * - The \ref CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem() HID Parser callback now passes a complete \ref HID_ReportItem_t to the
+ * user application, instead of just its attributes.
+ * - The \c USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function was incorrectly named and is now called \ref USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor().
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration090924 Migrating from 090810 to 090924
+ *
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - The \c ADC_Off() function has been renamed to \c ADC_ShutDown() to be consistent with the rest of the library.
+ * - The \ref SPI_Init() routine's parameters have changed, so that the clock polarity and data sampling modes can be set. See
+ * the \ref SPI_Init() function documentation for more details
+ * - The \ref Dataflash_Init() routine no longer initializes the SPI bus - the SPI bus should be initialized manually via a
+ * call to \ref SPI_Init() before using the Dataflash driver
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The \c USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function's parameters and behaviour has changed; the user is required to
+ * preallocate the largest allowable buffer, and pass the size of the buffer to the function. This allows for a single
+ * call to the function to retrieve, size check and validate the Configuration Descriptor rather than having the user
+ * application perform these intermediary steps.
+ * - The HID report parser now requires a mandatory callback in the user code, to filter only the items the application
+ * is interested in into the processed HID report item structure to save RAM. See \ref CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem().
+ * - The HID report parser now always parses FEATURE and always ignores constant-data items - the \c HID_ENABLE_FEATURE_PROCESSING
+ * and \c HID_INCLUDE_CONSTANT_DATA_ITEMS compile time tokens now have no effect.
+ * - The \c USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES compile time token has been removed - there are now separate \c USB_Descriptor_*
+ * and \c USB_StdDescriptor_* structures for both the LUFA and standardized element naming conventions so that both may be used in
+ * the one project. For existing projects using the standardized names, change all code to use the \c USB_StdDescriptor_* variants.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The \c USE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES compile time token has been removed - there are now separate \c USB_Descriptor_*
+ * and \c USB_StdDescriptor_* structures for both the LUFA and standardized element naming conventions so that both may be used in
+ * the one project. For existing projects using the standardized names, change all code to use the \c USB_StdDescriptor_* variants.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration090810 Migrating from 090605 to 090810
+ *
+ * <b>All</b>
+ * - The "Simple Scheduler" has been <i>deprecated</i>, as it was little more than an abstracted loop and caused much confusion.
+ * User applications using the scheduler should switch to regular loops instead. The scheduler code will be removed in a future
+ * release.
+ * - The "Dynamic Memory Block Allocator" has been removed, as it was unused in (and unrelated to) the LUFA library and never
+ * used in user applications.
+ *
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - The \c ATTR_NOINLINE function attribute macro has been renamed to \ref ATTR_NO_INLINE to be in line with the rest of the function attribute
+ * macro names.
+ *
+ * <b>Library Demos</b>
+ * - Most demos now have a corresponding Class Driver implementation, which uses the new internal library class drivers for the standard
+ * USB classes. This allows for more rapid device and host development, and so should be used in preference to the low level APIs where
+ * possible so that fixes to the class drivers propagate to all applications which use them automatically with each new LUFA release.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The \c HIDParser.c module has moved from \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/ to \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/.
+ * - The \c USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function now requires the desired configuration index within the device as its first
+ * parameter, to add support for multi-configuration devices. Existing code should use a configuration index of 1 to indicate the
+ * first configuration descriptor within the device.
+ * - The non-standard "Ready" host state has been removed. Existing \ref HOST_STATE_Configured code should be moved to the end of
+ * the existing \ref HOST_STATE_Addressed state, and the existing HOST_STATE_Ready state code should be moved to the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured
+ * state.
+ * - The \c USB_IsConnected global has been removed, as it is too vague for general use. Test \ref USB_HostState explicitly to ensure the host is
+ * in the desired state instead.
+ * - The USB event names have been changed and their firing conditions changed to properly separate out Host mode events from Device mode
+ * events. See the \ref Group_Events page for details on the new event names and firing conditions.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The \ref CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() function now takes an extra parameter to specify the descriptor's memory space so that
+ * descriptors in mixed memory spaces can be used. The previous functionality can be returned by defining the \c USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+ * token in the project makefile to fix all descriptors into FLASH space and remove the extra function parameter.
+ * - The \c USB_IsSuspended global has been removed - test \ref USB_DeviceState against \ref DEVICE_STATE_Suspended instead.
+ * - The \c USB_IsConnected global has been removed, as it is too vague for general use. Test \ref USB_DeviceState explicitly to ensure the device
+ * is in the desired state instead.
+ * - The VBUS events have been removed, as they are already exposed to the user via the \c USB_Connect and \c USB_Disconnect events.
+ * - The USB event names have been changed and their firing conditions changed to properly separate out Host mode events from Device mode
+ * events. See the \ref Group_Events page for details on the new event names and firing conditions.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration090605 Migrating from 090510 to 090605
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - Support for non-control data endpoint interrupts has been dropped due to many issues in the implementation. All existing
+ * projects using interrupts on non-control endpoints should switch to polling. For control interrupts, the library can
+ * manage the control endpoint via interrupts automatically by compiling with the \c INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT token defined.
+ * - The \c DESCRIPTOR_ADDRESS() macro has been removed. User applications should use normal casts to obtain a descriptor's memory
+ * address.
+ * - The library events system has been rewritten, so that all macros have been removed to allow for clearer user code. See
+ * \ref Group_Events for new API details.
+ * - The \c STREAM_CALLBACK() macro has been removed. User applications should replace all instances of the macro with regular
+ * function signatures of a function accepting no arguments and returning a \c uint8_t value.
+ * - The \c Event_DeviceError() event no longer exists, as its sole caller (unlinked \c USB_GetDescriptor() function) now produces a
+ * compilation error rather than a runtime error. The \c StdDescriptors.c file no longer exists as a result, and should be removed
+ * from project makefiles.
+ * - The \c USB_GetDescriptor() function has been renamed to \ref CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() to be in line with the new \c CALLBACK_
+ * function prefixes for functions which <i>must</i> be implemented in the user application.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - Support for non-control data pipe interrupts has been dropped due to many issues in the implementation. All existing
+ * projects using interrupts on non-control pipes should switch to polling.
+ * - The library events system has been rewritten, so that all macros have been removed to allow for clearer user code. See
+ * \ref Group_Events for new API details.
+ * - The \c STREAM_CALLBACK() macro has been removed. User applications should replace all instances of the macro with regular
+ * function signatures of a function accepting no arguments and returning a \c uint8_t value.
+ * - The \c DESCRIPTOR_COMPARATOR() macro has been removed. User applications should replace all instances of the macro with
+ * regular function signatures of a function accepting a void pointer to the descriptor to test, and returning a \c uint8_t value.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration090510 Migrating from 090401 to 090510
+ *
+ * <b>All</b>
+ * - The \c ButtLoadTag.h header has been removed, as it was never used for its intended purpose. Projects should either remove all
+ * \c BUTTLOADTAG() elements, or download and extract \c ButtLoadTag.h header from the ButtLoad project.
+ * - The \c Drivers/AT90USBXXX/ directory has been renamed to \c Drivers/Peripheral/.
+ * - The \c Serial_Stream driver has been renamed to \c SerialStream to remain consistent with the rest of the library naming scheme.
+ * - The HWB driver has changed to the \c Buttons driver. See the board Buttons driver documentation for the new API.
+ *
+ * <b>Dual Role Mode</b>
+ * - The \c USB_PowerOnFail event has been renamed to \c USB_InitFailure.
+ * - The functions in \c OTG.h have been renamed to remain more consistent with the library API. See the functions in \c OTG.h for more
+ * details.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The \c Endpoint_ClearCurrentBank() macro has been removed, and is now replaced with the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN(), \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+ * macros. See \c Endpoint.h documentation for more details on the new endpoint management macros.
+ * - The \c Endpoint_ReadWriteAllowed() macro has been renamed to \ref Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed() to be more consistent with the rest of
+ * the API naming scheme.
+ * - The \c Endpoint_IsSetupINReady() and \c Endpoint_IsSetupOUTReceived() macros have been renamed to \ref Endpoint_IsINReady() and
+ * \ref Endpoint_IsOUTReceived() respectively.
+ * - The \c Endpoint_IsSetupReceived() macro has been renamed to \ref Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived().
+ * - The \c Endpoint_ClearSetupReceived() macro has been renamed to \ref Endpoint_ClearSETUP().
+ * - All endpoint read/write/discard aliases which did not have an explicitly endianness specifier (such as \c Endpoint_Read_Word()) have
+ * been removed for clarity. Existing projects should use the \c _LE suffix on such calls to use the explicit Little Endian versions.
+ * - The \c USB_UnhandledControlPacket event no longer has any parameters. User code should no longer attempt to read in the remainder of
+ * the Control Request header as all Control Request header data is now preloaded by the library and made available in the
+ * USB_ControlRequest structure.
+ * - The \c FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE token has been renamed to \c CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE.
+ * - The \c STATIC_ENDPOINT_CONFIGURATION is no longer applicable as the library will apply this optimization when appropriate automatically.
+ * - The values of the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t and \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enums have had the \c ERROR_ portion
+ * of their names removed.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The \ref USB_Host_SendControlRequest() function no longer automatically selects the Control pipe (pipe 0) to allow it to be used on
+ * other control type pipes. Care should be taken to ensure that the Control pipe is always selected before the function is called
+ * in existing projects where the Control pipe is to be operated on.
+ * - The USB Host management task now saves and restores the currently selected pipe before and after the task runs. Projects no longer
+ * need to manage this manually when calling the USB management task.
+ * - The \c Pipe_ClearCurrentBank() macro has been removed, and is now replaced with the Pipe_ClearIN(), Pipe_ClearOUT() macros. See
+ * Pipe.h documentation for more details on the new pipe management macros.
+ * - The \c Pipe_ReadWriteAllowed() macro has been renamed to \ref Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed() to be more consistent with the rest of the API
+ * naming scheme.
+ * - The \c Pipe_IsSetupINReceived() and \c Pipe_IsOutReady() macros have been renamed to \ref Pipe_IsINReceived() and \ref Pipe_IsOUTReady()
+ * respectively.
+ * - The new \ref Pipe_ClearSETUP() macro should be used to send SETUP transactions, rather than the previous \c Pipe_ClearSetupOUT() macro.
+ * - The \c Pipe_IsSetupSent() macro has been renamed to \ref Pipe_IsSETUPSent().
+ * - The \c Pipe_ClearSetupSent() macro is no longer applicable and should be removed.
+ * - All pipe read/write/discard aliases which did not have an explicitly endianness specifier (such as \c Pipe_Read_Word()) have
+ * been removed for clarity. Existing projects should use the \c _LE suffix on such calls to use the explicit Little Endian versions.
+ * - The \c Host_IsResetBusDone() macro has been renamed to \c Host_IsBusResetComplete().
+ * - The \c Pipe_Ignore_Word() and \c Pipe_Ignore_DWord() functions have been renamed to \c Pipe_Discard_Word() and \c Pipe_Discard_DWord()
+ * to remain consistent with the rest of the pipe API.
+ * - It is no longer needed to manually include the headers from \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class, as they are now included along with the rest
+ * of the USB headers when \c LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h is included.
+ * - Functions in the \c ConfigDescriptor.h header file no longer have \c Host_ as part of their names.
+ * - The \c ProcessHIDReport() has been renamed to \ref USB_ProcessHIDReport(), \c GetReportItemInfo() has been renamed to \ref USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo()
+ * and \c SetReportItemInfo() has been renamed to \ref USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo().
+ * - The values of the \ref DSearch_Return_ErrorCodes_t and \ref DSearch_Comp_Return_ErrorCodes_t enums have had their respective \c Descriptor_Search
+ * and \c Descriptor_Search_Comp prefixes changed to all caps.
+ * - The \c USB_HostRequest global has been renamed to \ref USB_ControlRequest, and is used in Device mode also. The \c USB_Host_Request_Header_t
+ * structure type has been renamed to \ref USB_Request_Header_t.
+ * - The values of the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum have had the \c ERROR_ portion of their names removed.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration090401 Migrating from 090209 to 090401
+ *
+ * <b>All</b>
+ * - LUFA projects must now give the raw input clock frequency (before any prescaling) as a compile time constant \c F_USB,
+ * defined in the project makefile and passed to the compiler via the -D switch.
+ * - The makefile EEPROM programming targets for FLIP and dfu-programmer no longer program in the FLASH data in addition to the
+ * EEPROM data into the device. If both are to be programmed, both the EEPROM and FLASH programming targets must be called.
+ * - As the avr-libc macro has been corrected in recent avr-libc distributions, the \c SetSystemClockPrescaler() macro has been removed.
+ * Include \c <avr/power.h> and call \c clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1); instead on recent avr-libc distributions.
+ *
+ * <b>Library Demos</b>
+ * - The USBtoSerial demo now discards all data when not connected to a host, rather than buffering it for later transmission.
+ *
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - The \c ATTR_ALWAYSINLINE function attribute macro has been renamed to \ref ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE.
+ * - Custom board Dataflash drivers now require the implementation of \ref Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage() and \ref Dataflash_SendAddressBytes().
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The \c NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST compile time token has been renamed to \c FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE, and its function expanded
+ * to also remove parts of the Get Status chapter 9 request to further reduce code usage. On all applications currently using the
+ * \c NO_CLEARSET_FEATURE_REQUEST compile time token, it can be replaced with the \c FEATURELESS_CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE token with no further
+ * modifications required.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration090209 Migrating from 081217 to 090209
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The \c ENDPOINT_MAX_ENDPOINTS constant has been renamed to the more appropriate name of \c ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS.
+ * - The \c USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS stream timeout default period has been extended to 100ms. This can be overridden in the user
+ * makefile if desired to restore the previous 50ms timeout.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The \c PIPE_MAX_ENDPOINTS constant has been renamed to the more appropriate name of \c PIPE_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS.
+ * - The \c USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS stream timeout default period has been extended to 100ms. This can be overridden in the user
+ * makefile if desired to restore the previous 50ms timeout.
+ * - The \c USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event now contains a second \c SubErrorCode parameter, giving the error code of the function
+ * which failed.
+ * - The \c HID_PARSE_Sucessful enum member constant name has been corrected to \ref HID_PARSE_Successful.
+ *
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - The previous \c SPI_SendByte() functionality is now located in \ref SPI_TransferByte(). \ref SPI_SendByte() now discards the return byte
+ * for speed, to compliment the new \ref SPI_ReceiveByte() function. If bidirectional SPI transfers are required, calls to \ref SPI_SendByte()
+ * should be changed to \ref SPI_TransferByte().
+ * - The serial driver now sets the Tx line as an output explicitly, and enables the pull-up of the Rx line.
+ * - The \ref Serial_Init() and \c SerialStream_Init() functions now take a second \c DoubleSpeed parameter, which indicates if the USART
+ * should be initialized in double speed mode - useful in some circumstances for attaining baud rates not usually possible at the given AVR
+ * clock speed.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration171208 Migrating from V1.5.3 to 081217
+ *
+ * <b>All</b>
+ * - The MyUSB project name has been changed to LUFA (Lightweight Framework for USB AVRs). All references to MyUSB, including macro names,
+ * have been changed to LUFA.
+ *
+ * <b>Library Demos</b>
+ * - The ReconfigureUSART() routine in the USBtoSerial demo was not being called after new line encoding
+ * parameters were set by the host. Projects built on the USBtoSerial code should update to the latest version.
+ * - The HID Parser now supports multiple report (on a single endpoint) HID devices. The MouseHostWithParser and
+ * KeyboardHostWithPaser demos use the updated API functions to function correctly on such devices. Projects
+ * built on either "WithParser" demo should update to the latest code.
+ * - The RNDIS demo TCP stack has been modified so that connections can be properly closed. It is still not
+ * recommended that the MyUSB RNDIS demo TCP/IP stack be used for anything other than demonstration purposes,
+ * as it is neither a full nor a standards compliant implementation.
+ *
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - The Serial_IsCharReceived() macro has been changed to the correct spelling of Serial_IsCharReceived() in Serial.h.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time token has been removed, and replaced with a USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL mask
+ * to be used in the Options parameter of the USB_Init() function.
+ * - Calling USB_Init() now forces a complete USB interface reset and enumeration, even if the USB interface is
+ * currently initialized.
+ * - Interrupts are now disabled when processing control requests, to avoid problems with interrupts causing the library
+ * or user request processing code to exceed the strict USB timing requirements on control transfers.
+ * - The USB Reset event now resets and disables all device endpoints. If user code depends on endpoints remaining configured
+ * after a Reset event, it should be altered to explicitly re-initialize all user endpoints.
+ * - The prototype for the GetDescriptor function has been changed, as the return value was redundant. The function now
+ * returns the size of the descriptor, rather than passing it back via a parameter, or returns NO_DESCRIPTOR if the specified
+ * descriptor does not exist.
+ * - The NO_DESCRIPTOR_STRING macro has been renamed NO_DESCRIPTOR, and is now also used as a possible return value for the
+ * GetDescriptor function.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The MANUAL_PLL_CONTROL compile time token has been removed, and replaced with a USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL mask
+ * to be used in the Options parameter of the USB_Init() function.
+ * - The HID report parser now supports multiple Report IDs. The HID report parser GetReportItemInfo() and
+ * SetReportItemInfo() routines now return a boolean, set if the requested report item was located in the
+ * current report. If sending a report to a multi-report device, the first byte of the report is automatically
+ * set to the report ID of the given report item.
+ * - Calling USB_Init() now forces a complete USB interface reset and enumeration, even if the USB interface is
+ * currently initialized.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration152 Migrating from V1.5.2 to V1.5.3
+ *
+ * <b>Library Demos</b>
+ * - Previously, all demos contained a serial number string descriptor, filled with all zeros. A serial number
+ * string is required in Mass Storage devices, or devices which are to retain settings when moved between
+ * ports on a machine. As people were not changing the serial number value, this was causing conflicts and so
+ * the serial number descriptor has been removed from all but the Mass Storage demo, which requires it.
+ * - The AudioOut and AudioIn demos did not previously silence their endpoints when the host has deactivated
+ * them. Projects built upon either demo should upgrade to the latest code.
+ * - The FEATURE_ENDPOINT macro has been renamed FEATURE_ENDPOINT_HALT, and is now correctly documented.
+ * - The MassStoreHost demo contained errors which caused it to lock up randomly on certain devices. Projects built
+ * on the MassStoreDemo code should update to the latest version.
+ * - The Interrupt type endpoint in the CDC based demos previously had a polling interval of 0x02, which caused
+ * problems on some Linux systems. This has been changed to 0xFF, projects built on the CDC demos should upgrade
+ * to the latest code.
+ * - The HID keyboard and mouse demos were not previously boot mode compatible. To enable boot mode support, projects
+ * built on the keyboard or mouse demos (or derivatives) should upgrade to the latest code.
+ * - The Mass Storage demo was not previously standards compliant. Projects built on the Mass Storage demo should
+ * upgrade to the latest code.
+ * - The USART was not being reconfigured after the host sent new encoding settings in the USBtoSerial demo. This was
+ * previously discovered and fixed, but the change was lost. Projects built on the USBtoSerial demo should update
+ * to the latest code.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The endpoint non-control stream functions now have a default timeout of 50ms between packets in the stream.
+ * If this timeout is exceeded, the function returns the new ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_ERROR_Timeout error value. The
+ * timeout value can be overridden by defining the USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS in the project makefile to the desired
+ * timeout duration in ms.
+ * - Rather than returning fixed values, the flags indicating if the device has Remote Wakeup currently enabled
+ * and/or is self-powered are now accessed and set through the new USB_RemoteWakeupEnabled and
+ * USB_CurrentlySelfPowered macros. See the DevChapter9.h documentation for more details.
+ * - All endpoint stream functions now require an extra Callback function parameter. Existing code may be updated
+ * to either supply NO_STREAM_CALLBACK as the extra parameter, or disable stream callbacks altogether by passing
+ * the token NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS to the compiler using the -D switch.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The pipe non-control stream functions now have a default timeout of 50ms between packets in the stream.
+ * If this timeout is exceeded, the function returns the new PIPE_RWSTREAM_ERROR_Timeout error value. The
+ * timeout value can be overridden by defining the USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS in the project makefile to the desired
+ * timeout duration in ms.
+ * - CollectionPath_t has been renamed to HID_CollectionPath_t to be more in line with the other HID parser structures.
+ * - All pipe stream functions now require an extra Callback function parameter. Existing code may be updated
+ * to either supply NO_STREAM_CALLBACK as the extra parameter, or disable stream callbacks altogether by passing
+ * the token NO_STREAM_CALLBACKS to the compiler using the -D switch.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration151 Migrating from V1.5.1 to V1.5.2
+ *
+ * <b>Library Demos</b>
+ * - The RNDIS demo application has been updated so that it is functional on Linux under earlier implementations
+ * of the RNDIS specification, which had non-standard behaviour. Projects built upon the demo should upgrade
+ * to the latest code.
+ * - The DFU class bootloader has had several bugs corrected in this release. It is recommended that where
+ * possible any existing devices upgrade to the latest bootloader code.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration150 Migrating from V1.5.0 to V1.5.1
+ *
+ * <b>Library Demos</b>
+ * - The USBtoSerial demo was broken in the 1.5.0 release, due to incorrect register polling in place of the
+ * global "Transmitting" flag. The change has been reverted in this release. Projects built upon the demo
+ * should upgrade to the latest code.
+ * - The HID class demos did not implement the mandatory GetReport HID class request. Projects built upon the HID
+ * demos should upgrade to the latest code.
+ * - The HID class demos incorrectly reported themselves as boot-protocol enabled HID devices in their descriptors.
+ * Projects built upon the HID demos should upgrade to the latest code.
+ * - The MIDI device demo had incorrect AudioStreaming interface descriptors. Projects built upon the MIDI demo
+ * should upgrade to the latest code.
+ * - The AudioOut demo did not correctly tristate the speaker pins when USB was disconnected, wasting power.
+ * Projects built upon the AudioOut demo should upgrade to the latest code.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Migration141 Migrating from V1.4.1 to V1.5.0
+ *
+ * <b>Library Demos</b>
+ * - Previous versions of the library demos had incorrectly encoded BCD version numbers in the descriptors. To
+ * avoid such mistakes in the future, the VERSION_BCD macro has been added to StdDescriptors.h. Existing
+ * projects should at least manually correct the BCD version numbers, or preferably update the descriptors to
+ * encode the version number in BCD format using the new macro.
+ * - The mandatory GetReport class-specific request was accidentally omitted from previous versions of the demos
+ * based on the Human Interface Device (HID) class. This has been corrected, and any user projects based on the
+ * HID demos should also be updated accordingly.
+ * - The CDC demos now correctly send an empty packet directly after a full packet, to end the transmission.
+ * Failure to do this on projects which always or frequently send full packets will cause buffering issues on
+ * the host OS. All CDC user projects are advised to update their transmission routines in the same manner as
+ * the library CDC demos.
+ * - The previous interrupt-driven Endpoint/Pipe demos did not properly save and restore the currently selected
+ * Endpoint/Pipe when the ISR fired. This has been corrected - user projects based on the interrupt driven
+ * demos should also update to properly save and restore the selected Endpoint/Pipe.
+ *
+ * <b>Non-USB Library Components</b>
+ * - The Atomic.h and ISRMacro.h header files in MyUSB/Common have been removed, as the library is now only
+ * compatible with avr-libc library versions newer than the time before the functionality of the deleted
+ * headers was available.
+ *
+ * <b>Device Mode</b>
+ * - The GetDescriptor function (see StdDescriptors.h) now has a new prototype, with altered parameter names and
+ * functions. Existing projects will need to update the GetDescriptor implementation to reflect the new API.
+ * The previously split Type and Index parameters are now passed as the original wValue parameter to the
+ * function, to make way for the USB specification wIndex parameter which is <i>not</i> the same as the
+ * previous Index parameter.
+ * - The USB_UnhandledControlPacket event (see Events.h) now has new parameter names, to be in line with the
+ * official USB specification. Existing code will need to be altered to use the new parameter names.
+ * - The USB_CreateEndpoints event (see Events.h) has been renamed to USB_ConfigurationChanged, which is more
+ * appropriate. It fires in an identical manner to the previously named event, thus the only change to be made
+ * is the event name itself in the user project.
+ * - The USB_Descriptor_Language_t structure no longer exists in StdDescriptors.h, as this was a
+ * pseudo-descriptor modeled on the string descriptor. It is replaced by the true USB_Descriptor_String_t type
+ * descriptor as indicated in the USB specification, thus all device code must be updated accordingly.
+ * - The names of several Endpoint macros have been changed to be more consistent with the rest of the library,
+ * with no implementation changes. This means that existing code can be altered to use the new macro names
+ * with no other considerations required. See Endpoint.h for the new macro names.
+ * - The previous version of the MassStorage demo had an incorrect value in the SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t
+ * structure named SenseData in SCSI.c which caused some problems with some hosts. User projects based on this
+ * demo should correct the structure value to maintain compatibility across multiple OS platforms.
+ * - By default, the descriptor structures use the official USB specification names for the elements. Previous
+ * versions of the library used non-standard (but more verbose) names, which are still usable in the current
+ * and future releases when the correct compile time option is enabled. See the StdDescriptors.h file
+ * documentation for more details.
+ *
+ * <b>Host Mode</b>
+ * - The USB_Host_Request_Header_t structure in HostChapter9.h (used for issuing control requests) has had its
+ * members renamed to the official USB specification names for requests. Existing code will need to be updated
+ * to use the new names.
+ * - The names of several Pipe macros have been changed to be more consistent with the rest of the library,
+ * with no implementation changes. This means that existing code can be altered to use the new macro names
+ * with no other considerations required. See Pipe.h for the new macro names.
+ * - By default, the descriptor structures use the official USB specification names for the elements. Previous
+ * versions of the library used non-standard (but more verbose) names, which are still usable in the current
+ * and future releases when the correct compile time option is enabled. See the StdDescriptors.h file
+ * documentation for more details.
+ * - The names of the macros in Host.h for controlling the SOF generation have been renamed, see the Host.h
+ * module documentation for the new macro names.
+ *
+ * <b>Dual Role Mode</b>
+ * - The OTG.h header file has been corrected so that the macros now perform their stated functions. Any existing
+ * projects using custom headers to fix the broken OTG header should now be altered to once again use the OTG
+ * header inside the library.
+ * - The USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event (see Events.h) now also fires in Device mode, when the host has
+ * finished enumerating the device. Projects relying on the event only firing in Host mode should be updated
+ * so that the event action only occurs when the USB_Mode global is set to USB_MODE_HOST.
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/OSDrivers.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/OSDrivers.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4823c5b08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/OSDrivers.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_OSDrivers Operating System Drivers
+ *
+ * Most of the USB classes supported by LUFA are also supported natively in
+ * most operating systems, without extra drivers being required. However, in
+ * some cases, a driver file is required in order for the device to enumerate
+ * and function correctly.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_OSClassSupport Operating System USB Class Support
+ * The table below lists the supported LUFA USB classes, and their associated
+ * <i>native</i> support on modern operating systems.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th width="200px">USB Class</th>
+ * <th width="150px">Android</th>
+ * <th width="150px">Windows</th>
+ * <th width="150px">Linux</th>
+ * <th width="150px">OS X</th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Android Open Accessory</td>
+ * <td>2.3.4+</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Audio 1.0</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>XP+</td>
+ * <td>2.6.?+</td>
+ * <td>10.?+</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>CDC-ACM</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>XP+</td>
+ * <td>2.6.?+</td>
+ * <td>10.?+</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>HID</td>
+ * <td>3.?+</td>
+ * <td>XP+</td>
+ * <td>2.6.?+</td>
+ * <td>10.?+</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MIDI</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>XP+</td>
+ * <td>2.6.?+</td>
+ * <td>10.?+</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Mass Storage</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>XP+</td>
+ * <td>2.6.?+</td>
+ * <td>10.?+</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Printer</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>XP+</td>
+ * <td>2.6.?+</td>
+ * <td>10.?+</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>RNDIS</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>XP+</td>
+ * <td>2.6.?+</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Still Image</td>
+ * <td>N/A</td>
+ * <td>XP+</td>
+ * <td>2.6.?+</td>
+ * <td>10.?+</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_WinINFTemplates Windows INF Drivers
+ * Windows uses INF driver files to associate a USB device of a specific class,
+ * VID/PID ID pair, Windows Compatibility ID or other characteristic to a kernel
+ * driver. In most cases these files are build into the operating system, and
+ * no special user action or driver files are required for a device using a
+ * standard USB class to enumerate. However, for some classes, a specific INF
+ * driver must be created and given to the operating system for the device to
+ * enumerate.
+ *
+ * Those USB classes requiring a custom INF driver file in Windows are listed
+ * below, along with a basic INF template for each class.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_WinINF_CDC Windows CDC INF Template
+ * This template is required for all CDC-ACM devices on Windows XP or newer.
+ * \verbinclude "WindowsINF/LUFA CDC-ACM.inf"
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_WinINF_RNDIS Windows RNDIS INF Template
+ * This template is required for all RNDIS devices on Windows XP or newer.
+ * \verbinclude "WindowsINF/LUFA RNDIS.inf"
+ */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ProgrammingApps.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ProgrammingApps.txt
index 6ff185676..4759ac87a 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ProgrammingApps.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/ProgrammingApps.txt
@@ -1,30 +1,30 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/** \page Page_ProgrammingApps Programming an Application into a USB AVR
- *
- * Once you have built an application, you will need a way to program in the resulting ".HEX" file (and, if your
- * application uses EEPROM variables with initial values, also a ".EEP" file) into your USB AVR. Normally, the
- * reprogramming of an AVR device must be performed using a special piece of programming hardware, through one of the
- * supported AVR programming protocols - ISP, HVSP, HVPP, JTAG, dW or PDI. This can be done through a custom programmer,
- * a third party programmer, or an official Atmel AVR tool - for more information, see the <a>atmel.com</a> website.
- *
- * Alternatively, you can use the bootloader. From the Atmel factory, each USB AVR comes preloaded with the Atmel
- * DFU (Device Firmware Update) class bootloader, a small piece of AVR firmware which allows the remainder of the
- * AVR to be programmed through a non-standard interface such as the serial USART port, SPI, or (in this case) USB.
- * Bootloaders have the advantage of not requiring any special hardware for programming, and cannot usually be erased
- * or broken without an external programming device. They have disadvantages however; they cannot change the fuses of
- * the AVR (special configuration settings that control the operation of the chip itself) and a small portion of the
- * AVR's FLASH program memory must be reserved to contain the bootloader firmware, and thus cannot be used by the
- * loaded application.
- *
- * If you wish to use the DFU bootloader to program in your application, refer to your DFU programmer's documentation.
- * Atmel provides a free utility called FLIP which is USB AVR compatible, and an open source (Linux compatible)
- * alternative exists called "dfu-programmer".
- *
- * \see \ref Page_BuildModule_DFU for information on the LUFA build system DFU module, for automatic DFU bootloader
- * programming makefile targets.
- */
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_ProgrammingApps Programming an Application into a USB AVR
+ *
+ * Once you have built an application, you will need a way to program in the resulting ".HEX" file (and, if your
+ * application uses EEPROM variables with initial values, also a ".EEP" file) into your USB AVR. Normally, the
+ * reprogramming of an AVR device must be performed using a special piece of programming hardware, through one of the
+ * supported AVR programming protocols - ISP, HVSP, HVPP, JTAG, dW or PDI. This can be done through a custom programmer,
+ * a third party programmer, or an official Atmel AVR tool - for more information, see the <a>atmel.com</a> website.
+ *
+ * Alternatively, you can use the bootloader. From the Atmel factory, each USB AVR comes preloaded with the Atmel
+ * DFU (Device Firmware Update) class bootloader, a small piece of AVR firmware which allows the remainder of the
+ * AVR to be programmed through a non-standard interface such as the serial USART port, SPI, or (in this case) USB.
+ * Bootloaders have the advantage of not requiring any special hardware for programming, and cannot usually be erased
+ * or broken without an external programming device. They have disadvantages however; they cannot change the fuses of
+ * the AVR (special configuration settings that control the operation of the chip itself) and a small portion of the
+ * AVR's FLASH program memory must be reserved to contain the bootloader firmware, and thus cannot be used by the
+ * loaded application.
+ *
+ * If you wish to use the DFU bootloader to program in your application, refer to your DFU programmer's documentation.
+ * Atmel provides a free utility called FLIP which is USB AVR compatible, and an open source (Linux compatible)
+ * alternative exists called "dfu-programmer".
+ *
+ * \see \ref Page_BuildModule_DFU for information on the LUFA build system DFU module, for automatic DFU bootloader
+ * programming makefile targets.
+ */
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/SoftwareBootloaderJump.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/SoftwareBootloaderJump.txt
index 328466103..0b69612b6 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/SoftwareBootloaderJump.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/SoftwareBootloaderJump.txt
@@ -1,71 +1,71 @@
-/** \file
- *
- * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
- * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
- */
-
-/**
- * \page Page_SoftwareBootloaderStart Entering the Bootloader via Software
- *
- * A common requirement of many applications is the ability to jump to the programmed bootloader of a chip
- * on demand, via the code's firmware (i.e. not as a result of any physical user interaction with the
- * hardware). This might be required because the device does not have any physical user input, or simply
- * just to streamline the device upgrade process on the host PC.
- *
- * The following C code snippets may be used to enter the bootloader upon request by the user application.
- * By using the watchdog to physically reset the controller, it is ensured that all system hardware is
- * completely reset to their defaults before the bootloader is run. This is important; since bootloaders
- * are written to occupy a very limited space, they usually make assumptions about the register states based
- * on the default values after a hard-reset of the chip.
- *
- * \section Sec_SoftareBootAVR8 AVR8 Architecture
- * The following software bootloader jump code is written for the AVR8 architecture.
- *
- * \code
- * #include <avr/wdt.h>
- * #include <avr/io.h>
- * #include <util/delay.h>
- *
- * #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
- * #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
- *
- * uint32_t Boot_Key ATTR_NO_INIT;
- *
- * #define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY 0xDC42ACCA
- * #define BOOTLOADER_START_ADDRESS (FLASH_SIZE_BYTES - BOOTLOADER_SEC_SIZE_BYTES)
- *
- * void Bootloader_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
- * void Bootloader_Jump_Check(void)
- * {
- * // If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the bootloader
- * if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (Boot_Key == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
- * {
- * Boot_Key = 0;
- * ((void (*)(void))BOOTLOADER_START_ADDRESS)();
- * }
- * }
- *
- * void Jump_To_Bootloader(void)
- * {
- * // If USB is used, detach from the bus and reset it
- * USB_Disable();
- *
- * // Disable all interrupts
- * cli();
- *
- * // Wait two seconds for the USB detachment to register on the host
- * Delay_MS(2000);
- *
- * // Set the bootloader key to the magic value and force a reset
- * Boot_Key = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
- * wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
- * for (;;);
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * Note that the bootloader magic key can be any arbitrary value. The <em>FLASH_SIZE_BYTES</em> and
- * <em>BOOTLOADER_SEC_SIZE_BYTES</em> tokens should be replaced with the total flash size of the AVR
- * in bytes, and the allocated size of the bootloader section for the target AVR.
- *
- */
-
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * \page Page_SoftwareBootloaderStart Entering the Bootloader via Software
+ *
+ * A common requirement of many applications is the ability to jump to the programmed bootloader of a chip
+ * on demand, via the code's firmware (i.e. not as a result of any physical user interaction with the
+ * hardware). This might be required because the device does not have any physical user input, or simply
+ * just to streamline the device upgrade process on the host PC.
+ *
+ * The following C code snippets may be used to enter the bootloader upon request by the user application.
+ * By using the watchdog to physically reset the controller, it is ensured that all system hardware is
+ * completely reset to their defaults before the bootloader is run. This is important; since bootloaders
+ * are written to occupy a very limited space, they usually make assumptions about the register states based
+ * on the default values after a hard-reset of the chip.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SoftareBootAVR8 AVR8 Architecture
+ * The following software bootloader jump code is written for the AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * #include <avr/wdt.h>
+ * #include <avr/io.h>
+ * #include <util/delay.h>
+ *
+ * #include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+ * #include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+ *
+ * uint32_t Boot_Key ATTR_NO_INIT;
+ *
+ * #define MAGIC_BOOT_KEY 0xDC42ACCA
+ * #define BOOTLOADER_START_ADDRESS ((FLASH_SIZE_BYTES - BOOTLOADER_SEC_SIZE_BYTES) >> 1)
+ *
+ * void Bootloader_Jump_Check(void) ATTR_INIT_SECTION(3);
+ * void Bootloader_Jump_Check(void)
+ * {
+ * // If the reset source was the bootloader and the key is correct, clear it and jump to the bootloader
+ * if ((MCUSR & (1 << WDRF)) && (Boot_Key == MAGIC_BOOT_KEY))
+ * {
+ * Boot_Key = 0;
+ * ((void (*)(void))BOOTLOADER_START_ADDRESS)();
+ * }
+ * }
+ *
+ * void Jump_To_Bootloader(void)
+ * {
+ * // If USB is used, detach from the bus and reset it
+ * USB_Disable();
+ *
+ * // Disable all interrupts
+ * cli();
+ *
+ * // Wait two seconds for the USB detachment to register on the host
+ * Delay_MS(2000);
+ *
+ * // Set the bootloader key to the magic value and force a reset
+ * Boot_Key = MAGIC_BOOT_KEY;
+ * wdt_enable(WDTO_250MS);
+ * for (;;);
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * Note that the bootloader magic key can be any arbitrary value. The <em>FLASH_SIZE_BYTES</em> and
+ * <em>BOOTLOADER_SEC_SIZE_BYTES</em> tokens should be replaced with the total flash size of the AVR
+ * in bytes, and the allocated size of the bootloader section for the target AVR.
+ *
+ */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Footer.htm b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Footer.htm
index c6de4e64d..a72c5bdd2 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Footer.htm
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Footer.htm
@@ -1,35 +1,35 @@
-<!--BEGIN GENERATE_TREEVIEW-->
- <div id="nav-path" class="navpath"><!-- id is needed for treeview function! -->
- <ul>
- <li class="footer" style="float:left !important;">
- $generatedby
- <a href="http://www.doxygen.org/index.html">
- <img class="footer" src="$relpath$doxygen.png" alt="doxygen"/>
- </a>
- $doxygenversion
- </li>
-
- <li class="footer">
- <a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org" title="LUFA Project Page">LUFA Project Page</a> | <a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org/support" title="LUFA Support List">Support Mailing List</a> | <a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org/donate" title="Donate to Support LUFA">Donate</a> | <a href="http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com" title="Four Walled Cubicle Website">Four Walled Cubicle</a> - LUFA, the Lightweight USB Framework for AVRs
- </li>
- </ul>
- </div>
-<!--END GENERATE_TREEVIEW-->
-<!--BEGIN !GENERATE_TREEVIEW-->
- <hr class="footer"/>
- <div class="footer">
- <span style="float: left;">
- $generatedby
- <a href="http://www.doxygen.org/index.html">
- <img class="footer" src="$relpath$doxygen.png" alt="doxygen"/>
- </a>
- $doxygenversion
- </span>
-
- <span style="margin-right: 20px; float: right;">
- <a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org" title="LUFA Project Page">LUFA Project Page</a> | <a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org/support" title="LUFA Support List">Support Mailing List</a> | <a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org/donate" title="Donate to Support LUFA">Donate</a> | <a href="http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com" title="Four Walled Cubicle Website">Four Walled Cubicle</a> - LUFA, the Lightweight USB Framework for AVRs
- </span>
- </div>
-<!--END !GENERATE_TREEVIEW-->
- </body>
+<!--BEGIN GENERATE_TREEVIEW-->
+ <div id="nav-path" class="navpath"><!-- id is needed for treeview function! -->
+ <ul>
+ <li class="footer" style="float:left !important;">
+ $generatedby
+ <a href="http://www.doxygen.org/index.html">
+ <img class="footer" src="$relpath$doxygen.png" alt="doxygen"/>
+ </a>
+ $doxygenversion
+ </li>
+
+ <li class="footer">
+ <a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org" title="LUFA Project Page">LUFA Project Page</a> | <a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org/support" title="LUFA Support List">Support Mailing List</a> | <a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org/donate" title="Donate to Support LUFA">Donate</a> | <a href="http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com" title="Four Walled Cubicle Website">Four Walled Cubicle</a> - LUFA, the Lightweight USB Framework for AVRs
+ </li>
+ </ul>
+ </div>
+<!--END GENERATE_TREEVIEW-->
+<!--BEGIN !GENERATE_TREEVIEW-->
+ <hr class="footer"/>
+ <div class="footer">
+ <span style="float: left;">
+ $generatedby
+ <a href="http://www.doxygen.org/index.html">
+ <img class="footer" src="$relpath$doxygen.png" alt="doxygen"/>
+ </a>
+ $doxygenversion
+ </span>
+
+ <span style="margin-right: 20px; float: right;">
+ <a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org" title="LUFA Project Page">LUFA Project Page</a> | <a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org/support" title="LUFA Support List">Support Mailing List</a> | <a href="http://www.lufa-lib.org/donate" title="Donate to Support LUFA">Donate</a> | <a href="http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com" title="Four Walled Cubicle Website">Four Walled Cubicle</a> - LUFA, the Lightweight USB Framework for AVRs
+ </span>
+ </div>
+<!--END !GENERATE_TREEVIEW-->
+ </body>
</html> \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..933215546
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/Style/Style.css
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* ============================= */
+/* Page Header Formattings */
+/* ============================= */
+#titlearea {
+ background-color:#E1E7F4;
+ background-image:url('nav_f.png');
+ background-repeat:repeat-x;
+ color:#20335A;
+ font-weight:bold;
+ text-shadow:0 1px 1px rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.9);
+}
+
+#projectlogo {
+ padding-left: 10px;
+}
+
+/* ============================= */
+/* General Text Formattings */
+/* ============================= */
+body,table,div,p,dl {
+ font-family:Lucida Grande, Verdana, Geneva, Arial, sans-serif;
+ font-size:13px;
+ line-height:1.3;
+}
+
+div.header, div.contents p {
+ padding-left:12px;
+}
+
+/* ============================= */
+/* API Documentation Formattings */
+/* ============================= */
+div.contents table.memberdecls, .paramname {
+ font-family:Consolas, Monaco, courier, sans-serif;
+ font-size:105%;
+ padding-right:20px;
+}
+
+/* ============================= */
+/* HTML Heading Formattings */
+/* ============================= */
+h1, h2, h3, h4 {
+ font-family:Lucida Grande, Verdana, Geneva, Arial, sans-serif;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size:25px;
+ margin-bottom:10px;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ color:#42657B;
+ font-size:17px;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ font-size:15px;
+}
+
+h4 {
+ font-size:13px;
+}
+
+/* ============================= */
+/* Code Snippet Formattings */
+/* ============================= */
+span.keyword {
+ color:#008000;
+}
+
+span.keywordtype {
+ color:#604020;
+}
+
+span.keywordflow {
+ color:#e08000;
+}
+
+span.comment {
+ color:#008000;
+}
+
+span.preprocessor {
+ color:#806020;
+}
+
+span.stringliteral {
+ color:#002080;
+}
+
+span.charliteral {
+ color:#008080;
+}
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/VIDAndPIDValues.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/VIDAndPIDValues.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8b1722044
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/VIDAndPIDValues.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_VIDPID VID and PID values
+ *
+ * \section Sec_VIDPID_Allocations VID and PID Allocations
+ * The LUFA library uses VID/PID combinations generously donated by Atmel. The following VID/PID combinations
+ * are used within the LUFA demos, and thus may be re-used by derivations of each demo. Free PID values may be
+ * used by future LUFA demo projects.
+ *
+ * <b>These VID/PID values should not be used in commercial designs under any circumstances.</b> Private projects
+ * may use the following values freely, but must accept any collisions due to other LUFA derived private projects
+ * sharing identical values. It is suggested that private projects using interfaces compatible with existing
+ * demos share the same VID/PID value.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th>VID</th>
+ * <th>PID</th>
+ * <th>Usage</th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2040</td>
+ * <td>Test VID/PID (See \ref Sec_Test_VIDPID)</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2041</td>
+ * <td>Mouse Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2042</td>
+ * <td>Keyboard Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2043</td>
+ * <td>Joystick Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2044</td>
+ * <td>CDC Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2045</td>
+ * <td>Mass Storage Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2046</td>
+ * <td>Audio Output Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2047</td>
+ * <td>Audio Input Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2048</td>
+ * <td>MIDI Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2049</td>
+ * <td>MagStripe Project</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x204A</td>
+ * <td>CDC Class Bootloader</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x204B</td>
+ * <td>USB to Serial Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x204C</td>
+ * <td>RNDIS Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x204D</td>
+ * <td>Combined Keyboard and Mouse Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x204E</td>
+ * <td>Dual CDC Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>
+ * 0x204F
+ * </td>
+ * <td>Generic HID Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2060</td>
+ * <td>Benito Programmer Project</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2061</td>
+ * <td>Combined Mass Storage and Keyboard Demo</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2062</td>
+ * <td>Combined CDC and Mouse Demo</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2063</td>
+ * <td>Mass Storage/HID Interface Datalogger Project</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2064</td>
+ * <td>Interfaceless Control-Only LUFA Devices</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2065</td>
+ * <td>Test and Measurement Demo</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>
+ * 0x2066
+ * </td>
+ * <td>Multiple Report Keyboard/Mouse HID Demo</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2067</td>
+ * <td>HID Class Bootloader</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x2068</td>
+ * <td>Virtual Serial/Mass Storage Demo</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>
+ * 0x2069
+ * </td>
+ * <td>Webserver Project</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x206A</td>
+ * <td>Media Control Project</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x206B</td>
+ * <td>Printer Class Bootloader</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x206C</td>
+ * <td>Bulk Vendor Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x206D</td>
+ * <td>Dual MIDI Demo Application</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x206E</td>
+ * <td><i>Currently Unallocated</i></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>0x03EB</td>
+ * <td>0x206F</td>
+ * <td><i>Currently Unallocated</i></td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Test_VIDPID The Test VID/PID Combination
+ * For use in testing of LUFA powered devices during development only, by non-commercial entities.
+ * All devices must accept collisions on this VID/PID range (from other in-development LUFA devices)
+ * to be resolved by using a unique release number in the Device Descriptor. No devices using this
+ * VID/PID combination may be released to the general public.
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/WritingBoardDrivers.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/WritingBoardDrivers.txt
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b2ff07e66
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/DoxygenPages/WritingBoardDrivers.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/** \file
+ *
+ * This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ * documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+
+/** \page Page_WritingBoardDrivers Writing LUFA Board Drivers
+ *
+ * LUFA ships with several basic pre-made board drivers, to control hardware present on the supported board
+ * hardware - such as Dataflash ICs, LEDs, Joysticks, or other hardware peripherals. When compiling an application
+ * which makes use of one or more board drivers located in <i>LUFA/Drivers/Board</i>, you must also indicate which
+ * board hardware you are using in your project makefile. This is done by defining the <tt>BOARD</tt> macro using
+ * the <tt>-D</tt> switch passed to the compiler, with a constant of <tt>BOARD_{Name}</tt>. For example,
+ * <tt>-DBOARD=BOARD_USBKEY</tt> instructs the compiler to use the USBKEY board hardware drivers.
+ *
+ * If your application does not use <i>any</i> board level drivers, you can omit the definition of the <tt>BOARD</tt>
+ * macro. However, some users may wish to write their own custom board hardware drivers which are to remain compatible
+ * with the LUFA hardware API. To do this, the <tt>BOARD</tt> macro should be defined to the value <tt>BOARD_USER</tt>.
+ * This indicates that the board level drivers should be located in a folder named "Board" located inside the
+ * application's folder.
+ *
+ * When used, the driver stub files located in the <tt>LUFA/CodeTemplates/DriverStubs</tt> folder should be copied to
+ * the user application's <tt>Board/</tt> directory, and filled out to include the values and code needed to control
+ * the custom board hardware. Once done, the existing LUFA board level APIs (accessed in the regular
+ * <tt>LUFA/Drivers/Board/</tt> folder) will redirect to the user board drivers, maintaining code compatibility and
+ * allowing for a different board to be selected through the project makefile with no code changes.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_BoardTemplates Board Driver Templates
+ *
+ * The templates for each board driver are reproduced below.
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_BoardTemplates_Board Template for USER <Board/Board.h>
+ * \include "DriverStubs/Board.h"
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_BoardTemplates_Buttons Template for USER <Board/Buttons.h>
+ * \include "DriverStubs/Buttons.h"
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_BoardTemplates_Dataflash Template for USER <Board/Dataflash.h>
+ * \include "DriverStubs/Dataflash.h"
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_BoardTemplates_Joystick Template for USER <Board/Joystick.h>
+ * \include "DriverStubs/Joystick.h"
+ *
+ * \subsection SSec_BoardTemplates_LEDs Template for USER <Board/LEDs.h>
+ * \include "DriverStubs/LEDs.h"
+ */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..48016e0bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_ADAFRUITU4
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_ADAFRUITU4 ADAFRUITU4
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board (http://ladyada.net/products/atmega32u4breakout).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_ADAFRUITU4_H__
+#define __BOARD_ADAFRUITU4_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h
index c18054f82..9f312207b 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h
@@ -1,135 +1,135 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_ADAFRUITU4
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_ADAFRUITU4 ADAFRUITU4
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board (http://ladyada.net/products/atmega32u4breakout).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_ADAFRUITU4_H__
-#define __LEDS_ADAFRUITU4_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
-
- /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRE |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTE |= LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTE &= ~LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PINE = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (PORTE & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_ADAFRUITU4
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_ADAFRUITU4 ADAFRUITU4
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Adafruit U4 Breakout board (http://ladyada.net/products/atmega32u4breakout).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_ADAFRUITU4_H__
+#define __LEDS_ADAFRUITU4_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRE |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTE |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTE &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINE = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTE & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..07000ecdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_ATAVRUSBRF01
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_ATAVRUSBRF01 ATAVRUSBRF01
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
+#define __BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h
index 3470890b6..8b815dbcb 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h
@@ -1,103 +1,103 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_ATAVRUSBRF01
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_ATAVRUSBRF01 ATAVRUSBRF01
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_ATAVRUSBRF01
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_ATAVRUSBRF01 ATAVRUSBRF01
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h
index 17b427155..76e89fd0d 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h
@@ -1,139 +1,139 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_ATAVRUSBRF01
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_ATAVRUSBRF01 ATAVRUSBRF01
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>RX LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.0</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>TX LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.1</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
-#define __LEDS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 1)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD = (PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PIND = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_ATAVRUSBRF01
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_ATAVRUSBRF01 ATAVRUSBRF01
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel ATAVRUSBRF01.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>RX LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>TX LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.1</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
+#define __LEDS_ATAVRUSBRF01_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 1)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = (PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5584e1ea7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_BENITO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_BENITO BENITO
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Tempusdictum Benito (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/benito).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_BENITO_H__
+#define __BOARD_BENITO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h
index cecaca07e..96d14a3ae 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h
@@ -1,103 +1,103 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_BENITO
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_BENITO BENITO
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/benito).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_BENITO_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_BENITO_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_BENITO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_BENITO BENITO
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/benito).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_BENITO_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_BENITO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h
index dc3d85df2..49df44191 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h
@@ -1,139 +1,139 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_BENITO
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_BENITO BENITO
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/benito).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>TX LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>RX LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTC.6</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_BENITO_H__
-#define __LEDS_BENITO_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 7)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 6)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTC |= LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTC = ((PORTC | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTC = ((PORTC | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PINC = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_BENITO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_BENITO BENITO
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Tempusdictum Benito (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/benito).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>TX LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>RX LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTC.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_BENITO_H__
+#define __LEDS_BENITO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC = ((PORTC | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTC = ((PORTC | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINC = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9d4e30130
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_BIGMULTIO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_BIGMULTIO BIGMULTIO
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio (http://www.bitwizard.nl/wiki/index.php/Usbbigmultio).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_BIGMULTIO_H__
+#define __BOARD_BIGMULTIO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h
index d003680da..93d5bec97 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h
@@ -1,161 +1,161 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_BIGMULTIO
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_BIGMULTIO BIGMULTIO
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio (http://www.bitwizard.nl/wiki/index.php/Usbbigmultio).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED0</td><td>High</td><td>PORTF.6</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTF.7</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_BIGMULTIO_H__
-#define __LEDS_BIGMULTIO_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define LEDS_PORTF_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
- #define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS LEDS_LED3
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 7)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 2)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRF |= LEDS_PORTF_LEDS;
- DDRE |= LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
-
- PORTF &= ~LEDS_PORTF_LEDS;
- PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRF &= ~LEDS_PORTF_LEDS;
- DDRE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
-
- PORTF &= ~LEDS_PORTF_LEDS;
- PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTF |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
- PORTE |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTF &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
- PORTE &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTF = (PORTF & ~LEDS_PORTF_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
- PORTE = (PORTE & ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTF = (PORTF & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
- PORTE = (PORTE & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PINF = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
- PINE = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return ((PORTF & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS) | (PORTE & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_BIGMULTIO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_BIGMULTIO BIGMULTIO
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Big-Multio (http://www.bitwizard.nl/wiki/index.php/Usbbigmultio).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED0</td><td>High</td><td>PORTF.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTF.7</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_BIGMULTIO_H__
+#define __LEDS_BIGMULTIO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTF_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+ #define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS LEDS_LED3
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 2)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRF |= LEDS_PORTF_LEDS;
+ DDRE |= LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+
+ PORTF &= ~LEDS_PORTF_LEDS;
+ PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRF &= ~LEDS_PORTF_LEDS;
+ DDRE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+
+ PORTF &= ~LEDS_PORTF_LEDS;
+ PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTF |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
+ PORTE |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTF &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
+ PORTE &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTF = (PORTF & ~LEDS_PORTF_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
+ PORTE = (PORTE & ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTF = (PORTF & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
+ PORTE = (PORTE & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINF = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS);
+ PINE = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((PORTF & LEDS_PORTF_LEDS) | (PORTE & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6eec7bf7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the BLACKCAT USB JTAG.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_BLACKCAT
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_BLACKCAT BLACKCAT
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the BLACKCAT USB JTAG.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the TCNISO Blackcat USB JTAG (http://www.embeddedcomputers.net/products/BlackcatUSB).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_BLACKCAT_H__
+#define __BOARD_BLACKCAT_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h
index 778bc321e..4a72039ae 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h
@@ -1,139 +1,139 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the BLACKCAT USB JTAG.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_BLACKCAT
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_BLACKCAT BLACKCAT
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the BLACKCAT USB JTAG.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the TCNISO Blackcat USB JTAG (http://www.embeddedcomputers.net/products/BlackcatUSB).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED0</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.3</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_BLACKCAT_H__
-#define __LEDS_BLACKCAT_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 3)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD |= LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PIND = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the BLACKCAT USB JTAG.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_BLACKCAT
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_BLACKCAT BLACKCAT
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the BLACKCAT USB JTAG.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the TCNISO Blackcat USB JTAG (http://www.embeddedcomputers.net/products/BlackcatUSB).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED0</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Unknown</td><td>LED1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.3</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_BLACKCAT_H__
+#define __LEDS_BLACKCAT_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 3)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..067e870d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Busware BUI.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_BUI
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_BUI BUI
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Busware BUI.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Busware BUI (http://www.busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=BUI).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_BUI_H__
+#define __BOARD_BUI_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h
index cc0c01c8b..e06edb5fc 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h
@@ -1,143 +1,143 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware BUI.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_BUI
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_BUI BUI
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware BUI.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Busware BUI (http://www.busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=BUI).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>RGB LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.2</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>RGB LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.3</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Blue</td><td>RGB LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.4</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_BUI_H__
-#define __LEDS_BUI_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
-/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 2)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 3)
-
- /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 4)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTC |= LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTC = (PORTC & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTC = (PORTC & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PINC = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware BUI.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_BUI
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_BUI BUI
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware BUI.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Busware BUI (http://www.busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=BUI).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>RGB LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.2</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>RGB LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.3</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Blue</td><td>RGB LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.4</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_BUI_H__
+#define __LEDS_BUI_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 2)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC = (PORTC & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTC = (PORTC & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINC = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..906f0b5e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_BUMBLEB
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_BUMBLEB BUMBLEB
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_BUMBLEB_H__
+#define __BOARD_BUMBLEB_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../Joystick.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h
index 96d1eee6d..049542591 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h
@@ -1,105 +1,105 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_BUMBLEB
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_BUMBLEB BUMBLEB
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
- *
- * Board specific buttons driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b). The BUMBLEB
- * third-party board does not include any on-board peripherals, but does have an officially recommended external peripheral
- * layout for buttons, LEDs and a Joystick.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_BUMBLEB_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_BUMBLEB_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_BUMBLEB
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_BUMBLEB BUMBLEB
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ *
+ * Board specific buttons driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b). The BUMBLEB
+ * third-party board does not include any on-board peripherals, but does have an officially recommended external peripheral
+ * layout for buttons, LEDs and a Joystick.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_BUMBLEB_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_BUMBLEB_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h
index 92c7a2e72..82d085e89 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h
@@ -1,123 +1,123 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
- * \copydetails Group_Joystick_BUMBLEB
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
- * \defgroup Group_Joystick_BUMBLEB BUMBLEB
- * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
- *
- * Board specific joystick driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b). The BUMBLEB
- * third-party board does not include any on-board peripherals, but does have an officially recommended external peripheral
- * layout for buttons, LEDs and a Joystick.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>PORTD.2</td><td>PORTD.3</td><td>PORTD.0</td><td>PORTD.1</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __JOYSTICK_BUMBLEB_H__
-#define __JOYSTICK_BUMBLEB_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define JOY_MASK ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1) | (1 << 2) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 4))
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
- #define JOY_LEFT (1 << 2)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
- #define JOY_UP (1 << 3)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
- #define JOY_RIGHT (1 << 0)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
- #define JOY_DOWN (1 << 1)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
- #define JOY_PRESS (1 << 4)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~JOY_MASK;
- PORTD |= JOY_MASK;
- }
-
- static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~JOY_MASK;
- PORTD &= ~JOY_MASK;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return (uint8_t)(~PIND & JOY_MASK);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ * \copydetails Group_Joystick_BUMBLEB
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
+ * \defgroup Group_Joystick_BUMBLEB BUMBLEB
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ *
+ * Board specific joystick driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b). The BUMBLEB
+ * third-party board does not include any on-board peripherals, but does have an officially recommended external peripheral
+ * layout for buttons, LEDs and a Joystick.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>PORTD.2</td><td>PORTD.3</td><td>PORTD.0</td><td>PORTD.1</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_BUMBLEB_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_BUMBLEB_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define JOY_MASK ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1) | (1 << 2) | (1 << 3) | (1 << 4))
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+ #define JOY_LEFT (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+ #define JOY_UP (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+ #define JOY_RIGHT (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+ #define JOY_DOWN (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+ #define JOY_PRESS (1 << 4)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~JOY_MASK;
+ PORTD |= JOY_MASK;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~JOY_MASK;
+ PORTD &= ~JOY_MASK;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (uint8_t)(~PIND & JOY_MASK);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h
index dff069785..5cd7b483c 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h
@@ -1,149 +1,149 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_BUMBLEB
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_BUMBLEB BUMBLEB
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b). The BUMBLEB
- * third-party board does not include any on-board peripherals, but does have an officially recommended external
- * peripheral layout for buttons, LEDs and a Joystick.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>N/A</td><td>User Supplied</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.4</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>N/A</td><td>User Supplied</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>N/A</td><td>User Supplied</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>N/A</td><td>User Supplied</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_BUMBLEB_H__
-#define __LEDS_BUMBLEB_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
-
- /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 6)
-
- /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 7)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
- {
- PORTB |= LedMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
- {
- PORTB &= ~LedMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
- {
- PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LedMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LedMask) | ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PINB = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_BUMBLEB
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_BUMBLEB BUMBLEB
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Fletchtronics BUMBLEB (http://fletchtronics.net/bumble-b). The BUMBLEB
+ * third-party board does not include any on-board peripherals, but does have an officially recommended external
+ * peripheral layout for buttons, LEDs and a Joystick.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>N/A</td><td>User Supplied</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.4</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>N/A</td><td>User Supplied</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>N/A</td><td>User Supplied</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>N/A</td><td>User Supplied</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_BUMBLEB_H__
+#define __LEDS_BUMBLEB_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= LedMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~LedMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LedMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LedMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINB = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..777902d27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Busware CUL V3.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_CULV3
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_CULV3 CULV3
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Busware CUL V3.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Busware CUL V3 (http://busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=CUL).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_CULV3_H__
+#define __BOARD_CULV3_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h
index 6f6933b0d..6a26a9980 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h
@@ -1,103 +1,103 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware CULV3.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_CULV3
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_CULV3 CULV3
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Busware CULV3.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Busware CUL V3 (http://busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=CUL).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_CULV3_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_CULV3_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware CULV3.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_CULV3
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_CULV3 CULV3
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Busware CULV3.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Busware CUL V3 (http://busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=CUL).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_CULV3_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_CULV3_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h
index 86700d147..3d2b8fda0 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h
@@ -1,135 +1,135 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware CUL V3.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_CULV3
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_CULV3 CULV3
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware CUL V3.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Busware CUL V3 (http://busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=CUL).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_CULV3_H__
-#define __LEDS_CULV3_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
-
- /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRE |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTE |= LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTE &= ~LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PINE = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (PORTE & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware CUL V3.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_CULV3
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_CULV3 CULV3
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware CUL V3.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Busware CUL V3 (http://busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=CUL).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_CULV3_H__
+#define __LEDS_CULV3_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRE |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTE &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTE |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTE &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINE = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTE & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..44cf6918b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the DorkbotPDX Duce.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_DUCE
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_DUCE DUCE
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the DorkbotPDX Duce.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the DorkbotPDX Duce (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/duce).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_DUCE_H__
+#define __BOARD_DUCE_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h
index 0d31b481c..83cadedff 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h
@@ -1,147 +1,147 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the DorkbotPDX Duce.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_DUCE
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_DUCE DUCE
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the DorkbotPDX Duce.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the DorkbotPDX Duce (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/duce).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.4</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.5</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.6</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_DUCE_H__
-#define __LEDS_DUCE_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
-
- /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 6)
-
- /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 7)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTC |= LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PINC = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the DorkbotPDX Duce.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_DUCE
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_DUCE DUCE
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the DorkbotPDX Duce.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the DorkbotPDX Duce (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/duce).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.4</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_DUCE_H__
+#define __LEDS_DUCE_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINC = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c77c18b9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_EVK527
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_EVK527 EVK527
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_EVK527_H__
+#define __BOARD_EVK527_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../Dataflash.h"
+ #include "../../Joystick.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h
index 82cb204eb..239880cc6 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h
@@ -1,103 +1,103 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_EVK527
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_EVK527 EVK527
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_EVK527_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_EVK527_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_EVK527
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_EVK527 EVK527
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_EVK527_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_EVK527_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h
index 53af74186..38b2b5889 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h
@@ -1,220 +1,222 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- * \copydetails Group_Dataflash_EVK527
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
- * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_EVK527 EVK527
- * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- *
- * Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB321C (4MB)</td><td>PORTE.6</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __DATAFLASH_EVK527_H__
-#define __DATAFLASH_EVK527_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../../../Misc/AT45DB321C.h"
- #include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK (1 << 6)
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR DDRE
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTE
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
- #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
-
- /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
- #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK
-
- /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 0
-
- /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash IC. */
- #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 512
-
- /** Total number of pages inside the board's dataflash IC. */
- #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
- * The microcontroller's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
- {
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
- }
-
- /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
- *
- * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
- {
- return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
- }
-
- /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
- {
- SPI_SendByte(Byte);
- }
-
- /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
- {
- return SPI_ReceiveByte();
- }
-
- /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
- *
- * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
- * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
- {
- return (DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
- }
-
- /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
- *
- * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
- * the chip number).
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
- {
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & ~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) | ChipMask);
- }
-
- /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
- static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
- {
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
- }
-
- /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
- * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
- * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
- * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
- * are deselected.
- *
- * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
- * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
- {
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-
- if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
- return;
-
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
- }
-
- /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
- * a new command.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
- {
- uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
-
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
- Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
- }
-
- /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
- * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
- {
- Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
- while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
- Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
- }
-
- /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
- * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
- *
- * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
- * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
- const uint16_t BufferByte)
- {
- Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
- Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
- Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
- }
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ * \copydetails Group_Dataflash_EVK527
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_EVK527 EVK527
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ * Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB321C (4MB)</td><td>PORTE.6</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_EVK527_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_EVK527_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../../Misc/AT45DB321C.h"
+ #include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK DATAFLASH_CHIP1
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR DDRE
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTE
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
+
+ /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP 0
+
+ /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash IC. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 512
+
+ /** Total number of pages inside the board's dataflash IC. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+ * The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+
+ SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ SPI_SendByte(Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ return SPI_ReceiveByte();
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+ * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+ {
+ return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+ * the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+ * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+ * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+ * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+ * are deselected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+ * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+ {
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
+ return;
+
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ }
+
+ /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+ * a new command.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+ * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+ while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+ * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+ * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+ const uint16_t BufferByte)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
+ Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+ Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h
index 266b14907..492c70699 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h
@@ -1,130 +1,130 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- * \copydetails Group_Joystick_EVK527
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
- * \defgroup Group_Joystick_EVK527 EVK527
- * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- *
- * Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>PORTF.4</td><td>PORTF.5</td><td>PORTF.7</td><td>PORTC.6</td><td>PORTF.6</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __JOYSTICK_EVK527_H__
-#define __JOYSTICK_EVK527_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define JOY_FMASK ((1 << 4) | (1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
- #define JOY_CMASK (1 << 6)
-
- #define JOY_PORTC_MASK_SHIFT 3
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
- #define JOY_LEFT (1 << 4)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
- #define JOY_RIGHT (1 << 7)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
- #define JOY_UP (1 << 5)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
- #define JOY_DOWN ((1 << 6) >> JOY_PORTC_MASK_SHIFT)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
- #define JOY_PRESS (1 << 6)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
- {
- DDRF &= ~JOY_FMASK;
- DDRC &= ~JOY_CMASK;
-
- PORTF |= JOY_FMASK;
- PORTC |= JOY_CMASK;
- }
-
- static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRF &= ~JOY_FMASK;
- DDRC &= ~JOY_CMASK;
-
- PORTF &= ~JOY_FMASK;
- PORTC &= ~JOY_CMASK;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return (((uint8_t)~PINF & JOY_FMASK) | (((uint8_t)~PINC & JOY_CMASK) >> JOY_PORTC_MASK_SHIFT));
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ * \copydetails Group_Joystick_EVK527
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
+ * \defgroup Group_Joystick_EVK527 EVK527
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ * Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>PORTF.4</td><td>PORTF.5</td><td>PORTF.7</td><td>PORTC.6</td><td>PORTF.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_EVK527_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_EVK527_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define JOY_FMASK ((1 << 4) | (1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
+ #define JOY_CMASK (1 << 6)
+
+ #define JOY_PORTC_MASK_SHIFT 3
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+ #define JOY_LEFT (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+ #define JOY_RIGHT (1 << 7)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+ #define JOY_UP (1 << 5)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+ #define JOY_DOWN ((1 << 6) >> JOY_PORTC_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+ #define JOY_PRESS (1 << 6)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRF &= ~JOY_FMASK;
+ DDRC &= ~JOY_CMASK;
+
+ PORTF |= JOY_FMASK;
+ PORTC |= JOY_CMASK;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRF &= ~JOY_FMASK;
+ DDRC &= ~JOY_CMASK;
+
+ PORTF &= ~JOY_FMASK;
+ PORTC &= ~JOY_CMASK;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (((uint8_t)~PINF & JOY_FMASK) | (((uint8_t)~PINC & JOY_CMASK) >> JOY_PORTC_MASK_SHIFT));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h
index 58483a9ba..84e689a4b 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h
@@ -1,143 +1,143 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_EVK527
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_EVK527 EVK527
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_EVK527_H__
-#define __LEDS_EVK527_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 5)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 6)
-
- /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD |= LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PIND = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_EVK527
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_EVK527 EVK527
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK527.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_EVK527_H__
+#define __LEDS_EVK527_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0f1aca09d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_JMDBU2
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_JMDBU2 JMDBU2
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2 (http://u2.mattair.net/index.html).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_JMDBU2_H__
+#define __BOARD_JMDBU2_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h
index 67783ca2b..80500993d 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h
@@ -1,103 +1,103 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_JMDBU2
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_JMDBU2 JMDBU2
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2 (http://u2.mattair.net/index.html).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_JMDBU2_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_JMDBU2_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_JMDBU2
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_JMDBU2 JMDBU2
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2 (http://u2.mattair.net/index.html).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_JMDBU2_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_JMDBU2_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h
index d64cdad6d..562103e33 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h
@@ -1,135 +1,135 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_JMDBU2
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_JMDBU2 JMDBU2
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2 (http://u2.mattair.net/index.html).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_JMDBU2_H__
-#define __LEDS_JMDBU2_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD |= LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PIND = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_JMDBU2
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_JMDBU2 JMDBU2
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Mattairtech JM-DB-U2 (http://u2.mattair.net/index.html).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_JMDBU2_H__
+#define __LEDS_JMDBU2_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..95ef437f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Leonardo board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_LEONARDO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_LEONARDO LEONARDO
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Leonardo board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Arduino Leonardo board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardLeonardo).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_LEONARDO_H__
+#define __BOARD_LEONARDO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ea7d41c01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/LEONARDO/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Leonardo board.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_LEONARDO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_LEONARDO LEONARDO
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Leonardo board.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Leonardo board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardLeonardo).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>TX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_LEONARDO_H__
+#define __LEDS_LEONARDO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS (LEDS_LED1)
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED2)
+ #define LEDS_PORTC_LEDS (LEDS_LED3)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB |= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD |= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD |= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ DDRC |= LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ DDRC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+ PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) & ~(ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) & ~(ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+ PORTC = ((PORTC & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINB = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PIND = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PINC = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((~PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (~PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTC & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..929e60a8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Maximus board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MAXIMUS
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MAXIMUS MAXIMUS
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Maximus board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Maximus (http://www.avrusb.com/).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_MAXIMUS_H__
+#define __BOARD_MAXIMUS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h
index 932bfa14a..695949a17 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h
@@ -1,139 +1,139 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Maximus.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_MAXIMUS
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MAXIMUS MAXIMUS
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Maximus.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Maximus (http://www.avrusb.com/).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>LG</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>LR</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_MAXIMUS_H__
-#define __LEDS_MAXIMUS_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 7)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
-
- /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB |= LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB &= ~LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PINB = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Maximus.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_MAXIMUS
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MAXIMUS MAXIMUS
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Maximus.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Maximus (http://www.avrusb.com/).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>LG</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>LR</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_MAXIMUS_H__
+#define __LEDS_MAXIMUS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+ /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINB = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..622bfc8b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Micro board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MICRO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICRO MICRO
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Micro board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Arduino Micro board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardMicro).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_MICRO_H__
+#define __BOARD_MICRO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c3e471d5f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICRO/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Micro board.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_MICRO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICRO MICRO
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Micro board.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Micro board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardMicro).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>TX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_MICRO_H__
+#define __LEDS_MICRO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS (LEDS_LED1)
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED2)
+ #define LEDS_PORTC_LEDS (LEDS_LED3)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD |= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ DDRC |= LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ DDRC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+ PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+ PORTC = ((PORTC & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB ^= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD ^= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC ^= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTC & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b84bf790b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous series boards.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_A MICROPENDOUS_A
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous A (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/MicropendousA).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_1 MICROPENDOUS_1
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous 1 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous1).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_2 MICROPENDOUS_2
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous 2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous2).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_3 MICROPENDOUS_3
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous 3 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous3).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_4 MICROPENDOUS_4
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous 4 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous4).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_DIP MICROPENDOUS_DIP
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous DIP (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/MicropendousDIP).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_REV1 MICROPENDOUS_REV1
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 1 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_REV2 MICROPENDOUS_REV2
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 MICROPENDOUS_32U2
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Micropendous series boards.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Micropendous series boards (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_H__
+#define __BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if ((BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+ #endif
+
+ #if ((BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h
index 36a7bebe9..8adff2d30 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h
@@ -1,208 +1,205 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Micropendous series boards.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_A MICROPENDOUS_A
- * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous A (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/MicropendousA).
- *
- * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_1 MICROPENDOUS_1
- * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous 1 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous1).
- *
- * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_2 MICROPENDOUS_2
- * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous 2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous2).
- *
- * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_3 MICROPENDOUS_3
- * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous 3 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous3).
- *
- * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_4 MICROPENDOUS_4
- * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous 4 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous4).
- *
- * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_DIP MICROPENDOUS_DIP
- * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous DIP (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/MicropendousDIP).
- *
- * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_REV1 MICROPENDOUS_REV1
- * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 1 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
- *
- * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_REV2 MICROPENDOUS_REV2
- * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
- *
- * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 MICROPENDOUS_32U2
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Micropendous 32U2.
- *
- * \note There are multiple supported Micropendous boards, compile with <code>BOARD = MICROPENDOUS_{VERSION}</code>.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Micropendous 32U2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous_32U2).
- *
- * <b>BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1 and BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2</b>:
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * <b>Other Revisions</b>:
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_MICROPENDOUS_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_MICROPENDOUS_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2)
- #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 7)
- #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER D
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A)
- #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 2)
- #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER E
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1)
- #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 7)
- #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER D
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2)
- #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 2)
- #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER E
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3)
- #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 2)
- #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER E
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4)
- #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 2)
- #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER E
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP)
- #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 2)
- #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER E
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1)
- #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 2)
- #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER E
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2)
- #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 2)
- #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER E
- #endif
-
- #define _BOARD_BUTTON_CONCAT2(Reg, Letter) Reg ## Letter
- #define _BOARD_BUTTON_CONCAT(Reg, Letter) _BOARD_BUTTON_CONCAT2(Reg, Letter)
-
- #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORT _BOARD_BUTTON_CONCAT(PORT, _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER)
- #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PIN _BOARD_BUTTON_CONCAT(PIN, _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER)
- #define _BOARD_BUTTON_DDR _BOARD_BUTTON_CONCAT(DDR, _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER)
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- _BOARD_BUTTON_DDR &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- _BOARD_BUTTON_PORT |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- _BOARD_BUTTON_DDR &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- _BOARD_BUTTON_PORT &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((_BOARD_BUTTON_PIN & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Micropendous series boards.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_A MICROPENDOUS_A
+ * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous A (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/MicropendousA).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_1 MICROPENDOUS_1
+ * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous 1 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous1).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_2 MICROPENDOUS_2
+ * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous 2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous2).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_3 MICROPENDOUS_3
+ * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous 3 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous3).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_4 MICROPENDOUS_4
+ * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous 4 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous4).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_DIP MICROPENDOUS_DIP
+ * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous DIP (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/MicropendousDIP).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_REV1 MICROPENDOUS_REV1
+ * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 1 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_REV2 MICROPENDOUS_REV2
+ * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 MICROPENDOUS_32U2
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Micropendous 32U2.
+ *
+ * \note There are multiple supported Micropendous boards, compile with <code>BOARD = MICROPENDOUS_{VERSION}</code>.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Micropendous 32U2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous_32U2).
+ *
+ * <b>BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1 and BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2</b>:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * <b>Other Revisions</b>:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_MICROPENDOUS_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_MICROPENDOUS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 7)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER D
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 2)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER E
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 7)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER D
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 2)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER E
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 2)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER E
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 2)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER E
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 2)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER E
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 2)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER E
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK (1 << 2)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER E
+ #endif
+
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PORT CONCAT_EXPANDED(PORT, _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_PIN CONCAT_EXPANDED(PIN, _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER)
+ #define _BOARD_BUTTON_DDR CONCAT_EXPANDED(DDR, _BOARD_BUTTON_PORTLETTER)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 _BOARD_BUTTON1_MASK
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ _BOARD_BUTTON_DDR &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ _BOARD_BUTTON_PORT |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ _BOARD_BUTTON_DDR &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ _BOARD_BUTTON_PORT &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((_BOARD_BUTTON_PIN & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h
index eeb337711..253ad3142 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h
@@ -1,177 +1,174 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous-32U2.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_32U2
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_REV1 MICROPENDOUS_REV1
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 1 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
- *
- * See \ref Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_REV2 MICROPENDOUS_REV2
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
- *
- * See \ref Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 MICROPENDOUS_32U2
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous-32U2.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous 32U2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous_32U2).
- *
- * <b>BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2</b>:
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * <b>Other Revisions</b>:
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.1</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_MICROPENDOUS_H__
-#define __LEDS_MICROPENDOUS_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2)
- #define _BOARD_LED1_MASK (1 << 6)
- #define _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER D
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1)
- #define _BOARD_LED1_MASK (1 << 1)
- #define _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER B
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2)
- #define _BOARD_LED1_MASK (1 << 1)
- #define _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER B
- #endif
-
- #define _BOARD_LED_CONCAT2(Reg, Letter) Reg ## Letter
- #define _BOARD_LED_CONCAT(Reg, Letter) _BOARD_LED_CONCAT2(Reg, Letter)
-
- #define _BOARD_LED_PORT _BOARD_LED_CONCAT(PORT, _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER)
- #define _BOARD_LED_PIN _BOARD_LED_CONCAT(PIN, _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER)
- #define _BOARD_LED_DDR _BOARD_LED_CONCAT(DDR, _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER)
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 _BOARD_LED1_MASK
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
-
- /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- _BOARD_LED_DDR |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- _BOARD_LED_PORT &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- _BOARD_LED_DDR &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- _BOARD_LED_PORT &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- _BOARD_LED_PORT |= LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- _BOARD_LED_PORT &= ~LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- _BOARD_LED_PORT = ((_BOARD_LED_PORT & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- _BOARD_LED_PORT = ((_BOARD_LED_PORT & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- _BOARD_LED_PIN = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (_BOARD_LED_PORT & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous series boards.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_32U2
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_REV1 MICROPENDOUS_REV1
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 1 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_REV2 MICROPENDOUS_REV2
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous Arduino-like Revision 2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous).
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 MICROPENDOUS_32U2
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous-32U2.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Micropendous 32U2 (https://code.google.com/p/micropendous/wiki/Micropendous_32U2).
+ *
+ * <b>BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2</b>:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * <b>Other Revisions</b>:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.1</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_MICROPENDOUS_H__
+#define __LEDS_MICROPENDOUS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2)
+ #define _BOARD_LED1_MASK (1 << 6)
+ #define _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER D
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1)
+ #define _BOARD_LED1_MASK (1 << 1)
+ #define _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER B
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2)
+ #define _BOARD_LED1_MASK (1 << 1)
+ #define _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER B
+ #endif
+
+ #define _BOARD_LED_PORT CONCAT_EXPANDED(PORT, _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER)
+ #define _BOARD_LED_PIN CONCAT_EXPANDED(PIN, _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER)
+ #define _BOARD_LED_DDR CONCAT_EXPANDED(DDR, _BOARD_LED_PORTLETTER)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 _BOARD_LED1_MASK
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ _BOARD_LED_DDR |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ _BOARD_LED_PORT &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ _BOARD_LED_DDR &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ _BOARD_LED_PORT &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ _BOARD_LED_PORT |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ _BOARD_LED_PORT &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ _BOARD_LED_PORT = ((_BOARD_LED_PORT & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ _BOARD_LED_PORT = ((_BOARD_LED_PORT & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ _BOARD_LED_PIN = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (_BOARD_LED_PORT & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3ffb028c0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MICROSIN162
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MICROSIN162 MICROSIN162
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board (http://microsin.ru/content/view/685/44/).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_MICROSIN162_H__
+#define __BOARD_MICROSIN162_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h
index 01366a71a..68344feb2 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h
@@ -1,103 +1,103 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_MICROSIN162
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROSIN162 MICROSIN162
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board (http://microsin.ru/content/view/685/44/).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_MICROSIN162_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_MICROSIN162_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_MICROSIN162
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MICROSIN162 MICROSIN162
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board (http://microsin.ru/content/view/685/44/).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_MICROSIN162_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_MICROSIN162_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h
index 350703643..51d1b3eba 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h
@@ -1,135 +1,135 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_MICROSIN162
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICROSIN162 MICROSIN162
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board (http://microsin.ru/content/view/685/44/).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_MICROSIN162_H__
-#define __LEDS_MICROSIN162_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD |= LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PIND = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_MICROSIN162
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MICROSIN162 MICROSIN162
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Microsin AVR-USB162 board (http://microsin.ru/content/view/685/44/).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_MICROSIN162_H__
+#define __LEDS_MICROSIN162_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..80b8b3c86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the MINIMUS.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MINIMUS
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MINIMUS MINIMUS
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the MINIMUS.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the MINIMUS.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_MINIMUS_H__
+#define __BOARD_MINIMUS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h
index 3f1b592d3..ec94445a8 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h
@@ -1,103 +1,103 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the MINIMUS.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_MINIMUS
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MINIMUS MINIMUS
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the MINIMUS.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the MINIMUS.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_MINIMUS_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_MINIMUS_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the MINIMUS.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_MINIMUS
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_MINIMUS MINIMUS
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the MINIMUS.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the MINIMUS.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_MINIMUS_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_MINIMUS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h
index 4889722bd..adc34686f 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h
@@ -1,143 +1,139 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the MINIMUS.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_MINIMUS
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MINIMUS MINIMUS
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the MINIMUS.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Minimus USB (http://www.minimususb.com/).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Blue</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_MINIMUS_H__
-#define __LEDS_MINIMUS_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 5)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 6)
-
- /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
- /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD |= LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PIND = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the MINIMUS.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_MINIMUS
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MINIMUS MINIMUS
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the MINIMUS.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Minimus USB (http://www.minimususb.com/).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Blue</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_MINIMUS_H__
+#define __LEDS_MINIMUS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+ /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..84f3d8725
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Multio.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_MULTIO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_MULTIO MULTIO
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Multio.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Bitwizard Multio (http://www.bitwizard.nl/wiki/index.php/USB-multio).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_MULTIO_H__
+#define __BOARD_MULTIO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h
index 9da569271..ca6d44041 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h
@@ -1,161 +1,161 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Multio.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_MULTIO
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MULTIO MULTIO
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Multio.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Multio (http://www.bitwizard.nl/wiki/index.php/USB-multio).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.0</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.2</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_MULTIO_H__
-#define __LEDS_MULTIO_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
- #define LEDS_PORTC_LEDS LEDS_LED2
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 2)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD |= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
- DDRC |= LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
-
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
- PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
- DDRC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
-
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
- PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
- PORTC |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
- PORTC &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD = (PORTD & ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
- PORTC = (PORTC & ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTD = (PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
- PORTC = (PORTC & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PIND = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
- PINC = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return ((PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTC & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Multio.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_MULTIO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_MULTIO MULTIO
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Multio.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Bitwizard Multio (http://www.bitwizard.nl/wiki/index.php/USB-multio).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.2</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_MULTIO_H__
+#define __LEDS_MULTIO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+ #define LEDS_PORTC_LEDS LEDS_LED2
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 2)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ DDRC |= LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ DDRC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = (PORTD & ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC = (PORTC & ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = (PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC = (PORTC & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PINC = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTC & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b9bcf7734
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEX162
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEX162 OLIMEX162
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-usb-162.html).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_OLIMEX162_H__
+#define __BOARD_OLIMEX162_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h
index 9f02729cc..3714c5e9a 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h
@@ -1,103 +1,103 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_OLIMEX162
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_OLIMEX162 OLIMEX162
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-usb-162.html).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_OLIMEX162_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_OLIMEX162_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_OLIMEX162
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_OLIMEX162 OLIMEX162
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-usb-162.html).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_OLIMEX162_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_OLIMEX162_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h
index 0e35eae4a..5ecc1f5d7 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h
@@ -1,135 +1,135 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_OLIMEX162
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_OLIMEX162 OLIMEX162
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-usb-162.html).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_OLIMEX162_H__
-#define __LEDS_OLIMEX162_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD |= LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PIND = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_OLIMEX162
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_OLIMEX162 OLIMEX162
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-162 (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-usb-162.html).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_OLIMEX162_H__
+#define __LEDS_OLIMEX162_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..657b15c6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEX32U4
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEX32U4 OLIMEX32U4
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/olimexino-32u4.html).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_OLIMEX32U4_H__
+#define __BOARD_OLIMEX32U4_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h
index 4ae89acee..8e33fd965 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h
@@ -1,103 +1,103 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_OLIMEX32U4
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_OLIMEX32U4 OLIMEX32U4
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/olimexino-32u4.html).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_OLIMEX32U4
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_OLIMEX32U4 OLIMEX32U4
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/olimexino-32u4.html).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h
index 38dde2c74..259859c90 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h
@@ -1,179 +1,179 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_OLIMEX32U4
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_OLIMEX32U4 OLIMEX32U4
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 (http://www.olimex.com/dev/olimexino-32u4.html).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>TX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator (Default Unconnected)</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator (Default Unconnected)</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
-#define __LEDS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
- #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED1)
- #define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS (LEDS_LED3)
-
- #define LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT 1
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 ((1 << 5) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 0)
-
- /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 5)
-
- /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 6)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRB |= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
- PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
- DDRD |= (LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
- PORTD &= ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
- DDRE |= LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
- PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
- PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
- DDRD &= ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
- PORTD &= ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
- DDRE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
- PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
- PORTD |= ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
- PORTE |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
- PORTD &= ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
- PORTE &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) |
- ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT));
- PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTB = ((PORTB & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) |
- ((ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT));
- PORTE = ((PORTE & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PINB = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
- PIND = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
- PINE = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return ((PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) |
- ((PORTD & (LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT) |
- (PORTE & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_OLIMEX32U4
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_OLIMEX32U4 OLIMEX32U4
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 (http://www.olimex.com/dev/olimexino-32u4.html).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>TX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator (Default Unconnected)</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator (Default Unconnected)</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
+#define __LEDS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED1)
+ #define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS (LEDS_LED3)
+
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT 1
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 ((1 << 5) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD |= (LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ PORTD &= ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ DDRE |= LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+ PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD &= ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ PORTD &= ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ DDRE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+ PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD |= ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ PORTE |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD &= ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ PORTE &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) |
+ ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT));
+ PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) |
+ ((ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT));
+ PORTE = ((PORTE & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINB = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PIND = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ PINE = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) |
+ ((PORTD & (LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT) |
+ (PORTE & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d318a82b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEXISPMK2
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEXISPMK2 OLIMEXISPMK2
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board (https://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-isp-mk2.html).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
+#define __BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h
index 70b2467bb..aff10b103 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h
@@ -1,103 +1,103 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_OLIMEXISPMK2
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_OLIMEXISPMK2 OLIMEXISPMK2
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board (https://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-isp-mk2.html).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_OLIMEXISPMK2
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_OLIMEXISPMK2 OLIMEXISPMK2
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board (https://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-isp-mk2.html).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h
index a1b8825da..033fca05e 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h
@@ -1,143 +1,143 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_OLIMEXISPMK2
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_OLIMEXISPMK2 OLIMEXISPMK2
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board (https://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-isp-mk2.html).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>Target Power</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>Activity</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>Ready</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
-#define __LEDS_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 5)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 6)
-
- /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB |= LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB &= ~LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PINB = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_OLIMEXISPMK2
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_OLIMEXISPMK2 OLIMEXISPMK2
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-ISP-MK2 Development Board (https://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-isp-mk2.html).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>Target Power</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>Activity</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>Ready</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
+#define __LEDS_OLIMEXISPMK2_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINB = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..690fee153
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEXT32U4
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_OLIMEXT32U4 OLIMEXT32U4
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-t32u4.html).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
+#define __BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h
index c779c5578..634eda9cb 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h
@@ -1,103 +1,103 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_OLIMEXT32U4
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_OLIMEXT32U4 OLIMEXT32U4
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-t32u4.html).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_OLIMEXT32U4
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_OLIMEXT32U4 OLIMEXT32U4
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-t32u4.html).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h
index b3e4c701d..2bbaf6826 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h
@@ -1,169 +1,169 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_OLIMEXT32U4
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_OLIMEXT32U4 OLIMEXT32U4
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-t32u4.html).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>TX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>N/A</td><td>General Indicator (Not Mounted)</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
-#define __LEDS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS (LEDS_LED2)
- #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED1)
- #define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS (LEDS_LED3)
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 5)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 0)
-
- /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 6)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRB |= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
- PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
- DDRD |= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
- DDRE |= LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
- PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
- PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
- DDRD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
- DDRE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
- PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
- PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
- PORTE |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
- PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
- PORTE &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
- PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTB = ((PORTB & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
- PORTE = ((PORTE & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PINB = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
- PIND = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
- PINE = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return ((PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTE & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_OLIMEXT32U4
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_OLIMEXT32U4 OLIMEXT32U4
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-t32u4.html).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>TX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>N/A</td><td>General Indicator (Not Mounted)</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
+#define __LEDS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS (LEDS_LED1)
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED2)
+ #define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS (LEDS_LED3)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD |= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ DDRE |= LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+ PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ DDRE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+ PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTE |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTE &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+ PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+ PORTE = ((PORTE & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINB = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PIND = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PINE = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTE & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6fc366673
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_RZUSBSTICK
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_RZUSBSTICK RZUSBSTICK
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_RZUSBSTICK_H__
+#define __BOARD_RZUSBSTICK_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h
index a440b6f00..6ebcdfc6b 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h
@@ -1,175 +1,175 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_RZUSBSTICK
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_RZUSBSTICK RZUSBSTICK
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Blue</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_RZUSBSTICK_H__
-#define __LEDS_RZUSBSTICK_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
- #define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS (LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
- #define LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT 4
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 7)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
-
- /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED3 ((1 << 6) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
-
- /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED4 ((1 << 7) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD |= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_LED1;
- PORTD |= LEDS_LED2;
-
- DDRE |= (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
- PORTE |= (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
-
- DDRE &= ~(LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
- PORTE &= ~(LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_LED1);
- PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED2);
- PORTE &= ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED1);
- PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_LED2);
- PORTE |= ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD = (((PORTD & ~LEDS_LED1) | (LEDMask & LEDS_LED1)) |
- ((PORTD | LEDS_LED2) & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED2)));
- PORTE = ((PORTE | (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)) &
- ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTD = (((PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED1)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_LED1)) |
- ((PORTD | (LEDMask & LEDS_LED2)) & ~(ActiveMask & LEDS_LED2)));
- PORTE = ((PORTE | ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)) &
- ~((ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PIND = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
- PINE = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (((PORTD & LEDS_LED1) | (~PORTD & LEDS_LED2)) |
- ((~PORTE & (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_RZUSBSTICK
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_RZUSBSTICK RZUSBSTICK
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel RZUSBSTICK.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Blue</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_RZUSBSTICK_H__
+#define __LEDS_RZUSBSTICK_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+ #define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS (LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ #define LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT 4
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 ((1 << 6) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 ((1 << 7) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_LED1;
+ PORTD |= LEDS_LED2;
+
+ DDRE |= (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ PORTE |= (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+
+ DDRE &= ~(LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ PORTE &= ~(LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_LED1);
+ PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED2);
+ PORTE &= ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED1);
+ PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_LED2);
+ PORTE |= ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = (((PORTD & ~LEDS_LED1) | (LEDMask & LEDS_LED1)) |
+ ((PORTD | LEDS_LED2) & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED2)));
+ PORTE = ((PORTE | (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)) &
+ ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = (((PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_LED1)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_LED1)) |
+ ((PORTD | (LEDMask & LEDS_LED2)) & ~(ActiveMask & LEDS_LED2)));
+ PORTE = ((PORTE | ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)) &
+ ~((ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PINE = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (((PORTD & LEDS_LED1) | (~PORTD & LEDS_LED2)) |
+ ((~PORTE & (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..49cc2e510
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_SPARKFUN8U2
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_SPARKFUN8U2 SPARKFUN8U2
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board (http://www.sparkfun.com/products/10277).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2_H__
+#define __BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h
index 39267055e..b8eb4abfe 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h
@@ -1,135 +1,135 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_SPARKFUN8U2
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_SPARKFUN8U2 SPARKFUN8U2
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board (http://www.sparkfun.com/products/10277).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTB.4</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_SPARKFUN8U2_H__
-#define __LEDS_SPARKFUN8U2_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB &= ~LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB |= LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PINB = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (~PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_SPARKFUN8U2
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_SPARKFUN8U2 SPARKFUN8U2
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Sparkfun ATMEGA8U2 breakout board (http://www.sparkfun.com/products/10277).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTB.4</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_SPARKFUN8U2_H__
+#define __LEDS_SPARKFUN8U2_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINB = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..36594fcc0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_STANGE_ISP
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_STANGE_ISP STANGE_ISP
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board (http://www.diamex.de/dxshop/USB-ISP-Programmer-fuer-Atmel-AVR).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_STANGE_ISP_H__
+#define __BOARD_STANGE_ISP_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d4576b688
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific button driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_STANGE_ISP
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_STANGE_ISP STANGE_ISP
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board (http://www.diamex.de/dxshop/USB-ISP-Programmer-fuer-Atmel-AVR).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_STANGE_ISP_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_STANGE_ISP_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9f1068379
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STANGE_ISP/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_STANGE_ISP
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_STANGE_ISP STANGE_ISP
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Dimex Stange-ISP board (http://www.diamex.de/dxshop/USB-ISP-Programmer-fuer-Atmel-AVR).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.1</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_STANGE_ISP_LEDS_H__
+#define __LEDS_STANGE_ISP_LEDS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 1)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs (const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs ( const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bda925bb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel STK525.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_STK525
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_STK525 STK525
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_STK525_H__
+#define __BOARD_STK525_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../Dataflash.h"
+ #include "../../Joystick.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h
index dcca4d021..532a46f1d 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h
@@ -1,103 +1,103 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_STK525
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_STK525 STK525
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_STK525_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_STK525_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_STK525
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_STK525 STK525
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_STK525_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_STK525_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h
index 1e24c5263..825a7a524 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h
@@ -1,220 +1,222 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- * \copydetails Group_Dataflash_STK525
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
- * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_STK525 STK525
- * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *
- * Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB321C (4MB)</td><td>PORTB.4</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __DATAFLASH_STK525_H__
-#define __DATAFLASH_STK525_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../../../Misc/AT45DB321C.h"
- #include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK (1 << 4)
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR DDRB
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTB
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
- #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
-
- /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
- #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK
-
- /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 0
-
- /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash IC. */
- #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 512
-
- /** Total number of pages inside the board's dataflash IC. */
- #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
- * The microcontroller's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
- {
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
- }
-
- /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
- *
- * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
- {
- return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
- }
-
- /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
- {
- SPI_SendByte(Byte);
- }
-
- /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
- {
- return SPI_ReceiveByte();
- }
-
- /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
- *
- * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
- * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
- {
- return (DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
- }
-
- /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
- *
- * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
- * the chip number).
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
- {
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & ~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) | ChipMask);
- }
-
- /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
- static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
- {
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
- }
-
- /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
- * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
- * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
- * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
- * are deselected.
- *
- * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
- * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
- {
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-
- if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
- return;
-
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
- }
-
- /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
- * a new command.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
- {
- uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
-
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
- Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
- }
-
- /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
- * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
- {
- Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
- while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
- Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
- }
-
- /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
- * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
- *
- * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
- * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
- const uint16_t BufferByte)
- {
- Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 6);
- Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 2) | (BufferByte >> 8));
- Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
- }
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ * \copydetails Group_Dataflash_STK525
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_STK525 STK525
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB321C (4MB)</td><td>PORTB.4</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_STK525_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_STK525_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../../Misc/AT45DB321C.h"
+ #include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK DATAFLASH_CHIP1
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR DDRB
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTB
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
+
+ /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP 0
+
+ /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash IC. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 512
+
+ /** Total number of pages inside the board's dataflash IC. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+ * The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+
+ SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ SPI_SendByte(Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ return SPI_ReceiveByte();
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+ * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+ {
+ return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+ * the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+ * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+ * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+ * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+ * are deselected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+ * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+ {
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
+ return;
+
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ }
+
+ /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+ * a new command.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+ * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+ while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+ * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+ * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+ const uint16_t BufferByte)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 6);
+ Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 2) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+ Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h
index dfa86acaa..6b9b4f42c 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h
@@ -1,130 +1,130 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- * \copydetails Group_Joystick_STK525
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
- * \defgroup Group_Joystick_STK525 STK525
- * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *
- * Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>PORTB.6</td><td>PORTB.7</td><td>PORTE.4</td><td>PORTE.5</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __JOYSTICK_STK525_H__
-#define __JOYSTICK_STK525_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define JOY_BMASK ((1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
- #define JOY_EMASK ((1 << 4) | (1 << 5))
-
- #define JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT 1
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
- #define JOY_LEFT (1 << 6)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
- #define JOY_RIGHT ((1 << 4) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
- #define JOY_UP (1 << 7)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
- #define JOY_DOWN ((1 << 5) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
- #define JOY_PRESS (1 << 5)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
- {
- DDRB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
- DDRE &= ~JOY_EMASK;
-
- PORTB |= JOY_BMASK;
- PORTE |= JOY_EMASK;
- }
-
- static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
- DDRE &= ~JOY_EMASK;
-
- PORTB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
- PORTE &= ~JOY_EMASK;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return (((uint8_t)~PINB & JOY_BMASK) | (((uint8_t)~PINE & JOY_EMASK) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ * \copydetails Group_Joystick_STK525
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
+ * \defgroup Group_Joystick_STK525 STK525
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>PORTB.6</td><td>PORTB.7</td><td>PORTE.4</td><td>PORTE.5</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_STK525_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_STK525_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define JOY_BMASK ((1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
+ #define JOY_EMASK ((1 << 4) | (1 << 5))
+
+ #define JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT 1
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+ #define JOY_LEFT (1 << 6)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+ #define JOY_RIGHT ((1 << 4) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+ #define JOY_UP (1 << 7)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+ #define JOY_DOWN ((1 << 5) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+ #define JOY_PRESS (1 << 5)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+ DDRE &= ~JOY_EMASK;
+
+ PORTB |= JOY_BMASK;
+ PORTE |= JOY_EMASK;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+ DDRE &= ~JOY_EMASK;
+
+ PORTB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+ PORTE &= ~JOY_EMASK;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (((uint8_t)~PINB & JOY_BMASK) | (((uint8_t)~PINE & JOY_EMASK) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h
index 48ac4860c..53948b461 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h
@@ -1,147 +1,147 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_STK525
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_STK525 STK525
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_STK525_H__
-#define __LEDS_STK525_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
-
- /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
-
- /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 6)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD |= LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PIND = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_STK525
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_STK525 STK525
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_STK525_H__
+#define __LEDS_STK525_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6be146fcd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel STK526.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_STK526
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_STK526 STK526
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_STK526_H__
+#define __BOARD_STK526_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../Dataflash.h"
+ #include "../../Joystick.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h
index ec5a7e0e6..bc598d389 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h
@@ -1,103 +1,103 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK526.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_STK526
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_STK526 STK526
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK526.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK526.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_STK526_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_STK526_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_STK526
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_STK526 STK526
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_STK526_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_STK526_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h
index 07d44b146..d2a59b12e 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h
@@ -1,220 +1,222 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- * \copydetails Group_Dataflash_STK526
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
- * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_STK526 STK526
- * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *
- * Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTC.2</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __DATAFLASH_STK526_H__
-#define __DATAFLASH_STK526_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
- #include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK (1 << 2)
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR DDRC
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTC
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
- #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
-
- /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
- #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK
-
- /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 0
-
- /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash IC. */
- #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 1024
-
- /** Total number of pages inside the board's dataflash IC. */
- #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
- * The microcontroller's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
- {
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
- }
-
- /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
- *
- * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
- {
- return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
- }
-
- /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
- {
- SPI_SendByte(Byte);
- }
-
- /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
- {
- return SPI_ReceiveByte();
- }
-
- /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
- *
- * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
- * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
- {
- return (DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
- }
-
- /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
- *
- * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
- * the chip number).
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
- {
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & ~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) | ChipMask);
- }
-
- /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
- static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
- {
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
- }
-
- /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
- * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
- * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
- * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
- * are deselected.
- *
- * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
- * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
- {
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-
- if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
- return;
-
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
- }
-
- /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
- * a new command.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
- {
- uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
-
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
- Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
- }
-
- /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
- * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
- {
- Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
- while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
- Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
- }
-
- /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
- * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
- *
- * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
- * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
- const uint16_t BufferByte)
- {
- Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
- Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
- Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
- }
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ * \copydetails Group_Dataflash_STK526
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_STK526 STK526
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel STK525.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTC.2</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_STK526_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_STK526_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
+ #include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK DATAFLASH_CHIP1
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR DDRC
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTC
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
+
+ /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP 0
+
+ /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash IC. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 1024
+
+ /** Total number of pages inside the board's dataflash IC. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+ * The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+
+ SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ SPI_SendByte(Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ return SPI_ReceiveByte();
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+ * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+ {
+ return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+ * the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+ * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+ * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+ * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+ * are deselected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+ * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+ {
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
+ return;
+
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ }
+
+ /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+ * a new command.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+ * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+ while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+ * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+ * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+ const uint16_t BufferByte)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
+ Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+ Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h
index bc5f489ed..7decabc5d 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h
@@ -1,123 +1,123 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK526.
- * \copydetails Group_Joystick_STK526
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
- * \defgroup Group_Joystick_STK526 STK526
- * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK526.
- *
- * Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK526.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>PORTB.4</td><td>PORTB.5</td><td>PORTB.6</td><td>PORTB.7</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __JOYSTICK_STK526_H__
-#define __JOYSTICK_STK526_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define JOY_BMASK ((1 << 0) | (1 << 4) | (1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
- #define JOY_LEFT (1 << 4)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
- #define JOY_RIGHT (1 << 6)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
- #define JOY_UP (1 << 5)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
- #define JOY_DOWN (1 << 7)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
- #define JOY_PRESS (1 << 0)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
- {
- DDRB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
-
- PORTB |= JOY_BMASK;
- }
-
- static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
-
- PORTB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((uint8_t)~PINB & JOY_BMASK);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ * \copydetails Group_Joystick_STK526
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
+ * \defgroup Group_Joystick_STK526 STK526
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ * Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>PORTB.4</td><td>PORTB.5</td><td>PORTB.6</td><td>PORTB.7</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_STK526_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_STK526_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define JOY_BMASK ((1 << 0) | (1 << 4) | (1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+ #define JOY_LEFT (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+ #define JOY_RIGHT (1 << 6)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+ #define JOY_UP (1 << 5)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+ #define JOY_DOWN (1 << 7)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+ #define JOY_PRESS (1 << 0)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+
+ PORTB |= JOY_BMASK;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+
+ PORTB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((uint8_t)~PINB & JOY_BMASK);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h
index d9bb3b99b..71525e961 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h
@@ -1,147 +1,147 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK526.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_STK526
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_STK526 STK526
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK526.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK526.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.1</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.0</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_STK526_H__
-#define __LEDS_STK526_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 1)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 0)
-
- /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 5)
-
- /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 4)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD |= LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PIND = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_STK526
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_STK526 STK526
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel STK526.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.1</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_STK526_H__
+#define __LEDS_STK526_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 1)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..52e4d6114
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the PJRC Teensy 1.x/2.x boards.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_TEENSY
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_TEENSY2 TEENSY2
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the PJRC Teensy 2 boards.
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_TEENSY for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_TEENSY TEENSY
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the PJRC Teensy 1.x/2.x boards.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the PJRC Teensy boards (http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/index.html).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_TEENSY_H__
+#define __BOARD_TEENSY_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h
index 8f0cfafb2..9f872247e 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h
@@ -1,176 +1,176 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the PJRC Teensy 1.x/2.x boards.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_TEENSY
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_TEENSY2 TEENSY2
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the PJRC Teensy 2 boards.
- *
- * See \ref Group_LEDs_TEENSY for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_TEENSY TEENSY
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the PJRC Teensy 1.x/2.x boards.
- *
- * \note For version 2 Teensy boards, compile with <code>BOARD = TEENSY2</code>.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the PJRC Teensy boards (http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/index.html).
- *
- * <b>TEENSY</b>:
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * <b>TEENSY2</b>:
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_TEENSY_H__
-#define __LEDS_TEENSY_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- #else
- PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- #endif
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
- PORTD |= LEDMask;
- #else
- PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
- #endif
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
- PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
- #else
- PORTD |= LEDMask;
- #endif
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
- #else
- PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
- #endif
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
- #else
- PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
- #endif
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PIND = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
- return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- #else
- return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- #endif
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the PJRC Teensy 1.x/2.x boards.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_TEENSY
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_TEENSY2 TEENSY2
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the PJRC Teensy 2 boards.
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_LEDs_TEENSY for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_TEENSY TEENSY
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the PJRC Teensy 1.x/2.x boards.
+ *
+ * \note For version 2 Teensy boards, compile with <code>BOARD = TEENSY2</code>.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the PJRC Teensy boards (http://www.pjrc.com/teensy/index.html).
+ *
+ * <b>TEENSY</b>:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * <b>TEENSY2</b>:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_TEENSY_H__
+#define __LEDS_TEENSY_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ #else
+ PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ #else
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ #else
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ #else
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ #else
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2)
+ return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ #else
+ return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ #endif
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7759c37cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the TUL.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_TUL
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_TUL TUL
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the TUL.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Busware TUL (http://www.busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=TUL).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_TUL_H__
+#define __BOARD_TUL_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h
index a8e104128..bbcca263d 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h
@@ -1,103 +1,103 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the TUL.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_TUL
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_TUL TUL
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the TUL.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Busware TUL (http://www.busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=TUL).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_TUL_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_TUL_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the TUL.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_TUL
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_TUL TUL
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the TUL.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Busware TUL (http://www.busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=TUL).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_TUL_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_TUL_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h
index 494396bfc..8a14b8a9a 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h
@@ -1,135 +1,135 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware TUL.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_TUL
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_TUL TUL
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware TUL.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Busware TUL (http://www.busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=TUL).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTF.0</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_TUL_H__
-#define __LEDS_TUL_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
-
- /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRF |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTF &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRF &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTF &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTF |= LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTF &= ~LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTF = ((PORTF & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTF = ((PORTF & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PINF = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (PORTF & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware TUL.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_TUL
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_TUL TUL
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Busware TUL.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Busware TUL (http://www.busware.de/tiki-index.php?page=TUL).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTF.0</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_TUL_H__
+#define __LEDS_TUL_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRF |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTF &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRF &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTF &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTF |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTF &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTF = ((PORTF & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTF = ((PORTF & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINF = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTF & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..128580a95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the U2S.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_U2S
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_U2S U2S
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the U2S.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the U2S (http://sites.google.com/site/megau2s/).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_U2S__
+#define __BOARD_U2S__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..30f0a9f5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the U2S.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_U2S
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_U2S U2S
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the U2S.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the U2S (http://sites.google.com/site/megau2s/).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTC.4</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_U2S__
+#define __BUTTONS_U2S__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRC &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTC |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRC &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTC &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PINC & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d7cf7cfb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/U2S/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the U2S.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_U2S
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_U2S U2S
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the U2S.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the U2S (http://sites.google.com/site/megau2s/).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTC.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_U2S__
+#define __LEDS_U2S__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 2)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTC = ((PORTC | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTC = ((PORTC | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINC = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3a400053c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the UDIP.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_UDIP
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_UDIP UDIP
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the UDIP.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Linnix UDIP (http://linnix.com/udip/).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_UDIP_H__
+#define __BOARD_UDIP_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h
index 3e0bede07..dab29a60a 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h
@@ -1,103 +1,103 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the UDIP.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_UDIP
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_UDIP UDIP
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the UDIP.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Linnix UDIP (http://linnix.com/udip/).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_UDIP_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_UDIP_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the UDIP.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_UDIP
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_UDIP UDIP
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the UDIP.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Linnix UDIP (http://linnix.com/udip/).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_UDIP_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_UDIP_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h
index 1cff6fc69..fbcc8ff66 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h
@@ -1,163 +1,163 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Linnix UDIP.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_UDIP
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_UDIP UDIP
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Linnix UDIP.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Linnix UDIP (http://linnix.com/udip/).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_UDIP_H__
-#define __LEDS_UDIP_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
- #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
- #define LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT 1
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
-
- /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED3 ((1 << 5) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)
-
- /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED4 ((1 << 4) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRB |= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
- DDRD |= (LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
- DDRD &= ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
- PORTD |= ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
- PORTD &= ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB = (PORTB & ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
- PORTD = (PORTD & ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) |
- ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTB = (PORTB & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
- PORTD = (PORTD & ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) |
- ((ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PINB = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
- PIND = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return ((PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | ((PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT));
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Linnix UDIP.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_UDIP
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_UDIP UDIP
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Linnix UDIP.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Linnix UDIP (http://linnix.com/udip/).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_UDIP_H__
+#define __LEDS_UDIP_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT 1
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 ((1 << 5) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 ((1 << 4) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD |= (LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD &= ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD |= ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD &= ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = (PORTB & ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD = (PORTD & ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) |
+ ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = (PORTB & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD = (PORTD & ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) |
+ ((ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINB = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PIND = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | ((PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b23f8d0fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Uno.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_UNO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_UNO UNO
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Uno.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Arduino Uno (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/ArduinoBoardUno).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_UNO_H__
+#define __BOARD_UNO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h
index c7e09d4cb..006c3a5dd 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h
@@ -1,139 +1,139 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Uno.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_UNO
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_UNO UNO
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Uno.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Uno (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/ArduinoBoardUno).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>TX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_UNO_H__
-#define __LEDS_UNO_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD |= LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PIND = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Uno.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_UNO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_UNO UNO
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Uno.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Uno (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/ArduinoBoardUno).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>TX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_UNO_H__
+#define __LEDS_UNO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..05a4dea5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX_V31 USB2AX_V31
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.1.
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX_V3 USB2AX_V3
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USB2AX USB2AX
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Xevelabs USB2AX.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Xevelabs USB2AX (http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_USB2AX_H__
+#define __BOARD_USB2AX_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3) || \
+ defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+ #endif
+
+ #if ((BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V31) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h
index 3775e5c84..170a9affb 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h
@@ -1,113 +1,120 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Paranoid Studio USB2AX.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_USB2AX
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_USB2AX_V3 USB2AX_V3
- * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Paranoid Studio USB2AX revision 3.
- *
- * See \ref Group_Buttons_USB2AX for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_USB2AX USB2AX
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Paranoid Studio USB2AX.
- *
- * \note For version 3 USB2AX boards, compile with <code>BOARD = USB2AX_V3</code>.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Paranoid Studio USB2AX (http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_USB2AX_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_USB2AX_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_USB2AX
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_USB2AX_V31 USB2AX_V31
+ * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.1.
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_Buttons_USB2AX for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_USB2AX_V3 USB2AX_V3
+ * \brief Board specific Button driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_Buttons_USB2AX for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_USB2AX USB2AX
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revisions 1 and 2.
+ *
+ * \note For version 3 USB2AX boards, compile with <code>BOARD = USB2AX_V3</code> and for version 3.1, with <code>BOARD = USB2AX_V31</code>.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Paranoid Studio USB2AX (http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_USB2AX_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_USB2AX_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h
index b8d2db01d..03550fc00 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h
@@ -1,196 +1,218 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Paranoid Studio USB2AX.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_USB2AX
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_USB2AX_V3 USB2AX_V3
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Paranoid Studio USB2AX revision 3.
- *
- * See \ref Group_LEDs_USB2AX for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_USB2AX USB2AX
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Paranoid Studio USB2AX.
- *
- * \note For version 3 USB2AX boards, compile with <code>BOARD = USB2AX_V3</code>.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Paranoid Studio USB2AX (http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX).
- *
- * <b>USB2AX</b>:
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.6</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * <b>USB2AX_V3</b>:
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.1</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_USB2AX_H__
-#define __LEDS_USB2AX_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
- #define USB2AX_LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
- #else
- #define USB2AX_LEDS_LED1 (1 << 1)
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 USB2AX_LEDS_LED1
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
- DDRC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- #else
- DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- #endif
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
- DDRC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- #else
- DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- #endif
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
- PORTC |= LEDMask;
- #else
- PORTD |= LEDMask;
- #endif
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
- PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
- #else
- PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
- #endif
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
- PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
- #else
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
- #endif
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
- PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
- #else
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
- #endif
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
- PINC = LEDMask;
- #else
- PIND = LEDMask;
- #endif
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
- return (PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- #else
- return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- #endif
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_USB2AX
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_USB2AX_V31 USB2AX_V31
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.1.
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_LEDs_USB2AX for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_USB2AX_V3 USB2AX_V3
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revision 3.
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_LEDs_USB2AX for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_USB2AX USB2AX
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX revisions 1 and 2.
+ *
+ * \note For version 3 USB2AX boards, compile with <code>BOARD = USB2AX_V3</code> and for version 3.1, with <code>BOARD = USB2AX_V31</code>.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Xevelabs USB2AX (http://paranoidstudio.assembla.com/wiki/show/paranoidstudio/USB2AX).
+ *
+ * <b>USB2AX</b>:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * <b>USB2AX_V3</b>:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.1</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * <b>USB2AX_V31</b>:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_USB2AX_H__
+#define __LEDS_USB2AX_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V31)
+ #define USB2AX_LEDS_LED1 (1 << 5)
+ #define USB2AX_LEDS_LED2 (1 << 6)
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3)
+ #define USB2AX_LEDS_LED1 (1 << 1)
+ #define USB2AX_LEDS_LED2 0
+ #else
+ #define USB2AX_LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
+ #define USB2AX_LEDS_LED2 0
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 USB2AX_LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 USB2AX_LEDS_LED2
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+ DDRC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ #else
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+ DDRC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ #else
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+ PORTC |= LEDMask;
+ #else
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+ PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
+ #else
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+ PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ #else
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+ PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ #else
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+ PINC = LEDMask;
+ #else
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX)
+ return (PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ #else
+ return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ #endif
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..15c41ab5e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_USBFOO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USBFOO USBFOO
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO (http://shop.kernelconcepts.de/product_info.php?products_id=102).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_USBFOO_H__
+#define __BOARD_USBFOO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h
index 876939cb7..e901437d7 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h
@@ -1,103 +1,103 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_USBFOO
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_USBFOO USBFOO
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO (http://shop.kernelconcepts.de/product_info.php?products_id=102).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_USBFOO_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_USBFOO_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_USBFOO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_USBFOO USBFOO
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO (http://shop.kernelconcepts.de/product_info.php?products_id=102).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_USBFOO_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_USBFOO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h
index 7d093df18..e396630df 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h
@@ -1,135 +1,135 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_USBFOO
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_USBFOO USBFOO
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO (http://shop.kernelconcepts.de/product_info.php?products_id=102).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_USBFOO_H__
-#define __LEDS_USBFOO_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD |= LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PIND = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_USBFOO
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_USBFOO USBFOO
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Kernel Concepts USBFOO (http://shop.kernelconcepts.de/product_info.php?products_id=102).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_USBFOO_H__
+#define __LEDS_USBFOO_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..366305656
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_USBKEY
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USBKEY USBKEY
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_USBKEY_H__
+#define __BOARD_USBKEY_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../Dataflash.h"
+ #include "../../Joystick.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h
index 63a3ae274..3ec7b3acd 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h
@@ -1,103 +1,103 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_USBKEY
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_USBKEY USBKEY
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_USBKEY_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_USBKEY_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_USBKEY
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_USBKEY USBKEY
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_USBKEY_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_USBKEY_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h
index c47cfa9c2..85a8dda3d 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h
@@ -1,229 +1,237 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- * \copydetails Group_Dataflash_USBKEY
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
- * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_USBKEY USBKEY
- * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- *
- * Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel USBKEY board.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTE.0</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP2</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTE.1</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __DATAFLASH_USBKEY_H__
-#define __DATAFLASH_USBKEY_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
- #include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK ((1 << 1) | (1 << 0))
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR DDRE
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTE
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
- #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 2
-
- /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
- #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK
-
- /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 (1 << 1)
-
- /** Mask for the second dataflash chip selected. */
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIP2 (1 << 0)
-
- /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
- #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 1024
-
- /** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
- #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
- * The microcontroller's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
- {
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
- }
-
- /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
- *
- * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
- {
- return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
- }
-
- /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
- {
- SPI_SendByte(Byte);
- }
-
- /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
- {
- return SPI_ReceiveByte();
- }
-
- /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
- *
- * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
- * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
- {
- return (DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
- }
-
- /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
- *
- * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
- * the chip number).
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
- {
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & ~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) | ChipMask);
- }
-
- /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
- static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
- {
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
- }
-
- /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
- * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
- * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
- * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
- * are deselected.
- *
- * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
- * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
- {
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-
- if (PageAddress >= (DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
- return;
-
- if (PageAddress & 0x01)
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
- else
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
- }
-
- /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
- * a new command.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
- {
- uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
-
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
- Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
- }
-
- /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
- * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
- {
- Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
- while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
- Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
- }
-
- /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
- * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
- *
- * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
- * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
- const uint16_t BufferByte)
- {
- PageAddress >>= 1;
-
- Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
- Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
- Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
- }
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ * \copydetails Group_Dataflash_USBKEY
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_USBKEY USBKEY
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ * Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel USBKEY board.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTE.0</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP2</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTE.1</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_USBKEY_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_USBKEY_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
+ #include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK (DATAFLASH_CHIP1 | DATAFLASH_CHIP2)
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR DDRE
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTE
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 2
+
+ /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP 0
+
+ /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Mask for the second dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP2 (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 1024
+
+ /** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+ * The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+
+ SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ SPI_SendByte(Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ return SPI_ReceiveByte();
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+ * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+ {
+ return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+ * the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+ * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+ * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+ * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+ * are deselected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+ * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+ {
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ if (PageAddress >= (DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ return;
+
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ if (PageAddress & 0x01)
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+ else
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ #else
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+ * a new command.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+ * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+ while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+ * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+ * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+ const uint16_t BufferByte)
+ {
+ #if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+ PageAddress >>= 1;
+ #endif
+
+ Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
+ Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+ Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h
index 9e9320ea0..45d5a66a8 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h
@@ -1,130 +1,130 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- * \copydetails Group_Joystick_USBKEY
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
- * \defgroup Group_Joystick_USBKEY USBKEY
- * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- *
- * Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>PORTB.6</td><td>PORTB.7</td><td>PORTE.4</td><td>PORTE.5</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __JOYSTICK_USBKEY_H__
-#define __JOYSTICK_USBKEY_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define JOY_BMASK ((1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
- #define JOY_EMASK ((1 << 4) | (1 << 5))
-
- #define JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT 1
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
- #define JOY_LEFT (1 << 6)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
- #define JOY_RIGHT ((1 << 4) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
- #define JOY_UP (1 << 7)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
- #define JOY_DOWN ((1 << 5) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
- #define JOY_PRESS (1 << 5)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
- {
- DDRB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
- DDRE &= ~JOY_EMASK;
-
- PORTB |= JOY_BMASK;
- PORTE |= JOY_EMASK;
- }
-
- static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
- DDRE &= ~JOY_EMASK;
-
- PORTB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
- PORTE &= ~JOY_EMASK;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return (((uint8_t)~PINB & JOY_BMASK) | (((uint8_t)~PINE & JOY_EMASK) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ * \copydetails Group_Joystick_USBKEY
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
+ * \defgroup Group_Joystick_USBKEY USBKEY
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ * Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>PORTB.6</td><td>PORTB.7</td><td>PORTE.4</td><td>PORTE.5</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_USBKEY_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_USBKEY_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define JOY_BMASK ((1 << 5) | (1 << 6) | (1 << 7))
+ #define JOY_EMASK ((1 << 4) | (1 << 5))
+
+ #define JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT 1
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+ #define JOY_LEFT (1 << 6)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+ #define JOY_RIGHT ((1 << 4) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+ #define JOY_UP (1 << 7)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+ #define JOY_DOWN ((1 << 5) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+ #define JOY_PRESS (1 << 5)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+ DDRE &= ~JOY_EMASK;
+
+ PORTB |= JOY_BMASK;
+ PORTE |= JOY_EMASK;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+ DDRE &= ~JOY_EMASK;
+
+ PORTB &= ~JOY_BMASK;
+ PORTE &= ~JOY_EMASK;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (((uint8_t)~PINB & JOY_BMASK) | (((uint8_t)~PINE & JOY_EMASK) >> JOY_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h
index 77cab1ecf..dc02da52e 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h
@@ -1,147 +1,147 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_USBKEY
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_USBKEY USBKEY
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_USBKEY_H__
-#define __LEDS_USBKEY_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
-
- /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
-
- /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 6)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD |= LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PIND = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_USBKEY
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_USBKEY USBKEY
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel USBKEY.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_USBKEY_H__
+#define __LEDS_USBKEY_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PIND = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTD & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..492aced78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_USBTINYMKII
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_USBTINYMKII USBTINYMKII
+ * \brief Board specific information header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for Tom's USBTINY MKII (http://tom-itx.dyndns.org:81/~webpage/).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_USBTINYMKII_H__
+#define __BOARD_USBTINYMKII_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h
index 29e73b7b5..682239cd7 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h
@@ -1,103 +1,103 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_USBTINYMKII
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_USBTINYMKII USBTINYMKII
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII (http://tom-itx.dyndns.org:81/~webpage/).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_USBTINYMKII_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_USBTINYMKII_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_USBTINYMKII
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_USBTINYMKII USBTINYMKII
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII (http://tom-itx.dyndns.org:81/~webpage/).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_USBTINYMKII_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_USBTINYMKII_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 7)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTD &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PIND & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h
index 0e6192ee3..a2decbc49 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h
@@ -1,143 +1,143 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_USBTINYMKII
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_USBTINYMKII USBTINYMKII
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII (http://tom-itx.dyndns.org:81/~webpage/).
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Target Power</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_USBTINYMKII_H__
-#define __LEDS_USBTINYMKII_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 7)
-
- /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 5)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
- {
- PORTB |= LedMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
- {
- PORTB &= ~LedMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
- {
- PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LedMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LedMask) | ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PINB = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_USBTINYMKII
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_USBTINYMKII USBTINYMKII
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for Tom's USBTINY MKII (http://tom-itx.dyndns.org:81/~webpage/).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Target Power</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_USBTINYMKII_H__
+#define __LEDS_USBTINYMKII_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= LedMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~LedMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LedMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LedMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LedMask) | ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINB = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..57ad4c98b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_XPLAIN
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_XPLAIN_REV1 XPLAIN_REV1
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the original Atmel XPLAIN, revision 1.
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_BoardInfo_XPLAIN for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_XPLAIN XPLAIN
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_XPLAIN_H__
+#define __BOARD_XPLAIN_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Dataflash.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h
index ef428b0dc..a8078f61f 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h
@@ -1,243 +1,245 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
- * \copydetails Group_Dataflash_XPLAIN
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
- * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_XPLAIN_REV1 XPLAIN_REV1
- * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN, revision 1.
- *
- * See \ref Group_Dataflash_XPLAIN for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
- * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_XPLAIN XPLAIN
- * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
- *
- * \note For the first revision XPLAIN board, compile with <code>BOARD = BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1</code>.
- *
- * Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XPLAIN.
- *
- * <b>Revision 1 Boards</b>:
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB041D (512KB)</td><td>PORTB.5</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * <b>Other Board Revisions</b>:
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTB.5</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __DATAFLASH_XPLAIN_H__
-#define __DATAFLASH_XPLAIN_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- #include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
- #include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK (1 << 5)
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR DDRB
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTB
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
- #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
-
- /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
- #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK
-
- /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 0
-
- #if ((BOARD != BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
- /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
- #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 1024
-
- /** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
- #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
- #else
- #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 256
-
- #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 2048
- #endif
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
- * The microcontroller's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
- {
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
- }
-
- /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
- *
- * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
- {
- return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
- }
-
- /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
- {
- SPI_SendByte(Byte);
- }
-
- /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
- {
- return SPI_ReceiveByte();
- }
-
- /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
- *
- * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
- * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
- {
- return (DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
- }
-
- /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
- *
- * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
- * the chip number).
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
- {
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & ~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) | ChipMask);
- }
-
- /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
- static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
- {
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
- }
-
- /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
- * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
- * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
- * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
- * are deselected.
- *
- * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
- * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
- {
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-
- if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
- return;
-
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
- }
-
- /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
- * a new command.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
- {
- uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
-
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
- Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
- }
-
- /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
- * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
- {
- Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
- while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
- Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
- }
-
- /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
- * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
- *
- * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
- * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
- const uint16_t BufferByte)
- {
- Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
- Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
- Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
- }
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
+ * \copydetails Group_Dataflash_XPLAIN
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_XPLAIN_REV1 XPLAIN_REV1
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN, revision 1.
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_Dataflash_XPLAIN for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_XPLAIN XPLAIN
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
+ *
+ * \note For the first revision XPLAIN board, compile with <code>BOARD = BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1</code>.
+ *
+ * Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XPLAIN.
+ *
+ * <b>Revision 1 Boards</b>:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB041D (512KB)</td><td>PORTB.5</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * <b>Other Board Revisions</b>:
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTB.5</td><td>SPI0</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_XPLAIN_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_XPLAIN_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ #include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
+ #include "../../../Peripheral/SPI.h"
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK DATAFLASH_CHIP1
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR DDRB
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTB
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
+
+ /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP 0
+
+ /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 (1 << 5)
+
+ #if ((BOARD != BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 1024
+
+ /** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
+ #else
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 256
+
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 2048
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+ * The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT |= DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+
+ SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ return SPI_TransferByte(Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ SPI_SendByte(Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ return SPI_ReceiveByte();
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+ * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+ {
+ return (~DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+ * the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT = ((DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT | DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK) & ~ChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+ * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+ * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+ * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+ * are deselected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+ * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+ {
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ if (PageAddress >= DATAFLASH_PAGES)
+ return;
+
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ }
+
+ /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+ * a new command.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+ * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+ while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+ * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+ * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+ const uint16_t BufferByte)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
+ Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+ Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h
index c7d74591d..338b1b419 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h
@@ -1,142 +1,142 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_XPLAIN
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_XPLAIN_REV1 XPLAIN_REV1
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN, revision 1.
- *
- * See \ref Group_LEDs_XPLAIN for more details.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_XPLAIN XPLAIN
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XPLAIN.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_XPLAIN_H__
-#define __LEDS_XPLAIN_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- DDRB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB &= ~LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB |= LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
- const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PINB = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (~PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_XPLAIN
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_XPLAIN_REV1 XPLAIN_REV1
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN, revision 1.
+ *
+ * See \ref Group_LEDs_XPLAIN for more details.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_XPLAIN XPLAIN
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the original Atmel XPLAIN.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XPLAIN.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_XPLAIN_H__
+#define __LEDS_XPLAIN_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS LEDS_LED1
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDS_ALL_LEDS) & ~LEDMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDMask) & ~ActiveMask);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINB = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~PORTB & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1d99302f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Yun board.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_YUN
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_YUN YUN
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Arduino Yun board.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Arduino Yun board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardYun).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_YUN_H__
+#define __BOARD_YUN_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bcdd47f9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/AVR8/YUN/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Yun board.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_YUN
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_YUN YUN
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Yun board.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Arduino Yun board (http://arduino.cc/en/Main/arduinoBoardYun).
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>TX</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>General Indicator</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_YUN_H__
+#define __LEDS_YUN_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS (LEDS_LED1)
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED2)
+ #define LEDS_PORTC_LEDS (LEDS_LED3)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ DDRB |= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB |= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD |= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD |= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ DDRC |= LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ DDRD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ DDRC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ PORTC &= ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PORTC &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB | LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+ PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_PORTC_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB = ((PORTB | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) & ~(ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
+ PORTD = ((PORTD | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) & ~(ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+ PORTC = ((PORTC & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PINB = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PIND = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ PINC = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((~PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (~PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTC & LEDS_PORTC_LEDS));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..27f495361
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,167 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board hardware information driver.
+ *
+ * This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific information driver, to give information
+ * on the hardware contained on a specific board.
+ *
+ * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct board driver header file for the
+ * currently selected board.
+ *
+ * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Board.h file in the user project
+ * directory.
+ *
+ * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo Board Information Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h
+ * \brief Board hardware information driver.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_BoardInfo_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - None
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_H__
+#define __BOARD_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
+ #include "AVR8/USBKEY/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
+ #include "AVR8/STK525/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
+ #include "AVR8/STK526/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_RZUSBSTICK)
+ #include "AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01)
+ #include "AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Board.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+ #include "AVR8/XPLAIN/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUMBLEB)
+ #include "AVR8/BUMBLEB/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
+ #include "AVR8/EVK527/Board.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY) || (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2))
+ #include "AVR8/TEENSY/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBTINYMKII)
+ #include "AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BENITO)
+ #include "AVR8/BENITO/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_JMDBU2)
+ #include "AVR8/JMDBU2/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX162)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEX162/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBFOO)
+ #include "AVR8/USBFOO/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_UDIP)
+ #include "AVR8/UDIP/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUI)
+ #include "AVR8/BUI/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_UNO)
+ #include "AVR8/UNO/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_CULV3)
+ #include "AVR8/CULV3/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BLACKCAT)
+ #include "AVR8/BLACKCAT/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MAXIMUS)
+ #include "AVR8/MAXIMUS/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MINIMUS)
+ #include "AVR8/MINIMUS/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_ADAFRUITU4)
+ #include "AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROSIN162)
+ #include "AVR8/MICROSIN162/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2)
+ #include "AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1101)
+ #include "UC3/EVK1101/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_TUL)
+ #include "AVR8/TUL/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1100)
+ #include "UC3/EVK1100/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1104)
+ #include "UC3/EVK1104/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED)
+ #include "XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Board.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V31))
+ #include "AVR8/USB2AX/Board.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP))
+ #include "AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_B1_XPLAINED)
+ #include "XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MULTIO)
+ #include "AVR8/MULTIO/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BIGMULTIO)
+ #include "AVR8/BIGMULTIO/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_DUCE)
+ #include "AVR8/DUCE/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX32U4)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_LEONARDO)
+ #include "AVR8/LEONARDO/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_UC3A3_XPLAINED)
+ #include "UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STANGE_ISP)
+ #include "AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_C3_XPLAINED)
+ #include "XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_U2S)
+ #include "AVR8/U2S/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_YUN)
+ #include "AVR8/YUN/Board.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICRO)
+ #include "AVR8/MICRO/Board.h"
+ #else
+ #include "Board/Board.h"
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h
index c5c09bedb..dc22cc1ab 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h
@@ -1,178 +1,188 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Digital button board hardware driver.
- *
- * This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific Buttons driver, for boards containing
- * physical pushbuttons connected to the microcontroller's GPIO pins.
- *
- * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct Button driver header file for the
- * currently selected board.
- *
- * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Buttons.h file in the user project
- * directory.
- *
- * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons Buttons Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h
- * \brief Digital button board hardware driver.
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - None
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Hardware buttons driver. This provides an easy to use driver for the hardware buttons present on many boards.
- * It provides a way to easily configure and check the status of all the buttons on the board so that appropriate
- * actions can be taken.
- *
- * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Buttons.h file in the user project
- * directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built in board driver header file.
- *
- * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
- *
- * \section Sec_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- * application.
- *
- * \code
- * // Initialize the button driver before first use
- * Buttons_Init();
- *
- * printf("Waiting for button press...\r\n");
- *
- * // Loop until a board button has been pressed
- * uint8_t ButtonPress;
- * while (!(ButtonPress = Buttons_GetStatus())) {};
- *
- * // Display which button was pressed (assuming two board buttons)
- * printf("Button pressed: %s\r\n", (ButtonPress == BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? "Button 1" : "Button 2");
- * \endcode
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_H__
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
- #error The Board Buttons driver cannot be used if the makefile BOARD option is not set.
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
- #include "AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
- #include "AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
- #include "AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01)
- #include "AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUMBLEB)
- #include "AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
- #include "AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBTINYMKII)
- #include "AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BENITO)
- #include "AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_JMDBU2)
- #include "AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX162)
- #include "AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBFOO)
- #include "AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_UDIP)
- #include "AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_CULV3)
- #include "AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MINIMUS)
- #include "AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROSIN162)
- #include "AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1101)
- #include "UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_TUL)
- #include "AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1100)
- #include "UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1104)
- #include "UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED)
- #include "XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"
- #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3))
- #include "AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h"
- #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A) || \
- (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2) || \
- (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4) || \
- (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2) || \
- (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP))
- #include "AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_B1_XPLAINED)
- #include "XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX32U4)
- #include "AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4)
- #include "AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2)
- #include "AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h"
- #else
- #include "Board/Buttons.h"
- #endif
-
- /* Pseudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
- #if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Initializes the buttons driver, so that the current button position can be read. This sets the appropriate
- * I/O pins to an inputs with pull-ups enabled.
- *
- * This must be called before any Button driver functions are used.
- */
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void);
-
- /** Disables the buttons driver, releasing the I/O pins back to their default high-impedance input mode. */
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void);
-
- /** Returns a mask indicating which board buttons are currently pressed.
- *
- * \return Mask indicating which board buttons are currently pressed.
- */
- static inline uint_reg_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Digital button board hardware driver.
+ *
+ * This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific Buttons driver, for boards containing
+ * physical pushbuttons connected to the microcontroller's GPIO pins.
+ *
+ * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct Button driver header file for the
+ * currently selected board.
+ *
+ * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Buttons.h file in the user project
+ * directory.
+ *
+ * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons Buttons Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h
+ * \brief Digital button board hardware driver.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Buttons_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - None
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Buttons_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Hardware buttons driver. This provides an easy to use driver for the hardware buttons present on many boards.
+ * It provides a way to easily configure and check the status of all the buttons on the board so that appropriate
+ * actions can be taken.
+ *
+ * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Buttons.h file in the user project
+ * directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built-in board driver header file.
+ *
+ * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Buttons_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the button driver before first use
+ * Buttons_Init();
+ *
+ * printf("Waiting for button press...\r\n");
+ *
+ * // Loop until a board button has been pressed
+ * uint8_t ButtonPress;
+ * while (!(ButtonPress = Buttons_GetStatus())) {};
+ *
+ * // Display which button was pressed (assuming two board buttons)
+ * printf("Button pressed: %s\r\n", (ButtonPress == BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? "Button 1" : "Button 2");
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 0
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void) {};
+ static inline uint_reg_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) { return 0; };
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
+ #include "AVR8/USBKEY/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
+ #include "AVR8/STK525/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
+ #include "AVR8/STK526/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01)
+ #include "AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUMBLEB)
+ #include "AVR8/BUMBLEB/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
+ #include "AVR8/EVK527/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBTINYMKII)
+ #include "AVR8/USBTINYMKII/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BENITO)
+ #include "AVR8/BENITO/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_JMDBU2)
+ #include "AVR8/JMDBU2/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX162)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEX162/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBFOO)
+ #include "AVR8/USBFOO/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_UDIP)
+ #include "AVR8/UDIP/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_CULV3)
+ #include "AVR8/CULV3/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MINIMUS)
+ #include "AVR8/MINIMUS/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROSIN162)
+ #include "AVR8/MICROSIN162/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1101)
+ #include "UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_TUL)
+ #include "AVR8/TUL/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1100)
+ #include "UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1104)
+ #include "UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED)
+ #include "XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3))
+ #include "AVR8/USB2AX/Buttons.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP))
+ #include "AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_B1_XPLAINED)
+ #include "XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX32U4)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_UC3A3_XPLAINED)
+ #include "UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STANGE_ISP)
+ #include "AVR8/STANGE_ISP/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_C3_XPLAINED)
+ #include "XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_U2S)
+ #include "AVR8/U2S/Buttons.h"
+ #else
+ #include "Board/Buttons.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Pseudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
+ #if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Initializes the buttons driver, so that the current button position can be read. This sets the appropriate
+ * I/O pins to an inputs with pull-ups enabled.
+ *
+ * This must be called before any Button driver functions are used.
+ */
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void);
+
+ /** Disables the buttons driver, releasing the I/O pins back to their default high-impedance input mode. */
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void);
+
+ /** Returns a mask indicating which board buttons are currently pressed.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of \c BUTTONS_BUTTON* constants indicating which board buttons are currently pressed.
+ */
+ static inline uint_reg_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h
index 944ea5ffe..9b4bf5613 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h
@@ -1,252 +1,264 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Master include file for the board dataflash IC driver.
- * \brief Atmel Dataflash storage IC board hardware driver.
- *
- * This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific Atmel dataflash driver, for boards containing
- * Atmel Dataflash ICs for external non-volatile storage.
- *
- * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct dataflash driver header file for
- * the currently selected board.
- *
- * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Dataflash.h file in the user project
- * directory.
- *
- * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
- * \defgroup Group_Dataflash Dataflash Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h
- * \brief Atmel Dataflash storage IC board hardware driver.
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - None
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Dataflash driver. This module provides an easy to use interface for the Dataflash ICs located on many boards,
- * for the storage of large amounts of data into the Dataflash's non-volatile memory.
- *
- * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Dataflash.h file in the user project
- * directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built in board driver header file.
- *
- * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
- *
- * \section Sec_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- * application.
- *
- * \code
- * // Initialize the SPI and board Dataflash drivers before first use
- * SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING |
- * SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
- * Dataflash_Init();
- *
- * uint8_t WriteBuffer[DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE];
- * uint8_t ReadBuffer[DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE];
- *
- * // Fill page write buffer with a repeating pattern
- * for (uint16_t i = 0; i < DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE; i++)
- * WriteBuffer[i] = (i & 0xFF);
- *
- * // Must select the chip of interest first before operating on it
- * Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
- *
- * // Write to the Dataflash's first internal memory buffer
- * printf("Writing data to first dataflash buffer:\r\n");
- * Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
- * Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
- *
- * for (uint16_t i = 0; i < DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE; i++)
- * Dataflash_SendByte(WriteBuffer[i]);
- *
- * // Commit the Dataflash's first memory buffer to the non-volatile FLASH memory
- * printf("Committing page to non-volatile memory page index 5:\r\n");
- * Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
- * Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(5, 0);
- * Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
- *
- * // Read the page from non-volatile FLASH memory into the Dataflash's second memory buffer
- * printf("Reading data into second dataflash buffer:\r\n");
- * Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2);
- * Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(5, 0);
- * Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
- *
- * // Read the Dataflash's second internal memory buffer
- * Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF2READ);
- * Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
- *
- * for (uint16_t i = 0; i < DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE; i++)
- * ReadBuffer[i] = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
- *
- * // Deselect the chip after use
- * Dataflash_DeselectChip();
- * \endcode
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __DATAFLASH_H__
-#define __DATAFLASH_H__
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #define __GET_DATAFLASH_MASK2(x, y) x ## y
- #define __GET_DATAFLASH_MASK(x) __GET_DATAFLASH_MASK2(DATAFLASH_CHIP,x)
- #endif
-
- /** Retrieves the Dataflash chip select mask for the given Dataflash chip index.
- *
- * \param[in] index Index of the dataflash chip mask to retrieve
- *
- * \return Mask for the given Dataflash chip's /CS pin
- */
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(index) __GET_DATAFLASH_MASK(index)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
- *
- * \note The microcontroller's physical interface driver connected to the Dataflash IC must be initialized before
- * any of the dataflash commands are used. This is usually a SPI hardware port, but on some devices/boards may
- * be a USART operating in SPI Master mode.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_Init(void);
-
- /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
- *
- * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
- * or a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-
- /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
- *
- * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
- * the chip number).
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-
- /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
- static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-
- /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
- * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
- * dataflash IC, this will select \ref DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
- * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
- * are deselected.
- *
- * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
- * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress);
-
- /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
- * a new command.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void);
-
- /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
- * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void);
-
- /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
- * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
- *
- * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
- * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
- const uint16_t BufferByte);
-
- /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
- *
- * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-
- /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
-
- /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-
- /* Includes: */
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
- #error The Board Dataflash driver cannot be used if the makefile BOARD option is not set.
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
- #include "AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
- #include "AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
- #include "AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h"
- #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
- #include "AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
- #include "AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED)
- #include "XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_B1_XPLAINED)
- #include "XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h"
- #else
- #include "Board/Dataflash.h"
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master include file for the board dataflash IC driver.
+ * \brief Atmel Dataflash storage IC board hardware driver.
+ *
+ * This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific Atmel dataflash driver, for boards containing
+ * Atmel Dataflash ICs for external non-volatile storage.
+ *
+ * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct dataflash driver header file for
+ * the currently selected board.
+ *
+ * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Dataflash.h file in the user project
+ * directory.
+ *
+ * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_Dataflash Dataflash Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h
+ * \brief Atmel Dataflash storage IC board hardware driver.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Dataflash_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - None
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Dataflash_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Dataflash driver. This module provides an easy to use interface for the Dataflash ICs located on many boards,
+ * for the storage of large amounts of data into the Dataflash's non-volatile memory.
+ *
+ * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Dataflash.h file in the user project
+ * directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built-in board driver header file.
+ *
+ * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Dataflash_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the board Dataflash driver before first use
+ * Dataflash_Init();
+ *
+ * uint8_t WriteBuffer[DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE];
+ * uint8_t ReadBuffer[DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE];
+ *
+ * // Fill page write buffer with a repeating pattern
+ * for (uint16_t i = 0; i < DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE; i++)
+ * WriteBuffer[i] = (i & 0xFF);
+ *
+ * // Must select the chip of interest first before operating on it
+ * Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ *
+ * // Write to the Dataflash's first internal memory buffer
+ * printf("Writing data to first dataflash buffer:\r\n");
+ * Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+ * Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ *
+ * for (uint16_t i = 0; i < DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE; i++)
+ * Dataflash_SendByte(WriteBuffer[i]);
+ *
+ * // Commit the Dataflash's first memory buffer to the non-volatile FLASH memory
+ * printf("Committing page to non-volatile memory page index 5:\r\n");
+ * Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+ * Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(5, 0);
+ * Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ *
+ * // Read the page from non-volatile FLASH memory into the Dataflash's second memory buffer
+ * printf("Reading data into second dataflash buffer:\r\n");
+ * Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2);
+ * Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(5, 0);
+ * Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+ *
+ * // Read the Dataflash's second internal memory buffer
+ * Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF2READ);
+ * Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+ *
+ * for (uint16_t i = 0; i < DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE; i++)
+ * ReadBuffer[i] = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+ *
+ * // Deselect the chip after use
+ * Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Retrieves the Dataflash chip select mask for the given Dataflash chip index.
+ *
+ * \attention This macro will only work correctly on chip index numbers that are compile-time
+ * constants defined by the preprocessor.
+ *
+ * \param[in] index Index of the dataflash chip mask to retrieve.
+ *
+ * \return Mask for the given Dataflash chip's /CS pin
+ */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(index) CONCAT_EXPANDED(DATAFLASH_CHIP, index)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+ *
+ * \note The microcontroller's physical interface driver connected to the Dataflash IC must be initialized before
+ * any of the dataflash commands are used. This is usually a SPI hardware port, but on some devices/boards may
+ * be a USART operating in SPI Master mode.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_Init(void);
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+ * or a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+ /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+ * the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+
+ /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+
+ /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+ * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+ * dataflash IC, this will select \ref DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+ * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+ * are deselected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+ * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress);
+
+ /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+ * a new command.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void);
+
+ /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+ * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void);
+
+ /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+ * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+ * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+ const uint16_t BufferByte);
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
+ #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 0
+ #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP 0
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 0
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 0
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 0
+ static inline void Dataflash_Init(void) {};
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) { return 0; };
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) {};
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) { return 0; };
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) { return 0; };
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) {};
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) {};
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress) {};
+ static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void) {};
+ static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void) {};
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+ const uint16_t BufferByte) {};
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
+ #include "AVR8/USBKEY/Dataflash.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
+ #include "AVR8/STK525/Dataflash.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
+ #include "AVR8/STK526/Dataflash.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+ #include "AVR8/XPLAIN/Dataflash.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
+ #include "AVR8/EVK527/Dataflash.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED)
+ #include "XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_B1_XPLAINED)
+ #include "XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h"
+ #else
+ #include "Board/Dataflash.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h
index 640939a93..4ecf61fef 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h
@@ -1,144 +1,151 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Digital joystick board hardware driver.
- *
- * This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific Joystick driver, for boards containing a
- * digital joystick.
- *
- * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct joystick driver header file for the
- * currently selected board.
- *
- * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Joystick.h file in the user project
- * directory.
- *
- * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
- * \defgroup Group_Joystick Joystick Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h
- * \brief Digital joystick board hardware driver.
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - None
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Hardware Joystick driver. This module provides an easy to use interface to control the hardware digital Joystick
- * located on many boards.
- *
- * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Joystick.h file in the user project
- * directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built in board driver header file.
- *
- * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
- *
- * \section Sec_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- * application.
- *
- * \code
- * // Initialize the board Joystick driver before first use
- * Joystick_Init();
- *
- * printf("Waiting for joystick movement...\r\n");
- *
- * // Loop until a the joystick has been moved
- * uint8_t JoystickMovement;
- * while (!(JoystickMovement = Joystick_GetStatus())) {};
- *
- * // Display which direction the joystick was moved in
- * printf("Joystick moved:\r\n");
- *
- * if (JoystickMovement & (JOY_UP | JOY_DOWN))
- * printf("%s ", (JoystickMovement & JOY_UP) ? "Up" : "Down");
- *
- * if (JoystickMovement & (JOY_LEFT | JOY_RIGHT))
- * printf("%s ", (JoystickMovement & JOY_LEFT) ? "Left" : "Right");
- *
- * if (JoystickMovement & JOY_PRESS)
- * printf("Pressed");
- * \endcode
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __JOYSTICK_H__
-#define __JOYSTICK_H__
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
- #error The Board Joystick driver cannot be used if the makefile BOARD option is not set.
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
- #include "AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
- #include "AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
- #include "AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUMBLEB)
- #include "AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
- #include "AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1101)
- #include "UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1100)
- #include "UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h"
- #else
- #include "Board/Joystick.h"
- #endif
-
- /* Pseudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
- #if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Initializes the joystick driver so that the joystick position can be read. This sets the appropriate
- * I/O pins to inputs with their pull-ups enabled.
- */
- static inline void Joystick_Init(void);
-
- /** Disables the joystick driver, releasing the I/O pins back to their default high-impedance input mode. */
- static inline void Joystick_Disable(void);
-
- /** Returns the current status of the joystick, as a mask indicating the direction the joystick is
- * currently facing in (multiple bits can be set).
- *
- * \return Mask indicating the joystick direction - see corresponding board specific Joystick.h file
- * for direction masks.
- */
- static inline uint_reg_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Digital joystick board hardware driver.
+ *
+ * This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific Joystick driver, for boards containing a
+ * digital joystick.
+ *
+ * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct joystick driver header file for the
+ * currently selected board.
+ *
+ * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Joystick.h file in the user project
+ * directory.
+ *
+ * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_Joystick Joystick Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h
+ * \brief Digital joystick board hardware driver.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Joystick_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - None
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Joystick_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Hardware Joystick driver. This module provides an easy to use interface to control the hardware digital Joystick
+ * located on many boards.
+ *
+ * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/Joystick.h file in the user project
+ * directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built-in board driver header file.
+ *
+ * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Joystick_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the board Joystick driver before first use
+ * Joystick_Init();
+ *
+ * printf("Waiting for joystick movement...\r\n");
+ *
+ * // Loop until a the joystick has been moved
+ * uint8_t JoystickMovement;
+ * while (!(JoystickMovement = Joystick_GetStatus())) {};
+ *
+ * // Display which direction the joystick was moved in
+ * printf("Joystick moved:\r\n");
+ *
+ * if (JoystickMovement & (JOY_UP | JOY_DOWN))
+ * printf("%s ", (JoystickMovement & JOY_UP) ? "Up" : "Down");
+ *
+ * if (JoystickMovement & (JOY_LEFT | JOY_RIGHT))
+ * printf("%s ", (JoystickMovement & JOY_LEFT) ? "Left" : "Right");
+ *
+ * if (JoystickMovement & JOY_PRESS)
+ * printf("Pressed");
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
+ #define JOY_UP 0
+ #define JOY_DOWN 0
+ #define JOY_LEFT 0
+ #define JOY_RIGHT 0
+ #define JOY_PRESS 0
+ static inline void Joystick_Init(void) {};
+ static inline uint_reg_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) { return 0; };
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
+ #include "AVR8/USBKEY/Joystick.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
+ #include "AVR8/STK525/Joystick.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
+ #include "AVR8/STK526/Joystick.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUMBLEB)
+ #include "AVR8/BUMBLEB/Joystick.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
+ #include "AVR8/EVK527/Joystick.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1101)
+ #include "UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1100)
+ #include "UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h"
+ #else
+ #include "Board/Joystick.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Pseudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
+ #if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Initializes the joystick driver so that the joystick position can be read. This sets the appropriate
+ * I/O pins to inputs with their pull-ups enabled.
+ *
+ * This must be called before any Joystick driver functions are used.
+ */
+ static inline void Joystick_Init(void);
+
+ /** Disables the joystick driver, releasing the I/O pins back to their default high-impedance input mode. */
+ static inline void Joystick_Disable(void);
+
+ /** Returns the current status of the joystick, as a mask indicating the direction the joystick is
+ * currently facing in (multiple bits can be set).
+ *
+ * \return Mask of \c JOYSTICK_* constants indicating the current joystick direction(s).
+ */
+ static inline uint_reg_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h
index 96438d0da..392714a4e 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h
@@ -1,274 +1,298 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief LED board hardware driver.
- *
- * This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific LED driver, for boards containing user
- * controllable LEDs.
- *
- * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct LED driver header file for the
- * currently selected board.
- *
- * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/LEDs.h file in the user project
- * directory.
- *
- * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs LEDs Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h
- * \brief LED board hardware driver.
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - None
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Hardware LEDs driver. This provides an easy to use driver for the hardware LEDs present on many boards. It
- * provides an interface to configure, test and change the status of all the board LEDs.
- *
- * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/LEDs.h file in the user project
- * directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built in board driver header file. If the BOARD value
- * is set to \c BOARD_NONE, this driver is silently disabled.
- *
- * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
- *
- * \note To make code as compatible as possible, it is assumed that all boards carry a minimum of four LEDs. If
- * a board contains less than four LEDs, the remaining LED masks are defined to 0 so as to have no effect.
- * If other behavior is desired, either alias the remaining LED masks to existing LED masks via the -D
- * switch in the project makefile, or alias them to nothing in the makefile to cause compilation errors when
- * a non-existing LED is referenced in application code. Note that this means that it is possible to make
- * compatible code for a board with no LEDs by making a board LED driver (see \ref Page_WritingBoardDrivers)
- * which contains only stub functions and defines no LEDs.
- *
- * \section Sec_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- * application.
- *
- * \code
- * // Initialize the board LED driver before first use
- * LEDs_Init();
- *
- * // Turn on each of the four LEDs in turn
- * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED1);
- * Delay_MS(500);
- * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
- * Delay_MS(500);
- * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED3);
- * Delay_MS(500);
- * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED4);
- * Delay_MS(500);
- *
- * // Turn on all LEDs
- * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- * Delay_MS(1000);
- *
- * // Turn on LED 1, turn off LED 2, leaving LEDs 3 and 4 in their current state
- * LEDs_ChangeLEDs((LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2), LEDS_LED1);
- * \endcode
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_H__
-#define __LEDS_H__
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
- #if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void) {};
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void) {};
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask) {};
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask) {};
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask) {};
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask, const uint_reg_t ActiveMask) {};
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask) {};
- static inline uint_reg_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) { return 0; }
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
- #include "AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
- #include "AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
- #include "AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_RZUSBSTICK)
- #include "AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01)
- #include "AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h"
- #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
- #include "AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUMBLEB)
- #include "AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
- #include "AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h"
- #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY) || (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2))
- #include "AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBTINYMKII)
- #include "AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BENITO)
- #include "AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_JMDBU2)
- #include "AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX162)
- #include "AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBFOO)
- #include "AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_UDIP)
- #include "AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUI)
- #include "AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_UNO)
- #include "AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_CULV3)
- #include "AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BLACKCAT)
- #include "AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MAXIMUS)
- #include "AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MINIMUS)
- #include "AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_ADAFRUITU4)
- #include "AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROSIN162)
- #include "AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2)
- #include "AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1101)
- #include "UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_TUL)
- #include "AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1100)
- #include "UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1104)
- #include "UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED)
- #include "XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"
- #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3))
- #include "AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h"
- #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2) || \
- (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2))
- #include "AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_B1_XPLAINED)
- #include "XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MULTIO)
- #include "AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BIGMULTIO)
- #include "AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_DUCE)
- #include "AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX32U4)
- #include "AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4)
- #include "AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h"
- #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2)
- #include "AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h"
- #else
- #include "Board/LEDs.h"
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #if !defined(LEDS_LED1)
- #define LEDS_LED1 0
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(LEDS_LED2)
- #define LEDS_LED2 0
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(LEDS_LED3)
- #define LEDS_LED3 0
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(LEDS_LED4)
- #define LEDS_LED4 0
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Pseudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
- #if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Initializes the board LED driver so that the LEDs can be controlled. This sets the appropriate port
- * I/O pins as outputs, and sets the LEDs to default to off.
- */
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void);
-
- /** Disables the board LED driver, releasing the I/O pins back to their default high-impedance input mode. */
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void);
-
- /** Turns on the LEDs specified in the given LED mask.
- *
- * \param[in] LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
- */
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask);
-
- /** Turns off the LEDs specified in the given LED mask.
- *
- * \param[in] LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
- */
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask);
-
- /** Turns off all LEDs not specified in the given LED mask, and turns on all the LEDs in the given LED
- * mask.
- *
- * \param[in] LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
- */
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask);
-
- /** Turns off all LEDs in the LED mask that are not set in the active mask, and turns on all the LEDs
- * specified in both the LED and active masks.
- *
- * \param[in] LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
- * \param[in] ActiveMask Mask of whether the LEDs in the LED mask should be turned on or off.
- */
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask,
- const uint_reg_t ActiveMask);
-
- /** Toggles all LEDs in the LED mask, leaving all others in their current states.
- *
- * \param[in] LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
- */
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask);
-
- /** Returns the status of all the board LEDs; set LED masks in the return value indicate that the
- * corresponding LED is on.
- *
- * \return Mask of the board LEDs which are currently turned on.
- */
- static inline uint_reg_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief LED board hardware driver.
+ *
+ * This file is the master dispatch header file for the board-specific LED driver, for boards containing user
+ * controllable LEDs.
+ *
+ * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct LED driver header file for the
+ * currently selected board.
+ *
+ * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/LEDs.h file in the user project
+ * directory.
+ *
+ * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs LEDs Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h
+ * \brief LED board hardware driver.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_LEDs_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - None
+ *
+ * \section Sec_LEDs_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Hardware LEDs driver. This provides an easy to use driver for the hardware LEDs present on many boards. It
+ * provides an interface to configure, test and change the status of all the board LEDs.
+ *
+ * If the \c BOARD value is set to \c BOARD_USER, this will include the \c /Board/LEDs.h file in the user project
+ * directory. Otherwise, it will include the appropriate built-in board driver header file. If the BOARD value
+ * is set to \c BOARD_NONE, this driver is silently disabled.
+ *
+ * For possible \c BOARD makefile values, see \ref Group_BoardTypes.
+ *
+ * \note To make code as compatible as possible, it is assumed that all boards carry a minimum of four LEDs. If
+ * a board contains less than four LEDs, the remaining LED masks are defined to 0 so as to have no effect.
+ * If other behavior is desired, either alias the remaining LED masks to existing LED masks via the -D
+ * switch in the project makefile, or alias them to nothing in the makefile to cause compilation errors when
+ * a non-existing LED is referenced in application code. Note that this means that it is possible to make
+ * compatible code for a board with no LEDs by making a board LED driver (see \ref Page_WritingBoardDrivers)
+ * which contains only stub functions and defines no LEDs.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_LEDs_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the board LED driver before first use
+ * LEDs_Init();
+ *
+ * // Turn on each of the four LEDs in turn
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED1);
+ * Delay_MS(500);
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED2);
+ * Delay_MS(500);
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED3);
+ * Delay_MS(500);
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_LED4);
+ * Delay_MS(500);
+ *
+ * // Turn on all LEDs
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ * Delay_MS(1000);
+ *
+ * // Turn on LED 1, turn off LED 2, leaving LEDs 3 and 4 in their current state
+ * LEDs_ChangeLEDs((LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2), LEDS_LED1);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_H__
+#define __LEDS_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ #if (BOARD == BOARD_NONE)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void) {};
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void) {};
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask) {};
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask) {};
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask) {};
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask, const uint_reg_t ActiveMask) {};
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask) {};
+ static inline uint_reg_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) { return 0; }
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY)
+ #include "AVR8/USBKEY/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK525)
+ #include "AVR8/STK525/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STK526)
+ #include "AVR8/STK526/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_RZUSBSTICK)
+ #include "AVR8/RZUSBSTICK/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01)
+ #include "AVR8/ATAVRUSBRF01/LEDs.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN) || (BOARD == BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1))
+ #include "AVR8/XPLAIN/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUMBLEB)
+ #include "AVR8/BUMBLEB/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527)
+ #include "AVR8/EVK527/LEDs.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY) || (BOARD == BOARD_TEENSY2))
+ #include "AVR8/TEENSY/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBTINYMKII)
+ #include "AVR8/USBTINYMKII/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BENITO)
+ #include "AVR8/BENITO/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_JMDBU2)
+ #include "AVR8/JMDBU2/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX162)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEX162/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_USBFOO)
+ #include "AVR8/USBFOO/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_UDIP)
+ #include "AVR8/UDIP/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BUI)
+ #include "AVR8/BUI/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_UNO)
+ #include "AVR8/UNO/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_CULV3)
+ #include "AVR8/CULV3/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BLACKCAT)
+ #include "AVR8/BLACKCAT/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MAXIMUS)
+ #include "AVR8/MAXIMUS/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MINIMUS)
+ #include "AVR8/MINIMUS/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_ADAFRUITU4)
+ #include "AVR8/ADAFRUITU4/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICROSIN162)
+ #include "AVR8/MICROSIN162/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2)
+ #include "AVR8/SPARKFUN8U2/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1101)
+ #include "UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_TUL)
+ #include "AVR8/TUL/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1100)
+ #include "UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_EVK1104)
+ #include "UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED)
+ #include "XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V3) || (BOARD == BOARD_USB2AX_V31))
+ #include "AVR8/USB2AX/LEDs.h"
+ #elif ((BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1) || (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2))
+ #include "AVR8/MICROPENDOUS/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_B1_XPLAINED)
+ #include "XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MULTIO)
+ #include "AVR8/MULTIO/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_BIGMULTIO)
+ #include "AVR8/BIGMULTIO/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_DUCE)
+ #include "AVR8/DUCE/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEX32U4)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEX32U4/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEXT32U4/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_OLIMEXISPMK2)
+ #include "AVR8/OLIMEXISPMK2/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_LEONARDO)
+ #include "AVR8/LEONARDO/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_UC3A3_XPLAINED)
+ #include "UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_STANGE_ISP)
+ #include "AVR8/STANGE_ISP/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_C3_XPLAINED)
+ #include "XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_U2S)
+ #include "AVR8/U2S/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_YUN)
+ #include "AVR8/YUN/LEDs.h"
+ #elif (BOARD == BOARD_MICRO)
+ #include "AVR8/MICRO/LEDs.h"
+ #else
+ #include "Board/LEDs.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #if !defined(LEDS_NO_LEDS)
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(LEDS_ALL_LEDS)
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(LEDS_LED1)
+ #define LEDS_LED1 0
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(LEDS_LED2)
+ #define LEDS_LED2 0
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(LEDS_LED3)
+ #define LEDS_LED3 0
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(LEDS_LED4)
+ #define LEDS_LED4 0
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Pseudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
+ #if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Initializes the board LED driver so that the LEDs can be controlled. This sets the appropriate port
+ * I/O pins as outputs, and sets the LEDs to default to off.
+ *
+ * This must be called before any LED driver functions are used.
+ */
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void);
+
+ /** Disables the board LED driver, releasing the I/O pins back to their default high-impedance input mode. */
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void);
+
+ /** Turns on the LEDs specified in the given LED mask.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
+ */
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask);
+
+ /** Turns off the LEDs specified in the given LED mask.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
+ */
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask);
+
+ /** Turns off all LEDs not specified in the given LED mask, and turns on all the LEDs in the given LED
+ * mask.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
+ */
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask);
+
+ /** Turns off all LEDs in the LED mask that are not set in the active mask, and turns on all the LEDs
+ * specified in both the LED and active masks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
+ * \param[in] ActiveMask Mask of whether the LEDs in the LED mask should be turned on or off.
+ */
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask,
+ const uint_reg_t ActiveMask);
+
+ /** Toggles all LEDs in the LED mask, leaving all others in their current states.
+ *
+ * \param[in] LEDMask Mask of the board LEDs to manipulate (see board-specific LEDs.h driver file).
+ */
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint_reg_t LEDMask);
+
+ /** Returns the status of all the board LEDs; set LED masks in the return value indicate that the
+ * corresponding LED is on.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of \c LEDS_LED* constants indicating which of the board LEDs are currently turned on.
+ */
+ static inline uint_reg_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c
index 94843115f..8b09f1094 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c
@@ -1,66 +1,66 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_TEMPERATURE_C
-#include "Temperature.h"
-
-#if defined(TEMPERATURE_SENSOR_DRIVER_COMPATIBLE)
-
-static const uint16_t PROGMEM Temperature_Lookup[TEMP_TABLE_SIZE] =
-{
- 0x3B4, 0x3B0, 0x3AB, 0x3A6, 0x3A0, 0x39A, 0x394, 0x38E, 0x388, 0x381, 0x37A, 0x373,
- 0x36B, 0x363, 0x35B, 0x353, 0x34A, 0x341, 0x338, 0x32F, 0x325, 0x31B, 0x311, 0x307,
- 0x2FC, 0x2F1, 0x2E6, 0x2DB, 0x2D0, 0x2C4, 0x2B8, 0x2AC, 0x2A0, 0x294, 0x288, 0x27C,
- 0x26F, 0x263, 0x256, 0x24A, 0x23D, 0x231, 0x225, 0x218, 0x20C, 0x200, 0x1F3, 0x1E7,
- 0x1DB, 0x1CF, 0x1C4, 0x1B8, 0x1AC, 0x1A1, 0x196, 0x18B, 0x180, 0x176, 0x16B, 0x161,
- 0x157, 0x14D, 0x144, 0x13A, 0x131, 0x128, 0x11F, 0x117, 0x10F, 0x106, 0x0FE, 0x0F7,
- 0x0EF, 0x0E8, 0x0E1, 0x0DA, 0x0D3, 0x0CD, 0x0C7, 0x0C0, 0x0BA, 0x0B5, 0x0AF, 0x0AA,
- 0x0A4, 0x09F, 0x09A, 0x096, 0x091, 0x08C, 0x088, 0x084, 0x080, 0x07C, 0x078, 0x074,
- 0x071, 0x06D, 0x06A, 0x067, 0x064, 0x061, 0x05E, 0x05B, 0x058, 0x055, 0x053, 0x050,
- 0x04E, 0x04C, 0x049, 0x047, 0x045, 0x043, 0x041, 0x03F, 0x03D, 0x03C, 0x03A, 0x038
-};
-
-int8_t Temperature_GetTemperature(void)
-{
- uint16_t Temp_ADC = ADC_GetChannelReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK);
-
- if (Temp_ADC > pgm_read_word(&Temperature_Lookup[0]))
- return TEMP_MIN_TEMP;
-
- for (uint16_t Index = 0; Index < TEMP_TABLE_SIZE; Index++)
- {
- if (Temp_ADC > pgm_read_word(&Temperature_Lookup[Index]))
- return (Index + TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET_DEGREES);
- }
-
- return TEMP_MAX_TEMP;
-}
-
-#endif
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_TEMPERATURE_C
+#include "Temperature.h"
+
+#if defined(TEMPERATURE_SENSOR_DRIVER_COMPATIBLE)
+
+static const uint16_t PROGMEM Temperature_Lookup[TEMP_TABLE_SIZE] =
+{
+ 0x3B4, 0x3B0, 0x3AB, 0x3A6, 0x3A0, 0x39A, 0x394, 0x38E, 0x388, 0x381, 0x37A, 0x373,
+ 0x36B, 0x363, 0x35B, 0x353, 0x34A, 0x341, 0x338, 0x32F, 0x325, 0x31B, 0x311, 0x307,
+ 0x2FC, 0x2F1, 0x2E6, 0x2DB, 0x2D0, 0x2C4, 0x2B8, 0x2AC, 0x2A0, 0x294, 0x288, 0x27C,
+ 0x26F, 0x263, 0x256, 0x24A, 0x23D, 0x231, 0x225, 0x218, 0x20C, 0x200, 0x1F3, 0x1E7,
+ 0x1DB, 0x1CF, 0x1C4, 0x1B8, 0x1AC, 0x1A1, 0x196, 0x18B, 0x180, 0x176, 0x16B, 0x161,
+ 0x157, 0x14D, 0x144, 0x13A, 0x131, 0x128, 0x11F, 0x117, 0x10F, 0x106, 0x0FE, 0x0F7,
+ 0x0EF, 0x0E8, 0x0E1, 0x0DA, 0x0D3, 0x0CD, 0x0C7, 0x0C0, 0x0BA, 0x0B5, 0x0AF, 0x0AA,
+ 0x0A4, 0x09F, 0x09A, 0x096, 0x091, 0x08C, 0x088, 0x084, 0x080, 0x07C, 0x078, 0x074,
+ 0x071, 0x06D, 0x06A, 0x067, 0x064, 0x061, 0x05E, 0x05B, 0x058, 0x055, 0x053, 0x050,
+ 0x04E, 0x04C, 0x049, 0x047, 0x045, 0x043, 0x041, 0x03F, 0x03D, 0x03C, 0x03A, 0x038
+};
+
+int8_t Temperature_GetTemperature(void)
+{
+ uint16_t Temp_ADC = ADC_GetChannelReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK);
+
+ if (Temp_ADC > pgm_read_word(&Temperature_Lookup[0]))
+ return TEMP_MIN_TEMP;
+
+ for (uint16_t Index = 0; Index < TEMP_TABLE_SIZE; Index++)
+ {
+ if (Temp_ADC > pgm_read_word(&Temperature_Lookup[Index]))
+ return (Index + TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET_DEGREES);
+ }
+
+ return TEMP_MAX_TEMP;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h
index ed3aa7bd8..d20c6f701 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h
@@ -1,147 +1,147 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief NTC Temperature Sensor board hardware driver.
- *
- * Master include file for the board temperature sensor driver, for the USB boards which contain a temperature sensor.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
- * \defgroup Group_Temperature Temperature Sensor Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h
- * \brief NTC Temperature Sensor board hardware driver.
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Temperature sensor driver. This provides an easy to use interface for the hardware temperature sensor located
- * on many boards. It provides an interface to configure the sensor and appropriate ADC channel, plus read out the
- * current temperature in degrees C. It is designed for and will only work with the temperature sensor located on the
- * official Atmel USB AVR boards, as each sensor has different characteristics.
- *
- * \section Sec_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- * application.
- *
- * \code
- * // Initialize the ADC and board temperature sensor drivers before first use
- * ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128);
- * Temperature_Init();
- *
- * // Display converted temperature in degrees Celsius
- * printf("Current Temperature: %d Degrees\r\n", Temperature_GetTemperature());
- * \endcode
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __TEMPERATURE_H__
-#define __TEMPERATURE_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if ((BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY) || (BOARD == BOARD_STK525) || \
- (BOARD == BOARD_STK526) || (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527))
- #define TEMPERATURE_SENSOR_DRIVER_COMPATIBLE
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TEMPERATURE_C) && !defined(TEMPERATURE_SENSOR_DRIVER_COMPATIBLE)
- #error The selected board does not contain a compatible temperature sensor.
- #endif
-
- #if defined(TEMPERATURE_SENSOR_DRIVER_COMPATIBLE)
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../Peripheral/ADC.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** ADC channel number for the temperature sensor. */
- #define TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL 0
-
- /** ADC channel MUX mask for the temperature sensor. */
- #define TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK ADC_CHANNEL0
-
- /** Size of the temperature sensor lookup table, in lookup values */
- #define TEMP_TABLE_SIZE 120
-
- /** Minimum returnable temperature from the \ref Temperature_GetTemperature() function. */
- #define TEMP_MIN_TEMP TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET_DEGREES
-
- /** Maximum returnable temperature from the \ref Temperature_GetTemperature() function. */
- #define TEMP_MAX_TEMP ((TEMP_TABLE_SIZE - 1) + TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET_DEGREES)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Initializes the temperature sensor driver, including setting up the appropriate ADC channel.
- * This must be called before any other temperature sensor routines.
- *
- * \pre The ADC itself (not the ADC channel) must be configured separately before calling the
- * temperature sensor functions.
- */
- static inline void Temperature_Init(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Temperature_Init(void)
- {
- ADC_SetupChannel(TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL);
- }
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Performs a complete ADC on the temperature sensor channel, and converts the result into a
- * valid temperature between \ref TEMP_MIN_TEMP and \ref TEMP_MAX_TEMP in degrees Celsius.
- *
- * \return Signed temperature value in degrees Celsius.
- */
- int8_t Temperature_GetTemperature(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET_DEGREES -21
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief NTC Temperature Sensor board hardware driver.
+ *
+ * Master include file for the board temperature sensor driver, for the USB boards which contain a temperature sensor.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_Temperature Temperature Sensor Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h
+ * \brief NTC Temperature Sensor board hardware driver.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Temperature_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_TEMPERATURE)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Temperature_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Temperature sensor driver. This provides an easy to use interface for the hardware temperature sensor located
+ * on many boards. It provides an interface to configure the sensor and appropriate ADC channel, plus read out the
+ * current temperature in degrees C. It is designed for and will only work with the temperature sensor located on the
+ * official Atmel USB AVR boards, as each sensor has different characteristics.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Temperature_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the ADC and board temperature sensor drivers before first use
+ * ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128);
+ * Temperature_Init();
+ *
+ * // Display converted temperature in degrees Celsius
+ * printf("Current Temperature: %d Degrees\r\n", Temperature_GetTemperature());
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __TEMPERATURE_H__
+#define __TEMPERATURE_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if ((BOARD == BOARD_USBKEY) || (BOARD == BOARD_STK525) || \
+ (BOARD == BOARD_STK526) || (BOARD == BOARD_EVK527))
+ #define TEMPERATURE_SENSOR_DRIVER_COMPATIBLE
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TEMPERATURE_C) && !defined(TEMPERATURE_SENSOR_DRIVER_COMPATIBLE)
+ #error The selected board does not contain a compatible temperature sensor.
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(TEMPERATURE_SENSOR_DRIVER_COMPATIBLE)
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../Peripheral/ADC.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** ADC channel number for the temperature sensor. */
+ #define TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL 0
+
+ /** ADC channel MUX mask for the temperature sensor. */
+ #define TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL_MASK ADC_CHANNEL0
+
+ /** Size of the temperature sensor lookup table, in lookup values */
+ #define TEMP_TABLE_SIZE 120
+
+ /** Minimum returnable temperature from the \ref Temperature_GetTemperature() function. */
+ #define TEMP_MIN_TEMP TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET_DEGREES
+
+ /** Maximum returnable temperature from the \ref Temperature_GetTemperature() function. */
+ #define TEMP_MAX_TEMP ((TEMP_TABLE_SIZE - 1) + TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET_DEGREES)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the temperature sensor driver, including setting up the appropriate ADC channel.
+ * This must be called before any other temperature sensor routines.
+ *
+ * \pre The ADC itself (not the ADC channel) must be configured separately before calling the
+ * temperature sensor functions.
+ */
+ static inline void Temperature_Init(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Temperature_Init(void)
+ {
+ ADC_SetupChannel(TEMP_ADC_CHANNEL);
+ }
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Performs a complete ADC on the temperature sensor channel, and converts the result into a
+ * valid temperature between \ref TEMP_MIN_TEMP and \ref TEMP_MAX_TEMP in degrees Celsius.
+ *
+ * \return Signed temperature value in degrees Celsius.
+ */
+ int8_t Temperature_GetTemperature(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define TEMP_TABLE_OFFSET_DEGREES -21
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0c34a3f04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_EVK1100
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_EVK1100 EVK1100
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_EVK1100_H__
+#define __BOARD_EVK1100_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../Joystick.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h
index f0f596e84..fa452003f 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Buttons.h
@@ -1,117 +1,117 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_EVK1100
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_EVK1100 EVK1100
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO88</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>SW1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO85</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON3</td><td>SW2 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO82</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_EVK1100_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_EVK1100_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define BUTTONS_PORT 2
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Mask of the first button on the board */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1UL << 24)
-
- /** Mask of the second button on the board */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON2 (1UL << 21)
-
- /** Mask of the third button on the board */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON3 (1UL << 18)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gpers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
- AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gperc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
- AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puerc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
- }
-
- static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return (~(AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].pvr & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2)));
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_EVK1100
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_EVK1100 EVK1100
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO88</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>SW1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO85</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON3</td><td>SW2 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO82</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_EVK1100_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_EVK1100_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define BUTTONS_PORT 2
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask of the first button on the board */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1UL << 24)
+
+ /** Mask of the second button on the board */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON2 (1UL << 21)
+
+ /** Mask of the third button on the board */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON3 (1UL << 18)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gpers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gperc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puerc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (~(AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].pvr & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2)));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h
index adc6aea62..72dd769b0 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/Joystick.h
@@ -1,122 +1,122 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
- * \copydetails Group_Joystick_EVK1100
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
- * \defgroup Group_Joystick_EVK1100 EVK1100
- * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
- *
- * Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>GPIO25</td><td>GPIO26</td><td>GPIO28</td><td>GPIO27</td><td>GPIO20</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __JOYSTICK_EVK1100_H__
-#define __JOYSTICK_EVK1100_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define JOY_PORT 0
- #define JOY_MASK ((1UL << 28) | (1UL << 27) | (1UL << 26) | (1UL << 25) | (1UL << 20))
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
- #define JOY_LEFT (1UL << 25)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
- #define JOY_UP (1UL << 26)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
- #define JOY_RIGHT (1UL << 28)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
- #define JOY_DOWN (1UL << 27)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
- #define JOY_PRESS (1UL << 20)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].gpers = JOY_MASK;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].gpers = JOY_MASK;
- };
-
- static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].gperc = JOY_MASK;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].gperc = JOY_MASK;
- };
-
- static inline uint32_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint32_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return (uint32_t)(~(AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].pvr & JOY_MASK));
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ * \copydetails Group_Joystick_EVK1100
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
+ * \defgroup Group_Joystick_EVK1100 EVK1100
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ * Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>GPIO25</td><td>GPIO26</td><td>GPIO28</td><td>GPIO27</td><td>GPIO20</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_EVK1100_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_EVK1100_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define JOY_PORT 0
+ #define JOY_MASK ((1UL << 28) | (1UL << 27) | (1UL << 26) | (1UL << 25) | (1UL << 20))
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+ #define JOY_LEFT (1UL << 25)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+ #define JOY_UP (1UL << 26)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+ #define JOY_RIGHT (1UL << 28)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+ #define JOY_DOWN (1UL << 27)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+ #define JOY_PRESS (1UL << 20)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].gpers = JOY_MASK;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].gpers = JOY_MASK;
+ };
+
+ static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].gperc = JOY_MASK;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].gperc = JOY_MASK;
+ };
+
+ static inline uint32_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint32_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (uint32_t)(~(AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PORT].pvr & JOY_MASK));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h
index 3e5ab8516..f66eddbc1 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1100/LEDs.h
@@ -1,173 +1,173 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_EVK1100
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_EVK1100 EVK1100
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO51</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO52</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO53</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO54</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED5</td><td>Green</td><td>LED4 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO59</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED6</td><td>Green</td><td>LED5 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO60</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED7</td><td>Green</td><td>LED6 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO61</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED8</td><td>Green</td><td>LED7 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO62</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_EVK1100_H__
-#define __LEDS_EVK1100_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define LEDS_PORT 1
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1UL << 19)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1UL << 20)
-
- /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED3 (1UL << 21)
-
- /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED4 (1UL << 22)
-
- /** LED mask for the fifth LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED5 (1UL << 27)
-
- /** LED mask for the sixth LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED6 (1UL << 28)
-
- /** LED mask for the seventh LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED7 (1UL << 29)
-
- /** LED mask for the eighth LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED8 (1UL << 30)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4 \
- LEDS_LED5 | LEDS_LED6 | LEDS_LED7 | LEDS_LED8)
-
- /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].gpers = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].oders = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].gperc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].oderc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask, const uint32_t ActiveMask)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDMask;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = ActiveMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrt = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (~AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovr & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_EVK1100
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_EVK1100 EVK1100
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1100.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO51</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO52</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO53</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO54</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED5</td><td>Green</td><td>LED4 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO59</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED6</td><td>Green</td><td>LED5 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO60</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED7</td><td>Green</td><td>LED6 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO61</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED8</td><td>Green</td><td>LED7 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO62</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_EVK1100_H__
+#define __LEDS_EVK1100_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORT 1
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1UL << 19)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1UL << 20)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1UL << 21)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1UL << 22)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fifth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED5 (1UL << 27)
+
+ /** LED mask for the sixth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED6 (1UL << 28)
+
+ /** LED mask for the seventh LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED7 (1UL << 29)
+
+ /** LED mask for the eighth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED8 (1UL << 30)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4 \
+ LEDS_LED5 | LEDS_LED6 | LEDS_LED7 | LEDS_LED8)
+
+ /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].gpers = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].oders = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].gperc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].oderc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask, const uint32_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDMask;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = ActiveMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrt = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovr & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5d5f95a6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_EVK1101
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_EVK1101 EVK1101
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_EVK1101_H__
+#define __BOARD_EVK1101_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../Joystick.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Joystick mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_JOYSTICK
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h
index 40f8aecf3..3de4b3373 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Buttons.h
@@ -1,113 +1,113 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_EVK1101
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_EVK1101 EVK1101
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO34</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>SW1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO35</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_EVK1101_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_EVK1101_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define BUTTONS_PORT 1
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Mask of the first button on the board */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1UL << 2)
-
- /** Mask of the second button on the board */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON2 (1UL << 3)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gpers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
- AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gperc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
- AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puerc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
- }
-
- static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return (~(AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].pvr & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2)));
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_EVK1101
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_EVK1101 EVK1101
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO34</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>SW1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO35</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_EVK1101_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_EVK1101_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define BUTTONS_PORT 1
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask of the first button on the board */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1UL << 2)
+
+ /** Mask of the second button on the board */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON2 (1UL << 3)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gpers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gperc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puerc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (~(AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].pvr & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2)));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h
index d61c52e33..f7a9a7538 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/Joystick.h
@@ -1,131 +1,131 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
- * \copydetails Group_Joystick_EVK1101
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
- * \defgroup Group_Joystick_EVK1101 EVK1101
- * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
- *
- * Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>GPIO38</td><td>GPIO39</td><td>GPIO41</td><td>GPIO40</td><td>GPIO13</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __JOYSTICK_EVK1101_H__
-#define __JOYSTICK_EVK1101_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define JOY_MOVE_PORT 1
- #define JOY_MOVE_MASK ((1UL << 6) | (1UL << 7) | (1UL << 8) | (1UL << 9))
- #define JOY_PRESS_PORT 0
- #define JOY_PRESS_MASK (1UL << 13)
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
- #define JOY_LEFT (1UL << 6)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
- #define JOY_UP (1UL << 7)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
- #define JOY_RIGHT (1UL << 9)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
- #define JOY_DOWN (1UL << 8)
-
- /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
- #define JOY_PRESS (1UL << 13)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].gpers = JOY_MOVE_MASK;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].gpers = JOY_PRESS_MASK;
-
- AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].puers = JOY_MOVE_MASK;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].puers = JOY_PRESS_MASK;
- };
-
- static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].gperc = JOY_MOVE_MASK;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].gperc = JOY_PRESS_MASK;
-
- AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].puerc = JOY_MOVE_MASK;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].puerc = JOY_PRESS_MASK;
- };
-
- static inline uint32_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint32_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return (uint32_t)(~((AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].pvr & JOY_MOVE_MASK) |
- (AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].pvr & JOY_PRESS_MASK)));
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ * \copydetails Group_Joystick_EVK1101
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the joystick driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Joystick
+ * \defgroup Group_Joystick_EVK1101 EVK1101
+ * \brief Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ * Board specific joystick driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Left Port Pin</th><th>Up Port Pin</th><th>Right Port Pin</th><th>Down Port Pin</th><th>Press Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>GPIO38</td><td>GPIO39</td><td>GPIO41</td><td>GPIO40</td><td>GPIO13</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __JOYSTICK_EVK1101_H__
+#define __JOYSTICK_EVK1101_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define JOY_MOVE_PORT 1
+ #define JOY_MOVE_MASK ((1UL << 6) | (1UL << 7) | (1UL << 8) | (1UL << 9))
+ #define JOY_PRESS_PORT 0
+ #define JOY_PRESS_MASK (1UL << 13)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
+ #define JOY_LEFT (1UL << 6)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
+ #define JOY_UP (1UL << 7)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
+ #define JOY_RIGHT (1UL << 9)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
+ #define JOY_DOWN (1UL << 8)
+
+ /** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
+ #define JOY_PRESS (1UL << 13)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].gpers = JOY_MOVE_MASK;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].gpers = JOY_PRESS_MASK;
+
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].puers = JOY_MOVE_MASK;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].puers = JOY_PRESS_MASK;
+ };
+
+ static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].gperc = JOY_MOVE_MASK;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].gperc = JOY_PRESS_MASK;
+
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].puerc = JOY_MOVE_MASK;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].puerc = JOY_PRESS_MASK;
+ };
+
+ static inline uint32_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint32_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (uint32_t)(~((AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].pvr & JOY_MOVE_MASK) |
+ (AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_PRESS_PORT].pvr & JOY_PRESS_MASK)));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h
index 1f1960d1f..dad7771a2 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1101/LEDs.h
@@ -1,156 +1,156 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_EVK1101
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_EVK1101 EVK1101
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO7</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO8</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO21</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO22</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_EVK1101_H__
-#define __LEDS_EVK1101_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define LEDS_PORT 0
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1UL << 7)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1UL << 8)
-
- /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED3 (1UL << 21)
-
- /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED4 (1UL << 22)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
- /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].gpers = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].oders = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].gperc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].oderc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask, const uint32_t ActiveMask)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDMask;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = ActiveMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrt = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (~AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovr & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_EVK1101
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_EVK1101 EVK1101
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1101.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO7</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO8</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO21</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO22</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_EVK1101_H__
+#define __LEDS_EVK1101_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORT 0
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1UL << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1UL << 8)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1UL << 21)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1UL << 22)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].gpers = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].oders = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].gperc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].oderc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask, const uint32_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrs = LEDMask;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrc = ActiveMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovrt = LEDMask;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return (~AVR32_GPIO.port[LEDS_PORT].ovr & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aa7adbfb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel EVK1104.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_EVK1104
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_EVK1104 EVK1104
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1104.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel Atmel EVK1104.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_EVK1104_H__
+#define __BOARD_EVK1104_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h
index 1c6bdd0d4..dfcfb665e 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/Buttons.h
@@ -1,109 +1,109 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_EVK1104
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_EVK1104 EVK1104
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO42</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_EVK1104_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_EVK1104_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define BUTTONS_PORT 1
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Mask of the first button on the board */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1UL << 10)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gpers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
- AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gperc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
- AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puerc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
- }
-
- static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return (~(AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].pvr & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2)));
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_EVK1104
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_EVK1104 EVK1104
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO42</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_EVK1104_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_EVK1104_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define BUTTONS_PORT 1
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask of the first button on the board */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1UL << 10)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gpers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gperc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puerc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (~(AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].pvr & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2)));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h
index 145955174..2258a267f 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/EVK1104/LEDs.h
@@ -1,174 +1,174 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_EVK1104
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_EVK1104 EVK1104
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO67</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO101</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO102</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO105</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_EVK1104_H__
-#define __LEDS_EVK1104_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define LEDS_LEDMASK2 (1UL << 3)
- #define LEDS_LEDMASK3 ((1UL << 9) | (1UL << 6) | (1UL << 5))
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1UL << 3)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1UL << 5)
-
- /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED3 (1UL << 9)
-
- /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED4 (1UL << 6)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
-
- /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[2].gpers = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[2].oders = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrs = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
-
- AVR32_GPIO.port[3].gpers = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[3].oders = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[2].gperc = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[2].oderc = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrc = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
-
- AVR32_GPIO.port[3].gperc = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[3].oderc = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrc = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
- AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrs = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
- AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrs = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrc = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
-
- AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
- AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask, const uint32_t ActiveMask)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrs = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
- AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrc = (ActiveMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
-
- AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
- AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc = (ActiveMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
- {
- AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrt = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
- AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrt = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
- }
-
- static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return ((~AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovr & LEDS_LEDMASK2) | (~AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovr & LEDS_LEDMASK3));
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_EVK1104
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_EVK1104 EVK1104
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel EVK1104.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO67</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO101</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO102</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO105</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_EVK1104_H__
+#define __LEDS_EVK1104_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_LEDMASK2 (1UL << 3)
+ #define LEDS_LEDMASK3 ((1UL << 9) | (1UL << 6) | (1UL << 5))
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1UL << 3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1UL << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1UL << 9)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1UL << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].gpers = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].oders = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrs = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
+
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].gpers = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].oders = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].gperc = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].oderc = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrc = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
+
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].gperc = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].oderc = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrc = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrs = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrs = LEDS_LEDMASK2;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrc = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
+
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask, const uint32_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrs = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrc = (ActiveMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
+
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc = (ActiveMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovrt = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrt = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((~AVR32_GPIO.port[2].ovr & LEDS_LEDMASK2) | (~AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovr & LEDS_LEDMASK3));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ec4d9c7c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_UC3_A3_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_UC3_A3_XPLAINED UC3_A3_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_UC3_A3_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BOARD_UC3_A3_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8accb6fe1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_UC3A3_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_UC3A3_XPLAINED UC3A3_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO32</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_UC3A3_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_UC3A3_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define BUTTONS_PORT 1
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask of the first button on the board */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1UL << 0)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gpers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puers = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].gperc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[BUTTONS_PORT].puerc = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint32_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (~(AVR32_GPIO.port[JOY_MOVE_PORT].pvr & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2)));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..66b7834c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/UC3/UC3A3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_UC3A3_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_UC3A3_XPLAINED UC3A3_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel UC3-A3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO35</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO73</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO34</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO38</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED5</td><td>Green</td><td>Status</td><td>Low</td><td>GPIO50</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED6</td><td>Red</td><td>Power</td><td>High</td><td>GPIO49</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_UC3A3_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __LEDS_UC3A3_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_LEDMASK1 ((1UL << 3) | (1UL << 2) | (1UL << 6) | (1UL << 18) | (1UL << 17))
+ #define LEDS_LEDMASK3 (1UL << 9)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1UL << 3)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1UL << 9)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1UL << 2)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1UL << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fifth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED5 (1UL << 18)
+
+ /** LED mask for the sixth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED6 (1UL << 17)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4 | LEDS_LED5 | LEDS_LED6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the none of the board LEDs */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].gpers = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].oders = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrs = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
+
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].gpers = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].oders = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].gperc = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].oderc = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrc = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
+
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].gperc = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].oderc = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrc = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrs = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrs = LEDS_LEDMASK1;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrc = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
+
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs = LEDS_LEDMASK3;
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask, const uint32_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrs = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrc = (ActiveMask & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
+
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrs = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrc = (ActiveMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint32_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovrt = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK1);
+ AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovrt = (LEDMask & LEDS_LEDMASK3);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint32_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((~AVR32_GPIO.port[1].ovr & LEDS_LEDMASK1) | (~AVR32_GPIO.port[3].ovr & LEDS_LEDMASK3));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..824c3db49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_A3BU_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_A3BU_XPLAINED A3BU_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../Dataflash.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
index ebe24a74f..d5119eb5c 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
@@ -1,119 +1,119 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_A3BU_XPLAINED
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_A3BU_XPLAINED A3BU_XPLAINED
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.5</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>SW1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTF.1</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON3</td><td>SW2 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTF.2</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 5)
-
- /** Button mask for the second button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON2 (1 << 1)
-
- /** Button mask for the third button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON3 (1 << 2)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- PORTE.OUTCLR = BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTE.PIN5CTRL = (PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc | PORT_INVEN_bm);
-
- PORTF.OUTCLR = (BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3);
- PORTF.PIN1CTRL = (PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc | PORT_INVEN_bm);
- PORTF.PIN2CTRL = (PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc | PORT_INVEN_bm);
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- PORTE.OUTCLR = BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
- PORTE.PIN5CTRL = 0;
-
- PORTF.OUTCLR = (BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3);
- PORTF.PIN1CTRL = 0;
- PORTF.PIN2CTRL = 0;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((PORTE_IN & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) | (PORTF_IN & (BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3)));
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_A3BU_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_A3BU_XPLAINED A3BU_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>SW1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTF.1</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON3</td><td>SW2 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTF.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** Button mask for the second button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON2 (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Button mask for the third button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON3 (1 << 2)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ PORTE.OUTCLR = BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE.PIN5CTRL = (PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc | PORT_INVEN_bm);
+
+ PORTF.OUTCLR = (BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3);
+ PORTF.PIN1CTRL = (PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc | PORT_INVEN_bm);
+ PORTF.PIN2CTRL = (PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc | PORT_INVEN_bm);
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ PORTE.OUTCLR = BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
+ PORTE.PIN5CTRL = 0;
+
+ PORTF.OUTCLR = (BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3);
+ PORTF.PIN1CTRL = 0;
+ PORTF.PIN2CTRL = 0;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((PORTE_IN & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) | (PORTF_IN & (BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3)));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h
index 34f8ce121..2d0983941 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h
@@ -1,222 +1,228 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
- * \copydetails Group_Dataflash_B1_XPLAINED
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
- * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_B1_XPLAINED B1_XPLAINED
- * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
- *
- * Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained board.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTF.4</td><td>USARTD0 (In SPI Mode)</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __DATAFLASH_B1_XPLAINED_H__
-#define __DATAFLASH_B1_XPLAINED_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
- #include "../../../Peripheral/SerialSPI.h"
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK (1 << 4)
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTF
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
- #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
-
- /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
- #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP 0
-
- /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 (1 << 4)
-
- /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
- #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 1024
-
- /** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
- #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
- * The microcontroller's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
- {
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.DIRSET = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
-
- PORTCFG.MPCMASK = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.PIN0CTRL = PORT_INVEN_bm;
- }
-
- /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
- *
- * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
- {
- return SerialSPI_TransferByte(&USARTD0, Byte);
- }
-
- /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
- {
- SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTD0, Byte);
- }
-
- /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
- {
- return SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTD0);
- }
-
- /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
- *
- * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
- * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
- {
- return (DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
- }
-
- /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
- *
- * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
- * the chip number).
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
- {
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUTCLR = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUTSET = ChipMask;
- }
-
- /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
- static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
- {
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
- }
-
- /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
- * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
- * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
- * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
- * are deselected.
- *
- * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
- * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
- {
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-
- if (PageAddress >= (DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
- return;
-
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
- }
-
- /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
- * a new command.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
- {
- uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
-
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
- Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
- }
-
- /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
- * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
- {
- Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
- while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
- Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
- }
-
- /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
- * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
- *
- * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
- * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
- const uint16_t BufferByte)
- {
- Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
- Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
- Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
- }
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_Dataflash_A3BU_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_A3BU_XPLAINED A3BU_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained board.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTF.4</td><td>USARTD0 (In SPI Mode)</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
+ #include "../../../Peripheral/SerialSPI.h"
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK DATAFLASH_CHIP1
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTF
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
+
+ /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP 0
+
+ /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 1024
+
+ /** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+ * The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.DIRSET = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+
+ PORTCFG.MPCMASK = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.PIN0CTRL = PORT_INVEN_bm;
+
+ SerialSPI_Init(&USARTD0, (USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST), (F_CPU / 2));
+
+ PORTD.DIRSET = PIN3_bm | PIN1_bm;
+ PORTD.DIRCLR = PIN2_bm;
+ PORTC.PIN2CTRL = PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc;
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ return SerialSPI_TransferByte(&USARTD0, Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTD0, Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ return SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTD0);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+ * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+ {
+ return (DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+ * the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUTCLR = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUTSET = ChipMask;
+ }
+
+ /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+ * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+ * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+ * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+ * are deselected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+ * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+ {
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ if (PageAddress >= (DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ return;
+
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ }
+
+ /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+ * a new command.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+ * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+ while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+ * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+ * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+ const uint16_t BufferByte)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
+ Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+ Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
index f930844c8..16abfbc97 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/A3BU_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
@@ -1,144 +1,181 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_A3BU_XPLAINED
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_A3BU_XPLAINED A3BU_XPLAINED
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTR.0</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTR.1</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
-#define __LEDS_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 1)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- PORTR.DIRSET = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTR.OUTCLR = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-
- PORTCFG.MPCMASK = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTR.PIN0CTRL = PORT_INVEN_bm;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- PORTR.DIRCLR = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- PORTR.OUTCLR = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
-
- PORTCFG.MPCMASK = 0;
- PORTR.PIN0CTRL = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTR_OUTSET = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTR_OUTCLR = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTR_OUT = (PORTR.OUT & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTR_OUT = (PORTR.OUT & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask;
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTR_OUTTGL = LEDMask;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return (PORTR_OUT & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_A3BU_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_A3BU_XPLAINED A3BU_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTR.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTR.1</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Status Bicolour Red LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>Status Bicolour Green LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __LEDS_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTR_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 1)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ PORTR.DIRSET = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTR.OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+
+ PORTCFG.MPCMASK = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTR.PIN0CTRL = PORT_INVEN_bm;
+
+ PORTD.DIRSET = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD.OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+
+ PORTD.PIN4CTRL = PORT_INVEN_bm;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ PORTR.DIRCLR = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTR.OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+
+ PORTCFG.MPCMASK = 0;
+ PORTR.PIN0CTRL = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+
+ PORTD.DIRCLR = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD.OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+
+ PORTD.PIN4CTRL = 0;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTR_OUTSET = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTD_OUTSET = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTR_OUTCLR = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTD_OUTCLR = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTR_OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTD_OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+
+ PORTR_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+ PORTD_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTR_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+ PORTD_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+
+ PORTR_OUTSET = (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+ PORTD_OUTSET = (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTR_OUTTGL = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+ PORTD_OUTTGL = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((PORTR_OUT & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS) | (PORTD_OUT & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d807d18b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_B1_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_B1_XPLAINED B1_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BOARD_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../Dataflash.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has a hardware Dataflash mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_DATAFLASH
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
index ae5445a1f..9c458b496 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
@@ -1,119 +1,119 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
- * \copydetails Group_Buttons_B1_XPLAINED
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
- * \defgroup Group_Buttons_B1_XPLAINED B1_XPLAINED
- * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
- *
- * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>Touch CS0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.0</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>Touch CS1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.1</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON3</td><td>Touch CS2 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON4</td><td>Touch CS3 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.3</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __BUTTONS_B1_XPLAINED_H__
-#define __BUTTONS_B1_XPLAINED_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 0)
-
- /** Button mask for the second button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON2 (1 << 1)
-
- /** Button mask for the third button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON3 (1 << 2)
-
- /** Button mask for the fourth button on the board. */
- #define BUTTONS_BUTTON4 (1 << 3)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
- {
- PORTE.OUTSET = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4);
-
- PORTCFG.MPCMASK = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4);
- PORTE.PIN0CTRL = (PORT_INVEN_bm | PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc);
- }
-
- static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
- {
- PORTE.OUTCLR = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4);
-
- PORTCFG.MPCMASK = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4);
- PORTE.PIN0CTRL = 0;
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return (PORTE_IN & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4));
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_B1_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_B1_XPLAINED B1_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>Touch CS0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>Touch CS1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.1</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON3</td><td>Touch CS2 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON4</td><td>Touch CS3 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.3</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Button mask for the second button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON2 (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Button mask for the third button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON3 (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Button mask for the fourth button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON4 (1 << 3)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ PORTE.OUTSET = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4);
+
+ PORTCFG.MPCMASK = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4);
+ PORTE.PIN0CTRL = (PORT_INVEN_bm | PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc);
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ PORTE.OUTCLR = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4);
+
+ PORTCFG.MPCMASK = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4);
+ PORTE.PIN0CTRL = 0;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTE_IN & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2 | BUTTONS_BUTTON3 | BUTTONS_BUTTON4));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h
index 2f58c4840..f02ca4af0 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/Dataflash.h
@@ -1,224 +1,229 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
- * \copydetails Group_Dataflash_A3BU_XPLAINED
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
- * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_A3BU_XPLAINED A3BU_XPLAINED
- * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained.
- *
- * Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA A3BU Xplained board.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTD.2</td><td>USARTC0 (In SPI Mode, Remapped)</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __DATAFLASH_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
-#define __DATAFLASH_A3BU_XPLAINED_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
- #include "../../../Peripheral/SerialSPI.h"
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK (1 << 2)
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTD
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
- #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
-
- /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
- #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP 0
-
- /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
- #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 (1 << 2)
-
- /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
- #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 1024
-
- /** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
- #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
- * The microcontroller's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
- {
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.DIRSET = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
-
- PORTCFG.MPCMASK = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.PIN0CTRL = PORT_INVEN_bm;
-
- PORTC.REMAP |= PORT_USART0_bm;
- }
-
- /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
- *
- * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
- {
- return SerialSPI_TransferByte(&USARTC0, Byte);
- }
-
- /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
- {
- SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTC0, Byte);
- }
-
- /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
- *
- * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
- {
- return SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTC0);
- }
-
- /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
- *
- * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
- * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
- */
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
- {
- return (DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
- }
-
- /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
- *
- * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
- * the chip number).
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
- {
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUTCLR = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
- DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUTSET = (ChipMask & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
- }
-
- /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
- static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
- {
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
- }
-
- /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
- * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
- * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
- * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
- * are deselected.
- *
- * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
- * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
- {
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
-
- if (PageAddress >= (DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
- return;
-
- Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
- }
-
- /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
- * a new command.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
- {
- uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
-
- Dataflash_DeselectChip();
- Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
- }
-
- /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
- * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
- {
- Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
- Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
- while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
- Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
- }
-
- /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
- * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
- *
- * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
- * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
- */
- static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
- const uint16_t BufferByte)
- {
- Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
- Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
- Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
- }
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_Dataflash_B1_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the dataflash driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Dataflash
+ * \defgroup Group_Dataflash_B1_XPLAINED B1_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific Dataflash driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained board.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Select Pin</th><th>SPI Port</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>DATAFLASH_CHIP1</td><td>AT45DB642D (8MB)</td><td>PORTD.2</td><td>USARTC0 (In SPI Mode, Remapped)</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DATAFLASH_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __DATAFLASH_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../../Misc/AT45DB642D.h"
+ #include "../../../Peripheral/SerialSPI.h"
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK DATAFLASH_CHIP1
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT PORTD
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1
+
+ /** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP 0
+
+ /** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE 1024
+
+ /** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
+ #define DATAFLASH_PAGES 8192
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
+ * The appropriate SPI interface will be automatically configured.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.DIRSET = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+
+ PORTCFG.MPCMASK = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.PIN0CTRL = PORT_INVEN_bm;
+
+ SerialSPI_Init(&USARTC0, (USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST), (F_CPU / 2));
+
+ PORTC.REMAP |= PORT_USART0_bm;
+ PORTC.DIRSET = PIN7_bm | PIN5_bm;
+ PORTC.DIRCLR = PIN6_bm;
+ PORTC.PIN6CTRL = PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc;
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ return SerialSPI_TransferByte(&USARTC0, Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTC0, Byte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
+ *
+ * \return Last response byte from the dataflash
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ return SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTC0);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
+ * or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
+ {
+ return (DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUT & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given dataflash chip.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of a \c DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
+ * the chip number).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
+ {
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUTCLR = DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK;
+ DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT.OUTSET = (ChipMask & DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP);
+ }
+
+ /** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
+ * ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
+ * dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
+ * the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
+ * are deselected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
+ * 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
+ {
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+ if (PageAddress >= (DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+ return;
+
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+ }
+
+ /** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
+ * a new command.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t SelectedChipMask = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
+
+ Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+ Dataflash_SelectChip(SelectedChipMask);
+ }
+
+ /** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
+ * memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
+ {
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+ while (!(Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_READY));
+ Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
+ * dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
+ * \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
+ */
+ static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress,
+ const uint16_t BufferByte)
+ {
+ Dataflash_SendByte(PageAddress >> 5);
+ Dataflash_SendByte((PageAddress << 3) | (BufferByte >> 8));
+ Dataflash_SendByte(BufferByte);
+ }
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
index b4b743214..7bd31ad09 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/B1_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
@@ -1,182 +1,183 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
- * \copydetails Group_LEDs_B1_XPLAINED
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
- * \defgroup Group_LEDs_B1_XPLAINED B1_XPLAINED
- * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
- *
- * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.4</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
- * <tr><td>LEDS_LED5</td><td>Green</td><td>USB LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.4</td></tr>
- * </table>
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __LEDS_B1_XPLAINED_H__
-#define __LEDS_B1_XPLAINED_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include <avr/io.h>
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
- #define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS LEDS_LED5
-
- #define LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT 1
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
-
- /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
-
- /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 6)
-
- /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 7)
-
- /** LED mask for the fifth LED on the board. */
- #define LEDS_LED5 ((1 << 4) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
-
- /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
- #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4 | LEDS_LED5)
-
- /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
- #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
- {
- PORTB.DIRSET = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
- PORTB.OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-
- PORTCFG.MPCMASK = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
- PORTB.PIN0CTRL = PORT_INVEN_bm;
-
- PORTE.DIRSET = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
- PORTE.OUTCLR = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
- {
- PORTB.DIRCLR = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
- PORTB.OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-
- PORTCFG.MPCMASK = 0;
- PORTB.PIN0CTRL = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
-
- PORTE.DIRCLR = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
- PORTE.OUTCLR = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
- PORTE_OUTSET = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
- PORTE_OUTCLR = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB_OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
- PORTE_OUTCLR = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
-
- PORTB_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
- PORTE_OUTSET = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
- {
- PORTB_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
- PORTE_OUTCLR = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
-
- PORTB_OUTSET = (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
- PORTE_OUTSET = ((ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
- }
-
- static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
- {
- PORTB_OUTTGL = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
- PORTE_OUTTGL = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
- }
-
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
- {
- return ((PORTB_OUT & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (PORTE_OUT & (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)));
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_B1_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_B1_XPLAINED B1_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA B1 Xplained.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.4</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED2 LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.6</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED3 LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.7</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED5</td><td>Green</td><td>USB LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.4</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __LEDS_B1_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+ #define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS LEDS_LED5
+
+ #define LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT 1
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 6)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 7)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fifth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED5 ((1 << 4) >> LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4 | LEDS_LED5)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ PORTB.DIRSET = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB.OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+
+ PORTCFG.MPCMASK = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB.PIN0CTRL = PORT_INVEN_bm;
+
+ PORTE.DIRSET = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ PORTE.OUTCLR = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ PORTB.DIRCLR = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTB.OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+
+ PORTCFG.MPCMASK = 0;
+ PORTB.PIN0CTRL = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+
+ PORTE.DIRCLR = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ PORTE.OUTCLR = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTE_OUTSET = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTE_OUTCLR = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB_OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
+ PORTE_OUTCLR = (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+
+ PORTB_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTE_OUTSET = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTB_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTE_OUTCLR = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+
+ PORTB_OUTSET = (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTE_OUTSET = ((ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTB_OUTTGL = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
+ PORTE_OUTTGL = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((PORTB_OUT & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (PORTE_OUT & (LEDS_PORTE_LEDS << LEDS_PORTE_MASK_SHIFT)));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Board.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Board.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d90cc3a5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Board.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_BoardInfo_C3_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Board driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_BoardInfo
+ * \defgroup Group_BoardInfo_C3_XPLAINED C3_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific information header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BOARD_C3_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BOARD_C3_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Buttons.h"
+ #include "../../Dataflash.h"
+ #include "../../LEDs.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BOARD_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Board.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware Buttons mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_BUTTONS
+
+ /** Indicates the board has hardware LEDs mounted. */
+ #define BOARD_HAS_LEDS
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..db62b1d1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/Buttons.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_Buttons_C3_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
+ * \defgroup Group_Buttons_C3_XPLAINED C3_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific Buttons driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>SW0 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTF.1</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON2</td><td>SW1 Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTF.2</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __BUTTONS_C3_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __BUTTONS_C3_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Button mask for the second button on the board. */
+ #define BUTTONS_BUTTON2 (1 << 2)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
+ {
+ PORTF.OUTCLR = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ PORTF.PIN1CTRL = (PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc | PORT_INVEN_bm);
+ PORTF.PIN2CTRL = (PORT_OPC_PULLUP_gc | PORT_INVEN_bm);
+ }
+
+ static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
+ {
+ PORTF.OUTCLR = (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2);
+ PORTF.PIN1CTRL = 0;
+ PORTF.PIN2CTRL = 0;
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return (PORTF_IN & (BUTTONS_BUTTON1 | BUTTONS_BUTTON2));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..737624bd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Board/XMEGA/C3_XPLAINED/LEDs.h
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ * \copydetails Group_LEDs_C3_XPLAINED
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
+ * \defgroup Group_LEDs_C3_XPLAINED C3_XPLAINED
+ * \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * Board specific LED driver header for the Atmel XMEGA C3 Xplained.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED0 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTR.0</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>LED1 LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTR.1</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Status Bicolour Red LED</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTD.4</td></tr>
+ * <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>Status Bicolour Green LED</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LEDS_C3_XPLAINED_H__
+#define __LEDS_C3_XPLAINED_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include <avr/io.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define LEDS_PORTR_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2)
+ #define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
+
+ /** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 1)
+
+ /** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 5)
+
+ /** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
+ #define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+ /** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
+ #define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
+ {
+ PORTR.DIRSET = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTR.OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+
+ PORTCFG.MPCMASK = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTR.PIN0CTRL = PORT_INVEN_bm;
+
+ PORTD.DIRSET = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD.OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+
+ PORTD.PIN4CTRL = PORT_INVEN_bm;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
+ {
+ PORTR.DIRCLR = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTR.OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+
+ PORTCFG.MPCMASK = 0;
+ PORTR.PIN0CTRL = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+
+ PORTD.DIRCLR = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ PORTD.OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+
+ PORTD.PIN4CTRL = 0;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTR_OUTSET = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTD_OUTSET = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTR_OUTCLR = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTD_OUTCLR = LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTR_OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTR_LEDS;
+ PORTD_OUTCLR = LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
+
+ PORTR_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+ PORTD_OUTSET = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
+ const uint8_t ActiveMask)
+ {
+ PORTR_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+ PORTD_OUTCLR = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+
+ PORTR_OUTSET = (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+ PORTD_OUTSET = (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
+ {
+ PORTR_OUTTGL = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS);
+ PORTD_OUTTGL = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
+ }
+
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
+ {
+ return ((PORTR_OUT & LEDS_PORTR_LEDS) | (PORTD_OUT & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB321C.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB321C.h
index 5c6780f33..25069286f 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB321C.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB321C.h
@@ -1,100 +1,100 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Command constants for the Atmel AT45DB321C Dataflash.
- * \copydetails Group_AT45DB321C
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_MiscDrivers
- * \defgroup Group_AT45DB321C Atmel AT45DB321C Dataflash Commands
- * \brief Command constants for the Atmel AT45DB321C Dataflash.
- *
- * Dataflash command constants for the Atmel AT45DB321C Dataflash IC.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __AT45DB321C_CMDS_H__
-#define __AT45DB321C_CMDS_H__
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** \name Dataflash Status Values */
- //@{
- #define DF_STATUS_READY (1 << 7)
- #define DF_STATUS_COMPMISMATCH (1 << 6)
- #define DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON (1 << 1)
- //@}
-
- /** \name Dataflash Commands */
- //@{
- #define DF_CMD_GETSTATUS 0xD7
-
- #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1 0x53
- #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 0x55
- #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1COMP 0x60
- #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2COMP 0x61
- #define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF1 0x58
- #define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF2 0x59
-
- #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD 0xD2
- #define DF_CMD_CONTARRAYREAD_LF 0xE8
- #define DF_CMD_BUFF1READ_LF 0xD4
- #define DF_CMD_BUFF2READ_LF 0xD6
-
- #define DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE 0x84
- #define DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE 0x87
- #define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x83
- #define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x86
- #define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEM 0x88
- #define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEM 0x89
- #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF1 0x82
- #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF2 0x85
-
- #define DF_CMD_PAGEERASE 0x81
- #define DF_CMD_BLOCKERASE 0x50
-
- #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF ((char[]){0x3D, 0x2A, 0x7F, 0xCF})
- #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE1 0x3D
- #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE2 0x2A
- #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE3 0x7F
- #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE4 0xCF
-
- #define DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO 0x9F
- //@}
-
- /** Manufacturer code for Atmel Corporation, returned by Atmel Dataflash ICs in response to the \c DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO command. */
- #define DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL 0x1F
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Command constants for the Atmel AT45DB321C Dataflash.
+ * \copydetails Group_AT45DB321C
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_MiscDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_AT45DB321C Atmel AT45DB321C Dataflash Commands - LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB321C.h
+ * \brief Command constants for the Atmel AT45DB321C Dataflash.
+ *
+ * Dataflash command constants for the Atmel AT45DB321C Dataflash IC.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __AT45DB321C_CMDS_H__
+#define __AT45DB321C_CMDS_H__
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name Dataflash Status Values */
+ //@{
+ #define DF_STATUS_READY (1 << 7)
+ #define DF_STATUS_COMPMISMATCH (1 << 6)
+ #define DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON (1 << 1)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Dataflash Commands */
+ //@{
+ #define DF_CMD_GETSTATUS 0xD7
+
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1 0x53
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 0x55
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1COMP 0x60
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2COMP 0x61
+ #define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF1 0x58
+ #define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF2 0x59
+
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD 0xD2
+ #define DF_CMD_CONTARRAYREAD_LF 0xE8
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF1READ_LF 0xD4
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF2READ_LF 0xD6
+
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE 0x84
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE 0x87
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x83
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x86
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEM 0x88
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEM 0x89
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF1 0x82
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF2 0x85
+
+ #define DF_CMD_PAGEERASE 0x81
+ #define DF_CMD_BLOCKERASE 0x50
+
+ #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF ((char[]){0x3D, 0x2A, 0x7F, 0xCF})
+ #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE1 0x3D
+ #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE2 0x2A
+ #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE3 0x7F
+ #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE4 0xCF
+
+ #define DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO 0x9F
+ //@}
+
+ /** Manufacturer code for Atmel Corporation, returned by Atmel Dataflash ICs in response to the \c DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO command. */
+ #define DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL 0x1F
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB642D.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB642D.h
index cbd15d63f..ebbad71f9 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB642D.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB642D.h
@@ -1,116 +1,116 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Command constants for the Atmel AT45DB642D Dataflash.
- * \copydetails Group_AT45DB642D
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_MiscDrivers
- * \defgroup Group_AT45DB642D Atmel AT45DB642D Dataflash Commands
- * \brief Command constants for the Atmel AT45DB642D Dataflash.
- *
- * Dataflash command constants for the Atmel AT45DB642D Dataflash IC.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __AT45DB642D_CMDS_H__
-#define __AT45DB642D_CMDS_H__
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** \name Dataflash Status Values */
- //@{
- #define DF_STATUS_READY (1 << 7)
- #define DF_STATUS_COMPMISMATCH (1 << 6)
- #define DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON (1 << 1)
- #define DF_STATUS_BINARYPAGESIZE_ON (1 << 0)
- //@}
-
- /** \name Dataflash Commands */
- //@{
- #define DF_CMD_GETSTATUS 0xD7
- #define DF_CMD_POWERDOWN 0xB9
- #define DF_CMD_WAKEUP 0xAB
-
- #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1 0x53
- #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 0x55
- #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1COMP 0x60
- #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2COMP 0x61
- #define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF1 0x58
- #define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF2 0x59
-
- #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD 0xD2
- #define DF_CMD_CONTARRAYREAD_LF 0x03
- #define DF_CMD_BUFF1READ_LF 0xD1
- #define DF_CMD_BUFF2READ_LF 0xD3
-
- #define DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE 0x84
- #define DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE 0x87
- #define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x83
- #define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x86
- #define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEM 0x88
- #define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEM 0x89
- #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF1 0x82
- #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF2 0x85
-
- #define DF_CMD_PAGEERASE 0x81
- #define DF_CMD_BLOCKERASE 0x50
- #define DF_CMD_SECTORERASE 0x7C
-
- #define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE ((char[]){0xC7, 0x94, 0x80, 0x9A})
- #define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE1 0xC7
- #define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE2 0x94
- #define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE3 0x80
- #define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE4 0x9A
-
- #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF ((char[]){0x3D, 0x2A, 0x7F, 0x9A})
- #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE1 0x3D
- #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE2 0x2A
- #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE3 0x7F
- #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE4 0x9A
-
- #define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON ((char[]){0x3D, 0x2A, 0x80, 0xA6})
- #define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON_BYTE1 0x3D
- #define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON_BYTE2 0x2A
- #define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON_BYTE3 0x80
- #define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON_BYTE4 0xA6
-
- #define DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO 0x9F
- //@}
-
- /** Manufacturer code for Atmel Corporation, returned by Atmel Dataflash ICs in response to the \c DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO command. */
- #define DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL 0x1F
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Command constants for the Atmel AT45DB642D Dataflash.
+ * \copydetails Group_AT45DB642D
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_MiscDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_AT45DB642D Atmel AT45DB642D Dataflash Commands - LUFA/Drivers/Misc/AT45DB642D.h
+ * \brief Command constants for the Atmel AT45DB642D Dataflash.
+ *
+ * Dataflash command constants for the Atmel AT45DB642D Dataflash IC.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __AT45DB642D_CMDS_H__
+#define __AT45DB642D_CMDS_H__
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name Dataflash Status Values */
+ //@{
+ #define DF_STATUS_READY (1 << 7)
+ #define DF_STATUS_COMPMISMATCH (1 << 6)
+ #define DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON (1 << 1)
+ #define DF_STATUS_BINARYPAGESIZE_ON (1 << 0)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Dataflash Commands */
+ //@{
+ #define DF_CMD_GETSTATUS 0xD7
+ #define DF_CMD_POWERDOWN 0xB9
+ #define DF_CMD_WAKEUP 0xAB
+
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1 0x53
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 0x55
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1COMP 0x60
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2COMP 0x61
+ #define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF1 0x58
+ #define DF_CMD_AUTOREWRITEBUFF2 0x59
+
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD 0xD2
+ #define DF_CMD_CONTARRAYREAD_LF 0x03
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF1READ_LF 0xD1
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF2READ_LF 0xD3
+
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE 0x84
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE 0x87
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x83
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE 0x86
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEM 0x88
+ #define DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEM 0x89
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF1 0x82
+ #define DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGETHROUGHBUFF2 0x85
+
+ #define DF_CMD_PAGEERASE 0x81
+ #define DF_CMD_BLOCKERASE 0x50
+ #define DF_CMD_SECTORERASE 0x7C
+
+ #define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE ((char[]){0xC7, 0x94, 0x80, 0x9A})
+ #define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE1 0xC7
+ #define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE2 0x94
+ #define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE3 0x80
+ #define DF_CMD_CHIPERASE_BYTE4 0x9A
+
+ #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF ((char[]){0x3D, 0x2A, 0x7F, 0x9A})
+ #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE1 0x3D
+ #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE2 0x2A
+ #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE3 0x7F
+ #define DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF_BYTE4 0x9A
+
+ #define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON ((char[]){0x3D, 0x2A, 0x80, 0xA6})
+ #define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON_BYTE1 0x3D
+ #define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON_BYTE2 0x2A
+ #define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON_BYTE3 0x80
+ #define DF_CMD_BINARYPAGESIZEMODEON_BYTE4 0xA6
+
+ #define DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO 0x9F
+ //@}
+
+ /** Manufacturer code for Atmel Corporation, returned by Atmel Dataflash ICs in response to the \c DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO command. */
+ #define DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL 0x1F
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h
index 6d0f60ffa..68fdb8e92 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h
@@ -1,303 +1,308 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Lightweight ring (circular) buffer, for fast insertion/deletion of bytes.
- *
- * Lightweight ring buffer, for fast insertion/deletion. Multiple buffers can be created of
- * different sizes to suit different needs.
- *
- * Note that for each buffer, insertion and removal operations may occur at the same time (via
- * a multi-threaded ISR based system) however the same kind of operation (two or more insertions
- * or deletions) must not overlap. If there is possibility of two or more of the same kind of
- * operating occurring at the same point in time, atomic (mutex) locking should be used.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_MiscDrivers
- * \defgroup Group_RingBuff Generic Byte Ring Buffer - LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h
- * \brief Lightweight ring buffer, for fast insertion/deletion of bytes.
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - None
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Lightweight ring buffer, for fast insertion/deletion. Multiple buffers can be created of
- * different sizes to suit different needs.
- *
- * Note that for each buffer, insertion and removal operations may occur at the same time (via
- * a multi-threaded ISR based system) however the same kind of operation (two or more insertions
- * or deletions) must not overlap. If there is possibility of two or more of the same kind of
- * operating occurring at the same point in time, atomic (mutex) locking should be used.
- *
- * \section Sec_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- * application.
- *
- * \code
- * // Create the buffer structure and its underlying storage array
- * RingBuffer_t Buffer;
- * uint8_t BufferData[128];
- *
- * // Initialize the buffer with the created storage array
- * RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&Buffer, BufferData, sizeof(BufferData));
- *
- * // Insert some data into the buffer
- * RingBuffer_Insert(Buffer, 'H');
- * RingBuffer_Insert(Buffer, 'E');
- * RingBuffer_Insert(Buffer, 'L');
- * RingBuffer_Insert(Buffer, 'L');
- * RingBuffer_Insert(Buffer, 'O');
- *
- * // Cache the number of stored bytes in the buffer
- * uint16_t BufferCount = RingBuffer_GetCount(&Buffer);
- *
- * // Printer stored data length
- * printf("Buffer Length: %d, Buffer Data: \r\n", BufferCount);
- *
- * // Print contents of the buffer one character at a time
- * while (BufferCount--)
- * putc(RingBuffer_Remove(&Buffer));
- * \endcode
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __RING_BUFFER_H__
-#define __RING_BUFFER_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief Ring Buffer Management Structure.
- *
- * Type define for a new ring buffer object. Buffers should be initialized via a call to
- * \ref RingBuffer_InitBuffer() before use.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t* In; /**< Current storage location in the circular buffer. */
- uint8_t* Out; /**< Current retrieval location in the circular buffer. */
- uint8_t* Start; /**< Pointer to the start of the buffer's underlying storage array. */
- uint8_t* End; /**< Pointer to the end of the buffer's underlying storage array. */
- uint16_t Size; /**< Size of the buffer's underlying storage array. */
- uint16_t Count; /**< Number of bytes currently stored in the buffer. */
- } RingBuffer_t;
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Initializes a ring buffer ready for use. Buffers must be initialized via this function
- * before any operations are called upon them. Already initialized buffers may be reset
- * by re-initializing them using this function.
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure to initialize.
- * \param[out] DataPtr Pointer to a global array that will hold the data stored into the ring buffer.
- * \param[out] Size Maximum number of bytes that can be stored in the underlying data array.
- */
- static inline void RingBuffer_InitBuffer(RingBuffer_t* Buffer, uint8_t* const DataPtr, const uint16_t Size)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
- static inline void RingBuffer_InitBuffer(RingBuffer_t* Buffer, uint8_t* const DataPtr, const uint16_t Size)
- {
- GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(Buffer);
-
- uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
- GlobalInterruptDisable();
-
- Buffer->In = DataPtr;
- Buffer->Out = DataPtr;
- Buffer->Start = &DataPtr[0];
- Buffer->End = &DataPtr[Size];
- Buffer->Size = Size;
- Buffer->Count = 0;
-
- SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
- }
-
- /** Retrieves the current number of bytes stored in a particular buffer. This value is computed
- * by entering an atomic lock on the buffer, so that the buffer cannot be modified while the
- * computation takes place. This value should be cached when reading out the contents of the buffer,
- * so that as small a time as possible is spent in an atomic lock.
- *
- * \note The value returned by this function is guaranteed to only be the minimum number of bytes
- * stored in the given buffer; this value may change as other threads write new data, thus
- * the returned number should be used only to determine how many successive reads may safely
- * be performed on the buffer.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure whose count is to be computed.
- *
- * \return Number of bytes currently stored in the buffer.
- */
- static inline uint16_t RingBuffer_GetCount(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static inline uint16_t RingBuffer_GetCount(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
- {
- uint16_t Count;
-
- uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
- GlobalInterruptDisable();
-
- Count = Buffer->Count;
-
- SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
- return Count;
- }
-
- /** Retrieves the free space in a particular buffer. This value is computed by entering an atomic lock
- * on the buffer, so that the buffer cannot be modified while the computation takes place.
- *
- * \note The value returned by this function is guaranteed to only be the maximum number of bytes
- * free in the given buffer; this value may change as other threads write new data, thus
- * the returned number should be used only to determine how many successive writes may safely
- * be performed on the buffer when there is a single writer thread.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure whose free count is to be computed.
- *
- * \return Number of free bytes in the buffer.
- */
- static inline uint16_t RingBuffer_GetFreeCount(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static inline uint16_t RingBuffer_GetFreeCount(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
- {
- return (Buffer->Size - RingBuffer_GetCount(Buffer));
- }
-
- /** Atomically determines if the specified ring buffer contains any data. This should
- * be tested before removing data from the buffer, to ensure that the buffer does not
- * underflow.
- *
- * If the data is to be removed in a loop, store the total number of bytes stored in the
- * buffer (via a call to the \ref RingBuffer_GetCount() function) in a temporary variable
- * to reduce the time spent in atomicity locks.
- *
- * \param[in,out] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure to insert into.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the buffer contains no free space, false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool RingBuffer_IsEmpty(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static inline bool RingBuffer_IsEmpty(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
- {
- return (RingBuffer_GetCount(Buffer) == 0);
- }
-
- /** Atomically determines if the specified ring buffer contains any free space. This should
- * be tested before storing data to the buffer, to ensure that no data is lost due to a
- * buffer overrun.
- *
- * \param[in,out] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure to insert into.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the buffer contains no free space, false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool RingBuffer_IsFull(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static inline bool RingBuffer_IsFull(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
- {
- return (RingBuffer_GetCount(Buffer) == Buffer->Size);
- }
-
- /** Inserts an element into the ring buffer.
- *
- * \warning Only one execution thread (main program thread or an ISR) may insert into a single buffer
- * otherwise data corruption may occur. Insertion and removal may occur from different execution
- * threads.
- *
- * \param[in,out] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure to insert into.
- * \param[in] Data Data element to insert into the buffer.
- */
- static inline void RingBuffer_Insert(RingBuffer_t* Buffer, const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static inline void RingBuffer_Insert(RingBuffer_t* Buffer, const uint8_t Data)
- {
- GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(Buffer);
-
- *Buffer->In = Data;
-
- if (++Buffer->In == Buffer->End)
- Buffer->In = Buffer->Start;
-
- uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
- GlobalInterruptDisable();
-
- Buffer->Count++;
-
- SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
- }
-
- /** Removes an element from the ring buffer.
- *
- * \warning Only one execution thread (main program thread or an ISR) may remove from a single buffer
- * otherwise data corruption may occur. Insertion and removal may occur from different execution
- * threads.
- *
- * \param[in,out] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure to retrieve from.
- *
- * \return Next data element stored in the buffer.
- */
- static inline uint8_t RingBuffer_Remove(RingBuffer_t* Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static inline uint8_t RingBuffer_Remove(RingBuffer_t* Buffer)
- {
- GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(Buffer);
-
- uint8_t Data = *Buffer->Out;
-
- if (++Buffer->Out == Buffer->End)
- Buffer->Out = Buffer->Start;
-
- uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
- GlobalInterruptDisable();
-
- Buffer->Count--;
-
- SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
-
- return Data;
- }
-
- /** Returns the next element stored in the ring buffer, without removing it.
- *
- * \param[in,out] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure to retrieve from.
- *
- * \return Next data element stored in the buffer.
- */
- static inline uint8_t RingBuffer_Peek(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static inline uint8_t RingBuffer_Peek(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
- {
- return *Buffer->Out;
- }
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Lightweight ring (circular) buffer, for fast insertion/deletion of bytes.
+ *
+ * Lightweight ring buffer, for fast insertion/deletion. Multiple buffers can be created of
+ * different sizes to suit different needs.
+ *
+ * Note that for each buffer, insertion and removal operations may occur at the same time (via
+ * a multi-threaded ISR based system) however the same kind of operation (two or more insertions
+ * or deletions) must not overlap. If there is possibility of two or more of the same kind of
+ * operating occurring at the same point in time, atomic (mutex) locking should be used.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_MiscDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_RingBuff Generic Byte Ring Buffer - LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h
+ * \brief Lightweight ring buffer, for fast insertion/deletion of bytes.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_RingBuff_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - None
+ *
+ * \section Sec_RingBuff_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Lightweight ring buffer, for fast insertion/deletion. Multiple buffers can be created of
+ * different sizes to suit different needs.
+ *
+ * Note that for each buffer, insertion and removal operations may occur at the same time (via
+ * a multi-threaded ISR based system) however the same kind of operation (two or more insertions
+ * or deletions) must not overlap. If there is possibility of two or more of the same kind of
+ * operating occurring at the same point in time, atomic (mutex) locking should be used.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_RingBuff_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Create the buffer structure and its underlying storage array
+ * RingBuffer_t Buffer;
+ * uint8_t BufferData[128];
+ *
+ * // Initialize the buffer with the created storage array
+ * RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&Buffer, BufferData, sizeof(BufferData));
+ *
+ * // Insert some data into the buffer
+ * RingBuffer_Insert(&Buffer, 'H');
+ * RingBuffer_Insert(&Buffer, 'E');
+ * RingBuffer_Insert(&Buffer, 'L');
+ * RingBuffer_Insert(&Buffer, 'L');
+ * RingBuffer_Insert(&Buffer, 'O');
+ *
+ * // Cache the number of stored bytes in the buffer
+ * uint16_t BufferCount = RingBuffer_GetCount(&Buffer);
+ *
+ * // Printer stored data length
+ * printf("Buffer Length: %d, Buffer Data: \r\n", BufferCount);
+ *
+ * // Print contents of the buffer one character at a time
+ * while (BufferCount--)
+ * putc(RingBuffer_Remove(&Buffer));
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __RING_BUFFER_H__
+#define __RING_BUFFER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Ring Buffer Management Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a new ring buffer object. Buffers should be initialized via a call to
+ * \ref RingBuffer_InitBuffer() before use.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t* In; /**< Current storage location in the circular buffer. */
+ uint8_t* Out; /**< Current retrieval location in the circular buffer. */
+ uint8_t* Start; /**< Pointer to the start of the buffer's underlying storage array. */
+ uint8_t* End; /**< Pointer to the end of the buffer's underlying storage array. */
+ uint16_t Size; /**< Size of the buffer's underlying storage array. */
+ uint16_t Count; /**< Number of bytes currently stored in the buffer. */
+ } RingBuffer_t;
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes a ring buffer ready for use. Buffers must be initialized via this function
+ * before any operations are called upon them. Already initialized buffers may be reset
+ * by re-initializing them using this function.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure to initialize.
+ * \param[out] DataPtr Pointer to a global array that will hold the data stored into the ring buffer.
+ * \param[out] Size Maximum number of bytes that can be stored in the underlying data array.
+ */
+ static inline void RingBuffer_InitBuffer(RingBuffer_t* Buffer,
+ uint8_t* const DataPtr,
+ const uint16_t Size) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ static inline void RingBuffer_InitBuffer(RingBuffer_t* Buffer,
+ uint8_t* const DataPtr,
+ const uint16_t Size)
+ {
+ GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(Buffer);
+
+ uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+ GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+ Buffer->In = DataPtr;
+ Buffer->Out = DataPtr;
+ Buffer->Start = &DataPtr[0];
+ Buffer->End = &DataPtr[Size];
+ Buffer->Size = Size;
+ Buffer->Count = 0;
+
+ SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves the current number of bytes stored in a particular buffer. This value is computed
+ * by entering an atomic lock on the buffer, so that the buffer cannot be modified while the
+ * computation takes place. This value should be cached when reading out the contents of the buffer,
+ * so that as small a time as possible is spent in an atomic lock.
+ *
+ * \note The value returned by this function is guaranteed to only be the minimum number of bytes
+ * stored in the given buffer; this value may change as other threads write new data, thus
+ * the returned number should be used only to determine how many successive reads may safely
+ * be performed on the buffer.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure whose count is to be computed.
+ *
+ * \return Number of bytes currently stored in the buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t RingBuffer_GetCount(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline uint16_t RingBuffer_GetCount(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+ {
+ uint16_t Count;
+
+ uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+ GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+ Count = Buffer->Count;
+
+ SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+ return Count;
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves the free space in a particular buffer. This value is computed by entering an atomic lock
+ * on the buffer, so that the buffer cannot be modified while the computation takes place.
+ *
+ * \note The value returned by this function is guaranteed to only be the maximum number of bytes
+ * free in the given buffer; this value may change as other threads write new data, thus
+ * the returned number should be used only to determine how many successive writes may safely
+ * be performed on the buffer when there is a single writer thread.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure whose free count is to be computed.
+ *
+ * \return Number of free bytes in the buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t RingBuffer_GetFreeCount(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline uint16_t RingBuffer_GetFreeCount(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+ {
+ return (Buffer->Size - RingBuffer_GetCount(Buffer));
+ }
+
+ /** Atomically determines if the specified ring buffer contains any data. This should
+ * be tested before removing data from the buffer, to ensure that the buffer does not
+ * underflow.
+ *
+ * If the data is to be removed in a loop, store the total number of bytes stored in the
+ * buffer (via a call to the \ref RingBuffer_GetCount() function) in a temporary variable
+ * to reduce the time spent in atomicity locks.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure to insert into.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the buffer contains no free space, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool RingBuffer_IsEmpty(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline bool RingBuffer_IsEmpty(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+ {
+ return (RingBuffer_GetCount(Buffer) == 0);
+ }
+
+ /** Atomically determines if the specified ring buffer contains any free space. This should
+ * be tested before storing data to the buffer, to ensure that no data is lost due to a
+ * buffer overrun.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure to insert into.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the buffer contains no free space, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool RingBuffer_IsFull(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline bool RingBuffer_IsFull(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+ {
+ return (RingBuffer_GetCount(Buffer) == Buffer->Size);
+ }
+
+ /** Inserts an element into the ring buffer.
+ *
+ * \warning Only one execution thread (main program thread or an ISR) may insert into a single buffer
+ * otherwise data corruption may occur. Insertion and removal may occur from different execution
+ * threads.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure to insert into.
+ * \param[in] Data Data element to insert into the buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void RingBuffer_Insert(RingBuffer_t* Buffer,
+ const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void RingBuffer_Insert(RingBuffer_t* Buffer,
+ const uint8_t Data)
+ {
+ GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(Buffer);
+
+ *Buffer->In = Data;
+
+ if (++Buffer->In == Buffer->End)
+ Buffer->In = Buffer->Start;
+
+ uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+ GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+ Buffer->Count++;
+
+ SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+ }
+
+ /** Removes an element from the ring buffer.
+ *
+ * \warning Only one execution thread (main program thread or an ISR) may remove from a single buffer
+ * otherwise data corruption may occur. Insertion and removal may occur from different execution
+ * threads.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure to retrieve from.
+ *
+ * \return Next data element stored in the buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t RingBuffer_Remove(RingBuffer_t* Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline uint8_t RingBuffer_Remove(RingBuffer_t* Buffer)
+ {
+ GCC_FORCE_POINTER_ACCESS(Buffer);
+
+ uint8_t Data = *Buffer->Out;
+
+ if (++Buffer->Out == Buffer->End)
+ Buffer->Out = Buffer->Start;
+
+ uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+ GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+ Buffer->Count--;
+
+ SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+
+ return Data;
+ }
+
+ /** Returns the next element stored in the ring buffer, without removing it.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] Buffer Pointer to a ring buffer structure to retrieve from.
+ *
+ * \return Next data element stored in the buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t RingBuffer_Peek(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline uint8_t RingBuffer_Peek(RingBuffer_t* const Buffer)
+ {
+ return *Buffer->Out;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h
index 2f71a84b2..d43fe010c 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h
@@ -1,231 +1,231 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief ANSI terminal special escape code macros.
- *
- * ANSI terminal compatible escape sequences. These escape sequences are designed to be concatenated with existing
- * strings to modify their display on a compatible terminal application.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_MiscDrivers
- * \defgroup Group_Terminal ANSI Terminal Escape Codes - LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h
- * \brief ANSI terminal special escape code macros.
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - None
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Escape code macros for ANSI compliant text terminals.
- *
- * \note If desired, the macro \c DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES can be defined in the project makefile and passed to the GCC
- * compiler via the -D switch to disable the terminal codes without modifying the source, for use with non
- * compatible terminals (any terminal codes then equate to empty strings).
- *
- * \section Sec_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- * application.
- *
- * \code
- * printf("Normal String, "
- * ESC_BOLD_ON "Bold String, "
- * ESC_UNDERLINE_ON "Bold and Underlined String"
- * ESC_RESET ESC_FG_BLUE ESC_BG_YELLOW "Normal Blue-on-Yellow String");
- * \endcode
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __TERMINALCODES_H__
-#define __TERMINALCODES_H__
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- #if !defined(DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES)
- /** Creates an ANSI escape sequence with the specified payload.
- *
- * \param[in] EscapeSeq Payload to encode as an ANSI escape sequence, a \c ESC_* mask.
- */
- #define ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(EscapeSeq) "\33[" EscapeSeq
- #else
- #define ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(EscapeSeq)
- #endif
-
- /** \name Text Display Modifier Control Sequences */
- //@{
- /** Turns on bold so that any following text is printed to the terminal in bold. */
- #define ESC_BOLD_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("1m")
-
- /** Turns on italics so that any following text is printed to the terminal in italics. */
- #define ESC_ITALICS_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("3m")
-
- /** Turns on underline so that any following text is printed to the terminal underlined. */
- #define ESC_UNDERLINE_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("4m")
-
- /** Turns on inverse so that any following text is printed to the terminal in inverted colours. */
- #define ESC_INVERSE_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("7m")
-
- /** Turns on strikethrough so that any following text is printed to the terminal with a line through the
- * center.
- */
- #define ESC_STRIKETHROUGH_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("9m")
-
- /** Turns off bold so that any following text is printed to the terminal in non bold. */
- #define ESC_BOLD_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("22m")
-
- /** Turns off italics so that any following text is printed to the terminal in non italics. */
- #define ESC_ITALICS_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("23m")
-
- /** Turns off underline so that any following text is printed to the terminal non underlined. */
- #define ESC_UNDERLINE_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("24m")
-
- /** Turns off inverse so that any following text is printed to the terminal in non inverted colours. */
- #define ESC_INVERSE_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("27m")
-
- /** Turns off strikethrough so that any following text is printed to the terminal without a line through
- * the center.
- */
- #define ESC_STRIKETHROUGH_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("29m")
- //@}
-
- /** \name Text Colour Control Sequences */
- //@{
- /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to black. */
- #define ESC_FG_BLACK ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("30m")
-
- /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to red. */
- #define ESC_FG_RED ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("31m")
-
- /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to green. */
- #define ESC_FG_GREEN ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("32m")
-
- /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to yellow. */
- #define ESC_FG_YELLOW ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("33m")
-
- /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to blue. */
- #define ESC_FG_BLUE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("34m")
-
- /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to magenta. */
- #define ESC_FG_MAGENTA ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("35m")
-
- /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to cyan. */
- #define ESC_FG_CYAN ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("36m")
-
- /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to white. */
- #define ESC_FG_WHITE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("37m")
-
- /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to the terminal's default. */
- #define ESC_FG_DEFAULT ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("39m")
-
- /** Sets the text background colour to black. */
- #define ESC_BG_BLACK ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("40m")
-
- /** Sets the text background colour to red. */
- #define ESC_BG_RED ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("41m")
-
- /** Sets the text background colour to green. */
- #define ESC_BG_GREEN ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("42m")
-
- /** Sets the text background colour to yellow. */
- #define ESC_BG_YELLOW ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("43m")
-
- /** Sets the text background colour to blue. */
- #define ESC_BG_BLUE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("44m")
-
- /** Sets the text background colour to magenta. */
- #define ESC_BG_MAGENTA ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("45m")
-
- /** Sets the text background colour to cyan. */
- #define ESC_BG_CYAN ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("46m")
-
- /** Sets the text background colour to white. */
- #define ESC_BG_WHITE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("47m")
-
- /** Sets the text background colour to the terminal's default. */
- #define ESC_BG_DEFAULT ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("49m")
- //@}
-
- /** \name Cursor Positioning Control Sequences */
- //@{
- /** Saves the current cursor position so that it may be restored with \ref ESC_CURSOR_POS_RESTORE. */
- #define ESC_CURSOR_POS_SAVE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("s")
-
- /** Restores the cursor position to the last position saved with \ref ESC_CURSOR_POS_SAVE. */
- #define ESC_CURSOR_POS_RESTORE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("u")
-
- /** Sets the cursor position to the given line and column.
- *
- * \param[in] Line Line number to position the cursor at.
- * \param[in] Column Column number to position the cursor at.
- */
- #define ESC_CURSOR_POS(Line, Column) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Line ";" #Column "H")
-
- /** Moves the cursor up the given number of lines.
- *
- * \param[in] Lines Number of lines to move the cursor position
- */
- #define ESC_CURSOR_UP(Lines) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Lines "A")
-
- /** Moves the cursor down the given number of lines.
- *
- * \param[in] Lines Number of lines to move the cursor position
- */
- #define ESC_CURSOR_DOWN(Lines) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Lines "B")
-
- /** Moves the cursor to the right the given number of columns.
- *
- * \param[in] Columns Number of columns to move the cursor position
- */
- #define ESC_CURSOR_FORWARD(Columns) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Columns "C")
-
- /** Moves the cursor to the left the given number of columns.
- *
- * \param[in] Columns Number of columns to move the cursor position
- */
- #define ESC_CURSOR_BACKWARD(Columns) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Columns "D")
- //@}
-
- /** \name Miscellaneous Control Sequences */
- //@{
- /** Resets any escape sequence modifiers back to their defaults. */
- #define ESC_RESET ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("0m")
-
- /** Erases the entire display, returning the cursor to the top left. */
- #define ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("2J")
-
- /** Erases the current line, returning the cursor to the far left. */
- #define ESC_ERASE_LINE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("K")
- //@}
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief ANSI terminal special escape code macros.
+ *
+ * ANSI terminal compatible escape sequences. These escape sequences are designed to be concatenated with existing
+ * strings to modify their display on a compatible terminal application.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_MiscDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_Terminal ANSI Terminal Escape Codes - LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h
+ * \brief ANSI terminal special escape code macros.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Terminal_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - None
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Terminal_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Escape code macros for ANSI compliant text terminals.
+ *
+ * \note If desired, the macro \c DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES can be defined in the project makefile and passed to the GCC
+ * compiler via the -D switch to disable the terminal codes without modifying the source, for use with non
+ * compatible terminals (any terminal codes then equate to empty strings).
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Terminal_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * printf("Normal String, "
+ * ESC_BOLD_ON "Bold String, "
+ * ESC_UNDERLINE_ON "Bold and Underlined String"
+ * ESC_RESET ESC_FG_BLUE ESC_BG_YELLOW "Normal Blue-on-Yellow String");
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __TERMINALCODES_H__
+#define __TERMINALCODES_H__
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if !defined(DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES)
+ /** Creates an ANSI escape sequence with the specified payload.
+ *
+ * \param[in] EscapeSeq Payload to encode as an ANSI escape sequence, a \c ESC_* mask.
+ */
+ #define ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(EscapeSeq) "\33[" EscapeSeq
+ #else
+ #define ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(EscapeSeq)
+ #endif
+
+ /** \name Text Display Modifier Control Sequences */
+ //@{
+ /** Turns on bold so that any following text is printed to the terminal in bold. */
+ #define ESC_BOLD_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("1m")
+
+ /** Turns on italics so that any following text is printed to the terminal in italics. */
+ #define ESC_ITALICS_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("3m")
+
+ /** Turns on underline so that any following text is printed to the terminal underlined. */
+ #define ESC_UNDERLINE_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("4m")
+
+ /** Turns on inverse so that any following text is printed to the terminal in inverted colours. */
+ #define ESC_INVERSE_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("7m")
+
+ /** Turns on strike-through so that any following text is printed to the terminal with a line through the
+ * center.
+ */
+ #define ESC_STRIKETHROUGH_ON ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("9m")
+
+ /** Turns off bold so that any following text is printed to the terminal in non bold. */
+ #define ESC_BOLD_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("22m")
+
+ /** Turns off italics so that any following text is printed to the terminal in non italics. */
+ #define ESC_ITALICS_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("23m")
+
+ /** Turns off underline so that any following text is printed to the terminal non underlined. */
+ #define ESC_UNDERLINE_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("24m")
+
+ /** Turns off inverse so that any following text is printed to the terminal in non inverted colours. */
+ #define ESC_INVERSE_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("27m")
+
+ /** Turns off strike-through so that any following text is printed to the terminal without a line through
+ * the center.
+ */
+ #define ESC_STRIKETHROUGH_OFF ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("29m")
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Text Colour Control Sequences */
+ //@{
+ /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to black. */
+ #define ESC_FG_BLACK ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("30m")
+
+ /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to red. */
+ #define ESC_FG_RED ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("31m")
+
+ /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to green. */
+ #define ESC_FG_GREEN ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("32m")
+
+ /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to yellow. */
+ #define ESC_FG_YELLOW ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("33m")
+
+ /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to blue. */
+ #define ESC_FG_BLUE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("34m")
+
+ /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to magenta. */
+ #define ESC_FG_MAGENTA ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("35m")
+
+ /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to cyan. */
+ #define ESC_FG_CYAN ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("36m")
+
+ /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to white. */
+ #define ESC_FG_WHITE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("37m")
+
+ /** Sets the foreground (text) colour to the terminal's default. */
+ #define ESC_FG_DEFAULT ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("39m")
+
+ /** Sets the text background colour to black. */
+ #define ESC_BG_BLACK ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("40m")
+
+ /** Sets the text background colour to red. */
+ #define ESC_BG_RED ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("41m")
+
+ /** Sets the text background colour to green. */
+ #define ESC_BG_GREEN ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("42m")
+
+ /** Sets the text background colour to yellow. */
+ #define ESC_BG_YELLOW ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("43m")
+
+ /** Sets the text background colour to blue. */
+ #define ESC_BG_BLUE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("44m")
+
+ /** Sets the text background colour to magenta. */
+ #define ESC_BG_MAGENTA ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("45m")
+
+ /** Sets the text background colour to cyan. */
+ #define ESC_BG_CYAN ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("46m")
+
+ /** Sets the text background colour to white. */
+ #define ESC_BG_WHITE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("47m")
+
+ /** Sets the text background colour to the terminal's default. */
+ #define ESC_BG_DEFAULT ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("49m")
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Cursor Positioning Control Sequences */
+ //@{
+ /** Saves the current cursor position so that it may be restored with \ref ESC_CURSOR_POS_RESTORE. */
+ #define ESC_CURSOR_POS_SAVE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("s")
+
+ /** Restores the cursor position to the last position saved with \ref ESC_CURSOR_POS_SAVE. */
+ #define ESC_CURSOR_POS_RESTORE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("u")
+
+ /** Sets the cursor position to the given line and column.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Line Line number to position the cursor at.
+ * \param[in] Column Column number to position the cursor at.
+ */
+ #define ESC_CURSOR_POS(Line, Column) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Line ";" #Column "H")
+
+ /** Moves the cursor up the given number of lines.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Lines Number of lines to move the cursor position
+ */
+ #define ESC_CURSOR_UP(Lines) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Lines "A")
+
+ /** Moves the cursor down the given number of lines.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Lines Number of lines to move the cursor position
+ */
+ #define ESC_CURSOR_DOWN(Lines) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Lines "B")
+
+ /** Moves the cursor to the right the given number of columns.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Columns Number of columns to move the cursor position
+ */
+ #define ESC_CURSOR_FORWARD(Columns) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Columns "C")
+
+ /** Moves the cursor to the left the given number of columns.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Columns Number of columns to move the cursor position
+ */
+ #define ESC_CURSOR_BACKWARD(Columns) ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE(#Columns "D")
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Miscellaneous Control Sequences */
+ //@{
+ /** Resets any escape sequence modifiers back to their defaults. */
+ #define ESC_RESET ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("0m")
+
+ /** Erases the entire display, returning the cursor to the top left. */
+ #define ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("2J")
+
+ /** Erases the current line, returning the cursor to the far left. */
+ #define ESC_ERASE_LINE ANSI_ESCAPE_SEQUENCE("K")
+ //@}
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h
index ebce11b33..295c6e1e8 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h
@@ -1,75 +1,75 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Hardware Analogue-to-Digital converter driver.
- *
- * This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific ADC driver, for microcontrollers
- * containing an ADC.
- *
- * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct ADC driver header file for the
- * currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
- * \defgroup Group_ADC ADC Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h
- * \brief Hardware Analogue-to-Digital converter driver.
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - None
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Hardware ADC driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the hardware ADC
- * present on many microcontrollers, for the conversion of analogue signals into the
- * digital domain.
- *
- * \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
- * individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
- */
-
-#ifndef __ADC_H__
-#define __ADC_H__
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_ADC_H
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Includes: */
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
- #include "AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h"
- #else
- #error The ADC peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Hardware Analogue-to-Digital converter driver.
+ *
+ * This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific ADC driver, for microcontrollers
+ * containing an ADC.
+ *
+ * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct ADC driver header file for the
+ * currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_ADC ADC Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h
+ * \brief Hardware Analogue-to-Digital converter driver.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ADC_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - None
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ADC_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Hardware ADC driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the hardware ADC
+ * present on many microcontrollers, for the conversion of analogue signals into the
+ * digital domain.
+ *
+ * \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
+ * individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ADC_H__
+#define __ADC_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_ADC_H
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h"
+ #else
+ #error The ADC peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h
index c002f79f7..03b6ed0c2 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/ADC_AVR8.h
@@ -1,456 +1,446 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief ADC Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
- *
- * On-chip Analogue-to-Digital converter (ADC) driver for supported U4, U6 and U7 model AVRs that contain an ADC
- * peripheral internally.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the ADC driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_ADC
- * \defgroup Group_ADC_AVR8 ADC Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * On-chip Analogue-to-Digital converter (ADC) driver for supported U4, U6 and U7 model AVRs that contain an ADC
- * peripheral internally.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the ADC driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h.
- *
- * \section Sec_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- * application.
- *
- * \code
- * // Initialize the ADC driver before first use
- * ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_32);
- *
- * // Must setup the ADC channel to read beforehand
- * ADC_SetupChannel(1);
- *
- * // Perform a single conversion of the ADC channel 1
- * ADC_GetChannelReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_CHANNEL1);
- * printf("Conversion Result: %d\r\n", ADC_GetResult());
- *
- * // Start reading ADC channel 1 in free running (continuous conversion) mode
- * ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_CHANNEL1);
- * for (;;)
- * {
- * while (!(ADC_IsReadingComplete())) {};
- * printf("Conversion Result: %d\r\n", ADC_GetResult());
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __ADC_AVR8_H__
-#define __ADC_AVR8_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_ADC_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h instead.
- #endif
-
- #if !(defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
- defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \
- defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || \
- defined(__AVR_ATmega32U6__))
- #error The ADC peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected microcontroller model.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define _ADC_GET_MUX_MASK2(y) ADC_CHANNEL ## y
- #define _ADC_GET_MUX_MASK(y) _ADC_GET_MUX_MASK2(y)
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** \name ADC Reference Configuration Masks */
- //@{
- /** Reference mask, for using the voltage present at the AVR's AREF pin for the ADC reference. */
- #define ADC_REFERENCE_AREF 0
-
- /** Reference mask, for using the voltage present at the AVR's AVCC pin for the ADC reference. */
- #define ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC (1 << REFS0)
-
- /** Reference mask, for using the internally generated 2.56V reference voltage as the ADC reference. */
- #define ADC_REFERENCE_INT2560MV ((1 << REFS1) | (1 << REFS0))
- //@}
-
- /** \name ADC Result Adjustment Configuration Masks */
- //@{
- /** Left-adjusts the 10-bit ADC result, so that the upper 8 bits of the value returned by the
- * \ref ADC_GetResult() macro contain the 8 most significant bits of the result.
- */
- #define ADC_LEFT_ADJUSTED (1 << ADLAR)
-
- /** Right-adjusts the 10-bit ADC result, so that the lower 8 bits of the value returned by the
- * \ref ADC_GetResult() macro contain the 8 least significant bits of the result.
- */
- #define ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED (0 << ADLAR)
- //@}
-
- /** \name ADC Mode Configuration Masks */
- //@{
- /** Sets the ADC mode to free running, so that conversions take place continuously as fast as the ADC
- * is capable of at the given input clock speed.
- */
- #define ADC_FREE_RUNNING (1 << ADATE)
-
- /** Sets the ADC mode to single conversion, so that only a single conversion will take place before
- * the ADC returns to idle.
- */
- #define ADC_SINGLE_CONVERSION (0 << ADATE)
- //@}
-
- /** \name ADC Prescaler Configuration Masks */
- //@{
- /** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 2 the AVR's system clock. */
- #define ADC_PRESCALE_2 (1 << ADPS0)
-
- /** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 4 the AVR's system clock. */
- #define ADC_PRESCALE_4 (1 << ADPS1)
-
- /** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 8 the AVR's system clock. */
- #define ADC_PRESCALE_8 ((1 << ADPS0) | (1 << ADPS1))
-
- /** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 16 the AVR's system clock. */
- #define ADC_PRESCALE_16 (1 << ADPS2)
-
- /** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 32 the AVR's system clock. */
- #define ADC_PRESCALE_32 ((1 << ADPS2) | (1 << ADPS0))
-
- /** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 64 the AVR's system clock. */
- #define ADC_PRESCALE_64 ((1 << ADPS2) | (1 << ADPS1))
-
- /** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 128 the AVR's system clock. */
- #define ADC_PRESCALE_128 ((1 << ADPS2) | (1 << ADPS1) | (1 << ADPS0))
- //@}
-
- /** \name ADC MUX Masks */
- //@{
- /** MUX mask define for the ADC0 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
- #define ADC_CHANNEL0 (0x00 << MUX0)
-
- /** MUX mask define for the ADC1 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
- #define ADC_CHANNEL1 (0x01 << MUX0)
-
- #if (!(defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
- /** MUX mask define for the ADC2 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
- *
- * \note Not available on all AVR models.
- */
- #define ADC_CHANNEL2 (0x02 << MUX0)
-
- /** MUX mask define for the ADC3 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
- *
- * \note Not available on all AVR models.
- */
- #define ADC_CHANNEL3 (0x03 << MUX0)
- #endif
-
- /** MUX mask define for the ADC4 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
- #define ADC_CHANNEL4 (0x04 << MUX0)
-
- /** MUX mask define for the ADC5 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
- #define ADC_CHANNEL5 (0x05 << MUX0)
-
- /** MUX mask define for the ADC6 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
- #define ADC_CHANNEL6 (0x06 << MUX0)
-
- /** MUX mask define for the ADC7 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading. */
- #define ADC_CHANNEL7 (0x07 << MUX0)
-
- #if (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
- /** MUX mask define for the ADC8 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
- *
- * \note Not available on all AVR models.
- */
- #define ADC_CHANNEL8 ((1 << 8) | (0x00 << MUX0))
-
- /** MUX mask define for the ADC9 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
- *
- * \note Not available on all AVR models.
- */
- #define ADC_CHANNEL9 ((1 << 8) | (0x01 << MUX0))
-
- /** MUX mask define for the ADC10 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
- *
- * \note Not available on all AVR models.
- */
- #define ADC_CHANNEL10 ((1 << 8) | (0x02 << MUX0))
-
- /** MUX mask define for the ADC11 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
- *
- * \note Not available on all AVR models.
- */
- #define ADC_CHANNEL11 ((1 << 8) | (0x03 << MUX0))
-
- /** MUX mask define for the ADC12 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
- *
- * \note Not available on all AVR models.
- */
- #define ADC_CHANNEL12 ((1 << 8) | (0x04 << MUX0))
-
- /** MUX mask define for the ADC13 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
- *
- * \note Not available on all AVR models.
- */
- #define ADC_CHANNEL13 ((1 << 8) | (0x05 << MUX0))
-
- /** MUX mask define for the internal temperature sensor channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and
- * \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
- *
- * \note Not available on all AVR models.
- */
- #define ADC_INT_TEMP_SENS ((1 << 8) | (0x07 << MUX0))
- #endif
-
- /** MUX mask define for the internal 1.1V band-gap channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
- #define ADC_1100MV_BANDGAP (0x1E << MUX0)
-
- /** Retrieves the ADC MUX mask for the given ADC channel number.
- *
- * \attention This macro will only work correctly on channel numbers that are compile-time
- * constants defined by the preprocessor.
- *
- * \param[in] Channel Index of the ADC channel whose MUX mask is to be retrieved.
- */
- #define ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(Channel) _ADC_GET_MUX_MASK(Channel)
- //@}
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Configures the given ADC channel, ready for ADC conversions. This function sets the
- * associated port pin as an input and disables the digital portion of the I/O to reduce
- * power consumption.
- *
- * \note This must only be called for ADC channels with are connected to a physical port
- * pin of the AVR, denoted by its special alternative function ADCx.
- *
- * \warning The channel number must be specified as an integer, and <b>not</b> a \c ADC_CHANNEL* mask.
- *
- * \param[in] ChannelIndex ADC channel number to set up for conversions.
- */
- static inline void ADC_SetupChannel(const uint8_t ChannelIndex)
- {
- #if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
- defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \
- defined(__AVR_ATmega32U6__))
- DDRF &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
- DIDR0 |= (1 << ChannelIndex);
- #elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
- if (ChannelIndex < 8)
- {
- DDRF &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
- DIDR0 |= (1 << ChannelIndex);
- }
- else if (ChannelIndex == 8)
- {
- DDRD &= ~(1 << 4);
- DIDR2 |= (1 << 0);
- }
- else if (ChannelIndex < 11)
- {
- DDRD &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 3));
- DIDR2 |= (1 << (ChannelIndex - 8));
- }
- else
- {
- DDRB &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 7));
- DIDR2 |= (1 << (ChannelIndex - 8));
- }
- #endif
- }
-
- /** De-configures the given ADC channel, re-enabling digital I/O mode instead of analog. This
- * function sets the associated port pin as an input and re-enabled the digital portion of
- * the I/O.
- *
- * \note This must only be called for ADC channels with are connected to a physical port
- * pin of the AVR, denoted by its special alternative function ADCx.
- *
- * \warning The channel number must be specified as an integer, and <b>not</b> a \c ADC_CHANNEL* mask.
- *
- * \param[in] ChannelIndex ADC channel number to set up for conversions.
- */
- static inline void ADC_DisableChannel(const uint8_t ChannelIndex)
- {
- #if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
- defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \
- defined(__AVR_ATmega32U6__))
- DDRF &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
- DIDR0 &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
- #elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
- if (ChannelIndex < 8)
- {
- DDRF &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
- DIDR0 &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
- }
- else if (ChannelIndex == 8)
- {
- DDRD &= ~(1 << 4);
- DIDR2 &= ~(1 << 0);
- }
- else if (ChannelIndex < 11)
- {
- DDRD &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 3));
- DIDR2 &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 8));
- }
- else
- {
- DDRB &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 7));
- DIDR2 &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 8));
- }
- #endif
- }
-
- /** Starts the reading of the given channel, but does not wait until the conversion has completed.
- * Once executed, the conversion status can be determined via the \ref ADC_IsReadingComplete() macro and
- * the result read via the \ref ADC_GetResult() macro.
- *
- * If the ADC has been initialized in free running mode, calling this function once will begin the repeated
- * conversions. If the ADC is in single conversion mode (or the channel to convert from is to be changed),
- * this function must be called each time a conversion is to take place.
- *
- * \param[in] MUXMask ADC channel mask, reference mask and adjustment mask.
- */
- static inline void ADC_StartReading(const uint16_t MUXMask)
- {
- ADMUX = MUXMask;
-
- #if (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
- if (MUXMask & (1 << 8))
- ADCSRB |= (1 << MUX5);
- else
- ADCSRB &= ~(1 << MUX5);
- #endif
-
- ADCSRA |= (1 << ADSC);
- }
-
- /** Indicates if the current ADC conversion is completed, or still in progress.
- *
- * \return Boolean false if the reading is still taking place, or true if the conversion is
- * complete and ready to be read out with \ref ADC_GetResult().
- */
- static inline bool ADC_IsReadingComplete(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool ADC_IsReadingComplete(void)
- {
- return ((ADCSRA & (1 << ADIF)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Retrieves the conversion value of the last completed ADC conversion and clears the reading
- * completion flag.
- *
- * \return The result of the last ADC conversion as an unsigned value.
- */
- static inline uint16_t ADC_GetResult(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint16_t ADC_GetResult(void)
- {
- ADCSRA |= (1 << ADIF);
- return ADC;
- }
-
- /** Performs a complete single reading from channel, including a polling spin-loop to wait for the
- * conversion to complete, and the returning of the converted value.
- *
- * \note For free running mode, the automated conversions should be initialized with a single call
- * to \ref ADC_StartReading() to select the channel and begin the automated conversions, and
- * the results read directly from the \ref ADC_GetResult() instead to reduce overhead.
- *
- * \param[in] MUXMask Mask comprising of an ADC channel mask, reference mask and adjustment mask.
- *
- * \return Converted ADC result for the given ADC channel.
- */
- static inline uint16_t ADC_GetChannelReading(const uint16_t MUXMask) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint16_t ADC_GetChannelReading(const uint16_t MUXMask)
- {
- ADC_StartReading(MUXMask);
-
- while (!(ADC_IsReadingComplete()));
-
- return ADC_GetResult();
- }
-
- /** Initializes the ADC, ready for conversions. This must be called before any other ADC operations.
- * The "mode" parameter should be a mask comprised of a conversion mode (free running or single) and
- * prescaler masks.
- *
- * \param[in] Mode Mask of ADC prescale and mode settings.
- */
- static inline void ADC_Init(const uint8_t Mode) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void ADC_Init(const uint8_t Mode)
- {
- ADCSRA = ((1 << ADEN) | Mode);
- }
-
- /** Turns off the ADC. If this is called, any further ADC operations will require a call to
- * \ref ADC_Init() before the ADC can be used again.
- */
- static inline void ADC_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void ADC_Disable(void)
- {
- ADCSRA = 0;
- }
-
- /** Indicates if the ADC is currently enabled.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the ADC subsystem is currently enabled, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool ADC_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool ADC_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((ADCSRA & (1 << ADEN)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief ADC Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ * On-chip Analogue-to-Digital converter (ADC) driver for supported U4, U6 and U7 model AVRs that contain an ADC
+ * peripheral internally.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the ADC driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_ADC
+ * \defgroup Group_ADC_AVR8 ADC Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ADC_AVR8_ModDescription Module Description
+ * On-chip Analogue-to-Digital converter (ADC) driver for supported U4, U6 and U7 model AVRs that contain an ADC
+ * peripheral internally.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the ADC driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_ADC_AVR8_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the ADC driver before first use
+ * ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_32);
+ *
+ * // Must setup the ADC channel to read beforehand
+ * ADC_SetupChannel(1);
+ *
+ * // Perform a single conversion of the ADC channel 1
+ * ADC_GetChannelReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_CHANNEL1);
+ * printf("Conversion Result: %d\r\n", ADC_GetResult());
+ *
+ * // Start reading ADC channel 1 in free running (continuous conversion) mode
+ * ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | ADC_CHANNEL1);
+ * for (;;)
+ * {
+ * while (!(ADC_IsReadingComplete())) {};
+ * printf("Conversion Result: %d\r\n", ADC_GetResult());
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ADC_AVR8_H__
+#define __ADC_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_ADC_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #if !(defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
+ #error The ADC peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected microcontroller model.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name ADC Reference Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Reference mask, for using the voltage present at the AVR's AREF pin for the ADC reference. */
+ #define ADC_REFERENCE_AREF 0
+
+ /** Reference mask, for using the voltage present at the AVR's AVCC pin for the ADC reference. */
+ #define ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC (1 << REFS0)
+
+ /** Reference mask, for using the internally generated 2.56V reference voltage as the ADC reference. */
+ #define ADC_REFERENCE_INT2560MV ((1 << REFS1) | (1 << REFS0))
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name ADC Result Adjustment Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Left-adjusts the 10-bit ADC result, so that the upper 8 bits of the value returned by the
+ * \ref ADC_GetResult() macro contain the 8 most significant bits of the result.
+ */
+ #define ADC_LEFT_ADJUSTED (1 << ADLAR)
+
+ /** Right-adjusts the 10-bit ADC result, so that the lower 8 bits of the value returned by the
+ * \ref ADC_GetResult() macro contain the 8 least significant bits of the result.
+ */
+ #define ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED (0 << ADLAR)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name ADC Mode Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Sets the ADC mode to free running, so that conversions take place continuously as fast as the ADC
+ * is capable of at the given input clock speed.
+ */
+ #define ADC_FREE_RUNNING (1 << ADATE)
+
+ /** Sets the ADC mode to single conversion, so that only a single conversion will take place before
+ * the ADC returns to idle.
+ */
+ #define ADC_SINGLE_CONVERSION (0 << ADATE)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name ADC Prescaler Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 2 the AVR's system clock. */
+ #define ADC_PRESCALE_2 (1 << ADPS0)
+
+ /** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 4 the AVR's system clock. */
+ #define ADC_PRESCALE_4 (1 << ADPS1)
+
+ /** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 8 the AVR's system clock. */
+ #define ADC_PRESCALE_8 ((1 << ADPS0) | (1 << ADPS1))
+
+ /** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 16 the AVR's system clock. */
+ #define ADC_PRESCALE_16 (1 << ADPS2)
+
+ /** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 32 the AVR's system clock. */
+ #define ADC_PRESCALE_32 ((1 << ADPS2) | (1 << ADPS0))
+
+ /** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 64 the AVR's system clock. */
+ #define ADC_PRESCALE_64 ((1 << ADPS2) | (1 << ADPS1))
+
+ /** Sets the ADC input clock to prescale by a factor of 128 the AVR's system clock. */
+ #define ADC_PRESCALE_128 ((1 << ADPS2) | (1 << ADPS1) | (1 << ADPS0))
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name ADC MUX Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC0 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL0 (0x00 << MUX0)
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC1 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL1 (0x01 << MUX0)
+
+ #if (!(defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC2 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+ *
+ * \note Not available on all AVR models.
+ */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL2 (0x02 << MUX0)
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC3 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+ *
+ * \note Not available on all AVR models.
+ */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL3 (0x03 << MUX0)
+ #endif
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC4 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL4 (0x04 << MUX0)
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC5 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL5 (0x05 << MUX0)
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC6 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL6 (0x06 << MUX0)
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC7 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading. */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL7 (0x07 << MUX0)
+
+ #if (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC8 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+ *
+ * \note Not available on all AVR models.
+ */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL8 ((1 << 8) | (0x00 << MUX0))
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC9 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+ *
+ * \note Not available on all AVR models.
+ */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL9 ((1 << 8) | (0x01 << MUX0))
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC10 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+ *
+ * \note Not available on all AVR models.
+ */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL10 ((1 << 8) | (0x02 << MUX0))
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC11 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+ *
+ * \note Not available on all AVR models.
+ */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL11 ((1 << 8) | (0x03 << MUX0))
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC12 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+ *
+ * \note Not available on all AVR models.
+ */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL12 ((1 << 8) | (0x04 << MUX0))
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the ADC13 channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+ *
+ * \note Not available on all AVR models.
+ */
+ #define ADC_CHANNEL13 ((1 << 8) | (0x05 << MUX0))
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the internal temperature sensor channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and
+ * \ref ADC_GetChannelReading().
+ *
+ * \note Not available on all AVR models.
+ */
+ #define ADC_INT_TEMP_SENS ((1 << 8) | (0x07 << MUX0))
+ #endif
+
+ /** MUX mask define for the internal 1.1V band-gap channel of the ADC. See \ref ADC_StartReading() and \ref ADC_GetChannelReading(). */
+ #define ADC_1100MV_BANDGAP (0x1E << MUX0)
+
+ /** Retrieves the ADC MUX mask for the given ADC channel number.
+ *
+ * \attention This macro will only work correctly on channel numbers that are compile-time
+ * constants defined by the preprocessor.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Channel Index of the ADC channel whose MUX mask is to be retrieved.
+ */
+ #define ADC_GET_CHANNEL_MASK(Channel) CONCAT_EXPANDED(ADC_CHANNEL, Channel)
+ //@}
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Configures the given ADC channel, ready for ADC conversions. This function sets the
+ * associated port pin as an input and disables the digital portion of the I/O to reduce
+ * power consumption.
+ *
+ * \note This must only be called for ADC channels with are connected to a physical port
+ * pin of the AVR, denoted by its special alternative function ADCx.
+ *
+ * \warning The channel number must be specified as an integer, and <b>not</b> a \c ADC_CHANNEL* mask.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChannelIndex ADC channel number to set up for conversions.
+ */
+ static inline void ADC_SetupChannel(const uint8_t ChannelIndex)
+ {
+ #if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__))
+ DDRF &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
+ DIDR0 |= (1 << ChannelIndex);
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
+ if (ChannelIndex < 8)
+ {
+ DDRF &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
+ DIDR0 |= (1 << ChannelIndex);
+ }
+ else if (ChannelIndex == 8)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~(1 << 4);
+ DIDR2 |= (1 << 0);
+ }
+ else if (ChannelIndex < 11)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 3));
+ DIDR2 |= (1 << (ChannelIndex - 8));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 7));
+ DIDR2 |= (1 << (ChannelIndex - 8));
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /** De-configures the given ADC channel, re-enabling digital I/O mode instead of analog. This
+ * function sets the associated port pin as an input and re-enabled the digital portion of
+ * the I/O.
+ *
+ * \note This must only be called for ADC channels with are connected to a physical port
+ * pin of the AVR, denoted by its special alternative function ADCx.
+ *
+ * \warning The channel number must be specified as an integer, and <b>not</b> a \c ADC_CHANNEL* mask.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ChannelIndex ADC channel number to set up for conversions.
+ */
+ static inline void ADC_DisableChannel(const uint8_t ChannelIndex)
+ {
+ #if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__))
+ DDRF &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
+ DIDR0 &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
+ if (ChannelIndex < 8)
+ {
+ DDRF &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
+ DIDR0 &= ~(1 << ChannelIndex);
+ }
+ else if (ChannelIndex == 8)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~(1 << 4);
+ DIDR2 &= ~(1 << 0);
+ }
+ else if (ChannelIndex < 11)
+ {
+ DDRD &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 3));
+ DIDR2 &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 8));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 7));
+ DIDR2 &= ~(1 << (ChannelIndex - 8));
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /** Starts the reading of the given channel, but does not wait until the conversion has completed.
+ * Once executed, the conversion status can be determined via the \ref ADC_IsReadingComplete() macro and
+ * the result read via the \ref ADC_GetResult() macro.
+ *
+ * If the ADC has been initialized in free running mode, calling this function once will begin the repeated
+ * conversions. If the ADC is in single conversion mode (or the channel to convert from is to be changed),
+ * this function must be called each time a conversion is to take place.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MUXMask ADC channel mask, reference mask and adjustment mask.
+ */
+ static inline void ADC_StartReading(const uint16_t MUXMask)
+ {
+ ADMUX = MUXMask;
+
+ #if (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ if (MUXMask & (1 << 8))
+ ADCSRB |= (1 << MUX5);
+ else
+ ADCSRB &= ~(1 << MUX5);
+ #endif
+
+ ADCSRA |= (1 << ADSC);
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates if the current ADC conversion is completed, or still in progress.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c false if the reading is still taking place, or true if the conversion is
+ * complete and ready to be read out with \ref ADC_GetResult().
+ */
+ static inline bool ADC_IsReadingComplete(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool ADC_IsReadingComplete(void)
+ {
+ return ((ADCSRA & (1 << ADIF)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves the conversion value of the last completed ADC conversion and clears the reading
+ * completion flag.
+ *
+ * \return The result of the last ADC conversion as an unsigned value.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t ADC_GetResult(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t ADC_GetResult(void)
+ {
+ ADCSRA |= (1 << ADIF);
+ return ADC;
+ }
+
+ /** Performs a complete single reading from channel, including a polling spin-loop to wait for the
+ * conversion to complete, and the returning of the converted value.
+ *
+ * \note For free running mode, the automated conversions should be initialized with a single call
+ * to \ref ADC_StartReading() to select the channel and begin the automated conversions, and
+ * the results read directly from the \ref ADC_GetResult() instead to reduce overhead.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MUXMask Mask comprising of an ADC channel mask, reference mask and adjustment mask.
+ *
+ * \return Converted ADC result for the given ADC channel.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t ADC_GetChannelReading(const uint16_t MUXMask) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint16_t ADC_GetChannelReading(const uint16_t MUXMask)
+ {
+ ADC_StartReading(MUXMask);
+
+ while (!(ADC_IsReadingComplete()));
+
+ return ADC_GetResult();
+ }
+
+ /** Initializes the ADC, ready for conversions. This must be called before any other ADC operations.
+ * The "mode" parameter should be a mask comprised of a conversion mode (free running or single) and
+ * prescaler masks.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Mode Mask of ADC prescale and mode settings.
+ */
+ static inline void ADC_Init(const uint8_t Mode) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void ADC_Init(const uint8_t Mode)
+ {
+ ADCSRA = ((1 << ADEN) | Mode);
+ }
+
+ /** Turns off the ADC. If this is called, any further ADC operations will require a call to
+ * \ref ADC_Init() before the ADC can be used again.
+ */
+ static inline void ADC_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void ADC_Disable(void)
+ {
+ ADCSRA = 0;
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates if the ADC is currently enabled.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the ADC subsystem is currently enabled, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool ADC_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool ADC_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((ADCSRA & (1 << ADEN)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h
index dde3ec5a7..1b8f53e2b 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h
@@ -1,256 +1,258 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief SPI Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
- *
- * On-chip SPI driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_SPI
- * \defgroup Group_SPI_AVR8 SPI Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Driver for the hardware SPI port available on most 8-bit AVR microcontroller models. This
- * module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer of data over the
- * AVR's SPI port.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h.
- *
- * \section Sec_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- * application.
- *
- * \code
- * // Initialize the SPI driver before first use
- * SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING |
- * SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
- *
- * // Send several bytes, ignoring the returned data
- * SPI_SendByte(0x01);
- * SPI_SendByte(0x02);
- * SPI_SendByte(0x03);
- *
- * // Receive several bytes, sending a dummy 0x00 byte each time
- * uint8_t Byte1 = SPI_ReceiveByte();
- * uint8_t Byte2 = SPI_ReceiveByte();
- * uint8_t Byte3 = SPI_ReceiveByte();
- *
- * // Send a byte, and store the received byte from the same transaction
- * uint8_t ResponseByte = SPI_TransferByte(0xDC);
- * \endcode
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __SPI_AVR8_H__
-#define __SPI_AVR8_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SPI_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED (1 << SPE)
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** \name SPI Prescaler Configuration Masks */
- //@{
- /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 2. */
- #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED
-
- /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 4. */
- #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4 0
-
- /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 8. */
- #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8 (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPR0))
-
- /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 16. */
- #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16 (1 << SPR0)
-
- /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 32. */
- #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32 (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPR1))
-
- /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 64. */
- #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64 (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPR1) | (1 << SPR0))
-
- /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 128. */
- #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128 ((1 << SPR1) | (1 << SPR0))
- //@}
-
- /** \name SPI SCK Polarity Configuration Masks */
- //@{
- /** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the rising edge. */
- #define SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING (0 << CPOL)
-
- /** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the falling edge. */
- #define SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING (1 << CPOL)
- //@}
-
- /** \name SPI Sample Edge Configuration Masks */
- //@{
- /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should sampled on the leading edge. */
- #define SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING (0 << CPHA)
-
- /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should be sampled on the trailing edge. */
- #define SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING (1 << CPHA)
- //@}
-
- /** \name SPI Data Ordering Configuration Masks */
- //@{
- /** SPI data order mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out MSB first. */
- #define SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST (0 << DORD)
-
- /** SPI data order mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out LSB first. */
- #define SPI_ORDER_LSB_FIRST (1 << DORD)
- //@}
-
- /** \name SPI Mode Configuration Masks */
- //@{
- /** SPI mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SPI interface should be initialized into slave mode. */
- #define SPI_MODE_SLAVE (0 << MSTR)
-
- /** SPI mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SPI interface should be initialized into master mode. */
- #define SPI_MODE_MASTER (1 << MSTR)
- //@}
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Initializes the SPI subsystem, ready for transfers. Must be called before calling any other
- * SPI routines.
- *
- * \param[in] SPIOptions SPI Options, a mask consisting of one of each of the \c SPI_SPEED_*,
- * \c SPI_SCK_*, \c SPI_SAMPLE_*, \c SPI_ORDER_* and \c SPI_MODE_* masks.
- */
- static inline void SPI_Init(const uint8_t SPIOptions)
- {
- /* Prevent high rise times on PB.0 (/SS) from forcing a change to SPI slave mode */
- DDRB |= (1 << 0);
- PORTB |= (1 << 0);
-
- DDRB |= ((1 << 1) | (1 << 2));
- DDRB &= ~(1 << 3);
- PORTB |= (1 << 3);
-
- if (SPIOptions & SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED)
- SPSR |= (1 << SPI2X);
- else
- SPSR &= ~(1 << SPI2X);
-
- /* Switch /SS to input mode after configuration to allow for forced mode changes */
- DDRB &= ~(1 << 0);
-
- SPCR = ((1 << SPE) | SPIOptions);
- }
-
- /** Turns off the SPI driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration. */
- static inline void SPI_Disable(void)
- {
- DDRB &= ~((1 << 1) | (1 << 2));
- PORTB &= ~((1 << 0) | (1 << 3));
-
- SPCR = 0;
- SPSR = 0;
- }
-
- /** Retrieves the currently selected SPI mode, once the SPI interface has been configured.
- *
- * \return \ref SPI_MODE_MASTER if the interface is currently in SPI Master mode, \ref SPI_MODE_SLAVE otherwise
- */
- static inline uint8_t SPI_GetCurrentMode(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t SPI_GetCurrentMode(void)
- {
- return (SPCR & SPI_MODE_MASTER);
- }
-
- /** Sends and receives a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Byte to send through the SPI interface.
- *
- * \return Response byte from the attached SPI device.
- */
- static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
- {
- SPDR = Byte;
- while (!(SPSR & (1 << SPIF)));
- return SPDR;
- }
-
- /** Sends a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
- * byte sent to from the attached SPI device is ignored.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Byte to send through the SPI interface.
- */
- static inline void SPI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void SPI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
- {
- SPDR = Byte;
- while (!(SPSR & (1 << SPIF)));
- }
-
- /** Sends a dummy byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
- * byte from the attached SPI device is returned.
- *
- * \return The response byte from the attached SPI device.
- */
- static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(void)
- {
- SPDR = 0x00;
- while (!(SPSR & (1 << SPIF)));
- return SPDR;
- }
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief SPI Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ * On-chip SPI driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_SPI
+ * \defgroup Group_SPI_AVR8 SPI Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SPI_AVR8_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Driver for the hardware SPI port available on most 8-bit AVR microcontroller models. This
+ * module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer of data over the
+ * AVR's SPI port.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SPI_AVR8_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the SPI driver before first use
+ * SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING |
+ * SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+ *
+ * // Send several bytes, ignoring the returned data
+ * SPI_SendByte(0x01);
+ * SPI_SendByte(0x02);
+ * SPI_SendByte(0x03);
+ *
+ * // Receive several bytes, sending a dummy 0x00 byte each time
+ * uint8_t Byte1 = SPI_ReceiveByte();
+ * uint8_t Byte2 = SPI_ReceiveByte();
+ * uint8_t Byte3 = SPI_ReceiveByte();
+ *
+ * // Send a byte, and store the received byte from the same transaction
+ * uint8_t ResponseByte = SPI_TransferByte(0xDC);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SPI_AVR8_H__
+#define __SPI_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SPI_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED (1 << SPE)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name SPI Prescaler Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 2. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 4. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4 0
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 8. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8 (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPR0))
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 16. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16 (1 << SPR0)
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 32. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32 (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPR1))
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 64. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64 (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPR1) | (1 << SPR0))
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 128. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128 ((1 << SPR1) | (1 << SPR0))
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI SCK Polarity Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the rising edge. */
+ #define SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING (0 << CPOL)
+
+ /** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the falling edge. */
+ #define SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING (1 << CPOL)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI Sample Edge Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should sampled on the leading edge. */
+ #define SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING (0 << CPHA)
+
+ /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should be sampled on the trailing edge. */
+ #define SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING (1 << CPHA)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI Data Ordering Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI data order mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out MSB first. */
+ #define SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST (0 << DORD)
+
+ /** SPI data order mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out LSB first. */
+ #define SPI_ORDER_LSB_FIRST (1 << DORD)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI Mode Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SPI interface should be initialized into slave mode. */
+ #define SPI_MODE_SLAVE (0 << MSTR)
+
+ /** SPI mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SPI interface should be initialized into master mode. */
+ #define SPI_MODE_MASTER (1 << MSTR)
+ //@}
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the SPI subsystem, ready for transfers. Must be called before calling any other
+ * SPI routines.
+ *
+ * \param[in] SPIOptions SPI Options, a mask consisting of one of each of the \c SPI_SPEED_*,
+ * \c SPI_SCK_*, \c SPI_SAMPLE_*, \c SPI_ORDER_* and \c SPI_MODE_* masks.
+ */
+ static inline void SPI_Init(const uint8_t SPIOptions);
+ static inline void SPI_Init(const uint8_t SPIOptions)
+ {
+ /* Prevent high rise times on PB.0 (/SS) from forcing a change to SPI slave mode */
+ DDRB |= (1 << 0);
+ PORTB |= (1 << 0);
+
+ DDRB |= ((1 << 1) | (1 << 2));
+ DDRB &= ~(1 << 3);
+ PORTB |= (1 << 3);
+
+ if (SPIOptions & SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED)
+ SPSR |= (1 << SPI2X);
+ else
+ SPSR &= ~(1 << SPI2X);
+
+ /* Switch /SS to input mode after configuration to allow for forced mode changes */
+ DDRB &= ~(1 << 0);
+
+ SPCR = ((1 << SPE) | SPIOptions);
+ }
+
+ /** Turns off the SPI driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration. */
+ static inline void SPI_Disable(void);
+ static inline void SPI_Disable(void)
+ {
+ DDRB &= ~((1 << 1) | (1 << 2));
+ PORTB &= ~((1 << 0) | (1 << 3));
+
+ SPCR = 0;
+ SPSR = 0;
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves the currently selected SPI mode, once the SPI interface has been configured.
+ *
+ * \return \ref SPI_MODE_MASTER if the interface is currently in SPI Master mode, \ref SPI_MODE_SLAVE otherwise
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_GetCurrentMode(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_GetCurrentMode(void)
+ {
+ return (SPCR & SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends and receives a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte to send through the SPI interface.
+ *
+ * \return Response byte from the attached SPI device.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ SPDR = Byte;
+ while (!(SPSR & (1 << SPIF)));
+ return SPDR;
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+ * byte sent to from the attached SPI device is ignored.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte to send through the SPI interface.
+ */
+ static inline void SPI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void SPI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ SPDR = Byte;
+ while (!(SPSR & (1 << SPIF)));
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+ * byte from the attached SPI device is returned.
+ *
+ * \return The response byte from the attached SPI device.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ SPDR = 0x00;
+ while (!(SPSR & (1 << SPIF)));
+ return SPDR;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h
index 9a122f501..8d58369a1 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h
@@ -1,200 +1,208 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Master SPI Mode Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
- *
- * On-chip Master SPI mode USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI Master
- * Mode USART driver dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_SerialSPI
- * \defgroup Group_SerialSPI_AVR8 Master SPI Mode Serial USART Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * On-chip serial USART driver for the 8-bit AVR8 microcontrollers.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI Master
- * driver dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h.
- *
- * \section Sec_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- * application.
- *
- * \code
- * // Initialize the Master SPI mode USART driver before first use, with 1Mbit baud
- * SerialSPI_Init((USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST), 1000000);
- *
- * // Send several bytes, ignoring the returned data
- * SerialSPI_SendByte(0x01);
- * SerialSPI_SendByte(0x02);
- * SerialSPI_SendByte(0x03);
- *
- * // Receive several bytes, sending a dummy 0x00 byte each time
- * uint8_t Byte1 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte();
- * uint8_t Byte2 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte();
- * uint8_t Byte3 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte();
- *
- * // Send a byte, and store the received byte from the same transaction
- * uint8_t ResponseByte = SerialSPI_TransferByte(0xDC);
- * \endcode
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __SERIAL_SPI_AVR8_H__
-#define __SERIAL_SPI_AVR8_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- #include <stdio.h>
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_SPI_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #define SERIAL_SPI_UBBRVAL(Baud) ((Baud < (F_CPU / 2)) ? ((F_CPU / (2 * Baud)) - 1) : 0)
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** \name SPI SCK Polarity Configuration Masks */
- //@{
- /** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the rising edge. */
- #define USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING (0 << UCPOL)
-
- /** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the falling edge. */
- #define USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING (1 << UCPOL)
- //@}
-
- /** \name SPI Sample Edge Configuration Masks */
- //@{
- /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should sampled on the leading edge. */
- #define USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING (0 << UPCHA)
-
- /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should be sampled on the trailing edge. */
- #define USART_SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING (1 << UPCHA)
- //@}
-
- /** \name SPI Data Ordering Configuration Masks */
- //@{
- /** SPI data order mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out MSB first. */
- #define USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST (0 << UDORD)
-
- /** SPI data order mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out LSB first. */
- #define USART_SPI_ORDER_LSB_FIRST (1 << UDORD)
- //@}
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Initialize the USART module in Master SPI mode.
- *
- * \param[in] SPIOptions USART SPI Options, a mask consisting of one of each of the \c USART_SPI_SCK_*,
- * \c USART_SPI_SAMPLE_* and \c USART_SPI_ORDER_* masks.
- * \param[in] BaudRate SPI baud rate, in bits per second.
- */
- static inline void SerialSPI_Init(const uint8_t SPIOptions,
- const uint32_t BaudRate)
- {
- UBRR1 = SERIAL_SPI_UBBRVAL(BaudRate);
-
- UCSR1C = ((1 << UMSEL11) | (1 << UMSEL10) | SPIOptions);
- UCSR1B = ((1 << TXEN1) | (1 << RXEN1));
-
- DDRD |= (1 << 3);
- PORTD |= (1 << 2);
- }
-
- /** Turns off the USART driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration. */
- static inline void SerialSPI_Disable(void)
- {
- UCSR1B = 0;
- UCSR1A = 0;
- UCSR1C = 0;
-
- UBRR1 = 0;
-
- DDRD &= ~(1 << 3);
- PORTD &= ~(1 << 2);
- }
-
- /** Sends and receives a byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete.
- *
- * \param[in] DataByte Byte to send through the USART SPI interface.
- *
- * \return Response byte from the attached SPI device.
- */
- static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_TransferByte(const uint8_t DataByte)
- {
- UDR1 = DataByte;
- while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << TXC1)));
- UCSR1A = (1 << TXC1);
- return UDR1;
- }
-
- /** Sends a byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
- * byte sent to from the attached SPI device is ignored.
- *
- * \param[in] DataByte Byte to send through the USART SPI interface.
- */
- static inline void SerialSPI_SendByte(const uint8_t DataByte)
- {
- SerialSPI_TransferByte(DataByte);
- }
-
- /** Sends a dummy byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
- * byte from the attached SPI device is returned.
- *
- * \return The response byte from the attached SPI device.
- */
- static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(void)
- {
- return SerialSPI_TransferByte(0);
- }
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master SPI Mode Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ * On-chip Master SPI mode USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI Master
+ * Mode USART driver dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_SerialSPI
+ * \defgroup Group_SerialSPI_AVR8 Master SPI Mode Serial USART Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SerialSPI_AVR8_ModDescription Module Description
+ * On-chip serial USART driver for the 8-bit AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI Master
+ * driver dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SerialSPI_AVR8_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the Master SPI mode USART driver before first use, with 1Mbit baud
+ * SerialSPI_Init((USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST), 1000000);
+ *
+ * // Send several bytes, ignoring the returned data
+ * SerialSPI_SendByte(0x01);
+ * SerialSPI_SendByte(0x02);
+ * SerialSPI_SendByte(0x03);
+ *
+ * // Receive several bytes, sending a dummy 0x00 byte each time
+ * uint8_t Byte1 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte();
+ * uint8_t Byte2 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte();
+ * uint8_t Byte3 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte();
+ *
+ * // Send a byte, and store the received byte from the same transaction
+ * uint8_t ResponseByte = SerialSPI_TransferByte(0xDC);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SERIAL_SPI_AVR8_H__
+#define __SERIAL_SPI_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_SPI_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #define SERIAL_SPI_UBBRVAL(Baud) ((Baud < (F_CPU / 2)) ? ((F_CPU / (2 * Baud)) - 1) : 0)
+
+ /* Master USART SPI mode flag definitions missing in the AVR8 toolchain */
+ #if !defined(UCPHA1)
+ #define UCPHA1 1
+ #endif
+ #if !defined(UDORD1)
+ #define UDORD1 2
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name SPI SCK Polarity Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the rising edge. */
+ #define USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING (0 << UCPOL1)
+
+ /** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the falling edge. */
+ #define USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING (1 << UCPOL1)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI Sample Edge Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should sampled on the leading edge. */
+ #define USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING (0 << UCPHA1)
+
+ /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should be sampled on the trailing edge. */
+ #define USART_SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING (1 << UCPHA1)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI Data Ordering Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI data order mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out MSB first. */
+ #define USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST (0 << UDORD1)
+
+ /** SPI data order mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out LSB first. */
+ #define USART_SPI_ORDER_LSB_FIRST (1 << UDORD1)
+ //@}
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initialize the USART module in Master SPI mode.
+ *
+ * \param[in] SPIOptions USART SPI Options, a mask consisting of one of each of the \c USART_SPI_SCK_*,
+ * \c USART_SPI_SAMPLE_* and \c USART_SPI_ORDER_* masks.
+ * \param[in] BaudRate SPI baud rate, in bits per second.
+ */
+ static inline void SerialSPI_Init(const uint8_t SPIOptions,
+ const uint32_t BaudRate)
+ {
+ DDRD |= ((1 << 3) | (1 << 5));
+ PORTD |= (1 << 2);
+
+ UCSR1C = ((1 << UMSEL11) | (1 << UMSEL10) | SPIOptions);
+ UCSR1B = ((1 << TXEN1) | (1 << RXEN1));
+
+ UBRR1 = SERIAL_SPI_UBBRVAL(BaudRate);
+ }
+
+ /** Turns off the USART driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration. */
+ static inline void SerialSPI_Disable(void)
+ {
+ UCSR1B = 0;
+ UCSR1A = 0;
+ UCSR1C = 0;
+
+ UBRR1 = 0;
+
+ DDRD &= ~((1 << 3) | (1 << 5));
+ PORTD &= ~(1 << 2);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends and receives a byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete.
+ *
+ * \param[in] DataByte Byte to send through the USART SPI interface.
+ *
+ * \return Response byte from the attached SPI device.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_TransferByte(const uint8_t DataByte)
+ {
+ UDR1 = DataByte;
+ while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << TXC1)));
+ UCSR1A = (1 << TXC1);
+ return UDR1;
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+ * byte sent to from the attached SPI device is ignored.
+ *
+ * \param[in] DataByte Byte to send through the USART SPI interface.
+ */
+ static inline void SerialSPI_SendByte(const uint8_t DataByte)
+ {
+ SerialSPI_TransferByte(DataByte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+ * byte from the attached SPI device is returned.
+ *
+ * \return The response byte from the attached SPI device.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ return SerialSPI_TransferByte(0);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.c
index a1f64b022..8785a4b6d 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.c
@@ -1,119 +1,119 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_C
-#include "../Serial.h"
-
-FILE USARTSerialStream;
-
-int Serial_putchar(char DataByte,
- FILE *Stream)
-{
- (void)Stream;
-
- Serial_SendByte(DataByte);
- return 0;
-}
-
-int Serial_getchar(FILE *Stream)
-{
- (void)Stream;
-
- if (!(Serial_IsCharReceived()))
- return _FDEV_EOF;
-
- return Serial_ReceiveByte();
-}
-
-int Serial_getchar_Blocking(FILE *Stream)
-{
- (void)Stream;
-
- while (!(Serial_IsCharReceived()));
- return Serial_ReceiveByte();
-}
-
-void Serial_SendString_P(const char* FlashStringPtr)
-{
- uint8_t CurrByte;
-
- while ((CurrByte = pgm_read_byte(FlashStringPtr)) != 0x00)
- {
- Serial_SendByte(CurrByte);
- FlashStringPtr++;
- }
-}
-
-void Serial_SendString(const char* StringPtr)
-{
- uint8_t CurrByte;
-
- while ((CurrByte = *StringPtr) != 0x00)
- {
- Serial_SendByte(CurrByte);
- StringPtr++;
- }
-}
-
-void Serial_SendData(const uint8_t* Buffer,
- uint16_t Length)
-{
- while (Length--)
- Serial_SendByte(*(Buffer++));
-}
-
-void Serial_CreateStream(FILE* Stream)
-{
- if (!(Stream))
- {
- Stream = &USARTSerialStream;
- stdin = Stream;
- stdout = Stream;
- }
-
- *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(Serial_putchar, Serial_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
-}
-
-void Serial_CreateBlockingStream(FILE* Stream)
-{
- if (!(Stream))
- {
- Stream = &USARTSerialStream;
- stdin = Stream;
- stdout = Stream;
- }
-
- *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(Serial_putchar, Serial_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
-}
-
-#endif
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_C
+#include "../Serial.h"
+
+FILE USARTSerialStream;
+
+int Serial_putchar(char DataByte,
+ FILE *Stream)
+{
+ (void)Stream;
+
+ Serial_SendByte(DataByte);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int Serial_getchar(FILE *Stream)
+{
+ (void)Stream;
+
+ if (!(Serial_IsCharReceived()))
+ return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+ return Serial_ReceiveByte();
+}
+
+int Serial_getchar_Blocking(FILE *Stream)
+{
+ (void)Stream;
+
+ while (!(Serial_IsCharReceived()));
+ return Serial_ReceiveByte();
+}
+
+void Serial_SendString_P(const char* FlashStringPtr)
+{
+ uint8_t CurrByte;
+
+ while ((CurrByte = pgm_read_byte(FlashStringPtr)) != 0x00)
+ {
+ Serial_SendByte(CurrByte);
+ FlashStringPtr++;
+ }
+}
+
+void Serial_SendString(const char* StringPtr)
+{
+ uint8_t CurrByte;
+
+ while ((CurrByte = *StringPtr) != 0x00)
+ {
+ Serial_SendByte(CurrByte);
+ StringPtr++;
+ }
+}
+
+void Serial_SendData(const void* Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length)
+{
+ while (Length--)
+ Serial_SendByte(*((uint8_t*)Buffer++));
+}
+
+void Serial_CreateStream(FILE* Stream)
+{
+ if (!(Stream))
+ {
+ Stream = &USARTSerialStream;
+ stdin = Stream;
+ stdout = Stream;
+ }
+
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(Serial_putchar, Serial_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+}
+
+void Serial_CreateBlockingStream(FILE* Stream)
+{
+ if (!(Stream))
+ {
+ Stream = &USARTSerialStream;
+ stdin = Stream;
+ stdout = Stream;
+ }
+
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(Serial_putchar, Serial_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h
index 8416082f5..e8860a511 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h
@@ -1,239 +1,270 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Serial USART Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
- *
- * On-chip serial USART driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USART driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Serial
- * \defgroup Group_Serial_AVR8 Serial USART Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * On-chip serial USART driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USART driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
- *
- * \section Sec_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- * application.
- *
- * \code
- * // Initialize the serial USART driver before first use, with 9600 baud (and no double-speed mode)
- * Serial_Init(9600, false);
- *
- * // Send a string through the USART
- * Serial_TxString("Test String\r\n");
- *
- * // Receive a byte through the USART
- * uint8_t DataByte = Serial_RxByte();
- * \endcode
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __SERIAL_AVR8_H__
-#define __SERIAL_AVR8_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../../Misc/TerminalCodes.h"
-
- #include <stdio.h>
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_H) && !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_C)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* External Variables: */
- extern FILE USARTSerialStream;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- int Serial_putchar(char DataByte,
- FILE *Stream);
- int Serial_getchar(FILE *Stream);
- int Serial_getchar_Blocking(FILE *Stream);
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the \c U2X (double speed) bit is
- * not set.
- *
- * \param[in] Baud Target serial UART baud rate.
- *
- * \return Closest UBRR register value for the given UART frequency.
- */
- #define SERIAL_UBBRVAL(Baud) ((((F_CPU / 16) + (Baud / 2)) / (Baud)) - 1)
-
- /** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the \c U2X (double speed) bit is
- * set.
- *
- * \param[in] Baud Target serial UART baud rate.
- *
- * \return Closest UBRR register value for the given UART frequency.
- */
- #define SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(Baud) ((((F_CPU / 8) + (Baud / 2)) / (Baud)) - 1)
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Transmits a given string located in program space (FLASH) through the USART.
- *
- * \param[in] FlashStringPtr Pointer to a string located in program space.
- */
- void Serial_SendString_P(const char* FlashStringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Transmits a given string located in SRAM memory through the USART.
- *
- * \param[in] StringPtr Pointer to a string located in SRAM space.
- */
- void Serial_SendString(const char* StringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Transmits a given buffer located in SRAM memory through the USART.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send.
- * \param[in] Length Length of the data to send, in bytes.
- */
- void Serial_SendData(const uint8_t* Buffer, uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Creates a standard character stream from the USART so that it can be used with all the regular functions
- * in the avr-libc \c <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf). The created
- * stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
- *
- * Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
- * fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
- * be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
- * line buffering.
- *
- * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed, if \c NULL, \c stdout
- * and \c stdin will be configured to use the USART.
- *
- * \pre The USART must first be configured via a call to \ref Serial_Init() before the stream is used.
- */
- void Serial_CreateStream(FILE* Stream);
-
- /** Identical to \ref Serial_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
- * the transfer.
- *
- * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed, if \c NULL, \c stdout
- * and \c stdin will be configured to use the USART.
- *
- * \pre The USART must first be configured via a call to \ref Serial_Init() before the stream is used.
- */
- void Serial_CreateBlockingStream(FILE* Stream);
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Initializes the USART, ready for serial data transmission and reception. This initializes the interface to
- * standard 8-bit, no parity, 1 stop bit settings suitable for most applications.
- *
- * \param[in] BaudRate Serial baud rate, in bits per second.
- * \param[in] DoubleSpeed Enables double speed mode when set, halving the sample time to double the baud rate.
- */
- static inline void Serial_Init(const uint32_t BaudRate,
- const bool DoubleSpeed)
- {
- UBRR1 = (DoubleSpeed ? SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(BaudRate) : SERIAL_UBBRVAL(BaudRate));
-
- UCSR1C = ((1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10));
- UCSR1A = (DoubleSpeed ? (1 << U2X1) : 0);
- UCSR1B = ((1 << TXEN1) | (1 << RXEN1));
-
- DDRD |= (1 << 3);
- PORTD |= (1 << 2);
- }
-
- /** Turns off the USART driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration. */
- static inline void Serial_Disable(void)
- {
- UCSR1B = 0;
- UCSR1A = 0;
- UCSR1C = 0;
-
- UBRR1 = 0;
-
- DDRD &= ~(1 << 3);
- PORTD &= ~(1 << 2);
- }
-
- /** Indicates whether a character has been received through the USART.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if a character has been received, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Serial_IsCharReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Serial_IsCharReceived(void)
- {
- return ((UCSR1A & (1 << RXC1)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Transmits a given byte through the USART.
- *
- * \param[in] DataByte Byte to transmit through the USART.
- */
- static inline void Serial_SendByte(const char DataByte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Serial_SendByte(const char DataByte)
- {
- while (!(UCSR1A & (1 << UDRE1)));
- UDR1 = DataByte;
- }
-
- /** Receives the next byte from the USART.
- *
- * \return Next byte received from the USART, or a negative value if no byte has been received.
- */
- static inline int16_t Serial_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline int16_t Serial_ReceiveByte(void)
- {
- if (!(Serial_IsCharReceived()))
- return -1;
-
- return UDR1;
- }
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Serial USART Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ * On-chip serial USART driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USART driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Serial
+ * \defgroup Group_Serial_AVR8 Serial USART Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Serial_AVR8_ModDescription Module Description
+ * On-chip serial USART driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USART driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Serial_AVR8_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the serial USART driver before first use, with 9600 baud (and no double-speed mode)
+ * Serial_Init(9600, false);
+ *
+ * // Send a string through the USART
+ * Serial_SendString("Test String\r\n");
+ *
+ * // Send a raw byte through the USART
+ * Serial_SendByte(0xDC);
+ *
+ * // Receive a byte through the USART (or -1 if no data received)
+ * int16_t DataByte = Serial_ReceiveByte();
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SERIAL_AVR8_H__
+#define __SERIAL_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Misc/TerminalCodes.h"
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_H) && !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_C)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern FILE USARTSerialStream;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int Serial_putchar(char DataByte,
+ FILE *Stream);
+ int Serial_getchar(FILE *Stream);
+ int Serial_getchar_Blocking(FILE *Stream);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the \c U2X (double speed) bit is
+ * not set.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Baud Target serial UART baud rate.
+ *
+ * \return Closest UBRR register value for the given UART frequency.
+ */
+ #define SERIAL_UBBRVAL(Baud) ((((F_CPU / 16) + (Baud / 2)) / (Baud)) - 1)
+
+ /** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the \c U2X (double speed) bit is
+ * set.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Baud Target serial UART baud rate.
+ *
+ * \return Closest UBRR register value for the given UART frequency.
+ */
+ #define SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(Baud) ((((F_CPU / 8) + (Baud / 2)) / (Baud)) - 1)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Transmits a given NUL terminated string located in program space (FLASH) through the USART.
+ *
+ * \param[in] FlashStringPtr Pointer to a string located in program space.
+ */
+ void Serial_SendString_P(const char* FlashStringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Transmits a given NUL terminated string located in SRAM memory through the USART.
+ *
+ * \param[in] StringPtr Pointer to a string located in SRAM space.
+ */
+ void Serial_SendString(const char* StringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Transmits a given buffer located in SRAM memory through the USART.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send.
+ * \param[in] Length Length of the data to send, in bytes.
+ */
+ void Serial_SendData(const void* Buffer, uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Creates a standard character stream from the USART so that it can be used with all the regular functions
+ * in the avr-libc \c <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf). The created
+ * stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
+ *
+ * Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
+ * fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
+ * be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
+ * line buffering.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed, if \c NULL, \c stdout
+ * and \c stdin will be configured to use the USART.
+ *
+ * \pre The USART must first be configured via a call to \ref Serial_Init() before the stream is used.
+ */
+ void Serial_CreateStream(FILE* Stream);
+
+ /** Identical to \ref Serial_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
+ * the transfer.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed, if \c NULL, \c stdout
+ * and \c stdin will be configured to use the USART.
+ *
+ * \pre The USART must first be configured via a call to \ref Serial_Init() before the stream is used.
+ */
+ void Serial_CreateBlockingStream(FILE* Stream);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the USART, ready for serial data transmission and reception. This initializes the interface to
+ * standard 8-bit, no parity, 1 stop bit settings suitable for most applications.
+ *
+ * \param[in] BaudRate Serial baud rate, in bits per second.
+ * \param[in] DoubleSpeed Enables double speed mode when set, halving the sample time to double the baud rate.
+ */
+ static inline void Serial_Init(const uint32_t BaudRate,
+ const bool DoubleSpeed);
+ static inline void Serial_Init(const uint32_t BaudRate,
+ const bool DoubleSpeed)
+ {
+ UBRR1 = (DoubleSpeed ? SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(BaudRate) : SERIAL_UBBRVAL(BaudRate));
+
+ UCSR1C = ((1 << UCSZ11) | (1 << UCSZ10));
+ UCSR1A = (DoubleSpeed ? (1 << U2X1) : 0);
+ UCSR1B = ((1 << TXEN1) | (1 << RXEN1));
+
+ DDRD |= (1 << 3);
+ PORTD |= (1 << 2);
+ }
+
+ /** Turns off the USART driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration. */
+ static inline void Serial_Disable(void);
+ static inline void Serial_Disable(void)
+ {
+ UCSR1B = 0;
+ UCSR1A = 0;
+ UCSR1C = 0;
+
+ UBRR1 = 0;
+
+ DDRD &= ~(1 << 3);
+ PORTD &= ~(1 << 2);
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates whether a character has been received through the USART.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a character has been received, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Serial_IsCharReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Serial_IsCharReceived(void)
+ {
+ return ((UCSR1A & (1 << RXC1)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates whether there is hardware buffer space for a new transmit on the USART. This
+ * function can be used to determine if a call to \ref Serial_SendByte() will block in advance.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a character can be queued for transmission immediately, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Serial_IsSendReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Serial_IsSendReady(void)
+ {
+ return ((UCSR1A & (1 << UDRE1)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates whether the hardware USART transmit buffer is completely empty, indicating all
+ * pending transmissions have completed.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if no characters are buffered for transmission, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Serial_IsSendComplete(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Serial_IsSendComplete(void)
+ {
+ return ((UCSR1A & (1 << TXC1)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Transmits a given byte through the USART.
+ *
+ * \note If no buffer space is available in the hardware USART, this function will block. To check if
+ * space is available before calling this function, see \ref Serial_IsSendReady().
+ *
+ * \param[in] DataByte Byte to transmit through the USART.
+ */
+ static inline void Serial_SendByte(const char DataByte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Serial_SendByte(const char DataByte)
+ {
+ while (!(Serial_IsSendReady()));
+ UDR1 = DataByte;
+ }
+
+ /** Receives the next byte from the USART.
+ *
+ * \return Next byte received from the USART, or a negative value if no byte has been received.
+ */
+ static inline int16_t Serial_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline int16_t Serial_ReceiveByte(void)
+ {
+ if (!(Serial_IsCharReceived()))
+ return -1;
+
+ return UDR1;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.c
index 3cc3f0b6d..2a6c160e8 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.c
@@ -1,207 +1,209 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) && defined(TWCR)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_C
-#include "../TWI.h"
-
-uint8_t TWI_StartTransmission(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
- const uint8_t TimeoutMS)
-{
- for (;;)
- {
- bool BusCaptured = false;
- uint16_t TimeoutRemaining;
-
- TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTA) | (1 << TWEN));
-
- TimeoutRemaining = (TimeoutMS * 100);
- while (TimeoutRemaining-- && !(BusCaptured))
- {
- if (TWCR & (1 << TWINT))
- {
- switch (TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK)
- {
- case TW_START:
- case TW_REP_START:
- BusCaptured = true;
- break;
- case TW_MT_ARB_LOST:
- TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTA) | (1 << TWEN));
- continue;
- default:
- TWCR = (1 << TWEN);
- return TWI_ERROR_BusFault;
- }
- }
-
- _delay_us(10);
- }
-
- if (!(TimeoutRemaining))
- {
- TWCR = (1 << TWEN);
- return TWI_ERROR_BusCaptureTimeout;
- }
-
- TWDR = SlaveAddress;
- TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN));
-
- TimeoutRemaining = (TimeoutMS * 100);
- while (TimeoutRemaining--)
- {
- if (TWCR & (1 << TWINT))
- break;
-
- _delay_us(10);
- }
-
- if (!(TimeoutRemaining))
- return TWI_ERROR_SlaveResponseTimeout;
-
- switch (TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK)
- {
- case TW_MT_SLA_ACK:
- case TW_MR_SLA_ACK:
- return TWI_ERROR_NoError;
- default:
- TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTO) | (1 << TWEN));
- return TWI_ERROR_SlaveNotReady;
- }
- }
-}
-
-bool TWI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
-{
- TWDR = Byte;
- TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN));
- while (!(TWCR & (1 << TWINT)));
-
- return ((TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK) == TW_MT_DATA_ACK);
-}
-
-bool TWI_ReceiveByte(uint8_t* const Byte,
- const bool LastByte)
-{
- uint8_t TWCRMask;
-
- if (LastByte)
- TWCRMask = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN));
- else
- TWCRMask = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN) | (1 << TWEA));
-
- TWCR = TWCRMask;
- while (!(TWCR & (1 << TWINT)));
- *Byte = TWDR;
-
- uint8_t Status = (TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK);
-
- return ((LastByte) ? (Status == TW_MR_DATA_NACK) : (Status == TW_MR_DATA_ACK));
-}
-
-uint8_t TWI_ReadPacket(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
- const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
- const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
- uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
- uint8_t* Buffer,
- uint8_t Length)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission((SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE,
- TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
- {
- while (InternalAddressLen--)
- {
- if (!(TWI_SendByte(*(InternalAddress++))))
- {
- ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission((SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_READ,
- TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
- {
- while (Length--)
- {
- if (!(TWI_ReceiveByte(Buffer++, (Length == 0))))
- {
- ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- TWI_StopTransmission();
- }
- }
-
- return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint8_t TWI_WritePacket(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
- const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
- const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
- uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
- const uint8_t* Buffer,
- uint8_t Length)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission((SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE,
- TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
- {
- while (InternalAddressLen--)
- {
- if (!(TWI_SendByte(*(InternalAddress++))))
- {
- ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- while (Length--)
- {
- if (!(TWI_SendByte(*(Buffer++))))
- {
- ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- TWI_StopTransmission();
- }
-
- return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-#endif
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) && defined(TWCR)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_C
+#include "../TWI.h"
+
+uint8_t TWI_StartTransmission(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS)
+{
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ bool BusCaptured = false;
+ uint16_t TimeoutRemaining;
+
+ TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTA) | (1 << TWEN));
+
+ TimeoutRemaining = (TimeoutMS * 100);
+ while (TimeoutRemaining && !(BusCaptured))
+ {
+ if (TWCR & (1 << TWINT))
+ {
+ switch (TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK)
+ {
+ case TW_START:
+ case TW_REP_START:
+ BusCaptured = true;
+ break;
+ case TW_MT_ARB_LOST:
+ TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTA) | (1 << TWEN));
+ continue;
+ default:
+ TWCR = (1 << TWEN);
+ return TWI_ERROR_BusFault;
+ }
+ }
+
+ _delay_us(10);
+ TimeoutRemaining--;
+ }
+
+ if (!(TimeoutRemaining))
+ {
+ TWCR = (1 << TWEN);
+ return TWI_ERROR_BusCaptureTimeout;
+ }
+
+ TWDR = SlaveAddress;
+ TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN));
+
+ TimeoutRemaining = (TimeoutMS * 100);
+ while (TimeoutRemaining)
+ {
+ if (TWCR & (1 << TWINT))
+ break;
+
+ _delay_us(10);
+ TimeoutRemaining--;
+ }
+
+ if (!(TimeoutRemaining))
+ return TWI_ERROR_SlaveResponseTimeout;
+
+ switch (TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK)
+ {
+ case TW_MT_SLA_ACK:
+ case TW_MR_SLA_ACK:
+ return TWI_ERROR_NoError;
+ default:
+ TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTO) | (1 << TWEN));
+ return TWI_ERROR_SlaveNotReady;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+bool TWI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
+{
+ TWDR = Byte;
+ TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN));
+ while (!(TWCR & (1 << TWINT)));
+
+ return ((TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK) == TW_MT_DATA_ACK);
+}
+
+bool TWI_ReceiveByte(uint8_t* const Byte,
+ const bool LastByte)
+{
+ uint8_t TWCRMask;
+
+ if (LastByte)
+ TWCRMask = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN));
+ else
+ TWCRMask = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWEN) | (1 << TWEA));
+
+ TWCR = TWCRMask;
+ while (!(TWCR & (1 << TWINT)));
+ *Byte = TWDR;
+
+ uint8_t Status = (TWSR & TW_STATUS_MASK);
+
+ return ((LastByte) ? (Status == TW_MR_DATA_NACK) : (Status == TW_MR_DATA_ACK));
+}
+
+uint8_t TWI_ReadPacket(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+ const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+ uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+ uint8_t* Buffer,
+ uint8_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission((SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE,
+ TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ while (InternalAddressLen--)
+ {
+ if (!(TWI_SendByte(*(InternalAddress++))))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission((SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_READ,
+ TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ while (Length--)
+ {
+ if (!(TWI_ReceiveByte(Buffer++, (Length == 0))))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ TWI_StopTransmission();
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t TWI_WritePacket(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+ const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+ uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+ const uint8_t* Buffer,
+ uint8_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission((SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE,
+ TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ while (InternalAddressLen--)
+ {
+ if (!(TWI_SendByte(*(InternalAddress++))))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (Length--)
+ {
+ if (!(TWI_SendByte(*(Buffer++))))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ TWI_StopTransmission();
+ }
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h
index 92c7389a6..584b584fe 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h
@@ -1,304 +1,305 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief TWI Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
- *
- * On-chip TWI driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the TWI driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_TWI
- * \defgroup Group_TWI_AVR8 TWI Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Master mode TWI driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers which contain a hardware TWI module.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the TWI driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h.
- *
- * \section Sec_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- * application.
- *
- * <b>Low Level API Example:</b>
- * \code
- * // Initialize the TWI driver before first use at 200KHz
- * TWI_Init(TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_1, TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(1, 200000));
- *
- * // Start a write session to device at device address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
- * if (TWI_StartTransmission(0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
- * {
- * TWI_SendByte(0xDC);
- *
- * TWI_SendByte(0x01);
- * TWI_SendByte(0x02);
- * TWI_SendByte(0x03);
- *
- * // Must stop transmission afterwards to release the bus
- * TWI_StopTransmission();
- * }
- *
- * // Start a read session to device at address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
- * if (TWI_StartTransmission(0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
- * {
- * TWI_SendByte(0xDC);
- * TWI_StopTransmission();
- *
- * if (TWI_StartTransmission(0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_READ, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
- * {
- * uint8_t Byte1, Byte2, Byte3;
- *
- * // Read three bytes, acknowledge after the third byte is received
- * TWI_ReceiveByte(&Byte1, false);
- * TWI_ReceiveByte(&Byte2, false);
- * TWI_ReceiveByte(&Byte3, true);
- *
- * // Must stop transmission afterwards to release the bus
- * TWI_StopTransmission();
- * }
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * <b>High Level API Example:</b>
- * \code
- * // Initialize the TWI driver before first use at 200KHz
- * TWI_Init(TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_1, TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(1, 200000));
- *
- * // Start a write session to device at device address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
- * uint8_t InternalWriteAddress = 0xDC;
- * uint8_t WritePacket[3] = {0x01, 0x02, 0x03};
- *
- * TWI_WritePacket(0xA0, 10, &InternalWriteAddress, sizeof(InternalWriteAddress),
- * &WritePacket, sizeof(WritePacket);
- *
- * // Start a read session to device at address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
- * uint8_t InternalReadAddress = 0xDC;
- * uint8_t ReadPacket[3];
- *
- * TWI_ReadPacket(0xA0, 10, &InternalReadAddress, sizeof(InternalReadAddress),
- * &ReadPacket, sizeof(ReadPacket);
- * \endcode
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __TWI_AVR8_H__
-#define __TWI_AVR8_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- #include <stdio.h>
- #include <util/twi.h>
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_H) && !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_C)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h instead.
- #endif
-
- #if !(defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
- defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \
- defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || \
- defined(__AVR_ATmega32U6__))
- #error The TWI peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected microcontroller model.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** TWI slave device address mask for a read session. Mask with a slave device base address to obtain
- * the correct TWI bus address for the slave device when reading data from it.
- */
- #define TWI_ADDRESS_READ 0x01
-
- /** TWI slave device address mask for a write session. Mask with a slave device base address to obtain
- * the correct TWI bus address for the slave device when writing data to it.
- */
- #define TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE 0x00
-
- /** Mask to retrieve the base address for a TWI device, which can then be ORed with \ref TWI_ADDRESS_READ
- * or \ref TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE to obtain the device's read and write address respectively.
- */
- #define TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK 0xFE
-
- /** Bit length prescaler for \ref TWI_Init(). This mask multiplies the TWI bit length prescaler by 1. */
- #define TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_1 ((0 << TWPS1) | (0 << TWPS0))
-
- /** Bit length prescaler for \ref TWI_Init(). This mask multiplies the TWI bit length prescaler by 4. */
- #define TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_4 ((0 << TWPS1) | (1 << TWPS0))
-
- /** Bit length prescaler for \ref TWI_Init(). This mask multiplies the TWI bit length prescaler by 16. */
- #define TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_16 ((1 << TWPS1) | (0 << TWPS0))
-
- /** Bit length prescaler for \ref TWI_Init(). This mask multiplies the TWI bit length prescaler by 64. */
- #define TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_64 ((1 << TWPS1) | (1 << TWPS0))
-
- /** Calculates the length of each bit on the TWI bus for a given target frequency. This may be used with
- * the \ref TWI_Init() function to convert a bus frequency to a number of clocks for the \c BitLength
- * parameter.
- *
- * \param[in] Prescale Prescaler set on the TWI bus.
- * \param[in] Frequency Desired TWI bus frequency in Hz.
- *
- * \return Bit length in clocks for the given TWI bus frequency at the given prescaler value.
- */
- #define TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(Prescale, Frequency) ((((F_CPU / (Prescale)) / (Frequency)) - 16) / 2)
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible return codes of the TWI transfer start routine and other dependant TWI functions. */
- enum TWI_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- TWI_ERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Indicates that the command completed successfully. */
- TWI_ERROR_BusFault = 1, /**< A TWI bus fault occurred while attempting to capture the bus. */
- TWI_ERROR_BusCaptureTimeout = 2, /**< A timeout occurred whilst waiting for the bus to be ready. */
- TWI_ERROR_SlaveResponseTimeout = 3, /**< No ACK received at the nominated slave address within the timeout period. */
- TWI_ERROR_SlaveNotReady = 4, /**< Slave NAKed the TWI bus START condition. */
- TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK = 5, /**< Slave NAKed whilst attempting to send data to the device. */
- };
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Initializes the TWI hardware into master mode, ready for data transmission and reception. This must be
- * before any other TWI operations.
- *
- * The generated SCL frequency will be according to the formula <pre>F_CPU / (16 + 2 * BitLength + 4 ^ Prescale)</pre>.
- *
- * \attention The value of the \c BitLength parameter should not be set below 10 or invalid bus conditions may
- * occur, as indicated in the AVR8 microcontroller datasheet.
- *
- * \param[in] Prescale Prescaler to use when determining the bus frequency, a \c TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_* value.
- * \param[in] BitLength Length of the bits sent on the bus.
- */
- static inline void TWI_Init(const uint8_t Prescale, const uint8_t BitLength) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void TWI_Init(const uint8_t Prescale, const uint8_t BitLength)
- {
- TWCR |= (1 << TWEN);
- TWSR = Prescale;
- TWBR = BitLength;
- }
-
- /** Turns off the TWI driver hardware. If this is called, any further TWI operations will require a call to
- * \ref TWI_Init() before the TWI can be used again.
- */
- static inline void TWI_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void TWI_Disable(void)
- {
- TWCR &= ~(1 << TWEN);
- }
-
- /** Sends a TWI STOP onto the TWI bus, terminating communication with the currently addressed device. */
- static inline void TWI_StopTransmission(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void TWI_StopTransmission(void)
- {
- TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTO) | (1 << TWEN));
- }
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Begins a master mode TWI bus communication with the given slave device address.
- *
- * \param[in] SlaveAddress Address of the slave TWI device to communicate with.
- * \param[in] TimeoutMS Timeout period within which the slave must respond, in milliseconds.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t TWI_StartTransmission(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
- const uint8_t TimeoutMS);
-
- /** Sends a byte to the currently addressed device on the TWI bus.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Byte to send to the currently addressed device
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the recipient ACKed the byte, \c false otherwise
- */
- bool TWI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte);
-
- /** Receives a byte from the currently addressed device on the TWI bus.
- *
- * \param[in] Byte Location where the read byte is to be stored.
- * \param[in] LastByte Indicates if the byte should be ACKed if false, NAKed if true.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the byte reception successfully completed, \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool TWI_ReceiveByte(uint8_t* const Byte,
- const bool LastByte) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** High level function to perform a complete packet transfer over the TWI bus to the specified
- * device.
- *
- * \param[in] SlaveAddress Base address of the TWI slave device to communicate with.
- * \param[in] TimeoutMS Timeout for bus capture and slave START ACK, in milliseconds.
- * \param[in] InternalAddress Pointer to a location where the internal slave read start address is stored.
- * \param[in] InternalAddressLen Size of the internal device address, in bytes.
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the read packet data is to be stored.
- * \param[in] Length Size of the packet to read, in bytes.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t TWI_ReadPacket(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
- const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
- const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
- uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
- uint8_t* Buffer,
- uint8_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
- /** High level function to perform a complete packet transfer over the TWI bus from the specified
- * device.
- *
- * \param[in] SlaveAddress Base address of the TWI slave device to communicate with
- * \param[in] TimeoutMS Timeout for bus capture and slave START ACK, in milliseconds
- * \param[in] InternalAddress Pointer to a location where the internal slave write start address is stored
- * \param[in] InternalAddressLen Size of the internal device address, in bytes
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the packet data to send is stored
- * \param[in] Length Size of the packet to send, in bytes
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t TWI_WritePacket(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
- const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
- const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
- uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
- const uint8_t* Buffer,
- uint8_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief TWI Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ * On-chip TWI driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the TWI driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_TWI
+ * \defgroup Group_TWI_AVR8 TWI Peripheral Driver (AVR8)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_TWI_AVR8_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Master mode TWI driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers which contain a hardware TWI module.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the TWI driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_TWI_AVR8_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * <b>Low Level API Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the TWI driver before first use at 200KHz
+ * TWI_Init(TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_1, TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(1, 200000));
+ *
+ * // Start a write session to device at device address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ * if (TWI_StartTransmission(0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ * {
+ * TWI_SendByte(0xDC);
+ *
+ * TWI_SendByte(0x01);
+ * TWI_SendByte(0x02);
+ * TWI_SendByte(0x03);
+ *
+ * // Must stop transmission afterwards to release the bus
+ * TWI_StopTransmission();
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Start a read session to device at address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ * if (TWI_StartTransmission(0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ * {
+ * TWI_SendByte(0xDC);
+ * TWI_StopTransmission();
+ *
+ * if (TWI_StartTransmission(0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_READ, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ * {
+ * uint8_t Byte1, Byte2, Byte3;
+ *
+ * // Read three bytes, acknowledge after the third byte is received
+ * TWI_ReceiveByte(&Byte1, false);
+ * TWI_ReceiveByte(&Byte2, false);
+ * TWI_ReceiveByte(&Byte3, true);
+ *
+ * // Must stop transmission afterwards to release the bus
+ * TWI_StopTransmission();
+ * }
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>High Level API Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the TWI driver before first use at 200KHz
+ * TWI_Init(TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_1, TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(1, 200000));
+ *
+ * // Start a write session to device at device address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ * uint8_t InternalWriteAddress = 0xDC;
+ * uint8_t WritePacket[3] = {0x01, 0x02, 0x03};
+ *
+ * TWI_WritePacket(0xA0, 10, &InternalWriteAddress, sizeof(InternalWriteAddress),
+ * &WritePacket, sizeof(WritePacket);
+ *
+ * // Start a read session to device at address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ * uint8_t InternalReadAddress = 0xDC;
+ * uint8_t ReadPacket[3];
+ *
+ * TWI_ReadPacket(0xA0, 10, &InternalReadAddress, sizeof(InternalReadAddress),
+ * &ReadPacket, sizeof(ReadPacket);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __TWI_AVR8_H__
+#define __TWI_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+ #include <util/twi.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_H) && !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_C)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #if !(defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
+ #error The TWI peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected microcontroller model.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** TWI slave device address mask for a read session. Mask with a slave device base address to obtain
+ * the correct TWI bus address for the slave device when reading data from it.
+ */
+ #define TWI_ADDRESS_READ 0x01
+
+ /** TWI slave device address mask for a write session. Mask with a slave device base address to obtain
+ * the correct TWI bus address for the slave device when writing data to it.
+ */
+ #define TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE 0x00
+
+ /** Mask to retrieve the base address for a TWI device, which can then be ORed with \ref TWI_ADDRESS_READ
+ * or \ref TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE to obtain the device's read and write address respectively.
+ */
+ #define TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK 0xFE
+
+ /** Bit length prescaler for \ref TWI_Init(). This mask multiplies the TWI bit length prescaler by 1. */
+ #define TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_1 ((0 << TWPS1) | (0 << TWPS0))
+
+ /** Bit length prescaler for \ref TWI_Init(). This mask multiplies the TWI bit length prescaler by 4. */
+ #define TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_4 ((0 << TWPS1) | (1 << TWPS0))
+
+ /** Bit length prescaler for \ref TWI_Init(). This mask multiplies the TWI bit length prescaler by 16. */
+ #define TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_16 ((1 << TWPS1) | (0 << TWPS0))
+
+ /** Bit length prescaler for \ref TWI_Init(). This mask multiplies the TWI bit length prescaler by 64. */
+ #define TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_64 ((1 << TWPS1) | (1 << TWPS0))
+
+ /** Calculates the length of each bit on the TWI bus for a given target frequency. This may be used with
+ * the \ref TWI_Init() function to convert a bus frequency to a number of clocks for the \c BitLength
+ * parameter.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Prescale Prescaler set on the TWI bus.
+ * \param[in] Frequency Desired TWI bus frequency in Hz.
+ *
+ * \return Bit length in clocks for the given TWI bus frequency at the given prescaler value.
+ */
+ #define TWI_BITLENGTH_FROM_FREQ(Prescale, Frequency) ((((F_CPU / (Prescale)) / (Frequency)) - 16) / 2)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the TWI transfer start routine and other dependant TWI functions. */
+ enum TWI_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ TWI_ERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Indicates that the command completed successfully. */
+ TWI_ERROR_BusFault = 1, /**< A TWI bus fault occurred while attempting to capture the bus. */
+ TWI_ERROR_BusCaptureTimeout = 2, /**< A timeout occurred whilst waiting for the bus to be ready. */
+ TWI_ERROR_SlaveResponseTimeout = 3, /**< No ACK received at the nominated slave address within the timeout period. */
+ TWI_ERROR_SlaveNotReady = 4, /**< Slave NAKed the TWI bus START condition. */
+ TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK = 5, /**< Slave NAKed whilst attempting to send data to the device. */
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the TWI hardware into master mode, ready for data transmission and reception. This must be
+ * before any other TWI operations.
+ *
+ * The generated SCL frequency will be according to the formula <pre>F_CPU / (16 + 2 * BitLength + 4 ^ Prescale)</pre>.
+ *
+ * \attention The value of the \c BitLength parameter should not be set below 10 or invalid bus conditions may
+ * occur, as indicated in the AVR8 microcontroller datasheet.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Prescale Prescaler to use when determining the bus frequency, a \c TWI_BIT_PRESCALE_* value.
+ * \param[in] BitLength Length of the bits sent on the bus.
+ */
+ static inline void TWI_Init(const uint8_t Prescale,
+ const uint8_t BitLength) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void TWI_Init(const uint8_t Prescale,
+ const uint8_t BitLength)
+ {
+ TWCR |= (1 << TWEN);
+ TWSR = Prescale;
+ TWBR = BitLength;
+ }
+
+ /** Turns off the TWI driver hardware. If this is called, any further TWI operations will require a call to
+ * \ref TWI_Init() before the TWI can be used again.
+ */
+ static inline void TWI_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void TWI_Disable(void)
+ {
+ TWCR &= ~(1 << TWEN);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a TWI STOP onto the TWI bus, terminating communication with the currently addressed device. */
+ static inline void TWI_StopTransmission(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void TWI_StopTransmission(void)
+ {
+ TWCR = ((1 << TWINT) | (1 << TWSTO) | (1 << TWEN));
+ }
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Begins a master mode TWI bus communication with the given slave device address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] SlaveAddress Address of the slave TWI device to communicate with.
+ * \param[in] TimeoutMS Timeout period within which the slave must respond, in milliseconds.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t TWI_StartTransmission(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS);
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently addressed device on the TWI bus.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte to send to the currently addressed device
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the recipient ACKed the byte, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ bool TWI_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte);
+
+ /** Receives a byte from the currently addressed device on the TWI bus.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Byte Location where the read byte is to be stored.
+ * \param[in] LastByte Indicates if the byte should be ACKed if false, NAKed if true.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the byte reception successfully completed, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool TWI_ReceiveByte(uint8_t* const Byte,
+ const bool LastByte) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** High level function to perform a complete packet transfer over the TWI bus to the specified
+ * device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] SlaveAddress Base address of the TWI slave device to communicate with.
+ * \param[in] TimeoutMS Timeout for bus capture and slave START ACK, in milliseconds.
+ * \param[in] InternalAddress Pointer to a location where the internal slave read start address is stored.
+ * \param[in] InternalAddressLen Size of the internal device address, in bytes.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the read packet data is to be stored.
+ * \param[in] Length Size of the packet to read, in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t TWI_ReadPacket(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+ const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+ uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+ uint8_t* Buffer,
+ uint8_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** High level function to perform a complete packet transfer over the TWI bus from the specified
+ * device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] SlaveAddress Base address of the TWI slave device to communicate with
+ * \param[in] TimeoutMS Timeout for bus capture and slave START ACK, in milliseconds
+ * \param[in] InternalAddress Pointer to a location where the internal slave write start address is stored
+ * \param[in] InternalAddressLen Size of the internal device address, in bytes
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the packet data to send is stored
+ * \param[in] Length Size of the packet to send, in bytes
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t TWI_WritePacket(const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+ const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+ uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+ const uint8_t* Buffer,
+ uint8_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h
index 1fab22b68..54c46423e 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h
@@ -1,76 +1,76 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Hardware Serial Peripheral Interface driver.
- *
- * This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific SPI driver, for microcontrollers
- * containing a hardware SPI.
- *
- * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct SPI driver header file for the
- * currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
- * \defgroup Group_SPI SPI Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h
- * \brief Hardware Serial Peripheral Interface driver.
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - None
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Hardware SPI driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer of data over
- * the selected architecture and microcontroller model's SPI port.
- *
- * \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
- * individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
- */
-
-#ifndef __SPI_H__
-#define __SPI_H__
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_SPI_H
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Includes: */
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
- #include "AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h"
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
- #include "XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h"
- #else
- #error The SPI peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Hardware Serial Peripheral Interface driver.
+ *
+ * This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific SPI driver, for microcontrollers
+ * containing a hardware SPI.
+ *
+ * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct SPI driver header file for the
+ * currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_SPI SPI Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h
+ * \brief Hardware Serial Peripheral Interface driver.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SPI_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - None
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SPI_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Hardware SPI driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer of data over
+ * the selected architecture and microcontroller model's SPI port.
+ *
+ * \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
+ * individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SPI_H__
+#define __SPI_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_SPI_H
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/SPI_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include "XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h"
+ #else
+ #error The SPI peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h
index 0db13ba47..46ee61b20 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h
@@ -1,76 +1,76 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Hardware Serial USART driver.
- *
- * This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific USART driver, for microcontrollers
- * containing a hardware USART.
- *
- * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct ADC driver header file for the
- * currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
- * \defgroup Group_Serial Serial USART Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h
- * \brief Hardware Serial USART driver.
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/<i>ARCH</i>/Serial_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Hardware serial USART driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer
- * of data over the selected architecture and microcontroller model's USART port.
- *
- * \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
- * individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
- */
-
-#ifndef __SERIAL_H__
-#define __SERIAL_H__
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_H
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Includes: */
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
- #include "AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h"
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
- #include "XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h"
- #else
- #error The Serial peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Hardware Serial USART driver.
+ *
+ * This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific USART driver, for microcontrollers
+ * containing a hardware USART.
+ *
+ * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct ADC driver header file for the
+ * currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_Serial Serial USART Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h
+ * \brief Hardware Serial USART driver.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Serial_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/<i>ARCH</i>/Serial_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_SERIAL)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Serial_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Hardware serial USART driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer
+ * of data over the selected architecture and microcontroller model's USART port.
+ *
+ * \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
+ * individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SERIAL_H__
+#define __SERIAL_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_H
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/Serial_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include "XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h"
+ #else
+ #error The Serial peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h
index f5eede842..9a42ba5d9 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h
@@ -1,76 +1,76 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Hardware SPI Master Mode Serial USART driver.
- *
- * This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific SPI Master Mode USART driver, for
- * microcontrollers containing a hardware USART capable of operating in a Master SPI mode.
- *
- * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct ADC driver header file for the
- * currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
- * \defgroup Group_SerialSPI Master SPI Mode Serial USART Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h
- * \brief Hardware SPI Master Mode Serial USART driver.
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - None
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Hardware SPI Master Mode serial USART driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer
- * of data over the selected architecture and microcontroller model's USART port, using a SPI framing format.
- *
- * \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
- * individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
- */
-
-#ifndef __SERIAL_SPI_H__
-#define __SERIAL_SPI_H__
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_SPI_H
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Includes: */
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
- #include "AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h"
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
- #include "XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h"
- #else
- #error The Serial SPI Master Mode peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Hardware SPI Master Mode Serial USART driver.
+ *
+ * This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific SPI Master Mode USART driver, for
+ * microcontrollers containing a hardware USART capable of operating in a Master SPI mode.
+ *
+ * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct ADC driver header file for the
+ * currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_SerialSPI Master SPI Mode Serial USART Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h
+ * \brief Hardware SPI Master Mode Serial USART driver.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SerialSPI_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - None
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SerialSPI_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Hardware SPI Master Mode serial USART driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer
+ * of data over the selected architecture and microcontroller model's USART port, using a SPI framing format.
+ *
+ * \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
+ * individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SERIAL_SPI_H__
+#define __SERIAL_SPI_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_SPI_H
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/SerialSPI_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include "XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h"
+ #else
+ #error The Serial SPI Master Mode peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h
index 34012fda6..5290e6679 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h
@@ -1,74 +1,76 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Hardware Two Wire Interface (I2C) driver.
- *
- * This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific SPI driver, for microcontrollers
- * containing a hardware TWI.
- *
- * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct TWI driver header file for the
- * currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
- * \defgroup Group_TWI TWI Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h
- * \brief Hardware Two Wire Interface (I2C) driver.
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/<i>ARCH</i>/TWI_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_TWI)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Hardware TWI driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer of data over
- * the selected architecture and microcontroller model's TWI bus port.
- *
- * \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
- * individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
- */
-
-#ifndef __TWI_H__
-#define __TWI_H__
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_H
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Includes: */
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
- #include "AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h"
- #else
- #error The TWI peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Hardware Two Wire Interface (I2C) driver.
+ *
+ * This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific SPI driver, for microcontrollers
+ * containing a hardware TWI.
+ *
+ * User code should include this file, which will in turn include the correct TWI driver header file for the
+ * currently selected architecture and microcontroller model.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PeripheralDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_TWI TWI Driver - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h
+ * \brief Hardware Two Wire Interface (I2C) driver.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_TWI_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/<i>ARCH</i>/TWI_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_TWI)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_TWI_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Hardware TWI driver. This module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer of data over
+ * the selected architecture and microcontroller model's TWI bus port.
+ *
+ * \note The exact API for this driver may vary depending on the target used - see
+ * individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __TWI_H__
+#define __TWI_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_H
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/TWI_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include "XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.h"
+ #else
+ #error The TWI peripheral driver is not currently available for your selected architecture.
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h
index 25fb73d16..c6230481e 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SPI_XMEGA.h
@@ -1,248 +1,251 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief SPI Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
- *
- * On-chip SPI driver for the XMEGA microcontrollers.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_SPI
- * \defgroup Group_SPI_XMEGA SPI Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Driver for the hardware SPI port(s) available on XMEGA AVR microcontroller models. This
- * module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer of data over the AVR's
- * SPI ports.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h.
- *
- * \code
- * // Initialize the SPI driver before first use
- * SPI_Init(&SPIC,
- * SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING |
- * SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
- *
- * // Send several bytes, ignoring the returned data
- * SPI_SendByte(&SPIC, 0x01);
- * SPI_SendByte(&SPIC, 0x02);
- * SPI_SendByte(&SPIC, 0x03);
- *
- * // Receive several bytes, sending a dummy 0x00 byte each time
- * uint8_t Byte1 = SPI_ReceiveByte(&SPIC);
- * uint8_t Byte2 = SPI_ReceiveByte(&SPIC);
- * uint8_t Byte3 = SPI_ReceiveByte(&SPIC);
- *
- * // Send a byte, and store the received byte from the same transaction
- * uint8_t ResponseByte = SPI_TransferByte(&SPIC, 0xDC);
- * \endcode
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __SPI_XMEGA_H__
-#define __SPI_XMEGA_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SPI_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED SPI_CLK2X_bm
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** \name SPI Prescaler Configuration Masks */
- //@{
- /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 2. */
- #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED
-
- /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 4. */
- #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4 0
-
- /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 8. */
- #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8 (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp))
-
- /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 16. */
- #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16 (1 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp)
-
- /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 32. */
- #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32 (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (2 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp))
-
- /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 64. */
- #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64 (2 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp)
-
- /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 128. */
- #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128 (3 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp)
- //@}
-
- /** \name SPI SCK Polarity Configuration Masks */
- //@{
- /** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the rising edge. */
- #define SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING 0
-
- /** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the falling edge. */
- #define SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING SPI_MODE1_bm
- //@}
-
- /** \name SPI Sample Edge Configuration Masks */
- //@{
- /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should sampled on the leading edge. */
- #define SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING 0
-
- /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should be sampled on the trailing edge. */
- #define SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING SPI_MODE0_bm
- //@}
-
- /** \name SPI Data Ordering Configuration Masks */
- //@{
- /** SPI data order mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out MSB first. */
- #define SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST 0
-
- /** SPI data order mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out LSB first. */
- #define SPI_ORDER_LSB_FIRST SPI_DORD_bm
- //@}
-
- /** \name SPI Mode Configuration Masks */
- //@{
- /** SPI mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SPI interface should be initialized into slave mode. */
- #define SPI_MODE_SLAVE 0
-
- /** SPI mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SPI interface should be initialized into master mode. */
- #define SPI_MODE_MASTER SPI_MASTER_bm
- //@}
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Initializes the SPI subsystem, ready for transfers. Must be called before calling any other
- * SPI routines.
- *
- * \param[in,out] SPI Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
- * \param[in] SPIOptions SPI Options, a mask consisting of one of each of the \c SPI_SPEED_*,
- * \c SPI_SCK_*, \c SPI_SAMPLE_*, \c SPI_ORDER_* and \c SPI_MODE_* masks.
- */
- static inline void SPI_Init(SPI_t* const SPI,
- const uint8_t SPIOptions)
- {
- SPI->CTRL = (SPIOptions | SPI_ENABLE_bm);
- }
-
- /** Turns off the SPI driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration.
- *
- * \param[in,out] SPI Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
- */
- static inline void SPI_Disable(SPI_t* const SPI)
- {
- SPI->CTRL &= ~SPI_ENABLE_bm;
- }
-
- /** Retrieves the currently selected SPI mode, once the SPI interface has been configured.
- *
- * \param[in,out] SPI Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
- *
- * \return \ref SPI_MODE_MASTER if the interface is currently in SPI Master mode, \ref SPI_MODE_SLAVE otherwise
- */
- static inline uint8_t SPI_GetCurrentMode(SPI_t* const SPI) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t SPI_GetCurrentMode(SPI_t* const SPI)
- {
- return (SPI->CTRL & SPI_MASTER_bm);
- }
-
- /** Sends and receives a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete.
- *
- * \param[in,out] SPI Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
- * \param[in] Byte Byte to send through the SPI interface.
- *
- * \return Response byte from the attached SPI device.
- */
- static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(SPI_t* const SPI,
- const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(SPI_t* const SPI,
- const uint8_t Byte)
- {
- SPI->DATA = Byte;
- while (!(SPI->STATUS & SPI_IF_bm));
- return SPI->DATA;
- }
-
- /** Sends a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
- * byte sent to from the attached SPI device is ignored.
- *
- * \param[in,out] SPI Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
- * \param[in] Byte Byte to send through the SPI interface.
- */
- static inline void SPI_SendByte(SPI_t* const SPI,
- const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void SPI_SendByte(SPI_t* const SPI,
- const uint8_t Byte)
- {
- SPI->DATA = Byte;
- while (!(SPI->STATUS & SPI_IF_bm));
- }
-
- /** Sends a dummy byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
- * byte from the attached SPI device is returned.
- *
- * \param[in,out] SPI Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
- *
- * \return The response byte from the attached SPI device.
- */
- static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(SPI_t* const SPI) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(SPI_t* const SPI)
- {
- SPI->DATA = 0;
- while (!(SPI->STATUS & SPI_IF_bm));
- return SPI->DATA;
- }
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief SPI Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ * On-chip SPI driver for the XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_SPI
+ * \defgroup Group_SPI_XMEGA SPI Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SPI_XMEGA_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Driver for the hardware SPI port(s) available on XMEGA AVR microcontroller models. This
+ * module provides an easy to use driver for the setup and transfer of data over the AVR's
+ * SPI ports.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the SPI driver before first use
+ * SPI_Init(&SPIC,
+ * SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING |
+ * SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+ *
+ * // Send several bytes, ignoring the returned data
+ * SPI_SendByte(&SPIC, 0x01);
+ * SPI_SendByte(&SPIC, 0x02);
+ * SPI_SendByte(&SPIC, 0x03);
+ *
+ * // Receive several bytes, sending a dummy 0x00 byte each time
+ * uint8_t Byte1 = SPI_ReceiveByte(&SPIC);
+ * uint8_t Byte2 = SPI_ReceiveByte(&SPIC);
+ * uint8_t Byte3 = SPI_ReceiveByte(&SPIC);
+ *
+ * // Send a byte, and store the received byte from the same transaction
+ * uint8_t ResponseByte = SPI_TransferByte(&SPIC, 0xDC);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SPI_XMEGA_H__
+#define __SPI_XMEGA_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SPI_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SPI.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED SPI_CLK2X_bm
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name SPI Prescaler Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 2. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 4. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_4 0
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 8. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_8 (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (1 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp))
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 16. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_16 (1 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp)
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 32. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_32 (SPI_USE_DOUBLESPEED | (2 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp))
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 64. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_64 (2 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp)
+
+ /** SPI prescaler mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Divides the system clock by a factor of 128. */
+ #define SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_128 (3 << SPI_PRESCALER_gp)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI SCK Polarity Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the rising edge. */
+ #define SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING 0
+
+ /** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the falling edge. */
+ #define SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING SPI_MODE1_bm
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI Sample Edge Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should sampled on the leading edge. */
+ #define SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING 0
+
+ /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should be sampled on the trailing edge. */
+ #define SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING SPI_MODE0_bm
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI Data Ordering Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI data order mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out MSB first. */
+ #define SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST 0
+
+ /** SPI data order mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out LSB first. */
+ #define SPI_ORDER_LSB_FIRST SPI_DORD_bm
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI Mode Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SPI interface should be initialized into slave mode. */
+ #define SPI_MODE_SLAVE 0
+
+ /** SPI mode mask for \ref SPI_Init(). Indicates that the SPI interface should be initialized into master mode. */
+ #define SPI_MODE_MASTER SPI_MASTER_bm
+ //@}
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the SPI subsystem, ready for transfers. Must be called before calling any other
+ * SPI routines.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SPI Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] SPIOptions SPI Options, a mask consisting of one of each of the \c SPI_SPEED_*,
+ * \c SPI_SCK_*, \c SPI_SAMPLE_*, \c SPI_ORDER_* and \c SPI_MODE_* masks.
+ */
+ static inline void SPI_Init(SPI_t* const SPI,
+ const uint8_t SPIOptions) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void SPI_Init(SPI_t* const SPI,
+ const uint8_t SPIOptions)
+ {
+ SPI->CTRL = (SPIOptions | SPI_ENABLE_bm);
+ }
+
+ /** Turns off the SPI driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SPI Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
+ */
+ static inline void SPI_Disable(SPI_t* const SPI) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void SPI_Disable(SPI_t* const SPI)
+ {
+ SPI->CTRL &= ~SPI_ENABLE_bm;
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves the currently selected SPI mode, once the SPI interface has been configured.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SPI Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
+ *
+ * \return \ref SPI_MODE_MASTER if the interface is currently in SPI Master mode, \ref SPI_MODE_SLAVE otherwise
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_GetCurrentMode(SPI_t* const SPI) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_GetCurrentMode(SPI_t* const SPI)
+ {
+ return (SPI->CTRL & SPI_MASTER_bm);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends and receives a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SPI Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte to send through the SPI interface.
+ *
+ * \return Response byte from the attached SPI device.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(SPI_t* const SPI,
+ const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_TransferByte(SPI_t* const SPI,
+ const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ SPI->DATA = Byte;
+ while (!(SPI->STATUS & SPI_IF_bm));
+ return SPI->DATA;
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+ * byte sent to from the attached SPI device is ignored.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SPI Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte to send through the SPI interface.
+ */
+ static inline void SPI_SendByte(SPI_t* const SPI,
+ const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void SPI_SendByte(SPI_t* const SPI,
+ const uint8_t Byte)
+ {
+ SPI->DATA = Byte;
+ while (!(SPI->STATUS & SPI_IF_bm));
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte through the SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+ * byte from the attached SPI device is returned.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SPI Pointer to the base of the SPI peripheral within the device.
+ *
+ * \return The response byte from the attached SPI device.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(SPI_t* const SPI) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline uint8_t SPI_ReceiveByte(SPI_t* const SPI)
+ {
+ SPI->DATA = 0;
+ while (!(SPI->STATUS & SPI_IF_bm));
+ return SPI->DATA;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h
index 6d0ea1115..a981ce6a6 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/SerialSPI_XMEGA.h
@@ -1,203 +1,212 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Master SPI Mode Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
- *
- * On-chip Master SPI mode USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI Master
- * Mode USART driver dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_SerialSPI
- * \defgroup Group_SerialSPI_XMEGA Master SPI Mode Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * On-chip serial USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the ADC driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h.
- *
- * \section Sec_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- * application.
- *
- * \code
- * // Initialize the Master SPI mode USART driver before first use, with 1Mbit baud
- * SerialSPI_Init(&USARTD0, (USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST), 1000000);
- *
- * // Send several bytes, ignoring the returned data
- * SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTD0, 0x01);
- * SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTD0, 0x02);
- * SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTD0, 0x03);
- *
- * // Receive several bytes, sending a dummy 0x00 byte each time
- * uint8_t Byte1 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTD);
- * uint8_t Byte2 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTD);
- * uint8_t Byte3 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTD);
- *
- * // Send a byte, and store the received byte from the same transaction
- * uint8_t ResponseByte = SerialSPI_TransferByte(&USARTD0, 0xDC);
- * \endcode
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __SERIAL_SPI_XMEGA_H__
-#define __SERIAL_SPI_XMEGA_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- #include <stdio.h>
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_SPI_H)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #define SERIAL_SPI_UBBRVAL(Baud) ((Baud < (F_CPU / 2)) ? ((F_CPU / (2 * Baud)) - 1) : 0)
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** \name SPI SCK Polarity Configuration Masks */
- //@{
- /** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the rising edge. */
- #define USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING 0
- //@}
-
- /** \name SPI Sample Edge Configuration Masks */
- //@{
- /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should sampled on the leading edge. */
- #define USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING 0
-
- /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should be sampled on the trailing edge. */
- #define USART_SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING USART_UPCHA_bm
- //@}
-
- /** \name SPI Data Ordering Configuration Masks */
- //@{
- /** SPI data order mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out MSB first. */
- #define USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST 0
-
- /** SPI data order mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out LSB first. */
- #define USART_SPI_ORDER_LSB_FIRST USART_UDORD_bm
- //@}
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Initialize the USART module in Master SPI mode.
- *
- * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
- * \param[in] SPIOptions USART SPI Options, a mask consisting of one of each of the \c USART_SPI_SCK_*,
- * \c USART_SPI_SAMPLE_* and \c USART_SPI_ORDER_* masks.
- * \param[in] BaudRate SPI baud rate, in bits per second.
- */
- static inline void SerialSPI_Init(USART_t* const USART,
- const uint8_t SPIOptions,
- const uint32_t BaudRate)
- {
- uint16_t BaudValue = SERIAL_SPI_UBBRVAL(BaudRate);
-
- USART->BAUDCTRLB = (BaudValue >> 8);
- USART->BAUDCTRLA = (BaudValue & 0xFF);
-
- USART->CTRLC = (USART_CMODE_MSPI_gc | SPIOptions);
- USART->CTRLB = (USART_RXEN_bm | USART_TXEN_bm);
- }
-
- /** Turns off the USART driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration.
- *
- * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
- */
- static inline void SerialSPI_Disable(USART_t* const USART)
- {
- USART->CTRLA = 0;
- USART->CTRLB = 0;
- USART->CTRLC = 0;
- }
-
- /** Sends and receives a byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete.
- *
- * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
- * \param[in] DataByte Byte to send through the USART SPI interface.
- *
- * \return Response byte from the attached SPI device.
- */
- static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_TransferByte(USART_t* const USART,
- const uint8_t DataByte)
- {
- USART->DATA = DataByte;
- while (!(USART->STATUS & USART_TXCIF_bm));
- USART->STATUS = USART_TXCIF_bm;
- return USART->DATA;
- }
-
- /** Sends a byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
- * byte sent to from the attached SPI device is ignored.
- *
- * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
- * \param[in] DataByte Byte to send through the USART SPI interface.
- */
- static inline void SerialSPI_SendByte(USART_t* const USART,
- const uint8_t DataByte)
- {
- SerialSPI_TransferByte(USART, DataByte);
- }
-
- /** Sends a dummy byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
- * byte from the attached SPI device is returned.
- *
- * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
- *
- * \return The response byte from the attached SPI device.
- */
- static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(USART_t* const USART)
- {
- return SerialSPI_TransferByte(USART, 0);
- }
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master SPI Mode Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ * On-chip Master SPI mode USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the SPI Master
+ * Mode USART driver dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_SerialSPI
+ * \defgroup Group_SerialSPI_XMEGA Master SPI Mode Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SerialSPI_XMEGA_ModDescription Module Description
+ * On-chip serial USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the ADC driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialSPI.h.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_SerialSPI_XMEGA_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the Master SPI mode USART driver before first use, with 1Mbit baud
+ * SerialSPI_Init(&USARTD0, (USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING | USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING | USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST), 1000000);
+ *
+ * // Send several bytes, ignoring the returned data
+ * SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTD0, 0x01);
+ * SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTD0, 0x02);
+ * SerialSPI_SendByte(&USARTD0, 0x03);
+ *
+ * // Receive several bytes, sending a dummy 0x00 byte each time
+ * uint8_t Byte1 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTD);
+ * uint8_t Byte2 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTD);
+ * uint8_t Byte3 = SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(&USARTD);
+ *
+ * // Send a byte, and store the received byte from the same transaction
+ * uint8_t ResponseByte = SerialSPI_TransferByte(&USARTD0, 0xDC);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SERIAL_SPI_XMEGA_H__
+#define __SERIAL_SPI_XMEGA_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_SPI_H)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #define SERIAL_SPI_UBBRVAL(Baud) ((Baud < (F_CPU / 2)) ? ((F_CPU / (2 * Baud)) - 1) : 0)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name SPI SCK Polarity Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI clock polarity mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the SCK should lead on the rising edge. */
+ #define USART_SPI_SCK_LEAD_RISING 0
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI Sample Edge Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should sampled on the leading edge. */
+ #define USART_SPI_SAMPLE_LEADING 0
+
+ /** SPI data sample mode mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that the data should be sampled on the trailing edge. */
+ #define USART_SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING (1 << 1)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SPI Data Ordering Configuration Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** SPI data order mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out MSB first. */
+ #define USART_SPI_ORDER_MSB_FIRST 0
+
+ /** SPI data order mask for \ref SerialSPI_Init(). Indicates that data should be shifted out LSB first. */
+ #define USART_SPI_ORDER_LSB_FIRST (1 << 2)
+ //@}
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initialize the USART module in Master SPI mode.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] SPIOptions USART SPI Options, a mask consisting of one of each of the \c USART_SPI_SCK_*,
+ * \c USART_SPI_SAMPLE_* and \c USART_SPI_ORDER_* masks.
+ * \param[in] BaudRate SPI baud rate, in bits per second.
+ */
+ static inline void SerialSPI_Init(USART_t* const USART,
+ const uint8_t SPIOptions,
+ const uint32_t BaudRate) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void SerialSPI_Init(USART_t* const USART,
+ const uint8_t SPIOptions,
+ const uint32_t BaudRate)
+ {
+ uint16_t BaudValue = SERIAL_SPI_UBBRVAL(BaudRate);
+
+ USART->BAUDCTRLB = (BaudValue >> 8);
+ USART->BAUDCTRLA = (BaudValue & 0xFF);
+
+ USART->CTRLC = (USART_CMODE_MSPI_gc | SPIOptions);
+ USART->CTRLB = (USART_RXEN_bm | USART_TXEN_bm);
+ }
+
+ /** Turns off the USART driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ */
+ static inline void SerialSPI_Disable(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void SerialSPI_Disable(USART_t* const USART)
+ {
+ USART->CTRLA = 0;
+ USART->CTRLB = 0;
+ USART->CTRLC = 0;
+ }
+
+ /** Sends and receives a byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] DataByte Byte to send through the USART SPI interface.
+ *
+ * \return Response byte from the attached SPI device.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_TransferByte(USART_t* const USART,
+ const uint8_t DataByte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_TransferByte(USART_t* const USART,
+ const uint8_t DataByte)
+ {
+ USART->DATA = DataByte;
+ while (!(USART->STATUS & USART_TXCIF_bm));
+ USART->STATUS = USART_TXCIF_bm;
+ return USART->DATA;
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+ * byte sent to from the attached SPI device is ignored.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] DataByte Byte to send through the USART SPI interface.
+ */
+ static inline void SerialSPI_SendByte(USART_t* const USART,
+ const uint8_t DataByte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void SerialSPI_SendByte(USART_t* const USART,
+ const uint8_t DataByte)
+ {
+ SerialSPI_TransferByte(USART, DataByte);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a dummy byte through the USART SPI interface, blocking until the transfer is complete. The response
+ * byte from the attached SPI device is returned.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ *
+ * \return The response byte from the attached SPI device.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline uint8_t SerialSPI_ReceiveByte(USART_t* const USART)
+ {
+ return SerialSPI_TransferByte(USART, 0);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.c
index 51a4d049e..4e2935730 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.c
@@ -1,122 +1,122 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_C
-#include "../Serial.h"
-
-FILE USARTSerialStream;
-
-int Serial_putchar(char DataByte,
- FILE *Stream)
-{
- USART_t* USART = fdev_get_udata(Stream);
-
- Serial_SendByte(USART, DataByte);
- return 0;
-}
-
-int Serial_getchar(FILE *Stream)
-{
- USART_t* USART = fdev_get_udata(Stream);
-
- if (!(Serial_IsCharReceived(USART)))
- return _FDEV_EOF;
-
- return Serial_ReceiveByte(USART);
-}
-
-int Serial_getchar_Blocking(FILE *Stream)
-{
- USART_t* USART = fdev_get_udata(Stream);
-
- while (!(Serial_IsCharReceived(USART)));
- return Serial_ReceiveByte(USART);
-}
-
-void Serial_SendString_P(USART_t* const USART,
- const char* FlashStringPtr)
-{
- uint8_t CurrByte;
-
- while ((CurrByte = pgm_read_byte(FlashStringPtr)) != 0x00)
- {
- Serial_SendByte(USART, CurrByte);
- FlashStringPtr++;
- }
-}
-
-void Serial_SendString(USART_t* const USART,
- const char* StringPtr)
-{
- uint8_t CurrByte;
-
- while ((CurrByte = *StringPtr) != 0x00)
- {
- Serial_SendByte(USART, CurrByte);
- StringPtr++;
- }
-}
-
-void Serial_SendData(USART_t* const USART,
- const uint8_t* Buffer,
- uint16_t Length)
-{
- while (Length--)
- Serial_SendByte(USART, *(Buffer++));
-}
-
-void Serial_CreateStream(FILE* Stream)
-{
- if (!(Stream))
- {
- Stream = &USARTSerialStream;
- stdin = Stream;
- stdout = Stream;
- }
-
- *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(Serial_putchar, Serial_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
-}
-
-void Serial_CreateBlockingStream(FILE* Stream)
-{
- if (!(Stream))
- {
- Stream = &USARTSerialStream;
- stdin = Stream;
- stdout = Stream;
- }
-
- *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(Serial_putchar, Serial_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
-}
-
-#endif
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_C
+#include "../Serial.h"
+
+FILE USARTSerialStream;
+
+int Serial_putchar(char DataByte,
+ FILE *Stream)
+{
+ USART_t* USART = fdev_get_udata(Stream);
+
+ Serial_SendByte(USART, DataByte);
+ return 0;
+}
+
+int Serial_getchar(FILE *Stream)
+{
+ USART_t* USART = fdev_get_udata(Stream);
+
+ if (!(Serial_IsCharReceived(USART)))
+ return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+ return Serial_ReceiveByte(USART);
+}
+
+int Serial_getchar_Blocking(FILE *Stream)
+{
+ USART_t* USART = fdev_get_udata(Stream);
+
+ while (!(Serial_IsCharReceived(USART)));
+ return Serial_ReceiveByte(USART);
+}
+
+void Serial_SendString_P(USART_t* const USART,
+ const char* FlashStringPtr)
+{
+ uint8_t CurrByte;
+
+ while ((CurrByte = pgm_read_byte(FlashStringPtr)) != 0x00)
+ {
+ Serial_SendByte(USART, CurrByte);
+ FlashStringPtr++;
+ }
+}
+
+void Serial_SendString(USART_t* const USART,
+ const char* StringPtr)
+{
+ uint8_t CurrByte;
+
+ while ((CurrByte = *StringPtr) != 0x00)
+ {
+ Serial_SendByte(USART, CurrByte);
+ StringPtr++;
+ }
+}
+
+void Serial_SendData(USART_t* const USART,
+ const void* Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length)
+{
+ while (Length--)
+ Serial_SendByte(USART, *((uint8_t*)Buffer++));
+}
+
+void Serial_CreateStream(FILE* Stream)
+{
+ if (!(Stream))
+ {
+ Stream = &USARTSerialStream;
+ stdin = Stream;
+ stdout = Stream;
+ }
+
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(Serial_putchar, Serial_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+}
+
+void Serial_CreateBlockingStream(FILE* Stream)
+{
+ if (!(Stream))
+ {
+ Stream = &USARTSerialStream;
+ stdin = Stream;
+ stdout = Stream;
+ }
+
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(Serial_putchar, Serial_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h
index 35b60d150..ad34c8535 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/Serial_XMEGA.h
@@ -1,252 +1,286 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
- *
- * On-chip serial USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USART driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Serial
- * \defgroup Group_Serial_XMEGA Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * On-chip serial USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USART driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
- *
- * \section Sec_ExampleUsage Example Usage
- * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
- * application.
- *
- * \code
- * // Initialize the serial USART driver before first use, with 9600 baud (and no double-speed mode)
- * Serial_Init(&USARTD0, 9600, false);
- *
- * // Send a string through the USART
- * Serial_TxString(&USARTD0, "Test String\r\n");
- *
- * // Receive a byte through the USART
- * uint8_t DataByte = Serial_RxByte(&USARTD0);
- * \endcode
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __SERIAL_XMEGA_H__
-#define __SERIAL_XMEGA_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../../Misc/TerminalCodes.h"
-
- #include <stdio.h>
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_H) && !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_C)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* External Variables: */
- extern FILE USARTSerialStream;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- int Serial_putchar(char DataByte,
- FILE *Stream);
- int Serial_getchar(FILE *Stream);
- int Serial_getchar_Blocking(FILE *Stream);
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the \c U2X (double speed) bit is
- * not set.
- *
- * \param[in] Baud Target serial UART baud rate.
- *
- * \return Closest UBRR register value for the given UART frequency.
- */
- #define SERIAL_UBBRVAL(Baud) ((((F_CPU / 16) + (Baud / 2)) / (Baud)) - 1)
-
- /** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the \c U2X (double speed) bit is
- * set.
- *
- * \param[in] Baud Target serial UART baud rate.
- *
- * \return Closest UBRR register value for the given UART frequency.
- */
- #define SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(Baud) ((((F_CPU / 8) + (Baud / 2)) / (Baud)) - 1)
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Transmits a given string located in program space (FLASH) through the USART.
- *
- * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
- * \param[in] FlashStringPtr Pointer to a string located in program space.
- */
- void Serial_SendString_P(USART_t* const USART,
- const char* FlashStringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Transmits a given string located in SRAM memory through the USART.
- *
- * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
- * \param[in] StringPtr Pointer to a string located in SRAM space.
- */
- void Serial_SendString(USART_t* const USART,
- const char* StringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Transmits a given buffer located in SRAM memory through the USART.
- *
- * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send.
- * \param[in] Length Length of the data to send, in bytes.
- */
- void Serial_SendData(USART_t* const USART,
- const uint8_t* Buffer, uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Creates a standard character stream from the USART so that it can be used with all the regular functions
- * in the avr-libc \c <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf). The created
- * stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
- *
- * Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
- * fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
- * be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
- * line buffering.
- *
- * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed, if \c NULL, \c stdout
- * and \c stdin will be configured to use the USART.
- *
- * \pre The USART must first be configured via a call to \ref Serial_Init() before the stream is used.
- */
- void Serial_CreateStream(FILE* Stream);
-
- /** Identical to \ref Serial_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
- * the transfer.
- *
- * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed, if \c NULL, \c stdout
- * and \c stdin will be configured to use the USART.
- *
- * \pre The USART must first be configured via a call to \ref Serial_Init() before the stream is used.
- */
- void Serial_CreateBlockingStream(FILE* Stream);
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Initializes the USART, ready for serial data transmission and reception. This initializes the interface to
- * standard 8-bit, no parity, 1 stop bit settings suitable for most applications.
- *
- * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
- * \param[in] BaudRate Serial baud rate, in bits per second.
- * \param[in] DoubleSpeed Enables double speed mode when set, halving the sample time to double the baud rate.
- */
- static inline void Serial_Init(USART_t* const USART,
- const uint32_t BaudRate,
- const bool DoubleSpeed)
- {
- uint16_t BaudValue = (DoubleSpeed ? SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(BaudRate) : SERIAL_UBBRVAL(BaudRate));
-
- USART->BAUDCTRLB = (BaudValue >> 8);
- USART->BAUDCTRLA = (BaudValue & 0xFF);
-
- USART->CTRLC = (USART_CMODE_ASYNCHRONOUS_gc | USART_PMODE_DISABLED_gc | USART_CHSIZE_8BIT_gc);
- USART->CTRLB = (USART_RXEN_bm | USART_TXEN_bm | (DoubleSpeed ? USART_CLK2X_bm : 0));
- }
-
- /** Turns off the USART driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration.
- *
- * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
- */
- static inline void Serial_Disable(USART_t* const USART)
- {
- USART->CTRLA = 0;
- USART->CTRLB = 0;
- USART->CTRLC = 0;
- }
-
- /** Indicates whether a character has been received through the USART.
- *
- * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if a character has been received, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Serial_IsCharReceived(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Serial_IsCharReceived(USART_t* const USART)
- {
- return ((USART->STATUS & USART_RXCIF_bm) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Transmits a given byte through the USART.
- *
- * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
- * \param[in] DataByte Byte to transmit through the USART.
- */
- static inline void Serial_SendByte(USART_t* const USART,
- const char DataByte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Serial_SendByte(USART_t* const USART,
- const char DataByte)
- {
- while (!(USART->STATUS & USART_DREIF_bm));
- USART->DATA = DataByte;
- }
-
- /** Receives the next byte from the USART.
- *
- * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
- *
- * \return Next byte received from the USART, or a negative value if no byte has been received.
- */
- static inline int16_t Serial_ReceiveByte(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline int16_t Serial_ReceiveByte(USART_t* const USART)
- {
- if (!(Serial_IsCharReceived(USART)))
- return -1;
-
- USART->STATUS = USART_RXCIF_bm;
- return USART->DATA;
- }
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ * On-chip serial USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USART driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Serial
+ * \defgroup Group_Serial_XMEGA Serial USART Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Serial_XMEGA_ModDescription Module Description
+ * On-chip serial USART driver for the XMEGA AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USART driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_Serial_XMEGA_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the serial USART driver before first use, with 9600 baud (and no double-speed mode)
+ * Serial_Init(&USARTD0, 9600, false);
+ *
+ * // Send a string through the USART
+ * Serial_TxString(&USARTD0, "Test String\r\n");
+ *
+ * // Receive a byte through the USART
+ * uint8_t DataByte = Serial_RxByte(&USARTD0);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SERIAL_XMEGA_H__
+#define __SERIAL_XMEGA_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../../Misc/TerminalCodes.h"
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_H) && !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SERIAL_C)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern FILE USARTSerialStream;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ int Serial_putchar(char DataByte,
+ FILE *Stream);
+ int Serial_getchar(FILE *Stream);
+ int Serial_getchar_Blocking(FILE *Stream);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the \c U2X (double speed) bit is
+ * not set.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Baud Target serial UART baud rate.
+ *
+ * \return Closest UBRR register value for the given UART frequency.
+ */
+ #define SERIAL_UBBRVAL(Baud) ((((F_CPU / 16) + (Baud / 2)) / (Baud)) - 1)
+
+ /** Macro for calculating the baud value from a given baud rate when the \c U2X (double speed) bit is
+ * set.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Baud Target serial UART baud rate.
+ *
+ * \return Closest UBRR register value for the given UART frequency.
+ */
+ #define SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(Baud) ((((F_CPU / 8) + (Baud / 2)) / (Baud)) - 1)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Transmits a given string located in program space (FLASH) through the USART.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] FlashStringPtr Pointer to a string located in program space.
+ */
+ void Serial_SendString_P(USART_t* const USART,
+ const char* FlashStringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Transmits a given string located in SRAM memory through the USART.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] StringPtr Pointer to a string located in SRAM space.
+ */
+ void Serial_SendString(USART_t* const USART,
+ const char* StringPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Transmits a given buffer located in SRAM memory through the USART.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send.
+ * \param[in] Length Length of the data to send, in bytes.
+ */
+ void Serial_SendData(USART_t* const USART,
+ const void* Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Creates a standard character stream from the USART so that it can be used with all the regular functions
+ * in the avr-libc \c <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf). The created
+ * stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
+ *
+ * Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
+ * fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
+ * be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
+ * line buffering.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed, if \c NULL, \c stdout
+ * and \c stdin will be configured to use the USART.
+ *
+ * \pre The USART must first be configured via a call to \ref Serial_Init() before the stream is used.
+ */
+ void Serial_CreateStream(FILE* Stream);
+
+ /** Identical to \ref Serial_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
+ * the transfer.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed, if \c NULL, \c stdout
+ * and \c stdin will be configured to use the USART.
+ *
+ * \pre The USART must first be configured via a call to \ref Serial_Init() before the stream is used.
+ */
+ void Serial_CreateBlockingStream(FILE* Stream);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the USART, ready for serial data transmission and reception. This initializes the interface to
+ * standard 8-bit, no parity, 1 stop bit settings suitable for most applications.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] BaudRate Serial baud rate, in bits per second.
+ * \param[in] DoubleSpeed Enables double speed mode when set, halving the sample time to double the baud rate.
+ */
+ static inline void Serial_Init(USART_t* const USART,
+ const uint32_t BaudRate,
+ const bool DoubleSpeed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void Serial_Init(USART_t* const USART,
+ const uint32_t BaudRate,
+ const bool DoubleSpeed)
+ {
+ uint16_t BaudValue = (DoubleSpeed ? SERIAL_2X_UBBRVAL(BaudRate) : SERIAL_UBBRVAL(BaudRate));
+
+ USART->BAUDCTRLB = (BaudValue >> 8);
+ USART->BAUDCTRLA = (BaudValue & 0xFF);
+
+ USART->CTRLC = (USART_CMODE_ASYNCHRONOUS_gc | USART_PMODE_DISABLED_gc | USART_CHSIZE_8BIT_gc);
+ USART->CTRLB = (USART_RXEN_bm | USART_TXEN_bm | (DoubleSpeed ? USART_CLK2X_bm : 0));
+ }
+
+ /** Turns off the USART driver, disabling and returning used hardware to their default configuration.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ */
+ static inline void Serial_Disable(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void Serial_Disable(USART_t* const USART)
+ {
+ USART->CTRLA = 0;
+ USART->CTRLB = 0;
+ USART->CTRLC = 0;
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates whether a character has been received through the USART.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a character has been received, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Serial_IsCharReceived(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline bool Serial_IsCharReceived(USART_t* const USART)
+ {
+ return ((USART->STATUS & USART_RXCIF_bm) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates whether there is hardware buffer space for a new transmit on the USART. This
+ * function can be used to determine if a call to \ref Serial_SendByte() will block in advance.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a character can be queued for transmission immediately, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Serial_IsSendReady(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline bool Serial_IsSendReady(USART_t* const USART)
+ {
+ return (USART->STATUS & USART_DREIF_bm) ? true : false;
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates whether the hardware USART transmit buffer is completely empty, indicating all
+ * pending transmissions have completed.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if no characters are buffered for transmission, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Serial_IsSendComplete(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline bool Serial_IsSendComplete(USART_t* const USART)
+ {
+ return (USART->STATUS & USART_TXCIF_bm) ? true : false;
+ }
+
+ /** Transmits a given byte through the USART.
+ *
+ * \note If no buffer space is available in the hardware USART, this function will block. To check if
+ * space is available before calling this function, see \ref Serial_IsSendReady().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] DataByte Byte to transmit through the USART.
+ */
+ static inline void Serial_SendByte(USART_t* const USART,
+ const char DataByte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void Serial_SendByte(USART_t* const USART,
+ const char DataByte)
+ {
+ while (!(Serial_IsSendReady(USART)));
+ USART->DATA = DataByte;
+ }
+
+ /** Receives the next byte from the USART.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] USART Pointer to the base of the USART peripheral within the device.
+ *
+ * \return Next byte received from the USART, or a negative value if no byte has been received.
+ */
+ static inline int16_t Serial_ReceiveByte(USART_t* const USART) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline int16_t Serial_ReceiveByte(USART_t* const USART)
+ {
+ if (!(Serial_IsCharReceived(USART)))
+ return -1;
+
+ USART->STATUS = USART_RXCIF_bm;
+ return USART->DATA;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6f8ab1d4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.c
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_C
+#include "../TWI.h"
+
+uint8_t TWI_StartTransmission(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS)
+{
+ uint16_t TimeoutRemaining;
+
+ TWI->MASTER.ADDR = SlaveAddress;
+
+ TimeoutRemaining = (TimeoutMS * 100);
+ while (TimeoutRemaining)
+ {
+ uint8_t status = TWI->MASTER.STATUS;
+
+ if ((status & (TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm | TWI_MASTER_ARBLOST_bm)) == (TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm | TWI_MASTER_ARBLOST_bm))
+ {
+ TWI->MASTER.ADDR = SlaveAddress;
+ }
+ else if ((status & (TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm | TWI_MASTER_RXACK_bm)) == (TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm | TWI_MASTER_RXACK_bm))
+ {
+ TWI_StopTransmission(TWI);
+ return TWI_ERROR_SlaveResponseTimeout;
+ }
+ else if (status & (TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm | TWI_MASTER_RIF_bm))
+ {
+ return TWI_ERROR_NoError;
+ }
+
+ _delay_us(10);
+ TimeoutRemaining--;
+ }
+
+ if (!(TimeoutRemaining)) {
+ if (TWI->MASTER.STATUS & TWI_MASTER_CLKHOLD_bm) {
+ TWI_StopTransmission(TWI);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return TWI_ERROR_BusCaptureTimeout;
+}
+
+bool TWI_SendByte(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ const uint8_t Byte)
+{
+ TWI->MASTER.DATA = Byte;
+
+ while (!(TWI->MASTER.STATUS & TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm));
+
+ return (TWI->MASTER.STATUS & TWI_MASTER_WIF_bm) && !(TWI->MASTER.STATUS & TWI_MASTER_RXACK_bm);
+}
+
+bool TWI_ReceiveByte(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ uint8_t* const Byte,
+ const bool LastByte)
+{
+ if ((TWI->MASTER.STATUS & (TWI_MASTER_BUSERR_bm | TWI_MASTER_ARBLOST_bm)) == (TWI_MASTER_BUSERR_bm | TWI_MASTER_ARBLOST_bm)) {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ while (!(TWI->MASTER.STATUS & TWI_MASTER_RIF_bm));
+
+ *Byte = TWI->MASTER.DATA;
+
+ if (LastByte)
+ TWI->MASTER.CTRLC = TWI_MASTER_ACKACT_bm | TWI_MASTER_CMD_STOP_gc;
+ else
+ TWI->MASTER.CTRLC = TWI_MASTER_CMD_RECVTRANS_gc;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+uint8_t TWI_ReadPacket(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+ const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+ uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+ uint8_t* Buffer,
+ uint8_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission(TWI, (SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE,
+ TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ while (InternalAddressLen--)
+ {
+ if (!(TWI_SendByte(TWI, *(InternalAddress++))))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission(TWI, (SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_READ,
+ TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ while (Length--)
+ {
+ if (!(TWI_ReceiveByte(TWI, Buffer++, (Length == 0))))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ TWI_StopTransmission(TWI);
+ }
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t TWI_WritePacket(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+ const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+ uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+ const uint8_t* Buffer,
+ uint8_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = TWI_StartTransmission(TWI, (SlaveAddress & TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK) | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE,
+ TimeoutMS)) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ {
+ while (InternalAddressLen--)
+ {
+ if (!(TWI_SendByte(TWI, *(InternalAddress++))))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (Length--)
+ {
+ if (!(TWI_SendByte(TWI, *(Buffer++))))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ TWI_StopTransmission(TWI);
+ }
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..72437e5e1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/XMEGA/TWI_XMEGA.h
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief TWI Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ * On-chip TWI driver for the XMEGA Family of AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the TWI driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_TWI
+ * \defgroup Group_TWI_XMEGA TWI Peripheral Driver (XMEGA)
+ *
+ * \section Sec_TWI_XMEGA_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Master mode TWI driver for the 8-bit AVR microcontrollers which contain a hardware TWI module.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the TWI driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_TWI_XMEGA_ExampleUsage Example Usage
+ * The following snippet is an example of how this module may be used within a typical
+ * application.
+ *
+ * <b>Low Level API Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the TWI driver before first use at 200KHz
+ * TWI_Init(&TWIC, TWI_BAUD_FROM_FREQ(200000));
+ *
+ * // Start a write session to device at device address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ * if (TWI_StartTransmission(&TWIC, 0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ * {
+ * TWI_SendByte(&TWIC, 0xDC);
+ *
+ * TWI_SendByte(&TWIC, 0x01);
+ * TWI_SendByte(&TWIC, 0x02);
+ * TWI_SendByte(&TWIC, 0x03);
+ *
+ * // Must stop transmission afterwards to release the bus
+ * TWI_StopTransmission(&TWIC);
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Start a read session to device at address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ * if (TWI_StartTransmission(&TWIC, 0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ * {
+ * TWI_SendByte(&TWIC, 0xDC);
+ * TWI_StopTransmission(&TWIC);
+ *
+ * if (TWI_StartTransmission(&TWIC, 0xA0 | TWI_ADDRESS_READ, 10) == TWI_ERROR_NoError)
+ * {
+ * uint8_t Byte1, Byte2, Byte3;
+ *
+ * // Read three bytes, acknowledge after the third byte is received
+ * TWI_ReceiveByte(&TWIC, &Byte1, false);
+ * TWI_ReceiveByte(&TWIC, &Byte2, false);
+ * TWI_ReceiveByte(&TWIC, &Byte3, true);
+ *
+ * // Must stop transmission afterwards to release the bus
+ * TWI_StopTransmission(&TWIC);
+ * }
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>High Level API Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * // Initialize the TWI driver before first use at 200KHz
+ * TWI_Init(&TWIC, TWI_BAUD_FROM_FREQ(200000));
+ *
+ * // Start a write session to device at device address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ * uint8_t InternalWriteAddress = 0xDC;
+ * uint8_t WritePacket[3] = {0x01, 0x02, 0x03};
+ *
+ * TWI_WritePacket(&TWIC, 0xA0, 10, &InternalWriteAddress, sizeof(InternalWriteAddress),
+ * &WritePacket, sizeof(WritePacket);
+ *
+ * // Start a read session to device at address 0xA0, internal address 0xDC with a 10ms timeout
+ * uint8_t InternalReadAddress = 0xDC;
+ * uint8_t ReadPacket[3];
+ *
+ * TWI_ReadPacket(&TWIC, 0xA0, 10, &InternalReadAddress, sizeof(InternalReadAddress),
+ * &ReadPacket, sizeof(ReadPacket);
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __TWI_XMEGA_H__
+#define __TWI_XMEGA_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_H) && !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_TWI_C)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** TWI slave device address mask for a read session. Mask with a slave device base address to obtain
+ * the correct TWI bus address for the slave device when reading data from it.
+ */
+ #define TWI_ADDRESS_READ 0x01
+
+ /** TWI slave device address mask for a write session. Mask with a slave device base address to obtain
+ * the correct TWI bus address for the slave device when writing data to it.
+ */
+ #define TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE 0x00
+
+ /** Mask to retrieve the base address for a TWI device, which can then be ORed with \ref TWI_ADDRESS_READ
+ * or \ref TWI_ADDRESS_WRITE to obtain the device's read and write address respectively.
+ */
+ #define TWI_DEVICE_ADDRESS_MASK 0xFE
+
+ /** Calculates the length of each bit on the TWI bus for a given target frequency. This may be used with
+ * the \ref TWI_Init() function to convert a bus frequency to a number of clocks for the \c BitLength
+ * parameter.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Frequency Desired TWI bus frequency in Hz.
+ *
+ * \return Bit length in clocks for the given TWI bus frequency at the given prescaler value.
+ */
+ #define TWI_BAUD_FROM_FREQ(Frequency) ((F_CPU / (2 * Frequency)) - 5)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the TWI transfer start routine and other dependant TWI functions. */
+ enum TWI_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ TWI_ERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Indicates that the command completed successfully. */
+ TWI_ERROR_BusFault = 1, /**< A TWI bus fault occurred while attempting to capture the bus. */
+ TWI_ERROR_BusCaptureTimeout = 2, /**< A timeout occurred whilst waiting for the bus to be ready. */
+ TWI_ERROR_SlaveResponseTimeout = 3, /**< No ACK received at the nominated slave address within the timeout period. */
+ TWI_ERROR_SlaveNotReady = 4, /**< Slave NAKed the TWI bus START condition. */
+ TWI_ERROR_SlaveNAK = 5, /**< Slave NAKed whilst attempting to send data to the device. */
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initializes the TWI hardware into master mode, ready for data transmission and reception. This must be
+ * before any other TWI operations.
+ *
+ * The generated SCL frequency will be according to the formula <pre>F_CPU / (2 * (5 + (BAUD)))</pre>.
+ *
+ * \attention The value of the \c BitLength parameter should not be set below 10 or invalid bus conditions may
+ * occur, as indicated in the XMEGA microcontroller datasheet.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TWI Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] Baud Value of the BAUD register of the TWI Master.
+ */
+ static inline void TWI_Init(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ const uint8_t Baud) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void TWI_Init(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ const uint8_t Baud)
+ {
+ TWI->CTRL = 0x00;
+ TWI->MASTER.BAUD = Baud;
+ TWI->MASTER.CTRLA = TWI_MASTER_ENABLE_bm;
+ TWI->MASTER.CTRLB = 0;
+ TWI->MASTER.STATUS = TWI_MASTER_BUSSTATE_IDLE_gc;
+ }
+
+ /** Turns off the TWI driver hardware. If this is called, any further TWI operations will require a call to
+ * \ref TWI_Init() before the TWI can be used again.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TWI Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+ */
+ static inline void TWI_Disable(TWI_t* const TWI) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void TWI_Disable(TWI_t* const TWI)
+ {
+ TWI->MASTER.CTRLA &= ~TWI_MASTER_ENABLE_bm;
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a TWI STOP onto the TWI bus, terminating communication with the currently addressed device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TWI Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+ */
+ static inline void TWI_StopTransmission(TWI_t* const TWI) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void TWI_StopTransmission(TWI_t* const TWI)
+ {
+ TWI->MASTER.CTRLC = TWI_MASTER_ACKACT_bm | TWI_MASTER_CMD_STOP_gc;
+ }
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Begins a master mode TWI bus communication with the given slave device address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TWI Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] SlaveAddress Address of the slave TWI device to communicate with.
+ * \param[in] TimeoutMS Timeout period within which the slave must respond, in milliseconds.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t TWI_StartTransmission(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a byte to the currently addressed device on the TWI bus.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TWI Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] Byte Byte to send to the currently addressed device
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the recipient ACKed the byte, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ bool TWI_SendByte(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Receives a byte from the currently addressed device on the TWI bus.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TWI Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] Byte Location where the read byte is to be stored.
+ * \param[in] LastByte Indicates if the byte should be ACKed if false, NAKed if true.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the byte reception successfully completed, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool TWI_ReceiveByte(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ uint8_t* const Byte,
+ const bool LastByte) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** High level function to perform a complete packet transfer over the TWI bus to the specified
+ * device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TWI Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] SlaveAddress Base address of the TWI slave device to communicate with.
+ * \param[in] TimeoutMS Timeout for bus capture and slave START ACK, in milliseconds.
+ * \param[in] InternalAddress Pointer to a location where the internal slave read start address is stored.
+ * \param[in] InternalAddressLen Size of the internal device address, in bytes.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the read packet data is to be stored.
+ * \param[in] Length Size of the packet to read, in bytes.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t TWI_ReadPacket(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+ const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+ uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+ uint8_t* Buffer,
+ uint8_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4);
+
+ /** High level function to perform a complete packet transfer over the TWI bus from the specified
+ * device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TWI Pointer to the base of the TWI peripheral within the device.
+ * \param[in] SlaveAddress Base address of the TWI slave device to communicate with
+ * \param[in] TimeoutMS Timeout for bus capture and slave START ACK, in milliseconds
+ * \param[in] InternalAddress Pointer to a location where the internal slave write start address is stored
+ * \param[in] InternalAddressLen Size of the internal device address, in bytes
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the packet data to send is stored
+ * \param[in] Length Size of the packet to send, in bytes
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref TWI_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t TWI_WritePacket(TWI_t* const TWI,
+ const uint8_t SlaveAddress,
+ const uint8_t TimeoutMS,
+ const uint8_t* InternalAddress,
+ uint8_t InternalAddressLen,
+ const uint8_t* Buffer,
+ uint8_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4);
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h
index 2f2fa5bc7..24978ca2e 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h
@@ -1,76 +1,77 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Master include file for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
- *
- * Master include file for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
- *
- * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
- * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassAOA Android Open Accessory Class Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Android Open Accessory Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Android Open Accessory
- * Class, for Host USB mode. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Android Open Accessory Class
- * manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
- *
- * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
- * Host using the USB Android Open Accessory Class.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _AOA_CLASS_H_
-#define _AOA_CLASS_H_
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_AOA_DRIVER
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- #include "Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h"
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master include file for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
+ *
+ * Master include file for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassAOA Android Open Accessory Class Driver
+ * \brief USB class driver for the Google Android Open Accessory class standard.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAOA_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAOA_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Android Open Accessory Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Android Open Accessory
+ * Class, for Host USB mode. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Android Open Accessory Class
+ * manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ * Host using the USB Android Open Accessory Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AOA_CLASS_H_
+#define _AOA_CLASS_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_AOA_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #include "Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h"
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h
index 91aa22f3b..0e3ca8d75 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/AudioClass.h
@@ -1,80 +1,81 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Master include file for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
- *
- * Master include file for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
- *
- * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
- * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassAudio Audio 1.0 Class Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Audio 1.0 Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Audio 1.0 Class, for both
- * Device and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Audio 1.0 class
- * manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
- *
- * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
- * Hosts or Devices using the USB Audio 1.0 Class.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _AUDIO_CLASS_H_
-#define _AUDIO_CLASS_H_
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- #include "Device/AudioClassDevice.h"
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- #include "Host/AudioClassHost.h"
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master include file for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
+ *
+ * Master include file for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassAudio Audio 1.0 Class Driver
+ * \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF Audio 1.0 class standard.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAudio_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAudio_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Audio 1.0 Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Audio 1.0 Class, for both
+ * Device and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Audio 1.0 class
+ * manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ * Hosts or Devices using the USB Audio 1.0 Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_CLASS_H_
+#define _AUDIO_CLASS_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #include "Device/AudioClassDevice.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #include "Host/AudioClassHost.h"
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h
index 6bfd38488..3bad74bfa 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDCClass.h
@@ -1,80 +1,81 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Master include file for the library USB CDC-ACM Class driver.
- *
- * Master include file for the library USB CDC Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
- *
- * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
- * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassCDC CDC-ACM (Virtual Serial) Class Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * CDC Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB CDC-ACM class Virtual Serial
- * Ports, for both Device and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the
- * CDC class manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
- *
- * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
- * Hosts or Devices using the USB CDC Class.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _CDC_CLASS_H_
-#define _CDC_CLASS_H_
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- #include "Device/CDCClassDevice.h"
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- #include "Host/CDCClassHost.h"
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master include file for the library USB CDC-ACM Class driver.
+ *
+ * Master include file for the library USB CDC Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassCDC CDC-ACM (Virtual Serial) Class Driver
+ * \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF CDC-ACM (Virtual Serial) class standard.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassCDC_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassCDC_ModDescription Module Description
+ * CDC Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB CDC-ACM class Virtual Serial
+ * Ports, for both Device and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the
+ * CDC class manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ * Hosts or Devices using the USB CDC Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CDC_CLASS_H_
+#define _CDC_CLASS_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #include "Device/CDCClassDevice.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #include "Host/CDCClassHost.h"
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h
index db97f4888..c3153dab7 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h
@@ -1,128 +1,129 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
- *
- * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAOA
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassAOACommon Common Class Definitions
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
- * Android Open Accessory Class.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _AOA_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-#define _AOA_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AOA_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Product ID value in a Device Descriptor to indicate an Android device in Open Accessory mode. */
- #define ANDROID_ACCESSORY_PRODUCT_ID 0x2D00
-
- /** Product ID value in a Device Descriptor to indicate an Android device in Open Accessory and Android Debug mode. */
- #define ANDROID_ACCESSORY_ADB_PRODUCT_ID 0x2D01
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the
- * Android Open Accessory class.
- */
- enum AOA_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
- {
- AOA_CSCP_AOADataClass = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to the AOA data class.
- */
- AOA_CSCP_AOADataSubclass = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to AOA data subclass.
- */
- AOA_CSCP_AOADataProtocol = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to the AOA data class protocol.
- */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the Android Open Accessory class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
- enum AOA_ClassRequests_t
- {
- AOA_REQ_GetAccessoryProtocol = 0x33, /**< Android Open Accessory control request to retrieve the device's supported Accessory Protocol version. */
- AOA_REQ_SendString = 0x34, /**< Android Open Accessory control request to set an accessory property string in the device. */
- AOA_REQ_StartAccessoryMode = 0x35, /**< Android Open Accessory control request to switch the device into Accessory mode. */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the possible Android Open Accessory property string indexes. */
- enum AOA_Strings_t
- {
- AOA_STRING_Manufacturer = 0, /**< Index of the Manufacturer property string. */
- AOA_STRING_Model = 1, /**< Index of the Model Name property string. */
- AOA_STRING_Description = 2, /**< Index of the Description property string. */
- AOA_STRING_Version = 3, /**< Index of the Version Number property string. */
- AOA_STRING_URI = 4, /**< Index of the URI Information property string. */
- AOA_STRING_Serial = 5, /**< Index of the Serial Number property string. */
-
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- AOA_STRING_TOTAL_STRINGS
- #endif
- };
-
- /** Enum for the possible Android Open Accessory protocol versions. */
- enum AOA_Protocols_t
- {
- AOA_PROTOCOL_AccessoryV1 = 0x0001, /**< Android Open Accessory version 1. */
- };
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
+ *
+ * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAOA
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassAOACommon Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAOACommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ * Android Open Accessory Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AOA_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _AOA_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AOA_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Product ID value in a Device Descriptor to indicate an Android device in Open Accessory mode. */
+ #define ANDROID_ACCESSORY_PRODUCT_ID 0x2D00
+
+ /** Product ID value in a Device Descriptor to indicate an Android device in Open Accessory and Android Debug mode. */
+ #define ANDROID_ACCESSORY_ADB_PRODUCT_ID 0x2D01
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the
+ * Android Open Accessory class.
+ */
+ enum AOA_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+ {
+ AOA_CSCP_AOADataClass = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the AOA data class.
+ */
+ AOA_CSCP_AOADataSubclass = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to AOA data subclass.
+ */
+ AOA_CSCP_AOADataProtocol = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the AOA data class protocol.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the Android Open Accessory class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
+ enum AOA_ClassRequests_t
+ {
+ AOA_REQ_GetAccessoryProtocol = 0x33, /**< Android Open Accessory control request to retrieve the device's supported Accessory Protocol version. */
+ AOA_REQ_SendString = 0x34, /**< Android Open Accessory control request to set an accessory property string in the device. */
+ AOA_REQ_StartAccessoryMode = 0x35, /**< Android Open Accessory control request to switch the device into Accessory mode. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the possible Android Open Accessory property string indexes. */
+ enum AOA_Strings_t
+ {
+ AOA_STRING_Manufacturer = 0, /**< Index of the Manufacturer property string. */
+ AOA_STRING_Model = 1, /**< Index of the Model Name property string. */
+ AOA_STRING_Description = 2, /**< Index of the Description property string. */
+ AOA_STRING_Version = 3, /**< Index of the Version Number property string. */
+ AOA_STRING_URI = 4, /**< Index of the URI Information property string. */
+ AOA_STRING_Serial = 5, /**< Index of the Serial Number property string. */
+
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ AOA_STRING_TOTAL_STRINGS
+ #endif
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the possible Android Open Accessory protocol versions. */
+ enum AOA_Protocols_t
+ {
+ AOA_PROTOCOL_AccessoryV1 = 0x0001, /**< Android Open Accessory version 1. */
+ AOA_PROTOCOL_AccessoryV2 = 0x0002, /**< Android Open Accessory version 2. */
+ };
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h
index f33fef68a..2db5eeea1 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/AudioClassCommon.h
@@ -1,774 +1,780 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
- *
- * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAudio
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassAudioCommon Common Class Definitions
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
- * Audio 1.0 Class.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _AUDIO_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-#define _AUDIO_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** \name Audio Channel Masks */
- //@{
- /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_LEFT_FRONT (1 << 0)
-
- /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_RIGHT_FRONT (1 << 1)
-
- /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_CENTER_FRONT (1 << 2)
-
- /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_LOW_FREQ_ENHANCE (1 << 3)
-
- /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_LEFT_SURROUND (1 << 4)
-
- /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_RIGHT_SURROUND (1 << 5)
-
- /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_LEFT_OF_CENTER (1 << 6)
-
- /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_RIGHT_OF_CENTER (1 << 7)
-
- /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_SURROUND (1 << 8)
-
- /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_SIDE_LEFT (1 << 9)
-
- /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_SIDE_RIGHT (1 << 10)
-
- /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_TOP (1 << 11)
- //@}
-
- /** \name Audio Feature Masks */
- //@{
- /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_FEATURE_MUTE (1 << 0)
-
- /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_FEATURE_VOLUME (1 << 1)
-
- /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_FEATURE_BASS (1 << 2)
-
- /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_FEATURE_MID (1 << 3)
-
- /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_FEATURE_TREBLE (1 << 4)
-
- /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_FEATURE_GRAPHIC_EQUALIZER (1 << 5)
-
- /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_FEATURE_AUTOMATIC_GAIN (1 << 6)
-
- /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_FEATURE_DELAY (1 << 7)
-
- /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_FEATURE_BASS_BOOST (1 << 8)
-
- /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_FEATURE_BASS_LOUDNESS (1 << 9)
- //@}
-
- /** \name Audio Terminal Types */
- //@{
- /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_UNDEFINED 0x0100
-
- /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_STREAMING 0x0101
-
- /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_VENDOR 0x01FF
-
- /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_UNDEFINED 0x0200
-
- /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_MIC 0x0201
-
- /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_DESKTOP_MIC 0x0202
-
- /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_PERSONAL_MIC 0x0203
-
- /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_OMNIDIR_MIC 0x0204
-
- /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_MIC_ARRAY 0x0205
-
- /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_PROCESSING_MIC 0x0206
-
- /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_OUT_UNDEFINED 0x0300
-
- /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_SPEAKER 0x0301
-
- /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_HEADPHONES 0x0302
-
- /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_HEAD_MOUNTED 0x0303
-
- /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_DESKTOP 0x0304
-
- /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_ROOM 0x0305
-
- /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_COMMUNICATION 0x0306
-
- /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
- #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_LOWFREQ 0x0307
- //@}
-
- /** Convenience macro to fill a 24-bit \ref USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t structure with the given sample rate as a 24-bit number.
- *
- * \param[in] freq Required audio sampling frequency in HZ
- */
- #define AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(freq) {.Byte1 = ((uint32_t)freq & 0xFF), .Byte2 = (((uint32_t)freq >> 8) & 0xFF), .Byte3 = (((uint32_t)freq >> 16) & 0xFF)}
-
- /** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class-specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
- * accepts only filled endpoint packets of audio samples.
- */
- #define AUDIO_EP_FULL_PACKETS_ONLY (1 << 7)
-
- /** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class-specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
- * will accept partially filled endpoint packets of audio samples.
- */
- #define AUDIO_EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS (0 << 7)
-
- /** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class-specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
- * allows for sampling frequency adjustments to be made via control requests directed at the endpoint.
- */
- #define AUDIO_EP_SAMPLE_FREQ_CONTROL (1 << 0)
-
- /** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class-specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
- * allows for pitch adjustments to be made via control requests directed at the endpoint.
- */
- #define AUDIO_EP_PITCH_CONTROL (1 << 1)
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the Audio
- * device class.
- */
- enum Audio_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
- {
- AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or
- * interface belongs to the USB Audio 1.0 class.
- */
- AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or
- * interface belongs to the Audio Control subclass.
- */
- AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or
- * interface belongs to the Audio Control protocol.
- */
- AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or
- * interface belongs to the MIDI Streaming subclass.
- */
- AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass = 0x03, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or
- * interface belongs to the Audio streaming subclass.
- */
- AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or
- * interface belongs to the Streaming Audio protocol.
- */
- };
-
- /** Audio class specific interface description subtypes, for the Audio Control interface. */
- enum Audio_CSInterface_AC_SubTypes_t
- {
- AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header = 0x01, /**< Audio class specific control interface header. */
- AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal = 0x02, /**< Audio class specific control interface Input Terminal. */
- AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal = 0x03, /**< Audio class specific control interface Output Terminal. */
- AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Mixer = 0x04, /**< Audio class specific control interface Mixer Unit. */
- AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Selector = 0x05, /**< Audio class specific control interface Selector Unit. */
- AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Feature = 0x06, /**< Audio class specific control interface Feature Unit. */
- AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Processing = 0x07, /**< Audio class specific control interface Processing Unit. */
- AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Extension = 0x08, /**< Audio class specific control interface Extension Unit. */
- };
-
- /** Audio class specific interface description subtypes, for the Audio Streaming interface. */
- enum Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t
- {
- AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General = 0x01, /**< Audio class specific streaming interface general descriptor. */
- AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType = 0x02, /**< Audio class specific streaming interface format type descriptor. */
- AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatSpecific = 0x03, /**< Audio class specific streaming interface format information descriptor. */
- };
-
- /** Audio class specific endpoint description subtypes, for the Audio Streaming interface. */
- enum Audio_CSEndpoint_SubTypes_t
- {
- AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General = 0x01, /**< Audio class specific endpoint general descriptor. */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the Audio class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
- enum Audio_ClassRequests_t
- {
- AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent = 0x01, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the current value of a parameter within the device. */
- AUDIO_REQ_SetMinimum = 0x02, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the minimum value of a parameter within the device. */
- AUDIO_REQ_SetMaximum = 0x03, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the maximum value of a parameter within the device. */
- AUDIO_REQ_SetResolution = 0x04, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the resolution value of a parameter within the device. */
- AUDIO_REQ_SetMemory = 0x05, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the memory value of a parameter within the device. */
- AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent = 0x81, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the current value of a parameter within the device. */
- AUDIO_REQ_GetMinimum = 0x82, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the minimum value of a parameter within the device. */
- AUDIO_REQ_GetMaximum = 0x83, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the maximum value of a parameter within the device. */
- AUDIO_REQ_GetResolution = 0x84, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the resolution value of a parameter within the device. */
- AUDIO_REQ_GetMemory = 0x85, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the memory value of a parameter within the device. */
- AUDIO_REQ_GetStatus = 0xFF, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the device status. */
- };
-
- /** Enum for Audio class specific Endpoint control modifiers which can be set and retrieved by a USB host, if the corresponding
- * endpoint control is indicated to be supported in the Endpoint's Audio-class specific endpoint descriptor.
- */
- enum Audio_EndpointControls_t
- {
- AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq = 0x01, /**< Sampling frequency adjustment of the endpoint. */
- AUDIO_EPCONTROL_Pitch = 0x02, /**< Pitch adjustment of the endpoint. */
- };
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief Audio class-specific Input Terminal Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific input terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
- * contains an input audio source, either from a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
- * a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_InputTerminal_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
- uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
- * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal.
- */
-
- uint8_t TerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
- uint16_t TerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a \c TERMINAL_* mask. */
- uint8_t AssociatedOutputTerminal; /**< ID of associated output terminal, for physically grouped terminals
- * such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset.
- */
- uint8_t TotalChannels; /**< Total number of separate audio channels within this interface (right, left, etc.) */
- uint16_t ChannelConfig; /**< \c CHANNEL_* masks indicating what channel layout is supported by this terminal. */
-
- uint8_t ChannelStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this channel within the device. */
- uint8_t TerminalStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t;
-
- /** \brief Audio class-specific Input Terminal Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific input terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
- * contains an input audio source, either from a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
- * a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
- * element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
- * given by the specific class.
- */
-
- uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
- * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal.
- */
- uint8_t bTerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
- uint16_t wTerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a \c TERMINAL_* mask. */
- uint8_t bAssocTerminal; /**< ID of associated output terminal, for physically grouped terminals
- * such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset.
- */
- uint8_t bNrChannels; /**< Total number of separate audio channels within this interface (right, left, etc.) */
- uint16_t wChannelConfig; /**< \c CHANNEL_* masks indicating what channel layout is supported by this terminal. */
-
- uint8_t iChannelNames; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this channel within the device. */
- uint8_t iTerminal; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_InputTerminal_t;
-
- /** \brief Audio class-specific Output Terminal Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific output terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
- * contains an output audio sink, either to a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
- * a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_OutputTerminal_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
- uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
- * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal.
- */
-
- uint8_t TerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
- uint16_t TerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a \c TERMINAL_* mask. */
- uint8_t AssociatedInputTerminal; /**< ID of associated input terminal, for physically grouped terminals
- * such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset.
- */
- uint8_t SourceID; /**< ID value of the unit this terminal's audio is sourced from. */
-
- uint8_t TerminalStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t;
-
- /** \brief Audio class-specific Output Terminal Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific output terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
- * contains an output audio sink, either to a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
- * a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
- * element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
- * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal.
- */
-
- uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
- * a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AC_SubTypes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t bTerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
- uint16_t wTerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a \c TERMINAL_* mask. */
- uint8_t bAssocTerminal; /**< ID of associated input terminal, for physically grouped terminals
- * such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset.
- */
- uint8_t bSourceID; /**< ID value of the unit this terminal's audio is sourced from. */
-
- uint8_t iTerminal; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_OutputTerminal_t;
-
- /** \brief Audio class-specific Interface Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific interface descriptor. This follows a regular interface descriptor to
- * supply extra information about the audio device's layout to the host. See the USB Audio specification for more
- * details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Interface_AC_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
- uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
- * a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
- */
-
- uint16_t ACSpecification; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class specification version. */
- uint16_t TotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors, including this descriptor. */
-
- uint8_t InCollection; /**< Total number of Audio Streaming interfaces linked to this Audio Control interface (must be 1). */
- uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the associated Audio Streaming interface. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t;
-
- /** \brief Audio class-specific Interface Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific interface descriptor. This follows a regular interface descriptor to
- * supply extra information about the audio device's layout to the host. See the USB Audio specification for more
- * details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
- * element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
- * given by the specific class.
- */
-
- uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype;/**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
- * a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
- */
-
- uint16_t bcdADC; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class specification version. */
- uint16_t wTotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors, including this descriptor. */
-
- uint8_t bInCollection; /**< Total number of Audio Streaming interfaces linked to this Audio Control interface (must be 1). */
- uint8_t bInterfaceNumbers; /**< Interface number of the associated Audio Streaming interface. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Interface_AC_t;
-
- /** \brief Audio class-specific Feature Unit Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific Feature Unit descriptor. This indicates to the host what features
- * are present in the device's audio stream for basic control, such as per-channel volume. See the USB Audio
- * specification for more details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_FeatureUnit_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
- uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
- * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Feature.
- */
-
- uint8_t UnitID; /**< ID value of this feature unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
- uint8_t SourceID; /**< Source ID value of the audio source input into this feature unit. */
-
- uint8_t ControlSize; /**< Size of each element in the \c ChannelControls array. */
- uint8_t ChannelControls[3]; /**< Feature masks for the control channel, and each separate audio channel. */
-
- uint8_t FeatureUnitStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_FeatureUnit_t;
-
- /** \brief Audio class-specific Feature Unit Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific Feature Unit descriptor. This indicates to the host what features
- * are present in the device's audio stream for basic control, such as per-channel volume. See the USB Audio
- * specification for more details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_FeatureUnit_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
- * element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
- * given by the specific class.
- */
-
- uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
- * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Feature.
- */
-
- uint8_t bUnitID; /**< ID value of this feature unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
- uint8_t bSourceID; /**< Source ID value of the audio source input into this feature unit. */
-
- uint8_t bControlSize; /**< Size of each element in the \c ChannelControls array. */
- uint8_t bmaControls[3]; /**< Feature masks for the control channel, and each separate audio channel. */
-
- uint8_t iFeature; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_FeatureUnit_t;
-
- /** \brief Audio class-specific Streaming Audio Interface Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
- * how audio streams within the device are formatted. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Interface_AS_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
- uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
- * a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
- */
-
- uint8_t TerminalLink; /**< ID value of the output terminal this descriptor is describing. */
-
- uint8_t FrameDelay; /**< Delay in frames resulting from the complete sample processing from input to output. */
- uint16_t AudioFormat; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t;
-
- /** \brief Audio class-specific Streaming Audio Interface Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
- * how audio streams within the device are formatted. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
- * element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
- * given by the specific class.
- */
-
- uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
- * a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
- */
-
- uint8_t bTerminalLink; /**< ID value of the output terminal this descriptor is describing. */
-
- uint8_t bDelay; /**< Delay in frames resulting from the complete sample processing from input to output. */
- uint16_t wFormatTag; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Interface_AS_t;
-
- /** \brief Audio class-specific Format Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific audio format descriptor. This is used to give the host full details
- * about the number of channels, the sample resolution, acceptable sample frequencies and encoding method used
- * in the device's audio streams. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
- *
- * \attention This descriptor <b>must</b> be followed by one or more \ref USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t elements containing
- * the continuous or discrete sample frequencies.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Format_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
- uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
- * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType.
- */
-
- uint8_t FormatType; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification. */
- uint8_t Channels; /**< Total number of discrete channels in the stream. */
-
- uint8_t SubFrameSize; /**< Size in bytes of each channel's sample data in the stream. */
- uint8_t BitResolution; /**< Bits of resolution of each channel's samples in the stream. */
-
- uint8_t TotalDiscreteSampleRates; /**< Total number of discrete sample frequencies supported by the device. When
- * zero, this must be followed by the lower and upper continuous sampling
- * frequencies supported by the device; otherwise, this must be followed
- * by the given number of discrete sampling frequencies supported.
- */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t;
-
- /** \brief 24-Bit Audio Frequency Structure.
- *
- * Type define for a 24bit audio sample frequency structure. As GCC does not contain a built in 24-bit datatype,
- * this this structure is used to build up the value instead. Fill this structure with the \ref AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ() macro.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t Byte1; /**< Lowest 8 bits of the 24-bit value. */
- uint8_t Byte2; /**< Middle 8 bits of the 24-bit value. */
- uint8_t Byte3; /**< Upper 8 bits of the 24-bit value. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t;
-
- /** \brief Audio class-specific Format Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific audio format descriptor. This is used to give the host full details
- * about the number of channels, the sample resolution, acceptable sample frequencies and encoding method used
- * in the device's audio streams. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
- *
- * \attention This descriptor <b>must</b> be followed by one or more 24-bit integer elements containing the continuous
- * or discrete sample frequencies.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
- * element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
- * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType.
- */
-
- uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype;/**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
- * a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
- */
-
- uint8_t bFormatType; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification. */
- uint8_t bNrChannels; /**< Total number of discrete channels in the stream. */
-
- uint8_t bSubFrameSize; /**< Size in bytes of each channel's sample data in the stream. */
- uint8_t bBitResolution; /**< Bits of resolution of each channel's samples in the stream. */
-
- uint8_t bSampleFrequencyType; /**< Total number of sample frequencies supported by the device. When
- * zero, this must be followed by the lower and upper continuous sampling
- * frequencies supported by the device; otherwise, this must be followed
- * by the given number of discrete sampling frequencies supported.
- */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Format_t;
-
- /** \brief Audio class-specific Streaming Endpoint Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific endpoint descriptor. This contains a regular endpoint
- * descriptor with a few Audio-class-specific extensions. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Endpoint; /**< Standard endpoint descriptor describing the audio endpoint. */
-
- uint8_t Refresh; /**< Always set to zero for Audio class devices. */
- uint8_t SyncEndpointNumber; /**< Endpoint address to send synchronization information to, if needed (zero otherwise). */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t;
-
- /** \brief Audio class-specific Streaming Endpoint Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific endpoint descriptor. This contains a regular endpoint
- * descriptor with a few Audio-class-specific extensions. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
- * element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a
- * value given by the specific class.
- */
- uint8_t bEndpointAddress; /**< Logical address of the endpoint within the device for the current
- * configuration, including direction mask.
- */
- uint8_t bmAttributes; /**< Endpoint attributes, comprised of a mask of the endpoint type (\c EP_TYPE_*)
- * and attributes (\c ENDPOINT_ATTR_*) masks.
- */
- uint16_t wMaxPacketSize; /**< Size of the endpoint bank, in bytes. This indicates the maximum packet size
- * that the endpoint can receive at a time.
- */
- uint8_t bInterval; /**< Polling interval in milliseconds for the endpoint if it is an INTERRUPT or
- * ISOCHRONOUS type.
- */
-
- uint8_t bRefresh; /**< Always set to zero for Audio class devices. */
- uint8_t bSynchAddress; /**< Endpoint address to send synchronization information to, if needed (zero otherwise). */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t;
-
- /** \brief Audio class-specific Extended Endpoint Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific extended endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
- * on the usage of endpoints used to stream audio in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
- * class-specific extended endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
- uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
- * a value from the \ref Audio_CSEndpoint_SubTypes_t enum.
- */
-
- uint8_t Attributes; /**< Audio class-specific endpoint attributes, such as \ref AUDIO_EP_FULL_PACKETS_ONLY. */
-
- uint8_t LockDelayUnits; /**< Units used for the LockDelay field, see Audio class specification. */
- uint16_t LockDelay; /**< Time required to internally lock endpoint's internal clock recovery circuitry. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t;
-
- /** \brief Audio class-specific Extended Endpoint Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific extended endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
- * on the usage of endpoints used to stream audio in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
- * class-specific extended endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
- * element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
- * given by the specific class.
- */
-
- uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
- * a value from the \ref Audio_CSEndpoint_SubTypes_t enum.
- */
-
- uint8_t bmAttributes; /**< Audio class-specific endpoint attributes, such as \ref AUDIO_EP_FULL_PACKETS_ONLY. */
-
- uint8_t bLockDelayUnits; /**< Units used for the LockDelay field, see Audio class specification. */
- uint16_t wLockDelay; /**< Time required to internally lock endpoint's internal clock recovery circuitry. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t;
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
+ *
+ * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAudio
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassAudioCommon Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAudioCommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ * Audio 1.0 Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _AUDIO_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name Audio Channel Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_LEFT_FRONT (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_RIGHT_FRONT (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_CENTER_FRONT (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_LOW_FREQ_ENHANCE (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_LEFT_SURROUND (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_RIGHT_SURROUND (1 << 5)
+
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_LEFT_OF_CENTER (1 << 6)
+
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_RIGHT_OF_CENTER (1 << 7)
+
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_SURROUND (1 << 8)
+
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_SIDE_LEFT (1 << 9)
+
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_SIDE_RIGHT (1 << 10)
+
+ /** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_CHANNEL_TOP (1 << 11)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Audio Feature Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_FEATURE_MUTE (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_FEATURE_VOLUME (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_FEATURE_BASS (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_FEATURE_MID (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_FEATURE_TREBLE (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_FEATURE_GRAPHIC_EQUALIZER (1 << 5)
+
+ /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_FEATURE_AUTOMATIC_GAIN (1 << 6)
+
+ /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_FEATURE_DELAY (1 << 7)
+
+ /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_FEATURE_BASS_BOOST (1 << 8)
+
+ /** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_FEATURE_BASS_LOUDNESS (1 << 9)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Audio Terminal Types */
+ //@{
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_UNDEFINED 0x0100
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_STREAMING 0x0101
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_VENDOR 0x01FF
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_UNDEFINED 0x0200
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_MIC 0x0201
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_DESKTOP_MIC 0x0202
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_PERSONAL_MIC 0x0203
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_OMNIDIR_MIC 0x0204
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_MIC_ARRAY 0x0205
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_PROCESSING_MIC 0x0206
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_IN_OUT_UNDEFINED 0x0300
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_SPEAKER 0x0301
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_HEADPHONES 0x0302
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_HEAD_MOUNTED 0x0303
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_DESKTOP 0x0304
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_ROOM 0x0305
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_COMMUNICATION 0x0306
+
+ /** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
+ #define AUDIO_TERMINAL_OUT_LOWFREQ 0x0307
+ //@}
+
+ /** Convenience macro to fill a 24-bit \ref USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t structure with the given sample rate as a 24-bit number.
+ *
+ * \param[in] freq Required audio sampling frequency in HZ
+ */
+ #define AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(freq) {.Byte1 = ((uint32_t)freq & 0xFF), .Byte2 = (((uint32_t)freq >> 8) & 0xFF), .Byte3 = (((uint32_t)freq >> 16) & 0xFF)}
+
+ /** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class-specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
+ * accepts only filled endpoint packets of audio samples.
+ */
+ #define AUDIO_EP_FULL_PACKETS_ONLY (1 << 7)
+
+ /** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class-specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
+ * will accept partially filled endpoint packets of audio samples.
+ */
+ #define AUDIO_EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS (0 << 7)
+
+ /** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class-specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
+ * allows for sampling frequency adjustments to be made via control requests directed at the endpoint.
+ */
+ #define AUDIO_EP_SAMPLE_FREQ_CONTROL (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class-specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
+ * allows for pitch adjustments to be made via control requests directed at the endpoint.
+ */
+ #define AUDIO_EP_PITCH_CONTROL (1 << 1)
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the Audio
+ * device class.
+ */
+ enum Audio_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+ {
+ AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or
+ * interface belongs to the USB Audio 1.0 class.
+ */
+ AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or
+ * interface belongs to the Audio Control subclass.
+ */
+ AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or
+ * interface belongs to the Audio Control protocol.
+ */
+ AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or
+ * interface belongs to the MIDI Streaming subclass.
+ */
+ AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass = 0x03, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or
+ * interface belongs to the Audio streaming subclass.
+ */
+ AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or
+ * interface belongs to the Streaming Audio protocol.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Audio class specific interface description subtypes, for the Audio Control interface. */
+ enum Audio_CSInterface_AC_SubTypes_t
+ {
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header = 0x01, /**< Audio class specific control interface header. */
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal = 0x02, /**< Audio class specific control interface Input Terminal. */
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal = 0x03, /**< Audio class specific control interface Output Terminal. */
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Mixer = 0x04, /**< Audio class specific control interface Mixer Unit. */
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Selector = 0x05, /**< Audio class specific control interface Selector Unit. */
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Feature = 0x06, /**< Audio class specific control interface Feature Unit. */
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Processing = 0x07, /**< Audio class specific control interface Processing Unit. */
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Extension = 0x08, /**< Audio class specific control interface Extension Unit. */
+ };
+
+ /** Audio class specific interface description subtypes, for the Audio Streaming interface. */
+ enum Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t
+ {
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_General = 0x01, /**< Audio class specific streaming interface general descriptor. */
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType = 0x02, /**< Audio class specific streaming interface format type descriptor. */
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatSpecific = 0x03, /**< Audio class specific streaming interface format information descriptor. */
+ };
+
+ /** Audio class specific endpoint description subtypes, for the Audio Streaming interface. */
+ enum Audio_CSEndpoint_SubTypes_t
+ {
+ AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSEndpoint_General = 0x01, /**< Audio class specific endpoint general descriptor. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the Audio class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
+ enum Audio_ClassRequests_t
+ {
+ AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent = 0x01, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the current value of a parameter within the device. */
+ AUDIO_REQ_SetMinimum = 0x02, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the minimum value of a parameter within the device. */
+ AUDIO_REQ_SetMaximum = 0x03, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the maximum value of a parameter within the device. */
+ AUDIO_REQ_SetResolution = 0x04, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the resolution value of a parameter within the device. */
+ AUDIO_REQ_SetMemory = 0x05, /**< Audio class-specific request to set the memory value of a parameter within the device. */
+ AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent = 0x81, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the current value of a parameter within the device. */
+ AUDIO_REQ_GetMinimum = 0x82, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the minimum value of a parameter within the device. */
+ AUDIO_REQ_GetMaximum = 0x83, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the maximum value of a parameter within the device. */
+ AUDIO_REQ_GetResolution = 0x84, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the resolution value of a parameter within the device. */
+ AUDIO_REQ_GetMemory = 0x85, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the memory value of a parameter within the device. */
+ AUDIO_REQ_GetStatus = 0xFF, /**< Audio class-specific request to get the device status. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for Audio class specific Endpoint control modifiers which can be set and retrieved by a USB host, if the corresponding
+ * endpoint control is indicated to be supported in the Endpoint's Audio-class specific endpoint descriptor.
+ */
+ enum Audio_EndpointControls_t
+ {
+ AUDIO_EPCONTROL_SamplingFreq = 0x01, /**< Sampling frequency adjustment of the endpoint. */
+ AUDIO_EPCONTROL_Pitch = 0x02, /**< Pitch adjustment of the endpoint. */
+ };
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Input Terminal Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific input terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
+ * contains an input audio source, either from a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
+ * a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_InputTerminal_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t TerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
+ uint16_t TerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a \c TERMINAL_* mask. */
+ uint8_t AssociatedOutputTerminal; /**< ID of associated output terminal, for physically grouped terminals
+ * such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset.
+ */
+ uint8_t TotalChannels; /**< Total number of separate audio channels within this interface (right, left, etc.) */
+ uint16_t ChannelConfig; /**< \c CHANNEL_* masks indicating what channel layout is supported by this terminal. */
+
+ uint8_t ChannelStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this channel within the device. */
+ uint8_t TerminalStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Input Terminal Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific input terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
+ * contains an input audio source, either from a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
+ * a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_InputTerminal_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_InputTerminal.
+ */
+ uint8_t bTerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
+ uint16_t wTerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a \c TERMINAL_* mask. */
+ uint8_t bAssocTerminal; /**< ID of associated output terminal, for physically grouped terminals
+ * such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset.
+ */
+ uint8_t bNrChannels; /**< Total number of separate audio channels within this interface (right, left, etc.) */
+ uint16_t wChannelConfig; /**< \c CHANNEL_* masks indicating what channel layout is supported by this terminal. */
+
+ uint8_t iChannelNames; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this channel within the device. */
+ uint8_t iTerminal; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_InputTerminal_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Output Terminal Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific output terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
+ * contains an output audio sink, either to a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
+ * a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_OutputTerminal_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t TerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
+ uint16_t TerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a \c TERMINAL_* mask. */
+ uint8_t AssociatedInputTerminal; /**< ID of associated input terminal, for physically grouped terminals
+ * such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset.
+ */
+ uint8_t SourceID; /**< ID value of the unit this terminal's audio is sourced from. */
+
+ uint8_t TerminalStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Output Terminal Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific output terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
+ * contains an output audio sink, either to a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
+ * a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_OutputTerminal_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_OutputTerminal.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AC_SubTypes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t bTerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
+ uint16_t wTerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a \c TERMINAL_* mask. */
+ uint8_t bAssocTerminal; /**< ID of associated input terminal, for physically grouped terminals
+ * such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset.
+ */
+ uint8_t bSourceID; /**< ID value of the unit this terminal's audio is sourced from. */
+
+ uint8_t iTerminal; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_OutputTerminal_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Interface Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific interface descriptor. This follows a regular interface descriptor to
+ * supply extra information about the audio device's layout to the host. See the USB Audio specification for more
+ * details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Interface_AC_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
+ */
+
+ uint16_t ACSpecification; /**< Binary Coded Decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class specification version.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint16_t TotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors, including this descriptor. */
+
+ uint8_t InCollection; /**< Total number of Audio Streaming interfaces linked to this Audio Control interface (must be 1). */
+ uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the associated Audio Streaming interface. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Interface Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific interface descriptor. This follows a regular interface descriptor to
+ * supply extra information about the audio device's layout to the host. See the USB Audio specification for more
+ * details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AC_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype;/**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
+ */
+
+ uint16_t bcdADC; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class specification version.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint16_t wTotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors, including this descriptor. */
+
+ uint8_t bInCollection; /**< Total number of Audio Streaming interfaces linked to this Audio Control interface (must be 1). */
+ uint8_t bInterfaceNumbers; /**< Interface number of the associated Audio Streaming interface. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Interface_AC_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Feature Unit Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific Feature Unit descriptor. This indicates to the host what features
+ * are present in the device's audio stream for basic control, such as per-channel volume. See the USB Audio
+ * specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_FeatureUnit_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Feature.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t UnitID; /**< ID value of this feature unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
+ uint8_t SourceID; /**< Source ID value of the audio source input into this feature unit. */
+
+ uint8_t ControlSize; /**< Size of each element in the \c ChannelControls array. */
+ uint8_t ChannelControls[3]; /**< Feature masks for the control channel, and each separate audio channel. */
+
+ uint8_t FeatureUnitStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_FeatureUnit_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Feature Unit Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific Feature Unit descriptor. This indicates to the host what features
+ * are present in the device's audio stream for basic control, such as per-channel volume. See the USB Audio
+ * specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_FeatureUnit_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Feature.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bUnitID; /**< ID value of this feature unit - must be a unique value within the device. */
+ uint8_t bSourceID; /**< Source ID value of the audio source input into this feature unit. */
+
+ uint8_t bControlSize; /**< Size of each element in the \c ChannelControls array. */
+ uint8_t bmaControls[3]; /**< Feature masks for the control channel, and each separate audio channel. */
+
+ uint8_t iFeature; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_FeatureUnit_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Streaming Audio Interface Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
+ * how audio streams within the device are formatted. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Interface_AS_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t TerminalLink; /**< ID value of the output terminal this descriptor is describing. */
+
+ uint8_t FrameDelay; /**< Delay in frames resulting from the complete sample processing from input to output. */
+ uint16_t AudioFormat; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Streaming Audio Interface Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
+ * how audio streams within the device are formatted. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Interface_AS_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bTerminalLink; /**< ID value of the output terminal this descriptor is describing. */
+
+ uint8_t bDelay; /**< Delay in frames resulting from the complete sample processing from input to output. */
+ uint16_t wFormatTag; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Interface_AS_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Format Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific audio format descriptor. This is used to give the host full details
+ * about the number of channels, the sample resolution, acceptable sample frequencies and encoding method used
+ * in the device's audio streams. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \attention This descriptor <b>must</b> be followed by one or more \ref USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t elements containing
+ * the continuous or discrete sample frequencies.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Format_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t FormatType; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification. */
+ uint8_t Channels; /**< Total number of discrete channels in the stream. */
+
+ uint8_t SubFrameSize; /**< Size in bytes of each channel's sample data in the stream. */
+ uint8_t BitResolution; /**< Bits of resolution of each channel's samples in the stream. */
+
+ uint8_t TotalDiscreteSampleRates; /**< Total number of discrete sample frequencies supported by the device. When
+ * zero, this must be followed by the lower and upper continuous sampling
+ * frequencies supported by the device; otherwise, this must be followed
+ * by the given number of discrete sampling frequencies supported.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t;
+
+ /** \brief 24-Bit Audio Frequency Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a 24-bit audio sample frequency structure. As GCC does not contain a built in 24-bit datatype,
+ * this this structure is used to build up the value instead. Fill this structure with the \ref AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ() macro.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Byte1; /**< Lowest 8 bits of the 24-bit value. */
+ uint8_t Byte2; /**< Middle 8 bits of the 24-bit value. */
+ uint8_t Byte3; /**< Upper 8 bits of the 24-bit value. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_SampleFreq_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Format Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific audio format descriptor. This is used to give the host full details
+ * about the number of channels, the sample resolution, acceptable sample frequencies and encoding method used
+ * in the device's audio streams. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \attention This descriptor <b>must</b> be followed by one or more 24-bit integer elements containing the continuous
+ * or discrete sample frequencies.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_Format_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref AUDIO_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_FormatType.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype;/**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * a value from the \ref Audio_CSInterface_AS_SubTypes_t enum.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bFormatType; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification. */
+ uint8_t bNrChannels; /**< Total number of discrete channels in the stream. */
+
+ uint8_t bSubFrameSize; /**< Size in bytes of each channel's sample data in the stream. */
+ uint8_t bBitResolution; /**< Bits of resolution of each channel's samples in the stream. */
+
+ uint8_t bSampleFrequencyType; /**< Total number of sample frequencies supported by the device. When
+ * zero, this must be followed by the lower and upper continuous sampling
+ * frequencies supported by the device; otherwise, this must be followed
+ * by the given number of discrete sampling frequencies supported.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_Format_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Streaming Endpoint Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific endpoint descriptor. This contains a regular endpoint
+ * descriptor with a few Audio-class-specific extensions. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Endpoint; /**< Standard endpoint descriptor describing the audio endpoint. */
+
+ uint8_t Refresh; /**< Always set to zero for Audio class devices. */
+ uint8_t SyncEndpointNumber; /**< Endpoint address to send synchronization information to, if needed (zero otherwise). */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Streaming Endpoint Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific endpoint descriptor. This contains a regular endpoint
+ * descriptor with a few Audio-class-specific extensions. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a
+ * value given by the specific class.
+ */
+ uint8_t bEndpointAddress; /**< Logical address of the endpoint within the device for the current
+ * configuration, including direction mask.
+ */
+ uint8_t bmAttributes; /**< Endpoint attributes, comprised of a mask of the endpoint type (\c EP_TYPE_*)
+ * and attributes (\c ENDPOINT_ATTR_*) masks.
+ */
+ uint16_t wMaxPacketSize; /**< Size of the endpoint bank, in bytes. This indicates the maximum packet size
+ * that the endpoint can receive at a time.
+ */
+ uint8_t bInterval; /**< Polling interval in milliseconds for the endpoint if it is an INTERRUPT or
+ * ISOCHRONOUS type.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bRefresh; /**< Always set to zero for Audio class devices. */
+ uint8_t bSynchAddress; /**< Endpoint address to send synchronization information to, if needed (zero otherwise). */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_StreamEndpoint_Std_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Extended Endpoint Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific extended endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
+ * on the usage of endpoints used to stream audio in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
+ * class-specific extended endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * a value from the \ref Audio_CSEndpoint_SubTypes_t enum.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t Attributes; /**< Audio class-specific endpoint attributes, such as \ref AUDIO_EP_FULL_PACKETS_ONLY. */
+
+ uint8_t LockDelayUnits; /**< Units used for the LockDelay field, see Audio class specification. */
+ uint16_t LockDelay; /**< Time required to internally lock endpoint's internal clock recovery circuitry. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Extended Endpoint Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific extended endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
+ * on the usage of endpoints used to stream audio in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
+ * class-specific extended endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Audio_Descriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors,
+ * a value from the \ref Audio_CSEndpoint_SubTypes_t enum.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bmAttributes; /**< Audio class-specific endpoint attributes, such as \ref AUDIO_EP_FULL_PACKETS_ONLY. */
+
+ uint8_t bLockDelayUnits; /**< Units used for the LockDelay field, see Audio class specification. */
+ uint16_t wLockDelay; /**< Time required to internally lock endpoint's internal clock recovery circuitry. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Audio_StdDescriptor_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t;
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h
index f14a766cd..94e6c68db 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/CDCClassCommon.h
@@ -1,386 +1,391 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB CDC Class driver.
- *
- * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB CDC Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassCDC
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassCDCCommon Common Class Definitions
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
- * CDC Class.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _CDC_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-#define _CDC_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** \name Virtual Control Line Masks */
- //@{
- /** Mask for the DTR handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState class-specific request
- * from the host, to indicate that the DTR line state should be high.
- */
- #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR (1 << 0)
-
- /** Mask for the RTS handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState class-specific request
- * from the host, to indicate that the RTS line state should be high.
- */
- #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_RTS (1 << 1)
-
- /** Mask for the DCD handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
- * from the device to the host, to indicate that the DCD line state is currently high.
- */
- #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_DCD (1 << 0)
-
- /** Mask for the DSR handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
- * from the device to the host, to indicate that the DSR line state is currently high.
- */
- #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_DSR (1 << 1)
-
- /** Mask for the BREAK handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
- * from the device to the host, to indicate that the BREAK line state is currently high.
- */
- #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_BREAK (1 << 2)
-
- /** Mask for the RING handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
- * from the device to the host, to indicate that the RING line state is currently high.
- */
- #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_RING (1 << 3)
-
- /** Mask for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification from the device to the host,
- * to indicate that a framing error has occurred on the virtual serial port.
- */
- #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_FRAMEERROR (1 << 4)
-
- /** Mask for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification from the device to the host,
- * to indicate that a parity error has occurred on the virtual serial port.
- */
- #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_PARITYERROR (1 << 5)
-
- /** Mask for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification from the device to the host,
- * to indicate that a data overrun error has occurred on the virtual serial port.
- */
- #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_OVERRUNERROR (1 << 6)
- //@}
-
- /** Macro to define a CDC class-specific functional descriptor. CDC functional descriptors have a
- * uniform structure but variable sized data payloads, thus cannot be represented accurately by
- * a single typedef struct. A macro is used instead so that functional descriptors can be created
- * easily by specifying the size of the payload. This allows \c sizeof() to work correctly.
- *
- * \param[in] DataSize Size in bytes of the CDC functional descriptor's data payload.
- */
- #define CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(DataSize) \
- struct \
- { \
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; \
- uint8_t SubType; \
- uint8_t Data[DataSize]; \
- }
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the CDC
- * device class.
- */
- enum CDC_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
- {
- CDC_CSCP_CDCClass = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to the CDC class.
- */
- CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to no specific subclass of the CDC class.
- */
- CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to the Abstract Control Model CDC subclass.
- */
- CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to the AT Command protocol of the CDC class.
- */
- CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to no specific protocol of the CDC class.
- */
- CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to a vendor-specific protocol of the CDC class.
- */
- CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass = 0x0A, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to the CDC Data class.
- */
- CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to no specific subclass of the CDC data class.
- */
- CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to no specific protocol of the CDC data class.
- */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the CDC class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
- enum CDC_ClassRequests_t
- {
- CDC_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand = 0x00, /**< CDC class-specific request to send an encapsulated command to the device. */
- CDC_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse = 0x01, /**< CDC class-specific request to retrieve an encapsulated command response from the device. */
- CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding = 0x20, /**< CDC class-specific request to set the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */
- CDC_REQ_GetLineEncoding = 0x21, /**< CDC class-specific request to get the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */
- CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState = 0x22, /**< CDC class-specific request to set the current virtual serial port handshake line states. */
- CDC_REQ_SendBreak = 0x23, /**< CDC class-specific request to send a break to the receiver via the carrier channel. */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the CDC class specific notification requests that can be issued by a CDC device to a host. */
- enum CDC_ClassNotifications_t
- {
- CDC_NOTIF_SerialState = 0x20, /**< Notification type constant for a change in the virtual serial port
- * handshake line states, for use with a \ref USB_Request_Header_t
- * notification structure when sent to the host via the CDC notification
- * endpoint.
- */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the CDC class specific interface descriptor subtypes. */
- enum CDC_DescriptorSubtypes_t
- {
- CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header = 0x00, /**< CDC class-specific Header functional descriptor. */
- CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_CallManagement = 0x01, /**< CDC class-specific Call Management functional descriptor. */
- CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM = 0x02, /**< CDC class-specific Abstract Control Model functional descriptor. */
- CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_DirectLine = 0x03, /**< CDC class-specific Direct Line functional descriptor. */
- CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_TelephoneRinger = 0x04, /**< CDC class-specific Telephone Ringer functional descriptor. */
- CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_TelephoneCall = 0x05, /**< CDC class-specific Telephone Call functional descriptor. */
- CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union = 0x06, /**< CDC class-specific Union functional descriptor. */
- CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_CountrySelection = 0x07, /**< CDC class-specific Country Selection functional descriptor. */
- CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_TelephoneOpModes = 0x08, /**< CDC class-specific Telephone Operation Modes functional descriptor. */
- CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_USBTerminal = 0x09, /**< CDC class-specific USB Terminal functional descriptor. */
- CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_NetworkChannel = 0x0A, /**< CDC class-specific Network Channel functional descriptor. */
- CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ProtocolUnit = 0x0B, /**< CDC class-specific Protocol Unit functional descriptor. */
- CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ExtensionUnit = 0x0C, /**< CDC class-specific Extension Unit functional descriptor. */
- CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_MultiChannel = 0x0D, /**< CDC class-specific Multi-Channel Management functional descriptor. */
- CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_CAPI = 0x0E, /**< CDC class-specific Common ISDN API functional descriptor. */
- CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Ethernet = 0x0F, /**< CDC class-specific Ethernet functional descriptor. */
- CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ATM = 0x10, /**< CDC class-specific Asynchronous Transfer Mode functional descriptor. */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the possible line encoding formats of a virtual serial port. */
- enum CDC_LineEncodingFormats_t
- {
- CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit = 0, /**< Each frame contains one stop bit. */
- CDC_LINEENCODING_OneAndAHalfStopBits = 1, /**< Each frame contains one and a half stop bits. */
- CDC_LINEENCODING_TwoStopBits = 2, /**< Each frame contains two stop bits. */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the possible line encoding parity settings of a virtual serial port. */
- enum CDC_LineEncodingParity_t
- {
- CDC_PARITY_None = 0, /**< No parity bit mode on each frame. */
- CDC_PARITY_Odd = 1, /**< Odd parity bit mode on each frame. */
- CDC_PARITY_Even = 2, /**< Even parity bit mode on each frame. */
- CDC_PARITY_Mark = 3, /**< Mark parity bit mode on each frame. */
- CDC_PARITY_Space = 4, /**< Space parity bit mode on each frame. */
- };
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief CDC class-specific Functional Header Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for a CDC class-specific functional header descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
- * contains one or more CDC functional data descriptors, which give the CDC interface's capabilities and configuration.
- * See the CDC class specification for more details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalHeader_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
- uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
- * must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header.
- */
- uint16_t CDCSpecification; /**< Version number of the CDC specification implemented by the device,
- * encoded in BCD format.
- */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t;
-
- /** \brief CDC class-specific Functional Header Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for a CDC class-specific functional header descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
- * contains one or more CDC functional data descriptors, which give the CDC interface's capabilities and configuration.
- * See the CDC class specification for more details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
- * element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bFunctionLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
- * given by the specific class.
- */
- uint8_t bDescriptorSubType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
- * must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header.
- */
- uint16_t bcdCDC; /**< Version number of the CDC specification implemented by the device, encoded in BCD format. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalHeader_t;
-
- /** \brief CDC class-specific Functional ACM Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for a CDC class-specific functional ACM descriptor. This indicates to the host that the CDC interface
- * supports the CDC ACM subclass of the CDC specification. See the CDC class specification for more details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalACM_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
- uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
- * must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM.
- */
- uint8_t Capabilities; /**< Capabilities of the ACM interface, given as a bit mask. For most devices,
- * this should be set to a fixed value of 0x06 - for other capabilities, refer
- * to the CDC ACM specification.
- */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t;
-
- /** \brief CDC class-specific Functional ACM Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for a CDC class-specific functional ACM descriptor. This indicates to the host that the CDC interface
- * supports the CDC ACM subclass of the CDC specification. See the CDC class specification for more details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
- * element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bFunctionLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
- * given by the specific class.
- */
- uint8_t bDescriptorSubType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
- * must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM.
- */
- uint8_t bmCapabilities; /**< Capabilities of the ACM interface, given as a bit mask. For most devices,
- * this should be set to a fixed value of 0x06 - for other capabilities, refer
- * to the CDC ACM specification.
- */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalACM_t;
-
- /** \brief CDC class-specific Functional Union Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for a CDC class-specific functional Union descriptor. This indicates to the host that specific
- * CDC control and data interfaces are related. See the CDC class specification for more details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalUnion_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
- uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
- * must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union.
- */
- uint8_t MasterInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the CDC Control interface. */
- uint8_t SlaveInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the CDC Data interface. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t;
-
- /** \brief CDC class-specific Functional Union Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for a CDC class-specific functional Union descriptor. This indicates to the host that specific
- * CDC control and data interfaces are related. See the CDC class specification for more details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
- * element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bFunctionLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
- * given by the specific class.
- */
- uint8_t bDescriptorSubType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
- * must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union.
- */
- uint8_t bMasterInterface; /**< Interface number of the CDC Control interface. */
- uint8_t bSlaveInterface0; /**< Interface number of the CDC Data interface. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalUnion_t;
-
- /** \brief CDC Virtual Serial Port Line Encoding Settings Structure.
- *
- * Type define for a CDC Line Encoding structure, used to hold the various encoding parameters for a virtual
- * serial port.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint32_t BaudRateBPS; /**< Baud rate of the virtual serial port, in bits per second. */
- uint8_t CharFormat; /**< Character format of the virtual serial port, a value from the
- * \ref CDC_LineEncodingFormats_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t ParityType; /**< Parity setting of the virtual serial port, a value from the
- * \ref CDC_LineEncodingParity_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t DataBits; /**< Bits of data per character of the virtual serial port. */
- } ATTR_PACKED CDC_LineEncoding_t;
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB CDC Class driver.
+ *
+ * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB CDC Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassCDC
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassCDCCommon Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassCDCCommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ * CDC Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CDC_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _CDC_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name Virtual Control Line Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Mask for the DTR handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState class-specific request
+ * from the host, to indicate that the DTR line state should be high.
+ */
+ #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Mask for the RTS handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState class-specific request
+ * from the host, to indicate that the RTS line state should be high.
+ */
+ #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_RTS (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Mask for the DCD handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
+ * from the device to the host, to indicate that the DCD line state is currently high.
+ */
+ #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_DCD (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Mask for the DSR handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
+ * from the device to the host, to indicate that the DSR line state is currently high.
+ */
+ #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_DSR (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Mask for the BREAK handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
+ * from the device to the host, to indicate that the BREAK line state is currently high.
+ */
+ #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_BREAK (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Mask for the RING handshake line for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification
+ * from the device to the host, to indicate that the RING line state is currently high.
+ */
+ #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_RING (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Mask for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification from the device to the host,
+ * to indicate that a framing error has occurred on the virtual serial port.
+ */
+ #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_FRAMEERROR (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Mask for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification from the device to the host,
+ * to indicate that a parity error has occurred on the virtual serial port.
+ */
+ #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_PARITYERROR (1 << 5)
+
+ /** Mask for use with the \ref CDC_NOTIF_SerialState class-specific notification from the device to the host,
+ * to indicate that a data overrun error has occurred on the virtual serial port.
+ */
+ #define CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_OVERRUNERROR (1 << 6)
+ //@}
+
+ /** Macro to define a CDC class-specific functional descriptor. CDC functional descriptors have a
+ * uniform structure but variable sized data payloads, thus cannot be represented accurately by
+ * a single \c typedef \c struct. A macro is used instead so that functional descriptors can be created
+ * easily by specifying the size of the payload. This allows \c sizeof() to work correctly.
+ *
+ * \param[in] DataSize Size in bytes of the CDC functional descriptor's data payload.
+ */
+ #define CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(DataSize) \
+ struct \
+ { \
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; \
+ uint8_t SubType; \
+ uint8_t Data[DataSize]; \
+ }
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the CDC
+ * device class.
+ */
+ enum CDC_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+ {
+ CDC_CSCP_CDCClass = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the CDC class.
+ */
+ CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to no specific subclass of the CDC class.
+ */
+ CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the Abstract Control Model CDC subclass.
+ */
+ CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the AT Command protocol of the CDC class.
+ */
+ CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to no specific protocol of the CDC class.
+ */
+ CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to a vendor-specific protocol of the CDC class.
+ */
+ CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass = 0x0A, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the CDC Data class.
+ */
+ CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to no specific subclass of the CDC data class.
+ */
+ CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to no specific protocol of the CDC data class.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the CDC class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
+ enum CDC_ClassRequests_t
+ {
+ CDC_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand = 0x00, /**< CDC class-specific request to send an encapsulated command to the device. */
+ CDC_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse = 0x01, /**< CDC class-specific request to retrieve an encapsulated command response from the device. */
+ CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding = 0x20, /**< CDC class-specific request to set the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */
+ CDC_REQ_GetLineEncoding = 0x21, /**< CDC class-specific request to get the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */
+ CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState = 0x22, /**< CDC class-specific request to set the current virtual serial port handshake line states. */
+ CDC_REQ_SendBreak = 0x23, /**< CDC class-specific request to send a break to the receiver via the carrier channel. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the CDC class specific notification requests that can be issued by a CDC device to a host. */
+ enum CDC_ClassNotifications_t
+ {
+ CDC_NOTIF_SerialState = 0x20, /**< Notification type constant for a change in the virtual serial port
+ * handshake line states, for use with a \ref USB_Request_Header_t
+ * notification structure when sent to the host via the CDC notification
+ * endpoint.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the CDC class specific interface descriptor subtypes. */
+ enum CDC_DescriptorSubtypes_t
+ {
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header = 0x00, /**< CDC class-specific Header functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_CallManagement = 0x01, /**< CDC class-specific Call Management functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM = 0x02, /**< CDC class-specific Abstract Control Model functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_DirectLine = 0x03, /**< CDC class-specific Direct Line functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_TelephoneRinger = 0x04, /**< CDC class-specific Telephone Ringer functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_TelephoneCall = 0x05, /**< CDC class-specific Telephone Call functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union = 0x06, /**< CDC class-specific Union functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_CountrySelection = 0x07, /**< CDC class-specific Country Selection functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_TelephoneOpModes = 0x08, /**< CDC class-specific Telephone Operation Modes functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_USBTerminal = 0x09, /**< CDC class-specific USB Terminal functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_NetworkChannel = 0x0A, /**< CDC class-specific Network Channel functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ProtocolUnit = 0x0B, /**< CDC class-specific Protocol Unit functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ExtensionUnit = 0x0C, /**< CDC class-specific Extension Unit functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_MultiChannel = 0x0D, /**< CDC class-specific Multi-Channel Management functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_CAPI = 0x0E, /**< CDC class-specific Common ISDN API functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Ethernet = 0x0F, /**< CDC class-specific Ethernet functional descriptor. */
+ CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ATM = 0x10, /**< CDC class-specific Asynchronous Transfer Mode functional descriptor. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the possible line encoding formats of a virtual serial port. */
+ enum CDC_LineEncodingFormats_t
+ {
+ CDC_LINEENCODING_OneStopBit = 0, /**< Each frame contains one stop bit. */
+ CDC_LINEENCODING_OneAndAHalfStopBits = 1, /**< Each frame contains one and a half stop bits. */
+ CDC_LINEENCODING_TwoStopBits = 2, /**< Each frame contains two stop bits. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the possible line encoding parity settings of a virtual serial port. */
+ enum CDC_LineEncodingParity_t
+ {
+ CDC_PARITY_None = 0, /**< No parity bit mode on each frame. */
+ CDC_PARITY_Odd = 1, /**< Odd parity bit mode on each frame. */
+ CDC_PARITY_Even = 2, /**< Even parity bit mode on each frame. */
+ CDC_PARITY_Mark = 3, /**< Mark parity bit mode on each frame. */
+ CDC_PARITY_Space = 4, /**< Space parity bit mode on each frame. */
+ };
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief CDC class-specific Functional Header Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a CDC class-specific functional header descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
+ * contains one or more CDC functional data descriptors, which give the CDC interface's capabilities and configuration.
+ * See the CDC class specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalHeader_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header.
+ */
+ uint16_t CDCSpecification; /**< Version number of the CDC specification implemented by the device,
+ * encoded in BCD format.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t;
+
+ /** \brief CDC class-specific Functional Header Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a CDC class-specific functional header descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
+ * contains one or more CDC functional data descriptors, which give the CDC interface's capabilities and configuration.
+ * See the CDC class specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bFunctionLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header.
+ */
+ uint16_t bcdCDC; /**< Version number of the CDC specification implemented by the device, encoded in BCD format.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalHeader_t;
+
+ /** \brief CDC class-specific Functional ACM Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a CDC class-specific functional ACM descriptor. This indicates to the host that the CDC interface
+ * supports the CDC ACM subclass of the CDC specification. See the CDC class specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalACM_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM.
+ */
+ uint8_t Capabilities; /**< Capabilities of the ACM interface, given as a bit mask. For most devices,
+ * this should be set to a fixed value of \c 0x06 - for other capabilities, refer
+ * to the CDC ACM specification.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t;
+
+ /** \brief CDC class-specific Functional ACM Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a CDC class-specific functional ACM descriptor. This indicates to the host that the CDC interface
+ * supports the CDC ACM subclass of the CDC specification. See the CDC class specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bFunctionLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM.
+ */
+ uint8_t bmCapabilities; /**< Capabilities of the ACM interface, given as a bit mask. For most devices,
+ * this should be set to a fixed value of 0x06 - for other capabilities, refer
+ * to the CDC ACM specification.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalACM_t;
+
+ /** \brief CDC class-specific Functional Union Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a CDC class-specific functional Union descriptor. This indicates to the host that specific
+ * CDC control and data interfaces are related. See the CDC class specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalUnion_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union.
+ */
+ uint8_t MasterInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the CDC Control interface. */
+ uint8_t SlaveInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the CDC Data interface. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t;
+
+ /** \brief CDC class-specific Functional Union Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a CDC class-specific functional Union descriptor. This indicates to the host that specific
+ * CDC control and data interfaces are related. See the CDC class specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bFunctionLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubType; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between CDC class-specific descriptors,
+ * must be \ref CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union.
+ */
+ uint8_t bMasterInterface; /**< Interface number of the CDC Control interface. */
+ uint8_t bSlaveInterface0; /**< Interface number of the CDC Data interface. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_CDC_StdDescriptor_FunctionalUnion_t;
+
+ /** \brief CDC Virtual Serial Port Line Encoding Settings Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a CDC Line Encoding structure, used to hold the various encoding parameters for a virtual
+ * serial port.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t BaudRateBPS; /**< Baud rate of the virtual serial port, in bits per second. */
+ uint8_t CharFormat; /**< Character format of the virtual serial port, a value from the
+ * \ref CDC_LineEncodingFormats_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t ParityType; /**< Parity setting of the virtual serial port, a value from the
+ * \ref CDC_LineEncodingParity_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t DataBits; /**< Bits of data per character of the virtual serial port. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED CDC_LineEncoding_t;
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h
index bc5cb4652..9d701fbeb 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDClassCommon.h
@@ -1,655 +1,682 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB HID Class driver.
- *
- * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB HID Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassHID
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassHIDCommon Common Class Definitions
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
- * HID Class.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _HID_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-#define _HID_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
- #include "HIDParser.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** \name Keyboard Standard Report Modifier Masks */
- //@{
- /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left control key is currently pressed. */
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTCTRL (1 << 0)
-
- /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left shift key is currently pressed. */
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT (1 << 1)
-
- /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left alt key is currently pressed. */
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTALT (1 << 2)
-
- /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left GUI key is currently pressed. */
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTGUI (1 << 3)
-
- /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right control key is currently pressed. */
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTCTRL (1 << 4)
-
- /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right shift key is currently pressed. */
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTSHIFT (1 << 5)
-
- /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right alt key is currently pressed. */
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTALT (1 << 6)
-
- /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right GUI key is currently pressed. */
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTGUI (1 << 7)
- //@}
-
- /** \name Keyboard Standard Report LED Masks */
- //@{
- /** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's NUM LOCK mode is currently set. */
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK (1 << 0)
-
- /** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's CAPS LOCK mode is currently set. */
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK (1 << 1)
-
- /** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's SCROLL LOCK mode is currently set. */
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK (1 << 2)
-
- /** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's KATANA mode is currently set. */
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KATANA (1 << 3)
- //@}
-
- /** \name Keyboard Standard Report Key Scan-codes */
- //@{
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ERROR_ROLLOVER 0x01
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_POST_FAIL 0x02
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ERROR_UNDEFINED 0x03
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A 0x04
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B 0x05
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C 0x06
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D 0x07
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E 0x08
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F 0x09
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_G 0x0A
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_H 0x0B
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_I 0x0C
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_J 0x0D
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_K 0x0E
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_L 0x0F
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_M 0x10
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_N 0x11
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_O 0x12
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_P 0x13
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Q 0x14
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_R 0x15
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_S 0x16
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_T 0x17
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_U 0x18
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_V 0x19
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_W 0x1A
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_X 0x1B
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Y 0x1C
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Z 0x1D
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION 0x1E
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_2_AND_AT 0x1F
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_3_AND_HASHMARK 0x20
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_4_AND_DOLLAR 0x21
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_5_AND_PERCENTAGE 0x22
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_6_AND_CARET 0x23
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_7_AND_AND_AMPERSAND 0x24
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_8_AND_ASTERISK 0x25
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_9_AND_OPENING_PARENTHESIS 0x26
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS 0x27
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ENTER 0x28
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ESCAPE 0x29
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_BACKSPACE 0x2A
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_TAB 0x2B
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SPACE 0x2C
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MINUS_AND_UNDERSCORE 0x2D
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EQUAL_AND_PLUS 0x2E
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_OPENING_BRACKET_AND_OPENING_BRACE 0x2F
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CLOSING_BRACKET_AND_CLOSING_BRACE 0x30
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_BACKSLASH_AND_PIPE 0x31
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_NON_US_HASHMARK_AND_TILDE 0x32
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SEMICOLON_AND_COLON 0x33
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_APOSTROPHE_AND_QUOTE 0x34
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_GRAVE_ACCENT_AND_TILDE 0x35
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_COMMA_AND_LESS_THAN_SIGN 0x36
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DOT_AND_GREATER_THAN_SIGN 0x37
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SLASH_AND_QUESTION_MARK 0x38
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CAPS_LOCK 0x39
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F1 0x3A
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F2 0x3B
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F3 0x3C
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F4 0x3D
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F5 0x3E
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F6 0x3F
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F7 0x40
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F8 0x41
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F9 0x42
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F10 0x43
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F11 0x44
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F12 0x45
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PRINT_SCREEN 0x46
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SCROLL_LOCK 0x47
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PAUSE 0x48
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INSERT 0x49
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_HOME 0x4A
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PAGE_UP 0x4B
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DELETE 0x4C
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_END 0x4D
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PAGE_DOWN 0x4E
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_ARROW 0x4F
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_ARROW 0x50
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DOWN_ARROW 0x51
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_UP_ARROW 0x52
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_NUM_LOCK 0x53
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_SLASH 0x54
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_ASTERISK 0x55
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MINUS 0x56
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PLUS 0x57
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_ENTER 0x58
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_1_AND_END 0x59
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_2_AND_DOWN_ARROW 0x5A
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_3_AND_PAGE_DOWN 0x5B
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_4_AND_LEFT_ARROW 0x5C
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_5 0x5D
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_6_AND_RIGHT_ARROW 0x5E
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_7_AND_HOME 0x5F
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_8_AND_UP_ARROW 0x60
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_9_AND_PAGE_UP 0x61
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_0_AND_INSERT 0x62
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_DOT_AND_DELETE 0x63
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_NON_US_BACKSLASH_AND_PIPE 0x64
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_POWER 0x66
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EQUAL_SIGN 0x67
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F13 0x68
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F14 0x69
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F15 0x6A
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F16 0x6B
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F17 0x6C
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F18 0x6D
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F19 0x6E
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F20 0x6F
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F21 0x70
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F22 0x71
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F23 0x72
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F24 0x73
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EXECUTE 0x74
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_HELP 0x75
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MANU 0x76
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SELECT 0x77
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_STOP 0x78
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_AGAIN 0x79
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_UNDO 0x7A
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CUT 0x7B
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_COPY 0x7C
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PASTE 0x7D
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_FIND 0x7E
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MUTE 0x7F
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_VOLUME_UP 0x80
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_VOLUME_DOWN 0x81
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LOCKING_CAPS_LOCK 0x82
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LOCKING_NUM_LOCK 0x83
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LOCKING_SCROLL_LOCK 0x84
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_COMMA 0x85
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN 0x86
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL1 0x87
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL2 0x88
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL3 0x89
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL4 0x8A
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL5 0x8B
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL6 0x8C
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL7 0x8D
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL8 0x8E
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL9 0x8F
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG1 0x90
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG2 0x91
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG3 0x92
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG4 0x93
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG5 0x94
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG6 0x95
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG7 0x96
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG8 0x97
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG9 0x98
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ALTERNATE_ERASE 0x99
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SISREQ 0x9A
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CANCEL 0x9B
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CLEAR 0x9C
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PRIOR 0x9D
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RETURN 0x9E
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SEPARATOR 0x9F
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_OUT 0xA0
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_OPER 0xA1
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CLEAR_AND_AGAIN 0xA2
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CRSEL_ANDPROPS 0xA3
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EXSEL 0xA4
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_00 0xB0
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_000 0xB1
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_THOUSANDS_SEPARATOR 0xB2
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DECIMAL_SEPARATOR 0xB3
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CURRENCY_UNIT 0xB4
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CURRENCY_SUB_UNIT 0xB5
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_OPENING_PARENTHESIS 0xB6
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS 0xB7
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_OPENING_BRACE 0xB8
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CLOSING_BRACE 0xB9
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_TAB 0xBA
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_BACKSPACE 0xBB
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_A 0xBC
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_B 0xBD
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_C 0xBE
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_D 0xBF
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_E 0xC0
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_F 0xC1
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_XOR 0xC2
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CARET 0xC3
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PERCENTAGE 0xC4
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_LESS_THAN_SIGN 0xC5
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_GREATER_THAN_SIGN 0xC6
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_AMP 0xC7
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_AMP_AMP 0xC8
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PIPE 0xC9
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PIPE_PIPE 0xCA
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_COLON 0xCB
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_HASHMARK 0xCC
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_SPACE 0xCD
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_AT 0xCE
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EXCLAMATION_SIGN 0xCF
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_STORE 0xD0
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_RECALL 0xD1
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_CLEAR 0xD2
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_ADD 0xD3
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_SUBTRACT 0xD4
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_MULTIPLY 0xD5
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_DIVIDE 0xD6
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PLUS_AND_MINUS 0xD7
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CLEAR 0xD8
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CLEAR_ENTRY 0xD9
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_BINARY 0xDA
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_OCTAL 0xDB
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_DECIMAL 0xDC
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_HEXADECIMAL 0xDD
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_CONTROL 0xE0
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_SHIFT 0xE1
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_ALT 0xE2
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_GUI 0xE3
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_CONTROL 0xE4
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_SHIFT 0xE5
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_ALT 0xE6
- #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_GUI 0xE7
- //@}
-
- /** \name Common HID Device Report Descriptors */
- //@{
- /** \hideinitializer
- * A list of HID report item array elements that describe a typical HID USB Joystick. The resulting report
- * descriptor is structured according to the following layout:
- *
- * \code
- * struct
- * {
- * intA_t X; // Signed X axis value
- * intA_t Y; // Signed Y axis value
- * intA_t Z; // Signed Z axis value
- * uintB_t Buttons; // Pressed buttons bitmask
- * } Joystick_Report;
- * \endcode
- *
- * Where \c uintA_t is a type large enough to hold the ranges of the signed \c MinAxisVal and \c MaxAxisVal values,
- * and \c intB_t is a type large enough to hold one bit per button.
- *
- * \param[in] MinAxisVal Minimum logical axis value (16-bit).
- * \param[in] MaxAxisVal Maximum logical axis value (16-bit).
- * \param[in] MinPhysicalVal Minimum physical axis value, for movement resolution calculations (16-bit).
- * \param[in] MaxPhysicalVal Maximum physical axis value, for movement resolution calculations (16-bit).
- * \param[in] Buttons Total number of buttons in the device (8-bit).
- */
- #define HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK(MinAxisVal, MaxAxisVal, MinPhysicalVal, MaxPhysicalVal, Buttons) \
- HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x04), \
- HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00), \
- HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30), \
- HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31), \
- HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x32), \
- HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(16, MinAxisVal), \
- HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(16, MaxAxisVal), \
- HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(16, MinPhysicalVal), \
- HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(16, MaxPhysicalVal), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 3), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, ((((MinAxisVal >= -0xFF) && (MaxAxisVal <= 0xFF)) ? 8 : 16))), \
- HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
- HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0), \
- HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09), \
- HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, Buttons), \
- HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), \
- HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, Buttons), \
- HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, (8 - (Buttons % 8))), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT), \
- HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0)
-
- /** \hideinitializer
- * A list of HID report item array elements that describe a typical HID USB keyboard. The resulting report descriptor
- * is compatible with \ref USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t when \c MaxKeys is equal to 6. For other values, the report will
- * be structured according to the following layout:
- *
- * \code
- * struct
- * {
- * uint8_t Modifier; // Keyboard modifier byte indicating pressed modifier keys (\c HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_* masks)
- * uint8_t Reserved; // Reserved for OEM use, always set to 0.
- * uint8_t KeyCode[MaxKeys]; // Length determined by the number of keys that can be reported
- * } Keyboard_Report;
- * \endcode
- *
- * \param[in] MaxKeys Number of simultaneous keys that can be reported at the one time (8-bit).
- */
- #define HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(MaxKeys) \
- HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x06), \
- HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), \
- HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0xE0), \
- HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0xE7), \
- HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), \
- HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x08), \
- HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08), \
- HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT), \
- HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x08), \
- HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x05), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x05), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x03), \
- HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT), \
- HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), \
- HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65), \
- HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), \
- HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), \
- HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x65), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, MaxKeys), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08), \
- HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_ARRAY | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
- HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0)
-
- /** \hideinitializer
- * A list of HID report item array elements that describe a typical HID USB mouse. The resulting report descriptor
- * is compatible with \ref USB_MouseReport_Data_t if the \c MinAxisVal and \c MaxAxisVal values fit within a \c int8_t range
- * and the number of Buttons is less than 8. For other values, the report is structured according to the following layout:
- *
- * \code
- * struct
- * {
- * uintA_t Buttons; // Pressed buttons bitmask
- * intB_t X; // X axis value
- * intB_t Y; // Y axis value
- * } Mouse_Report;
- * \endcode
- *
- * Where \c intA_t is a type large enough to hold one bit per button, and \c intB_t is a type large enough to hold the
- * ranges of the signed \c MinAxisVal and \c MaxAxisVal values.
- *
- * \param[in] MinAxisVal Minimum X/Y logical axis value (16-bit).
- * \param[in] MaxAxisVal Maximum X/Y logical axis value (16-bit).
- * \param[in] MinPhysicalVal Minimum X/Y physical axis value, for movement resolution calculations (16-bit).
- * \param[in] MaxPhysicalVal Maximum X/Y physical axis value, for movement resolution calculations (16-bit).
- * \param[in] Buttons Total number of buttons in the device (8-bit).
- * \param[in] AbsoluteCoords Boolean \c true to use absolute X/Y coordinates (e.g. touchscreen).
- */
- #define HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE(MinAxisVal, MaxAxisVal, MinPhysicalVal, MaxPhysicalVal, Buttons, AbsoluteCoords) \
- HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), \
- HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00), \
- HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09), \
- HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, Buttons), \
- HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), \
- HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, Buttons), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, (8 - (Buttons % 8))), \
- HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT), \
- HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30), \
- HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31), \
- HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(16, MinAxisVal), \
- HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(16, MaxAxisVal), \
- HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(16, MinPhysicalVal), \
- HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(16, MaxPhysicalVal), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x02), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, ((((MinAxisVal >= -0xFF) && (MaxAxisVal <= 0xFF)) ? 8 : 16))), \
- HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | (AbsoluteCoords ? HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE : HID_IOF_RELATIVE)), \
- HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0), \
- HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0)
-
- /** \hideinitializer
- * A list of HID report item array elements that describe a typical Vendor Defined byte array HID report descriptor,
- * used for transporting arbitrary data between the USB host and device via HID reports. The resulting report should be
- * a \c uint8_t byte array of the specified length in both Device to Host (IN) and Host to Device (OUT) directions.
- *
- * \param[in] VendorPageNum Vendor Defined HID Usage Page index, ranging from 0x00 to 0xFF.
- * \param[in] CollectionUsage Vendor Usage for the encompassing report IN and OUT collection, ranging from 0x00 to 0xFF.
- * \param[in] DataINUsage Vendor Usage for the IN report data, ranging from 0x00 to 0xFF.
- * \param[in] DataOUTUsage Vendor Usage for the OUT report data, ranging from 0x00 to 0xFF.
- * \param[in] NumBytes Length of the data IN and OUT reports.
- */
- #define HID_DESCRIPTOR_VENDOR(VendorPageNum, CollectionUsage, DataINUsage, DataOUTUsage, NumBytes) \
- HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(16, (0xFF00 | VendorPageNum)), \
- HID_RI_USAGE(8, CollectionUsage), \
- HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), \
- HID_RI_USAGE(8, DataINUsage), \
- HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), \
- HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, NumBytes), \
- HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
- HID_RI_USAGE(8, DataOUTUsage), \
- HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), \
- HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08), \
- HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, NumBytes), \
- HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE), \
- HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0)
- //@}
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the HID
- * device class.
- */
- enum HID_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
- {
- HID_CSCP_HIDClass = 0x03, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to the HID class.
- */
- HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
- * does not implement a HID boot protocol.
- */
- HID_CSCP_BootSubclass = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
- * implements a HID boot protocol.
- */
- HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
- * does not belong to a HID boot protocol.
- */
- HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to the Keyboard HID boot protocol.
- */
- HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to the Mouse HID boot protocol.
- */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the HID class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
- enum HID_ClassRequests_t
- {
- HID_REQ_GetReport = 0x01, /**< HID class-specific Request to get the current HID report from the device. */
- HID_REQ_GetIdle = 0x02, /**< HID class-specific Request to get the current device idle count. */
- HID_REQ_GetProtocol = 0x03, /**< HID class-specific Request to get the current HID report protocol mode. */
- HID_REQ_SetReport = 0x09, /**< HID class-specific Request to set the current HID report to the device. */
- HID_REQ_SetIdle = 0x0A, /**< HID class-specific Request to set the device's idle count. */
- HID_REQ_SetProtocol = 0x0B, /**< HID class-specific Request to set the current HID report protocol mode. */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the HID class specific descriptor types. */
- enum HID_DescriptorTypes_t
- {
- HID_DTYPE_HID = 0x21, /**< Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID descriptor. */
- HID_DTYPE_Report = 0x22, /**< Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID report descriptor. */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the different types of HID reports. */
- enum HID_ReportItemTypes_t
- {
- HID_REPORT_ITEM_In = 0, /**< Indicates that the item is an IN report type. */
- HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out = 1, /**< Indicates that the item is an OUT report type. */
- HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature = 2, /**< Indicates that the item is a FEATURE report type. */
- };
-
- /** \brief HID class-specific HID Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for the HID class-specific HID descriptor, to describe the HID device's specifications. Refer to the HID
- * specification for details on the structure elements.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_HID_StdDescriptor_HID_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
-
- uint16_t HIDSpec; /**< BCD encoded version that the HID descriptor and device complies to. */
- uint8_t CountryCode; /**< Country code of the localized device, or zero if universal. */
-
- uint8_t TotalReportDescriptors; /**< Total number of HID report descriptors for the interface. */
-
- uint8_t HIDReportType; /**< Type of HID report, set to \ref HID_DTYPE_Report. */
- uint16_t HIDReportLength; /**< Length of the associated HID report descriptor, in bytes. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t;
-
- /** \brief HID class-specific HID Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for the HID class-specific HID descriptor, to describe the HID device's specifications. Refer to the HID
- * specification for details on the structure elements.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
- * element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
- * given by the specific class.
- */
-
- uint16_t bcdHID; /**< BCD encoded version that the HID descriptor and device complies to. */
- uint8_t bCountryCode; /**< Country code of the localized device, or zero if universal. */
-
- uint8_t bNumDescriptors; /**< Total number of HID report descriptors for the interface. */
-
- uint8_t bDescriptorType2; /**< Type of HID report, set to \ref HID_DTYPE_Report. */
- uint16_t wDescriptorLength; /**< Length of the associated HID report descriptor, in bytes. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_HID_StdDescriptor_HID_t;
-
- /** \brief Standard HID Boot Protocol Mouse Report.
- *
- * Type define for a standard Boot Protocol Mouse report
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t Button; /**< Button mask for currently pressed buttons in the mouse. */
- int8_t X; /**< Current delta X movement of the mouse. */
- int8_t Y; /**< Current delta Y movement on the mouse. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_MouseReport_Data_t;
-
- /** \brief Standard HID Boot Protocol Keyboard Report.
- *
- * Type define for a standard Boot Protocol Keyboard report
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t Modifier; /**< Keyboard modifier byte, indicating pressed modifier keys (a combination of
- * \c HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_* masks).
- */
- uint8_t Reserved; /**< Reserved for OEM use, always set to 0. */
- uint8_t KeyCode[6]; /**< Key codes of the currently pressed keys. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t;
-
- /** Type define for the data type used to store HID report descriptor elements. */
- typedef uint8_t USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t;
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB HID Class driver.
+ *
+ * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB HID Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassHID
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassHIDCommon Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassHIDCommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ * HID Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HID_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _HID_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+ #include "HIDParser.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name Keyboard Standard Report Modifier Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left control key is currently pressed. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTCTRL (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left shift key is currently pressed. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTSHIFT (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left alt key is currently pressed. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTALT (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left GUI key is currently pressed. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_LEFTGUI (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right control key is currently pressed. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTCTRL (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right shift key is currently pressed. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTSHIFT (1 << 5)
+
+ /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right alt key is currently pressed. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTALT (1 << 6)
+
+ /** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right GUI key is currently pressed. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFIER_RIGHTGUI (1 << 7)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Keyboard Standard Report LED Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's NUM LOCK mode is currently set. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's CAPS LOCK mode is currently set. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's SCROLL LOCK mode is currently set. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's COMPOSE mode is currently set. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_COMPOSE (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's KANA mode is currently set. */
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_LED_KANA (1 << 4)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Keyboard Standard Report Key Scan-codes */
+ //@{
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ERROR_ROLLOVER 0x01
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_POST_FAIL 0x02
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ERROR_UNDEFINED 0x03
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_A 0x04
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_B 0x05
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_C 0x06
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_D 0x07
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_E 0x08
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F 0x09
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_G 0x0A
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_H 0x0B
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_I 0x0C
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_J 0x0D
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_K 0x0E
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_L 0x0F
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_M 0x10
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_N 0x11
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_O 0x12
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_P 0x13
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Q 0x14
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_R 0x15
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_S 0x16
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_T 0x17
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_U 0x18
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_V 0x19
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_W 0x1A
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_X 0x1B
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Y 0x1C
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_Z 0x1D
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_1_AND_EXCLAMATION 0x1E
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_2_AND_AT 0x1F
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_3_AND_HASHMARK 0x20
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_4_AND_DOLLAR 0x21
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_5_AND_PERCENTAGE 0x22
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_6_AND_CARET 0x23
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_7_AND_AMPERSAND 0x24
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_8_AND_ASTERISK 0x25
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_9_AND_OPENING_PARENTHESIS 0x26
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_0_AND_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS 0x27
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ENTER 0x28
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ESCAPE 0x29
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_BACKSPACE 0x2A
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_TAB 0x2B
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SPACE 0x2C
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MINUS_AND_UNDERSCORE 0x2D
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EQUAL_AND_PLUS 0x2E
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_OPENING_BRACKET_AND_OPENING_BRACE 0x2F
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CLOSING_BRACKET_AND_CLOSING_BRACE 0x30
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_BACKSLASH_AND_PIPE 0x31
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_NON_US_HASHMARK_AND_TILDE 0x32
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SEMICOLON_AND_COLON 0x33
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_APOSTROPHE_AND_QUOTE 0x34
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_GRAVE_ACCENT_AND_TILDE 0x35
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_COMMA_AND_LESS_THAN_SIGN 0x36
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DOT_AND_GREATER_THAN_SIGN 0x37
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SLASH_AND_QUESTION_MARK 0x38
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CAPS_LOCK 0x39
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F1 0x3A
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F2 0x3B
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F3 0x3C
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F4 0x3D
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F5 0x3E
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F6 0x3F
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F7 0x40
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F8 0x41
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F9 0x42
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F10 0x43
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F11 0x44
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F12 0x45
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PRINT_SCREEN 0x46
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SCROLL_LOCK 0x47
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PAUSE 0x48
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INSERT 0x49
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_HOME 0x4A
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PAGE_UP 0x4B
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DELETE 0x4C
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_END 0x4D
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PAGE_DOWN 0x4E
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_ARROW 0x4F
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_ARROW 0x50
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DOWN_ARROW 0x51
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_UP_ARROW 0x52
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_NUM_LOCK 0x53
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_SLASH 0x54
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_ASTERISK 0x55
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MINUS 0x56
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PLUS 0x57
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_ENTER 0x58
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_1_AND_END 0x59
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_2_AND_DOWN_ARROW 0x5A
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_3_AND_PAGE_DOWN 0x5B
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_4_AND_LEFT_ARROW 0x5C
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_5 0x5D
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_6_AND_RIGHT_ARROW 0x5E
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_7_AND_HOME 0x5F
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_8_AND_UP_ARROW 0x60
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_9_AND_PAGE_UP 0x61
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_0_AND_INSERT 0x62
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_DOT_AND_DELETE 0x63
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_NON_US_BACKSLASH_AND_PIPE 0x64
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_APPLICATION 0x65
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_POWER 0x66
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN 0x67
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F13 0x68
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F14 0x69
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F15 0x6A
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F16 0x6B
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F17 0x6C
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F18 0x6D
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F19 0x6E
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F20 0x6F
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F21 0x70
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F22 0x71
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F23 0x72
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_F24 0x73
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EXECUTE 0x74
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_HELP 0x75
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MENU 0x76
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SELECT 0x77
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_STOP 0x78
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_AGAIN 0x79
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_UNDO 0x7A
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CUT 0x7B
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_COPY 0x7C
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PASTE 0x7D
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_FIND 0x7E
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MUTE 0x7F
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_VOLUME_UP 0x80
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_VOLUME_DOWN 0x81
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LOCKING_CAPS_LOCK 0x82
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LOCKING_NUM_LOCK 0x83
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LOCKING_SCROLL_LOCK 0x84
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_COMMA 0x85
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EQUAL_SIGN_AS400 0x86
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL1 0x87
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL2 0x88
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL3 0x89
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL4 0x8A
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL5 0x8B
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL6 0x8C
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL7 0x8D
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL8 0x8E
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_INTERNATIONAL9 0x8F
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG1 0x90
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG2 0x91
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG3 0x92
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG4 0x93
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG5 0x94
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG6 0x95
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG7 0x96
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG8 0x97
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LANG9 0x98
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_ALTERNATE_ERASE 0x99
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SYSREQ 0x9A
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CANCEL 0x9B
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CLEAR 0x9C
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_PRIOR 0x9D
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RETURN 0x9E
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_SEPARATOR 0x9F
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_OUT 0xA0
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_OPER 0xA1
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CLEAR_AND_AGAIN 0xA2
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CRSEL_AND_PROPS 0xA3
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_EXSEL 0xA4
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_00 0xB0
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_000 0xB1
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_THOUSANDS_SEPARATOR 0xB2
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_DECIMAL_SEPARATOR 0xB3
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CURRENCY_UNIT 0xB4
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_CURRENCY_SUB_UNIT 0xB5
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_OPENING_PARENTHESIS 0xB6
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CLOSING_PARENTHESIS 0xB7
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_OPENING_BRACE 0xB8
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CLOSING_BRACE 0xB9
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_TAB 0xBA
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_BACKSPACE 0xBB
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_A 0xBC
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_B 0xBD
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_C 0xBE
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_D 0xBF
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_E 0xC0
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_F 0xC1
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_XOR 0xC2
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CARET 0xC3
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PERCENTAGE 0xC4
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_LESS_THAN_SIGN 0xC5
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_GREATER_THAN_SIGN 0xC6
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_AMP 0xC7
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_AMP_AMP 0xC8
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PIPE 0xC9
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PIPE_PIPE 0xCA
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_COLON 0xCB
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_HASHMARK 0xCC
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_SPACE 0xCD
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_AT 0xCE
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_EXCLAMATION_SIGN 0xCF
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_STORE 0xD0
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_RECALL 0xD1
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_CLEAR 0xD2
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_ADD 0xD3
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_SUBTRACT 0xD4
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_MULTIPLY 0xD5
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_MEMORY_DIVIDE 0xD6
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_PLUS_AND_MINUS 0xD7
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CLEAR 0xD8
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_CLEAR_ENTRY 0xD9
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_BINARY 0xDA
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_OCTAL 0xDB
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_DECIMAL 0xDC
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_KEYPAD_HEXADECIMAL 0xDD
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_CONTROL 0xE0
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_SHIFT 0xE1
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_ALT 0xE2
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_LEFT_GUI 0xE3
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_CONTROL 0xE4
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_SHIFT 0xE5
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_ALT 0xE6
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_RIGHT_GUI 0xE7
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_PLAY 0xE8
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_STOP 0xE9
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_PREVIOUS_TRACK 0xEA
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_NEXT_TRACK 0xEB
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_EJECT 0xEC
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_VOLUME_UP 0xED
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_VOLUME_DOWN 0xEE
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_MUTE 0xEF
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_WWW 0xF0
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_BACKWARD 0xF1
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_FORWARD 0xF2
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_CANCEL 0xF3
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_SEARCH 0xF4
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_SLEEP 0xF8
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_LOCK 0xF9
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_RELOAD 0xFA
+ #define HID_KEYBOARD_SC_MEDIA_CALCULATOR 0xFB
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Common HID Device Report Descriptors */
+ //@{
+ /** \hideinitializer
+ * A list of HID report item array elements that describe a typical HID USB Joystick. The resulting report
+ * descriptor is structured according to the following layout:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * struct
+ * {
+ * intA_t X; // Signed X axis value
+ * intA_t Y; // Signed Y axis value
+ * intA_t Z; // Signed Z axis value
+ * uintB_t Buttons; // Pressed buttons bitmask
+ * } Joystick_Report;
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * Where \c uintA_t is a type large enough to hold the ranges of the signed \c MinAxisVal and \c MaxAxisVal values,
+ * and \c intB_t is a type large enough to hold one bit per button.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MinAxisVal Minimum logical axis value (16-bit).
+ * \param[in] MaxAxisVal Maximum logical axis value (16-bit).
+ * \param[in] MinPhysicalVal Minimum physical axis value, for movement resolution calculations (16-bit).
+ * \param[in] MaxPhysicalVal Maximum physical axis value, for movement resolution calculations (16-bit).
+ * \param[in] Buttons Total number of buttons in the device (8-bit).
+ */
+ #define HID_DESCRIPTOR_JOYSTICK(MinAxisVal, MaxAxisVal, MinPhysicalVal, MaxPhysicalVal, Buttons) \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x04), \
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x32), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(16, MinAxisVal), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(16, MaxAxisVal), \
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(16, MinPhysicalVal), \
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(16, MaxPhysicalVal), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 3), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, (((MinAxisVal >= -128) && (MaxAxisVal <= 127)) ? 8 : 16)), \
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, Buttons), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, Buttons), \
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, (Buttons % 8) ? (8 - (Buttons % 8)) : 0), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT), \
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0)
+
+ /** \hideinitializer
+ * A list of HID report item array elements that describe a typical HID USB keyboard. The resulting report descriptor
+ * is compatible with \ref USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t when \c MaxKeys is equal to 6. For other values, the report will
+ * be structured according to the following layout:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * struct
+ * {
+ * uint8_t Modifier; // Keyboard modifier byte indicating pressed modifier keys (\c HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_* masks)
+ * uint8_t Reserved; // Reserved for OEM use, always set to 0.
+ * uint8_t KeyCode[MaxKeys]; // Length determined by the number of keys that can be reported
+ * } Keyboard_Report;
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \param[in] MaxKeys Number of simultaneous keys that can be reported at the one time (8-bit).
+ */
+ #define HID_DESCRIPTOR_KEYBOARD(MaxKeys) \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x06), \
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0xE0), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0xE7), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x08), \
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08), \
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x08), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0x05), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x05), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x03), \
+ HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x07), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, MaxKeys), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08), \
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_ARRAY | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0)
+
+ /** \hideinitializer
+ * A list of HID report item array elements that describe a typical HID USB mouse. The resulting report descriptor
+ * is compatible with \ref USB_MouseReport_Data_t if the \c MinAxisVal and \c MaxAxisVal values fit within a \c int8_t range
+ * and the number of Buttons is less than 8. For other values, the report is structured according to the following layout:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * struct
+ * {
+ * uintA_t Buttons; // Pressed buttons bitmask
+ * intB_t X; // X axis value
+ * intB_t Y; // Y axis value
+ * } Mouse_Report;
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * Where \c intA_t is a type large enough to hold one bit per button, and \c intB_t is a type large enough to hold the
+ * ranges of the signed \c MinAxisVal and \c MaxAxisVal values.
+ *
+ * \param[in] MinAxisVal Minimum X/Y logical axis value (16-bit).
+ * \param[in] MaxAxisVal Maximum X/Y logical axis value (16-bit).
+ * \param[in] MinPhysicalVal Minimum X/Y physical axis value, for movement resolution calculations (16-bit).
+ * \param[in] MaxPhysicalVal Maximum X/Y physical axis value, for movement resolution calculations (16-bit).
+ * \param[in] Buttons Total number of buttons in the device (8-bit).
+ * \param[in] AbsoluteCoords Boolean \c true to use absolute X/Y coordinates (e.g. touchscreen).
+ */
+ #define HID_DESCRIPTOR_MOUSE(MinAxisVal, MaxAxisVal, MinPhysicalVal, MaxPhysicalVal, Buttons, AbsoluteCoords) \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x02), \
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x00), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x09), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(8, Buttons), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, Buttons), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, (Buttons % 8) ? (8 - (Buttons % 8)) : 0), \
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_CONSTANT), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x30), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, 0x31), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(16, MinAxisVal), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(16, MaxAxisVal), \
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(16, MinPhysicalVal), \
+ HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(16, MaxPhysicalVal), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, 0x02), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, (((MinAxisVal >= -128) && (MaxAxisVal <= 127)) ? 8 : 16)), \
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | (AbsoluteCoords ? HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE : HID_IOF_RELATIVE)), \
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0), \
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0)
+
+ /** \hideinitializer
+ * A list of HID report item array elements that describe a typical Vendor Defined byte array HID report descriptor,
+ * used for transporting arbitrary data between the USB host and device via HID reports. The resulting report should be
+ * a \c uint8_t byte array of the specified length in both Device to Host (IN) and Host to Device (OUT) directions.
+ *
+ * \param[in] VendorPageNum Vendor Defined HID Usage Page index, ranging from 0x00 to 0xFF.
+ * \param[in] CollectionUsage Vendor Usage for the encompassing report IN and OUT collection, ranging from 0x00 to 0xFF.
+ * \param[in] DataINUsage Vendor Usage for the IN report data, ranging from 0x00 to 0xFF.
+ * \param[in] DataOUTUsage Vendor Usage for the OUT report data, ranging from 0x00 to 0xFF.
+ * \param[in] NumBytes Length of the data IN and OUT reports.
+ */
+ #define HID_DESCRIPTOR_VENDOR(VendorPageNum, CollectionUsage, DataINUsage, DataOUTUsage, NumBytes) \
+ HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(16, (0xFF00 | VendorPageNum)), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, CollectionUsage), \
+ HID_RI_COLLECTION(8, 0x01), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, DataINUsage), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, NumBytes), \
+ HID_RI_INPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE), \
+ HID_RI_USAGE(8, DataOUTUsage), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(8, 0x00), \
+ HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(8, 0xFF), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(8, 0x08), \
+ HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(8, NumBytes), \
+ HID_RI_OUTPUT(8, HID_IOF_DATA | HID_IOF_VARIABLE | HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE | HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE), \
+ HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0)
+ //@}
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the HID
+ * device class.
+ */
+ enum HID_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+ {
+ HID_CSCP_HIDClass = 0x03, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the HID class.
+ */
+ HID_CSCP_NonBootSubclass = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+ * does not implement a HID boot protocol.
+ */
+ HID_CSCP_BootSubclass = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+ * implements a HID boot protocol.
+ */
+ HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+ * does not belong to a HID boot protocol.
+ */
+ HID_CSCP_KeyboardBootProtocol = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the Keyboard HID boot protocol.
+ */
+ HID_CSCP_MouseBootProtocol = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the Mouse HID boot protocol.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the HID class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
+ enum HID_ClassRequests_t
+ {
+ HID_REQ_GetReport = 0x01, /**< HID class-specific Request to get the current HID report from the device. */
+ HID_REQ_GetIdle = 0x02, /**< HID class-specific Request to get the current device idle count. */
+ HID_REQ_GetProtocol = 0x03, /**< HID class-specific Request to get the current HID report protocol mode. */
+ HID_REQ_SetReport = 0x09, /**< HID class-specific Request to set the current HID report to the device. */
+ HID_REQ_SetIdle = 0x0A, /**< HID class-specific Request to set the device's idle count. */
+ HID_REQ_SetProtocol = 0x0B, /**< HID class-specific Request to set the current HID report protocol mode. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the HID class specific descriptor types. */
+ enum HID_DescriptorTypes_t
+ {
+ HID_DTYPE_HID = 0x21, /**< Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID descriptor. */
+ HID_DTYPE_Report = 0x22, /**< Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID report descriptor. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the different types of HID reports. */
+ enum HID_ReportItemTypes_t
+ {
+ HID_REPORT_ITEM_In = 0, /**< Indicates that the item is an IN report type. */
+ HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out = 1, /**< Indicates that the item is an OUT report type. */
+ HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature = 2, /**< Indicates that the item is a FEATURE report type. */
+ };
+
+ /** \brief HID class-specific HID Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for the HID class-specific HID descriptor, to describe the HID device's specifications. Refer to the HID
+ * specification for details on the structure elements.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_HID_StdDescriptor_HID_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+
+ uint16_t HIDSpec; /**< BCD encoded version that the HID descriptor and device complies to.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint8_t CountryCode; /**< Country code of the localized device, or zero if universal. */
+
+ uint8_t TotalReportDescriptors; /**< Total number of HID report descriptors for the interface. */
+
+ uint8_t HIDReportType; /**< Type of HID report, set to \ref HID_DTYPE_Report. */
+ uint16_t HIDReportLength; /**< Length of the associated HID report descriptor, in bytes. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t;
+
+ /** \brief HID class-specific HID Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for the HID class-specific HID descriptor, to describe the HID device's specifications. Refer to the HID
+ * specification for details on the structure elements.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+
+ uint16_t bcdHID; /**< BCD encoded version that the HID descriptor and device complies to.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint8_t bCountryCode; /**< Country code of the localized device, or zero if universal. */
+
+ uint8_t bNumDescriptors; /**< Total number of HID report descriptors for the interface. */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType2; /**< Type of HID report, set to \ref HID_DTYPE_Report. */
+ uint16_t wDescriptorLength; /**< Length of the associated HID report descriptor, in bytes. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_HID_StdDescriptor_HID_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard HID Boot Protocol Mouse Report.
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Boot Protocol Mouse report
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Button; /**< Button mask for currently pressed buttons in the mouse. */
+ int8_t X; /**< Current delta X movement of the mouse. */
+ int8_t Y; /**< Current delta Y movement on the mouse. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_MouseReport_Data_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard HID Boot Protocol Keyboard Report.
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Boot Protocol Keyboard report
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Modifier; /**< Keyboard modifier byte, indicating pressed modifier keys (a combination of
+ * \c HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_* masks).
+ */
+ uint8_t Reserved; /**< Reserved for OEM use, always set to 0. */
+ uint8_t KeyCode[6]; /**< Key codes of the currently pressed keys. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t;
+
+ /** Type define for the data type used to store HID report descriptor elements. */
+ typedef uint8_t USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t;
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c
index f57d97b56..d93508f49 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c
@@ -1,363 +1,389 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER
-#include "HIDParser.h"
-
-uint8_t USB_ProcessHIDReport(const uint8_t* ReportData,
- uint16_t ReportSize,
- HID_ReportInfo_t* const ParserData)
-{
- HID_StateTable_t StateTable[HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH];
- HID_StateTable_t* CurrStateTable = &StateTable[0];
- HID_CollectionPath_t* CurrCollectionPath = NULL;
- HID_ReportSizeInfo_t* CurrReportIDInfo = &ParserData->ReportIDSizes[0];
- uint16_t UsageList[HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH];
- uint8_t UsageListSize = 0;
- HID_MinMax_t UsageMinMax = {0, 0};
-
- memset(ParserData, 0x00, sizeof(HID_ReportInfo_t));
- memset(CurrStateTable, 0x00, sizeof(HID_StateTable_t));
- memset(CurrReportIDInfo, 0x00, sizeof(HID_ReportSizeInfo_t));
-
- ParserData->TotalDeviceReports = 1;
-
- while (ReportSize)
- {
- uint8_t HIDReportItem = *ReportData;
- uint32_t ReportItemData = 0;
-
- ReportData++;
- ReportSize--;
-
- switch (HIDReportItem & HID_RI_DATA_SIZE_MASK)
- {
- case HID_RI_DATA_BITS_32:
- ReportItemData = (((uint32_t)ReportData[3] << 24) | ((uint32_t)ReportData[2] << 16) |
- ((uint16_t)ReportData[1] << 8) | ReportData[0]);
- ReportSize -= 4;
- ReportData += 4;
- break;
- case HID_RI_DATA_BITS_16:
- ReportItemData = (((uint16_t)ReportData[1] << 8) | (ReportData[0]));
- ReportSize -= 2;
- ReportData += 2;
- break;
- case HID_RI_DATA_BITS_8:
- ReportItemData = ReportData[0];
- ReportSize -= 1;
- ReportData += 1;
- break;
- }
-
- switch (HIDReportItem & (HID_RI_TYPE_MASK | HID_RI_TAG_MASK))
- {
- case HID_RI_PUSH(0):
- if (CurrStateTable == &StateTable[HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH - 1])
- return HID_PARSE_HIDStackOverflow;
-
- memcpy((CurrStateTable + 1),
- CurrStateTable,
- sizeof(HID_ReportItem_t));
-
- CurrStateTable++;
- break;
- case HID_RI_POP(0):
- if (CurrStateTable == &StateTable[0])
- return HID_PARSE_HIDStackUnderflow;
-
- CurrStateTable--;
- break;
- case HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(0):
- if ((HIDReportItem & HID_RI_DATA_SIZE_MASK) == HID_RI_DATA_BITS_32)
- CurrStateTable->Attributes.Usage.Page = (ReportItemData >> 16);
-
- CurrStateTable->Attributes.Usage.Page = ReportItemData;
- break;
- case HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(0):
- CurrStateTable->Attributes.Logical.Minimum = ReportItemData;
- break;
- case HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(0):
- CurrStateTable->Attributes.Logical.Maximum = ReportItemData;
- break;
- case HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(0):
- CurrStateTable->Attributes.Physical.Minimum = ReportItemData;
- break;
- case HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(0):
- CurrStateTable->Attributes.Physical.Maximum = ReportItemData;
- break;
- case HID_RI_UNIT_EXPONENT(0):
- CurrStateTable->Attributes.Unit.Exponent = ReportItemData;
- break;
- case HID_RI_UNIT(0):
- CurrStateTable->Attributes.Unit.Type = ReportItemData;
- break;
- case HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(0):
- CurrStateTable->Attributes.BitSize = ReportItemData;
- break;
- case HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(0):
- CurrStateTable->ReportCount = ReportItemData;
- break;
- case HID_RI_REPORT_ID(0):
- CurrStateTable->ReportID = ReportItemData;
-
- if (ParserData->UsingReportIDs)
- {
- CurrReportIDInfo = NULL;
-
- for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ParserData->TotalDeviceReports; i++)
- {
- if (ParserData->ReportIDSizes[i].ReportID == CurrStateTable->ReportID)
- {
- CurrReportIDInfo = &ParserData->ReportIDSizes[i];
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (CurrReportIDInfo == NULL)
- {
- if (ParserData->TotalDeviceReports == HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS)
- return HID_PARSE_InsufficientReportIDItems;
-
- CurrReportIDInfo = &ParserData->ReportIDSizes[ParserData->TotalDeviceReports++];
- memset(CurrReportIDInfo, 0x00, sizeof(HID_ReportSizeInfo_t));
- }
- }
-
- ParserData->UsingReportIDs = true;
-
- CurrReportIDInfo->ReportID = CurrStateTable->ReportID;
- break;
- case HID_RI_USAGE(0):
- if (UsageListSize == HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH)
- return HID_PARSE_UsageListOverflow;
-
- UsageList[UsageListSize++] = ReportItemData;
- break;
- case HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(0):
- UsageMinMax.Minimum = ReportItemData;
- break;
- case HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(0):
- UsageMinMax.Maximum = ReportItemData;
- break;
- case HID_RI_COLLECTION(0):
- if (CurrCollectionPath == NULL)
- {
- CurrCollectionPath = &ParserData->CollectionPaths[0];
- }
- else
- {
- HID_CollectionPath_t* ParentCollectionPath = CurrCollectionPath;
-
- CurrCollectionPath = &ParserData->CollectionPaths[1];
-
- while (CurrCollectionPath->Parent != NULL)
- {
- if (CurrCollectionPath == &ParserData->CollectionPaths[HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS - 1])
- return HID_PARSE_InsufficientCollectionPaths;
-
- CurrCollectionPath++;
- }
-
- CurrCollectionPath->Parent = ParentCollectionPath;
- }
-
- CurrCollectionPath->Type = ReportItemData;
- CurrCollectionPath->Usage.Page = CurrStateTable->Attributes.Usage.Page;
-
- if (UsageListSize)
- {
- CurrCollectionPath->Usage.Usage = UsageList[0];
-
- for (uint8_t i = 0; i < UsageListSize; i++)
- UsageList[i] = UsageList[i + 1];
-
- UsageListSize--;
- }
- else if (UsageMinMax.Minimum <= UsageMinMax.Maximum)
- {
- CurrCollectionPath->Usage.Usage = UsageMinMax.Minimum++;
- }
-
- break;
- case HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0):
- if (CurrCollectionPath == NULL)
- return HID_PARSE_UnexpectedEndCollection;
-
- CurrCollectionPath = CurrCollectionPath->Parent;
- break;
- case HID_RI_INPUT(0):
- case HID_RI_OUTPUT(0):
- case HID_RI_FEATURE(0):
- for (uint8_t ReportItemNum = 0; ReportItemNum < CurrStateTable->ReportCount; ReportItemNum++)
- {
- HID_ReportItem_t NewReportItem;
-
- memcpy(&NewReportItem.Attributes,
- &CurrStateTable->Attributes,
- sizeof(HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t));
-
- NewReportItem.ItemFlags = ReportItemData;
- NewReportItem.CollectionPath = CurrCollectionPath;
- NewReportItem.ReportID = CurrStateTable->ReportID;
-
- if (UsageListSize)
- {
- NewReportItem.Attributes.Usage.Usage = UsageList[0];
-
- for (uint8_t i = 0; i < UsageListSize; i++)
- UsageList[i] = UsageList[i + 1];
-
- UsageListSize--;
- }
- else if (UsageMinMax.Minimum <= UsageMinMax.Maximum)
- {
- NewReportItem.Attributes.Usage.Usage = UsageMinMax.Minimum++;
- }
-
- uint8_t ItemTypeTag = (HIDReportItem & (HID_RI_TYPE_MASK | HID_RI_TAG_MASK));
-
- if (ItemTypeTag == HID_RI_INPUT(0))
- NewReportItem.ItemType = HID_REPORT_ITEM_In;
- else if (ItemTypeTag == HID_RI_OUTPUT(0))
- NewReportItem.ItemType = HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out;
- else
- NewReportItem.ItemType = HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature;
-
- NewReportItem.BitOffset = CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[NewReportItem.ItemType];
-
- CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[NewReportItem.ItemType] += CurrStateTable->Attributes.BitSize;
-
- ParserData->LargestReportSizeBits = MAX(ParserData->LargestReportSizeBits, CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[NewReportItem.ItemType]);
-
- if (ParserData->TotalReportItems == HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS)
- return HID_PARSE_InsufficientReportItems;
-
- memcpy(&ParserData->ReportItems[ParserData->TotalReportItems],
- &NewReportItem, sizeof(HID_ReportItem_t));
-
- if (!(ReportItemData & HID_IOF_CONSTANT) && CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(&NewReportItem))
- ParserData->TotalReportItems++;
- }
-
- break;
- }
-
- if ((HIDReportItem & HID_RI_TYPE_MASK) == HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN)
- {
- UsageMinMax.Minimum = 0;
- UsageMinMax.Maximum = 0;
- UsageListSize = 0;
- }
- }
-
- if (!(ParserData->TotalReportItems))
- return HID_PARSE_NoUnfilteredReportItems;
-
- return HID_PARSE_Successful;
-}
-
-bool USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(const uint8_t* ReportData,
- HID_ReportItem_t* const ReportItem)
-{
- if (ReportItem == NULL)
- return false;
-
- uint16_t DataBitsRem = ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize;
- uint16_t CurrentBit = ReportItem->BitOffset;
- uint32_t BitMask = (1 << 0);
-
- if (ReportItem->ReportID)
- {
- if (ReportItem->ReportID != ReportData[0])
- return false;
-
- ReportData++;
- }
-
- ReportItem->PreviousValue = ReportItem->Value;
- ReportItem->Value = 0;
-
- while (DataBitsRem--)
- {
- if (ReportData[CurrentBit / 8] & (1 << (CurrentBit % 8)))
- ReportItem->Value |= BitMask;
-
- CurrentBit++;
- BitMask <<= 1;
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-void USB_SetHIDReportItemInfo(uint8_t* ReportData,
- HID_ReportItem_t* const ReportItem)
-{
- if (ReportItem == NULL)
- return;
-
- uint16_t DataBitsRem = ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize;
- uint16_t CurrentBit = ReportItem->BitOffset;
- uint32_t BitMask = (1 << 0);
-
- if (ReportItem->ReportID)
- {
- ReportData[0] = ReportItem->ReportID;
- ReportData++;
- }
-
- ReportItem->PreviousValue = ReportItem->Value;
-
- while (DataBitsRem--)
- {
- if (ReportItem->Value & (1 << (CurrentBit % 8)))
- ReportData[CurrentBit / 8] |= BitMask;
-
- CurrentBit++;
- BitMask <<= 1;
- }
-}
-
-uint16_t USB_GetHIDReportSize(HID_ReportInfo_t* const ParserData,
- const uint8_t ReportID,
- const uint8_t ReportType)
-{
- for (uint8_t i = 0; i < HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS; i++)
- {
- uint16_t ReportSizeBits = ParserData->ReportIDSizes[i].ReportSizeBits[ReportType];
-
- if (ParserData->ReportIDSizes[i].ReportID == ReportID)
- return (ReportSizeBits / 8) + ((ReportSizeBits % 8) ? 1 : 0);
- }
-
- return 0;
-}
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER
+#include "HIDParser.h"
+
+uint8_t USB_ProcessHIDReport(const uint8_t* ReportData,
+ uint16_t ReportSize,
+ HID_ReportInfo_t* const ParserData)
+{
+ HID_StateTable_t StateTable[HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH];
+ HID_StateTable_t* CurrStateTable = &StateTable[0];
+ HID_CollectionPath_t* CurrCollectionPath = NULL;
+ HID_ReportSizeInfo_t* CurrReportIDInfo = &ParserData->ReportIDSizes[0];
+ uint16_t UsageList[HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH];
+ uint8_t UsageListSize = 0;
+ HID_MinMax_t UsageMinMax = {0, 0};
+
+ memset(ParserData, 0x00, sizeof(HID_ReportInfo_t));
+ memset(CurrStateTable, 0x00, sizeof(HID_StateTable_t));
+ memset(CurrReportIDInfo, 0x00, sizeof(HID_ReportSizeInfo_t));
+
+ ParserData->TotalDeviceReports = 1;
+
+ while (ReportSize)
+ {
+ uint8_t HIDReportItem = *ReportData;
+ uint32_t ReportItemData;
+
+ ReportData++;
+ ReportSize--;
+
+ switch (HIDReportItem & HID_RI_DATA_SIZE_MASK)
+ {
+ case HID_RI_DATA_BITS_32:
+ ReportItemData = (((uint32_t)ReportData[3] << 24) | ((uint32_t)ReportData[2] << 16) |
+ ((uint16_t)ReportData[1] << 8) | ReportData[0]);
+ ReportSize -= 4;
+ ReportData += 4;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_DATA_BITS_16:
+ ReportItemData = (((uint16_t)ReportData[1] << 8) | (ReportData[0]));
+ ReportSize -= 2;
+ ReportData += 2;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_DATA_BITS_8:
+ ReportItemData = ReportData[0];
+ ReportSize -= 1;
+ ReportData += 1;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ ReportItemData = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ switch (HIDReportItem & (HID_RI_TYPE_MASK | HID_RI_TAG_MASK))
+ {
+ case HID_RI_PUSH(0):
+ if (CurrStateTable == &StateTable[HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH - 1])
+ return HID_PARSE_HIDStackOverflow;
+
+ memcpy((CurrStateTable + 1),
+ CurrStateTable,
+ sizeof(HID_ReportItem_t));
+
+ CurrStateTable++;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_POP(0):
+ if (CurrStateTable == &StateTable[0])
+ return HID_PARSE_HIDStackUnderflow;
+
+ CurrStateTable--;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(0):
+ if ((HIDReportItem & HID_RI_DATA_SIZE_MASK) == HID_RI_DATA_BITS_32)
+ CurrStateTable->Attributes.Usage.Page = (ReportItemData >> 16);
+
+ CurrStateTable->Attributes.Usage.Page = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(0):
+ CurrStateTable->Attributes.Logical.Minimum = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(0):
+ CurrStateTable->Attributes.Logical.Maximum = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(0):
+ CurrStateTable->Attributes.Physical.Minimum = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(0):
+ CurrStateTable->Attributes.Physical.Maximum = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_UNIT_EXPONENT(0):
+ CurrStateTable->Attributes.Unit.Exponent = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_UNIT(0):
+ CurrStateTable->Attributes.Unit.Type = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(0):
+ CurrStateTable->Attributes.BitSize = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(0):
+ CurrStateTable->ReportCount = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_REPORT_ID(0):
+ CurrStateTable->ReportID = ReportItemData;
+
+ if (ParserData->UsingReportIDs)
+ {
+ CurrReportIDInfo = NULL;
+
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < ParserData->TotalDeviceReports; i++)
+ {
+ if (ParserData->ReportIDSizes[i].ReportID == CurrStateTable->ReportID)
+ {
+ CurrReportIDInfo = &ParserData->ReportIDSizes[i];
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (CurrReportIDInfo == NULL)
+ {
+ if (ParserData->TotalDeviceReports == HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS)
+ return HID_PARSE_InsufficientReportIDItems;
+
+ CurrReportIDInfo = &ParserData->ReportIDSizes[ParserData->TotalDeviceReports++];
+ memset(CurrReportIDInfo, 0x00, sizeof(HID_ReportSizeInfo_t));
+ }
+ }
+
+ ParserData->UsingReportIDs = true;
+
+ CurrReportIDInfo->ReportID = CurrStateTable->ReportID;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_USAGE(0):
+ if (UsageListSize == HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH)
+ return HID_PARSE_UsageListOverflow;
+
+ UsageList[UsageListSize++] = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(0):
+ UsageMinMax.Minimum = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(0):
+ UsageMinMax.Maximum = ReportItemData;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_COLLECTION(0):
+ if (CurrCollectionPath == NULL)
+ {
+ CurrCollectionPath = &ParserData->CollectionPaths[0];
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ HID_CollectionPath_t* ParentCollectionPath = CurrCollectionPath;
+
+ CurrCollectionPath = &ParserData->CollectionPaths[1];
+
+ while (CurrCollectionPath->Parent != NULL)
+ {
+ if (CurrCollectionPath == &ParserData->CollectionPaths[HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS - 1])
+ return HID_PARSE_InsufficientCollectionPaths;
+
+ CurrCollectionPath++;
+ }
+
+ CurrCollectionPath->Parent = ParentCollectionPath;
+ }
+
+ CurrCollectionPath->Type = ReportItemData;
+ CurrCollectionPath->Usage.Page = CurrStateTable->Attributes.Usage.Page;
+
+ if (UsageListSize)
+ {
+ CurrCollectionPath->Usage.Usage = UsageList[0];
+
+ for (uint8_t i = 1; i < UsageListSize; i++)
+ UsageList[i - 1] = UsageList[i];
+
+ UsageListSize--;
+ }
+ else if (UsageMinMax.Minimum <= UsageMinMax.Maximum)
+ {
+ CurrCollectionPath->Usage.Usage = UsageMinMax.Minimum++;
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(0):
+ if (CurrCollectionPath == NULL)
+ return HID_PARSE_UnexpectedEndCollection;
+
+ CurrCollectionPath = CurrCollectionPath->Parent;
+ break;
+
+ case HID_RI_INPUT(0):
+ case HID_RI_OUTPUT(0):
+ case HID_RI_FEATURE(0):
+ for (uint8_t ReportItemNum = 0; ReportItemNum < CurrStateTable->ReportCount; ReportItemNum++)
+ {
+ HID_ReportItem_t NewReportItem;
+
+ memcpy(&NewReportItem.Attributes,
+ &CurrStateTable->Attributes,
+ sizeof(HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t));
+
+ NewReportItem.ItemFlags = ReportItemData;
+ NewReportItem.CollectionPath = CurrCollectionPath;
+ NewReportItem.ReportID = CurrStateTable->ReportID;
+
+ if (UsageListSize)
+ {
+ NewReportItem.Attributes.Usage.Usage = UsageList[0];
+
+ for (uint8_t i = 1; i < UsageListSize; i++)
+ UsageList[i - 1] = UsageList[i];
+
+ UsageListSize--;
+ }
+ else if (UsageMinMax.Minimum <= UsageMinMax.Maximum)
+ {
+ NewReportItem.Attributes.Usage.Usage = UsageMinMax.Minimum++;
+ }
+
+ uint8_t ItemTypeTag = (HIDReportItem & (HID_RI_TYPE_MASK | HID_RI_TAG_MASK));
+
+ if (ItemTypeTag == HID_RI_INPUT(0))
+ NewReportItem.ItemType = HID_REPORT_ITEM_In;
+ else if (ItemTypeTag == HID_RI_OUTPUT(0))
+ NewReportItem.ItemType = HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out;
+ else
+ NewReportItem.ItemType = HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature;
+
+ NewReportItem.BitOffset = CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[NewReportItem.ItemType];
+
+ CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[NewReportItem.ItemType] += CurrStateTable->Attributes.BitSize;
+
+ ParserData->LargestReportSizeBits = MAX(ParserData->LargestReportSizeBits, CurrReportIDInfo->ReportSizeBits[NewReportItem.ItemType]);
+
+ if (ParserData->TotalReportItems == HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS)
+ return HID_PARSE_InsufficientReportItems;
+
+ memcpy(&ParserData->ReportItems[ParserData->TotalReportItems],
+ &NewReportItem, sizeof(HID_ReportItem_t));
+
+ if (!(ReportItemData & HID_IOF_CONSTANT) && CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(&NewReportItem))
+ ParserData->TotalReportItems++;
+ }
+
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if ((HIDReportItem & HID_RI_TYPE_MASK) == HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN)
+ {
+ UsageMinMax.Minimum = 0;
+ UsageMinMax.Maximum = 0;
+ UsageListSize = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!(ParserData->TotalReportItems))
+ return HID_PARSE_NoUnfilteredReportItems;
+
+ return HID_PARSE_Successful;
+}
+
+bool USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(const uint8_t* ReportData,
+ HID_ReportItem_t* const ReportItem)
+{
+ if (ReportItem == NULL)
+ return false;
+
+ uint16_t DataBitsRem = ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize;
+ uint16_t CurrentBit = ReportItem->BitOffset;
+ uint32_t BitMask = (1 << 0);
+
+ if (ReportItem->ReportID)
+ {
+ if (ReportItem->ReportID != ReportData[0])
+ return false;
+
+ ReportData++;
+ }
+
+ ReportItem->PreviousValue = ReportItem->Value;
+ ReportItem->Value = 0;
+
+ while (DataBitsRem--)
+ {
+ if (ReportData[CurrentBit / 8] & (1 << (CurrentBit % 8)))
+ ReportItem->Value |= BitMask;
+
+ CurrentBit++;
+ BitMask <<= 1;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void USB_SetHIDReportItemInfo(uint8_t* ReportData,
+ HID_ReportItem_t* const ReportItem)
+{
+ if (ReportItem == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ uint16_t DataBitsRem = ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize;
+ uint16_t CurrentBit = ReportItem->BitOffset;
+ uint32_t BitMask = (1 << 0);
+
+ if (ReportItem->ReportID)
+ {
+ ReportData[0] = ReportItem->ReportID;
+ ReportData++;
+ }
+
+ ReportItem->PreviousValue = ReportItem->Value;
+
+ while (DataBitsRem--)
+ {
+ if (ReportItem->Value & (1 << (CurrentBit % 8)))
+ ReportData[CurrentBit / 8] |= BitMask;
+
+ CurrentBit++;
+ BitMask <<= 1;
+ }
+}
+
+uint16_t USB_GetHIDReportSize(HID_ReportInfo_t* const ParserData,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType)
+{
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS; i++)
+ {
+ uint16_t ReportSizeBits = ParserData->ReportIDSizes[i].ReportSizeBits[ReportType];
+
+ if (ParserData->ReportIDSizes[i].ReportID == ReportID)
+ return (ReportSizeBits / 8) + ((ReportSizeBits % 8) ? 1 : 0);
+ }
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.h
index dd14bea43..1f84ef44f 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.h
@@ -1,364 +1,364 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB Human Interface Device (HID) Class report descriptor parser.
- *
- * This file allows for the easy parsing of complex HID report descriptors, which describes the data that
- * a HID device transmits to the host. It also provides an easy API for extracting and processing the data
- * elements inside a HID report sent from an attached HID device.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USB
- * \defgroup Group_HIDParser HID Report Parser
- * \brief USB Human Interface Device (HID) Class report descriptor parser.
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDParser.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Human Interface Device (HID) class report descriptor parser. This module implements a parser than is
- * capable of processing a complete HID report descriptor, and outputting a flat structure containing the
- * contents of the report in an a more friendly format. The parsed data may then be further processed and used
- * within an application to process sent and received HID reports to and from an attached HID device.
- *
- * A HID report descriptor consists of a set of HID report items, which describe the function and layout
- * of data exchanged between a HID device and a host, including both the physical encoding of each item
- * (such as a button, key press or joystick axis) in the sent and received data packets - known as "reports" -
- * as well as other information about each item such as the usages, data range, physical location and other
- * characteristics. In this way a HID device can retain a high degree of flexibility in its capabilities, as it
- * is not forced to comply with a given report layout or feature-set.
- *
- * This module also contains routines for the processing of data in an actual HID report, using the parsed report
- * descriptor data as a guide for the encoding.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __HIDPARSER_H__
-#define __HIDPARSER_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- #include "HIDReportData.h"
- #include "HIDClassCommon.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Macros: */
- #if !defined(HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Constant indicating the maximum stack depth of the state table. A larger state table
- * allows for more PUSH/POP report items to be nested, but consumes more memory. By default
- * this is set to 2 levels (allowing non-nested PUSH items) but this can be overridden by
- * defining \c HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH to another value in the user project makefile, passing the
- * define to the compiler using the -D compiler switch.
- */
- #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH 2
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Constant indicating the maximum stack depth of the usage table. A larger usage table
- * allows for more USAGE items to be indicated sequentially for REPORT COUNT entries of more than
- * one, but requires more stack space. By default this is set to 8 levels (allowing for a report
- * item with a count of 8) but this can be overridden by defining \c HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH to another
- * value in the user project makefile, passing the define to the compiler using the -D compiler
- * switch.
- */
- #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH 8
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Constant indicating the maximum number of COLLECTION items (nested or unnested) that can be
- * processed in the report item descriptor. A large value allows for more COLLECTION items to be
- * processed, but consumes more memory. By default this is set to 10 collections, but this can be
- * overridden by defining \c HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS to another value in the user project makefile, passing
- * the define to the compiler using the -D compiler switch.
- */
- #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS 10
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Constant indicating the maximum number of report items (IN, OUT or FEATURE) that can be processed
- * in the report item descriptor and stored in the user HID Report Info structure. A large value allows
- * for more report items to be stored, but consumes more memory. By default this is set to 20 items,
- * but this can be overridden by defining \c HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS to another value in the user project
- * makefile, and passing the define to the compiler using the -D compiler switch.
- */
- #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS 20
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Constant indicating the maximum number of unique report IDs that can be processed in the report item
- * descriptor for the report size information array in the user HID Report Info structure. A large value
- * allows for more report ID report sizes to be stored, but consumes more memory. By default this is set
- * to 10 items, but this can be overridden by defining \c HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS to another value in the user project
- * makefile, and passing the define to the compiler using the -D compiler switch. Note that IN, OUT and FEATURE
- * items sharing the same report ID consume only one size item in the array.
- */
- #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS 10
- #endif
-
- /** Returns the value a given HID report item (once its value has been fetched via \ref USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo())
- * left-aligned to the given data type. This allows for signed data to be interpreted correctly, by shifting the data
- * leftwards until the data's sign bit is in the correct position.
- *
- * \param[in] ReportItem HID Report Item whose retrieved value is to be aligned.
- * \param[in] Type Data type to align the HID report item's value to.
- *
- * \return Left-aligned data of the given report item's pre-retrieved value for the given datatype.
- */
- #define HID_ALIGN_DATA(ReportItem, Type) ((Type)(ReportItem->Value << ((8 * sizeof(Type)) - ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize)))
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible error codes in the return value of the \ref USB_ProcessHIDReport() function. */
- enum HID_Parse_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- HID_PARSE_Successful = 0, /**< Successful parse of the HID report descriptor, no error. */
- HID_PARSE_HIDStackOverflow = 1, /**< More than \ref HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH nested PUSHes in the report. */
- HID_PARSE_HIDStackUnderflow = 2, /**< A POP was found when the state table stack was empty. */
- HID_PARSE_InsufficientReportItems = 3, /**< More than \ref HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS report items in the report. */
- HID_PARSE_UnexpectedEndCollection = 4, /**< An END COLLECTION item found without matching COLLECTION item. */
- HID_PARSE_InsufficientCollectionPaths = 5, /**< More than \ref HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS collections in the report. */
- HID_PARSE_UsageListOverflow = 6, /**< More than \ref HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH usages listed in a row. */
- HID_PARSE_InsufficientReportIDItems = 7, /**< More than \ref HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS report IDs in the device. */
- HID_PARSE_NoUnfilteredReportItems = 8, /**< All report items from the device were filtered by the filtering callback routine. */
- };
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief HID Parser Report Item Min/Max Structure.
- *
- * Type define for an attribute with both minimum and maximum values (e.g. Logical Min/Max).
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint32_t Minimum; /**< Minimum value for the attribute. */
- uint32_t Maximum; /**< Maximum value for the attribute. */
- } HID_MinMax_t;
-
- /** \brief HID Parser Report Item Unit Structure.
- *
- * Type define for the Unit attributes of a report item.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint32_t Type; /**< Unit type (refer to HID specifications for details). */
- uint8_t Exponent; /**< Unit exponent (refer to HID specifications for details). */
- } HID_Unit_t;
-
- /** \brief HID Parser Report Item Usage Structure.
- *
- * Type define for the Usage attributes of a report item.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint16_t Page; /**< Usage page of the report item. */
- uint16_t Usage; /**< Usage of the report item. */
- } HID_Usage_t;
-
- /** \brief HID Parser Report Item Collection Path Structure.
- *
- * Type define for a COLLECTION object. Contains the collection attributes and a reference to the
- * parent collection if any.
- */
- typedef struct HID_CollectionPath
- {
- uint8_t Type; /**< Collection type (e.g. "Generic Desktop"). */
- HID_Usage_t Usage; /**< Collection usage. */
- struct HID_CollectionPath* Parent; /**< Reference to parent collection, or \c NULL if root collection. */
- } HID_CollectionPath_t;
-
- /** \brief HID Parser Report Item Attributes Structure.
- *
- * Type define for all the data attributes of a report item, except flags.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t BitSize; /**< Size in bits of the report item's data. */
-
- HID_Usage_t Usage; /**< Usage of the report item. */
- HID_Unit_t Unit; /**< Unit type and exponent of the report item. */
- HID_MinMax_t Logical; /**< Logical minimum and maximum of the report item. */
- HID_MinMax_t Physical; /**< Physical minimum and maximum of the report item. */
- } HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t;
-
- /** \brief HID Parser Report Item Details Structure.
- *
- * Type define for a report item (IN, OUT or FEATURE) layout attributes and other details.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint16_t BitOffset; /**< Bit offset in the IN, OUT or FEATURE report of the item. */
- uint8_t ItemType; /**< Report item type, a value in \ref HID_ReportItemTypes_t. */
- uint16_t ItemFlags; /**< Item data flags, a mask of \c HID_IOF_* constants. */
- uint8_t ReportID; /**< Report ID this item belongs to, or 0x00 if device has only one report */
- HID_CollectionPath_t* CollectionPath; /**< Collection path of the item. */
-
- HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t Attributes; /**< Report item attributes. */
-
- uint32_t Value; /**< Current value of the report item - use \ref HID_ALIGN_DATA() when processing
- * a retrieved value so that it is aligned to a specific type.
- */
- uint32_t PreviousValue; /**< Previous value of the report item. */
- } HID_ReportItem_t;
-
- /** \brief HID Parser Report Size Structure.
- *
- * Type define for a report item size information structure, to retain the size of a device's reports by ID.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t ReportID; /**< Report ID of the report within the HID interface. */
- uint16_t ReportSizeBits[3]; /**< Total number of bits in each report type for the given Report ID,
- * indexed by the \ref HID_ReportItemTypes_t enum.
- */
- } HID_ReportSizeInfo_t;
-
- /** \brief HID Parser State Structure.
- *
- * Type define for a complete processed HID report, including all report item data and collections.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t TotalReportItems; /**< Total number of report items stored in the \c ReportItems array. */
- HID_ReportItem_t ReportItems[HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS]; /**< Report items array, including all IN, OUT
- * and FEATURE items.
- */
- HID_CollectionPath_t CollectionPaths[HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS]; /**< All collection items, referenced
- * by the report items.
- */
- uint8_t TotalDeviceReports; /**< Number of reports within the HID interface */
- HID_ReportSizeInfo_t ReportIDSizes[HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS]; /**< Report sizes for each report in the interface */
- uint16_t LargestReportSizeBits; /**< Largest report that the attached device will generate, in bits */
- bool UsingReportIDs; /**< Indicates if the device has at least one REPORT ID
- * element in its HID report descriptor.
- */
- } HID_ReportInfo_t;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Function to process a given HID report returned from an attached device, and store it into a given
- * \ref HID_ReportInfo_t structure.
- *
- * \param[in] ReportData Buffer containing the device's HID report table.
- * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the HID report table.
- * \param[out] ParserData Pointer to a \ref HID_ReportInfo_t instance for the parser output.
- *
- * \return A value in the \ref HID_Parse_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t USB_ProcessHIDReport(const uint8_t* ReportData,
- uint16_t ReportSize,
- HID_ReportInfo_t* const ParserData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
- /** Extracts the given report item's value out of the given HID report and places it into the Value
- * member of the report item's \ref HID_ReportItem_t structure.
- *
- * When called on a report with an item that exists in that report, this copies the report item's \c Value
- * to its \c PreviousValue element for easy checking to see if an item's value has changed before processing
- * a report. If the given item does not exist in the report, the function does not modify the report item's
- * data.
- *
- * \param[in] ReportData Buffer containing an IN or FEATURE report from an attached device.
- * \param[in,out] ReportItem Pointer to the report item of interest in a \ref HID_ReportInfo_t ReportItem array.
- *
- * \returns Boolean \c true if the item to retrieve was located in the given report, \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(const uint8_t* ReportData,
- HID_ReportItem_t* const ReportItem) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Retrieves the given report item's value out of the \c Value member of the report item's
- * \ref HID_ReportItem_t structure and places it into the correct position in the HID report
- * buffer. The report buffer is assumed to have the appropriate bits cleared before calling
- * this function (i.e., the buffer should be explicitly cleared before report values are added).
- *
- * When called, this copies the report item's \c Value element to its \c PreviousValue element for easy
- * checking to see if an item's value has changed before sending a report.
- *
- * If the device has multiple HID reports, the first byte in the report is set to the report ID of the given item.
- *
- * \param[out] ReportData Buffer holding the current OUT or FEATURE report data.
- * \param[in] ReportItem Pointer to the report item of interest in a \ref HID_ReportInfo_t ReportItem array.
- */
- void USB_SetHIDReportItemInfo(uint8_t* ReportData,
- HID_ReportItem_t* const ReportItem) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Retrieves the size of a given HID report in bytes from its Report ID.
- *
- * \param[in] ParserData Pointer to a \ref HID_ReportInfo_t instance containing the parser output.
- * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the report whose size is to be determined.
- * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report whose size is to be determined, a value from the
- * \ref HID_ReportItemTypes_t enum.
- *
- * \return Size of the report in bytes, or \c 0 if the report does not exist.
- */
- uint16_t USB_GetHIDReportSize(HID_ReportInfo_t* const ParserData,
- const uint8_t ReportID,
- const uint8_t ReportType) ATTR_CONST ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Callback routine for the HID Report Parser. This callback <b>must</b> be implemented by the user code when
- * the parser is used, to determine what report IN, OUT and FEATURE item's information is stored into the user
- * \ref HID_ReportInfo_t structure. This can be used to filter only those items the application will be using, so that
- * no RAM is wasted storing the attributes for report items which will never be referenced by the application.
- *
- * Report item pointers passed to this callback function may be cached by the user application for later use
- * when processing report items. This provides faster report processing in the user application than would
- * a search of the entire parsed report item table for each received or sent report.
- *
- * \param[in] CurrentItem Pointer to the current report item for user checking.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the \ref HID_ReportInfo_t structure, \c false if
- * it should be ignored.
- */
- bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Type Defines: */
- typedef struct
- {
- HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t Attributes;
- uint8_t ReportCount;
- uint8_t ReportID;
- } HID_StateTable_t;
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Human Interface Device (HID) Class report descriptor parser.
+ *
+ * This file allows for the easy parsing of complex HID report descriptors, which describes the data that
+ * a HID device transmits to the host. It also provides an easy API for extracting and processing the data
+ * elements inside a HID report sent from an attached HID device.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ * \defgroup Group_HIDParser HID Report Parser
+ * \brief USB Human Interface Device (HID) Class report descriptor parser.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_HIDParser_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDParser.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_HIDParser_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Human Interface Device (HID) class report descriptor parser. This module implements a parser than is
+ * capable of processing a complete HID report descriptor, and outputting a flat structure containing the
+ * contents of the report in an a more friendly format. The parsed data may then be further processed and used
+ * within an application to process sent and received HID reports to and from an attached HID device.
+ *
+ * A HID report descriptor consists of a set of HID report items, which describe the function and layout
+ * of data exchanged between a HID device and a host, including both the physical encoding of each item
+ * (such as a button, key press or joystick axis) in the sent and received data packets - known as "reports" -
+ * as well as other information about each item such as the usages, data range, physical location and other
+ * characteristics. In this way a HID device can retain a high degree of flexibility in its capabilities, as it
+ * is not forced to comply with a given report layout or feature-set.
+ *
+ * This module also contains routines for the processing of data in an actual HID report, using the parsed report
+ * descriptor data as a guide for the encoding.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __HIDPARSER_H__
+#define __HIDPARSER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ #include "HIDReportData.h"
+ #include "HIDClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if !defined(HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Constant indicating the maximum stack depth of the state table. A larger state table
+ * allows for more PUSH/POP report items to be nested, but consumes more memory. By default
+ * this is set to 2 levels (allowing non-nested PUSH items) but this can be overridden by
+ * defining \c HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH to another value in the user project makefile, passing the
+ * define to the compiler using the -D compiler switch.
+ */
+ #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH 2
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Constant indicating the maximum stack depth of the usage table. A larger usage table
+ * allows for more USAGE items to be indicated sequentially for REPORT COUNT entries of more than
+ * one, but requires more stack space. By default this is set to 8 levels (allowing for a report
+ * item with a count of 8) but this can be overridden by defining \c HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH to another
+ * value in the user project makefile, passing the define to the compiler using the -D compiler
+ * switch.
+ */
+ #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH 8
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Constant indicating the maximum number of COLLECTION items (nested or unnested) that can be
+ * processed in the report item descriptor. A large value allows for more COLLECTION items to be
+ * processed, but consumes more memory. By default this is set to 10 collections, but this can be
+ * overridden by defining \c HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS to another value in the user project makefile, passing
+ * the define to the compiler using the -D compiler switch.
+ */
+ #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS 10
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Constant indicating the maximum number of report items (IN, OUT or FEATURE) that can be processed
+ * in the report item descriptor and stored in the user HID Report Info structure. A large value allows
+ * for more report items to be stored, but consumes more memory. By default this is set to 20 items,
+ * but this can be overridden by defining \c HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS to another value in the user project
+ * makefile, and passing the define to the compiler using the -D compiler switch.
+ */
+ #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS 20
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Constant indicating the maximum number of unique report IDs that can be processed in the report item
+ * descriptor for the report size information array in the user HID Report Info structure. A large value
+ * allows for more report ID report sizes to be stored, but consumes more memory. By default this is set
+ * to 10 items, but this can be overridden by defining \c HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS to another value in the user project
+ * makefile, and passing the define to the compiler using the -D compiler switch. Note that IN, OUT and FEATURE
+ * items sharing the same report ID consume only one size item in the array.
+ */
+ #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS 10
+ #endif
+
+ /** Returns the value a given HID report item (once its value has been fetched via \ref USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo())
+ * left-aligned to the given data type. This allows for signed data to be interpreted correctly, by shifting the data
+ * leftwards until the data's sign bit is in the correct position.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ReportItem HID Report Item whose retrieved value is to be aligned.
+ * \param[in] Type Data type to align the HID report item's value to.
+ *
+ * \return Left-aligned data of the given report item's pre-retrieved value for the given datatype.
+ */
+ #define HID_ALIGN_DATA(ReportItem, Type) ((Type)(ReportItem->Value << ((8 * sizeof(Type)) - ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize)))
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error codes in the return value of the \ref USB_ProcessHIDReport() function. */
+ enum HID_Parse_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ HID_PARSE_Successful = 0, /**< Successful parse of the HID report descriptor, no error. */
+ HID_PARSE_HIDStackOverflow = 1, /**< More than \ref HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH nested PUSHes in the report. */
+ HID_PARSE_HIDStackUnderflow = 2, /**< A POP was found when the state table stack was empty. */
+ HID_PARSE_InsufficientReportItems = 3, /**< More than \ref HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS report items in the report. */
+ HID_PARSE_UnexpectedEndCollection = 4, /**< An END COLLECTION item found without matching COLLECTION item. */
+ HID_PARSE_InsufficientCollectionPaths = 5, /**< More than \ref HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS collections in the report. */
+ HID_PARSE_UsageListOverflow = 6, /**< More than \ref HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH usages listed in a row. */
+ HID_PARSE_InsufficientReportIDItems = 7, /**< More than \ref HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS report IDs in the device. */
+ HID_PARSE_NoUnfilteredReportItems = 8, /**< All report items from the device were filtered by the filtering callback routine. */
+ };
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief HID Parser Report Item Min/Max Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for an attribute with both minimum and maximum values (e.g. Logical Min/Max).
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t Minimum; /**< Minimum value for the attribute. */
+ uint32_t Maximum; /**< Maximum value for the attribute. */
+ } HID_MinMax_t;
+
+ /** \brief HID Parser Report Item Unit Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for the Unit attributes of a report item.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t Type; /**< Unit type (refer to HID specifications for details). */
+ uint8_t Exponent; /**< Unit exponent (refer to HID specifications for details). */
+ } HID_Unit_t;
+
+ /** \brief HID Parser Report Item Usage Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for the Usage attributes of a report item.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t Page; /**< Usage page of the report item. */
+ uint16_t Usage; /**< Usage of the report item. */
+ } HID_Usage_t;
+
+ /** \brief HID Parser Report Item Collection Path Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a COLLECTION object. Contains the collection attributes and a reference to the
+ * parent collection if any.
+ */
+ typedef struct HID_CollectionPath
+ {
+ uint8_t Type; /**< Collection type (e.g. "Generic Desktop"). */
+ HID_Usage_t Usage; /**< Collection usage. */
+ struct HID_CollectionPath* Parent; /**< Reference to parent collection, or \c NULL if root collection. */
+ } HID_CollectionPath_t;
+
+ /** \brief HID Parser Report Item Attributes Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for all the data attributes of a report item, except flags.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t BitSize; /**< Size in bits of the report item's data. */
+
+ HID_Usage_t Usage; /**< Usage of the report item. */
+ HID_Unit_t Unit; /**< Unit type and exponent of the report item. */
+ HID_MinMax_t Logical; /**< Logical minimum and maximum of the report item. */
+ HID_MinMax_t Physical; /**< Physical minimum and maximum of the report item. */
+ } HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t;
+
+ /** \brief HID Parser Report Item Details Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a report item (IN, OUT or FEATURE) layout attributes and other details.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint16_t BitOffset; /**< Bit offset in the IN, OUT or FEATURE report of the item. */
+ uint8_t ItemType; /**< Report item type, a value in \ref HID_ReportItemTypes_t. */
+ uint16_t ItemFlags; /**< Item data flags, a mask of \c HID_IOF_* constants. */
+ uint8_t ReportID; /**< Report ID this item belongs to, or 0x00 if device has only one report */
+ HID_CollectionPath_t* CollectionPath; /**< Collection path of the item. */
+
+ HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t Attributes; /**< Report item attributes. */
+
+ uint32_t Value; /**< Current value of the report item - use \ref HID_ALIGN_DATA() when processing
+ * a retrieved value so that it is aligned to a specific type.
+ */
+ uint32_t PreviousValue; /**< Previous value of the report item. */
+ } HID_ReportItem_t;
+
+ /** \brief HID Parser Report Size Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a report item size information structure, to retain the size of a device's reports by ID.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t ReportID; /**< Report ID of the report within the HID interface. */
+ uint16_t ReportSizeBits[3]; /**< Total number of bits in each report type for the given Report ID,
+ * indexed by the \ref HID_ReportItemTypes_t enum.
+ */
+ } HID_ReportSizeInfo_t;
+
+ /** \brief HID Parser State Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a complete processed HID report, including all report item data and collections.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t TotalReportItems; /**< Total number of report items stored in the \c ReportItems array. */
+ HID_ReportItem_t ReportItems[HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS]; /**< Report items array, including all IN, OUT
+ * and FEATURE items.
+ */
+ HID_CollectionPath_t CollectionPaths[HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS]; /**< All collection items, referenced
+ * by the report items.
+ */
+ uint8_t TotalDeviceReports; /**< Number of reports within the HID interface */
+ HID_ReportSizeInfo_t ReportIDSizes[HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS]; /**< Report sizes for each report in the interface */
+ uint16_t LargestReportSizeBits; /**< Largest report that the attached device will generate, in bits */
+ bool UsingReportIDs; /**< Indicates if the device has at least one REPORT ID
+ * element in its HID report descriptor.
+ */
+ } HID_ReportInfo_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Function to process a given HID report returned from an attached device, and store it into a given
+ * \ref HID_ReportInfo_t structure.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ReportData Buffer containing the device's HID report table.
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the HID report table.
+ * \param[out] ParserData Pointer to a \ref HID_ReportInfo_t instance for the parser output.
+ *
+ * \return A value in the \ref HID_Parse_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t USB_ProcessHIDReport(const uint8_t* ReportData,
+ uint16_t ReportSize,
+ HID_ReportInfo_t* const ParserData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Extracts the given report item's value out of the given HID report and places it into the Value
+ * member of the report item's \ref HID_ReportItem_t structure.
+ *
+ * When called on a report with an item that exists in that report, this copies the report item's \c Value
+ * to its \c PreviousValue element for easy checking to see if an item's value has changed before processing
+ * a report. If the given item does not exist in the report, the function does not modify the report item's
+ * data.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ReportData Buffer containing an IN or FEATURE report from an attached device.
+ * \param[in,out] ReportItem Pointer to the report item of interest in a \ref HID_ReportInfo_t ReportItem array.
+ *
+ * \returns Boolean \c true if the item to retrieve was located in the given report, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(const uint8_t* ReportData,
+ HID_ReportItem_t* const ReportItem) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Retrieves the given report item's value out of the \c Value member of the report item's
+ * \ref HID_ReportItem_t structure and places it into the correct position in the HID report
+ * buffer. The report buffer is assumed to have the appropriate bits cleared before calling
+ * this function (i.e., the buffer should be explicitly cleared before report values are added).
+ *
+ * When called, this copies the report item's \c Value element to its \c PreviousValue element for easy
+ * checking to see if an item's value has changed before sending a report.
+ *
+ * If the device has multiple HID reports, the first byte in the report is set to the report ID of the given item.
+ *
+ * \param[out] ReportData Buffer holding the current OUT or FEATURE report data.
+ * \param[in] ReportItem Pointer to the report item of interest in a \ref HID_ReportInfo_t ReportItem array.
+ */
+ void USB_SetHIDReportItemInfo(uint8_t* ReportData,
+ HID_ReportItem_t* const ReportItem) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Retrieves the size of a given HID report in bytes from its Report ID.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ParserData Pointer to a \ref HID_ReportInfo_t instance containing the parser output.
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the report whose size is to be determined.
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of the report whose size is to be determined, a value from the
+ * \ref HID_ReportItemTypes_t enum.
+ *
+ * \return Size of the report in bytes, or \c 0 if the report does not exist.
+ */
+ uint16_t USB_GetHIDReportSize(HID_ReportInfo_t* const ParserData,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType) ATTR_CONST ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Callback routine for the HID Report Parser. This callback <b>must</b> be implemented by the user code when
+ * the parser is used, to determine what report IN, OUT and FEATURE item's information is stored into the user
+ * \ref HID_ReportInfo_t structure. This can be used to filter only those items the application will be using, so that
+ * no RAM is wasted storing the attributes for report items which will never be referenced by the application.
+ *
+ * Report item pointers passed to this callback function may be cached by the user application for later use
+ * when processing report items. This provides faster report processing in the user application than would
+ * a search of the entire parsed report item table for each received or sent report.
+ *
+ * \param[in] CurrentItem Pointer to the current report item for user checking.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the item should be stored into the \ref HID_ReportInfo_t structure, \c false if
+ * it should be ignored.
+ */
+ bool CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem(HID_ReportItem_t* const CurrentItem);
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ HID_ReportItem_Attributes_t Attributes;
+ uint8_t ReportCount;
+ uint8_t ReportID;
+ } HID_StateTable_t;
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDReportData.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDReportData.h
index 719739a5f..df4302cc7 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDReportData.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDReportData.h
@@ -1,126 +1,126 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Constants for HID report item attributes.
- *
- * HID report item constants for report item attributes. Refer to the HID specification for
- * details on each flag's meaning when applied to an IN, OUT or FEATURE item.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_HIDParser
- * \defgroup Group_HIDReportItemConst HID Report Descriptor Item Constants
- *
- * General HID constant definitions for HID Report Descriptor elements.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __HIDREPORTDATA_H__
-#define __HIDREPORTDATA_H__
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define HID_RI_DATA_SIZE_MASK 0x03
- #define HID_RI_TYPE_MASK 0x0C
- #define HID_RI_TAG_MASK 0xF0
-
- #define HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN 0x00
- #define HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL 0x04
- #define HID_RI_TYPE_LOCAL 0x08
-
- #define HID_RI_DATA_BITS_0 0x00
- #define HID_RI_DATA_BITS_8 0x01
- #define HID_RI_DATA_BITS_16 0x02
- #define HID_RI_DATA_BITS_32 0x03
- #define HID_RI_DATA_BITS(DataBits) HID_RI_DATA_BITS_ ## DataBits
-
- #define _HID_RI_ENCODE_0(Data)
- #define _HID_RI_ENCODE_8(Data) , (Data & 0xFF)
- #define _HID_RI_ENCODE_16(Data) _HID_RI_ENCODE_8(Data) _HID_RI_ENCODE_8(Data >> 8)
- #define _HID_RI_ENCODE_32(Data) _HID_RI_ENCODE_16(Data) _HID_RI_ENCODE_16(Data >> 16)
- #define _HID_RI_ENCODE(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENCODE_ ## DataBits(__VA_ARGS__)
-
- #define _HID_RI_ENTRY(Type, Tag, DataBits, ...) (Type | Tag | HID_RI_DATA_BITS(DataBits)) _HID_RI_ENCODE(DataBits, (__VA_ARGS__))
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** \name HID Input, Output and Feature Report Descriptor Item Flags */
- //@{
- #define HID_IOF_CONSTANT (1 << 0)
- #define HID_IOF_DATA (0 << 0)
- #define HID_IOF_VARIABLE (1 << 1)
- #define HID_IOF_ARRAY (0 << 1)
- #define HID_IOF_RELATIVE (1 << 2)
- #define HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE (0 << 2)
- #define HID_IOF_WRAP (1 << 3)
- #define HID_IOF_NO_WRAP (0 << 3)
- #define HID_IOF_NON_LINEAR (1 << 4)
- #define HID_IOF_LINEAR (0 << 4)
- #define HID_IOF_NO_PREFERRED_STATE (1 << 5)
- #define HID_IOF_PREFERRED_STATE (0 << 5)
- #define HID_IOF_NULLSTATE (1 << 6)
- #define HID_IOF_NO_NULL_POSITION (0 << 6)
- #define HID_IOF_VOLATILE (1 << 7)
- #define HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE (0 << 7)
- #define HID_IOF_BUFFERED_BYTES (1 << 8)
- #define HID_IOF_BITFIELD (0 << 8)
- //@}
-
- /** \name HID Report Descriptor Item Macros */
- //@{
- #define HID_RI_INPUT(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN , 0x80, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
- #define HID_RI_OUTPUT(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN , 0x90, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
- #define HID_RI_COLLECTION(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN , 0xA0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
- #define HID_RI_FEATURE(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN , 0xB0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
- #define HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN , 0xC0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
- #define HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x00, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
- #define HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x10, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
- #define HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x20, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
- #define HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x30, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
- #define HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x40, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
- #define HID_RI_UNIT_EXPONENT(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x50, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
- #define HID_RI_UNIT(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x60, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
- #define HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x70, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
- #define HID_RI_REPORT_ID(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x80, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
- #define HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x90, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
- #define HID_RI_PUSH(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0xA0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
- #define HID_RI_POP(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0xB0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
- #define HID_RI_USAGE(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_LOCAL , 0x00, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
- #define HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_LOCAL , 0x10, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
- #define HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_LOCAL , 0x20, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
- //@}
-
-/** @} */
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Constants for HID report item attributes.
+ *
+ * HID report item constants for report item attributes. Refer to the HID specification for
+ * details on each flag's meaning when applied to an IN, OUT or FEATURE item.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_HIDParser
+ * \defgroup Group_HIDReportItemConst HID Report Descriptor Item Constants
+ *
+ * General HID constant definitions for HID Report Descriptor elements.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __HIDREPORTDATA_H__
+#define __HIDREPORTDATA_H__
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define HID_RI_DATA_SIZE_MASK 0x03
+ #define HID_RI_TYPE_MASK 0x0C
+ #define HID_RI_TAG_MASK 0xF0
+
+ #define HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN 0x00
+ #define HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL 0x04
+ #define HID_RI_TYPE_LOCAL 0x08
+
+ #define HID_RI_DATA_BITS_0 0x00
+ #define HID_RI_DATA_BITS_8 0x01
+ #define HID_RI_DATA_BITS_16 0x02
+ #define HID_RI_DATA_BITS_32 0x03
+ #define HID_RI_DATA_BITS(DataBits) CONCAT_EXPANDED(HID_RI_DATA_BITS_, DataBits)
+
+ #define _HID_RI_ENCODE_0(Data)
+ #define _HID_RI_ENCODE_8(Data) , (Data & 0xFF)
+ #define _HID_RI_ENCODE_16(Data) _HID_RI_ENCODE_8(Data) _HID_RI_ENCODE_8(Data >> 8)
+ #define _HID_RI_ENCODE_32(Data) _HID_RI_ENCODE_16(Data) _HID_RI_ENCODE_16(Data >> 16)
+ #define _HID_RI_ENCODE(DataBits, ...) CONCAT_EXPANDED(_HID_RI_ENCODE_, DataBits(__VA_ARGS__))
+
+ #define _HID_RI_ENTRY(Type, Tag, DataBits, ...) (Type | Tag | HID_RI_DATA_BITS(DataBits)) _HID_RI_ENCODE(DataBits, (__VA_ARGS__))
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name HID Input, Output and Feature Report Descriptor Item Flags */
+ //@{
+ #define HID_IOF_CONSTANT (1 << 0)
+ #define HID_IOF_DATA (0 << 0)
+ #define HID_IOF_VARIABLE (1 << 1)
+ #define HID_IOF_ARRAY (0 << 1)
+ #define HID_IOF_RELATIVE (1 << 2)
+ #define HID_IOF_ABSOLUTE (0 << 2)
+ #define HID_IOF_WRAP (1 << 3)
+ #define HID_IOF_NO_WRAP (0 << 3)
+ #define HID_IOF_NON_LINEAR (1 << 4)
+ #define HID_IOF_LINEAR (0 << 4)
+ #define HID_IOF_NO_PREFERRED_STATE (1 << 5)
+ #define HID_IOF_PREFERRED_STATE (0 << 5)
+ #define HID_IOF_NULLSTATE (1 << 6)
+ #define HID_IOF_NO_NULL_POSITION (0 << 6)
+ #define HID_IOF_VOLATILE (1 << 7)
+ #define HID_IOF_NON_VOLATILE (0 << 7)
+ #define HID_IOF_BUFFERED_BYTES (1 << 8)
+ #define HID_IOF_BITFIELD (0 << 8)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name HID Report Descriptor Item Macros */
+ //@{
+ #define HID_RI_INPUT(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN , 0x80, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_OUTPUT(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN , 0x90, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_COLLECTION(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN , 0xA0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_FEATURE(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN , 0xB0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_END_COLLECTION(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_MAIN , 0xC0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_USAGE_PAGE(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x00, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_LOGICAL_MINIMUM(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x10, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_LOGICAL_MAXIMUM(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x20, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MINIMUM(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x30, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_PHYSICAL_MAXIMUM(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x40, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_UNIT_EXPONENT(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x50, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_UNIT(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x60, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_REPORT_SIZE(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x70, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_REPORT_ID(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x80, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_REPORT_COUNT(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0x90, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_PUSH(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0xA0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_POP(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_GLOBAL, 0xB0, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_USAGE(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_LOCAL , 0x00, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_USAGE_MINIMUM(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_LOCAL , 0x10, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ #define HID_RI_USAGE_MAXIMUM(DataBits, ...) _HID_RI_ENTRY(HID_RI_TYPE_LOCAL , 0x20, DataBits, __VA_ARGS__)
+ //@}
+
+/** @} */
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h
index e0b77eca8..b6f603455 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MIDIClassCommon.h
@@ -1,320 +1,363 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
- *
- * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMIDI
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassMIDICommon Common Class Definitions
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
- * MIDI Class.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _MIDI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-#define _MIDI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
- #include "AudioClassCommon.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** \name MIDI Command Values */
- //@{
- /** MIDI command for a note on (activation) event. */
- #define MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON 0x90
-
- /** MIDI command for a note off (deactivation) event. */
- #define MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF 0x80
- //@}
-
- /** Standard key press velocity value used for all note events. */
- #define MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY 64
-
- /** Convenience macro. MIDI channels are numbered from 1-10 (natural numbers) however the logical channel
- * addresses are zero-indexed. This converts a natural MIDI channel number into the logical channel address.
- *
- * \param[in] channel MIDI channel number to address.
- *
- * \return Constructed MIDI channel ID.
- */
- #define MIDI_CHANNEL(channel) ((channel) - 1)
-
- /** Constructs a MIDI event ID from a given MIDI command and a virtual MIDI cable index. This can then be
- * used to create and decode \ref MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDI event packets.
- *
- * \param[in] virtualcable Index of the virtual MIDI cable the event relates to
- * \param[in] command MIDI command to send through the virtual MIDI cable
- *
- * \return Constructed MIDI event ID.
- */
- #define MIDI_EVENT(virtualcable, command) ((virtualcable << 4) | (command >> 4))
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible MIDI jack types in a MIDI device jack descriptor. */
- enum MIDI_JackTypes_t
- {
- MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded = 0x01, /**< MIDI class descriptor jack type value for an embedded (logical) MIDI input or output jack. */
- MIDI_JACKTYPE_External = 0x02, /**< MIDI class descriptor jack type value for an external (physical) MIDI input or output jack. */
- };
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief MIDI class-specific Streaming Interface Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
- * how MIDI the specification compliance of the device and the total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors.
- * See the USB Audio specification for more details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
- uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
-
- uint16_t AudioSpecification; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class
- * specification version.
- */
- uint16_t TotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors, including this descriptor. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t;
-
- /** \brief MIDI class-specific Streaming Interface Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
- * how MIDI the specification compliance of the device and the total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors.
- * See the USB Audio specification for more details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
- * element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
- * given by the specific class.
- */
-
- uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
-
- uint16_t bcdMSC; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported MIDI Class specification version. */
- uint16_t wTotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors, including this descriptor. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t;
-
- /** \brief MIDI class-specific Input Jack Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI IN jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI input, either
- * a physical input jack, or a logical jack (receiving input data internally, or from the host via an endpoint).
- *
- * \see \ref USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_InputJack_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
- uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
-
- uint8_t JackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the \c JACKTYPE_* mask values. */
- uint8_t JackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device. */
-
- uint8_t JackStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t;
-
- /** \brief MIDI class-specific Input Jack Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI IN jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI input, either
- * a physical input jack, or a logical jack (receiving input data internally, or from the host via an endpoint).
- *
- * \see \ref USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
- * element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
- * given by the specific class.
- */
-
- uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
-
- uint8_t bJackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the \c JACKTYPE_* mask values. */
- uint8_t bJackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device. */
-
- uint8_t iJack; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_InputJack_t;
-
- /** \brief MIDI class-specific Output Jack Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI OUT jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI output, either
- * a physical output jack, or a logical jack (sending output data internally, or to the host via an endpoint).
- *
- * \see \ref USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_OutputJack_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
- uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
-
- uint8_t JackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the \c JACKTYPE_* mask values. */
- uint8_t JackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device. */
-
- uint8_t NumberOfPins; /**< Number of output channels within the jack, either physical or logical. */
- uint8_t SourceJackID[1]; /**< ID of each output pin's source data jack. */
- uint8_t SourcePinID[1]; /**< Pin number in the input jack of each output pin's source data. */
-
- uint8_t JackStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t;
-
- /** \brief MIDI class-specific Output Jack Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI OUT jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI output, either
- * a physical output jack, or a logical jack (sending output data internally, or to the host via an endpoint).
- *
- * \see \ref USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
- * element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
- * given by the specific class.
- */
-
- uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
-
- uint8_t bJackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the \c JACKTYPE_* mask values. */
- uint8_t bJackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device. */
-
- uint8_t bNrInputPins; /**< Number of output channels within the jack, either physical or logical. */
- uint8_t baSourceID[1]; /**< ID of each output pin's source data jack. */
- uint8_t baSourcePin[1]; /**< Pin number in the input jack of each output pin's source data. */
-
- uint8_t iJack; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_OutputJack_t;
-
- /** \brief Audio class-specific Jack Endpoint Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific extended MIDI jack endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
- * on the usage of MIDI endpoints used to stream MIDI events in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
- * class-specific extended MIDI endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
- uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
-
- uint8_t TotalEmbeddedJacks; /**< Total number of jacks inside this endpoint. */
- uint8_t AssociatedJackID[1]; /**< IDs of each jack inside the endpoint. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t;
-
- /** \brief Audio class-specific Jack Endpoint Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for an Audio class-specific extended MIDI jack endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
- * on the usage of MIDI endpoints used to stream MIDI events in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
- * class-specific extended MIDI endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
- * element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
- * given by the specific class.
- */
-
- uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
-
- uint8_t bNumEmbMIDIJack; /**< Total number of jacks inside this endpoint. */
- uint8_t bAssocJackID[1]; /**< IDs of each jack inside the endpoint. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t;
-
- /** \brief MIDI Class Driver Event Packet.
- *
- * Type define for a USB MIDI event packet, used to encapsulate sent and received MIDI messages from a USB MIDI interface.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t Event; /**< MIDI event type, constructed with the \ref MIDI_EVENT() macro. */
-
- uint8_t Data1; /**< First byte of data in the MIDI event. */
- uint8_t Data2; /**< Second byte of data in the MIDI event. */
- uint8_t Data3; /**< Third byte of data in the MIDI event. */
- } ATTR_PACKED MIDI_EventPacket_t;
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
+ *
+ * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMIDI
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassMIDICommon Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMIDICommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ * MIDI Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIDI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _MIDI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+ #include "AudioClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name MIDI Command Values
+ * See http://www.midi.org/techspecs/midimessages.php for more information.
+ */
+ //@{
+ /** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) single event that has one byte of data total. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_1BYTE MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_END_1BYTE
+
+ /** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) single event that has two bytes of data total. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_2BYTE 0x20
+
+ /** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) single event that has three bytes of data total. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_3BYTE 0x30
+
+ /** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) stream event that has at least four bytes of data total. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_START_3BYTE 0x40
+
+ /** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) stream event terminator with one remaining data byte. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_END_1BYTE 0x50
+
+ /** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) stream event terminator with two remaining data bytes. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_END_2BYTE 0x60
+
+ /** MIDI command for System Exclusive (SysEx) stream event terminator with three remaining data bytes. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_SYSEX_END_3BYTE 0x70
+
+ /** MIDI command for a note off (deactivation) event. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF 0x80
+
+ /** MIDI command for a note on (activation) event. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON 0x90
+
+ /** MIDI command for a note pressure change event. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_PRESSURE 0xA0
+
+ /** MIDI command for a control change event. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_CONTROL_CHANGE 0xB0
+
+ /** MIDI command for a control change event. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_PROGRAM_CHANGE 0xC0
+
+ /** MIDI command for a channel pressure change event. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_CHANNEL_PRESSURE 0xD0
+
+ /** MIDI command for a pitch change event. */
+ #define MIDI_COMMAND_PITCH_WHEEL_CHANGE 0xE0
+ //@}
+
+ /** Standard key press velocity value used for all note events. */
+ #define MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY 64
+
+ /** Convenience macro. MIDI channels are numbered from 1-10 (natural numbers) however the logical channel
+ * addresses are zero-indexed. This converts a natural MIDI channel number into the logical channel address.
+ *
+ * \param[in] channel MIDI channel number to address.
+ *
+ * \return Constructed MIDI channel ID.
+ */
+ #define MIDI_CHANNEL(channel) ((channel) - 1)
+
+ /** Constructs a MIDI event ID from a given MIDI command and a virtual MIDI cable index. This can then be
+ * used to create and decode \ref MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDI event packets.
+ *
+ * \param[in] virtualcable Index of the virtual MIDI cable the event relates to
+ * \param[in] command MIDI command to send through the virtual MIDI cable
+ *
+ * \return Constructed MIDI event ID.
+ */
+ #define MIDI_EVENT(virtualcable, command) (((virtualcable) << 4) | ((command) >> 4))
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible MIDI jack types in a MIDI device jack descriptor. */
+ enum MIDI_JackTypes_t
+ {
+ MIDI_JACKTYPE_Embedded = 0x01, /**< MIDI class descriptor jack type value for an embedded (logical) MIDI input or output jack. */
+ MIDI_JACKTYPE_External = 0x02, /**< MIDI class descriptor jack type value for an external (physical) MIDI input or output jack. */
+ };
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief MIDI class-specific Streaming Interface Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
+ * how MIDI the specification compliance of the device and the total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors.
+ * See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+ uint16_t AudioSpecification; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class
+ * specification version.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint16_t TotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors, including this descriptor. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t;
+
+ /** \brief MIDI class-specific Streaming Interface Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
+ * how MIDI the specification compliance of the device and the total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors.
+ * See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_MIDI_Descriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+ uint16_t bcdMSC; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported MIDI Class specification version.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint16_t wTotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class-specific descriptors, including this descriptor. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_AudioInterface_AS_t;
+
+ /** \brief MIDI class-specific Input Jack Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI IN jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI input, either
+ * a physical input jack, or a logical jack (receiving input data internally, or from the host via an endpoint).
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_InputJack_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+ uint8_t JackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the \c JACKTYPE_* mask values. */
+ uint8_t JackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device. */
+
+ uint8_t JackStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t;
+
+ /** \brief MIDI class-specific Input Jack Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI IN jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI input, either
+ * a physical input jack, or a logical jack (receiving input data internally, or from the host via an endpoint).
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_MIDI_Descriptor_InputJack_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+ uint8_t bJackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the \c JACKTYPE_* mask values. */
+ uint8_t bJackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device. */
+
+ uint8_t iJack; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_InputJack_t;
+
+ /** \brief MIDI class-specific Output Jack Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI OUT jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI output, either
+ * a physical output jack, or a logical jack (sending output data internally, or to the host via an endpoint).
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_OutputJack_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+ uint8_t JackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the \c JACKTYPE_* mask values. */
+ uint8_t JackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device. */
+
+ uint8_t NumberOfPins; /**< Number of output channels within the jack, either physical or logical. */
+ uint8_t SourceJackID[1]; /**< ID of each output pin's source data jack. */
+ uint8_t SourcePinID[1]; /**< Pin number in the input jack of each output pin's source data. */
+
+ uint8_t JackStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t;
+
+ /** \brief MIDI class-specific Output Jack Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific MIDI OUT jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI output, either
+ * a physical output jack, or a logical jack (sending output data internally, or to the host via an endpoint).
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_MIDI_Descriptor_OutputJack_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+ uint8_t bJackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the \c JACKTYPE_* mask values. */
+ uint8_t bJackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device. */
+
+ uint8_t bNrInputPins; /**< Number of output channels within the jack, either physical or logical. */
+ uint8_t baSourceID[1]; /**< ID of each output pin's source data jack. */
+ uint8_t baSourcePin[1]; /**< Pin number in the input jack of each output pin's source data. */
+
+ uint8_t iJack; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_OutputJack_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Jack Endpoint Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific extended MIDI jack endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
+ * on the usage of MIDI endpoints used to stream MIDI events in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
+ * class-specific extended MIDI endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length. */
+ uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+ uint8_t TotalEmbeddedJacks; /**< Total number of jacks inside this endpoint. */
+ uint8_t AssociatedJackID[1]; /**< IDs of each jack inside the endpoint. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t;
+
+ /** \brief Audio class-specific Jack Endpoint Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for an Audio class-specific extended MIDI jack endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
+ * on the usage of MIDI endpoints used to stream MIDI events in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
+ * class-specific extended MIDI endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_MIDI_Descriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t bDescriptorSubtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class-specific descriptors. */
+
+ uint8_t bNumEmbMIDIJack; /**< Total number of jacks inside this endpoint. */
+ uint8_t bAssocJackID[1]; /**< IDs of each jack inside the endpoint. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_MIDI_StdDescriptor_Jack_Endpoint_t;
+
+ /** \brief MIDI Class Driver Event Packet.
+ *
+ * Type define for a USB MIDI event packet, used to encapsulate sent and received MIDI messages from a USB MIDI interface.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Event; /**< MIDI event type, constructed with the \ref MIDI_EVENT() macro. */
+
+ uint8_t Data1; /**< First byte of data in the MIDI event. */
+ uint8_t Data2; /**< Second byte of data in the MIDI event. */
+ uint8_t Data3; /**< Third byte of data in the MIDI event. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED MIDI_EventPacket_t;
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h
index 38167f64e..8a12f31b8 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h
@@ -1,365 +1,368 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
- *
- * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMS
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassMSCommon Common Class Definitions
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
- * Mass Storage Class.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _MS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-#define _MS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Magic signature for a Command Block Wrapper used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only transport protocol. */
- #define MS_CBW_SIGNATURE 0x43425355UL
-
- /** Magic signature for a Command Status Wrapper used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only transport protocol. */
- #define MS_CSW_SIGNATURE 0x53425355UL
-
- /** Mask for a Command Block Wrapper's flags attribute to specify a command with data sent from host-to-device. */
- #define MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_OUT (0 << 7)
-
- /** Mask for a Command Block Wrapper's flags attribute to specify a command with data sent from device-to-host. */
- #define MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN (1 << 7)
-
- /** \name SCSI Commands*/
- //@{
- /** SCSI Command Code for an INQUIRY command. */
- #define SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY 0x12
-
- /** SCSI Command Code for a REQUEST SENSE command. */
- #define SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE 0x03
-
- /** SCSI Command Code for a TEST UNIT READY command. */
- #define SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY 0x00
-
- /** SCSI Command Code for a READ CAPACITY (10) command. */
- #define SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10 0x25
-
- /** SCSI Command Code for a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. */
- #define SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC 0x1D
-
- /** SCSI Command Code for a PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL command. */
- #define SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL 0x1E
-
- /** SCSI Command Code for a WRITE (10) command. */
- #define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10 0x2A
-
- /** SCSI Command Code for a READ (10) command. */
- #define SCSI_CMD_READ_10 0x28
-
- /** SCSI Command Code for a WRITE (6) command. */
- #define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_6 0x0A
-
- /** SCSI Command Code for a READ (6) command. */
- #define SCSI_CMD_READ_6 0x08
-
- /** SCSI Command Code for a VERIFY (10) command. */
- #define SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10 0x2F
-
- /** SCSI Command Code for a MODE SENSE (6) command. */
- #define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6 0x1A
-
- /** SCSI Command Code for a MODE SENSE (10) command. */
- #define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_10 0x5A
- //@}
-
- /** \name SCSI Sense Key Values */
- //@{
- /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate no error has occurred. */
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD 0x00
-
- /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the device has recovered from an error. */
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_RECOVERED_ERROR 0x01
-
- /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the device is not ready for a new command. */
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_NOT_READY 0x02
-
- /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate an error whilst accessing the medium. */
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MEDIUM_ERROR 0x03
-
- /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate a hardware error has occurred. */
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR 0x04
-
- /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that an illegal request has been issued. */
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST 0x05
-
- /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the unit requires attention from the host to indicate
- * a reset event, medium removal or other condition.
- */
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_UNIT_ATTENTION 0x06
-
- /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that a write attempt on a protected block has been made. */
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT 0x07
-
- /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate an error while trying to write to a write-once medium. */
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_BLANK_CHECK 0x08
-
- /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate a vendor specific error has occurred. */
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VENDOR_SPECIFIC 0x09
-
- /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that an EXTENDED COPY command has aborted due to an error. */
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_COPY_ABORTED 0x0A
-
- /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the device has aborted the issued command. */
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ABORTED_COMMAND 0x0B
-
- /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate an attempt to write past the end of a partition has been made. */
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VOLUME_OVERFLOW 0x0D
-
- /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the source data did not match the data read from the medium. */
- #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MISCOMPARE 0x0E
- //@}
-
- /** \name SCSI Additional Sense Codes */
- //@{
- /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate no additional sense information is available. */
- #define SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION 0x00
-
- /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate that the logical unit (LUN) addressed is not ready. */
- #define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_UNIT_NOT_READY 0x04
-
- /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate an invalid field was encountered while processing the issued command. */
- #define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB 0x24
-
- /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate that a medium that was previously indicated as not ready has now
- * become ready for use.
- */
- #define SCSI_ASENSE_NOT_READY_TO_READY_CHANGE 0x28
-
- /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate that an attempt to write to a protected area was made. */
- #define SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED 0x27
-
- /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate an error whilst formatting the device medium. */
- #define SCSI_ASENSE_FORMAT_ERROR 0x31
-
- /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate an invalid command was issued. */
- #define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND 0x20
-
- /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate a write to a block out outside of the medium's range was issued. */
- #define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE 0x21
-
- /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate that no removable medium is inserted into the device. */
- #define SCSI_ASENSE_MEDIUM_NOT_PRESENT 0x3A
- //@}
-
- /** \name SCSI Additional Sense Key Code Qualifiers */
- //@{
- /** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate no additional sense qualifier information is available. */
- #define SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER 0x00
-
- /** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate that a medium format command failed to complete. */
- #define SCSI_ASENSEQ_FORMAT_COMMAND_FAILED 0x01
-
- /** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate that an initializing command must be issued before the issued
- * command can be executed.
- */
- #define SCSI_ASENSEQ_INITIALIZING_COMMAND_REQUIRED 0x02
-
- /** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate that an operation is currently in progress. */
- #define SCSI_ASENSEQ_OPERATION_IN_PROGRESS 0x07
- //@}
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the Mass
- * Storage device class.
- */
- enum MS_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
- {
- MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass = 0x08, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to the Mass Storage class.
- */
- MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass = 0x06, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to the SCSI Transparent Command Set subclass of the Mass
- * storage class.
- */
- MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol = 0x50, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to the Bulk Only Transport protocol of the Mass Storage class.
- */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the Mass Storage class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
- enum MS_ClassRequests_t
- {
- MS_REQ_GetMaxLUN = 0xFE, /**< Mass Storage class-specific request to retrieve the total number of Logical
- * Units (drives) in the SCSI device.
- */
- MS_REQ_MassStorageReset = 0xFF, /**< Mass Storage class-specific request to reset the Mass Storage interface,
- * ready for the next command.
- */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the possible command status wrapper return status codes. */
- enum MS_CommandStatusCodes_t
- {
- MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Pass = 0, /**< Command completed with no error */
- MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Fail = 1, /**< Command failed to complete - host may check the exact error via a
- * SCSI REQUEST SENSE command.
- */
- MS_SCSI_COMMAND_PhaseError = 2, /**< Command failed due to being invalid in the current phase. */
- };
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief Mass Storage Class Command Block Wrapper.
- *
- * Type define for a Command Block Wrapper, used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only Transport protocol.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint32_t Signature; /**< Command block signature, must be \ref MS_CBW_SIGNATURE to indicate a valid Command Block. */
- uint32_t Tag; /**< Unique command ID value, to associate a command block wrapper with its command status wrapper. */
- uint32_t DataTransferLength; /**< Length of the optional data portion of the issued command, in bytes. */
- uint8_t Flags; /**< Command block flags, indicating command data direction. */
- uint8_t LUN; /**< Logical Unit number this command is issued to. */
- uint8_t SCSICommandLength; /**< Length of the issued SCSI command within the SCSI command data array. */
- uint8_t SCSICommandData[16]; /**< Issued SCSI command in the Command Block. */
- } ATTR_PACKED MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t;
-
- /** \brief Mass Storage Class Command Status Wrapper.
- *
- * Type define for a Command Status Wrapper, used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only Transport protocol.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint32_t Signature; /**< Status block signature, must be \ref MS_CSW_SIGNATURE to indicate a valid Command Status. */
- uint32_t Tag; /**< Unique command ID value, to associate a command block wrapper with its command status wrapper. */
- uint32_t DataTransferResidue; /**< Number of bytes of data not processed in the SCSI command. */
- uint8_t Status; /**< Status code of the issued command - a value from the \ref MS_CommandStatusCodes_t enum. */
- } ATTR_PACKED MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t;
-
- /** \brief Mass Storage Class SCSI Sense Structure
- *
- * Type define for a SCSI Sense structure. Structures of this type are filled out by the
- * device via the \ref MS_Host_RequestSense() function, indicating the current sense data of the
- * device (giving explicit error codes for the last issued command). For details of the
- * structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t ResponseCode;
-
- uint8_t SegmentNumber;
-
- unsigned SenseKey : 4;
- unsigned Reserved : 1;
- unsigned ILI : 1;
- unsigned EOM : 1;
- unsigned FileMark : 1;
-
- uint8_t Information[4];
- uint8_t AdditionalLength;
- uint8_t CmdSpecificInformation[4];
- uint8_t AdditionalSenseCode;
- uint8_t AdditionalSenseQualifier;
- uint8_t FieldReplaceableUnitCode;
- uint8_t SenseKeySpecific[3];
- } ATTR_PACKED SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t;
-
- /** \brief Mass Storage Class SCSI Inquiry Structure.
- *
- * Type define for a SCSI Inquiry structure. Structures of this type are filled out by the
- * device via the \ref MS_Host_GetInquiryData() function, retrieving the attached device's
- * information.
- *
- * For details of the structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- unsigned DeviceType : 5;
- unsigned PeripheralQualifier : 3;
-
- unsigned Reserved : 7;
- unsigned Removable : 1;
-
- uint8_t Version;
-
- unsigned ResponseDataFormat : 4;
- unsigned Reserved2 : 1;
- unsigned NormACA : 1;
- unsigned TrmTsk : 1;
- unsigned AERC : 1;
-
- uint8_t AdditionalLength;
- uint8_t Reserved3[2];
-
- unsigned SoftReset : 1;
- unsigned CmdQue : 1;
- unsigned Reserved4 : 1;
- unsigned Linked : 1;
- unsigned Sync : 1;
- unsigned WideBus16Bit : 1;
- unsigned WideBus32Bit : 1;
- unsigned RelAddr : 1;
-
- uint8_t VendorID[8];
- uint8_t ProductID[16];
- uint8_t RevisionID[4];
- } ATTR_PACKED SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t;
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
+ *
+ * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMS
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassMSCommon Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMSCommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ * Mass Storage Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _MS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Magic signature for a Command Block Wrapper used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only transport protocol. */
+ #define MS_CBW_SIGNATURE 0x43425355UL
+
+ /** Magic signature for a Command Status Wrapper used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only transport protocol. */
+ #define MS_CSW_SIGNATURE 0x53425355UL
+
+ /** Mask for a Command Block Wrapper's flags attribute to specify a command with data sent from host-to-device. */
+ #define MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_OUT (0 << 7)
+
+ /** Mask for a Command Block Wrapper's flags attribute to specify a command with data sent from device-to-host. */
+ #define MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN (1 << 7)
+
+ /** \name SCSI Commands*/
+ //@{
+ /** SCSI Command Code for an INQUIRY command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY 0x12
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a REQUEST SENSE command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE 0x03
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a TEST UNIT READY command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY 0x00
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a READ CAPACITY (10) command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10 0x25
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a START STOP UNIT command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_START_STOP_UNIT 0x1B
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC 0x1D
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL 0x1E
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a WRITE (10) command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10 0x2A
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a READ (10) command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_READ_10 0x28
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a WRITE (6) command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_6 0x0A
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a READ (6) command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_READ_6 0x08
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a VERIFY (10) command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10 0x2F
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a MODE SENSE (6) command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6 0x1A
+
+ /** SCSI Command Code for a MODE SENSE (10) command. */
+ #define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_10 0x5A
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SCSI Sense Key Values */
+ //@{
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate no error has occurred. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD 0x00
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the device has recovered from an error. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_RECOVERED_ERROR 0x01
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the device is not ready for a new command. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_NOT_READY 0x02
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate an error whilst accessing the medium. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MEDIUM_ERROR 0x03
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate a hardware error has occurred. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR 0x04
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that an illegal request has been issued. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST 0x05
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the unit requires attention from the host to indicate
+ * a reset event, medium removal or other condition.
+ */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_UNIT_ATTENTION 0x06
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that a write attempt on a protected block has been made. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT 0x07
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate an error while trying to write to a write-once medium. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_BLANK_CHECK 0x08
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate a vendor specific error has occurred. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VENDOR_SPECIFIC 0x09
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that an EXTENDED COPY command has aborted due to an error. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_COPY_ABORTED 0x0A
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the device has aborted the issued command. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ABORTED_COMMAND 0x0B
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate an attempt to write past the end of a partition has been made. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VOLUME_OVERFLOW 0x0D
+
+ /** SCSI Sense Code to indicate that the source data did not match the data read from the medium. */
+ #define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MISCOMPARE 0x0E
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SCSI Additional Sense Codes */
+ //@{
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate no additional sense information is available. */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION 0x00
+
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate that the logical unit (LUN) addressed is not ready. */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_UNIT_NOT_READY 0x04
+
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate an invalid field was encountered while processing the issued command. */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB 0x24
+
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate that a medium that was previously indicated as not ready has now
+ * become ready for use.
+ */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSE_NOT_READY_TO_READY_CHANGE 0x28
+
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate that an attempt to write to a protected area was made. */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED 0x27
+
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate an error whilst formatting the device medium. */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSE_FORMAT_ERROR 0x31
+
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate an invalid command was issued. */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND 0x20
+
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate a write to a block out outside of the medium's range was issued. */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE 0x21
+
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Code to indicate that no removable medium is inserted into the device. */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSE_MEDIUM_NOT_PRESENT 0x3A
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name SCSI Additional Sense Key Code Qualifiers */
+ //@{
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate no additional sense qualifier information is available. */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER 0x00
+
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate that a medium format command failed to complete. */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSEQ_FORMAT_COMMAND_FAILED 0x01
+
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate that an initializing command must be issued before the issued
+ * command can be executed.
+ */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSEQ_INITIALIZING_COMMAND_REQUIRED 0x02
+
+ /** SCSI Additional Sense Qualifier Code to indicate that an operation is currently in progress. */
+ #define SCSI_ASENSEQ_OPERATION_IN_PROGRESS 0x07
+ //@}
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the Mass
+ * Storage device class.
+ */
+ enum MS_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+ {
+ MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass = 0x08, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the Mass Storage class.
+ */
+ MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass = 0x06, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the SCSI Transparent Command Set subclass of the Mass
+ * storage class.
+ */
+ MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol = 0x50, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the Bulk Only Transport protocol of the Mass Storage class.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the Mass Storage class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
+ enum MS_ClassRequests_t
+ {
+ MS_REQ_GetMaxLUN = 0xFE, /**< Mass Storage class-specific request to retrieve the total number of Logical
+ * Units (drives) in the SCSI device.
+ */
+ MS_REQ_MassStorageReset = 0xFF, /**< Mass Storage class-specific request to reset the Mass Storage interface,
+ * ready for the next command.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the possible command status wrapper return status codes. */
+ enum MS_CommandStatusCodes_t
+ {
+ MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Pass = 0, /**< Command completed with no error */
+ MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Fail = 1, /**< Command failed to complete - host may check the exact error via a
+ * SCSI REQUEST SENSE command.
+ */
+ MS_SCSI_COMMAND_PhaseError = 2, /**< Command failed due to being invalid in the current phase. */
+ };
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Mass Storage Class Command Block Wrapper.
+ *
+ * Type define for a Command Block Wrapper, used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only Transport protocol.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t Signature; /**< Command block signature, must be \ref MS_CBW_SIGNATURE to indicate a valid Command Block. */
+ uint32_t Tag; /**< Unique command ID value, to associate a command block wrapper with its command status wrapper. */
+ uint32_t DataTransferLength; /**< Length of the optional data portion of the issued command, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t Flags; /**< Command block flags, indicating command data direction. */
+ uint8_t LUN; /**< Logical Unit number this command is issued to. */
+ uint8_t SCSICommandLength; /**< Length of the issued SCSI command within the SCSI command data array. */
+ uint8_t SCSICommandData[16]; /**< Issued SCSI command in the Command Block. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t;
+
+ /** \brief Mass Storage Class Command Status Wrapper.
+ *
+ * Type define for a Command Status Wrapper, used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only Transport protocol.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t Signature; /**< Status block signature, must be \ref MS_CSW_SIGNATURE to indicate a valid Command Status. */
+ uint32_t Tag; /**< Unique command ID value, to associate a command block wrapper with its command status wrapper. */
+ uint32_t DataTransferResidue; /**< Number of bytes of data not processed in the SCSI command. */
+ uint8_t Status; /**< Status code of the issued command - a value from the \ref MS_CommandStatusCodes_t enum. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t;
+
+ /** \brief Mass Storage Class SCSI Sense Structure
+ *
+ * Type define for a SCSI Sense structure. Structures of this type are filled out by the
+ * device via the \ref MS_Host_RequestSense() function, indicating the current sense data of the
+ * device (giving explicit error codes for the last issued command). For details of the
+ * structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t ResponseCode;
+
+ uint8_t SegmentNumber;
+
+ unsigned SenseKey : 4;
+ unsigned Reserved : 1;
+ unsigned ILI : 1;
+ unsigned EOM : 1;
+ unsigned FileMark : 1;
+
+ uint8_t Information[4];
+ uint8_t AdditionalLength;
+ uint8_t CmdSpecificInformation[4];
+ uint8_t AdditionalSenseCode;
+ uint8_t AdditionalSenseQualifier;
+ uint8_t FieldReplaceableUnitCode;
+ uint8_t SenseKeySpecific[3];
+ } ATTR_PACKED SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t;
+
+ /** \brief Mass Storage Class SCSI Inquiry Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a SCSI Inquiry structure. Structures of this type are filled out by the
+ * device via the \ref MS_Host_GetInquiryData() function, retrieving the attached device's
+ * information.
+ *
+ * For details of the structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ unsigned DeviceType : 5;
+ unsigned PeripheralQualifier : 3;
+
+ unsigned Reserved : 7;
+ unsigned Removable : 1;
+
+ uint8_t Version;
+
+ unsigned ResponseDataFormat : 4;
+ unsigned Reserved2 : 1;
+ unsigned NormACA : 1;
+ unsigned TrmTsk : 1;
+ unsigned AERC : 1;
+
+ uint8_t AdditionalLength;
+ uint8_t Reserved3[2];
+
+ unsigned SoftReset : 1;
+ unsigned CmdQue : 1;
+ unsigned Reserved4 : 1;
+ unsigned Linked : 1;
+ unsigned Sync : 1;
+ unsigned WideBus16Bit : 1;
+ unsigned WideBus32Bit : 1;
+ unsigned RelAddr : 1;
+
+ uint8_t VendorID[8];
+ uint8_t ProductID[16];
+ uint8_t RevisionID[4];
+ } ATTR_PACKED SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t;
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h
index eea39297c..1edd1dd0e 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/PrinterClassCommon.h
@@ -1,119 +1,119 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Printer Class driver.
- *
- * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Printer Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassPrinter
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassPrinterCommon Common Class Definitions
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
- * Printer Class.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _PRINTER_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-#define _PRINTER_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** \name Virtual Printer Status Line Masks */
- //@{
- /** Port status mask for a printer device, indicating that an error has *not* occurred. */
- #define PRNT_PORTSTATUS_NOTERROR (1 << 3)
-
- /** Port status mask for a printer device, indicating that the device is currently selected. */
- #define PRNT_PORTSTATUS_SELECT (1 << 4)
-
- /** Port status mask for a printer device, indicating that the device is currently out of paper. */
- #define PRNT_PORTSTATUS_PAPEREMPTY (1 << 5)
- //@}
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the Printer
- * device class.
- */
- enum PRNT_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
- {
- PRNT_CSCP_PrinterClass = 0x07, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to the Printer class.
- */
- PRNT_CSCP_PrinterSubclass = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to the Printer subclass.
- */
- PRNT_CSCP_BidirectionalProtocol = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to the Bidirectional protocol of the Printer class.
- */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the Printer class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
- enum PRNT_ClassRequests_t
- {
- PRNT_REQ_GetDeviceID = 0x00, /**< Printer class-specific request to retrieve the Unicode ID
- * string of the device, containing the device's name, manufacturer
- * and supported printer languages.
- */
- PRNT_REQ_GetPortStatus = 0x01, /**< Printer class-specific request to get the current status of the
- * virtual printer port, for device selection and ready states.
- */
- PRNT_REQ_SoftReset = 0x02, /**< Printer class-specific request to reset the device, ready for new
- * printer commands.
- */
- };
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Printer Class driver.
+ *
+ * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Printer Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassPrinter
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassPrinterCommon Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassPrinterCommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ * Printer Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTER_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _PRINTER_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name Virtual Printer Status Line Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Port status mask for a printer device, indicating that an error has *not* occurred. */
+ #define PRNT_PORTSTATUS_NOTERROR (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Port status mask for a printer device, indicating that the device is currently selected. */
+ #define PRNT_PORTSTATUS_SELECT (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Port status mask for a printer device, indicating that the device is currently out of paper. */
+ #define PRNT_PORTSTATUS_PAPEREMPTY (1 << 5)
+ //@}
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the Printer
+ * device class.
+ */
+ enum PRNT_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+ {
+ PRNT_CSCP_PrinterClass = 0x07, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the Printer class.
+ */
+ PRNT_CSCP_PrinterSubclass = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the Printer subclass.
+ */
+ PRNT_CSCP_BidirectionalProtocol = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the Bidirectional protocol of the Printer class.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the Printer class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
+ enum PRNT_ClassRequests_t
+ {
+ PRNT_REQ_GetDeviceID = 0x00, /**< Printer class-specific request to retrieve the Unicode ID
+ * string of the device, containing the device's name, manufacturer
+ * and supported printer languages.
+ */
+ PRNT_REQ_GetPortStatus = 0x01, /**< Printer class-specific request to get the current status of the
+ * virtual printer port, for device selection and ready states.
+ */
+ PRNT_REQ_SoftReset = 0x02, /**< Printer class-specific request to reset the device, ready for new
+ * printer commands.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h
index bc4112189..640745efe 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/RNDISClassCommon.h
@@ -1,414 +1,411 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
- *
- * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassRNDIS
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassRNDISCommon Common Class Definitions
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
- * RNDIS Class.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _RNDIS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-#define _RNDIS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
- #include "CDCClassCommon.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Additional error code for RNDIS functions when a device returns a logical command failure. */
- #define RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED 0x80
-
- /** Implemented RNDIS Version Major. */
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR 0x01
-
- /** Implemented RNDIS Version Minor. */
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR 0x00
-
- /** \name RNDIS Message Values */
- //@{
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MSG 0x00000001UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG 0x00000002UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_HALT_MSG 0x00000003UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG 0x00000004UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG 0x00000005UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_MSG 0x00000006UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_INDICATE_STATUS_MSG 0x00000007UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG 0x00000008UL
- //@}
-
- /** \name RNDIS Response Values */
- //@{
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_CMPLT 0x80000002UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_CMPLT 0x80000004UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_SET_CMPLT 0x80000005UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_CMPLT 0x80000006UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_CMPLT 0x80000008UL
- //@}
-
- /** \name RNDIS Status Values */
- //@{
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS 0x00000000UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_FAILURE 0xC0000001UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_INVALID_DATA 0xC0010015UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED 0xC00000BBUL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_MEDIA_CONNECT 0x4001000BUL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_MEDIA_DISCONNECT 0x4001000CUL
- //@}
-
- /** \name RNDIS Media States */
- //@{
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_CONNECTED 0x00000000UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_DISCONNECTED 0x00000001UL
- //@}
-
- /** \name RNDIS Media Types */
- //@{
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3 0x00000000UL
- //@}
-
- /** \name RNDIS Connection Types */
- //@{
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTIONLESS 0x00000001UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTION_ORIENTED 0x00000002UL
- //@}
-
- /** \name RNDIS Packet Types */
- //@{
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_DIRECTED 0x00000001UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MULTICAST 0x00000002UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_MULTICAST 0x00000004UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_BROADCAST 0x00000008UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_SOURCE_ROUTING 0x00000010UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_PROMISCUOUS 0x00000020UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_SMT 0x00000040UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_LOCAL 0x00000080UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_GROUP 0x00001000UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_FUNCTIONAL 0x00002000UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_FUNCTIONAL 0x00004000UL
- #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MAC_FRAME 0x00008000UL
- //@}
-
- /** \name RNDIS OID Values */
- //@{
- #define OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST 0x00010101UL
- #define OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS 0x00010102UL
- #define OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED 0x00010103UL
- #define OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE 0x00010104UL
- #define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE 0x00010106UL
- #define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE 0x00010111UL
- #define OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED 0x00010107UL
- #define OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE 0x0001010AUL
- #define OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE 0x0001010BUL
- #define OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID 0x0001010CUL
- #define OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION 0x0001010DUL
- #define OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER 0x0001010EUL
- #define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE 0x00010111UL
- #define OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS 0x00010114UL
- #define OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM 0x00010202UL
- #define OID_GEN_XMIT_OK 0x00020101UL
- #define OID_GEN_RCV_OK 0x00020102UL
- #define OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR 0x00020103UL
- #define OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR 0x00020104UL
- #define OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER 0x00020105UL
- #define OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS 0x01010101UL
- #define OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS 0x01010102UL
- #define OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST 0x01010103UL
- #define OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE 0x01010104UL
- #define OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT 0x01020101UL
- #define OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION 0x01020102UL
- #define OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS 0x01020103UL
- //@}
-
- /** Maximum size in bytes of a RNDIS control message which can be sent or received. */
- #define RNDIS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_SIZE 128
-
- /** Maximum size in bytes of an Ethernet frame according to the Ethernet standard. */
- #define ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX 1500
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the RNDIS class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
- enum RNDIS_ClassRequests_t
- {
- RNDIS_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand = 0x00, /**< RNDIS request to issue a host-to-device NDIS command. */
- RNDIS_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse = 0x01, /**< RNDIS request to issue a device-to-host NDIS response. */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the possible NDIS adapter states. */
- enum RNDIS_States_t
- {
- RNDIS_Uninitialized = 0, /**< Adapter currently uninitialized. */
- RNDIS_Initialized = 1, /**< Adapter currently initialized but not ready for data transfers. */
- RNDIS_Data_Initialized = 2, /**< Adapter currently initialized and ready for data transfers. */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the RNDIS class specific notification requests that can be issued by a RNDIS device to a host. */
- enum RNDIS_ClassNotifications_t
- {
- RNDIS_NOTIF_ResponseAvailable = 0x01, /**< Notification request value for a RNDIS Response Available notification. */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the NDIS hardware states. */
- enum NDIS_Hardware_Status_t
- {
- NDIS_HardwareStatus_Ready, /**< Hardware Ready to accept commands from the host. */
- NDIS_HardwareStatus_Initializing, /**< Hardware busy initializing. */
- NDIS_HardwareStatus_Reset, /**< Hardware reset. */
- NDIS_HardwareStatus_Closing, /**< Hardware currently closing. */
- NDIS_HardwareStatus_NotReady /**< Hardware not ready to accept commands from the host. */
- };
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief MAC Address Structure.
- *
- * Type define for a physical MAC address of a device on a network.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t Octets[6]; /**< Individual bytes of a MAC address */
- } ATTR_PACKED MAC_Address_t;
-
- /** \brief RNDIS Common Message Header Structure.
- *
- * Type define for a RNDIS message header, sent before RNDIS messages.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint32_t MessageType; /**< RNDIS message type, a \c REMOTE_NDIS_*_MSG constant */
- uint32_t MessageLength; /**< Total length of the RNDIS message, in bytes */
- } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Message_Header_t;
-
- /** \brief RNDIS Message Structure.
- *
- * Type define for a RNDIS packet message, used to encapsulate Ethernet packets sent to and from the adapter.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint32_t MessageType;
- uint32_t MessageLength;
- uint32_t DataOffset;
- uint32_t DataLength;
- uint32_t OOBDataOffset;
- uint32_t OOBDataLength;
- uint32_t NumOOBDataElements;
- uint32_t PerPacketInfoOffset;
- uint32_t PerPacketInfoLength;
- uint32_t VcHandle;
- uint32_t Reserved;
- } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Packet_Message_t;
-
- /** \brief RNDIS Initialization Message Structure.
- *
- * Type define for a RNDIS Initialize command message.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint32_t MessageType;
- uint32_t MessageLength;
- uint32_t RequestId;
-
- uint32_t MajorVersion;
- uint32_t MinorVersion;
- uint32_t MaxTransferSize;
- } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t;
-
- /** \brief RNDIS Initialize Complete Message Structure.
- *
- * Type define for a RNDIS Initialize Complete response message.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint32_t MessageType;
- uint32_t MessageLength;
- uint32_t RequestId;
- uint32_t Status;
-
- uint32_t MajorVersion;
- uint32_t MinorVersion;
- uint32_t DeviceFlags;
- uint32_t Medium;
- uint32_t MaxPacketsPerTransfer;
- uint32_t MaxTransferSize;
- uint32_t PacketAlignmentFactor;
- uint32_t AFListOffset;
- uint32_t AFListSize;
- } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t;
-
- /** \brief RNDIS Keep Alive Message Structure.
- *
- * Type define for a RNDIS Keep Alive command message.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint32_t MessageType;
- uint32_t MessageLength;
- uint32_t RequestId;
- } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t;
-
- /** \brief RNDIS Keep Alive Complete Message Structure.
- *
- * Type define for a RNDIS Keep Alive Complete response message.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint32_t MessageType;
- uint32_t MessageLength;
- uint32_t RequestId;
- uint32_t Status;
- } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t;
-
- /** \brief RNDIS Reset Complete Message Structure.
- *
- * Type define for a RNDIS Reset Complete response message.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint32_t MessageType;
- uint32_t MessageLength;
- uint32_t Status;
-
- uint32_t AddressingReset;
- } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t;
-
- /** \brief RNDIS OID Property Set Message Structure.
- *
- * Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Set command message.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint32_t MessageType;
- uint32_t MessageLength;
- uint32_t RequestId;
-
- uint32_t Oid;
- uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
- uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
- uint32_t DeviceVcHandle;
- } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Set_Message_t;
-
- /** \brief RNDIS OID Property Set Complete Message Structure.
- *
- * Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Set Complete response message.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint32_t MessageType;
- uint32_t MessageLength;
- uint32_t RequestId;
- uint32_t Status;
- } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Set_Complete_t;
-
- /** \brief RNDIS OID Property Query Message Structure.
- *
- * Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Query command message.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint32_t MessageType;
- uint32_t MessageLength;
- uint32_t RequestId;
-
- uint32_t Oid;
- uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
- uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
- uint32_t DeviceVcHandle;
- } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Query_Message_t;
-
- /** \brief RNDIS OID Property Query Complete Message Structure.
- *
- * Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Query Complete response message.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint32_t MessageType;
- uint32_t MessageLength;
- uint32_t RequestId;
- uint32_t Status;
-
- uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
- uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
- } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Query_Complete_t;
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
+ *
+ * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassRNDIS
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassRNDISCommon Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassRNDISCommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ * RNDIS Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDIS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _RNDIS_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+ #include "CDCClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Additional error code for RNDIS functions when a device returns a logical command failure. */
+ #define RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED 0x80
+
+ /** Implemented RNDIS Version Major. */
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR 0x01
+
+ /** Implemented RNDIS Version Minor. */
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR 0x00
+
+ /** \name RNDIS Message Values */
+ //@{
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MSG 0x00000001UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG 0x00000002UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_HALT_MSG 0x00000003UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG 0x00000004UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG 0x00000005UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_MSG 0x00000006UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_INDICATE_STATUS_MSG 0x00000007UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG 0x00000008UL
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name RNDIS Response Values */
+ //@{
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_CMPLT 0x80000002UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_CMPLT 0x80000004UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_SET_CMPLT 0x80000005UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_CMPLT 0x80000006UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_CMPLT 0x80000008UL
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name RNDIS Status Values */
+ //@{
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS 0x00000000UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_FAILURE 0xC0000001UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_INVALID_DATA 0xC0010015UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED 0xC00000BBUL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_MEDIA_CONNECT 0x4001000BUL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_MEDIA_DISCONNECT 0x4001000CUL
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name RNDIS Media States */
+ //@{
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_CONNECTED 0x00000000UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_DISCONNECTED 0x00000001UL
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name RNDIS Media Types */
+ //@{
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3 0x00000000UL
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name RNDIS Connection Types */
+ //@{
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTIONLESS 0x00000001UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTION_ORIENTED 0x00000002UL
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name RNDIS Packet Types */
+ //@{
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_DIRECTED 0x00000001UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MULTICAST 0x00000002UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_MULTICAST 0x00000004UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_BROADCAST 0x00000008UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_SOURCE_ROUTING 0x00000010UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_PROMISCUOUS 0x00000020UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_SMT 0x00000040UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_LOCAL 0x00000080UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_GROUP 0x00001000UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_FUNCTIONAL 0x00002000UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_FUNCTIONAL 0x00004000UL
+ #define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MAC_FRAME 0x00008000UL
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name RNDIS OID Values */
+ //@{
+ #define OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST 0x00010101UL
+ #define OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS 0x00010102UL
+ #define OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED 0x00010103UL
+ #define OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE 0x00010104UL
+ #define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE 0x00010106UL
+ #define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE 0x00010111UL
+ #define OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED 0x00010107UL
+ #define OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE 0x0001010AUL
+ #define OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE 0x0001010BUL
+ #define OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID 0x0001010CUL
+ #define OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION 0x0001010DUL
+ #define OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER 0x0001010EUL
+ #define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE 0x00010111UL
+ #define OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS 0x00010114UL
+ #define OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM 0x00010202UL
+ #define OID_GEN_XMIT_OK 0x00020101UL
+ #define OID_GEN_RCV_OK 0x00020102UL
+ #define OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR 0x00020103UL
+ #define OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR 0x00020104UL
+ #define OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER 0x00020105UL
+ #define OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS 0x01010101UL
+ #define OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS 0x01010102UL
+ #define OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST 0x01010103UL
+ #define OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE 0x01010104UL
+ #define OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT 0x01020101UL
+ #define OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION 0x01020102UL
+ #define OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS 0x01020103UL
+ //@}
+
+ /** Maximum size in bytes of an Ethernet frame according to the Ethernet standard. */
+ #define ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX 1500
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the RNDIS class specific control requests that can be issued by the USB bus host. */
+ enum RNDIS_ClassRequests_t
+ {
+ RNDIS_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand = 0x00, /**< RNDIS request to issue a host-to-device NDIS command. */
+ RNDIS_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse = 0x01, /**< RNDIS request to issue a device-to-host NDIS response. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the possible NDIS adapter states. */
+ enum RNDIS_States_t
+ {
+ RNDIS_Uninitialized = 0, /**< Adapter currently uninitialized. */
+ RNDIS_Initialized = 1, /**< Adapter currently initialized but not ready for data transfers. */
+ RNDIS_Data_Initialized = 2, /**< Adapter currently initialized and ready for data transfers. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the RNDIS class specific notification requests that can be issued by a RNDIS device to a host. */
+ enum RNDIS_ClassNotifications_t
+ {
+ RNDIS_NOTIF_ResponseAvailable = 0x01, /**< Notification request value for a RNDIS Response Available notification. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the NDIS hardware states. */
+ enum NDIS_Hardware_Status_t
+ {
+ NDIS_HardwareStatus_Ready, /**< Hardware Ready to accept commands from the host. */
+ NDIS_HardwareStatus_Initializing, /**< Hardware busy initializing. */
+ NDIS_HardwareStatus_Reset, /**< Hardware reset. */
+ NDIS_HardwareStatus_Closing, /**< Hardware currently closing. */
+ NDIS_HardwareStatus_NotReady /**< Hardware not ready to accept commands from the host. */
+ };
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief MAC Address Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a physical MAC address of a device on a network.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Octets[6]; /**< Individual bytes of a MAC address */
+ } ATTR_PACKED MAC_Address_t;
+
+ /** \brief RNDIS Common Message Header Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a RNDIS message header, sent before RNDIS messages.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t MessageType; /**< RNDIS message type, a \c REMOTE_NDIS_*_MSG constant */
+ uint32_t MessageLength; /**< Total length of the RNDIS message, in bytes */
+ } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Message_Header_t;
+
+ /** \brief RNDIS Message Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a RNDIS packet message, used to encapsulate Ethernet packets sent to and from the adapter.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t MessageType;
+ uint32_t MessageLength;
+ uint32_t DataOffset;
+ uint32_t DataLength;
+ uint32_t OOBDataOffset;
+ uint32_t OOBDataLength;
+ uint32_t NumOOBDataElements;
+ uint32_t PerPacketInfoOffset;
+ uint32_t PerPacketInfoLength;
+ uint32_t VcHandle;
+ uint32_t Reserved;
+ } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Packet_Message_t;
+
+ /** \brief RNDIS Initialization Message Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a RNDIS Initialize command message.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t MessageType;
+ uint32_t MessageLength;
+ uint32_t RequestId;
+
+ uint32_t MajorVersion;
+ uint32_t MinorVersion;
+ uint32_t MaxTransferSize;
+ } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t;
+
+ /** \brief RNDIS Initialize Complete Message Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a RNDIS Initialize Complete response message.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t MessageType;
+ uint32_t MessageLength;
+ uint32_t RequestId;
+ uint32_t Status;
+
+ uint32_t MajorVersion;
+ uint32_t MinorVersion;
+ uint32_t DeviceFlags;
+ uint32_t Medium;
+ uint32_t MaxPacketsPerTransfer;
+ uint32_t MaxTransferSize;
+ uint32_t PacketAlignmentFactor;
+ uint32_t AFListOffset;
+ uint32_t AFListSize;
+ } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t;
+
+ /** \brief RNDIS Keep Alive Message Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a RNDIS Keep Alive command message.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t MessageType;
+ uint32_t MessageLength;
+ uint32_t RequestId;
+ } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t;
+
+ /** \brief RNDIS Keep Alive Complete Message Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a RNDIS Keep Alive Complete response message.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t MessageType;
+ uint32_t MessageLength;
+ uint32_t RequestId;
+ uint32_t Status;
+ } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t;
+
+ /** \brief RNDIS Reset Complete Message Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a RNDIS Reset Complete response message.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t MessageType;
+ uint32_t MessageLength;
+ uint32_t Status;
+
+ uint32_t AddressingReset;
+ } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t;
+
+ /** \brief RNDIS OID Property Set Message Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Set command message.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t MessageType;
+ uint32_t MessageLength;
+ uint32_t RequestId;
+
+ uint32_t Oid;
+ uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
+ uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
+ uint32_t DeviceVcHandle;
+ } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Set_Message_t;
+
+ /** \brief RNDIS OID Property Set Complete Message Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Set Complete response message.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t MessageType;
+ uint32_t MessageLength;
+ uint32_t RequestId;
+ uint32_t Status;
+ } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Set_Complete_t;
+
+ /** \brief RNDIS OID Property Query Message Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Query command message.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t MessageType;
+ uint32_t MessageLength;
+ uint32_t RequestId;
+
+ uint32_t Oid;
+ uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
+ uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
+ uint32_t DeviceVcHandle;
+ } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Query_Message_t;
+
+ /** \brief RNDIS OID Property Query Complete Message Structure.
+ *
+ * Type define for a RNDIS OID Property Query Complete response message.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t MessageType;
+ uint32_t MessageLength;
+ uint32_t RequestId;
+ uint32_t Status;
+
+ uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
+ uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
+ } ATTR_PACKED RNDIS_Query_Complete_t;
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/StillImageClassCommon.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/StillImageClassCommon.h
index a3388e2e7..09a9eab35 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/StillImageClassCommon.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/StillImageClassCommon.h
@@ -1,161 +1,161 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
- *
- * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassSI
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassSICommon Common Class Definitions
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
- * Still Image Class.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _SI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-#define _SI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SI_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Length in bytes of a given Unicode string's character length.
- *
- * \param[in] Chars Total number of Unicode characters in the string.
- *
- * \return Number of bytes of the given unicode string.
- */
- #define UNICODE_STRING_LENGTH(Chars) ((Chars) << 1)
-
- /** Used in the DataLength field of a PIMA container, to give the total container size in bytes for
- * a command container.
- *
- * \param[in] Params Number of parameters which are to be sent in the \c Param field of the container.
- */
- #define PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(Params) ((sizeof(PIMA_Container_t) - 12) + ((Params) * sizeof(uint32_t)))
-
- /** Used in the DataLength field of a PIMA container, to give the total container size in bytes for
- * a data container.
- *
- * \param[in] DataLen Length in bytes of the data in the container.
- */
- #define PIMA_DATA_SIZE(DataLen) ((sizeof(PIMA_Container_t) - 12) + (DataLen))
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible PIMA contains types. */
- enum PIMA_Container_Types_t
- {
- PIMA_CONTAINER_Undefined = 0, /**< Undefined container type. */
- PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock = 1, /**< Command Block container type. */
- PIMA_CONTAINER_DataBlock = 2, /**< Data Block container type. */
- PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock = 3, /**< Response container type. */
- PIMA_CONTAINER_EventBlock = 4, /**< Event Block container type. */
- };
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the
- * Still Image device class.
- */
- enum SI_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
- {
- SI_CSCP_StillImageClass = 0x06, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to the Still Image class.
- */
- SI_CSCP_StillImageSubclass = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to the Still Image subclass.
- */
- SI_CSCP_BulkOnlyProtocol = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
- * belongs to the Bulk Only Transport protocol of the Still Image class.
- */
- };
-
- /** Enums for the possible status codes of a returned Response Block from an attached PIMA compliant Still Image device. */
- enum PIMA_ResponseCodes_t
- {
- PIMA_RESPONSE_OK = 1, /**< Response code indicating no error in the issued command. */
- PIMA_RESPONSE_GeneralError = 2, /**< Response code indicating a general error while processing the
- * issued command.
- */
- PIMA_RESPONSE_SessionNotOpen = 3, /**< Response code indicating that the sent command requires an open
- * session before being issued.
- */
- PIMA_RESPONSE_InvalidTransaction = 4, /**< Response code indicating an invalid transaction occurred. */
- PIMA_RESPONSE_OperationNotSupported = 5, /**< Response code indicating that the issued command is not supported
- * by the attached device.
- */
- PIMA_RESPONSE_ParameterNotSupported = 6, /**< Response code indicating that one or more of the issued command's
- * parameters are not supported by the device.
- */
- };
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief PIMA Still Image Device Command/Response Container.
- *
- * Type define for a PIMA container, use to send commands and receive responses to and from an
- * attached Still Image device.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint32_t DataLength; /**< Length of the container and data, in bytes. */
- uint16_t Type; /**< Container type, a value from the \ref PIMA_Container_Types_t enum. */
- uint16_t Code; /**< Command, event or response code of the container. */
- uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique container ID to link blocks together. */
- uint32_t Params[3]; /**< Block parameters to be issued along with the block code (command blocks only). */
- } ATTR_PACKED PIMA_Container_t;
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
+ *
+ * Common definitions and declarations for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassSI
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassSICommon Common Class Definitions
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassSICommon_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Constants, Types and Enum definitions that are common to both Device and Host modes for the USB
+ * Still Image Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+#define _SI_CLASS_COMMON_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SI_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Length in bytes of a given Unicode string's character length.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Chars Total number of Unicode characters in the string.
+ *
+ * \return Number of bytes of the given unicode string.
+ */
+ #define UNICODE_STRING_LENGTH(Chars) ((Chars) << 1)
+
+ /** Used in the DataLength field of a PIMA container, to give the total container size in bytes for
+ * a command container.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Params Number of parameters which are to be sent in the \c Param field of the container.
+ */
+ #define PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(Params) ((sizeof(PIMA_Container_t) - 12) + ((Params) * sizeof(uint32_t)))
+
+ /** Used in the DataLength field of a PIMA container, to give the total container size in bytes for
+ * a data container.
+ *
+ * \param[in] DataLen Length in bytes of the data in the container.
+ */
+ #define PIMA_DATA_SIZE(DataLen) ((sizeof(PIMA_Container_t) - 12) + (DataLen))
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible PIMA contains types. */
+ enum PIMA_Container_Types_t
+ {
+ PIMA_CONTAINER_Undefined = 0, /**< Undefined container type. */
+ PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock = 1, /**< Command Block container type. */
+ PIMA_CONTAINER_DataBlock = 2, /**< Data Block container type. */
+ PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock = 3, /**< Response container type. */
+ PIMA_CONTAINER_EventBlock = 4, /**< Event Block container type. */
+ };
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors relating to the
+ * Still Image device class.
+ */
+ enum SI_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+ {
+ SI_CSCP_StillImageClass = 0x06, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the Still Image class.
+ */
+ SI_CSCP_StillImageSubclass = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the Still Image subclass.
+ */
+ SI_CSCP_BulkOnlyProtocol = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device or interface
+ * belongs to the Bulk Only Transport protocol of the Still Image class.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Enums for the possible status codes of a returned Response Block from an attached PIMA compliant Still Image device. */
+ enum PIMA_ResponseCodes_t
+ {
+ PIMA_RESPONSE_OK = 1, /**< Response code indicating no error in the issued command. */
+ PIMA_RESPONSE_GeneralError = 2, /**< Response code indicating a general error while processing the
+ * issued command.
+ */
+ PIMA_RESPONSE_SessionNotOpen = 3, /**< Response code indicating that the sent command requires an open
+ * session before being issued.
+ */
+ PIMA_RESPONSE_InvalidTransaction = 4, /**< Response code indicating an invalid transaction occurred. */
+ PIMA_RESPONSE_OperationNotSupported = 5, /**< Response code indicating that the issued command is not supported
+ * by the attached device.
+ */
+ PIMA_RESPONSE_ParameterNotSupported = 6, /**< Response code indicating that one or more of the issued command's
+ * parameters are not supported by the device.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief PIMA Still Image Device Command/Response Container.
+ *
+ * Type define for a PIMA container, use to send commands and receive responses to and from an
+ * attached Still Image device.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t DataLength; /**< Length of the container and data, in bytes. */
+ uint16_t Type; /**< Container type, a value from the \ref PIMA_Container_Types_t enum. */
+ uint16_t Code; /**< Command, event or response code of the container. */
+ uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique container ID to link blocks together. */
+ uint32_t Params[3]; /**< Block parameters to be issued along with the block code (command blocks only). */
+ } ATTR_PACKED PIMA_Container_t;
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c
index 3fb350a11..f862ba764 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c
@@ -1,198 +1,197 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DEVICE_C
-#include "AudioClassDevice.h"
-
-void Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
- return;
-
- if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_INTERFACE)
- {
- uint8_t InterfaceIndex = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex & 0xFF);
-
- if ((InterfaceIndex != AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.ControlInterfaceNumber) &&
- (InterfaceIndex != AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.StreamingInterfaceNumber))
- {
- return;
- }
- }
- else if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_ENDPOINT)
- {
- uint8_t EndpointAddress = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex & 0xFF);
-
- if ((EndpointAddress != AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address) &&
- (EndpointAddress != AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address))
- {
- return;
- }
- }
-
- switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
- {
- case REQ_SetInterface:
- if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-
- AudioInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceEnabled = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF) != 0);
- EVENT_Audio_Device_StreamStartStop(AudioInterfaceInfo);
- }
-
- break;
- case AUDIO_REQ_GetStatus:
- if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) ||
- (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT)))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
- }
-
- break;
- case AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent:
- case AUDIO_REQ_SetMinimum:
- case AUDIO_REQ_SetMaximum:
- case AUDIO_REQ_SetResolution:
- if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_ENDPOINT)
- {
- uint8_t EndpointProperty = USB_ControlRequest.bRequest;
- uint8_t EndpointAddress = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex;
- uint8_t EndpointControl = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8);
-
- if (CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, EndpointProperty, EndpointAddress,
- EndpointControl, NULL, NULL))
- {
- uint16_t ValueLength = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
- uint8_t Value[ValueLength];
-
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
- Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(Value, ValueLength);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, EndpointProperty, EndpointAddress,
- EndpointControl, &ValueLength, Value);
- }
- }
- else if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_INTERFACE)
- {
- uint8_t Property = USB_ControlRequest.bRequest;
- uint8_t Entity = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex >> 8);
- uint16_t Parameter = USB_ControlRequest.wValue;
-
- if (CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, Property, Entity,
- Parameter, NULL, NULL))
- {
- uint16_t ValueLength = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
- uint8_t Value[ValueLength];
-
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
- Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(Value, ValueLength);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, Property, Entity,
- Parameter, &ValueLength, Value);
- }
- }
-
- break;
- case AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent:
- case AUDIO_REQ_GetMinimum:
- case AUDIO_REQ_GetMaximum:
- case AUDIO_REQ_GetResolution:
- if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_ENDPOINT)
- {
- uint8_t EndpointProperty = USB_ControlRequest.bRequest;
- uint8_t EndpointAddress = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex;
- uint8_t EndpointControl = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8);
- uint16_t ValueLength = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
- uint8_t Value[ValueLength];
-
- if (CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, EndpointProperty, EndpointAddress,
- EndpointControl, &ValueLength, Value))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
- Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(Value, ValueLength);
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- }
- }
- else if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_INTERFACE)
- {
- uint8_t Property = USB_ControlRequest.bRequest;
- uint8_t Entity = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex >> 8);
- uint16_t Parameter = USB_ControlRequest.wValue;
- uint16_t ValueLength = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
- uint8_t Value[ValueLength];
-
- if (CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, Property, Entity,
- Parameter, &ValueLength, Value))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
- Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(Value, ValueLength);
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- }
- }
-
- break;
- }
-}
-
-bool Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
-{
- memset(&AudioInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(AudioInterfaceInfo->State));
-
- AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS;
- AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS;
-
- if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
- return false;
-
- if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
- return false;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-// cppcheck-suppress unusedFunction
-void Audio_Device_Event_Stub(void)
-{
-
-}
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DEVICE_C
+#include "AudioClassDevice.h"
+
+void Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
+ return;
+
+ if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_INTERFACE)
+ {
+ uint8_t InterfaceIndex = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex & 0xFF);
+
+ if ((InterfaceIndex != AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.ControlInterfaceNumber) &&
+ (InterfaceIndex != AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.StreamingInterfaceNumber))
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_ENDPOINT)
+ {
+ uint8_t EndpointAddress = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex & 0xFF);
+
+ if ((EndpointAddress != AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address) &&
+ (EndpointAddress != AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address))
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case REQ_SetInterface:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceEnabled = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF) != 0);
+ EVENT_Audio_Device_StreamStartStop(AudioInterfaceInfo);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case AUDIO_REQ_GetStatus:
+ if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)) ||
+ (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT)))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case AUDIO_REQ_SetCurrent:
+ case AUDIO_REQ_SetMinimum:
+ case AUDIO_REQ_SetMaximum:
+ case AUDIO_REQ_SetResolution:
+ if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_ENDPOINT)
+ {
+ uint8_t EndpointProperty = USB_ControlRequest.bRequest;
+ uint8_t EndpointAddress = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex;
+ uint8_t EndpointControl = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8);
+
+ if (CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, EndpointProperty, EndpointAddress,
+ EndpointControl, NULL, NULL))
+ {
+ uint16_t ValueLength = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+ uint8_t Value[ValueLength];
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(Value, ValueLength);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, EndpointProperty, EndpointAddress,
+ EndpointControl, &ValueLength, Value);
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_INTERFACE)
+ {
+ uint8_t Property = USB_ControlRequest.bRequest;
+ uint8_t Entity = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex >> 8);
+ uint16_t Parameter = USB_ControlRequest.wValue;
+
+ if (CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, Property, Entity,
+ Parameter, NULL, NULL))
+ {
+ uint16_t ValueLength = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+ uint8_t Value[ValueLength];
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(Value, ValueLength);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, Property, Entity,
+ Parameter, &ValueLength, Value);
+ }
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case AUDIO_REQ_GetCurrent:
+ case AUDIO_REQ_GetMinimum:
+ case AUDIO_REQ_GetMaximum:
+ case AUDIO_REQ_GetResolution:
+ if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_ENDPOINT)
+ {
+ uint8_t EndpointProperty = USB_ControlRequest.bRequest;
+ uint8_t EndpointAddress = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex;
+ uint8_t EndpointControl = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8);
+ uint16_t ValueLength = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+ uint8_t Value[ValueLength];
+
+ if (CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, EndpointProperty, EndpointAddress,
+ EndpointControl, &ValueLength, Value))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(Value, ValueLength);
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT) == REQREC_INTERFACE)
+ {
+ uint8_t Property = USB_ControlRequest.bRequest;
+ uint8_t Entity = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex >> 8);
+ uint16_t Parameter = USB_ControlRequest.wValue;
+ uint16_t ValueLength = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+ uint8_t Value[ValueLength];
+
+ if (CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(AudioInterfaceInfo, Property, Entity,
+ Parameter, &ValueLength, Value))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(Value, ValueLength);
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+bool Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ memset(&AudioInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(AudioInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS;
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void Audio_Device_Event_Stub(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h
index 09a832808..6cdf4db70 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.h
@@ -1,396 +1,396 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Device mode driver for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
- *
- * Device mode driver for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAudio
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassAudioDevice Audio 1.0 Class Device Mode Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Audio 1.0 USB Class driver.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _AUDIO_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-#define _AUDIO_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../USB.h"
- #include "../Common/AudioClassCommon.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief Audio Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
- *
- * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each Audio interface
- * within the user application, and passed to each of the Audio class driver functions as the
- * \c AudioInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each Audio interface's configuration and state information.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- struct
- {
- uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the Audio Control interface within the device this
- * structure controls.
- */
- uint8_t StreamingInterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the Audio Streaming interface within the device this
- * structure controls.
- */
-
- USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
- USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
- } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
- */
- struct
- {
- bool InterfaceEnabled; /**< Set and cleared by the class driver to indicate if the host has enabled the streaming endpoints
- * of the Audio Streaming interface.
- */
- } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
- */
- } USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Configures the endpoints of a given Audio interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration containing the
- * given Audio interface is selected.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given Audio class interface. This should be
- * linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
- */
- void Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Audio class driver callback for the setting and retrieval of streaming endpoint properties. This callback must be implemented
- * in the user application to handle property manipulations on streaming audio endpoints.
- *
- * When the DataLength parameter is NULL, this callback should only indicate whether the specified operation is valid for
- * the given endpoint index, and should return as fast as possible. When non-NULL, this value may be altered for GET operations
- * to indicate the size of the retrieved data.
- *
- * \note The length of the retrieved data stored into the Data buffer on GET operations should not exceed the initial value
- * of the \c DataLength parameter.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
- * \param[in] EndpointProperty Property of the endpoint to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_ClassRequests_t.
- * \param[in] EndpointAddress Address of the streaming endpoint whose property is being referenced.
- * \param[in] EndpointControl Parameter of the endpoint to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_EndpointControls_t.
- * \param[in,out] DataLength For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
- * length of the retrieved data. When NULL, the function should return whether the given property
- * and parameter is valid for the requested endpoint without reading or modifying the Data buffer.
- * \param[in,out] Data Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
- * the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the property GET/SET was successful, \c false otherwise
- */
- bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
- const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
- const uint8_t EndpointControl,
- uint16_t* const DataLength,
- uint8_t* Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Audio class driver callback for the setting and retrieval of streaming interface properties. This callback must be implemented
- * in the user application to handle property manipulations on streaming audio interfaces.
- *
- * When the DataLength parameter is NULL, this callback should only indicate whether the specified operation is valid for
- * the given entity and should return as fast as possible. When non-NULL, this value may be altered for GET operations
- * to indicate the size of the retrieved data.
- *
- * \note The length of the retrieved data stored into the Data buffer on GET operations should not exceed the initial value
- * of the \c DataLength parameter.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Property Property of the interface to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_ClassRequests_t.
- * \param[in] EntityAddress Address of the audio entity whose property is being referenced.
- * \param[in] Parameter Parameter of the entity to get or set, specific to each type of entity (see USB Audio specification).
- * \param[in,out] DataLength For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
- * length of the retrieved data. When NULL, the function should return whether the given property
- * and parameter is valid for the requested endpoint without reading or modifying the Data buffer.
- * \param[in,out] Data Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
- * the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the property GET/SET was successful, \c false otherwise
- */
- bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t Property,
- const uint8_t EntityAddress,
- const uint16_t Parameter,
- uint16_t* const DataLength,
- uint8_t* Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Audio class driver event for an Audio Stream start/stop change. This event fires each time the device receives a stream enable or
- * disable control request from the host, to start and stop the audio stream. The current state of the stream can be determined by the
- * State.InterfaceEnabled value inside the Audio interface structure passed as a parameter.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
- */
- void EVENT_Audio_Device_StreamStartStop(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo);
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** General management task for a given Audio class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
- * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
- */
- static inline void Audio_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Audio_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- {
- (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
- }
-
- /** Determines if the given audio interface is ready for a sample to be read from it, and selects the streaming
- * OUT endpoint ready for reading.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
- * the call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the given Audio interface has a sample to be read, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- {
- if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceEnabled))
- return false;
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
- return Endpoint_IsOUTReceived();
- }
-
- /** Determines if the given audio interface is ready to accept the next sample to be written to it, and selects
- * the streaming IN endpoint ready for writing.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
- * the call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the given Audio interface is ready to accept the next sample, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- {
- if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceEnabled))
- return false;
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
- return Endpoint_IsINReady();
- }
-
- /** Reads the next 8-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
- *
- * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
- * that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Signed 8-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
- */
- static inline int8_t Audio_Device_ReadSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline int8_t Audio_Device_ReadSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- {
- int8_t Sample;
-
- (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
-
- Sample = Endpoint_Read_8();
-
- if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- return Sample;
- }
-
- /** Reads the next 16-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
- *
- * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
- * that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Signed 16-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
- */
- static inline int16_t Audio_Device_ReadSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline int16_t Audio_Device_ReadSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- {
- int16_t Sample;
-
- (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
-
- Sample = (int16_t)Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
-
- if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- return Sample;
- }
-
- /** Reads the next 24-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
- *
- * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
- * that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Signed 24-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
- */
- static inline int32_t Audio_Device_ReadSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline int32_t Audio_Device_ReadSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- {
- int32_t Sample;
-
- (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
-
- Sample = (((uint32_t)Endpoint_Read_8() << 16) | Endpoint_Read_16_LE());
-
- if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- return Sample;
- }
-
- /** Writes the next 8-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
- *
- * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
- * ensure that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Sample Signed 8-bit audio sample.
- */
- static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
- const int8_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
- const int8_t Sample)
- {
- Endpoint_Write_8(Sample);
-
- if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Size)
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
- }
-
- /** Writes the next 16-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
- *
- * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
- * ensure that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Sample Signed 16-bit audio sample.
- */
- static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
- const int16_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
- const int16_t Sample)
- {
- Endpoint_Write_16_LE(Sample);
-
- if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Size)
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
- }
-
- /** Writes the next 24-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
- *
- * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
- * ensure that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Sample Signed 24-bit audio sample.
- */
- static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
- const int32_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
- const int32_t Sample)
- {
- Endpoint_Write_16_LE(Sample);
- Endpoint_Write_8(Sample >> 16);
-
- if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Size)
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
- }
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DEVICE_C)
- void Audio_Device_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
-
- void EVENT_Audio_Device_StreamStartStop(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(Audio_Device_Event_Stub);
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Device mode driver for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
+ *
+ * Device mode driver for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAudio
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassAudioDevice Audio 1.0 Class Device Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAudioDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/AudioClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAudioDevice_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Audio 1.0 USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _AUDIO_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+#define _AUDIO_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/AudioClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Audio Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each Audio interface
+ * within the user application, and passed to each of the Audio class driver functions as the
+ * \c AudioInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each Audio interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the Audio Control interface within the device this
+ * structure controls.
+ */
+ uint8_t StreamingInterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the Audio Streaming interface within the device this
+ * structure controls.
+ */
+
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool InterfaceEnabled; /**< Set and cleared by the class driver to indicate if the host has enabled the streaming endpoints
+ * of the Audio Streaming interface.
+ */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures the endpoints of a given Audio interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration containing the
+ * given Audio interface is selected.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given Audio class interface. This should be
+ * linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Audio class driver callback for the setting and retrieval of streaming endpoint properties. This callback must be implemented
+ * in the user application to handle property manipulations on streaming audio endpoints.
+ *
+ * When the DataLength parameter is NULL, this callback should only indicate whether the specified operation is valid for
+ * the given endpoint index, and should return as fast as possible. When non-NULL, this value may be altered for GET operations
+ * to indicate the size of the retrieved data.
+ *
+ * \note The length of the retrieved data stored into the Data buffer on GET operations should not exceed the initial value
+ * of the \c DataLength parameter.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] EndpointProperty Property of the endpoint to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_ClassRequests_t.
+ * \param[in] EndpointAddress Address of the streaming endpoint whose property is being referenced.
+ * \param[in] EndpointControl Parameter of the endpoint to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_EndpointControls_t.
+ * \param[in,out] DataLength For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
+ * length of the retrieved data. When NULL, the function should return whether the given property
+ * and parameter is valid for the requested endpoint without reading or modifying the Data buffer.
+ * \param[in,out] Data Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
+ * the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the property GET/SET was successful, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
+ const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+ const uint8_t EndpointControl,
+ uint16_t* const DataLength,
+ uint8_t* Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Audio class driver callback for the setting and retrieval of streaming interface properties. This callback must be implemented
+ * in the user application to handle property manipulations on streaming audio interfaces.
+ *
+ * When the DataLength parameter is NULL, this callback should only indicate whether the specified operation is valid for
+ * the given entity and should return as fast as possible. When non-NULL, this value may be altered for GET operations
+ * to indicate the size of the retrieved data.
+ *
+ * \note The length of the retrieved data stored into the Data buffer on GET operations should not exceed the initial value
+ * of the \c DataLength parameter.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Property Property of the interface to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_ClassRequests_t.
+ * \param[in] EntityAddress Address of the audio entity whose property is being referenced.
+ * \param[in] Parameter Parameter of the entity to get or set, specific to each type of entity (see USB Audio specification).
+ * \param[in,out] DataLength For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
+ * length of the retrieved data. When NULL, the function should return whether the given property
+ * and parameter is valid for the requested endpoint without reading or modifying the Data buffer.
+ * \param[in,out] Data Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
+ * the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the property GET/SET was successful, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ bool CALLBACK_Audio_Device_GetSetInterfaceProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Property,
+ const uint8_t EntityAddress,
+ const uint16_t Parameter,
+ uint16_t* const DataLength,
+ uint8_t* Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Audio class driver event for an Audio Stream start/stop change. This event fires each time the device receives a stream enable or
+ * disable control request from the host, to start and stop the audio stream. The current state of the stream can be determined by the
+ * State.InterfaceEnabled value inside the Audio interface structure passed as a parameter.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void EVENT_Audio_Device_StreamStartStop(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** General management task for a given Audio class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+ * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ static inline void Audio_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Audio_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the given audio interface is ready for a sample to be read from it, and selects the streaming
+ * OUT endpoint ready for reading.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the given Audio interface has a sample to be read, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceEnabled))
+ return false;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+ return Endpoint_IsOUTReceived();
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the given audio interface is ready to accept the next sample to be written to it, and selects
+ * the streaming IN endpoint ready for writing.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the given Audio interface is ready to accept the next sample, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceEnabled))
+ return false;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+ return Endpoint_IsINReady();
+ }
+
+ /** Reads the next 8-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
+ * that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Signed 8-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
+ */
+ static inline int8_t Audio_Device_ReadSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline int8_t Audio_Device_ReadSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ int8_t Sample;
+
+ (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+ Sample = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ return Sample;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads the next 16-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
+ * that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Signed 16-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
+ */
+ static inline int16_t Audio_Device_ReadSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline int16_t Audio_Device_ReadSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ int16_t Sample;
+
+ (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+ Sample = (int16_t)Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ return Sample;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads the next 24-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
+ * that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Signed 24-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
+ */
+ static inline int32_t Audio_Device_ReadSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline int32_t Audio_Device_ReadSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ int32_t Sample;
+
+ (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+ Sample = (((uint32_t)Endpoint_Read_8() << 16) | Endpoint_Read_16_LE());
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ return Sample;
+ }
+
+ /** Writes the next 8-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
+ * ensure that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Sample Signed 8-bit audio sample.
+ */
+ static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int8_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int8_t Sample)
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Sample);
+
+ if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Size)
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /** Writes the next 16-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
+ * ensure that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Sample Signed 16-bit audio sample.
+ */
+ static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int16_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int16_t Sample)
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_16_LE(Sample);
+
+ if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Size)
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /** Writes the next 24-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
+ * ensure that the correct endpoint is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Sample Signed 24-bit audio sample.
+ */
+ static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int32_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Audio_Device_WriteSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int32_t Sample)
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_16_LE(Sample);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Sample >> 16);
+
+ if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint() == AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Size)
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DEVICE_C)
+ void Audio_Device_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
+
+ void EVENT_Audio_Device_StreamStartStop(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(Audio_Device_Event_Stub);
+ #endif
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c
index e77aa280b..f4e74cf90 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c
@@ -1,339 +1,341 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DEVICE_C
-#include "CDCClassDevice.h"
-
-void CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
- return;
-
- if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.ControlInterfaceNumber)
- return;
-
- switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
- {
- case CDC_REQ_GetLineEncoding:
- if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
- while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
-
- Endpoint_Write_32_LE(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS);
- Endpoint_Write_8(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.CharFormat);
- Endpoint_Write_8(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.ParityType);
- Endpoint_Write_8(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.DataBits);
-
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
- }
-
- break;
- case CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding:
- if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
- while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
- {
- if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return;
- }
-
- CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS = Endpoint_Read_32_LE();
- CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.CharFormat = Endpoint_Read_8();
- CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.ParityType = Endpoint_Read_8();
- CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.DataBits = Endpoint_Read_8();
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-
- EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(CDCInterfaceInfo);
- }
-
- break;
- case CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState:
- if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-
- CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice = USB_ControlRequest.wValue;
-
- EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(CDCInterfaceInfo);
- }
-
- break;
- case CDC_REQ_SendBreak:
- if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-
- EVENT_CDC_Device_BreakSent(CDCInterfaceInfo, (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue);
- }
-
- break;
- }
-}
-
-bool CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
- memset(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State));
-
- CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
- CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
- CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
-
- if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
- return false;
-
- if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
- return false;
-
- if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint, 1)))
- return false;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-void CDC_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
- return;
-
- #if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
- CDC_Device_Flush(CDCInterfaceInfo);
- #endif
-}
-
-uint8_t CDC_Device_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- const char* const String)
-{
- if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
- return Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL);
-}
-
-uint8_t CDC_Device_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- const char* const Buffer,
- const uint16_t Length)
-{
- if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
- return Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL);
-}
-
-uint8_t CDC_Device_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t Data)
-{
- if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
- }
-
- Endpoint_Write_8(Data);
- return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t CDC_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-
- if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
- return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
-
- bool BankFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
-
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- if (BankFull)
- {
- if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
- }
-
- return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
-}
-
-uint16_t CDC_Device_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
- return 0;
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
-
- if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
- {
- if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- return 0;
- }
- else
- {
- return Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
- }
- }
- else
- {
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-int16_t CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
- return -1;
-
- int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
-
- if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
- {
- if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
- ReceivedByte = Endpoint_Read_8();
-
- if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- }
-
- return ReceivedByte;
-}
-
-void CDC_Device_SendControlLineStateChange(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
- return;
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint.Address);
-
- USB_Request_Header_t Notification = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = CDC_NOTIF_SerialState,
- .wValue = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
- .wIndex = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
- .wLength = CPU_TO_LE16(sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost)),
- };
-
- Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Notification, sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t), NULL);
- Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost,
- sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost),
- NULL);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
-void CDC_Device_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- FILE* const Stream)
-{
- *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(CDC_Device_putchar, CDC_Device_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
- fdev_set_udata(Stream, CDCInterfaceInfo);
-}
-
-void CDC_Device_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- FILE* const Stream)
-{
- *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(CDC_Device_putchar, CDC_Device_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
- fdev_set_udata(Stream, CDCInterfaceInfo);
-}
-
-static int CDC_Device_putchar(char c,
- FILE* Stream)
-{
- return CDC_Device_SendByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream), c) ? _FDEV_ERR : 0;
-}
-
-static int CDC_Device_getchar(FILE* Stream)
-{
- int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
-
- if (ReceivedByte < 0)
- return _FDEV_EOF;
-
- return ReceivedByte;
-}
-
-static int CDC_Device_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream)
-{
- int16_t ReceivedByte;
-
- while ((ReceivedByte = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream))) < 0)
- {
- if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return _FDEV_EOF;
-
- CDC_Device_USBTask((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
- USB_USBTask();
- }
-
- return ReceivedByte;
-}
-#endif
-
-// cppcheck-suppress unusedFunction
-void CDC_Device_Event_Stub(void)
-{
-
-}
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DEVICE_C
+#include "CDCClassDevice.h"
+
+void CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
+ return;
+
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.ControlInterfaceNumber)
+ return;
+
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case CDC_REQ_GetLineEncoding:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
+
+ Endpoint_Write_32_LE(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.CharFormat);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.ParityType);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.DataBits);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS = Endpoint_Read_32_LE();
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.CharFormat = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.ParityType = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.DataBits = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(CDCInterfaceInfo);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice = USB_ControlRequest.wValue;
+
+ EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(CDCInterfaceInfo);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case CDC_REQ_SendBreak:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ EVENT_CDC_Device_BreakSent(CDCInterfaceInfo, (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+bool CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ memset(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void CDC_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+ return;
+
+ #if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ CDC_Device_Flush(CDCInterfaceInfo);
+ #endif
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Device_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String)
+{
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+ return Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Device_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+ return Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Device_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Data)
+{
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data);
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+
+ bool BankFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ if (BankFull)
+ {
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint16_t CDC_Device_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+ return 0;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+int16_t CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+ return -1;
+
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
+ ReceivedByte = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+void CDC_Device_SendControlLineStateChange(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding.BaudRateBPS))
+ return;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint.Address);
+
+ USB_Request_Header_t Notification = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = CDC_NOTIF_SerialState,
+ .wValue = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
+ .wIndex = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
+ .wLength = CPU_TO_LE16(sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost)),
+ };
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Notification, sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t), NULL);
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost,
+ sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost),
+ NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+void CDC_Device_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream)
+{
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(CDC_Device_putchar, CDC_Device_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+ fdev_set_udata(Stream, CDCInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+void CDC_Device_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream)
+{
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(CDC_Device_putchar, CDC_Device_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+ fdev_set_udata(Stream, CDCInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+static int CDC_Device_putchar(char c,
+ FILE* Stream)
+{
+ return CDC_Device_SendByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream), c) ? _FDEV_ERR : 0;
+}
+
+static int CDC_Device_getchar(FILE* Stream)
+{
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+
+ if (ReceivedByte < 0)
+ return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+static int CDC_Device_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream)
+{
+ int16_t ReceivedByte;
+
+ while ((ReceivedByte = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream))) < 0)
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+ CDC_Device_USBTask((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+#endif
+
+void CDC_Device_Event_Stub(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h
index a4528d1dd..05c0fdddb 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.h
@@ -1,352 +1,352 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Device mode driver for the library USB CDC Class driver.
- *
- * Device mode driver for the library USB CDC Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassCDC
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassCDCDevice CDC Class Device Mode Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the CDC USB Class driver.
- *
- * \note There are several major drawbacks to the CDC-ACM standard USB class, however
- * it is very standardized and thus usually available as a built-in driver on
- * most platforms, and so is a better choice than a proprietary serial class.
- *
- * One major issue with CDC-ACM is that it requires two Interface descriptors,
- * which will upset most hosts when part of a multi-function "Composite" USB
- * device. This is because each interface will be loaded into a separate driver
- * instance, causing the two interfaces be become unlinked. To prevent this, you
- * should use the "Interface Association Descriptor" addendum to the USB 2.0 standard
- * which is available on most OSes when creating Composite devices.
- *
- * Another major oversight is that there is no mechanism for the host to notify the
- * device that there is a data sink on the host side ready to accept data. This
- * means that the device may try to send data while the host isn't listening, causing
- * lengthy blocking timeouts in the transmission routines. It is thus highly recommended
- * that the virtual serial line DTR (Data Terminal Ready) signal be used where possible
- * to determine if a host application is ready for data.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _CDC_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-#define _CDC_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../USB.h"
- #include "../Common/CDCClassCommon.h"
-
- #include <stdio.h>
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief CDC Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
- *
- * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each CDC interface
- * within the user application, and passed to each of the CDC class driver functions as the
- * CDCInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each CDC interface's configuration and state information.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- struct
- {
- uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the CDC control interface within the device. */
-
- USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
- USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
- USB_Endpoint_Table_t NotificationEndpoint; /**< Notification IN Endpoint configuration table. */
- } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
- */
- struct
- {
- struct
- {
- uint16_t HostToDevice; /**< Control line states from the host to device, as a set of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_*
- * masks. This value is updated each time \ref CDC_Device_USBTask() is called.
- */
- uint16_t DeviceToHost; /**< Control line states from the device to host, as a set of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_*
- * masks - to notify the host of changes to these values, call the
- * \ref CDC_Device_SendControlLineStateChange() function.
- */
- } ControlLineStates; /**< Current states of the virtual serial port's control lines between the device and host. */
-
- CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding; /** Line encoding used in the virtual serial port, for the device's information.
- * This is generally only used if the virtual serial port data is to be
- * reconstructed on a physical UART.
- */
- } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
- */
- } USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Configures the endpoints of a given CDC interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration containing
- * the given CDC interface is selected.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given CDC class interface. This should be
- * linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
- */
- void CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** General management task for a given CDC class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
- * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
- */
- void CDC_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** CDC class driver event for a line encoding change on a CDC interface. This event fires each time the host requests a
- * line encoding change (containing the serial parity, baud and other configuration information) and may be hooked in the
- * user program by declaring a handler function with the same name and parameters listed here. The new line encoding
- * settings are available in the LineEncoding structure inside the CDC interface structure passed as a parameter.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
- */
- void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** CDC class driver event for a control line state change on a CDC interface. This event fires each time the host requests a
- * control line state change (containing the virtual serial control line states, such as DTR) and may be hooked in the
- * user program by declaring a handler function with the same name and parameters listed here. The new control line states
- * are available in the \c ControlLineStates.HostToDevice value inside the CDC interface structure passed as a parameter, set as
- * a mask of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_* masks.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
- */
- void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** CDC class driver event for a send break request sent to the device from the host. This is generally used to separate
- * data or to indicate a special condition to the receiving device.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Duration Duration of the break that has been sent by the host, in milliseconds.
- */
- void EVENT_CDC_Device_BreakSent(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t Duration) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Sends a given data buffer to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when the function is
- * called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either the endpoint bank
- * becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows
- * for multiple bytes to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
- * the call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send to the device.
- * \param[in] Length Length of the data to send to the host.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t CDC_Device_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- const char* const Buffer,
- const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- /** Sends a given null terminated string to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when
- * the function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either
- * the endpoint bank becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to
- * the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
- * the call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
- * \param[in] String Pointer to the null terminated string to send to the host.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t CDC_Device_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- /** Sends a given byte to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when the function is called, the
- * byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either the endpoint bank becomes full, or the
- * \ref CDC_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
- * packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
- * the call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Data Byte of data to send to the host.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t CDC_Device_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Determines the number of bytes received by the CDC interface from the host, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
- * of bytes in the OUT endpoint bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref CDC_Device_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to
- * succeed immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the endpoint
- * bank will not be released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
- * the call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the host.
- */
- uint16_t CDC_Device_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Reads a byte of data from the host. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB host is not connected, the function
- * returns a negative value. The \ref CDC_Device_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many
- * bytes are currently buffered in the CDC interface's data receive endpoint bank, and thus how many repeated calls to this
- * function which are guaranteed to succeed.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
- * the call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Next received byte from the host, or a negative value if no data received.
- */
- int16_t CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
- * the call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t CDC_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Sends a Serial Control Line State Change notification to the host. This should be called when the virtual serial
- * control lines (DCD, DSR, etc.) have changed states, or to give BREAK notifications to the host. Line states persist
- * until they are cleared via a second notification. This should be called each time the CDC class driver's
- * \c ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost value is updated to push the new states to the USB host.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
- * the call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
- */
- void CDC_Device_SendControlLineStateChange(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- #if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Creates a standard character stream for the given CDC Device instance so that it can be used with all the regular
- * functions in the standard <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf()). The created
- * stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
- *
- * Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
- * fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
- * be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
- * line buffering.
- *
- * \note The created stream can be given as \c stdout if desired to direct the standard output from all <stdio.h> functions
- * to the given CDC interface.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
- * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
- */
- void CDC_Device_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- /** Identical to \ref CDC_Device_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
- * the transfer. While blocking, the USB and CDC service tasks are called repeatedly to maintain USB communications.
- *
- * \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
- * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
- */
- void CDC_Device_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DEVICE_C)
- #if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
- static int CDC_Device_putchar(char c,
- FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
- static int CDC_Device_getchar(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static int CDC_Device_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- #endif
-
- void CDC_Device_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
-
- void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
- ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(CDC_Device_Event_Stub);
- void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
- ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(CDC_Device_Event_Stub);
- void EVENT_CDC_Device_BreakSent(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t Duration) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
- ATTR_ALIAS(CDC_Device_Event_Stub);
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Device mode driver for the library USB CDC Class driver.
+ *
+ * Device mode driver for the library USB CDC Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassCDC
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassCDCDevice CDC Class Device Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassCDCDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/CDCClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassCDCDevice_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the CDC USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note There are several major drawbacks to the CDC-ACM standard USB class, however
+ * it is very standardized and thus usually available as a built-in driver on
+ * most platforms, and so is a better choice than a proprietary serial class.
+ *
+ * One major issue with CDC-ACM is that it requires two Interface descriptors,
+ * which will upset most hosts when part of a multi-function "Composite" USB
+ * device. This is because each interface will be loaded into a separate driver
+ * instance, causing the two interfaces be become unlinked. To prevent this, you
+ * should use the "Interface Association Descriptor" addendum to the USB 2.0 standard
+ * which is available on most OSes when creating Composite devices.
+ *
+ * Another major oversight is that there is no mechanism for the host to notify the
+ * device that there is a data sink on the host side ready to accept data. This
+ * means that the device may try to send data while the host isn't listening, causing
+ * lengthy blocking timeouts in the transmission routines. It is thus highly recommended
+ * that the virtual serial line DTR (Data Terminal Ready) signal be used where possible
+ * to determine if a host application is ready for data.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _CDC_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+#define _CDC_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/CDCClassCommon.h"
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief CDC Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each CDC interface
+ * within the user application, and passed to each of the CDC class driver functions as the
+ * CDCInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each CDC interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the CDC control interface within the device. */
+
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t NotificationEndpoint; /**< Notification IN Endpoint configuration table. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ uint16_t HostToDevice; /**< Control line states from the host to device, as a set of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_*
+ * masks. This value is updated each time \ref CDC_Device_USBTask() is called.
+ */
+ uint16_t DeviceToHost; /**< Control line states from the device to host, as a set of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_*
+ * masks - to notify the host of changes to these values, call the
+ * \ref CDC_Device_SendControlLineStateChange() function.
+ */
+ } ControlLineStates; /**< Current states of the virtual serial port's control lines between the device and host. */
+
+ CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding; /**< Line encoding used in the virtual serial port, for the device's information.
+ * This is generally only used if the virtual serial port data is to be
+ * reconstructed on a physical UART.
+ */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures the endpoints of a given CDC interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration containing
+ * the given CDC interface is selected.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given CDC class interface. This should be
+ * linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** General management task for a given CDC class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+ * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void CDC_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** CDC class driver event for a line encoding change on a CDC interface. This event fires each time the host requests a
+ * line encoding change (containing the serial parity, baud and other configuration information) and may be hooked in the
+ * user program by declaring a handler function with the same name and parameters listed here. The new line encoding
+ * settings are available in the \c LineEncoding structure inside the CDC interface structure passed as a parameter.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** CDC class driver event for a control line state change on a CDC interface. This event fires each time the host requests a
+ * control line state change (containing the virtual serial control line states, such as DTR) and may be hooked in the
+ * user program by declaring a handler function with the same name and parameters listed here. The new control line states
+ * are available in the \c ControlLineStates.HostToDevice value inside the CDC interface structure passed as a parameter, set as
+ * a mask of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_* masks.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** CDC class driver event for a send break request sent to the device from the host. This is generally used to separate
+ * data or to indicate a special condition to the receiving device.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Duration Duration of the break that has been sent by the host, in milliseconds.
+ */
+ void EVENT_CDC_Device_BreakSent(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Duration) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a given data buffer to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when the function is
+ * called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either the endpoint bank
+ * becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows
+ * for multiple bytes to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send to the device.
+ * \param[in] Length Length of the data to send to the host.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Device_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Sends a given null terminated string to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when
+ * the function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either
+ * the endpoint bank becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to
+ * the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] String Pointer to the null terminated string to send to the host.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Device_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Sends a given byte to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when the function is called, the
+ * byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either the endpoint bank becomes full, or the
+ * \ref CDC_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
+ * packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Data Byte of data to send to the host.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Device_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Determines the number of bytes received by the CDC interface from the host, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
+ * of bytes in the OUT endpoint bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref CDC_Device_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to
+ * succeed immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the endpoint
+ * bank will not be released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the host.
+ */
+ uint16_t CDC_Device_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads a byte of data from the host. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB host is not connected, the function
+ * returns a negative value. The \ref CDC_Device_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many
+ * bytes are currently buffered in the CDC interface's data receive endpoint bank, and thus how many repeated calls to this
+ * function which are guaranteed to succeed.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Next received byte from the host, or a negative value if no data received.
+ */
+ int16_t CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a Serial Control Line State Change notification to the host. This should be called when the virtual serial
+ * control lines (DCD, DSR, etc.) have changed states, or to give BREAK notifications to the host. Line states persist
+ * until they are cleared via a second notification. This should be called each time the CDC class driver's
+ * \c ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost value is updated to push the new states to the USB host.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void CDC_Device_SendControlLineStateChange(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ #if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Creates a standard character stream for the given CDC Device instance so that it can be used with all the regular
+ * functions in the standard <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf()). The created
+ * stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
+ *
+ * Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
+ * fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
+ * be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
+ * line buffering.
+ *
+ * \note The created stream can be given as \c stdout if desired to direct the standard output from all \c <stdio.h> functions
+ * to the given CDC interface.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+ */
+ void CDC_Device_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Identical to \ref CDC_Device_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
+ * the transfer. While blocking, the USB and CDC service tasks are called repeatedly to maintain USB communications.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+ */
+ void CDC_Device_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DEVICE_C)
+ #if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+ static int CDC_Device_putchar(char c,
+ FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ static int CDC_Device_getchar(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static int CDC_Device_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+
+ void CDC_Device_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
+
+ void EVENT_CDC_Device_LineEncodingChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(CDC_Device_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_CDC_Device_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(CDC_Device_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_CDC_Device_BreakSent(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Duration) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_ALIAS(CDC_Device_Event_Stub);
+ #endif
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c
index a56747b08..03a745c1a 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c
@@ -1,200 +1,211 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DEVICE_C
-#include "HIDClassDevice.h"
-
-void HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
- return;
-
- if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.InterfaceNumber)
- return;
-
- switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
- {
- case HID_REQ_GetReport:
- if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
- {
- uint16_t ReportSize = 0;
- uint8_t ReportID = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF);
- uint8_t ReportType = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8) - 1;
- uint8_t ReportData[HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBufferSize];
-
- memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(ReportData));
-
- CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(HIDInterfaceInfo, &ReportID, ReportType, ReportData, &ReportSize);
-
- if (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer != NULL)
- {
- memcpy(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer, ReportData,
- HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBufferSize);
- }
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
-
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
- Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(ReportData, ReportSize);
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- }
-
- break;
- case HID_REQ_SetReport:
- if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
- {
- uint16_t ReportSize = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
- uint8_t ReportID = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF);
- uint8_t ReportType = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8) - 1;
- uint8_t ReportData[ReportSize];
-
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
- Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(ReportData, ReportSize);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(HIDInterfaceInfo, ReportID, ReportType,
- &ReportData[ReportID ? 1 : 0], ReportSize - (ReportID ? 1 : 0));
- }
-
- break;
- case HID_REQ_GetProtocol:
- if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
- while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
- Endpoint_Write_8(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingReportProtocol);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
- }
-
- break;
- case HID_REQ_SetProtocol:
- if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-
- HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingReportProtocol = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF) != 0x00);
- }
-
- break;
- case HID_REQ_SetIdle:
- if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-
- HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF00) >> 6);
- }
-
- break;
- case HID_REQ_GetIdle:
- if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
- while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
- Endpoint_Write_8(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount >> 2);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
- }
-
- break;
- }
-}
-
-bool HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
-{
- memset(&HIDInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(HIDInterfaceInfo->State));
- HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingReportProtocol = true;
- HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount = 500;
-
- HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.ReportINEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
-
- if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.ReportINEndpoint, 1)))
- return false;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-void HID_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
- return;
-
- if (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.PrevFrameNum == USB_Device_GetFrameNumber())
- return;
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.ReportINEndpoint.Address);
-
- if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
- {
- uint8_t ReportINData[HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBufferSize];
- uint8_t ReportID = 0;
- uint16_t ReportINSize = 0;
-
- memset(ReportINData, 0, sizeof(ReportINData));
-
- bool ForceSend = CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(HIDInterfaceInfo, &ReportID, HID_REPORT_ITEM_In,
- ReportINData, &ReportINSize);
- bool StatesChanged = false;
- bool IdlePeriodElapsed = (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount && !(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleMSRemaining));
-
- if (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer != NULL)
- {
- StatesChanged = (memcmp(ReportINData, HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer, ReportINSize) != 0);
- memcpy(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer, ReportINData, HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBufferSize);
- }
-
- if (ReportINSize && (ForceSend || StatesChanged || IdlePeriodElapsed))
- {
- HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleMSRemaining = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount;
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.ReportINEndpoint.Address);
-
- if (ReportID)
- Endpoint_Write_8(ReportID);
-
- Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReportINData, ReportINSize, NULL);
-
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
- }
-
- HIDInterfaceInfo->State.PrevFrameNum = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
- }
-}
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DEVICE_C
+#include "HIDClassDevice.h"
+
+void HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
+ return;
+
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.InterfaceNumber)
+ return;
+
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case HID_REQ_GetReport:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ uint16_t ReportSize = 0;
+ uint8_t ReportID = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF);
+ uint8_t ReportType = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8) - 1;
+ uint8_t ReportData[HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBufferSize];
+
+ memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(ReportData));
+
+ CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(HIDInterfaceInfo, &ReportID, ReportType, ReportData, &ReportSize);
+
+ if (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer != NULL)
+ {
+ memcpy(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer, ReportData,
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBufferSize);
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ if (ReportID)
+ Endpoint_Write_8(ReportID);
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(ReportData, ReportSize);
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_SetReport:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ uint16_t ReportSize = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+ uint8_t ReportID = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF);
+ uint8_t ReportType = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue >> 8) - 1;
+ uint8_t ReportData[ReportSize];
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(ReportData, ReportSize);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(HIDInterfaceInfo, ReportID, ReportType,
+ &ReportData[ReportID ? 1 : 0], ReportSize - (ReportID ? 1 : 0));
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_GetProtocol:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
+ Endpoint_Write_8(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingReportProtocol);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_SetProtocol:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingReportProtocol = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF) != 0x00);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_SetIdle:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF00) >> 6);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HID_REQ_GetIdle:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
+ Endpoint_Write_8(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount >> 2);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+bool HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ memset(&HIDInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(HIDInterfaceInfo->State));
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingReportProtocol = true;
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount = 500;
+
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.ReportINEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.ReportINEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void HID_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ if (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.PrevFrameNum == USB_Device_GetFrameNumber())
+ {
+ #if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED))
+ return;
+ #else
+ return;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.ReportINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
+ {
+ uint8_t ReportINData[HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBufferSize];
+ uint8_t ReportID = 0;
+ uint16_t ReportINSize = 0;
+
+ memset(ReportINData, 0, sizeof(ReportINData));
+
+ bool ForceSend = CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(HIDInterfaceInfo, &ReportID, HID_REPORT_ITEM_In,
+ ReportINData, &ReportINSize);
+ bool StatesChanged = false;
+ bool IdlePeriodElapsed = (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount && !(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleMSRemaining));
+
+ if (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer != NULL)
+ {
+ StatesChanged = (memcmp(ReportINData, HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer, ReportINSize) != 0);
+ memcpy(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBuffer, ReportINData, HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.PrevReportINBufferSize);
+ }
+
+ if (ReportINSize && (ForceSend || StatesChanged || IdlePeriodElapsed))
+ {
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleMSRemaining = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleCount;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.ReportINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (ReportID)
+ Endpoint_Write_8(ReportID);
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReportINData, ReportINSize, NULL);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.PrevFrameNum = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
+ }
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h
index ea2125772..f373cf076 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.h
@@ -1,210 +1,210 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Device mode driver for the library USB HID Class driver.
- *
- * Device mode driver for the library USB HID Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassHID
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassHIDDevice HID Class Device Mode Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the HID USB Class driver.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _HID_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-#define _HID_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../USB.h"
- #include "../Common/HIDClassCommon.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief HID Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
- *
- * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each HID interface
- * within the user application, and passed to each of the HID class driver functions as the
- * \c HIDInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each HID interface's configuration and state information.
- *
- * \note Due to technical limitations, the HID device class driver does not utilize a separate OUT
- * endpoint for host->device communications. Instead, the host->device data (if any) is sent to
- * the device via the control endpoint.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- struct
- {
- uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the HID interface within the device. */
-
- USB_Endpoint_Table_t ReportINEndpoint; /**< Data IN HID report endpoint configuration table. */
-
- void* PrevReportINBuffer; /**< Pointer to a buffer where the previously created HID input report can be
- * stored by the driver, for comparison purposes to detect report changes that
- * must be sent immediately to the host. This should point to a buffer big enough
- * to hold the largest HID input report sent from the HID interface. If this is set
- * to \c NULL, it is up to the user to force transfers when needed in the
- * \ref CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport() callback function.
- *
- * \note Due to the single buffer, the internal driver can only correctly compare
- * subsequent reports with identical report IDs. In multiple report devices,
- * this buffer should be set to \c NULL and the decision to send reports made
- * by the user application instead.
- */
- uint8_t PrevReportINBufferSize; /**< Size in bytes of the given input report buffer. This is used to create a
- * second buffer of the same size within the driver so that subsequent reports
- * can be compared. If the user app is to determine when reports are to be sent
- * exclusively (i.e. \ref PrevReportINBuffer is \c NULL) this value must still be
- * set to the size of the largest report the device can issue to the host.
- */
- } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
- */
- struct
- {
- bool UsingReportProtocol; /**< Indicates if the HID interface is set to Boot or Report protocol mode. */
- uint16_t PrevFrameNum; /**< Frame number of the previous HID report packet opportunity. */
- uint16_t IdleCount; /**< Report idle period, in milliseconds, set by the host. */
- uint16_t IdleMSRemaining; /**< Total number of milliseconds remaining before the idle period elapsed - this
- * should be decremented by the user application if non-zero each millisecond. */
- } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
- */
- } USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Configures the endpoints of a given HID interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration
- * containing the given HID interface is selected.
- *
- * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given HID class interface. This should be
- * linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
- *
- * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
- */
- void HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** General management task for a given HID class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
- * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
- *
- * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
- */
- void HID_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** HID class driver callback for the user creation of a HID IN report. This callback may fire in response to either
- * HID class control requests from the host, or by the normal HID endpoint polling procedure. Inside this callback the
- * user is responsible for the creation of the next HID input report to be sent to the host.
- *
- * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
- * \param[in,out] ReportID If preset to a non-zero value, this is the report ID being requested by the host. If zero,
- * this should be set to the report ID of the generated HID input report (if any). If multiple
- * reports are not sent via the given HID interface, this parameter should be ignored.
- * \param[in] ReportType Type of HID report to generate, either \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature.
- * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the generated HID report should be stored.
- * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes in the generated input report, or zero if no report is to be sent.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report even if it is identical to the previous report and still within
- * the idle period (useful for devices which report relative movement), \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
- uint8_t* const ReportID,
- const uint8_t ReportType,
- void* ReportData,
- uint16_t* const ReportSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5);
-
- /** HID class driver callback for the user processing of a received HID OUT report. This callback may fire in response to
- * either HID class control requests from the host, or by the normal HID endpoint polling procedure. Inside this callback
- * the user is responsible for the processing of the received HID output report from the host.
- *
- * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
- * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received output report. If multiple reports are not received via the given HID
- * interface, this parameter should be ignored.
- * \param[in] ReportType Type of received HID report, either \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature.
- * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received HID report is stored.
- * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received report from the host.
- */
- void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t ReportID,
- const uint8_t ReportType,
- const void* ReportData,
- const uint16_t ReportSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4);
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Indicates that a millisecond of idle time has elapsed on the given HID interface, and the interface's idle count should be
- * decremented. This should be called once per millisecond so that hardware key-repeats function correctly. It is recommended
- * that this be called by the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event, once SOF events have been enabled via
- * \ref USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents().
- *
- * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
- */
- static inline void HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static inline void HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
- {
- if (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleMSRemaining)
- HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleMSRemaining--;
- }
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Device mode driver for the library USB HID Class driver.
+ *
+ * Device mode driver for the library USB HID Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassHID
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassHIDDevice HID Class Device Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassHIDDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassHIDDevice_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the HID USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HID_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+#define _HID_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/HIDClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief HID Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each HID interface
+ * within the user application, and passed to each of the HID class driver functions as the
+ * \c HIDInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each HID interface's configuration and state information.
+ *
+ * \note Due to technical limitations, the HID device class driver does not utilize a separate OUT
+ * endpoint for host->device communications. Instead, the host->device data (if any) is sent to
+ * the device via the control endpoint.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the HID interface within the device. */
+
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t ReportINEndpoint; /**< Data IN HID report endpoint configuration table. */
+
+ void* PrevReportINBuffer; /**< Pointer to a buffer where the previously created HID input report can be
+ * stored by the driver, for comparison purposes to detect report changes that
+ * must be sent immediately to the host. This should point to a buffer big enough
+ * to hold the largest HID input report sent from the HID interface. If this is set
+ * to \c NULL, it is up to the user to force transfers when needed in the
+ * \ref CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport() callback function.
+ *
+ * \note Due to the single buffer, the internal driver can only correctly compare
+ * subsequent reports with identical report IDs. In multiple report devices,
+ * this buffer should be set to \c NULL and the decision to send reports made
+ * by the user application instead.
+ */
+ uint8_t PrevReportINBufferSize; /**< Size in bytes of the given input report buffer. This is used to create a
+ * second buffer of the same size within the driver so that subsequent reports
+ * can be compared. If the user app is to determine when reports are to be sent
+ * exclusively (i.e. \c PrevReportINBuffer is \c NULL) this value must still be
+ * set to the size of the largest report the device can issue to the host.
+ */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool UsingReportProtocol; /**< Indicates if the HID interface is set to Boot or Report protocol mode. */
+ uint16_t PrevFrameNum; /**< Frame number of the previous HID report packet opportunity. */
+ uint16_t IdleCount; /**< Report idle period, in milliseconds, set by the host. */
+ uint16_t IdleMSRemaining; /**< Total number of milliseconds remaining before the idle period elapsed - this
+ * should be decremented by the user application if non-zero each millisecond. */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures the endpoints of a given HID interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration
+ * containing the given HID interface is selected.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given HID class interface. This should be
+ * linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** General management task for a given HID class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+ * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void HID_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** HID class driver callback for the user creation of a HID IN report. This callback may fire in response to either
+ * HID class control requests from the host, or by the normal HID endpoint polling procedure. Inside this callback the
+ * user is responsible for the creation of the next HID input report to be sent to the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in,out] ReportID If preset to a non-zero value, this is the report ID being requested by the host. If zero,
+ * this should be set to the report ID of the generated HID input report (if any). If multiple
+ * reports are not sent via the given HID interface, this parameter should be ignored.
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of HID report to generate, either \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_In or \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature.
+ * \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the generated HID report should be stored.
+ * \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes in the generated input report, or zero if no report is to be sent.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true to force the sending of the report even if it is identical to the previous report and still within
+ * the idle period (useful for devices which report relative movement), \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* ReportData,
+ uint16_t* const ReportSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5);
+
+ /** HID class driver callback for the user processing of a received HID OUT report. This callback may fire in response to
+ * either HID class control requests from the host, or by the normal HID endpoint polling procedure. Inside this callback
+ * the user is responsible for the processing of the received HID output report from the host.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received output report. If multiple reports are not received via the given HID
+ * interface, this parameter should be ignored.
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of received HID report, either \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature.
+ * \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the received HID report is stored.
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received report from the host.
+ */
+ void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ const void* ReportData,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Indicates that a millisecond of idle time has elapsed on the given HID interface, and the interface's idle count should be
+ * decremented. This should be called once per millisecond so that hardware key-repeats function correctly. It is recommended
+ * that this be called by the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event, once SOF events have been enabled via
+ * \ref USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ static inline void HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ if (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleMSRemaining)
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IdleMSRemaining--;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c
index 3ff339c06..b00252597 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c
@@ -1,125 +1,131 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DEVICE_C
-#include "MIDIClassDevice.h"
-
-bool MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
-{
- memset(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State));
-
- MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
- MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
- if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
- return false;
-
- if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
- return false;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-void MIDI_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
- return;
-
- #if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
- MIDI_Device_Flush(MIDIInterfaceInfo);
- #endif
-}
-
-uint8_t MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
- const MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event)
-{
- if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(Event, sizeof(MIDI_EventPacket_t), NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t MIDI_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-
- if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
- {
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
- }
-
- return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
-}
-
-bool MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
- MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event)
-{
- if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
- return false;
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
-
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- return false;
-
- Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(Event, sizeof(MIDI_EventPacket_t), NULL);
-
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- return true;
-}
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DEVICE_C
+#include "MIDIClassDevice.h"
+
+bool MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ memset(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+ MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void MIDI_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ #if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ MIDI_Device_Flush(MIDIInterfaceInfo);
+ #endif
+}
+
+uint8_t MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+ const MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(Event, sizeof(MIDI_EventPacket_t), NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t MIDI_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+bool MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return false;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ return false;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ return false;
+
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(Event, sizeof(MIDI_EventPacket_t), NULL);
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h
index c5b01be5d..70eb44291 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.h
@@ -1,175 +1,175 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Device mode driver for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
- *
- * Device mode driver for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMIDI
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassMIDIDevice MIDI Class Device Mode Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the MIDI USB Class driver.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _MIDI_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-#define _MIDI_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../USB.h"
- #include "../Common/MIDIClassCommon.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Type Define: */
- /** \brief MIDI Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
- *
- * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each MIDI interface
- * within the user application, and passed to each of the MIDI class driver functions as the
- * \c MIDIInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each MIDI interface's configuration and state information.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- struct
- {
- uint8_t StreamingInterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the Audio Streaming interface within the device this structure controls. */
-
- USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
- USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
- } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
- */
-
- struct
- {
- uint8_t RESERVED; // No state information for this class
- } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
- */
- } USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Configures the endpoints of a given MIDI interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration
- * containing the given MIDI interface is selected.
- *
- * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** General management task for a given MIDI class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
- * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
- *
- * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
- */
- void MIDI_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Sends a MIDI event packet to the host. If no host is connected, the event packet is discarded. Events are queued into the
- * endpoint bank until either the endpoint bank is full, or \ref MIDI_Device_Flush() is called. This allows for multiple
- * MIDI events to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Event Pointer to a populated \ref MIDI_EventPacket_t structure containing the MIDI event to send.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
- const MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
-
- /** Flushes the MIDI send buffer, sending any queued MIDI events to the host. This should be called to override the
- * \ref MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket() function's packing behavior, to flush queued events.
- *
- * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t MIDI_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Receives a MIDI event packet from the host. Events are unpacked from the endpoint, thus if the endpoint bank contains
- * multiple MIDI events from the host in the one packet, multiple calls to this function will return each individual event.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
- * \param[out] Event Pointer to a USB_MIDI_EventPacket_t structure where the received MIDI event is to be placed.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if a MIDI event packet was received, \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
- MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given MIDI class interface. This should be
- * linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
- *
- * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
- */
- static inline void MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static inline void MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
- {
- (void)MIDIInterfaceInfo;
- }
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Device mode driver for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
+ *
+ * Device mode driver for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMIDI
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassMIDIDevice MIDI Class Device Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMIDIDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMIDIDevice_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the MIDI USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIDI_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+#define _MIDI_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/MIDIClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Define: */
+ /** \brief MIDI Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each MIDI interface
+ * within the user application, and passed to each of the MIDI class driver functions as the
+ * \c MIDIInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each MIDI interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t StreamingInterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the Audio Streaming interface within the device this structure controls. */
+
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t RESERVED; // No state information for this class
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures the endpoints of a given MIDI interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration
+ * containing the given MIDI interface is selected.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** General management task for a given MIDI class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+ * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void MIDI_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a MIDI event packet to the host. If no host is connected, the event packet is discarded. Events are queued into the
+ * endpoint bank until either the endpoint bank is full, or \ref MIDI_Device_Flush() is called. This allows for multiple
+ * MIDI events to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Event Pointer to a populated \ref MIDI_EventPacket_t structure containing the MIDI event to send.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+ const MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+
+ /** Flushes the MIDI send buffer, sending any queued MIDI events to the host. This should be called to override the
+ * \ref MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket() function's packing behavior, to flush queued events.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t MIDI_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Receives a MIDI event packet from the host. Events are unpacked from the endpoint, thus if the endpoint bank contains
+ * multiple MIDI events from the host in the one packet, multiple calls to this function will return each individual event.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[out] Event Pointer to a USB_MIDI_EventPacket_t structure where the received MIDI event is to be placed.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a MIDI event packet was received, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given MIDI class interface. This should be
+ * linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ static inline void MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ (void)MIDIInterfaceInfo;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c
index 735437e46..d0907963a 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c
@@ -1,215 +1,215 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_DEVICE_C
-#include "MassStorageClassDevice.h"
-
-void MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
- return;
-
- if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != MSInterfaceInfo->Config.InterfaceNumber)
- return;
-
- switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
- {
- case MS_REQ_MassStorageReset:
- if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset = true;
- }
-
- break;
- case MS_REQ_GetMaxLUN:
- if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
- while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
- Endpoint_Write_8(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.TotalLUNs - 1);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
- }
-
- break;
- }
-}
-
-bool MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- memset(&MSInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(MSInterfaceInfo->State));
-
- MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
- MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
- if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
- return false;
-
- if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
- return false;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-void MS_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
- return;
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
-
- if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
- {
- if (MS_Device_ReadInCommandBlock(MSInterfaceInfo))
- {
- if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.Flags & MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN)
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-
- bool SCSICommandResult = CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(MSInterfaceInfo);
-
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.Status = (SCSICommandResult) ? MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Pass : MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Fail;
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.Signature = CPU_TO_LE32(MS_CSW_SIGNATURE);
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.Tag = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.Tag;
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.DataTransferResidue = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength;
-
- if (!(SCSICommandResult) && (le32_to_cpu(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.DataTransferResidue)))
- Endpoint_StallTransaction();
-
- MS_Device_ReturnCommandStatus(MSInterfaceInfo);
- }
- }
-
- if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
- {
- Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
- Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
- Endpoint_ClearStall();
- Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
- Endpoint_ClearStall();
- Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
-
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset = false;
- }
-}
-
-static bool MS_Device_ReadInCommandBlock(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- uint16_t BytesProcessed;
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
-
- BytesProcessed = 0;
- while (Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock,
- (sizeof(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t) - 16), &BytesProcessed) ==
- ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
- {
- if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
- return false;
- }
-
- if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.Signature != CPU_TO_LE32(MS_CBW_SIGNATURE)) ||
- (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.LUN >= MSInterfaceInfo->Config.TotalLUNs) ||
- (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.Flags & 0x1F) ||
- (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength == 0) ||
- (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength > 16))
- {
- Endpoint_StallTransaction();
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
- Endpoint_StallTransaction();
-
- return false;
- }
-
- BytesProcessed = 0;
- while (Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData,
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength, &BytesProcessed) ==
- ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
- {
- if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
- return false;
- }
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- return true;
-}
-
-static void MS_Device_ReturnCommandStatus(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
-
- while (Endpoint_IsStalled())
- {
- #if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
- USB_USBTask();
- #endif
-
- if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
- return;
- }
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-
- while (Endpoint_IsStalled())
- {
- #if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
- USB_USBTask();
- #endif
-
- if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
- return;
- }
-
- uint16_t BytesProcessed = 0;
- while (Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus,
- sizeof(MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t), &BytesProcessed) ==
- ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
- {
- if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
- return;
- }
-
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-}
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_DEVICE_C
+#include "MassStorageClassDevice.h"
+
+void MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
+ return;
+
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != MSInterfaceInfo->Config.InterfaceNumber)
+ return;
+
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case MS_REQ_MassStorageReset:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset = true;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case MS_REQ_GetMaxLUN:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
+ Endpoint_Write_8(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.TotalLUNs - 1);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+bool MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ memset(&MSInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(MSInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+ MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void MS_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ if (MS_Device_ReadInCommandBlock(MSInterfaceInfo))
+ {
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.Flags & MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN)
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ bool SCSICommandResult = CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(MSInterfaceInfo);
+
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.Status = (SCSICommandResult) ? MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Pass : MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Fail;
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.Signature = CPU_TO_LE32(MS_CSW_SIGNATURE);
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.Tag = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.Tag;
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.DataTransferResidue = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength;
+
+ if (!(SCSICommandResult) && (le32_to_cpu(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus.DataTransferResidue)))
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+
+ MS_Device_ReturnCommandStatus(MSInterfaceInfo);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ {
+ Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+ Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+ Endpoint_ClearStall();
+ Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+ Endpoint_ClearStall();
+ Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
+
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset = false;
+ }
+}
+
+static bool MS_Device_ReadInCommandBlock(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+ BytesProcessed = 0;
+ while (Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock,
+ (sizeof(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t) - 16), &BytesProcessed) ==
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ {
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.Signature != CPU_TO_LE32(MS_CBW_SIGNATURE)) ||
+ (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.LUN >= MSInterfaceInfo->Config.TotalLUNs) ||
+ (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.Flags & 0x1F) ||
+ (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength == 0) ||
+ (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength > 16))
+ {
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ BytesProcessed = 0;
+ while (Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData,
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength, &BytesProcessed) ==
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ {
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+static void MS_Device_ReturnCommandStatus(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+ while (Endpoint_IsStalled())
+ {
+ #if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
+ USB_USBTask();
+ #endif
+
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ while (Endpoint_IsStalled())
+ {
+ #if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
+ USB_USBTask();
+ #endif
+
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ uint16_t BytesProcessed = 0;
+ while (Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandStatus,
+ sizeof(MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t), &BytesProcessed) ==
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ {
+ if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h
index b9bc832e1..513221308 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h
@@ -1,161 +1,161 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Device mode driver for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
- *
- * Device mode driver for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMS
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassMSDevice Mass Storage Class Device Mode Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Mass Storage USB Class driver.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _MS_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-#define _MS_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../USB.h"
- #include "../Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief Mass Storage Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
- *
- * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each Mass Storage interface
- * within the user application, and passed to each of the Mass Storage class driver functions as the
- * \c MSInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each Mass Storage interface's configuration and state information.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- struct
- {
- uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the Mass Storage interface within the device. */
-
- USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
- USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
-
- uint8_t TotalLUNs; /**< Total number of logical drives in the Mass Storage interface. */
- } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
- */
- struct
- {
- MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t CommandBlock; /**< Mass Storage class command block structure, stores the received SCSI
- * command from the host which is to be processed.
- */
- MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t CommandStatus; /**< Mass Storage class command status structure, set elements to indicate
- * the issued command's success or failure to the host.
- */
- volatile bool IsMassStoreReset; /**< Flag indicating that the host has requested that the Mass Storage interface be reset
- * and that all current Mass Storage operations should immediately abort.
- */
- } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
- */
- } USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Configures the endpoints of a given Mass Storage interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration
- * containing the given Mass Storage interface is selected.
- *
- * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given Mass Storage class interface. This should be
- * linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
- *
- * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state.
- */
- void MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** General management task for a given Mass Storage class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
- * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
- *
- * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage configuration and state.
- */
- void MS_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Mass Storage class driver callback for the user processing of a received SCSI command. This callback will fire each time the
- * host sends a SCSI command which requires processing by the user application. Inside this callback the user is responsible
- * for the processing of the received SCSI command from the host. The SCSI command is available in the CommandBlock structure
- * inside the Mass Storage class state structure passed as a parameter to the callback function.
- *
- * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the SCSI command was successfully processed, \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_DEVICE_C)
- static void MS_Device_ReturnCommandStatus(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static bool MS_Device_ReadInCommandBlock(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Device mode driver for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
+ *
+ * Device mode driver for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMS
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassMSDevice Mass Storage Class Device Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMSDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMSDevice_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Mass Storage USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MS_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+#define _MS_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Mass Storage Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each Mass Storage interface
+ * within the user application, and passed to each of the Mass Storage class driver functions as the
+ * \c MSInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each Mass Storage interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the Mass Storage interface within the device. */
+
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
+
+ uint8_t TotalLUNs; /**< Total number of logical drives in the Mass Storage interface. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t CommandBlock; /**< Mass Storage class command block structure, stores the received SCSI
+ * command from the host which is to be processed.
+ */
+ MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t CommandStatus; /**< Mass Storage class command status structure, set elements to indicate
+ * the issued command's success or failure to the host.
+ */
+ volatile bool IsMassStoreReset; /**< Flag indicating that the host has requested that the Mass Storage interface be reset
+ * and that all current Mass Storage operations should immediately abort.
+ */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures the endpoints of a given Mass Storage interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration
+ * containing the given Mass Storage interface is selected.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given Mass Storage class interface. This should be
+ * linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** General management task for a given Mass Storage class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+ * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage configuration and state.
+ */
+ void MS_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Mass Storage class driver callback for the user processing of a received SCSI command. This callback will fire each time the
+ * host sends a SCSI command which requires processing by the user application. Inside this callback the user is responsible
+ * for the processing of the received SCSI command from the host. The SCSI command is available in the CommandBlock structure
+ * inside the Mass Storage class state structure passed as a parameter to the callback function.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the SCSI command was successfully processed, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_DEVICE_C)
+ static void MS_Device_ReturnCommandStatus(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static bool MS_Device_ReadInCommandBlock(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fd3454b1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DEVICE_C
+#include "PrinterClassDevice.h"
+
+void PRNT_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
+ return;
+
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.InterfaceNumber)
+ return;
+
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case PRNT_REQ_GetDeviceID:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ uint16_t IEEEStringLen = strlen(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.IEEE1284String);
+ Endpoint_Write_16_BE(IEEEStringLen);
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.IEEE1284String, IEEEStringLen);
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case PRNT_REQ_GetPortStatus:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.PortStatus);
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case PRNT_REQ_SoftReset:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsPrinterReset = true;
+
+ EVENT_PRNT_Device_SoftReset(PRNTInterfaceInfo);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+bool PRNT_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ memset(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State));
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.PortStatus = PRNT_PORTSTATUS_NOTERROR | PRNT_PORTSTATUS_SELECT;
+
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void PRNT_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ #if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ PRNT_Device_Flush(PRNTInterfaceInfo);
+ #endif
+
+ if (PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsPrinterReset)
+ {
+ Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+ Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+ Endpoint_ClearStall();
+ Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+ Endpoint_ClearStall();
+ Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
+
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsPrinterReset = false;
+ }
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+ return Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+ return Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Data)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data);
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+
+ bool BankFull = !(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed());
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ if (BankFull)
+ {
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint16_t PRNT_Device_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return 0;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+int16_t PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return -1;
+
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ if (Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
+ ReceivedByte = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+void PRNT_Device_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream)
+{
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(PRNT_Device_putchar, PRNT_Device_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+ fdev_set_udata(Stream, PRNTInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+void PRNT_Device_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream)
+{
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(PRNT_Device_putchar, PRNT_Device_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+ fdev_set_udata(Stream, PRNTInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+static int PRNT_Device_putchar(char c,
+ FILE* Stream)
+{
+ return PRNT_Device_SendByte((USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream), c) ? _FDEV_ERR : 0;
+}
+
+static int PRNT_Device_getchar(FILE* Stream)
+{
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+
+ if (ReceivedByte < 0)
+ return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+static int PRNT_Device_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream)
+{
+ int16_t ReceivedByte;
+
+ while ((ReceivedByte = PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream))) < 0)
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+ PRNT_Device_USBTask((USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+#endif
+
+void PRNT_Device_Event_Stub(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d9d9644cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.h
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Device mode driver for the library USB Printer Class driver.
+ *
+ * Device mode driver for the library USB Printer Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassPrinter
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassPrinterDevice Printer Class Device Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassPrinterDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/PrinterClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassPrinterDevice_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Printer USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTER_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+#define _PRINTER_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/PrinterClassCommon.h"
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Printer Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each Printer interface
+ * within the user application, and passed to each of the Printer class driver functions as the
+ * PRNTInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each Printer interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the Printer interface within the device. */
+
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
+
+ char* IEEE1284String; /**< IEEE 1284 identification string, sent to the host during enumeration
+ * to identify the printer model, manufacturer and other characteristics.
+ */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t PortStatus; /**< Current status of the Printer virtual port, a collection of \c PRNT_PORTSTATUS_*
+ * bitmask values.
+ */
+
+ volatile bool IsPrinterReset; /**< Flag indicating that the host has requested that the Printer interface be reset
+ * and that all current Mass Storage operations should immediately abort.
+ */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures the endpoints of a given Printer interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration containing
+ * the given Printer interface is selected.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool PRNT_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given Printer class interface. This should be
+ * linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void PRNT_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** General management task for a given Printer class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+ * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void PRNT_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Printer class driver event for a soft reset request on a Printer interface. This event fires each time the host
+ * requests a reset of the printer interface's internal state, and may be hooked in the user program by declaring a
+ * handler function with the same name and parameters listed here.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void EVENT_PRNT_Device_SoftReset(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a given data buffer to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when the function is
+ * called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either the endpoint bank
+ * becomes full, or the \ref PRNT_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows
+ * for multiple bytes to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send to the device.
+ * \param[in] Length Length of the data to send to the host.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Sends a given null terminated string to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when
+ * the function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either
+ * the endpoint bank becomes full, or the \ref PRNT_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to
+ * the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] String Pointer to the null terminated string to send to the host.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Sends a given byte to the attached USB host, if connected. If a host is not connected when the function is called, the
+ * byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the host until either the endpoint bank becomes full, or the
+ * \ref PRNT_Device_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
+ * packed into a single endpoint packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Data Byte of data to send to the host.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Device_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Determines the number of bytes received by the Printer interface from the host, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
+ * of bytes in the OUT endpoint bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to
+ * succeed immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the endpoint
+ * bank will not be released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the host.
+ */
+ uint16_t PRNT_Device_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads a byte of data from the host. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB host is not connected, the function
+ * returns a negative value. The \ref PRNT_Device_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many
+ * bytes are currently buffered in the Printer interface's data receive endpoint bank, and thus how many repeated calls to this
+ * function which are guaranteed to succeed.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Next received byte from the host, or a negative value if no data received.
+ */
+ int16_t PRNT_Device_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Device_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ #if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Creates a standard character stream for the given Printer Device instance so that it can be used with all the regular
+ * functions in the standard <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf()). The created
+ * stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
+ *
+ * Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
+ * fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
+ * be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
+ * line buffering.
+ *
+ * \note The created stream can be given as \c stdout if desired to direct the standard output from all \c <stdio.h> functions
+ * to the given Printer interface.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+ */
+ void PRNT_Device_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Identical to \ref PRNT_Device_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
+ * the transfer. While blocking, the USB and Printer service tasks are called repeatedly to maintain USB communications.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+ */
+ void PRNT_Device_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DEVICE_C)
+ #if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+ static int PRNT_Device_putchar(char c,
+ FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ static int PRNT_Device_getchar(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static int PRNT_Device_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+
+ void PRNT_Device_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
+
+ void EVENT_PRNT_Device_SoftReset(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Device_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(PRNT_Device_Event_Stub);
+
+ #endif
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c
index 80aa723c1..6ee73c5bb 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c
@@ -1,502 +1,508 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DEVICE_C
-#include "RNDISClassDevice.h"
-
-static const uint32_t PROGMEM AdapterSupportedOIDList[] =
- {
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_XMIT_OK),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_RCV_OK),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION),
- CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS),
- };
-
-void RNDIS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
- return;
-
- if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.ControlInterfaceNumber)
- return;
-
- switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
- {
- case RNDIS_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand:
- if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
- Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RNDISMessageBuffer, USB_ControlRequest.wLength);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- RNDIS_Device_ProcessRNDISControlMessage(RNDISInterfaceInfo);
- }
-
- break;
- case RNDIS_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse:
- if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
- {
- RNDIS_Message_Header_t* MessageHeader = (RNDIS_Message_Header_t*)&RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RNDISMessageBuffer;
-
- if (!(MessageHeader->MessageLength))
- {
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RNDISMessageBuffer[0] = 0;
- MessageHeader->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(1);
- }
-
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
- Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RNDISMessageBuffer, le32_to_cpu(MessageHeader->MessageLength));
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- MessageHeader->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
- }
-
- break;
- }
-}
-
-bool RNDIS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
-{
- memset(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State));
-
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
-
- if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
- return false;
-
- if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
- return false;
-
- if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint, 1)))
- return false;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-void RNDIS_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
- return;
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint.Address);
-
- if (Endpoint_IsINReady() && RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady)
- {
- USB_Request_Header_t Notification = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = RNDIS_NOTIF_ResponseAvailable,
- .wValue = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
- .wIndex = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
- .wLength = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
- };
-
- Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Notification, sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t), NULL);
-
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady = false;
- }
-}
-
-void RNDIS_Device_ProcessRNDISControlMessage(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
-{
- /* Note: Only a single buffer is used for both the received message and its response to save SRAM. Because of
- this, response bytes should be filled in order so that they do not clobber unread data in the buffer. */
-
- RNDIS_Message_Header_t* MessageHeader = (RNDIS_Message_Header_t*)&RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RNDISMessageBuffer;
-
- switch (le32_to_cpu(MessageHeader->MessageType))
- {
- case REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG:
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady = true;
-
- RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t* INITIALIZE_Message =
- (RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t*)&RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RNDISMessageBuffer;
- RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t* INITIALIZE_Response =
- (RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t*)&RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RNDISMessageBuffer;
-
- INITIALIZE_Response->MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_CMPLT);
- INITIALIZE_Response->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t));
- INITIALIZE_Response->RequestId = INITIALIZE_Message->RequestId;
- INITIALIZE_Response->Status = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS);
-
- INITIALIZE_Response->MajorVersion = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR);
- INITIALIZE_Response->MinorVersion = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR);
- INITIALIZE_Response->DeviceFlags = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTIONLESS);
- INITIALIZE_Response->Medium = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3);
- INITIALIZE_Response->MaxPacketsPerTransfer = CPU_TO_LE32(1);
- INITIALIZE_Response->MaxTransferSize = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
- INITIALIZE_Response->PacketAlignmentFactor = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
- INITIALIZE_Response->AFListOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
- INITIALIZE_Response->AFListSize = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
-
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState = RNDIS_Initialized;
- break;
- case REMOTE_NDIS_HALT_MSG:
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady = false;
-
- MessageHeader->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
-
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState = RNDIS_Uninitialized;
- break;
- case REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG:
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady = true;
-
- RNDIS_Query_Message_t* QUERY_Message = (RNDIS_Query_Message_t*)&RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RNDISMessageBuffer;
- RNDIS_Query_Complete_t* QUERY_Response = (RNDIS_Query_Complete_t*)&RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RNDISMessageBuffer;
- uint32_t Query_Oid = CPU_TO_LE32(QUERY_Message->Oid);
-
- void* QueryData = &RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t) +
- le32_to_cpu(QUERY_Message->InformationBufferOffset)];
- void* ResponseData = &RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t)];
- uint16_t ResponseSize;
-
- QUERY_Response->MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_CMPLT);
-
- if (RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISQuery(RNDISInterfaceInfo, Query_Oid, QueryData, le32_to_cpu(QUERY_Message->InformationBufferLength),
- ResponseData, &ResponseSize))
- {
- QUERY_Response->Status = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS);
- QUERY_Response->MessageLength = cpu_to_le32(sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t) + ResponseSize);
-
- QUERY_Response->InformationBufferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(ResponseSize);
- QUERY_Response->InformationBufferOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
- }
- else
- {
- QUERY_Response->Status = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED);
- QUERY_Response->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t));
-
- QUERY_Response->InformationBufferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
- QUERY_Response->InformationBufferOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
- }
-
- break;
- case REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG:
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady = true;
-
- RNDIS_Set_Message_t* SET_Message = (RNDIS_Set_Message_t*)&RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RNDISMessageBuffer;
- RNDIS_Set_Complete_t* SET_Response = (RNDIS_Set_Complete_t*)&RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RNDISMessageBuffer;
- uint32_t SET_Oid = le32_to_cpu(SET_Message->Oid);
-
- SET_Response->MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_SET_CMPLT);
- SET_Response->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Complete_t));
- SET_Response->RequestId = SET_Message->RequestId;
-
- void* SetData = &RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t) +
- le32_to_cpu(SET_Message->InformationBufferOffset)];
-
- SET_Response->Status = RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISSet(RNDISInterfaceInfo, SET_Oid, SetData,
- le32_to_cpu(SET_Message->InformationBufferLength)) ?
- REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS : REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED;
- break;
- case REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_MSG:
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady = true;
-
- RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t* RESET_Response = (RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t*)&RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RNDISMessageBuffer;
-
- RESET_Response->MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_CMPLT);
- RESET_Response->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t));
- RESET_Response->Status = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS);
- RESET_Response->AddressingReset = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
-
- break;
- case REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG:
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady = true;
-
- RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t* KEEPALIVE_Message =
- (RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t*)&RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RNDISMessageBuffer;
- RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t* KEEPALIVE_Response =
- (RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t*)&RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RNDISMessageBuffer;
-
- KEEPALIVE_Response->MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_CMPLT);
- KEEPALIVE_Response->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t));
- KEEPALIVE_Response->RequestId = KEEPALIVE_Message->RequestId;
- KEEPALIVE_Response->Status = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS);
-
- break;
- }
-}
-
-static bool RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISQuery(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
- const uint32_t OId,
- void* const QueryData,
- const uint16_t QuerySize,
- void* ResponseData,
- uint16_t* const ResponseSize)
-{
- (void)QueryData;
- (void)QuerySize;
-
- switch (OId)
- {
- case OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST:
- *ResponseSize = sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList);
-
- memcpy_P(ResponseData, AdapterSupportedOIDList, sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList));
-
- return true;
- case OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM:
- *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
-
- /* Indicate that the device is a true ethernet link */
- *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
-
- return true;
- case OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS:
- *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
-
- *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(NDIS_HardwareStatus_Ready);
-
- return true;
- case OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED:
- case OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE:
- *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
-
- *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3);
-
- return true;
- case OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID:
- *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
-
- /* Vendor ID 0x0xFFFFFF is reserved for vendors who have not purchased a NDIS VID */
- *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(0x00FFFFFF);
-
- return true;
- case OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE:
- case OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE:
- case OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE:
- *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
-
- *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
-
- return true;
- case OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION:
- *ResponseSize = (strlen(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.AdapterVendorDescription) + 1);
-
- memcpy(ResponseData, RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.AdapterVendorDescription, *ResponseSize);
-
- return true;
- case OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS:
- *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
-
- *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_CONNECTED);
-
- return true;
- case OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED:
- *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
-
- /* Indicate 10Mb/s link speed */
- *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(100000);
-
- return true;
- case OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS:
- case OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS:
- *ResponseSize = sizeof(MAC_Address_t);
-
- memcpy(ResponseData, &RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.AdapterMACAddress, sizeof(MAC_Address_t));
-
- return true;
- case OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE:
- *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
-
- /* Indicate only one multicast address supported */
- *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(1);
-
- return true;
- case OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER:
- *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
-
- *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrPacketFilter);
-
- return true;
- case OID_GEN_XMIT_OK:
- case OID_GEN_RCV_OK:
- case OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR:
- case OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR:
- case OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER:
- case OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT:
- case OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION:
- case OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS:
- *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
-
- /* Unused statistic OIDs - always return 0 for each */
- *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
-
- return true;
- case OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE:
- *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
-
- /* Indicate maximum overall buffer (Ethernet frame and RNDIS header) the adapter can handle */
- *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(RNDIS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_SIZE + ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
-
- return true;
- default:
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-static bool RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISSet(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
- const uint32_t OId,
- const void* SetData,
- const uint16_t SetSize)
-{
- (void)SetSize;
-
- switch (OId)
- {
- case OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER:
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrPacketFilter = le32_to_cpu(*((uint32_t*)SetData));
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState = (RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrPacketFilter) ? RNDIS_Data_Initialized : RNDIS_Initialized;
-
- return true;
- case OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST:
- /* Do nothing - throw away the value from the host as it is unused */
-
- return true;
- default:
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-bool RNDIS_Device_IsPacketReceived(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) ||
- (RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState != RNDIS_Data_Initialized))
- {
- return false;
- }
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
- return Endpoint_IsOUTReceived();
-}
-
-uint8_t RNDIS_Device_ReadPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
- void* Buffer,
- uint16_t* const PacketLength)
-{
- if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) ||
- (RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState != RNDIS_Data_Initialized))
- {
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
- }
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
-
- *PacketLength = 0;
-
- if (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-
- RNDIS_Packet_Message_t RNDISPacketHeader;
- Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&RNDISPacketHeader, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t), NULL);
-
- if (le32_to_cpu(RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength) > ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX)
- {
- Endpoint_StallTransaction();
-
- return RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
- }
-
- *PacketLength = (uint16_t)le32_to_cpu(RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength);
-
- Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, *PacketLength, NULL);
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
- void* Buffer,
- const uint16_t PacketLength)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) ||
- (RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState != RNDIS_Data_Initialized))
- {
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
- }
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- RNDIS_Packet_Message_t RNDISPacketHeader;
-
- memset(&RNDISPacketHeader, 0, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t));
-
- RNDISPacketHeader.MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MSG);
- RNDISPacketHeader.MessageLength = cpu_to_le32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + PacketLength);
- RNDISPacketHeader.DataOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
- RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength = cpu_to_le32(PacketLength);
-
- Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&RNDISPacketHeader, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t), NULL);
- Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, PacketLength, NULL);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DEVICE_C
+#include "RNDISClassDevice.h"
+
+static const uint32_t PROGMEM AdapterSupportedOIDList[] =
+ {
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_XMIT_OK),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_RCV_OK),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION),
+ CPU_TO_LE32(OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS),
+ };
+
+void RNDIS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived()))
+ return;
+
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex != RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.ControlInterfaceNumber)
+ return;
+
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case RNDIS_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer, USB_ControlRequest.wLength);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ RNDIS_Device_ProcessRNDISControlMessage(RNDISInterfaceInfo);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case RNDIS_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse:
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
+ {
+ RNDIS_Message_Header_t* MessageHeader = (RNDIS_Message_Header_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+
+ if (!(MessageHeader->MessageLength))
+ {
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer[0] = 0;
+ MessageHeader->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(1);
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer, le32_to_cpu(MessageHeader->MessageLength));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ MessageHeader->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+bool RNDIS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ memset(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+ if (RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer == NULL)
+ return false;
+
+ if (RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBufferLength < RNDIS_DEVICE_MIN_MESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH)
+ return false;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint, 1)))
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void RNDIS_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ return;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady() && RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady)
+ {
+ USB_Request_Header_t Notification = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = RNDIS_NOTIF_ResponseAvailable,
+ .wValue = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
+ .wIndex = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
+ .wLength = CPU_TO_LE16(0),
+ };
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Notification, sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t), NULL);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady = false;
+ }
+}
+
+void RNDIS_Device_ProcessRNDISControlMessage(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ /* Note: Only a single buffer is used for both the received message and its response to save SRAM. Because of
+ this, response bytes should be filled in order so that they do not clobber unread data in the buffer. */
+
+ RNDIS_Message_Header_t* MessageHeader = (RNDIS_Message_Header_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+
+ switch (le32_to_cpu(MessageHeader->MessageType))
+ {
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG:
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady = true;
+
+ RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t* INITIALIZE_Message =
+ (RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+ RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t* INITIALIZE_Response =
+ (RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_CMPLT);
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t));
+ INITIALIZE_Response->RequestId = INITIALIZE_Message->RequestId;
+ INITIALIZE_Response->Status = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS);
+
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MajorVersion = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR);
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MinorVersion = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR);
+ INITIALIZE_Response->DeviceFlags = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTIONLESS);
+ INITIALIZE_Response->Medium = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3);
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MaxPacketsPerTransfer = CPU_TO_LE32(1);
+ INITIALIZE_Response->MaxTransferSize = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
+ INITIALIZE_Response->PacketAlignmentFactor = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+ INITIALIZE_Response->AFListOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+ INITIALIZE_Response->AFListSize = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState = RNDIS_Initialized;
+ break;
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_HALT_MSG:
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady = false;
+
+ MessageHeader->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState = RNDIS_Uninitialized;
+ break;
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG:
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady = true;
+
+ RNDIS_Query_Message_t* QUERY_Message = (RNDIS_Query_Message_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+ RNDIS_Query_Complete_t* QUERY_Response = (RNDIS_Query_Complete_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+ uint32_t Query_Oid = CPU_TO_LE32(QUERY_Message->Oid);
+
+ void* QueryData = &RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t) +
+ le32_to_cpu(QUERY_Message->InformationBufferOffset)];
+ void* ResponseData = &RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t)];
+ uint16_t ResponseSize;
+
+ QUERY_Response->MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_CMPLT);
+
+ if (RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISQuery(RNDISInterfaceInfo, Query_Oid, QueryData, le32_to_cpu(QUERY_Message->InformationBufferLength),
+ ResponseData, &ResponseSize))
+ {
+ QUERY_Response->Status = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS);
+ QUERY_Response->MessageLength = cpu_to_le32(sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t) + ResponseSize);
+
+ QUERY_Response->InformationBufferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(ResponseSize);
+ QUERY_Response->InformationBufferOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ QUERY_Response->Status = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED);
+ QUERY_Response->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t));
+
+ QUERY_Response->InformationBufferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+ QUERY_Response->InformationBufferOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG:
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady = true;
+
+ RNDIS_Set_Message_t* SET_Message = (RNDIS_Set_Message_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+ RNDIS_Set_Complete_t* SET_Response = (RNDIS_Set_Complete_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+ uint32_t SET_Oid = le32_to_cpu(SET_Message->Oid);
+
+ SET_Response->MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_SET_CMPLT);
+ SET_Response->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Complete_t));
+ SET_Response->RequestId = SET_Message->RequestId;
+
+ void* SetData = &RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t) +
+ le32_to_cpu(SET_Message->InformationBufferOffset)];
+
+ SET_Response->Status = RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISSet(RNDISInterfaceInfo, SET_Oid, SetData,
+ le32_to_cpu(SET_Message->InformationBufferLength)) ?
+ REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS : REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+ break;
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_MSG:
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady = true;
+
+ RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t* RESET_Response = (RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+
+ RESET_Response->MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_CMPLT);
+ RESET_Response->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t));
+ RESET_Response->Status = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS);
+ RESET_Response->AddressingReset = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+
+ break;
+ case REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG:
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ResponseReady = true;
+
+ RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t* KEEPALIVE_Message =
+ (RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+ RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t* KEEPALIVE_Response =
+ (RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t*)RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBuffer;
+
+ KEEPALIVE_Response->MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_CMPLT);
+ KEEPALIVE_Response->MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t));
+ KEEPALIVE_Response->RequestId = KEEPALIVE_Message->RequestId;
+ KEEPALIVE_Response->Status = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS);
+
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static bool RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISQuery(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t OId,
+ void* const QueryData,
+ const uint16_t QuerySize,
+ void* ResponseData,
+ uint16_t* const ResponseSize)
+{
+ (void)QueryData;
+ (void)QuerySize;
+
+ switch (OId)
+ {
+ case OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList);
+
+ memcpy_P(ResponseData, AdapterSupportedOIDList, sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList));
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Indicate that the device is a true ethernet link */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(NDIS_HardwareStatus_Ready);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED:
+ case OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Vendor ID 0x0xFFFFFF is reserved for vendors who have not purchased a NDIS VID */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(0x00FFFFFF);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE:
+ case OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE:
+ case OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION:
+ *ResponseSize = (strlen(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.AdapterVendorDescription) + 1);
+
+ memcpy(ResponseData, RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.AdapterVendorDescription, *ResponseSize);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_CONNECTED);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Indicate 10Mb/s link speed */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(100000);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS:
+ case OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(MAC_Address_t);
+
+ memcpy(ResponseData, &RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.AdapterMACAddress, sizeof(MAC_Address_t));
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Indicate only one multicast address supported */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(1);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrPacketFilter);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_XMIT_OK:
+ case OID_GEN_RCV_OK:
+ case OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR:
+ case OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR:
+ case OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER:
+ case OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT:
+ case OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION:
+ case OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Unused statistic OIDs - always return 0 for each */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE:
+ *ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
+
+ /* Indicate maximum overall buffer (Ethernet frame and RNDIS header) the adapter can handle */
+ *((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CPU_TO_LE32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.MessageBufferLength + ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
+
+ return true;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+static bool RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISSet(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t OId,
+ const void* SetData,
+ const uint16_t SetSize)
+{
+ (void)SetSize;
+
+ switch (OId)
+ {
+ case OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER:
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrPacketFilter = le32_to_cpu(*((uint32_t*)SetData));
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState = (RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrPacketFilter) ? RNDIS_Data_Initialized : RNDIS_Initialized;
+
+ return true;
+ case OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST:
+ /* Do nothing - throw away the value from the host as it is unused */
+
+ return true;
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+}
+
+bool RNDIS_Device_IsPacketReceived(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) ||
+ (RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState != RNDIS_Data_Initialized))
+ {
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+ return Endpoint_IsOUTReceived();
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Device_ReadPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ uint16_t* const PacketLength)
+{
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) ||
+ (RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState != RNDIS_Data_Initialized))
+ {
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTEndpoint.Address);
+
+ *PacketLength = 0;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+
+ RNDIS_Packet_Message_t RNDISPacketHeader;
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&RNDISPacketHeader, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t), NULL);
+
+ if (le32_to_cpu(RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength) > ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX)
+ {
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+
+ return RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+ }
+
+ *PacketLength = (uint16_t)le32_to_cpu(RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength);
+
+ Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, *PacketLength, NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t PacketLength)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured) ||
+ (RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.CurrRNDISState != RNDIS_Data_Initialized))
+ {
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINEndpoint.Address);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()) != ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ RNDIS_Packet_Message_t RNDISPacketHeader;
+
+ memset(&RNDISPacketHeader, 0, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t));
+
+ RNDISPacketHeader.MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MSG);
+ RNDISPacketHeader.MessageLength = cpu_to_le32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + PacketLength);
+ RNDISPacketHeader.DataOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
+ RNDISPacketHeader.DataLength = cpu_to_le32(PacketLength);
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&RNDISPacketHeader, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t), NULL);
+ Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, PacketLength, NULL);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h
index 4d1a4cff8..2821d7deb 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.h
@@ -1,203 +1,207 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Device mode driver for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
- *
- * Device mode driver for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassRNDIS
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassRNDISDevice RNDIS Class Device Mode Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the RNDIS USB Class driver.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _RNDIS_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-#define _RNDIS_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../USB.h"
- #include "../Common/RNDISClassCommon.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief RNDIS Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
- *
- * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each RNDIS interface
- * within the user application, and passed to each of the RNDIS class driver functions as the
- * \c RNDISInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each RNDIS interface's configuration and state information.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- struct
- {
- uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the RNDIS control interface within the device. */
-
- USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
- USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
- USB_Endpoint_Table_t NotificationEndpoint; /**< Notification IN Endpoint configuration table. */
-
- char* AdapterVendorDescription; /**< String description of the adapter vendor. */
- MAC_Address_t AdapterMACAddress; /**< MAC address of the adapter. */
- } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
- */
- struct
- {
- uint8_t RNDISMessageBuffer[RNDIS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_SIZE]; /**< Buffer to hold RNDIS messages to and from the host,
- * managed by the class driver.
- */
- bool ResponseReady; /**< Internal flag indicating if a RNDIS message is waiting to be returned to the host. */
- uint8_t CurrRNDISState; /**< Current RNDIS state of the adapter, a value from the \ref RNDIS_States_t enum. */
- uint32_t CurrPacketFilter; /**< Current packet filter mode, used internally by the class driver. */
- } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
- */
- } USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Configures the endpoints of a given RNDIS interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration
- * containing the given RNDIS interface is selected.
- *
- * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a RNDIS Class configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool RNDIS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given RNDIS class interface. This should be
- * linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
- *
- * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a RNDIS Class configuration and state.
- */
- void RNDIS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** General management task for a given RNDIS class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
- * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
- *
- * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a RNDIS Class configuration and state.
- */
- void RNDIS_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Determines if a packet is currently waiting for the device to read in and process.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if a packet is waiting to be read in by the host, \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool RNDIS_Device_IsPacketReceived(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo);
-
- /** Retrieves the next pending packet from the device, discarding the remainder of the RNDIS packet header to leave
- * only the packet contents for processing by the device in the nominated buffer.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class configuration and state.
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the packer data is to be written to.
- * \param[out] PacketLength Pointer to where the length in bytes of the read packet is to be stored.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t RNDIS_Device_ReadPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
- void* Buffer,
- uint16_t* const PacketLength);
-
- /** Sends the given packet to the attached RNDIS device, after adding a RNDIS packet message header.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the packer data is to be read from.
- * \param[in] PacketLength Length in bytes of the packet to send.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
- void* Buffer,
- const uint16_t PacketLength);
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DEVICE_C)
- static void RNDIS_Device_ProcessRNDISControlMessage(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static bool RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISQuery(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
- const uint32_t OId,
- void* const QueryData,
- const uint16_t QuerySize,
- void* ResponseData,
- uint16_t* const ResponseSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(6);
- static bool RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISSet(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
- const uint32_t OId,
- const void* SetData,
- const uint16_t SetSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Device mode driver for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
+ *
+ * Device mode driver for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassRNDIS
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassRNDISDevice RNDIS Class Device Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassRNDISDevice_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassRNDISDevice_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Device Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the RNDIS USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDIS_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+#define _RNDIS_CLASS_DEVICE_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/RNDISClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief RNDIS Class Device Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made for each RNDIS interface
+ * within the user application, and passed to each of the RNDIS class driver functions as the
+ * \c RNDISInterfaceInfo parameter. This stores each RNDIS interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface number of the RNDIS control interface within the device. */
+
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataINEndpoint; /**< Data IN endpoint configuration table. */
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t DataOUTEndpoint; /**< Data OUT endpoint configuration table. */
+ USB_Endpoint_Table_t NotificationEndpoint; /**< Notification IN Endpoint configuration table. */
+
+ char* AdapterVendorDescription; /**< String description of the adapter vendor. */
+ MAC_Address_t AdapterMACAddress; /**< MAC address of the adapter. */
+
+ uint8_t* MessageBuffer; /**< Buffer where RNDIS messages can be stored by the internal driver. This
+ * should be at least 132 bytes in length for minimal functionality. */
+ uint16_t MessageBufferLength; /**< Length in bytes of the \ref MessageBuffer RNDIS buffer. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool ResponseReady; /**< Internal flag indicating if a RNDIS message is waiting to be returned to the host. */
+ uint8_t CurrRNDISState; /**< Current RNDIS state of the adapter, a value from the \ref RNDIS_States_t enum. */
+ uint32_t CurrPacketFilter; /**< Current packet filter mode, used internally by the class driver. */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * are reset to their defaults when the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures the endpoints of a given RNDIS interface, ready for use. This should be linked to the library
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event so that the endpoints are configured when the configuration
+ * containing the given RNDIS interface is selected.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a RNDIS Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the endpoints were successfully configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool RNDIS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Processes incoming control requests from the host, that are directed to the given RNDIS class interface. This should be
+ * linked to the library \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a RNDIS Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void RNDIS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** General management task for a given RNDIS class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+ * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a RNDIS Class configuration and state.
+ */
+ void RNDIS_Device_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Determines if a packet is currently waiting for the device to read in and process.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a packet is waiting to be read in by the host, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool RNDIS_Device_IsPacketReceived(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Retrieves the next pending packet from the device, discarding the remainder of the RNDIS packet header to leave
+ * only the packet contents for processing by the device in the nominated buffer.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the packer data is to be written to.
+ * \param[out] PacketLength Pointer to where the length in bytes of the read packet is to be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t RNDIS_Device_ReadPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ uint16_t* const PacketLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends the given packet to the attached RNDIS device, after adding a RNDIS packet message header.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Device state machine is in the \ref DEVICE_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the packer data is to be read from.
+ * \param[in] PacketLength Length in bytes of the packet to send.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t RNDIS_Device_SendPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t PacketLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define RNDIS_DEVICE_MIN_MESSAGE_BUFFER_LENGTH sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList) + sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t)
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DEVICE_C)
+ static void RNDIS_Device_ProcessRNDISControlMessage(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static bool RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISQuery(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t OId,
+ void* const QueryData,
+ const uint16_t QuerySize,
+ void* ResponseData,
+ uint16_t* const ResponseSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(6);
+ static bool RNDIS_Device_ProcessNDISSet(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Device_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t OId,
+ const void* SetData,
+ const uint16_t SetSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ #endif
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h
index 288559c75..d2eea7532 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDClass.h
@@ -1,81 +1,82 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Master include file for the library USB HID Class driver.
- *
- * Master include file for the library USB HID Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
- *
- * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
- * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassHID HID Class Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDParser.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * HID Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB HID Class, for both Device
- * and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the HID class manually
- * via the low-level LUFA APIs.
- *
- * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
- * Hosts or Devices using the USB HID Class.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _HID_CLASS_H_
-#define _HID_CLASS_H_
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- #include "Device/HIDClassDevice.h"
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- #include "Host/HIDClassHost.h"
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master include file for the library USB HID Class driver.
+ *
+ * Master include file for the library USB HID Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassHID HID Class Driver
+ * \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF Human Interface Device (HID) class standard.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassHID_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HIDClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDParser.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassHID_ModDescription Module Description
+ * HID Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB HID Class, for both Device
+ * and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the HID class manually
+ * via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ * Hosts or Devices using the USB HID Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _HID_CLASS_H_
+#define _HID_CLASS_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #include "Device/HIDClassDevice.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #include "Host/HIDClassHost.h"
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c
index 67a1352b3..ac8d5dc5c 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c
@@ -1,422 +1,422 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AOA_DRIVER
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_ANDROIDACCESSORY_HOST_C
-#include "AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h"
-
-bool AOA_Host_ValidateAccessoryDevice(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
- const USB_Descriptor_Device_t* const DeviceDescriptor,
- bool* const NeedModeSwitch)
-{
- (void)AOAInterfaceInfo;
-
- if (DeviceDescriptor->Header.Type != DTYPE_Device)
- return false;
-
- *NeedModeSwitch = ((DeviceDescriptor->ProductID != ANDROID_ACCESSORY_PRODUCT_ID) &&
- (DeviceDescriptor->ProductID != ANDROID_ACCESSORY_ADB_PRODUCT_ID));
-
- return true;
-}
-
-uint8_t AOA_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
- void* ConfigDescriptorData)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AOAInterface = NULL;
-
- memset(&AOAInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(AOAInterfaceInfo->State));
-
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
- return AOA_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
-
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- return AOA_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
- }
-
- AOAInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
- while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
- {
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- return AOA_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
- }
-
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
- DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
- else
- DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
- }
-
- AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
- AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
- AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
- AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
- AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
- AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
- return false;
-
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
- return false;
-
- AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
- AOAInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = AOAInterface->InterfaceNumber;
-
- return AOA_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
- if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
- if ((Interface->Class == AOA_CSCP_AOADataClass) &&
- (Interface->SubClass == AOA_CSCP_AOADataSubclass) &&
- (Interface->Protocol == AOA_CSCP_AOADataProtocol))
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
- if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
-
- if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) && (!(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress))))
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-void AOA_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return;
-
- #if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
- AOA_Host_Flush(AOAInterfaceInfo);
- #endif
-}
-
-uint8_t AOA_Host_StartAccessoryMode(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- uint16_t AccessoryProtocol;
- if ((ErrorCode = AOA_Host_GetAccessoryProtocol(&AccessoryProtocol)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if (AccessoryProtocol != CPU_TO_LE16(AOA_PROTOCOL_AccessoryV1))
- return AOA_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
-
- for (uint8_t PropertyIndex = 0; PropertyIndex < AOA_STRING_TOTAL_STRINGS; PropertyIndex++)
- {
- if ((ErrorCode = AOA_Host_SendPropertyString(AOAInterfaceInfo, PropertyIndex)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
- return ErrorCode;
- }
-
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
- .bRequest = AOA_REQ_StartAccessoryMode,
- .wValue = 0,
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
- return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
-}
-
-static uint8_t AOA_Host_GetAccessoryProtocol(uint16_t* const Protocol)
-{
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
- .bRequest = AOA_REQ_GetAccessoryProtocol,
- .wValue = 0,
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = sizeof(uint16_t),
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
- return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Protocol);
-}
-
-static uint8_t AOA_Host_SendPropertyString(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t StringIndex)
-{
- const char* String = AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.PropertyStrings[StringIndex];
-
- if (String == NULL)
- String = "";
-
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
- .bRequest = AOA_REQ_SendString,
- .wValue = 0,
- .wIndex = StringIndex,
- .wLength = (strlen(String) + 1),
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
- return USB_Host_SendControlRequest((char*)String);
-}
-
-uint8_t AOA_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t* const Buffer,
- const uint16_t Length)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
- ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL);
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint8_t AOA_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
- const char* const String)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
- ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL);
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint8_t AOA_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t Data)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
- }
-
- Pipe_Write_8(Data);
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-}
-
-uint16_t AOA_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return 0;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
- {
- if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
- {
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return 0;
- }
- else
- {
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return Pipe_BytesInPipe();
- }
- }
- else
- {
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-int16_t AOA_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return -1;
-
- int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
- {
- if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
- ReceivedByte = Pipe_Read_8();
-
- if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- }
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return ReceivedByte;
-}
-
-uint8_t AOA_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-
- bool BankFull = !(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed());
-
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
- if (BankFull)
- {
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
- }
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-}
-
-#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
-void AOA_Host_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
- FILE* const Stream)
-{
- *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(AOA_Host_putchar, AOA_Host_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
- fdev_set_udata(Stream, AOAInterfaceInfo);
-}
-
-void AOA_Host_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
- FILE* const Stream)
-{
- *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(AOA_Host_putchar, AOA_Host_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
- fdev_set_udata(Stream, AOAInterfaceInfo);
-}
-
-static int AOA_Host_putchar(char c,
- FILE* Stream)
-{
- return AOA_Host_SendByte((USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream), c) ? _FDEV_ERR : 0;
-}
-
-static int AOA_Host_getchar(FILE* Stream)
-{
- int16_t ReceivedByte = AOA_Host_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
-
- if (ReceivedByte < 0)
- return _FDEV_EOF;
-
- return ReceivedByte;
-}
-
-static int AOA_Host_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream)
-{
- int16_t ReceivedByte;
-
- while ((ReceivedByte = AOA_Host_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream))) < 0)
- {
- if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
- return _FDEV_EOF;
-
- AOA_Host_USBTask((USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
- USB_USBTask();
- }
-
- return ReceivedByte;
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AOA_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_ANDROIDACCESSORY_HOST_C
+#include "AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h"
+
+bool AOA_Host_ValidateAccessoryDevice(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ const USB_Descriptor_Device_t* const DeviceDescriptor,
+ bool* const NeedModeSwitch)
+{
+ (void)AOAInterfaceInfo;
+
+ if (DeviceDescriptor->Header.Type != DTYPE_Device)
+ return false;
+
+ *NeedModeSwitch = ((DeviceDescriptor->ProductID != ANDROID_ACCESSORY_PRODUCT_ID) &&
+ (DeviceDescriptor->ProductID != ANDROID_ACCESSORY_ADB_PRODUCT_ID));
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+uint8_t AOA_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AOAInterface = NULL;
+
+ memset(&AOAInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(AOAInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+ return AOA_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return AOA_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ AOAInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return AOA_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+ return AOA_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+ return AOA_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+ AOAInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = AOAInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+
+ return AOA_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == AOA_CSCP_AOADataClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == AOA_CSCP_AOADataSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == AOA_CSCP_AOADataProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+ if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) && (!(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress))))
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+void AOA_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return;
+
+ #if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
+ AOA_Host_Flush(AOAInterfaceInfo);
+ #endif
+}
+
+uint8_t AOA_Host_StartAccessoryMode(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ uint16_t AccessoryProtocol;
+ if ((ErrorCode = AOA_Host_GetAccessoryProtocol(&AccessoryProtocol)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((AccessoryProtocol != CPU_TO_LE16(AOA_PROTOCOL_AccessoryV1)) && (AccessoryProtocol != CPU_TO_LE16(AOA_PROTOCOL_AccessoryV2)))
+ return AOA_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+ for (uint8_t PropertyIndex = 0; PropertyIndex < AOA_STRING_TOTAL_STRINGS; PropertyIndex++)
+ {
+ if ((ErrorCode = AOA_Host_SendPropertyString(AOAInterfaceInfo, PropertyIndex)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = AOA_REQ_StartAccessoryMode,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
+static uint8_t AOA_Host_GetAccessoryProtocol(uint16_t* const Protocol)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = AOA_REQ_GetAccessoryProtocol,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = sizeof(uint16_t),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Protocol);
+}
+
+static uint8_t AOA_Host_SendPropertyString(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t StringIndex)
+{
+ const char* String = AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.PropertyStrings[StringIndex];
+
+ if (String == NULL)
+ String = "";
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_VENDOR | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = AOA_REQ_SendString,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = StringIndex,
+ .wLength = (strlen(String) + 1),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest((char*)String);
+}
+
+uint8_t AOA_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t AOA_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t AOA_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Data)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Write_8(Data);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint16_t AOA_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return 0;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return Pipe_BytesInPipe();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+int16_t AOA_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return -1;
+
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
+ ReceivedByte = Pipe_Read_8();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+uint8_t AOA_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AOAInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(AOAInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+
+ bool BankFull = !(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed());
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ if (BankFull)
+ {
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+void AOA_Host_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream)
+{
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(AOA_Host_putchar, AOA_Host_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+ fdev_set_udata(Stream, AOAInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+void AOA_Host_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream)
+{
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(AOA_Host_putchar, AOA_Host_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+ fdev_set_udata(Stream, AOAInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+static int AOA_Host_putchar(char c,
+ FILE* Stream)
+{
+ return AOA_Host_SendByte((USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream), c) ? _FDEV_ERR : 0;
+}
+
+static int AOA_Host_getchar(FILE* Stream)
+{
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = AOA_Host_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+
+ if (ReceivedByte < 0)
+ return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+static int AOA_Host_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream)
+{
+ int16_t ReceivedByte;
+
+ while ((ReceivedByte = AOA_Host_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream))) < 0)
+ {
+ if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+ AOA_Host_USBTask((USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h
index f55cd340a..0476f2e02 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.h
@@ -1,314 +1,314 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
- *
- * Host mode driver for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAOA
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassAndroidAccessoryHost Android Open Accessory Class Host Mode Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Android Open Accessory USB Class driver.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __AOA_CLASS_HOST_H__
-#define __AOA_CLASS_HOST_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../USB.h"
- #include "../Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h"
-
- #include <stdio.h>
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AOA_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Error code for some Android Open Accessory Host functions, indicating a logical (and not hardware) error. */
- #define AOA_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED 0x80
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief Android Open Accessory Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
- *
- * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
- * and passed to each of the Android Open Accessory class driver functions as the \c AOAInterfaceInfo
- * parameter. This stores each Android Open Accessory interface's configuration and state information.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- struct
- {
- USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
- USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
-
- char* PropertyStrings[AOA_STRING_TOTAL_STRINGS]; /**< Android Accessory property strings, sent to identify the accessory when the
- * Android device is switched into Open Accessory mode. */
- } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
- */
- struct
- {
- bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
- * after \ref AOA_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
- * Configured state.
- */
- uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the AOA interface within the attached device. */
- } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
- * the interface is enumerated.
- */
- } USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t;
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref AOA_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
- enum AOA_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- AOA_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
- AOA_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
- AOA_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible Android Open Accessory interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
- AOA_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** General management task for a given Android Open Accessory host class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface.
- * This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
- *
- * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Android Open Accessory Class host configuration and state.
- */
- void AOA_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Validates a device descriptor, to check if the device is a valid Android device, and if it is currently in Android Open Accessory mode.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an AOA Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] DeviceDescriptor Pointer a buffer containing the attached device's Device Descriptor.
- * \param[out] NeedModeSwitch Pointer to a boolean where the mode switch requirement of the attached device is to be stored.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the attached device is a valid Android device, \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool AOA_Host_ValidateAccessoryDevice(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
- const USB_Descriptor_Device_t* const DeviceDescriptor,
- bool* const NeedModeSwitch) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
- /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Android Open Accessory host interface instance using the Configuration
- * Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Android Open Accessory Host instance's
- * state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the device. This should be
- * called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state machine is in the Addressed state.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an AOA Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
- * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref AOA_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t AOA_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
- void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
- /** Starts Accessory Mode in the attached Android device. This function will validate the device's Android Open Accessory protocol
- * version, send the configured property strings, and request a switch to Android Open Accessory mode.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an AOA Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref AOA_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if a logical error occurred..
- */
- uint8_t AOA_Host_StartAccessoryMode(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Sends a given data buffer to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is
- * called, the data will be discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank
- * becomes full, or the \ref AOA_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the device. This allows for
- * multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send to the device.
- * \param[in] Length Length of the data to send to the device.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t AOA_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t* const Buffer,
- const uint16_t Length);
-
- /** Sends a given null-terminated string to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the
- * function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe
- * bank becomes full, or the \ref AOA_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the device. This allows
- * for multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] String Pointer to the null terminated string to send to the device.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t AOA_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
- const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- /** Sends a given byte to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is called, the
- * byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank becomes full, or the
- * \ref AOA_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
- * packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Data Byte of data to send to the device.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t AOA_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Determines the number of bytes received by the AOA interface from the device, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
- * of bytes in the IN pipe bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref AOA_Host_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to succeed
- * immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the pipe bank will not be
- * released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the device.
- */
- uint16_t AOA_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Reads a byte of data from the device. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB device is not connected, the function
- * returns a negative value. The \ref AOA_Host_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many bytes
- * are currently buffered in the AOA interface's data receive pipe.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Next received byte from the device, or a negative value if no data received.
- */
- int16_t AOA_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t AOA_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Creates a standard character stream for the given AOA Device instance so that it can be used with all the regular
- * functions in the standard \c <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf). The created
- * stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
- *
- * Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
- * fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
- * be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
- * line buffering.
- *
- * \note The created stream can be given as \c stdout if desired to direct the standard output from all \c <stdio.h> functions
- * to the given AOA interface.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class configuration and state.
- * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
- */
- void AOA_Host_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
- FILE* const Stream);
-
- /** Identical to \ref AOA_Host_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
- * the transfer. While blocking, the USB and AOA service tasks are called repeatedly to maintain USB communications.
- *
- * \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class configuration and state.
- * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
- */
- void AOA_Host_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
- FILE* const Stream);
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_ANDROIDACCESSORY_HOST_C)
- #if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
- static int AOA_Host_putchar(char c,
- FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
- static int AOA_Host_getchar(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static int AOA_Host_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- #endif
-
- static uint8_t AOA_Host_GetAccessoryProtocol(uint16_t* const Protocol) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static uint8_t AOA_Host_SendPropertyString(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t StringIndex) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- static uint8_t DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static uint8_t DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
+ *
+ * Host mode driver for the library USB Android Open Accessory Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAOA
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassAndroidAccessoryHost Android Open Accessory Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAndroidAccessoryHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AndroidAccessoryClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAndroidAccessoryHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Android Open Accessory USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __AOA_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __AOA_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/AndroidAccessoryClassCommon.h"
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AOA_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Error code for some Android Open Accessory Host functions, indicating a logical (and not hardware) error. */
+ #define AOA_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED 0x80
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Android Open Accessory Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+ * and passed to each of the Android Open Accessory class driver functions as the \c AOAInterfaceInfo
+ * parameter. This stores each Android Open Accessory interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+
+ char* PropertyStrings[AOA_STRING_TOTAL_STRINGS]; /**< Android Accessory property strings, sent to identify the accessory when the
+ * Android device is switched into Open Accessory mode. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+ * after \ref AOA_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+ * Configured state.
+ */
+ uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the AOA interface within the attached device. */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+ * the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref AOA_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+ enum AOA_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ AOA_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+ AOA_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+ AOA_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible Android Open Accessory interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+ AOA_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** General management task for a given Android Open Accessory host class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface.
+ * This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Android Open Accessory Class host configuration and state.
+ */
+ void AOA_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Validates a device descriptor, to check if the device is a valid Android device, and if it is currently in Android Open Accessory mode.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an AOA Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] DeviceDescriptor Pointer a buffer containing the attached device's Device Descriptor.
+ * \param[out] NeedModeSwitch Pointer to a boolean where the mode switch requirement of the attached device is to be stored.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the attached device is a valid Android device, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool AOA_Host_ValidateAccessoryDevice(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ const USB_Descriptor_Device_t* const DeviceDescriptor,
+ bool* const NeedModeSwitch) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Android Open Accessory host interface instance using the Configuration
+ * Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Android Open Accessory Host instance's
+ * state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the device. This should be
+ * called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state machine is in the Addressed state.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an AOA Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref AOA_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t AOA_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Starts Accessory Mode in the attached Android device. This function will validate the device's Android Open Accessory protocol
+ * version, send the configured property strings, and request a switch to Android Open Accessory mode.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an AOA Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref AOA_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if a logical error occurred..
+ */
+ uint8_t AOA_Host_StartAccessoryMode(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a given data buffer to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is
+ * called, the data will be discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank
+ * becomes full, or the \ref AOA_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the device. This allows for
+ * multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send to the device.
+ * \param[in] Length Length of the data to send to the device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t AOA_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a given null-terminated string to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the
+ * function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe
+ * bank becomes full, or the \ref AOA_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the device. This allows
+ * for multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] String Pointer to the null terminated string to send to the device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t AOA_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Sends a given byte to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is called, the
+ * byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank becomes full, or the
+ * \ref AOA_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
+ * packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Data Byte of data to send to the device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t AOA_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Determines the number of bytes received by the AOA interface from the device, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
+ * of bytes in the IN pipe bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref AOA_Host_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to succeed
+ * immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the pipe bank will not be
+ * released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the device.
+ */
+ uint16_t AOA_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads a byte of data from the device. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB device is not connected, the function
+ * returns a negative value. The \ref AOA_Host_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many bytes
+ * are currently buffered in the AOA interface's data receive pipe.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Next received byte from the device, or a negative value if no data received.
+ */
+ int16_t AOA_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t AOA_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Creates a standard character stream for the given AOA Device instance so that it can be used with all the regular
+ * functions in the standard \c <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf). The created
+ * stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
+ *
+ * Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
+ * fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
+ * be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
+ * line buffering.
+ *
+ * \note The created stream can be given as \c stdout if desired to direct the standard output from all \c <stdio.h> functions
+ * to the given AOA interface.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+ */
+ void AOA_Host_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Identical to \ref AOA_Host_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
+ * the transfer. While blocking, the USB and AOA service tasks are called repeatedly to maintain USB communications.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AOAInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a AOA Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+ */
+ void AOA_Host_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_ANDROIDACCESSORY_HOST_C)
+ #if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+ static int AOA_Host_putchar(char c,
+ FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ static int AOA_Host_getchar(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static int AOA_Host_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+
+ static uint8_t AOA_Host_GetAccessoryProtocol(uint16_t* const Protocol) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t AOA_Host_SendPropertyString(USB_ClassInfo_AOA_Host_t* const AOAInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t StringIndex) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextAndroidAccessoryInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_AOA_Host_NextInterfaceBulkEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c
index 1e869e830..3b5bceb6a 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c
@@ -1,223 +1,223 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_HOST_C
-#include "AudioClassHost.h"
-
-uint8_t Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
- void* ConfigDescriptorData)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AudioControlInterface = NULL;
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AudioStreamingInterface = NULL;
-
- memset(&AudioInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(AudioInterfaceInfo->State));
-
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
- return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
-
- while ((AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address && !(DataINEndpoint)) ||
- (AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address && !(DataOUTEndpoint)))
- {
- if (!(AudioControlInterface) ||
- USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- if (!(AudioControlInterface) ||
- USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioStreamInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
- }
-
- AudioControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioStreamInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
- }
- }
-
- AudioStreamingInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
- DataINEndpoint = NULL;
- DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
-
- continue;
- }
-
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
- DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
- else
- DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
- }
-
- AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
- AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
- AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS;
- AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Banks = 2;
-
- AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
- AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
- AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS;
- AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Banks = 2;
-
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
- return false;
-
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
- return false;
-
- AudioInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber = AudioControlInterface->InterfaceNumber;
- AudioInterfaceInfo->State.StreamingInterfaceNumber = AudioStreamingInterface->InterfaceNumber;
- AudioInterfaceInfo->State.EnabledStreamingAltIndex = AudioStreamingInterface->AlternateSetting;
- AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
-
- return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
- if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
- if ((Interface->Class == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
- (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass) &&
- (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol))
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioStreamInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
- if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
- if ((Interface->Class == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
- (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass) &&
- (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol))
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
- if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- if ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS)
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-uint8_t Audio_Host_StartStopStreaming(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
- const bool EnableStreaming)
-{
- if (!(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- return USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.StreamingInterfaceNumber,
- EnableStreaming ? AudioInterfaceInfo->State.EnabledStreamingAltIndex : 0);
-}
-
-uint8_t Audio_Host_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t DataPipeIndex,
- const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
- const uint8_t EndpointControl,
- const uint16_t DataLength,
- void* const Data)
-{
- if (!(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- uint8_t RequestType;
- uint8_t EndpointAddress;
-
- if (EndpointProperty & 0x80)
- RequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT);
- else
- RequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT);
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(DataPipeIndex);
- EndpointAddress = Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress();
-
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = RequestType,
- .bRequest = EndpointProperty,
- .wValue = ((uint16_t)EndpointControl << 8),
- .wIndex = EndpointAddress,
- .wLength = DataLength,
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Data);
-}
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_HOST_C
+#include "AudioClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AudioControlInterface = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* AudioStreamingInterface = NULL;
+
+ memset(&AudioInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(AudioInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+ return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+ while ((AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address && !(DataINEndpoint)) ||
+ (AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address && !(DataOUTEndpoint)))
+ {
+ if (!(AudioControlInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ if (!(AudioControlInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioStreamInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ AudioControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioStreamInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+ }
+
+ AudioStreamingInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS;
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Banks = 2;
+
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS;
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Banks = 2;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+ return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+ return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber = AudioControlInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->State.StreamingInterfaceNumber = AudioStreamingInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->State.EnabledStreamingAltIndex = AudioStreamingInterface->AlternateSetting;
+ AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+
+ return AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_ControlSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_ControlProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioStreamInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioStreamingSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+uint8_t Audio_Host_StartStopStreaming(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool EnableStreaming)
+{
+ if (!(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ return USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.StreamingInterfaceNumber,
+ EnableStreaming ? AudioInterfaceInfo->State.EnabledStreamingAltIndex : 0);
+}
+
+uint8_t Audio_Host_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t DataPipeIndex,
+ const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
+ const uint8_t EndpointControl,
+ const uint16_t DataLength,
+ void* const Data)
+{
+ if (!(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t RequestType;
+ uint8_t EndpointAddress;
+
+ if (EndpointProperty & 0x80)
+ RequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT);
+ else
+ RequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_ENDPOINT);
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(DataPipeIndex);
+ EndpointAddress = Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress();
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = RequestType,
+ .bRequest = EndpointProperty,
+ .wValue = ((uint16_t)EndpointControl << 8),
+ .wIndex = EndpointAddress,
+ .wLength = DataLength,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Data);
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h
index 6cb78a621..b00bb5fcd 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.h
@@ -1,411 +1,411 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
- *
- * Host mode driver for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAudio
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassAudioHost Audio 1.0 Class Host Mode Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Audio 1.0 USB Class driver.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __AUDIO_CLASS_HOST_H__
-#define __AUDIO_CLASS_HOST_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../USB.h"
- #include "../Common/AudioClassCommon.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief Audio Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
- *
- * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
- * and passed to each of the Audio class driver functions as the \c AudioInterfaceInfo parameter. This
- * stores each Audio interface's configuration and state information.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- struct
- {
- USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
- USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
- } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
- */
- struct
- {
- bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
- * after \ref Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
- * Configured state.
- */
- uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Audio Control interface within the attached device. */
- uint8_t StreamingInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Audio Streaming interface within the attached device. */
-
- uint8_t EnabledStreamingAltIndex; /**< Alternative setting index of the Audio Streaming interface when the stream is enabled. */
- } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
- * the interface is enumerated.
- */
- } USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t;
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
- enum AUDIO_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
- AUDIO_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
- AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible AUDIO interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
- AUDIO_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Audio host interface instance using the Configuration
- * Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Audio Host instance's
- * state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the
- * device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state
- * machine is in the Addressed state.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
- * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref AUDIO_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
- void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
- /** Starts or stops the audio streaming for the given configured Audio Host interface, allowing for audio samples to be
- * send and/or received.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] EnableStreaming Boolean true to enable streaming of the specified interface, false to disable
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Audio_Host_StartStopStreaming(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
- const bool EnableStreaming) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Gets or sets the specified property of a streaming audio class endpoint that is bound to a pipe in the given
- * class instance.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] DataPipeIndex Index of the data pipe whose bound endpoint is to be altered.
- * \param[in] EndpointProperty Property of the endpoint to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_ClassRequests_t.
- * \param[in] EndpointControl Parameter of the endpoint to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_EndpointControls_t.
- * \param[in,out] DataLength For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
- * length of the retrieved data.
- * \param[in,out] Data Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
- * the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Audio_Host_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t DataPipeIndex,
- const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
- const uint8_t EndpointControl,
- const uint16_t DataLength,
- void* const Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(6);
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** General management task for a given Audio host class interface, required for the correct operation of
- * the interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
- * \ref USB_USBTask().
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class host configuration and state.
- */
- static inline void Audio_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Audio_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- {
- (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
- }
-
- /** Determines if the given audio interface is ready for a sample to be read from it, and selects the streaming
- * IN pipe ready for reading.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or
- * the call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the given Audio interface has a sample to be read, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- {
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return false;
-
- bool SampleReceived = false;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
- SampleReceived = Pipe_IsINReceived();
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return SampleReceived;
- }
-
- /** Determines if the given audio interface is ready to accept the next sample to be written to it, and selects
- * the streaming OUT pipe ready for writing.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or
- * the call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the given Audio interface is ready to accept the next sample, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- {
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return false;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
- return Pipe_IsOUTReady();
- }
-
- /** Reads the next 8-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
- *
- * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
- * that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Signed 8-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
- */
- static inline int8_t Audio_Host_ReadSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline int8_t Audio_Host_ReadSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- {
- int8_t Sample;
-
- (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
-
- Sample = Pipe_Read_8();
-
- if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
- {
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- Pipe_Freeze();
- }
-
- return Sample;
- }
-
- /** Reads the next 16-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
- *
- * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
- * that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Signed 16-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
- */
- static inline int16_t Audio_Host_ReadSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline int16_t Audio_Host_ReadSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- {
- int16_t Sample;
-
- (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
-
- Sample = (int16_t)Pipe_Read_16_LE();
-
- if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
- {
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- Pipe_Freeze();
- }
-
- return Sample;
- }
-
- /** Reads the next 24-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
- *
- * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
- * that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Signed 24-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
- */
- static inline int32_t Audio_Host_ReadSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline int32_t Audio_Host_ReadSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
- {
- int32_t Sample;
-
- (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
-
- Sample = (((uint32_t)Pipe_Read_8() << 16) | Pipe_Read_16_LE());
-
- if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
- {
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- Pipe_Freeze();
- }
-
- return Sample;
- }
-
- /** Writes the next 8-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
- *
- * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
- * ensure that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Sample Signed 8-bit audio sample.
- */
- static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
- const int8_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
- const int8_t Sample)
- {
- (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
-
- Pipe_Write_8(Sample);
-
- if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
- Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
- Pipe_Freeze();
- }
- }
-
- /** Writes the next 16-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
- *
- * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
- * ensure that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Sample Signed 16-bit audio sample.
- */
- static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
- const int16_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
- const int16_t Sample)
- {
- (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
-
- Pipe_Write_16_LE(Sample);
-
- if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
- Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
- Pipe_Freeze();
- }
- }
-
- /** Writes the next 24-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
- *
- * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
- * ensure that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
- *
- * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Sample Signed 24-bit audio sample.
- */
- static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
- const int32_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
- const int32_t Sample)
- {
- (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
-
- Pipe_Write_16_LE(Sample);
- Pipe_Write_8(Sample >> 16);
-
- if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
- Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
- Pipe_Freeze();
- }
- }
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_HOST_C)
- static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioStreamInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
+ *
+ * Host mode driver for the library USB Audio 1.0 Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassAudio
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassAudioHost Audio 1.0 Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAudioHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/AudioClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassAudioHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Audio 1.0 USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __AUDIO_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __AUDIO_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/AudioClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Audio Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+ * and passed to each of the Audio class driver functions as the \c AudioInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+ * stores each Audio interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+ * after \ref Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+ * Configured state.
+ */
+ uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Audio Control interface within the attached device. */
+ uint8_t StreamingInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Audio Streaming interface within the attached device. */
+
+ uint8_t EnabledStreamingAltIndex; /**< Alternative setting index of the Audio Streaming interface when the stream is enabled. */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+ * the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+ enum AUDIO_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+ AUDIO_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+ AUDIO_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible AUDIO interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+ AUDIO_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Audio host interface instance using the Configuration
+ * Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Audio Host instance's
+ * state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the
+ * device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state
+ * machine is in the Addressed state.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref AUDIO_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Audio_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Starts or stops the audio streaming for the given configured Audio Host interface, allowing for audio samples to be
+ * send and/or received.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] EnableStreaming Boolean true to enable streaming of the specified interface, \c false to disable
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Audio_Host_StartStopStreaming(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const bool EnableStreaming) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Gets or sets the specified property of a streaming audio class endpoint that is bound to a pipe in the given
+ * class instance.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] DataPipeIndex Index of the data pipe whose bound endpoint is to be altered.
+ * \param[in] EndpointProperty Property of the endpoint to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_ClassRequests_t.
+ * \param[in] EndpointControl Parameter of the endpoint to get or set, a value from \ref Audio_EndpointControls_t.
+ * \param[in,out] DataLength For SET operations, the length of the parameter data to set. For GET operations, the maximum
+ * length of the retrieved data.
+ * \param[in,out] Data Pointer to a location where the parameter data is stored for SET operations, or where
+ * the retrieved data is to be stored for GET operations.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Audio_Host_GetSetEndpointProperty(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t DataPipeIndex,
+ const uint8_t EndpointProperty,
+ const uint8_t EndpointControl,
+ const uint16_t DataLength,
+ void* const Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(6);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** General management task for a given Audio host class interface, required for the correct operation of
+ * the interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
+ * \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class host configuration and state.
+ */
+ static inline void Audio_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Audio_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the given audio interface is ready for a sample to be read from it, and selects the streaming
+ * IN pipe ready for reading.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the given Audio interface has a sample to be read, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return false;
+
+ bool SampleReceived = false;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ SampleReceived = Pipe_IsINReceived();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return SampleReceived;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the given audio interface is ready to accept the next sample to be written to it, and selects
+ * the streaming OUT pipe ready for writing.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or
+ * the call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the given Audio interface is ready to accept the next sample, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(AudioInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return false;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(AudioInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ return Pipe_IsOUTReady();
+ }
+
+ /** Reads the next 8-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
+ * that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Signed 8-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
+ */
+ static inline int8_t Audio_Host_ReadSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline int8_t Audio_Host_ReadSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ int8_t Sample;
+
+ (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+ Sample = Pipe_Read_8();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ {
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ }
+
+ return Sample;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads the next 16-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
+ * that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Signed 16-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
+ */
+ static inline int16_t Audio_Host_ReadSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline int16_t Audio_Host_ReadSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ int16_t Sample;
+
+ (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+ Sample = (int16_t)Pipe_Read_16_LE();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ {
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ }
+
+ return Sample;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads the next 24-bit audio sample from the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsSampleReceived() function to ensure
+ * that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Signed 24-bit audio sample from the audio interface.
+ */
+ static inline int32_t Audio_Host_ReadSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline int32_t Audio_Host_ReadSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ int32_t Sample;
+
+ (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+ Sample = (((uint32_t)Pipe_Read_8() << 16) | Pipe_Read_16_LE());
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ {
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ }
+
+ return Sample;
+ }
+
+ /** Writes the next 8-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
+ * ensure that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Sample Signed 8-bit audio sample.
+ */
+ static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int8_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample8(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int8_t Sample)
+ {
+ (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+ Pipe_Write_8(Sample);
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ }
+ }
+
+ /** Writes the next 16-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
+ * ensure that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Sample Signed 16-bit audio sample.
+ */
+ static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int16_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample16(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int16_t Sample)
+ {
+ (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+ Pipe_Write_16_LE(Sample);
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ }
+ }
+
+ /** Writes the next 24-bit audio sample to the current audio interface.
+ *
+ * \pre This should be preceded immediately by a call to the \ref Audio_Host_IsReadyForNextSample() function to
+ * ensure that the correct pipe is selected and ready for data.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] AudioInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Audio Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Sample Signed 24-bit audio sample.
+ */
+ static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int32_t Sample) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Audio_Host_WriteSample24(USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Host_t* const AudioInterfaceInfo,
+ const int32_t Sample)
+ {
+ (void)AudioInterfaceInfo;
+
+ Pipe_Write_16_LE(Sample);
+ Pipe_Write_8(Sample >> 16);
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_AUDIO_HOST_C)
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioStreamInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_Audio_Host_NextAudioInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c
index dd48da1d8..b32a237cc 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c
@@ -1,478 +1,477 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_HOST_C
-#include "CDCClassHost.h"
-
-uint8_t CDC_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
- void* ConfigDescriptorData)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* CDCControlInterface = NULL;
-
- memset(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State));
-
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
- return CDC_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
-
- while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint) || !(NotificationEndpoint))
- {
- if (!(CDCControlInterface) ||
- USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- if (NotificationEndpoint)
- {
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCDataInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- return CDC_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
- }
-
- DataINEndpoint = NULL;
- DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
- }
- else
- {
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- return CDC_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
- }
-
- CDCControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
- NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
- }
-
- continue;
- }
-
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
- {
- if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
- NotificationEndpoint = EndpointData;
- else
- DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
- }
- else
- {
- DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
- }
- }
-
- CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
- CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
- CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
- CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
- CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
- CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
- CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(NotificationEndpoint->EndpointSize);
- CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.EndpointAddress = NotificationEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
- CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
-
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
- return false;
-
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
- return false;
-
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe, 1)))
- return false;
-
- CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber = CDCControlInterface->InterfaceNumber;
- CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice = (CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_RTS | CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR);
- CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost = (CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_DCD | CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_DSR);
- CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
-
- return CDC_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCControlInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
- if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
- if ((Interface->Class == CDC_CSCP_CDCClass) &&
- (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass) &&
- (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol))
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCDataInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
- if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
- if ((Interface->Class == CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass) &&
- (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass) &&
- (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol))
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
- if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
-
- if (((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) || (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)) &&
- !(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress)))
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
- else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-void CDC_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
- {
- USB_Request_Header_t Notification;
- Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&Notification, sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t), NULL);
-
- if ((Notification.bRequest == CDC_NOTIF_SerialState) &&
- (Notification.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)))
- {
- Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost,
- sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost),
- NULL);
-
- Pipe_ClearIN();
-
- EVENT_CDC_Host_ControLineStateChanged(CDCInterfaceInfo);
- }
- else
- {
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- }
- }
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- #if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
- CDC_Host_Flush(CDCInterfaceInfo);
- #endif
-}
-
-uint8_t CDC_Host_SetLineEncoding(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding,
- .wValue = 0,
- .wIndex = CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
- .wLength = sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding),
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding);
-}
-
-uint8_t CDC_Host_SendControlLineStateChange(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState,
- .wValue = CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice,
- .wIndex = CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
-}
-
-uint8_t CDC_Host_SendBreak(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t Duration)
-{
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = CDC_REQ_SendBreak,
- .wValue = Duration,
- .wIndex = CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
-}
-
-uint8_t CDC_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t* const Buffer,
- const uint16_t Length)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
- ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL);
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint8_t CDC_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- const char* const String)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
- ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL);
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint8_t CDC_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t Data)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
- }
-
- Pipe_Write_8(Data);
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-}
-
-uint16_t CDC_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return 0;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
- {
- if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
- {
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return 0;
- }
- else
- {
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return Pipe_BytesInPipe();
- }
- }
- else
- {
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-int16_t CDC_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return -1;
-
- int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
- {
- if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
- ReceivedByte = Pipe_Read_8();
-
- if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- }
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return ReceivedByte;
-}
-
-uint8_t CDC_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-
- bool BankFull = !(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed());
-
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
- if (BankFull)
- {
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
- }
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-}
-
-#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
-void CDC_Host_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- FILE* const Stream)
-{
- *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(CDC_Host_putchar, CDC_Host_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
- fdev_set_udata(Stream, CDCInterfaceInfo);
-}
-
-void CDC_Host_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- FILE* const Stream)
-{
- *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(CDC_Host_putchar, CDC_Host_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
- fdev_set_udata(Stream, CDCInterfaceInfo);
-}
-
-static int CDC_Host_putchar(char c,
- FILE* Stream)
-{
- return CDC_Host_SendByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream), c) ? _FDEV_ERR : 0;
-}
-
-static int CDC_Host_getchar(FILE* Stream)
-{
- int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Host_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
-
- if (ReceivedByte < 0)
- return _FDEV_EOF;
-
- return ReceivedByte;
-}
-
-static int CDC_Host_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream)
-{
- int16_t ReceivedByte;
-
- while ((ReceivedByte = CDC_Host_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream))) < 0)
- {
- if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
- return _FDEV_EOF;
-
- CDC_Host_USBTask((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
- USB_USBTask();
- }
-
- return ReceivedByte;
-}
-#endif
-
-// cppcheck-suppress unusedFunction
-void CDC_Host_Event_Stub(void)
-{
-
-}
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_HOST_C
+#include "CDCClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* CDCControlInterface = NULL;
+
+ memset(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+ return CDC_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint) || !(NotificationEndpoint))
+ {
+ if (!(CDCControlInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ if (NotificationEndpoint)
+ {
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCDataInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return CDC_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return CDC_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ CDCControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
+ }
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ {
+ if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
+ NotificationEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ }
+
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(NotificationEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.EndpointAddress = NotificationEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+ return CDC_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+ return CDC_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe, 1)))
+ return CDC_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber = CDCControlInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice = (CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_RTS | CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_DTR);
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost = (CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_DCD | CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_DSR);
+ CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+
+ return CDC_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCControlInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == CDC_CSCP_CDCClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCDataInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+ if (((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) || (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)) &&
+ !(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress)))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+void CDC_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ USB_Request_Header_t Notification;
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&Notification, sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t), NULL);
+
+ if ((Notification.bRequest == CDC_NOTIF_SerialState) &&
+ (Notification.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE)))
+ {
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost,
+ sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost),
+ NULL);
+
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ EVENT_CDC_Host_ControLineStateChanged(CDCInterfaceInfo);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ #if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
+ CDC_Host_Flush(CDCInterfaceInfo);
+ #endif
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_SetLineEncoding(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = CDC_REQ_SetLineEncoding,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = sizeof(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(&CDCInterfaceInfo->State.LineEncoding);
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_SendControlLineStateChange(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = CDC_REQ_SetControlLineState,
+ .wValue = CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlLineStates.HostToDevice,
+ .wIndex = CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_SendBreak(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Duration)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = CDC_REQ_SendBreak,
+ .wValue = Duration,
+ .wIndex = CDCInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Data)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Write_8(Data);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint16_t CDC_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return 0;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return Pipe_BytesInPipe();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+int16_t CDC_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return -1;
+
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
+ ReceivedByte = Pipe_Read_8();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+uint8_t CDC_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(CDCInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(CDCInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+
+ bool BankFull = !(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed());
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ if (BankFull)
+ {
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+#if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+void CDC_Host_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream)
+{
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(CDC_Host_putchar, CDC_Host_getchar, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+ fdev_set_udata(Stream, CDCInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+void CDC_Host_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream)
+{
+ *Stream = (FILE)FDEV_SETUP_STREAM(CDC_Host_putchar, CDC_Host_getchar_Blocking, _FDEV_SETUP_RW);
+ fdev_set_udata(Stream, CDCInterfaceInfo);
+}
+
+static int CDC_Host_putchar(char c,
+ FILE* Stream)
+{
+ return CDC_Host_SendByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream), c) ? _FDEV_ERR : 0;
+}
+
+static int CDC_Host_getchar(FILE* Stream)
+{
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Host_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+
+ if (ReceivedByte < 0)
+ return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+static int CDC_Host_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream)
+{
+ int16_t ReceivedByte;
+
+ while ((ReceivedByte = CDC_Host_ReceiveByte((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream))) < 0)
+ {
+ if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ return _FDEV_EOF;
+
+ CDC_Host_USBTask((USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t*)fdev_get_udata(Stream));
+ USB_USBTask();
+ }
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+#endif
+
+void CDC_Host_Event_Stub(void)
+{
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h
index f5faab935..aeee23e50 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.h
@@ -1,351 +1,351 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB CDC Class driver.
- *
- * Host mode driver for the library USB CDC Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassCDC
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassCDCHost CDC Class Host Mode Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the CDC USB Class driver.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __CDC_CLASS_HOST_H__
-#define __CDC_CLASS_HOST_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../USB.h"
- #include "../Common/CDCClassCommon.h"
-
- #include <stdio.h>
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief CDC Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
- *
- * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
- * and passed to each of the CDC class driver functions as the \c CDCInterfaceInfo parameter. This
- * stores each CDC interface's configuration and state information.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- struct
- {
- USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
- USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
- USB_Pipe_Table_t NotificationPipe; /**< Notification IN Pipe configuration table. */
- } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
- */
- struct
- {
- bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
- * after \ref CDC_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
- * Configured state.
- */
- uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the CDC-ACM control interface within the attached device. */
-
- struct
- {
- uint16_t HostToDevice; /**< Control line states from the host to device, as a set of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_*
- * masks - to notify the device of changes to these values, call the
- * \ref CDC_Host_SendControlLineStateChange() function.
- */
- uint16_t DeviceToHost; /**< Control line states from the device to host, as a set of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_*
- * masks. This value is updated each time \ref CDC_Host_USBTask() is called.
- */
- } ControlLineStates; /**< Current states of the virtual serial port's control lines between the device and host. */
-
- CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding; /**< Line encoding used in the virtual serial port, for the device's information.
- * This is generally only used if the virtual serial port data is to be
- * reconstructed on a physical UART. When set by the host application, the
- * \ref CDC_Host_SetLineEncoding() function must be called to push the changes
- * to the device.
- */
- } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
- * the interface is enumerated.
- */
- } USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t;
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref CDC_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
- enum CDC_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- CDC_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
- CDC_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
- CDC_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible CDC interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
- CDC_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** General management task for a given CDC host class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
- * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an CDC Class host configuration and state.
- */
- void CDC_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given CDC host interface instance using the Configuration
- * Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given CDC Host instance's
- * state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the device.
- * This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state machine is in
- * the Addressed state.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an CDC Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
- * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref CDC_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t CDC_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
- void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
- /** Sets the line encoding for the attached device's virtual serial port. This should be called when the \c LineEncoding
- * values of the interface have been changed to push the new settings to the USB device.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t CDC_Host_SetLineEncoding(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Sends a Serial Control Line State Change notification to the device. This should be called when the virtual serial
- * control lines (DTR, RTS, etc.) have changed states. Line states persist until they are cleared via a second
- * notification. This should be called each time the CDC class driver's \c ControlLineStates.HostToDevice value is updated
- * to push the new states to the USB device.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t CDC_Host_SendControlLineStateChange(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Sends a Send Break request to the device. This is generally used to separate data or to indicate a special condition
- * to the receiving device.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Duration Duration of the break, in milliseconds.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t CDC_Host_SendBreak(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t Duration) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Sends a given data buffer to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is
- * called, the data will be discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank
- * becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the device. This allows for
- * multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send to the device.
- * \param[in] Length Length of the data to send to the device.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t CDC_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t* const Buffer,
- const uint16_t Length);
-
- /** Sends a given null-terminated string to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the
- * function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe
- * bank becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the device. This allows
- * for multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] String Pointer to the null terminated string to send to the device.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t CDC_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- /** Sends a given byte to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is called, the
- * byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank becomes full, or the
- * \ref CDC_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
- * packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Data Byte of data to send to the device.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t CDC_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Determines the number of bytes received by the CDC interface from the device, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
- * of bytes in the IN pipe bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref CDC_Host_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to succeed
- * immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the pipe bank will not be
- * released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the device.
- */
- uint16_t CDC_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Reads a byte of data from the device. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB device is not connected, the function
- * returns a negative value. The \ref CDC_Host_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many bytes
- * are currently buffered in the CDC interface's data receive pipe.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Next received byte from the device, or a negative value if no data received.
- */
- int16_t CDC_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t CDC_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- #if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Creates a standard character stream for the given CDC Device instance so that it can be used with all the regular
- * functions in the standard \c <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf). The created
- * stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
- *
- * Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
- * fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
- * be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
- * line buffering.
- *
- * \note The created stream can be given as \c stdout if desired to direct the standard output from all \c <stdio.h> functions
- * to the given CDC interface.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
- * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
- */
- void CDC_Host_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- FILE* const Stream);
-
- /** Identical to \ref CDC_Host_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
- * the transfer. While blocking, the USB and CDC service tasks are called repeatedly to maintain USB communications.
- *
- * \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
- * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
- */
- void CDC_Host_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
- FILE* const Stream);
- #endif
-
- /** CDC class driver event for a control line state change on a CDC host interface. This event fires each time the device notifies
- * the host of a control line state change (containing the virtual serial control line states, such as DCD) and may be hooked in the
- * user program by declaring a handler function with the same name and parameters listed here. The new control line states
- * are available in the \c ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost value inside the CDC host interface structure passed as a parameter, set as
- * a mask of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_* masks.
- *
- * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
- */
- void EVENT_CDC_Host_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_HOST_C)
- #if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
- static int CDC_Host_putchar(char c,
- FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
- static int CDC_Host_getchar(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static int CDC_Host_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- #endif
-
- void CDC_Host_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
-
- void EVENT_CDC_Host_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
- ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(CDC_Host_Event_Stub);
-
- static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCControlInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCDataInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB CDC Class driver.
+ *
+ * Host mode driver for the library USB CDC Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassCDC
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassCDCHost CDC Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassCDCHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/CDCClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassCDCHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the CDC USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CDC_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __CDC_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/CDCClassCommon.h"
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief CDC Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+ * and passed to each of the CDC class driver functions as the \c CDCInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+ * stores each CDC interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t NotificationPipe; /**< Notification IN Pipe configuration table. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+ * after \ref CDC_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+ * Configured state.
+ */
+ uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the CDC-ACM control interface within the attached device. */
+
+ struct
+ {
+ uint16_t HostToDevice; /**< Control line states from the host to device, as a set of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_OUT_*
+ * masks - to notify the device of changes to these values, call the
+ * \ref CDC_Host_SendControlLineStateChange() function.
+ */
+ uint16_t DeviceToHost; /**< Control line states from the device to host, as a set of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_*
+ * masks. This value is updated each time \ref CDC_Host_USBTask() is called.
+ */
+ } ControlLineStates; /**< Current states of the virtual serial port's control lines between the device and host. */
+
+ CDC_LineEncoding_t LineEncoding; /**< Line encoding used in the virtual serial port, for the device's information.
+ * This is generally only used if the virtual serial port data is to be
+ * reconstructed on a physical UART. When set by the host application, the
+ * \ref CDC_Host_SetLineEncoding() function must be called to push the changes
+ * to the device.
+ */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+ * the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref CDC_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+ enum CDC_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ CDC_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+ CDC_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+ CDC_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible CDC interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+ CDC_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** General management task for a given CDC host class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+ * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ */
+ void CDC_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given CDC host interface instance using the Configuration
+ * Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given CDC Host instance's
+ * state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the device.
+ * This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state machine is in
+ * the Addressed state.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref CDC_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Sets the line encoding for the attached device's virtual serial port. This should be called when the \c LineEncoding
+ * values of the interface have been changed to push the new settings to the USB device.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Host_SetLineEncoding(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a Serial Control Line State Change notification to the device. This should be called when the virtual serial
+ * control lines (DTR, RTS, etc.) have changed states. Line states persist until they are cleared via a second
+ * notification. This should be called each time the CDC class driver's \c ControlLineStates.HostToDevice value is updated
+ * to push the new states to the USB device.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Host_SendControlLineStateChange(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a Send Break request to the device. This is generally used to separate data or to indicate a special condition
+ * to the receiving device.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Duration Duration of the break, in milliseconds.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Host_SendBreak(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Duration) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a given data buffer to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is
+ * called, the data will be discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank
+ * becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the device. This allows for
+ * multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer containing the data to send to the device.
+ * \param[in] Length Length of the data to send to the device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* const Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a given null-terminated string to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the
+ * function is called, the string is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe
+ * bank becomes full, or the \ref CDC_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the device. This allows
+ * for multiple bytes to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] String Pointer to the null terminated string to send to the device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Sends a given byte to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is called, the
+ * byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank becomes full, or the
+ * \ref CDC_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
+ * packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Data Byte of data to send to the device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Determines the number of bytes received by the CDC interface from the device, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
+ * of bytes in the IN pipe bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref CDC_Host_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to succeed
+ * immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the pipe bank will not be
+ * released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the device.
+ */
+ uint16_t CDC_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads a byte of data from the device. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB device is not connected, the function
+ * returns a negative value. The \ref CDC_Host_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many bytes
+ * are currently buffered in the CDC interface's data receive pipe.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Next received byte from the device, or a negative value if no data received.
+ */
+ int16_t CDC_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t CDC_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ #if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Creates a standard character stream for the given CDC Device instance so that it can be used with all the regular
+ * functions in the standard \c <stdio.h> library that accept a \c FILE stream as a destination (e.g. \c fprintf). The created
+ * stream is bidirectional and can be used for both input and output functions.
+ *
+ * Reading data from this stream is non-blocking, i.e. in most instances, complete strings cannot be read in by a single
+ * fetch, as the endpoint will not be ready at some point in the transmission, aborting the transfer. However, this may
+ * be used when the read data is processed byte-per-bye (via \c getc()) or when the user application will implement its own
+ * line buffering.
+ *
+ * \note The created stream can be given as \c stdout if desired to direct the standard output from all \c <stdio.h> functions
+ * to the given CDC interface.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+ */
+ void CDC_Host_CreateStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Identical to \ref CDC_Host_CreateStream(), except that reads are blocking until the calling stream function terminates
+ * the transfer. While blocking, the USB and CDC service tasks are called repeatedly to maintain USB communications.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available on all microcontroller architectures.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in,out] Stream Pointer to a FILE structure where the created stream should be placed.
+ */
+ void CDC_Host_CreateBlockingStream(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo,
+ FILE* const Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ #endif
+
+ /** CDC class driver event for a control line state change on a CDC host interface. This event fires each time the device notifies
+ * the host of a control line state change (containing the virtual serial control line states, such as DCD) and may be hooked in the
+ * user program by declaring a handler function with the same name and parameters listed here. The new control line states
+ * are available in the \c ControlLineStates.DeviceToHost value inside the CDC host interface structure passed as a parameter, set as
+ * a mask of \c CDC_CONTROL_LINE_IN_* masks.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] CDCInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a CDC Class host configuration and state.
+ */
+ void EVENT_CDC_Host_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_CDC_HOST_C)
+ #if defined(FDEV_SETUP_STREAM)
+ static int CDC_Host_putchar(char c,
+ FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ static int CDC_Host_getchar(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static int CDC_Host_getchar_Blocking(FILE* Stream) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+
+ void CDC_Host_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
+
+ void EVENT_CDC_Host_ControLineStateChanged(USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Host_t* const CDCInterfaceInfo)
+ ATTR_WEAK ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALIAS(CDC_Host_Event_Stub);
+
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCControlInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCDataInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_CDC_Host_NextCDCInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c
index ae2395bc7..b43435dcb 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c
@@ -1,396 +1,399 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_HOST_C
-#include "HIDClassHost.h"
-
-uint8_t HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
- void* ConfigDescriptorData)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface = NULL;
- USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t* HIDDescriptor = NULL;
-
- memset(&HIDInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(HIDInterfaceInfo->State));
-
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
- return HID_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
-
- while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
- {
- if (!(HIDInterface) ||
- USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- if (DataINEndpoint || DataOUTEndpoint)
- break;
-
- do
- {
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- return HID_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
- }
-
- HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
- } while (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDInterfaceProtocol &&
- (HIDInterface->Protocol != HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDInterfaceProtocol));
-
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDDescriptor) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- return HID_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
- }
-
- HIDDescriptor = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
-
- DataINEndpoint = NULL;
- DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
-
- continue;
- }
-
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
- DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
- else
- DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
- }
-
- HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
- HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
- HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
-
- HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
- HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
- HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
-
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
- return false;
-
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
- return false;
-
- HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = HIDInterface->InterfaceNumber;
- HIDInterfaceInfo->State.HIDReportSize = LE16_TO_CPU(HIDDescriptor->HIDReportLength);
- HIDInterfaceInfo->State.SupportsBootProtocol = (HIDInterface->SubClass != HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol);
- HIDInterfaceInfo->State.LargestReportSize = 8;
- HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
-
- return HID_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
- if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
- if (Interface->Class == HID_CSCP_HIDClass)
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDDescriptor(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
- if (Header->Type == HID_DTYPE_HID)
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
- else
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
- if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- if (!(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress)))
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
-uint8_t HID_Host_ReceiveReportByID(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t ReportID,
- void* Buffer)
-{
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = HID_REQ_SetReport,
- .wValue = ((HID_REPORT_ITEM_In + 1) << 8) | ReportID,
- .wIndex = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
- .wLength = USB_GetHIDReportSize(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData, ReportID, HID_REPORT_ITEM_In),
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
-}
-#endif
-
-uint8_t HID_Host_ReceiveReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
- void* Buffer)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- uint16_t ReportSize;
- uint8_t* BufferPos = Buffer;
-
-#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
- if (!(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingBootProtocol))
- {
- uint8_t ReportID = 0;
-
- if (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData->UsingReportIDs)
- {
- ReportID = Pipe_Read_8();
- *(BufferPos++) = ReportID;
- }
-
- ReportSize = USB_GetHIDReportSize(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData, ReportID, HID_REPORT_ITEM_In);
- }
- else
-#endif
- {
- ReportSize = Pipe_BytesInPipe();
- }
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(BufferPos, ReportSize, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t HID_Host_SendReportByID(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
-#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
- const uint8_t ReportID,
-#endif
- const uint8_t ReportType,
- void* Buffer,
- const uint16_t ReportSize)
-{
-#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return false;
-
- if (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.DeviceUsesOUTPipe && (ReportType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out))
- {
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if (ReportID)
- Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&ReportID, sizeof(ReportID), NULL);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, ReportSize, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
- }
- else
-#endif
- {
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = HID_REQ_SetReport,
-#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
- .wValue = ((ReportType + 1) << 8) | ReportID,
-#else
- .wValue = ((ReportType + 1) << 8),
-#endif
- .wIndex = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
- .wLength = ReportSize,
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
- }
-}
-
-bool HID_Host_IsReportReceived(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return false;
-
- bool ReportReceived;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- ReportReceived = Pipe_IsINReceived();
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return ReportReceived;
-}
-
-uint8_t HID_Host_SetBootProtocol(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- if (!(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.SupportsBootProtocol))
- return HID_ERROR_LOGICAL;
-
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = HID_REQ_SetProtocol,
- .wValue = 0,
- .wIndex = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- HIDInterfaceInfo->State.LargestReportSize = 8;
- HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingBootProtocol = true;
-
- return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
-}
-
-uint8_t HID_Host_SetIdlePeriod(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
- const uint16_t MS)
-{
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = HID_REQ_SetIdle,
- .wValue = ((MS << 6) & 0xFF00),
- .wIndex = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
-}
-
-#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
-uint8_t HID_Host_SetReportProtocol(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDInterfaceInfo->State.HIDReportSize];
-
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
- .wValue = (HID_DTYPE_Report << 8),
- .wIndex = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
- .wLength = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.HIDReportSize,
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingBootProtocol)
- {
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = HID_REQ_SetProtocol,
- .wValue = 1,
- .wIndex = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingBootProtocol = false;
- }
-
- if (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData == NULL)
- return HID_ERROR_LOGICAL;
-
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDInterfaceInfo->State.HIDReportSize,
- HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData)) != HID_PARSE_Successful)
- {
- return HID_ERROR_LOGICAL | ErrorCode;
- }
-
- uint16_t LargestReportSizeBits = HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData->LargestReportSizeBits;
- HIDInterfaceInfo->State.LargestReportSize = (LargestReportSizeBits >> 3) + ((LargestReportSizeBits & 0x07) != 0);
-
- return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HID_HOST_C
+#include "HIDClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* HIDInterface = NULL;
+ USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t* HIDDescriptor = NULL;
+
+ memset(&HIDInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(HIDInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+ return HID_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ if (!(HIDInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ if (DataINEndpoint)
+ break;
+
+ do
+ {
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return HID_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ HIDInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+ } while (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDInterfaceProtocol &&
+ (HIDInterface->Protocol != HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDInterfaceProtocol));
+
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDDescriptor) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return HID_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ HIDDescriptor = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_HID_Descriptor_HID_t);
+
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+ return HID_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (DataOUTEndpoint)
+ {
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+ return HID_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+ }
+
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = HIDInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.HIDReportSize = LE16_TO_CPU(HIDDescriptor->HIDReportLength);
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.SupportsBootProtocol = (HIDInterface->SubClass != HID_CSCP_NonBootProtocol);
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.LargestReportSize = 8;
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+
+ return HID_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if (Interface->Class == HID_CSCP_HIDClass)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDDescriptor(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == HID_DTYPE_HID)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ else
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress)))
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+uint8_t HID_Host_ReceiveReportByID(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ void* Buffer)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = HID_REQ_SetReport,
+ .wValue = ((HID_REPORT_ITEM_In + 1) << 8) | ReportID,
+ .wIndex = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = USB_GetHIDReportSize(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData, ReportID, HID_REPORT_ITEM_In),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
+}
+#endif
+
+uint8_t HID_Host_ReceiveReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ uint16_t ReportSize;
+ uint8_t* BufferPos = Buffer;
+
+#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+ if (!(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingBootProtocol))
+ {
+ uint8_t ReportID = 0;
+
+ if (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData->UsingReportIDs)
+ {
+ ReportID = Pipe_Read_8();
+ *(BufferPos++) = ReportID;
+ }
+
+ ReportSize = USB_GetHIDReportSize(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData, ReportID, HID_REPORT_ITEM_In);
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ ReportSize = Pipe_BytesInPipe();
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(BufferPos, ReportSize, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t HID_Host_SendReportByID(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+#endif
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+
+ if (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.DeviceUsesOUTPipe && (ReportType == HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out))
+ {
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (ReportID)
+ Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&ReportID, sizeof(ReportID), NULL);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, ReportSize, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+ }
+ else
+#endif
+ {
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = HID_REQ_SetReport,
+#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+ .wValue = ((ReportType + 1) << 8) | ReportID,
+#else
+ .wValue = ((ReportType + 1) << 8),
+#endif
+ .wIndex = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = ReportSize,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
+ }
+}
+
+bool HID_Host_IsReportReceived(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return false;
+
+ bool ReportReceived;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ ReportReceived = Pipe_IsINReceived();
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ReportReceived;
+}
+
+uint8_t HID_Host_SetBootProtocol(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if (!(HIDInterfaceInfo->State.SupportsBootProtocol))
+ return HID_ERROR_LOGICAL;
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = HID_REQ_SetProtocol,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.LargestReportSize = 8;
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingBootProtocol = true;
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+uint8_t HID_Host_SetIdlePeriod(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint16_t MS)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = HID_REQ_SetIdle,
+ .wValue = ((MS << 6) & 0xFF00),
+ .wIndex = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
+#if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+uint8_t HID_Host_SetReportProtocol(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDInterfaceInfo->State.HIDReportSize];
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+ .wValue = (HID_DTYPE_Report << 8),
+ .wIndex = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.HIDReportSize,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingBootProtocol)
+ {
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = HID_REQ_SetProtocol,
+ .wValue = 1,
+ .wIndex = HIDInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.UsingBootProtocol = false;
+ }
+
+ if (HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData == NULL)
+ return HID_ERROR_LOGICAL;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDInterfaceInfo->State.HIDReportSize,
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData)) != HID_PARSE_Successful)
+ {
+ return HID_ERROR_LOGICAL | ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ uint16_t LargestReportSizeBits = HIDInterfaceInfo->Config.HIDParserData->LargestReportSizeBits;
+ HIDInterfaceInfo->State.LargestReportSize = (LargestReportSizeBits >> 3) + ((LargestReportSizeBits & 0x07) != 0);
+
+ return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h
index 5d617b92f..703b698df 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.h
@@ -1,313 +1,313 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB HID Class driver.
- *
- * Host mode driver for the library USB HID Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassHID
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassHIDHost HID Class Host Mode Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the HID USB Class driver.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __HID_CLASS_HOST_H__
-#define __HID_CLASS_HOST_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../USB.h"
- #include "../Common/HIDClassCommon.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Error code for some HID Host functions, indicating a logical (and not hardware) error. */
- #define HID_ERROR_LOGICAL 0x80
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief HID Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
- *
- * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
- * and passed to each of the HID class driver functions as the \c HIDInterfaceInfo parameter. This
- * stores each HID interface's configuration and state information.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- struct
- {
- USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
- USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
-
- uint8_t HIDInterfaceProtocol; /**< HID interface protocol value to match against if a specific
- * boot subclass protocol is required, a protocol value from the
- * \ref HID_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t enum.
- */
- #if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
- HID_ReportInfo_t* HIDParserData; /**< HID parser data to store the parsed HID report data, when boot protocol
- * is not used.
- *
- * \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined,
- * this method is unavailable.
- */
- #endif
- } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
- */
- struct
- {
- bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
- * after \ref HID_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
- * Configured state.
- */
- uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the HID interface within the attached device. */
-
- bool SupportsBootProtocol; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance supports the HID Boot
- * Protocol when enabled via \ref HID_Host_SetBootProtocol().
- */
- bool DeviceUsesOUTPipe; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance uses a separate OUT data pipe for
- * OUT reports, or if OUT reports are sent via the control pipe instead.
- */
- bool UsingBootProtocol; /**< Indicates that the interface is currently initialized in Boot Protocol mode */
- uint16_t HIDReportSize; /**< Size in bytes of the HID report descriptor in the device. */
-
- uint8_t LargestReportSize; /**< Largest report the device will send, in bytes. */
- } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
- * the interface is enumerated.
- */
- } USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t;
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref HID_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
- enum HID_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- HID_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
- HID_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
- HID_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
- HID_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given HID host interface instance using the Configuration
- * Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given HID Host instance's
- * state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the
- * device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state
- * machine is in the Addressed state.
- *
- * \attention Once the device pipes are configured, the HID device's reporting protocol <b>must</b> be set via a call
- * to either the \ref HID_Host_SetBootProtocol() or \ref HID_Host_SetReportProtocol() function.
- *
- * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
- * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref HID_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
- void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
-
- /** Receives a HID IN report from the attached HID device, when a report has been received on the HID IN Data pipe.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \attention The destination buffer should be large enough to accommodate the largest report that the attached device
- * can generate.
- *
- * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Buffer Buffer to store the received report into.
- *
- * \return An error code from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t HID_Host_ReceiveReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
- void* Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- #if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
- /** Receives a HID IN report from the attached device, by the report ID.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined, this method is unavailable.
- *
- * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report if ControlRequest is false, set by the to the Report ID to fetch.
- * \param[in] Buffer Buffer to store the received report into.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t HID_Host_ReceiveReportByID(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t ReportID,
- void* Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
- #endif
-
- /** Sends an OUT or FEATURE report to the currently attached HID device, using the device's OUT pipe if available,
- * or the device's Control pipe if not.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined, the ReportID parameter is removed
- * from the parameter list of this function.
- *
- * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the report to send to the device, or 0 if the device does not use report IDs.
- * \param[in] ReportType Type of report to issue to the device, either \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature.
- * \param[in] Buffer Buffer containing the report to send to the attached device.
- * \param[in] ReportSize Report size in bytes to send to the attached device.
- *
- * \return An error code from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum if the DeviceUsesOUTPipe flag is set in
- * the interface's state structure, a value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum otherwise.
- */
- uint8_t HID_Host_SendReportByID(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
- #if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
- const uint8_t ReportID,
- #endif
- const uint8_t ReportType,
- void* Buffer,
- const uint16_t ReportSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
- #if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4);
- #else
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
- #endif
-
- /** Determines if a HID IN report has been received from the attached device on the data IN pipe.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if a report has been received, \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool HID_Host_IsReportReceived(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Switches the attached HID device's reporting protocol over to the Boot Report protocol mode, on supported devices.
- *
- * \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined, this method must still be called
- * to explicitly place the attached device into boot protocol mode before use.
- *
- * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return \ref HID_ERROR_LOGICAL if the device does not support Boot Protocol mode, a value from the
- * \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum otherwise.
- */
- uint8_t HID_Host_SetBootProtocol(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Sets the idle period for the attached HID device to the specified interval. The HID idle period determines the rate
- * at which the device should send a report, when no state changes have occurred; i.e. on HID keyboards, this sets the
- * hardware key repeat interval.
- *
- * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] MS Idle period as a multiple of four milliseconds, zero to disable hardware repeats
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t HID_Host_SetIdlePeriod(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
- const uint16_t MS) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- #if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
- /** Switches the attached HID device's reporting protocol over to the standard Report protocol mode. This also retrieves
- * and parses the device's HID report descriptor, so that the size of each report can be determined in advance.
- *
- * \attention Whether this function is used or not, the \ref CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem() callback from the HID
- * Report Parser this function references <b>must</b> be implemented in the user code.
- *
- * \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined, this method is unavailable.
- *
- * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum if an error occurs while retrieving the HID
- * Report descriptor or the setting of the Report protocol, \ref HID_ERROR_LOGICAL if the HID interface does
- * not have a valid \ref HID_ReportInfo_t structure set in its configuration, a mask of \ref HID_ERROR_LOGICAL
- * and a value from the \ref HID_Parse_ErrorCodes_t otherwise.
- */
- uint8_t HID_Host_SetReportProtocol(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- #endif
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** General management task for a given Human Interface Class host class interface, required for the correct operation of
- * the interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
- * \ref USB_USBTask().
- *
- * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
- */
- static inline void HID_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static inline void HID_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
- {
- (void)HIDInterfaceInfo;
- }
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HID_HOST_C)
- static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDDescriptor(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB HID Class driver.
+ *
+ * Host mode driver for the library USB HID Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassHID
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassHIDHost HID Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassHIDHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassHIDHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the HID USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __HID_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __HID_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/HIDClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HID_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Error code for some HID Host functions, indicating a logical (and not hardware) error. */
+ #define HID_ERROR_LOGICAL 0x80
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief HID Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+ * and passed to each of the HID class driver functions as the \c HIDInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+ * stores each HID interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+
+ uint8_t HIDInterfaceProtocol; /**< HID interface protocol value to match against if a specific
+ * boot subclass protocol is required, a protocol value from the
+ * \ref HID_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t enum.
+ */
+ #if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+ HID_ReportInfo_t* HIDParserData; /**< HID parser data to store the parsed HID report data, when boot protocol
+ * is not used.
+ *
+ * \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined,
+ * this field is unavailable.
+ */
+ #endif
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+ * after \ref HID_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+ * Configured state.
+ */
+ uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the HID interface within the attached device. */
+
+ bool SupportsBootProtocol; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance supports the HID Boot
+ * Protocol when enabled via \ref HID_Host_SetBootProtocol().
+ */
+ bool DeviceUsesOUTPipe; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance uses a separate OUT data pipe for
+ * OUT reports, or if OUT reports are sent via the control pipe instead.
+ */
+ bool UsingBootProtocol; /**< Indicates that the interface is currently initialized in Boot Protocol mode */
+ uint16_t HIDReportSize; /**< Size in bytes of the HID report descriptor in the device. */
+
+ uint8_t LargestReportSize; /**< Largest report the device will send, in bytes. */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+ * the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref HID_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+ enum HID_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ HID_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+ HID_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+ HID_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+ HID_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given HID host interface instance using the Configuration
+ * Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given HID Host instance's
+ * state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the
+ * device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state
+ * machine is in the Addressed state.
+ *
+ * \attention Once the device pipes are configured, the HID device's reporting protocol <b>must</b> be set via a call
+ * to either the \ref HID_Host_SetBootProtocol() or \ref HID_Host_SetReportProtocol() function.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref HID_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t HID_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+
+ /** Receives a HID IN report from the attached HID device, when a report has been received on the HID IN Data pipe.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \attention The destination buffer should be large enough to accommodate the largest report that the attached device
+ * can generate.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Buffer to store the received report into.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t HID_Host_ReceiveReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ #if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+ /** Receives a HID IN report from the attached device, by the report ID.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined, this method is unavailable.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report if ControlRequest is false, set by the to the Report ID to fetch.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Buffer to store the received report into.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t HID_Host_ReceiveReportByID(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ void* Buffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ #endif
+
+ /** Sends an OUT or FEATURE report to the currently attached HID device, using the device's OUT pipe if available,
+ * or the device's Control pipe if not.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined, the ReportID parameter is removed
+ * from the parameter list of this function.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the report to send to the device, or 0 if the device does not use report IDs.
+ * \param[in] ReportType Type of report to issue to the device, either \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Out or \ref HID_REPORT_ITEM_Feature.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Buffer containing the report to send to the attached device.
+ * \param[in] ReportSize Report size in bytes to send to the attached device.
+ *
+ * \return An error code from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum if the DeviceUsesOUTPipe flag is set in
+ * the interface's state structure, a value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum otherwise.
+ */
+ uint8_t HID_Host_SendReportByID(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ #if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+ const uint8_t ReportID,
+ #endif
+ const uint8_t ReportType,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t ReportSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ #if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(4);
+ #else
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+ #endif
+
+ /** Determines if a HID IN report has been received from the attached device on the data IN pipe.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a report has been received, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool HID_Host_IsReportReceived(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Switches the attached HID device's reporting protocol over to the Boot Report protocol mode, on supported devices.
+ *
+ * \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined, this method must still be called
+ * to explicitly place the attached device into boot protocol mode before use.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return \ref HID_ERROR_LOGICAL if the device does not support Boot Protocol mode, a value from the
+ * \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum otherwise.
+ */
+ uint8_t HID_Host_SetBootProtocol(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sets the idle period for the attached HID device to the specified interval. The HID idle period determines the rate
+ * at which the device should send a report, when no state changes have occurred; i.e. on HID keyboards, this sets the
+ * hardware key repeat interval.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] MS Idle period as a multiple of four milliseconds, zero to disable hardware repeats
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t HID_Host_SetIdlePeriod(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint16_t MS) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ #if !defined(HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY)
+ /** Switches the attached HID device's reporting protocol over to the standard Report protocol mode. This also retrieves
+ * and parses the device's HID report descriptor, so that the size of each report can be determined in advance.
+ *
+ * \attention Whether this function is used or not, the \ref CALLBACK_HIDParser_FilterHIDReportItem() callback from the HID
+ * Report Parser this function references <b>must</b> be implemented in the user code.
+ *
+ * \note When the \c HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY compile time token is defined, this method is unavailable.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum if an error occurs while retrieving the HID
+ * Report descriptor or the setting of the Report protocol, \ref HID_ERROR_LOGICAL if the HID interface does
+ * not have a valid \ref HID_ReportInfo_t structure set in its configuration, a mask of \ref HID_ERROR_LOGICAL
+ * and a value from the \ref HID_Parse_ErrorCodes_t otherwise.
+ */
+ uint8_t HID_Host_SetReportProtocol(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** General management task for a given Human Interface Class host class interface, required for the correct operation of
+ * the interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
+ * \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a HID Class host configuration and state.
+ */
+ static inline void HID_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void HID_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Host_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ (void)HIDInterfaceInfo;
+ }
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HID_HOST_C)
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDDescriptor(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_HID_Host_NextHIDInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c
index 29a6696db..8b898cba5 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c
@@ -1,231 +1,231 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_HOST_C
-#include "MIDIClassHost.h"
-
-uint8_t MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
- void* ConfigDescriptorData)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* MIDIInterface = NULL;
-
- memset(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State));
-
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
- return MIDI_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
-
- while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
- {
- if (!(MIDIInterface) ||
- USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- return MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
- }
-
- MIDIInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
- DataINEndpoint = NULL;
- DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
-
- continue;
- }
-
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
- DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
- else
- DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
- }
-
- MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
- MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
- MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
- MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
- MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
- MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
- return false;
-
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
- return false;
-
- MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = MIDIInterface->InterfaceNumber;
- MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
-
- return MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
- if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
- if ((Interface->Class == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
- (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass) &&
- (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol))
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
- if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
-
- if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) && !(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress)))
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-void MIDI_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return;
-
- #if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
- MIDI_Host_Flush(MIDIInterfaceInfo);
- #endif
-}
-
-uint8_t MIDI_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
- {
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
- {
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return ErrorCode;
- }
- }
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t MIDI_Host_SendEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
- MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Event, sizeof(MIDI_EventPacket_t), NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- {
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return ErrorCode;
- }
-
- if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-bool MIDI_Host_ReceiveEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
- MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- bool DataReady = false;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
- {
- if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
- {
- Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Event, sizeof(MIDI_EventPacket_t), NULL);
- DataReady = true;
- }
-
- if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- }
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return DataReady;
-}
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_HOST_C
+#include "MIDIClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* MIDIInterface = NULL;
+
+ memset(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+ return MIDI_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ if (!(MIDIInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ MIDIInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+ return MIDI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+ return MIDI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = MIDIInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+
+ return MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == AUDIO_CSCP_AudioClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == AUDIO_CSCP_MIDIStreamingSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == AUDIO_CSCP_StreamingProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+ if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) && !(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress)))
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+void MIDI_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return;
+
+ #if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
+ MIDI_Host_Flush(MIDIInterfaceInfo);
+ #endif
+}
+
+uint8_t MIDI_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t MIDI_Host_SendEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Event, sizeof(MIDI_EventPacket_t), NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+bool MIDI_Host_ReceiveEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MIDIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ bool DataReady = false;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MIDIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
+ {
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Event, sizeof(MIDI_EventPacket_t), NULL);
+ DataReady = true;
+ }
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return DataReady;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h
index 15b9e4fc1..7624f8ed9 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.h
@@ -1,190 +1,190 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
- *
- * Host mode driver for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMIDI
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassMIDIHost MIDI Class Host Mode Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the MIDI USB Class driver.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __MIDI_CLASS_HOST_H__
-#define __MIDI_CLASS_HOST_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../USB.h"
- #include "../Common/MIDIClassCommon.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief MIDI Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
- *
- * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
- * and passed to each of the MIDI class driver functions as the \c MIDIInterfaceInfo parameter. This
- * stores each MIDI interface's configuration and state information.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- struct
- {
- USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
- USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
- } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
- */
- struct
- {
- bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
- * after \ref MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
- * Configured state.
- */
- uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the MIDI interface within the attached device. */
- } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
- * the interface is enumerated.
- */
- } USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t;
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
- enum MIDI_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
- MIDI_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
- MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible MIDI interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
- MIDI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given MIDI host interface instance using the Configuration
- * Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given MIDI Host instance's
- * state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the device.
- * This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state machine is in
- * the Addressed state.
- *
- * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an MIDI Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
- * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref MIDI_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
- void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
- /** General management task for a given MIDI host class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
- * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
- *
- * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an MIDI Class host configuration and state.
- */
- void MIDI_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Sends a MIDI event packet to the device. If no device is connected, the event packet is discarded.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Event Pointer to a populated USB_MIDI_EventPacket_t structure containing the MIDI event to send.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t MIDI_Host_SendEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
- MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- /** Flushes the MIDI send buffer, sending any queued MIDI events to the device. This should be called to override the
- * \ref MIDI_Host_SendEventPacket() function's packing behavior, to flush queued events. Events are queued into the
- * pipe bank until either the pipe bank is full, or \ref MIDI_Host_Flush() is called. This allows for multiple MIDI
- * events to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
- *
- * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t MIDI_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Receives a MIDI event packet from the device.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
- * \param[out] Event Pointer to a USB_MIDI_EventPacket_t structure where the received MIDI event is to be placed.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if a MIDI event packet was received, \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool MIDI_Host_ReceiveEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
- MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_HOST_C)
- static uint8_t DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static uint8_t DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
+ *
+ * Host mode driver for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMIDI
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassMIDIHost MIDI Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMIDIHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMIDIHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the MIDI USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __MIDI_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __MIDI_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/MIDIClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief MIDI Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+ * and passed to each of the MIDI class driver functions as the \c MIDIInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+ * stores each MIDI interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+ * after \ref MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+ * Configured state.
+ */
+ uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the MIDI interface within the attached device. */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+ * the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+ enum MIDI_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+ MIDI_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+ MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible MIDI interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+ MIDI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given MIDI host interface instance using the Configuration
+ * Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given MIDI Host instance's
+ * state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the device.
+ * This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state machine is in
+ * the Addressed state.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an MIDI Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref MIDI_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** General management task for a given MIDI host class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+ * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an MIDI Class host configuration and state.
+ */
+ void MIDI_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a MIDI event packet to the device. If no device is connected, the event packet is discarded.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Event Pointer to a populated USB_MIDI_EventPacket_t structure containing the MIDI event to send.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t MIDI_Host_SendEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Flushes the MIDI send buffer, sending any queued MIDI events to the device. This should be called to override the
+ * \ref MIDI_Host_SendEventPacket() function's packing behavior, to flush queued events. Events are queued into the
+ * pipe bank until either the pipe bank is full, or \ref MIDI_Host_Flush() is called. This allows for multiple MIDI
+ * events to be packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t MIDI_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Receives a MIDI event packet from the device.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MIDIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MIDI Class configuration and state.
+ * \param[out] Event Pointer to a USB_MIDI_EventPacket_t structure where the received MIDI event is to be placed.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a MIDI event packet was received, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool MIDI_Host_ReceiveEventPacket(USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t* const MIDIInterfaceInfo,
+ MIDI_EventPacket_t* const Event) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_HOST_C)
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_MIDI_Host_NextMIDIStreamingDataEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c
index 91e2ef022..ac448a55b 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c
@@ -1,579 +1,579 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_HOST_C
-#include "MassStorageClassHost.h"
-
-uint8_t MS_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
- void* ConfigDescriptorData)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* MassStorageInterface = NULL;
-
- memset(&MSInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(MSInterfaceInfo->State));
-
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
- return MS_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
-
- while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
- {
- if (!(MassStorageInterface) ||
- USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- return MS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
- }
-
- MassStorageInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
- DataINEndpoint = NULL;
- DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
-
- continue;
- }
-
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
- DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
- else
- DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
- }
-
- MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
- MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
- MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
- MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
- MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
- MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
- return false;
-
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
- return false;
-
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = MassStorageInterface->InterfaceNumber;
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
-
- return MS_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
- if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
- if ((Interface->Class == MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass) &&
- (Interface->SubClass == MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass) &&
- (Interface->Protocol == MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol))
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
- if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
-
- if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) && (!(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress))))
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
- else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t MS_Host_SendCommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
- const void* const BufferPtr)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-
- if (++MSInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionTag == 0xFFFFFFFF)
- MSInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionTag = 1;
-
- SCSICommandBlock->Signature = CPU_TO_LE32(MS_CBW_SIGNATURE);
- SCSICommandBlock->Tag = cpu_to_le32(MSInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionTag);
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(SCSICommandBlock, sizeof(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t),
- NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- {
- return ErrorCode;
- }
-
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
- Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- if (BufferPtr != NULL)
- {
- ErrorCode = MS_Host_SendReceiveData(MSInterfaceInfo, SCSICommandBlock, (void*)BufferPtr);
-
- if ((ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) && (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled))
- {
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return ErrorCode;
- }
- }
-
- MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t SCSIStatusBlock;
- return MS_Host_GetReturnedStatus(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSIStatusBlock);
-}
-
-static uint8_t MS_Host_WaitForDataReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = MS_COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
- uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- while (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
- {
- uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
-
- if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
- {
- PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
-
- if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
- }
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if (Pipe_IsStalled())
- {
- USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
- }
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if (Pipe_IsStalled())
- {
- USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
- }
-
- if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-static uint8_t MS_Host_SendReceiveData(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
- void* BufferPtr)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
- uint16_t BytesRem = le32_to_cpu(SCSICommandBlock->DataTransferLength);
-
- if (SCSICommandBlock->Flags & MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN)
- {
- if ((ErrorCode = MS_Host_WaitForDataReceived(MSInterfaceInfo)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- {
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return ErrorCode;
- }
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- }
- else
- {
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
- while (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()))
- {
- if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
- }
- }
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-static uint8_t MS_Host_GetReturnedStatus(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t* const SCSICommandStatus)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-
- if ((ErrorCode = MS_Host_WaitForDataReceived(MSInterfaceInfo)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(SCSICommandStatus, sizeof(MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t),
- NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- {
- return ErrorCode;
- }
-
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- if (SCSICommandStatus->Status != MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Pass)
- ErrorCode = MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
-
- return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint8_t MS_Host_ResetMSInterface(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = MS_REQ_MassStorageReset,
- .wValue = 0,
- .wIndex = MSInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress())) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress())) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
-}
-
-uint8_t MS_Host_GetMaxLUN(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = MS_REQ_GetMaxLUN,
- .wValue = 0,
- .wIndex = MSInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
- .wLength = 1,
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(MaxLUNIndex)) == HOST_SENDCONTROL_SetupStalled)
- {
- *MaxLUNIndex = 0;
- ErrorCode = HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
- }
-
- return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint8_t MS_Host_GetInquiryData(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t LUNIndex,
- SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t* const InquiryData)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
- {
- .DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t)),
- .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
- .LUN = LUNIndex,
- .SCSICommandLength = 6,
- .SCSICommandData =
- {
- SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY,
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00, // Reserved
- sizeof(SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t), // Allocation Length
- 0x00 // Unused (control)
- }
- };
-
- return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, InquiryData);
-}
-
-uint8_t MS_Host_TestUnitReady(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t LUNIndex)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
- {
- .DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0),
- .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
- .LUN = LUNIndex,
- .SCSICommandLength = 6,
- .SCSICommandData =
- {
- SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY,
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00 // Unused (control)
- }
- };
-
- return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, NULL);
-}
-
-uint8_t MS_Host_ReadDeviceCapacity(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t LUNIndex,
- SCSI_Capacity_t* const DeviceCapacity)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
- {
- .DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(SCSI_Capacity_t)),
- .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
- .LUN = LUNIndex,
- .SCSICommandLength = 10,
- .SCSICommandData =
- {
- SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10,
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00, // MSB of Logical block address
- 0x00,
- 0x00,
- 0x00, // LSB of Logical block address
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00, // Partial Medium Indicator
- 0x00 // Unused (control)
- }
- };
-
- if ((ErrorCode = MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, DeviceCapacity)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- DeviceCapacity->Blocks = BE32_TO_CPU(DeviceCapacity->Blocks);
- DeviceCapacity->BlockSize = BE32_TO_CPU(DeviceCapacity->BlockSize);
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t MS_Host_RequestSense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t LUNIndex,
- SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SenseData)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
- {
- .DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t)),
- .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
- .LUN = LUNIndex,
- .SCSICommandLength = 6,
- .SCSICommandData =
- {
- SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE,
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00, // Reserved
- sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t), // Allocation Length
- 0x00 // Unused (control)
- }
- };
-
- return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, SenseData);
-}
-
-uint8_t MS_Host_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t LUNIndex,
- const bool PreventRemoval)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
- {
- .DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0),
- .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_OUT,
- .LUN = LUNIndex,
- .SCSICommandLength = 6,
- .SCSICommandData =
- {
- SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL,
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00, // Reserved
- PreventRemoval, // Prevent flag
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00 // Unused (control)
- }
- };
-
- return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, NULL);
-}
-
-uint8_t MS_Host_ReadDeviceBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t LUNIndex,
- const uint32_t BlockAddress,
- const uint8_t Blocks,
- const uint16_t BlockSize,
- void* BlockBuffer)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
- {
- .DataTransferLength = cpu_to_le32((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),
- .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
- .LUN = LUNIndex,
- .SCSICommandLength = 10,
- .SCSICommandData =
- {
- SCSI_CMD_READ_10,
- 0x00, // Unused (control bits, all off)
- (BlockAddress >> 24), // MSB of Block Address
- (BlockAddress >> 16),
- (BlockAddress >> 8),
- (BlockAddress & 0xFF), // LSB of Block Address
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00, // MSB of Total Blocks to Read
- Blocks, // LSB of Total Blocks to Read
- 0x00 // Unused (control)
- }
- };
-
- return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, BlockBuffer);
-}
-
-uint8_t MS_Host_WriteDeviceBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t LUNIndex,
- const uint32_t BlockAddress,
- const uint8_t Blocks,
- const uint16_t BlockSize,
- const void* BlockBuffer)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
- {
- .DataTransferLength = cpu_to_le32((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),
- .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_OUT,
- .LUN = LUNIndex,
- .SCSICommandLength = 10,
- .SCSICommandData =
- {
- SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10,
- 0x00, // Unused (control bits, all off)
- (BlockAddress >> 24), // MSB of Block Address
- (BlockAddress >> 16),
- (BlockAddress >> 8),
- (BlockAddress & 0xFF), // LSB of Block Address
- 0x00, // Reserved
- 0x00, // MSB of Total Blocks to Write
- Blocks, // LSB of Total Blocks to Write
- 0x00 // Unused (control)
- }
- };
-
- return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, BlockBuffer);
-}
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_HOST_C
+#include "MassStorageClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* MassStorageInterface = NULL;
+
+ memset(&MSInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(MSInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+ return MS_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ if (!(MassStorageInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return MS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ MassStorageInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+ return MS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+ return MS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = MassStorageInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+
+ return MS_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == MS_CSCP_MassStorageClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == MS_CSCP_SCSITransparentSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == MS_CSCP_BulkOnlyTransportProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+ if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) && (!(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress))))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t MS_Host_SendCommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+ const void* const BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+
+ if (++MSInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionTag == 0xFFFFFFFF)
+ MSInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionTag = 1;
+
+ SCSICommandBlock->Signature = CPU_TO_LE32(MS_CBW_SIGNATURE);
+ SCSICommandBlock->Tag = cpu_to_le32(MSInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionTag);
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(SCSICommandBlock, sizeof(MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t),
+ NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ if (BufferPtr != NULL)
+ {
+ ErrorCode = MS_Host_SendReceiveData(MSInterfaceInfo, SCSICommandBlock, (void*)BufferPtr);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError) && (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled))
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ }
+
+ MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t SCSIStatusBlock;
+ return MS_Host_GetReturnedStatus(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSIStatusBlock);
+}
+
+static uint8_t MS_Host_WaitForDataReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = MS_COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ while (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
+ {
+ uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+ {
+ PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+
+ if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ {
+ USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ {
+ USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t MS_Host_SendReceiveData(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+ void* BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+ uint16_t BytesRem = le32_to_cpu(SCSICommandBlock->DataTransferLength);
+
+ if (SCSICommandBlock->Flags & MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN)
+ {
+ if ((ErrorCode = MS_Host_WaitForDataReceived(MSInterfaceInfo)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ while (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ }
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+static uint8_t MS_Host_GetReturnedStatus(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t* const SCSICommandStatus)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = MS_Host_WaitForDataReceived(MSInterfaceInfo)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(SCSICommandStatus, sizeof(MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t),
+ NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ if (SCSICommandStatus->Status != MS_SCSI_COMMAND_Pass)
+ ErrorCode = MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_ResetMSInterface(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = MS_REQ_MassStorageReset,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = MSInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress())) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(MSInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress())) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_GetMaxLUN(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = MS_REQ_GetMaxLUN,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = MSInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = 1,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(MaxLUNIndex)) == HOST_SENDCONTROL_SetupStalled)
+ {
+ *MaxLUNIndex = 0;
+ ErrorCode = HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+ }
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_GetInquiryData(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t* const InquiryData)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t)),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 6,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY,
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ sizeof(SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t), // Allocation Length
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, InquiryData);
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_TestUnitReady(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 6,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY,
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_ReadDeviceCapacity(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Capacity_t* const DeviceCapacity)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(SCSI_Capacity_t)),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 10,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10,
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // MSB of Logical block address
+ 0x00,
+ 0x00,
+ 0x00, // LSB of Logical block address
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Partial Medium Indicator
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, DeviceCapacity)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ DeviceCapacity->Blocks = BE32_TO_CPU(DeviceCapacity->Blocks);
+ DeviceCapacity->BlockSize = BE32_TO_CPU(DeviceCapacity->BlockSize);
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_RequestSense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SenseData)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t)),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 6,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE,
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t), // Allocation Length
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, SenseData);
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const bool PreventRemoval)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .DataTransferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_OUT,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 6,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL,
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ PreventRemoval, // Prevent flag
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_ReadDeviceBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ const uint8_t Blocks,
+ const uint16_t BlockSize,
+ void* BlockBuffer)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .DataTransferLength = cpu_to_le32((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_IN,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 10,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_READ_10,
+ 0x00, // Unused (control bits, all off)
+ (BlockAddress >> 24), // MSB of Block Address
+ (BlockAddress >> 16),
+ (BlockAddress >> 8),
+ (BlockAddress & 0xFF), // LSB of Block Address
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // MSB of Total Blocks to Read
+ Blocks, // LSB of Total Blocks to Read
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, BlockBuffer);
+}
+
+uint8_t MS_Host_WriteDeviceBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ const uint8_t Blocks,
+ const uint16_t BlockSize,
+ const void* BlockBuffer)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t SCSICommandBlock = (MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t)
+ {
+ .DataTransferLength = cpu_to_le32((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),
+ .Flags = MS_COMMAND_DIR_DATA_OUT,
+ .LUN = LUNIndex,
+ .SCSICommandLength = 10,
+ .SCSICommandData =
+ {
+ SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10,
+ 0x00, // Unused (control bits, all off)
+ (BlockAddress >> 24), // MSB of Block Address
+ (BlockAddress >> 16),
+ (BlockAddress >> 8),
+ (BlockAddress & 0xFF), // LSB of Block Address
+ 0x00, // Reserved
+ 0x00, // MSB of Total Blocks to Write
+ Blocks, // LSB of Total Blocks to Write
+ 0x00 // Unused (control)
+ }
+ };
+
+ return MS_Host_SendCommand(MSInterfaceInfo, &SCSICommandBlock, BlockBuffer);
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h
index 2e7843184..6e558073b 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.h
@@ -1,335 +1,335 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
- *
- * Host mode driver for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMS
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassMassStorageHost Mass Storage Class Host Mode Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Mass Storage USB Class driver.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __MS_CLASS_HOST_H__
-#define __MS_CLASS_HOST_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../USB.h"
- #include "../Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Error code for some Mass Storage Host functions, indicating a logical (and not hardware) error. */
- #define MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED 0x80
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief Mass Storage Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
- *
- * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
- * and passed to each of the Mass Storage class driver functions as the \c MSInterfaceInfo parameter. This
- * stores each Mass Storage interface's configuration and state information.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- struct
- {
- USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
- USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
- } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
- */
- struct
- {
- bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
- * after \ref MS_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
- * Configured state.
- */
- uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Mass Storage interface within the attached device. */
-
- uint32_t TransactionTag; /**< Current transaction tag for data synchronizing of packets. */
- } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
- * the interface is enumerated.
- */
- } USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t;
-
- /** \brief SCSI Device LUN Capacity Structure.
- *
- * SCSI capacity structure, to hold the total capacity of the device in both the number
- * of blocks in the current LUN, and the size of each block. This structure is filled by
- * the device when the \ref MS_Host_ReadDeviceCapacity() function is called.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint32_t Blocks; /**< Number of blocks in the addressed LUN of the device. */
- uint32_t BlockSize; /**< Number of bytes in each block in the addressed LUN. */
- } SCSI_Capacity_t;
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref MS_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
- enum MS_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- MS_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
- MS_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
- MS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible Mass Storage interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
- MS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Mass Storage host interface instance using the
- * Configuration Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Mass
- * Storage Host instance's state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it
- * is found within the device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while
- * the host state machine is in the Addressed state.
- *
- * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an MS Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
- * \param[in] DeviceConfigDescriptor Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref MS_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t MS_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
- void* DeviceConfigDescriptor) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
- /** Sends a MASS STORAGE RESET control request to the attached device, resetting the Mass Storage Interface
- * and readying it for the next Mass Storage command. This should be called after a failed SCSI request to
- * ensure the attached Mass Storage device is ready to receive the next command.
- *
- * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t MS_Host_ResetMSInterface(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Sends a GET MAX LUN control request to the attached device, retrieving the index of the highest LUN (Logical
- * UNit, a logical drive) in the device. This value can then be used in the other functions of the Mass Storage
- * Host mode Class driver to address a specific LUN within the device.
- *
- * \note Some devices do not support this request, and will STALL it when issued. To get around this,
- * on unsupported devices the max LUN index will be reported as zero and no error will be returned
- * if the device STALLs the request.
- *
- * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[out] MaxLUNIndex Pointer to a location where the highest LUN index value should be stored.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t MS_Host_GetMaxLUN(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- /** Retrieves the Mass Storage device's inquiry data for the specified LUN, indicating the device characteristics and
- * properties.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] LUNIndex LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
- * \param[out] InquiryData Location where the read inquiry data should be stored.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED.
- */
- uint8_t MS_Host_GetInquiryData(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t LUNIndex,
- SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t* const InquiryData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
- /** Sends a TEST UNIT READY command to the device, to determine if it is ready to accept other SCSI commands.
- *
- * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] LUNIndex LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
- */
- uint8_t MS_Host_TestUnitReady(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t LUNIndex) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Retrieves the total capacity of the attached USB Mass Storage device, in blocks, and block size.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] LUNIndex LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
- * \param[out] DeviceCapacity Pointer to the location where the capacity information should be stored.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
- */
- uint8_t MS_Host_ReadDeviceCapacity(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t LUNIndex,
- SCSI_Capacity_t* const DeviceCapacity) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
- /** Retrieves the device sense data, indicating the current device state and error codes for the previously
- * issued command.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] LUNIndex LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
- * \param[out] SenseData Pointer to the location where the sense information should be stored.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
- */
- uint8_t MS_Host_RequestSense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t LUNIndex,
- SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SenseData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
- /** Issues a PREVENT MEDIUM REMOVAL command, to logically (or, depending on the type of device, physically) lock
- * the device from removal so that blocks of data on the medium can be read or altered.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] LUNIndex LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
- * \param[in] PreventRemoval Boolean \c true if the device should be locked from removal, \c false otherwise.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
- */
- uint8_t MS_Host_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t LUNIndex,
- const bool PreventRemoval) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Reads blocks of data from the attached Mass Storage device's medium.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] LUNIndex LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
- * \param[in] BlockAddress Starting block address within the device to read from.
- * \param[in] Blocks Total number of blocks to read.
- * \param[in] BlockSize Size in bytes of each block within the device.
- * \param[out] BlockBuffer Pointer to where the read data from the device should be stored.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
- */
- uint8_t MS_Host_ReadDeviceBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t LUNIndex,
- const uint32_t BlockAddress,
- const uint8_t Blocks,
- const uint16_t BlockSize,
- void* BlockBuffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(6);
-
- /** Writes blocks of data to the attached Mass Storage device's medium.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] LUNIndex LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
- * \param[in] BlockAddress Starting block address within the device to write to.
- * \param[in] Blocks Total number of blocks to read.
- * \param[in] BlockSize Size in bytes of each block within the device.
- * \param[in] BlockBuffer Pointer to where the data to write should be sourced from.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
- */
- uint8_t MS_Host_WriteDeviceBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t LUNIndex,
- const uint32_t BlockAddress,
- const uint8_t Blocks,
- const uint16_t BlockSize,
- const void* BlockBuffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(6);
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** General management task for a given Mass Storage host class interface, required for the correct operation of
- * the interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
- * \ref USB_USBTask().
- *
- * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Mass Storage Class host configuration and state.
- */
- static inline void MS_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void MS_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
- {
- (void)MSInterfaceInfo;
- }
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define MS_COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 10000
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_HOST_C)
- static uint8_t MS_Host_SendCommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
- const void* const BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
- static uint8_t MS_Host_WaitForDataReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static uint8_t MS_Host_SendReceiveData(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
- void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
- static uint8_t MS_Host_GetReturnedStatus(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
- MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t* const SCSICommandStatus)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- static uint8_t DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static uint8_t DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
+ *
+ * Host mode driver for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassMS
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassMassStorageHost Mass Storage Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMassStorageHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMassStorageHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Mass Storage USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __MS_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __MS_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/MassStorageClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Error code for some Mass Storage Host functions, indicating a logical (and not hardware) error. */
+ #define MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED 0x80
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Mass Storage Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+ * and passed to each of the Mass Storage class driver functions as the \c MSInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+ * stores each Mass Storage interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+ * after \ref MS_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+ * Configured state.
+ */
+ uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Mass Storage interface within the attached device. */
+
+ uint32_t TransactionTag; /**< Current transaction tag for data synchronizing of packets. */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+ * the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t;
+
+ /** \brief SCSI Device LUN Capacity Structure.
+ *
+ * SCSI capacity structure, to hold the total capacity of the device in both the number
+ * of blocks in the current LUN, and the size of each block. This structure is filled by
+ * the device when the \ref MS_Host_ReadDeviceCapacity() function is called.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint32_t Blocks; /**< Number of blocks in the addressed LUN of the device. */
+ uint32_t BlockSize; /**< Number of bytes in each block in the addressed LUN. */
+ } SCSI_Capacity_t;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref MS_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+ enum MS_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ MS_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+ MS_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+ MS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible Mass Storage interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+ MS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Mass Storage host interface instance using the
+ * Configuration Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Mass
+ * Storage Host instance's state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it
+ * is found within the device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while
+ * the host state machine is in the Addressed state.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an MS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ * \param[in] DeviceConfigDescriptor Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref MS_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t MS_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* DeviceConfigDescriptor) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Sends a MASS STORAGE RESET control request to the attached device, resetting the Mass Storage Interface
+ * and readying it for the next Mass Storage command. This should be called after a failed SCSI request to
+ * ensure the attached Mass Storage device is ready to receive the next command.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t MS_Host_ResetMSInterface(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a GET MAX LUN control request to the attached device, retrieving the index of the highest LUN (Logical
+ * UNit, a logical drive) in the device. This value can then be used in the other functions of the Mass Storage
+ * Host mode Class driver to address a specific LUN within the device.
+ *
+ * \note Some devices do not support this request, and will STALL it when issued. To get around this,
+ * on unsupported devices the max LUN index will be reported as zero and no error will be returned
+ * if the device STALLs the request.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[out] MaxLUNIndex Pointer to a location where the highest LUN index value should be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t MS_Host_GetMaxLUN(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Retrieves the Mass Storage device's inquiry data for the specified LUN, indicating the device characteristics and
+ * properties.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
+ * \param[out] InquiryData Location where the read inquiry data should be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED.
+ */
+ uint8_t MS_Host_GetInquiryData(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t* const InquiryData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Sends a TEST UNIT READY command to the device, to determine if it is ready to accept other SCSI commands.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
+ */
+ uint8_t MS_Host_TestUnitReady(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Retrieves the total capacity of the attached USB Mass Storage device, in blocks, and block size.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
+ * \param[out] DeviceCapacity Pointer to the location where the capacity information should be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
+ */
+ uint8_t MS_Host_ReadDeviceCapacity(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Capacity_t* const DeviceCapacity) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Retrieves the device sense data, indicating the current device state and error codes for the previously
+ * issued command.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
+ * \param[out] SenseData Pointer to the location where the sense information should be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
+ */
+ uint8_t MS_Host_RequestSense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SenseData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Issues a PREVENT MEDIUM REMOVAL command, to logically (or, depending on the type of device, physically) lock
+ * the device from removal so that blocks of data on the medium can be read or altered.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
+ * \param[in] PreventRemoval Boolean \c true if the device should be locked from removal, \c false otherwise.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
+ */
+ uint8_t MS_Host_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const bool PreventRemoval) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads blocks of data from the attached Mass Storage device's medium.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Starting block address within the device to read from.
+ * \param[in] Blocks Total number of blocks to read.
+ * \param[in] BlockSize Size in bytes of each block within the device.
+ * \param[out] BlockBuffer Pointer to where the read data from the device should be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
+ */
+ uint8_t MS_Host_ReadDeviceBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ const uint8_t Blocks,
+ const uint16_t BlockSize,
+ void* BlockBuffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(6);
+
+ /** Writes blocks of data to the attached Mass Storage device's medium.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a MS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] LUNIndex LUN index within the device the command is being issued to.
+ * \param[in] BlockAddress Starting block address within the device to write to.
+ * \param[in] Blocks Total number of blocks to read.
+ * \param[in] BlockSize Size in bytes of each block within the device.
+ * \param[in] BlockBuffer Pointer to where the data to write should be sourced from.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum or \ref MS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if not ready.
+ */
+ uint8_t MS_Host_WriteDeviceBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t LUNIndex,
+ const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+ const uint8_t Blocks,
+ const uint16_t BlockSize,
+ const void* BlockBuffer) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(6);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** General management task for a given Mass Storage host class interface, required for the correct operation of
+ * the interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
+ * \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an Mass Storage Class host configuration and state.
+ */
+ static inline void MS_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void MS_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ (void)MSInterfaceInfo;
+ }
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define MS_COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 10000
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_HOST_C)
+ static uint8_t MS_Host_SendCommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+ const void* const BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ static uint8_t MS_Host_WaitForDataReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t MS_Host_SendReceiveData(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ MS_CommandBlockWrapper_t* const SCSICommandBlock,
+ void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ static uint8_t MS_Host_GetReturnedStatus(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Host_t* const MSInterfaceInfo,
+ MS_CommandStatusWrapper_t* const SCSICommandStatus)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_MS_Host_NextMSInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c
index 1ecf19115..fd32e1c28 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c
@@ -1,400 +1,400 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_HOST_C
-#include "PrinterClassHost.h"
-
-uint8_t PRNT_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
- void* ConfigDescriptorData)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* PrinterInterface = NULL;
-
- memset(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State));
-
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
- return PRNT_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
-
- while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
- {
- if (!(PrinterInterface) ||
- USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- return PRNT_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
- }
-
- PrinterInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
- DataINEndpoint = NULL;
- DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
-
- continue;
- }
-
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
- DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
- else
- DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
- }
-
- PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
- PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
- PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
- PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
- PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
- PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
- return false;
-
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
- return false;
-
- PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = PrinterInterface->InterfaceNumber;
- PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.AlternateSetting = PrinterInterface->AlternateSetting;
- PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
-
- return PRNT_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
- if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
- if ((Interface->Class == PRNT_CSCP_PrinterClass) &&
- (Interface->SubClass == PRNT_CSCP_PrinterSubclass) &&
- (Interface->Protocol == PRNT_CSCP_BidirectionalProtocol))
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterfaceEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
- if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
-
- if (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK)
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-void PRNT_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return;
-
- #if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
- PRNT_Host_Flush(PRNTInterfaceInfo);
- #endif
-}
-
-uint8_t PRNT_Host_SetBidirectionalMode(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if (PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.AlternateSetting)
- {
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
- PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.AlternateSetting)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- return ErrorCode;
- }
- }
-
- return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
-}
-
-uint8_t PRNT_Host_GetPortStatus(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
- uint8_t* const PortStatus)
-{
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = PRNT_REQ_GetPortStatus,
- .wValue = 0,
- .wIndex = PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
- .wLength = sizeof(uint8_t),
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
- return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(PortStatus);
-}
-
-uint8_t PRNT_Host_SoftReset(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
-{
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = PRNT_REQ_SoftReset,
- .wValue = 0,
- .wIndex = PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
- return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
-}
-
-uint8_t PRNT_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-
- bool BankFull = !(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed());
-
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
- if (BankFull)
- {
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
- }
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t Data)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
- }
-
- Pipe_Write_8(Data);
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
- const char* const String)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
- ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
- void* Buffer,
- const uint16_t Length)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
- ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint16_t PRNT_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return 0;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
- {
- if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
- {
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return 0;
- }
- else
- {
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return Pipe_BytesInPipe();
- }
- }
- else
- {
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-int16_t PRNT_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
- {
- if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
- ReceivedByte = Pipe_Read_8();
-
- if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- }
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return ReceivedByte;
-}
-
-uint8_t PRNT_Host_GetDeviceID(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
- char* const DeviceIDString,
- const uint16_t BufferSize)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
- uint16_t DeviceIDStringLength = 0;
-
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = PRNT_REQ_GetDeviceID,
- .wValue = 0,
- .wIndex = PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
- .wLength = sizeof(DeviceIDStringLength),
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(&DeviceIDStringLength)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if (!(DeviceIDStringLength))
- {
- DeviceIDString[0] = 0x00;
- return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
- }
-
- DeviceIDStringLength = be16_to_cpu(DeviceIDStringLength);
-
- if (DeviceIDStringLength > BufferSize)
- DeviceIDStringLength = BufferSize;
-
- USB_ControlRequest.wLength = DeviceIDStringLength;
-
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(DeviceIDString)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- memmove(&DeviceIDString[0], &DeviceIDString[2], DeviceIDStringLength - 2);
-
- DeviceIDString[DeviceIDStringLength - 2] = 0x00;
-
- return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
-}
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_HOST_C
+#include "PrinterClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* PrinterInterface = NULL;
+
+ memset(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+ return PRNT_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint))
+ {
+ if (!(PrinterInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return PRNT_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ PrinterInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+ return PRNT_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+ return PRNT_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = PrinterInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.AlternateSetting = PrinterInterface->AlternateSetting;
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+
+ return PRNT_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == PRNT_CSCP_PrinterClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == PRNT_CSCP_PrinterSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == PRNT_CSCP_BidirectionalProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterfaceEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+ if (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK)
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+void PRNT_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return;
+
+ #if !defined(NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH)
+ PRNT_Host_Flush(PRNTInterfaceInfo);
+ #endif
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_SetBidirectionalMode(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if (PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.AlternateSetting)
+ {
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.AlternateSetting)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_GetPortStatus(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const PortStatus)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = PRNT_REQ_GetPortStatus,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = sizeof(uint8_t),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(PortStatus);
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_SoftReset(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = PRNT_REQ_SoftReset,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+
+ bool BankFull = !(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed());
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ if (BankFull)
+ {
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Data)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()) != PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Write_8(Data);
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(String, strlen(String), NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Length, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady();
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint16_t PRNT_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return 0;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return Pipe_BytesInPipe();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+int16_t PRNT_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ int16_t ReceivedByte = -1;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PRNTInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ {
+ if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
+ ReceivedByte = Pipe_Read_8();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ReceivedByte;
+}
+
+uint8_t PRNT_Host_GetDeviceID(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ char* const DeviceIDString,
+ const uint16_t BufferSize)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t DeviceIDStringLength = 0;
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = PRNT_REQ_GetDeviceID,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = PRNTInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = sizeof(DeviceIDStringLength),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(&DeviceIDStringLength)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (!(DeviceIDStringLength))
+ {
+ DeviceIDString[0] = 0x00;
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+ }
+
+ DeviceIDStringLength = be16_to_cpu(DeviceIDStringLength);
+
+ if (DeviceIDStringLength > BufferSize)
+ DeviceIDStringLength = BufferSize;
+
+ USB_ControlRequest.wLength = DeviceIDStringLength;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(DeviceIDString)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ memmove(&DeviceIDString[0], &DeviceIDString[2], DeviceIDStringLength - 2);
+
+ DeviceIDString[DeviceIDStringLength - 2] = 0x00;
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h
index 64494b1f6..8089aa592 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.h
@@ -1,285 +1,285 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Printer Class driver.
- *
- * Host mode driver for the library USB Printer Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassPrinter
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassPrinterHost Printer Class Host Mode Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Printer USB Class driver.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __PRINTER_CLASS_HOST_H__
-#define __PRINTER_CLASS_HOST_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../USB.h"
- #include "../Common/PrinterClassCommon.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief Printer Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
- *
- * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
- * and passed to each of the Printer class driver functions as the \c PRNTInterfaceInfo parameter. This
- * stores each Printer interface's configuration and state information.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- struct
- {
- USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
- USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
- } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
- */
- struct
- {
- bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
- * after \ref PRNT_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
- * Configured state.
- */
- uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Printer interface within the attached device. */
- uint8_t AlternateSetting; /**< Alternate setting within the Printer Interface in the attached device. */
- } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
- * the interface is enumerated.
- */
- } USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t;
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref PRNT_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
- enum PRNT_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- PRNT_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
- PRNT_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
- PRNT_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible Printer interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
- PRNT_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Printer host interface instance using the
- * Configuration Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Printer
- * instance's state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within
- * the device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state
- * machine is in the Addressed state.
- *
- * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
- * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref PRNT_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t PRNT_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
- void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
- /** General management task for a given Printer host class interface, required for the correct operation of
- * the interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
- * \ref USB_USBTask().
- *
- * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
- */
- void PRNT_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Configures the printer to enable Bidirectional mode, if it is not already in this mode. This should be called
- * once the connected device's configuration has been set, to ensure the printer is ready to accept commands.
- *
- * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t PRNT_Host_SetBidirectionalMode(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Retrieves the status of the virtual Printer port's inbound status lines. The result can then be masked against the
- * \c PRNT_PORTSTATUS_* macros to determine the printer port's status.
- *
- * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[out] PortStatus Location where the retrieved port status should be stored.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t PRNT_Host_GetPortStatus(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
- uint8_t* const PortStatus)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- /** Soft-resets the attached printer, readying it for new commands.
- *
- * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t PRNT_Host_SoftReset(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t PRNT_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Sends the given null terminated string to the attached printer's input endpoint.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] String Pointer to a null terminated string to send.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
- const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- /** Sends the given raw data stream to the attached printer's input endpoint. This should contain commands that the
- * printer is able to understand - for example, PCL data. Not all printers accept all printer languages; see
- * \ref PRNT_Host_GetDeviceID() for details on determining acceptable languages for an attached printer.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer containing the raw command stream to send to the printer.
- * \param[in] Length Size in bytes of the command stream to be sent.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
- void* Buffer,
- const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- /** Sends a given byte to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is called, the
- * byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank becomes full, or the
- * \ref PRNT_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
- * packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Data Byte of data to send to the device.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
- const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Determines the number of bytes received by the printer interface from the device, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
- * of bytes in the IN pipe bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref PRNT_Host_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to succeed
- * immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the pipe bank will not be
- * released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the device.
- */
- uint16_t PRNT_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo);
-
- /** Reads a byte of data from the device. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB device is not connected, the function
- * returns a negative value. The \ref PRNT_Host_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many bytes
- * are currently buffered in the Printer interface's data receive pipe.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Next received byte from the device, or a negative value if no data received.
- */
- int16_t PRNT_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo);
-
- /** Retrieves the attached printer device's ID string, formatted according to IEEE 1284. This string is sent as a
- * Unicode string from the device and is automatically converted to an ASCII encoded C string by this function, thus
- * the maximum reportable string length is two less than the size given (to accommodate the Unicode string length
- * bytes which are removed).
- *
- * This string, when supported, contains the model, manufacturer and acceptable printer languages for the attached device.
- *
- * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[out] DeviceIDString Pointer to a buffer where the Device ID string should be stored, in ASCII format.
- * \param[in] BufferSize Size in bytes of the buffer allocated for the Device ID string.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t PRNT_Host_GetDeviceID(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
- char* const DeviceIDString,
- const uint16_t BufferSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_HOST_C)
- static uint8_t DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static uint8_t DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Printer Class driver.
+ *
+ * Host mode driver for the library USB Printer Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassPrinter
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassPrinterHost Printer Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassPrinterHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassPrinterHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Printer USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __PRINTER_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __PRINTER_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/PrinterClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Printer Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+ * and passed to each of the Printer class driver functions as the \c PRNTInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+ * stores each Printer interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+ * after \ref PRNT_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+ * Configured state.
+ */
+ uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Printer interface within the attached device. */
+ uint8_t AlternateSetting; /**< Alternate setting within the Printer Interface in the attached device. */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+ * the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref PRNT_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+ enum PRNT_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ PRNT_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+ PRNT_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+ PRNT_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible Printer interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+ PRNT_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Printer host interface instance using the
+ * Configuration Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Printer
+ * instance's state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within
+ * the device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state
+ * machine is in the Addressed state.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref PRNT_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** General management task for a given Printer host class interface, required for the correct operation of
+ * the interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
+ * \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ */
+ void PRNT_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Configures the printer to enable Bidirectional mode, if it is not already in this mode. This should be called
+ * once the connected device's configuration has been set, to ensure the printer is ready to accept commands.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Host_SetBidirectionalMode(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Retrieves the status of the virtual Printer port's inbound status lines. The result can then be masked against the
+ * \c PRNT_PORTSTATUS_* macros to determine the printer port's status.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[out] PortStatus Location where the retrieved port status should be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Host_GetPortStatus(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ uint8_t* const PortStatus)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Soft-resets the attached printer, readying it for new commands.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Host_SoftReset(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Flushes any data waiting to be sent, ensuring that the send buffer is cleared.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Host_Flush(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends the given null terminated string to the attached printer's input endpoint.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] String Pointer to a null terminated string to send.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendString(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const char* const String) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Sends the given raw data stream to the attached printer's input endpoint. This should contain commands that the
+ * printer is able to understand - for example, PCL data. Not all printers accept all printer languages; see
+ * \ref PRNT_Host_GetDeviceID() for details on determining acceptable languages for an attached printer.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer containing the raw command stream to send to the printer.
+ * \param[in] Length Size in bytes of the command stream to be sent.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Sends a given byte to the attached USB device, if connected. If a device is not connected when the function is called, the
+ * byte is discarded. Bytes will be queued for transmission to the device until either the pipe bank becomes full, or the
+ * \ref PRNT_Host_Flush() function is called to flush the pending data to the host. This allows for multiple bytes to be
+ * packed into a single pipe packet, increasing data throughput.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Data Byte of data to send to the device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Host_SendByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint8_t Data) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Determines the number of bytes received by the printer interface from the device, waiting to be read. This indicates the number
+ * of bytes in the IN pipe bank only, and thus the number of calls to \ref PRNT_Host_ReceiveByte() which are guaranteed to succeed
+ * immediately. If multiple bytes are to be received, they should be buffered by the user application, as the pipe bank will not be
+ * released back to the USB controller until all bytes are read.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Total number of buffered bytes received from the device.
+ */
+ uint16_t PRNT_Host_BytesReceived(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads a byte of data from the device. If no data is waiting to be read of if a USB device is not connected, the function
+ * returns a negative value. The \ref PRNT_Host_BytesReceived() function may be queried in advance to determine how many bytes
+ * are currently buffered in the Printer interface's data receive pipe.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Next received byte from the device, or a negative value if no data received.
+ */
+ int16_t PRNT_Host_ReceiveByte(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Retrieves the attached printer device's ID string, formatted according to IEEE 1284. This string is sent as a
+ * Unicode string from the device and is automatically converted to an ASCII encoded C string by this function, thus
+ * the maximum reportable string length is two less than the size given (to accommodate the Unicode string length
+ * bytes which are removed).
+ *
+ * This string, when supported, contains the model, manufacturer and acceptable printer languages for the attached device.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] PRNTInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Printer Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[out] DeviceIDString Pointer to a buffer where the Device ID string should be stored, in ASCII format.
+ * \param[in] BufferSize Size in bytes of the buffer allocated for the Device ID string.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t PRNT_Host_GetDeviceID(USB_ClassInfo_PRNT_Host_t* const PRNTInterfaceInfo,
+ char* const DeviceIDString,
+ const uint16_t BufferSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_HOST_C)
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_PRNT_Host_NextPRNTInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c
index 1e23f8e7c..3ed51c8d9 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c
@@ -1,476 +1,476 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_HOST_C
-#include "RNDISClassHost.h"
-
-uint8_t RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
- void* ConfigDescriptorData)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* RNDISControlInterface = NULL;
-
- memset(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State));
-
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
- return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
-
- RNDISControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
- while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint) || !(NotificationEndpoint))
- {
- if (!(RNDISControlInterface) ||
- USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- if (NotificationEndpoint)
- {
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISDataInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
- }
-
- DataINEndpoint = NULL;
- DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
- }
- else
- {
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
- }
-
- RNDISControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
- NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
- }
-
- continue;
- }
-
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
- {
- if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
- NotificationEndpoint = EndpointData;
- else
- DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
- }
- else
- {
- DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
- }
- }
-
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(NotificationEndpoint->EndpointSize);
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.EndpointAddress = NotificationEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
-
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
- return false;
-
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
- return false;
-
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe, 1)))
- return false;
-
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber = RNDISControlInterface->InterfaceNumber;
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
-
- return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISControlInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
- if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
- if ((Interface->Class == CDC_CSCP_CDCClass) &&
- (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass) &&
- (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol))
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISDataInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
- if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor,
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
- if ((Interface->Class == CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass) &&
- (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass) &&
- (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol))
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
- if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
-
- if (((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) || (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)) &&
- !(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress)))
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
- else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-static uint8_t RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
- void* Buffer,
- const uint16_t Length)
-{
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = RNDIS_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand,
- .wValue = 0,
- .wIndex = RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
- .wLength = Length,
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
-}
-
-static uint8_t RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
- void* Buffer,
- const uint16_t Length)
-{
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = RNDIS_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse,
- .wValue = 0,
- .wIndex = RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
- .wLength = Length,
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
-}
-
-uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SendKeepAlive(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t KeepAliveMessage;
- RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t KeepAliveMessageResponse;
-
- KeepAliveMessage.MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG);
- KeepAliveMessage.MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t));
- KeepAliveMessage.RequestId = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RequestID++);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &KeepAliveMessage,
- sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- return ErrorCode;
- }
-
- if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &KeepAliveMessageResponse,
- sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- return ErrorCode;
- }
-
- return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
-}
-
-uint8_t RNDIS_Host_InitializeDevice(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t InitMessage;
- RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t InitMessageResponse;
-
- InitMessage.MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG);
- InitMessage.MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t));
- InitMessage.RequestId = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RequestID++);
-
- InitMessage.MajorVersion = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR);
- InitMessage.MinorVersion = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR);
- InitMessage.MaxTransferSize = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.HostMaxPacketSize);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &InitMessage,
- sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- return ErrorCode;
- }
-
- if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &InitMessageResponse,
- sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- return ErrorCode;
- }
-
- if (InitMessageResponse.Status != CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS))
- return RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
-
- RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.DeviceMaxPacketSize = le32_to_cpu(InitMessageResponse.MaxTransferSize);
-
- return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
-}
-
-uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SetRNDISProperty(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
- const uint32_t Oid,
- void* Buffer,
- const uint16_t Length)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- struct
- {
- RNDIS_Set_Message_t SetMessage;
- uint8_t ContiguousBuffer[Length];
- } SetMessageData;
-
- RNDIS_Set_Complete_t SetMessageResponse;
-
- SetMessageData.SetMessage.MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG);
- SetMessageData.SetMessage.MessageLength = cpu_to_le32(sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Message_t) + Length);
- SetMessageData.SetMessage.RequestId = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RequestID++);
-
- SetMessageData.SetMessage.Oid = cpu_to_le32(Oid);
- SetMessageData.SetMessage.InformationBufferLength = cpu_to_le32(Length);
- SetMessageData.SetMessage.InformationBufferOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
- SetMessageData.SetMessage.DeviceVcHandle = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
-
- memcpy(&SetMessageData.ContiguousBuffer, Buffer, Length);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &SetMessageData,
- (sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Message_t) + Length))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- return ErrorCode;
- }
-
- if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &SetMessageResponse,
- sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- return ErrorCode;
- }
-
- if (SetMessageResponse.Status != CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS))
- return RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
-
- return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
-}
-
-uint8_t RNDIS_Host_QueryRNDISProperty(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
- const uint32_t Oid,
- void* Buffer,
- const uint16_t MaxLength)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- RNDIS_Query_Message_t QueryMessage;
-
- struct
- {
- RNDIS_Query_Complete_t QueryMessageResponse;
- uint8_t ContiguousBuffer[MaxLength];
- } QueryMessageResponseData;
-
- QueryMessage.MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG);
- QueryMessage.MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Message_t));
- QueryMessage.RequestId = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RequestID++);
-
- QueryMessage.Oid = cpu_to_le32(Oid);
- QueryMessage.InformationBufferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
- QueryMessage.InformationBufferOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
- QueryMessage.DeviceVcHandle = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &QueryMessage,
- sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- return ErrorCode;
- }
-
- if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &QueryMessageResponseData,
- sizeof(QueryMessageResponseData))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- return ErrorCode;
- }
-
- if (QueryMessageResponseData.QueryMessageResponse.Status != CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS))
- return RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
-
- memcpy(Buffer, &QueryMessageResponseData.ContiguousBuffer, MaxLength);
-
- return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
-}
-
-bool RNDIS_Host_IsPacketReceived(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
-{
- bool PacketWaiting;
-
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return false;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
-
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
- PacketWaiting = Pipe_IsINReceived();
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return PacketWaiting;
-}
-
-uint8_t RNDIS_Host_ReadPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
- void* Buffer,
- uint16_t* const PacketLength)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
- Pipe_ClearIN();
-
- *PacketLength = 0;
- Pipe_Freeze();
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
- }
-
- RNDIS_Packet_Message_t DeviceMessage;
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&DeviceMessage, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t),
- NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- {
- return ErrorCode;
- }
-
- *PacketLength = (uint16_t)le32_to_cpu(DeviceMessage.DataLength);
-
- Pipe_Discard_Stream(le32_to_cpu(DeviceMessage.DataOffset) -
- (sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t)),
- NULL);
-
- Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, *PacketLength, NULL);
-
- if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
- Pipe_ClearIN();
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SendPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
- void* Buffer,
- const uint16_t PacketLength)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- RNDIS_Packet_Message_t DeviceMessage;
-
- memset(&DeviceMessage, 0, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t));
- DeviceMessage.MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MSG);
- DeviceMessage.MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + PacketLength);
- DeviceMessage.DataOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
- DeviceMessage.DataLength = cpu_to_le32(PacketLength);
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&DeviceMessage, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t),
- NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- {
- return ErrorCode;
- }
-
- Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, PacketLength, NULL);
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_HOST_C
+#include "RNDISClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* RNDISControlInterface = NULL;
+
+ memset(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+ return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+ RNDISControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint) || !(NotificationEndpoint))
+ {
+ if (!(RNDISControlInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ if (NotificationEndpoint)
+ {
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISDataInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ RNDISControlInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ NotificationEndpoint = NULL;
+ }
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ {
+ if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
+ NotificationEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ }
+
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(NotificationEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.EndpointAddress = NotificationEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+ return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+ return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.NotificationPipe, 1)))
+ return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber = RNDISControlInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+
+ return RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISControlInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == CDC_CSCP_CDCClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISDataInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor,
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+ if (((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) || (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)) &&
+ !(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress)))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+static uint8_t RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = RNDIS_REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = Length,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
+}
+
+static uint8_t RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = RNDIS_REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.ControlInterfaceNumber,
+ .wLength = Length,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SendKeepAlive(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t KeepAliveMessage;
+ RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t KeepAliveMessageResponse;
+
+ KeepAliveMessage.MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG);
+ KeepAliveMessage.MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t));
+ KeepAliveMessage.RequestId = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RequestID++);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &KeepAliveMessage,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &KeepAliveMessageResponse,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Host_InitializeDevice(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t InitMessage;
+ RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t InitMessageResponse;
+
+ InitMessage.MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG);
+ InitMessage.MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t));
+ InitMessage.RequestId = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RequestID++);
+
+ InitMessage.MajorVersion = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR);
+ InitMessage.MinorVersion = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR);
+ InitMessage.MaxTransferSize = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.HostMaxPacketSize);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &InitMessage,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &InitMessageResponse,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if (InitMessageResponse.Status != CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS))
+ return RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+ RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.DeviceMaxPacketSize = le32_to_cpu(InitMessageResponse.MaxTransferSize);
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SetRNDISProperty(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t Oid,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ struct
+ {
+ RNDIS_Set_Message_t SetMessage;
+ uint8_t ContiguousBuffer[Length];
+ } SetMessageData;
+
+ RNDIS_Set_Complete_t SetMessageResponse;
+
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG);
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.MessageLength = cpu_to_le32(sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Message_t) + Length);
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.RequestId = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RequestID++);
+
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.Oid = cpu_to_le32(Oid);
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.InformationBufferLength = cpu_to_le32(Length);
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.InformationBufferOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
+ SetMessageData.SetMessage.DeviceVcHandle = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+
+ memcpy(&SetMessageData.ContiguousBuffer, Buffer, Length);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &SetMessageData,
+ (sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Message_t) + Length))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &SetMessageResponse,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Complete_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if (SetMessageResponse.Status != CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS))
+ return RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Host_QueryRNDISProperty(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t Oid,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t MaxLength)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ RNDIS_Query_Message_t QueryMessage;
+
+ struct
+ {
+ RNDIS_Query_Complete_t QueryMessageResponse;
+ uint8_t ContiguousBuffer[MaxLength];
+ } QueryMessageResponseData;
+
+ QueryMessage.MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG);
+ QueryMessage.MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Message_t));
+ QueryMessage.RequestId = cpu_to_le32(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.RequestID++);
+
+ QueryMessage.Oid = cpu_to_le32(Oid);
+ QueryMessage.InformationBufferLength = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+ QueryMessage.InformationBufferOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+ QueryMessage.DeviceVcHandle = CPU_TO_LE32(0);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &QueryMessage,
+ sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Message_t))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(RNDISInterfaceInfo, &QueryMessageResponseData,
+ sizeof(QueryMessageResponseData))) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ if (QueryMessageResponseData.QueryMessageResponse.Status != CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS))
+ return RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+ memcpy(Buffer, &QueryMessageResponseData.ContiguousBuffer, MaxLength);
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+bool RNDIS_Host_IsPacketReceived(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool PacketWaiting;
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return false;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+ PacketWaiting = Pipe_IsINReceived();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PacketWaiting;
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Host_ReadPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ uint16_t* const PacketLength)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ *PacketLength = 0;
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+ }
+
+ RNDIS_Packet_Message_t DeviceMessage;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&DeviceMessage, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t),
+ NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ *PacketLength = (uint16_t)le32_to_cpu(DeviceMessage.DataLength);
+
+ Pipe_Discard_Stream(le32_to_cpu(DeviceMessage.DataOffset) -
+ (sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t)),
+ NULL);
+
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, *PacketLength, NULL);
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SendPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t PacketLength)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(RNDISInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ RNDIS_Packet_Message_t DeviceMessage;
+
+ memset(&DeviceMessage, 0, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t));
+ DeviceMessage.MessageType = CPU_TO_LE32(REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MSG);
+ DeviceMessage.MessageLength = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + PacketLength);
+ DeviceMessage.DataOffset = CPU_TO_LE32(sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
+ DeviceMessage.DataLength = cpu_to_le32(PacketLength);
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(RNDISInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&DeviceMessage, sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t),
+ NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ {
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, PacketLength, NULL);
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h
index bac6d5c2e..79334b41b 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.h
@@ -1,270 +1,270 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
- *
- * Host mode driver for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassRNDIS
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassRNDISHost RNDIS Class Host Mode Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Microsoft RNDIS Ethernet
- * USB Class driver.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __RNDIS_CLASS_HOST_H__
-#define __RNDIS_CLASS_HOST_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../USB.h"
- #include "../Common/RNDISClassCommon.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief RNDIS Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
- *
- * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
- * and passed to each of the RNDIS class driver functions as the \c RNDISInterfaceInfo parameter. This
- * stores each RNDIS interface's configuration and state information.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- struct
- {
- USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
- USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
- USB_Pipe_Table_t NotificationPipe; /**< Notification IN Pipe configuration table. */
-
- uint32_t HostMaxPacketSize; /**< Maximum size of a packet which can be buffered by the host. */
- } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
- */
- struct
- {
- bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
- * after \ref RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
- * Configured state.
- */
- uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the RNDIS control interface within the attached device. */
-
- uint32_t DeviceMaxPacketSize; /**< Maximum size of a packet which can be buffered by the attached RNDIS device. */
-
- uint32_t RequestID; /**< Request ID counter to give a unique ID for each command/response pair. */
- } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
- * the interface is enumerated.
- */
- } USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t;
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
- enum RNDIS_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
- RNDIS_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
- RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible RNDIS interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
- RNDIS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given RNDIS host interface instance using the Configuration
- * Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given RNDIS Host instance's
- * state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the device.
- * This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state machine is in
- * the Addressed state.
- *
- * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
- * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref RNDIS_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
- void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
- /** Sends a RNDIS KEEPALIVE command to the device, to ensure that it does not enter standby mode after periods
- * of long inactivity.
- *
- * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or \ref RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device returned a
- * logical command failure.
- */
- uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SendKeepAlive(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Initializes the attached RNDIS device's RNDIS interface. This should be called after the device's pipes have been
- * configured via the call to \ref RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes().
- *
- * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or \ref RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the
- * device returned a logical command failure.
- */
- uint8_t RNDIS_Host_InitializeDevice(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Sets a given RNDIS property of an attached RNDIS device.
- *
- * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Oid OID number of the parameter to set.
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to where the property data is to be sourced from.
- * \param[in] Length Length in bytes of the property data to sent to the device.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or \ref RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the
- * device returned a logical command failure.
- */
- uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SetRNDISProperty(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
- const uint32_t Oid,
- void* Buffer,
- const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
- /** Gets a given RNDIS property of an attached RNDIS device.
- *
- * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Oid OID number of the parameter to get.
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to where the property data is to be written to.
- * \param[in] MaxLength Length in bytes of the destination buffer size.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or \ref RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the
- * device returned a logical command failure.
- */
- uint8_t RNDIS_Host_QueryRNDISProperty(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
- const uint32_t Oid,
- void* Buffer,
- const uint16_t MaxLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
- /** Determines if a packet is currently waiting for the host to read in and process.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if a packet is waiting to be read in by the host, \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool RNDIS_Host_IsPacketReceived(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Retrieves the next pending packet from the device, discarding the remainder of the RNDIS packet header to leave
- * only the packet contents for processing by the host in the nominated buffer.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the packer data is to be written to.
- * \param[out] PacketLength Pointer to where the length in bytes of the read packet is to be stored.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t RNDIS_Host_ReadPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
- void* Buffer,
- uint16_t* const PacketLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
- /** Sends the given packet to the attached RNDIS device, after adding a RNDIS packet message header.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the packer data is to be read from.
- * \param[in] PacketLength Length in bytes of the packet to send.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SendPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
- void* Buffer,
- const uint16_t PacketLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** General management task for a given RNDIS host class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
- * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
- *
- * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
- */
- static inline void RNDIS_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void RNDIS_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
- {
- (void)RNDISInterfaceInfo;
- }
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_HOST_C)
- static uint8_t RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
- void* Buffer,
- const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
- static uint8_t RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
- void* Buffer,
- const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISControlInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISDataInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
+ *
+ * Host mode driver for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassRNDIS
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassRNDISHost RNDIS Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassRNDISHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassRNDISHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Microsoft RNDIS Ethernet
+ * USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __RNDIS_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __RNDIS_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/RNDISClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief RNDIS Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+ * and passed to each of the RNDIS class driver functions as the \c RNDISInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+ * stores each RNDIS interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t NotificationPipe; /**< Notification IN Pipe configuration table. */
+
+ uint32_t HostMaxPacketSize; /**< Maximum size of a packet which can be buffered by the host. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+ * after \ref RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+ * Configured state.
+ */
+ uint8_t ControlInterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the RNDIS control interface within the attached device. */
+
+ uint32_t DeviceMaxPacketSize; /**< Maximum size of a packet which can be buffered by the attached RNDIS device. */
+
+ uint32_t RequestID; /**< Request ID counter to give a unique ID for each command/response pair. */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+ * the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+ enum RNDIS_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+ RNDIS_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+ RNDIS_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible RNDIS interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor. */
+ RNDIS_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given RNDIS host interface instance using the Configuration
+ * Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given RNDIS Host instance's
+ * state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is found within the device.
+ * This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while the host state machine is in
+ * the Addressed state.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref RNDIS_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Sends a RNDIS KEEPALIVE command to the device, to ensure that it does not enter standby mode after periods
+ * of long inactivity.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or \ref RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device returned a
+ * logical command failure.
+ */
+ uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SendKeepAlive(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Initializes the attached RNDIS device's RNDIS interface. This should be called after the device's pipes have been
+ * configured via the call to \ref RNDIS_Host_ConfigurePipes().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or \ref RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the
+ * device returned a logical command failure.
+ */
+ uint8_t RNDIS_Host_InitializeDevice(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sets a given RNDIS property of an attached RNDIS device.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Oid OID number of the parameter to set.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to where the property data is to be sourced from.
+ * \param[in] Length Length in bytes of the property data to sent to the device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or \ref RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the
+ * device returned a logical command failure.
+ */
+ uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SetRNDISProperty(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t Oid,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Gets a given RNDIS property of an attached RNDIS device.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Oid OID number of the parameter to get.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to where the property data is to be written to.
+ * \param[in] MaxLength Length in bytes of the destination buffer size.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum or \ref RNDIS_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the
+ * device returned a logical command failure.
+ */
+ uint8_t RNDIS_Host_QueryRNDISProperty(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint32_t Oid,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t MaxLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Determines if a packet is currently waiting for the host to read in and process.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a packet is waiting to be read in by the host, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool RNDIS_Host_IsPacketReceived(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Retrieves the next pending packet from the device, discarding the remainder of the RNDIS packet header to leave
+ * only the packet contents for processing by the host in the nominated buffer.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the packer data is to be written to.
+ * \param[out] PacketLength Pointer to where the length in bytes of the read packet is to be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t RNDIS_Host_ReadPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ uint16_t* const PacketLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Sends the given packet to the attached RNDIS device, after adding a RNDIS packet message header.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the packer data is to be read from.
+ * \param[in] PacketLength Length in bytes of the packet to send.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t RNDIS_Host_SendPacket(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t PacketLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** General management task for a given RNDIS host class interface, required for the correct operation of the interface. This should
+ * be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] RNDISInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing an RNDIS Class host configuration and state.
+ */
+ static inline void RNDIS_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void RNDIS_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ (void)RNDISInterfaceInfo;
+ }
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_HOST_C)
+ static uint8_t RNDIS_SendEncapsulatedCommand(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ static uint8_t RNDIS_GetEncapsulatedResponse(USB_ClassInfo_RNDIS_Host_t* const RNDISInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISControlInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISDataInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_RNDIS_Host_NextRNDISInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c
index a6137b191..24a6308f5 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c
@@ -1,436 +1,436 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_SI_DRIVER
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_STILLIMAGE_HOST_C
-#include "StillImageClassHost.h"
-
-uint8_t SI_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
- void* ConfigDescriptorData)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EventsEndpoint = NULL;
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* StillImageInterface = NULL;
-
- memset(&SIInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(SIInterfaceInfo->State));
-
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
- return SI_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
-
- while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint) || !(EventsEndpoint))
- {
- if (!(StillImageInterface) ||
- USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
- DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
- {
- return SI_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
- }
-
- StillImageInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
- DataINEndpoint = NULL;
- DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
- EventsEndpoint = NULL;
-
- continue;
- }
-
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
- {
- if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
- EventsEndpoint = EndpointData;
- else
- DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
- }
- else
- {
- DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
- }
- }
-
- SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
- SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
- SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
- SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
- SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
- SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
-
- SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(EventsEndpoint->EndpointSize);
- SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.EndpointAddress = EventsEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
- SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
-
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
- return false;
-
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
- return false;
-
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe, 1)))
- return false;
-
- SIInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = StillImageInterface->InterfaceNumber;
- SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
-
- return SI_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
- if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
-
- if ((Interface->Class == SI_CSCP_StillImageClass) &&
- (Interface->SubClass == SI_CSCP_StillImageSubclass) &&
- (Interface->Protocol == SI_CSCP_BulkOnlyProtocol))
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-uint8_t DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
-{
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
-
- if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
-
- uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
-
- if (((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) || (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)) &&
- (!(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress))))
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- }
- }
- else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
- {
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
-}
-
-uint8_t SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
- PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- if (SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsSessionOpen)
- PIMAHeader->TransactionID = cpu_to_le32(SIInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionID++);
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(PIMAHeader, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0), NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMAHeader->DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
-
- if (ParamBytes)
- {
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&PIMAHeader->Params, ParamBytes, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
- }
-
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
- PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader)
-{
- uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = SI_COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
- uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
-
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- while (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
- {
- uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
-
- if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
- {
- PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
-
- if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
- }
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
- Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if (Pipe_IsStalled())
- {
- USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
- }
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
- Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if (Pipe_IsStalled())
- {
- USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
- }
-
- if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
- }
-
- Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(PIMAHeader, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0), NULL);
-
- if (PIMAHeader->Type == CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock))
- {
- uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMAHeader->DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
-
- if (ParamBytes)
- Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMAHeader->Params, ParamBytes, NULL);
-
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- }
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t SI_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
- void* Buffer,
- const uint16_t Bytes)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes, NULL);
-
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint8_t SI_Host_ReadData(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
- void* Buffer,
- const uint16_t Bytes)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes, NULL);
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-bool SI_Host_IsEventReceived(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
-{
- bool IsEventReceived = false;
-
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return false;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if (Pipe_BytesInPipe())
- IsEventReceived = true;
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return IsEventReceived;
-}
-
-uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveEventHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
- PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.Address);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(PIMAHeader, sizeof(PIMA_Container_t), NULL);
-
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint8_t SI_Host_OpenSession(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- SIInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionID = 0;
- SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsSessionOpen = false;
-
- PIMA_Container_t PIMABlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
- {
- .DataLength = CPU_TO_LE32(PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1)),
- .Type = CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock),
- .Code = CPU_TO_LE16(0x1002),
- .Params = {CPU_TO_LE32(1)},
- };
-
- if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if ((PIMABlock.Type != CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock)) || (PIMABlock.Code != CPU_TO_LE16(0x2001)))
- return SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
-
- SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsSessionOpen = true;
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t SI_Host_CloseSession(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- PIMA_Container_t PIMABlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
- {
- .DataLength = CPU_TO_LE32(PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1)),
- .Type = CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock),
- .Code = CPU_TO_LE16(0x1003),
- .Params = {CPU_TO_LE32(1)},
- };
-
- if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsSessionOpen = false;
-
- if ((PIMABlock.Type != CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock)) || (PIMABlock.Code != CPU_TO_LE16(0x2001)))
- return SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t SI_Host_SendCommand(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
- const uint16_t Operation,
- const uint8_t TotalParams,
- uint32_t* const Params)
-{
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- PIMA_Container_t PIMABlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
- {
- .DataLength = cpu_to_le32(PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(TotalParams)),
- .Type = CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock),
- .Code = cpu_to_le16(Operation),
- };
-
- memcpy(&PIMABlock.Params, Params, sizeof(uint32_t) * TotalParams);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveResponse(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
- PIMA_Container_t PIMABlock;
-
- if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if ((PIMABlock.Type != CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock)) || (PIMABlock.Code != CPU_TO_LE16(0x2001)))
- return SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_SI_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_STILLIMAGE_HOST_C
+#include "StillImageClassHost.h"
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EventsEndpoint = NULL;
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* StillImageInterface = NULL;
+
+ memset(&SIInterfaceInfo->State, 0x00, sizeof(SIInterfaceInfo->State));
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+ return SI_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor;
+
+ while (!(DataINEndpoint) || !(DataOUTEndpoint) || !(EventsEndpoint))
+ {
+ if (!(StillImageInterface) ||
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterfaceEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,
+ DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)
+ {
+ return SI_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound;
+ }
+
+ StillImageInterface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ DataINEndpoint = NULL;
+ DataOUTEndpoint = NULL;
+ EventsEndpoint = NULL;
+
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ if ((EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK) == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ {
+ if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)
+ EventsEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ else
+ DataINEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ DataOUTEndpoint = EndpointData;
+ }
+ }
+
+ SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataINEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.EndpointAddress = DataINEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.EndpointAddress = DataOUTEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_BULK;
+
+ SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.Size = le16_to_cpu(EventsEndpoint->EndpointSize);
+ SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.EndpointAddress = EventsEndpoint->EndpointAddress;
+ SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.Type = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe, 1)))
+ return SI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe, 1)))
+ return SI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(&SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe, 1)))
+ return SI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed;
+
+ SIInterfaceInfo->State.InterfaceNumber = StillImageInterface->InterfaceNumber;
+ SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive = true;
+
+ return SI_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Interface_t* Interface = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t);
+
+ if ((Interface->Class == SI_CSCP_StillImageClass) &&
+ (Interface->SubClass == SI_CSCP_StillImageSubclass) &&
+ (Interface->Protocol == SI_CSCP_BulkOnlyProtocol))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+uint8_t DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+{
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t* Header = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Header_t);
+
+ if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* Endpoint = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);
+
+ uint8_t EndpointType = (Endpoint->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);
+
+ if (((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) || (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)) &&
+ (!(Pipe_IsEndpointBound(Endpoint->EndpointAddress))))
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (Header->Type == DTYPE_Interface)
+ {
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ if (SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsSessionOpen)
+ PIMAHeader->TransactionID = cpu_to_le32(SIInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionID++);
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(PIMAHeader, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0), NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMAHeader->DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
+
+ if (ParamBytes)
+ {
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&PIMAHeader->Params, ParamBytes, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader)
+{
+ uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = SI_COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ while (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))
+ {
+ uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+ {
+ PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+
+ if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ {
+ USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ {
+ USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress());
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(PIMAHeader, PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0), NULL);
+
+ if (PIMAHeader->Type == CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock))
+ {
+ uint8_t ParamBytes = (PIMAHeader->DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));
+
+ if (ParamBytes)
+ Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&PIMAHeader->Params, ParamBytes, NULL);
+
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Bytes)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataOUTPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes, NULL);
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_ReadData(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Bytes)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.DataINPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, Bytes, NULL);
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+bool SI_Host_IsEventReceived(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ bool IsEventReceived = false;
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return false;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ IsEventReceived = true;
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return IsEventReceived;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveEventHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(SIInterfaceInfo->Config.EventsPipe.Address);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(PIMAHeader, sizeof(PIMA_Container_t), NULL);
+
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_OpenSession(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ SIInterfaceInfo->State.TransactionID = 0;
+ SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsSessionOpen = false;
+
+ PIMA_Container_t PIMABlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
+ {
+ .DataLength = CPU_TO_LE32(PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1)),
+ .Type = CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock),
+ .Code = CPU_TO_LE16(0x1002),
+ .Params = {CPU_TO_LE32(1)},
+ };
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((PIMABlock.Type != CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock)) || (PIMABlock.Code != CPU_TO_LE16(0x2001)))
+ return SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+ SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsSessionOpen = true;
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_CloseSession(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ PIMA_Container_t PIMABlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
+ {
+ .DataLength = CPU_TO_LE32(PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1)),
+ .Type = CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock),
+ .Code = CPU_TO_LE16(0x1003),
+ .Params = {CPU_TO_LE32(1)},
+ };
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsSessionOpen = false;
+
+ if ((PIMABlock.Type != CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock)) || (PIMABlock.Code != CPU_TO_LE16(0x2001)))
+ return SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_SendCommand(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint16_t Operation,
+ const uint8_t TotalParams,
+ uint32_t* const Params)
+{
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ PIMA_Container_t PIMABlock = (PIMA_Container_t)
+ {
+ .DataLength = cpu_to_le32(PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(TotalParams)),
+ .Type = CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_CommandBlock),
+ .Code = cpu_to_le16(Operation),
+ };
+
+ memcpy(&PIMABlock.Params, Params, sizeof(uint32_t) * TotalParams);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveResponse(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ PIMA_Container_t PIMABlock;
+
+ if ((USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured) || !(SIInterfaceInfo->State.IsActive))
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(SIInterfaceInfo, &PIMABlock)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((PIMABlock.Type != CPU_TO_LE16(PIMA_CONTAINER_ResponseBlock)) || (PIMABlock.Code != CPU_TO_LE16(0x2001)))
+ return SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED;
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.h
index acfbd7d61..f9f41adb6 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.h
@@ -1,317 +1,317 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
- *
- * Host mode driver for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassSI
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassStillImageHost Still Image Class Host Mode Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Still Image USB Class driver.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __SI_CLASS_HOST_H__
-#define __SI_CLASS_HOST_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../USB.h"
- #include "../Common/StillImageClassCommon.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SI_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Error code for some Still Image Host functions, indicating a logical (and not hardware) error. */
- #define SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED 0x80
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief Still Image Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
- *
- * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
- * and passed to each of the Still Image class driver functions as the \c SIInterfaceInfo parameter. This
- * stores each Still Image interface's configuration and state information.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- struct
- {
- USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
- USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
- USB_Pipe_Table_t EventsPipe; /**< Event notification IN Pipe configuration table. */
- } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
- */
- struct
- {
- bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
- * after \ref SI_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
- * Configured state.
- */
- uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Still Image interface within the attached device. */
-
- bool IsSessionOpen; /**< Indicates if a PIMA session is currently open with the attached device. */
- uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Transaction ID for the next transaction to send to the device. */
- } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
- * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
- * the interface is enumerated.
- */
- } USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t;
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref SI_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
- enum SI_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- SI_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
- SI_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
- SI_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible Still Image interface was not found in the device's
- * Configuration Descriptor.
- */
- SI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Still Image host interface instance using the
- * Configuration Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Still
- * Image Host instance's state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is
- * found within the device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while
- * the host state machine is in the Addressed state.
- *
- * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
- * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref SI_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t SI_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
- uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
- void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
- /** Opens a new PIMA session with the attached device. This should be used before any session-orientated PIMA commands
- * are issued to the device. Only one session can be open at the one time.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
- * returned a logical command failure.
- */
- uint8_t SI_Host_OpenSession(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Closes an already opened PIMA session with the attached device. This should be used after all session-orientated
- * PIMA commands have been issued to the device.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
- * returned a logical command failure.
- */
- uint8_t SI_Host_CloseSession(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Sends a raw PIMA block header to the device, filling out the transaction ID automatically. This can be used to send
- * arbitrary PIMA blocks to the device with or without parameters.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] PIMAHeader Pointer to a PIMA container structure that is to be sent.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
- PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- /** Receives a raw PIMA block header from the device. This can be used to receive arbitrary PIMA blocks from the device with
- * or without parameters.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[out] PIMAHeader Pointer to a PIMA container structure where the received block is to be stored.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
- PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- /** Sends a given PIMA command to the attached device, filling out the PIMA command header's Transaction ID automatically.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Operation PIMA operation code to issue to the device.
- * \param[in] TotalParams Total number of 32-bit parameters to send to the device in the issued command block.
- * \param[in] Params Pointer to an array of 32-bit values containing the parameters to send in the command block.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
- * returned a logical command failure.
- */
- uint8_t SI_Host_SendCommand(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
- const uint16_t Operation,
- const uint8_t TotalParams,
- uint32_t* const Params) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Receives and checks a response block from the attached Still Image device, once a command has been issued and all data
- * associated with the command has been transferred.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
- * returned a logical command failure.
- */
- uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveResponse(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Indicates if the device has issued a PIMA event block to the host via the asynchronous events pipe.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if an event is waiting to be read, \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool SI_Host_IsEventReceived(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Receives an asynchronous event block from the device via the asynchronous events pipe.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[out] PIMAHeader Pointer to a PIMA container structure where the event should be stored.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
- * returned a logical command failure.
- */
- uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveEventHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
- PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- /** Sends arbitrary data to the attached device, for use in the data phase of PIMA commands which require data
- * transfer beyond the regular PIMA command block parameters.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the data to send has been stored.
- * \param[in] Bytes Length in bytes of the data in the buffer to send to the attached device.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t SI_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
- void* Buffer,
- const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- /** Receives arbitrary data from the attached device, for use in the data phase of PIMA commands which require data
- * transfer beyond the regular PIMA command block parameters.
- *
- * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
- * call will fail.
- *
- * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the received data is to be stored.
- * \param[in] Bytes Length in bytes of the data to read.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t SI_Host_ReadData(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
- void* Buffer,
- const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** General management task for a given Still Image host class interface, required for the correct operation of the
- * interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
- * \ref USB_USBTask().
- *
- * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
- */
- static inline void SI_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void SI_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
- {
- (void)SIInterfaceInfo;
- }
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define SI_COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 10000
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_STILLIMAGE_HOST_C)
- static uint8_t DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static uint8_t DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
- ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Host mode driver for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
+ *
+ * Host mode driver for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB module driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassSI
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassStillImageHost Still Image Class Host Mode Driver
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassStillImageHost_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassStillImageHost_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Host Mode USB Class driver framework interface, for the Still Image USB Class driver.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __SI_CLASS_HOST_H__
+#define __SI_CLASS_HOST_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../USB.h"
+ #include "../Common/StillImageClassCommon.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_SI_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Error code for some Still Image Host functions, indicating a logical (and not hardware) error. */
+ #define SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED 0x80
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Still Image Class Host Mode Configuration and State Structure.
+ *
+ * Class state structure. An instance of this structure should be made within the user application,
+ * and passed to each of the Still Image class driver functions as the \c SIInterfaceInfo parameter. This
+ * stores each Still Image interface's configuration and state information.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataINPipe; /**< Data IN Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t DataOUTPipe; /**< Data OUT Pipe configuration table. */
+ USB_Pipe_Table_t EventsPipe; /**< Event notification IN Pipe configuration table. */
+ } Config; /**< Config data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>must</b> be set or the interface will fail to enumerate and operate correctly.
+ */
+ struct
+ {
+ bool IsActive; /**< Indicates if the current interface instance is connected to an attached device, valid
+ * after \ref SI_Host_ConfigurePipes() is called and the Host state machine is in the
+ * Configured state.
+ */
+ uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Interface index of the Still Image interface within the attached device. */
+
+ bool IsSessionOpen; /**< Indicates if a PIMA session is currently open with the attached device. */
+ uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Transaction ID for the next transaction to send to the device. */
+ } State; /**< State data for the USB class interface within the device. All elements in this section
+ * <b>may</b> be set to initial values, but may also be ignored to default to sane values when
+ * the interface is enumerated.
+ */
+ } USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error codes returned by the \ref SI_Host_ConfigurePipes() function. */
+ enum SI_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ SI_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully. */
+ SI_ENUMERROR_InvalidConfigDescriptor = 1, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor. */
+ SI_ENUMERROR_NoCompatibleInterfaceFound = 2, /**< A compatible Still Image interface was not found in the device's
+ * Configuration Descriptor.
+ */
+ SI_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigurationFailed = 3, /**< One or more pipes for the specified interface could not be configured correctly. */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Host interface configuration routine, to configure a given Still Image host interface instance using the
+ * Configuration Descriptor read from an attached USB device. This function automatically updates the given Still
+ * Image Host instance's state values and configures the pipes required to communicate with the interface if it is
+ * found within the device. This should be called once after the stack has enumerated the attached device, while
+ * the host state machine is in the Addressed state.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorSize Length of the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ * \param[in] ConfigDescriptorData Pointer to a buffer containing the attached device's Configuration Descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref SI_Host_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t SI_Host_ConfigurePipes(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize,
+ void* ConfigDescriptorData) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Opens a new PIMA session with the attached device. This should be used before any session-orientated PIMA commands
+ * are issued to the device. Only one session can be open at the one time.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
+ * returned a logical command failure.
+ */
+ uint8_t SI_Host_OpenSession(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Closes an already opened PIMA session with the attached device. This should be used after all session-orientated
+ * PIMA commands have been issued to the device.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
+ * returned a logical command failure.
+ */
+ uint8_t SI_Host_CloseSession(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a raw PIMA block header to the device, filling out the transaction ID automatically. This can be used to send
+ * arbitrary PIMA blocks to the device with or without parameters.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] PIMAHeader Pointer to a PIMA container structure that is to be sent.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t SI_Host_SendBlockHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Receives a raw PIMA block header from the device. This can be used to receive arbitrary PIMA blocks from the device with
+ * or without parameters.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[out] PIMAHeader Pointer to a PIMA container structure where the received block is to be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveBlockHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Sends a given PIMA command to the attached device, filling out the PIMA command header's Transaction ID automatically.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Operation PIMA operation code to issue to the device.
+ * \param[in] TotalParams Total number of 32-bit parameters to send to the device in the issued command block.
+ * \param[in] Params Pointer to an array of 32-bit values containing the parameters to send in the command block.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
+ * returned a logical command failure.
+ */
+ uint8_t SI_Host_SendCommand(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ const uint16_t Operation,
+ const uint8_t TotalParams,
+ uint32_t* const Params) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Receives and checks a response block from the attached Still Image device, once a command has been issued and all data
+ * associated with the command has been transferred.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
+ * returned a logical command failure.
+ */
+ uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveResponse(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Indicates if the device has issued a PIMA event block to the host via the asynchronous events pipe.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if an event is waiting to be read, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool SI_Host_IsEventReceived(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Receives an asynchronous event block from the device via the asynchronous events pipe.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[out] PIMAHeader Pointer to a PIMA container structure where the event should be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum, or \ref SI_ERROR_LOGICAL_CMD_FAILED if the device
+ * returned a logical command failure.
+ */
+ uint8_t SI_Host_ReceiveEventHeader(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ PIMA_Container_t* const PIMAHeader) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Sends arbitrary data to the attached device, for use in the data phase of PIMA commands which require data
+ * transfer beyond the regular PIMA command block parameters.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the data to send has been stored.
+ * \param[in] Bytes Length in bytes of the data in the buffer to send to the attached device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t SI_Host_SendData(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ const void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Receives arbitrary data from the attached device, for use in the data phase of PIMA commands which require data
+ * transfer beyond the regular PIMA command block parameters.
+ *
+ * \pre This function must only be called when the Host state machine is in the \ref HOST_STATE_Configured state or the
+ * call will fail.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to a buffer where the received data is to be stored.
+ * \param[in] Bytes Length in bytes of the data to read.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t SI_Host_ReadData(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo,
+ void* Buffer,
+ const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** General management task for a given Still Image host class interface, required for the correct operation of the
+ * interface. This should be called frequently in the main program loop, before the master USB management task
+ * \ref USB_USBTask().
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] SIInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Still Image Class host configuration and state.
+ */
+ static inline void SI_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void SI_Host_USBTask(USB_ClassInfo_SI_Host_t* const SIInterfaceInfo)
+ {
+ (void)SIInterfaceInfo;
+ }
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define SI_COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS 10000
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_STILLIMAGE_HOST_C)
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterface(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static uint8_t DCOMP_SI_Host_NextSIInterfaceEndpoint(void* const CurrentDescriptor)
+ ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h
index e3b8e2f5e..7e6ba1c5b 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDIClass.h
@@ -1,83 +1,84 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Master include file for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
- *
- * Master include file for the library USB MIDI Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
- *
- * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
- * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassMIDI MIDI Class Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * MIDI Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB MIDI Class, for both Device
- * and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the MIDI class manually
- * via the low-level LUFA APIs.
- *
- * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
- * Hosts or Devices using the USB MIDI Class.
- *
- * \note The USB MIDI class is actually a special case of the regular Audio class, thus this module depends on
- * structure definitions from the \ref Group_USBClassAudioDevice class driver module.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _MIDI_CLASS_H_
-#define _MIDI_CLASS_H_
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- #include "Device/MIDIClassDevice.h"
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- #include "Host/MIDIClassHost.h"
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master include file for the library USB MIDI Class driver.
+ *
+ * Master include file for the library USB MIDI Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassMIDI MIDI Class Driver
+ * \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF MIDI class standard.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMIDI_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MIDIClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MIDIClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMIDI_ModDescription Module Description
+ * MIDI Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB MIDI Class, for both Device
+ * and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the MIDI class manually
+ * via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ * Hosts or Devices using the USB MIDI Class.
+ *
+ * \note The USB MIDI class is actually a special case of the regular Audio class, thus this module depends on
+ * structure definitions from the \ref Group_USBClassAudioDevice class driver module.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MIDI_CLASS_H_
+#define _MIDI_CLASS_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_MIDI_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #include "Device/MIDIClassDevice.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #include "Host/MIDIClassHost.h"
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h
index a5af1496b..79a052163 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorageClass.h
@@ -1,80 +1,81 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Master include file for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
- *
- * Master include file for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
- *
- * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
- * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassMS Mass Storage Class Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Mass Storage Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Mass Storage Class, for both
- * Device and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Mass Storage class
- * manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
- *
- * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
- * Hosts or Devices using the USB Mass Storage Class.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _MS_CLASS_H_
-#define _MS_CLASS_H_
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- #include "Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h"
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- #include "Host/MassStorageClassHost.h"
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master include file for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver.
+ *
+ * Master include file for the library USB Mass Storage Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassMS Mass Storage Class Driver
+ * \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF Bulk-Only Transport Mass Storage class standard.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMS_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorageClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorageClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassMS_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Mass Storage Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Mass Storage Class, for both
+ * Device and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Mass Storage class
+ * manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ * Hosts or Devices using the USB Mass Storage Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _MS_CLASS_H_
+#define _MS_CLASS_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_MS_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #include "Device/MassStorageClassDevice.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #include "Host/MassStorageClassHost.h"
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h
index 181d6931e..91121b5d0 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/PrinterClass.h
@@ -1,77 +1,83 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Master include file for the library USB Printer Class driver.
- *
- * Master include file for the library USB Printer Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
- *
- * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
- * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassPrinter Printer Class Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Printer Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Printer Class, for the base
- * USB Printer transport layer for USB Host mode only. Note that printers are free to implement whatever printer language
- * they choose on top of this (e.g. Postscript), and so this driver exposes low level data transport functions only rather
- * than high level raster or text functions. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Printer
- * class manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
- *
- * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
- * Devices using the USB Printer Class.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _PRINTER_CLASS_H_
-#define _PRINTER_CLASS_H_
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- #include "Host/PrinterClassHost.h"
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master include file for the library USB Printer Class driver.
+ *
+ * Master include file for the library USB Printer Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassPrinter Printer Class Driver
+ * \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF Printer class standard.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassPrinter_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/PrinterClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassPrinter_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Printer Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Printer Class, for the base
+ * USB Printer transport layer for USB Host mode only. Note that printers are free to implement whatever printer language
+ * they choose on top of this (e.g. Postscript), and so this driver exposes low level data transport functions only rather
+ * than high level raster or text functions. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Printer
+ * class manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ * Devices using the USB Printer Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTER_CLASS_H_
+#define _PRINTER_CLASS_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_PRINTER_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #include "Device/PrinterClassDevice.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #include "Host/PrinterClassHost.h"
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h
index e270629e2..1555f0d23 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/RNDISClass.h
@@ -1,80 +1,81 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Master include file for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
- *
- * Master include file for the library USB RNDIS Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
- *
- * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
- * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassRNDIS RNDIS (Networking) Class Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * RNDIS Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the Microsoft USB RNDIS Networking
- * Class, for both Device and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the
- * RNDIS class manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
- *
- * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
- * Hosts using the USB RNDIS Class.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _RNDIS_CLASS_H_
-#define _RNDIS_CLASS_H_
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- #include "Device/RNDISClassDevice.h"
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- #include "Host/RNDISClassHost.h"
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master include file for the library USB RNDIS Class driver.
+ *
+ * Master include file for the library USB RNDIS Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassRNDIS RNDIS (Networking) Class Driver
+ * \brief USB class driver for the Microsoft Remote Network Driver Interface Specification (RNDIS) class standard.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassRNDIS_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/RNDISClassDevice.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/RNDISClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassRNDIS_ModDescription Module Description
+ * RNDIS Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the Microsoft USB RNDIS Networking
+ * Class, for both Device and Host USB modes. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the
+ * RNDIS class manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ * Hosts using the USB RNDIS Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _RNDIS_CLASS_H_
+#define _RNDIS_CLASS_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #include "Device/RNDISClassDevice.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #include "Host/RNDISClassHost.h"
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/StillImageClass.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/StillImageClass.h
index e8c28b441..f2ec37b03 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/StillImageClass.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/StillImageClass.h
@@ -1,75 +1,76 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Master include file for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
- *
- * Master include file for the library USB Still Image Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
- *
- * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
- * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
- * \defgroup Group_USBClassSI Still Image Class Driver
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Still Image Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Still Image Class,
- * for USB Host mode only. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Still Image class
- * manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
- *
- * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
- * Devices using the USB Still Image Class.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _SI_CLASS_H_
-#define _SI_CLASS_H_
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_SI_DRIVER
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- #include "Host/StillImageClassHost.h"
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master include file for the library USB Still Image Class driver.
+ *
+ * Master include file for the library USB Still Image Class driver, for both host and device modes, where available.
+ *
+ * This file should be included in all user projects making use of this optional class driver, instead of
+ * including any headers in the USB/ClassDriver/Device, USB/ClassDriver/Host or USB/ClassDriver/Common subdirectories.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBClassDrivers
+ * \defgroup Group_USBClassSI Still Image Class Driver
+ * \brief USB class driver for the USB-IF Still Image (PIMA-compliant) class standard.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassSI_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/StillImageClassHost.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USBClassSI_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Still Image Class Driver module. This module contains an internal implementation of the USB Still Image Class,
+ * for USB Host mode only. User applications can use this class driver instead of implementing the Still Image class
+ * manually via the low-level LUFA APIs.
+ *
+ * This module is designed to simplify the user code by exposing only the required interface needed to interface with
+ * Devices using the USB Still Image Class.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _SI_CLASS_H_
+#define _SI_CLASS_H_
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_SI_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../Core/USBMode.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #include "Host/StillImageClassHost.h"
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.c
index 09d6f3775..d23e7b846 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.c
@@ -1,57 +1,57 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#include "../Device.h"
-
-void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void)
-{
- if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
- {
- USB_PLL_On();
- while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
- }
-
- USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
-
- UDCON |= (1 << RMWKUP);
- while (UDCON & (1 << RMWKUP));
-}
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "../Device.h"
+
+void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void)
+{
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+ {
+ USB_PLL_On();
+ while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
+ }
+
+ USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
+
+ UDCON |= (1 << RMWKUP);
+ while (UDCON & (1 << RMWKUP));
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.h
index 318ff8720..5efffe7b8 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Device_AVR8.h
@@ -1,264 +1,269 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- * \copydetails Group_Device_AVR8
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Device
- * \defgroup Group_Device_AVR8 Device Management (AVR8)
- * \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- *
- * Architecture specific USB Device definitions for the Atmel 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBDEVICE_AVR8_H__
-#define __USBDEVICE_AVR8_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../USBController.h"
- #include "../StdDescriptors.h"
- #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
- #include "../Endpoint.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- #if (defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS))
- #error USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
- #endif
-
- #if (defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS))
- #error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
- #endif
-
- #if (defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
- #error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** \name USB Device Mode Option Masks */
- //@{
- #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
- * USB interface should be initialized in low speed (1.5Mb/s) mode.
- *
- * \note Low Speed mode is not available on all USB AVR models.
- * \n
- *
- * \note Restrictions apply on the number, size and type of endpoints which can be used
- * when running in low speed mode - please refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
- */
- #define USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED (1 << 0)
- #endif
-
- /** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
- * USB interface should be initialized in full speed (12Mb/s) mode.
- */
- #define USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED (0 << 0)
- //@}
-
- #if (!defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && \
- (defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || \
- defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR) || \
- defined(__DOXYGEN__)))
- /** String descriptor index for the device's unique serial number string descriptor within the device.
- * This unique serial number is used by the host to associate resources to the device (such as drivers or COM port
- * number allocations) to a device regardless of the port it is plugged in to on the host. Some microcontrollers contain
- * a unique serial number internally, and setting the device descriptors serial number string index to this value
- * will cause it to use the internal serial number.
- *
- * On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR and so will force the host to create a pseudo-serial
- * number for the device.
- */
- #define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL 0xDC
-
- /** Length of the device's unique internal serial number, in bits, if present on the selected microcontroller
- * model.
- */
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS 80
-
- /** Start address of the internal serial number, in the appropriate address space, if present on the selected microcontroller
- * model.
- */
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS 0x0E
- #else
- #define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL NO_DESCRIPTOR
-
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS 0
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS 0
- #endif
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Sends a Remote Wakeup request to the host. This signals to the host that the device should
- * be taken out of suspended mode, and communications should resume.
- *
- * Typically, this is implemented so that HID devices (mice, keyboards, etc.) can wake up the
- * host computer when the host has suspended all USB devices to enter a low power state.
- *
- * \attention This function should only be used if the device has indicated to the host that it
- * supports the Remote Wakeup feature in the device descriptors, and should only be
- * issued if the host is currently allowing remote wakeup events from the device (i.e.,
- * the \ref USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled flag is set). When the \c NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
- * compile time option is used, this function is unavailable.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \attention The USB clock must be running for this function to operate. If the stack is initialized with
- * the \ref USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL option enabled, the user must ensure that the PLL is running
- * before attempting to call this function.
- *
- * \see \ref Group_StdDescriptors for more information on the RMWAKEUP feature and device descriptors.
- */
- void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void);
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Returns the current USB frame number, when in device mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. enumerated to a host)
- * the frame number is incremented by one.
- *
- * \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
- */
- static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void)
- {
- return UDFNUM;
- }
-
- #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
- /** Enables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
- * at the start of each USB frame when enumerated in device mode.
- *
- * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
- */
- static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void)
- {
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SOFI);
- }
-
- /** Disables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in device mode.
- *
- * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
- */
- static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void)
- {
- USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SOFI);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
- static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void)
- {
- UDCON |= (1 << LSM);
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void)
- {
- UDCON &= ~(1 << LSM);
- }
- #endif
-
- static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
- {
- uint8_t Temp = (UDADDR & (1 << ADDEN)) | (Address & 0x7F);
-
- UDADDR = Temp;
- UDADDR = Temp | (1 << ADDEN);
- }
-
- static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void)
- {
- return (UDADDR & (1 << ADDEN));
- }
-
- #if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
- static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString)
- {
- uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
- GlobalInterruptDisable();
-
- uint8_t SigReadAddress = INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS;
-
- for (uint8_t SerialCharNum = 0; SerialCharNum < (INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4); SerialCharNum++)
- {
- uint8_t SerialByte = boot_signature_byte_get(SigReadAddress);
-
- if (SerialCharNum & 0x01)
- {
- SerialByte >>= 4;
- SigReadAddress++;
- }
-
- SerialByte &= 0x0F;
-
- UnicodeString[SerialCharNum] = cpu_to_le16((SerialByte >= 10) ?
- (('A' - 10) + SerialByte) : ('0' + SerialByte));
- }
-
- SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
- }
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_Device_AVR8
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Device
+ * \defgroup Group_Device_AVR8 Device Management (AVR8)
+ * \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * Architecture specific USB Device definitions for the Atmel 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBDEVICE_AVR8_H__
+#define __USBDEVICE_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBController.h"
+ #include "../StdDescriptors.h"
+ #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+ #include "../Endpoint.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ #error USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ #error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ #error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name USB Device Mode Option Masks */
+ //@{
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
+ * USB interface should be initialized in low speed (1.5Mb/s) mode.
+ *
+ * \note Low Speed mode is not available on all USB AVR models.
+ * \n
+ *
+ * \note Restrictions apply on the number, size and type of endpoints which can be used
+ * when running in low speed mode - please refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+ */
+ #define USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED (1 << 0)
+ #endif
+
+ /** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
+ * USB interface should be initialized in full speed (12Mb/s) mode.
+ */
+ #define USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED (0 << 0)
+ //@}
+
+ #if (!defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && \
+ (defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || \
+ defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR) || \
+ defined(__DOXYGEN__)))
+ /** String descriptor index for the device's unique serial number string descriptor within the device.
+ * This unique serial number is used by the host to associate resources to the device (such as drivers or COM port
+ * number allocations) to a device regardless of the port it is plugged in to on the host. Some microcontrollers contain
+ * a unique serial number internally, and setting the device descriptors serial number string index to this value
+ * will cause it to use the internal serial number.
+ *
+ * On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR and so will force the host to create a pseudo-serial
+ * number for the device.
+ */
+ #define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL 0xDC
+
+ /** Length of the device's unique internal serial number, in bits, if present on the selected microcontroller
+ * model.
+ */
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS 80
+
+ /** Start address of the internal serial number, in the appropriate address space, if present on the selected microcontroller
+ * model.
+ */
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS 0x0E
+ #else
+ #define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL NO_DESCRIPTOR
+
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS 0
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS 0
+ #endif
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Sends a Remote Wakeup request to the host. This signals to the host that the device should
+ * be taken out of suspended mode, and communications should resume.
+ *
+ * Typically, this is implemented so that HID devices (mice, keyboards, etc.) can wake up the
+ * host computer when the host has suspended all USB devices to enter a low power state.
+ *
+ * \attention This function should only be used if the device has indicated to the host that it
+ * supports the Remote Wakeup feature in the device descriptors, and should only be
+ * issued if the host is currently allowing remote wakeup events from the device (i.e.,
+ * the \ref USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled flag is set). When the \c NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+ * compile time option is used, this function is unavailable.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \attention The USB clock must be running for this function to operate. If the stack is initialized with
+ * the \ref USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL option enabled, the user must ensure that the PLL is running
+ * before attempting to call this function.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_StdDescriptors for more information on the RMWAKEUP feature and device descriptors.
+ */
+ void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Returns the current USB frame number, when in device mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. enumerated to a host)
+ * the frame number is incremented by one.
+ *
+ * \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void)
+ {
+ return UDFNUM;
+ }
+
+ #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+ /** Enables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
+ * at the start of each USB frame when enumerated in device mode.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void)
+ {
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SOFI);
+ }
+
+ /** Disables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in device mode.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void)
+ {
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SOFI);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void)
+ {
+ UDCON |= (1 << LSM);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void)
+ {
+ UDCON &= ~(1 << LSM);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ UDADDR = (UDADDR & (1 << ADDEN)) | (Address & 0x7F);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ (void)Address;
+
+ UDADDR |= (1 << ADDEN);
+ }
+
+ static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void)
+ {
+ return (UDADDR & (1 << ADDEN));
+ }
+
+ #if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+ static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString)
+ {
+ uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+ GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+ uint8_t SigReadAddress = INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS;
+
+ for (uint8_t SerialCharNum = 0; SerialCharNum < (INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4); SerialCharNum++)
+ {
+ uint8_t SerialByte = boot_signature_byte_get(SigReadAddress);
+
+ if (SerialCharNum & 0x01)
+ {
+ SerialByte >>= 4;
+ SigReadAddress++;
+ }
+
+ SerialByte &= 0x0F;
+
+ UnicodeString[SerialCharNum] = cpu_to_le16((SerialByte >= 10) ?
+ (('A' - 10) + SerialByte) : ('0' + SerialByte));
+ }
+
+ SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.c
index 7563ed35a..5782824cc 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.c
@@ -1,275 +1,275 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#include "EndpointStream_AVR8.h"
-
-#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
-uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
- uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-
- while (Length)
- {
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- {
- *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
- }
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
- }
- else
- {
- Endpoint_Discard_8();
-
- Length--;
- BytesInTransfer++;
- }
- }
-
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
- uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-
- while (Length)
- {
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- {
- *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
- }
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
- }
- else
- {
- Endpoint_Write_8(0);
-
- Length--;
- BytesInTransfer++;
- }
- }
-
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
- * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
- #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
- #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-#endif
-
-#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
- #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
- #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
- #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
- #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
-
-#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_BE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-#endif
-
-#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_BE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_LE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
-
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_BE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "EndpointStream_AVR8.h"
+
+#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Endpoint_Discard_8();
+
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0);
+
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
+ * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h
index 77c9c82fe..203278976 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h
@@ -1,648 +1,658 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- * \copydetails Group_EndpointStreamRW_AVR8
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointStreamRW
- * \defgroup Group_EndpointStreamRW_AVR8 Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (AVR8)
- * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
- * and to endpoints.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __ENDPOINT_STREAM_AVR8_H__
-#define __ENDPOINT_STREAM_AVR8_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../USBMode.h"
- #include "../USBTask.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** \name Stream functions for null data */
- //@{
-
- /** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank,
- * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
- * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
- * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
- *
- * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
- * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
- * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
- * the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
- * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
- * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
- * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
- * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
- * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
- *
- * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- *
- * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
- *
- * BytesProcessed = 0;
- * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
- * {
- * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
- * }
- *
- * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected endpoint.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
-
- /** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank, sending
- * full packets to the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the
- * remaining bytes have been written; the user is responsible for manually sending the last
- * packet to the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
- *
- * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
- * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
- * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
- * the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
- * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
- * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
- * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
- * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
- * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
- *
- * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- *
- * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
- *
- * BytesProcessed = 0;
- * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
- * {
- * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
- * }
- *
- * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \param[in] Length Number of zero bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
-
- //@}
-
- /** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
- //@{
-
- /** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
- * sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
- * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
- * \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
- *
- * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
- * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
- * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
- * the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
- * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
- * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
- * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
- * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
- * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
- *
- * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t DataStream[512];
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- *
- * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
- * NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t DataStream[512];
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
- *
- * BytesProcessed = 0;
- * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
- * &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
- * {
- * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
- * }
- *
- * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
- * sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
- * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
- * \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
- *
- * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
- * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
- * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
- * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
- *
- * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
- * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
- * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
- * the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
- * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
- * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
- * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
- * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
- * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
- *
- * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t DataStream[512];
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- *
- * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
- * NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t DataStream[512];
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
- *
- * BytesProcessed = 0;
- * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
- * &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
- * {
- * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
- * }
- *
- * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
- * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
- * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
- * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
- *
- * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
- * sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
- * in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
- * to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
- * sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
- * in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
- * to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
- * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
- * automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
- * status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
- * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
- * automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
- * status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- //@}
-
- /** \name Stream functions for EEPROM source/destination data */
- //@{
-
- /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE().
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE().
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** EEPROM buffer destination version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE().
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to, located in EEPROM memory space.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** EEPROM buffer destination version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE().
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to, located in EEPROM memory space.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** EEPROM buffer source version of Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE.
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE().
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE().
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE().
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- //@}
-
- /** \name Stream functions for PROGMEM source/destination data */
- //@{
-
- /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE().
- *
- * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE().
- *
- * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE().
- *
- * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE().
- *
- * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- //@}
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_EndpointStreamRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointStreamRW
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointStreamRW_AVR8 Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (AVR8)
+ * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
+ * and to endpoints.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_STREAM_AVR8_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_STREAM_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBMode.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** \name Stream functions for null data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+ * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+ * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+ * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+ /** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank, sending
+ * full packets to the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the
+ * remaining bytes have been written; the user is responsible for manually sending the last
+ * packet to the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+ * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Length Number of zero bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+ * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+ * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+ * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+ * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+ * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+ * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
+ * in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
+ * to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
+ * in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
+ * to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
+ * automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
+ * status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
+ * automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
+ * status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Stream functions for EEPROM source/destination data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer destination version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to, located in EEPROM memory space.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer destination version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to, located in EEPROM memory space.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Stream functions for PROGMEM source/destination data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ //@}
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.c
index 0002a256d..f5d20341b 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.c
@@ -1,201 +1,201 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#include "../Endpoint.h"
-
-#if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
-uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE;
-#endif
-
-bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
- const uint8_t Entries)
-{
- for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
- {
- if (!(Table[i].Address))
- continue;
-
- if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
- return false;
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(const uint8_t Number,
- const uint8_t UECFG0XData,
- const uint8_t UECFG1XData)
-{
-#if defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE) || defined(ORDERED_EP_CONFIG)
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Number);
- Endpoint_EnableEndpoint();
-
- UECFG1X = 0;
- UECFG0X = UECFG0XData;
- UECFG1X = UECFG1XData;
-
- return Endpoint_IsConfigured();
-#else
- for (uint8_t EPNum = Number; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
- {
- uint8_t UECFG0XTemp;
- uint8_t UECFG1XTemp;
- uint8_t UEIENXTemp;
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EPNum);
-
- if (EPNum == Number)
- {
- UECFG0XTemp = UECFG0XData;
- UECFG1XTemp = UECFG1XData;
- UEIENXTemp = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- UECFG0XTemp = UECFG0X;
- UECFG1XTemp = UECFG1X;
- UEIENXTemp = UEIENX;
- }
-
- if (!(UECFG1XTemp & (1 << ALLOC)))
- continue;
-
- Endpoint_DisableEndpoint();
- UECFG1X &= ~(1 << ALLOC);
-
- Endpoint_EnableEndpoint();
- UECFG0X = UECFG0XTemp;
- UECFG1X = UECFG1XTemp;
- UEIENX = UEIENXTemp;
-
- if (!(Endpoint_IsConfigured()))
- return false;
- }
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Number);
- return true;
-#endif
-}
-
-void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void)
-{
- UEINT = 0;
-
- for (uint8_t EPNum = 0; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
- {
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EPNum);
- UEIENX = 0;
- UEINTX = 0;
- UECFG1X = 0;
- Endpoint_DisableEndpoint();
- }
-}
-
-void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void)
-{
- if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST)
- {
- while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
- {
- if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return;
- }
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- }
- else
- {
- while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
- {
- if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return;
- }
-
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
- }
-}
-
-#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
-uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void)
-{
- #if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
- uint8_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
- #else
- uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
- #endif
-
- uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
-
- for (;;)
- {
- if (Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection() == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
- {
- if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
- return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
- }
- else
- {
- if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
- return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
- }
-
- uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
- if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
- else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
- return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended;
- else if (Endpoint_IsStalled())
- return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled;
-
- uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
-
- if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
- {
- PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
-
- if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
- return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout;
- }
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "../Endpoint.h"
+
+#if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE;
+#endif
+
+bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
+ const uint8_t Entries)
+{
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
+ {
+ if (!(Table[i].Address))
+ continue;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(const uint8_t Number,
+ const uint8_t UECFG0XData,
+ const uint8_t UECFG1XData)
+{
+#if defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE) || defined(ORDERED_EP_CONFIG)
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Number);
+ Endpoint_EnableEndpoint();
+
+ UECFG1X = 0;
+ UECFG0X = UECFG0XData;
+ UECFG1X = UECFG1XData;
+
+ return Endpoint_IsConfigured();
+#else
+ for (uint8_t EPNum = Number; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
+ {
+ uint8_t UECFG0XTemp;
+ uint8_t UECFG1XTemp;
+ uint8_t UEIENXTemp;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EPNum);
+
+ if (EPNum == Number)
+ {
+ UECFG0XTemp = UECFG0XData;
+ UECFG1XTemp = UECFG1XData;
+ UEIENXTemp = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UECFG0XTemp = UECFG0X;
+ UECFG1XTemp = UECFG1X;
+ UEIENXTemp = UEIENX;
+ }
+
+ if (!(UECFG1XTemp & (1 << ALLOC)))
+ continue;
+
+ Endpoint_DisableEndpoint();
+ UECFG1X &= ~(1 << ALLOC);
+
+ Endpoint_EnableEndpoint();
+ UECFG0X = UECFG0XTemp;
+ UECFG1X = UECFG1XTemp;
+ UEIENX = UEIENXTemp;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsConfigured()))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Number);
+ return true;
+#endif
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void)
+{
+ UEINT = 0;
+
+ for (uint8_t EPNum = 0; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
+ {
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EPNum);
+ UEIENX = 0;
+ UEINTX = 0;
+ UECFG1X = 0;
+ Endpoint_DisableEndpoint();
+ }
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void)
+{
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST)
+ {
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+}
+
+#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void)
+{
+ #if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
+ uint8_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #else
+ uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #endif
+
+ uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection() == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ {
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+ }
+
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsStalled())
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled;
+
+ uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+ {
+ PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+
+ if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout;
+ }
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h
index 08944babc..1632d93cf 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h
@@ -1,819 +1,819 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB Endpoint definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- * \copydetails Group_EndpointManagement_AVR8
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
- * \defgroup Group_EndpointRW_AVR8 Endpoint Data Reading and Writing (AVR8)
- * \brief Endpoint data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW
- * \defgroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8 Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (AVR8)
- * \brief Endpoint primitive read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
- * from and to endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement
- * \defgroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8 Endpoint Packet Management (AVR8)
- * \brief Endpoint packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
- * \defgroup Group_EndpointManagement_AVR8 Endpoint Management (AVR8)
- * \brief Endpoint management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
- *
- * Functions, macros and enums related to endpoint management when in USB Device mode. This
- * module contains the endpoint management macros, as well as endpoint interrupt and data
- * send/receive functions for various data types.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __ENDPOINT_AVR8_H__
-#define __ENDPOINT_AVR8_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../USBTask.h"
- #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Inline Functions: */
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST
- ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
- {
- uint8_t MaskVal = 0;
- uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
-
- while (CheckBytes < Bytes)
- {
- MaskVal++;
- CheckBytes <<= 1;
- }
-
- return (MaskVal << EPSIZE0);
- }
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void);
- bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(const uint8_t Number,
- const uint8_t UECFG0XData,
- const uint8_t UECFG1XData);
-
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- #if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
- /** Default size of the default control endpoint's bank, until altered by the control endpoint bank size
- * value in the device descriptor. Not available if the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token is defined.
- */
- #define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE 8
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
- #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 7
- #else
- /** Total number of endpoints (including the default control endpoint at address 0) which may
- * be used in the device. Different USB AVR models support different amounts of endpoints,
- * this value reflects the maximum number of endpoints for the currently selected AVR model.
- */
- #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 5
- #endif
- #else
- #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 1
- #endif
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady() function.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_AVR8
- */
- enum Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError = 0, /**< Endpoint is ready for next packet, no error. */
- ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled = 1, /**< The endpoint was stalled during the stream
- * transfer by the host or device.
- */
- ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host while
- * waiting for the endpoint to become ready.
- */
- ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
- * no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
- * has resumed.
- */
- ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout = 4, /**< The host failed to accept or send the next packet
- * within the software timeout period set by the
- * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
- */
- };
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Configures the specified endpoint address with the given endpoint type, bank size and number of hardware
- * banks. Once configured, the endpoint may be read from or written to, depending on its direction.
- *
- * \param[in] Address Endpoint address to configure.
- *
- * \param[in] Type Type of endpoint to configure, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all endpoint types
- * are available on Low Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
- *
- * \param[in] Size Size of the endpoint's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted
- * to the USB host, or after they have been received from the USB host (depending on
- * the endpoint's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size
- * that the endpoint can handle.
- *
- * \param[in] Banks Number of banks to use for the endpoint being configured.
- *
- * \attention When the \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is used, Endpoints <b>must</b> be configured in
- * ascending order, or bank corruption will occur.
- *
- * \note Different endpoints may have different maximum packet sizes based on the endpoint's index - please
- * refer to the chosen microcontroller model's datasheet to determine the maximum bank size for each endpoint.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note The default control endpoint should not be manually configured by the user application, as
- * it is automatically configured by the library internally.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine will automatically select the specified endpoint upon success. Upon failure, the endpoint
- * which failed to reconfigure correctly will be selected.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
- const uint8_t Type,
- const uint16_t Size,
- const uint8_t Banks) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
- const uint8_t Type,
- const uint16_t Size,
- const uint8_t Banks)
- {
- uint8_t Number = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
-
- if (Number >= ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS)
- return false;
-
- return Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(Number,
- ((Type << EPTYPE0) | ((Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN) ? (1 << EPDIR) : 0)),
- ((1 << ALLOC) | ((Banks > 1) ? (1 << EPBK0) : 0) | Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size)));
- }
-
- /** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current endpoint's selected bank.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_AVR8
- *
- * \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected Endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void)
- {
- #if (defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)) && !defined(__AVR_ATmega32U6__)
- return UEBCX;
- #elif defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U6__)
- return (((uint16_t)UEBCHX << 8) | UEBCLX);
- #elif defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR)
- return UEBCLX;
- #endif
- }
-
- /** Determines the currently selected endpoint's direction.
- *
- * \return The currently selected endpoint's direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void)
- {
- return (UECFG0X & (1 << EPDIR)) ? ENDPOINT_DIR_IN : ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT;
- }
-
- /** Get the endpoint address of the currently selected endpoint. This is typically used to save
- * the currently selected endpoint so that it can be restored after another endpoint has been
- * manipulated.
- *
- * \return Index of the currently selected endpoint.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void)
- {
- #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
- return ((UENUM & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK) | Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection());
- #else
- return ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP;
- #endif
- }
-
- /** Selects the given endpoint address.
- *
- * Any endpoint operations which do not require the endpoint address to be indicated will operate on
- * the currently selected endpoint.
- *
- * \param[in] Address Endpoint address to select.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
- {
- #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
- UENUM = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
- #endif
- }
-
- /** Resets the endpoint bank FIFO. This clears all the endpoint banks and resets the USB controller's
- * data In and Out pointers to the bank's contents.
- *
- * \param[in] Address Endpoint address whose FIFO buffers are to be reset.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
- {
- UERST = (1 << (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK));
- UERST = 0;
- }
-
- /** Enables the currently selected endpoint so that data can be sent and received through it to
- * and from a host.
- *
- * \note Endpoints must first be configured properly via \ref Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint().
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_EnableEndpoint(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_EnableEndpoint(void)
- {
- UECONX |= (1 << EPEN);
- }
-
- /** Disables the currently selected endpoint so that data cannot be sent and received through it
- * to and from a host.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_DisableEndpoint(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_DisableEndpoint(void)
- {
- UECONX &= ~(1 << EPEN);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void)
- {
- return ((UECONX & (1 << EPEN)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Retrieves the number of busy banks in the currently selected endpoint, which have been queued for
- * transmission via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() command, or are awaiting acknowledgement via the
- * \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() command.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
- *
- * \return Total number of busy banks in the selected endpoint.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetBusyBanks(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetBusyBanks(void)
- {
- return (UESTA0X & (0x03 << NBUSYBK0));
- }
-
- /** Aborts all pending IN transactions on the currently selected endpoint, once the bank
- * has been queued for transmission to the host via \ref Endpoint_ClearIN(). This function
- * will terminate all queued transactions, resetting the endpoint banks ready for a new
- * packet.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_AbortPendingIN(void)
- {
- while (Endpoint_GetBusyBanks() != 0)
- {
- UEINTX |= (1 << RXOUTI);
- while (UEINTX & (1 << RXOUTI));
- }
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint may be read from (if data is waiting in the endpoint
- * bank and the endpoint is an OUT direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the endpoint is an IN
- * direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the endpoint, if the endpoint
- * is an OUT direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the endpoint is an IN
- * direction and the endpoint bank is full.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint may be read from or written to, depending
- * on its direction.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
- {
- return ((UEINTX & (1 << RWAL)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is configured.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint has been configured, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void)
- {
- return ((UESTA0X & (1 << CFGOK)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Returns a mask indicating which INTERRUPT type endpoints have interrupted - i.e. their
- * interrupt duration has elapsed. Which endpoints have interrupted can be determined by
- * masking the return value against <tt>(1 << <i>{Endpoint Number}</i>)</tt>.
- *
- * \return Mask whose bits indicate which endpoints have interrupted.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts(void)
- {
- return UEINT;
- }
-
- /** Determines if the specified endpoint number has interrupted (valid only for INTERRUPT type
- * endpoints).
- *
- * \param[in] Address Address of the endpoint whose interrupt flag should be tested.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the specified endpoint has interrupted, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(const uint8_t Address)
- {
- return ((Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts() & (1 << (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK))) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the selected IN endpoint is ready for a new packet to be sent to the host.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the current endpoint is ready for an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void)
- {
- return ((UEINTX & (1 << TXINI)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the selected OUT endpoint has received new packet from the host.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if current endpoint is has received an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void)
- {
- return ((UEINTX & (1 << RXOUTI)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the current CONTROL type endpoint has received a SETUP packet.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the selected endpoint has received a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void)
- {
- return ((UEINTX & (1 << RXSTPI)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Clears a received SETUP packet on the currently selected CONTROL type endpoint, freeing up the
- * endpoint for the next packet.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
- *
- * \note This is not applicable for non CONTROL type endpoints.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void)
- {
- UEINTX &= ~(1 << RXSTPI);
- }
-
- /** Sends an IN packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint for the
- * next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearIN(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearIN(void)
- {
- #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
- UEINTX &= ~((1 << TXINI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
- #else
- UEINTX &= ~(1 << TXINI);
- #endif
- }
-
- /** Acknowledges an OUT packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint
- * for the next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void)
- {
- #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
- UEINTX &= ~((1 << RXOUTI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
- #else
- UEINTX &= ~(1 << RXOUTI);
- #endif
- }
-
- /** Stalls the current endpoint, indicating to the host that a logical problem occurred with the
- * indicated endpoint and that the current transfer sequence should be aborted. This provides a
- * way for devices to indicate invalid commands to the host so that the current transfer can be
- * aborted and the host can begin its own recovery sequence.
- *
- * The currently selected endpoint remains stalled until either the \ref Endpoint_ClearStall() macro
- * is called, or the host issues a CLEAR FEATURE request to the device for the currently selected
- * endpoint.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void)
- {
- UECONX |= (1 << STALLRQ);
- }
-
- /** Clears the STALL condition on the currently selected endpoint.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void)
- {
- UECONX |= (1 << STALLRQC);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, false otherwise.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void)
- {
- return ((UECONX & (1 << STALLRQ)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Resets the data toggle of the currently selected endpoint. */
- static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void)
- {
- UECONX |= (1 << RSTDT);
- }
-
- /** Sets the direction of the currently selected endpoint.
- *
- * \param[in] DirectionMask New endpoint direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(const uint8_t DirectionMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(const uint8_t DirectionMask)
- {
- UECFG0X = ((UECFG0X & ~(1 << EPDIR)) | (DirectionMask ? (1 << EPDIR) : 0));
- }
-
- /** Reads one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
- *
- * \return Next byte in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void)
- {
- return UEDATX;
- }
-
- /** Writes one byte to the currently selected endpoint's bank, for IN direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write into the the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
- {
- UEDATX = Data;
- }
-
- /** Discards one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void)
- {
- uint8_t Dummy;
-
- Dummy = UEDATX;
-
- (void)Dummy;
- }
-
- /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
- *
- * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void)
- {
- union
- {
- uint16_t Value;
- uint8_t Bytes[2];
- } Data;
-
- Data.Bytes[0] = UEDATX;
- Data.Bytes[1] = UEDATX;
-
- return Data.Value;
- }
-
- /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
- *
- * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void)
- {
- union
- {
- uint16_t Value;
- uint8_t Bytes[2];
- } Data;
-
- Data.Bytes[1] = UEDATX;
- Data.Bytes[0] = UEDATX;
-
- return Data.Value;
- }
-
- /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
- {
- UEDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
- UEDATX = (Data >> 8);
- }
-
- /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
- {
- UEDATX = (Data >> 8);
- UEDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
- }
-
- /** Discards two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void)
- {
- uint8_t Dummy;
-
- Dummy = UEDATX;
- Dummy = UEDATX;
-
- (void)Dummy;
- }
-
- /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
- *
- * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void)
- {
- union
- {
- uint32_t Value;
- uint8_t Bytes[4];
- } Data;
-
- Data.Bytes[0] = UEDATX;
- Data.Bytes[1] = UEDATX;
- Data.Bytes[2] = UEDATX;
- Data.Bytes[3] = UEDATX;
-
- return Data.Value;
- }
-
- /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
- *
- * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void)
- {
- union
- {
- uint32_t Value;
- uint8_t Bytes[4];
- } Data;
-
- Data.Bytes[3] = UEDATX;
- Data.Bytes[2] = UEDATX;
- Data.Bytes[1] = UEDATX;
- Data.Bytes[0] = UEDATX;
-
- return Data.Value;
- }
-
- /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
- {
- UEDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
- UEDATX = (Data >> 8);
- UEDATX = (Data >> 16);
- UEDATX = (Data >> 24);
- }
-
- /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
- {
- UEDATX = (Data >> 24);
- UEDATX = (Data >> 16);
- UEDATX = (Data >> 8);
- UEDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
- }
-
- /** Discards four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void)
- {
- uint8_t Dummy;
-
- Dummy = UEDATX;
- Dummy = UEDATX;
- Dummy = UEDATX;
- Dummy = UEDATX;
-
- (void)Dummy;
- }
-
- /* External Variables: */
- /** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control endpoint located at address
- * 0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the device descriptor in the user
- * project once the USB interface is initialized into device mode.
- *
- * If space is an issue, it is possible to fix this to a static value by defining the control
- * endpoint size in the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token passed to the compiler in the makefile
- * via the -D switch. When a fixed control endpoint size is used, the size is no longer dynamically
- * read from the descriptors at runtime and instead fixed to the given value. When used, it is
- * important that the descriptor control endpoint size value matches the size given as the
- * \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token - it is recommended that the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token
- * be used in the device descriptors to ensure this.
- *
- * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
- * changed in value.
- */
- #if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
- extern uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize;
- #else
- #define USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE
- #endif
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Configures a table of endpoint descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
- * endpoints at the same time.
- *
- * \note Endpoints with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
- * control endpoint.
- *
- * \param[in] Table Pointer to a table of endpoint descriptions.
- * \param[in] Entries Number of entries in the endpoint table to configure.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if all endpoints configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
- const uint8_t Entries);
-
- /** Completes the status stage of a control transfer on a CONTROL type endpoint automatically,
- * with respect to the data direction. This is a convenience function which can be used to
- * simplify user control request handling.
- *
- * \note This routine should not be called on non CONTROL type endpoints.
- */
- void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void);
-
- /** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control endpoint is ready for the next packet of data
- * to be read or written to it.
- *
- * \note This routine should not be called on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_AVR8
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void);
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Endpoint definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_EndpointManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointRW_AVR8 Endpoint Data Reading and Writing (AVR8)
+ * \brief Endpoint data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8 Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (AVR8)
+ * \brief Endpoint primitive read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
+ * from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8 Endpoint Packet Management (AVR8)
+ * \brief Endpoint packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointManagement_AVR8 Endpoint Management (AVR8)
+ * \brief Endpoint management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros and enums related to endpoint management when in USB Device mode. This
+ * module contains the endpoint management macros, as well as endpoint interrupt and data
+ * send/receive functions for various data types.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_AVR8_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+ #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST
+ ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
+ {
+ uint8_t MaskVal = 0;
+ uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
+
+ while (CheckBytes < Bytes)
+ {
+ MaskVal++;
+ CheckBytes <<= 1;
+ }
+
+ return (MaskVal << EPSIZE0);
+ }
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void);
+ bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(const uint8_t Number,
+ const uint8_t UECFG0XData,
+ const uint8_t UECFG1XData);
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ /** Default size of the default control endpoint's bank, until altered by the control endpoint bank size
+ * value in the device descriptor. Not available if the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token is defined.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE 8
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Total number of endpoints (including the default control endpoint at address 0) which may
+ * be used in the device. Different USB AVR models support different amounts of endpoints,
+ * this value reflects the maximum number of endpoints for the currently selected AVR model.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 7
+ #else
+ #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 5
+ #endif
+ #else
+ #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 1
+ #endif
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady() function.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_AVR8
+ */
+ enum Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError = 0, /**< Endpoint is ready for next packet, no error. */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled = 1, /**< The endpoint was stalled during the stream
+ * transfer by the host or device.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host while
+ * waiting for the endpoint to become ready.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
+ * no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
+ * has resumed.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout = 4, /**< The host failed to accept or send the next packet
+ * within the software timeout period set by the
+ * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Configures the specified endpoint address with the given endpoint type, bank size and number of hardware
+ * banks. Once configured, the endpoint may be read from or written to, depending on its direction.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Endpoint address to configure.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Type Type of endpoint to configure, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all endpoint types
+ * are available on Low Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Size Size of the endpoint's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted
+ * to the USB host, or after they have been received from the USB host (depending on
+ * the endpoint's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size
+ * that the endpoint can handle.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Banks Number of banks to use for the endpoint being configured.
+ *
+ * \attention When the \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is used, Endpoints <b>must</b> be configured in
+ * ascending order, or bank corruption will occur.
+ *
+ * \note Different endpoints may have different maximum packet sizes based on the endpoint's index - please
+ * refer to the chosen microcontroller model's datasheet to determine the maximum bank size for each endpoint.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note The default control endpoint should not be manually configured by the user application, as
+ * it is automatically configured by the library internally.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine will automatically select the specified endpoint upon success. Upon failure, the endpoint
+ * which failed to reconfigure correctly will be selected.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint16_t Size,
+ const uint8_t Banks) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint16_t Size,
+ const uint8_t Banks)
+ {
+ uint8_t Number = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+
+ if (Number >= ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS)
+ return false;
+
+ return Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(Number,
+ ((Type << EPTYPE0) | ((Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN) ? (1 << EPDIR) : 0)),
+ ((1 << ALLOC) | ((Banks > 1) ? (1 << EPBK0) : 0) | Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size)));
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current endpoint's selected bank.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected Endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void)
+ {
+ #if (defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+ return UEBCX;
+ #elif defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR)
+ return (((uint16_t)UEBCHX << 8) | UEBCLX);
+ #elif defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR)
+ return UEBCLX;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected endpoint's direction.
+ *
+ * \return The currently selected endpoint's direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void)
+ {
+ return (UECFG0X & (1 << EPDIR)) ? ENDPOINT_DIR_IN : ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT;
+ }
+
+ /** Get the endpoint address of the currently selected endpoint. This is typically used to save
+ * the currently selected endpoint so that it can be restored after another endpoint has been
+ * manipulated.
+ *
+ * \return Index of the currently selected endpoint.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void)
+ {
+ #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+ return ((UENUM & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK) | Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection());
+ #else
+ return ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given endpoint address.
+ *
+ * Any endpoint operations which do not require the endpoint address to be indicated will operate on
+ * the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Endpoint address to select.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+ UENUM = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /** Resets the endpoint bank FIFO. This clears all the endpoint banks and resets the USB controller's
+ * data In and Out pointers to the bank's contents.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Endpoint address whose FIFO buffers are to be reset.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ UERST = (1 << (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK));
+ UERST = 0;
+ }
+
+ /** Enables the currently selected endpoint so that data can be sent and received through it to
+ * and from a host.
+ *
+ * \note Endpoints must first be configured properly via \ref Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint().
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_EnableEndpoint(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_EnableEndpoint(void)
+ {
+ UECONX |= (1 << EPEN);
+ }
+
+ /** Disables the currently selected endpoint so that data cannot be sent and received through it
+ * to and from a host.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_DisableEndpoint(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_DisableEndpoint(void)
+ {
+ UECONX &= ~(1 << EPEN);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void)
+ {
+ return ((UECONX & (1 << EPEN)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves the number of busy banks in the currently selected endpoint, which have been queued for
+ * transmission via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() command, or are awaiting acknowledgment via the
+ * \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() command.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Total number of busy banks in the selected endpoint.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetBusyBanks(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetBusyBanks(void)
+ {
+ return (UESTA0X & (0x03 << NBUSYBK0));
+ }
+
+ /** Aborts all pending IN transactions on the currently selected endpoint, once the bank
+ * has been queued for transmission to the host via \ref Endpoint_ClearIN(). This function
+ * will terminate all queued transactions, resetting the endpoint banks ready for a new
+ * packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_AbortPendingIN(void)
+ {
+ while (Endpoint_GetBusyBanks() != 0)
+ {
+ UEINTX |= (1 << RXOUTI);
+ while (UEINTX & (1 << RXOUTI));
+ }
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint may be read from (if data is waiting in the endpoint
+ * bank and the endpoint is an OUT direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the endpoint is an IN
+ * direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the endpoint, if the endpoint
+ * is an OUT direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the endpoint is an IN
+ * direction and the endpoint bank is full.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint may be read from or written to, depending
+ * on its direction.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
+ {
+ return ((UEINTX & (1 << RWAL)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is configured.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint has been configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void)
+ {
+ return ((UESTA0X & (1 << CFGOK)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Returns a mask indicating which INTERRUPT type endpoints have interrupted - i.e. their
+ * interrupt duration has elapsed. Which endpoints have interrupted can be determined by
+ * masking the return value against <tt>(1 << <i>{Endpoint Number}</i>)</tt>.
+ *
+ * \return Mask whose bits indicate which endpoints have interrupted.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts(void)
+ {
+ return UEINT;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the specified endpoint number has interrupted (valid only for INTERRUPT type
+ * endpoints).
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Address of the endpoint whose interrupt flag should be tested.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the specified endpoint has interrupted, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ return ((Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts() & (1 << (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK))) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the selected IN endpoint is ready for a new packet to be sent to the host.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the current endpoint is ready for an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void)
+ {
+ return ((UEINTX & (1 << TXINI)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the selected OUT endpoint has received new packet from the host.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if current endpoint is has received an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void)
+ {
+ return ((UEINTX & (1 << RXOUTI)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the current CONTROL type endpoint has received a SETUP packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the selected endpoint has received a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void)
+ {
+ return ((UEINTX & (1 << RXSTPI)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Clears a received SETUP packet on the currently selected CONTROL type endpoint, freeing up the
+ * endpoint for the next packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \note This is not applicable for non CONTROL type endpoints.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void)
+ {
+ UEINTX &= ~(1 << RXSTPI);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends an IN packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint for the
+ * next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearIN(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearIN(void)
+ {
+ #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+ UEINTX &= ~((1 << TXINI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
+ #else
+ UEINTX &= ~(1 << TXINI);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /** Acknowledges an OUT packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint
+ * for the next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void)
+ {
+ #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+ UEINTX &= ~((1 << RXOUTI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
+ #else
+ UEINTX &= ~(1 << RXOUTI);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ /** Stalls the current endpoint, indicating to the host that a logical problem occurred with the
+ * indicated endpoint and that the current transfer sequence should be aborted. This provides a
+ * way for devices to indicate invalid commands to the host so that the current transfer can be
+ * aborted and the host can begin its own recovery sequence.
+ *
+ * The currently selected endpoint remains stalled until either the \ref Endpoint_ClearStall() macro
+ * is called, or the host issues a CLEAR FEATURE request to the device for the currently selected
+ * endpoint.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void)
+ {
+ UECONX |= (1 << STALLRQ);
+ }
+
+ /** Clears the STALL condition on the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void)
+ {
+ UECONX |= (1 << STALLRQC);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void)
+ {
+ return ((UECONX & (1 << STALLRQ)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Resets the data toggle of the currently selected endpoint. */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void)
+ {
+ UECONX |= (1 << RSTDT);
+ }
+
+ /** Sets the direction of the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] DirectionMask New endpoint direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(const uint8_t DirectionMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(const uint8_t DirectionMask)
+ {
+ UECFG0X = ((UECFG0X & ~(1 << EPDIR)) | (DirectionMask ? (1 << EPDIR) : 0));
+ }
+
+ /** Reads one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Next byte in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void)
+ {
+ return UEDATX;
+ }
+
+ /** Writes one byte to the currently selected endpoint's bank, for IN direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write into the the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
+ {
+ UEDATX = Data;
+ }
+
+ /** Discards one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = UEDATX;
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void)
+ {
+ union
+ {
+ uint16_t Value;
+ uint8_t Bytes[2];
+ } Data;
+
+ Data.Bytes[0] = UEDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[1] = UEDATX;
+
+ return Data.Value;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void)
+ {
+ union
+ {
+ uint16_t Value;
+ uint8_t Bytes[2];
+ } Data;
+
+ Data.Bytes[1] = UEDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[0] = UEDATX;
+
+ return Data.Value;
+ }
+
+ /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
+ {
+ UEDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
+ UEDATX = (Data >> 8);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
+ {
+ UEDATX = (Data >> 8);
+ UEDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ /** Discards two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = UEDATX;
+ Dummy = UEDATX;
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void)
+ {
+ union
+ {
+ uint32_t Value;
+ uint8_t Bytes[4];
+ } Data;
+
+ Data.Bytes[0] = UEDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[1] = UEDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[2] = UEDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[3] = UEDATX;
+
+ return Data.Value;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void)
+ {
+ union
+ {
+ uint32_t Value;
+ uint8_t Bytes[4];
+ } Data;
+
+ Data.Bytes[3] = UEDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[2] = UEDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[1] = UEDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[0] = UEDATX;
+
+ return Data.Value;
+ }
+
+ /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
+ {
+ UEDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
+ UEDATX = (Data >> 8);
+ UEDATX = (Data >> 16);
+ UEDATX = (Data >> 24);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
+ {
+ UEDATX = (Data >> 24);
+ UEDATX = (Data >> 16);
+ UEDATX = (Data >> 8);
+ UEDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ /** Discards four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = UEDATX;
+ Dummy = UEDATX;
+ Dummy = UEDATX;
+ Dummy = UEDATX;
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ /** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control endpoint located at address
+ * 0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the device descriptor in the user
+ * project once the USB interface is initialized into device mode.
+ *
+ * If space is an issue, it is possible to fix this to a static value by defining the control
+ * endpoint size in the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token passed to the compiler in the makefile
+ * via the -D switch. When a fixed control endpoint size is used, the size is no longer dynamically
+ * read from the descriptors at runtime and instead fixed to the given value. When used, it is
+ * important that the descriptor control endpoint size value matches the size given as the
+ * \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token - it is recommended that the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token
+ * be used in the device descriptors to ensure this.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ */
+ #if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ extern uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize;
+ #else
+ #define USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE
+ #endif
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures a table of endpoint descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
+ * endpoints at the same time.
+ *
+ * \note Endpoints with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
+ * control endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Table Pointer to a table of endpoint descriptions.
+ * \param[in] Entries Number of entries in the endpoint table to configure.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if all endpoints configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
+ const uint8_t Entries);
+
+ /** Completes the status stage of a control transfer on a CONTROL type endpoint automatically,
+ * with respect to the data direction. This is a convenience function which can be used to
+ * simplify user control request handling.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be called on non CONTROL type endpoints.
+ */
+ void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void);
+
+ /** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control endpoint is ready for the next packet of data
+ * to be read or written to it.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be called on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void);
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.c
index d93268337..4e38c75a6 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.c
@@ -1,294 +1,297 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HOST_C
-#include "../Host.h"
-
-void USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState(void)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError;
- uint8_t SubErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-
- static uint16_t WaitMSRemaining;
- static uint8_t PostWaitState;
-
- switch (USB_HostState)
- {
- case HOST_STATE_WaitForDevice:
- if (WaitMSRemaining)
- {
- if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
- {
- USB_HostState = PostWaitState;
- ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_WaitStage;
- break;
- }
-
- if (!(--WaitMSRemaining))
- USB_HostState = PostWaitState;
- }
-
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Powered:
- WaitMSRemaining = HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS;
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle;
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle:
- if (WaitMSRemaining--)
- {
- Delay_MS(1);
- break;
- }
- else
- {
- USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off();
-
- USB_OTGPAD_On();
- USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable();
- USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On();
-
- #if defined(NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT)
- USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable();
- USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On();
- #endif
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect;
- }
-
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect:
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DCONNI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBERRI);
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_VBERRI);
-
- USB_Host_ResumeBus();
- Pipe_ClearPipes();
-
- HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(100, HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset);
- }
-
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset:
- USB_Host_ResetDevice();
-
- HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(200, HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe);
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe:
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE, EP_TYPE_CONTROL, ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE, 1)))
- {
- ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError;
- SubErrorCode = 0;
- break;
- }
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Default;
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Default:
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
- .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
- .wValue = (DTYPE_Device << 8),
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = 8,
- };
-
- uint8_t DataBuffer[8];
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
- if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(DataBuffer)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError;
- break;
- }
-
- USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = DataBuffer[offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t, Endpoint0Size)];
-
- USB_Host_ResetDevice();
-
- HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(200, HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset);
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset:
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE, EP_TYPE_CONTROL, ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, USB_Host_ControlPipeSize, 1)))
- {
- ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError;
- SubErrorCode = 0;
- break;
- }
-
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
- .bRequest = REQ_SetAddress,
- .wValue = USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS,
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError;
- break;
- }
-
- HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(100, HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet);
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet:
- USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS);
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Addressed;
-
- EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete();
- break;
- }
-
- if ((ErrorCode != HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError) && (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Unattached))
- {
- EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(ErrorCode, SubErrorCode);
-
- USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
-
- EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
-
- USB_ResetInterface();
- }
-}
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_WaitMS(uint8_t MS)
-{
- bool BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
- uint8_t ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_Successful;
- bool HSOFIEnabled = USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
- USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
- USB_Host_ResumeBus();
-
- while (MS)
- {
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
- MS--;
- }
-
- if ((USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached) || (USB_CurrentMode != USB_MODE_Host))
- {
- ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_DeviceDisconnect;
-
- break;
- }
-
- if (Pipe_IsError())
- {
- Pipe_ClearError();
- ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_PipeError;
-
- break;
- }
-
- if (Pipe_IsStalled())
- {
- Pipe_ClearStall();
- ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_SetupStalled;
-
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (BusSuspended)
- USB_Host_SuspendBus();
-
- if (HSOFIEnabled)
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
- return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-static void USB_Host_ResetDevice(void)
-{
- bool BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
-
- USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-
- USB_Host_ResetBus();
- while (!(USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete()));
- USB_Host_ResumeBus();
-
- USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
-
- bool HSOFIEnabled = USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
- USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
- for (uint8_t MSRem = 10; MSRem != 0; MSRem--)
- {
- /* Workaround for powerless-pull-up devices. After a USB bus reset,
- all disconnection interrupts are suppressed while a USB frame is
- looked for - if it is found within 10ms, the device is still
- present. */
-
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
- break;
- }
-
- Delay_MS(1);
- }
-
- if (HSOFIEnabled)
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
- if (BusSuspended)
- USB_Host_SuspendBus();
-
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-}
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HOST_C
+#include "../Host.h"
+
+void USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+ uint8_t SubErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+
+ static uint16_t WaitMSRemaining;
+ static uint8_t PostWaitState;
+
+ switch (USB_HostState)
+ {
+ case HOST_STATE_WaitForDevice:
+ if (WaitMSRemaining)
+ {
+ if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
+ {
+ USB_HostState = PostWaitState;
+ ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_WaitStage;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (!(--WaitMSRemaining))
+ USB_HostState = PostWaitState;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Powered:
+ WaitMSRemaining = HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS;
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle;
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle:
+ if (WaitMSRemaining--)
+ {
+ Delay_MS(1);
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off();
+
+ USB_OTGPAD_On();
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable();
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On();
+
+ #if defined(NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT)
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable();
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On();
+ #endif
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect:
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DCONNI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBERRI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_VBERRI);
+
+ USB_Host_ResumeBus();
+ Pipe_ClearPipes();
+
+ HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(100, HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset:
+ USB_Host_ResetDevice();
+
+ HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(200, HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe);
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe:
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE, EP_TYPE_CONTROL, ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE, 1)))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError;
+ SubErrorCode = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Default;
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Default:
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+ .wValue = (DTYPE_Device << 8),
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 8,
+ };
+
+ uint8_t DataBuffer[8];
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+ if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(DataBuffer)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = DataBuffer[offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t, Endpoint0Size)];
+
+ USB_Host_ResetDevice();
+
+ HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(200, HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset);
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset:
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE, EP_TYPE_CONTROL, ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, USB_Host_ControlPipeSize, 1)))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError;
+ SubErrorCode = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_SetAddress,
+ .wValue = USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(100, HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet);
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet:
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS);
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Addressed;
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete();
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode != HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError) && (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Unattached))
+ {
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(ErrorCode, SubErrorCode);
+
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+ USB_ResetInterface();
+ }
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_WaitMS(uint8_t MS)
+{
+ bool BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_Successful;
+ bool HSOFIEnabled = USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ USB_Host_ResumeBus();
+
+ while (MS)
+ {
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ MS--;
+ }
+
+ if ((USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached) || (USB_CurrentMode != USB_MODE_Host))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_DeviceDisconnect;
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (Pipe_IsError())
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearError();
+ ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_PipeError;
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearStall();
+ ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_SetupStalled;
+
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (BusSuspended)
+ USB_Host_SuspendBus();
+
+ if (HSOFIEnabled)
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+static void USB_Host_ResetDevice(void)
+{
+ bool BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
+
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+ USB_Host_ResetBus();
+ while (!(USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete()));
+ USB_Host_ResumeBus();
+
+ USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+
+ bool HSOFIEnabled = USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ for (uint8_t MSRem = 10; MSRem != 0; MSRem--)
+ {
+ /* Workaround for powerless-pull-up devices. After a USB bus reset,
+ all disconnection interrupts are suppressed while a USB frame is
+ looked for - if it is found within 10ms, the device is still
+ present. */
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ Delay_MS(1);
+ }
+
+ if (HSOFIEnabled)
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ if (BusSuspended)
+ USB_Host_SuspendBus();
+
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.h
index f8d92f81f..f0ffa5a54 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Host_AVR8.h
@@ -1,372 +1,372 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB Host definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- * \copydetails Group_Host_AVR8
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Host
- * \defgroup Group_Host_AVR8 Host Management (AVR8)
- * \brief USB Host definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- *
- * Architecture specific USB Host definitions for the Atmel 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBHOST_AVR8_H__
-#define __USBHOST_AVR8_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../StdDescriptors.h"
- #include "../Pipe.h"
- #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- #if defined(INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE) && !defined(NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT)
- #error The INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE compile option requires NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT for the AVR8 architecture.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Indicates the fixed USB device address which any attached device is enumerated to when in
- * host mode. As only one USB device may be attached to the AVR in host mode at any one time
- * and that the address used is not important (other than the fact that it is non-zero), a
- * fixed value is specified by the library.
- */
- #define USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS 1
-
- #if !defined(HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Constant for the delay in milliseconds after a device is connected before the library
- * will start the enumeration process. Some devices require a delay of up to 5 seconds
- * after connection before the enumeration process can start or incorrect operation will
- * occur.
- *
- * The default delay value may be overridden in the user project makefile by defining the
- * \c HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS token to the required delay in milliseconds, and passed to the
- * compiler using the -D switch.
- */
- #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS 1000
- #endif
-
- /** Enum for the error codes for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_HostError() event.
- *
- * \see \ref Group_Events for more information on this event.
- */
- enum USB_Host_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- HOST_ERROR_VBusVoltageDip = 0, /**< VBUS voltage dipped to an unacceptable level. This
- * error may be the result of an attached device drawing
- * too much current from the VBUS line, or due to the
- * AVR's power source being unable to supply sufficient
- * current.
- */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the error codes for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed() event.
- *
- * \see \ref Group_Events for more information on this event.
- */
- enum USB_Host_EnumerationErrorCodes_t
- {
- HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< No error occurred. Used internally, this is not a valid
- * ErrorCode parameter value for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed()
- * event.
- */
- HOST_ENUMERROR_WaitStage = 1, /**< One of the delays between enumeration steps failed
- * to complete successfully, due to a timeout or other
- * error.
- */
- HOST_ENUMERROR_NoDeviceDetected = 2, /**< No device was detected, despite the USB data lines
- * indicating the attachment of a device.
- */
- HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError = 3, /**< One of the enumeration control requests failed to
- * complete successfully.
- */
- HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError = 4, /**< The default control pipe (address 0) failed to
- * configure correctly.
- */
- };
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Returns the current USB frame number, when in host mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. not suspended)
- * the frame number is incremented by one.
- *
- * \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
- */
- static inline uint16_t USB_Host_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint16_t USB_Host_GetFrameNumber(void)
- {
- return UHFNUM;
- }
-
- #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
- /** Enables the host mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
- * at the start of each USB frame when a device is enumerated while in host mode.
- *
- * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
- */
- static inline void USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(void)
- {
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
- }
-
- /** Disables the host mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in host mode.
- *
- * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
- */
- static inline void USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents(void)
- {
- USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
- }
- #endif
-
- /** Resets the USB bus, including the endpoints in any attached device and pipes on the AVR host.
- * USB bus resets leave the default control pipe configured (if already configured).
- *
- * If the USB bus has been suspended prior to issuing a bus reset, the attached device will be
- * woken up automatically and the bus resumed after the reset has been correctly issued.
- */
- static inline void USB_Host_ResetBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_ResetBus(void)
- {
- UHCON |= (1 << RESET);
- }
-
- /** Determines if a previously issued bus reset (via the \ref USB_Host_ResetBus() macro) has
- * completed.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if no bus reset is currently being sent, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete(void)
- {
- return ((UHCON & (1 << RESET)) ? false : true);
- }
-
- /** Resumes USB communications with an attached and enumerated device, by resuming the transmission
- * of the 1MS Start Of Frame messages to the device. When resumed, USB communications between the
- * host and attached device may occur.
- */
- static inline void USB_Host_ResumeBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_ResumeBus(void)
- {
- UHCON |= (1 << SOFEN);
- }
-
- /** Suspends the USB bus, preventing any communications from occurring between the host and attached
- * device until the bus has been resumed. This stops the transmission of the 1MS Start Of Frame
- * messages to the device.
- *
- * \attention While the USB bus is suspended, all USB interrupt sources are also disabled; this means that
- * some events (such as device disconnections) will not fire until the bus is resumed.
- */
- static inline void USB_Host_SuspendBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_SuspendBus(void)
- {
- UHCON &= ~(1 << SOFEN);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the USB bus has been suspended via the use of the \ref USB_Host_SuspendBus() macro,
- * false otherwise. While suspended, no USB communications can occur until the bus is resumed,
- * except for the Remote Wakeup event from the device if supported.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the bus is currently suspended, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusSuspended(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusSuspended(void)
- {
- return ((UHCON & (1 << SOFEN)) ? false : true);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the attached device is currently enumerated in Full Speed mode (12Mb/s), or
- * false if the attached device is enumerated in Low Speed mode (1.5Mb/s).
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the attached device is enumerated in Full Speed mode, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool USB_Host_IsDeviceFullSpeed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool USB_Host_IsDeviceFullSpeed(void)
- {
- return ((USBSTA & (1 << SPEED)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the attached device is currently issuing a Remote Wakeup request, requesting
- * that the host resume the USB bus and wake up the device, false otherwise.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the attached device has sent a Remote Wakeup request, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool USB_Host_IsRemoteWakeupSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool USB_Host_IsRemoteWakeupSent(void)
- {
- return ((UHINT & (1 << RXRSMI)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Clears the flag indicating that a Remote Wakeup request has been issued by an attached device. */
- static inline void USB_Host_ClearRemoteWakeupSent(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_ClearRemoteWakeupSent(void)
- {
- UHINT &= ~(1 << RXRSMI);
- }
-
- /** Accepts a Remote Wakeup request from an attached device. This must be issued in response to
- * a device's Remote Wakeup request within 2ms for the request to be accepted and the bus to
- * be resumed.
- */
- static inline void USB_Host_ResumeFromWakeupRequest(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_ResumeFromWakeupRequest(void)
- {
- UHCON |= (1 << RESUME);
- }
-
- /** Determines if a resume from Remote Wakeup request is currently being sent to an attached
- * device.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if no resume request is currently being sent, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool USB_Host_IsResumeFromWakeupRequestSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool USB_Host_IsResumeFromWakeupRequestSent(void)
- {
- return ((UHCON & (1 << RESUME)) ? false : true);
- }
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_On(void)
- {
- USBCON |= (1 << HOST);
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_Off(void)
- {
- USBCON &= ~(1 << HOST);
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable(void)
- {
- OTGCON &= ~(1 << VBUSHWC);
- UHWCON |= (1 << UVCONE);
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable(void)
- {
- OTGCON |= (1 << VBUSHWC);
- UHWCON &= ~(1 << UVCONE);
-
- DDRE |= (1 << 7);
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On(void)
- {
- OTGCON |= (1 << VBUSREQ);
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On(void)
- {
- #if defined(INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE)
- PORTE &= ~(1 << 7);
- #else
- PORTE |= (1 << 7);
- #endif
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off(void)
- {
- OTGCON |= (1 << VBUSRQC);
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off(void)
- {
- #if defined(INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE)
- PORTE |= (1 << 7);
- #else
- PORTE &= ~(1 << 7);
- #endif
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
- {
- UHADDR = (Address & 0x7F);
- }
-
- /* Enums: */
- enum USB_Host_WaitMSErrorCodes_t
- {
- HOST_WAITERROR_Successful = 0,
- HOST_WAITERROR_DeviceDisconnect = 1,
- HOST_WAITERROR_PipeError = 2,
- HOST_WAITERROR_SetupStalled = 3,
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState(void);
- uint8_t USB_Host_WaitMS(uint8_t MS);
-
- #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HOST_C)
- static void USB_Host_ResetDevice(void);
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Host definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_Host_AVR8
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Host
+ * \defgroup Group_Host_AVR8 Host Management (AVR8)
+ * \brief USB Host definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * Architecture specific USB Host definitions for the Atmel 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBHOST_AVR8_H__
+#define __USBHOST_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../StdDescriptors.h"
+ #include "../Pipe.h"
+ #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE) && !defined(NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT)
+ #error The INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE compile option requires NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT for the AVR8 architecture.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the fixed USB device address which any attached device is enumerated to when in
+ * host mode. As only one USB device may be attached to the AVR in host mode at any one time
+ * and that the address used is not important (other than the fact that it is non-zero), a
+ * fixed value is specified by the library.
+ */
+ #define USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS 1
+
+ #if !defined(HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Constant for the delay in milliseconds after a device is connected before the library
+ * will start the enumeration process. Some devices require a delay of up to 5 seconds
+ * after connection before the enumeration process can start or incorrect operation will
+ * occur.
+ *
+ * The default delay value may be overridden in the user project makefile by defining the
+ * \c HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS token to the required delay in milliseconds, and passed to the
+ * compiler using the -D switch.
+ */
+ #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS 1000
+ #endif
+
+ /** Enum for the error codes for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_HostError() event.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_Events for more information on this event.
+ */
+ enum USB_Host_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ HOST_ERROR_VBusVoltageDip = 0, /**< VBUS voltage dipped to an unacceptable level. This
+ * error may be the result of an attached device drawing
+ * too much current from the VBUS line, or due to the
+ * AVR's power source being unable to supply sufficient
+ * current.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the error codes for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed() event.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_Events for more information on this event.
+ */
+ enum USB_Host_EnumerationErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< No error occurred. Used internally, this is not a valid
+ * ErrorCode parameter value for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed()
+ * event.
+ */
+ HOST_ENUMERROR_WaitStage = 1, /**< One of the delays between enumeration steps failed
+ * to complete successfully, due to a timeout or other
+ * error.
+ */
+ HOST_ENUMERROR_NoDeviceDetected = 2, /**< No device was detected, despite the USB data lines
+ * indicating the attachment of a device.
+ */
+ HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError = 3, /**< One of the enumeration control requests failed to
+ * complete successfully.
+ */
+ HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError = 4, /**< The default control pipe (address 0) failed to
+ * configure correctly.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Returns the current USB frame number, when in host mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. not suspended)
+ * the frame number is incremented by one.
+ *
+ * \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t USB_Host_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t USB_Host_GetFrameNumber(void)
+ {
+ return UHFNUM;
+ }
+
+ #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+ /** Enables the host mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
+ * at the start of each USB frame when a device is enumerated while in host mode.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(void)
+ {
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ }
+
+ /** Disables the host mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in host mode.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents(void)
+ {
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /** Resets the USB bus, including the endpoints in any attached device and pipes on the AVR host.
+ * USB bus resets leave the default control pipe configured (if already configured).
+ *
+ * If the USB bus has been suspended prior to issuing a bus reset, the attached device will be
+ * woken up automatically and the bus resumed after the reset has been correctly issued.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResetBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResetBus(void)
+ {
+ UHCON |= (1 << RESET);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if a previously issued bus reset (via the \ref USB_Host_ResetBus() macro) has
+ * completed.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if no bus reset is currently being sent, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete(void)
+ {
+ return ((UHCON & (1 << RESET)) ? false : true);
+ }
+
+ /** Resumes USB communications with an attached and enumerated device, by resuming the transmission
+ * of the 1MS Start Of Frame messages to the device. When resumed, USB communications between the
+ * host and attached device may occur.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResumeBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResumeBus(void)
+ {
+ UHCON |= (1 << SOFEN);
+ }
+
+ /** Suspends the USB bus, preventing any communications from occurring between the host and attached
+ * device until the bus has been resumed. This stops the transmission of the 1MS Start Of Frame
+ * messages to the device.
+ *
+ * \attention While the USB bus is suspended, all USB interrupt sources are also disabled; this means that
+ * some events (such as device disconnections) will not fire until the bus is resumed.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_SuspendBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_SuspendBus(void)
+ {
+ UHCON &= ~(1 << SOFEN);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the USB bus has been suspended via the use of the \ref USB_Host_SuspendBus() macro,
+ * false otherwise. While suspended, no USB communications can occur until the bus is resumed,
+ * except for the Remote Wakeup event from the device if supported.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the bus is currently suspended, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusSuspended(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusSuspended(void)
+ {
+ return ((UHCON & (1 << SOFEN)) ? false : true);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the attached device is currently enumerated in Full Speed mode (12Mb/s), or
+ * false if the attached device is enumerated in Low Speed mode (1.5Mb/s).
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the attached device is enumerated in Full Speed mode, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsDeviceFullSpeed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsDeviceFullSpeed(void)
+ {
+ return ((USBSTA & (1 << SPEED)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the attached device is currently issuing a Remote Wakeup request, requesting
+ * that the host resume the USB bus and wake up the device, \c false otherwise.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the attached device has sent a Remote Wakeup request, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsRemoteWakeupSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsRemoteWakeupSent(void)
+ {
+ return ((UHINT & (1 << RXRSMI)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Clears the flag indicating that a Remote Wakeup request has been issued by an attached device. */
+ static inline void USB_Host_ClearRemoteWakeupSent(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_ClearRemoteWakeupSent(void)
+ {
+ UHINT &= ~(1 << RXRSMI);
+ }
+
+ /** Accepts a Remote Wakeup request from an attached device. This must be issued in response to
+ * a device's Remote Wakeup request within 2ms for the request to be accepted and the bus to
+ * be resumed.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResumeFromWakeupRequest(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResumeFromWakeupRequest(void)
+ {
+ UHCON |= (1 << RESUME);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if a resume from Remote Wakeup request is currently being sent to an attached
+ * device.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if no resume request is currently being sent, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsResumeFromWakeupRequestSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsResumeFromWakeupRequestSent(void)
+ {
+ return ((UHCON & (1 << RESUME)) ? false : true);
+ }
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_On(void)
+ {
+ USBCON |= (1 << HOST);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_Off(void)
+ {
+ USBCON &= ~(1 << HOST);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable(void)
+ {
+ OTGCON &= ~(1 << VBUSHWC);
+ UHWCON |= (1 << UVCONE);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable(void)
+ {
+ OTGCON |= (1 << VBUSHWC);
+ UHWCON &= ~(1 << UVCONE);
+
+ DDRE |= (1 << 7);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On(void)
+ {
+ OTGCON |= (1 << VBUSREQ);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On(void)
+ {
+ #if defined(INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE)
+ PORTE &= ~(1 << 7);
+ #else
+ PORTE |= (1 << 7);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off(void)
+ {
+ OTGCON |= (1 << VBUSRQC);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off(void)
+ {
+ #if defined(INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE)
+ PORTE |= (1 << 7);
+ #else
+ PORTE &= ~(1 << 7);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ UHADDR = (Address & 0x7F);
+ }
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ enum USB_Host_WaitMSErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ HOST_WAITERROR_Successful = 0,
+ HOST_WAITERROR_DeviceDisconnect = 1,
+ HOST_WAITERROR_PipeError = 2,
+ HOST_WAITERROR_SetupStalled = 3,
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState(void);
+ uint8_t USB_Host_WaitMS(uint8_t MS);
+
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HOST_C)
+ static void USB_Host_ResetDevice(void);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h
index 5296beb6a..c2e849627 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h
@@ -1,159 +1,159 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB OTG definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- * \copydetails Group_OTG_AVR8
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_OTG
- * \defgroup Group_OTG_AVR8 USB On The Go (OTG) Management (AVR8)
- * \brief USB OTG definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- *
- * Architecture specific USB OTG definitions for the Atmel 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBOTG_AVR8_H__
-#define __USBOTG_AVR8_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Mask for the VBUS pulsing method of SRP, supported by some OTG devices.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_OTG_Device_InitiateSRP().
- */
- #define USB_OTG_SRP_VBUS (1 << SRPSEL)
-
- /** Mask for the Data + pulsing method of SRP, supported by some OTG devices.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_OTG_Device_InitiateSRP().
- */
- #define USB_OTG_STP_DATA 0
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Initiate a Host Negotiation Protocol request. This indicates to the other connected device
- * that the device wishes to change device/host roles.
- */
- static inline void USB_OTG_Device_RequestHNP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_OTG_Device_RequestHNP(void)
- {
- OTGCON |= (1 << HNPREQ);
- }
-
- /** Cancel a Host Negotiation Protocol request. This stops a pending HNP request to the other
- * connected device.
- */
- static inline void USB_OTG_Device_CancelHNPRequest(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_OTG_Device_CancelHNPRequest(void)
- {
- OTGCON &= ~(1 << HNPREQ);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the device is currently sending a HNP to an attached host.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if currently sending a HNP to the other connected device, \c false otherwise
- */
- static inline bool USB_OTG_Device_IsSendingHNP(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool USB_OTG_Device_IsSendingHNP(void)
- {
- return ((OTGCON & (1 << HNPREQ)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Initiates a Session Request Protocol request. Most OTG devices turn off VBUS when the USB
- * interface is not in use, to conserve power. Sending a SRP to a USB OTG device running in
- * host mode indicates that VBUS should be applied and a session started.
- *
- * There are two different methods of sending a SRP - either pulses on the VBUS line, or by
- * pulsing the Data + line via the internal pull-up resistor.
- *
- * \param[in] SRPTypeMask Mask indicating the type of SRP to use, either \ref USB_OTG_SRP_VBUS or
- * \ref USB_OTG_STP_DATA.
- */
- static inline void USB_OTG_Device_InitiateSRP(const uint8_t SRPTypeMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_OTG_Device_InitiateSRP(const uint8_t SRPTypeMask)
- {
- OTGCON = ((OTGCON & ~(1 << SRPSEL)) | (SRPTypeMask | (1 << SRPREQ)));
- }
-
- /** Accepts a HNP from a connected device, indicating that both devices should exchange
- * device/host roles.
- */
- static inline void USB_OTG_Host_AcceptHNP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_OTG_Host_AcceptHNP(void)
- {
- OTGCON |= (1 << HNPREQ);
- }
-
- /** Rejects a HNP from a connected device, indicating that both devices should remain in their
- * current device/host roles.
- */
- static inline void USB_OTG_Host_RejectHNP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_OTG_Host_RejectHNP(void)
- {
- OTGCON &= ~(1 << HNPREQ);
- }
-
- /** Indicates if the connected device is currently sending a HNP request.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if a HNP is currently being issued by the connected device, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool USB_OTG_Host_IsHNPReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool USB_OTG_Host_IsHNPReceived(void)
- {
- return ((OTGCON & (1 << HNPREQ)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB OTG definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_OTG_AVR8
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_OTG
+ * \defgroup Group_OTG_AVR8 USB On The Go (OTG) Management (AVR8)
+ * \brief USB OTG definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * Architecture specific USB OTG definitions for the Atmel 8-bit AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBOTG_AVR8_H__
+#define __USBOTG_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask for the VBUS pulsing method of SRP, supported by some OTG devices.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_OTG_Device_InitiateSRP().
+ */
+ #define USB_OTG_SRP_VBUS (1 << SRPSEL)
+
+ /** Mask for the Data + pulsing method of SRP, supported by some OTG devices.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_OTG_Device_InitiateSRP().
+ */
+ #define USB_OTG_STP_DATA 0
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Initiate a Host Negotiation Protocol request. This indicates to the other connected device
+ * that the device wishes to change device/host roles.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_OTG_Device_RequestHNP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_OTG_Device_RequestHNP(void)
+ {
+ OTGCON |= (1 << HNPREQ);
+ }
+
+ /** Cancel a Host Negotiation Protocol request. This stops a pending HNP request to the other
+ * connected device.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_OTG_Device_CancelHNPRequest(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_OTG_Device_CancelHNPRequest(void)
+ {
+ OTGCON &= ~(1 << HNPREQ);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the device is currently sending a HNP to an attached host.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if currently sending a HNP to the other connected device, \c false otherwise
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_OTG_Device_IsSendingHNP(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_OTG_Device_IsSendingHNP(void)
+ {
+ return ((OTGCON & (1 << HNPREQ)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Initiates a Session Request Protocol request. Most OTG devices turn off VBUS when the USB
+ * interface is not in use, to conserve power. Sending a SRP to a USB OTG device running in
+ * host mode indicates that VBUS should be applied and a session started.
+ *
+ * There are two different methods of sending a SRP - either pulses on the VBUS line, or by
+ * pulsing the Data + line via the internal pull-up resistor.
+ *
+ * \param[in] SRPTypeMask Mask indicating the type of SRP to use, either \ref USB_OTG_SRP_VBUS or
+ * \ref USB_OTG_STP_DATA.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_OTG_Device_InitiateSRP(const uint8_t SRPTypeMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_OTG_Device_InitiateSRP(const uint8_t SRPTypeMask)
+ {
+ OTGCON = ((OTGCON & ~(1 << SRPSEL)) | (SRPTypeMask | (1 << SRPREQ)));
+ }
+
+ /** Accepts a HNP from a connected device, indicating that both devices should exchange
+ * device/host roles.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_OTG_Host_AcceptHNP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_OTG_Host_AcceptHNP(void)
+ {
+ OTGCON |= (1 << HNPREQ);
+ }
+
+ /** Rejects a HNP from a connected device, indicating that both devices should remain in their
+ * current device/host roles.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_OTG_Host_RejectHNP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_OTG_Host_RejectHNP(void)
+ {
+ OTGCON &= ~(1 << HNPREQ);
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates if the connected device is currently sending a HNP request.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a HNP is currently being issued by the connected device, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_OTG_Host_IsHNPReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_OTG_Host_IsHNPReceived(void)
+ {
+ return ((OTGCON & (1 << HNPREQ)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.c
index e71a7bd32..47169b3fe 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.c
@@ -1,221 +1,221 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#include "PipeStream_AVR8.h"
-
-uint8_t Pipe_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
- uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-
- Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-
- while (Length)
- {
- if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- Pipe_ClearIN();
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- {
- *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
- }
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
- }
- else
- {
- Pipe_Discard_8();
-
- Length--;
- BytesInTransfer++;
- }
- }
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t Pipe_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
- uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-
- Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_OUT);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-
- while (Length)
- {
- if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- {
- *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
- }
-
- USB_USBTask();
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
- }
- else
- {
- Pipe_Write_8(0);
-
- Length--;
- BytesInTransfer++;
- }
- }
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
- * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_Stream_LE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
-#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream += Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_Stream_BE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
-#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream -= Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Read_Stream_LE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
-#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_IN
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearIN()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream += Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Pipe_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Read_Stream_BE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
-#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_IN
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearIN()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream -= Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Pipe_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_PStream_LE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
-#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream += Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_PStream_BE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
-#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream -= Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_EStream_LE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
-#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream += Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_EStream_BE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
-#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream -= Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Read_EStream_LE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
-#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_IN
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearIN()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream += Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Pipe_Read_8())
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Read_EStream_BE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
-#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_IN
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearIN()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream -= Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Pipe_Read_8())
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#include "PipeStream_AVR8.h"
+
+uint8_t Pipe_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_Discard_8();
+
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t Pipe_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_OUT);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_Write_8(0);
+
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
+ * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Read_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_IN
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Pipe_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Read_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_IN
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Pipe_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_PStream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_PStream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_EStream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_EStream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Read_EStream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_IN
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Pipe_Read_8())
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Read_EStream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_IN
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Pipe_Read_8())
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h
index 8307ab497..264dab54e 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h
@@ -1,442 +1,442 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR8 microcontrollers
- * \copydetails Group_PipeStreamRW_AVR8
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeStreamRW
- * \defgroup Group_PipeStreamRW_AVR8 Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (AVR8)
- * \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
- * and to pipes.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __PIPE_STREAM_AVR8_H__
-#define __PIPE_STREAM_AVR8_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../USBMode.h"
- #include "../USBTask.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** \name Stream functions for null data */
- //@{
-
- /** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the pipe, discarding fully read packets from the host
- * as needed. The last packet is not automatically discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the
- * user is responsible for manually discarding the last packet from the device via the \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro.
- *
- * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once, failing or
- * succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid storage location, the transfer
- * will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time the pipe bank becomes empty while there is still data
- * to process (and after the current packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with
- * the total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
- * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed in the user code - to
- * continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters and it will resume until the BytesProcessed
- * value reaches the total transfer length.
- *
- * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- *
- * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
- *
- * BytesProcessed = 0;
- * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
- * {
- * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
- * }
- *
- * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
- * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
- *
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected pipe.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
- * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be processed at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Pipe_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
-
- /** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the pipe, sending full pipe packets from the host to the device
- * as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the remaining bytes has been written; the
- * user is responsible for manually discarding the last packet from the device via the \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro.
- *
- * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once, failing or
- * succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid storage location, the transfer
- * will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time the pipe bank becomes full while there is still data
- * to process (and after the current packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be
- * updated with the total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
- * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed in the user code - to
- * continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters and it will resume until the BytesProcessed
- * value reaches the total transfer length.
- *
- * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- *
- * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
- *
- * BytesProcessed = 0;
- * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
- * {
- * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
- * }
- *
- * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
- * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
- *
- * \param[in] Length Number of zero bytes to write via the currently selected pipe.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
- * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be processed at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Pipe_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
-
- //@}
-
- /** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
- //@{
-
- /** Writes the given number of bytes to the pipe from the given buffer in little endian,
- * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
- * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
- * \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
- * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
- *
- * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
- * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
- * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
- * the pipe bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
- * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
- * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
- * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
- * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
- * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
- *
- * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t DataStream[512];
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- *
- * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
- * NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t DataStream[512];
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
- *
- * BytesProcessed = 0;
- * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
- * &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
- * {
- * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
- * }
- *
- * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
- * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
- * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Writes the given number of bytes to the pipe from the given buffer in big endian,
- * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
- * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
- * \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
- * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
- *
- * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
- * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
- * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Reads the given number of bytes from the pipe into the given buffer in little endian,
- * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
- * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
- * \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
- * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
- *
- * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
- * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
- * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
- * the pipe bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
- * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
- * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
- * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
- * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
- * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
- *
- * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t DataStream[512];
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- *
- * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
- * NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t DataStream[512];
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
- *
- * BytesProcessed = 0;
- * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
- * &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
- * {
- * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
- * }
- *
- * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
- * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
- * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Reads the given number of bytes from the pipe into the given buffer in big endian,
- * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
- * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
- * \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
- * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
- *
- * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
- * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
- * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- //@}
-
- /** \name Stream functions for EEPROM source/destination data */
- //@{
-
- /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Write_Stream_LE().
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
- * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Pipe_Write_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Write_Stream_BE().
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
- * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Pipe_Write_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Read_Stream_LE().
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
- * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Pipe_Read_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Read_Stream_BE().
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
- * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Pipe_Read_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- //@}
-
- /** \name Stream functions for PROGMEM source/destination data */
- //@{
-
- /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Write_Stream_LE().
- *
- * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
- * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Pipe_Write_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Write_Stream_BE().
- *
- * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
- * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Pipe_Write_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- //@}
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR8 microcontrollers
+ * \copydetails Group_PipeStreamRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeStreamRW
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeStreamRW_AVR8 Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (AVR8)
+ * \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
+ * and to pipes.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __PIPE_STREAM_AVR8_H__
+#define __PIPE_STREAM_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBMode.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** \name Stream functions for null data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the pipe, discarding fully read packets from the host
+ * as needed. The last packet is not automatically discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the
+ * user is responsible for manually discarding the last packet from the device via the \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once, failing or
+ * succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid storage location, the transfer
+ * will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time the pipe bank becomes empty while there is still data
+ * to process (and after the current packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with
+ * the total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed in the user code - to
+ * continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters and it will resume until the BytesProcessed
+ * value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected pipe.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be processed at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+ /** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the pipe, sending full pipe packets from the host to the device
+ * as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the remaining bytes has been written; the
+ * user is responsible for manually discarding the last packet from the device via the \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once, failing or
+ * succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid storage location, the transfer
+ * will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time the pipe bank becomes full while there is still data
+ * to process (and after the current packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be
+ * updated with the total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed in the user code - to
+ * continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters and it will resume until the BytesProcessed
+ * value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Length Number of zero bytes to write via the currently selected pipe.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be processed at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the pipe from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+ * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the pipe bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+ * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the pipe from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+ * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the pipe into the given buffer in little endian,
+ * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+ * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the pipe bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+ * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the pipe into the given buffer in big endian,
+ * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+ * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Stream functions for EEPROM source/destination data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Write_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Write_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Write_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Write_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Read_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Read_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Read_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Read_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Stream functions for PROGMEM source/destination data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Write_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Write_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Pipe_Write_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Write_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ //@}
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.c
index bf3ff003c..fc99ae416 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.c
@@ -1,210 +1,210 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#include "../Pipe.h"
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE;
-
-bool Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(const USB_Pipe_Table_t* const Table,
- const uint8_t Entries)
-{
- for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
- {
- if (!(Table[i].Address))
- continue;
-
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].EndpointAddress, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
- {
- return false;
- }
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-bool Pipe_ConfigurePipe(const uint8_t Address,
- const uint8_t Type,
- const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
- const uint16_t Size,
- const uint8_t Banks)
-{
- uint8_t Number = (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK);
- uint8_t Token = (Address & PIPE_DIR_IN) ? PIPE_TOKEN_IN : PIPE_TOKEN_OUT;
-
- if (Number >= PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES)
- return false;
-
- if (Type == EP_TYPE_CONTROL)
- Token = PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP;
-
-#if defined(ORDERED_EP_CONFIG)
- Pipe_SelectPipe(Number);
- Pipe_EnablePipe();
-
- UPCFG1X = 0;
-
- UPCFG0X = ((Type << EPTYPE0) | Token | ((EndpointAddress & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK) << PEPNUM0));
- UPCFG1X = ((1 << ALLOC) | ((Banks > 1) ? (1 << EPBK0) : 0) | Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size));
-
- Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
-
- return Pipe_IsConfigured();
-#else
- for (uint8_t PNum = Number; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
- {
- uint8_t UPCFG0XTemp;
- uint8_t UPCFG1XTemp;
- uint8_t UPCFG2XTemp;
- uint8_t UPIENXTemp;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
-
- if (PNum == Number)
- {
- UPCFG0XTemp = ((Type << EPTYPE0) | Token | ((EndpointAddress & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK) << PEPNUM0));
- UPCFG1XTemp = ((1 << ALLOC) | Banks | Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size));
- UPCFG2XTemp = 0;
- UPIENXTemp = 0;
- }
- else
- {
- UPCFG0XTemp = UPCFG0X;
- UPCFG1XTemp = UPCFG1X;
- UPCFG2XTemp = UPCFG2X;
- UPIENXTemp = UPIENX;
- }
-
- if (!(UPCFG1XTemp & (1 << ALLOC)))
- continue;
-
- Pipe_DisablePipe();
- UPCFG1X &= ~(1 << ALLOC);
-
- Pipe_EnablePipe();
- UPCFG0X = UPCFG0XTemp;
- UPCFG1X = UPCFG1XTemp;
- UPCFG2X = UPCFG2XTemp;
- UPIENX = UPIENXTemp;
-
- Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
-
- if (!(Pipe_IsConfigured()))
- return false;
- }
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(Number);
- return true;
-#endif
-}
-
-void Pipe_ClearPipes(void)
-{
- UPINT = 0;
-
- for (uint8_t PNum = 0; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
- {
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
- UPIENX = 0;
- UPINTX = 0;
- UPCFG1X = 0;
- Pipe_DisablePipe();
- }
-}
-
-bool Pipe_IsEndpointBound(const uint8_t EndpointAddress)
-{
- uint8_t PrevPipeNumber = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
-
- for (uint8_t PNum = 0; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
- {
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
-
- if (!(Pipe_IsConfigured()))
- continue;
-
- if (Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress() == EndpointAddress)
- return true;
- }
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipeNumber);
- return false;
-}
-
-uint8_t Pipe_WaitUntilReady(void)
-{
- #if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
- uint8_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
- #else
- uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
- #endif
-
- uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
-
- for (;;)
- {
- if (Pipe_GetPipeToken() == PIPE_TOKEN_IN)
- {
- if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
- }
- else
- {
- if (Pipe_IsOUTReady())
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
- }
-
- if (Pipe_IsStalled())
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_PipeStalled;
- else if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
-
- if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
- {
- PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
-
- if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_Timeout;
- }
- }
-}
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#include "../Pipe.h"
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE;
+
+bool Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(const USB_Pipe_Table_t* const Table,
+ const uint8_t Entries)
+{
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
+ {
+ if (!(Table[i].Address))
+ continue;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].EndpointAddress, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
+ {
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool Pipe_ConfigurePipe(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+ const uint16_t Size,
+ const uint8_t Banks)
+{
+ uint8_t Number = (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK);
+ uint8_t Token = (Address & PIPE_DIR_IN) ? PIPE_TOKEN_IN : PIPE_TOKEN_OUT;
+
+ if (Number >= PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES)
+ return false;
+
+ if (Type == EP_TYPE_CONTROL)
+ Token = PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP;
+
+#if defined(ORDERED_EP_CONFIG)
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(Number);
+ Pipe_EnablePipe();
+
+ UPCFG1X = 0;
+
+ UPCFG0X = ((Type << EPTYPE0) | Token | ((EndpointAddress & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK) << PEPNUM0));
+ UPCFG1X = ((1 << ALLOC) | ((Banks > 1) ? (1 << EPBK0) : 0) | Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size));
+
+ Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
+
+ return Pipe_IsConfigured();
+#else
+ for (uint8_t PNum = Number; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
+ {
+ uint8_t UPCFG0XTemp;
+ uint8_t UPCFG1XTemp;
+ uint8_t UPCFG2XTemp;
+ uint8_t UPIENXTemp;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
+
+ if (PNum == Number)
+ {
+ UPCFG0XTemp = ((Type << EPTYPE0) | Token | ((EndpointAddress & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK) << PEPNUM0));
+ UPCFG1XTemp = ((1 << ALLOC) | ((Banks > 1) ? (1 << EPBK0) : 0) | Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size));
+ UPCFG2XTemp = 0;
+ UPIENXTemp = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UPCFG0XTemp = UPCFG0X;
+ UPCFG1XTemp = UPCFG1X;
+ UPCFG2XTemp = UPCFG2X;
+ UPIENXTemp = UPIENX;
+ }
+
+ if (!(UPCFG1XTemp & (1 << ALLOC)))
+ continue;
+
+ Pipe_DisablePipe();
+ UPCFG1X &= ~(1 << ALLOC);
+
+ Pipe_EnablePipe();
+ UPCFG0X = UPCFG0XTemp;
+ UPCFG1X = UPCFG1XTemp;
+ UPCFG2X = UPCFG2XTemp;
+ UPIENX = UPIENXTemp;
+
+ Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsConfigured()))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(Number);
+ return true;
+#endif
+}
+
+void Pipe_ClearPipes(void)
+{
+ UPINT = 0;
+
+ for (uint8_t PNum = 0; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
+ {
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
+ UPIENX = 0;
+ UPINTX = 0;
+ UPCFG1X = 0;
+ Pipe_DisablePipe();
+ }
+}
+
+bool Pipe_IsEndpointBound(const uint8_t EndpointAddress)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevPipeNumber = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
+
+ for (uint8_t PNum = 0; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
+ {
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsConfigured()))
+ continue;
+
+ if (Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress() == EndpointAddress)
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipeNumber);
+ return false;
+}
+
+uint8_t Pipe_WaitUntilReady(void)
+{
+ #if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
+ uint8_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #else
+ uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #endif
+
+ uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (Pipe_GetPipeToken() == PIPE_TOKEN_IN)
+ {
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (Pipe_IsOUTReady())
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+ }
+
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_PipeStalled;
+ else if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+ {
+ PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+
+ if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_Timeout;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h
index 24c7b36cb..bac324ffc 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h
@@ -1,921 +1,922 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB Pipe definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- * \copydetails Group_PipeManagement_AVR8
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeRW
- * \defgroup Group_PipeRW_AVR8 Pipe Data Reading and Writing (AVR8)
- * \brief Pipe data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to pipes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW
- * \defgroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8 Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (AVR8)
- * \brief Pipe primitive data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
- * from and to pipes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement
- * \defgroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8 Pipe Packet Management (AVR8)
- * \brief Pipe packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of pipes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
- * \defgroup Group_PipeControlReq_AVR8 Pipe Control Request Management (AVR8)
- * \brief Pipe control request management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
- *
- * Module for host mode request processing. This module allows for the transmission of standard, class and
- * vendor control requests to the default control endpoint of an attached device while in host mode.
- *
- * \see Chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 specification.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
- * \defgroup Group_PipeManagement_AVR8 Pipe Management (AVR8)
- * \brief Pipe management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
- *
- * This module contains functions, macros and enums related to pipe management when in USB Host mode. This
- * module contains the pipe management macros, as well as pipe interrupt and data send/receive functions
- * for various data types.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __PIPE_AVR8_H__
-#define __PIPE_AVR8_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../USBTask.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** \name Pipe Error Flag Masks */
- //@{
- /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that an overflow error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
- #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_OVERFLOW (1 << 6)
-
- /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that an underflow error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
- #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_UNDERFLOW (1 << 5)
-
- /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a CRC error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
- #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_CRC16 (1 << 4)
-
- /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware timeout error occurred in the pipe. */
- #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_TIMEOUT (1 << 3)
-
- /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware PID error occurred in the pipe. */
- #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_PID (1 << 2)
-
- /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware data PID error occurred in the pipe. */
- #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATAPID (1 << 1)
-
- /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware data toggle error occurred in the pipe. */
- #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATATGL (1 << 0)
- //@}
-
- /** \name Pipe Token Masks */
- //@{
- /** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a SETUP token (for CONTROL type pipes),
- * which will trigger a control request on the attached device when data is written to the pipe.
- */
- #define PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP (0 << PTOKEN0)
-
- /** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a IN token (for non-CONTROL type pipes),
- * indicating that the pipe data will flow from device to host.
- */
- #define PIPE_TOKEN_IN (1 << PTOKEN0)
-
- /** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a OUT token (for non-CONTROL type pipes),
- * indicating that the pipe data will flow from host to device.
- */
- #define PIPE_TOKEN_OUT (2 << PTOKEN0)
- //@}
-
- /** Default size of the default control pipe's bank, until altered by the Endpoint0Size value
- * in the device descriptor of the attached device.
- */
- #define PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE 64
-
- /** Total number of pipes (including the default control pipe at address 0) which may be used in
- * the device. Different USB AVR models support different amounts of pipes, this value reflects
- * the maximum number of pipes for the currently selected AVR model.
- */
- #define PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES 7
-
- /** Size in bytes of the largest pipe bank size possible in the device. Not all banks on each AVR
- * model supports the largest bank size possible on the device; different pipe numbers support
- * different maximum bank sizes. This value reflects the largest possible bank of any pipe on the
- * currently selected USB AVR model.
- */
- #define PIPE_MAX_SIZE 256
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady() function.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipeRW_AVR8
- */
- enum Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError = 0, /**< Pipe ready for next packet, no error. */
- PIPE_READYWAIT_PipeStalled = 1, /**< The device stalled the pipe while waiting. */
- PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host while waiting. */
- PIPE_READYWAIT_Timeout = 3, /**< The device failed to accept or send the next packet
- * within the software timeout period set by the
- * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
- */
- };
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current pipes's selected bank.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipeRW_AVR8
- *
- * \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint16_t Pipe_BytesInPipe(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint16_t Pipe_BytesInPipe(void)
- {
- return UPBCX;
- }
-
- /** Determines the currently selected pipe's direction.
- *
- * \return The currently selected pipe's direction, as a \c PIPE_DIR_* mask.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeDirection(void)
- {
- return (UPCFG0X & (1 << EPDIR)) ? PIPE_DIR_IN : PIPE_DIR_OUT;
- }
-
- /** Returns the pipe address of the currently selected pipe. This is typically used to save the
- * currently selected pipe address so that it can be restored after another pipe has been manipulated.
- *
- * \return Index of the currently selected pipe.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetCurrentPipe(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetCurrentPipe(void)
- {
- return ((UPNUM & PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK) | Pipe_GetPipeDirection());
- }
-
- /** Selects the given pipe address. Any pipe operations which do not require the pipe address to be
- * indicated will operate on the currently selected pipe.
- *
- * \param[in] Address Address of the pipe to select.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_SelectPipe(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_SelectPipe(const uint8_t Address)
- {
- UPNUM = (Address & PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK);
- }
-
- /** Resets the desired pipe, including the pipe banks and flags.
- *
- * \param[in] Address Address of the pipe to reset.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_ResetPipe(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_ResetPipe(const uint8_t Address)
- {
- UPRST = (1 << (Address & PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK));
- UPRST = 0;
- }
-
- /** Enables the currently selected pipe so that data can be sent and received through it to and from
- * an attached device.
- *
- * \pre The currently selected pipe must first be configured properly via \ref Pipe_ConfigurePipe().
- */
- static inline void Pipe_EnablePipe(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_EnablePipe(void)
- {
- UPCONX |= (1 << PEN);
- }
-
- /** Disables the currently selected pipe so that data cannot be sent and received through it to and
- * from an attached device.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_DisablePipe(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_DisablePipe(void)
- {
- UPCONX &= ~(1 << PEN);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected pipe is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe is enabled, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Pipe_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Pipe_IsEnabled(void)
- {
- return ((UPCONX & (1 << PEN)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Gets the current pipe token, indicating the pipe's data direction and type.
- *
- * \return The current pipe token, as a \c PIPE_TOKEN_* mask.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeToken(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeToken(void)
- {
- return (UPCFG0X & (0x03 << PTOKEN0));
- }
-
- /** Sets the token for the currently selected pipe to one of the tokens specified by the \c PIPE_TOKEN_*
- * masks. This can be used on CONTROL type pipes, to allow for bidirectional transfer of data during
- * control requests, or on regular pipes to allow for half-duplex bidirectional data transfer to devices
- * which have two endpoints of opposite direction sharing the same endpoint address within the device.
- *
- * \param[in] Token New pipe token to set the selected pipe to, as a \c PIPE_TOKEN_* mask.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_SetPipeToken(const uint8_t Token) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_SetPipeToken(const uint8_t Token)
- {
- UPCFG0X = ((UPCFG0X & ~(0x03 << PTOKEN0)) | Token);
- }
-
- /** Configures the currently selected pipe to allow for an unlimited number of IN requests. */
- static inline void Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(void)
- {
- UPCONX |= (1 << INMODE);
- }
-
- /** Configures the currently selected pipe to only allow the specified number of IN requests to be
- * accepted by the pipe before it is automatically frozen.
- *
- * \param[in] TotalINRequests Total number of IN requests that the pipe may receive before freezing.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests(const uint8_t TotalINRequests) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests(const uint8_t TotalINRequests)
- {
- UPCONX &= ~(1 << INMODE);
- UPINRQX = TotalINRequests;
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected pipe is configured.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the selected pipe is configured, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Pipe_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Pipe_IsConfigured(void)
- {
- return ((UPSTAX & (1 << CFGOK)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Retrieves the endpoint address of the endpoint within the attached device that the currently selected
- * pipe is bound to.
- *
- * \return Endpoint address the currently selected pipe is bound to.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(void)
- {
- uint8_t UPCFG0X_Temp = UPCFG0X;
-
- return (((UPCFG0X_Temp >> PEPNUM0) & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK) | ((UPCFG0X_Temp & PEPNUM1) ? ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT : ENDPOINT_DIR_IN));
- }
-
- /** Sets the period between interrupts for an INTERRUPT type pipe to a specified number of milliseconds.
- *
- * \param[in] Milliseconds Number of milliseconds between each pipe poll.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(const uint8_t Milliseconds) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(const uint8_t Milliseconds)
- {
- UPCFG2X = Milliseconds;
- }
-
- /** Returns a mask indicating which pipe's interrupt periods have elapsed, indicating that the pipe should
- * be serviced.
- *
- * \return Mask whose bits indicate which pipes have interrupted.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeInterrupts(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeInterrupts(void)
- {
- return UPINT;
- }
-
- /** Determines if the specified pipe address has interrupted (valid only for INTERRUPT type
- * pipes).
- *
- * \param[in] Address Address of the pipe whose interrupt flag should be tested.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the specified pipe has interrupted, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Pipe_HasPipeInterrupted(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Pipe_HasPipeInterrupted(const uint8_t Address)
- {
- return ((UPINT & (1 << (Address & PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK))) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Unfreezes the selected pipe, allowing it to communicate with an attached device. */
- static inline void Pipe_Unfreeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_Unfreeze(void)
- {
- UPCONX &= ~(1 << PFREEZE);
- }
-
- /** Freezes the selected pipe, preventing it from communicating with an attached device. */
- static inline void Pipe_Freeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_Freeze(void)
- {
- UPCONX |= (1 << PFREEZE);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected pipe is frozen, and not able to accept data.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe is frozen, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Pipe_IsFrozen(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Pipe_IsFrozen(void)
- {
- return ((UPCONX & (1 << PFREEZE)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Clears the error flags for the currently selected pipe. */
- static inline void Pipe_ClearError(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_ClearError(void)
- {
- UPERRX = 0;
- UPINTX &= ~(1 << PERRI);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the master pipe error flag is set for the currently selected pipe, indicating that
- * some sort of hardware error has occurred on the pipe.
- *
- * \see \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags() macro for information on retrieving the exact error flag.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if an error has occurred on the selected pipe, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Pipe_IsError(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Pipe_IsError(void)
- {
- return ((UPINTX & (1 << PERRI)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Gets a mask of the hardware error flags which have occurred on the currently selected pipe. This
- * value can then be masked against the \c PIPE_ERRORFLAG_* masks to determine what error has occurred.
- *
- * \return Mask comprising of \c PIPE_ERRORFLAG_* bits indicating what error has occurred on the selected pipe.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetErrorFlags(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetErrorFlags(void)
- {
- return ((UPERRX & (PIPE_ERRORFLAG_CRC16 | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_TIMEOUT |
- PIPE_ERRORFLAG_PID | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATAPID |
- PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATATGL)) |
- (UPSTAX & (PIPE_ERRORFLAG_OVERFLOW | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_UNDERFLOW)));
- }
-
- /** Retrieves the number of busy banks in the currently selected pipe, which have been queued for
- * transmission via the \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() command, or are awaiting acknowledgement via the
- * \ref Pipe_ClearIN() command.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
- *
- * \return Total number of busy banks in the selected pipe.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBusyBanks(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBusyBanks(void)
- {
- return (UPSTAX & (0x03 << NBUSYBK0));
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected pipe may be read from (if data is waiting in the pipe
- * bank and the pipe is an IN direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the pipe is an OUT
- * direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the pipe, or if the pipe
- * is an IN direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the pipe is an OUT
- * direction and the pipe bank is full.
- *
- * \note This function is not valid on CONTROL type pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe may be read from or written to, depending
- * on its direction.
- */
- static inline bool Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
- {
- return ((UPINTX & (1 << RWAL)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Determines if a packet has been received on the currently selected IN pipe from the attached device.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe has received an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Pipe_IsINReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Pipe_IsINReceived(void)
- {
- return ((UPINTX & (1 << RXINI)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected OUT pipe is ready to send an OUT packet to the attached device.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe is ready for an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Pipe_IsOUTReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Pipe_IsOUTReady(void)
- {
- return ((UPINTX & (1 << TXOUTI)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Determines if no SETUP request is currently being sent to the attached device on the selected
- * CONTROL type pipe.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe is ready for a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Pipe_IsSETUPSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Pipe_IsSETUPSent(void)
- {
- return ((UPINTX & (1 << TXSTPI)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Sends the currently selected CONTROL type pipe's contents to the device as a SETUP packet.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
- */
- static inline void Pipe_ClearSETUP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_ClearSETUP(void)
- {
- UPINTX &= ~((1 << TXSTPI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
- }
-
- /** Acknowledges the reception of a setup IN request from the attached device on the currently selected
- * pipe, freeing the bank ready for the next packet.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
- */
- static inline void Pipe_ClearIN(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_ClearIN(void)
- {
- UPINTX &= ~((1 << RXINI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
- }
-
- /** Sends the currently selected pipe's contents to the device as an OUT packet on the selected pipe, freeing
- * the bank ready for the next packet.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
- */
- static inline void Pipe_ClearOUT(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_ClearOUT(void)
- {
- UPINTX &= ~((1 << TXOUTI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
- }
-
- /** Determines if the device sent a NAK (Negative Acknowledge) in response to the last sent packet on
- * the currently selected pipe. This occurs when the host sends a packet to the device, but the device
- * is not currently ready to handle the packet (i.e. its endpoint banks are full). Once a NAK has been
- * received, it must be cleared using \ref Pipe_ClearNAKReceived() before the previous (or any other) packet
- * can be re-sent.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if an NAK has been received on the current pipe, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Pipe_IsNAKReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Pipe_IsNAKReceived(void)
- {
- return ((UPINTX & (1 << NAKEDI)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Clears the NAK condition on the currently selected pipe.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
- *
- * \see \ref Pipe_IsNAKReceived() for more details.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_ClearNAKReceived(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_ClearNAKReceived(void)
- {
- UPINTX &= ~(1 << NAKEDI);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected pipe has had the STALL condition set by the attached device.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe has been stalled by the attached device, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Pipe_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Pipe_IsStalled(void)
- {
- return ((UPINTX & (1 << RXSTALLI)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Clears the STALL condition detection flag on the currently selected pipe, but does not clear the
- * STALL condition itself (this must be done via a ClearFeature control request to the device).
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
- */
- static inline void Pipe_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_ClearStall(void)
- {
- UPINTX &= ~(1 << RXSTALLI);
- }
-
- /** Reads one byte from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
- *
- * \return Next byte in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_Read_8(void)
- {
- return UPDATX;
- }
-
- /** Writes one byte to the currently selected pipe's bank, for IN direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write into the the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_Write_8(const uint8_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
- {
- UPDATX = Data;
- }
-
- /** Discards one byte from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
- */
- static inline void Pipe_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_Discard_8(void)
- {
- uint8_t Dummy;
-
- Dummy = UPDATX;
-
- (void)Dummy;
- }
-
- /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for OUT
- * direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
- *
- * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_LE(void)
- {
- union
- {
- uint16_t Value;
- uint8_t Bytes[2];
- } Data;
-
- Data.Bytes[0] = UPDATX;
- Data.Bytes[1] = UPDATX;
-
- return Data.Value;
- }
-
- /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for OUT
- * direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
- *
- * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_BE(void)
- {
- union
- {
- uint16_t Value;
- uint8_t Bytes[2];
- } Data;
-
- Data.Bytes[1] = UPDATX;
- Data.Bytes[0] = UPDATX;
-
- return Data.Value;
- }
-
- /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for IN
- * direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
- {
- UPDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
- UPDATX = (Data >> 8);
- }
-
- /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for IN
- * direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
- {
- UPDATX = (Data >> 8);
- UPDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
- }
-
- /** Discards two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
- */
- static inline void Pipe_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_Discard_16(void)
- {
- uint8_t Dummy;
-
- Dummy = UPDATX;
- Dummy = UPDATX;
-
- (void)Dummy;
- }
-
- /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for OUT
- * direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
- *
- * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_LE(void)
- {
- union
- {
- uint32_t Value;
- uint8_t Bytes[4];
- } Data;
-
- Data.Bytes[0] = UPDATX;
- Data.Bytes[1] = UPDATX;
- Data.Bytes[2] = UPDATX;
- Data.Bytes[3] = UPDATX;
-
- return Data.Value;
- }
-
- /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for OUT
- * direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
- *
- * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_BE(void)
- {
- union
- {
- uint32_t DWord;
- uint8_t Bytes[4];
- } Data;
-
- Data.Bytes[3] = UPDATX;
- Data.Bytes[2] = UPDATX;
- Data.Bytes[1] = UPDATX;
- Data.Bytes[0] = UPDATX;
-
- return Data.DWord;
- }
-
- /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for IN
- * direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
- {
- UPDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
- UPDATX = (Data >> 8);
- UPDATX = (Data >> 16);
- UPDATX = (Data >> 24);
- }
-
- /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for IN
- * direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
- {
- UPDATX = (Data >> 24);
- UPDATX = (Data >> 16);
- UPDATX = (Data >> 8);
- UPDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
- }
-
- /** Discards four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
- */
- static inline void Pipe_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_Discard_32(void)
- {
- uint8_t Dummy;
-
- Dummy = UPDATX;
- Dummy = UPDATX;
- Dummy = UPDATX;
- Dummy = UPDATX;
-
- (void)Dummy;
- }
-
- /* External Variables: */
- /** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control pipe located at address
- * 0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the attached device's device
- * descriptor once the USB interface is initialized into host mode and a device is attached
- * to the USB bus.
- *
- * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
- * changed in value.
- */
- extern uint8_t USB_Host_ControlPipeSize;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Configures a table of pipe descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
- * pipes at the same time.
- *
- * \note Pipe with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
- * control pipe.
- *
- * \param[in] Table Pointer to a table of pipe descriptions.
- * \param[in] Entries Number of entries in the pipe table to configure.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if all pipes configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(const USB_Pipe_Table_t* const Table,
- const uint8_t Entries);
-
- /** Configures the specified pipe address with the given pipe type, endpoint address within the attached device, bank size
- * and number of hardware banks.
- *
- * A newly configured pipe is frozen by default, and must be unfrozen before use via the \ref Pipe_Unfreeze()
- * before being used. Pipes should be kept frozen unless waiting for data from a device while in IN mode, or
- * sending data to the device in OUT mode. IN type pipes are also automatically configured to accept infinite
- * numbers of IN requests without automatic freezing - this can be overridden by a call to
- * \ref Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests().
- *
- * \param[in] Address Pipe address to configure.
- *
- * \param[in] Type Type of pipe to configure, an \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all pipe types are available on Low
- * Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
- *
- * \param[in] EndpointAddress Endpoint address within the attached device that the pipe should interface to.
- *
- * \param[in] Size Size of the pipe's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted to
- * the USB device, or after they have been received from the USB device (depending on
- * the pipe's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size that
- * the pipe can handle.
- *
- * \param[in] Banks Number of banks to use for the pipe being configured.
- *
- * \attention When the \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is used, Pipes <b>must</b> be configured in ascending order,
- * or bank corruption will occur.
- *
- * \note Certain microcontroller model's pipes may have different maximum packet sizes based on the pipe's
- * index - refer to the chosen microcontroller's datasheet to determine the maximum bank size for each pipe.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note The default control pipe should not be manually configured by the user application, as it is
- * automatically configured by the library internally.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine will automatically select the specified pipe upon success. Upon failure, the pipe which
- * failed to reconfigure correctly will be selected.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool Pipe_ConfigurePipe(const uint8_t Address,
- const uint8_t Type,
- const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
- const uint16_t Size,
- const uint8_t Banks);
-
- /** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control pipe is ready for the next packet of data to be read
- * or written to it, aborting in the case of an error condition (such as a timeout or device disconnect).
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipeRW_AVR8
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Pipe_WaitUntilReady(void);
-
- /** Determines if a pipe has been bound to the given device endpoint address. If a pipe which is bound to the given
- * endpoint is found, it is automatically selected.
- *
- * \param[in] EndpointAddress Address and direction mask of the endpoint within the attached device to check.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if a pipe bound to the given endpoint address of the specified direction is found,
- * \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool Pipe_IsEndpointBound(const uint8_t EndpointAddress) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #if !defined(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP)
- #define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP 0
- #endif
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
- {
- uint8_t MaskVal = 0;
- uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
-
- while ((CheckBytes < Bytes) && (CheckBytes < PIPE_MAX_SIZE))
- {
- MaskVal++;
- CheckBytes <<= 1;
- }
-
- return (MaskVal << EPSIZE0);
- }
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void Pipe_ClearPipes(void);
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Pipe definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_PipeManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeRW
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeRW_AVR8 Pipe Data Reading and Writing (AVR8)
+ * \brief Pipe data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW
+ * \defgroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8 Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (AVR8)
+ * \brief Pipe primitive data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
+ * from and to pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8 Pipe Packet Management (AVR8)
+ * \brief Pipe packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeControlReq_AVR8 Pipe Control Request Management (AVR8)
+ * \brief Pipe control request management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * Module for host mode request processing. This module allows for the transmission of standard, class and
+ * vendor control requests to the default control endpoint of an attached device while in host mode.
+ *
+ * \see Chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 specification.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeManagement_AVR8 Pipe Management (AVR8)
+ * \brief Pipe management definitions for the Atmel AVR8 architecture.
+ *
+ * This module contains functions, macros and enums related to pipe management when in USB Host mode. This
+ * module contains the pipe management macros, as well as pipe interrupt and data send/receive functions
+ * for various data types.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __PIPE_AVR8_H__
+#define __PIPE_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name Pipe Error Flag Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that an overflow error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_OVERFLOW (1 << 6)
+
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that an underflow error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_UNDERFLOW (1 << 5)
+
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a CRC error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_CRC16 (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware timeout error occurred in the pipe. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_TIMEOUT (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware PID error occurred in the pipe. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_PID (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware data PID error occurred in the pipe. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATAPID (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware data toggle error occurred in the pipe. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATATGL (1 << 0)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Pipe Token Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a SETUP token (for CONTROL type pipes),
+ * which will trigger a control request on the attached device when data is written to the pipe.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP (0 << PTOKEN0)
+
+ /** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a IN token (for non-CONTROL type pipes),
+ * indicating that the pipe data will flow from device to host.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_TOKEN_IN (1 << PTOKEN0)
+
+ /** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a OUT token (for non-CONTROL type pipes),
+ * indicating that the pipe data will flow from host to device.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_TOKEN_OUT (2 << PTOKEN0)
+ //@}
+
+ /** Default size of the default control pipe's bank, until altered by the Endpoint0Size value
+ * in the device descriptor of the attached device.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE 64
+
+ /** Total number of pipes (including the default control pipe at address 0) which may be used in
+ * the device. Different USB AVR models support different amounts of pipes, this value reflects
+ * the maximum number of pipes for the currently selected AVR model.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES 7
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the largest pipe bank size possible in the device. Not all banks on each AVR
+ * model supports the largest bank size possible on the device; different pipe numbers support
+ * different maximum bank sizes. This value reflects the largest possible bank of any pipe on the
+ * currently selected USB AVR model.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_MAX_SIZE 256
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady() function.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeRW_AVR8
+ */
+ enum Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError = 0, /**< Pipe ready for next packet, no error. */
+ PIPE_READYWAIT_PipeStalled = 1, /**< The device stalled the pipe while waiting. */
+ PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host while waiting. */
+ PIPE_READYWAIT_Timeout = 3, /**< The device failed to accept or send the next packet
+ * within the software timeout period set by the
+ * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current pipes's selected bank.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_BytesInPipe(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_BytesInPipe(void)
+ {
+ return UPBCX;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected pipe's direction.
+ *
+ * \return The currently selected pipe's direction, as a \c PIPE_DIR_* mask.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeDirection(void)
+ {
+ return (UPCFG0X & (1 << EPDIR)) ? PIPE_DIR_IN : PIPE_DIR_OUT;
+ }
+
+ /** Returns the pipe address of the currently selected pipe. This is typically used to save the
+ * currently selected pipe address so that it can be restored after another pipe has been manipulated.
+ *
+ * \return Index of the currently selected pipe.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetCurrentPipe(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetCurrentPipe(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPNUM & PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK) | Pipe_GetPipeDirection());
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given pipe address. Any pipe operations which do not require the pipe address to be
+ * indicated will operate on the currently selected pipe.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Address of the pipe to select.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_SelectPipe(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_SelectPipe(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ UPNUM = (Address & PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Resets the desired pipe, including the pipe banks and flags.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Address of the pipe to reset.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ResetPipe(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ResetPipe(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ UPRST = (1 << (Address & PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK));
+ UPRST = 0;
+ }
+
+ /** Enables the currently selected pipe so that data can be sent and received through it to and from
+ * an attached device.
+ *
+ * \pre The currently selected pipe must first be configured properly via \ref Pipe_ConfigurePipe().
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_EnablePipe(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_EnablePipe(void)
+ {
+ UPCONX |= (1 << PEN);
+ }
+
+ /** Disables the currently selected pipe so that data cannot be sent and received through it to and
+ * from an attached device.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_DisablePipe(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_DisablePipe(void)
+ {
+ UPCONX &= ~(1 << PEN);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected pipe is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe is enabled, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsEnabled(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPCONX & (1 << PEN)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Gets the current pipe token, indicating the pipe's data direction and type.
+ *
+ * \return The current pipe token, as a \c PIPE_TOKEN_* mask.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeToken(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeToken(void)
+ {
+ return (UPCFG0X & (0x03 << PTOKEN0));
+ }
+
+ /** Sets the token for the currently selected pipe to one of the tokens specified by the \c PIPE_TOKEN_*
+ * masks. This can be used on CONTROL type pipes, to allow for bidirectional transfer of data during
+ * control requests, or on regular pipes to allow for half-duplex bidirectional data transfer to devices
+ * which have two endpoints of opposite direction sharing the same endpoint address within the device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Token New pipe token to set the selected pipe to, as a \c PIPE_TOKEN_* mask.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_SetPipeToken(const uint8_t Token) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_SetPipeToken(const uint8_t Token)
+ {
+ UPCFG0X = ((UPCFG0X & ~(0x03 << PTOKEN0)) | Token);
+ }
+
+ /** Configures the currently selected pipe to allow for an unlimited number of IN requests. */
+ static inline void Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(void)
+ {
+ UPCONX |= (1 << INMODE);
+ }
+
+ /** Configures the currently selected pipe to only allow the specified number of IN requests to be
+ * accepted by the pipe before it is automatically frozen.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TotalINRequests Total number of IN requests that the pipe may receive before freezing.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests(const uint8_t TotalINRequests) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests(const uint8_t TotalINRequests)
+ {
+ UPCONX &= ~(1 << INMODE);
+ UPINRQX = TotalINRequests;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected pipe is configured.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the selected pipe is configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsConfigured(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPSTAX & (1 << CFGOK)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves the endpoint address of the endpoint within the attached device that the currently selected
+ * pipe is bound to.
+ *
+ * \return Endpoint address the currently selected pipe is bound to.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t UPCFG0X_Temp = UPCFG0X;
+
+ return (((UPCFG0X_Temp >> PEPNUM0) & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK) |
+ ((UPCFG0X_Temp & (1 << PTOKEN1)) ? ENDPOINT_DIR_IN : ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT));
+ }
+
+ /** Sets the period between interrupts for an INTERRUPT type pipe to a specified number of milliseconds.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Milliseconds Number of milliseconds between each pipe poll.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(const uint8_t Milliseconds) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(const uint8_t Milliseconds)
+ {
+ UPCFG2X = Milliseconds;
+ }
+
+ /** Returns a mask indicating which pipe's interrupt periods have elapsed, indicating that the pipe should
+ * be serviced.
+ *
+ * \return Mask whose bits indicate which pipes have interrupted.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeInterrupts(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeInterrupts(void)
+ {
+ return UPINT;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the specified pipe address has interrupted (valid only for INTERRUPT type
+ * pipes).
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Address of the pipe whose interrupt flag should be tested.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the specified pipe has interrupted, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_HasPipeInterrupted(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_HasPipeInterrupted(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ return ((UPINT & (1 << (Address & PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK))) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Unfreezes the selected pipe, allowing it to communicate with an attached device. */
+ static inline void Pipe_Unfreeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Unfreeze(void)
+ {
+ UPCONX &= ~(1 << PFREEZE);
+ }
+
+ /** Freezes the selected pipe, preventing it from communicating with an attached device. */
+ static inline void Pipe_Freeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Freeze(void)
+ {
+ UPCONX |= (1 << PFREEZE);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected pipe is frozen, and not able to accept data.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe is frozen, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsFrozen(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsFrozen(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPCONX & (1 << PFREEZE)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Clears the error flags for the currently selected pipe. */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearError(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearError(void)
+ {
+ UPERRX = 0;
+ UPINTX &= ~(1 << PERRI);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the master pipe error flag is set for the currently selected pipe, indicating that
+ * some sort of hardware error has occurred on the pipe.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags() macro for information on retrieving the exact error flag.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if an error has occurred on the selected pipe, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsError(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsError(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPINTX & (1 << PERRI)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Gets a mask of the hardware error flags which have occurred on the currently selected pipe. This
+ * value can then be masked against the \c PIPE_ERRORFLAG_* masks to determine what error has occurred.
+ *
+ * \return Mask comprising of \c PIPE_ERRORFLAG_* bits indicating what error has occurred on the selected pipe.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetErrorFlags(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetErrorFlags(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPERRX & (PIPE_ERRORFLAG_CRC16 | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_TIMEOUT |
+ PIPE_ERRORFLAG_PID | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATAPID |
+ PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATATGL)) |
+ (UPSTAX & (PIPE_ERRORFLAG_OVERFLOW | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_UNDERFLOW)));
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves the number of busy banks in the currently selected pipe, which have been queued for
+ * transmission via the \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() command, or are awaiting acknowledgement via the
+ * \ref Pipe_ClearIN() command.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Total number of busy banks in the selected pipe.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBusyBanks(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBusyBanks(void)
+ {
+ return (UPSTAX & (0x03 << NBUSYBK0));
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected pipe may be read from (if data is waiting in the pipe
+ * bank and the pipe is an IN direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the pipe is an OUT
+ * direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the pipe, or if the pipe
+ * is an IN direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the pipe is an OUT
+ * direction and the pipe bank is full.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not valid on CONTROL type pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe may be read from or written to, depending
+ * on its direction.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPINTX & (1 << RWAL)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if a packet has been received on the currently selected IN pipe from the attached device.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe has received an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsINReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsINReceived(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPINTX & (1 << RXINI)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected OUT pipe is ready to send an OUT packet to the attached device.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe is ready for an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsOUTReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsOUTReady(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPINTX & (1 << TXOUTI)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if no SETUP request is currently being sent to the attached device on the selected
+ * CONTROL type pipe.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe is ready for a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsSETUPSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsSETUPSent(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPINTX & (1 << TXSTPI)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Sends the currently selected CONTROL type pipe's contents to the device as a SETUP packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearSETUP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearSETUP(void)
+ {
+ UPINTX &= ~((1 << TXSTPI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
+ }
+
+ /** Acknowledges the reception of a setup IN request from the attached device on the currently selected
+ * pipe, freeing the bank ready for the next packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearIN(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearIN(void)
+ {
+ UPINTX &= ~((1 << RXINI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
+ }
+
+ /** Sends the currently selected pipe's contents to the device as an OUT packet on the selected pipe, freeing
+ * the bank ready for the next packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearOUT(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearOUT(void)
+ {
+ UPINTX &= ~((1 << TXOUTI) | (1 << FIFOCON));
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the device sent a NAK (Negative Acknowledge) in response to the last sent packet on
+ * the currently selected pipe. This occurs when the host sends a packet to the device, but the device
+ * is not currently ready to handle the packet (i.e. its endpoint banks are full). Once a NAK has been
+ * received, it must be cleared using \ref Pipe_ClearNAKReceived() before the previous (or any other) packet
+ * can be re-sent.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if an NAK has been received on the current pipe, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsNAKReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsNAKReceived(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPINTX & (1 << NAKEDI)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Clears the NAK condition on the currently selected pipe.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \see \ref Pipe_IsNAKReceived() for more details.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearNAKReceived(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearNAKReceived(void)
+ {
+ UPINTX &= ~(1 << NAKEDI);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected pipe has had the STALL condition set by the attached device.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe has been stalled by the attached device, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsStalled(void)
+ {
+ return ((UPINTX & (1 << RXSTALLI)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Clears the STALL condition detection flag on the currently selected pipe, but does not clear the
+ * STALL condition itself (this must be done via a ClearFeature control request to the device).
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearStall(void)
+ {
+ UPINTX &= ~(1 << RXSTALLI);
+ }
+
+ /** Reads one byte from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Next byte in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_Read_8(void)
+ {
+ return UPDATX;
+ }
+
+ /** Writes one byte to the currently selected pipe's bank, for IN direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write into the the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_8(const uint8_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
+ {
+ UPDATX = Data;
+ }
+
+ /** Discards one byte from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_8(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = UPDATX;
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_LE(void)
+ {
+ union
+ {
+ uint16_t Value;
+ uint8_t Bytes[2];
+ } Data;
+
+ Data.Bytes[0] = UPDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[1] = UPDATX;
+
+ return Data.Value;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_BE(void)
+ {
+ union
+ {
+ uint16_t Value;
+ uint8_t Bytes[2];
+ } Data;
+
+ Data.Bytes[1] = UPDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[0] = UPDATX;
+
+ return Data.Value;
+ }
+
+ /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for IN
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
+ {
+ UPDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
+ UPDATX = (Data >> 8);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for IN
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
+ {
+ UPDATX = (Data >> 8);
+ UPDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ /** Discards two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_16(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = UPDATX;
+ Dummy = UPDATX;
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_LE(void)
+ {
+ union
+ {
+ uint32_t Value;
+ uint8_t Bytes[4];
+ } Data;
+
+ Data.Bytes[0] = UPDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[1] = UPDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[2] = UPDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[3] = UPDATX;
+
+ return Data.Value;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_BE(void)
+ {
+ union
+ {
+ uint32_t DWord;
+ uint8_t Bytes[4];
+ } Data;
+
+ Data.Bytes[3] = UPDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[2] = UPDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[1] = UPDATX;
+ Data.Bytes[0] = UPDATX;
+
+ return Data.DWord;
+ }
+
+ /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for IN
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
+ {
+ UPDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
+ UPDATX = (Data >> 8);
+ UPDATX = (Data >> 16);
+ UPDATX = (Data >> 24);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for IN
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
+ {
+ UPDATX = (Data >> 24);
+ UPDATX = (Data >> 16);
+ UPDATX = (Data >> 8);
+ UPDATX = (Data & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ /** Discards four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_AVR8
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_32(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = UPDATX;
+ Dummy = UPDATX;
+ Dummy = UPDATX;
+ Dummy = UPDATX;
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ /** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control pipe located at address
+ * 0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the attached device's device
+ * descriptor once the USB interface is initialized into host mode and a device is attached
+ * to the USB bus.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ */
+ extern uint8_t USB_Host_ControlPipeSize;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures a table of pipe descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
+ * pipes at the same time.
+ *
+ * \note Pipe with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
+ * control pipe.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Table Pointer to a table of pipe descriptions.
+ * \param[in] Entries Number of entries in the pipe table to configure.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if all pipes configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(const USB_Pipe_Table_t* const Table,
+ const uint8_t Entries);
+
+ /** Configures the specified pipe address with the given pipe type, endpoint address within the attached device,
+ * bank size and number of hardware banks.
+ *
+ * A newly configured pipe is frozen by default, and must be unfrozen before use via the \ref Pipe_Unfreeze()
+ * before being used. Pipes should be kept frozen unless waiting for data from a device while in IN mode, or
+ * sending data to the device in OUT mode. IN type pipes are also automatically configured to accept infinite
+ * numbers of IN requests without automatic freezing - this can be overridden by a call to
+ * \ref Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Pipe address to configure.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Type Type of pipe to configure, an \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all pipe types are available on Low
+ * Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+ *
+ * \param[in] EndpointAddress Endpoint address within the attached device that the pipe should interface to.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Size Size of the pipe's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted to
+ * the USB device, or after they have been received from the USB device (depending on
+ * the pipe's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size that
+ * the pipe can handle.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Banks Number of banks to use for the pipe being configured.
+ *
+ * \attention When the \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is used, Pipes <b>must</b> be configured in ascending order,
+ * or bank corruption will occur.
+ *
+ * \note Certain microcontroller model's pipes may have different maximum packet sizes based on the pipe's
+ * index - refer to the chosen microcontroller's datasheet to determine the maximum bank size for each pipe.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note The default control pipe should not be manually configured by the user application, as it is
+ * automatically configured by the library internally.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine will automatically select the specified pipe upon success. Upon failure, the pipe which
+ * failed to reconfigure correctly will be selected.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Pipe_ConfigurePipe(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+ const uint16_t Size,
+ const uint8_t Banks);
+
+ /** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control pipe is ready for the next packet of data to be read
+ * or written to it, aborting in the case of an error condition (such as a timeout or device disconnect).
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeRW_AVR8
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_WaitUntilReady(void);
+
+ /** Determines if a pipe has been bound to the given device endpoint address. If a pipe which is bound to the given
+ * endpoint is found, it is automatically selected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] EndpointAddress Address and direction mask of the endpoint within the attached device to check.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a pipe bound to the given endpoint address of the specified direction is found,
+ * \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Pipe_IsEndpointBound(const uint8_t EndpointAddress) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if !defined(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP)
+ #define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP 0
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
+ {
+ uint8_t MaskVal = 0;
+ uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
+
+ while ((CheckBytes < Bytes) && (CheckBytes < PIPE_MAX_SIZE))
+ {
+ MaskVal++;
+ CheckBytes <<= 1;
+ }
+
+ return (MaskVal << EPSIZE0);
+ }
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void Pipe_ClearPipes(void);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
index ab69536b0..59c620ae5 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
@@ -1,85 +1,84 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
-
-// cppcheck-suppress unusedFunction
-uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length)
-{
- uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
-
- if (!(Length))
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- while (Length)
- {
- uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
- if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
- else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
- else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
-
- if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
- {
- while (Length && Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
- {
- TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
- TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
- Length--;
- }
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- }
- }
-
- while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
- {
- uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
- if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
- else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
- }
-
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
-#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
-#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+
+ if (!(Length))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ while (Length && Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+ Length--;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
index c2d171db0..98887009c 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
@@ -1,94 +1,95 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
-
-// cppcheck-suppress unusedFunction
-uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length)
-{
- uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
- bool LastPacketFull = false;
-
- if (Length > USB_ControlRequest.wLength)
- Length = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
- else if (!(Length))
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- while (Length || LastPacketFull)
- {
- uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
- if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
- else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
- else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
- else if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
- break;
-
- if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
- {
- uint16_t BytesInEndpoint = Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
-
- while (Length && (BytesInEndpoint < USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize))
- {
- TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
- TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
- Length--;
- BytesInEndpoint++;
- }
-
- LastPacketFull = (BytesInEndpoint == USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
- }
- }
-
- while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
- {
- uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
- if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
- else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
- }
-
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
-#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
-#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+ bool LastPacketFull = false;
+
+ if (Length > USB_ControlRequest.wLength)
+ Length = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+ else if (!(Length))
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ while (Length || LastPacketFull)
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ break;
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ {
+ uint16_t BytesInEndpoint = Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
+
+ while (Length && (BytesInEndpoint < USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize))
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+ Length--;
+ BytesInEndpoint++;
+ }
+
+ LastPacketFull = (BytesInEndpoint == USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
index 02ad97867..d51afdfb1 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
@@ -1,90 +1,89 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
-
-// cppcheck-suppress unusedFunction
-uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
- uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
- uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- {
- Length -= *BytesProcessed;
- TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
- }
-
- while (Length)
- {
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT();
-
- #if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
- USB_USBTask();
- #endif
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- {
- *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
- }
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
- }
- else
- {
- TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
- TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
- Length--;
- BytesInTransfer++;
- }
- }
-
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
-#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
-#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
+ }
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT();
+
+ #if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
+ USB_USBTask();
+ #endif
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c
index 05846bb61..2685c9b9d 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c
@@ -1,89 +1,88 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
-
-// cppcheck-suppress unusedFunction
-uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
- uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
- uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_SetPipeToken(TEMPLATE_TOKEN);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- {
- Length -= *BytesProcessed;
- TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
- }
-
- while (Length)
- {
- if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE();
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- {
- *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
- }
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
- }
- else
- {
- TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
- TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
- Length--;
- BytesInTransfer++;
- }
- }
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
-#undef TEMPLATE_TOKEN
-#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
-#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(TEMPLATE_TOKEN);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
+ }
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
+#undef TEMPLATE_TOKEN
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.c
index 37b106ab6..71c5f916d 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.c
@@ -1,265 +1,273 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C
-#include "../USBController.h"
-
-#if (!defined(USB_HOST_ONLY) && !defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY))
-volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
-volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
-#endif
-
-void USB_Init(
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- const uint8_t Mode
- #endif
-
- #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
- ,
- #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
- void
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
- const uint8_t Options
- #endif
- )
-{
- #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
- USB_Options = Options;
- #endif
-
- if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_REG_DISABLED))
- USB_REG_On();
- else
- USB_REG_Off();
-
- if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
- {
- #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR)
- PLLFRQ = (1 << PDIV2);
- #endif
- }
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- if (Mode == USB_MODE_UID)
- {
- UHWCON |= (1 << UIDE);
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_IDTI);
- USB_CurrentMode = USB_GetUSBModeFromUID();
- }
- else
- {
- UHWCON &= ~(1 << UIDE);
- USB_CurrentMode = Mode;
- }
- #endif
-
- USB_IsInitialized = true;
-
- USB_ResetInterface();
-}
-
-void USB_Disable(void)
-{
- USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
- USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
-
- USB_Detach();
- USB_Controller_Disable();
-
- if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
- USB_PLL_Off();
-
- USB_REG_Off();
-
- #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
- USB_OTGPAD_Off();
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
- #endif
-
- USB_IsInitialized = false;
-}
-
-void USB_ResetInterface(void)
-{
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- bool UIDModeSelectEnabled = ((UHWCON & (1 << UIDE)) != 0);
- #endif
-
- USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
- USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
-
- USB_Controller_Reset();
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- if (UIDModeSelectEnabled)
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_IDTI);
- #endif
-
- USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
-
- if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
- {
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- #if (defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
- UHWCON |= (1 << UIMOD);
- #endif
-
- if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
- {
- #if defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR)
- USB_PLL_On();
- while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
- #else
- USB_PLL_Off();
- #endif
- }
-
- USB_Init_Device();
- #endif
- }
- else if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host)
- {
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- UHWCON &= ~(1 << UIMOD);
-
- if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
- {
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- USB_PLL_On();
- while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
- #endif
- }
-
- USB_Init_Host();
- #endif
- }
-
- #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
- USB_OTGPAD_On();
- #endif
-}
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-static void USB_Init_Device(void)
-{
- USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
- USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
-
- #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
- USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled = false;
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
- USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered = false;
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
- USB_Descriptor_Device_t* DeviceDescriptorPtr;
-
- #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
- !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
- uint8_t DescriptorAddressSpace;
-
- if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr, &DescriptorAddressSpace) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
- {
- if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_FLASH)
- USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = pgm_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
- else if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_EEPROM)
- USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = eeprom_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
- else
- USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
- }
- #else
- if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
- {
- #if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)
- USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
- #elif defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
- USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = eeprom_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
- #else
- USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = pgm_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
- #endif
- }
- #endif
- #endif
-
- #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
- if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
- USB_Device_SetLowSpeed();
- else
- USB_Device_SetFullSpeed();
-
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_VBUSTI);
- #endif
-
- Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
- USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
-
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SUSPI);
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_EORSTI);
-
- USB_Attach();
-}
-#endif
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-static void USB_Init_Host(void)
-{
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Unattached;
- USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
- USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE;
-
- USB_Host_HostMode_On();
-
- USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
- USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable();
- USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On();
-
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SRPI);
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_BCERRI);
-
- USB_Attach();
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C
+#include "../USBController.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
+#endif
+
+void USB_Init(
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ const uint8_t Mode
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+ ,
+ #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+ void
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+ const uint8_t Options
+ #endif
+ )
+{
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+ USB_Options = Options;
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+ /* Workaround for AVR8 bootloaders that fail to turn off the OTG pad before running
+ * the loaded application. This causes VBUS detection to fail unless we first force
+ * it off to reset it. */
+ USB_OTGPAD_Off();
+ #endif
+
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_REG_DISABLED))
+ USB_REG_On();
+ else
+ USB_REG_Off();
+
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+ {
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR)
+ PLLFRQ = (1 << PDIV2);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ if (Mode == USB_MODE_UID)
+ {
+ UHWCON |= (1 << UIDE);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_IDTI);
+ USB_CurrentMode = USB_GetUSBModeFromUID();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UHWCON &= ~(1 << UIDE);
+ USB_CurrentMode = Mode;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ USB_IsInitialized = true;
+
+ USB_ResetInterface();
+}
+
+void USB_Disable(void)
+{
+ USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
+ USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
+
+ USB_Detach();
+ USB_Controller_Disable();
+
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+ USB_PLL_Off();
+
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_REG_KEEP_ENABLED))
+ USB_REG_Off();
+
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+ USB_OTGPAD_Off();
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
+ #endif
+
+ USB_IsInitialized = false;
+}
+
+void USB_ResetInterface(void)
+{
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ bool UIDModeSelectEnabled = ((UHWCON & (1 << UIDE)) != 0);
+ #endif
+
+ USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
+ USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
+
+ USB_Controller_Reset();
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ if (UIDModeSelectEnabled)
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_IDTI);
+ #endif
+
+ USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
+ {
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #if (defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+ UHWCON |= (1 << UIMOD);
+ #endif
+
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+ {
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR)
+ USB_PLL_On();
+ while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
+ #else
+ USB_PLL_Off();
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ USB_Init_Device();
+ #endif
+ }
+ else if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host)
+ {
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ UHWCON &= ~(1 << UIMOD);
+
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+ {
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ USB_PLL_On();
+ while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ USB_Init_Host();
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+ USB_OTGPAD_On();
+ #endif
+}
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+static void USB_Init_Device(void)
+{
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
+ USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+
+ #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
+ USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled = false;
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
+ USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered = false;
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+ USB_Descriptor_Device_t* DeviceDescriptorPtr;
+
+ #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
+ !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ uint8_t DescriptorAddressSpace;
+
+ if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr, &DescriptorAddressSpace) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+ {
+ if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_FLASH)
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = pgm_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+ else if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_EEPROM)
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = eeprom_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+ else
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
+ }
+ #else
+ if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+ {
+ #if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
+ #elif defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = eeprom_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+ #else
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = pgm_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+ #endif
+ }
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+ if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
+ USB_Device_SetLowSpeed();
+ else
+ USB_Device_SetFullSpeed();
+
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_VBUSTI);
+ #endif
+
+ Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
+
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_EORSTI);
+
+ USB_Attach();
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+static void USB_Init_Host(void)
+{
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Unattached;
+ USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+ USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE;
+
+ USB_Host_HostMode_On();
+
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable();
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On();
+
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SRPI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_BCERRI);
+
+ USB_Attach();
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h
index e479d7a1a..de34f42a1 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h
@@ -1,436 +1,432 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- * \copydetails Group_USBManagement_AVR8
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBManagement
- * \defgroup Group_USBManagement_AVR8 USB Interface Management (AVR8)
- * \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the setup and management of the USB interface.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBCONTROLLER_AVR8_H__
-#define __USBCONTROLLER_AVR8_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../USBMode.h"
- #include "../Events.h"
- #include "../USBTask.h"
- #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #include "../Host.h"
- #include "../OTG.h"
- #include "../Pipe.h"
- #include "../HostStandardReq.h"
- #include "../PipeStream.h"
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #include "../Device.h"
- #include "../Endpoint.h"
- #include "../DeviceStandardReq.h"
- #include "../EndpointStream.h"
- #endif
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks and Defines: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(F_USB)
- #error F_USB is not defined. You must define F_USB to the frequency of the unprescaled USB controller clock in your project makefile.
- #endif
-
- #if (F_USB == 8000000)
- #if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__) || \
- defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__) || \
- defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__))
- #define USB_PLL_PSC 0
- #elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
- #define USB_PLL_PSC 0
- #elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U6__))
- #define USB_PLL_PSC ((1 << PLLP1) | (1 << PLLP0))
- #elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__))
- #define USB_PLL_PSC ((1 << PLLP1) | (1 << PLLP0))
- #endif
- #elif (F_USB == 16000000)
- #if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__) || \
- defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__) || \
- defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__))
- #define USB_PLL_PSC (1 << PLLP0)
- #elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
- #define USB_PLL_PSC (1 << PINDIV)
- #elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U6__))
- #define USB_PLL_PSC ((1 << PLLP2) | (1 << PLLP1))
- #elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__))
- #define USB_PLL_PSC ((1 << PLLP2) | (1 << PLLP0))
- #endif
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(USB_PLL_PSC)
- #error No PLL prescale value available for chosen F_USB value and AVR model.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** \name USB Controller Option Masks */
- //@{
- /** Regulator disable option mask for \ref USB_Init(). This indicates that the internal 3.3V USB data pad
- * regulator should be disabled and the AVR's VCC level used for the data pads.
- *
- * \note See USB AVR data sheet for more information on the internal pad regulator.
- */
- #define USB_OPT_REG_DISABLED (1 << 1)
-
- /** Regulator enable option mask for \ref USB_Init(). This indicates that the internal 3.3V USB data pad
- * regulator should be enabled to regulate the data pin voltages from the VBUS level down to a level within
- * the range allowable by the USB standard.
- *
- * \note See USB AVR data sheet for more information on the internal pad regulator.
- */
- #define USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED (0 << 1)
-
- /** Manual PLL control option mask for \ref USB_Init(). This indicates to the library that the user application
- * will take full responsibility for controlling the AVR's PLL (used to generate the high frequency clock
- * that the USB controller requires) and ensuring that it is locked at the correct frequency for USB operations.
- */
- #define USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL (1 << 2)
-
- /** Automatic PLL control option mask for \ref USB_Init(). This indicates to the library that the library should
- * take full responsibility for controlling the AVR's PLL (used to generate the high frequency clock
- * that the USB controller requires) and ensuring that it is locked at the correct frequency for USB operations.
- */
- #define USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL (0 << 2)
- //@}
-
- #if !defined(USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Constant for the maximum software timeout period of the USB data stream transfer functions
- * (both control and standard) when in either device or host mode. If the next packet of a stream
- * is not received or acknowledged within this time period, the stream function will fail.
- *
- * This value may be overridden in the user project makefile as the value of the
- * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS token, and passed to the compiler using the -D switch.
- */
- #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS 100
- #endif
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Determines if the VBUS line is currently high (i.e. the USB host is supplying power).
- *
- * \note This function is not available on some AVR models which do not support hardware VBUS monitoring.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the VBUS line is currently detecting power from a host, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool USB_VBUS_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool USB_VBUS_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return ((USBSTA & (1 << VBUS)) ? true : false);
- }
- #endif
-
- /** Detaches the device from the USB bus. This has the effect of removing the device from any
- * attached host, ceasing USB communications. If no host is present, this prevents any host from
- * enumerating the device once attached until \ref USB_Attach() is called.
- */
- static inline void USB_Detach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Detach(void)
- {
- UDCON |= (1 << DETACH);
- }
-
- /** Attaches the device to the USB bus. This announces the device's presence to any attached
- * USB host, starting the enumeration process. If no host is present, attaching the device
- * will allow for enumeration once a host is connected to the device.
- *
- * This is inexplicably also required for proper operation while in host mode, to enable the
- * attachment of a device to the host. This is despite the bit being located in the device-mode
- * register and despite the datasheet making no mention of its requirement in host mode.
- */
- static inline void USB_Attach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Attach(void)
- {
- UDCON &= ~(1 << DETACH);
- }
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Main function to initialize and start the USB interface. Once active, the USB interface will
- * allow for device connection to a host when in device mode, or for device enumeration while in
- * host mode.
- *
- * As the USB library relies on interrupts for the device and host mode enumeration processes,
- * the user must enable global interrupts before or shortly after this function is called. In
- * device mode, interrupts must be enabled within 500ms of this function being called to ensure
- * that the host does not time out whilst enumerating the device. In host mode, interrupts may be
- * enabled at the application's leisure however enumeration will not begin of an attached device
- * until after this has occurred.
- *
- * Calling this function when the USB interface is already initialized will cause a complete USB
- * interface reset and re-enumeration.
- *
- * \param[in] Mode This is a mask indicating what mode the USB interface is to be initialized to, a value
- * from the \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
- *
- * \param[in] Options Mask indicating the options which should be used when initializing the USB
- * interface to control the USB interface's behavior. This should be comprised of
- * a \c USB_OPT_REG_* mask to control the regulator, a \c USB_OPT_*_PLL mask to control the
- * PLL, and a \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* mask (when the device mode is enabled) to set the device
- * mode speed.
- *
- * \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only device or host mode is required,
- * the mode can be statically set in the project makefile by defining the token \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY
- * (for device mode) or \c USB_HOST_ONLY (for host mode), passing the token to the compiler
- * via the -D switch. If the mode is statically set, this parameter does not exist in the
- * function prototype.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only fixed settings are required,
- * the options may be set statically in the same manner as the mode (see the Mode parameter of
- * this function). To statically set the USB options, pass in the \c USE_STATIC_OPTIONS token,
- * defined to the appropriate options masks. When the options are statically set, this
- * parameter does not exist in the function prototype.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note The mode parameter does not exist on devices where only one mode is possible, such as USB
- * AVR models which only implement the USB device mode in hardware.
- *
- * \see \ref Group_Device for the \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* masks.
- */
- void USB_Init(
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- const uint8_t Mode
- #endif
-
- #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- ,
- #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
- void
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- const uint8_t Options
- #endif
- );
-
- /** Shuts down the USB interface. This turns off the USB interface after deallocating all USB FIFO
- * memory, endpoints and pipes. When turned off, no USB functionality can be used until the interface
- * is restarted with the \ref USB_Init() function.
- */
- void USB_Disable(void);
-
- /** Resets the interface, when already initialized. This will re-enumerate the device if already connected
- * to a host, or re-enumerate an already attached device when in host mode.
- */
- void USB_ResetInterface(void);
-
- /* Global Variables: */
- #if (!defined(USB_HOST_ONLY) && !defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Indicates the mode that the USB interface is currently initialized to, a value from the
- * \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
- *
- * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
- * changed in value.
- *
- * \note When the controller is initialized into UID auto-detection mode, this variable will hold the
- * currently selected USB mode (i.e. \ref USB_MODE_Device or \ref USB_MODE_Host). If the controller
- * is fixed into a specific mode (either through the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY or \c USB_HOST_ONLY compile time
- * options, or a limitation of the USB controller in the chosen device model) this will evaluate to
- * a constant of the appropriate value and will never evaluate to \ref USB_MODE_None even when the
- * USB interface is not initialized.
- */
- extern volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode;
- #elif defined(USB_HOST_ONLY)
- #define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Host
- #elif defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY)
- #define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Device
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Indicates the current USB options that the USB interface was initialized with when \ref USB_Init()
- * was called. This value will be one of the \c USB_MODE_* masks defined elsewhere in this module.
- *
- * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
- * changed in value.
- */
- extern volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
- #elif defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
- #define USB_Options USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
- #endif
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible USB controller modes, for initialization via \ref USB_Init() and indication back to the
- * user application via \ref USB_CurrentMode.
- */
- enum USB_Modes_t
- {
- USB_MODE_None = 0, /**< Indicates that the controller is currently not initialized in any specific USB mode. */
- USB_MODE_Device = 1, /**< Indicates that the controller is currently initialized in USB Device mode. */
- USB_MODE_Host = 2, /**< Indicates that the controller is currently initialized in USB Host mode. */
- USB_MODE_UID = 3, /**< Indicates that the controller should determine the USB mode from the UID pin of the
- * USB connector.
- */
- };
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C)
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- static void USB_Init_Device(void);
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- static void USB_Init_Host(void);
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- static inline void USB_PLL_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_PLL_On(void)
- {
- PLLCSR = USB_PLL_PSC;
- PLLCSR = (USB_PLL_PSC | (1 << PLLE));
- }
-
- static inline void USB_PLL_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_PLL_Off(void)
- {
- PLLCSR = 0;
- }
-
- static inline bool USB_PLL_IsReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool USB_PLL_IsReady(void)
- {
- return ((PLLCSR & (1 << PLOCK)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- static inline void USB_REG_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_REG_On(void)
- {
- #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
- UHWCON |= (1 << UVREGE);
- #else
- REGCR &= ~(1 << REGDIS);
- #endif
- }
-
- static inline void USB_REG_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_REG_Off(void)
- {
- #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
- UHWCON &= ~(1 << UVREGE);
- #else
- REGCR |= (1 << REGDIS);
- #endif
- }
-
- #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
- static inline void USB_OTGPAD_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_OTGPAD_On(void)
- {
- USBCON |= (1 << OTGPADE);
- }
-
- static inline void USB_OTGPAD_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_OTGPAD_Off(void)
- {
- USBCON &= ~(1 << OTGPADE);
- }
- #endif
-
- static inline void USB_CLK_Freeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_CLK_Freeze(void)
- {
- USBCON |= (1 << FRZCLK);
- }
-
- static inline void USB_CLK_Unfreeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_CLK_Unfreeze(void)
- {
- USBCON &= ~(1 << FRZCLK);
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void)
- {
- USBCON |= (1 << USBE);
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void)
- {
- USBCON &= ~(1 << USBE);
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void)
- {
- USBCON &= ~(1 << USBE);
- USBCON |= (1 << USBE);
- }
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- static inline uint8_t USB_GetUSBModeFromUID(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t USB_GetUSBModeFromUID(void)
- {
- if (USBSTA & (1 << ID))
- return USB_MODE_Device;
- else
- return USB_MODE_Host;
- }
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_USBManagement_AVR8
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_USBManagement_AVR8 USB Interface Management (AVR8)
+ * \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the setup and management of the USB interface.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBCONTROLLER_AVR8_H__
+#define __USBCONTROLLER_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBMode.h"
+ #include "../Events.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+ #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #include "../Host.h"
+ #include "../OTG.h"
+ #include "../Pipe.h"
+ #include "../HostStandardReq.h"
+ #include "../PipeStream.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #include "../Device.h"
+ #include "../Endpoint.h"
+ #include "../DeviceStandardReq.h"
+ #include "../EndpointStream.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks and Defines: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(F_USB)
+ #error F_USB is not defined. You must define F_USB to the frequency of the unprescaled USB controller clock in your project makefile.
+ #endif
+
+ #if (F_USB == 8000000)
+ #if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__))
+ #define USB_PLL_PSC 0
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
+ #define USB_PLL_PSC 0
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__))
+ #define USB_PLL_PSC ((1 << PLLP1) | (1 << PLLP0))
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__))
+ #define USB_PLL_PSC ((1 << PLLP1) | (1 << PLLP0))
+ #endif
+ #elif (F_USB == 16000000)
+ #if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__))
+ #define USB_PLL_PSC (1 << PLLP0)
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__))
+ #define USB_PLL_PSC (1 << PINDIV)
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__))
+ #define USB_PLL_PSC ((1 << PLLP2) | (1 << PLLP1))
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__))
+ #define USB_PLL_PSC ((1 << PLLP2) | (1 << PLLP0))
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(USB_PLL_PSC)
+ #error No PLL prescale value available for chosen F_USB value and AVR model.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name USB Controller Option Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Regulator disable option mask for \ref USB_Init(). This indicates that the internal 3.3V USB data pad
+ * regulator should be disabled and the AVR's VCC level used for the data pads.
+ *
+ * \note See USB AVR data sheet for more information on the internal pad regulator.
+ */
+ #define USB_OPT_REG_DISABLED (1 << 1)
+
+ /** Regulator enable option mask for \ref USB_Init(). This indicates that the internal 3.3V USB data pad
+ * regulator should be enabled to regulate the data pin voltages from the VBUS level down to a level within
+ * the range allowable by the USB standard.
+ *
+ * \note See USB AVR data sheet for more information on the internal pad regulator.
+ */
+ #define USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED (0 << 1)
+
+ /** Option mask for \ref USB_Init() to keep regulator enabled at all times. Indicates that \ref USB_Disable()
+ * should not disable the regulator as it would otherwise. Has no effect if regulator is disabled using
+ * \ref USB_OPT_REG_DISABLED.
+ *
+ * \note See USB AVR data sheet for more information on the internal pad regulator.
+ */
+ #define USB_OPT_REG_KEEP_ENABLED (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Manual PLL control option mask for \ref USB_Init(). This indicates to the library that the user application
+ * will take full responsibility for controlling the AVR's PLL (used to generate the high frequency clock
+ * that the USB controller requires) and ensuring that it is locked at the correct frequency for USB operations.
+ */
+ #define USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Automatic PLL control option mask for \ref USB_Init(). This indicates to the library that the library should
+ * take full responsibility for controlling the AVR's PLL (used to generate the high frequency clock
+ * that the USB controller requires) and ensuring that it is locked at the correct frequency for USB operations.
+ */
+ #define USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL (0 << 2)
+ //@}
+
+ #if !defined(USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Constant for the maximum software timeout period of the USB data stream transfer functions
+ * (both control and standard) when in either device or host mode. If the next packet of a stream
+ * is not received or acknowledged within this time period, the stream function will fail.
+ *
+ * This value may be overridden in the user project makefile as the value of the
+ * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS token, and passed to the compiler using the -D switch.
+ */
+ #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS 100
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Determines if the VBUS line is currently high (i.e. the USB host is supplying power).
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available on some AVR models which do not support hardware VBUS monitoring.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the VBUS line is currently detecting power from a host, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_VBUS_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_VBUS_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return ((USBSTA & (1 << VBUS)) ? true : false);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /** Detaches the device from the USB bus. This has the effect of removing the device from any
+ * attached host, ceasing USB communications. If no host is present, this prevents any host from
+ * enumerating the device once attached until \ref USB_Attach() is called.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Detach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Detach(void)
+ {
+ UDCON |= (1 << DETACH);
+ }
+
+ /** Attaches the device to the USB bus. This announces the device's presence to any attached
+ * USB host, starting the enumeration process. If no host is present, attaching the device
+ * will allow for enumeration once a host is connected to the device.
+ *
+ * This is inexplicably also required for proper operation while in host mode, to enable the
+ * attachment of a device to the host. This is despite the bit being located in the device-mode
+ * register and despite the datasheet making no mention of its requirement in host mode.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Attach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Attach(void)
+ {
+ UDCON &= ~(1 << DETACH);
+ }
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Main function to initialize and start the USB interface. Once active, the USB interface will
+ * allow for device connection to a host when in device mode, or for device enumeration while in
+ * host mode.
+ *
+ * As the USB library relies on interrupts for the device and host mode enumeration processes,
+ * the user must enable global interrupts before or shortly after this function is called. In
+ * device mode, interrupts must be enabled within 500ms of this function being called to ensure
+ * that the host does not time out whilst enumerating the device. In host mode, interrupts may be
+ * enabled at the application's leisure however enumeration will not begin of an attached device
+ * until after this has occurred.
+ *
+ * Calling this function when the USB interface is already initialized will cause a complete USB
+ * interface reset and re-enumeration.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Mode Mask indicating what mode the USB interface is to be initialized to, a value
+ * from the \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
+ * \note This parameter does not exist on devices with only one supported USB
+ * mode (device or host).
+ *
+ * \param[in] Options Mask indicating the options which should be used when initializing the USB
+ * interface to control the USB interface's behavior. This should be comprised of
+ * a \c USB_OPT_REG_* mask to control the regulator, a \c USB_OPT_*_PLL mask to control the
+ * PLL, and a \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* mask (when the device mode is enabled) to set the device
+ * mode speed.
+ *
+ * \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only device or host mode is required,
+ * the mode can be statically set in the project makefile by defining the token \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ * (for device mode) or \c USB_HOST_ONLY (for host mode), passing the token to the compiler
+ * via the -D switch. If the mode is statically set, this parameter does not exist in the
+ * function prototype.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only fixed settings are required,
+ * the options may be set statically in the same manner as the mode (see the Mode parameter of
+ * this function). To statically set the USB options, pass in the \c USE_STATIC_OPTIONS token,
+ * defined to the appropriate options masks. When the options are statically set, this
+ * parameter does not exist in the function prototype.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note The mode parameter does not exist on devices where only one mode is possible, such as USB
+ * AVR models which only implement the USB device mode in hardware.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_Device for the \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* masks.
+ */
+ void USB_Init(
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ const uint8_t Mode
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ ,
+ #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+ void
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ const uint8_t Options
+ #endif
+ );
+
+ /** Shuts down the USB interface. This turns off the USB interface after deallocating all USB FIFO
+ * memory, endpoints and pipes. When turned off, no USB functionality can be used until the interface
+ * is restarted with the \ref USB_Init() function.
+ */
+ void USB_Disable(void);
+
+ /** Resets the interface, when already initialized. This will re-enumerate the device if already connected
+ * to a host, or re-enumerate an already attached device when in host mode.
+ */
+ void USB_ResetInterface(void);
+
+ /* Global Variables: */
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Indicates the mode that the USB interface is currently initialized to, a value from the
+ * \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ *
+ * \note When the controller is initialized into UID auto-detection mode, this variable will hold the
+ * currently selected USB mode (i.e. \ref USB_MODE_Device or \ref USB_MODE_Host). If the controller
+ * is fixed into a specific mode (either through the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY or \c USB_HOST_ONLY compile time
+ * options, or a limitation of the USB controller in the chosen device model) this will evaluate to
+ * a constant of the appropriate value and will never evaluate to \ref USB_MODE_None even when the
+ * USB interface is not initialized.
+ */
+ extern volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode;
+ #elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Host
+ #elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Device
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Indicates the current USB options that the USB interface was initialized with when \ref USB_Init()
+ * was called. This value will be one of the \c USB_MODE_* masks defined elsewhere in this module.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ */
+ extern volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
+ #elif defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+ #define USB_Options USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C)
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ static void USB_Init_Device(void);
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ static void USB_Init_Host(void);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline void USB_PLL_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_PLL_On(void)
+ {
+ PLLCSR = USB_PLL_PSC;
+ PLLCSR = (USB_PLL_PSC | (1 << PLLE));
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_PLL_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_PLL_Off(void)
+ {
+ PLLCSR = 0;
+ }
+
+ static inline bool USB_PLL_IsReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_PLL_IsReady(void)
+ {
+ return ((PLLCSR & (1 << PLOCK)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_REG_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_REG_On(void)
+ {
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+ UHWCON |= (1 << UVREGE);
+ #else
+ REGCR &= ~(1 << REGDIS);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_REG_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_REG_Off(void)
+ {
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+ UHWCON &= ~(1 << UVREGE);
+ #else
+ REGCR |= (1 << REGDIS);
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+ static inline void USB_OTGPAD_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_OTGPAD_On(void)
+ {
+ USBCON |= (1 << OTGPADE);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_OTGPAD_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_OTGPAD_Off(void)
+ {
+ USBCON &= ~(1 << OTGPADE);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ static inline void USB_CLK_Freeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_CLK_Freeze(void)
+ {
+ USBCON |= (1 << FRZCLK);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_CLK_Unfreeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_CLK_Unfreeze(void)
+ {
+ USBCON &= ~(1 << FRZCLK);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void)
+ {
+ USBCON |= (1 << USBE);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void)
+ {
+ USBCON &= ~(1 << USBE);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void)
+ {
+ USBCON &= ~(1 << USBE);
+ USBCON |= (1 << USBE);
+ }
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ static inline uint8_t USB_GetUSBModeFromUID(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t USB_GetUSBModeFromUID(void)
+ {
+ if (USBSTA & (1 << ID))
+ return USB_MODE_Device;
+ else
+ return USB_MODE_Host;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.c
index 3bff19f2e..7efaea65a 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.c
@@ -1,279 +1,279 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-
-void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void)
-{
- #if defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
- USBCON &= ~((1 << VBUSTE) | (1 << IDTE));
- #elif defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR)
- USBCON &= ~(1 << VBUSTE);
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- OTGIEN = 0;
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- UHIEN = 0;
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- UDIEN = 0;
- #endif
-}
-
-void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void)
-{
- #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
- USBINT = 0;
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- OTGINT = 0;
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- UHINT = 0;
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- UDINT = 0;
- #endif
-}
-
-ISR(USB_GEN_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
-{
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SOFI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SOFI);
-
- EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame();
- }
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_VBUSTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_VBUSTI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBUSTI);
-
- if (USB_VBUS_GetStatus())
- {
- if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
- {
- USB_PLL_On();
- while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
- }
-
- USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
- EVENT_USB_Device_Connect();
- }
- else
- {
- if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
- USB_PLL_Off();
-
- USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
- EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
- }
- }
- #endif
-
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SUSPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SUSPI))
- {
- USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
-
- USB_CLK_Freeze();
-
- if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
- USB_PLL_Off();
-
- #if defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR) && !defined(NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT)
- USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
- EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
- #else
- USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Suspended;
- EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend();
- #endif
- }
-
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_WAKEUPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_WAKEUPI))
- {
- if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
- {
- USB_PLL_On();
- while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
- }
-
- USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
-
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
-
- USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
-
- if (USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber)
- USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Configured;
- else
- USB_DeviceState = (USB_Device_IsAddressSet()) ? DEVICE_STATE_Configured : DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
-
- #if defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR) && !defined(NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT)
- EVENT_USB_Device_Connect();
- #else
- EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp();
- #endif
- }
-
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_EORSTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_EORSTI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_EORSTI);
-
- USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Default;
- USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
-
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SUSPI);
- USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
-
- Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
- USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
-
- #if defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
- #endif
-
- EVENT_USB_Device_Reset();
- }
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
- EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame();
- }
- #endif
-
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DDISCI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_DDISCI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
- USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-
- EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
-
- USB_ResetInterface();
- }
-
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_VBERRI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_VBERRI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBERRI);
-
- USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off();
- USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
-
- EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(HOST_ERROR_VBusVoltageDip);
- EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Unattached;
- }
-
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SRPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SRPI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SRPI);
- USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SRPI);
-
- EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached();
-
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered;
- }
-
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BCERRI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_BCERRI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BCERRI);
-
- EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(HOST_ENUMERROR_NoDeviceDetected, 0);
- EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
-
- USB_ResetInterface();
- }
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_IDTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_IDTI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_IDTI);
-
- if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
-
- if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Unattached)
- EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
-
- USB_CurrentMode = USB_GetUSBModeFromUID();
- USB_ResetInterface();
-
- EVENT_USB_UIDChange();
- }
- #endif
-}
-
-#if defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT) && defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-ISR(USB_COM_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
-{
- uint8_t PrevSelectedEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
- USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
-
- GlobalInterruptEnable();
-
- USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest();
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevSelectedEndpoint);
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void)
+{
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+ USBCON &= ~((1 << VBUSTE) | (1 << IDTE));
+ #elif defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR)
+ USBCON &= ~(1 << VBUSTE);
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ OTGIEN = 0;
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ UHIEN = 0;
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ UDIEN = 0;
+ #endif
+}
+
+void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void)
+{
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+ USBINT = 0;
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ OTGINT = 0;
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ UHINT = 0;
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ UDINT = 0;
+ #endif
+}
+
+ISR(USB_GEN_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SOFI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SOFI);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame();
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR)
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_VBUSTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_VBUSTI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBUSTI);
+
+ if (USB_VBUS_GetStatus())
+ {
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+ {
+ USB_PLL_On();
+ while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
+ }
+
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Connect();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+ USB_PLL_Off();
+
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
+ }
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SUSPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SUSPI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+
+ USB_CLK_Freeze();
+
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+ USB_PLL_Off();
+
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR) && !defined(NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT)
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
+ #else
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Suspended;
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend();
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_WAKEUPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_WAKEUPI))
+ {
+ if (!(USB_Options & USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL))
+ {
+ USB_PLL_On();
+ while (!(USB_PLL_IsReady()));
+ }
+
+ USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
+
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+
+ if (USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber)
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Configured;
+ else
+ USB_DeviceState = (USB_Device_IsAddressSet()) ? DEVICE_STATE_Addressed : DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
+
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_2_AVR) && !defined(NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT)
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Connect();
+ #else
+ EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp();
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_EORSTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_EORSTI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_EORSTI);
+
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Default;
+ USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+
+ Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
+
+ #if defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
+ #endif
+
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Reset();
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame();
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DDISCI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_DDISCI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+ USB_ResetInterface();
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_VBERRI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_VBERRI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBERRI);
+
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off();
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(HOST_ERROR_VBusVoltageDip);
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Unattached;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SRPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SRPI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SRPI);
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SRPI);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached();
+
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BCERRI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_BCERRI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BCERRI);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(HOST_ENUMERROR_NoDeviceDetected, 0);
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+ USB_ResetInterface();
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_IDTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_IDTI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_IDTI);
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
+
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+ USB_CurrentMode = USB_GetUSBModeFromUID();
+ USB_ResetInterface();
+
+ EVENT_USB_UIDChange();
+ }
+ #endif
+}
+
+#if defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT) && defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ISR(USB_COM_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevSelectedEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
+
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest();
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevSelectedEndpoint);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h
index 9e9210ec2..e6f5ff994 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h
@@ -1,369 +1,375 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB Controller Interrupt definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
- *
- * This file contains definitions required for the correct handling of low level USB service routine interrupts
- * from the USB controller.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBINTERRUPT_AVR8_H__
-#define __USBINTERRUPT_AVR8_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Enums: */
- enum USB_Interrupts_t
- {
- #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
- USB_INT_VBUSTI = 0,
- #endif
- #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
- USB_INT_IDTI = 1,
- #endif
- #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
- USB_INT_WAKEUPI = 2,
- USB_INT_SUSPI = 3,
- USB_INT_EORSTI = 4,
- USB_INT_SOFI = 5,
- USB_INT_RXSTPI = 6,
- #endif
- #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
- USB_INT_HSOFI = 7,
- USB_INT_DCONNI = 8,
- USB_INT_DDISCI = 9,
- USB_INT_RSTI = 10,
- USB_INT_BCERRI = 11,
- USB_INT_VBERRI = 12,
- USB_INT_SRPI = 13,
- #endif
- };
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
- {
- switch (Interrupt)
- {
- #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
- case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
- USBCON |= (1 << VBUSTE);
- break;
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- case USB_INT_IDTI:
- USBCON |= (1 << IDTE);
- break;
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
- UDIEN |= (1 << WAKEUPE);
- break;
- case USB_INT_SUSPI:
- UDIEN |= (1 << SUSPE);
- break;
- case USB_INT_EORSTI:
- UDIEN |= (1 << EORSTE);
- break;
- case USB_INT_SOFI:
- UDIEN |= (1 << SOFE);
- break;
- case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
- UEIENX |= (1 << RXSTPE);
- break;
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- case USB_INT_HSOFI:
- UHIEN |= (1 << HSOFE);
- break;
- case USB_INT_DCONNI:
- UHIEN |= (1 << DCONNE);
- break;
- case USB_INT_DDISCI:
- UHIEN |= (1 << DDISCE);
- break;
- case USB_INT_RSTI:
- UHIEN |= (1 << RSTE);
- break;
- case USB_INT_BCERRI:
- OTGIEN |= (1 << BCERRE);
- break;
- case USB_INT_VBERRI:
- OTGIEN |= (1 << VBERRE);
- break;
- case USB_INT_SRPI:
- OTGIEN |= (1 << SRPE);
- break;
- #endif
- }
- }
-
- static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
- {
- switch (Interrupt)
- {
- #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
- case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
- USBCON &= ~(1 << VBUSTE);
- break;
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- case USB_INT_IDTI:
- USBCON &= ~(1 << IDTE);
- break;
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
- UDIEN &= ~(1 << WAKEUPE);
- break;
- case USB_INT_SUSPI:
- UDIEN &= ~(1 << SUSPE);
- break;
- case USB_INT_EORSTI:
- UDIEN &= ~(1 << EORSTE);
- break;
- case USB_INT_SOFI:
- UDIEN &= ~(1 << SOFE);
- break;
- case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
- UEIENX &= ~(1 << RXSTPE);
- break;
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- case USB_INT_HSOFI:
- UHIEN &= ~(1 << HSOFE);
- break;
- case USB_INT_DCONNI:
- UHIEN &= ~(1 << DCONNE);
- break;
- case USB_INT_DDISCI:
- UHIEN &= ~(1 << DDISCE);
- break;
- case USB_INT_RSTI:
- UHIEN &= ~(1 << RSTE);
- break;
- case USB_INT_BCERRI:
- OTGIEN &= ~(1 << BCERRE);
- break;
- case USB_INT_VBERRI:
- OTGIEN &= ~(1 << VBERRE);
- break;
- case USB_INT_SRPI:
- OTGIEN &= ~(1 << SRPE);
- break;
- #endif
- }
- }
-
- static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt)
- {
- switch (Interrupt)
- {
- #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
- case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
- USBINT &= ~(1 << VBUSTI);
- break;
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- case USB_INT_IDTI:
- USBINT &= ~(1 << IDTI);
- break;
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
- UDINT &= ~(1 << WAKEUPI);
- break;
- case USB_INT_SUSPI:
- UDINT &= ~(1 << SUSPI);
- break;
- case USB_INT_EORSTI:
- UDINT &= ~(1 << EORSTI);
- break;
- case USB_INT_SOFI:
- UDINT &= ~(1 << SOFI);
- break;
- case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
- UEINTX &= ~(1 << RXSTPI);
- break;
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- case USB_INT_HSOFI:
- UHINT &= ~(1 << HSOFI);
- break;
- case USB_INT_DCONNI:
- UHINT &= ~(1 << DCONNI);
- break;
- case USB_INT_DDISCI:
- UHINT &= ~(1 << DDISCI);
- break;
- case USB_INT_RSTI:
- UHINT &= ~(1 << RSTI);
- break;
- case USB_INT_BCERRI:
- OTGINT &= ~(1 << BCERRI);
- break;
- case USB_INT_VBERRI:
- OTGINT &= ~(1 << VBERRI);
- break;
- case USB_INT_SRPI:
- OTGINT &= ~(1 << SRPI);
- break;
- #endif
- }
- }
-
- static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt)
- {
- switch (Interrupt)
- {
- #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
- case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
- return (USBCON & (1 << VBUSTE));
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- case USB_INT_IDTI:
- return (USBCON & (1 << IDTE));
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
- return (UDIEN & (1 << WAKEUPE));
- case USB_INT_SUSPI:
- return (UDIEN & (1 << SUSPE));
- case USB_INT_EORSTI:
- return (UDIEN & (1 << EORSTE));
- case USB_INT_SOFI:
- return (UDIEN & (1 << SOFE));
- case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
- return (UEIENX & (1 << RXSTPE));
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- case USB_INT_HSOFI:
- return (UHIEN & (1 << HSOFE));
- case USB_INT_DCONNI:
- return (UHIEN & (1 << DCONNE));
- case USB_INT_DDISCI:
- return (UHIEN & (1 << DDISCE));
- case USB_INT_RSTI:
- return (UHIEN & (1 << RSTE));
- case USB_INT_BCERRI:
- return (OTGIEN & (1 << BCERRE));
- case USB_INT_VBERRI:
- return (OTGIEN & (1 << VBERRE));
- case USB_INT_SRPI:
- return (OTGIEN & (1 << SRPE));
- #endif
- }
-
- return false;
- }
-
- static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt)
- {
- switch (Interrupt)
- {
- #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
- case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
- return (USBINT & (1 << VBUSTI));
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- case USB_INT_IDTI:
- return (USBINT & (1 << IDTI));
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
- return (UDINT & (1 << WAKEUPI));
- case USB_INT_SUSPI:
- return (UDINT & (1 << SUSPI));
- case USB_INT_EORSTI:
- return (UDINT & (1 << EORSTI));
- case USB_INT_SOFI:
- return (UDINT & (1 << SOFI));
- case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
- return (UEINTX & (1 << RXSTPI));
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- case USB_INT_HSOFI:
- return (UHINT & (1 << HSOFI));
- case USB_INT_DCONNI:
- return (UHINT & (1 << DCONNI));
- case USB_INT_DDISCI:
- return (UHINT & (1 << DDISCI));
- case USB_INT_RSTI:
- return (UHINT & (1 << RSTI));
- case USB_INT_BCERRI:
- return (OTGINT & (1 << BCERRI));
- case USB_INT_VBERRI:
- return (OTGINT & (1 << VBERRI));
- case USB_INT_SRPI:
- return (OTGINT & (1 << SRPI));
- #endif
- }
-
- return false;
- }
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../USBMode.h"
- #include "../Events.h"
- #include "../USBController.h"
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void);
- void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void);
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Controller Interrupt definitions for the AVR8 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * This file contains definitions required for the correct handling of low level USB service routine interrupts
+ * from the USB controller.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBINTERRUPT_AVR8_H__
+#define __USBINTERRUPT_AVR8_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Enums: */
+ enum USB_Interrupts_t
+ {
+ #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ USB_INT_VBUSTI = 0,
+ #endif
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ USB_INT_IDTI = 1,
+ #endif
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ USB_INT_WAKEUPI = 2,
+ USB_INT_SUSPI = 3,
+ USB_INT_EORSTI = 4,
+ USB_INT_SOFI = 5,
+ USB_INT_RXSTPI = 6,
+ #endif
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ USB_INT_HSOFI = 7,
+ USB_INT_DCONNI = 8,
+ USB_INT_DDISCI = 9,
+ USB_INT_RSTI = 10,
+ USB_INT_BCERRI = 11,
+ USB_INT_VBERRI = 12,
+ USB_INT_SRPI = 13,
+ #endif
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+ case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+ USBCON |= (1 << VBUSTE);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ case USB_INT_IDTI:
+ USBCON |= (1 << IDTE);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+ UDIEN |= (1 << WAKEUPE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+ UDIEN |= (1 << SUSPE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+ UDIEN |= (1 << EORSTE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ UDIEN |= (1 << SOFE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+ UEIENX |= (1 << RXSTPE);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+ UHIEN |= (1 << HSOFE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+ UHIEN |= (1 << DCONNE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+ UHIEN |= (1 << DDISCE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RSTI:
+ UHIEN |= (1 << RSTE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+ OTGIEN |= (1 << BCERRE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+ OTGIEN |= (1 << VBERRE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SRPI:
+ OTGIEN |= (1 << SRPE);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+ case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+ USBCON &= ~(1 << VBUSTE);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ case USB_INT_IDTI:
+ USBCON &= ~(1 << IDTE);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+ UDIEN &= ~(1 << WAKEUPE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+ UDIEN &= ~(1 << SUSPE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+ UDIEN &= ~(1 << EORSTE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ UDIEN &= ~(1 << SOFE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+ UEIENX &= ~(1 << RXSTPE);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+ UHIEN &= ~(1 << HSOFE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+ UHIEN &= ~(1 << DCONNE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+ UHIEN &= ~(1 << DDISCE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RSTI:
+ UHIEN &= ~(1 << RSTE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+ OTGIEN &= ~(1 << BCERRE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+ OTGIEN &= ~(1 << VBERRE);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SRPI:
+ OTGIEN &= ~(1 << SRPE);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+ case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+ USBINT &= ~(1 << VBUSTI);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ case USB_INT_IDTI:
+ USBINT &= ~(1 << IDTI);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+ UDINT &= ~(1 << WAKEUPI);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+ UDINT &= ~(1 << SUSPI);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+ UDINT &= ~(1 << EORSTI);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ UDINT &= ~(1 << SOFI);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+ UEINTX &= ~(1 << RXSTPI);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+ UHINT &= ~(1 << HSOFI);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+ UHINT &= ~(1 << DCONNI);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+ UHINT &= ~(1 << DDISCI);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RSTI:
+ UHINT &= ~(1 << RSTI);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+ OTGINT &= ~(1 << BCERRI);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+ OTGINT &= ~(1 << VBERRI);
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SRPI:
+ OTGINT &= ~(1 << SRPI);
+ break;
+ #endif
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+ case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+ return (USBCON & (1 << VBUSTE));
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ case USB_INT_IDTI:
+ return (USBCON & (1 << IDTE));
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+ return (UDIEN & (1 << WAKEUPE));
+ case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+ return (UDIEN & (1 << SUSPE));
+ case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+ return (UDIEN & (1 << EORSTE));
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ return (UDIEN & (1 << SOFE));
+ case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+ return (UEIENX & (1 << RXSTPE));
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+ return (UHIEN & (1 << HSOFE));
+ case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+ return (UHIEN & (1 << DCONNE));
+ case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+ return (UHIEN & (1 << DDISCE));
+ case USB_INT_RSTI:
+ return (UHIEN & (1 << RSTE));
+ case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+ return (OTGIEN & (1 << BCERRE));
+ case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+ return (OTGIEN & (1 << VBERRE));
+ case USB_INT_SRPI:
+ return (OTGIEN & (1 << SRPE));
+ #endif
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ #if (defined(USB_SERIES_4_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_6_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_7_AVR))
+ case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+ return (USBINT & (1 << VBUSTI));
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ case USB_INT_IDTI:
+ return (USBINT & (1 << IDTI));
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+ return (UDINT & (1 << WAKEUPI));
+ case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+ return (UDINT & (1 << SUSPI));
+ case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+ return (UDINT & (1 << EORSTI));
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ return (UDINT & (1 << SOFI));
+ case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+ return (UEINTX & (1 << RXSTPI));
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+ return (UHINT & (1 << HSOFI));
+ case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+ return (UHINT & (1 << DCONNI));
+ case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+ return (UHINT & (1 << DDISCI));
+ case USB_INT_RSTI:
+ return (UHINT & (1 << RSTI));
+ case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+ return (OTGINT & (1 << BCERRI));
+ case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+ return (OTGINT & (1 << VBERRI));
+ case USB_INT_SRPI:
+ return (OTGINT & (1 << SRPI));
+ #endif
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../USBMode.h"
+ #include "../Events.h"
+ #include "../USBController.h"
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void);
+ void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c
index 71cced874..da6812a32 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c
@@ -1,146 +1,146 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "ConfigDescriptors.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(const uint8_t ConfigNumber,
- uint16_t* const ConfigSizePtr,
- void* const BufferPtr,
- const uint16_t BufferSize)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
- uint8_t ConfigHeader[sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t)];
-
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
- .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
- .wValue = ((DTYPE_Configuration << 8) | (ConfigNumber - 1)),
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t),
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(ConfigHeader)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- *ConfigSizePtr = le16_to_cpu(DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigHeader, USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t)->TotalConfigurationSize);
-
- if (*ConfigSizePtr > BufferSize)
- return HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow;
-
- USB_ControlRequest.wLength = *ConfigSizePtr;
-
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(BufferPtr)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(BufferPtr) != DTYPE_Configuration)
- return HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData;
-
- return HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful;
-}
-#endif
-
-void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfType(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
- void** const CurrConfigLoc,
- const uint8_t Type)
-{
- while (*BytesRem)
- {
- USB_GetNextDescriptor(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc);
-
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(*CurrConfigLoc) == Type)
- return;
- }
-}
-
-void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
- void** const CurrConfigLoc,
- const uint8_t Type,
- const uint8_t BeforeType)
-{
- while (*BytesRem)
- {
- USB_GetNextDescriptor(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc);
-
- if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(*CurrConfigLoc) == Type)
- {
- return;
- }
- else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(*CurrConfigLoc) == BeforeType)
- {
- *BytesRem = 0;
- return;
- }
- }
-}
-
-void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
- void** const CurrConfigLoc,
- const uint8_t Type,
- const uint8_t AfterType)
-{
- USB_GetNextDescriptorOfType(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc, AfterType);
-
- if (*BytesRem)
- USB_GetNextDescriptorOfType(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc, Type);
-}
-
-uint8_t USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
- void** const CurrConfigLoc,
- ConfigComparatorPtr_t const ComparatorRoutine)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- while (*BytesRem)
- {
- uint8_t* PrevDescLoc = *CurrConfigLoc;
- uint16_t PrevBytesRem = *BytesRem;
-
- USB_GetNextDescriptor(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = ComparatorRoutine(*CurrConfigLoc)) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound)
- {
- if (ErrorCode == DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail)
- {
- *CurrConfigLoc = PrevDescLoc;
- *BytesRem = PrevBytesRem;
- }
-
- return ErrorCode;
- }
- }
-
- return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_EndOfDescriptor;
-}
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "ConfigDescriptors.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(const uint8_t ConfigNumber,
+ uint16_t* const ConfigSizePtr,
+ void* const BufferPtr,
+ const uint16_t BufferSize)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint8_t ConfigHeader[sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t)];
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+ .wValue = ((DTYPE_Configuration << 8) | (ConfigNumber - 1)),
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(ConfigHeader)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ *ConfigSizePtr = le16_to_cpu(DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigHeader, USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t)->TotalConfigurationSize);
+
+ if (*ConfigSizePtr > BufferSize)
+ return HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow;
+
+ USB_ControlRequest.wLength = *ConfigSizePtr;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(BufferPtr)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(BufferPtr) != DTYPE_Configuration)
+ return HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData;
+
+ return HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful;
+}
+#endif
+
+void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfType(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+ void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+ const uint8_t Type)
+{
+ while (*BytesRem)
+ {
+ USB_GetNextDescriptor(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc);
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(*CurrConfigLoc) == Type)
+ return;
+ }
+}
+
+void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+ void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint8_t BeforeType)
+{
+ while (*BytesRem)
+ {
+ USB_GetNextDescriptor(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc);
+
+ if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(*CurrConfigLoc) == Type)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+ else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(*CurrConfigLoc) == BeforeType)
+ {
+ *BytesRem = 0;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+ void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint8_t AfterType)
+{
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorOfType(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc, AfterType);
+
+ if (*BytesRem)
+ USB_GetNextDescriptorOfType(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc, Type);
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+ void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+ ConfigComparatorPtr_t const ComparatorRoutine)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ while (*BytesRem)
+ {
+ uint8_t* PrevDescLoc = *CurrConfigLoc;
+ uint16_t PrevBytesRem = *BytesRem;
+
+ USB_GetNextDescriptor(BytesRem, CurrConfigLoc);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = ComparatorRoutine(*CurrConfigLoc)) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound)
+ {
+ if (ErrorCode == DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail)
+ {
+ *CurrConfigLoc = PrevDescLoc;
+ *BytesRem = PrevBytesRem;
+ }
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_EndOfDescriptor;
+}
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.h
index 0de598230..b4a9788c2 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.h
@@ -1,286 +1,287 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB Configuration Descriptor definitions.
- * \copydetails Group_ConfigDescriptorParser
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_StdDescriptors
- * \defgroup Group_ConfigDescriptorParser Configuration Descriptor Parser
- * \brief USB Configuration Descriptor definitions.
- *
- * This section of the library gives a friendly API which can be used in host applications to easily
- * parse an attached device's configuration descriptor so that endpoint, interface and other descriptor
- * data can be extracted and used as needed.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H__
-#define __CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "USBMode.h"
- #include "HostStandardReq.h"
- #include "StdDescriptors.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Casts a pointer to a descriptor inside the configuration descriptor into a pointer to the given
- * descriptor type.
- *
- * Usage Example:
- * \code
- * uint8_t* CurrDescriptor = &ConfigDescriptor[0]; // Pointing to the configuration header
- * USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t* ConfigHeaderPtr = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrDescriptor,
- * USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t);
- *
- * // Can now access elements of the configuration header struct using the -> indirection operator
- * \endcode
- */
- #define DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(DescriptorPtr, Type) ((Type*)(DescriptorPtr))
-
- /** Casts a pointer to a descriptor inside the configuration descriptor into the given descriptor
- * type (as an actual struct instance rather than a pointer to a struct).
- *
- * Usage Example:
- * \code
- * uint8_t* CurrDescriptor = &ConfigDescriptor[0]; // Pointing to the configuration header
- * USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t ConfigHeader = DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrDescriptor,
- * USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t);
- *
- * // Can now access elements of the configuration header struct using the . operator
- * \endcode
- */
- #define DESCRIPTOR_CAST(DescriptorPtr, Type) (*DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(DescriptorPtr, Type))
-
- /** Returns the descriptor's type, expressed as the 8-bit type value in the header of the descriptor.
- * This value's meaning depends on the descriptor's placement in the descriptor, but standard type
- * values can be accessed in the \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t enum.
- */
- #define DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(DescriptorPtr) DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(DescriptorPtr, USB_Descriptor_Header_t)->Type
-
- /** Returns the descriptor's size, expressed as the 8-bit value indicating the number of bytes. */
- #define DESCRIPTOR_SIZE(DescriptorPtr) DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(DescriptorPtr, USB_Descriptor_Header_t)->Size
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** Type define for a Configuration Descriptor comparator function (function taking a pointer to an array
- * of type void, returning a uint8_t value).
- *
- * \see \ref USB_GetNextDescriptorComp function for more details.
- */
- typedef uint8_t (* ConfigComparatorPtr_t)(void*);
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function. */
- enum USB_Host_GetConfigDescriptor_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful = 0, /**< No error occurred while retrieving the configuration descriptor. */
- HOST_GETCONFIG_DeviceDisconnect = 1, /**< The attached device was disconnected while retrieving the configuration
- * descriptor.
- */
- HOST_GETCONFIG_PipeError = 2, /**< An error occurred in the pipe while sending the request. */
- HOST_GETCONFIG_SetupStalled = 3, /**< The attached device stalled the request to retrieve the configuration
- * descriptor.
- */
- HOST_GETCONFIG_SoftwareTimeOut = 4, /**< The request or data transfer timed out. */
- HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow = 5, /**< The device's configuration descriptor is too large to fit into the allocated
- * buffer.
- */
- HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData = 6, /**< The device returned invalid configuration descriptor data. */
- };
-
- /** Enum for return values of a descriptor comparator function. */
- enum DSearch_Return_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found = 0, /**< Current descriptor matches comparator criteria. */
- DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail = 1, /**< No further descriptor could possibly match criteria, fail the search. */
- DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound = 2, /**< Current descriptor does not match comparator criteria. */
- };
-
- /** Enum for return values of \ref USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(). */
- enum DSearch_Comp_Return_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found = 0, /**< Configuration descriptor now points to descriptor which matches
- * search criteria of the given comparator function. */
- DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Fail = 1, /**< Comparator function returned \ref DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail. */
- DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_EndOfDescriptor = 2, /**< End of configuration descriptor reached before match found. */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Retrieves the configuration descriptor data from an attached device via a standard request into a buffer,
- * including validity and size checking to prevent a buffer overflow.
- *
- * \param[in] ConfigNumber Device configuration descriptor number to fetch from the device (usually set to 1 for
- * single configuration devices).
- * \param[in,out] ConfigSizePtr Pointer to a location for storing the retrieved configuration descriptor size.
- * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the buffer for storing the configuration descriptor data.
- * \param[out] BufferSize Size of the allocated buffer where the configuration descriptor is to be stored.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_GetConfigDescriptor_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(const uint8_t ConfigNumber,
- uint16_t* const ConfigSizePtr,
- void* const BufferPtr,
- const uint16_t BufferSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
- /** Skips to the next sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor of the specified type value.
- * The bytes remaining value is automatically decremented.
- *
- * \param[in,out] BytesRem Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor.
- * \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor.
- * \param[in] Type Descriptor type value to search for.
- */
- void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfType(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
- void** const CurrConfigLoc,
- const uint8_t Type)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- /** Skips to the next sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor of the specified type value,
- * which must come before a descriptor of the second given type value. If the BeforeType type
- * descriptor is reached first, the number of bytes remaining to process is set to zero and the
- * function exits. The bytes remaining value is automatically decremented.
- *
- * \param[in,out] BytesRem Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor.
- * \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor.
- * \param[in] Type Descriptor type value to search for.
- * \param[in] BeforeType Descriptor type value which must not be reached before the given Type descriptor.
- */
- void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
- void** const CurrConfigLoc,
- const uint8_t Type,
- const uint8_t BeforeType)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- /** Skips to the next sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor of the specified type value,
- * which must come after a descriptor of the second given type value. The bytes remaining value is
- * automatically decremented.
- *
- * \param[in,out] BytesRem Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor.
- * \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor.
- * \param[in] Type Descriptor type value to search for.
- * \param[in] AfterType Descriptor type value which must be reached before the given Type descriptor.
- */
- void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
- void** const CurrConfigLoc,
- const uint8_t Type,
- const uint8_t AfterType)
- ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- /** Searches for the next descriptor in the given configuration descriptor using a pre-made comparator
- * function. The routine updates the position and remaining configuration descriptor bytes values
- * automatically. If a comparator routine fails a search, the descriptor pointer is retreated back
- * so that the next descriptor search invocation will start from the descriptor which first caused the
- * original search to fail. This behavior allows for one comparator to be used immediately after another
- * has failed, starting the second search from the descriptor which failed the first.
- *
- * Comparator functions should be standard functions which accept a pointer to the header of the current
- * descriptor inside the configuration descriptor which is being compared, and should return a value from
- * the \ref DSearch_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum as a uint8_t value.
- *
- * \note This function is available in USB Host mode only.
- *
- * \param[in,out] BytesRem Pointer to an int storing the remaining bytes in the configuration descriptor.
- * \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc Pointer to the current position in the configuration descriptor.
- * \param[in] ComparatorRoutine Name of the comparator search function to use on the configuration descriptor.
- *
- * \return Value of one of the members of the \ref DSearch_Comp_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- *
- * Usage Example:
- * \code
- * uint8_t EndpointSearcher(void* CurrentDescriptor); // Comparator Prototype
- *
- * uint8_t EndpointSearcher(void* CurrentDescriptor)
- * {
- * if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
- * return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
- * else
- * return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
- * }
- *
- * //...
- *
- * // After retrieving configuration descriptor:
- * if (USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorComp(&BytesRemaining, &CurrentConfigLoc, EndpointSearcher) ==
- * Descriptor_Search_Comp_Found)
- * {
- * // Do something with the endpoint descriptor
- * }
- * \endcode
- */
- uint8_t USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
- void** const CurrConfigLoc,
- ConfigComparatorPtr_t const ComparatorRoutine);
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Skips over the current sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor, so that the pointer then
- points to the next sub-descriptor. The bytes remaining value is automatically decremented.
- *
- * \param[in,out] BytesRem Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor.
- * \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor.
- */
- static inline void USB_GetNextDescriptor(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
- void** CurrConfigLoc) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
- static inline void USB_GetNextDescriptor(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
- void** CurrConfigLoc)
- {
- uint16_t CurrDescriptorSize = DESCRIPTOR_CAST(*CurrConfigLoc, USB_Descriptor_Header_t).Size;
-
- if (*BytesRem < CurrDescriptorSize)
- CurrDescriptorSize = *BytesRem;
-
- *CurrConfigLoc = (void*)((uintptr_t)*CurrConfigLoc + CurrDescriptorSize);
- *BytesRem -= CurrDescriptorSize;
- }
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Configuration Descriptor definitions.
+ * \copydetails Group_ConfigDescriptorParser
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_StdDescriptors
+ * \defgroup Group_ConfigDescriptorParser Configuration Descriptor Parser
+ * \brief USB Configuration Descriptor definitions.
+ *
+ * This section of the library gives a friendly API which can be used in host applications to easily
+ * parse an attached device's configuration descriptor so that endpoint, interface and other descriptor
+ * data can be extracted and used as needed.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CONFIGDESCRIPTORS_H__
+#define __CONFIGDESCRIPTORS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+ #include "HostStandardReq.h"
+ #include "StdDescriptors.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Casts a pointer to a descriptor inside the configuration descriptor into a pointer to the given
+ * descriptor type.
+ *
+ * Usage Example:
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t* CurrDescriptor = &ConfigDescriptor[0]; // Pointing to the configuration header
+ * USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t* ConfigHeaderPtr = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(CurrDescriptor,
+ * USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t);
+ *
+ * // Can now access elements of the configuration header struct using the -> indirection operator
+ * \endcode
+ */
+ #define DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(DescriptorPtr, Type) ((Type*)(DescriptorPtr))
+
+ /** Casts a pointer to a descriptor inside the configuration descriptor into the given descriptor
+ * type (as an actual struct instance rather than a pointer to a struct).
+ *
+ * Usage Example:
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t* CurrDescriptor = &ConfigDescriptor[0]; // Pointing to the configuration header
+ * USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t ConfigHeader = DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrDescriptor,
+ * USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t);
+ *
+ * // Can now access elements of the configuration header struct using the . operator
+ * \endcode
+ */
+ #define DESCRIPTOR_CAST(DescriptorPtr, Type) (*DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(DescriptorPtr, Type))
+
+ /** Returns the descriptor's type, expressed as the 8-bit type value in the header of the descriptor.
+ * This value's meaning depends on the descriptor's placement in the descriptor, but standard type
+ * values can be accessed in the \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t enum.
+ */
+ #define DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(DescriptorPtr) DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(DescriptorPtr, USB_Descriptor_Header_t)->Type
+
+ /** Returns the descriptor's size, expressed as the 8-bit value indicating the number of bytes. */
+ #define DESCRIPTOR_SIZE(DescriptorPtr) DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(DescriptorPtr, USB_Descriptor_Header_t)->Size
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a Configuration Descriptor comparator function (function taking a pointer to an array
+ * of type void, returning a uint8_t value).
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_GetNextDescriptorComp function for more details.
+ */
+ typedef uint8_t (* ConfigComparatorPtr_t)(void*);
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible return codes of the \ref USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function. */
+ enum USB_Host_GetConfigDescriptor_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful = 0, /**< No error occurred while retrieving the configuration descriptor. */
+ HOST_GETCONFIG_DeviceDisconnect = 1, /**< The attached device was disconnected while retrieving the configuration
+ * descriptor.
+ */
+ HOST_GETCONFIG_PipeError = 2, /**< An error occurred in the pipe while sending the request. */
+ HOST_GETCONFIG_SetupStalled = 3, /**< The attached device stalled the request to retrieve the configuration
+ * descriptor.
+ */
+ HOST_GETCONFIG_SoftwareTimeOut = 4, /**< The request or data transfer timed out. */
+ HOST_GETCONFIG_BuffOverflow = 5, /**< The device's configuration descriptor is too large to fit into the allocated
+ * buffer.
+ */
+ HOST_GETCONFIG_InvalidData = 6, /**< The device returned invalid configuration descriptor data. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for return values of a descriptor comparator function. */
+ enum DSearch_Return_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found = 0, /**< Current descriptor matches comparator criteria. */
+ DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail = 1, /**< No further descriptor could possibly match criteria, fail the search. */
+ DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound = 2, /**< Current descriptor does not match comparator criteria. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for return values of \ref USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(). */
+ enum DSearch_Comp_Return_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found = 0, /**< Configuration descriptor now points to descriptor which matches
+ * search criteria of the given comparator function. */
+ DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Fail = 1, /**< Comparator function returned \ref DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail. */
+ DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_EndOfDescriptor = 2, /**< End of configuration descriptor reached before match found. */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Retrieves the configuration descriptor data from an attached device via a standard request into a buffer,
+ * including validity and size checking to prevent a buffer overflow.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ConfigNumber Device configuration descriptor number to fetch from the device (usually set to 1 for
+ * single configuration devices).
+ * \param[in,out] ConfigSizePtr Pointer to a location for storing the retrieved configuration descriptor size.
+ * \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the buffer for storing the configuration descriptor data.
+ * \param[out] BufferSize Size of the allocated buffer where the configuration descriptor is to be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_GetConfigDescriptor_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(const uint8_t ConfigNumber,
+ uint16_t* const ConfigSizePtr,
+ void* const BufferPtr,
+ const uint16_t BufferSize) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Skips to the next sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor of the specified type value.
+ * The bytes remaining value is automatically decremented.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] BytesRem Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor.
+ * \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor.
+ * \param[in] Type Descriptor type value to search for.
+ */
+ void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfType(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+ void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+ const uint8_t Type)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Skips to the next sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor of the specified type value,
+ * which must come before a descriptor of the second given type value. If the BeforeType type
+ * descriptor is reached first, the number of bytes remaining to process is set to zero and the
+ * function exits. The bytes remaining value is automatically decremented.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] BytesRem Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor.
+ * \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor.
+ * \param[in] Type Descriptor type value to search for.
+ * \param[in] BeforeType Descriptor type value which must not be reached before the given Type descriptor.
+ */
+ void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeBefore(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+ void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint8_t BeforeType)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Skips to the next sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor of the specified type value,
+ * which must come after a descriptor of the second given type value. The bytes remaining value is
+ * automatically decremented.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] BytesRem Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor.
+ * \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor.
+ * \param[in] Type Descriptor type value to search for.
+ * \param[in] AfterType Descriptor type value which must be reached before the given Type descriptor.
+ */
+ void USB_GetNextDescriptorOfTypeAfter(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+ void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint8_t AfterType)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /** Searches for the next descriptor in the given configuration descriptor using a pre-made comparator
+ * function. The routine updates the position and remaining configuration descriptor bytes values
+ * automatically. If a comparator routine fails a search, the descriptor pointer is retreated back
+ * so that the next descriptor search invocation will start from the descriptor which first caused the
+ * original search to fail. This behavior allows for one comparator to be used immediately after another
+ * has failed, starting the second search from the descriptor which failed the first.
+ *
+ * Comparator functions should be standard functions which accept a pointer to the header of the current
+ * descriptor inside the configuration descriptor which is being compared, and should return a value from
+ * the \ref DSearch_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum as a uint8_t value.
+ *
+ * \note This function is available in USB Host mode only.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] BytesRem Pointer to an int storing the remaining bytes in the configuration descriptor.
+ * \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc Pointer to the current position in the configuration descriptor.
+ * \param[in] ComparatorRoutine Name of the comparator search function to use on the configuration descriptor.
+ *
+ * \return Value of one of the members of the \ref DSearch_Comp_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ *
+ * Usage Example:
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t EndpointSearcher(void* CurrentDescriptor); // Comparator Prototype
+ *
+ * uint8_t EndpointSearcher(void* CurrentDescriptor)
+ * {
+ * if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)
+ * return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;
+ * else
+ * return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;
+ * }
+ *
+ * //...
+ *
+ * // After retrieving configuration descriptor:
+ * if (USB_Host_GetNextDescriptorComp(&BytesRemaining, &CurrentConfigLoc, EndpointSearcher) ==
+ * Descriptor_Search_Comp_Found)
+ * {
+ * // Do something with the endpoint descriptor
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ */
+ uint8_t USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+ void** const CurrConfigLoc,
+ ConfigComparatorPtr_t const ComparatorRoutine) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1)
+ ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Skips over the current sub-descriptor inside the configuration descriptor, so that the pointer then
+ points to the next sub-descriptor. The bytes remaining value is automatically decremented.
+ *
+ * \param[in,out] BytesRem Pointer to the number of bytes remaining of the configuration descriptor.
+ * \param[in,out] CurrConfigLoc Pointer to the current descriptor inside the configuration descriptor.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_GetNextDescriptor(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+ void** CurrConfigLoc) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ static inline void USB_GetNextDescriptor(uint16_t* const BytesRem,
+ void** CurrConfigLoc)
+ {
+ uint16_t CurrDescriptorSize = DESCRIPTOR_CAST(*CurrConfigLoc, USB_Descriptor_Header_t).Size;
+
+ if (*BytesRem < CurrDescriptorSize)
+ CurrDescriptorSize = *BytesRem;
+
+ *CurrConfigLoc = (void*)((uintptr_t)*CurrConfigLoc + CurrDescriptorSize);
+ *BytesRem -= CurrDescriptorSize;
+ }
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Device.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Device.h
index 995b9208e..10d739f56 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Device.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Device.h
@@ -1,159 +1,159 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Common USB Device definitions for all architectures.
- * \copydetails Group_Device
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USB
- * \defgroup Group_Device Device Management
- * \brief USB Device management definitions for USB device mode.
- *
- * USB Device mode related definitions common to all architectures. This module contains definitions which
- * are used when the USB controller is initialized in device mode.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBDEVICE_H__
-#define __USBDEVICE_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "USBMode.h"
- #include "StdDescriptors.h"
- #include "USBInterrupt.h"
- #include "Endpoint.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the various states of the USB Device state machine. Only some states are
- * implemented in the LUFA library - other states are left to the user to implement.
- *
- * For information on each possible USB device state, refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_DeviceState, which stores the current device state machine state.
- */
- enum USB_Device_States_t
- {
- DEVICE_STATE_Unattached = 0, /**< Internally implemented by the library. This state indicates
- * that the device is not currently connected to a host.
- */
- DEVICE_STATE_Powered = 1, /**< Internally implemented by the library. This state indicates
- * that the device is connected to a host, but enumeration has not
- * yet begun.
- */
- DEVICE_STATE_Default = 2, /**< Internally implemented by the library. This state indicates
- * that the device's USB bus has been reset by the host and it is
- * now waiting for the host to begin the enumeration process.
- */
- DEVICE_STATE_Addressed = 3, /**< Internally implemented by the library. This state indicates
- * that the device has been addressed by the USB Host, but is not
- * yet configured.
- */
- DEVICE_STATE_Configured = 4, /**< May be implemented by the user project. This state indicates
- * that the device has been enumerated by the host and is ready
- * for USB communications to begin.
- */
- DEVICE_STATE_Suspended = 5, /**< May be implemented by the user project. This state indicates
- * that the USB bus has been suspended by the host, and the device
- * should power down to a minimal power level until the bus is
- * resumed.
- */
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Function to retrieve a given descriptor's size and memory location from the given descriptor type value,
- * index and language ID. This function MUST be overridden in the user application (added with full, identical
- * prototype and name so that the library can call it to retrieve descriptor data.
- *
- * \param[in] wValue The type of the descriptor to retrieve in the upper byte, and the index in the
- * lower byte (when more than one descriptor of the given type exists, such as the
- * case of string descriptors). The type may be one of the standard types defined
- * in the DescriptorTypes_t enum, or may be a class-specific descriptor type value.
- * \param[in] wIndex The language ID of the string to return if the \c wValue type indicates
- * \ref DTYPE_String, otherwise zero for standard descriptors, or as defined in a
- * class-specific standards.
- * \param[out] DescriptorAddress Pointer to the descriptor in memory. This should be set by the routine to
- * the address of the descriptor.
- * \param[out] DescriptorMemorySpace A value from the \ref USB_DescriptorMemorySpaces_t enum to indicate the memory
- * space in which the descriptor is stored. This parameter does not exist when one
- * of the \c USE_*_DESCRIPTORS compile time options is used, or on architectures which
- * use a unified address space.
- *
- * \note By default, the library expects all descriptors to be located in flash memory via the \c PROGMEM attribute.
- * If descriptors should be located in RAM or EEPROM instead (to speed up access in the case of RAM, or to
- * allow the descriptors to be changed dynamically at runtime) either the \c USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS or the
- * \c USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS tokens may be defined in the project makefile and passed to the compiler by the -D
- * switch.
- *
- * \return Size in bytes of the descriptor if it exists, zero or \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR otherwise.
- */
- uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
- const uint8_t wIndex,
- const void** const DescriptorAddress
- #if (defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)) && \
- !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
- , uint8_t* const DescriptorMemorySpace
- #endif
- ) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
- /* Architecture Includes: */
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
- #include "AVR8/Device_AVR8.h"
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
- #include "UC3/Device_UC3.h"
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
- #include "XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h"
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common USB Device definitions for all architectures.
+ * \copydetails Group_Device
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ * \defgroup Group_Device Device Management
+ * \brief USB Device management definitions for USB device mode.
+ *
+ * USB Device mode related definitions common to all architectures. This module contains definitions which
+ * are used when the USB controller is initialized in device mode.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBDEVICE_H__
+#define __USBDEVICE_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+ #include "StdDescriptors.h"
+ #include "USBInterrupt.h"
+ #include "Endpoint.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the various states of the USB Device state machine. Only some states are
+ * implemented in the LUFA library - other states are left to the user to implement.
+ *
+ * For information on each possible USB device state, refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_DeviceState, which stores the current device state machine state.
+ */
+ enum USB_Device_States_t
+ {
+ DEVICE_STATE_Unattached = 0, /**< Internally implemented by the library. This state indicates
+ * that the device is not currently connected to a host.
+ */
+ DEVICE_STATE_Powered = 1, /**< Internally implemented by the library. This state indicates
+ * that the device is connected to a host, but enumeration has not
+ * yet begun.
+ */
+ DEVICE_STATE_Default = 2, /**< Internally implemented by the library. This state indicates
+ * that the device's USB bus has been reset by the host and it is
+ * now waiting for the host to begin the enumeration process.
+ */
+ DEVICE_STATE_Addressed = 3, /**< Internally implemented by the library. This state indicates
+ * that the device has been addressed by the USB Host, but is not
+ * yet configured.
+ */
+ DEVICE_STATE_Configured = 4, /**< May be implemented by the user project. This state indicates
+ * that the device has been enumerated by the host and is ready
+ * for USB communications to begin.
+ */
+ DEVICE_STATE_Suspended = 5, /**< May be implemented by the user project. This state indicates
+ * that the USB bus has been suspended by the host, and the device
+ * should power down to a minimal power level until the bus is
+ * resumed.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Function to retrieve a given descriptor's size and memory location from the given descriptor type value,
+ * index and language ID. This function MUST be overridden in the user application (added with full, identical
+ * prototype and name so that the library can call it to retrieve descriptor data.
+ *
+ * \param[in] wValue The type of the descriptor to retrieve in the upper byte, and the index in the
+ * lower byte (when more than one descriptor of the given type exists, such as the
+ * case of string descriptors). The type may be one of the standard types defined
+ * in the DescriptorTypes_t enum, or may be a class-specific descriptor type value.
+ * \param[in] wIndex The language ID of the string to return if the \c wValue type indicates
+ * \ref DTYPE_String, otherwise zero for standard descriptors, or as defined in a
+ * class-specific standards.
+ * \param[out] DescriptorAddress Pointer to the descriptor in memory. This should be set by the routine to
+ * the address of the descriptor.
+ * \param[out] DescriptorMemorySpace A value from the \ref USB_DescriptorMemorySpaces_t enum to indicate the memory
+ * space in which the descriptor is stored. This parameter does not exist when one
+ * of the \c USE_*_DESCRIPTORS compile time options is used, or on architectures which
+ * use a unified address space.
+ *
+ * \note By default, the library expects all descriptors to be located in flash memory via the \c PROGMEM attribute.
+ * If descriptors should be located in RAM or EEPROM instead (to speed up access in the case of RAM, or to
+ * allow the descriptors to be changed dynamically at runtime) either the \c USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS or the
+ * \c USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS tokens may be defined in the project makefile and passed to the compiler by the -D
+ * switch.
+ *
+ * \return Size in bytes of the descriptor if it exists, zero or \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR otherwise.
+ */
+ uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
+ const uint8_t wIndex,
+ const void** const DescriptorAddress
+ #if (defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)) && \
+ !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ , uint8_t* const DescriptorMemorySpace
+ #endif
+ ) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /* Architecture Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/Device_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ #include "UC3/Device_UC3.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include "XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c
index c4ae64712..adf615a9c 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c
@@ -1,378 +1,380 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_DEVICESTDREQ_C
-#include "DeviceStandardReq.h"
-
-uint8_t USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber;
-
-#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
-bool USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered;
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
-bool USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled;
-#endif
-
-void USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest(void)
-{
- #if defined(ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN)
- USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType = Endpoint_Read_8();
- USB_ControlRequest.bRequest = Endpoint_Read_8();
- USB_ControlRequest.wValue = Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
- USB_ControlRequest.wIndex = Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
- USB_ControlRequest.wLength = Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
- #else
- uint8_t* RequestHeader = (uint8_t*)&USB_ControlRequest;
-
- for (uint8_t RequestHeaderByte = 0; RequestHeaderByte < sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t); RequestHeaderByte++)
- *(RequestHeader++) = Endpoint_Read_8();
- #endif
-
- EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest();
-
- if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
- {
- uint8_t bmRequestType = USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType;
-
- switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
- {
- case REQ_GetStatus:
- if ((bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE)) ||
- (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT)))
- {
- USB_Device_GetStatus();
- }
-
- break;
- case REQ_ClearFeature:
- case REQ_SetFeature:
- if ((bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE)) ||
- (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT)))
- {
- USB_Device_ClearSetFeature();
- }
-
- break;
- case REQ_SetAddress:
- if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE))
- USB_Device_SetAddress();
-
- break;
- case REQ_GetDescriptor:
- if ((bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE)) ||
- (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE)))
- {
- USB_Device_GetDescriptor();
- }
-
- break;
- case REQ_GetConfiguration:
- if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE))
- USB_Device_GetConfiguration();
-
- break;
- case REQ_SetConfiguration:
- if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE))
- USB_Device_SetConfiguration();
-
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
- {
- Endpoint_StallTransaction();
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
- }
-}
-
-static void USB_Device_SetAddress(void)
-{
- uint8_t DeviceAddress = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0x7F);
- uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
- GlobalInterruptDisable();
-
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-
- while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
-
- USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(DeviceAddress);
- USB_DeviceState = (DeviceAddress) ? DEVICE_STATE_Addressed : DEVICE_STATE_Default;
-
- SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
-}
-
-static void USB_Device_SetConfiguration(void)
-{
- #if defined(FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS)
- if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS)
- return;
- #else
- USB_Descriptor_Device_t* DevDescriptorPtr;
-
- #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE)
- #if defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS)
- #define MemoryAddressSpace MEMSPACE_FLASH
- #elif defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
- #define MemoryAddressSpace MEMSPACE_EEPROM
- #elif defined(USE_SRAM_DESCRIPTORS)
- #define MemoryAddressSpace MEMSPACE_SRAM
- #else
- uint8_t MemoryAddressSpace;
- #endif
- #endif
-
- if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DevDescriptorPtr
- #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
- !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
- , &MemoryAddressSpace
- #endif
- ) == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
- {
- return;
- }
-
- #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE)
- if (MemoryAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_FLASH)
- {
- if (((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > pgm_read_byte(&DevDescriptorPtr->NumberOfConfigurations)))
- return;
- }
- else if (MemoryAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_EEPROM)
- {
- if (((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > eeprom_read_byte(&DevDescriptorPtr->NumberOfConfigurations)))
- return;
- }
- else
- {
- if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > DevDescriptorPtr->NumberOfConfigurations)
- return;
- }
- #else
- if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > DevDescriptorPtr->NumberOfConfigurations)
- return;
- #endif
- #endif
-
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
- USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue;
-
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-
- if (USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber)
- USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Configured;
- else
- USB_DeviceState = (USB_Device_IsAddressSet()) ? DEVICE_STATE_Configured : DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
-
- EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged();
-}
-
-static void USB_Device_GetConfiguration(void)
-{
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
- Endpoint_Write_8(USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-}
-
-#if !defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
-static void USB_Device_GetInternalSerialDescriptor(void)
-{
- struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header;
- uint16_t UnicodeString[INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4];
- } SignatureDescriptor;
-
- SignatureDescriptor.Header.Type = DTYPE_String;
- SignatureDescriptor.Header.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4);
-
- USB_Device_GetSerialString(SignatureDescriptor.UnicodeString);
-
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
- Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&SignatureDescriptor, sizeof(SignatureDescriptor));
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-}
-#endif
-
-static void USB_Device_GetDescriptor(void)
-{
- const void* DescriptorPointer;
- uint16_t DescriptorSize;
-
- #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
- !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
- uint8_t DescriptorAddressSpace;
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
- if (USB_ControlRequest.wValue == ((DTYPE_String << 8) | USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL))
- {
- USB_Device_GetInternalSerialDescriptor();
- return;
- }
- #endif
-
- if ((DescriptorSize = CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(USB_ControlRequest.wValue, USB_ControlRequest.wIndex,
- &DescriptorPointer
- #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
- !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
- , &DescriptorAddressSpace
- #endif
- )) == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
- {
- return;
- }
-
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
- #if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) || !defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE)
- Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
- #elif defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
- Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
- #elif defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS)
- Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
- #else
- if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_FLASH)
- Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
- else if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_EEPROM)
- Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
- else
- Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
- #endif
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-}
-
-static void USB_Device_GetStatus(void)
-{
- uint8_t CurrentStatus = 0;
-
- switch (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType)
- {
- case (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE):
- #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
- if (USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered)
- CurrentStatus |= FEATURE_SELFPOWERED_ENABLED;
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
- if (USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled)
- CurrentStatus |= FEATURE_REMOTE_WAKEUP_ENABLED;
- #endif
- break;
- case (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT):
- #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
-
- CurrentStatus = Endpoint_IsStalled();
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
- #endif
-
- break;
- default:
- return;
- }
-
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
- Endpoint_Write_16_LE(CurrentStatus);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-}
-
-static void USB_Device_ClearSetFeature(void)
-{
- switch (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT)
- {
- #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
- case REQREC_DEVICE:
- if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue == FEATURE_SEL_DeviceRemoteWakeup)
- USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled = (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest == REQ_SetFeature);
- else
- return;
-
- break;
- #endif
- #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
- case REQREC_ENDPOINT:
- if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue == FEATURE_SEL_EndpointHalt)
- {
- uint8_t EndpointIndex = ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
-
- if (EndpointIndex == ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP)
- return;
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EndpointIndex);
-
- if (Endpoint_IsEnabled())
- {
- if (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest == REQ_SetFeature)
- {
- Endpoint_StallTransaction();
- }
- else
- {
- Endpoint_ClearStall();
- Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(EndpointIndex);
- Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
- }
- }
- }
-
- break;
- #endif
- default:
- return;
- }
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
-
- Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
-
- Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
-}
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_DEVICESTDREQ_C
+#include "DeviceStandardReq.h"
+
+uint8_t USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber;
+
+#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
+bool USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
+bool USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled;
+#endif
+
+void USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest(void)
+{
+ #if defined(ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN)
+ USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ USB_ControlRequest.bRequest = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ USB_ControlRequest.wValue = Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
+ USB_ControlRequest.wIndex = Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
+ USB_ControlRequest.wLength = Endpoint_Read_16_LE();
+ #else
+ uint8_t* RequestHeader = (uint8_t*)&USB_ControlRequest;
+
+ for (uint8_t RequestHeaderByte = 0; RequestHeaderByte < sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t); RequestHeaderByte++)
+ *(RequestHeader++) = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ #endif
+
+ EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest();
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ {
+ uint8_t bmRequestType = USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType;
+
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
+ {
+ case REQ_GetStatus:
+ if ((bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE)) ||
+ (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT)))
+ {
+ USB_Device_GetStatus();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case REQ_ClearFeature:
+ case REQ_SetFeature:
+ if ((bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE)) ||
+ (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT)))
+ {
+ USB_Device_ClearSetFeature();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case REQ_SetAddress:
+ if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE))
+ USB_Device_SetAddress();
+
+ break;
+ case REQ_GetDescriptor:
+ if ((bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE)) ||
+ (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE)))
+ {
+ USB_Device_GetDescriptor();
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case REQ_GetConfiguration:
+ if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE))
+ USB_Device_GetConfiguration();
+
+ break;
+ case REQ_SetConfiguration:
+ if (bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE))
+ USB_Device_SetConfiguration();
+
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+ }
+}
+
+static void USB_Device_SetAddress(void)
+{
+ uint8_t DeviceAddress = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0x7F);
+
+ USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(DeviceAddress);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()));
+
+ USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(DeviceAddress);
+
+ USB_DeviceState = (DeviceAddress) ? DEVICE_STATE_Addressed : DEVICE_STATE_Default;
+}
+
+static void USB_Device_SetConfiguration(void)
+{
+ #if defined(FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS)
+ if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS)
+ return;
+ #else
+ USB_Descriptor_Device_t* DevDescriptorPtr;
+
+ #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ #if defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS)
+ #define MemoryAddressSpace MEMSPACE_FLASH
+ #elif defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
+ #define MemoryAddressSpace MEMSPACE_EEPROM
+ #elif defined(USE_SRAM_DESCRIPTORS)
+ #define MemoryAddressSpace MEMSPACE_SRAM
+ #else
+ uint8_t MemoryAddressSpace;
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DevDescriptorPtr
+ #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
+ !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ , &MemoryAddressSpace
+ #endif
+ ) == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ if (MemoryAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_FLASH)
+ {
+ if (((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > pgm_read_byte(&DevDescriptorPtr->NumberOfConfigurations)))
+ return;
+ }
+ else if (MemoryAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_EEPROM)
+ {
+ if (((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > eeprom_read_byte(&DevDescriptorPtr->NumberOfConfigurations)))
+ return;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > DevDescriptorPtr->NumberOfConfigurations)
+ return;
+ }
+ #else
+ if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue > DevDescriptorPtr->NumberOfConfigurations)
+ return;
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = (uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue;
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+
+ if (USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber)
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Configured;
+ else
+ USB_DeviceState = (USB_Device_IsAddressSet()) ? DEVICE_STATE_Configured : DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
+
+ EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged();
+}
+
+static void USB_Device_GetConfiguration(void)
+{
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ Endpoint_Write_8(USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+}
+
+#if !defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+static void USB_Device_GetInternalSerialDescriptor(void)
+{
+ struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header;
+ uint16_t UnicodeString[INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4];
+ } SignatureDescriptor;
+
+ SignatureDescriptor.Header.Type = DTYPE_String;
+ SignatureDescriptor.Header.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4);
+
+ USB_Device_GetSerialString(SignatureDescriptor.UnicodeString);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&SignatureDescriptor, sizeof(SignatureDescriptor));
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+}
+#endif
+
+static void USB_Device_GetDescriptor(void)
+{
+ const void* DescriptorPointer;
+ uint16_t DescriptorSize;
+
+ #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
+ !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ uint8_t DescriptorAddressSpace;
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.wValue == ((DTYPE_String << 8) | USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL))
+ {
+ USB_Device_GetInternalSerialDescriptor();
+ return;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if ((DescriptorSize = CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(USB_ControlRequest.wValue, USB_ControlRequest.wIndex,
+ &DescriptorPointer
+ #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
+ !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ , &DescriptorAddressSpace
+ #endif
+ )) == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+ {
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ #if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) || !defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
+ #elif defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
+ #elif defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS)
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
+ #else
+ if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_FLASH)
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
+ else if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_EEPROM)
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
+ else
+ Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(DescriptorPointer, DescriptorSize);
+ #endif
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+}
+
+static void USB_Device_GetStatus(void)
+{
+ uint8_t CurrentStatus = 0;
+
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType)
+ {
+ case (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE):
+ #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
+ if (USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered)
+ CurrentStatus |= FEATURE_SELFPOWERED_ENABLED;
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
+ if (USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled)
+ CurrentStatus |= FEATURE_REMOTE_WAKEUP_ENABLED;
+ #endif
+ break;
+ case (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT):
+ #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+
+ CurrentStatus = Endpoint_IsStalled();
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+ #endif
+
+ break;
+ default:
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ Endpoint_Write_16_LE(CurrentStatus);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+}
+
+static void USB_Device_ClearSetFeature(void)
+{
+ switch (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT)
+ {
+ #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
+ case REQREC_DEVICE:
+ if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue == FEATURE_SEL_DeviceRemoteWakeup)
+ USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled = (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest == REQ_SetFeature);
+ else
+ return;
+
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+ case REQREC_ENDPOINT:
+ if ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wValue == FEATURE_SEL_EndpointHalt)
+ {
+ uint8_t EndpointIndex = ((uint8_t)USB_ControlRequest.wIndex & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+
+ if (EndpointIndex == ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP)
+ return;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EndpointIndex);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsEnabled())
+ {
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest == REQ_SetFeature)
+ {
+ Endpoint_StallTransaction();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearStall();
+ Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(EndpointIndex);
+ Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ break;
+ #endif
+ default:
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
+
+ Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.h
index dfaa1662e..396e20554 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.h
@@ -1,158 +1,158 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB device standard request management.
- *
- * This file contains the function prototypes necessary for the processing of incoming standard control requests
- * when the library is in USB device mode.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-#ifndef __DEVICESTDREQ_H__
-#define __DEVICESTDREQ_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "USBMode.h"
- #include "StdDescriptors.h"
- #include "Events.h"
- #include "StdRequestType.h"
- #include "USBTask.h"
- #include "USBController.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Enums: */
- #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Enum for the possible descriptor memory spaces, for the \c MemoryAddressSpace parameter of the
- * \ref CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() function. This can be used when none of the \c USE_*_DESCRIPTORS
- * compile time options are used, to indicate in which memory space the descriptor is stored.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_Device
- */
- enum USB_DescriptorMemorySpaces_t
- {
- #if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- MEMSPACE_FLASH = 0, /**< Indicates the requested descriptor is located in FLASH memory. */
- #endif
- #if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- MEMSPACE_EEPROM = 1, /**< Indicates the requested descriptor is located in EEPROM memory. */
- #endif
- MEMSPACE_RAM = 2, /**< Indicates the requested descriptor is located in RAM memory. */
- };
- #endif
-
- /* Global Variables: */
- /** Indicates the currently set configuration number of the device. USB devices may have several
- * different configurations which the host can select between; this indicates the currently selected
- * value, or 0 if no configuration has been selected.
- *
- * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
- * changed in value.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_Device
- */
- extern uint8_t USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber;
-
- #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
- /** Indicates if the host is currently allowing the device to issue remote wakeup events. If this
- * flag is cleared, the device should not issue remote wakeup events to the host.
- *
- * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
- * changed in value.
- *
- * \note To reduce FLASH usage of the compiled applications where Remote Wakeup is not supported,
- * this global and the underlying management code can be disabled by defining the
- * \c NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP token in the project makefile and passing it to the compiler via
- * the -D switch.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_Device
- */
- extern bool USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled;
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
- /** Indicates if the device is currently being powered by its own power supply, rather than being
- * powered by the host's USB supply. This flag should remain cleared if the device does not
- * support self powered mode, as indicated in the device descriptors.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_Device
- */
- extern bool USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered;
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
- #error USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
- #elif defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS)
- #error USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
- #elif defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
- #error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
- #elif defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)
- #error Only one of the USE_*_DESCRIPTORS modes should be selected.
- #endif
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest(void);
-
- #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DEVICESTDREQ_C)
- static void USB_Device_SetAddress(void);
- static void USB_Device_SetConfiguration(void);
- static void USB_Device_GetConfiguration(void);
- static void USB_Device_GetDescriptor(void);
- static void USB_Device_GetStatus(void);
- static void USB_Device_ClearSetFeature(void);
-
- #if !defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
- static void USB_Device_GetInternalSerialDescriptor(void);
- #endif
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB device standard request management.
+ *
+ * This file contains the function prototypes necessary for the processing of incoming standard control requests
+ * when the library is in USB device mode.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __DEVICESTDREQ_H__
+#define __DEVICESTDREQ_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+ #include "StdDescriptors.h"
+ #include "Events.h"
+ #include "StdRequestType.h"
+ #include "USBTask.h"
+ #include "USBController.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Enums: */
+ #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Enum for the possible descriptor memory spaces, for the \c MemoryAddressSpace parameter of the
+ * \ref CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor() function. This can be used when none of the \c USE_*_DESCRIPTORS
+ * compile time options are used, to indicate in which memory space the descriptor is stored.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_Device
+ */
+ enum USB_DescriptorMemorySpaces_t
+ {
+ #if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ MEMSPACE_FLASH = 0, /**< Indicates the requested descriptor is located in FLASH memory. */
+ #endif
+ #if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ MEMSPACE_EEPROM = 1, /**< Indicates the requested descriptor is located in EEPROM memory. */
+ #endif
+ MEMSPACE_RAM = 2, /**< Indicates the requested descriptor is located in RAM memory. */
+ };
+ #endif
+
+ /* Global Variables: */
+ /** Indicates the currently set configuration number of the device. USB devices may have several
+ * different configurations which the host can select between; this indicates the currently selected
+ * value, or 0 if no configuration has been selected.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_Device
+ */
+ extern uint8_t USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber;
+
+ #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
+ /** Indicates if the host is currently allowing the device to issue remote wakeup events. If this
+ * flag is cleared, the device should not issue remote wakeup events to the host.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ *
+ * \note To reduce FLASH usage of the compiled applications where Remote Wakeup is not supported,
+ * this global and the underlying management code can be disabled by defining the
+ * \c NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP token in the project makefile and passing it to the compiler via
+ * the -D switch.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_Device
+ */
+ extern bool USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled;
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
+ /** Indicates if the device is currently being powered by its own power supply, rather than being
+ * powered by the host's USB supply. This flag should remain cleared if the device does not
+ * support self powered mode, as indicated in the device descriptors.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_Device
+ */
+ extern bool USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered;
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
+ #error USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+ #elif defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS)
+ #error USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+ #elif defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
+ #error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+ #elif defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)
+ #error Only one of the USE_*_DESCRIPTORS modes should be selected.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest(void);
+
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DEVICESTDREQ_C)
+ static void USB_Device_SetAddress(void);
+ static void USB_Device_SetConfiguration(void);
+ static void USB_Device_GetConfiguration(void);
+ static void USB_Device_GetDescriptor(void);
+ static void USB_Device_GetStatus(void);
+ static void USB_Device_ClearSetFeature(void);
+
+ #if !defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+ static void USB_Device_GetInternalSerialDescriptor(void);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Endpoint.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Endpoint.h
index a6ca64dd2..bf41376f4 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Endpoint.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Endpoint.h
@@ -1,130 +1,130 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB Endpoint definitions for all architectures.
- * \copydetails Group_EndpointManagement
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
- * \defgroup Group_EndpointRW Endpoint Data Reading and Writing
- * \brief Endpoint data read/write definitions.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
- * \defgroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW Read/Write of Primitive Data Types
- * \brief Endpoint data primitive read/write definitions.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
- * from and to endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
- * \defgroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement Endpoint Packet Management
- * \brief USB Endpoint package management definitions.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USB
- * \defgroup Group_EndpointManagement Endpoint Management
- * \brief Endpoint management definitions.
- *
- * Functions, macros and enums related to endpoint management when in USB Device mode. This
- * module contains the endpoint management macros, as well as endpoint interrupt and data
- * send/receive functions for various data types.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __ENDPOINT_H__
-#define __ENDPOINT_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "USBMode.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** Type define for a endpoint table entry, used to configure endpoints in groups via
- * \ref Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable().
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t Address; /**< Address of the endpoint to configure, or zero if the table entry is to be unused. */
- uint16_t Size; /**< Size of the endpoint bank, in bytes. */
- uint8_t Type; /**< Type of the endpoint, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. */
- uint8_t Banks; /**< Number of hardware banks to use for the endpoint. */
- } USB_Endpoint_Table_t;
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Endpoint number mask, for masking against endpoint addresses to retrieve the endpoint's
- * numerical address in the device.
- */
- #define ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK 0x0F
-
- /** Endpoint address for the default control endpoint, which always resides in address 0. This is
- * defined for convenience to give more readable code when used with the endpoint macros.
- */
- #define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP 0
-
- /* Architecture Includes: */
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
- #include "AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h"
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
- #include "UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h"
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
- #include "XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h"
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Endpoint definitions for all architectures.
+ * \copydetails Group_EndpointManagement
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointRW Endpoint Data Reading and Writing
+ * \brief Endpoint data read/write definitions.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW Read/Write of Primitive Data Types
+ * \brief Endpoint data primitive read/write definitions.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
+ * from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement Endpoint Packet Management
+ * \brief USB Endpoint package management definitions.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointManagement Endpoint Management
+ * \brief Endpoint management definitions.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros and enums related to endpoint management when in USB Device mode. This
+ * module contains the endpoint management macros, as well as endpoint interrupt and data
+ * send/receive functions for various data types.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a endpoint table entry, used to configure endpoints in groups via
+ * \ref Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable().
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Address; /**< Address of the endpoint to configure, or zero if the table entry is to be unused. */
+ uint16_t Size; /**< Size of the endpoint bank, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t Type; /**< Type of the endpoint, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. */
+ uint8_t Banks; /**< Number of hardware banks to use for the endpoint. */
+ } USB_Endpoint_Table_t;
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Endpoint number mask, for masking against endpoint addresses to retrieve the endpoint's
+ * numerical address in the device.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK 0x0F
+
+ /** Endpoint address for the default control endpoint, which always resides in address 0. This is
+ * defined for convenience to give more readable code when used with the endpoint macros.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP 0
+
+ /* Architecture Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/Endpoint_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ #include "UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include "XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/EndpointStream.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/EndpointStream.h
index 89df381ae..5675c323c 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/EndpointStream.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/EndpointStream.h
@@ -1,124 +1,124 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management.
- * \copydetails Group_EndpointStreamRW
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
- * \defgroup Group_EndpointStreamRW Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams
- * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
- * and to endpoints.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __ENDPOINT_STREAM_H__
-#define __ENDPOINT_STREAM_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "USBMode.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \c Endpoint_*_Stream_* functions. */
- enum Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError = 0, /**< Command completed successfully, no error. */
- ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_EndpointStalled = 1, /**< The endpoint was stalled during the stream
- * transfer by the host or device.
- */
- ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host during
- * the transfer.
- */
- ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_BusSuspended = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
- * no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
- * has resumed.
- */
- ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_Timeout = 4, /**< The host failed to accept or send the next packet
- * within the software timeout period set by the
- * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
- */
- ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer = 5, /**< Indicates that the endpoint bank became full or empty before
- * the complete contents of the current stream could be
- * transferred. The endpoint stream function should be called
- * again to process the next chunk of data in the transfer.
- */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \c Endpoint_*_Control_Stream_* functions. */
- enum Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError = 0, /**< Command completed successfully, no error. */
- ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted = 1, /**< The aborted the transfer prematurely. */
- ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host during
- * the transfer.
- */
- ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
- * no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
- * has resumed.
- */
- };
-
- /* Architecture Includes: */
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
- #include "AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h"
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
- #include "UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h"
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
- #include "XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h"
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management.
+ * \copydetails Group_EndpointStreamRW
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointStreamRW Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams
+ * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
+ * and to endpoints.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_STREAM_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_STREAM_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \c Endpoint_*_Stream_* functions. */
+ enum Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError = 0, /**< Command completed successfully, no error. */
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_EndpointStalled = 1, /**< The endpoint was stalled during the stream
+ * transfer by the host or device.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host during
+ * the transfer.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_BusSuspended = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
+ * no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
+ * has resumed.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_Timeout = 4, /**< The host failed to accept or send the next packet
+ * within the software timeout period set by the
+ * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer = 5, /**< Indicates that the endpoint bank became full or empty before
+ * the complete contents of the current stream could be
+ * transferred. The endpoint stream function should be called
+ * again to process the next chunk of data in the transfer.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \c Endpoint_*_Control_Stream_* functions. */
+ enum Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError = 0, /**< Command completed successfully, no error. */
+ ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted = 1, /**< The aborted the transfer prematurely. */
+ ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host during
+ * the transfer.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
+ * no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
+ * has resumed.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Architecture Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/EndpointStream_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ #include "UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include "XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c
index 5f5043060..a63b002fe 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c
@@ -1,40 +1,39 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_EVENTS_C
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "Events.h"
-
-// cppcheck-suppress unusedFunction
-void USB_Event_Stub(void)
-{
-
-}
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_EVENTS_C
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "Events.h"
+
+void USB_Event_Stub(void)
+{
+
+}
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.h
index 33db543d4..9c85112fb 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.h
@@ -1,366 +1,372 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB Event management definitions.
- * \copydetails Group_Events
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USB
- * \defgroup Group_Events USB Events
- * \brief USB Event management definitions.
- *
- * This module contains macros and functions relating to the management of library events, which are small
- * pieces of code similar to ISRs which are run when a given condition is met. Each event can be fired from
- * multiple places in the user or library code, which may or may not be inside an ISR, thus each handler
- * should be written to be as small and fast as possible to prevent possible problems.
- *
- * Events can be hooked by the user application by declaring a handler function with the same name and parameters
- * listed here. If an event with no user-associated handler is fired within the library, it by default maps to an
- * internal empty stub function.
- *
- * Each event must only have one associated event handler, but can be raised by multiple sources by calling the
- * event handler function (with any required event parameters).
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBEVENTS_H__
-#define __USBEVENTS_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "USBMode.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Pseudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_EVENTS_C) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Event for USB mode pin level change. This event fires when the USB interface is set to dual role
- * mode, and the UID pin level has changed to indicate a new mode (device or host). This event fires
- * before the mode is switched to the newly indicated mode but after the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect
- * event has fired (if disconnected before the role change).
- *
- * \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that support dual role USB modes.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY or \c USB_HOST_ONLY tokens have been supplied
- * to the compiler (see \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
- */
- void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void);
-
- /** Event for USB host error. This event fires when a hardware fault has occurred whilst the USB
- * interface is in host mode.
- *
- * \param[in] ErrorCode Error code indicating the failure reason, a value in \ref USB_Host_ErrorCodes_t.
- *
- * \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
- * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
- */
- void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
-
- /** Event for USB device attachment. This event fires when a the USB interface is in host mode, and
- * a USB device has been connected to the USB interface. This is interrupt driven, thus fires before
- * the standard \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Connect() event and so can be used to programmatically start the USB
- * management task to reduce CPU consumption.
- *
- * \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
- * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
- *
- * \see \ref USB_USBTask() for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
- */
- void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
-
- /** Event for USB device removal. This event fires when a the USB interface is in host mode, and
- * a USB device has been removed the USB interface whether or not it has been enumerated. This
- * can be used to programmatically stop the USB management task to reduce CPU consumption.
- *
- * \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
- * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
- *
- * \see \ref USB_USBTask() for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
- */
- void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
-
- /** Event for USB device enumeration failure. This event fires when a the USB interface is
- * in host mode, and an attached USB device has failed to enumerate completely.
- *
- * \param[in] ErrorCode Error code indicating the failure reason, a value in
- * \ref USB_Host_EnumerationErrorCodes_t.
- *
- * \param[in] SubErrorCode Sub error code indicating the reason for failure - for example, if the
- * ErrorCode parameter indicates a control error, this will give the error
- * code returned by the \ref USB_Host_SendControlRequest() function.
- *
- * \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
- * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
- */
- void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
- const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
-
- /** Event for USB device enumeration completion. This event fires when a the USB interface is
- * in host mode and an attached USB device has been completely enumerated and is ready to be
- * controlled by the user application.
- *
- * This event is time-critical; exceeding OS-specific delays within this event handler (typically of around
- * 1 second) when a transaction is waiting to be processed by the device will prevent break communications
- * and cause the host to reset the USB bus.
- */
- void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
-
- /** Event for USB Start Of Frame detection, when enabled. This event fires at the start of each USB
- * frame, once per millisecond, and is synchronized to the USB bus. This can be used as an accurate
- * millisecond timer source when the USB bus is not suspended while in host mode.
- *
- * This event is time-critical; it is run once per millisecond and thus long handlers will significantly
- * degrade device performance. This event should only be enabled when needed to reduce device wake-ups.
- *
- * \note This event is not normally active - it must be manually enabled and disabled via the
- * \ref USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents() and \ref USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents() commands after enumeration of
- * a USB device.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
- * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
- */
- void EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame(void);
-
- /** Event for USB device connection. This event fires when the microcontroller is in USB Device mode
- * and the device is connected to a USB host, beginning the enumeration process measured by a rising
- * level on the microcontroller's VBUS sense pin.
- *
- * This event is time-critical; exceeding OS-specific delays within this event handler (typically of around
- * two seconds) will prevent the device from enumerating correctly.
- *
- * \attention This event may fire multiple times during device enumeration on the microcontrollers with limited USB controllers
- * if \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT is not defined.
- *
- * \note For the microcontrollers with limited USB controller functionality, VBUS sensing is not available.
- * this means that the current connection state is derived from the bus suspension and wake up events by default,
- * which is not always accurate (host may suspend the bus while still connected). If the actual connection state
- * needs to be determined, VBUS should be routed to an external pin, and the auto-detect behavior turned off by
- * passing the \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT token to the compiler via the -D switch at compile time. The connection
- * and disconnection events may be manually fired, and the \ref USB_DeviceState global changed manually.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \see \ref Group_USBManagement for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
- */
- void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
-
- /** Event for USB device disconnection. This event fires when the microcontroller is in USB Device mode and the device is
- * disconnected from a host, measured by a falling level on the microcontroller's VBUS sense pin.
- *
- * \attention This event may fire multiple times during device enumeration on the microcontrollers with limited USB controllers
- * if \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT is not defined.
- *
- * \note For the microcontrollers with limited USB controllers, VBUS sense is not available to the USB controller.
- * this means that the current connection state is derived from the bus suspension and wake up events by default,
- * which is not always accurate (host may suspend the bus while still connected). If the actual connection state
- * needs to be determined, VBUS should be routed to an external pin, and the auto-detect behavior turned off by
- * passing the \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT token to the compiler via the -D switch at compile time. The connection
- * and disconnection events may be manually fired, and the \ref USB_DeviceState global changed manually.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \see \ref Group_USBManagement for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
- */
- void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
-
- /** Event for control requests. This event fires when a the USB host issues a control request
- * to the mandatory device control endpoint (of address 0). This may either be a standard
- * request that the library may have a handler code for internally, or a class specific request
- * issued to the device which must be handled appropriately. If a request is not processed in the
- * user application via this event, it will be passed to the library for processing internally
- * if a suitable handler exists.
- *
- * This event is time-critical; each packet within the request transaction must be acknowledged or
- * sent within 50ms or the host will abort the transfer.
- *
- * The library internally handles all standard control requests with the exceptions of SYNC FRAME,
- * SET DESCRIPTOR and SET INTERFACE. These and all other non-standard control requests will be left
- * for the user to process via this event if desired. If not handled in the user application or by
- * the library internally, unknown requests are automatically STALLed.
- *
- * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
- * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note Requests should be handled in the same manner as described in the USB 2.0 Specification,
- * or appropriate class specification. In all instances, the library has already read the
- * request SETUP parameters into the \ref USB_ControlRequest structure which should then be used
- * by the application to determine how to handle the issued request.
- */
- void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
-
- /** Event for USB configuration number changed. This event fires when a the USB host changes the
- * selected configuration number while in device mode. This event should be hooked in device
- * applications to create the endpoints and configure the device for the selected configuration.
- *
- * This event is time-critical; exceeding OS-specific delays within this event handler (typically of around
- * one second) will prevent the device from enumerating correctly.
- *
- * This event fires after the value of \ref USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber has been changed.
- *
- * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
- * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
- */
- void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
-
- /** Event for USB suspend. This event fires when a the USB host suspends the device by halting its
- * transmission of Start Of Frame pulses to the device. This is generally hooked in order to move
- * the device over to a low power state until the host wakes up the device. If the USB interface is
- * enumerated with the \ref USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL option set, the library will automatically suspend the
- * USB PLL before the event is fired to save power.
- *
- * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
- * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This event does not exist on the microcontrollers with limited USB VBUS sensing abilities
- * when the \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT compile time token is not set - see
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect.
- *
- * \see \ref EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp() event for accompanying Wake Up event.
- */
- void EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend(void);
-
- /** Event for USB wake up. This event fires when a the USB interface is suspended while in device
- * mode, and the host wakes up the device by supplying Start Of Frame pulses. This is generally
- * hooked to pull the user application out of a low power state and back into normal operating
- * mode. If the USB interface is enumerated with the \ref USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL option set, the library
- * will automatically restart the USB PLL before the event is fired.
- *
- * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
- * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This event does not exist on the microcontrollers with limited USB VBUS sensing abilities
- * when the \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT compile time token is not set - see
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect.
- *
- * \see \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend() event for accompanying Suspend event.
- */
- void EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp(void);
-
- /** Event for USB interface reset. This event fires when the USB interface is in device mode, and
- * a the USB host requests that the device reset its interface. This event fires after the control
- * endpoint has been automatically configured by the library.
- *
- * This event is time-critical; exceeding OS-specific delays within this event handler (typically of around
- * two seconds) will prevent the device from enumerating correctly.
- *
- * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
- * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
- */
- void EVENT_USB_Device_Reset(void);
-
- /** Event for USB Start Of Frame detection, when enabled. This event fires at the start of each USB
- * frame, once per millisecond, and is synchronized to the USB bus. This can be used as an accurate
- * millisecond timer source when the USB bus is enumerated in device mode to a USB host.
- *
- * This event is time-critical; it is run once per millisecond and thus long handlers will significantly
- * degrade device performance. This event should only be enabled when needed to reduce device wake-ups.
- *
- * \pre This event is not normally active - it must be manually enabled and disabled via the
- * \ref USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents() and \ref USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents() commands after enumeration.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
- * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
- */
- void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_EVENTS_C)
- void USB_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
- void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
- void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
- void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
- void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
- const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
- ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
- void EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
- void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
- void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
- void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
- void EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
- void EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
- void EVENT_USB_Device_Reset(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
- void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
- #endif
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Event management definitions.
+ * \copydetails Group_Events
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ * \defgroup Group_Events USB Events
+ * \brief USB Event management definitions.
+ *
+ * This module contains macros and functions relating to the management of library events, which are small
+ * pieces of code similar to ISRs which are run when a given condition is met. Each event can be fired from
+ * multiple places in the user or library code, which may or may not be inside an ISR, thus each handler
+ * should be written to be as small and fast as possible to prevent possible problems.
+ *
+ * Events can be hooked by the user application by declaring a handler function with the same name and parameters
+ * listed here. If an event with no user-associated handler is fired within the library, it by default maps to an
+ * internal empty stub function.
+ *
+ * Each event must only have one associated event handler, but can be raised by multiple sources by calling the
+ * event handler function (with any required event parameters).
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBEVENTS_H__
+#define __USBEVENTS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Pseudo-Functions for Doxygen: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_EVENTS_C) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Event for USB mode pin level change. This event fires when the USB interface is set to dual role
+ * mode, and the UID pin level has changed to indicate a new mode (device or host). This event fires
+ * before the mode is switched to the newly indicated mode but after the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect
+ * event has fired (if disconnected before the role change).
+ *
+ * \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that support dual role USB modes.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY or \c USB_HOST_ONLY tokens have been supplied
+ * to the compiler (see \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void);
+
+ /** Event for USB host error. This event fires when a hardware fault has occurred whilst the USB
+ * interface is in host mode.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ErrorCode Error code indicating the failure reason, a value in \ref USB_Host_ErrorCodes_t.
+ *
+ * \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);
+
+ /** Event for USB device attachment. This event fires when a the USB interface is in host mode, and
+ * a USB device has been connected to the USB interface. This is interrupt driven, thus fires before
+ * the standard \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Connect() event and so can be used to programmatically start the USB
+ * management task to reduce CPU consumption.
+ *
+ * \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_USBTask() for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void);
+
+ /** Event for USB device removal. This event fires when a the USB interface is in host mode, and
+ * a USB device has been removed the USB interface whether or not it has been enumerated. This
+ * can be used to programmatically stop the USB management task to reduce CPU consumption.
+ *
+ * \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_USBTask() for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void);
+
+ /** Event for USB device enumeration failure. This event fires when a the USB interface is
+ * in host mode, and an attached USB device has failed to enumerate completely.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ErrorCode Error code indicating the failure reason, a value in
+ * \ref USB_Host_EnumerationErrorCodes_t.
+ *
+ * \param[in] SubErrorCode Sub error code indicating the reason for failure - for example, if the
+ * ErrorCode parameter indicates a control error, this will give the error
+ * code returned by the \ref USB_Host_SendControlRequest() function.
+ *
+ * \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode);
+
+ /** Event for USB device enumeration completion. This event fires when a the USB interface is
+ * in host mode and an attached USB device has been completely enumerated and is ready to be
+ * controlled by the user application.
+ *
+ * This event is time-critical; exceeding OS-specific delays within this event handler (typically of around
+ * 1 second) when a transaction is waiting to be processed by the device will prevent break communications
+ * and cause the host to reset the USB bus.
+ *
+ * \note This event only exists on microcontrollers that supports USB host mode.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);
+
+ /** Event for USB Start Of Frame detection, when enabled. This event fires at the start of each USB
+ * frame, once per millisecond, and is synchronized to the USB bus. This can be used as an accurate
+ * millisecond timer source when the USB bus is not suspended while in host mode.
+ *
+ * This event is time-critical; it is run once per millisecond and thus long handlers will significantly
+ * degrade device performance. This event should only be enabled when needed to reduce device wake-ups.
+ *
+ * \note This event is not normally active - it must be manually enabled and disabled via the
+ * \ref USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents() and \ref USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents() commands after enumeration of
+ * a USB device.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame(void);
+
+ /** Event for USB device connection. This event fires when the microcontroller is in USB Device mode
+ * and the device is connected to a USB host, beginning the enumeration process measured by a rising
+ * level on the microcontroller's VBUS sense pin.
+ *
+ * This event is time-critical; exceeding OS-specific delays within this event handler (typically of around
+ * two seconds) will prevent the device from enumerating correctly.
+ *
+ * \attention This event may fire multiple times during device enumeration on the microcontrollers with limited USB controllers
+ * if \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT is not defined.
+ *
+ * \note For the microcontrollers with limited USB controller functionality, VBUS sensing is not available.
+ * this means that the current connection state is derived from the bus suspension and wake up events by default,
+ * which is not always accurate (host may suspend the bus while still connected). If the actual connection state
+ * needs to be determined, VBUS should be routed to an external pin, and the auto-detect behavior turned off by
+ * passing the \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT token to the compiler via the -D switch at compile time. The connection
+ * and disconnection events may be manually fired, and the \ref USB_DeviceState global changed manually.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_USBManagement for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+
+ /** Event for USB device disconnection. This event fires when the microcontroller is in USB Device mode and the device is
+ * disconnected from a host, measured by a falling level on the microcontroller's VBUS sense pin.
+ *
+ * \attention This event may fire multiple times during device enumeration on the microcontrollers with limited USB controllers
+ * if \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT is not defined.
+ *
+ * \note For the microcontrollers with limited USB controllers, VBUS sense is not available to the USB controller.
+ * this means that the current connection state is derived from the bus suspension and wake up events by default,
+ * which is not always accurate (host may suspend the bus while still connected). If the actual connection state
+ * needs to be determined, VBUS should be routed to an external pin, and the auto-detect behavior turned off by
+ * passing the \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT token to the compiler via the -D switch at compile time. The connection
+ * and disconnection events may be manually fired, and the \ref USB_DeviceState global changed manually.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_USBManagement for more information on the USB management task and reducing CPU usage.
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+
+ /** Event for control requests. This event fires when a the USB host issues a control request
+ * to the mandatory device control endpoint (of address 0). This may either be a standard
+ * request that the library may have a handler code for internally, or a class specific request
+ * issued to the device which must be handled appropriately. If a request is not processed in the
+ * user application via this event, it will be passed to the library for processing internally
+ * if a suitable handler exists.
+ *
+ * This event is time-critical; each packet within the request transaction must be acknowledged or
+ * sent within 50ms or the host will abort the transfer.
+ *
+ * The library internally handles all standard control requests with the exceptions of SYNC FRAME,
+ * SET DESCRIPTOR and SET INTERFACE. These and all other non-standard control requests will be left
+ * for the user to process via this event if desired. If not handled in the user application or by
+ * the library internally, unknown requests are automatically STALLed.
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note Requests should be handled in the same manner as described in the USB 2.0 Specification,
+ * or appropriate class specification. In all instances, the library has already read the
+ * request SETUP parameters into the \ref USB_ControlRequest structure which should then be used
+ * by the application to determine how to handle the issued request.
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
+
+ /** Event for USB configuration number changed. This event fires when a the USB host changes the
+ * selected configuration number while in device mode. This event should be hooked in device
+ * applications to create the endpoints and configure the device for the selected configuration.
+ *
+ * This event is time-critical; exceeding OS-specific delays within this event handler (typically of around
+ * one second) will prevent the device from enumerating correctly.
+ *
+ * This event fires after the value of \ref USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber has been changed.
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+
+ /** Event for USB suspend. This event fires when a the USB host suspends the device by halting its
+ * transmission of Start Of Frame pulses to the device. This is generally hooked in order to move
+ * the device over to a low power state until the host wakes up the device. If the USB interface is
+ * enumerated with the \ref USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL option set, the library will automatically suspend the
+ * USB PLL before the event is fired to save power.
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist on the microcontrollers with limited USB VBUS sensing abilities
+ * when the \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT compile time token is not set - see
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect.
+ *
+ * \see \ref EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp() event for accompanying Wake Up event.
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend(void);
+
+ /** Event for USB wake up. This event fires when a the USB interface is suspended while in device
+ * mode, and the host wakes up the device by supplying Start Of Frame pulses. This is generally
+ * hooked to pull the user application out of a low power state and back into normal operating
+ * mode. If the USB interface is enumerated with the \ref USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL option set, the library
+ * will automatically restart the USB PLL before the event is fired.
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist on the microcontrollers with limited USB VBUS sensing abilities
+ * when the \c NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT compile time token is not set - see
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect.
+ *
+ * \see \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend() event for accompanying Suspend event.
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp(void);
+
+ /** Event for USB interface reset. This event fires when the USB interface is in device mode, and
+ * a the USB host requests that the device reset its interface. This event fires after the control
+ * endpoint has been automatically configured by the library.
+ *
+ * This event is time-critical; exceeding OS-specific delays within this event handler (typically of around
+ * two seconds) will prevent the device from enumerating correctly.
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Reset(void);
+
+ /** Event for USB Start Of Frame detection, when enabled. This event fires at the start of each USB
+ * frame, once per millisecond, and is synchronized to the USB bus. This can be used as an accurate
+ * millisecond timer source when the USB bus is enumerated in device mode to a USB host.
+ *
+ * This event is time-critical; it is run once per millisecond and thus long handlers will significantly
+ * degrade device performance. This event should only be enabled when needed to reduce device wake-ups.
+ *
+ * \pre This event is not normally active - it must be manually enabled and disabled via the
+ * \ref USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents() and \ref USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents() commands after enumeration.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This event does not exist if the \c USB_HOST_ONLY token is supplied to the compiler (see
+ * \ref Group_USBManagement documentation).
+ */
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_EVENTS_C)
+ void USB_Event_Stub(void) ATTR_CONST;
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ void EVENT_USB_UIDChange(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode,
+ const uint8_t SubErrorCode)
+ ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_Reset(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void) ATTR_WEAK ATTR_ALIAS(USB_Event_Stub);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Host.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Host.h
index bf2225f31..6146cc5ae 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Host.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Host.h
@@ -1,139 +1,139 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Common USB Host definitions for all architectures.
- * \copydetails Group_Host
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USB
- * \defgroup Group_Host Host Management
- * \brief USB Host management definitions for USB host mode.
- *
- * USB Host mode related macros and enums. This module contains macros and enums which are used when
- * the USB controller is initialized in host mode.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBHOST_H__
-#define __USBHOST_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "USBMode.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the various states of the USB Host state machine.
- *
- * For information on each possible USB host state, refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
- * Several of the USB host states are broken up further into multiple smaller sub-states,
- * so that they can be internally implemented inside the library in an efficient manner.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_HostState, which stores the current host state machine state.
- */
- enum USB_Host_States_t
- {
- HOST_STATE_WaitForDevice = 0, /**< This state indicates that the stack is waiting for an interval
- * to elapse before continuing with the next step of the device
- * enumeration process.
- */
- HOST_STATE_Unattached = 1, /**< This state indicates that the host state machine is waiting for
- * a device to be attached so that it can start the enumeration process.
- */
- HOST_STATE_Powered = 2, /**< This state indicates that a device has been attached, and the
- * library's internals are being configured to begin the enumeration
- * process.
- */
- HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle = 3, /**< This state indicates that the stack is waiting for the initial
- * settling period to elapse before beginning the enumeration process.
- */
- HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect = 4, /**< This state indicates that the stack is waiting for a connection event
- * from the USB controller to indicate a valid USB device has been attached
- * to the bus and is ready to be enumerated.
- */
- HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset = 5, /**< This state indicates that a valid USB device has been attached, and that
- * it will now be reset to ensure it is ready for enumeration.
- */
- HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe = 6, /**< This state indicates that the attached device is currently powered and
- * reset, and that the control pipe is now being configured by the stack.
- */
- HOST_STATE_Default = 7, /**< This state indicates that the stack is currently retrieving the control
- * endpoint's size from the device, so that the control pipe can be altered
- * to match.
- */
- HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset = 8, /**< This state indicates that the control pipe is being reconfigured to match
- * the retrieved control endpoint size from the device, and the device's USB
- * bus address is being set.
- */
- HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet = 9, /**< This state indicates that the device's address has now been set, and the
- * stack is has now completed the device enumeration process. This state causes
- * the stack to change the current USB device address to that set for the
- * connected device, before progressing to the \ref HOST_STATE_Addressed state
- * ready for use in the user application.
- */
- HOST_STATE_Addressed = 10, /**< Indicates that the device has been enumerated and addressed, and is now waiting
- * for the user application to configure the device ready for use.
- */
- HOST_STATE_Configured = 11, /**< Indicates that the device has been configured into a valid device configuration,
- * ready for general use by the user application.
- */
- };
-
- /* Architecture Includes: */
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
- #include "AVR8/Host_AVR8.h"
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
- #include "UC3/Host_UC3.h"
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common USB Host definitions for all architectures.
+ * \copydetails Group_Host
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ * \defgroup Group_Host Host Management
+ * \brief USB Host management definitions for USB host mode.
+ *
+ * USB Host mode related macros and enums. This module contains macros and enums which are used when
+ * the USB controller is initialized in host mode.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBHOST_H__
+#define __USBHOST_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the various states of the USB Host state machine.
+ *
+ * For information on each possible USB host state, refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+ * Several of the USB host states are broken up further into multiple smaller sub-states,
+ * so that they can be internally implemented inside the library in an efficient manner.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_HostState, which stores the current host state machine state.
+ */
+ enum USB_Host_States_t
+ {
+ HOST_STATE_WaitForDevice = 0, /**< This state indicates that the stack is waiting for an interval
+ * to elapse before continuing with the next step of the device
+ * enumeration process.
+ */
+ HOST_STATE_Unattached = 1, /**< This state indicates that the host state machine is waiting for
+ * a device to be attached so that it can start the enumeration process.
+ */
+ HOST_STATE_Powered = 2, /**< This state indicates that a device has been attached, and the
+ * library's internals are being configured to begin the enumeration
+ * process.
+ */
+ HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle = 3, /**< This state indicates that the stack is waiting for the initial
+ * settling period to elapse before beginning the enumeration process.
+ */
+ HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect = 4, /**< This state indicates that the stack is waiting for a connection event
+ * from the USB controller to indicate a valid USB device has been attached
+ * to the bus and is ready to be enumerated.
+ */
+ HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset = 5, /**< This state indicates that a valid USB device has been attached, and that
+ * it will now be reset to ensure it is ready for enumeration.
+ */
+ HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe = 6, /**< This state indicates that the attached device is currently powered and
+ * reset, and that the control pipe is now being configured by the stack.
+ */
+ HOST_STATE_Default = 7, /**< This state indicates that the stack is currently retrieving the control
+ * endpoint's size from the device, so that the control pipe can be altered
+ * to match.
+ */
+ HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset = 8, /**< This state indicates that the control pipe is being reconfigured to match
+ * the retrieved control endpoint size from the device, and the device's USB
+ * bus address is being set.
+ */
+ HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet = 9, /**< This state indicates that the device's address has now been set, and the
+ * stack is has now completed the device enumeration process. This state causes
+ * the stack to change the current USB device address to that set for the
+ * connected device, before progressing to the \ref HOST_STATE_Addressed state
+ * ready for use in the user application.
+ */
+ HOST_STATE_Addressed = 10, /**< Indicates that the device has been enumerated and addressed, and is now waiting
+ * for the user application to configure the device ready for use.
+ */
+ HOST_STATE_Configured = 11, /**< Indicates that the device has been configured into a valid device configuration,
+ * ready for general use by the user application.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Architecture Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/Host_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ #include "UC3/Host_UC3.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c
index 3242822f7..4a21ce73c 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c
@@ -1,322 +1,322 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HOSTSTDREQ_C
-#include "HostStandardReq.h"
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber;
-
-static uint8_t USB_Host_SendControlRequest_PRV(void* const BufferPtr)
-{
- uint8_t* DataStream = (uint8_t*)BufferPtr;
- uint8_t ReturnStatus = HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
- uint16_t DataLen = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
-
- USB_Host_ResumeBus();
-
- if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
- return ReturnStatus;
-
- Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP);
- Pipe_ClearError();
-
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- #if defined(ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN)
- Pipe_Write_8(USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType);
- Pipe_Write_8(USB_ControlRequest.bRequest);
- Pipe_Write_16_LE(USB_ControlRequest.wValue);
- Pipe_Write_16_LE(USB_ControlRequest.wIndex);
- Pipe_Write_16_LE(USB_ControlRequest.wLength);
- #else
- uint8_t* HeaderStream = (uint8_t*)&USB_ControlRequest;
-
- for (uint8_t HeaderByte = 0; HeaderByte < sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t); HeaderByte++)
- Pipe_Write_8(*(HeaderStream++));
- #endif
-
- Pipe_ClearSETUP();
-
- if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_SetupSent)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ReturnStatus;
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
- return ReturnStatus;
-
- if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION) == REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST)
- {
- Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
-
- if (DataStream != NULL)
- {
- while (DataLen)
- {
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ReturnStatus;
-
- if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
- DataLen = 0;
-
- while (Pipe_BytesInPipe() && DataLen)
- {
- *(DataStream++) = Pipe_Read_8();
- DataLen--;
- }
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- }
- }
-
- Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_OUT);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ReturnStatus;
-
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
- if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ReturnStatus;
- }
- else
- {
- if (DataStream != NULL)
- {
- Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_OUT);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- while (DataLen)
- {
- if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ReturnStatus;
-
- while (DataLen && (Pipe_BytesInPipe() < USB_Host_ControlPipeSize))
- {
- Pipe_Write_8(*(DataStream++));
- DataLen--;
- }
-
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
- }
-
- if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ReturnStatus;
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
- }
-
- Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
- Pipe_Unfreeze();
-
- if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- return ReturnStatus;
-
- Pipe_ClearIN();
- }
-
- return ReturnStatus;
-}
-
-static uint8_t USB_Host_WaitForIOS(const uint8_t WaitType)
-{
- #if (USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
- uint8_t TimeoutCounter = USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS;
- #else
- uint16_t TimeoutCounter = USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS;
- #endif
-
- while (!(((WaitType == USB_HOST_WAITFOR_SetupSent) && Pipe_IsSETUPSent()) ||
- ((WaitType == USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived) && Pipe_IsINReceived()) ||
- ((WaitType == USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady) && Pipe_IsOUTReady())))
- {
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if (!(TimeoutCounter--))
- return HOST_SENDCONTROL_SoftwareTimeOut;
- }
-
- return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
-}
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_SendControlRequest(void* const BufferPtr)
-{
- bool BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
- uint8_t ReturnStatus = USB_Host_SendControlRequest_PRV(BufferPtr);
-
- Pipe_Freeze();
-
- if (BusSuspended)
- USB_Host_SuspendBus();
-
- Pipe_ResetPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- return ReturnStatus;
-}
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(const uint8_t ConfigNumber)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
- .bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
- .wValue = ConfigNumber,
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) == HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = ConfigNumber;
- USB_HostState = (ConfigNumber) ? HOST_STATE_Configured : HOST_STATE_Addressed;
- }
-
- return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceConfiguration(uint8_t* const ConfigNumber)
-{
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
- .bRequest = REQ_GetConfiguration,
- .wValue = 0,
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = sizeof(uint8_t),
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(ConfigNumber);
-}
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_GetDescriptor(const uint8_t Type,
- const uint8_t Index,
- void* const Buffer,
- const uint8_t BufferLength)
-{
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
- .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
- .wValue = (((uint16_t)Type << 8) | Index),
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = BufferLength,
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
-}
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceStatus(uint8_t* const FeatureStatus)
-{
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
- .bRequest = REQ_GetStatus,
- .wValue = 0,
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(FeatureStatus);
-}
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(const uint8_t EndpointAddress)
-{
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT),
- .bRequest = REQ_ClearFeature,
- .wValue = FEATURE_SEL_EndpointHalt,
- .wIndex = EndpointAddress,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
-}
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(const uint8_t InterfaceIndex,
- const uint8_t AltSetting)
-{
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = REQ_SetInterface,
- .wValue = AltSetting,
- .wIndex = InterfaceIndex,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
-}
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_GetInterfaceAltSetting(const uint8_t InterfaceIndex,
- uint8_t* const AltSetting)
-{
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
- .bRequest = REQ_GetInterface,
- .wValue = 0,
- .wIndex = InterfaceIndex,
- .wLength = sizeof(uint8_t),
- };
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(AltSetting);
-}
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HOSTSTDREQ_C
+#include "HostStandardReq.h"
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber;
+
+static uint8_t USB_Host_SendControlRequest_PRV(void* const BufferPtr)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = (uint8_t*)BufferPtr;
+ uint8_t ReturnStatus = HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+ uint16_t DataLen = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+
+ USB_Host_ResumeBus();
+
+ if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
+ return ReturnStatus;
+
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP);
+ Pipe_ClearError();
+
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ #if defined(ARCH_BIG_ENDIAN)
+ Pipe_Write_8(USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType);
+ Pipe_Write_8(USB_ControlRequest.bRequest);
+ Pipe_Write_16_LE(USB_ControlRequest.wValue);
+ Pipe_Write_16_LE(USB_ControlRequest.wIndex);
+ Pipe_Write_16_LE(USB_ControlRequest.wLength);
+ #else
+ uint8_t* HeaderStream = (uint8_t*)&USB_ControlRequest;
+
+ for (uint8_t HeaderByte = 0; HeaderByte < sizeof(USB_Request_Header_t); HeaderByte++)
+ Pipe_Write_8(*(HeaderStream++));
+ #endif
+
+ Pipe_ClearSETUP();
+
+ if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_SetupSent)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ReturnStatus;
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
+ return ReturnStatus;
+
+ if ((USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION) == REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST)
+ {
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
+
+ if (DataStream != NULL)
+ {
+ while (DataLen)
+ {
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ReturnStatus;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_BytesInPipe()))
+ DataLen = 0;
+
+ while (Pipe_BytesInPipe() && DataLen)
+ {
+ *(DataStream++) = Pipe_Read_8();
+ DataLen--;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+ }
+
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_OUT);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ReturnStatus;
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ReturnStatus;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (DataStream != NULL)
+ {
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_OUT);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ while (DataLen)
+ {
+ if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ReturnStatus;
+
+ while (DataLen && (Pipe_BytesInPipe() < USB_Host_ControlPipeSize))
+ {
+ Pipe_Write_8(*(DataStream++));
+ DataLen--;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+ }
+
+ if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ReturnStatus;
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+ }
+
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
+ Pipe_Unfreeze();
+
+ if ((ReturnStatus = USB_Host_WaitForIOS(USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ return ReturnStatus;
+
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+ }
+
+ return ReturnStatus;
+}
+
+static uint8_t USB_Host_WaitForIOS(const uint8_t WaitType)
+{
+ #if (USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
+ uint8_t TimeoutCounter = USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #else
+ uint16_t TimeoutCounter = USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #endif
+
+ while (!(((WaitType == USB_HOST_WAITFOR_SetupSent) && Pipe_IsSETUPSent()) ||
+ ((WaitType == USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived) && Pipe_IsINReceived()) ||
+ ((WaitType == USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady) && Pipe_IsOUTReady())))
+ {
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (!(TimeoutCounter--))
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_SoftwareTimeOut;
+ }
+
+ return HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful;
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_SendControlRequest(void* const BufferPtr)
+{
+ bool BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
+ uint8_t ReturnStatus = USB_Host_SendControlRequest_PRV(BufferPtr);
+
+ Pipe_Freeze();
+
+ if (BusSuspended)
+ USB_Host_SuspendBus();
+
+ Pipe_ResetPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return ReturnStatus;
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(const uint8_t ConfigNumber)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_SetConfiguration,
+ .wValue = ConfigNumber,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) == HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = ConfigNumber;
+ USB_HostState = (ConfigNumber) ? HOST_STATE_Configured : HOST_STATE_Addressed;
+ }
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceConfiguration(uint8_t* const ConfigNumber)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_GetConfiguration,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = sizeof(uint8_t),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(ConfigNumber);
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_GetDescriptor(const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint8_t Index,
+ void* const Buffer,
+ const uint8_t BufferLength)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+ .wValue = (((uint16_t)Type << 8) | Index),
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = BufferLength,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(Buffer);
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceStatus(uint8_t* const FeatureStatus)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_GetStatus,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(FeatureStatus);
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(const uint8_t EndpointAddress)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT),
+ .bRequest = REQ_ClearFeature,
+ .wValue = FEATURE_SEL_EndpointHalt,
+ .wIndex = EndpointAddress,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(const uint8_t InterfaceIndex,
+ const uint8_t AltSetting)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_SetInterface,
+ .wValue = AltSetting,
+ .wIndex = InterfaceIndex,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_GetInterfaceAltSetting(const uint8_t InterfaceIndex,
+ uint8_t* const AltSetting)
+{
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_GetInterface,
+ .wValue = 0,
+ .wIndex = InterfaceIndex,
+ .wLength = sizeof(uint8_t),
+ };
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(AltSetting);
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.h
index cdfb35470..bd67bcb9e 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.h
@@ -1,292 +1,292 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB host standard request management.
- *
- * This file contains the function prototypes necessary for the issuing of outgoing standard control requests
- * when the library is in USB host mode.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-#ifndef __HOSTSTDREQ_H__
-#define __HOSTSTDREQ_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "USBMode.h"
- #include "StdRequestType.h"
- #include "USBController.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- #if !defined(USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Constant for the maximum software timeout period of sent USB control transactions to an attached
- * device. If a device fails to respond to a sent control request within this period, the
- * library will return a timeout error code.
- *
- * This value may be overridden in the user project makefile as the value of the
- * \ref USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS token, and passed to the compiler using the -D switch.
- */
- #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS 1000
- #endif
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the \ref USB_Host_SendControlRequest() return code, indicating the reason for the error
- * if the transfer of the request is unsuccessful.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
- */
- enum USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t
- {
- HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful = 0, /**< No error occurred in the request transfer. */
- HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected = 1, /**< The attached device was disconnected during the
- * request transfer.
- */
- HOST_SENDCONTROL_PipeError = 2, /**< An error occurred in the pipe while sending the request. */
- HOST_SENDCONTROL_SetupStalled = 3, /**< The attached device stalled the request, usually
- * indicating that the request is unsupported on the device.
- */
- HOST_SENDCONTROL_SoftwareTimeOut = 4, /**< The request or data transfer timed out. */
- };
-
- /* Global Variables: */
- /** Indicates the currently set configuration number of the attached device. This indicates the currently
- * selected configuration value if one has been set successfully, or 0 if no configuration has been selected.
- *
- * To set a device configuration, call the \ref USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration() function.
- *
- * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
- * changed in value.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_Host
- */
- extern uint8_t USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Sends the request stored in the \ref USB_ControlRequest global structure to the attached device,
- * and transfers the data stored in the buffer to the device, or from the device to the buffer
- * as requested. The transfer is made on the currently selected pipe.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
- *
- * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the start of the data buffer if the request has a data stage, or
- * \c NULL if the request transfers no data to or from the device.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
- */
- uint8_t USB_Host_SendControlRequest(void* const BufferPtr);
-
- /** Sends a SET CONFIGURATION standard request to the attached device, with the given configuration index.
- *
- * This routine will automatically update the \ref USB_HostState and \ref USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber
- * state variables according to the given function parameters and the result of the request.
- *
- * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
- *
- * \param[in] ConfigNumber Configuration index to send to the device.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
- */
- uint8_t USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(const uint8_t ConfigNumber);
-
- /** Sends a GET CONFIGURATION standard request to the attached device, to retrieve the currently selected
- * device configuration index.
- *
- * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
- *
- * \param[out] ConfigNumber Pointer to a location where the retrieved configuration index should be stored.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
- */
- uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceConfiguration(uint8_t* const ConfigNumber) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Sends a GET DESCRIPTOR standard request to the attached device, requesting the descriptor of the
- * specified type and index.
- *
- * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
- *
- * \param[in] Type Type of descriptor to retrieve, a value from the \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t enum.
- * \param[in] Index Index of the descriptor to retrieve.
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination buffer where the retrieved string descriptor is to be stored.
- * \param[in] BufferLength Maximum size of the string descriptor which can be stored into the buffer.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
- */
- uint8_t USB_Host_GetDescriptor(const uint8_t Type,
- const uint8_t Index,
- void* const Buffer,
- const uint8_t BufferLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
-
- /** Retrieves the current feature status of the attached device, via a GET STATUS standard request. The
- * retrieved feature status can then be examined by masking the retrieved value with the various
- * \c FEATURE_* masks for bus/self power information and remote wakeup support.
- *
- * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
- *
- * \param[out] FeatureStatus Location where the retrieved feature status should be stored.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
- */
- uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceStatus(uint8_t* const FeatureStatus) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Clears a stall condition on the given pipe, via a CLEAR FEATURE standard request to the attached device.
- *
- * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
- *
- * \param[in] EndpointAddress Address of the endpoint to clear, including the endpoint's direction.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
- */
- uint8_t USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(const uint8_t EndpointAddress);
-
- /** Selects a given alternative setting for the specified interface, via a SET INTERFACE standard request to
- * the attached device.
- *
- * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
- *
- * \param[in] InterfaceIndex Index of the interface whose alternative setting is to be altered.
- * \param[in] AltSetting Index of the interface's alternative setting which is to be selected.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
- */
- uint8_t USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(const uint8_t InterfaceIndex,
- const uint8_t AltSetting);
-
-
- /** Retrieves the current alternative setting for the specified interface, via a GET INTERFACE standard request to
- * the attached device.
- *
- * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
- *
- * \param[in] InterfaceIndex Index of the interface whose alternative setting is to be altered.
- * \param[out] AltSetting Pointer to a location where the retrieved alternative setting value should be stored.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
- */
- uint8_t USB_Host_GetInterfaceAltSetting(const uint8_t InterfaceIndex,
- uint8_t* const AltSetting) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Sends a GET DESCRIPTOR standard request to the attached device, requesting the device descriptor.
- * This can be used to easily retrieve information about the device such as its VID, PID and power
- * requirements. This is a convenience wrapper for \ref USB_Host_GetDescriptor().
- *
- * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
- *
- * \param[out] DeviceDescriptorPtr Pointer to the destination device descriptor structure where
- * the read data is to be stored.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
- */
- static inline uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceDescriptor(USB_Descriptor_Device_t* const DeviceDescriptorPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static inline uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceDescriptor(USB_Descriptor_Device_t* const DeviceDescriptorPtr)
- {
- return USB_Host_GetDescriptor(DTYPE_Device, 0, DeviceDescriptorPtr, sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t));
- }
-
- /** Sends a GET DESCRIPTOR standard request to the attached device, requesting the string descriptor
- * of the specified index. This can be used to easily retrieve string descriptors from the device by
- * index, after the index is obtained from the Device or Configuration descriptors. This is a convenience
- * wrapper for \ref USB_Host_GetDescriptor().
- *
- * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
- *
- * \param[in] Index Index of the string descriptor to retrieve.
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination buffer where the retrieved string descriptor is
- * to be stored.
- * \param[in] BufferLength Maximum size of the string descriptor which can be stored into the buffer.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
- */
- static inline uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceStringDescriptor(const uint8_t Index,
- void* const Buffer,
- const uint8_t BufferLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
- static inline uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceStringDescriptor(const uint8_t Index,
- void* const Buffer,
- const uint8_t BufferLength)
- {
- return USB_Host_GetDescriptor(DTYPE_String, Index, Buffer, BufferLength);
- }
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Enums: */
- enum USB_WaitForTypes_t
- {
- USB_HOST_WAITFOR_SetupSent,
- USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived,
- USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady,
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HOSTSTDREQ_C)
- static uint8_t USB_Host_SendControlRequest_PRV(void* const BufferPtr);
- static uint8_t USB_Host_WaitForIOS(const uint8_t WaitType);
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB host standard request management.
+ *
+ * This file contains the function prototypes necessary for the issuing of outgoing standard control requests
+ * when the library is in USB host mode.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __HOSTSTDREQ_H__
+#define __HOSTSTDREQ_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+ #include "StdRequestType.h"
+ #include "USBController.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if !defined(USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Constant for the maximum software timeout period of sent USB control transactions to an attached
+ * device. If a device fails to respond to a sent control request within this period, the
+ * library will return a timeout error code.
+ *
+ * This value may be overridden in the user project makefile as the value of the
+ * \ref USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS token, and passed to the compiler using the -D switch.
+ */
+ #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS 1000
+ #endif
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the \ref USB_Host_SendControlRequest() return code, indicating the reason for the error
+ * if the transfer of the request is unsuccessful.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ */
+ enum USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful = 0, /**< No error occurred in the request transfer. */
+ HOST_SENDCONTROL_DeviceDisconnected = 1, /**< The attached device was disconnected during the
+ * request transfer.
+ */
+ HOST_SENDCONTROL_PipeError = 2, /**< An error occurred in the pipe while sending the request. */
+ HOST_SENDCONTROL_SetupStalled = 3, /**< The attached device stalled the request, usually
+ * indicating that the request is unsupported on the device.
+ */
+ HOST_SENDCONTROL_SoftwareTimeOut = 4, /**< The request or data transfer timed out. */
+ };
+
+ /* Global Variables: */
+ /** Indicates the currently set configuration number of the attached device. This indicates the currently
+ * selected configuration value if one has been set successfully, or 0 if no configuration has been selected.
+ *
+ * To set a device configuration, call the \ref USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration() function.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_Host
+ */
+ extern uint8_t USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Sends the request stored in the \ref USB_ControlRequest global structure to the attached device,
+ * and transfers the data stored in the buffer to the device, or from the device to the buffer
+ * as requested. The transfer is made on the currently selected pipe.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ *
+ * \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the start of the data buffer if the request has a data stage, or
+ * \c NULL if the request transfers no data to or from the device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+ */
+ uint8_t USB_Host_SendControlRequest(void* const BufferPtr);
+
+ /** Sends a SET CONFIGURATION standard request to the attached device, with the given configuration index.
+ *
+ * This routine will automatically update the \ref USB_HostState and \ref USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber
+ * state variables according to the given function parameters and the result of the request.
+ *
+ * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ *
+ * \param[in] ConfigNumber Configuration index to send to the device.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+ */
+ uint8_t USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(const uint8_t ConfigNumber);
+
+ /** Sends a GET CONFIGURATION standard request to the attached device, to retrieve the currently selected
+ * device configuration index.
+ *
+ * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ *
+ * \param[out] ConfigNumber Pointer to a location where the retrieved configuration index should be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+ */
+ uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceConfiguration(uint8_t* const ConfigNumber) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Sends a GET DESCRIPTOR standard request to the attached device, requesting the descriptor of the
+ * specified type and index.
+ *
+ * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ *
+ * \param[in] Type Type of descriptor to retrieve, a value from the \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t enum.
+ * \param[in] Index Index of the descriptor to retrieve.
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination buffer where the retrieved string descriptor is to be stored.
+ * \param[in] BufferLength Maximum size of the string descriptor which can be stored into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+ */
+ uint8_t USB_Host_GetDescriptor(const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint8_t Index,
+ void* const Buffer,
+ const uint8_t BufferLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+ /** Retrieves the current feature status of the attached device, via a GET STATUS standard request. The
+ * retrieved feature status can then be examined by masking the retrieved value with the various
+ * \c FEATURE_* masks for bus/self power information and remote wakeup support.
+ *
+ * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ *
+ * \param[out] FeatureStatus Location where the retrieved feature status should be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+ */
+ uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceStatus(uint8_t* const FeatureStatus) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Clears a stall condition on the given pipe, via a CLEAR FEATURE standard request to the attached device.
+ *
+ * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ *
+ * \param[in] EndpointAddress Address of the endpoint to clear, including the endpoint's direction.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+ */
+ uint8_t USB_Host_ClearEndpointStall(const uint8_t EndpointAddress);
+
+ /** Selects a given alternative setting for the specified interface, via a SET INTERFACE standard request to
+ * the attached device.
+ *
+ * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ *
+ * \param[in] InterfaceIndex Index of the interface whose alternative setting is to be altered.
+ * \param[in] AltSetting Index of the interface's alternative setting which is to be selected.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+ */
+ uint8_t USB_Host_SetInterfaceAltSetting(const uint8_t InterfaceIndex,
+ const uint8_t AltSetting);
+
+
+ /** Retrieves the current alternative setting for the specified interface, via a GET INTERFACE standard request to
+ * the attached device.
+ *
+ * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ *
+ * \param[in] InterfaceIndex Index of the interface whose alternative setting is to be altered.
+ * \param[out] AltSetting Pointer to a location where the retrieved alternative setting value should be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+ */
+ uint8_t USB_Host_GetInterfaceAltSetting(const uint8_t InterfaceIndex,
+ uint8_t* const AltSetting) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Sends a GET DESCRIPTOR standard request to the attached device, requesting the device descriptor.
+ * This can be used to easily retrieve information about the device such as its VID, PID and power
+ * requirements. This is a convenience wrapper for \ref USB_Host_GetDescriptor().
+ *
+ * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ *
+ * \param[out] DeviceDescriptorPtr Pointer to the destination device descriptor structure where
+ * the read data is to be stored.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceDescriptor(USB_Descriptor_Device_t* const DeviceDescriptorPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceDescriptor(USB_Descriptor_Device_t* const DeviceDescriptorPtr)
+ {
+ return USB_Host_GetDescriptor(DTYPE_Device, 0, DeviceDescriptorPtr, sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t));
+ }
+
+ /** Sends a GET DESCRIPTOR standard request to the attached device, requesting the string descriptor
+ * of the specified index. This can be used to easily retrieve string descriptors from the device by
+ * index, after the index is obtained from the Device or Configuration descriptors. This is a convenience
+ * wrapper for \ref USB_Host_GetDescriptor().
+ *
+ * \note After this routine returns, the control pipe will be selected.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ *
+ * \param[in] Index Index of the string descriptor to retrieve.
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination buffer where the retrieved string descriptor is
+ * to be stored.
+ * \param[in] BufferLength Maximum size of the string descriptor which can be stored into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum to indicate the result.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceStringDescriptor(const uint8_t Index,
+ void* const Buffer,
+ const uint8_t BufferLength) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);
+ static inline uint8_t USB_Host_GetDeviceStringDescriptor(const uint8_t Index,
+ void* const Buffer,
+ const uint8_t BufferLength)
+ {
+ return USB_Host_GetDescriptor(DTYPE_String, Index, Buffer, BufferLength);
+ }
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Enums: */
+ enum USB_WaitForTypes_t
+ {
+ USB_HOST_WAITFOR_SetupSent,
+ USB_HOST_WAITFOR_InReceived,
+ USB_HOST_WAITFOR_OutReady,
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HOSTSTDREQ_C)
+ static uint8_t USB_Host_SendControlRequest_PRV(void* const BufferPtr);
+ static uint8_t USB_Host_WaitForIOS(const uint8_t WaitType);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/OTG.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/OTG.h
index ccd7cc1be..58d47bace 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/OTG.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/OTG.h
@@ -1,80 +1,80 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Common USB OTG definitions for all architectures.
- * \copydetails Group_OTG
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USB
- * \defgroup Group_OTG USB On The Go (OTG) Management
- * \brief USB OTG management definitions.
- *
- * This module contains macros for embedded USB hosts with dual role On The Go capabilities, for managing role
- * exchange. OTG is a way for two USB dual role devices to talk to one another directly without fixed device/host
- * roles.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBOTG_H__
-#define __USBOTG_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "USBMode.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Architecture Includes: */
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
- #include "AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h"
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common USB OTG definitions for all architectures.
+ * \copydetails Group_OTG
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ * \defgroup Group_OTG USB On The Go (OTG) Management
+ * \brief USB OTG management definitions.
+ *
+ * This module contains macros for embedded USB hosts with dual role On The Go capabilities, for managing role
+ * exchange. OTG is a way for two USB dual role devices to talk to one another directly without fixed device/host
+ * roles.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBOTG_H__
+#define __USBOTG_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Architecture Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/OTG_AVR8.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Pipe.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Pipe.h
index ce2be5492..ca3fdbe7a 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Pipe.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Pipe.h
@@ -1,144 +1,144 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Common USB Pipe definitions for all architectures.
- * \copydetails Group_PipeManagement
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
- * \defgroup Group_PipeRW Pipe Data Reading and Writing
- * \brief Pipe data read/write definitions.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to pipes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeRW
- * \defgroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW Read/Write of Primitive Data Types
- * \brief Pipe data primitive read/write definitions.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
- * from and to pipes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
- * \defgroup Group_PipePacketManagement Pipe Packet Management
- * \brief Pipe packet management definitions.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of pipes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
- * \defgroup Group_PipeControlReq Pipe Control Request Management
- * \brief Pipe control request definitions.
- *
- * Module for host mode request processing. This module allows for the transmission of standard, class and
- * vendor control requests to the default control endpoint of an attached device while in host mode.
- *
- * \see Chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 specification.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USB
- * \defgroup Group_PipeManagement Pipe Management
- * \brief Pipe management definitions.
- *
- * This module contains functions, macros and enums related to pipe management when in USB Host mode. This
- * module contains the pipe management macros, as well as pipe interrupt and data send/receive functions
- * for various data types.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __PIPE_H__
-#define __PIPE_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "USBMode.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** Type define for a pipe table entry, used to configure pipes in groups via
- * \ref Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable().
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t Address; /**< Address of the pipe to configure, or zero if the table entry is to be unused. */
- uint16_t Size; /**< Size of the pipe bank, in bytes. */
- uint8_t EndpointAddress; /** Address of the endpoint in the connected device. */
- uint8_t Type; /**< Type of the endpoint, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. */
- uint8_t Banks; /**< Number of hardware banks to use for the pipe. */
- } USB_Pipe_Table_t;
-
- /* Macros: */
- /** Pipe address for the default control pipe, which always resides in address 0. This is
- * defined for convenience to give more readable code when used with the pipe macros.
- */
- #define PIPE_CONTROLPIPE 0
-
- /** Pipe number mask, for masking against pipe addresses to retrieve the pipe's numerical address
- * in the device.
- */
- #define PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK 0x0F
-
- /** Endpoint number mask, for masking against endpoint addresses to retrieve the endpoint's
- * numerical address in the attached device.
- */
- #define PIPE_EPNUM_MASK 0x0F
-
- /* Architecture Includes: */
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
- #include "AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h"
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
- #include "UC3/Pipe_UC3.h"
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common USB Pipe definitions for all architectures.
+ * \copydetails Group_PipeManagement
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeRW Pipe Data Reading and Writing
+ * \brief Pipe data read/write definitions.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeRW
+ * \defgroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW Read/Write of Primitive Data Types
+ * \brief Pipe data primitive read/write definitions.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
+ * from and to pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_PipePacketManagement Pipe Packet Management
+ * \brief Pipe packet management definitions.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeControlReq Pipe Control Request Management
+ * \brief Pipe control request definitions.
+ *
+ * Module for host mode request processing. This module allows for the transmission of standard, class and
+ * vendor control requests to the default control endpoint of an attached device while in host mode.
+ *
+ * \see Chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 specification.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeManagement Pipe Management
+ * \brief Pipe management definitions.
+ *
+ * This module contains functions, macros and enums related to pipe management when in USB Host mode. This
+ * module contains the pipe management macros, as well as pipe interrupt and data send/receive functions
+ * for various data types.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __PIPE_H__
+#define __PIPE_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** Type define for a pipe table entry, used to configure pipes in groups via
+ * \ref Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable().
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Address; /**< Address of the pipe to configure, or zero if the table entry is to be unused. */
+ uint16_t Size; /**< Size of the pipe bank, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t EndpointAddress; /**< Address of the endpoint in the connected device. */
+ uint8_t Type; /**< Type of the endpoint, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. */
+ uint8_t Banks; /**< Number of hardware banks to use for the pipe. */
+ } USB_Pipe_Table_t;
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Pipe address for the default control pipe, which always resides in address 0. This is
+ * defined for convenience to give more readable code when used with the pipe macros.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_CONTROLPIPE 0
+
+ /** Pipe number mask, for masking against pipe addresses to retrieve the pipe's numerical address
+ * in the device.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_PIPENUM_MASK 0x0F
+
+ /** Endpoint number mask, for masking against endpoint addresses to retrieve the endpoint's
+ * numerical address in the attached device.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_EPNUM_MASK 0x0F
+
+ /* Architecture Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/Pipe_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ #include "UC3/Pipe_UC3.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/PipeStream.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/PipeStream.h
index 002d6ff1e..239969687 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/PipeStream.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/PipeStream.h
@@ -1,100 +1,100 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management.
- * \copydetails Group_PipeStreamRW
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeRW
- * \defgroup Group_PipeStreamRW Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams
- * \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
- * and to pipes.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __PIPE_STREAM_H__
-#define __PIPE_STREAM_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "USBMode.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the Pipe_*_Stream_* functions. */
- enum Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError = 0, /**< Command completed successfully, no error. */
- PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled = 1, /**< The device stalled the pipe during the transfer. */
- PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host during
- * the transfer.
- */
- PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout = 3, /**< The device failed to accept or send the next packet
- * within the software timeout period set by the
- * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
- */
- PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer = 4, /**< Indicates that the pipe bank became full/empty before the
- * complete contents of the stream could be transferred.
- */
- };
-
- /* Architecture Includes: */
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
- #include "AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h"
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
- #include "UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h"
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management.
+ * \copydetails Group_PipeStreamRW
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeRW
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeStreamRW Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams
+ * \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
+ * and to pipes.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __PIPE_STREAM_H__
+#define __PIPE_STREAM_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the Pipe_*_Stream_* functions. */
+ enum Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError = 0, /**< Command completed successfully, no error. */
+ PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled = 1, /**< The device stalled the pipe during the transfer. */
+ PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host during
+ * the transfer.
+ */
+ PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout = 3, /**< The device failed to accept or send the next packet
+ * within the software timeout period set by the
+ * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
+ */
+ PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer = 4, /**< Indicates that the pipe bank became full/empty before the
+ * complete contents of the stream could be transferred.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Architecture Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/PipeStream_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ #include "UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdDescriptors.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdDescriptors.h
index 012399e96..e0a1a37f4 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdDescriptors.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdDescriptors.h
@@ -1,739 +1,765 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Common standard USB Descriptor definitions for all architectures.
- * \copydetails Group_StdDescriptors
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USB
- * \defgroup Group_StdDescriptors USB Descriptors
- * \brief Standard USB Descriptor definitions.
- *
- * Standard USB device descriptor defines and retrieval routines, for USB devices. This module contains
- * structures and macros for the easy creation of standard USB descriptors in USB device projects.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBDESCRIPTORS_H__
-#define __USBDESCRIPTORS_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "USBMode.h"
- #include "Events.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Indicates that a given descriptor does not exist in the device. This can be used inside descriptors
- * for string descriptor indexes, or may be use as a return value for GetDescriptor when the specified
- * descriptor does not exist.
- */
- #define NO_DESCRIPTOR 0
-
- /** Macro to calculate the power value for the configuration descriptor, from a given number of milliamperes.
- *
- * \param[in] mA Maximum number of milliamps the device consumes when the given configuration is selected.
- */
- #define USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(mA) ((mA) >> 1)
-
- /** Macro to calculate the Unicode length of a string with a given number of Unicode characters.
- * Should be used in string descriptor's headers for giving the string descriptor's byte length.
- *
- * \param[in] UnicodeChars Number of Unicode characters in the string text.
- */
- #define USB_STRING_LEN(UnicodeChars) (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Header_t) + ((UnicodeChars) << 1))
-
- /** Macro to encode a given four digit floating point version number (e.g. 01.23) into Binary Coded
- * Decimal format for descriptor fields requiring BCD encoding, such as the USB version number in the
- * standard device descriptor.
- *
- * \note This value is automatically converted into Little Endian, suitable for direct use inside device
- * descriptors on all architectures without endianness conversion macros.
- *
- * \param[in] x Version number to encode as a 16-bit little-endian number, as a floating point number.
- */
- #define VERSION_BCD(x) CPU_TO_LE16((VERSION_TENS(x) << 12) | (VERSION_ONES(x) << 8) | \
- (VERSION_TENTHS(x) << 4) | (VERSION_HUNDREDTHS(x) << 0) )
-
- /** String language ID for the English language. Should be used in \ref USB_Descriptor_String_t descriptors
- * to indicate that the English language is supported by the device in its string descriptors.
- */
- #define LANGUAGE_ID_ENG 0x0409
-
- /** \name USB Configuration Descriptor Attribute Masks */
- //@{
- /** Mask for the reserved bit in the Configuration Descriptor's \c ConfigAttributes field, which must be set on all
- * devices for historical purposes.
- */
- #define USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED 0x80
-
- /** Can be masked with other configuration descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t
- * descriptor's \c ConfigAttributes value to indicate that the specified configuration can draw its power
- * from the device's own power source.
- */
- #define USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED 0x40
-
- /** Can be masked with other configuration descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t
- * descriptor's \c ConfigAttributes value to indicate that the specified configuration supports the
- * remote wakeup feature of the USB standard, allowing a suspended USB device to wake up the host upon
- * request.
- */
- #define USB_CONFIG_ATTR_REMOTEWAKEUP 0x20
- //@}
-
- /** \name Endpoint Descriptor Attribute Masks */
- //@{
- /** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
- * \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is not synchronized.
- *
- * \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
- */
- #define ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC (0 << 2)
-
- /** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
- * \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is asynchronous.
- *
- * \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
- */
- #define ENDPOINT_ATTR_ASYNC (1 << 2)
-
- /** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
- * \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is adaptive.
- *
- * \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
- */
- #define ENDPOINT_ATTR_ADAPTIVE (2 << 2)
-
- /** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
- * \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is synchronized.
- *
- * \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
- */
- #define ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC (3 << 2)
- //@}
-
- /** \name Endpoint Descriptor Usage Masks */
- //@{
- /** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
- * \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is used for data transfers.
- *
- * \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint usage attributes.
- */
- #define ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA (0 << 4)
-
- /** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
- * \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is used for feedback.
- *
- * \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint usage attributes.
- */
- #define ENDPOINT_USAGE_FEEDBACK (1 << 4)
-
- /** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
- * \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is used for implicit feedback.
- *
- * \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint usage attributes.
- */
- #define ENDPOINT_USAGE_IMPLICIT_FEEDBACK (2 << 4)
- //@}
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible standard descriptor types, as given in each descriptor's header. */
- enum USB_DescriptorTypes_t
- {
- DTYPE_Device = 0x01, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a device descriptor. */
- DTYPE_Configuration = 0x02, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a configuration descriptor. */
- DTYPE_String = 0x03, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a string descriptor. */
- DTYPE_Interface = 0x04, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an interface descriptor. */
- DTYPE_Endpoint = 0x05, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an endpoint descriptor. */
- DTYPE_DeviceQualifier = 0x06, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a device qualifier descriptor. */
- DTYPE_Other = 0x07, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is of other type. */
- DTYPE_InterfacePower = 0x08, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an interface power descriptor. */
- DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation = 0x0B, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an interface association descriptor. */
- DTYPE_CSInterface = 0x24, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a class specific interface descriptor. */
- DTYPE_CSEndpoint = 0x25, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a class specific endpoint descriptor. */
- };
-
- /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors. */
- enum USB_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
- {
- USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device does not belong
- * to a particular class at the device level.
- */
- USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device does not belong
- * to a particular subclass at the device level.
- */
- USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device does not belong
- * to a particular protocol at the device level.
- */
- USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificClass = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device/interface belongs
- * to a vendor specific class.
- */
- USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificSubclass = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device/interface belongs
- * to a vendor specific subclass.
- */
- USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device/interface belongs
- * to a vendor specific protocol.
- */
- USB_CSCP_IADDeviceClass = 0xEF, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device belongs to the
- * Interface Association Descriptor class.
- */
- USB_CSCP_IADDeviceSubclass = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device belongs to the
- * Interface Association Descriptor subclass.
- */
- USB_CSCP_IADDeviceProtocol = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device belongs to the
- * Interface Association Descriptor protocol.
- */
- };
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief Standard USB Descriptor Header (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for all descriptors' standard header, indicating the descriptor's length and type. This structure
- * uses LUFA-specific element names to make each element's purpose clearer.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Header_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t Size; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t Type; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
- * given by the specific class.
- */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Header_t;
-
- /** \brief Standard USB Descriptor Header (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for all descriptors' standard header, indicating the descriptor's length and type. This structure
- * uses the relevant standard's given element names to ensure compatibility with the standard.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Header_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
- * given by the specific class.
- */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Header_t;
-
- /** \brief Standard USB Device Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for a standard Device Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names to make each
- * element's purpose clearer.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Device_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
-
- uint16_t USBSpecification; /**< BCD of the supported USB specification. */
- uint8_t Class; /**< USB device class. */
- uint8_t SubClass; /**< USB device subclass. */
- uint8_t Protocol; /**< USB device protocol. */
-
- uint8_t Endpoint0Size; /**< Size of the control (address 0) endpoint's bank in bytes. */
-
- uint16_t VendorID; /**< Vendor ID for the USB product. */
- uint16_t ProductID; /**< Unique product ID for the USB product. */
- uint16_t ReleaseNumber; /**< Product release (version) number. */
-
- uint8_t ManufacturerStrIndex; /**< String index for the manufacturer's name. The
- * host will request this string via a separate
- * control request for the string descriptor.
- *
- * \note If no string supplied, use \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR.
- */
- uint8_t ProductStrIndex; /**< String index for the product name/details.
- *
- * \see ManufacturerStrIndex structure entry.
- */
- uint8_t SerialNumStrIndex; /**< String index for the product's globally unique hexadecimal
- * serial number, in uppercase Unicode ASCII.
- *
- * \note On some microcontroller models, there is an embedded serial number
- * in the chip which can be used for the device serial number.
- * To use this serial number, set this to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
- * On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to 0 and will cause
- * the host to generate a pseudo-unique value for the device upon
- * insertion.
- *
- * \see ManufacturerStrIndex structure entry.
- */
- uint8_t NumberOfConfigurations; /**< Total number of configurations supported by
- * the device.
- */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Device_t;
-
- /** \brief Standard USB Device Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for a standard Device Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names
- * to ensure compatibility with the standard.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Device_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
- * given by the specific class.
- */
- uint16_t bcdUSB; /**< BCD of the supported USB specification. */
- uint8_t bDeviceClass; /**< USB device class. */
- uint8_t bDeviceSubClass; /**< USB device subclass. */
- uint8_t bDeviceProtocol; /**< USB device protocol. */
- uint8_t bMaxPacketSize0; /**< Size of the control (address 0) endpoint's bank in bytes. */
- uint16_t idVendor; /**< Vendor ID for the USB product. */
- uint16_t idProduct; /**< Unique product ID for the USB product. */
- uint16_t bcdDevice; /**< Product release (version) number. */
- uint8_t iManufacturer; /**< String index for the manufacturer's name. The
- * host will request this string via a separate
- * control request for the string descriptor.
- *
- * \note If no string supplied, use \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR.
- */
- uint8_t iProduct; /**< String index for the product name/details.
- *
- * \see ManufacturerStrIndex structure entry.
- */
- uint8_t iSerialNumber; /**< String index for the product's globally unique hexadecimal
- * serial number, in uppercase Unicode ASCII.
- *
- * \note On some microcontroller models, there is an embedded serial number
- * in the chip which can be used for the device serial number.
- * To use this serial number, set this to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
- * On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to 0 and will cause
- * the host to generate a pseudo-unique value for the device upon
- * insertion.
- *
- * \see ManufacturerStrIndex structure entry.
- */
- uint8_t bNumConfigurations; /**< Total number of configurations supported by
- * the device.
- */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Device_t;
-
- /** \brief Standard USB Device Qualifier Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for a standard Device Qualifier Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
- * to make each element's purpose clearer.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_DeviceQualifier_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
-
- uint16_t USBSpecification; /**< BCD of the supported USB specification. */
- uint8_t Class; /**< USB device class. */
- uint8_t SubClass; /**< USB device subclass. */
- uint8_t Protocol; /**< USB device protocol. */
-
- uint8_t Endpoint0Size; /**< Size of the control (address 0) endpoint's bank in bytes. */
- uint8_t NumberOfConfigurations; /**< Total number of configurations supported by
- * the device.
- */
- uint8_t Reserved; /**< Reserved for future use, must be 0. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_DeviceQualifier_t;
-
- /** \brief Standard USB Device Qualifier Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for a standard Device Qualifier Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names
- * to ensure compatibility with the standard.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_DeviceQualifier_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
- * given by the specific class.
- */
- uint16_t bcdUSB; /**< BCD of the supported USB specification. */
- uint8_t bDeviceClass; /**< USB device class. */
- uint8_t bDeviceSubClass; /**< USB device subclass. */
- uint8_t bDeviceProtocol; /**< USB device protocol. */
- uint8_t bMaxPacketSize0; /**< Size of the control (address 0) endpoint's bank in bytes. */
- uint8_t bNumConfigurations; /**< Total number of configurations supported by
- * the device.
- */
- uint8_t bReserved; /**< Reserved for future use, must be 0. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_DeviceQualifier_t;
-
- /** \brief Standard USB Configuration Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for a standard Configuration Descriptor header. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
- * to make each element's purpose clearer.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Configuration_Header_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
-
- uint16_t TotalConfigurationSize; /**< Size of the configuration descriptor header,
- * and all sub descriptors inside the configuration.
- */
- uint8_t TotalInterfaces; /**< Total number of interfaces in the configuration. */
-
- uint8_t ConfigurationNumber; /**< Configuration index of the current configuration. */
- uint8_t ConfigurationStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing the configuration. */
-
- uint8_t ConfigAttributes; /**< Configuration attributes, comprised of a mask of \c USB_CONFIG_ATTR_* masks.
- * On all devices, this should include USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED at a minimum.
- */
-
- uint8_t MaxPowerConsumption; /**< Maximum power consumption of the device while in the
- * current configuration, calculated by the \ref USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA()
- * macro.
- */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t;
-
- /** \brief Standard USB Configuration Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for a standard Configuration Descriptor header. This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names
- * to ensure compatibility with the standard.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Device_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
- * given by the specific class.
- */
- uint16_t wTotalLength; /**< Size of the configuration descriptor header,
- * and all sub descriptors inside the configuration.
- */
- uint8_t bNumInterfaces; /**< Total number of interfaces in the configuration. */
- uint8_t bConfigurationValue; /**< Configuration index of the current configuration. */
- uint8_t iConfiguration; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing the configuration. */
- uint8_t bmAttributes; /**< Configuration attributes, comprised of a mask of \c USB_CONFIG_ATTR_* masks.
- * On all devices, this should include USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED at a minimum.
- */
- uint8_t bMaxPower; /**< Maximum power consumption of the device while in the
- * current configuration, calculated by the \ref USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA()
- * macro.
- */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Configuration_Header_t;
-
- /** \brief Standard USB Interface Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for a standard Interface Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
- * to make each element's purpose clearer.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Interface_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
-
- uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the interface in the current configuration. */
- uint8_t AlternateSetting; /**< Alternate setting for the interface number. The same
- * interface number can have multiple alternate settings
- * with different endpoint configurations, which can be
- * selected by the host.
- */
- uint8_t TotalEndpoints; /**< Total number of endpoints in the interface. */
-
- uint8_t Class; /**< Interface class ID. */
- uint8_t SubClass; /**< Interface subclass ID. */
- uint8_t Protocol; /**< Interface protocol ID. */
-
- uint8_t InterfaceStrIndex; /**< Index of the string descriptor describing the interface. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Interface_t;
-
- /** \brief Standard USB Interface Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for a standard Interface Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names
- * to ensure compatibility with the standard.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Interface_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
- * given by the specific class.
- */
- uint8_t bInterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the interface in the current configuration. */
- uint8_t bAlternateSetting; /**< Alternate setting for the interface number. The same
- * interface number can have multiple alternate settings
- * with different endpoint configurations, which can be
- * selected by the host.
- */
- uint8_t bNumEndpoints; /**< Total number of endpoints in the interface. */
- uint8_t bInterfaceClass; /**< Interface class ID. */
- uint8_t bInterfaceSubClass; /**< Interface subclass ID. */
- uint8_t bInterfaceProtocol; /**< Interface protocol ID. */
- uint8_t iInterface; /**< Index of the string descriptor describing the
- * interface.
- */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Interface_t;
-
- /** \brief Standard USB Interface Association Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for a standard Interface Association Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
- * to make each element's purpose clearer.
- *
- * This descriptor has been added as a supplement to the USB2.0 standard, in the ECN located at
- * <a>http://www.usb.org/developers/docs/InterfaceAssociationDescriptor_ecn.pdf</a>. It allows composite
- * devices with multiple interfaces related to the same function to have the multiple interfaces bound
- * together at the point of enumeration, loading one generic driver for all the interfaces in the single
- * function. Read the ECN for more information.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Interface_Association_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
-
- uint8_t FirstInterfaceIndex; /**< Index of the first associated interface. */
- uint8_t TotalInterfaces; /**< Total number of associated interfaces. */
-
- uint8_t Class; /**< Interface class ID. */
- uint8_t SubClass; /**< Interface subclass ID. */
- uint8_t Protocol; /**< Interface protocol ID. */
-
- uint8_t IADStrIndex; /**< Index of the string descriptor describing the
- * interface association.
- */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t;
-
- /** \brief Standard USB Interface Association Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for a standard Interface Association Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given
- * element names to ensure compatibility with the standard.
- *
- * This descriptor has been added as a supplement to the USB2.0 standard, in the ECN located at
- * <a>http://www.usb.org/developers/docs/InterfaceAssociationDescriptor_ecn.pdf</a>. It allows composite
- * devices with multiple interfaces related to the same function to have the multiple interfaces bound
- * together at the point of enumeration, loading one generic driver for all the interfaces in the single
- * function. Read the ECN for more information.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
- * element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
- * given by the specific class.
- */
- uint8_t bFirstInterface; /**< Index of the first associated interface. */
- uint8_t bInterfaceCount; /**< Total number of associated interfaces. */
- uint8_t bFunctionClass; /**< Interface class ID. */
- uint8_t bFunctionSubClass; /**< Interface subclass ID. */
- uint8_t bFunctionProtocol; /**< Interface protocol ID. */
- uint8_t iFunction; /**< Index of the string descriptor describing the
- * interface association.
- */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Interface_Association_t;
-
- /** \brief Standard USB Endpoint Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for a standard Endpoint Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
- * to make each element's purpose clearer.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Endpoint_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
-
- uint8_t EndpointAddress; /**< Logical address of the endpoint within the device for the current
- * configuration, including direction mask.
- */
- uint8_t Attributes; /**< Endpoint attributes, comprised of a mask of the endpoint type (EP_TYPE_*)
- * and attributes (ENDPOINT_ATTR_*) masks.
- */
- uint16_t EndpointSize; /**< Size of the endpoint bank, in bytes. This indicates the maximum packet
- * size that the endpoint can receive at a time.
- */
- uint8_t PollingIntervalMS; /**< Polling interval in milliseconds for the endpoint if it is an INTERRUPT
- * or ISOCHRONOUS type.
- */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t;
-
- /** \brief Standard USB Endpoint Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for a standard Endpoint Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given
- * element names to ensure compatibility with the standard.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
- * element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a
- * value given by the specific class.
- */
- uint8_t bEndpointAddress; /**< Logical address of the endpoint within the device for the current
- * configuration, including direction mask.
- */
- uint8_t bmAttributes; /**< Endpoint attributes, comprised of a mask of the endpoint type (EP_TYPE_*)
- * and attributes (ENDPOINT_ATTR_*) masks.
- */
- uint16_t wMaxPacketSize; /**< Size of the endpoint bank, in bytes. This indicates the maximum packet size
- * that the endpoint can receive at a time.
- */
- uint8_t bInterval; /**< Polling interval in milliseconds for the endpoint if it is an INTERRUPT or
- * ISOCHRONOUS type.
- */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Endpoint_t;
-
- /** \brief Standard USB String Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for a standard string descriptor. Unlike other standard descriptors, the length
- * of the descriptor for placement in the descriptor header must be determined by the \ref USB_STRING_LEN()
- * macro rather than by the size of the descriptor structure, as the length is not fixed.
- *
- * This structure should also be used for string index 0, which contains the supported language IDs for
- * the device as an array.
- *
- * This structure uses LUFA-specific element names to make each element's purpose clearer.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_String_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
-
- #if (((ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) || (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)) && !defined(__DOXYGEN__))
- wchar_t UnicodeString[];
- #else
- uint16_t UnicodeString[]; /**< String data, as unicode characters (alternatively,
- * string language IDs). If normal ASCII characters are
- * to be used, they must be added as an array of characters
- * rather than a normal C string so that they are widened to
- * Unicode size.
- *
- * Under GCC, strings prefixed with the "L" character (before
- * the opening string quotation mark) are considered to be
- * Unicode strings, and may be used instead of an explicit
- * array of ASCII characters on little endian devices with
- * UTF-16-LE \c wchar_t encoding.
- */
- #endif
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_String_t;
-
- /** \brief Standard USB String Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
- *
- * Type define for a standard string descriptor. Unlike other standard descriptors, the length
- * of the descriptor for placement in the descriptor header must be determined by the \ref USB_STRING_LEN()
- * macro rather than by the size of the descriptor structure, as the length is not fixed.
- *
- * This structure should also be used for string index 0, which contains the supported language IDs for
- * the device as an array.
- *
- * This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names to ensure compatibility with the standard.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_String_t for the version of this type with with non-standard LUFA specific
- * element names.
- *
- * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
- uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t
- * or a value given by the specific class.
- */
- uint16_t bString[]; /**< String data, as unicode characters (alternatively, string language IDs).
- * If normal ASCII characters are to be used, they must be added as an array
- * of characters rather than a normal C string so that they are widened to
- * Unicode size.
- *
- * Under GCC, strings prefixed with the "L" character (before the opening string
- * quotation mark) are considered to be Unicode strings, and may be used instead
- * of an explicit array of ASCII characters.
- */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_String_t;
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define VERSION_TENS(x) (int)((int)(x) / 10)
- #define VERSION_ONES(x) (int)((int)(x) % 10)
- #define VERSION_TENTHS(x) (int)(((x * 1) - ((int)(x * 1))) * 10)
- #define VERSION_HUNDREDTHS(x) (int)(((x * 10) - ((int)(x * 10))) * 10)
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common standard USB Descriptor definitions for all architectures.
+ * \copydetails Group_StdDescriptors
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ * \defgroup Group_StdDescriptors USB Descriptors
+ * \brief Standard USB Descriptor definitions.
+ *
+ * Standard USB device descriptor defines and retrieval routines, for USB devices. This module contains
+ * structures and macros for the easy creation of standard USB descriptors in USB device projects.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBDESCRIPTORS_H__
+#define __USBDESCRIPTORS_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+ #include "Events.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates that a given descriptor does not exist in the device. This can be used inside descriptors
+ * for string descriptor indexes, or may be use as a return value for GetDescriptor when the specified
+ * descriptor does not exist.
+ */
+ #define NO_DESCRIPTOR 0
+
+ /** Macro to calculate the power value for the configuration descriptor, from a given number of milliamperes.
+ *
+ * \param[in] mA Maximum number of milliamps the device consumes when the given configuration is selected.
+ */
+ #define USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(mA) ((mA) >> 1)
+
+ /** Macro to calculate the Unicode length of a string with a given number of Unicode characters.
+ * Should be used in string descriptor's headers for giving the string descriptor's byte length.
+ *
+ * \param[in] UnicodeChars Number of Unicode characters in the string text.
+ */
+ #define USB_STRING_LEN(UnicodeChars) (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Header_t) + ((UnicodeChars) << 1))
+
+ /** Convenience macro to easily create \ref USB_Descriptor_String_t instances from a wide character string.
+ *
+ * \note This macro is for little-endian systems only.
+ *
+ * \param[in] String String to initialize a USB String Descriptor structure with.
+ */
+ #define USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR(String) { .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Header_t) + (sizeof(String) - 2), .Type = DTYPE_String}, .UnicodeString = String }
+
+ /** Convenience macro to easily create \ref USB_Descriptor_String_t instances from an array of characters.
+ *
+ * \param[in] ... Characters to initialize a USB String Descriptor structure with.
+ */
+ #define USB_STRING_DESCRIPTOR_ARRAY(...) { .Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Header_t) + sizeof((uint16_t){__VA_ARGS__}), .Type = DTYPE_String}, .UnicodeString = {__VA_ARGS__} }
+
+ /** Macro to encode a given major/minor/revision version number into Binary Coded Decimal format for descriptor
+ * fields requiring BCD encoding, such as the USB version number in the standard device descriptor.
+ *
+ * \note This value is automatically converted into Little Endian, suitable for direct use inside device
+ * descriptors on all architectures without endianness conversion macros.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Major Major version number to encode.
+ * \param[in] Minor Minor version number to encode.
+ * \param[in] Revision Revision version number to encode.
+ */
+ #define VERSION_BCD(Major, Minor, Revision) \
+ CPU_TO_LE16( ((Major & 0xFF) << 8) | \
+ ((Minor & 0x0F) << 4) | \
+ (Revision & 0x0F) )
+
+ /** String language ID for the English language. Should be used in \ref USB_Descriptor_String_t descriptors
+ * to indicate that the English language is supported by the device in its string descriptors.
+ */
+ #define LANGUAGE_ID_ENG 0x0409
+
+ /** \name USB Configuration Descriptor Attribute Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Mask for the reserved bit in the Configuration Descriptor's \c ConfigAttributes field, which must be set on all
+ * devices for historical purposes.
+ */
+ #define USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED 0x80
+
+ /** Can be masked with other configuration descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t
+ * descriptor's \c ConfigAttributes value to indicate that the specified configuration can draw its power
+ * from the device's own power source.
+ */
+ #define USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED 0x40
+
+ /** Can be masked with other configuration descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t
+ * descriptor's \c ConfigAttributes value to indicate that the specified configuration supports the
+ * remote wakeup feature of the USB standard, allowing a suspended USB device to wake up the host upon
+ * request.
+ */
+ #define USB_CONFIG_ATTR_REMOTEWAKEUP 0x20
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Endpoint Descriptor Attribute Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
+ * \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is not synchronized.
+ *
+ * \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC (0 << 2)
+
+ /** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
+ * \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is asynchronous.
+ *
+ * \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_ATTR_ASYNC (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
+ * \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is adaptive.
+ *
+ * \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_ATTR_ADAPTIVE (2 << 2)
+
+ /** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
+ * \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is synchronized.
+ *
+ * \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint attributes.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC (3 << 2)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Endpoint Descriptor Usage Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
+ * \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is used for data transfers.
+ *
+ * \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint usage attributes.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA (0 << 4)
+
+ /** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
+ * \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is used for feedback.
+ *
+ * \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint usage attributes.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_USAGE_FEEDBACK (1 << 4)
+
+ /** Can be masked with other endpoint descriptor attributes for a \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t descriptor's
+ * \c Attributes value to indicate that the specified endpoint is used for implicit feedback.
+ *
+ * \see The USB specification for more details on the possible Endpoint usage attributes.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_USAGE_IMPLICIT_FEEDBACK (2 << 4)
+ //@}
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible standard descriptor types, as given in each descriptor's header. */
+ enum USB_DescriptorTypes_t
+ {
+ DTYPE_Device = 0x01, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a device descriptor. */
+ DTYPE_Configuration = 0x02, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a configuration descriptor. */
+ DTYPE_String = 0x03, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a string descriptor. */
+ DTYPE_Interface = 0x04, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an interface descriptor. */
+ DTYPE_Endpoint = 0x05, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an endpoint descriptor. */
+ DTYPE_DeviceQualifier = 0x06, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a device qualifier descriptor. */
+ DTYPE_Other = 0x07, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is of other type. */
+ DTYPE_InterfacePower = 0x08, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an interface power descriptor. */
+ DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation = 0x0B, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is an interface association descriptor. */
+ DTYPE_CSInterface = 0x24, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a class specific interface descriptor. */
+ DTYPE_CSEndpoint = 0x25, /**< Indicates that the descriptor is a class specific endpoint descriptor. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for possible Class, Subclass and Protocol values of device and interface descriptors. */
+ enum USB_Descriptor_ClassSubclassProtocol_t
+ {
+ USB_CSCP_NoDeviceClass = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device does not belong
+ * to a particular class at the device level.
+ */
+ USB_CSCP_NoDeviceSubclass = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device does not belong
+ * to a particular subclass at the device level.
+ */
+ USB_CSCP_NoDeviceProtocol = 0x00, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device does not belong
+ * to a particular protocol at the device level.
+ */
+ USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificClass = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device/interface belongs
+ * to a vendor specific class.
+ */
+ USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificSubclass = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device/interface belongs
+ * to a vendor specific subclass.
+ */
+ USB_CSCP_VendorSpecificProtocol = 0xFF, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device/interface belongs
+ * to a vendor specific protocol.
+ */
+ USB_CSCP_IADDeviceClass = 0xEF, /**< Descriptor Class value indicating that the device belongs to the
+ * Interface Association Descriptor class.
+ */
+ USB_CSCP_IADDeviceSubclass = 0x02, /**< Descriptor Subclass value indicating that the device belongs to the
+ * Interface Association Descriptor subclass.
+ */
+ USB_CSCP_IADDeviceProtocol = 0x01, /**< Descriptor Protocol value indicating that the device belongs to the
+ * Interface Association Descriptor protocol.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Standard USB Descriptor Header (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for all descriptors' standard header, indicating the descriptor's length and type. This structure
+ * uses LUFA-specific element names to make each element's purpose clearer.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Header_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Size; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t Type; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Header_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Descriptor Header (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for all descriptors' standard header, indicating the descriptor's length and type. This structure
+ * uses the relevant standard's given element names to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Header_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Header_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Device Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Device Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names to make each
+ * element's purpose clearer.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Device_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
+
+ uint16_t USBSpecification; /**< BCD of the supported USB specification.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint8_t Class; /**< USB device class. */
+ uint8_t SubClass; /**< USB device subclass. */
+ uint8_t Protocol; /**< USB device protocol. */
+
+ uint8_t Endpoint0Size; /**< Size of the control (address 0) endpoint's bank in bytes. */
+
+ uint16_t VendorID; /**< Vendor ID for the USB product. */
+ uint16_t ProductID; /**< Unique product ID for the USB product. */
+ uint16_t ReleaseNumber; /**< Product release (version) number.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint8_t ManufacturerStrIndex; /**< String index for the manufacturer's name. The
+ * host will request this string via a separate
+ * control request for the string descriptor.
+ *
+ * \note If no string supplied, use \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR.
+ */
+ uint8_t ProductStrIndex; /**< String index for the product name/details.
+ *
+ * \see ManufacturerStrIndex structure entry.
+ */
+ uint8_t SerialNumStrIndex; /**< String index for the product's globally unique hexadecimal
+ * serial number, in uppercase Unicode ASCII.
+ *
+ * \note On some microcontroller models, there is an embedded serial number
+ * in the chip which can be used for the device serial number.
+ * To use this serial number, set this to \c USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
+ * On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ * and will cause the host to generate a pseudo-unique value for the
+ * device upon insertion.
+ *
+ * \see \c ManufacturerStrIndex structure entry.
+ */
+ uint8_t NumberOfConfigurations; /**< Total number of configurations supported by
+ * the device.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Device_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Device Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Device Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names
+ * to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Device_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+ uint16_t bcdUSB; /**< BCD of the supported USB specification.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint8_t bDeviceClass; /**< USB device class. */
+ uint8_t bDeviceSubClass; /**< USB device subclass. */
+ uint8_t bDeviceProtocol; /**< USB device protocol. */
+ uint8_t bMaxPacketSize0; /**< Size of the control (address 0) endpoint's bank in bytes. */
+ uint16_t idVendor; /**< Vendor ID for the USB product. */
+ uint16_t idProduct; /**< Unique product ID for the USB product. */
+ uint16_t bcdDevice; /**< Product release (version) number.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint8_t iManufacturer; /**< String index for the manufacturer's name. The
+ * host will request this string via a separate
+ * control request for the string descriptor.
+ *
+ * \note If no string supplied, use \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR.
+ */
+ uint8_t iProduct; /**< String index for the product name/details.
+ *
+ * \see ManufacturerStrIndex structure entry.
+ */
+ uint8_t iSerialNumber; /**< String index for the product's globally unique hexadecimal
+ * serial number, in uppercase Unicode ASCII.
+ *
+ * \note On some microcontroller models, there is an embedded serial number
+ * in the chip which can be used for the device serial number.
+ * To use this serial number, set this to \c USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
+ * On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR
+ * and will cause the host to generate a pseudo-unique value for the
+ * device upon insertion.
+ *
+ * \see \c ManufacturerStrIndex structure entry.
+ */
+ uint8_t bNumConfigurations; /**< Total number of configurations supported by
+ * the device.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Device_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Device Qualifier Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Device Qualifier Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
+ * to make each element's purpose clearer.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_DeviceQualifier_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
+
+ uint16_t USBSpecification; /**< BCD of the supported USB specification.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint8_t Class; /**< USB device class. */
+ uint8_t SubClass; /**< USB device subclass. */
+ uint8_t Protocol; /**< USB device protocol. */
+
+ uint8_t Endpoint0Size; /**< Size of the control (address 0) endpoint's bank in bytes. */
+ uint8_t NumberOfConfigurations; /**< Total number of configurations supported by
+ * the device.
+ */
+ uint8_t Reserved; /**< Reserved for future use, must be 0. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_DeviceQualifier_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Device Qualifier Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Device Qualifier Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names
+ * to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_DeviceQualifier_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+ uint16_t bcdUSB; /**< BCD of the supported USB specification.
+ *
+ * \see \ref VERSION_BCD() utility macro.
+ */
+ uint8_t bDeviceClass; /**< USB device class. */
+ uint8_t bDeviceSubClass; /**< USB device subclass. */
+ uint8_t bDeviceProtocol; /**< USB device protocol. */
+ uint8_t bMaxPacketSize0; /**< Size of the control (address 0) endpoint's bank in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bNumConfigurations; /**< Total number of configurations supported by
+ * the device.
+ */
+ uint8_t bReserved; /**< Reserved for future use, must be 0. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_DeviceQualifier_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Configuration Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Configuration Descriptor header. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
+ * to make each element's purpose clearer.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Configuration_Header_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
+
+ uint16_t TotalConfigurationSize; /**< Size of the configuration descriptor header,
+ * and all sub descriptors inside the configuration.
+ */
+ uint8_t TotalInterfaces; /**< Total number of interfaces in the configuration. */
+
+ uint8_t ConfigurationNumber; /**< Configuration index of the current configuration. */
+ uint8_t ConfigurationStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing the configuration. */
+
+ uint8_t ConfigAttributes; /**< Configuration attributes, comprised of a mask of \c USB_CONFIG_ATTR_* masks.
+ * On all devices, this should include USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED at a minimum.
+ */
+
+ uint8_t MaxPowerConsumption; /**< Maximum power consumption of the device while in the
+ * current configuration, calculated by the \ref USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA()
+ * macro.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Configuration Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Configuration Descriptor header. This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names
+ * to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Device_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+ uint16_t wTotalLength; /**< Size of the configuration descriptor header,
+ * and all sub descriptors inside the configuration.
+ */
+ uint8_t bNumInterfaces; /**< Total number of interfaces in the configuration. */
+ uint8_t bConfigurationValue; /**< Configuration index of the current configuration. */
+ uint8_t iConfiguration; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing the configuration. */
+ uint8_t bmAttributes; /**< Configuration attributes, comprised of a mask of \c USB_CONFIG_ATTR_* masks.
+ * On all devices, this should include USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED at a minimum.
+ */
+ uint8_t bMaxPower; /**< Maximum power consumption of the device while in the
+ * current configuration, calculated by the \ref USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA()
+ * macro.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Configuration_Header_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Interface Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Interface Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
+ * to make each element's purpose clearer.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Interface_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
+
+ uint8_t InterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the interface in the current configuration. */
+ uint8_t AlternateSetting; /**< Alternate setting for the interface number. The same
+ * interface number can have multiple alternate settings
+ * with different endpoint configurations, which can be
+ * selected by the host.
+ */
+ uint8_t TotalEndpoints; /**< Total number of endpoints in the interface. */
+
+ uint8_t Class; /**< Interface class ID. */
+ uint8_t SubClass; /**< Interface subclass ID. */
+ uint8_t Protocol; /**< Interface protocol ID. */
+
+ uint8_t InterfaceStrIndex; /**< Index of the string descriptor describing the interface. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Interface_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Interface Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Interface Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names
+ * to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Interface_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+ uint8_t bInterfaceNumber; /**< Index of the interface in the current configuration. */
+ uint8_t bAlternateSetting; /**< Alternate setting for the interface number. The same
+ * interface number can have multiple alternate settings
+ * with different endpoint configurations, which can be
+ * selected by the host.
+ */
+ uint8_t bNumEndpoints; /**< Total number of endpoints in the interface. */
+ uint8_t bInterfaceClass; /**< Interface class ID. */
+ uint8_t bInterfaceSubClass; /**< Interface subclass ID. */
+ uint8_t bInterfaceProtocol; /**< Interface protocol ID. */
+ uint8_t iInterface; /**< Index of the string descriptor describing the
+ * interface.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Interface_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Interface Association Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Interface Association Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
+ * to make each element's purpose clearer.
+ *
+ * This descriptor has been added as a supplement to the USB2.0 standard, in the ECN located at
+ * <a>http://www.usb.org/developers/docs/InterfaceAssociationDescriptor_ecn.pdf</a>. It allows composite
+ * devices with multiple interfaces related to the same function to have the multiple interfaces bound
+ * together at the point of enumeration, loading one generic driver for all the interfaces in the single
+ * function. Read the ECN for more information.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Interface_Association_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
+
+ uint8_t FirstInterfaceIndex; /**< Index of the first associated interface. */
+ uint8_t TotalInterfaces; /**< Total number of associated interfaces. */
+
+ uint8_t Class; /**< Interface class ID. */
+ uint8_t SubClass; /**< Interface subclass ID. */
+ uint8_t Protocol; /**< Interface protocol ID. */
+
+ uint8_t IADStrIndex; /**< Index of the string descriptor describing the
+ * interface association.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Interface Association Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Interface Association Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given
+ * element names to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+ *
+ * This descriptor has been added as a supplement to the USB2.0 standard, in the ECN located at
+ * <a>http://www.usb.org/developers/docs/InterfaceAssociationDescriptor_ecn.pdf</a>. It allows composite
+ * devices with multiple interfaces related to the same function to have the multiple interfaces bound
+ * together at the point of enumeration, loading one generic driver for all the interfaces in the single
+ * function. Read the ECN for more information.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a value
+ * given by the specific class.
+ */
+ uint8_t bFirstInterface; /**< Index of the first associated interface. */
+ uint8_t bInterfaceCount; /**< Total number of associated interfaces. */
+ uint8_t bFunctionClass; /**< Interface class ID. */
+ uint8_t bFunctionSubClass; /**< Interface subclass ID. */
+ uint8_t bFunctionProtocol; /**< Interface protocol ID. */
+ uint8_t iFunction; /**< Index of the string descriptor describing the
+ * interface association.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Interface_Association_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Endpoint Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Endpoint Descriptor. This structure uses LUFA-specific element names
+ * to make each element's purpose clearer.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_Endpoint_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
+
+ uint8_t EndpointAddress; /**< Logical address of the endpoint within the device for the current
+ * configuration, including direction mask.
+ */
+ uint8_t Attributes; /**< Endpoint attributes, comprised of a mask of the endpoint type (EP_TYPE_*)
+ * and attributes (ENDPOINT_ATTR_*) masks.
+ */
+ uint16_t EndpointSize; /**< Size of the endpoint bank, in bytes. This indicates the maximum packet
+ * size that the endpoint can receive at a time.
+ */
+ uint8_t PollingIntervalMS; /**< Polling interval in milliseconds for the endpoint if it is an INTERRUPT
+ * or ISOCHRONOUS type.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB Endpoint Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard Endpoint Descriptor. This structure uses the relevant standard's given
+ * element names to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t for the version of this type with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t or a
+ * value given by the specific class.
+ */
+ uint8_t bEndpointAddress; /**< Logical address of the endpoint within the device for the current
+ * configuration, including direction mask.
+ */
+ uint8_t bmAttributes; /**< Endpoint attributes, comprised of a mask of the endpoint type (EP_TYPE_*)
+ * and attributes (ENDPOINT_ATTR_*) masks.
+ */
+ uint16_t wMaxPacketSize; /**< Size of the endpoint bank, in bytes. This indicates the maximum packet size
+ * that the endpoint can receive at a time.
+ */
+ uint8_t bInterval; /**< Polling interval in milliseconds for the endpoint if it is an INTERRUPT or
+ * ISOCHRONOUS type.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_Endpoint_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB String Descriptor (LUFA naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard string descriptor. Unlike other standard descriptors, the length
+ * of the descriptor for placement in the descriptor header must be determined by the \ref USB_STRING_LEN()
+ * macro rather than by the size of the descriptor structure, as the length is not fixed.
+ *
+ * This structure should also be used for string index 0, which contains the supported language IDs for
+ * the device as an array.
+ *
+ * This structure uses LUFA-specific element names to make each element's purpose clearer.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_StdDescriptor_String_t for the version of this type with standard element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Descriptor header, including type and size. */
+
+ #if (((ARCH == ARCH_AVR8) || (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)) && !defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ wchar_t UnicodeString[];
+ #else
+ uint16_t UnicodeString[]; /**< String data, as unicode characters (alternatively,
+ * string language IDs). If normal ASCII characters are
+ * to be used, they must be added as an array of characters
+ * rather than a normal C string so that they are widened to
+ * Unicode size.
+ *
+ * Under GCC, strings prefixed with the "L" character (before
+ * the opening string quotation mark) are considered to be
+ * Unicode strings, and may be used instead of an explicit
+ * array of ASCII characters on little endian devices with
+ * UTF-16-LE \c wchar_t encoding.
+ */
+ #endif
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Descriptor_String_t;
+
+ /** \brief Standard USB String Descriptor (USB-IF naming conventions).
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard string descriptor. Unlike other standard descriptors, the length
+ * of the descriptor for placement in the descriptor header must be determined by the \ref USB_STRING_LEN()
+ * macro rather than by the size of the descriptor structure, as the length is not fixed.
+ *
+ * This structure should also be used for string index 0, which contains the supported language IDs for
+ * the device as an array.
+ *
+ * This structure uses the relevant standard's given element names to ensure compatibility with the standard.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Descriptor_String_t for the version of this type with with non-standard LUFA specific
+ * element names.
+ *
+ * \note Regardless of CPU architecture, these values should be stored as little endian.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bLength; /**< Size of the descriptor, in bytes. */
+ uint8_t bDescriptorType; /**< Type of the descriptor, either a value in \ref USB_DescriptorTypes_t
+ * or a value given by the specific class.
+ */
+ uint16_t bString[]; /**< String data, as unicode characters (alternatively, string language IDs).
+ * If normal ASCII characters are to be used, they must be added as an array
+ * of characters rather than a normal C string so that they are widened to
+ * Unicode size.
+ *
+ * Under GCC, strings prefixed with the "L" character (before the opening string
+ * quotation mark) are considered to be Unicode strings, and may be used instead
+ * of an explicit array of ASCII characters.
+ */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_StdDescriptor_String_t;
+
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdRequestType.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdRequestType.h
index a841f8f3a..b2506cd7d 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdRequestType.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/StdRequestType.h
@@ -1,258 +1,258 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB control endpoint request definitions.
- * \copydetails Group_StdRequest
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USB
- * \defgroup Group_StdRequest Standard USB Requests
- * \brief USB control endpoint request definitions.
- *
- * This module contains definitions for the various control request parameters, so that the request
- * details (such as data direction, request recipient, etc.) can be extracted via masking.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __STDREQTYPE_H__
-#define __STDREQTYPE_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "USBMode.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Mask for the request type parameter, to indicate the direction of the request data (Host to Device
- * or Device to Host). The result of this mask should then be compared to the request direction masks.
- *
- * \see \c REQDIR_* macros for masks indicating the request data direction.
- */
- #define CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION 0x80
-
- /** Mask for the request type parameter, to indicate the type of request (Device, Class or Vendor
- * Specific). The result of this mask should then be compared to the request type masks.
- *
- * \see \c REQTYPE_* macros for masks indicating the request type.
- */
- #define CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE 0x60
-
- /** Mask for the request type parameter, to indicate the recipient of the request (Device, Interface
- * Endpoint or Other). The result of this mask should then be compared to the request recipient
- * masks.
- *
- * \see \c REQREC_* macros for masks indicating the request recipient.
- */
- #define CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT 0x1F
-
- /** \name Control Request Data Direction Masks */
- //@{
- /** Request data direction mask, indicating that the request data will flow from host to device.
- *
- * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION macro.
- */
- #define REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE (0 << 7)
-
- /** Request data direction mask, indicating that the request data will flow from device to host.
- *
- * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION macro.
- */
- #define REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST (1 << 7)
- //@}
-
- /** \name Control Request Type Masks */
- //@{
- /** Request type mask, indicating that the request is a standard request.
- *
- * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE macro.
- */
- #define REQTYPE_STANDARD (0 << 5)
-
- /** Request type mask, indicating that the request is a class-specific request.
- *
- * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE macro.
- */
- #define REQTYPE_CLASS (1 << 5)
-
- /** Request type mask, indicating that the request is a vendor specific request.
- *
- * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE macro.
- */
- #define REQTYPE_VENDOR (2 << 5)
- //@}
-
- /** \name Control Request Recipient Masks */
- //@{
- /** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to the device as a whole.
- *
- * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
- */
- #define REQREC_DEVICE (0 << 0)
-
- /** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to an interface in the
- * currently selected configuration.
- *
- * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
- */
- #define REQREC_INTERFACE (1 << 0)
-
- /** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to an endpoint in the
- * currently selected configuration.
- *
- * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
- */
- #define REQREC_ENDPOINT (2 << 0)
-
- /** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to an unspecified element
- * in the currently selected configuration.
- *
- * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
- */
- #define REQREC_OTHER (3 << 0)
- //@}
-
- /* Type Defines: */
- /** \brief Standard USB Control Request
- *
- * Type define for a standard USB control request.
- *
- * \see The USB 2.0 specification for more information on standard control requests.
- */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t bmRequestType; /**< Type of the request. */
- uint8_t bRequest; /**< Request command code. */
- uint16_t wValue; /**< wValue parameter of the request. */
- uint16_t wIndex; /**< wIndex parameter of the request. */
- uint16_t wLength; /**< Length of the data to transfer in bytes. */
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_Request_Header_t;
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enumeration for the various standard request commands. These commands are applicable when the
- * request type is \ref REQTYPE_STANDARD (with the exception of \ref REQ_GetDescriptor, which is always
- * handled regardless of the request type value).
- *
- * \see Chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 Specification.
- */
- enum USB_Control_Request_t
- {
- REQ_GetStatus = 0, /**< Implemented in the library for device and endpoint recipients. Passed
- * to the user application for other recipients via the
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
- * device mode. */
- REQ_ClearFeature = 1, /**< Implemented in the library for device and endpoint recipients. Passed
- * to the user application for other recipients via the
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
- * device mode. */
- REQ_SetFeature = 3, /**< Implemented in the library for device and endpoint recipients. Passed
- * to the user application for other recipients via the
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
- * device mode. */
- REQ_SetAddress = 5, /**< Implemented in the library for the device recipient. Passed
- * to the user application for other recipients via the
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
- * device mode. */
- REQ_GetDescriptor = 6, /**< Implemented in the library for device and interface recipients. Passed to the
- * user application for other recipients via the
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
- * device mode. */
- REQ_SetDescriptor = 7, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
- * via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
- * device mode. */
- REQ_GetConfiguration = 8, /**< Implemented in the library for the device recipient. Passed
- * to the user application for other recipients via the
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
- * device mode. */
- REQ_SetConfiguration = 9, /**< Implemented in the library for the device recipient. Passed
- * to the user application for other recipients via the
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
- * device mode. */
- REQ_GetInterface = 10, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
- * via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
- * device mode. */
- REQ_SetInterface = 11, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
- * via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
- * device mode. */
- REQ_SynchFrame = 12, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
- * via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
- * device mode. */
- };
-
- /** Feature Selector values for Set Feature and Clear Feature standard control requests directed to the device, interface
- * and endpoint recipients.
- */
- enum USB_Feature_Selectors_t
- {
- FEATURE_SEL_EndpointHalt = 0x00, /**< Feature selector for Clear Feature or Set Feature commands. When
- * used in a Set Feature or Clear Feature request this indicates that an
- * endpoint (whose address is given elsewhere in the request) should have
- * its stall condition changed.
- */
- FEATURE_SEL_DeviceRemoteWakeup = 0x01, /**< Feature selector for Device level Remote Wakeup enable set or clear.
- * This feature can be controlled by the host on devices which indicate
- * remote wakeup support in their descriptors to selectively disable or
- * enable remote wakeup.
- */
- FEATURE_SEL_TestMode = 0x02, /**< Feature selector for Test Mode features, used to test the USB controller
- * to check for incorrect operation.
- */
- };
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define FEATURE_SELFPOWERED_ENABLED (1 << 0)
- #define FEATURE_REMOTE_WAKEUP_ENABLED (1 << 1)
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB control endpoint request definitions.
+ * \copydetails Group_StdRequest
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ * \defgroup Group_StdRequest Standard USB Requests
+ * \brief USB control endpoint request definitions.
+ *
+ * This module contains definitions for the various control request parameters, so that the request
+ * details (such as data direction, request recipient, etc.) can be extracted via masking.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __STDREQTYPE_H__
+#define __STDREQTYPE_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Mask for the request type parameter, to indicate the direction of the request data (Host to Device
+ * or Device to Host). The result of this mask should then be compared to the request direction masks.
+ *
+ * \see \c REQDIR_* macros for masks indicating the request data direction.
+ */
+ #define CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION 0x80
+
+ /** Mask for the request type parameter, to indicate the type of request (Device, Class or Vendor
+ * Specific). The result of this mask should then be compared to the request type masks.
+ *
+ * \see \c REQTYPE_* macros for masks indicating the request type.
+ */
+ #define CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE 0x60
+
+ /** Mask for the request type parameter, to indicate the recipient of the request (Device, Interface
+ * Endpoint or Other). The result of this mask should then be compared to the request recipient
+ * masks.
+ *
+ * \see \c REQREC_* macros for masks indicating the request recipient.
+ */
+ #define CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT 0x1F
+
+ /** \name Control Request Data Direction Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Request data direction mask, indicating that the request data will flow from host to device.
+ *
+ * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION macro.
+ */
+ #define REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE (0 << 7)
+
+ /** Request data direction mask, indicating that the request data will flow from device to host.
+ *
+ * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_DIRECTION macro.
+ */
+ #define REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST (1 << 7)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Control Request Type Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Request type mask, indicating that the request is a standard request.
+ *
+ * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE macro.
+ */
+ #define REQTYPE_STANDARD (0 << 5)
+
+ /** Request type mask, indicating that the request is a class-specific request.
+ *
+ * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE macro.
+ */
+ #define REQTYPE_CLASS (1 << 5)
+
+ /** Request type mask, indicating that the request is a vendor specific request.
+ *
+ * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_TYPE macro.
+ */
+ #define REQTYPE_VENDOR (2 << 5)
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Control Request Recipient Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to the device as a whole.
+ *
+ * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
+ */
+ #define REQREC_DEVICE (0 << 0)
+
+ /** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to an interface in the
+ * currently selected configuration.
+ *
+ * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
+ */
+ #define REQREC_INTERFACE (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to an endpoint in the
+ * currently selected configuration.
+ *
+ * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
+ */
+ #define REQREC_ENDPOINT (2 << 0)
+
+ /** Request recipient mask, indicating that the request is to be issued to an unspecified element
+ * in the currently selected configuration.
+ *
+ * \see \ref CONTROL_REQTYPE_RECIPIENT macro.
+ */
+ #define REQREC_OTHER (3 << 0)
+ //@}
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ /** \brief Standard USB Control Request
+ *
+ * Type define for a standard USB control request.
+ *
+ * \see The USB 2.0 specification for more information on standard control requests.
+ */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t bmRequestType; /**< Type of the request. */
+ uint8_t bRequest; /**< Request command code. */
+ uint16_t wValue; /**< wValue parameter of the request. */
+ uint16_t wIndex; /**< wIndex parameter of the request. */
+ uint16_t wLength; /**< Length of the data to transfer in bytes. */
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_Request_Header_t;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enumeration for the various standard request commands. These commands are applicable when the
+ * request type is \ref REQTYPE_STANDARD (with the exception of \ref REQ_GetDescriptor, which is always
+ * handled regardless of the request type value).
+ *
+ * \see Chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 Specification.
+ */
+ enum USB_Control_Request_t
+ {
+ REQ_GetStatus = 0, /**< Implemented in the library for device and endpoint recipients. Passed
+ * to the user application for other recipients via the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+ * device mode. */
+ REQ_ClearFeature = 1, /**< Implemented in the library for device and endpoint recipients. Passed
+ * to the user application for other recipients via the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+ * device mode. */
+ REQ_SetFeature = 3, /**< Implemented in the library for device and endpoint recipients. Passed
+ * to the user application for other recipients via the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+ * device mode. */
+ REQ_SetAddress = 5, /**< Implemented in the library for the device recipient. Passed
+ * to the user application for other recipients via the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+ * device mode. */
+ REQ_GetDescriptor = 6, /**< Implemented in the library for device and interface recipients. Passed to the
+ * user application for other recipients via the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+ * device mode. */
+ REQ_SetDescriptor = 7, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
+ * via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+ * device mode. */
+ REQ_GetConfiguration = 8, /**< Implemented in the library for the device recipient. Passed
+ * to the user application for other recipients via the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+ * device mode. */
+ REQ_SetConfiguration = 9, /**< Implemented in the library for the device recipient. Passed
+ * to the user application for other recipients via the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+ * device mode. */
+ REQ_GetInterface = 10, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
+ * via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+ * device mode. */
+ REQ_SetInterface = 11, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
+ * via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+ * device mode. */
+ REQ_SynchFrame = 12, /**< Not implemented in the library, passed to the user application
+ * via the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event when received in
+ * device mode. */
+ };
+
+ /** Feature Selector values for Set Feature and Clear Feature standard control requests directed to the device, interface
+ * and endpoint recipients.
+ */
+ enum USB_Feature_Selectors_t
+ {
+ FEATURE_SEL_EndpointHalt = 0x00, /**< Feature selector for Clear Feature or Set Feature commands. When
+ * used in a Set Feature or Clear Feature request this indicates that an
+ * endpoint (whose address is given elsewhere in the request) should have
+ * its stall condition changed.
+ */
+ FEATURE_SEL_DeviceRemoteWakeup = 0x01, /**< Feature selector for Device level Remote Wakeup enable set or clear.
+ * This feature can be controlled by the host on devices which indicate
+ * remote wakeup support in their descriptors to selectively disable or
+ * enable remote wakeup.
+ */
+ FEATURE_SEL_TestMode = 0x02, /**< Feature selector for Test Mode features, used to test the USB controller
+ * to check for incorrect operation.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define FEATURE_SELFPOWERED_ENABLED (1 << 0)
+ #define FEATURE_REMOTE_WAKEUP_ENABLED (1 << 1)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.c
index b7c186e80..6f6de3f5e 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.c
@@ -1,51 +1,51 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#include "../Device.h"
-
-void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void)
-{
- USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
-
- AVR32_USBB.UDCON.rmwkup = true;
- while (AVR32_USBB.UDCON.rmwkup);
-}
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "../Device.h"
+
+void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void)
+{
+ USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
+
+ AVR32_USBB.UDCON.rmwkup = true;
+ while (AVR32_USBB.UDCON.rmwkup);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.h
index 7139d51f0..5579ea0bc 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Device_UC3.h
@@ -1,260 +1,267 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- * \copydetails Group_Device_UC3
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Device
- * \defgroup Group_Device_UC3 Device Management (UC3)
- * \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- *
- * Architecture specific USB Device definitions for the Atmel 32-bit UC3 AVR microcontrollers.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBDEVICE_UC3_H__
-#define __USBDEVICE_UC3_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../USBController.h"
- #include "../StdDescriptors.h"
- #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
- #include "../Endpoint.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** \name USB Device Mode Option Masks */
- //@{
- /** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
- * USB interface should be initialized in low speed (1.5Mb/s) mode.
- *
- * \note Restrictions apply on the number, size and type of endpoints which can be used
- * when running in low speed mode - please refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
- */
- #define USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED (1 << 0)
-
- /** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
- * USB interface should be initialized in full speed (12Mb/s) mode.
- */
- #define USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED (0 << 0)
-
- #if defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
- * USB interface should be initialized in high speed (480Mb/s) mode.
- */
- #define USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED (1 << 1)
- #endif
- //@}
-
- #if (!defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && \
- (defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32) || \
- defined(__DOXYGEN__)))
- /** String descriptor index for the device's unique serial number string descriptor within the device.
- * This unique serial number is used by the host to associate resources to the device (such as drivers or COM port
- * number allocations) to a device regardless of the port it is plugged in to on the host. Some microcontrollers contain
- * a unique serial number internally, and setting the device descriptors serial number string index to this value
- * will cause it to use the internal serial number.
- *
- * On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR and so will force the host to create a pseudo-serial
- * number for the device.
- */
- #define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL 0xDC
-
- /** Length of the device's unique internal serial number, in bits, if present on the selected microcontroller
- * model.
- */
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS 120
-
- /** Start address of the internal serial number, in the appropriate address space, if present on the selected microcontroller
- * model.
- */
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS 0x80800204
- #else
- #define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL NO_DESCRIPTOR
-
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS 0
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS 0
- #endif
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Sends a Remote Wakeup request to the host. This signals to the host that the device should
- * be taken out of suspended mode, and communications should resume.
- *
- * Typically, this is implemented so that HID devices (mice, keyboards, etc.) can wake up the
- * host computer when the host has suspended all USB devices to enter a low power state.
- *
- * \note This function should only be used if the device has indicated to the host that it
- * supports the Remote Wakeup feature in the device descriptors, and should only be
- * issued if the host is currently allowing remote wakeup events from the device (i.e.,
- * the \ref USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled flag is set). When the \c NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
- * compile time option is used, this function is unavailable.
- *
- * \note The USB clock must be running for this function to operate. If the stack is initialized with
- * the \ref USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL option enabled, the user must ensure that the PLL is running
- * before attempting to call this function.
- *
- * \see \ref Group_StdDescriptors for more information on the RMWAKEUP feature and device descriptors.
- */
- void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void);
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Returns the current USB frame number, when in device mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. enumerated to a host)
- * the frame number is incremented by one.
- *
- * \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
- */
- static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void)
- {
- return AVR32_USBB.UDFNUM.fnum;
- }
-
- #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
- /** Enables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
- * at the start of each USB frame when enumerated in device mode.
- *
- * \note Not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
- */
- static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void)
- {
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SOFI);
- }
-
- /** Disables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in device mode.
- *
- * \note Not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
- */
- static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void)
- {
- USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SOFI);
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Inline Functions: */
- static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.UDCON.ls = true;
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.UDCON.ls = false;
- #if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED)
- AVR32_USBB.UDCON.spdconf = 3;
- #endif
- }
-
- #if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED)
- static inline void USB_Device_SetHighSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Device_SetHighSpeed(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.UDCON.ls = false;
- AVR32_USBB.UDCON.spdconf = 0;
- }
- #endif
-
- static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.UDCON.uadd = Address;
- AVR32_USBB.UDCON.adden = (Address ? true : false);
- }
-
- static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void)
- {
- return AVR32_USBB.UDCON.adden;
- }
-
- #if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
- static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString)
- {
- uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
- GlobalInterruptDisable();
-
- uint8_t* SigReadAddress = (uint8_t*)INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS;
-
- for (uint8_t SerialCharNum = 0; SerialCharNum < (INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4); SerialCharNum++)
- {
- uint8_t SerialByte = *SigReadAddress;
-
- if (SerialCharNum & 0x01)
- {
- SerialByte >>= 4;
- SigReadAddress++;
- }
-
- SerialByte &= 0x0F;
-
- UnicodeString[SerialCharNum] = cpu_to_le16((SerialByte >= 10) ?
- (('A' - 10) + SerialByte) : ('0' + SerialByte));
- }
-
- SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
- }
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_Device_UC3
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Device
+ * \defgroup Group_Device_UC3 Device Management (UC3)
+ * \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * Architecture specific USB Device definitions for the Atmel 32-bit UC3 AVR microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBDEVICE_UC3_H__
+#define __USBDEVICE_UC3_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBController.h"
+ #include "../StdDescriptors.h"
+ #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+ #include "../Endpoint.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name USB Device Mode Option Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
+ * USB interface should be initialized in low speed (1.5Mb/s) mode.
+ *
+ * \note Restrictions apply on the number, size and type of endpoints which can be used
+ * when running in low speed mode - please refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+ */
+ #define USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED (1 << 0)
+
+ /** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
+ * USB interface should be initialized in full speed (12Mb/s) mode.
+ */
+ #define USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED (0 << 0)
+
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
+ * USB interface should be initialized in high speed (480Mb/s) mode.
+ */
+ #define USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED (1 << 1)
+ #endif
+ //@}
+
+ #if (!defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) && \
+ (defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32) || \
+ defined(__DOXYGEN__)))
+ /** String descriptor index for the device's unique serial number string descriptor within the device.
+ * This unique serial number is used by the host to associate resources to the device (such as drivers or COM port
+ * number allocations) to a device regardless of the port it is plugged in to on the host. Some microcontrollers contain
+ * a unique serial number internally, and setting the device descriptors serial number string index to this value
+ * will cause it to use the internal serial number.
+ *
+ * On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR and so will force the host to create a pseudo-serial
+ * number for the device.
+ */
+ #define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL 0xDC
+
+ /** Length of the device's unique internal serial number, in bits, if present on the selected microcontroller
+ * model.
+ */
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS 120
+
+ /** Start address of the internal serial number, in the appropriate address space, if present on the selected microcontroller
+ * model.
+ */
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS 0x80800204
+ #else
+ #define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL NO_DESCRIPTOR
+
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS 0
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS 0
+ #endif
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Sends a Remote Wakeup request to the host. This signals to the host that the device should
+ * be taken out of suspended mode, and communications should resume.
+ *
+ * Typically, this is implemented so that HID devices (mice, keyboards, etc.) can wake up the
+ * host computer when the host has suspended all USB devices to enter a low power state.
+ *
+ * \note This function should only be used if the device has indicated to the host that it
+ * supports the Remote Wakeup feature in the device descriptors, and should only be
+ * issued if the host is currently allowing remote wakeup events from the device (i.e.,
+ * the \ref USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled flag is set). When the \c NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+ * compile time option is used, this function is unavailable.
+ *
+ * \note The USB clock must be running for this function to operate. If the stack is initialized with
+ * the \ref USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL option enabled, the user must ensure that the PLL is running
+ * before attempting to call this function.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_StdDescriptors for more information on the RMWAKEUP feature and device descriptors.
+ */
+ void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Returns the current USB frame number, when in device mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. enumerated to a host)
+ * the frame number is incremented by one.
+ *
+ * \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void)
+ {
+ return AVR32_USBB.UDFNUM.fnum;
+ }
+
+ #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+ /** Enables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
+ * at the start of each USB frame when enumerated in device mode.
+ *
+ * \note Not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void)
+ {
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SOFI);
+ }
+
+ /** Disables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in device mode.
+ *
+ * \note Not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void)
+ {
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SOFI);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UDCON.ls = true;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UDCON.ls = false;
+ #if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED)
+ AVR32_USBB.UDCON.spdconf = 3;
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ #if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED)
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetHighSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetHighSpeed(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UDCON.ls = false;
+ AVR32_USBB.UDCON.spdconf = 0;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UDCON.uadd = Address;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ (void)Address;
+
+ AVR32_USBB.UDCON.adden = true;
+ }
+
+ static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void)
+ {
+ return AVR32_USBB.UDCON.adden;
+ }
+
+ #if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+ static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString)
+ {
+ uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+ GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+ uint8_t* SigReadAddress = (uint8_t*)INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS;
+
+ for (uint8_t SerialCharNum = 0; SerialCharNum < (INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4); SerialCharNum++)
+ {
+ uint8_t SerialByte = *SigReadAddress;
+
+ if (SerialCharNum & 0x01)
+ {
+ SerialByte >>= 4;
+ SigReadAddress++;
+ }
+
+ SerialByte &= 0x0F;
+
+ UnicodeString[SerialCharNum] = cpu_to_le16((SerialByte >= 10) ?
+ (('A' - 10) + SerialByte) : ('0' + SerialByte));
+ }
+
+ SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.c
index cc4206cae..6e9862927 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.c
@@ -1,235 +1,235 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#include "EndpointStream_UC3.h"
-
-#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
-uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
- uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-
- while (Length)
- {
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- {
- *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
- }
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
- }
- else
- {
- Endpoint_Discard_8();
-
- Length--;
- BytesInTransfer++;
- }
- }
-
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
- uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-
- while (Length)
- {
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- {
- *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
- }
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
- }
- else
- {
- Endpoint_Write_8(0);
-
- Length--;
- BytesInTransfer++;
- }
- }
-
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
- * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
- #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
- #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-#endif
-
-#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
- #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
- #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
- #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
- #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "EndpointStream_UC3.h"
+
+#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Endpoint_Discard_8();
+
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0);
+
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
+ * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h
index b360b4da4..831c71407 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/EndpointStream_UC3.h
@@ -1,434 +1,438 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- * \copydetails Group_EndpointStreamRW_UC3
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointStreamRW
- * \defgroup Group_EndpointStreamRW_UC3 Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (UC3)
- * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
- * and to endpoints.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __ENDPOINT_STREAM_UC3_H__
-#define __ENDPOINT_STREAM_UC3_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../USBMode.h"
- #include "../USBTask.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** \name Stream functions for null data */
- //@{
-
- /** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank,
- * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
- * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
- * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
- *
- * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
- * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
- * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
- * the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
- * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
- * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
- * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
- * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
- * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
- *
- * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- *
- * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
- *
- * BytesProcessed = 0;
- * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
- * {
- * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
- * }
- *
- * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected endpoint.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
-
- /** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank, sending
- * full packets to the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the
- * remaining bytes have been written; the user is responsible for manually sending the last
- * packet to the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
- *
- * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
- * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
- * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
- * the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
- * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
- * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
- * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
- * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
- * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
- *
- * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- *
- * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
- *
- * BytesProcessed = 0;
- * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
- * {
- * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
- * }
- *
- * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \param[in] Length Number of zero bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
-
- //@}
-
- /** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
- //@{
-
- /** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
- * sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
- * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
- * \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
- *
- * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
- * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
- * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
- * the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
- * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
- * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
- * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
- * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
- * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
- *
- * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t DataStream[512];
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- *
- * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
- * NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t DataStream[512];
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
- *
- * BytesProcessed = 0;
- * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
- * &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
- * {
- * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
- * }
- *
- * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
- * sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
- * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
- * \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
- *
- * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
- * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
- * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
- * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
- *
- * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
- * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
- * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
- * the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
- * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
- * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
- * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
- * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
- * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
- *
- * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t DataStream[512];
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- *
- * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
- * NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t DataStream[512];
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
- *
- * BytesProcessed = 0;
- * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
- * &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
- * {
- * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
- * }
- *
- * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
- * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
- * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
- * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
- *
- * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
- * sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
- * in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
- * to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
- * sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
- * in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
- * to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
- * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
- * automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
- * status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
- * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
- * automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
- * status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- //@}
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_EndpointStreamRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointStreamRW
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointStreamRW_UC3 Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (UC3)
+ * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
+ * and to endpoints.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_STREAM_UC3_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_STREAM_UC3_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBMode.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** \name Stream functions for null data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+ * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+ * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+ * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+ /** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank, sending
+ * full packets to the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the
+ * remaining bytes have been written; the user is responsible for manually sending the last
+ * packet to the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+ * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Length Number of zero bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+ * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+ * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+ * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+ * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+ * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+ * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
+ * in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
+ * to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
+ * in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
+ * to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
+ * automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
+ * status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
+ * automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
+ * status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ //@}
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.c
index 235ddde59..5dce488f2 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.c
@@ -1,196 +1,196 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#include "../Endpoint.h"
-
-#if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
-uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE;
-#endif
-
-volatile uint32_t USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint = ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP;
-volatile uint8_t* USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS];
-
-bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
- const uint8_t Entries)
-{
- for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
- {
- if (!(Table[i].Address))
- continue;
-
- if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
- {
- return false;
- }
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(const uint8_t Number,
- const uint32_t UECFG0Data)
-{
- USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[Number] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[Number * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
-
-#if defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE) || defined(ORDERED_EP_CONFIG)
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Number);
- Endpoint_EnableEndpoint();
-
- (&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[Number] = 0;
- (&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[Number] = UECFG0Data;
-
- return Endpoint_IsConfigured();
-#else
- for (uint8_t EPNum = Number; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
- {
- uint32_t UECFG0Temp;
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EPNum);
-
- if (EPNum == Number)
- {
- UECFG0Temp = UECFG0Data;
- }
- else
- {
- UECFG0Temp = (&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[EPNum];
- }
-
- if (!(UECFG0Temp & AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK))
- continue;
-
- Endpoint_DisableEndpoint();
- (&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[EPNum] &= ~AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK;
-
- Endpoint_EnableEndpoint();
- (&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[EPNum] = UECFG0Temp;
-
- if (!(Endpoint_IsConfigured()))
- return false;
- }
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Number);
- return true;
-#endif
-}
-
-void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void)
-{
- for (uint8_t EPNum = 0; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
- {
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EPNum);
- (&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[EPNum] = 0;
- (&AVR32_USBB.uecon0clr)[EPNum] = -1;
- USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[EPNum] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[EPNum * 0x10000];
- Endpoint_DisableEndpoint();
- }
-}
-
-void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void)
-{
- if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST)
- {
- while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
- {
- if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return;
- }
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- }
- else
- {
- while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
- {
- if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return;
- }
-
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
- }
-}
-
-#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
-uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void)
-{
- #if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
- uint8_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
- #else
- uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
- #endif
-
- uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
-
- for (;;)
- {
- if (Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection() == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
- {
- if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
- return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
- }
- else
- {
- if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
- return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
- }
-
- uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
- if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
- else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
- return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended;
- else if (Endpoint_IsStalled())
- return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled;
-
- uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
-
- if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
- {
- PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
-
- if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
- return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout;
- }
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "../Endpoint.h"
+
+#if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE;
+#endif
+
+volatile uint32_t USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint = ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP;
+volatile uint8_t* USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS];
+
+bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
+ const uint8_t Entries)
+{
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
+ {
+ if (!(Table[i].Address))
+ continue;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
+ {
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(const uint8_t Number,
+ const uint32_t UECFG0Data)
+{
+ USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[Number] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[Number * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+
+#if defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE) || defined(ORDERED_EP_CONFIG)
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Number);
+ Endpoint_EnableEndpoint();
+
+ (&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[Number] = 0;
+ (&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[Number] = UECFG0Data;
+
+ return Endpoint_IsConfigured();
+#else
+ for (uint8_t EPNum = Number; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
+ {
+ uint32_t UECFG0Temp;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EPNum);
+
+ if (EPNum == Number)
+ {
+ UECFG0Temp = UECFG0Data;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UECFG0Temp = (&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[EPNum];
+ }
+
+ if (!(UECFG0Temp & AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK))
+ continue;
+
+ Endpoint_DisableEndpoint();
+ (&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[EPNum] &= ~AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK;
+
+ Endpoint_EnableEndpoint();
+ (&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[EPNum] = UECFG0Temp;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsConfigured()))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Number);
+ return true;
+#endif
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void)
+{
+ for (uint8_t EPNum = 0; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
+ {
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(EPNum);
+ (&AVR32_USBB.uecfg0)[EPNum] = 0;
+ (&AVR32_USBB.uecon0clr)[EPNum] = -1;
+ USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[EPNum] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[EPNum * 0x10000];
+ Endpoint_DisableEndpoint();
+ }
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void)
+{
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST)
+ {
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+}
+
+#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void)
+{
+ #if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
+ uint8_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #else
+ uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #endif
+
+ uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection() == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ {
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+ }
+
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsStalled())
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled;
+
+ uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+ {
+ PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+
+ if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout;
+ }
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h
index 356c9c3cb..cf35d2b60 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Endpoint_UC3.h
@@ -1,795 +1,794 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB Endpoint definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- * \copydetails Group_EndpointManagement_UC3
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
- * \defgroup Group_EndpointRW_UC3 Endpoint Data Reading and Writing (UC3)
- * \brief Endpoint data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW
- * \defgroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3 Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (UC3)
- * \brief Endpoint primitive read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
- * from and to endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement
- * \defgroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3 Endpoint Packet Management (UC3)
- * \brief Endpoint packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
- * \defgroup Group_EndpointManagement_UC3 Endpoint Management (UC3)
- * \brief Endpoint management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
- *
- * Functions, macros and enums related to endpoint management when in USB Device mode. This
- * module contains the endpoint management macros, as well as endpoint interrupt and data
- * send/receive functions for various data types.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __ENDPOINT_UC3_H__
-#define __ENDPOINT_UC3_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../USBTask.h"
- #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE (64 * 1024UL)
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- static inline uint32_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST
- ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint32_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
- {
- uint8_t MaskVal = 0;
- uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
-
- while (CheckBytes < Bytes)
- {
- MaskVal++;
- CheckBytes <<= 1;
- }
-
- return (MaskVal << AVR32_USBB_EPSIZE_OFFSET);
- }
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void);
- bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(const uint8_t Number,
- const uint32_t UECFGXData);
-
- /* External Variables: */
- extern volatile uint32_t USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
- extern volatile uint8_t* USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[];
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- #if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
- /** Default size of the default control endpoint's bank, until altered by the control endpoint bank size
- * value in the device descriptor. Not available if the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token is defined.
- */
- #define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE 8
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #if defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32)
- #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 8
- #else
- /** Total number of endpoints (including the default control endpoint at address 0) which may
- * be used in the device. Different AVR models support different amounts of endpoints,
- * this value reflects the maximum number of endpoints for the currently selected AVR model.
- */
- #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 7
- #endif
- #else
- #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 1
- #endif
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady() function.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_UC3
- */
- enum Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError = 0, /**< Endpoint is ready for next packet, no error. */
- ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled = 1, /**< The endpoint was stalled during the stream
- * transfer by the host or device.
- */
- ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host while
- * waiting for the endpoint to become ready.
- */
- ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
- * no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
- * has resumed.
- */
- ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout = 4, /**< The host failed to accept or send the next packet
- * within the software timeout period set by the
- * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
- */
- };
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Configures the specified endpoint address with the given endpoint type, direction, bank size
- * and banking mode. Once configured, the endpoint may be read from or written to, depending
- * on its direction.
- *
- * \param[in] Address Endpoint address to configure.
- *
- * \param[in] Type Type of endpoint to configure, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all endpoint types
- * are available on Low Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
- *
- * \param[in] Size Size of the endpoint's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted
- * to the USB host, or after they have been received from the USB host (depending on
- * the endpoint's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size
- * that the endpoint can handle.
- *
- * \param[in] Banks Number of hardware banks to use for the endpoint being configured.
- *
- * \attention When the \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is used, Endpoints <b>must</b> be configured in
- * ascending order, or bank corruption will occur.
- *
- * \note Different endpoints may have different maximum packet sizes based on the endpoint's index - refer to
- * the chosen microcontroller model's datasheet to determine the maximum bank size for each endpoint.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note The default control endpoint should not be manually configured by the user application, as
- * it is automatically configured by the library internally.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine will automatically select the specified endpoint upon success. Upon failure, the endpoint
- * which failed to reconfigure correctly will be selected.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
- const uint8_t Type,
- const uint16_t Size,
- const uint8_t Banks) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
- const uint8_t Type,
- const uint16_t Size,
- const uint8_t Banks)
- {
- uint8_t Number = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
-
- if (Number >= ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS)
- return false;
-
- return Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(Number,
- (AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK |
- ((uint32_t)Type << AVR32_USBB_EPTYPE_OFFSET) |
- ((Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN) ? AVR32_USBB_UECFG0_EPDIR_MASK : 0) |
- ((Banks > 1) ? AVR32_USBB_UECFG0_EPBK_SINGLE : AVR32_USBB_UECFG0_EPBK_DOUBLE) |
- Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size)));
- }
-
- /** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current endpoint's selected bank.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_UC3
- *
- * \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected Endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void)
- {
- return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].byct;
- }
-
- /** Determines the currently selected endpoint's direction.
- *
- * \return The currently selected endpoint's direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
- */
- static inline uint32_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint32_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void)
- {
- return ((&AVR32_USBB.UECFG0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].epdir ? ENDPOINT_DIR_IN : ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT);
- }
-
- /** Get the endpoint address of the currently selected endpoint. This is typically used to save
- * the currently selected endpoint so that it can be restored after another endpoint has been
- * manipulated.
- *
- * \return Index of the currently selected endpoint.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void)
- {
- return (USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint | Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection());
- }
-
- /** Selects the given endpoint address.
- *
- * Any endpoint operations which do not require the endpoint address to be indicated will operate on
- * the currently selected endpoint.
- *
- * \param[in] Address Endpoint address to select.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
- {
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
- }
-
- /** Resets the endpoint bank FIFO. This clears all the endpoint banks and resets the USB controller's
- * data In and Out pointers to the bank's contents.
- *
- * \param[in] Address Endpoint number whose FIFO buffers are to be reset.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
- {
- uint32_t EndpointNumber = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
-
- AVR32_USBB.uerst |= (AVR32_USBB_EPRST0_MASK << EndpointNumber);
- AVR32_USBB.uerst &= ~(AVR32_USBB_EPRST0_MASK << EndpointNumber);
- USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[EndpointNumber] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[EndpointNumber * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
- }
-
- /** Enables the currently selected endpoint so that data can be sent and received through it to
- * and from a host.
- *
- * \note Endpoints must first be configured properly via \ref Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint().
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_EnableEndpoint(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_EnableEndpoint(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.uerst |= (AVR32_USBB_EPEN0_MASK << USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint);
- }
-
- /** Disables the currently selected endpoint so that data cannot be sent and received through it
- * to and from a host.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_DisableEndpoint(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_DisableEndpoint(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.uerst &= ~(AVR32_USBB_EPEN0_MASK << USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void)
- {
- return ((AVR32_USBB.uerst & (AVR32_USBB_EPEN0_MASK << USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Retrieves the number of busy banks in the currently selected endpoint, which have been queued for
- * transmission via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() command, or are awaiting acknowledgement via the
- * \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() command.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
- *
- * \return Total number of busy banks in the selected endpoint.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetBusyBanks(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetBusyBanks(void)
- {
- return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].nbusybk;
- }
-
- /** Aborts all pending IN transactions on the currently selected endpoint, once the bank
- * has been queued for transmission to the host via \ref Endpoint_ClearIN(). This function
- * will terminate all queued transactions, resetting the endpoint banks ready for a new
- * packet.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_AbortPendingIN(void)
- {
- while (Endpoint_GetBusyBanks() != 0)
- {
- (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0SET)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].killbks = true;
- while ((&AVR32_USBB.UECON0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].killbk);
- }
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint may be read from (if data is waiting in the endpoint
- * bank and the endpoint is an OUT direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the endpoint is an IN
- * direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the endpoint, if the endpoint
- * is an OUT direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the endpoint is an IN
- * direction and the endpoint bank is full.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint may be read from or written to, depending
- * on its direction.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
- {
- return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rwall;
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is configured.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint has been configured, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void)
- {
- return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].cfgok;
- }
-
- /** Returns a mask indicating which INTERRUPT type endpoints have interrupted - i.e. their
- * interrupt duration has elapsed. Which endpoints have interrupted can be determined by
- * masking the return value against <tt>(1 << <i>{Endpoint Number}</i>)</tt>.
- *
- * \return Mask whose bits indicate which endpoints have interrupted.
- */
- static inline uint32_t Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint32_t Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts(void)
- {
- return ((AVR32_USBB.udint & (AVR32_USBB_EP6INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_EP5INT_MASK |
- AVR32_USBB_EP4INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_EP3INT_MASK |
- AVR32_USBB_EP2INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_EP1INT_MASK |
- AVR32_USBB_EP0INT_MASK)) >> AVR32_USBB_EP0INT_OFFSET);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the specified endpoint number has interrupted (valid only for INTERRUPT type
- * endpoints).
- *
- * \param[in] Address Address of the endpoint whose interrupt flag should be tested.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the specified endpoint has interrupted, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(const uint8_t Address)
- {
- return ((Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts() & (AVR32_USBB_EP0INT_MASK << (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK))) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the selected IN endpoint is ready for a new packet to be sent to the host.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the current endpoint is ready for an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void)
- {
- return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].txini;
- }
-
- /** Determines if the selected OUT endpoint has received new packet from the host.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if current endpoint is has received an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void)
- {
- return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxouti;
- }
-
- /** Determines if the current CONTROL type endpoint has received a SETUP packet.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the selected endpoint has received a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void)
- {
- return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpi;
- }
-
- /** Clears a received SETUP packet on the currently selected CONTROL type endpoint, freeing up the
- * endpoint for the next packet.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
- *
- * \note This is not applicable for non CONTROL type endpoints.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void)
- {
- (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpic = true;
- USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
- }
-
- /** Sends an IN packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint for the
- * next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearIN(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearIN(void)
- {
- (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].txinic = true;
- (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].fifoconc = true;
- USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
- }
-
- /** Acknowledges an OUT packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint
- * for the next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void)
- {
- (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxoutic = true;
- (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].fifoconc = true;
- USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
- }
-
- /** Stalls the current endpoint, indicating to the host that a logical problem occurred with the
- * indicated endpoint and that the current transfer sequence should be aborted. This provides a
- * way for devices to indicate invalid commands to the host so that the current transfer can be
- * aborted and the host can begin its own recovery sequence.
- *
- * The currently selected endpoint remains stalled until either the \ref Endpoint_ClearStall() macro
- * is called, or the host issues a CLEAR FEATURE request to the device for the currently selected
- * endpoint.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void)
- {
- (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0SET)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].stallrqs = true;
- }
-
- /** Clears the STALL condition on the currently selected endpoint.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void)
- {
- (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].stallrqc = true;
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, false otherwise.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void)
- {
- return (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].stallrq;
- }
-
- /** Resets the data toggle of the currently selected endpoint. */
- static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void)
- {
- (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0SET)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rstdts = true;
- }
-
- /** Sets the direction of the currently selected endpoint.
- *
- * \param[in] DirectionMask New endpoint direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(const uint32_t DirectionMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(const uint32_t DirectionMask)
- {
- (&AVR32_USBB.UECFG0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].epdir = (DirectionMask == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
- }
-
- /** Reads one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
- *
- * \return Next byte in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void)
- {
- return *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
- }
-
- /** Writes one byte to the currently selected endpoint's bank, for IN direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write into the the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
- {
- *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = Data;
- }
-
- /** Discards one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void)
- {
- uint8_t Dummy;
-
- Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-
- (void)Dummy;
- }
-
- /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
- *
- * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void)
- {
- uint16_t Byte0 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
- uint16_t Byte1 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-
- return ((Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
- }
-
- /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
- *
- * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void)
- {
- uint16_t Byte0 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
- uint16_t Byte1 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-
- return ((Byte0 << 8) | Byte1);
- }
-
- /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
- {
- *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
- *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 8);
- }
-
- /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
- {
- *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 8);
- *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
- }
-
- /** Discards two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void)
- {
- uint8_t Dummy;
-
- Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
- Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-
- (void)Dummy;
- }
-
- /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
- *
- * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void)
- {
- uint32_t Byte0 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
- uint32_t Byte1 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
- uint32_t Byte2 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
- uint32_t Byte3 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-
- return ((Byte3 << 24) | (Byte2 << 16) | (Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
- }
-
- /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
- *
- * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void)
- {
- uint32_t Byte0 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
- uint32_t Byte1 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
- uint32_t Byte2 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
- uint32_t Byte3 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-
- return ((Byte0 << 24) | (Byte1 << 16) | (Byte2 << 8) | Byte3);
- }
-
- /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
- {
- *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
- *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 8);
- *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 16);
- *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 24);
- }
-
- /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
- {
- *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 24);
- *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 16);
- *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 8);
- *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
- }
-
- /** Discards four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void)
- {
- uint8_t Dummy;
-
- Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
- Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
- Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
- Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
-
- (void)Dummy;
- }
-
- /* External Variables: */
- /** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control endpoint located at address
- * 0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the device descriptor in the user
- * project once the USB interface is initialized into device mode.
- *
- * If space is an issue, it is possible to fix this to a static value by defining the control
- * endpoint size in the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token passed to the compiler in the makefile
- * via the -D switch. When a fixed control endpoint size is used, the size is no longer dynamically
- * read from the descriptors at runtime and instead fixed to the given value. When used, it is
- * important that the descriptor control endpoint size value matches the size given as the
- * \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token - it is recommended that the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token
- * be used in the device descriptors to ensure this.
- *
- * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
- * changed in value.
- */
- #if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
- extern uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize;
- #else
- #define USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE
- #endif
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Configures a table of endpoint descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
- * endpoints at the same time.
- *
- * \note Endpoints with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
- * control endpoint.
- *
- * \param[in] Table Pointer to a table of endpoint descriptions.
- * \param[in] Entries Number of entries in the endpoint table to configure.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if all endpoints configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
- const uint8_t Entries);
-
- /** Completes the status stage of a control transfer on a CONTROL type endpoint automatically,
- * with respect to the data direction. This is a convenience function which can be used to
- * simplify user control request handling.
- *
- * \note This routine should not be called on non CONTROL type endpoints.
- */
- void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void);
-
- /** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control endpoint is ready for the next packet of data
- * to be read or written to it.
- *
- * \note This routine should not be called on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_UC3
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void);
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Endpoint definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_EndpointManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointRW_UC3 Endpoint Data Reading and Writing (UC3)
+ * \brief Endpoint data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3 Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (UC3)
+ * \brief Endpoint primitive read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
+ * from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3 Endpoint Packet Management (UC3)
+ * \brief Endpoint packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointManagement_UC3 Endpoint Management (UC3)
+ * \brief Endpoint management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros and enums related to endpoint management when in USB Device mode. This
+ * module contains the endpoint management macros, as well as endpoint interrupt and data
+ * send/receive functions for various data types.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_UC3_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_UC3_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+ #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE (64 * 1024UL)
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST
+ ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
+ {
+ uint8_t MaskVal = 0;
+ uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
+
+ while (CheckBytes < Bytes)
+ {
+ MaskVal++;
+ CheckBytes <<= 1;
+ }
+
+ return (MaskVal << AVR32_USBB_EPSIZE_OFFSET);
+ }
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void);
+ bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(const uint8_t Number,
+ const uint32_t UECFGXData);
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern volatile uint32_t USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
+ extern volatile uint8_t* USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[];
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ /** Default size of the default control endpoint's bank, until altered by the control endpoint bank size
+ * value in the device descriptor. Not available if the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token is defined.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE 8
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32)
+ #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 8
+ #else
+ /** Total number of endpoints (including the default control endpoint at address 0) which may
+ * be used in the device. Different AVR models support different amounts of endpoints,
+ * this value reflects the maximum number of endpoints for the currently selected AVR model.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 7
+ #endif
+ #else
+ #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 1
+ #endif
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady() function.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_UC3
+ */
+ enum Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError = 0, /**< Endpoint is ready for next packet, no error. */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled = 1, /**< The endpoint was stalled during the stream
+ * transfer by the host or device.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host while
+ * waiting for the endpoint to become ready.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
+ * no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
+ * has resumed.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout = 4, /**< The host failed to accept or send the next packet
+ * within the software timeout period set by the
+ * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Configures the specified endpoint address with the given endpoint type, bank size and number of hardware
+ * banks. Once configured, the endpoint may be read from or written to, depending on its direction.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Endpoint address to configure.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Type Type of endpoint to configure, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all endpoint types
+ * are available on Low Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Size Size of the endpoint's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted
+ * to the USB host, or after they have been received from the USB host (depending on
+ * the endpoint's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size
+ * that the endpoint can handle.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Banks Number of hardware banks to use for the endpoint being configured.
+ *
+ * \attention When the \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is used, Endpoints <b>must</b> be configured in
+ * ascending order, or bank corruption will occur.
+ *
+ * \note Different endpoints may have different maximum packet sizes based on the endpoint's index - refer to
+ * the chosen microcontroller model's datasheet to determine the maximum bank size for each endpoint.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note The default control endpoint should not be manually configured by the user application, as
+ * it is automatically configured by the library internally.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine will automatically select the specified endpoint upon success. Upon failure, the endpoint
+ * which failed to reconfigure correctly will be selected.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint16_t Size,
+ const uint8_t Banks) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint16_t Size,
+ const uint8_t Banks)
+ {
+ uint8_t Number = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+
+ if (Number >= ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS)
+ return false;
+
+ return Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_Prv(Number,
+ (AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK |
+ ((uint32_t)Type << AVR32_USBB_EPTYPE_OFFSET) |
+ ((Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN) ? AVR32_USBB_UECFG0_EPDIR_MASK : 0) |
+ ((Banks > 1) ? AVR32_USBB_UECFG0_EPBK_SINGLE : AVR32_USBB_UECFG0_EPBK_DOUBLE) |
+ Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size)));
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current endpoint's selected bank.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected Endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].byct;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected endpoint's direction.
+ *
+ * \return The currently selected endpoint's direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void)
+ {
+ return ((&AVR32_USBB.UECFG0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].epdir ? ENDPOINT_DIR_IN : ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT);
+ }
+
+ /** Get the endpoint address of the currently selected endpoint. This is typically used to save
+ * the currently selected endpoint so that it can be restored after another endpoint has been
+ * manipulated.
+ *
+ * \return Index of the currently selected endpoint.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void)
+ {
+ return (USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint | Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection());
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given endpoint address.
+ *
+ * Any endpoint operations which do not require the endpoint address to be indicated will operate on
+ * the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Endpoint address to select.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Resets the endpoint bank FIFO. This clears all the endpoint banks and resets the USB controller's
+ * data In and Out pointers to the bank's contents.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Endpoint number whose FIFO buffers are to be reset.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ uint32_t EndpointNumber = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+
+ AVR32_USBB.uerst |= (AVR32_USBB_EPRST0_MASK << EndpointNumber);
+ AVR32_USBB.uerst &= ~(AVR32_USBB_EPRST0_MASK << EndpointNumber);
+ USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[EndpointNumber] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[EndpointNumber * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+ }
+
+ /** Enables the currently selected endpoint so that data can be sent and received through it to
+ * and from a host.
+ *
+ * \note Endpoints must first be configured properly via \ref Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint().
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_EnableEndpoint(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_EnableEndpoint(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.uerst |= (AVR32_USBB_EPEN0_MASK << USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint);
+ }
+
+ /** Disables the currently selected endpoint so that data cannot be sent and received through it
+ * to and from a host.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_DisableEndpoint(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_DisableEndpoint(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.uerst &= ~(AVR32_USBB_EPEN0_MASK << USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void)
+ {
+ return ((AVR32_USBB.uerst & (AVR32_USBB_EPEN0_MASK << USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves the number of busy banks in the currently selected endpoint, which have been queued for
+ * transmission via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() command, or are awaiting acknowledgement via the
+ * \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() command.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Total number of busy banks in the selected endpoint.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetBusyBanks(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetBusyBanks(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].nbusybk;
+ }
+
+ /** Aborts all pending IN transactions on the currently selected endpoint, once the bank
+ * has been queued for transmission to the host via \ref Endpoint_ClearIN(). This function
+ * will terminate all queued transactions, resetting the endpoint banks ready for a new
+ * packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_AbortPendingIN(void)
+ {
+ while (Endpoint_GetBusyBanks() != 0)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0SET)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].killbks = true;
+ while ((&AVR32_USBB.UECON0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].killbk);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint may be read from (if data is waiting in the endpoint
+ * bank and the endpoint is an OUT direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the endpoint is an IN
+ * direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the endpoint, if the endpoint
+ * is an OUT direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the endpoint is an IN
+ * direction and the endpoint bank is full.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint may be read from or written to, depending
+ * on its direction.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rwall;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is configured.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint has been configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].cfgok;
+ }
+
+ /** Returns a mask indicating which INTERRUPT type endpoints have interrupted - i.e. their
+ * interrupt duration has elapsed. Which endpoints have interrupted can be determined by
+ * masking the return value against <tt>(1 << <i>{Endpoint Number}</i>)</tt>.
+ *
+ * \return Mask whose bits indicate which endpoints have interrupted.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts(void)
+ {
+ return ((AVR32_USBB.udint & (AVR32_USBB_EP6INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_EP5INT_MASK |
+ AVR32_USBB_EP4INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_EP3INT_MASK |
+ AVR32_USBB_EP2INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_EP1INT_MASK |
+ AVR32_USBB_EP0INT_MASK)) >> AVR32_USBB_EP0INT_OFFSET);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the specified endpoint number has interrupted (valid only for INTERRUPT type
+ * endpoints).
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Address of the endpoint whose interrupt flag should be tested.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the specified endpoint has interrupted, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_HasEndpointInterrupted(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ return ((Endpoint_GetEndpointInterrupts() & (AVR32_USBB_EP0INT_MASK << (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK))) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the selected IN endpoint is ready for a new packet to be sent to the host.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the current endpoint is ready for an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].txini;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the selected OUT endpoint has received new packet from the host.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if current endpoint is has received an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxouti;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the current CONTROL type endpoint has received a SETUP packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the selected endpoint has received a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpi;
+ }
+
+ /** Clears a received SETUP packet on the currently selected CONTROL type endpoint, freeing up the
+ * endpoint for the next packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \note This is not applicable for non CONTROL type endpoints.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpic = true;
+ USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+ }
+
+ /** Sends an IN packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint for the
+ * next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearIN(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearIN(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].txinic = true;
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].fifoconc = true;
+ USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+ }
+
+ /** Acknowledges an OUT packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint
+ * for the next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxoutic = true;
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].fifoconc = true;
+ USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint * ENDPOINT_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+ }
+
+ /** Stalls the current endpoint, indicating to the host that a logical problem occurred with the
+ * indicated endpoint and that the current transfer sequence should be aborted. This provides a
+ * way for devices to indicate invalid commands to the host so that the current transfer can be
+ * aborted and the host can begin its own recovery sequence.
+ *
+ * The currently selected endpoint remains stalled until either the \ref Endpoint_ClearStall() macro
+ * is called, or the host issues a CLEAR FEATURE request to the device for the currently selected
+ * endpoint.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0SET)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].stallrqs = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Clears the STALL condition on the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].stallrqc = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].stallrq;
+ }
+
+ /** Resets the data toggle of the currently selected endpoint. */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0SET)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rstdts = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Sets the direction of the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] DirectionMask New endpoint direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(const uint32_t DirectionMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_SetEndpointDirection(const uint32_t DirectionMask)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UECFG0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].epdir = (DirectionMask == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+ }
+
+ /** Reads one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Next byte in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void)
+ {
+ return *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes one byte to the currently selected endpoint's bank, for IN direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write into the the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
+ {
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = Data;
+ }
+
+ /** Discards one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void)
+ {
+ uint16_t Byte0 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ uint16_t Byte1 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+
+ return ((Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
+ }
+
+ /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void)
+ {
+ uint16_t Byte0 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ uint16_t Byte1 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+
+ return ((Byte0 << 8) | Byte1);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
+ {
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 8);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
+ {
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 8);
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ /** Discards two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void)
+ {
+ uint32_t Byte0 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ uint32_t Byte1 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ uint32_t Byte2 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ uint32_t Byte3 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+
+ return ((Byte3 << 24) | (Byte2 << 16) | (Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
+ }
+
+ /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void)
+ {
+ uint32_t Byte0 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ uint32_t Byte1 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ uint32_t Byte2 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ uint32_t Byte3 = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+
+ return ((Byte0 << 24) | (Byte1 << 16) | (Byte2 << 8) | Byte3);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
+ {
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 8);
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 16);
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 24);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
+ {
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 24);
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 16);
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data >> 8);
+ *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ /** Discards four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+ Dummy = *(USB_Endpoint_FIFOPos[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint]++);
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ /** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control endpoint located at address
+ * 0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the device descriptor in the user
+ * project once the USB interface is initialized into device mode.
+ *
+ * If space is an issue, it is possible to fix this to a static value by defining the control
+ * endpoint size in the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token passed to the compiler in the makefile
+ * via the -D switch. When a fixed control endpoint size is used, the size is no longer dynamically
+ * read from the descriptors at runtime and instead fixed to the given value. When used, it is
+ * important that the descriptor control endpoint size value matches the size given as the
+ * \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token - it is recommended that the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token
+ * be used in the device descriptors to ensure this.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ */
+ #if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ extern uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize;
+ #else
+ #define USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE
+ #endif
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures a table of endpoint descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
+ * endpoints at the same time.
+ *
+ * \note Endpoints with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
+ * control endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Table Pointer to a table of endpoint descriptions.
+ * \param[in] Entries Number of entries in the endpoint table to configure.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if all endpoints configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
+ const uint8_t Entries);
+
+ /** Completes the status stage of a control transfer on a CONTROL type endpoint automatically,
+ * with respect to the data direction. This is a convenience function which can be used to
+ * simplify user control request handling.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be called on non CONTROL type endpoints.
+ */
+ void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void);
+
+ /** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control endpoint is ready for the next packet of data
+ * to be read or written to it.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be called on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void);
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.c
index 24e2136e4..77807525f 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.c
@@ -1,294 +1,297 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HOST_C
-#include "../Host.h"
-
-void USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState(void)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError;
- uint8_t SubErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError;
-
- static uint16_t WaitMSRemaining;
- static uint8_t PostWaitState;
-
- switch (USB_HostState)
- {
- case HOST_STATE_WaitForDevice:
- if (WaitMSRemaining)
- {
- if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
- {
- USB_HostState = PostWaitState;
- ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_WaitStage;
- break;
- }
-
- if (!(--WaitMSRemaining))
- USB_HostState = PostWaitState;
- }
-
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Powered:
- WaitMSRemaining = HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS;
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle;
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle:
- if (WaitMSRemaining--)
- {
- Delay_MS(1);
- break;
- }
- else
- {
- USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off();
-
- USB_OTGPAD_On();
- USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable();
- USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On();
-
- #if defined(NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT)
- USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable();
- USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On();
- #endif
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect;
- }
-
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect:
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DCONNI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBERRI);
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_VBERRI);
-
- USB_Host_ResumeBus();
- Pipe_ClearPipes();
-
- HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(100, HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset);
- }
-
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset:
- USB_Host_ResetDevice();
-
- HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(200, HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe);
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe:
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE, EP_TYPE_CONTROL, ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE, 1)))
- {
- ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError;
- SubErrorCode = 0;
- break;
- }
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Default;
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Default:
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
- .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
- .wValue = (DTYPE_Device << 8),
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = 8,
- };
-
- uint8_t DataBuffer[8];
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
- if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(DataBuffer)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError;
- break;
- }
-
- USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = DataBuffer[offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t, Endpoint0Size)];
-
- USB_Host_ResetDevice();
-
- HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(200, HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset);
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset:
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE, EP_TYPE_CONTROL, ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, USB_Host_ControlPipeSize, 1)))
- {
- ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError;
- SubErrorCode = 0;
- break;
- }
-
- USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
- {
- .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
- .bRequest = REQ_SetAddress,
- .wValue = USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS,
- .wIndex = 0,
- .wLength = 0,
- };
-
- if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- {
- ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError;
- break;
- }
-
- HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(100, HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet);
- break;
- case HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet:
- USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS);
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Addressed;
-
- EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete();
- break;
- }
-
- if ((ErrorCode != HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError) && (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Unattached))
- {
- EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(ErrorCode, SubErrorCode);
-
- USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
-
- EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
-
- USB_ResetInterface();
- }
-}
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_WaitMS(uint8_t MS)
-{
- bool BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
- uint8_t ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_Successful;
- bool HSOFIEnabled = USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
- USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
- USB_Host_ResumeBus();
-
- while (MS)
- {
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
- MS--;
- }
-
- if ((USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached) || (USB_CurrentMode != USB_MODE_Host))
- {
- ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_DeviceDisconnect;
-
- break;
- }
-
- if (Pipe_IsError())
- {
- Pipe_ClearError();
- ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_PipeError;
-
- break;
- }
-
- if (Pipe_IsStalled())
- {
- Pipe_ClearStall();
- ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_SetupStalled;
-
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (BusSuspended)
- USB_Host_SuspendBus();
-
- if (HSOFIEnabled)
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
- return ErrorCode;
-}
-
-static void USB_Host_ResetDevice(void)
-{
- bool BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
-
- USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-
- USB_Host_ResetBus();
- while (!(USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete()));
- USB_Host_ResumeBus();
-
- USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
-
- bool HSOFIEnabled = USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
- USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
- for (uint8_t MSRem = 10; MSRem != 0; MSRem--)
- {
- /* Workaround for powerless-pull-up devices. After a USB bus reset,
- all disconnection interrupts are suppressed while a USB frame is
- looked for - if it is found within 10ms, the device is still
- present. */
-
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
- break;
- }
-
- Delay_MS(1);
- }
-
- if (HSOFIEnabled)
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
- if (BusSuspended)
- USB_Host_SuspendBus();
-
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-}
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_HOST_C
+#include "../Host.h"
+
+void USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState(void)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+ uint8_t SubErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError;
+
+ static uint16_t WaitMSRemaining;
+ static uint8_t PostWaitState;
+
+ switch (USB_HostState)
+ {
+ case HOST_STATE_WaitForDevice:
+ if (WaitMSRemaining)
+ {
+ if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_WaitMS(1)) != HOST_WAITERROR_Successful)
+ {
+ USB_HostState = PostWaitState;
+ ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_WaitStage;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (!(--WaitMSRemaining))
+ USB_HostState = PostWaitState;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Powered:
+ WaitMSRemaining = HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS;
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle;
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForDeviceSettle:
+ if (WaitMSRemaining--)
+ {
+ Delay_MS(1);
+ break;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off();
+
+ USB_OTGPAD_On();
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable();
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On();
+
+ #if defined(NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT)
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable();
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On();
+ #endif
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Powered_WaitForConnect:
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DCONNI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBERRI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_VBERRI);
+
+ USB_Host_ResumeBus();
+ Pipe_ClearPipes();
+
+ HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(100, HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Powered_DoReset:
+ USB_Host_ResetDevice();
+
+ HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(200, HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe);
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Powered_ConfigPipe:
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE, EP_TYPE_CONTROL, ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE, 1)))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError;
+ SubErrorCode = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Default;
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Default:
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_GetDescriptor,
+ .wValue = (DTYPE_Device << 8),
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 8,
+ };
+
+ uint8_t DataBuffer[8];
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+ if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(DataBuffer)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = DataBuffer[offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t, Endpoint0Size)];
+
+ USB_Host_ResetDevice();
+
+ HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(200, HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset);
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Default_PostReset:
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE, EP_TYPE_CONTROL, ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, USB_Host_ControlPipeSize, 1)))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError;
+ SubErrorCode = 0;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)
+ {
+ .bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),
+ .bRequest = REQ_SetAddress,
+ .wValue = USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS,
+ .wIndex = 0,
+ .wLength = 0,
+ };
+
+ if ((SubErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ {
+ ErrorCode = HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(100, HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet);
+ break;
+ case HOST_STATE_Default_PostAddressSet:
+ USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS);
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Addressed;
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete();
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode != HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError) && (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Unattached))
+ {
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(ErrorCode, SubErrorCode);
+
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+ USB_ResetInterface();
+ }
+}
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_WaitMS(uint8_t MS)
+{
+ bool BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
+ uint8_t ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_Successful;
+ bool HSOFIEnabled = USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ USB_Host_ResumeBus();
+
+ while (MS)
+ {
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ MS--;
+ }
+
+ if ((USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached) || (USB_CurrentMode != USB_MODE_Host))
+ {
+ ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_DeviceDisconnect;
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (Pipe_IsError())
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearError();
+ ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_PipeError;
+
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearStall();
+ ErrorCode = HOST_WAITERROR_SetupStalled;
+
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (BusSuspended)
+ USB_Host_SuspendBus();
+
+ if (HSOFIEnabled)
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ return ErrorCode;
+}
+
+static void USB_Host_ResetDevice(void)
+{
+ bool BusSuspended = USB_Host_IsBusSuspended();
+
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+ USB_Host_ResetBus();
+ while (!(USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete()));
+ USB_Host_ResumeBus();
+
+ USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+
+ bool HSOFIEnabled = USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ for (uint8_t MSRem = 10; MSRem != 0; MSRem--)
+ {
+ /* Workaround for powerless-pull-up devices. After a USB bus reset,
+ all disconnection interrupts are suppressed while a USB frame is
+ looked for - if it is found within 10ms, the device is still
+ present. */
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ Delay_MS(1);
+ }
+
+ if (HSOFIEnabled)
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ if (BusSuspended)
+ USB_Host_SuspendBus();
+
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.h
index 07559cd3f..eb803b073 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Host_UC3.h
@@ -1,363 +1,363 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB Host definitions for the AVR32 UC3B microcontrollers.
- * \copydetails Group_Host_UC3B
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Host
- * \defgroup Group_Host_UC3B Host Management (UC3B)
- * \brief USB Host definitions for the AVR32 UC3B microcontrollers.
- *
- * Architecture specific USB Host definitions for the Atmel 32-bit AVR UC3B microcontrollers.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBHOST_UC3B_H__
-#define __USBHOST_UC3B_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../StdDescriptors.h"
- #include "../Pipe.h"
- #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Indicates the fixed USB device address which any attached device is enumerated to when in
- * host mode. As only one USB device may be attached to the AVR in host mode at any one time
- * and that the address used is not important (other than the fact that it is non-zero), a
- * fixed value is specified by the library.
- */
- #define USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS 1
-
- #if !defined(HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Constant for the delay in milliseconds after a device is connected before the library
- * will start the enumeration process. Some devices require a delay of up to 5 seconds
- * after connection before the enumeration process can start or incorrect operation will
- * occur.
- *
- * The default delay value may be overridden in the user project makefile by defining the
- * \c HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS token to the required delay in milliseconds, and passed to the
- * compiler using the -D switch.
- */
- #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS 1000
- #endif
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the error codes for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_HostError() event.
- *
- * \see \ref Group_Events for more information on this event.
- */
- enum USB_Host_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- HOST_ERROR_VBusVoltageDip = 0, /**< VBUS voltage dipped to an unacceptable level. This
- * error may be the result of an attached device drawing
- * too much current from the VBUS line, or due to the
- * AVR's power source being unable to supply sufficient
- * current.
- */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the error codes for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed() event.
- *
- * \see \ref Group_Events for more information on this event.
- */
- enum USB_Host_EnumerationErrorCodes_t
- {
- HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< No error occurred. Used internally, this is not a valid
- * ErrorCode parameter value for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed()
- * event.
- */
- HOST_ENUMERROR_WaitStage = 1, /**< One of the delays between enumeration steps failed
- * to complete successfully, due to a timeout or other
- * error.
- */
- HOST_ENUMERROR_NoDeviceDetected = 2, /**< No device was detected, despite the USB data lines
- * indicating the attachment of a device.
- */
- HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError = 3, /**< One of the enumeration control requests failed to
- * complete successfully.
- */
- HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError = 4, /**< The default control pipe (address 0) failed to
- * configure correctly.
- */
- };
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Returns the current USB frame number, when in host mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. not suspended)
- * the frame number is incremented by one.
- *
- * \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
- */
- static inline uint16_t USB_Host_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint16_t USB_Host_GetFrameNumber(void)
- {
- return AVR32_USBB_UHFNUM;
- }
-
- #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
- /** Enables the host mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
- * at the start of each USB frame when a device is enumerated while in host mode.
- *
- * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
- */
- static inline void USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(void)
- {
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
- }
-
- /** Disables the host mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in host mode.
- *
- * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
- */
- static inline void USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents(void)
- {
- USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
- }
- #endif
-
- /** Resets the USB bus, including the endpoints in any attached device and pipes on the AVR host.
- * USB bus resets leave the default control pipe configured (if already configured).
- *
- * If the USB bus has been suspended prior to issuing a bus reset, the attached device will be
- * woken up automatically and the bus resumed after the reset has been correctly issued.
- */
- static inline void USB_Host_ResetBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_ResetBus(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.UHCON.reset = true;
- }
-
- /** Determines if a previously issued bus reset (via the \ref USB_Host_ResetBus() macro) has
- * completed.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if no bus reset is currently being sent, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete(void)
- {
- return AVR32_USBB.UHCON.reset;
- }
-
- /** Resumes USB communications with an attached and enumerated device, by resuming the transmission
- * of the 1MS Start Of Frame messages to the device. When resumed, USB communications between the
- * host and attached device may occur.
- */
- static inline void USB_Host_ResumeBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_ResumeBus(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.UHCON.sofe = true;
- }
-
- /** Suspends the USB bus, preventing any communications from occurring between the host and attached
- * device until the bus has been resumed. This stops the transmission of the 1MS Start Of Frame
- * messages to the device.
- *
- * \note While the USB bus is suspended, all USB interrupt sources are also disabled; this means that
- * some events (such as device disconnections) will not fire until the bus is resumed.
- */
- static inline void USB_Host_SuspendBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_SuspendBus(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.UHCON.sofe = false;
- }
-
- /** Determines if the USB bus has been suspended via the use of the \ref USB_Host_SuspendBus() macro,
- * false otherwise. While suspended, no USB communications can occur until the bus is resumed,
- * except for the Remote Wakeup event from the device if supported.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the bus is currently suspended, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusSuspended(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusSuspended(void)
- {
- return AVR32_USBB.UHCON.sofe;
- }
-
- /** Determines if the attached device is currently enumerated in Full Speed mode (12Mb/s), or
- * false if the attached device is enumerated in Low Speed mode (1.5Mb/s).
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the attached device is enumerated in Full Speed mode, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool USB_Host_IsDeviceFullSpeed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool USB_Host_IsDeviceFullSpeed(void)
- {
- return (AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.speed == AVR32_USBB_SPEED_FULL);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the attached device is currently issuing a Remote Wakeup request, requesting
- * that the host resume the USB bus and wake up the device, false otherwise.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the attached device has sent a Remote Wakeup request, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool USB_Host_IsRemoteWakeupSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool USB_Host_IsRemoteWakeupSent(void)
- {
- return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.rxrsmi;
- }
-
- /** Clears the flag indicating that a Remote Wakeup request has been issued by an attached device. */
- static inline void USB_Host_ClearRemoteWakeupSent(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_ClearRemoteWakeupSent(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.rxrsmic = true;
- }
-
- /** Accepts a Remote Wakeup request from an attached device. This must be issued in response to
- * a device's Remote Wakeup request within 2ms for the request to be accepted and the bus to
- * be resumed.
- */
- static inline void USB_Host_ResumeFromWakeupRequest(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_ResumeFromWakeupRequest(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.UHCON.resume = true;
- }
-
- /** Determines if a resume from Remote Wakeup request is currently being sent to an attached
- * device.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if no resume request is currently being sent, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool USB_Host_IsResumeFromWakeupRequestSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool USB_Host_IsResumeFromWakeupRequestSent(void)
- {
- return AVR32_USBB.UHCON.resume;
- }
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_On(void)
- {
- // Not required for UC3B
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_Off(void)
- {
- // Not required for UC3B
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbushwc = false;
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbushwc = true;
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.USBSTASET.vbusrqs = true;
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.USBSTASET.vbusrqs = true;
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vbusrqc = true;
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vbusrqc = true;
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.UHADDR1.uhaddr_p0 = Address;
- AVR32_USBB.UHADDR1.uhaddr_p1 = Address;
- AVR32_USBB.UHADDR1.uhaddr_p2 = Address;
- AVR32_USBB.UHADDR1.uhaddr_p3 = Address;
- AVR32_USBB.UHADDR2.uhaddr_p4 = Address;
- AVR32_USBB.UHADDR2.uhaddr_p5 = Address;
- AVR32_USBB.UHADDR2.uhaddr_p6 = Address;
- }
-
- /* Enums: */
- enum USB_Host_WaitMSErrorCodes_t
- {
- HOST_WAITERROR_Successful = 0,
- HOST_WAITERROR_DeviceDisconnect = 1,
- HOST_WAITERROR_PipeError = 2,
- HOST_WAITERROR_SetupStalled = 3,
- };
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState(void);
- uint8_t USB_Host_WaitMS(uint8_t MS);
-
- #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HOST_C)
- static void USB_Host_ResetDevice(void);
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Host definitions for the AVR32 UC3B microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_Host_UC3B
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Host
+ * \defgroup Group_Host_UC3B Host Management (UC3B)
+ * \brief USB Host definitions for the AVR32 UC3B microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * Architecture specific USB Host definitions for the Atmel 32-bit AVR UC3B microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBHOST_UC3B_H__
+#define __USBHOST_UC3B_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../StdDescriptors.h"
+ #include "../Pipe.h"
+ #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Indicates the fixed USB device address which any attached device is enumerated to when in
+ * host mode. As only one USB device may be attached to the AVR in host mode at any one time
+ * and that the address used is not important (other than the fact that it is non-zero), a
+ * fixed value is specified by the library.
+ */
+ #define USB_HOST_DEVICEADDRESS 1
+
+ #if !defined(HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Constant for the delay in milliseconds after a device is connected before the library
+ * will start the enumeration process. Some devices require a delay of up to 5 seconds
+ * after connection before the enumeration process can start or incorrect operation will
+ * occur.
+ *
+ * The default delay value may be overridden in the user project makefile by defining the
+ * \c HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS token to the required delay in milliseconds, and passed to the
+ * compiler using the -D switch.
+ */
+ #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS 1000
+ #endif
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the error codes for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_HostError() event.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_Events for more information on this event.
+ */
+ enum USB_Host_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ HOST_ERROR_VBusVoltageDip = 0, /**< VBUS voltage dipped to an unacceptable level. This
+ * error may be the result of an attached device drawing
+ * too much current from the VBUS line, or due to the
+ * AVR's power source being unable to supply sufficient
+ * current.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the error codes for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed() event.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_Events for more information on this event.
+ */
+ enum USB_Host_EnumerationErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ HOST_ENUMERROR_NoError = 0, /**< No error occurred. Used internally, this is not a valid
+ * ErrorCode parameter value for the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed()
+ * event.
+ */
+ HOST_ENUMERROR_WaitStage = 1, /**< One of the delays between enumeration steps failed
+ * to complete successfully, due to a timeout or other
+ * error.
+ */
+ HOST_ENUMERROR_NoDeviceDetected = 2, /**< No device was detected, despite the USB data lines
+ * indicating the attachment of a device.
+ */
+ HOST_ENUMERROR_ControlError = 3, /**< One of the enumeration control requests failed to
+ * complete successfully.
+ */
+ HOST_ENUMERROR_PipeConfigError = 4, /**< The default control pipe (address 0) failed to
+ * configure correctly.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Returns the current USB frame number, when in host mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. not suspended)
+ * the frame number is incremented by one.
+ *
+ * \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t USB_Host_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t USB_Host_GetFrameNumber(void)
+ {
+ return AVR32_USBB_UHFNUM;
+ }
+
+ #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+ /** Enables the host mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
+ * at the start of each USB frame when a device is enumerated while in host mode.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_EnableSOFEvents(void)
+ {
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ }
+
+ /** Disables the host mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in host mode.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_DisableSOFEvents(void)
+ {
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /** Resets the USB bus, including the endpoints in any attached device and pipes on the AVR host.
+ * USB bus resets leave the default control pipe configured (if already configured).
+ *
+ * If the USB bus has been suspended prior to issuing a bus reset, the attached device will be
+ * woken up automatically and the bus resumed after the reset has been correctly issued.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResetBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResetBus(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UHCON.reset = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if a previously issued bus reset (via the \ref USB_Host_ResetBus() macro) has
+ * completed.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if no bus reset is currently being sent, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusResetComplete(void)
+ {
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHCON.reset;
+ }
+
+ /** Resumes USB communications with an attached and enumerated device, by resuming the transmission
+ * of the 1MS Start Of Frame messages to the device. When resumed, USB communications between the
+ * host and attached device may occur.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResumeBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResumeBus(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UHCON.sofe = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Suspends the USB bus, preventing any communications from occurring between the host and attached
+ * device until the bus has been resumed. This stops the transmission of the 1MS Start Of Frame
+ * messages to the device.
+ *
+ * \note While the USB bus is suspended, all USB interrupt sources are also disabled; this means that
+ * some events (such as device disconnections) will not fire until the bus is resumed.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_SuspendBus(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_SuspendBus(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UHCON.sofe = false;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the USB bus has been suspended via the use of the \ref USB_Host_SuspendBus() macro,
+ * false otherwise. While suspended, no USB communications can occur until the bus is resumed,
+ * except for the Remote Wakeup event from the device if supported.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the bus is currently suspended, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusSuspended(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsBusSuspended(void)
+ {
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHCON.sofe;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the attached device is currently enumerated in Full Speed mode (12Mb/s), or
+ * false if the attached device is enumerated in Low Speed mode (1.5Mb/s).
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the attached device is enumerated in Full Speed mode, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsDeviceFullSpeed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsDeviceFullSpeed(void)
+ {
+ return (AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.speed == AVR32_USBB_SPEED_FULL);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the attached device is currently issuing a Remote Wakeup request, requesting
+ * that the host resume the USB bus and wake up the device, \c false otherwise.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the attached device has sent a Remote Wakeup request, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsRemoteWakeupSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsRemoteWakeupSent(void)
+ {
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.rxrsmi;
+ }
+
+ /** Clears the flag indicating that a Remote Wakeup request has been issued by an attached device. */
+ static inline void USB_Host_ClearRemoteWakeupSent(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_ClearRemoteWakeupSent(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.rxrsmic = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Accepts a Remote Wakeup request from an attached device. This must be issued in response to
+ * a device's Remote Wakeup request within 2ms for the request to be accepted and the bus to
+ * be resumed.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResumeFromWakeupRequest(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_ResumeFromWakeupRequest(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UHCON.resume = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if a resume from Remote Wakeup request is currently being sent to an attached
+ * device.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if no resume request is currently being sent, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsResumeFromWakeupRequestSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_Host_IsResumeFromWakeupRequestSent(void)
+ {
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHCON.resume;
+ }
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_On(void)
+ {
+ // Not required for UC3B
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_HostMode_Off(void)
+ {
+ // Not required for UC3B
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Enable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbushwc = false;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Enable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbushwc = true;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBSTASET.vbusrqs = true;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_On(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBSTASET.vbusrqs = true;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vbusrqc = true;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vbusrqc = true;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Host_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UHADDR1.uhaddr_p0 = Address;
+ AVR32_USBB.UHADDR1.uhaddr_p1 = Address;
+ AVR32_USBB.UHADDR1.uhaddr_p2 = Address;
+ AVR32_USBB.UHADDR1.uhaddr_p3 = Address;
+ AVR32_USBB.UHADDR2.uhaddr_p4 = Address;
+ AVR32_USBB.UHADDR2.uhaddr_p5 = Address;
+ AVR32_USBB.UHADDR2.uhaddr_p6 = Address;
+ }
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ enum USB_Host_WaitMSErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ HOST_WAITERROR_Successful = 0,
+ HOST_WAITERROR_DeviceDisconnect = 1,
+ HOST_WAITERROR_PipeError = 2,
+ HOST_WAITERROR_SetupStalled = 3,
+ };
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState(void);
+ uint8_t USB_Host_WaitMS(uint8_t MS);
+
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_HOST_C)
+ static void USB_Host_ResetDevice(void);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.c
index 20c8bf1e6..7dfe44858 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.c
@@ -1,166 +1,166 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#include "PipeStream_UC3.h"
-
-uint8_t Pipe_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
- uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-
- Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-
- while (Length)
- {
- if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- Pipe_ClearIN();
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- {
- *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
- }
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
- }
- else
- {
- Pipe_Discard_8();
-
- Length--;
- BytesInTransfer++;
- }
- }
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t Pipe_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
- uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-
- Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_OUT);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-
- while (Length)
- {
- if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- Pipe_ClearOUT();
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- {
- *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
- }
-
- USB_USBTask();
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
- }
- else
- {
- Pipe_Write_8(0);
-
- Length--;
- BytesInTransfer++;
- }
- }
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
- * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_Stream_LE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
-#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream += Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_Stream_BE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
-#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream -= Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Read_Stream_LE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
-#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_IN
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearIN()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream += Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Pipe_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Read_Stream_BE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
-#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_IN
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearIN()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream -= Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Pipe_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#include "PipeStream_UC3.h"
+
+uint8_t Pipe_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_IN);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearIN();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_Discard_8();
+
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t Pipe_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(PIPE_TOKEN_OUT);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Pipe_ClearOUT();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ USB_USBTask();
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Pipe_Write_8(0);
+
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
+ * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Write_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_OUT
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Pipe_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Read_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_IN
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Pipe_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Pipe_Read_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_TOKEN PIPE_TOKEN_IN
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE() Pipe_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) DataStream -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Pipe_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c"
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h
index 34c82ad29..4dd79c975 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/PipeStream_UC3.h
@@ -1,352 +1,352 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- * \copydetails Group_PipeStreamRW_UC3
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeStreamRW
- * \defgroup Group_PipeStreamRW_UC3 Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (UC3)
- * \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
- * and to pipes.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __PIPE_STREAM_UC3_H__
-#define __PIPE_STREAM_UC3_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../USBMode.h"
- #include "../USBTask.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** \name Stream functions for null data */
- //@{
-
- /** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the pipe, discarding fully read packets from the host
- * as needed. The last packet is not automatically discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the
- * user is responsible for manually discarding the last packet from the device via the \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro.
- *
- * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once, failing or
- * succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid storage location, the transfer
- * will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time the pipe bank becomes empty while there is still data
- * to process (and after the current packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with
- * the total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
- * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed in the user code - to
- * continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters and it will resume until the BytesProcessed
- * value reaches the total transfer length.
- *
- * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- *
- * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
- *
- * BytesProcessed = 0;
- * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
- * {
- * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
- * }
- *
- * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
- * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
- *
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected pipe.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
- * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be processed at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Pipe_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
-
- /** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the pipe, sending full pipe packets from the host to the device
- * as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the remaining bytes has been written; the
- * user is responsible for manually discarding the last packet from the device via the \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro.
- *
- * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once, failing or
- * succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid storage location, the transfer
- * will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time the pipe bank becomes full while there is still data
- * to process (and after the current packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be
- * updated with the total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
- * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed in the user code - to
- * continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters and it will resume until the BytesProcessed
- * value reaches the total transfer length.
- *
- * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- *
- * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
- *
- * BytesProcessed = 0;
- * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
- * {
- * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
- * }
- *
- * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
- * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
- *
- * \param[in] Length Number of zero bytes to write via the currently selected pipe.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
- * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be processed at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Pipe_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
-
- //@}
-
- /** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
- //@{
-
- /** Writes the given number of bytes to the pipe from the given buffer in little endian,
- * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
- * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
- * \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
- * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
- *
- * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
- * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
- * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
- * the pipe bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
- * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
- * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
- * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
- * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
- * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
- *
- * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t DataStream[512];
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- *
- * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
- * NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t DataStream[512];
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
- *
- * BytesProcessed = 0;
- * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
- * &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
- * {
- * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
- * }
- *
- * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
- * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
- * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Writes the given number of bytes to the pipe from the given buffer in big endian,
- * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
- * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
- * \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
- * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
- *
- * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
- * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
- * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Reads the given number of bytes from the pipe into the given buffer in little endian,
- * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
- * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
- * \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
- * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
- *
- * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
- * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
- * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
- * the pipe bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
- * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
- * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
- * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
- * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
- * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
- *
- * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t DataStream[512];
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- *
- * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
- * NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t DataStream[512];
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
- *
- * BytesProcessed = 0;
- * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
- * &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
- * {
- * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
- * }
- *
- * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
- * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
- * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Reads the given number of bytes from the pipe into the given buffer in big endian,
- * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
- * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
- * \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
- * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
- *
- * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
- * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
- * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- //@}
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_PipeStreamRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeStreamRW
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeStreamRW_UC3 Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (UC3)
+ * \brief Pipe data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
+ * and to pipes.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __PIPE_STREAM_UC3_H__
+#define __PIPE_STREAM_UC3_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBMode.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** \name Stream functions for null data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the pipe, discarding fully read packets from the host
+ * as needed. The last packet is not automatically discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the
+ * user is responsible for manually discarding the last packet from the device via the \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once, failing or
+ * succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid storage location, the transfer
+ * will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time the pipe bank becomes empty while there is still data
+ * to process (and after the current packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with
+ * the total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed in the user code - to
+ * continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters and it will resume until the BytesProcessed
+ * value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected pipe.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be processed at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+ /** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the pipe, sending full pipe packets from the host to the device
+ * as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the remaining bytes has been written; the
+ * user is responsible for manually discarding the last packet from the device via the \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once, failing or
+ * succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid storage location, the transfer
+ * will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time the pipe bank becomes full while there is still data
+ * to process (and after the current packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be
+ * updated with the total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed in the user code - to
+ * continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters and it will resume until the BytesProcessed
+ * value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Length Number of zero bytes to write via the currently selected pipe.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be processed at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the pipe from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+ * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the pipe bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+ * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the pipe from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+ * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the pipe into the given buffer in little endian,
+ * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+ * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the pipe bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+ * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * NULL)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * &BytesProcessed)) == PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the pipe into the given buffer in big endian,
+ * sending full packets to the device as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Pipe_ClearIN() macro. Between each USB packet, the given stream callback function is
+ * executed repeatedly until the next packet is ready, allowing for early aborts of stream transfers.
+ *
+ * \note The pipe token is set automatically, thus this can be used on bi-directional pipes directly without
+ * having to explicitly change the data direction with a call to \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken().
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected pipe to read from.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes already processed should
+ * updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ //@}
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.c
index 6128869b0..a24c7b1d6 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.c
@@ -1,209 +1,209 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#include "../Pipe.h"
-
-uint8_t USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE;
-
-volatile uint32_t USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE;
-volatile uint8_t* USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES];
-
-bool Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(const USB_Pipe_Table_t* const Table,
- const uint8_t Entries)
-{
- for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
- {
- if (!(Table[i].Address))
- continue;
-
- if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].EndpointAddress, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
- {
- return false;
- }
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-bool Pipe_ConfigurePipe(const uint8_t Address,
- const uint8_t Type,
- const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
- const uint16_t Size,
- const uint8_t Banks)
-{
- uint8_t Number = (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK);
- uint8_t Token = (Address & PIPE_DIR_IN) ? PIPE_TOKEN_IN : PIPE_TOKEN_OUT;
-
- if (Number >= PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES)
- return false;
-
- if (Type == EP_TYPE_CONTROL)
- Token = PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP;
-
- USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[Number] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[Number * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
-
-#if defined(ORDERED_EP_CONFIG)
- Pipe_SelectPipe(Number);
- Pipe_EnablePipe();
-
- (&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[Number] = 0;
- (&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[Number] = (AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK |
- ((uint32_t)Type << AVR32_USBB_PTYPE_OFFSET) |
- ((uint32_t)Token << AVR32_USBB_PTOKEN_OFFSET) |
- ((Banks > 1) ? AVR32_USBB_PBK_MASK : 0) |
- Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size) |
- ((uint32_t)Number << AVR32_USBB_PEPNUM_OFFSET));
-
- Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
-
- return Pipe_IsConfigured();
-#else
- for (uint8_t PNum = Number; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
- {
- uint32_t UPCFG0Temp;
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
-
- if (PNum == Number)
- {
- UPCFG0Temp = (AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK |
- ((uint32_t)Type << AVR32_USBB_PTYPE_OFFSET) |
- ((uint32_t)Token << AVR32_USBB_PTOKEN_OFFSET) |
- ((Banks > 1) ? AVR32_USBB_PBK_MASK : 0) |
- Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size) |
- ((EndpointAddress & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK) << AVR32_USBB_PEPNUM_OFFSET));
- }
- else
- {
- UPCFG0Temp = (&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[PNum];
- }
-
- if (!(UPCFG0Temp & AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK))
- continue;
-
- Pipe_DisablePipe();
- (&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[PNum] &= ~AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK;
-
- Pipe_EnablePipe();
- (&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[PNum] = UPCFG0Temp;
-
- Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
-
- if (!(Pipe_IsConfigured()))
- return false;
- }
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(Number);
- return true;
-#endif
-}
-
-void Pipe_ClearPipes(void)
-{
- for (uint8_t PNum = 0; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
- {
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
- (&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[PNum] = 0;
- (&AVR32_USBB.upcon0clr)[PNum] = -1;
- USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[PNum] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[PNum * 0x10000];
- Pipe_DisablePipe();
- }
-}
-
-bool Pipe_IsEndpointBound(const uint8_t EndpointAddress)
-{
- uint8_t PrevPipeNumber = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
-
- for (uint8_t PNum = 0; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
- {
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
-
- if (!(Pipe_IsConfigured()))
- continue;
-
- if (Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress() == EndpointAddress)
- return true;
- }
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipeNumber);
- return false;
-}
-
-uint8_t Pipe_WaitUntilReady(void)
-{
- #if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
- uint8_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
- #else
- uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
- #endif
-
- uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
-
- for (;;)
- {
- if (Pipe_GetPipeToken() == PIPE_TOKEN_IN)
- {
- if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
- }
- else
- {
- if (Pipe_IsOUTReady())
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
- }
-
- if (Pipe_IsStalled())
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_PipeStalled;
- else if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
-
- uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
-
- if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
- {
- PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
-
- if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
- return PIPE_READYWAIT_Timeout;
- }
- }
-}
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#include "../Pipe.h"
+
+uint8_t USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE;
+
+volatile uint32_t USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE;
+volatile uint8_t* USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES];
+
+bool Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(const USB_Pipe_Table_t* const Table,
+ const uint8_t Entries)
+{
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
+ {
+ if (!(Table[i].Address))
+ continue;
+
+ if (!(Pipe_ConfigurePipe(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].EndpointAddress, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
+ {
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool Pipe_ConfigurePipe(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+ const uint16_t Size,
+ const uint8_t Banks)
+{
+ uint8_t Number = (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK);
+ uint8_t Token = (Address & PIPE_DIR_IN) ? PIPE_TOKEN_IN : PIPE_TOKEN_OUT;
+
+ if (Number >= PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES)
+ return false;
+
+ if (Type == EP_TYPE_CONTROL)
+ Token = PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP;
+
+ USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[Number] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[Number * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+
+#if defined(ORDERED_EP_CONFIG)
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(Number);
+ Pipe_EnablePipe();
+
+ (&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[Number] = 0;
+ (&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[Number] = (AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK |
+ ((uint32_t)Type << AVR32_USBB_PTYPE_OFFSET) |
+ ((uint32_t)Token << AVR32_USBB_PTOKEN_OFFSET) |
+ ((Banks > 1) ? AVR32_USBB_PBK_MASK : 0) |
+ Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size) |
+ ((uint32_t)Number << AVR32_USBB_PEPNUM_OFFSET));
+
+ Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
+
+ return Pipe_IsConfigured();
+#else
+ for (uint8_t PNum = Number; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
+ {
+ uint32_t UPCFG0Temp;
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
+
+ if (PNum == Number)
+ {
+ UPCFG0Temp = (AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK |
+ ((uint32_t)Type << AVR32_USBB_PTYPE_OFFSET) |
+ ((uint32_t)Token << AVR32_USBB_PTOKEN_OFFSET) |
+ ((Banks > 1) ? AVR32_USBB_PBK_MASK : 0) |
+ Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size) |
+ ((EndpointAddress & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK) << AVR32_USBB_PEPNUM_OFFSET));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ UPCFG0Temp = (&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[PNum];
+ }
+
+ if (!(UPCFG0Temp & AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK))
+ continue;
+
+ Pipe_DisablePipe();
+ (&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[PNum] &= ~AVR32_USBB_ALLOC_MASK;
+
+ Pipe_EnablePipe();
+ (&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[PNum] = UPCFG0Temp;
+
+ Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsConfigured()))
+ return false;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(Number);
+ return true;
+#endif
+}
+
+void Pipe_ClearPipes(void)
+{
+ for (uint8_t PNum = 0; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
+ {
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
+ (&AVR32_USBB.upcfg0)[PNum] = 0;
+ (&AVR32_USBB.upcon0clr)[PNum] = -1;
+ USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[PNum] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[PNum * 0x10000];
+ Pipe_DisablePipe();
+ }
+}
+
+bool Pipe_IsEndpointBound(const uint8_t EndpointAddress)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevPipeNumber = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
+
+ for (uint8_t PNum = 0; PNum < PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES; PNum++)
+ {
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PNum);
+
+ if (!(Pipe_IsConfigured()))
+ continue;
+
+ if (Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress() == EndpointAddress)
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipeNumber);
+ return false;
+}
+
+uint8_t Pipe_WaitUntilReady(void)
+{
+ #if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
+ uint8_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #else
+ uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #endif
+
+ uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (Pipe_GetPipeToken() == PIPE_TOKEN_IN)
+ {
+ if (Pipe_IsINReceived())
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (Pipe_IsOUTReady())
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError;
+ }
+
+ if (Pipe_IsStalled())
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_PipeStalled;
+ else if (USB_HostState == HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+
+ uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Host_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+ {
+ PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+
+ if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
+ return PIPE_READYWAIT_Timeout;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.h
index 6de574e9c..1a0ada8b7 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Pipe_UC3.h
@@ -1,924 +1,924 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB Pipe definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- * \copydetails Group_PipeManagement_UC3
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeRW
- * \defgroup Group_PipeRW_UC3 Pipe Data Reading and Writing (UC3)
- * \brief Pipe data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to pipes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW
- * \defgroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3 Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (UC3)
- * \brief Pipe primitive data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
- * from and to pipes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement
- * \defgroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3 Pipe Packet Management (UC3)
- * \brief Pipe packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of pipes.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
- * \defgroup Group_PipeControlReq_UC3 Pipe Control Request Management (UC3)
- * \brief Pipe control request management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
- *
- * Module for host mode request processing. This module allows for the transmission of standard, class and
- * vendor control requests to the default control endpoint of an attached device while in host mode.
- *
- * \see Chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 specification.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
- * \defgroup Group_PipeManagement_UC3 Pipe Management (UC3)
- * \brief Pipe management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
- *
- * This module contains functions, macros and enums related to pipe management when in USB Host mode. This
- * module contains the pipe management macros, as well as pipe interrupt and data send/receive functions
- * for various data types.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __PIPE_UC3_H__
-#define __PIPE_UC3_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../USBTask.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #define PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE (64 * 1024UL)
-
- /* External Variables: */
- extern volatile uint32_t USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe;
- extern volatile uint8_t* USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[];
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** \name Pipe Error Flag Masks */
- //@{
- /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that an overflow error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
- #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_OVERFLOW (AVR32_USBB_UPSTA0_OVERFI_MASK << 8)
-
- /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a CRC error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
- #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_CRC16 AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_CRC16_MASK
-
- /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware timeout error occurred in the pipe. */
- #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_TIMEOUT AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_TIMEOUT_MASK
-
- /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware PID error occurred in the pipe. */
- #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_PID AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_PID_MASK
-
- /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware data PID error occurred in the pipe. */
- #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATAPID AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_DATAPID_MASK
-
- /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware data toggle error occurred in the pipe. */
- #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATATGL AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_DATATGL_MASK
- //@}
-
- /** \name Pipe Token Masks */
- //@{
- /** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a SETUP token (for CONTROL type pipes),
- * which will trigger a control request on the attached device when data is written to the pipe.
- */
- #define PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP AVR32_USBB_UPCFG0_PTOKEN_SETUP
-
- /** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a IN token (for non-CONTROL type pipes),
- * indicating that the pipe data will flow from device to host.
- */
- #define PIPE_TOKEN_IN AVR32_USBB_UPCFG0_PTOKEN_IN
-
- /** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a OUT token (for non-CONTROL type pipes),
- * indicating that the pipe data will flow from host to device.
- */
- #define PIPE_TOKEN_OUT AVR32_USBB_UPCFG0_PTOKEN_OUT
- //@}
-
- /** Default size of the default control pipe's bank, until altered by the Endpoint0Size value
- * in the device descriptor of the attached device.
- */
- #define PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE 64
-
- #if defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Total number of pipes (including the default control pipe at address 0) which may be used in
- * the device.
- */
- #define PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES 8
- #else
- #define PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES 7
- #endif
-
- /** Size in bytes of the largest pipe bank size possible in the device. Not all banks on each AVR
- * model supports the largest bank size possible on the device; different pipe numbers support
- * different maximum bank sizes. This value reflects the largest possible bank of any pipe on the
- * currently selected UC3 AVR model.
- */
- #define PIPE_MAX_SIZE 256
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady() function.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipeRW_UC3
- */
- enum Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError = 0, /**< Pipe ready for next packet, no error. */
- PIPE_READYWAIT_PipeStalled = 1, /**< The device stalled the pipe while waiting. */
- PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host while waiting. */
- PIPE_READYWAIT_Timeout = 3, /**< The device failed to accept or send the next packet
- * within the software timeout period set by the
- * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
- */
- };
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current pipes's selected bank.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipeRW_UC3
- *
- * \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint16_t Pipe_BytesInPipe(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint16_t Pipe_BytesInPipe(void)
- {
- return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pbyct;
- }
-
- /** Determines the currently selected pipe's direction.
- *
- * \return The currently selected pipe's direction, as a \c PIPE_DIR_* mask.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeDirection(void)
- {
- return (((&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].ptoken == PIPE_TOKEN_OUT) ? PIPE_DIR_OUT : PIPE_DIR_IN);
- }
-
- /** Returns the pipe address of the currently selected pipe. This is typically used to save the
- * currently selected pipe number so that it can be restored after another pipe has been manipulated.
- *
- * \return Index of the currently selected pipe.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetCurrentPipe(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetCurrentPipe(void)
- {
- return (USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe | Pipe_GetPipeDirection());
- }
-
- /** Selects the given pipe address. Any pipe operations which do not require the pipe address to be
- * indicated will operate on the currently selected pipe.
- *
- * \param[in] Address Address of the pipe to select.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_SelectPipe(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_SelectPipe(const uint8_t Address)
- {
- USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe = (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK);
- }
-
- /** Resets the desired pipe, including the pipe banks and flags.
- *
- * \param[in] Address Index of the pipe to reset.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_ResetPipe(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_ResetPipe(const uint8_t Address)
- {
- uint32_t PipeNumber = (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK);
-
- AVR32_USBB.uprst |= (AVR32_USBB_PRST0_MASK << PipeNumber);
- AVR32_USBB.uprst &= ~(AVR32_USBB_PRST0_MASK << PipeNumber);
- USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[PipeNumber] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[PipeNumber * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
- }
-
- /** Enables the currently selected pipe so that data can be sent and received through it to and from
- * an attached device.
- *
- * \pre The currently selected pipe must first be configured properly via \ref Pipe_ConfigurePipe().
- */
- static inline void Pipe_EnablePipe(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_EnablePipe(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.uprst |= (AVR32_USBB_PEN0_MASK << USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe);
- }
-
- /** Disables the currently selected pipe so that data cannot be sent and received through it to and
- * from an attached device.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_DisablePipe(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_DisablePipe(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.uprst &= ~(AVR32_USBB_PEN0_MASK << USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected pipe is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe is enabled, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Pipe_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Pipe_IsEnabled(void)
- {
- return ((AVR32_USBB.uprst & (AVR32_USBB_PEN0_MASK << USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Gets the current pipe token, indicating the pipe's data direction and type.
- *
- * \return The current pipe token, as a \c PIPE_TOKEN_* mask.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeToken(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeToken(void)
- {
- return (&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].ptoken;
- }
-
- /** Sets the token for the currently selected pipe to one of the tokens specified by the \c PIPE_TOKEN_*
- * masks. This can be used on CONTROL type pipes, to allow for bidirectional transfer of data during
- * control requests, or on regular pipes to allow for half-duplex bidirectional data transfer to devices
- * which have two endpoints of opposite direction sharing the same endpoint address within the device.
- *
- * \param[in] Token New pipe token to set the selected pipe to, as a \c PIPE_TOKEN_* mask.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_SetPipeToken(const uint8_t Token) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_SetPipeToken(const uint8_t Token)
- {
- (&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].ptoken = Token;
- }
-
- /** Configures the currently selected pipe to allow for an unlimited number of IN requests. */
- static inline void Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(void)
- {
- (&AVR32_USBB.UPINRQ0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].inmode = true;
- }
-
- /** Configures the currently selected pipe to only allow the specified number of IN requests to be
- * accepted by the pipe before it is automatically frozen.
- *
- * \param[in] TotalINRequests Total number of IN requests that the pipe may receive before freezing.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests(const uint8_t TotalINRequests) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests(const uint8_t TotalINRequests)
- {
- (&AVR32_USBB.UPINRQ0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].inmode = false;
- (&AVR32_USBB.UPINRQ0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].inrq = TotalINRequests;
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected pipe is configured.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the selected pipe is configured, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Pipe_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Pipe_IsConfigured(void)
- {
- return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].cfgok;
- }
-
- /** Retrieves the endpoint address of the endpoint within the attached device that the currently selected
- * pipe is bound to.
- *
- * \return Endpoint address the currently selected pipe is bound to.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(void)
- {
- return ((&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pepnum |
- ((Pipe_GetPipeToken() == PIPE_TOKEN_IN) ? PIPE_DIR_IN : PIPE_DIR_OUT));
- }
-
- /** Sets the period between interrupts for an INTERRUPT type pipe to a specified number of milliseconds.
- *
- * \param[in] Milliseconds Number of milliseconds between each pipe poll.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(const uint8_t Milliseconds) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(const uint8_t Milliseconds)
- {
- (&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].intfrq = Milliseconds;
- }
-
- /** Returns a mask indicating which pipe's interrupt periods have elapsed, indicating that the pipe should
- * be serviced.
- *
- * \return Mask whose bits indicate which pipes have interrupted.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeInterrupts(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeInterrupts(void)
- {
- return ((AVR32_USBB.uhint & (AVR32_USBB_P6INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_P5INT_MASK |
- AVR32_USBB_P4INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_P3INT_MASK |
- AVR32_USBB_P2INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_P1INT_MASK |
- AVR32_USBB_P0INT_MASK)) >> AVR32_USBB_P0INT_OFFSET);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the specified pipe address has interrupted (valid only for INTERRUPT type
- * pipes).
- *
- * \param[in] Address Address of the pipe whose interrupt flag should be tested.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the specified pipe has interrupted, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Pipe_HasPipeInterrupted(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Pipe_HasPipeInterrupted(const uint8_t Address)
- {
- return ((AVR32_USBB.uhint & (AVR32_USBB_P0INTES_MASK << (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK))) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Unfreezes the selected pipe, allowing it to communicate with an attached device. */
- static inline void Pipe_Unfreeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_Unfreeze(void)
- {
- (&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pfreezec = true;
- }
-
- /** Freezes the selected pipe, preventing it from communicating with an attached device. */
- static inline void Pipe_Freeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_Freeze(void)
- {
- (&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0SET)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pfreezes = true;
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected pipe is frozen, and not able to accept data.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe is frozen, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Pipe_IsFrozen(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Pipe_IsFrozen(void)
- {
- return (((&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pfreeze) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Clears the error flags for the currently selected pipe. */
- static inline void Pipe_ClearError(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_ClearError(void)
- {
- (&AVR32_USBB.uperr0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = 0;
- (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].overfic = true;
- }
-
- /** Determines if the master pipe error flag is set for the currently selected pipe, indicating that
- * some sort of hardware error has occurred on the pipe.
- *
- * \see \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags() macro for information on retrieving the exact error flag.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if an error has occurred on the selected pipe, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Pipe_IsError(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Pipe_IsError(void)
- {
- return (((&AVR32_USBB.upsta0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] &
- (AVR32_USBB_PERRI_MASK | AVR32_USBB_OVERFI_MASK)) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Gets a mask of the hardware error flags which have occurred on the currently selected pipe. This
- * value can then be masked against the \c PIPE_ERRORFLAG_* masks to determine what error has occurred.
- *
- * \return Mask comprising of \c PIPE_ERRORFLAG_* bits indicating what error has occurred on the selected pipe.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetErrorFlags(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetErrorFlags(void)
- {
-
- return (((&AVR32_USBB.uperr0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] &
- (PIPE_ERRORFLAG_CRC16 | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_TIMEOUT |
- PIPE_ERRORFLAG_PID | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATAPID |
- PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATATGL)) |
- (((&AVR32_USBB.upsta0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] << 8) &
- PIPE_ERRORFLAG_OVERFLOW));
- }
-
- /** Retrieves the number of busy banks in the currently selected pipe, which have been queued for
- * transmission via the \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() command, or are awaiting acknowledgement via the
- * \ref Pipe_ClearIN() command.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
- *
- * \return Total number of busy banks in the selected pipe.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBusyBanks(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBusyBanks(void)
- {
- return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].nbusybk;
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected pipe may be read from (if data is waiting in the pipe
- * bank and the pipe is an IN direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the pipe is an OUT
- * direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the pipe, or if the pipe
- * is an IN direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the pipe is an OUT
- * direction and the pipe bank is full.
- *
- * \note This function is not valid on CONTROL type pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe may be read from or written to, depending
- * on its direction.
- */
- static inline bool Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
- {
- return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rwall;
- }
-
- /** Determines if a packet has been received on the currently selected IN pipe from the attached device.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe has received an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Pipe_IsINReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Pipe_IsINReceived(void)
- {
- return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rxini;
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected OUT pipe is ready to send an OUT packet to the attached device.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe is ready for an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Pipe_IsOUTReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Pipe_IsOUTReady(void)
- {
- return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].txouti;
- }
-
- /** Determines if no SETUP request is currently being sent to the attached device on the selected
- * CONTROL type pipe.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe is ready for a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Pipe_IsSETUPSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Pipe_IsSETUPSent(void)
- {
- return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].txstpi;
- }
-
- /** Sends the currently selected CONTROL type pipe's contents to the device as a SETUP packet.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
- */
- static inline void Pipe_ClearSETUP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_ClearSETUP(void)
- {
- (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].txstpic = true;
- (&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].fifoconc = true;
- USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
- }
-
- /** Acknowledges the reception of a setup IN request from the attached device on the currently selected
- * pipe, freeing the bank ready for the next packet.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
- */
- static inline void Pipe_ClearIN(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_ClearIN(void)
- {
- (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rxinic = true;
- (&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].fifoconc = true;
- USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
- }
-
- /** Sends the currently selected pipe's contents to the device as an OUT packet on the selected pipe, freeing
- * the bank ready for the next packet.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
- */
- static inline void Pipe_ClearOUT(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_ClearOUT(void)
- {
- (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].txoutic = true;
- (&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].fifoconc = true;
- USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
- }
-
- /** Determines if the device sent a NAK (Negative Acknowledge) in response to the last sent packet on
- * the currently selected pipe. This occurs when the host sends a packet to the device, but the device
- * is not currently ready to handle the packet (i.e. its endpoint banks are full). Once a NAK has been
- * received, it must be cleared using \ref Pipe_ClearNAKReceived() before the previous (or any other) packet
- * can be re-sent.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if an NAK has been received on the current pipe, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Pipe_IsNAKReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Pipe_IsNAKReceived(void)
- {
- return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].nakedi;
- }
-
- /** Clears the NAK condition on the currently selected pipe.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
- *
- * \see \ref Pipe_IsNAKReceived() for more details.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_ClearNAKReceived(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_ClearNAKReceived(void)
- {
- (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].nakedic = true;
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected pipe has had the STALL condition set by the attached device.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe has been stalled by the attached device, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Pipe_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Pipe_IsStalled(void)
- {
- return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rxstalldi;
- }
-
- /** Clears the STALL condition detection flag on the currently selected pipe, but does not clear the
- * STALL condition itself (this must be done via a ClearFeature control request to the device).
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
- */
- static inline void Pipe_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_ClearStall(void)
- {
- (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rxstalldic = true;
- USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
- }
-
- /** Reads one byte from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
- *
- * \return Next byte in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_Read_8(void)
- {
- return *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
- }
-
- /** Writes one byte to the currently selected pipe's bank, for IN direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write into the the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_Write_8(const uint8_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
- {
- *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = Data;
- }
-
- /** Discards one byte from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
- */
- static inline void Pipe_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_Discard_8(void)
- {
- uint8_t Dummy;
-
- Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-
- (void)Dummy;
- }
-
- /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for OUT
- * direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
- *
- * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_LE(void)
- {
- uint16_t Byte0 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
- uint16_t Byte1 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-
- return ((Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
- }
-
- /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for OUT
- * direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
- *
- * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_BE(void)
- {
- uint16_t Byte0 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
- uint16_t Byte1 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-
- return ((Byte0 << 8) | Byte1);
- }
-
- /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for IN
- * direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
- {
- *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
- *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 8);
- }
-
- /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for IN
- * direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
- {
- *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 8);
- *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
- }
-
- /** Discards two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
- */
- static inline void Pipe_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_Discard_16(void)
- {
- uint8_t Dummy;
-
- Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
- Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-
- (void)Dummy;
- }
-
- /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for OUT
- * direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
- *
- * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_LE(void)
- {
- uint32_t Byte0 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
- uint32_t Byte1 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
- uint32_t Byte2 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
- uint32_t Byte3 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-
- return ((Byte3 << 24) | (Byte2 << 16) | (Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
- }
-
- /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for OUT
- * direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
- *
- * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_BE(void)
- {
- uint32_t Byte0 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
- uint32_t Byte1 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
- uint32_t Byte2 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
- uint32_t Byte3 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-
- return ((Byte0 << 24) | (Byte1 << 16) | (Byte2 << 8) | Byte3);
- }
-
- /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for IN
- * direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
- {
- *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
- *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 8);
- *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 16);
- *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 24);
- }
-
- /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for IN
- * direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Pipe_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
- {
- *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 24);
- *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 16);
- *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 8);
- *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
- }
-
- /** Discards four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
- */
- static inline void Pipe_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Pipe_Discard_32(void)
- {
- uint8_t Dummy;
-
- Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
- Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
- Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
- Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
-
- (void)Dummy;
- }
-
- /* External Variables: */
- /** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control pipe located at address
- * 0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the attached device's device
- * descriptor once the USB interface is initialized into host mode and a device is attached
- * to the USB bus.
- *
- * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
- * changed in value.
- */
- extern uint8_t USB_Host_ControlPipeSize;
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Configures a table of pipe descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
- * pipes at the same time.
- *
- * \note Pipe with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
- * control pipe.
- *
- * \param[in] Table Pointer to a table of pipe descriptions.
- * \param[in] Entries Number of entries in the pipe table to configure.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if all pipes configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(const USB_Pipe_Table_t* const Table,
- const uint8_t Entries);
-
- /** Configures the specified pipe address with the given pipe type, endpoint address within the attached device, bank size
- * and number of hardware banks.
- *
- * A newly configured pipe is frozen by default, and must be unfrozen before use via the \ref Pipe_Unfreeze()
- * before being used. Pipes should be kept frozen unless waiting for data from a device while in IN mode, or
- * sending data to the device in OUT mode. IN type pipes are also automatically configured to accept infinite
- * numbers of IN requests without automatic freezing - this can be overridden by a call to
- * \ref Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests().
- *
- * \param[in] Address Pipe address to configure.
- *
- * \param[in] Type Type of pipe to configure, an \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all pipe types are available on Low
- * Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
- *
- * \param[in] EndpointAddress Endpoint address within the attached device that the pipe should interface to.
- *
- * \param[in] Size Size of the pipe's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted to
- * the USB device, or after they have been received from the USB device (depending on
- * the pipe's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size that
- * the pipe can handle.
- *
- * \param[in] Banks Number of banks to use for the pipe being configured.
- *
- * \note When the \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is used, Pipes <b>must</b> be configured in ascending order,
- * or bank corruption will occur.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note Certain microcontroller model's pipes may have different maximum packet sizes based on the pipe's
- * index - refer to the chosen microcontroller's datasheet to determine the maximum bank size for each pipe.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note The default control pipe should not be manually configured by the user application, as it is
- * automatically configured by the library internally.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine will automatically select the specified pipe upon success. Upon failure, the pipe which
- * failed to reconfigure correctly will be selected.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool Pipe_ConfigurePipe(const uint8_t Address,
- const uint8_t Type,
- const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
- const uint16_t Size,
- const uint8_t Banks);
-
- /** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control pipe is ready for the next packet of data to be read
- * or written to it, aborting in the case of an error condition (such as a timeout or device disconnect).
- *
- * \ingroup Group_PipeRW_UC3
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Pipe_WaitUntilReady(void);
-
- /** Determines if a pipe has been bound to the given device endpoint address. If a pipe which is bound to the given
- * endpoint is found, it is automatically selected.
- *
- * \param[in] EndpointAddress Address and direction mask of the endpoint within the attached device to check.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if a pipe bound to the given endpoint address of the specified direction is found,
- * \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool Pipe_IsEndpointBound(const uint8_t EndpointAddress) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #if !defined(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP)
- #define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP 0
- #endif
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
- {
- uint8_t MaskVal = 0;
- uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
-
- while ((CheckBytes < Bytes) && (CheckBytes < PIPE_MAX_SIZE))
- {
- MaskVal++;
- CheckBytes <<= 1;
- }
-
- return (MaskVal << AVR32_USBB_PSIZE_OFFSET);
- }
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void Pipe_ClearPipes(void);
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Pipe definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_PipeManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeRW
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeRW_UC3 Pipe Data Reading and Writing (UC3)
+ * \brief Pipe data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW
+ * \defgroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3 Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (UC3)
+ * \brief Pipe primitive data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
+ * from and to pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3 Pipe Packet Management (UC3)
+ * \brief Pipe packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of pipes.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeControlReq
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeControlReq_UC3 Pipe Control Request Management (UC3)
+ * \brief Pipe control request management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ * Module for host mode request processing. This module allows for the transmission of standard, class and
+ * vendor control requests to the default control endpoint of an attached device while in host mode.
+ *
+ * \see Chapter 9 of the USB 2.0 specification.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PipeManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_PipeManagement_UC3 Pipe Management (UC3)
+ * \brief Pipe management definitions for the Atmel AVR32 UC3 architecture.
+ *
+ * This module contains functions, macros and enums related to pipe management when in USB Host mode. This
+ * module contains the pipe management macros, as well as pipe interrupt and data send/receive functions
+ * for various data types.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __PIPE_UC3_H__
+#define __PIPE_UC3_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE (64 * 1024UL)
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern volatile uint32_t USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe;
+ extern volatile uint8_t* USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[];
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name Pipe Error Flag Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that an overflow error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_OVERFLOW (AVR32_USBB_UPSTA0_OVERFI_MASK << 8)
+
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a CRC error occurred in the pipe on the received data. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_CRC16 AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_CRC16_MASK
+
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware timeout error occurred in the pipe. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_TIMEOUT AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_TIMEOUT_MASK
+
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware PID error occurred in the pipe. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_PID AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_PID_MASK
+
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware data PID error occurred in the pipe. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATAPID AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_DATAPID_MASK
+
+ /** Mask for \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags(), indicating that a hardware data toggle error occurred in the pipe. */
+ #define PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATATGL AVR32_USBB_UPERR0_DATATGL_MASK
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Pipe Token Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a SETUP token (for CONTROL type pipes),
+ * which will trigger a control request on the attached device when data is written to the pipe.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_TOKEN_SETUP AVR32_USBB_UPCFG0_PTOKEN_SETUP
+
+ /** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a IN token (for non-CONTROL type pipes),
+ * indicating that the pipe data will flow from device to host.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_TOKEN_IN AVR32_USBB_UPCFG0_PTOKEN_IN
+
+ /** Token mask for \ref Pipe_SetPipeToken() and \ref Pipe_GetPipeToken(). This sets the pipe as a OUT token (for non-CONTROL type pipes),
+ * indicating that the pipe data will flow from host to device.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_TOKEN_OUT AVR32_USBB_UPCFG0_PTOKEN_OUT
+ //@}
+
+ /** Default size of the default control pipe's bank, until altered by the Endpoint0Size value
+ * in the device descriptor of the attached device.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE 64
+
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Total number of pipes (including the default control pipe at address 0) which may be used in
+ * the device.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES 8
+ #else
+ #define PIPE_TOTAL_PIPES 7
+ #endif
+
+ /** Size in bytes of the largest pipe bank size possible in the device. Not all banks on each AVR
+ * model supports the largest bank size possible on the device; different pipe numbers support
+ * different maximum bank sizes. This value reflects the largest possible bank of any pipe on the
+ * currently selected UC3 AVR model.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_MAX_SIZE 256
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady() function.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeRW_UC3
+ */
+ enum Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ PIPE_READYWAIT_NoError = 0, /**< Pipe ready for next packet, no error. */
+ PIPE_READYWAIT_PipeStalled = 1, /**< The device stalled the pipe while waiting. */
+ PIPE_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host while waiting. */
+ PIPE_READYWAIT_Timeout = 3, /**< The device failed to accept or send the next packet
+ * within the software timeout period set by the
+ * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current pipes's selected bank.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_BytesInPipe(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_BytesInPipe(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pbyct;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected pipe's direction.
+ *
+ * \return The currently selected pipe's direction, as a \c PIPE_DIR_* mask.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeDirection(void)
+ {
+ return (((&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].ptoken == PIPE_TOKEN_OUT) ? PIPE_DIR_OUT : PIPE_DIR_IN);
+ }
+
+ /** Returns the pipe address of the currently selected pipe. This is typically used to save the
+ * currently selected pipe number so that it can be restored after another pipe has been manipulated.
+ *
+ * \return Index of the currently selected pipe.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetCurrentPipe(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetCurrentPipe(void)
+ {
+ return (USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe | Pipe_GetPipeDirection());
+ }
+
+ /** Selects the given pipe address. Any pipe operations which do not require the pipe address to be
+ * indicated will operate on the currently selected pipe.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Address of the pipe to select.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_SelectPipe(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_SelectPipe(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe = (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK);
+ }
+
+ /** Resets the desired pipe, including the pipe banks and flags.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Index of the pipe to reset.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ResetPipe(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ResetPipe(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ uint32_t PipeNumber = (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK);
+
+ AVR32_USBB.uprst |= (AVR32_USBB_PRST0_MASK << PipeNumber);
+ AVR32_USBB.uprst &= ~(AVR32_USBB_PRST0_MASK << PipeNumber);
+ USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[PipeNumber] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[PipeNumber * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+ }
+
+ /** Enables the currently selected pipe so that data can be sent and received through it to and from
+ * an attached device.
+ *
+ * \pre The currently selected pipe must first be configured properly via \ref Pipe_ConfigurePipe().
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_EnablePipe(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_EnablePipe(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.uprst |= (AVR32_USBB_PEN0_MASK << USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe);
+ }
+
+ /** Disables the currently selected pipe so that data cannot be sent and received through it to and
+ * from an attached device.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_DisablePipe(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_DisablePipe(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.uprst &= ~(AVR32_USBB_PEN0_MASK << USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected pipe is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe is enabled, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsEnabled(void)
+ {
+ return ((AVR32_USBB.uprst & (AVR32_USBB_PEN0_MASK << USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Gets the current pipe token, indicating the pipe's data direction and type.
+ *
+ * \return The current pipe token, as a \c PIPE_TOKEN_* mask.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeToken(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeToken(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].ptoken;
+ }
+
+ /** Sets the token for the currently selected pipe to one of the tokens specified by the \c PIPE_TOKEN_*
+ * masks. This can be used on CONTROL type pipes, to allow for bidirectional transfer of data during
+ * control requests, or on regular pipes to allow for half-duplex bidirectional data transfer to devices
+ * which have two endpoints of opposite direction sharing the same endpoint address within the device.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Token New pipe token to set the selected pipe to, as a \c PIPE_TOKEN_* mask.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_SetPipeToken(const uint8_t Token) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_SetPipeToken(const uint8_t Token)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].ptoken = Token;
+ }
+
+ /** Configures the currently selected pipe to allow for an unlimited number of IN requests. */
+ static inline void Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPINRQ0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].inmode = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Configures the currently selected pipe to only allow the specified number of IN requests to be
+ * accepted by the pipe before it is automatically frozen.
+ *
+ * \param[in] TotalINRequests Total number of IN requests that the pipe may receive before freezing.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests(const uint8_t TotalINRequests) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests(const uint8_t TotalINRequests)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPINRQ0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].inmode = false;
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPINRQ0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].inrq = TotalINRequests;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected pipe is configured.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the selected pipe is configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsConfigured(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].cfgok;
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves the endpoint address of the endpoint within the attached device that the currently selected
+ * pipe is bound to.
+ *
+ * \return Endpoint address the currently selected pipe is bound to.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBoundEndpointAddress(void)
+ {
+ return ((&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pepnum |
+ ((Pipe_GetPipeToken() == PIPE_TOKEN_IN) ? PIPE_DIR_IN : PIPE_DIR_OUT));
+ }
+
+ /** Sets the period between interrupts for an INTERRUPT type pipe to a specified number of milliseconds.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Milliseconds Number of milliseconds between each pipe poll.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(const uint8_t Milliseconds) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(const uint8_t Milliseconds)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPCFG0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].intfrq = Milliseconds;
+ }
+
+ /** Returns a mask indicating which pipe's interrupt periods have elapsed, indicating that the pipe should
+ * be serviced.
+ *
+ * \return Mask whose bits indicate which pipes have interrupted.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeInterrupts(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetPipeInterrupts(void)
+ {
+ return ((AVR32_USBB.uhint & (AVR32_USBB_P6INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_P5INT_MASK |
+ AVR32_USBB_P4INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_P3INT_MASK |
+ AVR32_USBB_P2INT_MASK | AVR32_USBB_P1INT_MASK |
+ AVR32_USBB_P0INT_MASK)) >> AVR32_USBB_P0INT_OFFSET);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the specified pipe address has interrupted (valid only for INTERRUPT type
+ * pipes).
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Address of the pipe whose interrupt flag should be tested.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the specified pipe has interrupted, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_HasPipeInterrupted(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_HasPipeInterrupted(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ return ((AVR32_USBB.uhint & (AVR32_USBB_P0INTES_MASK << (Address & PIPE_EPNUM_MASK))) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Unfreezes the selected pipe, allowing it to communicate with an attached device. */
+ static inline void Pipe_Unfreeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Unfreeze(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pfreezec = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Freezes the selected pipe, preventing it from communicating with an attached device. */
+ static inline void Pipe_Freeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Freeze(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0SET)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pfreezes = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected pipe is frozen, and not able to accept data.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe is frozen, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsFrozen(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsFrozen(void)
+ {
+ return (((&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].pfreeze) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Clears the error flags for the currently selected pipe. */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearError(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearError(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.uperr0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = 0;
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].overfic = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the master pipe error flag is set for the currently selected pipe, indicating that
+ * some sort of hardware error has occurred on the pipe.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Pipe_GetErrorFlags() macro for information on retrieving the exact error flag.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if an error has occurred on the selected pipe, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsError(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsError(void)
+ {
+ return (((&AVR32_USBB.upsta0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] &
+ (AVR32_USBB_PERRI_MASK | AVR32_USBB_OVERFI_MASK)) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Gets a mask of the hardware error flags which have occurred on the currently selected pipe. This
+ * value can then be masked against the \c PIPE_ERRORFLAG_* masks to determine what error has occurred.
+ *
+ * \return Mask comprising of \c PIPE_ERRORFLAG_* bits indicating what error has occurred on the selected pipe.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetErrorFlags(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetErrorFlags(void)
+ {
+
+ return (((&AVR32_USBB.uperr0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] &
+ (PIPE_ERRORFLAG_CRC16 | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_TIMEOUT |
+ PIPE_ERRORFLAG_PID | PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATAPID |
+ PIPE_ERRORFLAG_DATATGL)) |
+ (((&AVR32_USBB.upsta0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] << 8) &
+ PIPE_ERRORFLAG_OVERFLOW));
+ }
+
+ /** Retrieves the number of busy banks in the currently selected pipe, which have been queued for
+ * transmission via the \ref Pipe_ClearOUT() command, or are awaiting acknowledgement via the
+ * \ref Pipe_ClearIN() command.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Total number of busy banks in the selected pipe.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBusyBanks(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_GetBusyBanks(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].nbusybk;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected pipe may be read from (if data is waiting in the pipe
+ * bank and the pipe is an IN direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the pipe is an OUT
+ * direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the pipe, or if the pipe
+ * is an IN direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the pipe is an OUT
+ * direction and the pipe bank is full.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not valid on CONTROL type pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected pipe may be read from or written to, depending
+ * on its direction.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rwall;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if a packet has been received on the currently selected IN pipe from the attached device.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe has received an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsINReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsINReceived(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rxini;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected OUT pipe is ready to send an OUT packet to the attached device.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe is ready for an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsOUTReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsOUTReady(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].txouti;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if no SETUP request is currently being sent to the attached device on the selected
+ * CONTROL type pipe.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe is ready for a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsSETUPSent(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsSETUPSent(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].txstpi;
+ }
+
+ /** Sends the currently selected CONTROL type pipe's contents to the device as a SETUP packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearSETUP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearSETUP(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].txstpic = true;
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].fifoconc = true;
+ USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+ }
+
+ /** Acknowledges the reception of a setup IN request from the attached device on the currently selected
+ * pipe, freeing the bank ready for the next packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearIN(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearIN(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rxinic = true;
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].fifoconc = true;
+ USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+ }
+
+ /** Sends the currently selected pipe's contents to the device as an OUT packet on the selected pipe, freeing
+ * the bank ready for the next packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearOUT(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearOUT(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].txoutic = true;
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPCON0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].fifoconc = true;
+ USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the device sent a NAK (Negative Acknowledge) in response to the last sent packet on
+ * the currently selected pipe. This occurs when the host sends a packet to the device, but the device
+ * is not currently ready to handle the packet (i.e. its endpoint banks are full). Once a NAK has been
+ * received, it must be cleared using \ref Pipe_ClearNAKReceived() before the previous (or any other) packet
+ * can be re-sent.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if an NAK has been received on the current pipe, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsNAKReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsNAKReceived(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].nakedi;
+ }
+
+ /** Clears the NAK condition on the currently selected pipe.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \see \ref Pipe_IsNAKReceived() for more details.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearNAKReceived(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearNAKReceived(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].nakedic = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected pipe has had the STALL condition set by the attached device.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the current pipe has been stalled by the attached device, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Pipe_IsStalled(void)
+ {
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rxstalldi;
+ }
+
+ /** Clears the STALL condition detection flag on the currently selected pipe, but does not clear the
+ * STALL condition itself (this must be done via a ClearFeature control request to the device).
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePacketManagement_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_ClearStall(void)
+ {
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UPSTA0CLR)[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe].rxstalldic = true;
+ USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe] = &AVR32_USBB_SLAVE[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe * PIPE_HSB_ADDRESS_SPACE_SIZE];
+ }
+
+ /** Reads one byte from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Next byte in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_Read_8(void)
+ {
+ return *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes one byte to the currently selected pipe's bank, for IN direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write into the the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_8(const uint8_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
+ {
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = Data;
+ }
+
+ /** Discards one byte from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_8(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_LE(void)
+ {
+ uint16_t Byte0 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ uint16_t Byte1 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+
+ return ((Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
+ }
+
+ /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Pipe_Read_16_BE(void)
+ {
+ uint16_t Byte0 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ uint16_t Byte1 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+
+ return ((Byte0 << 8) | Byte1);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for IN
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
+ {
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 8);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for IN
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
+ {
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 8);
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ /** Discards two bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_16(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_LE(void)
+ {
+ uint32_t Byte0 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ uint32_t Byte1 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ uint32_t Byte2 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ uint32_t Byte3 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+
+ return ((Byte3 << 24) | (Byte2 << 16) | (Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
+ }
+
+ /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Pipe_Read_32_BE(void)
+ {
+ uint32_t Byte0 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ uint32_t Byte1 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ uint32_t Byte2 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ uint32_t Byte3 = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+
+ return ((Byte0 << 24) | (Byte1 << 16) | (Byte2 << 8) | Byte3);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in little endian format, for IN
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
+ {
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 8);
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 16);
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 24);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected pipe's bank in big endian format, for IN
+ * direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected pipe's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
+ {
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 24);
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 16);
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data >> 8);
+ *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++) = (Data & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ /** Discards four bytes from the currently selected pipe's bank, for OUT direction pipes.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipePrimitiveRW_UC3
+ */
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Pipe_Discard_32(void)
+ {
+ uint8_t Dummy;
+
+ Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+ Dummy = *(USB_Pipe_FIFOPos[USB_Pipe_SelectedPipe]++);
+
+ (void)Dummy;
+ }
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ /** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control pipe located at address
+ * 0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the attached device's device
+ * descriptor once the USB interface is initialized into host mode and a device is attached
+ * to the USB bus.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ */
+ extern uint8_t USB_Host_ControlPipeSize;
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures a table of pipe descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
+ * pipes at the same time.
+ *
+ * \note Pipe with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
+ * control pipe.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Table Pointer to a table of pipe descriptions.
+ * \param[in] Entries Number of entries in the pipe table to configure.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if all pipes configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Pipe_ConfigurePipeTable(const USB_Pipe_Table_t* const Table,
+ const uint8_t Entries);
+
+ /** Configures the specified pipe address with the given pipe type, endpoint address within the attached device,
+ * bank size and number of hardware banks.
+ *
+ * A newly configured pipe is frozen by default, and must be unfrozen before use via the \ref Pipe_Unfreeze()
+ * before being used. Pipes should be kept frozen unless waiting for data from a device while in IN mode, or
+ * sending data to the device in OUT mode. IN type pipes are also automatically configured to accept infinite
+ * numbers of IN requests without automatic freezing - this can be overridden by a call to
+ * \ref Pipe_SetFiniteINRequests().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Pipe address to configure.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Type Type of pipe to configure, an \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all pipe types are available on Low
+ * Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+ *
+ * \param[in] EndpointAddress Endpoint address within the attached device that the pipe should interface to.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Size Size of the pipe's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted to
+ * the USB device, or after they have been received from the USB device (depending on
+ * the pipe's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size that
+ * the pipe can handle.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Banks Number of banks to use for the pipe being configured.
+ *
+ * \note When the \c ORDERED_EP_CONFIG compile time option is used, Pipes <b>must</b> be configured in ascending order,
+ * or bank corruption will occur.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note Certain microcontroller model's pipes may have different maximum packet sizes based on the pipe's
+ * index - refer to the chosen microcontroller's datasheet to determine the maximum bank size for each pipe.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note The default control pipe should not be manually configured by the user application, as it is
+ * automatically configured by the library internally.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine will automatically select the specified pipe upon success. Upon failure, the pipe which
+ * failed to reconfigure correctly will be selected.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Pipe_ConfigurePipe(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint8_t EndpointAddress,
+ const uint16_t Size,
+ const uint8_t Banks);
+
+ /** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control pipe is ready for the next packet of data to be read
+ * or written to it, aborting in the case of an error condition (such as a timeout or device disconnect).
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_PipeRW_UC3
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Pipe_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Pipe_WaitUntilReady(void);
+
+ /** Determines if a pipe has been bound to the given device endpoint address. If a pipe which is bound to the given
+ * endpoint is found, it is automatically selected.
+ *
+ * \param[in] EndpointAddress Address and direction mask of the endpoint within the attached device to check.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if a pipe bound to the given endpoint address of the specified direction is found,
+ * \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Pipe_IsEndpointBound(const uint8_t EndpointAddress) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if !defined(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP)
+ #define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP 0
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Pipe_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
+ {
+ uint8_t MaskVal = 0;
+ uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
+
+ while ((CheckBytes < Bytes) && (CheckBytes < PIPE_MAX_SIZE))
+ {
+ MaskVal++;
+ CheckBytes <<= 1;
+ }
+
+ return (MaskVal << AVR32_USBB_PSIZE_OFFSET);
+ }
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void Pipe_ClearPipes(void);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
index ab69536b0..59c620ae5 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
@@ -1,85 +1,84 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
-
-// cppcheck-suppress unusedFunction
-uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length)
-{
- uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
-
- if (!(Length))
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- while (Length)
- {
- uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
- if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
- else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
- else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
-
- if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
- {
- while (Length && Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
- {
- TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
- TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
- Length--;
- }
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- }
- }
-
- while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
- {
- uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
- if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
- else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
- }
-
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
-#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
-#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+
+ if (!(Length))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ while (Length && Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+ Length--;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
index c2d171db0..98887009c 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
@@ -1,94 +1,95 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
-
-// cppcheck-suppress unusedFunction
-uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length)
-{
- uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
- bool LastPacketFull = false;
-
- if (Length > USB_ControlRequest.wLength)
- Length = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
- else if (!(Length))
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- while (Length || LastPacketFull)
- {
- uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
- if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
- else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
- else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
- else if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
- break;
-
- if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
- {
- uint16_t BytesInEndpoint = Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
-
- while (Length && (BytesInEndpoint < USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize))
- {
- TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
- TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
- Length--;
- BytesInEndpoint++;
- }
-
- LastPacketFull = (BytesInEndpoint == USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
- }
- }
-
- while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
- {
- uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
- if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
- else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
- }
-
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
-#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
-#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+ bool LastPacketFull = false;
+
+ if (Length > USB_ControlRequest.wLength)
+ Length = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+ else if (!(Length))
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ while (Length || LastPacketFull)
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ break;
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ {
+ uint16_t BytesInEndpoint = Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
+
+ while (Length && (BytesInEndpoint < USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize))
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+ Length--;
+ BytesInEndpoint++;
+ }
+
+ LastPacketFull = (BytesInEndpoint == USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
index 02ad97867..d51afdfb1 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
@@ -1,90 +1,89 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
-
-// cppcheck-suppress unusedFunction
-uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
- uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
- uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- {
- Length -= *BytesProcessed;
- TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
- }
-
- while (Length)
- {
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT();
-
- #if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
- USB_USBTask();
- #endif
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- {
- *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
- }
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
- }
- else
- {
- TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
- TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
- Length--;
- BytesInTransfer++;
- }
- }
-
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
-#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
-#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
+ }
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT();
+
+ #if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
+ USB_USBTask();
+ #endif
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c
index 05846bb61..2685c9b9d 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/AVR8/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/Template/Template_Pipe_RW.c
@@ -1,89 +1,88 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
-
-// cppcheck-suppress unusedFunction
-uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
- uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
- uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- Pipe_SetPipeToken(TEMPLATE_TOKEN);
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- {
- Length -= *BytesProcessed;
- TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
- }
-
- while (Length)
- {
- if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE();
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- {
- *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
- }
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
- }
- else
- {
- TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
- TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
- Length--;
- BytesInTransfer++;
- }
- }
-
- return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
-#undef TEMPLATE_TOKEN
-#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
-#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ Pipe_SetPipeToken(TEMPLATE_TOKEN);
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
+ }
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
+#undef TEMPLATE_TOKEN
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_PIPE
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.c
index 8ee63318f..fda0ddc39 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.c
@@ -1,222 +1,222 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C
-#include "../USBController.h"
-
-#if (!defined(USB_HOST_ONLY) && !defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY))
-volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
-volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
-#endif
-
-void USB_Init(
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- const uint8_t Mode
- #endif
-
- #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
- ,
- #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
- void
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
- const uint8_t Options
- #endif
- )
-{
- #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
- USB_Options = Options;
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- if (Mode == USB_MODE_UID)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uide = true;
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_IDTI);
- USB_CurrentMode = USB_GetUSBModeFromUID();
- }
- else
- {
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uide = false;
- USB_CurrentMode = Mode;
- }
- #else
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uide = false;
- #endif
-
- USB_IsInitialized = true;
-
- USB_ResetInterface();
-}
-
-void USB_Disable(void)
-{
- USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
- USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
-
- USB_Detach();
- USB_Controller_Disable();
-
- USB_OTGPAD_Off();
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
- #endif
-
- AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[3].cen = false;
-
- USB_IsInitialized = false;
-}
-
-void USB_ResetInterface(void)
-{
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- bool UIDModeSelectEnabled = AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uide;
- #endif
-
- AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].pllsel = !(USB_Options & USB_OPT_GCLK_SRC_OSC);
- AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].oscsel = !(USB_Options & USB_OPT_GCLK_CHANNEL_0);
- AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].diven = (F_USB != USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ);
- AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].div = (F_USB == USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ) ? 0 : (uint32_t)((F_USB / USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ / 2) - 1);
- AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].cen = true;
-
- USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
- USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
-
- USB_Controller_Reset();
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- if (UIDModeSelectEnabled)
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_IDTI);
- #endif
-
- USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
-
- if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
- {
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uimod = true;
-
- USB_Init_Device();
- #endif
- }
- else if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host)
- {
- #if defined(INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE)
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuspo = true;
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uimod = false;
-
- USB_Init_Host();
- #endif
- }
-
- USB_OTGPAD_On();
-}
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-static void USB_Init_Device(void)
-{
- USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
- USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
-
- #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
- USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled = false;
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
- USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered = false;
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
- USB_Descriptor_Device_t* DeviceDescriptorPtr;
-
- if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
- USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
- #endif
-
- if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
- {
- USB_Device_SetLowSpeed();
- }
- else
- {
- #if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED)
- if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED)
- USB_Device_SetHighSpeed();
- else
- USB_Device_SetFullSpeed();
- #else
- USB_Device_SetFullSpeed();
- #endif
- }
-
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_VBUSTI);
-
- Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
- USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
-
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SUSPI);
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_EORSTI);
-
- USB_Attach();
-}
-#endif
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-static void USB_Init_Host(void)
-{
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Unattached;
- USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
- USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE;
-
- USB_Host_HostMode_On();
-
- USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On();
-
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DCONNI);
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_BCERRI);
-
- USB_Attach();
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C
+#include "../USBController.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
+#endif
+
+void USB_Init(
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ const uint8_t Mode
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+ ,
+ #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+ void
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+ const uint8_t Options
+ #endif
+ )
+{
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+ USB_Options = Options;
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ if (Mode == USB_MODE_UID)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uide = true;
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_IDTI);
+ USB_CurrentMode = USB_GetUSBModeFromUID();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uide = false;
+ USB_CurrentMode = Mode;
+ }
+ #else
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uide = false;
+ #endif
+
+ USB_IsInitialized = true;
+
+ USB_ResetInterface();
+}
+
+void USB_Disable(void)
+{
+ USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
+ USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
+
+ USB_Detach();
+ USB_Controller_Disable();
+
+ USB_OTGPAD_Off();
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
+ #endif
+
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[3].cen = false;
+
+ USB_IsInitialized = false;
+}
+
+void USB_ResetInterface(void)
+{
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ bool UIDModeSelectEnabled = AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uide;
+ #endif
+
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].pllsel = !(USB_Options & USB_OPT_GCLK_SRC_OSC);
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].oscsel = !(USB_Options & USB_OPT_GCLK_CHANNEL_0);
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].diven = (F_USB != USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ);
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].div = (F_USB == USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ) ? 0 : (uint32_t)((F_USB / USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ / 2) - 1);
+ AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[AVR32_PM_GCLK_USBB].cen = true;
+
+ USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
+ USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
+
+ USB_Controller_Reset();
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ if (UIDModeSelectEnabled)
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_IDTI);
+ #endif
+
+ USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
+
+ if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
+ {
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uimod = true;
+
+ USB_Init_Device();
+ #endif
+ }
+ else if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host)
+ {
+ #if defined(INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE)
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuspo = true;
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.uimod = false;
+
+ USB_Init_Host();
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ USB_OTGPAD_On();
+}
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+static void USB_Init_Device(void)
+{
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
+ USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+
+ #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
+ USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled = false;
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
+ USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered = false;
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+ USB_Descriptor_Device_t* DeviceDescriptorPtr;
+
+ if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
+ #endif
+
+ if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
+ {
+ USB_Device_SetLowSpeed();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ #if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED)
+ if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_HIGHSPEED)
+ USB_Device_SetHighSpeed();
+ else
+ USB_Device_SetFullSpeed();
+ #else
+ USB_Device_SetFullSpeed();
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_VBUSTI);
+
+ Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
+
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_EORSTI);
+
+ USB_Attach();
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+static void USB_Init_Host(void)
+{
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Unattached;
+ USB_Host_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+ USB_Host_ControlPipeSize = PIPE_CONTROLPIPE_DEFAULT_SIZE;
+
+ USB_Host_HostMode_On();
+
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_On();
+
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DCONNI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_BCERRI);
+
+ USB_Attach();
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.h
index bcae49bd4..2e824583a 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBController_UC3.h
@@ -1,365 +1,353 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- * \copydetails Group_USBManagement_UC3
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBManagement
- * \defgroup Group_USBManagement_UC3 USB Interface Management (UC3)
- * \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the setup and management of the USB interface.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBCONTROLLER_UC3_H__
-#define __USBCONTROLLER_UC3_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../USBMode.h"
- #include "../Events.h"
- #include "../USBTask.h"
- #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #include "../Host.h"
- #include "../OTG.h"
- #include "../Pipe.h"
- #include "../HostStandardReq.h"
- #include "../PipeStream.h"
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #include "../Device.h"
- #include "../Endpoint.h"
- #include "../DeviceStandardReq.h"
- #include "../EndpointStream.h"
- #endif
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks and Defines: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(F_USB)
- #error F_USB is not defined. You must define F_USB to the frequency of the clock input to the USB module.
- #endif
-
- #if (defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR))
- #if ((F_USB < 12000000) || (F_USB % 12000000))
- #error Invalid F_USB specified. F_USB must be a multiple of 12MHz for UC3A3 and UC3A4 devices.
- #endif
- #else
- #if ((F_USB < 48000000) || (F_USB % 48000000))
- #error Invalid F_USB specified. F_USB must be a multiple of 48MHz for UC3A and UC3B devices.
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** \name USB Controller Option Masks */
- //@{
- /** Selects one of the system's main clock oscillators as the input clock to the USB Generic Clock source
- * generation module. This indicates that an external oscillator should be used directly instead of an
- * internal PLL clock source.
- */
- #define USB_OPT_GCLK_SRC_OSC (1 << 2)
-
- /** Selects one of the system's PLL oscillators as the input clock to the USB Generic Clock source
- * generation module. This indicates that one of the device's PLL outputs should be used instead of an
- * external oscillator source.
- */
- #define USB_OPT_GCLK_SRC_PLL (0 << 2)
-
- /** Selects PLL or External Oscillator 0 as the USB Generic Clock source module input clock. */
- #define USB_OPT_GCLK_CHANNEL_0 (1 << 3)
-
- /** Selects PLL or External Oscillator 1 as the USB Generic Clock source module input clock. */
- #define USB_OPT_GCLK_CHANNEL_1 (0 << 3)
- //@}
-
- #if !defined(USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Constant for the maximum software timeout period of the USB data stream transfer functions
- * (both control and standard) when in either device or host mode. If the next packet of a stream
- * is not received or acknowledged within this time period, the stream function will fail.
- *
- * This value may be overridden in the user project makefile as the value of the
- * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS token, and passed to the compiler using the -D switch.
- */
- #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS 100
- #endif
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Determines if the VBUS line is currently high (i.e. the USB host is supplying power).
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the VBUS line is currently detecting power from a host, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool USB_VBUS_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool USB_VBUS_GetStatus(void)
- {
- return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.vbus;
- }
-
- /** Detaches the device from the USB bus. This has the effect of removing the device from any
- * attached host, ceasing USB communications. If no host is present, this prevents any host from
- * enumerating the device once attached until \ref USB_Attach() is called.
- */
- static inline void USB_Detach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Detach(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.UDCON.detach = true;
- }
-
- /** Attaches the device to the USB bus. This announces the device's presence to any attached
- * USB host, starting the enumeration process. If no host is present, attaching the device
- * will allow for enumeration once a host is connected to the device.
- *
- * This is inexplicably also required for proper operation while in host mode, to enable the
- * attachment of a device to the host. This is despite the bit being located in the device-mode
- * register and despite the datasheet making no mention of its requirement in host mode.
- */
- static inline void USB_Attach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Attach(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.UDCON.detach = false;
- }
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Main function to initialize and start the USB interface. Once active, the USB interface will
- * allow for device connection to a host when in device mode, or for device enumeration while in
- * host mode.
- *
- * As the USB library relies on interrupts for the device and host mode enumeration processes,
- * the user must enable global interrupts before or shortly after this function is called. In
- * device mode, interrupts must be enabled within 500ms of this function being called to ensure
- * that the host does not time out whilst enumerating the device. In host mode, interrupts may be
- * enabled at the application's leisure however enumeration will not begin of an attached device
- * until after this has occurred.
- *
- * Calling this function when the USB interface is already initialized will cause a complete USB
- * interface reset and re-enumeration.
- *
- * \param[in] Mode This is a mask indicating what mode the USB interface is to be initialized to, a value
- * from the \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
- *
- * \param[in] Options Mask indicating the options which should be used when initializing the USB
- * interface to control the USB interface's behavior. This should be comprised of
- * a \c USB_OPT_REG_* mask to control the regulator, a \c USB_OPT_*_PLL mask to control the
- * PLL, and a \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* mask (when the device mode is enabled) to set the device
- * mode speed.
- *
- * \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only device or host mode is required,
- * the mode can be statically set in the project makefile by defining the token \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY
- * (for device mode) or \c USB_HOST_ONLY (for host mode), passing the token to the compiler
- * via the -D switch. If the mode is statically set, this parameter does not exist in the
- * function prototype.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only fixed settings are required,
- * the options may be set statically in the same manner as the mode (see the Mode parameter of
- * this function). To statically set the USB options, pass in the \c USE_STATIC_OPTIONS token,
- * defined to the appropriate options masks. When the options are statically set, this
- * parameter does not exist in the function prototype.
- *
- * \see \ref Group_Device for the \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* masks.
- */
- void USB_Init(
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- const uint8_t Mode
- #endif
-
- #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- ,
- #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
- void
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- const uint8_t Options
- #endif
- );
-
- /** Shuts down the USB interface. This turns off the USB interface after deallocating all USB FIFO
- * memory, endpoints and pipes. When turned off, no USB functionality can be used until the interface
- * is restarted with the \ref USB_Init() function.
- */
- void USB_Disable(void);
-
- /** Resets the interface, when already initialized. This will re-enumerate the device if already connected
- * to a host, or re-enumerate an already attached device when in host mode.
- */
- void USB_ResetInterface(void);
-
- /* Global Variables: */
- #if (!defined(USB_HOST_ONLY) && !defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Indicates the mode that the USB interface is currently initialized to, a value from the
- * \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
- *
- * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
- * changed in value.
- *
- * \note When the controller is initialized into UID auto-detection mode, this variable will hold the
- * currently selected USB mode (i.e. \ref USB_MODE_Device or \ref USB_MODE_Host). If the controller
- * is fixed into a specific mode (either through the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY or \c USB_HOST_ONLY compile time
- * options, or a limitation of the USB controller in the chosen device model) this will evaluate to
- * a constant of the appropriate value and will never evaluate to \ref USB_MODE_None even when the
- * USB interface is not initialized.
- */
- extern volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode;
- #elif defined(USB_HOST_ONLY)
- #define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Host
- #elif defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY)
- #define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Device
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Indicates the current USB options that the USB interface was initialized with when \ref USB_Init()
- * was called. This value will be one of the \c USB_MODE_* masks defined elsewhere in this module.
- *
- * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
- * changed in value.
- */
- extern volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
- #elif defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
- #define USB_Options USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
- #endif
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible USB controller modes, for initialization via \ref USB_Init() and indication back to the
- * user application via \ref USB_CurrentMode.
- */
- enum USB_Modes_t
- {
- USB_MODE_None = 0, /**< Indicates that the controller is currently not initialized in any specific USB mode. */
- USB_MODE_Device = 1, /**< Indicates that the controller is currently initialized in USB Device mode. */
- USB_MODE_Host = 2, /**< Indicates that the controller is currently initialized in USB Host mode. */
- USB_MODE_UID = 3, /**< Indicates that the controller should determine the USB mode from the UID pin of the
- * USB connector.
- */
- };
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Macros: */
- #if defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32)
- #define USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ 12000000UL
- #else
- #define USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ 48000000UL
- #endif
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C)
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- static void USB_Init_Device(void);
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- static void USB_Init_Host(void);
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- static inline void USB_OTGPAD_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_OTGPAD_On(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.otgpade = true;
- }
-
- static inline void USB_OTGPAD_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_OTGPAD_Off(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.otgpade = false;
- }
-
- static inline void USB_CLK_Freeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_CLK_Freeze(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.frzclk = true;
- }
-
- static inline void USB_CLK_Unfreeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_CLK_Unfreeze(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.frzclk = false;
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.usbe = true;
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.usbe = false;
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void)
- {
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.usbe = false;
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.usbe = true;
- }
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- static inline uint8_t USB_GetUSBModeFromUID(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t USB_GetUSBModeFromUID(void)
- {
- if (AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.id)
- return USB_MODE_Device;
- else
- return USB_MODE_Host;
- }
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_USBManagement_UC3
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_USBManagement_UC3 USB Interface Management (UC3)
+ * \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the setup and management of the USB interface.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBCONTROLLER_UC3_H__
+#define __USBCONTROLLER_UC3_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBMode.h"
+ #include "../Events.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+ #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #include "../Host.h"
+ #include "../OTG.h"
+ #include "../Pipe.h"
+ #include "../HostStandardReq.h"
+ #include "../PipeStream.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #include "../Device.h"
+ #include "../Endpoint.h"
+ #include "../DeviceStandardReq.h"
+ #include "../EndpointStream.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks and Defines: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(F_USB)
+ #error F_USB is not defined. You must define F_USB to the frequency of the clock input to the USB module.
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR))
+ #if ((F_USB < 12000000) || (F_USB % 12000000))
+ #error Invalid F_USB specified. F_USB must be a multiple of 12MHz for UC3A3 and UC3A4 devices.
+ #endif
+ #else
+ #if ((F_USB < 48000000) || (F_USB % 48000000))
+ #error Invalid F_USB specified. F_USB must be a multiple of 48MHz for UC3A and UC3B devices.
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name USB Controller Option Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Selects one of the system's main clock oscillators as the input clock to the USB Generic Clock source
+ * generation module. This indicates that an external oscillator should be used directly instead of an
+ * internal PLL clock source.
+ */
+ #define USB_OPT_GCLK_SRC_OSC (1 << 2)
+
+ /** Selects one of the system's PLL oscillators as the input clock to the USB Generic Clock source
+ * generation module. This indicates that one of the device's PLL outputs should be used instead of an
+ * external oscillator source.
+ */
+ #define USB_OPT_GCLK_SRC_PLL (0 << 2)
+
+ /** Selects PLL or External Oscillator 0 as the USB Generic Clock source module input clock. */
+ #define USB_OPT_GCLK_CHANNEL_0 (1 << 3)
+
+ /** Selects PLL or External Oscillator 1 as the USB Generic Clock source module input clock. */
+ #define USB_OPT_GCLK_CHANNEL_1 (0 << 3)
+ //@}
+
+ #if !defined(USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Constant for the maximum software timeout period of the USB data stream transfer functions
+ * (both control and standard) when in either device or host mode. If the next packet of a stream
+ * is not received or acknowledged within this time period, the stream function will fail.
+ *
+ * This value may be overridden in the user project makefile as the value of the
+ * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS token, and passed to the compiler using the -D switch.
+ */
+ #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS 100
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Determines if the VBUS line is currently high (i.e. the USB host is supplying power).
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the VBUS line is currently detecting power from a host, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool USB_VBUS_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool USB_VBUS_GetStatus(void)
+ {
+ return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.vbus;
+ }
+
+ /** Detaches the device from the USB bus. This has the effect of removing the device from any
+ * attached host, ceasing USB communications. If no host is present, this prevents any host from
+ * enumerating the device once attached until \ref USB_Attach() is called.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Detach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Detach(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UDCON.detach = true;
+ }
+
+ /** Attaches the device to the USB bus. This announces the device's presence to any attached
+ * USB host, starting the enumeration process. If no host is present, attaching the device
+ * will allow for enumeration once a host is connected to the device.
+ *
+ * This is inexplicably also required for proper operation while in host mode, to enable the
+ * attachment of a device to the host. This is despite the bit being located in the device-mode
+ * register and despite the datasheet making no mention of its requirement in host mode.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Attach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Attach(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.UDCON.detach = false;
+ }
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Main function to initialize and start the USB interface. Once active, the USB interface will
+ * allow for device connection to a host when in device mode, or for device enumeration while in
+ * host mode.
+ *
+ * As the USB library relies on interrupts for the device and host mode enumeration processes,
+ * the user must enable global interrupts before or shortly after this function is called. In
+ * device mode, interrupts must be enabled within 500ms of this function being called to ensure
+ * that the host does not time out whilst enumerating the device. In host mode, interrupts may be
+ * enabled at the application's leisure however enumeration will not begin of an attached device
+ * until after this has occurred.
+ *
+ * Calling this function when the USB interface is already initialized will cause a complete USB
+ * interface reset and re-enumeration.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Mode Mask indicating what mode the USB interface is to be initialized to, a value
+ * from the \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
+ * \note This parameter does not exist on devices with only one supported USB
+ * mode (device or host).
+ *
+ * \param[in] Options Mask indicating the options which should be used when initializing the USB
+ * interface to control the USB interface's behavior. This should be comprised of
+ * a \c USB_OPT_REG_* mask to control the regulator, a \c USB_OPT_*_PLL mask to control the
+ * PLL, and a \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* mask (when the device mode is enabled) to set the device
+ * mode speed.
+ *
+ * \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only device or host mode is required,
+ * the mode can be statically set in the project makefile by defining the token \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ * (for device mode) or \c USB_HOST_ONLY (for host mode), passing the token to the compiler
+ * via the -D switch. If the mode is statically set, this parameter does not exist in the
+ * function prototype.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only fixed settings are required,
+ * the options may be set statically in the same manner as the mode (see the Mode parameter of
+ * this function). To statically set the USB options, pass in the \c USE_STATIC_OPTIONS token,
+ * defined to the appropriate options masks. When the options are statically set, this
+ * parameter does not exist in the function prototype.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_Device for the \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* masks.
+ */
+ void USB_Init(
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ const uint8_t Mode
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ ,
+ #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+ void
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ const uint8_t Options
+ #endif
+ );
+
+ /** Shuts down the USB interface. This turns off the USB interface after deallocating all USB FIFO
+ * memory, endpoints and pipes. When turned off, no USB functionality can be used until the interface
+ * is restarted with the \ref USB_Init() function.
+ */
+ void USB_Disable(void);
+
+ /** Resets the interface, when already initialized. This will re-enumerate the device if already connected
+ * to a host, or re-enumerate an already attached device when in host mode.
+ */
+ void USB_ResetInterface(void);
+
+ /* Global Variables: */
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Indicates the mode that the USB interface is currently initialized to, a value from the
+ * \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ *
+ * \note When the controller is initialized into UID auto-detection mode, this variable will hold the
+ * currently selected USB mode (i.e. \ref USB_MODE_Device or \ref USB_MODE_Host). If the controller
+ * is fixed into a specific mode (either through the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY or \c USB_HOST_ONLY compile time
+ * options, or a limitation of the USB controller in the chosen device model) this will evaluate to
+ * a constant of the appropriate value and will never evaluate to \ref USB_MODE_None even when the
+ * USB interface is not initialized.
+ */
+ extern volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode;
+ #elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Host
+ #elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Device
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Indicates the current USB options that the USB interface was initialized with when \ref USB_Init()
+ * was called. This value will be one of the \c USB_MODE_* masks defined elsewhere in this module.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ */
+ extern volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
+ #elif defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+ #define USB_Options USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32) || defined(USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32)
+ #define USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ 12000000UL
+ #else
+ #define USB_CLOCK_REQUIRED_FREQ 48000000UL
+ #endif
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C)
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ static void USB_Init_Device(void);
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ static void USB_Init_Host(void);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline void USB_OTGPAD_On(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_OTGPAD_On(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.otgpade = true;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_OTGPAD_Off(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_OTGPAD_Off(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.otgpade = false;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_CLK_Freeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_CLK_Freeze(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.frzclk = true;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_CLK_Unfreeze(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_CLK_Unfreeze(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.frzclk = false;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.usbe = true;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.usbe = false;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void)
+ {
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.usbe = false;
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.usbe = true;
+ }
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ static inline uint8_t USB_GetUSBModeFromUID(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t USB_GetUSBModeFromUID(void)
+ {
+ if (AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.id)
+ return USB_MODE_Device;
+ else
+ return USB_MODE_Host;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.c
index e11a4b642..83ada8cc1 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.c
@@ -1,228 +1,228 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-
-void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void)
-{
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuste = false;
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.idte = false;
-
- AVR32_USBB.uhinteclr = -1;
- AVR32_USBB.udinteclr = -1;
-}
-
-void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void)
-{
- AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vbustic = true;
- AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.idtic = true;
-
- AVR32_USBB.uhintclr = -1;
- AVR32_USBB.udintclr = -1;
-}
-
-ISR(USB_GEN_vect)
-{
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SOFI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SOFI);
-
- EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame();
- }
- #endif
-
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_VBUSTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_VBUSTI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBUSTI);
-
- if (USB_VBUS_GetStatus())
- {
- USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
- EVENT_USB_Device_Connect();
- }
- else
- {
- USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
- EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
- }
- }
-
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SUSPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SUSPI))
- {
- USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
-
- USB_CLK_Freeze();
-
- USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Suspended;
- EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend();
- }
-
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_WAKEUPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_WAKEUPI))
- {
- USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
-
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
-
- USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
-
- if (USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber)
- USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Configured;
- else
- USB_DeviceState = (USB_Device_IsAddressSet()) ? DEVICE_STATE_Configured : DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
-
- EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp();
- }
-
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_EORSTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_EORSTI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_EORSTI);
-
- USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Default;
- USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
-
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SUSPI);
- USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
-
- USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(0);
- Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
- USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
-
- #if defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
- #endif
-
- EVENT_USB_Device_Reset();
- }
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
-
- EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame();
- }
- #endif
-
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DDISCI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_DDISCI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
- USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-
- EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
-
- USB_ResetInterface();
- }
-
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_VBERRI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_VBERRI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBERRI);
-
- USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off();
- USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
-
- EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(HOST_ERROR_VBusVoltageDip);
- EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Unattached;
- }
-
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DCONNI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_DCONNI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
- USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DCONNI);
-
- EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached();
-
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
-
- USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered;
- }
-
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BCERRI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_BCERRI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BCERRI);
-
- EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(HOST_ENUMERROR_NoDeviceDetected, 0);
- EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
-
- USB_ResetInterface();
- }
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_IDTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_IDTI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_IDTI);
-
- if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
-
- if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Unattached)
- EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
-
- USB_CurrentMode = USB_GetUSBModeFromUID();
- USB_ResetInterface();
-
- EVENT_USB_UIDChange();
- }
- #endif
-}
-
-#if defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT) && defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-ISR(USB_COM_vect)
-{
- uint8_t PrevSelectedEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
- USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
-
- GlobalInterruptEnable();
-
- USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest();
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevSelectedEndpoint);
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void)
+{
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuste = false;
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.idte = false;
+
+ AVR32_USBB.uhinteclr = -1;
+ AVR32_USBB.udinteclr = -1;
+}
+
+void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void)
+{
+ AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vbustic = true;
+ AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.idtic = true;
+
+ AVR32_USBB.uhintclr = -1;
+ AVR32_USBB.udintclr = -1;
+}
+
+ISR(USB_GEN_vect)
+{
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SOFI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SOFI);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame();
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_VBUSTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_VBUSTI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBUSTI);
+
+ if (USB_VBUS_GetStatus())
+ {
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Connect();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SUSPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SUSPI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+
+ USB_CLK_Freeze();
+
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Suspended;
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend();
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_WAKEUPI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_WAKEUPI))
+ {
+ USB_CLK_Unfreeze();
+
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+
+ if (USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber)
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Configured;
+ else
+ USB_DeviceState = (USB_Device_IsAddressSet()) ? DEVICE_STATE_Addressed : DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
+
+ EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp();
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_EORSTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_EORSTI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_EORSTI);
+
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Default;
+ USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_SUSPI);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_WAKEUPI);
+
+ USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(0);
+ Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
+
+ #if defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
+ #endif
+
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Reset();
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_HSOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_HSOFI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_HSOFI);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_StartOfFrame();
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DDISCI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_DDISCI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+ USB_ResetInterface();
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_VBERRI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_VBERRI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_VBERRI);
+
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Manual_Off();
+ USB_Host_VBUS_Auto_Off();
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_HostError(HOST_ERROR_VBusVoltageDip);
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Unattached;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_DCONNI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_DCONNI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_DCONNI);
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_DCONNI);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached();
+
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_DDISCI);
+
+ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Powered;
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BCERRI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_BCERRI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BCERRI);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed(HOST_ENUMERROR_NoDeviceDetected, 0);
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+ USB_ResetInterface();
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_IDTI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_IDTI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_IDTI);
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
+
+ if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Unattached)
+ EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceUnattached();
+
+ USB_CurrentMode = USB_GetUSBModeFromUID();
+ USB_ResetInterface();
+
+ EVENT_USB_UIDChange();
+ }
+ #endif
+}
+
+#if defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT) && defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ISR(USB_COM_vect)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevSelectedEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+ USB_INT_Disable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
+
+ GlobalInterruptEnable();
+
+ USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest();
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_RXSTPI);
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevSelectedEndpoint);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h
index 625e3f782..ddd5389c2 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h
@@ -1,370 +1,376 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB Controller Interrupt definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- *
- * This file contains definitions required for the correct handling of low level USB service routine interrupts
- * from the USB controller.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBINTERRUPT_UC3_H__
-#define __USBINTERRUPT_UC3_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* External Variables: */
- extern volatile uint32_t USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
-
- /* Enums: */
- enum USB_Interrupts_t
- {
- USB_INT_VBUSTI = 0,
- #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
- USB_INT_IDTI = 1,
- #endif
- #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
- USB_INT_WAKEUPI = 2,
- USB_INT_SUSPI = 3,
- USB_INT_EORSTI = 4,
- USB_INT_SOFI = 5,
- USB_INT_RXSTPI = 6,
- #endif
- #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
- USB_INT_HSOFI = 7,
- USB_INT_DCONNI = 8,
- USB_INT_DDISCI = 9,
- USB_INT_RSTI = 10,
- USB_INT_BCERRI = 11,
- USB_INT_VBERRI = 12,
- #endif
- };
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
- {
- switch (Interrupt)
- {
- case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuste = true;
- break;
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- case USB_INT_IDTI:
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.idte = true;
- break;
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
- AVR32_USBB.UDINTESET.wakeupes = true;
- break;
- case USB_INT_SUSPI:
- AVR32_USBB.UDINTESET.suspes = true;
- break;
- case USB_INT_EORSTI:
- AVR32_USBB.UDINTESET.eorstes = true;
- break;
- case USB_INT_SOFI:
- AVR32_USBB.UDINTESET.sofes = true;
- break;
- case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
- (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0SET)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpes = true;
- break;
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- case USB_INT_HSOFI:
- AVR32_USBB.UHINTESET.hsofies = true;
- break;
- case USB_INT_DCONNI:
- AVR32_USBB.UHINTESET.dconnies = true;
- break;
- case USB_INT_DDISCI:
- AVR32_USBB.UHINTESET.ddiscies = true;
- break;
- case USB_INT_RSTI:
- AVR32_USBB.UHINTESET.rsties = true;
- break;
- case USB_INT_BCERRI:
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.bcerre = true;
- break;
- case USB_INT_VBERRI:
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vberre = true;
- break;
- #endif
- }
- }
-
- static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
- {
- switch (Interrupt)
- {
- case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuste = false;
- break;
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- case USB_INT_IDTI:
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.idte = false;
- break;
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
- AVR32_USBB.UDINTECLR.wakeupec = true;
- break;
- case USB_INT_SUSPI:
- AVR32_USBB.UDINTECLR.suspec = true;
- break;
- case USB_INT_EORSTI:
- AVR32_USBB.UDINTECLR.eorstec = true;
- break;
- case USB_INT_SOFI:
- AVR32_USBB.UDINTECLR.sofec = true;
- break;
- case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
- (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpec = true;
- break;
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- case USB_INT_HSOFI:
- AVR32_USBB.UHINTECLR.hsofiec = true;
- break;
- case USB_INT_DCONNI:
- AVR32_USBB.UHINTECLR.dconniec = true;
- break;
- case USB_INT_DDISCI:
- AVR32_USBB.UHINTECLR.ddisciec = true;
- break;
- case USB_INT_RSTI:
- AVR32_USBB.UHINTECLR.rstiec = true;
- break;
- case USB_INT_BCERRI:
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.bcerre = false;
- break;
- case USB_INT_VBERRI:
- AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vberre = false;
- break;
- #endif
- }
- }
-
- static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt)
- {
- switch (Interrupt)
- {
- case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
- AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vbustic = true;
- (void)AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR;
- break;
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- case USB_INT_IDTI:
- AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.idtic = true;
- (void)AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR;
- break;
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
- AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR.wakeupc = true;
- (void)AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR;
- break;
- case USB_INT_SUSPI:
- AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR.suspc = true;
- (void)AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR;
- break;
- case USB_INT_EORSTI:
- AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR.eorstc = true;
- (void)AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR;
- break;
- case USB_INT_SOFI:
- AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR.sofc = true;
- (void)AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR;
- break;
- case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
- (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpic = true;
- break;
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- case USB_INT_HSOFI:
- AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.hsofic = true;
- (void)AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR;
- break;
- case USB_INT_DCONNI:
- AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.dconnic = true;
- (void)AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR;
- break;
- case USB_INT_DDISCI:
- AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.ddiscic = true;
- (void)AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR;
- break;
- case USB_INT_RSTI:
- AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.rstic = true;
- (void)AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR;
- break;
- case USB_INT_BCERRI:
- AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.bcerric = true;
- (void)AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR;
- break;
- case USB_INT_VBERRI:
- AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vberric = true;
- (void)AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR;
- break;
- #endif
- }
- }
-
- static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt)
- {
- switch (Interrupt)
- {
- case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
- return AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuste;
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- case USB_INT_IDTI:
- return AVR32_USBB.USBCON.idte;
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
- return AVR32_USBB.UDINTE.wakeupe;
- case USB_INT_SUSPI:
- return AVR32_USBB.UDINTE.suspe;
- case USB_INT_EORSTI:
- return AVR32_USBB.UDINTE.eorste;
- case USB_INT_SOFI:
- return AVR32_USBB.UDINTE.sofe;
- case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
- return (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpe;
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- case USB_INT_HSOFI:
- return AVR32_USBB.UHINTE.hsofie;
- case USB_INT_DCONNI:
- return AVR32_USBB.UHINTE.dconnie;
- case USB_INT_DDISCI:
- return AVR32_USBB.UHINTE.ddiscie;
- case USB_INT_RSTI:
- return AVR32_USBB.UHINTE.rstie;
- case USB_INT_BCERRI:
- return AVR32_USBB.USBCON.bcerre;
- case USB_INT_VBERRI:
- return AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vberre;
- #endif
- }
-
- return false;
- }
-
- static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt)
- {
- switch (Interrupt)
- {
- case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
- return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.vbusti;
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- case USB_INT_IDTI:
- return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.idti;
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
- return AVR32_USBB.UDINT.wakeup;
- case USB_INT_SUSPI:
- return AVR32_USBB.UDINT.susp;
- case USB_INT_EORSTI:
- return AVR32_USBB.UDINT.eorst;
- case USB_INT_SOFI:
- return AVR32_USBB.UDINT.sof;
- case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
- return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpi;
- #endif
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- case USB_INT_HSOFI:
- return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.hsofi;
- case USB_INT_DCONNI:
- return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.dconni;
- case USB_INT_DDISCI:
- return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.ddisci;
- case USB_INT_RSTI:
- return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.rsti;
- case USB_INT_BCERRI:
- return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.bcerri;
- case USB_INT_VBERRI:
- return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.vberri;
- #endif
- }
-
- return false;
- }
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../USBMode.h"
- #include "../Events.h"
- #include "../USBController.h"
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void);
- void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void);
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Interrupt service routine handler for the USB controller ISR group. This interrupt routine <b>must</b> be
- * linked to the entire USB controller ISR vector group inside the AVR32's interrupt controller peripheral,
- * using the user application's preferred USB controller driver.
- */
- void USB_GEN_vect(void);
- #else
- ISR(USB_GEN_vect);
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Controller Interrupt definitions for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * This file contains definitions required for the correct handling of low level USB service routine interrupts
+ * from the USB controller.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBINTERRUPT_UC3_H__
+#define __USBINTERRUPT_UC3_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern volatile uint32_t USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ enum USB_Interrupts_t
+ {
+ USB_INT_VBUSTI = 0,
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ USB_INT_IDTI = 1,
+ #endif
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ USB_INT_WAKEUPI = 2,
+ USB_INT_SUSPI = 3,
+ USB_INT_EORSTI = 4,
+ USB_INT_SOFI = 5,
+ USB_INT_RXSTPI = 6,
+ #endif
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ USB_INT_HSOFI = 7,
+ USB_INT_DCONNI = 8,
+ USB_INT_DDISCI = 9,
+ USB_INT_RSTI = 10,
+ USB_INT_BCERRI = 11,
+ USB_INT_VBERRI = 12,
+ #endif
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuste = true;
+ break;
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ case USB_INT_IDTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.idte = true;
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTESET.wakeupes = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTESET.suspes = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTESET.eorstes = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTESET.sofes = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0SET)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpes = true;
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTESET.hsofies = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTESET.dconnies = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTESET.ddiscies = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RSTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTESET.rsties = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.bcerre = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vberre = true;
+ break;
+ #endif
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuste = false;
+ break;
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ case USB_INT_IDTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.idte = false;
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTECLR.wakeupec = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTECLR.suspec = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTECLR.eorstec = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTECLR.sofec = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpec = true;
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTECLR.hsofiec = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTECLR.dconniec = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTECLR.ddisciec = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RSTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTECLR.rstiec = true;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.bcerre = false;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vberre = false;
+ break;
+ #endif
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vbustic = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR;
+ break;
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ case USB_INT_IDTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.idtic = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR;
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR.wakeupc = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR.suspc = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR.eorstc = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR.sofc = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.UDINTCLR;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+ (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0CLR)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpic = true;
+ break;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.hsofic = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.dconnic = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.ddiscic = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_RSTI:
+ AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR.rstic = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.UHINTCLR;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.bcerric = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+ AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR.vberric = true;
+ (void)AVR32_USBB.USBSTACLR;
+ break;
+ #endif
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vbuste;
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ case USB_INT_IDTI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.USBCON.idte;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UDINTE.wakeupe;
+ case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UDINTE.suspe;
+ case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UDINTE.eorste;
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UDINTE.sofe;
+ case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UECON0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpe;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHINTE.hsofie;
+ case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHINTE.dconnie;
+ case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHINTE.ddiscie;
+ case USB_INT_RSTI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHINTE.rstie;
+ case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.USBCON.bcerre;
+ case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.USBCON.vberre;
+ #endif
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ case USB_INT_VBUSTI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.vbusti;
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ case USB_INT_IDTI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.idti;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ case USB_INT_WAKEUPI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UDINT.wakeup;
+ case USB_INT_SUSPI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UDINT.susp;
+ case USB_INT_EORSTI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UDINT.eorst;
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UDINT.sof;
+ case USB_INT_RXSTPI:
+ return (&AVR32_USBB.UESTA0)[USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint].rxstpi;
+ #endif
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ case USB_INT_HSOFI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.hsofi;
+ case USB_INT_DCONNI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.dconni;
+ case USB_INT_DDISCI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.ddisci;
+ case USB_INT_RSTI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.UHINT.rsti;
+ case USB_INT_BCERRI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.bcerri;
+ case USB_INT_VBERRI:
+ return AVR32_USBB.USBSTA.vberri;
+ #endif
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../USBMode.h"
+ #include "../Events.h"
+ #include "../USBController.h"
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void);
+ void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Interrupt service routine handler for the USB controller ISR group. This interrupt routine <b>must</b> be
+ * linked to the entire USB controller ISR vector group inside the AVR32's interrupt controller peripheral,
+ * using the user application's preferred USB controller driver.
+ */
+ void USB_GEN_vect(void);
+ #else
+ ISR(USB_GEN_vect);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBController.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBController.h
index 9b1f0a9a6..c1d74c32b 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBController.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBController.h
@@ -1,151 +1,165 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Common USB Controller definitions for all architectures.
- * \copydetails Group_USBManagement
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USB
- * \defgroup Group_USBManagement USB Interface Management
- * \brief USB Controller definitions for general USB controller management.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the setup and management of the USB interface.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBCONTROLLER_H__
-#define __USBCONTROLLER_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "USBMode.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks and Defines: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Defines: */
- /** \name Endpoint Direction Masks */
- //@{
- /** Endpoint direction mask, for masking against endpoint addresses to retrieve the endpoint's
- * direction for comparing with the \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* masks.
- */
- #define ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK 0x80
-
- /** Endpoint address direction mask for an OUT direction (Host to Device) endpoint. This may be ORed with
- * the index of the address within a device to obtain the full endpoint address.
- */
- #define ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT 0x00
-
- /** Endpoint address direction mask for an IN direction (Device to Host) endpoint. This may be ORed with
- * the index of the address within a device to obtain the full endpoint address.
- */
- #define ENDPOINT_DIR_IN 0x80
- //@}
-
- /** \name Pipe Direction Masks */
- //@{
- /** Pipe direction mask, for masking against pipe addresses to retrieve the pipe's
- * direction for comparing with the \c PIPE_DIR_* masks.
- */
- #define PIPE_DIR_MASK 0x80
-
- /** Endpoint address direction mask for an OUT direction (Host to Device) endpoint. This may be ORed with
- * the index of the address within a device to obtain the full endpoint address.
- */
- #define PIPE_DIR_OUT 0x00
-
- /** Endpoint address direction mask for an IN direction (Device to Host) endpoint. This may be ORed with
- * the index of the address within a device to obtain the full endpoint address.
- */
- #define PIPE_DIR_IN 0x80
- //@}
-
- /** \name Endpoint/Pipe Type Masks */
- //@{
- /** Mask for determining the type of an endpoint from an endpoint descriptor. This should then be compared
- * with the \c EP_TYPE_* masks to determine the exact type of the endpoint.
- */
- #define EP_TYPE_MASK 0x03
-
- /** Mask for a CONTROL type endpoint or pipe.
- *
- * \note See \ref Group_EndpointManagement and \ref Group_PipeManagement for endpoint/pipe functions.
- */
- #define EP_TYPE_CONTROL 0x00
-
- /** Mask for an ISOCHRONOUS type endpoint or pipe.
- *
- * \note See \ref Group_EndpointManagement and \ref Group_PipeManagement for endpoint/pipe functions.
- */
- #define EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS 0x01
-
- /** Mask for a BULK type endpoint or pipe.
- *
- * \note See \ref Group_EndpointManagement and \ref Group_PipeManagement for endpoint/pipe functions.
- */
- #define EP_TYPE_BULK 0x02
-
- /** Mask for an INTERRUPT type endpoint or pipe.
- *
- * \note See \ref Group_EndpointManagement and \ref Group_PipeManagement for endpoint/pipe functions.
- */
- #define EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT 0x03
- //@}
-
- /* Architecture Includes: */
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
- #include "AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h"
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
- #include "UC3/USBController_UC3.h"
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
- #include "XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h"
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Common USB Controller definitions for all architectures.
+ * \copydetails Group_USBManagement
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ * \defgroup Group_USBManagement USB Interface Management
+ * \brief USB Controller definitions for general USB controller management.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the setup and management of the USB interface.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBCONTROLLER_H__
+#define __USBCONTROLLER_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks and Defines: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Defines: */
+ /** \name Endpoint Direction Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Endpoint direction mask, for masking against endpoint addresses to retrieve the endpoint's
+ * direction for comparing with the \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* masks.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_DIR_MASK 0x80
+
+ /** Endpoint address direction mask for an OUT direction (Host to Device) endpoint. This may be ORed with
+ * the index of the address within a device to obtain the full endpoint address.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT 0x00
+
+ /** Endpoint address direction mask for an IN direction (Device to Host) endpoint. This may be ORed with
+ * the index of the address within a device to obtain the full endpoint address.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_DIR_IN 0x80
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Pipe Direction Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Pipe direction mask, for masking against pipe addresses to retrieve the pipe's
+ * direction for comparing with the \c PIPE_DIR_* masks.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_DIR_MASK 0x80
+
+ /** Endpoint address direction mask for an OUT direction (Host to Device) endpoint. This may be ORed with
+ * the index of the address within a device to obtain the full endpoint address.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_DIR_OUT 0x00
+
+ /** Endpoint address direction mask for an IN direction (Device to Host) endpoint. This may be ORed with
+ * the index of the address within a device to obtain the full endpoint address.
+ */
+ #define PIPE_DIR_IN 0x80
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Endpoint/Pipe Type Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Mask for determining the type of an endpoint from an endpoint descriptor. This should then be compared
+ * with the \c EP_TYPE_* masks to determine the exact type of the endpoint.
+ */
+ #define EP_TYPE_MASK 0x03
+
+ /** Mask for a CONTROL type endpoint or pipe.
+ *
+ * \note See \ref Group_EndpointManagement and \ref Group_PipeManagement for endpoint/pipe functions.
+ */
+ #define EP_TYPE_CONTROL 0x00
+
+ /** Mask for an ISOCHRONOUS type endpoint or pipe.
+ *
+ * \note See \ref Group_EndpointManagement and \ref Group_PipeManagement for endpoint/pipe functions.
+ */
+ #define EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS 0x01
+
+ /** Mask for a BULK type endpoint or pipe.
+ *
+ * \note See \ref Group_EndpointManagement and \ref Group_PipeManagement for endpoint/pipe functions.
+ */
+ #define EP_TYPE_BULK 0x02
+
+ /** Mask for an INTERRUPT type endpoint or pipe.
+ *
+ * \note See \ref Group_EndpointManagement and \ref Group_PipeManagement for endpoint/pipe functions.
+ */
+ #define EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT 0x03
+ //@}
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible USB controller modes, for initialization via \ref USB_Init() and indication back to the
+ * user application via \ref USB_CurrentMode.
+ */
+ enum USB_Modes_t
+ {
+ USB_MODE_None = 0, /**< Indicates that the controller is currently not initialized in any specific USB mode. */
+ USB_MODE_Device = 1, /**< Indicates that the controller is currently initialized in USB Device mode. */
+ USB_MODE_Host = 2, /**< Indicates that the controller is currently initialized in USB Host mode. */
+ USB_MODE_UID = 3, /**< Indicates that the controller should determine the USB mode from the UID pin of the
+ * USB connector.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Architecture Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/USBController_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ #include "UC3/USBController_UC3.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include "XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBInterrupt.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBInterrupt.h
index 583860262..3dcfd5fed 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBInterrupt.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBInterrupt.h
@@ -1,73 +1,73 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB controller interrupt service routine management.
- *
- * This file contains definitions required for the correct handling of low level USB service routine interrupts
- * from the USB controller.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBINTERRUPT_H__
-#define __USBINTERRUPT_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "USBMode.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Architecture Includes: */
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
- #include "AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h"
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
- #include "UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h"
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
- #include "XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h"
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB controller interrupt service routine management.
+ *
+ * This file contains definitions required for the correct handling of low level USB service routine interrupts
+ * from the USB controller.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBINTERRUPT_H__
+#define __USBINTERRUPT_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Architecture Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
+ #include "AVR8/USBInterrupt_AVR8.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ #include "UC3/USBInterrupt_UC3.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include "XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBMode.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBMode.h
index 8a52b092b..09cf3076b 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBMode.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBMode.h
@@ -1,286 +1,283 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB mode and feature support definitions.
- * \copydetails Group_USBMode
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USB
- * \defgroup Group_USBMode USB Mode Tokens
- * \brief USB mode and feature support definitions.
- *
- * This file defines macros indicating the type of USB controller the library is being compiled for, and its
- * capabilities. These macros may then be referenced in the user application to selectively enable or disable
- * code sections depending on if they are defined or not.
- *
- * After the inclusion of the master USB driver header, one or more of the following tokens may be defined, to
- * allow the user code to conditionally enable or disable code based on the USB controller family and allowable
- * USB modes. These tokens may be tested against to eliminate code relating to a USB mode which is not enabled for
- * the given compilation.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBMODE_H__
-#define __USBMODE_H__
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- #if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the Series 2 AVR8 USB controller
- * (i.e. AT90USBxxx2 or ATMEGAxxU2) when defined.
- */
- #define USB_SERIES_2_AVR
-
- /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the Series 4 AVR8 USB controller
- * (i.e. ATMEGAxxU4) when defined.
- */
- #define USB_SERIES_4_AVR
-
- /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the Series 6 AVR8 USB controller
- * (i.e. AT90USBxxx6) when defined.
- */
- #define USB_SERIES_6_AVR
-
- /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the Series 7 AVR8 USB controller
- * (i.e. AT90USBxxx7) when defined.
- */
- #define USB_SERIES_7_AVR
-
- /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3A0 Series USB controller
- * (i.e. AT32UC3A0*) when defined.
- */
- #define USB_SERIES_UC3A0_AVR
-
- /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3A1 Series USB controller
- * (i.e. AT32UC3A1*) when defined.
- */
- #define USB_SERIES_UC3A1_AVR
-
- /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3A3 Series USB controller
- * (i.e. AT32UC3A3*) when defined.
- */
- #define USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR
-
- /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3A4 Series USB controller
- * (i.e. AT32UC3A4*) when defined.
- */
- #define USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR
-
- /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3B0 Series USB controller
- * (i.e. AT32UC3B0*) when defined.
- */
- #define USB_SERIES_UC3B0_AVR
-
- /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3B1 Series USB controller
- * (i.e. AT32UC3B1*) when defined.
- */
- #define USB_SERIES_UC3B1_AVR
-
- /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA A1U Series USB controller
- * (i.e. ATXMEGA*A1U) when defined.
- */
- #define USB_SERIES_A1U_XMEGA
-
- /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA A3U Series USB controller
- * (i.e. ATXMEGA*A3U) when defined.
- */
- #define USB_SERIES_A3U_XMEGA
-
- /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA A4U Series USB controller
- * (i.e. ATXMEGA*A4U) when defined.
- */
- #define USB_SERIES_A4U_XMEGA
-
- /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA B1 Series USB controller
- * (i.e. ATXMEGA*B1) when defined.
- */
- #define USB_SERIES_B1_XMEGA
-
- /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA B3 Series USB controller
- * (i.e. ATXMEGA*B3) when defined.
- */
- #define USB_SERIES_B3_XMEGA
-
- /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA C3 Series USB controller
- * (i.e. ATXMEGA*C3) when defined.
- */
- #define USB_SERIES_C3_XMEGA
-
- /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA C4 Series USB controller
- * (i.e. ATXMEGA*C4) when defined.
- */
- #define USB_SERIES_C4_XMEGA
-
- /** Indicates that the target microcontroller and compilation settings allow for the
- * target to be configured in USB Device mode when defined.
- */
- #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
-
- /** Indicates that the target microcontroller and compilation settings allow for the
- * target to be configured in USB Host mode when defined.
- */
- #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
-
- /** Indicates that the target microcontroller and compilation settings allow for the
- * target to be configured in either USB Device or Host mode when defined.
- */
- #define USB_CAN_BE_BOTH
- #else
- /* Macros: */
- #if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__) || \
- defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__))
- #define USB_SERIES_2_AVR
- #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
- #elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__))
- #define USB_SERIES_4_AVR
- #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
- #elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega32U6__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__))
- #define USB_SERIES_6_AVR
- #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
- #elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__))
- #define USB_SERIES_7_AVR
- #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
- #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
- #elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3A0512__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A0256__) || \
- defined(__AVR32_UC3A0128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A064__))
- #define USB_SERIES_UC3A0_AVR32
- #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
- #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
- #elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3A1512__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A1256__) || \
- defined(__AVR32_UC3A1128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A164__))
- #define USB_SERIES_UC3A1_AVR32
- #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
- #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
- #elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3A3256__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A3256S__) || \
- defined(__AVR32_UC3A3128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A3128S__) || \
- defined(__AVR32_UC3A364__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A364S__))
- #define USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32
- #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
- #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
- #elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3A4256__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A4256S__) || \
- defined(__AVR32_UC3A4128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A4128S__) || \
- defined(__AVR32_UC3A464__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A464S__))
- #define USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32
- #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
- #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
- #elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3B0512__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3B0256__) || \
- defined(__AVR32_UC3B0128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3B064__))
- #define USB_SERIES_UC3B0_AVR32
- #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
- #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
- #elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3B1512__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3B1256__) || \
- defined(__AVR32_UC3B1128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3B164__))
- #define USB_SERIES_UC3B1_AVR32
- #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
- #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
- #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega128A1U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega64A1U__))
- #define USB_SERIES_A1U_XMEGA
- #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
- #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega64A3U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega128A3U__) || \
- defined(__AVR_ATxmega192A3U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega256A3U__))
- #define USB_SERIES_A3U_XMEGA
- #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
- #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega256A3BU__))
- #define USB_SERIES_A3BU_XMEGA
- #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
- #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega16A4U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega32A4U__) || \
- defined(__AVR_ATxmega64A4U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega128A4U__))
- #define USB_SERIES_A4U_XMEGA
- #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
- #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega128B1__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega64B1__))
- #define USB_SERIES_B1_XMEGA
- #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
- #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega128B3__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega64B3__))
- #define USB_SERIES_B3_XMEGA
- #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
- #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega128C3__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega64C3__) || \
- defined(__AVR_ATxmega192C3__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega256C3__) || \
- defined(__AVR_ATxmega384C3__))
- #define USB_SERIES_C3_XMEGA
- #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
- #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega16C4__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega32C4__))
- #define USB_SERIES_C4_XMEGA
- #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
- #endif
-
- #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) && defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST))
- #define USB_CAN_BE_BOTH
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_HOST_ONLY)
- #if !defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- #error USB_HOST_ONLY is not available for the currently selected microcontroller model.
- #else
- #undef USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
- #undef USB_CAN_BE_BOTH
- #endif
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY)
- #if !defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- #error USB_DEVICE_ONLY is not available for the currently selected microcontroller model.
- #else
- #undef USB_CAN_BE_HOST
- #undef USB_CAN_BE_BOTH
- #endif
- #endif
-
- #if (defined(USB_HOST_ONLY) && defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY))
- #error USB_HOST_ONLY and USB_DEVICE_ONLY are mutually exclusive.
- #endif
-
- #if (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) && !defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST))
- #error The currently selected device or architecture is not supported under the USB component of the library.
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB mode and feature support definitions.
+ * \copydetails Group_USBMode
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USB
+ * \defgroup Group_USBMode USB Mode Tokens
+ * \brief USB mode and feature support definitions.
+ *
+ * This file defines macros indicating the type of USB controller the library is being compiled for, and its
+ * capabilities. These macros may then be referenced in the user application to selectively enable or disable
+ * code sections depending on if they are defined or not.
+ *
+ * After the inclusion of the master USB driver header, one or more of the following tokens may be defined, to
+ * allow the user code to conditionally enable or disable code based on the USB controller family and allowable
+ * USB modes. These tokens may be tested against to eliminate code relating to a USB mode which is not enabled for
+ * the given compilation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBMODE_H__
+#define __USBMODE_H__
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ #if defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the Series 2 AVR8 USB controller
+ * (i.e. AT90USBxxx2 or ATMEGAxxU2) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_2_AVR
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the Series 4 AVR8 USB controller
+ * (i.e. ATMEGAxxU4) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_4_AVR
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the Series 6 AVR8 USB controller
+ * (i.e. AT90USBxxx6) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_6_AVR
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the Series 7 AVR8 USB controller
+ * (i.e. AT90USBxxx7) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_7_AVR
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3A0 Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. AT32UC3A0*) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3A0_AVR
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3A1 Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. AT32UC3A1*) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3A1_AVR
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3A3 Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. AT32UC3A3*) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3A4 Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. AT32UC3A4*) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3B0 Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. AT32UC3B0*) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3B0_AVR
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the AVR32 UC3B1 Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. AT32UC3B1*) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3B1_AVR
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA A1U Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. ATXMEGA*A1U) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_A1U_XMEGA
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA A3U Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. ATXMEGA*A3U) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_A3U_XMEGA
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA A4U Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. ATXMEGA*A4U) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_A4U_XMEGA
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA B1 Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. ATXMEGA*B1) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_B1_XMEGA
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA B3 Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. ATXMEGA*B3) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_B3_XMEGA
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA C3 Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. ATXMEGA*C3) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_C3_XMEGA
+
+ /** Indicates that the target AVR microcontroller belongs to the XMEGA C4 Series USB controller
+ * (i.e. ATXMEGA*C4) when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_SERIES_C4_XMEGA
+
+ /** Indicates that the target microcontroller and compilation settings allow for the
+ * target to be configured in USB Device mode when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+
+ /** Indicates that the target microcontroller and compilation settings allow for the
+ * target to be configured in USB Host mode when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+
+ /** Indicates that the target microcontroller and compilation settings allow for the
+ * target to be configured in either USB Device or Host mode when defined.
+ */
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_BOTH
+ #else
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if (defined(__AVR_AT90USB162__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB82__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_ATmega32U2__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega16U2__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega8U2__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_2_AVR
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATmega32U4__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega16U4__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_4_AVR
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_6_AVR
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_7_AVR
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+ #elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3A0512__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A0256__) || \
+ defined(__AVR32_UC3A0128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A064__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3A0_AVR32
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+ #elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3A1512__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A1256__) || \
+ defined(__AVR32_UC3A1128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A164__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3A1_AVR32
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+ #elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3A3256__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A3256S__) || \
+ defined(__AVR32_UC3A3128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A3128S__) || \
+ defined(__AVR32_UC3A364__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A364S__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3A3_AVR32
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+ #elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3A4256__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A4256S__) || \
+ defined(__AVR32_UC3A4128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A4128S__) || \
+ defined(__AVR32_UC3A464__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3A464S__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3A4_AVR32
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+ #elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3B0512__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3B0256__) || \
+ defined(__AVR32_UC3B0128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3B064__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3B0_AVR32
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+ #elif (defined(__AVR32_UC3B1512__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3B1256__) || \
+ defined(__AVR32_UC3B1128__) || defined(__AVR32_UC3B164__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_UC3B1_AVR32
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega128A1U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega64A1U__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_A1U_XMEGA
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega64A3U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega128A3U__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_ATxmega192A3U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega256A3U__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_A3U_XMEGA
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega256A3BU__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_A3BU_XMEGA
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega16A4U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega32A4U__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_ATxmega64A4U__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega128A4U__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_A4U_XMEGA
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega128B1__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega64B1__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_B1_XMEGA
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega128B3__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega64B3__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_B3_XMEGA
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega128C3__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega64C3__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_ATxmega192C3__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega256C3__) || \
+ defined(__AVR_ATxmega384C3__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_C3_XMEGA
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #elif (defined(__AVR_ATxmega16C4__) || defined(__AVR_ATxmega32C4__))
+ #define USB_SERIES_C4_XMEGA
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USB_HOST_ONLY) && defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY))
+ #error USB_HOST_ONLY and USB_DEVICE_ONLY are mutually exclusive.
+ #elif defined(USB_HOST_ONLY)
+ #if !defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #error USB_HOST_ONLY is not available for the currently selected microcontroller model.
+ #else
+ #undef USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE
+ #endif
+ #elif defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY)
+ #if !defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #error USB_DEVICE_ONLY is not available for the currently selected microcontroller model.
+ #else
+ #undef USB_CAN_BE_HOST
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) && defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST))
+ #define USB_CAN_BE_BOTH
+ #endif
+
+ #if (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) && !defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST))
+ #error The currently selected device, USB mode or architecture is not supported.
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c
index e0a99150a..30a3cd682 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c
@@ -1,91 +1,89 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USBTASK_C
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "USBTask.h"
-
-volatile bool USB_IsInitialized;
-USB_Request_Header_t USB_ControlRequest;
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) && !defined(HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR)
-volatile uint8_t USB_HostState;
-#endif
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) && !defined(DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR)
-volatile uint8_t USB_DeviceState;
-#endif
-
-void USB_USBTask(void)
-{
- #if defined(USB_HOST_ONLY)
- USB_HostTask();
- #elif defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY)
- USB_DeviceTask();
- #else
- if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
- USB_DeviceTask();
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- else if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host)
- USB_HostTask();
- #endif
- #endif
-}
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-static void USB_DeviceTask(void)
-{
- if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- {
- uint8_t PrevEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
-
- if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
- USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest();
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevEndpoint);
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-static void USB_HostTask(void)
-{
- uint8_t PrevPipe = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
-
- USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState();
-
- Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipe);
-}
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USBTASK_C
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "USBTask.h"
+
+volatile bool USB_IsInitialized;
+USB_Request_Header_t USB_ControlRequest;
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) && !defined(HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR)
+volatile uint8_t USB_HostState;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) && !defined(DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR)
+volatile uint8_t USB_DeviceState;
+#endif
+
+void USB_USBTask(void)
+{
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Device)
+ USB_DeviceTask();
+ else if (USB_CurrentMode == USB_MODE_Host)
+ USB_HostTask();
+ #elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ USB_HostTask();
+ #elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ USB_DeviceTask();
+ #endif
+}
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+static void USB_DeviceTask(void)
+{
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+
+ uint8_t PrevEndpoint = Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint();
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP);
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ USB_Device_ProcessControlRequest();
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(PrevEndpoint);
+}
+#endif
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+static void USB_HostTask(void)
+{
+ uint8_t PrevPipe = Pipe_GetCurrentPipe();
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);
+
+ USB_Host_ProcessNextHostState();
+
+ Pipe_SelectPipe(PrevPipe);
+}
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.h
index 531fa6dca..7205ea1da 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.h
@@ -1,204 +1,200 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Main USB service task management.
- *
- * This file contains the function definitions required for the main USB service task, which must be called
- * from the user application to ensure that the USB connection to or from a connected USB device is maintained.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBTASK_H__
-#define __USBTASK_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "USBMode.h"
- #include "USBController.h"
- #include "Events.h"
- #include "StdRequestType.h"
- #include "StdDescriptors.h"
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- #include "DeviceStandardReq.h"
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- #include "HostStandardReq.h"
- #endif
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Global Variables: */
- /** Indicates if the USB interface is currently initialized but not necessarily connected to a host
- * or device (i.e. if \ref USB_Init() has been run). If this is false, all other library globals related
- * to the USB driver are invalid.
- *
- * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
- * changed in value.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_USBManagement
- */
- extern volatile bool USB_IsInitialized;
-
- /** Structure containing the last received Control request when in Device mode (for use in user-applications
- * inside of the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event, or for filling up with a control request to
- * issue when in Host mode before calling \ref USB_Host_SendControlRequest().
- *
- * \note The contents of this structure is automatically endian-corrected for the current CPU architecture.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_USBManagement
- */
- extern USB_Request_Header_t USB_ControlRequest;
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #if !defined(HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Indicates the current host state machine state. When in host mode, this indicates the state
- * via one of the values of the \ref USB_Host_States_t enum values.
- *
- * This value should not be altered by the user application as it is handled automatically by the
- * library.
- *
- * To reduce program size and speed up checks of this global on the AVR8 architecture, it can be
- * placed into one of the AVR's \c GPIOR hardware registers instead of RAM by defining the
- * \c HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR token to a value between 0 and 2 in the project makefile and passing it to
- * the compiler via the -D switch. When defined, the corresponding GPIOR register should not be used
- * in the user application except implicitly via the library APIs.
- *
- * \note This global is only present if the user application can be a USB host.
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Host_States_t for a list of possible device states.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_Host
- */
- extern volatile uint8_t USB_HostState;
- #else
- #define _GET_HOST_GPIOR_NAME2(y) GPIOR ## y
- #define _GET_HOST_GPIOR_NAME(x) _GET_HOST_GPIOR_NAME2(x)
- #define USB_HostState _GET_HOST_GPIOR_NAME(HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR)
- #endif
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #if !defined(DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Indicates the current device state machine state. When in device mode, this indicates the state
- * via one of the values of the \ref USB_Device_States_t enum values.
- *
- * This value should not be altered by the user application as it is handled automatically by the
- * library. The only exception to this rule is if the NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT token is used
- * (see \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Connect() and \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect() events).
- *
- * To reduce program size and speed up checks of this global on the AVR8 architecture, it can be
- * placed into one of the AVR's \c GPIOR hardware registers instead of RAM by defining the
- * \c DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR token to a value between 0 and 2 in the project makefile and passing it to
- * the compiler via the -D switch. When defined, the corresponding GPIOR register should not be used
- * in the user application except implicitly via the library APIs.
- *
- * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
- * changed in value except in the circumstances outlined above.
- *
- * \note This global is only present if the user application can be a USB device.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \see \ref USB_Device_States_t for a list of possible device states.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_Device
- */
- extern volatile uint8_t USB_DeviceState;
- #else
- #define _GET_DEVICE_GPIOR_NAME2(y) GPIOR ## y
- #define _GET_DEVICE_GPIOR_NAME(x) _GET_DEVICE_GPIOR_NAME2(x)
- #define USB_DeviceState _GET_DEVICE_GPIOR_NAME(DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR)
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** This is the main USB management task. The USB driver requires this task to be executed
- * continuously when the USB system is active (device attached in host mode, or attached to a host
- * in device mode) in order to manage USB communications. This task may be executed inside an RTOS,
- * fast timer ISR or the main user application loop.
- *
- * The USB task must be serviced within 30ms while in device mode, or within 1ms while in host mode.
- * The task may be serviced at all times, or (for minimum CPU consumption):
- *
- * - In device mode, it may be disabled at start-up, enabled on the firing of the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Connect()
- * event and disabled again on the firing of the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect() event.
- *
- * - In host mode, it may be disabled at start-up, enabled on the firing of the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached()
- * event and disabled again on the firing of the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete() or
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed() events.
- *
- * If in device mode (only), the control endpoint can instead be managed via interrupts entirely by the library
- * by defining the INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT token and passing it to the compiler via the -D switch.
- *
- * \see \ref Group_Events for more information on the USB events.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_USBManagement
- */
- void USB_USBTask(void);
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USBTASK_C)
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
- static void USB_HostTask(void);
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
- static void USB_DeviceTask(void);
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(Duration, NextState) MACROS{ USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDevice; \
- WaitMSRemaining = (Duration); \
- PostWaitState = (NextState); }MACROE
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Main USB service task management.
+ *
+ * This file contains the function definitions required for the main USB service task, which must be called
+ * from the user application to ensure that the USB connection to or from a connected USB device is maintained.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBTASK_H__
+#define __USBTASK_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "USBMode.h"
+ #include "USBController.h"
+ #include "Events.h"
+ #include "StdRequestType.h"
+ #include "StdDescriptors.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #include "DeviceStandardReq.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #include "HostStandardReq.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Global Variables: */
+ /** Indicates if the USB interface is currently initialized but not necessarily connected to a host
+ * or device (i.e. if \ref USB_Init() has been run). If this is false, all other library globals related
+ * to the USB driver are invalid.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_USBManagement
+ */
+ extern volatile bool USB_IsInitialized;
+
+ /** Structure containing the last received Control request when in Device mode (for use in user-applications
+ * inside of the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event, or for filling up with a control request to
+ * issue when in Host mode before calling \ref USB_Host_SendControlRequest().
+ *
+ * \note The contents of this structure is automatically endian-corrected for the current CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_USBManagement
+ */
+ extern USB_Request_Header_t USB_ControlRequest;
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #if !defined(HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Indicates the current host state machine state. When in host mode, this indicates the state
+ * via one of the values of the \ref USB_Host_States_t enum values.
+ *
+ * This value should not be altered by the user application as it is handled automatically by the
+ * library.
+ *
+ * To reduce program size and speed up checks of this global on the AVR8 architecture, it can be
+ * placed into one of the AVR's \c GPIOR hardware registers instead of RAM by defining the
+ * \c HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR token to a value between 0 and 2 in the project makefile and passing it to
+ * the compiler via the -D switch. When defined, the corresponding GPIOR register should not be used
+ * in the user application except implicitly via the library APIs.
+ *
+ * \note This global is only present if the user application can be a USB host.
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Host_States_t for a list of possible device states.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_Host
+ */
+ extern volatile uint8_t USB_HostState;
+ #else
+ #define USB_HostState CONCAT_EXPANDED(GPIOR, HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR)
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #if !defined(DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Indicates the current device state machine state. When in device mode, this indicates the state
+ * via one of the values of the \ref USB_Device_States_t enum values.
+ *
+ * This value should not be altered by the user application as it is handled automatically by the
+ * library. The only exception to this rule is if the NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT token is used
+ * (see \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Connect() and \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect() events).
+ *
+ * To reduce program size and speed up checks of this global on the AVR8 architecture, it can be
+ * placed into one of the AVR's \c GPIOR hardware registers instead of RAM by defining the
+ * \c DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR token to a value between 0 and 2 in the project makefile and passing it to
+ * the compiler via the -D switch. When defined, the corresponding GPIOR register should not be used
+ * in the user application except implicitly via the library APIs.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value except in the circumstances outlined above.
+ *
+ * \note This global is only present if the user application can be a USB device.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \see \ref USB_Device_States_t for a list of possible device states.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_Device
+ */
+ extern volatile uint8_t USB_DeviceState;
+ #else
+ #define USB_DeviceState CONCAT_EXPANDED(GPIOR, DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR)
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** This is the main USB management task. The USB driver requires this task to be executed
+ * continuously when the USB system is active (device attached in host mode, or attached to a host
+ * in device mode) in order to manage USB communications. This task may be executed inside an RTOS,
+ * fast timer ISR or the main user application loop.
+ *
+ * The USB task must be serviced within 30ms while in device mode, or within 1ms while in host mode.
+ * The task may be serviced at all times, or (for minimum CPU consumption):
+ *
+ * - In device mode, it may be disabled at start-up, enabled on the firing of the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Connect()
+ * event and disabled again on the firing of the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect() event.
+ *
+ * - In host mode, it may be disabled at start-up, enabled on the firing of the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceAttached()
+ * event and disabled again on the firing of the \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete() or
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationFailed() events.
+ *
+ * If in device mode (only), the control endpoint can instead be managed via interrupts entirely by the library
+ * by defining the INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT token and passing it to the compiler via the -D switch.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_Events for more information on the USB events.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_USBManagement
+ */
+ void USB_USBTask(void);
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USBTASK_C)
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ static void USB_HostTask(void);
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ static void USB_DeviceTask(void);
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define HOST_TASK_NONBLOCK_WAIT(Duration, NextState) do { USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_WaitForDevice; \
+ WaitMSRemaining = (Duration); \
+ PostWaitState = (NextState); } while (0)
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.c
index 47c345900..10c3279f3 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.c
@@ -1,49 +1,49 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#include "../Device.h"
-
-void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void)
-{
- USB.CTRLB |= USB_RWAKEUP_bm;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "../Device.h"
+
+void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void)
+{
+ USB.CTRLB |= USB_RWAKEUP_bm;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h
index aec693a3c..b203e1026 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Device_XMEGA.h
@@ -1,258 +1,266 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
- * \copydetails Group_Device_XMEGA
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_Device
- * \defgroup Group_Device_XMEGA Device Management (XMEGA)
- * \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
- *
- * Architecture specific USB Device definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBDEVICE_XMEGA_H__
-#define __USBDEVICE_XMEGA_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../USBController.h"
- #include "../StdDescriptors.h"
- #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
- #include "../Endpoint.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- #if (defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS))
- #error USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
- #endif
-
- #if (defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS))
- #error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
- #endif
-
- #if (defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
- #error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** \name USB Device Mode Option Masks */
- //@{
- /** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
- * USB interface should be initialized in low speed (1.5Mb/s) mode.
- *
- * \note Low Speed mode is not available on all USB AVR models.
- * \n
- *
- * \note Restrictions apply on the number, size and type of endpoints which can be used
- * when running in low speed mode - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
- */
- #define USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED (1 << 0)
-
- #if (F_USB > 6000000)
- /** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
- * USB interface should be initialized in full speed (12Mb/s) mode.
- */
- #define USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED (0 << 0)
- #endif
- //@}
-
- #if (!defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
- /** String descriptor index for the device's unique serial number string descriptor within the device.
- * This unique serial number is used by the host to associate resources to the device (such as drivers or COM port
- * number allocations) to a device regardless of the port it is plugged in to on the host. Some microcontrollers contain
- * a unique serial number internally, and setting the device descriptors serial number string index to this value
- * will cause it to use the internal serial number.
- *
- * On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR and so will force the host to create a pseudo-serial
- * number for the device.
- */
- #define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL 0xDC
-
- /** Length of the device's unique internal serial number, in bits, if present on the selected microcontroller
- * model.
- */
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS (8 * (1 + (offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, COORDY1) - offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, LOTNUM0))))
-
- /** Start address of the internal serial number, in the appropriate address space, if present on the selected microcontroller
- * model.
- */
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, LOTNUM0)
- #else
- #define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL NO_DESCRIPTOR
-
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS 0
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS 0
- #endif
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Sends a Remote Wakeup request to the host. This signals to the host that the device should
- * be taken out of suspended mode, and communications should resume.
- *
- * Typically, this is implemented so that HID devices (mice, keyboards, etc.) can wake up the
- * host computer when the host has suspended all USB devices to enter a low power state.
- *
- * \note This function should only be used if the device has indicated to the host that it
- * supports the Remote Wakeup feature in the device descriptors, and should only be
- * issued if the host is currently allowing remote wakeup events from the device (i.e.,
- * the \ref USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled flag is set). When the \c NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
- * compile time option is used, this function is unavailable.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note The USB clock must be running for this function to operate. If the stack is initialized with
- * the \ref USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL option enabled, the user must ensure that the PLL is running
- * before attempting to call this function.
- *
- * \see \ref Group_StdDescriptors for more information on the RMWAKEUP feature and device descriptors.
- */
- void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void);
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Returns the current USB frame number, when in device mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. enumerated to a host)
- * the frame number is incremented by one.
- *
- * \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
- */
- static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void)
- {
- return ((USB_EndpointTable_t*)USB.EPPTR)->FrameNum;
- }
-
- #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
- /** Enables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
- * at the start of each USB frame when enumerated in device mode.
- *
- * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
- */
- static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void)
- {
- USB.INTCTRLA |= USB_SOFIE_bm;
- }
-
- /** Disables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in device mode.
- *
- * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
- */
- static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void)
- {
- USB.INTCTRLA &= ~USB_SOFIE_bm;
- }
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Inline Functions: */
- static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void)
- {
- USB.CTRLA &= ~USB_SPEED_bm;
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void)
- {
- USB.CTRLA |= USB_SPEED_bm;
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
- {
- USB.ADDR = Address;
- }
-
- static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void)
- {
- return ((USB.ADDR != 0) ? true : false);
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString)
- {
- uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
- GlobalInterruptDisable();
-
- uint8_t SigReadAddress = INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS;
-
- for (uint8_t SerialCharNum = 0; SerialCharNum < (INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4); SerialCharNum++)
- {
- uint8_t SerialByte;
-
- NVM.CMD = NVM_CMD_READ_CALIB_ROW_gc;
- SerialByte = pgm_read_byte(SigReadAddress);
- NVM.CMD = 0;
-
- if (SerialCharNum & 0x01)
- {
- SerialByte >>= 4;
- SigReadAddress++;
- }
-
- SerialByte &= 0x0F;
-
- UnicodeString[SerialCharNum] = cpu_to_le16((SerialByte >= 10) ?
- (('A' - 10) + SerialByte) : ('0' + SerialByte));
- }
-
- SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
- }
-
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_Device_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_Device
+ * \defgroup Group_Device_XMEGA Device Management (XMEGA)
+ * \brief USB Device definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * Architecture specific USB Device definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBDEVICE_XMEGA_H__
+#define __USBDEVICE_XMEGA_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBController.h"
+ #include "../StdDescriptors.h"
+ #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+ #include "../Endpoint.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ #error USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ #error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) && defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ #error USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS and USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS are mutually exclusive.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name USB Device Mode Option Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
+ * USB interface should be initialized in low speed (1.5Mb/s) mode.
+ *
+ * \note Low Speed mode is not available on all USB AVR models.
+ * \n
+ *
+ * \note Restrictions apply on the number, size and type of endpoints which can be used
+ * when running in low speed mode - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+ */
+ #define USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED (1 << 0)
+
+ #if (F_USB > 6000000)
+ /** Mask for the Options parameter of the \ref USB_Init() function. This indicates that the
+ * USB interface should be initialized in full speed (12Mb/s) mode.
+ */
+ #define USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED (0 << 0)
+ #endif
+ //@}
+
+ #if (!defined(NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ /** String descriptor index for the device's unique serial number string descriptor within the device.
+ * This unique serial number is used by the host to associate resources to the device (such as drivers or COM port
+ * number allocations) to a device regardless of the port it is plugged in to on the host. Some microcontrollers contain
+ * a unique serial number internally, and setting the device descriptors serial number string index to this value
+ * will cause it to use the internal serial number.
+ *
+ * On unsupported devices, this will evaluate to \ref NO_DESCRIPTOR and so will force the host to create a pseudo-serial
+ * number for the device.
+ */
+ #define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL 0xDC
+
+ /** Length of the device's unique internal serial number, in bits, if present on the selected microcontroller
+ * model.
+ */
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS (8 * (1 + (offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, COORDY1) - offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, LOTNUM0))))
+
+ /** Start address of the internal serial number, in the appropriate address space, if present on the selected microcontroller
+ * model.
+ */
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, LOTNUM0)
+ #else
+ #define USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL NO_DESCRIPTOR
+
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS 0
+ #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS 0
+ #endif
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Sends a Remote Wakeup request to the host. This signals to the host that the device should
+ * be taken out of suspended mode, and communications should resume.
+ *
+ * Typically, this is implemented so that HID devices (mice, keyboards, etc.) can wake up the
+ * host computer when the host has suspended all USB devices to enter a low power state.
+ *
+ * \note This function should only be used if the device has indicated to the host that it
+ * supports the Remote Wakeup feature in the device descriptors, and should only be
+ * issued if the host is currently allowing remote wakeup events from the device (i.e.,
+ * the \ref USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled flag is set). When the \c NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
+ * compile time option is used, this function is unavailable.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note The USB clock must be running for this function to operate. If the stack is initialized with
+ * the \ref USB_OPT_MANUAL_PLL option enabled, the user must ensure that the PLL is running
+ * before attempting to call this function.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_StdDescriptors for more information on the RMWAKEUP feature and device descriptors.
+ */
+ void USB_Device_SendRemoteWakeup(void);
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Returns the current USB frame number, when in device mode. Every millisecond the USB bus is active (i.e. enumerated to a host)
+ * the frame number is incremented by one.
+ *
+ * \return Current USB frame number from the USB controller.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline uint16_t USB_Device_GetFrameNumber(void)
+ {
+ return ((USB_EndpointTable_t*)USB.EPPTR)->FrameNum;
+ }
+
+ #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+ /** Enables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When enabled, this causes the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event to fire once per millisecond, synchronized to the USB bus,
+ * at the start of each USB frame when enumerated in device mode.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents(void)
+ {
+ USB.INTCTRLA |= USB_SOFIE_bm;
+ }
+
+ /** Disables the device mode Start Of Frame events. When disabled, this stops the firing of the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame() event when enumerated in device mode.
+ *
+ * \note This function is not available when the \c NO_SOF_EVENTS compile time token is defined.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_DisableSOFEvents(void)
+ {
+ USB.INTCTRLA &= ~USB_SOFIE_bm;
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetLowSpeed(void)
+ {
+ USB.CTRLA &= ~USB_SPEED_bm;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetFullSpeed(void)
+ {
+ USB.CTRLA |= USB_SPEED_bm;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ (void)Address;
+
+ /* No implementation for XMEGA architecture */
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ USB.ADDR = Address;
+ }
+
+ static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline bool USB_Device_IsAddressSet(void)
+ {
+ return ((USB.ADDR != 0) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ static inline void USB_Device_GetSerialString(uint16_t* const UnicodeString)
+ {
+ uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+ GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+ uint8_t SigReadAddress = INTERNAL_SERIAL_START_ADDRESS;
+
+ for (uint8_t SerialCharNum = 0; SerialCharNum < (INTERNAL_SERIAL_LENGTH_BITS / 4); SerialCharNum++)
+ {
+ uint8_t SerialByte;
+
+ NVM.CMD = NVM_CMD_READ_CALIB_ROW_gc;
+ SerialByte = pgm_read_byte(SigReadAddress);
+ NVM.CMD = 0;
+
+ if (SerialCharNum & 0x01)
+ {
+ SerialByte >>= 4;
+ SigReadAddress++;
+ }
+
+ SerialByte &= 0x0F;
+
+ UnicodeString[SerialCharNum] = cpu_to_le16((SerialByte >= 10) ?
+ (('A' - 10) + SerialByte) : ('0' + SerialByte));
+ }
+
+ SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+ }
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.c
index 0a1a77505..421d71709 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.c
@@ -1,275 +1,275 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#include "EndpointStream_XMEGA.h"
-
-#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
-uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
- uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-
- while (Length)
- {
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- {
- *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
- }
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
- }
- else
- {
- Endpoint_Discard_8();
-
- Length--;
- BytesInTransfer++;
- }
- }
-
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
- uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- Length -= *BytesProcessed;
-
- while (Length)
- {
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- {
- *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
- }
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
- }
- else
- {
- Endpoint_Write_8(0);
-
- Length--;
- BytesInTransfer++;
- }
- }
-
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
- * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
-#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
-#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
- #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
- #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-#endif
-
-#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
- #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
- #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
- #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
- #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
-
-#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
-#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
-#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
-#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
-
-#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_BE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-#endif
-
-#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_BE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
-
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_LE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
-
- #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_BE
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
- #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
- #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
- #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "EndpointStream_XMEGA.h"
+
+#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Endpoint_Discard_8();
+
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_8(0);
+
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+/* The following abuses the C preprocessor in order to copy-paste common code with slight alterations,
+ * so that the code needs to be written once. It is a crude form of templating to reduce code maintenance. */
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+#define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearIN()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE void*
+ #define TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT() Endpoint_ClearOUT()
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(*BufferPtr)
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+#define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+#define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+#define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) *BufferPtr = Endpoint_Read_8()
+#include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_FLASH_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(pgm_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+#endif
+
+#if defined(ARCH_HAS_EEPROM_ADDRESS_SPACE)
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) Endpoint_Write_8(eeprom_read_byte(BufferPtr))
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_LE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) 0
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr += Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+
+ #define TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_BE
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length) (Length - 1)
+ #define TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(BufferPtr, Amount) BufferPtr -= Amount
+ #define TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(BufferPtr) eeprom_update_byte(BufferPtr, Endpoint_Read_8())
+ #include "Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c"
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h
index 4d2a9f573..cba6537db 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/EndpointStream_XMEGA.h
@@ -1,648 +1,658 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
- * \copydetails Group_EndpointStreamRW_XMEGA
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointStreamRW
- * \defgroup Group_EndpointStreamRW_XMEGA Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (XMEGA)
- * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
- * and to endpoints.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __ENDPOINT_STREAM_XMEGA_H__
-#define __ENDPOINT_STREAM_XMEGA_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../USBMode.h"
- #include "../USBTask.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** \name Stream functions for null data */
- //@{
-
- /** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank,
- * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
- * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
- * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
- *
- * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
- * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
- * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
- * the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
- * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
- * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
- * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
- * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
- * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
- *
- * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- *
- * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
- *
- * BytesProcessed = 0;
- * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
- * {
- * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
- * }
- *
- * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected endpoint.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
-
- /** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank, sending
- * full packets to the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the
- * remaining bytes have been written; the user is responsible for manually sending the last
- * packet to the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
- *
- * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
- * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
- * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
- * the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
- * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
- * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
- * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
- * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
- * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
- *
- * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- *
- * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
- *
- * BytesProcessed = 0;
- * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
- * {
- * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
- * }
- *
- * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \param[in] Length Number of zero bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
-
- //@}
-
- /** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
- //@{
-
- /** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
- * sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
- * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
- * \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
- *
- * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
- * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
- * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
- * the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
- * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
- * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
- * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
- * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
- * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
- *
- * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t DataStream[512];
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- *
- * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
- * NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t DataStream[512];
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
- *
- * BytesProcessed = 0;
- * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
- * &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
- * {
- * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
- * }
- *
- * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
- * sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
- * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
- * \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
- *
- * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
- * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
- * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
- * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
- *
- * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
- * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
- * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
- * the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
- * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
- * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
- * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
- * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
- * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
- *
- * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t DataStream[512];
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- *
- * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
- * NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
- * \code
- * uint8_t DataStream[512];
- * uint8_t ErrorCode;
- * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
- *
- * BytesProcessed = 0;
- * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
- * &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
- * {
- * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
- * }
- *
- * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
- * {
- * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
- * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
- * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
- * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
- *
- * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
- * sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
- * in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
- * to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
- * sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
- * in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
- * to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
- * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
- * automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
- * status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
- * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
- * automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
- * status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- //@}
-
- /** \name Stream functions for EEPROM source/destination data */
- //@{
-
- /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE().
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE().
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** EEPROM buffer destination version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE().
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to, located in EEPROM memory space.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** EEPROM buffer destination version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE().
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to, located in EEPROM memory space.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** EEPROM buffer source version of Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE.
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE().
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE().
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE().
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- //@}
-
- /** \name Stream functions for PROGMEM source/destination data */
- //@{
-
- /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE().
- *
- * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE().
- *
- * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
- * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE().
- *
- * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
-
- /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE().
- *
- * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
- *
- * \note This function automatically clears the control transfer's status stage. Do not manually attempt
- * to clear the status stage when using this routine in a control transaction.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
- * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
- *
- * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
- * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
- //@}
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_EndpointStreamRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointStreamRW
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointStreamRW_XMEGA Read/Write of Multi-Byte Streams (XMEGA)
+ * \brief Endpoint data stream transmission and reception management for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of data streams from
+ * and to endpoints.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_STREAM_XMEGA_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_STREAM_XMEGA_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBMode.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** \name Stream functions for null data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Reads and discards the given number of bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+ * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+ * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+ * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Discard_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to discard via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Discard_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+ /** Writes a given number of zeroed bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank, sending
+ * full packets to the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically sent once the
+ * remaining bytes have been written; the user is responsible for manually sending the last
+ * packet to the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+ * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Null_Stream(512, &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Length Number of zero bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Null_Stream(uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed);
+
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Stream functions for RAM source/destination data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes full while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet transmission has been initiated) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the
+ * total number of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The last packet filled is not automatically sent;
+ * the user is responsible for manually sending the last written packet to the host via the
+ * \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+ * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+ * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * If the BytesProcessed parameter is \c NULL, the entire stream transfer is attempted at once,
+ * failing or succeeding as a single unit. If the BytesProcessed parameter points to a valid
+ * storage location, the transfer will instead be performed as a series of chunks. Each time
+ * the endpoint bank becomes empty while there is still data to process (and after the current
+ * packet has been acknowledged) the BytesProcessed location will be updated with the total number
+ * of bytes processed in the stream, and the function will exit with an error code of
+ * \ref ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer. This allows for any abort checking to be performed
+ * in the user code - to continue the transfer, call the function again with identical parameters
+ * and it will resume until the BytesProcessed value reaches the total transfer length.
+ *
+ * <b>Single Stream Transfer Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ *
+ * if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * NULL)) != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * <b>Partial Stream Transfers Example:</b>
+ * \code
+ * uint8_t DataStream[512];
+ * uint8_t ErrorCode;
+ * uint16_t BytesProcessed;
+ *
+ * BytesProcessed = 0;
+ * while ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(DataStream, sizeof(DataStream),
+ * &BytesProcessed)) == ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer)
+ * {
+ * // Stream not yet complete - do other actions here, abort if required
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (ErrorCode != ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError)
+ * {
+ * // Stream failed to complete - check ErrorCode here
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The last packet is not automatically
+ * discarded once the remaining bytes has been read; the user is responsible for manually
+ * discarding the last packet from the host via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
+ * in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
+ * to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Writes the given number of bytes to the CONTROL type endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * sending full packets to the host as needed. The host OUT acknowledgement is not automatically cleared
+ * in both failure and success states; the user is responsible for manually clearing the status OUT packet
+ * to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearOUT() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in little endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
+ * automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
+ * status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** Reads the given number of bytes from the CONTROL endpoint from the given buffer in big endian,
+ * discarding fully read packets from the host as needed. The device IN acknowledgement is not
+ * automatically sent after success or failure states; the user is responsible for manually sending the
+ * status IN packet to finalize the transfer's status stage via the \ref Endpoint_ClearIN() macro.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Stream functions for EEPROM source/destination data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer destination version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to, located in EEPROM memory space.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer destination version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to, located in EEPROM memory space.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be read at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_EStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_LE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** EEPROM buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[out] Buffer Pointer to the destination data buffer to write to.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to send via the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_Control_EStream_BE(void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ //@}
+
+ /** \name Stream functions for PROGMEM source/destination data */
+ //@{
+
+ /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ * \param[in] BytesProcessed Pointer to a location where the total number of bytes processed in the current
+ * transaction should be updated, \c NULL if the entire stream should be written at once.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE().
+ *
+ * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_LE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+
+ /** FLASH buffer source version of \ref Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_BE().
+ *
+ * \pre The FLASH data must be located in the first 64KB of FLASH for this function to work correctly.
+ *
+ * \note This function automatically sends the last packet in the data stage of the transaction; when the
+ * function returns, the user is responsible for clearing the <b>status</b> stage of the transaction.
+ * Note that the status stage packet is sent or received in the opposite direction of the data flow.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine should only be used on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \warning Unlike the standard stream read/write commands, the control stream commands cannot be chained
+ * together; i.e. the entire stream data must be read or written at the one time.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Buffer Pointer to the source data buffer to read from.
+ * \param[in] Length Number of bytes to read for the currently selected endpoint into the buffer.
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_ControlStream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Write_Control_PStream_BE(const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);
+ //@}
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.c
index b105e18c3..8155ecf7d 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.c
@@ -1,168 +1,268 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-
-#include "../Endpoint.h"
-
-#if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
-uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE;
-#endif
-
-Endpoint_FIFOPair_t USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS];
-
-volatile uint8_t USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
-volatile USB_EP_t* USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle;
-volatile Endpoint_FIFO_t* USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO;
-
-bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
- const uint8_t Entries)
-{
- for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
- {
- if (!(Table[i].Address))
- continue;
-
- if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
- {
- return false;
- }
- }
-
- return true;
-}
-
-bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_PRV(const uint8_t Address,
- const uint8_t Config,
- const uint8_t Size)
-{
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Address);
-
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL = 0;
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS = (Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN) ? USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm : 0;
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL = Config;
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CNT = 0;
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->DATAPTR = (intptr_t)USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Data;
-
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length = (Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN) ? Size : 0;
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position = 0;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void)
-{
- for (uint8_t EPNum = 0; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
- {
- ((USB_EndpointTable_t*)USB.EPPTR)->Endpoints[EPNum].IN.CTRL = 0;
- ((USB_EndpointTable_t*)USB.EPPTR)->Endpoints[EPNum].OUT.CTRL = 0;
- }
-}
-
-void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void)
-{
- if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST)
- {
- while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
- {
- if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return;
- }
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- }
- else
- {
- while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
- {
- if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return;
- }
-
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
- }
-}
-
-#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
-uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void)
-{
- #if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
- uint8_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
- #else
- uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
- #endif
-
- uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
-
- for (;;)
- {
- if (Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection() == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
- {
- if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
- return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
- }
- else
- {
- if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
- return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
- }
-
- uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
- if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
- else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
- return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended;
- else if (Endpoint_IsStalled())
- return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled;
-
- uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
-
- if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
- {
- PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
-
- if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
- return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout;
- }
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+
+#include "../Endpoint.h"
+
+#if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE;
+#endif
+
+Endpoint_FIFOPair_t USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS];
+
+volatile uint8_t USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
+volatile USB_EP_t* USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle;
+volatile Endpoint_FIFO_t* USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO;
+
+bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void)
+{
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint | ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ return ((USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS & USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm) ? true : false);
+}
+
+bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void)
+{
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ~ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ if (USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS & USB_EP_TRNCOMPL0_bm)
+ {
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length = USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CNT;
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void)
+{
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ~ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ if (USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS & USB_EP_SETUP_bm)
+ {
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length = USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CNT;
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void)
+{
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ~ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS &= ~(USB_EP_SETUP_bm | USB_EP_TRNCOMPL0_bm | USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm | USB_EP_OVF_bm);
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS |= USB_EP_TOGGLE_bm;
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position = 0;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint | ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS |= USB_EP_TOGGLE_bm;
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position = 0;
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearIN(void)
+{
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CNT = USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position;
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS &= ~(USB_EP_TRNCOMPL0_bm | USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm | USB_EP_OVF_bm);
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position = 0;
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void)
+{
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS &= ~(USB_EP_TRNCOMPL0_bm | USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm | USB_EP_OVF_bm);
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position = 0;
+}
+
+void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void)
+{
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL |= USB_EP_STALL_bm;
+
+ if ((USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL & USB_EP_TYPE_gm) == USB_EP_TYPE_CONTROL_gc)
+ {
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint ^ ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL |= USB_EP_STALL_bm;
+ }
+}
+
+uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void)
+{
+ return USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Data[USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position++];
+}
+
+void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
+{
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Data[USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position++] = Data;
+}
+
+void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
+{
+ uint8_t EndpointNumber = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
+
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint = Address;
+
+ Endpoint_FIFOPair_t* EndpointFIFOPair = &USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[EndpointNumber];
+ USB_EndpointTable_t* EndpointTable = (USB_EndpointTable_t*)USB.EPPTR;
+
+ if (Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ {
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO = &EndpointFIFOPair->IN;
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle = &EndpointTable->Endpoints[EndpointNumber].IN;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO = &EndpointFIFOPair->OUT;
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle = &EndpointTable->Endpoints[EndpointNumber].OUT;
+ }
+}
+
+bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
+ const uint8_t Entries)
+{
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < Entries; i++)
+ {
+ if (!(Table[i].Address))
+ continue;
+
+ if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(Table[i].Address, Table[i].Type, Table[i].Size, Table[i].Banks)))
+ {
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_PRV(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Config,
+ const uint8_t Size)
+{
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(Address);
+
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL = 0;
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS = (Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN) ? USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm : 0;
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL = Config;
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CNT = 0;
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->DATAPTR = (intptr_t)USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Data;
+
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length = (Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN) ? Size : 0;
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position = 0;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void)
+{
+ for (uint8_t EPNum = 0; EPNum < ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS; EPNum++)
+ {
+ ((USB_EndpointTable_t*)USB.EPPTR)->Endpoints[EPNum].IN.CTRL = 0;
+ ((USB_EndpointTable_t*)USB.EPPTR)->Endpoints[EPNum].OUT.CTRL = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void)
+{
+ if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType & REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST)
+ {
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+}
+
+#if !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void)
+{
+ #if (USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS < 0xFF)
+ uint8_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #else
+ uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS;
+ #endif
+
+ uint16_t PreviousFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ if (Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection() == ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ {
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError;
+ }
+
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsStalled())
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled;
+
+ uint16_t CurrentFrameNumber = USB_Device_GetFrameNumber();
+
+ if (CurrentFrameNumber != PreviousFrameNumber)
+ {
+ PreviousFrameNumber = CurrentFrameNumber;
+
+ if (!(TimeoutMSRem--))
+ return ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout;
+ }
+ }
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h
index a4118889b..42c476b24 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Endpoint_XMEGA.h
@@ -1,777 +1,689 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB Endpoint definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
- * \copydetails Group_EndpointManagement_XMEGA
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
- * \defgroup Group_EndpointRW_XMEGA Endpoint Data Reading and Writing (XMEGA)
- * \brief Endpoint data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW
- * \defgroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (XMEGA)
- * \brief Endpoint primitive read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
- * from and to endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement
- * \defgroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA Endpoint Packet Management (XMEGA)
- * \brief Endpoint packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of endpoints.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
- * \defgroup Group_EndpointManagement_XMEGA Endpoint Management (XMEGA)
- * \brief Endpoint management definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
- *
- * Functions, macros and enums related to endpoint management when in USB Device mode. This
- * module contains the endpoint management macros, as well as endpoint interrupt and data
- * send/receive functions for various data types.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __ENDPOINT_XMEGA_H__
-#define __ENDPOINT_XMEGA_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../USBTask.h"
- #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
- #include "../USBController.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- #if (!defined(MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX) && !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Total number of endpoints (including the default control endpoint at address 0) which may
- * be used in the device. Different USB AVR models support different amounts of endpoints,
- * this value reflects the maximum number of endpoints for the currently selected AVR model.
- */
- #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 16
- #else
- #if defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
- #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 1
- #else
- #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS (MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX + 1)
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Type Defines: */
- typedef struct
- {
- uint8_t Data[64];
-
- uint8_t Length;
- uint8_t Position;
- } Endpoint_FIFO_t;
-
- typedef struct
- {
- Endpoint_FIFO_t OUT;
- Endpoint_FIFO_t IN;
- } Endpoint_FIFOPair_t;
-
- /* External Variables: */
- extern Endpoint_FIFOPair_t USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS];
- extern volatile uint8_t USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
- extern volatile USB_EP_t* USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle;
- extern volatile Endpoint_FIFO_t* USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO;
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST
- ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
- {
- uint8_t MaskVal = 0;
- uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
-
- while (CheckBytes < Bytes)
- {
- MaskVal++;
- CheckBytes <<= 1;
- }
-
- return (MaskVal << USB_EP_BUFSIZE_gp);
- }
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_PRV(const uint8_t Address,
- const uint8_t Config,
- const uint8_t Size);
- void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void);
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- #if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
- /** Default size of the default control endpoint's bank, until altered by the control endpoint bank size
- * value in the device descriptor. Not available if the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token is defined.
- */
- #define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE 8
- #endif
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady() function.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_XMEGA
- */
- enum Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
- {
- ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError = 0, /**< Endpoint is ready for next packet, no error. */
- ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled = 1, /**< The endpoint was stalled during the stream
- * transfer by the host or device.
- */
- ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host while
- * waiting for the endpoint to become ready.
- */
- ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
- * no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
- * has resumed.
- */
- ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout = 4, /**< The host failed to accept or send the next packet
- * within the software timeout period set by the
- * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
- */
- };
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Selects the given endpoint address.
- *
- * Any endpoint operations which do not require the endpoint address to be indicated will operate on
- * the currently selected endpoint.
- *
- * \param[in] Address Endpoint address to select.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address);
- static inline void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
- {
- uint8_t EndpointNumber = (Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK);
-
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint = Address;
-
- if (Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
- {
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO = &USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[EndpointNumber].IN;
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle = &((USB_EndpointTable_t*)USB.EPPTR)->Endpoints[EndpointNumber].IN;
- }
- else
- {
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO = &USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[EndpointNumber].OUT;
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle = &((USB_EndpointTable_t*)USB.EPPTR)->Endpoints[EndpointNumber].OUT;
- }
- }
-
- /** Configures the specified endpoint address with the given endpoint type, direction, bank size
- * and banking mode. Once configured, the endpoint may be read from or written to, depending
- * on its direction.
- *
- * \param[in] Address Endpoint address to configure.
- *
- * \param[in] Type Type of endpoint to configure, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all endpoint types
- * are available on Low Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
- *
- * \param[in] Size Size of the endpoint's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted
- * to the USB host, or after they have been received from the USB host (depending on
- * the endpoint's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size
- * that the endpoint can handle.
- *
- * \param[in] Banks Number of hardware banks to use for the endpoint being configured.
- *
- * \note The default control endpoint should not be manually configured by the user application, as
- * it is automatically configured by the library internally.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note This routine will automatically select the specified endpoint.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
- const uint8_t Type,
- const uint16_t Size,
- const uint8_t Banks) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
- const uint8_t Type,
- const uint16_t Size,
- const uint8_t Banks)
- {
- uint8_t EPConfigMask = (USB_EP_INTDSBL_bm | ((Banks > 1) ? USB_EP_PINGPONG_bm : 0) | Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size));
-
- if ((Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK) >= ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS)
- return false;
-
- // TODO - Fix once limitations are lifted
- EPConfigMask &= ~USB_EP_PINGPONG_bm;
- if (Size > 64)
- return false;
-
- switch (Type)
- {
- case EP_TYPE_CONTROL:
- EPConfigMask |= USB_EP_TYPE_CONTROL_gc;
- break;
- case EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS:
- EPConfigMask |= USB_EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS_gc;
- break;
- default:
- EPConfigMask |= USB_EP_TYPE_BULK_gc;
- break;
- }
-
- if (Type == EP_TYPE_CONTROL)
- Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_PRV(Address ^ ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, EPConfigMask, Size);
-
- return Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_PRV(Address, EPConfigMask, Size);
- }
-
- /** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current endpoint's selected bank.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_XMEGA
- *
- * \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected Endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void)
- {
- if (USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
- return USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position;
- else
- return (USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length - USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position);
- }
-
- /** Get the endpoint address of the currently selected endpoint. This is typically used to save
- * the currently selected endpoint so that it can be restored after another endpoint has been
- * manipulated.
- *
- * \return Index of the currently selected endpoint.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void)
- {
- return USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
- }
-
- /** Resets the endpoint bank FIFO. This clears all the endpoint banks and resets the USB controller's
- * data In and Out pointers to the bank's contents.
- *
- * \param[in] Address Endpoint address whose FIFO buffers are to be reset.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
- {
- if (Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
- USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK].IN.Position = 0;
- else
- USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK].OUT.Position = 0;
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void)
- {
- return true;
- }
-
- /** Aborts all pending IN transactions on the currently selected endpoint, once the bank
- * has been queued for transmission to the host via \ref Endpoint_ClearIN(). This function
- * will terminate all queued transactions, resetting the endpoint banks ready for a new
- * packet.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_AbortPendingIN(void)
- {
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS |= USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm;
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint may be read from (if data is waiting in the endpoint
- * bank and the endpoint is an OUT direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the endpoint is an IN
- * direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the endpoint, if the endpoint
- * is an OUT direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the endpoint is an IN
- * direction and the endpoint bank is full.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint may be read from or written to, depending
- * on its direction.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
- {
- return (USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position < USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is configured.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint has been configured, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void)
- {
- return ((USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL & USB_EP_TYPE_gm) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the selected IN endpoint is ready for a new packet to be sent to the host.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the current endpoint is ready for an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void)
- {
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint | ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- return ((USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS & USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Determines if the selected OUT endpoint has received new packet from the host.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if current endpoint is has received an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void)
- {
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ~ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- if (USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS & USB_EP_TRNCOMPL0_bm)
- {
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length = USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CNT;
- return true;
- }
-
- return false;
- }
-
- /** Determines if the current CONTROL type endpoint has received a SETUP packet.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the selected endpoint has received a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void)
- {
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ~ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- if (USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS & USB_EP_SETUP_bm)
- {
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length = USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CNT;
- return true;
- }
-
- return false;
- }
-
- /** Clears a received SETUP packet on the currently selected CONTROL type endpoint, freeing up the
- * endpoint for the next packet.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
- *
- * \note This is not applicable for non CONTROL type endpoints.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void)
- {
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ~ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS &= ~(USB_EP_SETUP_bm | USB_EP_TRNCOMPL0_bm | USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm | USB_EP_OVF_bm);
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS |= USB_EP_TOGGLE_bm;
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position = 0;
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint | ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS |= USB_EP_TOGGLE_bm;
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position = 0;
- }
-
- /** Sends an IN packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint for the
- * next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearIN(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearIN(void)
- {
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CNT = USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position;
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS &= ~(USB_EP_TRNCOMPL0_bm | USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm | USB_EP_OVF_bm);
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position = 0;
- }
-
- /** Acknowledges an OUT packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint
- * for the next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void)
- {
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS &= ~(USB_EP_TRNCOMPL0_bm | USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm | USB_EP_OVF_bm);
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position = 0;
- }
-
- /** Stalls the current endpoint, indicating to the host that a logical problem occurred with the
- * indicated endpoint and that the current transfer sequence should be aborted. This provides a
- * way for devices to indicate invalid commands to the host so that the current transfer can be
- * aborted and the host can begin its own recovery sequence.
- *
- * The currently selected endpoint remains stalled until either the \ref Endpoint_ClearStall() macro
- * is called, or the host issues a CLEAR FEATURE request to the device for the currently selected
- * endpoint.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void)
- {
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL |= USB_EP_STALL_bm;
-
- if ((USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL & USB_EP_TYPE_gm) == USB_EP_TYPE_CONTROL_gc)
- {
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint ^ ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL |= USB_EP_STALL_bm;
- }
- }
-
- /** Clears the STALL condition on the currently selected endpoint.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void)
- {
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL &= ~USB_EP_STALL_bm;
- }
-
- /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, false otherwise.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
- */
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void)
- {
- return ((USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL & USB_EP_STALL_bm) ? true : false);
- }
-
- /** Resets the data toggle of the currently selected endpoint. */
- static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void)
- {
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS &= ~USB_EP_TOGGLE_bm;
- }
-
- /** Determines the currently selected endpoint's direction.
- *
- * \return The currently selected endpoint's direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void)
- {
- return (USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
- }
-
- /** Reads one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
- *
- * \return Next byte in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void)
- {
- return USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Data[USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position++];
- }
-
- /** Writes one byte to the currently selected endpoint's bank, for IN direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write into the the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data)
- {
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Data[USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position++] = Data;
- }
-
- /** Discards one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void)
- {
- USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position++;
- }
-
- /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
- *
- * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void)
- {
- uint16_t Byte0 = Endpoint_Read_8();
- uint16_t Byte1 = Endpoint_Read_8();
-
- return ((Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
- }
-
- /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
- *
- * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void)
- {
- uint16_t Byte0 = Endpoint_Read_8();
- uint16_t Byte1 = Endpoint_Read_8();
-
- return ((Byte0 << 8) | Byte1);
- }
-
- /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
- {
- Endpoint_Write_8(Data & 0xFF);
- Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 8);
- }
-
- /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
- {
- Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 8);
- Endpoint_Write_8(Data & 0xFF);
- }
-
- /** Discards two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void)
- {
- Endpoint_Discard_8();
- Endpoint_Discard_8();
- }
-
- /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
- *
- * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void)
- {
- uint32_t Byte0 = Endpoint_Read_8();
- uint32_t Byte1 = Endpoint_Read_8();
- uint32_t Byte2 = Endpoint_Read_8();
- uint32_t Byte3 = Endpoint_Read_8();
-
- return ((Byte3 << 24) | (Byte2 << 16) | (Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
- }
-
- /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
- *
- * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void)
- {
- uint32_t Byte0 = Endpoint_Read_8();
- uint32_t Byte1 = Endpoint_Read_8();
- uint32_t Byte2 = Endpoint_Read_8();
- uint32_t Byte3 = Endpoint_Read_8();
-
- return ((Byte0 << 24) | (Byte1 << 16) | (Byte2 << 8) | Byte3);
- }
-
- /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
- {
- Endpoint_Write_8(Data & 0xFF);
- Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 8);
- Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 16);
- Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 24);
- }
-
- /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
- * direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
- *
- * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
- {
- Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 24);
- Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 16);
- Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 8);
- Endpoint_Write_8(Data & 0xFF);
- }
-
- /** Discards four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
- */
- static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void)
- {
- Endpoint_Discard_8();
- Endpoint_Discard_8();
- Endpoint_Discard_8();
- Endpoint_Discard_8();
- }
-
- /* External Variables: */
- /** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control endpoint located at address
- * 0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the device descriptor in the user
- * project once the USB interface is initialized into device mode.
- *
- * If space is an issue, it is possible to fix this to a static value by defining the control
- * endpoint size in the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token passed to the compiler in the makefile
- * via the -D switch. When a fixed control endpoint size is used, the size is no longer dynamically
- * read from the descriptors at runtime and instead fixed to the given value. When used, it is
- * important that the descriptor control endpoint size value matches the size given as the
- * \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token - it is recommended that the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token
- * be used in the device descriptors to ensure this.
- *
- * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
- * changed in value.
- */
- #if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
- extern uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize;
- #else
- #define USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE
- #endif
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Configures a table of endpoint descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
- * endpoints at the same time.
- *
- * \note Endpoints with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
- * control endpoint.
- *
- * \param[in] Table Pointer to a table of endpoint descriptions.
- * \param[in] Entries Number of entries in the endpoint table to configure.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if all endpoints configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
- */
- bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
- const uint8_t Entries);
-
- /** Completes the status stage of a control transfer on a CONTROL type endpoint automatically,
- * with respect to the data direction. This is a convenience function which can be used to
- * simplify user control request handling.
- *
- * \note This routine should not be called on non CONTROL type endpoints.
- */
- void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void);
-
- /** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control endpoint is ready for the next packet of data
- * to be read or written to it.
- *
- * \note This routine should not be called on CONTROL type endpoints.
- *
- * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_XMEGA
- *
- * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
- */
- uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void);
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Endpoint definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_EndpointManagement_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointRW
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointRW_XMEGA Endpoint Data Reading and Writing (XMEGA)
+ * \brief Endpoint data read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA Read/Write of Primitive Data Types (XMEGA)
+ * \brief Endpoint primitive read/write definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to data reading and writing of primitive data types
+ * from and to endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA Endpoint Packet Management (XMEGA)
+ * \brief Endpoint packet management definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to packet management of endpoints.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_EndpointManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_EndpointManagement_XMEGA Endpoint Management (XMEGA)
+ * \brief Endpoint management definitions for the Atmel AVR XMEGA architecture.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros and enums related to endpoint management when in USB Device mode. This
+ * module contains the endpoint management macros, as well as endpoint interrupt and data
+ * send/receive functions for various data types.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __ENDPOINT_XMEGA_H__
+#define __ENDPOINT_XMEGA_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+ #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+ #include "../USBController.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if (!defined(MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX) && !defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Total number of endpoints (including the default control endpoint at address 0) which may
+ * be used in the device. Different USB AVR models support different amounts of endpoints,
+ * this value reflects the maximum number of endpoints for the currently selected AVR model.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 16
+ #else
+ #if defined(CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE)
+ #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS 1
+ #else
+ #define ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS (MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX + 1)
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ uint8_t Data[64];
+
+ uint8_t Length;
+ uint8_t Position;
+ } Endpoint_FIFO_t;
+
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ Endpoint_FIFO_t OUT;
+ Endpoint_FIFO_t IN;
+ } Endpoint_FIFOPair_t;
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern Endpoint_FIFOPair_t USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS];
+ extern volatile uint8_t USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
+ extern volatile USB_EP_t* USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle;
+ extern volatile Endpoint_FIFO_t* USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO;
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_CONST
+ ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(const uint16_t Bytes)
+ {
+ uint8_t MaskVal = 0;
+ uint16_t CheckBytes = 8;
+
+ while (CheckBytes < Bytes)
+ {
+ MaskVal++;
+ CheckBytes <<= 1;
+ }
+
+ return (MaskVal << USB_EP_BUFSIZE_gp);
+ }
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_PRV(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Config,
+ const uint8_t Size);
+ void Endpoint_ClearEndpoints(void);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ /** Default size of the default control endpoint's bank, until altered by the control endpoint bank size
+ * value in the device descriptor. Not available if the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token is defined.
+ */
+ #define ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP_DEFAULT_SIZE 8
+ #endif
+
+ /* Enums: */
+ /** Enum for the possible error return codes of the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady() function.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_XMEGA
+ */
+ enum Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t
+ {
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_NoError = 0, /**< Endpoint is ready for next packet, no error. */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_EndpointStalled = 1, /**< The endpoint was stalled during the stream
+ * transfer by the host or device.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_DeviceDisconnected = 2, /**< Device was disconnected from the host while
+ * waiting for the endpoint to become ready.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_BusSuspended = 3, /**< The USB bus has been suspended by the host and
+ * no USB endpoint traffic can occur until the bus
+ * has resumed.
+ */
+ ENDPOINT_READYWAIT_Timeout = 4, /**< The host failed to accept or send the next packet
+ * within the software timeout period set by the
+ * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS macro.
+ */
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Selects the given endpoint address.
+ *
+ * Any endpoint operations which do not require the endpoint address to be indicated will operate on
+ * the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Endpoint address to select.
+ */
+ void Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(const uint8_t Address);
+
+ /** Configures the specified endpoint address with the given endpoint type, bank size and number of hardware
+ * banks. Once configured, the endpoint may be read from or written to, depending on its direction.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Endpoint address to configure.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Type Type of endpoint to configure, a \c EP_TYPE_* mask. Not all endpoint types
+ * are available on Low Speed USB devices - refer to the USB 2.0 specification.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Size Size of the endpoint's bank, where packets are stored before they are transmitted
+ * to the USB host, or after they have been received from the USB host (depending on
+ * the endpoint's data direction). The bank size must indicate the maximum packet size
+ * that the endpoint can handle.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Banks Number of hardware banks to use for the endpoint being configured.
+ *
+ * \note The default control endpoint should not be manually configured by the user application, as
+ * it is automatically configured by the library internally.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note This routine will automatically select the specified endpoint.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the configuration succeeded, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint16_t Size,
+ const uint8_t Banks) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(const uint8_t Address,
+ const uint8_t Type,
+ const uint16_t Size,
+ const uint8_t Banks)
+ {
+ uint8_t EPConfigMask = (USB_EP_INTDSBL_bm | ((Banks > 1) ? USB_EP_PINGPONG_bm : 0) | Endpoint_BytesToEPSizeMask(Size));
+
+ if ((Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK) >= ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS)
+ return false;
+
+ // TODO - Fix once limitations are lifted
+ EPConfigMask &= ~USB_EP_PINGPONG_bm;
+ if (Size > 64)
+ return false;
+
+ switch (Type)
+ {
+ case EP_TYPE_CONTROL:
+ EPConfigMask |= USB_EP_TYPE_CONTROL_gc;
+ break;
+ case EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS:
+ EPConfigMask |= USB_EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS_gc;
+ break;
+ default:
+ EPConfigMask |= USB_EP_TYPE_BULK_gc;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (Type == EP_TYPE_CONTROL)
+ Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_PRV(Address ^ ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, EPConfigMask, Size);
+
+ return Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint_PRV(Address, EPConfigMask, Size);
+ }
+
+ /** Indicates the number of bytes currently stored in the current endpoint's selected bank.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return Total number of bytes in the currently selected Endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint(void)
+ {
+ if (USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ return USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position;
+ else
+ return (USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length - USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position);
+ }
+
+ /** Get the endpoint address of the currently selected endpoint. This is typically used to save
+ * the currently selected endpoint so that it can be restored after another endpoint has been
+ * manipulated.
+ *
+ * \return Index of the currently selected endpoint.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetCurrentEndpoint(void)
+ {
+ return USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint;
+ }
+
+ /** Resets the endpoint bank FIFO. This clears all the endpoint banks and resets the USB controller's
+ * data In and Out pointers to the bank's contents.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Address Endpoint address whose FIFO buffers are to be reset.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetEndpoint(const uint8_t Address)
+ {
+ if (Address & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN)
+ USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK].IN.Position = 0;
+ else
+ USB_Endpoint_FIFOs[Address & ENDPOINT_EPNUM_MASK].OUT.Position = 0;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, but not necessarily configured.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is enabled, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsEnabled(void)
+ {
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ /** Aborts all pending IN transactions on the currently selected endpoint, once the bank
+ * has been queued for transmission to the host via \ref Endpoint_ClearIN(). This function
+ * will terminate all queued transactions, resetting the endpoint banks ready for a new
+ * packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_AbortPendingIN(void)
+ {
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS |= USB_EP_BUSNACK0_bm;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint may be read from (if data is waiting in the endpoint
+ * bank and the endpoint is an OUT direction, or if the bank is not yet full if the endpoint is an IN
+ * direction). This function will return false if an error has occurred in the endpoint, if the endpoint
+ * is an OUT direction and no packet (or an empty packet) has been received, or if the endpoint is an IN
+ * direction and the endpoint bank is full.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint may be read from or written to, depending
+ * on its direction.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed(void)
+ {
+ return (USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position < USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Length);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is configured.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint has been configured, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsConfigured(void)
+ {
+ return ((USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL & USB_EP_TYPE_gm) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the selected IN endpoint is ready for a new packet to be sent to the host.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the current endpoint is ready for an IN packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Endpoint_IsINReady(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+ /** Determines if the selected OUT endpoint has received new packet from the host.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if current endpoint is has received an OUT packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Endpoint_IsOUTReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+ /** Determines if the current CONTROL type endpoint has received a SETUP packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the selected endpoint has received a SETUP packet, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+ /** Clears a received SETUP packet on the currently selected CONTROL type endpoint, freeing up the
+ * endpoint for the next packet.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \note This is not applicable for non CONTROL type endpoints.
+ */
+ void Endpoint_ClearSETUP(void);
+
+ /** Sends an IN packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint for the
+ * next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+ */
+ void Endpoint_ClearIN(void);
+
+ /** Acknowledges an OUT packet to the host on the currently selected endpoint, freeing up the endpoint
+ * for the next packet and switching to the alternative endpoint bank if double banked.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+ */
+ void Endpoint_ClearOUT(void);
+
+ /** Stalls the current endpoint, indicating to the host that a logical problem occurred with the
+ * indicated endpoint and that the current transfer sequence should be aborted. This provides a
+ * way for devices to indicate invalid commands to the host so that the current transfer can be
+ * aborted and the host can begin its own recovery sequence.
+ *
+ * The currently selected endpoint remains stalled until either the \ref Endpoint_ClearStall() macro
+ * is called, or the host issues a CLEAR FEATURE request to the device for the currently selected
+ * endpoint.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+ */
+ void Endpoint_StallTransaction(void);
+
+ /** Clears the STALL condition on the currently selected endpoint.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ClearStall(void)
+ {
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL &= ~USB_EP_STALL_bm;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPacketManagement_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the currently selected endpoint is stalled, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline bool Endpoint_IsStalled(void)
+ {
+ return ((USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->CTRL & USB_EP_STALL_bm) ? true : false);
+ }
+
+ /** Resets the data toggle of the currently selected endpoint. */
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_ResetDataToggle(void)
+ {
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedHandle->STATUS &= ~USB_EP_TOGGLE_bm;
+ }
+
+ /** Determines the currently selected endpoint's direction.
+ *
+ * \return The currently selected endpoint's direction, as a \c ENDPOINT_DIR_* mask.
+ */
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint8_t Endpoint_GetEndpointDirection(void)
+ {
+ return (USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+ }
+
+ /** Reads one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return Next byte in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_Read_8(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+
+ /** Writes one byte to the currently selected endpoint's bank, for IN direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write into the the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ void Endpoint_Write_8(const uint8_t Data);
+
+ /** Discards one byte from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_8(void)
+ {
+ USB_Endpoint_SelectedFIFO->Position++;
+ }
+
+ /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_LE(void)
+ {
+ uint16_t Byte0 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ uint16_t Byte1 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ return ((Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
+ }
+
+ /** Reads two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return Next two bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint16_t Endpoint_Read_16_BE(void)
+ {
+ uint16_t Byte0 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ uint16_t Byte1 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ return ((Byte0 << 8) | Byte1);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_LE(const uint16_t Data)
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data & 0xFF);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 8);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes two bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_16_BE(const uint16_t Data)
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 8);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ /** Discards two bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_16(void)
+ {
+ Endpoint_Discard_8();
+ Endpoint_Discard_8();
+ }
+
+ /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_LE(void)
+ {
+ uint32_t Byte0 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ uint32_t Byte1 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ uint32_t Byte2 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ uint32_t Byte3 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ return ((Byte3 << 24) | (Byte2 << 16) | (Byte1 << 8) | Byte0);
+ }
+
+ /** Reads four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for OUT
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return Next four bytes in the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline uint32_t Endpoint_Read_32_BE(void)
+ {
+ uint32_t Byte0 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ uint32_t Byte1 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ uint32_t Byte2 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+ uint32_t Byte3 = Endpoint_Read_8();
+
+ return ((Byte0 << 24) | (Byte1 << 16) | (Byte2 << 8) | Byte3);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in little endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_LE(const uint32_t Data)
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data & 0xFF);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 8);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 16);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 24);
+ }
+
+ /** Writes four bytes to the currently selected endpoint's bank in big endian format, for IN
+ * direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \param[in] Data Data to write to the currently selected endpoint's FIFO buffer.
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Write_32_BE(const uint32_t Data)
+ {
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 24);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 16);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data >> 8);
+ Endpoint_Write_8(Data & 0xFF);
+ }
+
+ /** Discards four bytes from the currently selected endpoint's bank, for OUT direction endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointPrimitiveRW_XMEGA
+ */
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void Endpoint_Discard_32(void)
+ {
+ Endpoint_Discard_8();
+ Endpoint_Discard_8();
+ Endpoint_Discard_8();
+ Endpoint_Discard_8();
+ }
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ /** Global indicating the maximum packet size of the default control endpoint located at address
+ * 0 in the device. This value is set to the value indicated in the device descriptor in the user
+ * project once the USB interface is initialized into device mode.
+ *
+ * If space is an issue, it is possible to fix this to a static value by defining the control
+ * endpoint size in the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token passed to the compiler in the makefile
+ * via the -D switch. When a fixed control endpoint size is used, the size is no longer dynamically
+ * read from the descriptors at runtime and instead fixed to the given value. When used, it is
+ * important that the descriptor control endpoint size value matches the size given as the
+ * \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token - it is recommended that the \c FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE token
+ * be used in the device descriptors to ensure this.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ */
+ #if (!defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__))
+ extern uint8_t USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize;
+ #else
+ #define USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE
+ #endif
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Configures a table of endpoint descriptions, in sequence. This function can be used to configure multiple
+ * endpoints at the same time.
+ *
+ * \note Endpoints with a zero address will be ignored, thus this function cannot be used to configure the
+ * control endpoint.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Table Pointer to a table of endpoint descriptions.
+ * \param[in] Entries Number of entries in the endpoint table to configure.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if all endpoints configured successfully, \c false otherwise.
+ */
+ bool Endpoint_ConfigureEndpointTable(const USB_Endpoint_Table_t* const Table,
+ const uint8_t Entries);
+
+ /** Completes the status stage of a control transfer on a CONTROL type endpoint automatically,
+ * with respect to the data direction. This is a convenience function which can be used to
+ * simplify user control request handling.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be called on non CONTROL type endpoints.
+ */
+ void Endpoint_ClearStatusStage(void);
+
+ /** Spin-loops until the currently selected non-control endpoint is ready for the next packet of data
+ * to be read or written to it.
+ *
+ * \note This routine should not be called on CONTROL type endpoints.
+ *
+ * \ingroup Group_EndpointRW_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \return A value from the \ref Endpoint_WaitUntilReady_ErrorCodes_t enum.
+ */
+ uint8_t Endpoint_WaitUntilReady(void);
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Host_XMEGA.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Host_XMEGA.c
index 39d920afe..c46773303 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Host_XMEGA.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Host_XMEGA.c
@@ -1,41 +1,41 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/PipeStream_XMEGA.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/PipeStream_XMEGA.c
index 39d920afe..c46773303 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/PipeStream_XMEGA.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/PipeStream_XMEGA.c
@@ -1,41 +1,41 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#endif
-
-#endif
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Pipe_XMEGA.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Pipe_XMEGA.c
index 6106cb581..69f369e43 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Pipe_XMEGA.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Pipe_XMEGA.c
@@ -1,37 +1,37 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBMode.h"
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBMode.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
index 35776410e..0bd384348 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_R.c
@@ -1,87 +1,86 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
-
-// cppcheck-suppress unusedFunction
-uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length)
-{
- uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ~ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- if (!(Length))
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
-
- while (Length)
- {
- uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
- if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
- else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
- else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
-
- if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
- {
- while (Length && Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
- {
- TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
- TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
- Length--;
- }
-
- Endpoint_ClearOUT();
- }
- }
-
- while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
- {
- uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
- if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
- else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
- }
-
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
-#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
-#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint & ~ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ if (!(Length))
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ {
+ while (Length && Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint())
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+ Length--;
+ }
+
+ Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
index ed2d2d9b7..703f253c0 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_Control_W.c
@@ -1,96 +1,97 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
-
-// cppcheck-suppress unusedFunction
-uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (const void* const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length)
-{
- uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
- bool LastPacketFull = false;
-
- Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint | ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
-
- if (Length > USB_ControlRequest.wLength)
- Length = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
- else if (!(Length))
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
-
- while (Length || LastPacketFull)
- {
- uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
- if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
- else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
- else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
- else if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
- break;
-
- if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
- {
- uint16_t BytesInEndpoint = Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
-
- while (Length && (BytesInEndpoint < USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize))
- {
- TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
- TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
- Length--;
- BytesInEndpoint++;
- }
-
- LastPacketFull = (BytesInEndpoint == USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize);
- Endpoint_ClearIN();
- }
- }
-
- while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
- {
- uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
-
- if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
- else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
- }
-
- return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
-#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
-#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (const void* const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+ bool LastPacketFull = false;
+
+ Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(USB_Endpoint_SelectedEndpoint | ENDPOINT_DIR_IN);
+
+ if (Length > USB_ControlRequest.wLength)
+ Length = USB_ControlRequest.wLength;
+ else if (!(Length))
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+ while (Length || LastPacketFull)
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
+ break;
+
+ if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
+ {
+ uint16_t BytesInEndpoint = Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
+
+ while (Length && (BytesInEndpoint < USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize))
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+ Length--;
+ BytesInEndpoint++;
+ }
+
+ LastPacketFull = (BytesInEndpoint == USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize);
+ Endpoint_ClearIN();
+ }
+ }
+
+ while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
+ {
+ uint8_t USB_DeviceState_LCL = USB_DeviceState;
+
+ if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;
+ else if (USB_DeviceState_LCL == DEVICE_STATE_Suspended)
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_BusSuspended;
+ else if (Endpoint_IsSETUPReceived())
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_HostAborted;
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWCSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
index 02ad97867..d51afdfb1 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/Template/Template_Endpoint_RW.c
@@ -1,90 +1,89 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
-
-// cppcheck-suppress unusedFunction
-uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
- uint16_t Length,
- uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
-{
- uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
- uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
- uint8_t ErrorCode;
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- {
- Length -= *BytesProcessed;
- TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
- }
-
- while (Length)
- {
- if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
- {
- TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT();
-
- #if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
- USB_USBTask();
- #endif
-
- if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
- {
- *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
- }
-
- if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
- return ErrorCode;
- }
- else
- {
- TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
- TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
- Length--;
- BytesInTransfer++;
- }
- }
-
- return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
-}
-
-#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
-#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
-#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
-#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#if defined(TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME)
+
+uint8_t TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME (TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE const Buffer,
+ uint16_t Length,
+ uint16_t* const BytesProcessed)
+{
+ uint8_t* DataStream = ((uint8_t*)Buffer + TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET(Length));
+ uint16_t BytesInTransfer = 0;
+ uint8_t ErrorCode;
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ Length -= *BytesProcessed;
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, *BytesProcessed);
+ }
+
+ while (Length)
+ {
+ if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT();
+
+ #if !defined(INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT)
+ USB_USBTask();
+ #endif
+
+ if (BytesProcessed != NULL)
+ {
+ *BytesProcessed += BytesInTransfer;
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_IncompleteTransfer;
+ }
+
+ if ((ErrorCode = Endpoint_WaitUntilReady()))
+ return ErrorCode;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE(DataStream);
+ TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE(DataStream, 1);
+ Length--;
+ BytesInTransfer++;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return ENDPOINT_RWSTREAM_NoError;
+}
+
+#undef TEMPLATE_FUNC_NAME
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_TYPE
+#undef TEMPLATE_TRANSFER_BYTE
+#undef TEMPLATE_CLEAR_ENDPOINT
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_OFFSET
+#undef TEMPLATE_BUFFER_MOVE
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.c
index 3899278db..99589809e 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.c
@@ -1,189 +1,204 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C
-#include "../USBController.h"
-
-#if (!defined(USB_HOST_ONLY) && !defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY))
-volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
-volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
-#endif
-
-/* Ugly workaround to ensure an aligned table, since __BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT__ == 1 for 8-bit AVR-GCC */
-uint8_t USB_EndpointTable[sizeof(USB_EndpointTable_t) + 1];
-
-void USB_Init(
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
- const uint8_t Mode
- #endif
-
- #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
- ,
- #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
- void
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
- const uint8_t Options
- #endif
- )
-{
- #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
- USB_Options = Options;
- #endif
-
- USB_IsInitialized = true;
-
- uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
- GlobalInterruptDisable();
-
- NVM.CMD = NVM_CMD_READ_CALIB_ROW_gc;
- USB.CAL0 = pgm_read_byte(offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, USBCAL0));
- USB.CAL1 = pgm_read_byte(offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, USBCAL1));
- NVM.CMD = 0;
-
- /* Ugly workaround to ensure an aligned table, since __BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT__ == 1 for the 8-bit AVR-GCC toochain */
- USB.EPPTR = ((intptr_t)&USB_EndpointTable[1] & ~(1 << 0));
- USB.CTRLA = (USB_STFRNUM_bm | ((ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS - 1) << USB_MAXEP_gp));
-
- if ((USB_Options & USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH) == USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
- USB.INTCTRLA = (3 << USB_INTLVL_gp);
- else if ((USB_Options & USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIMED) == USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIMED)
- USB.INTCTRLA = (2 << USB_INTLVL_gp);
- else
- USB.INTCTRLA = (1 << USB_INTLVL_gp);
-
- SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
-
- USB_ResetInterface();
-}
-
-void USB_Disable(void)
-{
- USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
- USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
-
- USB_Detach();
- USB_Controller_Disable();
-
- USB_IsInitialized = false;
-}
-
-void USB_ResetInterface(void)
-{
- #if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED)
- if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
- CLK.USBCTRL = (((F_USB / 6000000) - 1) << CLK_USBPSDIV_gp);
- else
- CLK.USBCTRL = (((F_USB / 48000000) - 1) << CLK_USBPSDIV_gp);
- #else
- CLK.USBCTRL = (((F_USB / 6000000) - 1) << CLK_USBPSDIV_gp);
- #endif
-
- if (USB_Options & USB_OPT_PLLCLKSRC)
- CLK.USBCTRL |= (CLK_USBSRC_PLL_gc | CLK_USBSEN_bm);
- else
- CLK.USBCTRL |= (CLK_USBSRC_RC32M_gc | CLK_USBSEN_bm);
-
- USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(0);
-
- USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
- USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
-
- USB_Controller_Reset();
- USB_Init_Device();
-}
-
-#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
-static void USB_Init_Device(void)
-{
- USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
- USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
-
- #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
- USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled = false;
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
- USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered = false;
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
- USB_Descriptor_Device_t* DeviceDescriptorPtr;
-
- #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
- !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
- uint8_t DescriptorAddressSpace;
-
- if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr, &DescriptorAddressSpace) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
- {
- if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_FLASH)
- USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = pgm_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
- else if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_EEPROM)
- USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = eeprom_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
- else
- USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
- }
- #else
- if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
- {
- #if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)
- USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
- #elif defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
- USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = eeprom_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
- #else
- USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = pgm_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
- #endif
- }
- #endif
- #endif
-
- if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
- USB_Device_SetLowSpeed();
- else
- USB_Device_SetFullSpeed();
-
- Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
- USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
-
- USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI);
-
- USB_Attach();
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C
+#include "../USBController.h"
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode = USB_MODE_None;
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
+#endif
+
+/* Ugly workaround to ensure an aligned table, since __BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT__ == 1 for the 8-bit AVR-GCC toolchain */
+uint8_t USB_EndpointTable[sizeof(USB_EndpointTable_t) + 1];
+
+void USB_Init(
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ const uint8_t Mode
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+ ,
+ #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+ void
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+ const uint8_t Options
+ #endif
+ )
+{
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+ USB_Options = Options;
+ #endif
+
+ uint_reg_t CurrentGlobalInt = GetGlobalInterruptMask();
+ GlobalInterruptDisable();
+
+ NVM.CMD = NVM_CMD_READ_CALIB_ROW_gc;
+ USB.CAL0 = pgm_read_byte(offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, USBCAL0));
+ USB.CAL1 = pgm_read_byte(offsetof(NVM_PROD_SIGNATURES_t, USBCAL1));
+ NVM.CMD = NVM_CMD_NO_OPERATION_gc;
+
+ /* Ugly workaround to ensure an aligned table, since __BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT__ == 1 for the 8-bit AVR-GCC toolchain */
+ USB.EPPTR = ((intptr_t)&USB_EndpointTable[1] & ~(1 << 0));
+ USB.CTRLA = (USB_STFRNUM_bm | ((ENDPOINT_TOTAL_ENDPOINTS - 1) << USB_MAXEP_gp));
+
+ if ((USB_Options & USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH) == USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH)
+ USB.INTCTRLA = (3 << USB_INTLVL_gp);
+ else if ((USB_Options & USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIMED) == USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIMED)
+ USB.INTCTRLA = (2 << USB_INTLVL_gp);
+ else
+ USB.INTCTRLA = (1 << USB_INTLVL_gp);
+
+ SetGlobalInterruptMask(CurrentGlobalInt);
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH)
+ USB_CurrentMode = Mode;
+ #endif
+
+ USB_IsInitialized = true;
+
+ USB_ResetInterface();
+}
+
+void USB_Disable(void)
+{
+ USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
+ USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
+
+ USB_Detach();
+ USB_Controller_Disable();
+
+ USB_IsInitialized = false;
+}
+
+void USB_ResetInterface(void)
+{
+ uint8_t PrescalerNeeded;
+
+ #if defined(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED)
+ if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
+ PrescalerNeeded = F_USB / 6000000;
+ else
+ PrescalerNeeded = F_USB / 48000000;
+ #else
+ PrescalerNeeded = F_USB / 6000000;
+ #endif
+
+ uint8_t DividerIndex = 0;
+ while (PrescalerNeeded > 0)
+ {
+ DividerIndex++;
+ PrescalerNeeded >>= 1;
+ }
+
+ CLK.USBCTRL = (DividerIndex - 1) << CLK_USBPSDIV_gp;
+
+ if (USB_Options & USB_OPT_PLLCLKSRC)
+ CLK.USBCTRL |= (CLK_USBSRC_PLL_gc | CLK_USBSEN_bm);
+ else
+ CLK.USBCTRL |= (CLK_USBSRC_RC32M_gc | CLK_USBSEN_bm);
+
+ USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(0);
+
+ USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts();
+ USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts();
+
+ USB_Controller_Reset();
+ USB_Init_Device();
+}
+
+#if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+static void USB_Init_Device(void)
+{
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
+ USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+
+ #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP)
+ USB_Device_RemoteWakeupEnabled = false;
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER)
+ USB_Device_CurrentlySelfPowered = false;
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE)
+ USB_Descriptor_Device_t* DeviceDescriptorPtr;
+
+ #if defined(ARCH_HAS_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE) && \
+ !(defined(USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS) || defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS))
+ uint8_t DescriptorAddressSpace;
+
+ if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr, &DescriptorAddressSpace) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+ {
+ if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_FLASH)
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = pgm_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+ else if (DescriptorAddressSpace == MEMSPACE_EEPROM)
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = eeprom_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+ else
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
+ }
+ #else
+ if (CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor((DTYPE_Device << 8), 0, (void*)&DeviceDescriptorPtr) != NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+ {
+ #if defined(USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS)
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size;
+ #elif defined(USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS)
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = eeprom_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+ #else
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize = pgm_read_byte(&DeviceDescriptorPtr->Endpoint0Size);
+ #endif
+ }
+ #endif
+ #endif
+
+ if (USB_Options & USB_DEVICE_OPT_LOWSPEED)
+ USB_Device_SetLowSpeed();
+ else
+ USB_Device_SetFullSpeed();
+
+ Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
+
+ USB_INT_Enable(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI);
+
+ USB_Attach();
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h
index bb37905ab..15d4eec34 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBController_XMEGA.h
@@ -1,313 +1,313 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
- * \copydetails Group_USBManagement_XMEGA
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_USBManagement
- * \defgroup Group_USBManagement_XMEGA USB Interface Management (XMEGA)
- * \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
- *
- * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the setup and management of the USB interface.
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBCONTROLLER_XMEGA_H__
-#define __USBCONTROLLER_XMEGA_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "../USBMode.h"
- #include "../Events.h"
- #include "../USBTask.h"
- #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Type Defines: */
- typedef struct
- {
- struct
- {
- USB_EP_t OUT;
- USB_EP_t IN;
- } Endpoints[16];
- uint16_t FrameNum;
- } ATTR_PACKED USB_EndpointTable_t;
-
- /* External Variables: */
- extern uint8_t USB_EndpointTable[];
-
- #endif
-
- /* Includes: */
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #include "../Device.h"
- #include "../Endpoint.h"
- #include "../DeviceStandardReq.h"
- #include "../EndpointStream.h"
- #endif
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks and Defines: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(F_USB)
- #error F_USB is not defined. You must define F_USB to the frequency of the unprescaled USB controller clock in your project makefile.
- #endif
-
- #if ((F_USB % 6000000) || (F_USB < 6000000))
- #error Invalid F_USB specified. F_USB must be a multiple of 6MHz for USB Low Speed operation, and a multiple of 48MHz for Full Speed operation.
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** \name USB Controller Option Masks */
- //@{
- /** Sets the USB bus interrupt priority level to be low priority. The USB bus interrupt is used for Start of Frame events, bus suspend
- * and resume events, bus reset events and other events related to the management of the USB bus.
- */
- #define USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRILOW ((0 << 2) | (0 << 1))
-
- /** Sets the USB bus interrupt priority level to be medium priority. The USB bus interrupt is used for Start of Frame events, bus suspend
- * and resume events, bus reset events and other events related to the management of the USB bus.
- */
- #define USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIMED ((0 << 2) | (1 << 1))
-
- /** Sets the USB bus interrupt priority level to be high priority. The USB bus interrupt is used for Start of Frame events, bus suspend
- * and resume events, bus reset events and other events related to the management of the USB bus.
- */
- #define USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH ((1 << 2) | (0 << 1))
-
- /** Sets the USB controller to source its clock from the internal RC 32MHz clock, once it has been DFLL calibrated to 48MHz. */
- #define USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC (0 << 3)
-
- /** Sets the USB controller to source its clock from the internal PLL. */
- #define USB_OPT_PLLCLKSRC (1 << 3)
- //@}
-
- #if !defined(USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Constant for the maximum software timeout period of the USB data stream transfer functions
- * (both control and standard) when in either device or host mode. If the next packet of a stream
- * is not received or acknowledged within this time period, the stream function will fail.
- *
- * This value may be overridden in the user project makefile as the value of the
- * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS token, and passed to the compiler using the -D switch.
- */
- #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS 100
- #endif
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Detaches the device from the USB bus. This has the effect of removing the device from any
- * attached host, ceasing USB communications. If no host is present, this prevents any host from
- * enumerating the device once attached until \ref USB_Attach() is called.
- */
- static inline void USB_Detach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Detach(void)
- {
- USB.CTRLB &= ~USB_ATTACH_bm;
- }
-
- /** Attaches the device to the USB bus. This announces the device's presence to any attached
- * USB host, starting the enumeration process. If no host is present, attaching the device
- * will allow for enumeration once a host is connected to the device.
- *
- * This is inexplicably also required for proper operation while in host mode, to enable the
- * attachment of a device to the host. This is despite the bit being located in the device-mode
- * register and despite the datasheet making no mention of its requirement in host mode.
- */
- static inline void USB_Attach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Attach(void)
- {
- USB.CTRLB |= USB_ATTACH_bm;
- }
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- /** Main function to initialize and start the USB interface. Once active, the USB interface will
- * allow for device connection to a host when in device mode, or for device enumeration while in
- * host mode.
- *
- * As the USB library relies on interrupts for the device and host mode enumeration processes,
- * the user must enable global interrupts before or shortly after this function is called. In
- * device mode, interrupts must be enabled within 500ms of this function being called to ensure
- * that the host does not time out whilst enumerating the device. In host mode, interrupts may be
- * enabled at the application's leisure however enumeration will not begin of an attached device
- * until after this has occurred.
- *
- * Calling this function when the USB interface is already initialized will cause a complete USB
- * interface reset and re-enumeration.
- *
- * \param[in] Mode This is a mask indicating what mode the USB interface is to be initialized to, a value
- * from the \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
- *
- * \param[in] Options Mask indicating the options which should be used when initializing the USB
- * interface to control the USB interface's behavior. This should be comprised of
- * a \c USB_OPT_REG_* mask to control the regulator, a \c USB_OPT_*_PLL mask to control the
- * PLL, and a \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* mask (when the device mode is enabled) to set the device
- * mode speed.
- *
- * \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only device or host mode is required,
- * the mode can be statically set in the project makefile by defining the token \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY
- * (for device mode) or \c USB_HOST_ONLY (for host mode), passing the token to the compiler
- * via the -D switch. If the mode is statically set, this parameter does not exist in the
- * function prototype.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only fixed settings are required,
- * the options may be set statically in the same manner as the mode (see the Mode parameter of
- * this function). To statically set the USB options, pass in the \c USE_STATIC_OPTIONS token,
- * defined to the appropriate options masks. When the options are statically set, this
- * parameter does not exist in the function prototype.
- * \n\n
- *
- * \note The mode parameter does not exist on devices where only one mode is possible, such as USB
- * AVR models which only implement the USB device mode in hardware.
- *
- * \see \ref Group_Device for the \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* masks.
- */
- void USB_Init(
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- const uint8_t Mode
- #endif
-
- #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- ,
- #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
- void
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- const uint8_t Options
- #endif
- );
-
- /** Shuts down the USB interface. This turns off the USB interface after deallocating all USB FIFO
- * memory, endpoints and pipes. When turned off, no USB functionality can be used until the interface
- * is restarted with the \ref USB_Init() function.
- */
- void USB_Disable(void);
-
- /** Resets the interface, when already initialized. This will re-enumerate the device if already connected
- * to a host, or re-enumerate an already attached device when in host mode.
- */
- void USB_ResetInterface(void);
-
- /* Global Variables: */
- #if (!defined(USB_HOST_ONLY) && !defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Indicates the mode that the USB interface is currently initialized to, a value from the
- * \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
- *
- * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
- * changed in value.
- *
- * \note When the controller is initialized into UID auto-detection mode, this variable will hold the
- * currently selected USB mode (i.e. \ref USB_MODE_Device or \ref USB_MODE_Host). If the controller
- * is fixed into a specific mode (either through the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY or \c USB_HOST_ONLY compile time
- * options, or a limitation of the USB controller in the chosen device model) this will evaluate to
- * a constant of the appropriate value and will never evaluate to \ref USB_MODE_None even when the
- * USB interface is not initialized.
- */
- extern volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode;
- #elif defined(USB_DEVICE_ONLY)
- #define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Device
- #endif
-
- #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /** Indicates the current USB options that the USB interface was initialized with when \ref USB_Init()
- * was called. This value will be one of the \c USB_MODE_* masks defined elsewhere in this module.
- *
- * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
- * changed in value.
- */
- extern volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
- #elif defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
- #define USB_Options USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
- #endif
-
- /* Enums: */
- /** Enum for the possible USB controller modes, for initialization via \ref USB_Init() and indication back to the
- * user application via \ref USB_CurrentMode.
- */
- enum USB_Modes_t
- {
- USB_MODE_None = 0, /**< Indicates that the controller is currently not initialized in any specific USB mode. */
- USB_MODE_Device = 1, /**< Indicates that the controller is currently initialized in USB Device mode. */
- };
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C)
- static void USB_Init_Device(void);
- #endif
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void)
- {
- USB.CTRLA |= USB_ENABLE_bm;
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void)
- {
- USB.CTRLA &= ~USB_ENABLE_bm;
- }
-
- static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void)
- {
- USB.CTRLA &= ~USB_ENABLE_bm;
- USB.CTRLA |= USB_ENABLE_bm;
- }
-
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ * \copydetails Group_USBManagement_XMEGA
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_USBManagement
+ * \defgroup Group_USBManagement_XMEGA USB Interface Management (XMEGA)
+ * \brief USB Controller definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * Functions, macros, variables, enums and types related to the setup and management of the USB interface.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBCONTROLLER_XMEGA_H__
+#define __USBCONTROLLER_XMEGA_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "../USBMode.h"
+ #include "../Events.h"
+ #include "../USBTask.h"
+ #include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Macros: */
+ #if defined(MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX)
+ #define ENDPOINT_TABLE_COUNT (MAX_ENDPOINT_INDEX + 1)
+ #else
+ #define ENDPOINT_TABLE_COUNT 16
+ #endif
+
+ /* Type Defines: */
+ typedef struct
+ {
+ struct
+ {
+ USB_EP_t OUT;
+ USB_EP_t IN;
+ } Endpoints[ENDPOINT_TABLE_COUNT];
+ uint16_t FrameNum;
+ } ATTR_PACKED USB_EndpointTable_t;
+
+ /* External Variables: */
+ extern uint8_t USB_EndpointTable[];
+ #endif
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #include "../Device.h"
+ #include "../Endpoint.h"
+ #include "../DeviceStandardReq.h"
+ #include "../EndpointStream.h"
+ #endif
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks and Defines: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(F_USB)
+ #error F_USB is not defined. You must define F_USB to the frequency of the unprescaled USB controller clock in your project makefile.
+ #endif
+
+ #if ((F_USB % 6000000) || (F_USB < 6000000))
+ #error Invalid F_USB specified. F_USB must be a multiple of 6MHz for USB Low Speed operation, and a multiple of 48MHz for Full Speed operation.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** \name USB Controller Option Masks */
+ //@{
+ /** Sets the USB bus interrupt priority level to be low priority. The USB bus interrupt is used for Start of Frame events, bus suspend
+ * and resume events, bus reset events and other events related to the management of the USB bus.
+ */
+ #define USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRILOW ((0 << 2) | (0 << 1))
+
+ /** Sets the USB bus interrupt priority level to be medium priority. The USB bus interrupt is used for Start of Frame events, bus suspend
+ * and resume events, bus reset events and other events related to the management of the USB bus.
+ */
+ #define USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIMED ((0 << 2) | (1 << 1))
+
+ /** Sets the USB bus interrupt priority level to be high priority. The USB bus interrupt is used for Start of Frame events, bus suspend
+ * and resume events, bus reset events and other events related to the management of the USB bus.
+ */
+ #define USB_OPT_BUSEVENT_PRIHIGH ((1 << 2) | (0 << 1))
+
+ /** Sets the USB controller to source its clock from the internal RC 32MHz clock, once it has been DFLL calibrated to 48MHz. */
+ #define USB_OPT_RC32MCLKSRC (0 << 3)
+
+ /** Sets the USB controller to source its clock from the internal PLL. */
+ #define USB_OPT_PLLCLKSRC (1 << 3)
+ //@}
+
+ #if !defined(USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Constant for the maximum software timeout period of the USB data stream transfer functions
+ * (both control and standard) when in either device or host mode. If the next packet of a stream
+ * is not received or acknowledged within this time period, the stream function will fail.
+ *
+ * This value may be overridden in the user project makefile as the value of the
+ * \ref USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS token, and passed to the compiler using the -D switch.
+ */
+ #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS 100
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Detaches the device from the USB bus. This has the effect of removing the device from any
+ * attached host, ceasing USB communications. If no host is present, this prevents any host from
+ * enumerating the device once attached until \ref USB_Attach() is called.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Detach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Detach(void)
+ {
+ USB.CTRLB &= ~USB_ATTACH_bm;
+ }
+
+ /** Attaches the device to the USB bus. This announces the device's presence to any attached
+ * USB host, starting the enumeration process. If no host is present, attaching the device
+ * will allow for enumeration once a host is connected to the device.
+ *
+ * This is inexplicably also required for proper operation while in host mode, to enable the
+ * attachment of a device to the host. This is despite the bit being located in the device-mode
+ * register and despite the datasheet making no mention of its requirement in host mode.
+ */
+ static inline void USB_Attach(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Attach(void)
+ {
+ USB.CTRLB |= USB_ATTACH_bm;
+ }
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ /** Main function to initialize and start the USB interface. Once active, the USB interface will
+ * allow for device connection to a host when in device mode, or for device enumeration while in
+ * host mode.
+ *
+ * As the USB library relies on interrupts for the device and host mode enumeration processes,
+ * the user must enable global interrupts before or shortly after this function is called. In
+ * device mode, interrupts must be enabled within 500ms of this function being called to ensure
+ * that the host does not time out whilst enumerating the device. In host mode, interrupts may be
+ * enabled at the application's leisure however enumeration will not begin of an attached device
+ * until after this has occurred.
+ *
+ * Calling this function when the USB interface is already initialized will cause a complete USB
+ * interface reset and re-enumeration.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Mode Mask indicating what mode the USB interface is to be initialized to, a value
+ * from the \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
+ * \note This parameter does not exist on devices with only one supported USB
+ * mode (device or host).
+ *
+ * \param[in] Options Mask indicating the options which should be used when initializing the USB
+ * interface to control the USB interface's behavior. This should be comprised of
+ * a \c USB_OPT_REG_* mask to control the regulator, a \c USB_OPT_*_PLL mask to control the
+ * PLL, and a \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* mask (when the device mode is enabled) to set the device
+ * mode speed.
+ *
+ * \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only device or host mode is required,
+ * the mode can be statically set in the project makefile by defining the token \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+ * (for device mode) or \c USB_HOST_ONLY (for host mode), passing the token to the compiler
+ * via the -D switch. If the mode is statically set, this parameter does not exist in the
+ * function prototype.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note To reduce the FLASH requirements of the library if only fixed settings are required,
+ * the options may be set statically in the same manner as the mode (see the Mode parameter of
+ * this function). To statically set the USB options, pass in the \c USE_STATIC_OPTIONS token,
+ * defined to the appropriate options masks. When the options are statically set, this
+ * parameter does not exist in the function prototype.
+ * \n\n
+ *
+ * \note The mode parameter does not exist on devices where only one mode is possible, such as USB
+ * AVR models which only implement the USB device mode in hardware.
+ *
+ * \see \ref Group_Device for the \c USB_DEVICE_OPT_* masks.
+ */
+ void USB_Init(
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ const uint8_t Mode
+ #endif
+
+ #if (defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ ,
+ #elif (!defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) && defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS))
+ void
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ const uint8_t Options
+ #endif
+ );
+
+ /** Shuts down the USB interface. This turns off the USB interface after deallocating all USB FIFO
+ * memory, endpoints and pipes. When turned off, no USB functionality can be used until the interface
+ * is restarted with the \ref USB_Init() function.
+ */
+ void USB_Disable(void);
+
+ /** Resets the interface, when already initialized. This will re-enumerate the device if already connected
+ * to a host, or re-enumerate an already attached device when in host mode.
+ */
+ void USB_ResetInterface(void);
+
+ /* Global Variables: */
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Indicates the mode that the USB interface is currently initialized to, a value from the
+ * \ref USB_Modes_t enum.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ *
+ * \note When the controller is initialized into UID auto-detection mode, this variable will hold the
+ * currently selected USB mode (i.e. \ref USB_MODE_Device or \ref USB_MODE_Host). If the controller
+ * is fixed into a specific mode (either through the \c USB_DEVICE_ONLY or \c USB_HOST_ONLY compile time
+ * options, or a limitation of the USB controller in the chosen device model) this will evaluate to
+ * a constant of the appropriate value and will never evaluate to \ref USB_MODE_None even when the
+ * USB interface is not initialized.
+ */
+ extern volatile uint8_t USB_CurrentMode;
+ #elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST)
+ #define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Host
+ #elif defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE)
+ #define USB_CurrentMode USB_MODE_Device
+ #endif
+
+ #if !defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /** Indicates the current USB options that the USB interface was initialized with when \ref USB_Init()
+ * was called. This value will be one of the \c USB_MODE_* masks defined elsewhere in this module.
+ *
+ * \attention This variable should be treated as read-only in the user application, and never manually
+ * changed in value.
+ */
+ extern volatile uint8_t USB_Options;
+ #elif defined(USE_STATIC_OPTIONS)
+ #define USB_Options USE_STATIC_OPTIONS
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ #if defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_CONTROLLER_C)
+ static void USB_Init_Device(void);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Enable(void)
+ {
+ USB.CTRLA |= USB_ENABLE_bm;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Disable(void)
+ {
+ USB.CTRLA &= ~USB_ENABLE_bm;
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_Controller_Reset(void)
+ {
+ USB.CTRLA &= ~USB_ENABLE_bm;
+ USB.CTRLA |= USB_ENABLE_bm;
+ }
+
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
+/** @} */
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.c b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.c
index 9bba25ae9..f03f3f292 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.c
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.c
@@ -1,106 +1,106 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
-
-#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
-
-void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void)
-{
- USB.INTCTRLA &= USB_INTLVL_gm;
- USB.INTCTRLB = 0;
-}
-
-void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void)
-{
- USB.INTFLAGSACLR = 0xFF;
- USB.INTFLAGSBCLR = 0xFF;
-}
-
-ISR(USB_BUSEVENT_vect)
-{
- #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SOFI))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SOFI);
-
- EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame();
- }
- #endif
-
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend);
-
- #if !defined(NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT)
- USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
- EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
- #else
- USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Suspended;
- EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend();
- #endif
- }
-
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume);
-
- if (USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber)
- USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Configured;
- else
- USB_DeviceState = (USB_Device_IsAddressSet()) ? DEVICE_STATE_Configured : DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
-
- #if !defined(NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT)
- EVENT_USB_Device_Connect();
- #else
- EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp();
- #endif
- }
-
- if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset))
- {
- USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset);
-
- USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Default;
- USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
-
- USB_Device_SetDeviceAddress(0);
-
- Endpoint_ClearEndpoints();
- Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
- USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
-
- EVENT_USB_Device_Reset();
- }
-}
-
-#endif
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+#if (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+
+#define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+#include "../USBInterrupt.h"
+
+void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void)
+{
+ USB.INTCTRLA &= USB_INTLVL_gm;
+ USB.INTCTRLB = 0;
+}
+
+void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void)
+{
+ USB.INTFLAGSACLR = 0xFF;
+ USB.INTFLAGSBCLR = 0xFF;
+}
+
+ISR(USB_BUSEVENT_vect)
+{
+ #if !defined(NO_SOF_EVENTS)
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_SOFI) && USB_INT_IsEnabled(USB_INT_SOFI))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_SOFI);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame();
+ }
+ #endif
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend);
+
+ #if !defined(NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT)
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Unattached;
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect();
+ #else
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Suspended;
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Suspend();
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume);
+
+ if (USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber)
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Configured;
+ else
+ USB_DeviceState = (USB_Device_IsAddressSet()) ? DEVICE_STATE_Addressed : DEVICE_STATE_Powered;
+
+ #if !defined(NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT)
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Connect();
+ #else
+ EVENT_USB_Device_WakeUp();
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ if (USB_INT_HasOccurred(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset))
+ {
+ USB_INT_Clear(USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset);
+
+ USB_DeviceState = DEVICE_STATE_Default;
+ USB_Device_ConfigurationNumber = 0;
+
+ USB_Device_EnableDeviceAddress(0);
+
+ Endpoint_ClearEndpoints();
+ Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(ENDPOINT_CONTROLEP, EP_TYPE_CONTROL,
+ USB_Device_ControlEndpointSize, 1);
+
+ EVENT_USB_Device_Reset();
+ }
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h
index 5eef7121e..e224e225a 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/XMEGA/USBInterrupt_XMEGA.h
@@ -1,166 +1,172 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief USB Controller Interrupt definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
- *
- * This file contains definitions required for the correct handling of low level USB service routine interrupts
- * from the USB controller.
- *
- * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
- * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
- */
-
-#ifndef __USBINTERRUPT_XMEGA_H__
-#define __USBINTERRUPT_XMEGA_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Preprocessor Checks: */
- #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
- #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
- #endif
-
- /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
- #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- /* Enums: */
- enum USB_Interrupts_t
- {
- USB_INT_BUSEVENTI = 1,
- USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend = 2,
- USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume = 3,
- USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset = 4,
- USB_INT_SOFI = 5,
- };
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
- {
- switch (Interrupt)
- {
- case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI:
- USB.INTCTRLA |= USB_BUSEVIE_bm;
- return;
- case USB_INT_SOFI:
- USB.INTCTRLA |= USB_SOFIE_bm;
- return;
- }
- }
-
- static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
- {
- switch (Interrupt)
- {
- case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI:
- USB.INTCTRLA &= ~USB_BUSEVIE_bm;
- return;
- case USB_INT_SOFI:
- USB.INTCTRLA &= ~USB_SOFIE_bm;
- return;
- }
- }
-
- static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt)
- {
- switch (Interrupt)
- {
- case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend:
- USB.INTFLAGSACLR = USB_SUSPENDIF_bm;
- return;
- case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume:
- USB.INTFLAGSACLR = USB_RESUMEIF_bm;
- return;
- case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset:
- USB.INTFLAGSACLR = USB_RSTIF_bm;
- return;
- case USB_INT_SOFI:
- USB.INTFLAGSACLR = USB_SOFIF_bm;
- return;
- }
- }
-
- static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt)
- {
- switch (Interrupt)
- {
- case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI:
- return ((USB.INTCTRLA & USB_BUSEVIE_bm) ? true : false);
- case USB_INT_SOFI:
- return ((USB.INTCTRLA & USB_SOFIE_bm) ? true : false);
- }
-
- return false;
- }
-
- static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
- static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt)
- {
- switch (Interrupt)
- {
- case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend:
- return ((USB.INTFLAGSACLR & USB_SUSPENDIF_bm) ? true : false);
- case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume:
- return ((USB.INTFLAGSACLR & USB_RESUMEIF_bm) ? true : false);
- case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset:
- return ((USB.INTFLAGSACLR & USB_RSTIF_bm) ? true : false);
- case USB_INT_SOFI:
- return ((USB.INTFLAGSACLR & USB_SOFIF_bm) ? true : false);
- }
-
- return false;
- }
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../USBMode.h"
- #include "../Events.h"
- #include "../USBController.h"
-
- /* Function Prototypes: */
- void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void);
- void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void);
- #endif
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief USB Controller Interrupt definitions for the AVR XMEGA microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * This file contains definitions required for the correct handling of low level USB service routine interrupts
+ * from the USB controller.
+ *
+ * \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the USB driver
+ * dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USBINTERRUPT_XMEGA_H__
+#define __USBINTERRUPT_XMEGA_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Preprocessor Checks: */
+ #if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER)
+ #error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h instead.
+ #endif
+
+ /* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
+ #if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ /* Enums: */
+ enum USB_Interrupts_t
+ {
+ USB_INT_BUSEVENTI = 1,
+ USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend = 2,
+ USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume = 3,
+ USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset = 4,
+ USB_INT_SOFI = 5,
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_INT_Enable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI:
+ USB.INTCTRLA |= USB_BUSEVIE_bm;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ USB.INTCTRLA |= USB_SOFIE_bm;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_INT_Disable(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI:
+ USB.INTCTRLA &= ~USB_BUSEVIE_bm;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ USB.INTCTRLA &= ~USB_SOFIE_bm;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
+ static inline void USB_INT_Clear(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend:
+ USB.INTFLAGSACLR = USB_SUSPENDIF_bm;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume:
+ USB.INTFLAGSACLR = USB_RESUMEIF_bm;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset:
+ USB.INTFLAGSACLR = USB_RSTIF_bm;
+ break;
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ USB.INTFLAGSACLR = USB_SOFIF_bm;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline bool USB_INT_IsEnabled(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI:
+ return ((USB.INTCTRLA & USB_BUSEVIE_bm) ? true : false);
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ return ((USB.INTCTRLA & USB_SOFIE_bm) ? true : false);
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
+ static inline bool USB_INT_HasOccurred(const uint8_t Interrupt)
+ {
+ switch (Interrupt)
+ {
+ case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Suspend:
+ return ((USB.INTFLAGSACLR & USB_SUSPENDIF_bm) ? true : false);
+ case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Resume:
+ return ((USB.INTFLAGSACLR & USB_RESUMEIF_bm) ? true : false);
+ case USB_INT_BUSEVENTI_Reset:
+ return ((USB.INTFLAGSACLR & USB_RSTIF_bm) ? true : false);
+ case USB_INT_SOFI:
+ return ((USB.INTFLAGSACLR & USB_SOFIF_bm) ? true : false);
+ default:
+ return false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../USBMode.h"
+ #include "../Events.h"
+ #include "../USBController.h"
+
+ /* Function Prototypes: */
+ void USB_INT_ClearAllInterrupts(void);
+ void USB_INT_DisableAllInterrupts(void);
+ #endif
+
+ /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ }
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h
index 66f0fd3c0..a8df26fd1 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h
@@ -1,418 +1,422 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Master include file for the library USB functionality.
- *
- * Master include file for the library USB functionality.
- *
- * This file should be included in all user projects making use of the USB portions of the library, instead of
- * the individual USB driver submodule headers.
- */
-
-/** \defgroup Group_USB USB Core - LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/Device_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/Endpoint_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/EndpointStream_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/Host_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/Pipe_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/PipeStream_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/USBController_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/USBInterrupt_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Driver and framework for the USB controller of the selected architecture and microcontroller model. This module
- * consists of many submodules, and is designed to provide an easy way to configure and control USB host, device
- * or OTG mode USB applications.
- *
- * The USB stack requires the sole control over the USB controller in the microcontroller only; i.e. it does not
- * require any additional timers or other peripherals to operate. This ensures that the USB stack requires as few
- * resources as possible.
- *
- * The USB stack can be used in Device Mode for connections to USB Hosts (see \ref Group_Device), in Host mode for
- * hosting of other USB devices (see \ref Group_Host), or as a dual role device which can either act as a USB host
- * or device depending on what peripheral is connected (see \ref Group_OTG). Both modes also require a common set
- * of USB management functions found \ref Group_USBManagement.
- */
-
-/** \defgroup Group_USBClassDrivers USB Class Drivers
- *
- * Drivers for both host and device mode of the standard USB classes, for rapid application development.
- * Class drivers give a framework which sits on top of the low level library API, allowing for standard
- * USB classes to be implemented in a project with minimal user code. These drivers can be used in
- * conjunction with the library low level APIs to implement interfaces both via the class drivers and via
- * the standard library APIs.
- *
- * Multiple device mode class drivers can be used within a project, including multiple instances of the
- * same class driver. In this way, USB Hosts and Devices can be made quickly using the internal class drivers
- * so that more time and effort can be put into the end application instead of the USB protocol.
- *
- * The available class drivers and their modes are listed below.
- *
- * <table>
- * <tr>
- * <th width="200px">USB Class</th>
- * <th width="90px">Device Mode</th>
- * <th width="90px">Host Mode</th>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>Android Open Accessory</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>Audio 1.0</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>CDC-ACM</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>HID</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>MIDI</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>Mass Storage</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>Printer</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
-* <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>RNDIS</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * <tr>
- * <td>Still Image</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
- * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
- * </tr>
- * </table>
- *
- *
- * \section Sec_UsingClassDrivers Using the Class Drivers
- * To make the Class drivers easy to integrate into a user application, they all implement a standardized
- * design with similarly named/used function, enums, defines and types. The two different modes are implemented
- * slightly differently, and thus will be explained separately. For information on a specific class driver, read
- * the class driver's module documentation.
- *
- * \subsection Sec_ClassDriverDevice Device Mode Class Drivers
- * Implementing a Device Mode Class Driver in a user application requires a number of steps to be followed. Firstly,
- * the module configuration and state structure must be added to the project source. These structures are named in a
- * similar manner between classes, that of <tt>USB_ClassInfo_<i>{Class Name}</i>_Device_t</tt>, and are used to hold the
- * complete state and configuration for each class instance. Multiple class instances is where the power of the class
- * drivers lie; multiple interfaces of the same class simply require more instances of the Class Driver's \c USB_ClassInfo_*
- * structure.
- *
- * Inside the ClassInfo structure lies two sections, a \c Config section, and a \c State section. The \c Config
- * section contains the instance's configuration parameters, and <b>must have all fields set by the user application</b>
- * before the class driver is used. Each Device mode Class driver typically contains a set of configuration parameters
- * for the endpoint size/number of the associated logical USB interface, plus any class-specific configuration parameters.
- *
- * The following is an example of a properly initialized instance of the Audio Class Driver structure:
- *
- * \code
- * USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t My_Audio_Interface =
- * {
- * .Config =
- * {
- * .StreamingInterfaceNumber = 1,
- * .DataINEndpoint =
- * {
- * .Address = (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1),
- * .Size = 64,
- * .Banks = 1,
- * },
- * },
- * };
- * \endcode
- *
- * \note The class driver's configuration parameters should match those used in the device's descriptors that are
- * sent to the host.
- *
- * To initialize the Class driver instance, the driver's <tt><i>{Class Name}</i>_Device_ConfigureEndpoints()</tt> function
- * should be called in response to the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event. This function will return a
- * boolean true value if the driver successfully initialized the instance. Like all the class driver functions, this function
- * takes in the address of the specific instance you wish to initialize - in this manner, multiple separate instances of
- * the same class type can be initialized like this:
- *
- * \code
- * void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
- * {
- * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
- *
- * if (!(Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&My_Audio_Interface)))
- * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * Once initialized, it is important to maintain the class driver's state by repeatedly calling the Class Driver's
- * <tt><i>{Class Name}</i>_Device_USBTask()</tt> function in the main program loop. The exact implementation of this
- * function varies between class drivers, and can be used for any internal class driver purpose to maintain each
- * instance. Again, this function uses the address of the instance to operate on, and thus needs to be called for each
- * separate instance, just like the main USB maintenance routine \ref USB_USBTask():
- *
- * \code
- * int main(void)
- * {
- * SetupHardware();
- *
- * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
- *
- * for (;;)
- * {
- * if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
- * Create_And_Process_Samples();
- *
- * Audio_Device_USBTask(&My_Audio_Interface);
- * USB_USBTask();
- * }
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * The final standardized Device Class Driver function is the Control Request handler function
- * <tt><i>{Class Name}</i>_Device_ProcessControlRequest()</tt>, which should be called when the
- * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event fires. This function should also be called for
- * each class driver instance, using the address of the instance to operate on as the function's
- * parameter. The request handler will abort if it is determined that the current request is not
- * targeted at the given class driver instance, thus these methods can safely be called
- * one-after-another in the event handler with no form of error checking:
- *
- * \code
- * void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
- * {
- * Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&My_Audio_Interface);
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * Each class driver may also define a set of callback functions (which are prefixed by \c CALLBACK_*
- * in the function's name) which <b>must</b> also be added to the user application - refer to each
- * individual class driver's documentation for mandatory callbacks. In addition, each class driver may
- * also define a set of events (identifiable by their prefix of \c EVENT_* in the function's name), which
- * the user application <b>may</b> choose to implement, or ignore if not needed.
- *
- * The individual Device Mode Class Driver documentation contains more information on the non-standardized,
- * class-specific functions which the user application can then use on the driver instances, such as data
- * read and write routines. See each driver's individual documentation for more information on the
- * class-specific functions.
- *
- * \subsection Sec_ClassDriverHost Host Mode Class Drivers
- * Implementing a Host Mode Class Driver in a user application requires a number of steps to be followed. Firstly,
- * the module configuration and state structure must be added to the project source. These structures are named in a
- * similar manner between classes, that of <tt>USB_ClassInfo_<b>{Class Name}</b>_Host_t</tt>, and are used to hold the
- * complete state and configuration for each class instance. Multiple class instances is where the power of the class
- * drivers lie; multiple interfaces of the same class simply require more instances of the Class Driver's \c USB_ClassInfo_*
- * structure.
- *
- * Inside the \c USB_ClassInfo_* structure lies two sections, a \c Config section, and a \c State section. The \c Config
- * section contains the instance's configuration parameters, and <b>must have all fields set by the user application</b>
- * before the class driver is used. Each Device mode Class driver typically contains a set of configuration parameters
- * for the endpoint size/number of the associated logical USB interface, plus any class-specific configuration parameters.
- *
- * The following is an example of a properly initialized instance of the MIDI Host Class Driver structure:
- *
- * \code
- * USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t My_MIDI_Interface =
- * {
- * .Config =
- * {
- * .DataINPipe =
- * {
- * .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
- * .Size = 64,
- * .Banks = 1,
- * },
- * .DataOUTPipe =
- * {
- * .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
- * .Size = 64,
- * .Banks = 1,
- * },
- * },
- * };
- * \endcode
- *
- * To initialize the Class driver instance, the driver's <tt><b>{Class Name}</b>_Host_ConfigurePipes()</tt> function
- * should be called in response to the \c EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete() event firing. This function will
- * will return an error code from the class driver's <tt><b>{Class Name}</b>_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t</tt> enum
- * to indicate if the driver successfully initialized the instance and bound it to an interface in the attached device.
- * Like all the class driver functions, this function takes in the address of the specific instance you wish to initialize -
- * in this manner, multiple separate instances of the same class type can be initialized. A fragment of a Class Driver
- * based Host mode application may look like the following:
- *
- * \code
- * void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
- * {
- * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
- *
- * uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
- * uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
- *
- * if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
- * sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
- * {
- * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
- * return;
- * }
- *
- * if (MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface,
- * ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoError)
- * {
- * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
- * return;
- * }
- *
- * if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
- * {
- * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
- * return;
- * }
- *
- * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * Note that the function also requires the device's configuration descriptor so that it can determine which interface
- * in the device to bind to - this can be retrieved as shown in the above fragment using the
- * \ref USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function. If the device does not implement the interface the class driver
- * is looking for, if all the matching interfaces are already bound to class driver instances or if an error occurs while
- * binding to a device interface (for example, a device endpoint bank larger that the maximum supported bank size is used)
- * the configuration will fail.
- *
- * To complete the device enumeration after binding the host mode Class Drivers to the attached device, a call to
- * \c USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration() must be made. If the device configuration is not set within the
- * \c EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete() event, the host still will assume the device enumeration has failed.
- *
- * Once initialized, it is important to maintain the class driver's state by repeatedly calling the Class Driver's
- * <tt><b>{Class Name}</b>_Host_USBTask()</tt> function in the main program loop. The exact implementation of this
- * function varies between class drivers, and can be used for any internal class driver purpose to maintain each
- * instance. Again, this function uses the address of the instance to operate on, and thus needs to be called for each
- * separate instance, just like the main USB maintenance routine \ref USB_USBTask():
- *
- * \code
- * int main(void)
- * {
- * SetupHardware();
- *
- * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
- *
- * for (;;)
- * {
- * if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
- * Create_And_Process_Samples();
- *
- * MIDI_Host_USBTask(&My_Audio_Interface);
- * USB_USBTask();
- * }
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * Each class driver may also define a set of callback functions (which are prefixed by \c CALLBACK_*
- * in the function's name) which <b>must</b> also be added to the user application - refer to each
- * individual class driver's documentation for mandatory callbacks. In addition, each class driver may
- * also define a set of events (identifiable by their prefix of \c EVENT_* in the function's name), which
- * the user application <b>may</b> choose to implement, or ignore if not needed.
- *
- * The individual Host Mode Class Driver documentation contains more information on the non-standardized,
- * class-specific functions which the user application can then use on the driver instances, such as data
- * read and write routines. See each driver's individual documentation for more information on the
- * class-specific functions.
- */
-
-#ifndef __USB_H__
-#define __USB_H__
-
- /* Macros: */
- #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../Common/Common.h"
- #include "Core/USBMode.h"
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "Core/USBTask.h"
- #include "Core/Events.h"
- #include "Core/StdDescriptors.h"
- #include "Core/ConfigDescriptors.h"
- #include "Core/USBController.h"
- #include "Core/USBInterrupt.h"
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #include "Core/Host.h"
- #include "Core/Pipe.h"
- #include "Core/HostStandardReq.h"
- #include "Core/PipeStream.h"
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #include "Core/Device.h"
- #include "Core/Endpoint.h"
- #include "Core/DeviceStandardReq.h"
- #include "Core/EndpointStream.h"
- #endif
-
- #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
- #include "Core/OTG.h"
- #endif
-
- #include "Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h"
- #include "Class/AudioClass.h"
- #include "Class/CDCClass.h"
- #include "Class/HIDClass.h"
- #include "Class/MassStorageClass.h"
- #include "Class/MIDIClass.h"
- #include "Class/PrinterClass.h"
- #include "Class/RNDISClass.h"
- #include "Class/StillImageClass.h"
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Master include file for the library USB functionality.
+ *
+ * Master include file for the library USB functionality.
+ *
+ * This file should be included in all user projects making use of the USB portions of the library, instead of
+ * the individual USB driver submodule headers.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_USB USB Core - LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h
+ *
+ * \brief Core driver for the microcontroller hardware USB module
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USB_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/ConfigDescriptors.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/DeviceStandardReq.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/Events.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/HostStandardReq.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/USBTask.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/Device_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/Endpoint_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/EndpointStream_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/Host_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/Pipe_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/PipeStream_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/USBController_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Core/<i>ARCH</i>/USBInterrupt_<i>ARCH</i>.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ * - LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Common/HIDParser.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_USB)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USB_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Driver and framework for the USB controller of the selected architecture and microcontroller model. This module
+ * consists of many submodules, and is designed to provide an easy way to configure and control USB host, device
+ * or OTG mode USB applications.
+ *
+ * The USB stack requires the sole control over the USB controller in the microcontroller only; i.e. it does not
+ * require any additional timers or other peripherals to operate. This ensures that the USB stack requires as few
+ * resources as possible.
+ *
+ * The USB stack can be used in Device Mode for connections to USB Hosts (see \ref Group_Device), in Host mode for
+ * hosting of other USB devices (see \ref Group_Host), or as a dual role device which can either act as a USB host
+ * or device depending on what peripheral is connected (see \ref Group_OTG). Both modes also require a common set
+ * of USB management functions found \ref Group_USBManagement.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_USBClassDrivers USB Class Drivers
+ *
+ * \brief Drivers for the various standardized USB device classes
+ *
+ * Drivers for both host and device mode of the standard USB classes, for rapid application development.
+ * Class drivers give a framework which sits on top of the low level library API, allowing for standard
+ * USB classes to be implemented in a project with minimal user code. These drivers can be used in
+ * conjunction with the library low level APIs to implement interfaces both via the class drivers and via
+ * the standard library APIs.
+ *
+ * Multiple device mode class drivers can be used within a project, including multiple instances of the
+ * same class driver. In this way, USB Hosts and Devices can be made quickly using the internal class drivers
+ * so that more time and effort can be put into the end application instead of the USB protocol.
+ *
+ * The available class drivers and their modes are listed below.
+ *
+ * <table>
+ * <tr>
+ * <th width="200px">USB Class</th>
+ * <th width="90px">Device Mode</th>
+ * <th width="90px">Host Mode</th>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Android Open Accessory</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Audio 1.0</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>CDC-ACM</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>HID</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>MIDI</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Mass Storage</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Printer</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>RNDIS</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * <tr>
+ * <td>Still Image</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#EE0000">No</td>
+ * <td bgcolor="#00EE00">Yes</td>
+ * </tr>
+ * </table>
+ *
+ *
+ * \section Sec_USB_UsingClassDrivers Using the Class Drivers
+ * To make the Class drivers easy to integrate into a user application, they all implement a standardized
+ * design with similarly named/used function, enums, defines and types. The two different modes are implemented
+ * slightly differently, and thus will be explained separately. For information on a specific class driver, read
+ * the class driver's module documentation.
+ *
+ * \subsection Sec_USB_ClassDriverDevice Device Mode Class Drivers
+ * Implementing a Device Mode Class Driver in a user application requires a number of steps to be followed. Firstly,
+ * the module configuration and state structure must be added to the project source. These structures are named in a
+ * similar manner between classes, that of <tt>USB_ClassInfo_<i>{Class Name}</i>_Device_t</tt>, and are used to hold the
+ * complete state and configuration for each class instance. Multiple class instances is where the power of the class
+ * drivers lie; multiple interfaces of the same class simply require more instances of the Class Driver's \c USB_ClassInfo_*
+ * structure.
+ *
+ * Inside the ClassInfo structure lies two sections, a \c Config section, and a \c State section. The \c Config
+ * section contains the instance's configuration parameters, and <b>must have all fields set by the user application</b>
+ * before the class driver is used. Each Device mode Class driver typically contains a set of configuration parameters
+ * for the endpoint size/number of the associated logical USB interface, plus any class-specific configuration parameters.
+ *
+ * The following is an example of a properly initialized instance of the Audio Class Driver structure:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t My_Audio_Interface =
+ * {
+ * .Config =
+ * {
+ * .StreamingInterfaceNumber = 1,
+ * .DataINEndpoint =
+ * {
+ * .Address = (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 1),
+ * .Size = 64,
+ * .Banks = 1,
+ * },
+ * },
+ * };
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * \note The class driver's configuration parameters should match those used in the device's descriptors that are
+ * sent to the host.
+ *
+ * To initialize the Class driver instance, the driver's <tt><i>{Class Name}</i>_Device_ConfigureEndpoints()</tt> function
+ * should be called in response to the \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged() event. This function will return a
+ * boolean true value if the driver successfully initialized the instance. Like all the class driver functions, this function
+ * takes in the address of the specific instance you wish to initialize - in this manner, multiple separate instances of
+ * the same class type can be initialized like this:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+ * {
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ *
+ * if (!(Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&My_Audio_Interface)))
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * Once initialized, it is important to maintain the class driver's state by repeatedly calling the Class Driver's
+ * <tt><i>{Class Name}</i>_Device_USBTask()</tt> function in the main program loop. The exact implementation of this
+ * function varies between class drivers, and can be used for any internal class driver purpose to maintain each
+ * instance. Again, this function uses the address of the instance to operate on, and thus needs to be called for each
+ * separate instance, just like the main USB maintenance routine \ref USB_USBTask():
+ *
+ * \code
+ * int main(void)
+ * {
+ * SetupHardware();
+ *
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ *
+ * for (;;)
+ * {
+ * if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
+ * Create_And_Process_Samples();
+ *
+ * Audio_Device_USBTask(&My_Audio_Interface);
+ * USB_USBTask();
+ * }
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * The final standardized Device Class Driver function is the Control Request handler function
+ * <tt><i>{Class Name}</i>_Device_ProcessControlRequest()</tt>, which should be called when the
+ * \ref EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest() event fires. This function should also be called for
+ * each class driver instance, using the address of the instance to operate on as the function's
+ * parameter. The request handler will abort if it is determined that the current request is not
+ * targeted at the given class driver instance, thus these methods can safely be called
+ * one-after-another in the event handler with no form of error checking:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
+ * {
+ * Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&My_Audio_Interface);
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * Each class driver may also define a set of callback functions (which are prefixed by \c CALLBACK_*
+ * in the function's name) which <b>must</b> also be added to the user application - refer to each
+ * individual class driver's documentation for mandatory callbacks. In addition, each class driver may
+ * also define a set of events (identifiable by their prefix of \c EVENT_* in the function's name), which
+ * the user application <b>may</b> choose to implement, or ignore if not needed.
+ *
+ * The individual Device Mode Class Driver documentation contains more information on the non-standardized,
+ * class-specific functions which the user application can then use on the driver instances, such as data
+ * read and write routines. See each driver's individual documentation for more information on the
+ * class-specific functions.
+ *
+ * \subsection Sec_USB_ClassDriverHost Host Mode Class Drivers
+ * Implementing a Host Mode Class Driver in a user application requires a number of steps to be followed. Firstly,
+ * the module configuration and state structure must be added to the project source. These structures are named in a
+ * similar manner between classes, that of <tt>USB_ClassInfo_<b>{Class Name}</b>_Host_t</tt>, and are used to hold the
+ * complete state and configuration for each class instance. Multiple class instances is where the power of the class
+ * drivers lie; multiple interfaces of the same class simply require more instances of the Class Driver's \c USB_ClassInfo_*
+ * structure.
+ *
+ * Inside the \c USB_ClassInfo_* structure lies two sections, a \c Config section, and a \c State section. The \c Config
+ * section contains the instance's configuration parameters, and <b>must have all fields set by the user application</b>
+ * before the class driver is used. Each Device mode Class driver typically contains a set of configuration parameters
+ * for the endpoint size/number of the associated logical USB interface, plus any class-specific configuration parameters.
+ *
+ * The following is an example of a properly initialized instance of the MIDI Host Class Driver structure:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Host_t My_MIDI_Interface =
+ * {
+ * .Config =
+ * {
+ * .DataINPipe =
+ * {
+ * .Address = (PIPE_DIR_IN | 1),
+ * .Size = 64,
+ * .Banks = 1,
+ * },
+ * .DataOUTPipe =
+ * {
+ * .Address = (PIPE_DIR_OUT | 2),
+ * .Size = 64,
+ * .Banks = 1,
+ * },
+ * },
+ * };
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * To initialize the Class driver instance, the driver's <tt><b>{Class Name}</b>_Host_ConfigurePipes()</tt> function
+ * should be called in response to the \c EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete() event firing. This function will
+ * will return an error code from the class driver's <tt><b>{Class Name}</b>_EnumerationFailure_ErrorCodes_t</tt> enum
+ * to indicate if the driver successfully initialized the instance and bound it to an interface in the attached device.
+ * Like all the class driver functions, this function takes in the address of the specific instance you wish to initialize -
+ * in this manner, multiple separate instances of the same class type can be initialized. A fragment of a Class Driver
+ * based Host mode application may look like the following:
+ *
+ * \code
+ * void EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)
+ * {
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+ *
+ * uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;
+ * uint8_t ConfigDescriptorData[512];
+ *
+ * if (USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(1, &ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData,
+ * sizeof(ConfigDescriptorData)) != HOST_GETCONFIG_Successful)
+ * {
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ * return;
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (MIDI_Host_ConfigurePipes(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface,
+ * ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData) != MIDI_ENUMERROR_NoError)
+ * {
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ * return;
+ * }
+ *
+ * if (USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration(1) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)
+ * {
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+ * return;
+ * }
+ *
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * Note that the function also requires the device's configuration descriptor so that it can determine which interface
+ * in the device to bind to - this can be retrieved as shown in the above fragment using the
+ * \ref USB_Host_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor() function. If the device does not implement the interface the class driver
+ * is looking for, if all the matching interfaces are already bound to class driver instances or if an error occurs while
+ * binding to a device interface (for example, a device endpoint bank larger that the maximum supported bank size is used)
+ * the configuration will fail.
+ *
+ * To complete the device enumeration after binding the host mode Class Drivers to the attached device, a call to
+ * \c USB_Host_SetDeviceConfiguration() must be made. If the device configuration is not set within the
+ * \c EVENT_USB_Host_DeviceEnumerationComplete() event, the host still will assume the device enumeration has failed.
+ *
+ * Once initialized, it is important to maintain the class driver's state by repeatedly calling the Class Driver's
+ * <tt><b>{Class Name}</b>_Host_USBTask()</tt> function in the main program loop. The exact implementation of this
+ * function varies between class drivers, and can be used for any internal class driver purpose to maintain each
+ * instance. Again, this function uses the address of the instance to operate on, and thus needs to be called for each
+ * separate instance, just like the main USB maintenance routine \ref USB_USBTask():
+ *
+ * \code
+ * int main(void)
+ * {
+ * SetupHardware();
+ *
+ * LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+ *
+ * for (;;)
+ * {
+ * if (USB_HostState != HOST_STATE_Configured)
+ * Create_And_Process_Samples();
+ *
+ * MIDI_Host_USBTask(&My_Audio_Interface);
+ * USB_USBTask();
+ * }
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * Each class driver may also define a set of callback functions (which are prefixed by \c CALLBACK_*
+ * in the function's name) which <b>must</b> also be added to the user application - refer to each
+ * individual class driver's documentation for mandatory callbacks. In addition, each class driver may
+ * also define a set of events (identifiable by their prefix of \c EVENT_* in the function's name), which
+ * the user application <b>may</b> choose to implement, or ignore if not needed.
+ *
+ * The individual Host Mode Class Driver documentation contains more information on the non-standardized,
+ * class-specific functions which the user application can then use on the driver instances, such as data
+ * read and write routines. See each driver's individual documentation for more information on the
+ * class-specific functions.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __USB_H__
+#define __USB_H__
+
+ /* Macros: */
+ #define __INCLUDE_FROM_USB_DRIVER
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+ #include "Core/USBMode.h"
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "Core/USBTask.h"
+ #include "Core/Events.h"
+ #include "Core/StdDescriptors.h"
+ #include "Core/ConfigDescriptors.h"
+ #include "Core/USBController.h"
+ #include "Core/USBInterrupt.h"
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_HOST) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #include "Core/Host.h"
+ #include "Core/Pipe.h"
+ #include "Core/HostStandardReq.h"
+ #include "Core/PipeStream.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_DEVICE) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #include "Core/Device.h"
+ #include "Core/Endpoint.h"
+ #include "Core/DeviceStandardReq.h"
+ #include "Core/EndpointStream.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #if defined(USB_CAN_BE_BOTH) || defined(__DOXYGEN__)
+ #include "Core/OTG.h"
+ #endif
+
+ #include "Class/AndroidAccessoryClass.h"
+ #include "Class/AudioClass.h"
+ #include "Class/CDCClass.h"
+ #include "Class/HIDClass.h"
+ #include "Class/MassStorageClass.h"
+ #include "Class/MIDIClass.h"
+ #include "Class/PrinterClass.h"
+ #include "Class/RNDISClass.h"
+ #include "Class/StillImageClass.h"
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/License.txt b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/License.txt
index 9e27adfb2..8d4ad7536 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/License.txt
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/License.txt
@@ -1,24 +1,24 @@
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
-and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without
-fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
-copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
-permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
-documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
-advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
-software without specific, written prior permission.
-
-The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
-software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
-and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
-special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
-whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
-in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
-arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
-this software. \ No newline at end of file
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software
+and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without
+fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all
+copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+this software.
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Platform/Platform.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/Platform.h
index 9bd29f5c0..a9eedebc4 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Platform/Platform.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/Platform.h
@@ -1,80 +1,80 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Architecture Specific Hardware Platform Drivers.
- *
- * This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific hardware platform drivers, for low level
- * hardware configuration and management. The platform drivers are a set of drivers which are designed to provide
- * a high level management layer for the various low level system functions such as clock control and interrupt
- * management.
- *
- * User code may choose to either include this master dispatch header file to include all available platform
- * driver header files for the current architecture, or may choose to only include the specific platform driver
- * modules required for a particular application.
- */
-
-/** \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers System Platform Drivers - LUFA/Platform/Platform.h
- * \brief Hardware platform drivers.
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - <b>UC3 Architecture Only:</b> LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)</i>
- * - <b>UC3 Architecture Only:</b> LUFA/Platform/UC3/Exception.S <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)</i>
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Device-specific hardware platform drivers, for low level hardware configuration and management. The platform
- * drivers are a set of drivers which are designed to provide a high level management layer for the various low level
- * system functions such as clock control and interrupt management.
- *
- * User code may choose to either include this master dispatch header file to include all available platform
- * driver header files for the current architecture, or may choose to only include the specific platform driver
- * modules required for a particular application.
- *
- * \note The exact APIs and availability of sub-modules within the platform driver group may vary depending on the
- * target used - see individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
- */
-
-#ifndef __LUFA_PLATFORM_H__
-#define __LUFA_PLATFORM_H__
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Includes: */
- #if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
- #include "UC3/ClockManagement.h"
- #include "UC3/InterruptManagement.h"
- #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
- #include "XMEGA/ClockManagement.h"
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Architecture Specific Hardware Platform Drivers.
+ *
+ * This file is the master dispatch header file for the device-specific hardware platform drivers, for low level
+ * hardware configuration and management. The platform drivers are a set of drivers which are designed to provide
+ * a high level management layer for the various low level system functions such as clock control and interrupt
+ * management.
+ *
+ * User code may choose to either include this master dispatch header file to include all available platform
+ * driver header files for the current architecture, or may choose to only include the specific platform driver
+ * modules required for a particular application.
+ */
+
+/** \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers System Platform Drivers - LUFA/Platform/Platform.h
+ * \brief Hardware platform drivers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - <b>UC3 Architecture Only:</b> LUFA/Platform/UC3/InterruptManagement.c <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)</i>
+ * - <b>UC3 Architecture Only:</b> LUFA/Platform/UC3/Exception.S <i>(Makefile source module name: LUFA_SRC_PLATFORM)</i>
+ *
+ * \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Device-specific hardware platform drivers, for low level hardware configuration and management. The platform
+ * drivers are a set of drivers which are designed to provide a high level management layer for the various low level
+ * system functions such as clock control and interrupt management.
+ *
+ * User code may choose to either include this master dispatch header file to include all available platform
+ * driver header files for the current architecture, or may choose to only include the specific platform driver
+ * modules required for a particular application.
+ *
+ * \note The exact APIs and availability of sub-modules within the platform driver group may vary depending on the
+ * target used - see individual target module documentation for the API specific to your target processor.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LUFA_PLATFORM_H__
+#define __LUFA_PLATFORM_H__
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #if (ARCH == ARCH_UC3)
+ #include "UC3/ClockManagement.h"
+ #include "UC3/InterruptManagement.h"
+ #elif (ARCH == ARCH_XMEGA)
+ #include "XMEGA/ClockManagement.h"
+ #endif
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h
index fb62fdcc9..fb062628e 100644
--- a/protocol/lufa/LUFA-120730/LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h
+++ b/tmk_core/protocol/lufa/LUFA-git/LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h
@@ -1,338 +1,338 @@
-/*
- LUFA Library
- Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
-
- dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
- www.lufa-lib.org
-*/
-
-/*
- Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
-
- Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
- software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
- without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
- all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
- permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
- documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
- advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
- software without specific, written prior permission.
-
- The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
- software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
- and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
- special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
- whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
- in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
- arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
- this software.
-*/
-
-/** \file
- * \brief Module Clock Driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- *
- * Clock management driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers. This driver allows for the configuration
- * of the various clocks within the device to clock the various peripherals.
- */
-
-/** \ingroup Group_PlatformDrivers_UC3
- * \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers_UC3Clocks Clock Management Driver - LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h
- * \brief Module Clock Driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
- *
- * \section Sec_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
- * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
- * - None
- *
- * \section Sec_ModDescription Module Description
- * Clock management driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers. This driver allows for the configuration
- * of the various clocks within the device to clock the various peripherals.
- *
- * Usage Example:
- * \code
- * #include <LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h>
- *
- * void main(void)
- * {
- * // Start the master external oscillator which will be used as the main clock reference
- * AVR32CLK_StartExternalOscillator(0, EXOSC_MODE_8MHZ_OR_MORE, EXOSC_START_0CLK);
- *
- * // Start the PLL for the CPU clock, switch CPU to it
- * AVR32CLK_StartPLL(0, CLOCK_SRC_OSC0, 12000000, F_CPU);
- * AVR32CLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL0, F_CPU);
- *
- * // Start the PLL for the USB Generic Clock module
- * AVR32CLK_StartPLL(1, CLOCK_SRC_OSC0, 12000000, 48000000);
- * }
- * \endcode
- *
- * @{
- */
-
-#ifndef _UC3_CLOCK_MANAGEMENT_H_
-#define _UC3_CLOCK_MANAGEMENT_H_
-
- /* Includes: */
- #include "../../Common/Common.h"
-
- /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- extern "C" {
- #endif
-
- /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
- /* Macros: */
- /** Enum for the possible external oscillator types. */
- enum UC3_Extern_OSC_ClockTypes_t
- {
- EXOSC_MODE_CLOCK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_EXT_CLOCK, /**< External clock (non-crystal) mode. */
- EXOSC_MODE_900KHZ_MAX = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G0, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 900KHz. */
- EXOSC_MODE_3MHZ_MAX = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G1, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 3MHz. */
- EXOSC_MODE_8MHZ_MAX = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G2, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 8MHz. */
- EXOSC_MODE_8MHZ_OR_MORE = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G3, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or faster than 8MHz. */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the possible external oscillator startup times. */
- enum UC3_Extern_OSC_ClockStartup_t
- {
- EXOSC_START_0CLK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_0_RCOSC, /**< Immediate startup, no delay. */
- EXOSC_START_64CLK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_64_RCOSC, /**< Wait 64 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
- EXOSC_START_128CLK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_128_RCOSC, /**< Wait 128 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
- EXOSC_START_2048CLK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_2048_RCOSC, /**< Wait 2048 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
- EXOSC_START_4096CLK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_4096_RCOSC, /**< Wait 4096 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
- EXOSC_START_8192CLK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_8192_RCOSC, /**< Wait 8192 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
- EXOSC_START_16384CLK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_16384_RCOSC, /**< Wait 16384 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
- };
-
- /** Enum for the possible module clock sources. */
- enum UC3_System_ClockSource_t
- {
- CLOCK_SRC_SLOW_CLK = 0, /**< Clock sourced from the internal slow clock. */
- CLOCK_SRC_OSC0 = 1, /**< Clock sourced from the Oscillator 0 clock. */
- CLOCK_SRC_OSC1 = 2, /**< Clock sourced from the Oscillator 1 clock. */
- CLOCK_SRC_PLL0 = 3, /**< Clock sourced from the PLL 0 clock. */
- CLOCK_SRC_PLL1 = 4, /**< Clock sourced from the PLL 1 clock. */
- };
-
- /* Inline Functions: */
- /** Starts the given external oscillator of the UC3 microcontroller, with the given options. This routine blocks until
- * the oscillator is ready for use.
- *
- * \param[in] Channel Index of the external oscillator to start.
- * \param[in] Type Type of clock attached to the given oscillator channel, a value from \ref UC3_Extern_OSC_ClockTypes_t.
- * \param[in] Startup Statup time of the external oscillator, a value from \ref UC3_Extern_OSC_ClockStartup_t.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the external oscillator was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
- */
- static inline bool AVR32CLK_StartExternalOscillator(const uint8_t Channel,
- const uint8_t Type,
- const uint8_t Startup) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool AVR32CLK_StartExternalOscillator(const uint8_t Channel,
- const uint8_t Type,
- const uint8_t Startup)
- {
- switch (Channel)
- {
- case 0:
- AVR32_PM.OSCCTRL0.startup = Startup;
- AVR32_PM.OSCCTRL0.mode = Type;
- break;
- case 1:
- AVR32_PM.OSCCTRL1.startup = Startup;
- AVR32_PM.OSCCTRL1.mode = Type;
- break;
- default:
- return false;
- }
-
- AVR32_PM.mcctrl |= (1 << (AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_OSC0EN_OFFSET + Channel));
-
- while (!(AVR32_PM.poscsr & (1 << (AVR32_PM_POSCSR_OSC0RDY_OFFSET + Channel))));
- return true;
- }
-
- /** Stops the given external oscillator of the UC3 microcontroller.
- *
- * \param[in] Channel Index of the external oscillator to stop.
- */
- static inline void AVR32CLK_StopExternalOscillator(const uint8_t Channel) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void AVR32CLK_StopExternalOscillator(const uint8_t Channel)
- {
- AVR32_PM.mcctrl &= ~(1 << (AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_OSC0EN_OFFSET + Channel));
- }
-
- /** Starts the given PLL of the UC3 microcontroller, with the given options. This routine blocks until the PLL is ready for use.
- *
- * \attention The output frequency must be equal to or greater than the source frequency.
- *
- * \param[in] Channel Index of the PLL to start.
- * \param[in] Source Clock source for the PLL, a value from \ref UC3_System_ClockSource_t.
- * \param[in] SourceFreq Frequency of the PLL's clock source, in Hz.
- * \param[in] Frequency Target frequency of the PLL's output.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the PLL was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
- */
- static inline bool AVR32CLK_StartPLL(const uint8_t Channel,
- const uint8_t Source,
- const uint32_t SourceFreq,
- const uint32_t Frequency) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool AVR32CLK_StartPLL(const uint8_t Channel,
- const uint8_t Source,
- const uint32_t SourceFreq,
- const uint32_t Frequency)
- {
- if (SourceFreq > Frequency)
- return false;
-
- switch (Source)
- {
- case CLOCK_SRC_OSC0:
- AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].pllosc = 0;
- break;
- case CLOCK_SRC_OSC1:
- AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].pllosc = 1;
- break;
- default:
- return false;
- }
-
- AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].pllmul = (Frequency / SourceFreq) ? (((Frequency / SourceFreq) - 1) / 2) : 0;
- AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].plldiv = 0;
- AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].pllen = true;
-
- while (!(AVR32_PM.poscsr & (1 << (AVR32_PM_POSCSR_LOCK0_OFFSET + Channel))));
- return true;
- }
-
- /** Stops the given PLL of the UC3 microcontroller.
- *
- * \param[in] Channel Index of the PLL to stop.
- */
- static inline void AVR32CLK_StopPLL(const uint8_t Channel) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline void AVR32CLK_StopPLL(const uint8_t Channel)
- {
- AVR32_PM.PLL[Channel].pllen = false;
- }
-
- /** Starts the given Generic Clock of the UC3 microcontroller, with the given options.
- *
- * \param[in] Channel Index of the Generic Clock to start.
- * \param[in] Source Clock source for the Generic Clock, a value from \ref UC3_System_ClockSource_t.
- * \param[in] SourceFreq Frequency of the Generic Clock's clock source, in Hz.
- * \param[in] Frequency Target frequency of the Generic Clock's output.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the Generic Clock was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
- */
- static inline bool AVR32CLK_StartGenericClock(const uint8_t Channel,
- const uint8_t Source,
- const uint32_t SourceFreq,
- const uint32_t Frequency) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool AVR32CLK_StartGenericClock(const uint8_t Channel,
- const uint8_t Source,
- const uint32_t SourceFreq,
- const uint32_t Frequency)
- {
- if (Channel >= AVR32_PM_GCLK_NUM)
- return false;
-
- if (SourceFreq < Frequency)
- return false;
-
- switch (Source)
- {
- case CLOCK_SRC_OSC0:
- AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].pllsel = false;
- AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].oscsel = 0;
- break;
- case CLOCK_SRC_OSC1:
- AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].pllsel = false;
- AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].oscsel = 1;
- break;
- case CLOCK_SRC_PLL0:
- AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].pllsel = true;
- AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].oscsel = 0;
- break;
- case CLOCK_SRC_PLL1:
- AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].pllsel = true;
- AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].oscsel = 1;
- break;
- default:
- return false;
- }
-
- AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].diven = (SourceFreq > Frequency) ? true : false;
- AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].div = (((SourceFreq / Frequency) - 1) / 2);
- AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].cen = true;
-
- return true;
- }
-
- /** Stops the given generic clock of the UC3 microcontroller.
- *
- * \param[in] Channel Index of the generic clock to stop.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the generic clock was sucessfully stopped, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
- */
- static inline bool AVR32CLK_StopGenericClock(const uint8_t Channel) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool AVR32CLK_StopGenericClock(const uint8_t Channel)
- {
- if (Channel >= AVR32_PM_GCLK_NUM)
- return false;
-
- AVR32_PM.GCCTRL[Channel].cen = false;
-
- return true;
- }
-
- /** Sets the clock source for the main microcontroller core. The given clock source should be configured
- * and ready for use before this function is called.
- *
- * This function will configure the FLASH controller's wait states automatically to suit the given clock source.
- *
- * \param[in] Source Clock source for the CPU core, a value from \ref UC3_System_ClockSource_t.
- * \param[in] SourceFreq Frequency of the CPU core's clock source, in Hz.
- *
- * \return Boolean \c true if the CPU core clock was sucessfully altered, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
- */
- static inline bool AVR32CLK_SetCPUClockSource(const uint8_t Source,
- const uint32_t SourceFreq) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
- static inline bool AVR32CLK_SetCPUClockSource(const uint8_t Source,
- const uint32_t SourceFreq)
- {
- if (SourceFreq > AVR32_PM_CPU_MAX_FREQ)
- return false;
-
- AVR32_FLASHC.FCR.fws = (SourceFreq > AVR32_FLASHC_FWS_0_MAX_FREQ) ? true : false;
-
- switch (Source)
- {
- #if defined(AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_SLOW)
- case CLOCK_SRC_SLOW_CLK:
- AVR32_PM.MCCTRL.mcsel = AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_SLOW;
- break;
- #endif
- #if defined(AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_OSC0)
- case CLOCK_SRC_OSC0:
- AVR32_PM.MCCTRL.mcsel = AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_OSC0;
- break;
- #endif
- #if defined(AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_PLL0)
- case CLOCK_SRC_PLL0:
- AVR32_PM.MCCTRL.mcsel = AVR32_PM_MCCTRL_MCSEL_PLL0;
- break;
- #endif
- default:
- return false;
- }
-
- return true;
- }
-
- /* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
- #if defined(__cplusplus)
- }
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/** @} */
-
+/*
+ LUFA Library
+ Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2014.
+
+ dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+ www.lufa-lib.org
+*/
+
+/*
+ Copyright 2014 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+ Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
+ software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+ without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
+ all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+ permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
+ documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
+ advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+ software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+ The author disclaims all warranties with regard to this
+ software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+ and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
+ special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+ whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+ in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+ arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+ this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ * \brief Module Clock Driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * Clock management driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers. This driver allows for the configuration
+ * of the various clocks within the device to clock the various peripherals.
+ */
+
+/** \ingroup Group_PlatformDrivers_UC3
+ * \defgroup Group_PlatformDrivers_UC3Clocks Clock Management Driver - LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h
+ * \brief Module Clock Driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers.
+ *
+ * \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_UC3Clocks_Dependencies Module Source Dependencies
+ * The following files must be built with any user project that uses this module:
+ * - None
+ *
+ * \section Sec_PlatformDrivers_UC3Clocks_ModDescription Module Description
+ * Clock management driver for the AVR32 UC3 microcontrollers. This driver allows for the configuration
+ * of the various clocks within the device to clock the various peripherals.
+ *
+ * Usage Example:
+ * \code
+ * #include <LUFA/Platform/UC3/ClockManagement.h>
+ *
+ * void main(void)
+ * {
+ * // Start the master external oscillator which will be used as the main clock reference
+ * UC3CLK_StartExternalOscillator(0, EXOSC_MODE_8MHZ_OR_MORE, EXOSC_START_0CLK);
+ *
+ * // Start the PLL for the CPU clock, switch CPU to it
+ * UC3CLK_StartPLL(0, CLOCK_SRC_OSC0, 12000000, F_CPU);
+ * UC3CLK_SetCPUClockSource(CLOCK_SRC_PLL0, F_CPU);
+ *
+ * // Start the PLL for the USB Generic Clock module
+ * UC3CLK_StartPLL(1, CLOCK_SRC_OSC0, 12000000, 48000000);
+ * }
+ * \endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#ifndef _UC3_CLOCK_MANAGEMENT_H_
+#define _UC3_CLOCK_MANAGEMENT_H_
+
+ /* Includes: */
+ #include "../../Common/Common.h"
+
+ /* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
+ #if defined(__cplusplus)
+ extern "C" {
+ #endif
+
+ /* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
+ /* Macros: */
+ /** Enum for the possible external oscillator types. */
+ enum UC3_Extern_OSC_ClockTypes_t
+ {
+ EXOSC_MODE_CLOCK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_EXT_CLOCK, /**< External clock (non-crystal) mode. */
+ EXOSC_MODE_900KHZ_MAX = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G0, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 900KHz. */
+ EXOSC_MODE_3MHZ_MAX = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G1, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 3MHz. */
+ EXOSC_MODE_8MHZ_MAX = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G2, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or slower than 8MHz. */
+ EXOSC_MODE_8MHZ_OR_MORE = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_MODE_CRYSTAL_G3, /**< External crystal oscillator equal to or faster than 8MHz. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the possible external oscillator startup times. */
+ enum UC3_Extern_OSC_ClockStartup_t
+ {
+ EXOSC_START_0CLK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_0_RCOSC, /**< Immediate startup, no delay. */
+ EXOSC_START_64CLK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_64_RCOSC, /**< Wait 64 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
+ EXOSC_START_128CLK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_128_RCOSC, /**< Wait 128 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
+ EXOSC_START_2048CLK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_2048_RCOSC, /**< Wait 2048 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
+ EXOSC_START_4096CLK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_4096_RCOSC, /**< Wait 4096 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
+ EXOSC_START_8192CLK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_8192_RCOSC, /**< Wait 8192 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
+ EXOSC_START_16384CLK = AVR32_PM_OSCCTRL0_STARTUP_16384_RCOSC, /**< Wait 16384 clock cycles before startup for stability. */
+ };
+
+ /** Enum for the possible module clock sources. */
+ enum UC3_System_ClockSource_t
+ {
+ CLOCK_SRC_SLOW_CLK = 0, /**< Clock sourced from the internal slow clock. */
+ CLOCK_SRC_OSC0 = 1, /**< Clock sourced from the Oscillator 0 clock. */
+ CLOCK_SRC_OSC1 = 2, /**< Clock sourced from the Oscillator 1 clock. */
+ CLOCK_SRC_PLL0 = 3, /**< Clock sourced from the PLL 0 clock. */
+ CLOCK_SRC_PLL1 = 4, /**< Clock sourced from the PLL 1 clock. */
+ };
+
+ /* Inline Functions: */
+ /** Starts the given external oscillator of the UC3 microcontroller, with the given options. This routine blocks until
+ * the oscillator is ready for use.
+ *
+ * \param[in] Channel Index of the external oscillator to start.
+ * \param[in] Type Type of clock attached to the given oscillator channel, a value from \ref UC3_Extern_OSC_ClockTypes_t.
+ * \param[in] Startup Startup time of the external oscillator, a value from \ref UC3_Extern_OSC_ClockStartup_t.
+ *
+ * \return Boolean \c true if the external oscillator was successfully started, \c false if invalid parameters specified.
+ */
+ static inline bool UC3CLK_StartExternalOscillator(const uint8_t Channel,
+